# Ultimus Home

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/_

#
Better outcomes,
by design


We deliver comprehensive fund administration and investment operations solutions to fund and asset managers, backed by advanced technology and a legacy of excellence.

[Explore our services](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/)[Get to know our technology](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/)

- No Turning Back: The Retail Alternative Opportunity Transforming Asset Management
[Download the paper](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- Unlocking Evergreen Opportunities in Private Equity
[Download the paper](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/unlocking-evergreen-opportunities-in-private-equity/)

- $775B+

    Assets under administration
- 2,500+

    Funds
- 450+

    Clients
- 1,200+

    Associates

Expertise

##
Fund administration and investment operations, optimized to you

		We bring together deep, cross-domain experience and integrated capabilities across public and private markets. Our approach connects service and technology to deliver better outcomes across complex funds, investment strategies, and product wrappers.
[Fund services](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/fund-solutions/)[Investment operations](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/)

Sectors

##
Master complexity with high-touch solutions for evolving markets

		We offer essential fund administration services across public, private, and hybrid investment vehicles. Our platform evolves as quickly as the market, helping you service new investment types and address complex operational challenges.
[Private funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/)[Public funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/)[Retail alternative funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/)[Exchange-traded funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/)

Technology

##
Technology as a force multiplier

			We deliver integrated technology that brings together data, workflows, and reporting across your operations. Our platform scales with your business, embedding AI and intelligent automation to surface textual insights, reduce errors, and drives efficiency.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/)

## Insights from our desk

- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### The Importance of a Comprehensive and Flexible Service Solution for ETF Fund Launches
[Blog
February 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-importance-of-a-comprehensive-and-flexible-service-solution-for-etf-fund-launches/)
- ### Unlocking Private Markets: Why ’34 Act Registered Private Funds Are Key
[Blog
January 14, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-private-markets-why-34-act-registered-private-funds-are-key/)
- ### A GP’s Guide to Optimizing Private Credit Fund Operations
[Blog
October 28, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/a-gp-s-guide-to-optimizing-private-credit-fund-operations/)

[All resources](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/)

## Events

- [Oct
25](https://informaconnect.com/gaim-ops-west/)

In-person

### GAIM Ops West Conference

October 25									 - 28
								Monarch Beach, CA							We'll be attending GAIM Ops West Conference as a sponsor. Visit us in the exhibit hall.
- [Nov
3](https://fundraisers.100women.org/new-york/)

In-person

### 100 Women in Finance New York Gala

November 3								New York, NY							We'll be attending 100 Women in Finance New York Gala as a sponsor.

[All events](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/)

Our Company

##
About Ultimus

		Ultimus Fund Solutions provides essential fund administration and investment operations solutions to advisors and fund managers, with the proven ability to solve complex challenges. We’re one of the largest independent providers in the US, an industry mainstay with a reputation for service and optimized solutions that set us apart.
[Learn more about Ultimus](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/our-story/)

![smiling business casual woman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/iy2omzox/right-home-updated.webp)

## Careers

### Our culture

Ultimus is a place where you can do your best work. Our culture is supported by a collaborative environment that values your growth and contributions.

### Benefits

We offer comprehensive benefits and a support system designed to help you grow, stay engaged, and build a long-term career.

### Career development

At every stage of your professional journey, we’ll help you build on your knowledge in a culture rooted in collaboration, ownership, and continuous improvement.

[Learn more about careers and open positions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/careers/)


---

# Expertise

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/_

Expertise Overview

#
Fund administration and investment operations

		Ultimus offers full-service fund administration and investment operations support for all types of pooled investment vehicles, separately managed accounts, and product wrappers across public funds, private funds, retail alternative funds, and ETFs.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Built on experience, driven by expertise

What distinguishes Ultimus is our ability to deliver greater value across the board by applying expertise where it delivers the greatest impact. That’s what takes a comprehensive offering portfolio and transforms it into effective, efficient solutions—and it’s why hundreds of clients trust Ultimus with fund services and investment operations.

We’re adept at responding to change and new requirements and are able to support nearly every investment structure and product wrapper for asset managers, private fund managers, institutional investors, registered investment advisors, and state governments.

## Investment operations

We deliver investment operations solutions that pair experienced service teams with a connected data foundation, designed to fit and scale to your needs.

### Middle office services

Our flexible, modular support across critical functions and workflows helps you address operational priorities without a full platform or operating model change. Delivered by experienced teams and enabling technology, you’ll achieve greater control and confidence across day-to-day operations.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/middle-office-services/)

### Ultimus Enterprise

The Ultimus Enterprise^TM^ end-to-end platform supports operations, data, and technology across investment and fund operations. Through leading-edge technology, high-touch service, and integrated data management, Ultimus Enterprise offers asset managers and asset owners a holistic model to support front, middle, and back office needs.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/ultimus-enterprise/)

What we offer

## Fund solutions

Our consultative, collaborative best-practice approach to fund administration leverages our extensive cross-domain expertise and experience to deliver optimized solutions for all investment types.

### Public funds

With decades of experience servicing registered products, we are a trusted partner you can rely on for high volume retail investor activity, daily NAV calculations, SEC financial reporting, tax, and compliance support across your registered fund platform.

[Mutual funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/mutual-funds/)[Local government investment pools](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/local-government-investment-pools/)[Collective investment trusts](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/collective-investment-trusts/)[Variable insurance trusts](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/)

### Private funds

From fund formation and capital raising through ongoing investor reporting, we offer a dedicated team of alternative asset specialists delivering high-touch service, integrated technology, and the precision your business demands.

[Fund of funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/fund-of-funds/)[Private equity](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/private-equity/)[Private credit](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/private-credit/)[Hedge funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/hedge-funds/)[Real assets](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/real-assets/)[Venture capital](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/venture-capital/)

### Retail alternative funds

Our approach to retail alternative fund administration is built around you, pairing industry-leading subject matter experience and a comprehensive technology ecosystem to bring novel, complex products to market.

[Interval and tender offer funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/)[Business development companies](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/business-development-companies/)[Real estate investment trusts](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/real-estate-investment-trusts/)['34 Act registered private funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/34-act-registered-private-funds/)

### Exchange-traded funds

Our experienced professionals guide you through ETF product design and launch, introductions across the ETF ecosystem, regulatory navigation, and ongoing operations, supporting quick market entry and effective long-term operational management of your funds.

[Launching an ETF](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/launching-an-etf/)[ETF fund conversions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/etf-fund-conversions/)[351 seed strategies](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/351-seed-strategies/)

How we help

## Do you have a specialized requirement?

Responding to new opportunities and challenges in an increasingly sophisticated financial marketplace demands flexibility and the knowledge to make your next move safely and effectively. Whether you’re looking to launch a new fund, switch administrators, or convert an existing fund, we bring years of experience and deep expertise to help you.

### Join a series trust

Reduce the cost and complexity of launching an ETF or a mutual fund by leveraging an established series trust. Ultimus sponsors series trusts that include an experienced Board of Trustees, experienced and qualified officers, and established vendor relationships, supported by coordinated administration, accounting, and shareholder servicing.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/join-a-series-trust/)

### Switch administrators

Our tech-enabled, high-touch, consultative service approach, efficient processes, and responsiveness reduce the risk and impact of switching fund administrators. With the Ultimus Engage onboarding model, you move through a structured transition process built to protect data integrity, limit disruption for your investors, and maintain continuity across fund governance, reporting, and service delivery.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/switch-administrators/)

### Launch alternatives for private wealth

Bring alternative strategies to private wealth channels with strategic support for structure, distribution, liquidity, and investor servicing. Ultimus offers comprehensive retail alternatives support through disciplined governance, integrated servicing, and scalable operating models backed by deep experience.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/launch-alternatives-for-private-wealth/)

### 351 seed strategies for ETFs

Convert existing assets into an ETF through a tax-deferred Section 351 exchange. Ultimus supports you from feasibility through execution and ongoing ETF operations within a proven conversion framework and established governance processes.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/351-seed-strategies/)

##
Technology that drive efficiency

			We use technology as a force multiplier: an efficiency engine that enables better service and greater value. By integrating data and automating onboarding, client access, reporting, compliance, analytics, and more, you’re able to enhance both your and your clients’ experience while devoting your energy to more important tasks—and we’re able to apply our expertise to greater effect.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/)

## Related insights

- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook
[Whitepaper
April 15, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)
- ### Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach
[Whitepaper
April 1, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/)
- ### The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments
[Blog
March 18, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-strategic-shift-navigating-the-evolving-landscape-of-alternative-investments/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What types of funds do you administer?
Ultimus supports the full spectrum of investment vehicles, including public funds (mutual funds, CITs, LGIPs, variable insurance trusts), private funds (private equity, private credit, hedge funds, real assets, venture capital), retail alternatives (interval and tender offer funds, BDCs, REITs, '34 Act registered private funds, Reg D, 1031s, Opportunity Zone Funds), and ETFs across active and passive strategies. Managed account platforms and public plans are supported as well.

	What makes Ultimus different from other fund administrators?
Ultimus pairs high-touch, consultative service with technology used as a force multiplier, delivering optimized solutions for clients large and small, public, private, or in-between. Independence keeps us aligned with your interests, and dedicated service teams know your fund, your trust, and your investors—not just your ticket.

	How does Ultimus pair fund administration with investment operations support?
Ultimus connects investment operations and fund administration within a single operating model and technology infrastructure. Because custodial, order management system (OMS), sub-advisor, and internal-system data are aggregated and normalized into a unified Investment Book of Record (IBOR) under the Ultimus platform, that data becomes transformable on demand, reducing reconciliation breaks and powering consistent reporting, deeper analytics, and decision-ready insight across portfolios, workflows, and stakeholders.

	Can Ultimus support a new fund launch?
Yes. Ultimus partners with clients from strategy and product development through SEC filing, launch, and ongoing operations, coordinating with your legal, audit, tax, and distribution partners along the way. Clients can also launch within an Ultimus-sponsored series trust to gain an established board, governance framework, and shared operating infrastructure that accelerates speed to market.

	What is the process for switching from another administrator?
Ultimus has deep experience managing administrator conversions across every fund type, with an implementation team that handles data migration, historical reconciliation, and parallel-period validation for a clean handoff. The Ultimus Engage onboarding model adds board and regulatory coordination, so investors, intermediaries, and fund operations are not disrupted during transition.


---

# Fund Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/fund-solutions/_

Fund Solutions

#
Comprehensive fund services across public and private markets

		We take a distinct approach to fund administration by combining high-touch service with scalable technology to find optimal solutions for your business needs.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## High-touch fund service at scale

We deliver high-touch service at scale, unlocking greater value across the board by leveraging technology and applying proficiency where it delivers the greatest impact. As one of the largest independent service providers of fund administration, we're built to support the full lifecycle of your fund from launch and onboarding through subscriptions, distributions, investor reporting, financial statements, and tax support.

Whether you're standing up your first vehicle or managing a complex multi-fund platform, our teams pair deep domain expertise with a unified technology stack to give you a single source of truth across every fund, investor, and workflow.

What we offer

## Fund services

We deliver comprehensive fund administration across public funds, private funds, retail alternatives, and ETFs, pairing specialized product knowledge with scalable technology and dedicated client service.

### Public funds

With decades of experience servicing registered products, including mutual funds, variable insurance trusts (VITs), collective investment trusts (CITs), local government investment pools (LGIPs), and 529 plans, we are a trusted partner you can rely on for high volume retail investor activity, daily NAV calculations, SEC financial reporting, tax, and compliance support across your registered fund platform.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/)

### Private funds

From fund formation and capital raising through ongoing investor reporting, we offer a dedicated team of alternative asset specialists delivering high-touch service, integrated technology, and the precision your business demands. Our model is built around responsiveness, accountability, and deep experience across private equity, private credit, hedge, real assets, venture capital, and fund of funds.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/)

### Retail alternatives

We deliver end-to-end fund administration and transfer agency services designed for the operational complexities of retail alternatives. With our service-led model, you get unmatched consultative guidance to navigate structuring, SEC registration, fund formation, launch, and distribution across every major retail alternative wrapper.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/)

### Exchange-traded funds (ETFs)

Simplify ETF administration with services spanning the full product lifecycle. Our experienced professionals guide you through ETF product design and launch, introductions across the ETF ecosystem, regulatory navigation, and ongoing operations, supporting quick market entry and effective long-term operational management of your funds.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/)

##
Technology that drives efficiency

			We use technology as a force multiplier: an efficiency engine that enables better service and greater value. By integrating data and automating onboarding, client access, reporting, compliance, analytics, and more, you’re able to enhance both your and your clients’ experience while devoting your energy to more important tasks—and we’re able to apply our expertise to greater effect.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/)

## Related insights

- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach
[Whitepaper
April 1, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/)
- ### The Importance of a Comprehensive and Flexible Service Solution for ETF Fund Launches
[Blog
February 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-importance-of-a-comprehensive-and-flexible-service-solution-for-etf-fund-launches/)
- ### Unlocking Private Markets: Why ’34 Act Registered Private Funds Are Key
[Blog
January 14, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-private-markets-why-34-act-registered-private-funds-are-key/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What types of funds do you administer?
We support the full spectrum of investment vehicles, including public funds (mutual funds, variable insurance trusts (VITs), collective investment trusts (CITs), local government investment pools (LGIPs), and 529 plans), private funds (private equity, private credit, venture, real estate, and hedge), retail alternatives (interval and tender offer funds, non-traded REITs, business development companies (BDCs), and ’34 Act registered 3c-7 funds), and ETFs across active and passive strategies.

	What makes you different from other fund administrators?
We pair scale with responsiveness and accountability. Our independence keeps us aligned with your interests, our purpose-built technology gives you a single source of truth, and our client service teams know your fund, not just your ticket.

	Can you support fund launch?
Yes. We partner with you from formation through launch, coordinating with your legal, audit, tax, and distribution partners, and providing the comprehensive operational infrastructure, regulatory support, and investor servicing capabilities you need to launch with confidence.

	What if I'm switching from another administrator?
We have deep experience managing administrator conversions across every fund type. Our implementation team handles data migration, historical reconciliation, and parallel-period validation, delivering a clean handoff with no disruption to your investors or operations.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Public Funds due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Private Funds due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Retail Alternative Funds due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Exchange-traded Funds due to extraction error -->

---

# Investment Operations

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/_

Investment Operations

#
Investment operations, fit to your operating model

		We deliver investment operations solutions that pair experienced service teams with a connected data foundation, designed to fit and scale to your needs.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Investment operations built for better insights and efficiency

Leverage investment operations solutions that adapt to you. From component-based managed middle office services to our front-to-back platform, we offer a comprehensive suite of solutions built on a flexible, integrated data model. By pairing experienced operations teams with a connected data and technology foundation, we help you achieve operational efficiency, actionable insights, and accelerated time to value.

## Services and solutions

### Middle office services

Our flexible, modular support across critical functions and workflows helps you address operational priorities without a full platform or operating model change. Delivered by experienced teams and enabling technology, you’ll achieve greater control and confidence across day-to-day operations.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/middle-office-services/)

### Ultimus Enterprise

The Ultimus Enterprise^TM^ end-to-end platform supports operations, data, and technology across investment and fund operations. Through leading-edge technology, high-touch service, and integrated data management, Ultimus Enterprise offers asset managers and asset owners a holistic model to support front-, middle-, and back-office needs.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/ultimus-enterprise/)

## Related insights

- ### The Value of GIPS Compliant Performance
[Blog
December 18, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-value-of-gips-compliant-performance/)
- ### Powering Agility and Scale through a Single IBOR Platform
[Blog
August 20, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/powering-agility-and-scale-through-a-single-ibor-platform/)
- ### Spotlight your Investment Performance through Attribution
[Blog
October 23, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/spotlight-your-investment-performance-through-attribution/)
- ### Toward the Future of Friction-Free Fund Administration
[Blog
February 14, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/toward-the-future-of-friction-free-fund-administration/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

How do you support data integration across middle office services?
Data integration sits at the core of our middle office offering. We aggregate and normalize data across custodians, order management platforms, subadvisors, and internal systems into a unified Investment Book of Record (IBOR), reducing reconciliation breaks and delivering consistent reporting across portfolios, workflows, and stakeholders.

	How do you integrate with our existing order management systems (OMS), custodians, and internal systems?
Our platform is built for interoperability with client-selected OMS, custodians, and market infrastructure, using SWIFT, FIX, and FTP connectivity. We operate within your existing environment, with start-of-day integration, reconciliation between OMS and IBOR, and data normalization across all connected systems and subadvisors.

	How long do middle office transitions typically take?
Transition timelines depend on the scope of services, asset class complexity, and the number of source systems involved. Many service provider transitions take years; our flexible service model and structured transition process accelerate those timelines significantly, helping you achieve time to value faster.

	How does Ultimus support the front office?
Through our connections with outsourced trade execution partners, Ultimus extends middle office services into the front office with agency-only trade execution capabilities across multiple asset classes, basket creation and modeling, pre-trade compliance, commission management, order management system provisioning, and direct broker connections to custodial platforms. The result is integrated front, middle, and back-office coverage that lets your team focus on portfolio management and strategic priorities.


---

# Middle Office Services

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/middle-office-services/_

Middle Office Services

#
Leverage flexible middle office services that scale to your operating model

		Ultimus middle office services provide modular support where you need it most, reducing disruption, improving workflows, and strengthening operational control across your operating model.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Middle office services that scale with you

Strengthen and scale your middle office to align with your operating model. Ultimus middle office services provide flexible, modular support across critical functions and workflows, so you can address operational priorities without a full platform or operating-model change. Delivered by experienced teams and enabling technology, you’ll achieve greater control and confidence across day-to-day operations.

## Highlights of partnering with Ultimus

### Align modular design to your operating model

Configure Ultimus’ middle office services around your specific operating model by selecting only the capabilities you need across IBOR, post-trade settlements, performance, and reporting. This modular structure allows you to scale, adjust, or integrate services without disrupting existing workflows or systems.

### Scale operations without increasing internal complexity

Support your expanding scope across asset classes, strategies, and transaction volumes without adding operational strain to your internal teams. Ultimus provides experienced resources and structured processes that enable efficient scaling while maintaining control, consistency, and service quality.

### Improve control, transparency, and oversight

Improve operational oversight with consistent workflows and reporting across your business, incorporating clear escalation paths and controls across your operating model. Greater transparency supports better monitoring, quicker issue resolution, and stronger oversight of counterparties, custodians, and internal stakeholders.

### Unify data to enable better decisions

Aggregate and normalize data across custodians, accounting platforms, and internal systems to eliminate inconsistencies and reduce reconciliation effort. A unified data foundation enables more reliable reporting, deeper analytics, and better-informed decision-making across your operating environment.

## Services and solutions

Investment book of record (IBOR)
Transaction-level view of portfolios and holdings across strategies and structures, with trade-date accounting, position management, and cash activity.

	Post-trade settlement services and oversight
Managed service covering settlement processing, exception handling, and market connectivity across asset classes and counterparties.

	Performance and analytics
Portfolio-level performance reporting against client-directed benchmarks, GIPS-compliant composite maintenance, and security- and sector-level contribution analysis.

	Integrated data, analytics, and reporting
Aggregation and normalization of data from custodians, accounting platforms, and internal systems into a unified reporting layer.

	Institutional investor services and reporting
Institutional investor statements, reporting, and invoicing aligned to client-preferred formats and delivery cadences.

	Outsourced trade services
Buy-side trading desk providing pre-trade and execution support, with in-house execution or broker-directed routing.

## Technology as a force multiplier

Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors.

### Advanced portfolio analytics and data visibility

Ultimus middle office services incorporate portfolio analytics and reporting through Ultimus Connect^TM^ Portfolio Analytics Portal. This includes normalized investment data, performance insights, and operational and investor reporting delivered through a flexible user interface.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/portfolio-analytics-portal/)

## Benefits of Ultimus middle office services

### Greater control across operations

Improve accuracy, transparency, and oversight across workflows by reinforcing IBOR, post-trade processing, reconciliation, and reporting.

### Reduced operational burden and cost

Reduce cost, time-intensive operational demands, and inherent support of legacy accounting, data, and settlement support platforms.

### Data consistency across workflows

Maintain alignment of portfolio, transaction, and reporting data across custodians and systems, reducing reconciliation effort and inconsistencies.

### Support that scales with evolving needs

Scale support incrementally as complexity, volumes, and priorities change, allowing adaptation without committing upfront to transformations.

### Alignment to existing environments

Integrate existing order management system (OMS) platforms, custodians, and internal systems, minimizing disruption while improving efficiency and outcomes.

## Related insights

- ### The Value of GIPS Compliant Performance
[Blog
December 18, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-value-of-gips-compliant-performance/)
- ### Powering Agility and Scale through a Single IBOR Platform
[Blog
August 20, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/powering-agility-and-scale-through-a-single-ibor-platform/)
- ### Spotlight your Investment Performance through Attribution
[Blog
October 23, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/spotlight-your-investment-performance-through-attribution/)
- ### Toward the Future of Friction-Free Fund Administration
[Blog
February 14, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/toward-the-future-of-friction-free-fund-administration/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What controls and oversight remain with the asset manager under a modular middle office model?
Accountability, escalation paths, and control frameworks are defined jointly and aligned to client requirements. Ultimus middle office services are designed to reinforce an asset manager’s existing governance structure, not replace it.

	How does an investment book of record (IBOR) compare with traditional accounting outputs in supporting decision-making and oversight?
IBOR provides a trade‑date operational view of positions, cash, and activity, complementing official accounting and custodian records. This supports timelier access to source data supporting front office, reconciliation, reporting, and oversight, particularly in environments with multiple strategies or custodians.



How are data integrity and reconciliation managed across custodians and systems?
Ultimus middle office services emphasize external connectivity, data aggregation, normalization, and governance between IBOR and custodians, accounting platforms, and internal systems. This helps reduce reconciliation breaks and improves consistency across operational and reporting workflows.



Can middle office services support regulatory and fiduciary oversight expectations?
Yes. Ultimus is directly engaged with key industry partners including ICI and DTCC to stay informed on market and regulatory requirements and required changes. A recent example is the migration to trade-date + 1 settlement cycles, where we worked with key partners to support these changes on behalf of our clients.

	How do Ultimus’ middle office services scale as assets, strategies, or complexity increase?
Our technology platform and modular services are designed to expand in scope over time, allowing firms to add additional functions or workflows as needs evolve. This supports operational scalability without repeated operational restructures.


---

# Ultimus Enterprise

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/ultimus-enterprise/_

Ultimus Enterprise

#
Streamline investment operations with Ultimus Enterprise

		Ultimus Enterprise^TM^^^is an integrated services platform connecting data, operations, and fund services designed to support transparency, control, and scalability across the investment lifecycle.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## An integrated platform supporting the full investment lifecycle

Ultimus Enterprise is an end-to-end platform supporting operations, data, and technology across the investment lifecycle. Through leading-edge technology, high-touch service, and integrated data management, Ultimus Enterprise offers asset managers and asset owners a holistic model to support front, middle, and back-office needs.

- End-to-end support across the investment lifecycle
- Integrated data and operational workflows
- Interoperability across order management platforms (OMS), custody, and other connected solutions

Ultimus Enterprise extends beyond middle-office operations to incorporate public and private fund administration within a unified service model. By aligning investment operations with fund accounting, transfer agency, and investor servicing, the platform creates a single operating environment across the full investment lifecycle, with data ownership from generation and transformation through delivery.

[Public fund services](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/)[Private fund services](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/)[Middle office services](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/investment-operations/middle-office-services/)

## A unified operational view across fragmented data

### Continuity maintained across the investment lifecycle

Leverage operational support from investment strategy execution through fund administration with a coordinated operating model designed to reduce fragmentation. Ultimus Enterprise is designed to shorten time to value compared with traditional operating change programs, helping you transition more efficiently while minimizing disruption and maintaining service continuity.

### A consistent operational foundation built on your data

Ultimus Enterprise aligns data directly from your operational processes, providing analytics and reporting that is truly fit-for-purpose rather than mirrored from a third-party custodian. Our data platform reduces reconciliation breaks and supports faster operational readiness and consistent reporting across portfolios, workflows, and stakeholders.

### Strengthened control across investment and fund operations

Maintaining control across portfolio and fund operations requires coordination as complexity increases across asset classes and jurisdictions. Ultimus Enterprise reinforces workflows with investment book of record (IBOR), reconciliation, and NAV oversight processes that reduce manual effort while improving accuracy, transparency, and service consistency.

### A complete, actionable view of investment activity

A complete view of investment activity drives informed decisions and timely execution. Ultimus Enterprise integrates IBOR, reporting, and investor servicing to deliver timely visibility, streamline reporting processes, and support more responsive service across the investment lifecycle.

## Ultimus Enterprise capabilities

Integrated operating model across the fund lifecycle
Our connected environment brings together fund administration, investor servicing, and investment operations, aligning data, workflows, and reporting across the lifecycle of public and private funds.

	Investment book of record (IBOR)
Ultimus Enterprise provides a transaction-level view of portfolios and holdings across strategies and structures, including trade-date accounting, position tracking, daily profit and loss (P&L) visibility, and cash management.

	Post-trade operations and oversight
Settlement management, exception handling, and reporting across post-trade activity, supported by defined control frameworks.

	Integrated data, analytics, and reporting support
Aggregation, normalization, and transformation of front-, middle-, and back-office data into a consistent foundation for oversight, analytics, and reporting, with aligned views across investment and accounting records.

	Institutional investor services and reporting
Institutional reporting through statements, reporting, and invoicing aligned to preferred formats, improving timeliness and reducing administrative overhead.

	Outsourced trade services
Leverage a buy-side trading desk that provides pre-trade and execution support, with in-house execution or broker-directed routing tailored to your trading approach.

## Technology as a force multiplier

Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors.

### Advanced portfolio analytics with enhanced data visibility

Ultimus Enterprise incorporates portfolio analytics and reporting through Ultimus Connect^TM^ Portfolio Analytics Portal. Harness new insights with normalized investment data, performance data, and operational reporting delivered through a flexible user interface.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/portfolio-analytics-portal/)

## Benefits of the Ultimus Enterprise platform

### Full-lifecycle support

Operate with continuity from execution through operations, fund accounting, fund administration, and regulatory reporting within a coordinated service model and technology platform.

### Faster time to value

Modernize middle- and back-office operations through an integrated approach which reduces disruption, shortens onboarding timelines, and supports faster operational readiness.

### A cohesive operating environment

Align operational support, workflows, and data within a unified model to reduce fragmentation and simplify coordination.

### Flexible integration

Work within your existing OMS, custodians, and infrastructure while retaining flexibility as strategies and technologies evolve.

### Data discipline and transparency

Improve oversight through consistent, well-governed data aligned across workflows, reducing reconciliation effort.

## Related insights

- ### Powering Agility and Scale through a Single IBOR Platform
[Blog
August 20, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/powering-agility-and-scale-through-a-single-ibor-platform/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

How do asset managers modernize investment operations without disrupting trading and reporting?
Modernization is most effective when execution support, post‑trade operations, data, and reporting are aligned within a single operating environment. Ultimus Enterprise is designed to support change while maintaining continuity across the investment lifecycle utilizing industry standard market utilities and best practices.

	How does T+1 settlement impact investment operations within Ultimus Enterprise?
T+1 settlement shortens the processing window for trade confirmation, reconciliation, and reporting. Within Ultimus Enterprise, coordinated workflows and aligned data support timely post-trade activity, helping you maintain operational readiness and consistent reporting in a compressed settlement cycle.

	What role does the investment book of record (IBOR) play in investment operations today?
IBOR provides a full-book-of-business, trade‑date operational view of positions, cash, and activity that complements official accounting records. Within Ultimus Enterprise, IBOR serves as a foundation for aligning execution, operations, analytics, and reporting.

	Can an investment operations platform integrate with our existing order management system (OMS) and custodians?
Yes. Leading platforms are expected to integrate with client‑selected order management systems, custodians, and market infrastructure. Ultimus Enterprise is designed with interoperability in mind to support diverse operating environments including global start of day (SOD) integration and reconciliation between OMS and IBOR detail.

	How do firms reduce risk when changing investment operations platforms?
Risk is reduced through disciplined delivery, clear governance, and alignment across data and workflows from the start. Ultimus Enterprise emphasizes coordinated lifecycle support to help firms move forward without prolonged or fragmented transitions and operating models.

	How quickly do firms typically see value from investment operations transformation?
Value is realized when organizations reach operational stability after change. Ultimus Enterprise is designed to shorten the distance between transition and steady state by coordinating execution support, operations, and data within a single platform utilizing industry standard practices and utilities.


---

# Strategic Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/_

## Strategic Solutions

```
/expertise/strategic-solutions/
```


---

# Join a Series Trust

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/join-a-series-trust/_

Join a Series Trust

#
Join an established trust framework for efficient fund launches

		Launch an ETF or a mutual fund within an established trust framework, reducing time to market, streamlining operations, and operating with proven governance from day one.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Launch efficiently with an established series trust

Reduce the cost and complexity of launching an ETF or a mutual fund by leveraging an established series trust. Ultimus sponsors series trusts that include an experienced Board of Trustees, experienced and qualified officers, and established vendor relationships, including fund counsel and auditors, supported by coordinated best-in-class administration, accounting, and shareholder servicing. This structure provides a proven operating foundation while allowing you to stay focused on strategy and growth.

## Leverage a proven series trust structure

### Accelerate launch with an established structure

Launching within an existing trust means eliminating the need to build governance and infrastructure from the ground up. This allows you to move through fund organization and registration more efficiently, using a proven framework that provides support, streamlined fund setup, and experienced coordination throughout SEC review.

### Operate within embedded governance and compliance

With an established board and oversight framework already in place, we help you maintain consistency and meet both regulatory and time-to-market expectations, while also avoiding organizational cost burdens that come with trust structures by providing board coordination, legal support, and regulatory oversight aligned with trust policies and ongoing compliance requirements.

### Prepare distribution and intermediary relationships

Distribution readiness requires coordination with broker-dealers and platforms, so you can move into the market with confidence. We support broker-dealer onboarding, manage intermediary relationships, and align sales processes to position your fund for an efficient market entry.

## Benefits

### Reduce time to market

Launch within an established trust structure to shorten timelines and reduce the effort required to bring a fund to market.

### Optimize cost structure

Share operational costs across funds within an established trust framework, helping improve efficiency and better align expense structures.

### Operate with built-in governance

Access an established board and service provider network that supports oversight and continuity from launch forward.

### Support distribution from day one

Establish the operational foundation needed to engage intermediaries and support investor access and sales activity.

### Maintain flexibility as you scale

Operate within a structured framework while retaining the ability to transition to a standalone trust as your fund evolves.

### Compare series trust and standalone trust structures

| Consideration | Series trust | Standalone trust |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Governance structure | Shared board and trust officers across multiple funds | Dedicated board and officers for a single fund family; typically with more advisor engagement required for governance effort |
| Cost profile | Shared infrastructure, inherent scale, and vendor leverage support lower operating costs | Higher standalone costs |
| Time to launch | Faster launch using an existing trust framework, with automatic SEC effectiveness 75 days from filing | Longer timeline due to proprietary trust formation and other organizational requirements |
| Operational flexibility | Standardized framework with defined flexibility; more immediate optionality with vendor changes | Structural control with customization |
| Reorganization path | Can reorganize into a standalone trust as scale increases | Can reorganize into a series trust for operational efficiency |

## Reorganize a fund into the right trust structure

As funds evolve, your original trust structure may no longer align with governance preferences, operating scale, or long‑term growth objectives. Ultimus supports trust reorganizations that allow funds to transition between series trust and standalone trust structures through a governed, well‑coordinated process designed to minimize disruption and preserve continuity for boards, investors, and service providers.

Trust reorganizations are treated as regulated fund events, with defined approvals, careful coordination across stakeholders, and a focus on maintaining service quality before, during, and after the transition.

## Related insights

- ### What to Look for in a Series Trust: A Comprehensive Guide for Asset Managers
[Blog
May 13, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/what-to-look-for-in-a-series-trust-a-comprehensive-guide-for-asset-managers/)
- ### Westwood: Seamless Series Trust Conversion
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677705941-352ca41989190c2054671ff17b84db08d97bf7b29aa7b1db0d98990c877bfe61-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### The Opportunities and Mechanics of Launching an ETF
[Blog
November 4, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-opportunities-and-mechanics-of-launching-an-etf/)
- ### Is Your Series Trust the Wrong Fit?
[Blog
August 22, 2017](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/is-your-series-trust-the-wrong-fit/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What is a series trust?
A series trust is a shared mutual fund trust structure that allows managers to launch one or more funds without forming a proprietary trust, using an established governance and service-provider framework.

	What services are included when joining a series trust?
Series trust participation is supported by coordinated services required across the spectrum including, but not limited to, fund administration, fund accounting, transfer agency and shareholder servicing, custody, legal, and audit with additional launch and governance support as needed. Advisors can be assured with the knowledge that all the requirements and relationships required for a successful launch are in place.

	How does board and governance oversight work?
Series trusts include an established Board of Trustees and qualified officers, with supporting counsel and auditors. Governance and reporting processes are structured to support ongoing oversight.

	Can multiple funds be launched within the same series trust?
Yes. Series trust structures are designed to support multiple funds under a single trust framework, enabling managers to expand offerings efficiently.

	Can a fund transition out of a series trust later?
A series trust can serve as a launch and operating framework. If a standalone structure becomes appropriate over time, transition planning can be evaluated based on the fund’s growth and objectives.


---

# Switch Administrators

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/switch-administrators/_

Switch Administrators

#
A controlled, low-disruption approach to changing fund administrators

		Make the switch without disruption—our Ultimus Engage onboarding methodology simplifies and streamlines service provider transitions.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Execute an administrator transition with confidence

Changing fund administrators is an operationally complex event that requires careful planning and governance. With the Ultimus Engage onboarding model, you move through a structured transition process built to protect data integrity, limit disruption for your investors, and maintain continuity across fund governance, reporting, and service delivery.

## Plan and execute an administrator transition with Ultimus Engage

### Establish clear governance and accountability from the start

Your detailed transition plan defines scope, timelines, and ownership across stakeholders. Alignment early in the process helps decisions move forward efficiently, and responsibilities remain clearly defined.

### Validate data and maintain control throughout migration

Each stage of your migration includes structured validation and reconciliation. Parallel operating periods create visibility into outputs, helping identify and resolve discrepancies before final cutover.

### Coordinate stakeholders without slowing progress

Advisors, custodians, and service providers remain aligned through consistent communication and defined escalation paths. Dedicated oversight helps you maintain momentum while minimizing disruption.

### Stabilize operations and reinforce consistency post-conversion

Post-go-live efforts focus on resolving outstanding items and reinforcing operational stability. Business-as-usual transitions such as reporting, servicing, and governance processes normalize.

## Ultimus Engage deliverables and approach

Build a structured transition plan
We plan and manage your administrator transition with defined governance, clear ownership, and a structured approach aligned to your operating model.

	Migrate and validate data
We migrate and validate data through controlled processes with reconciliation checkpoints that maintain accuracy across systems, records, and reporting outputs.

	Coordinate stakeholders
We’ll coordinate service providers through centralized oversight and consistent communication, keeping advisors, custodians, and internal teams aligned throughout the transition.

	Run parallel processing
Compare outputs through parallel processing to identify and resolve discrepancies before final cutover, reducing operational risk and improving confidence.

	Stabilize post-conversion operations
We help stabilize operations after conversion with targeted support that reinforces consistency across reporting cycles, servicing workflows, and governance processes.

## Benefits of working with Ultimus

### Minimize operational disruption

Reduce disruption across operations and investor experience while maintaining continuity across servicing, reporting, and governance.

### Maintain regulatory continuity

Maintain regulatory alignment with embedded controls and validation checkpoints that support consistent oversight.

### Increase data confidence

Increase confidence in data accuracy through reconciliation and parallel validation before full operational conversion.

### Improve stakeholder coordination

Improve coordination across custodians, advisors, and internal teams with clear communication and defined ownership.

### Preserve workflow consistency

Preserve consistency across reporting and servicing workflows during transition, reducing friction and supporting stable operations.

## Related insights

- ### Key Considerations When Selecting a Fund Administrator
[Blog
March 19, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/key-considerations-when-selecting-a-fund-administrator/)
- ### Strategic Benefits of Outsourcing Fund Administration
[Blog
December 5, 2023](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/strategic-benefits-of-outsourcing-fund-administration/)
- ### Westwood: Seamless Series Trust Conversion
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677705941-352ca41989190c2054671ff17b84db08d97bf7b29aa7b1db0d98990c877bfe61-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Outsourcing—The Way Forward? Implications for Private Fund Administration
[Blog
August 30, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/outsourcing-the-way-forward-implications-for-private-fund-administration/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What changes when switching administrators?
The underlying administration provider changes, while the fund’s objectives, governance responsibilities, and regulatory obligations remain consistent.

	How is data validated during the transition?
Data is migrated using structured validation and reconciliation processes, including parallel operations when appropriate.

	What role does the fund board play?
Boards are kept informed through required approvals and clear reporting on transition progress and risks.

	Will investors experience disruption?
Transitions are designed to minimize investor impact, with communications and operational controls in place to support continuity.


---

# Launch Alternatives for Private Wealth

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/launch-alternatives-for-private-wealth/_

Launch Alternatives for Private Wealth

#
Launch retail alternative strategies for private wealth investors

		Bring alternative strategies to private wealth channels with strategic support for structure, distribution, liquidity, and investor servicing.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Launch alternatives for private wealth

Retail alternatives are expanding access to private markets across private wealth channels. If you’re exploring a retail alternative strategy, your fund’s structure, liquidity design, and servicing model need to align with distribution channels and investor expectations.

Ultimus supports fund structuring, launch, and ongoing operations through disciplined governance, integrated servicing, and scalable operating models backed by deep experience across business development companies (BDCs), interval funds, tender offer funds, Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (’34 Act) private funds, real estate investment trusts (REITs), and other retail alternative structures.

[BDCs](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/business-development-companies/)[’34 Act registered private funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/34-act-registered-private-funds/)[Interval and tender offer funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/)[REITs](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/real-estate-investment-trusts/)

## Private wealth alternatives at a glance

### Align structures to private wealth distribution models

Private wealth access depends on balancing structure selection, liquidity design, and distribution channels. We’ll help align your structure to support accessibility while maintaining operational discipline and consistent servicing.

### Support onboarding and ongoing investor servicing

Serving private wealth investors introduces higher-touch expectations across onboarding, eligibility, and communication. Our coordinated workflows help reduce administrative burden while maintaining consistency across advisors and platforms.

### Maintain governance and regulatory discipline

Evolving oversight expectations require structured governance and compliance processes. Consistent controls support transparency and alignment across vehicles, distribution partners, and reporting requirements.

### Coordinate liquidity and operational workflows

Liquidity features add complexity across subscriptions, repurchases, and cash movement. Our integrated and expert-led processes support predictable operations and a consistent experience across reporting cycles.

## Services and solutions

Fund structure design and launch support
Evaluate interval funds, tender offer funds, evergreen vehicles, and registered alternatives based on your distribution strategy, liquidity expectations, and long-term strategic objectives.

	Investor onboarding and servicing capabilities
Leverage our eligibility review, account setup, and ongoing servicing aligned to advisor workflows and private wealth distribution channels.

	Governance and compliance framework maintenance
Streamline regulatory alignment, governance support, and operational controls tailored to your structure and distribution model.

	Liquidity and operational process coordination
Manage subscriptions, repurchases, and cash workflows to support consistent execution across liquidity structures and reporting cycles.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Leverage a fully integrated operating model

Operate with a single provider aligning fund accounting, administration, distribution, and investor servicing within a coordinated, end-to-end service framework.

### Access specialized knowledge across complex structures

Work with experienced teams supporting BDCs, interval funds, tender offers, ’34 Act private funds, REITs, and other retail alternatives.

### Accelerate launch and reduce execution risk

Bring new strategies to market with coordinated structure, governance, and servicing support designed to streamline launch and minimize operational friction.

### Deliver consistent investor experiences at scale

Support onboarding, servicing, and communication across intermediaries and platforms through integrated workflows that maintain consistency as investor participation increases.

### Scale efficiently without adding operational complexity

Expand across structures, distribution channels, and investor segments using a scalable operating model without rebuilding infrastructure or increasing internal burden.

## Related insights

- ### The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments
[Blog
March 18, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-strategic-shift-navigating-the-evolving-landscape-of-alternative-investments/)
- ### Understanding the Dynamics of the Growing Retail Alts Market
[Blog
April 29, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-dynamics-of-the-growing-retail-alts-market/)
- ### Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes
[Blog
November 25, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-future-of-investment-with-alternative-asset-classes/)
- ### An Alternative Fund Solution for RIAs
[Blog
August 17, 2021](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/an-alternative-fund-solution-for-rias/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What structures are commonly used for private wealth access to alternatives?
Common structures include interval funds, tender offer funds, evergreen private funds, business development companies (BDCs), real estate investment trusts (REITs), and other vehicles designed to balance access and liquidity.

	How do liquidity features affect operations and servicing?
Liquidity design influences cash management, investor communications, repurchase/tender processes, and reporting cycles, all of which must align with fund disclosures.

	How are private wealth investors onboarded and serviced?
Ultimus supports onboarding, eligibility reviews, account maintenance, and ongoing servicing designed for private wealth distribution channels.

	How does governance differ for private wealth alternative vehicles?
Governance frameworks are designed to support regulatory oversight, fiduciary responsibilities, and consistent board reporting as offerings scale.

	Can private wealth alternative offerings scale over time?
Yes. Operating models are designed to support incremental scale across vehicles, investors, and distribution partners.


---

# 351 Seed Strategies

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/351-seed-strategies/_

351 Seed Strategies

#
Leverage a 351 seed strategy for exchange-traded funds

		Convert existing assets into an ETF through a tax-deferred Section 351 exchange.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Launch an ETF using a 351 seed strategy

A Section 351 exchange allows investors to contribute appreciated securities into a newly formed ETF in a tax-deferred transaction. This approach preserves investor cost basis while unlocking the ETF wrapper’s structural benefits. Because this is one of the most complex ETF launch paths, success depends on rigorous compliance, precise execution, and durable governance.

Ultimus supports you from feasibility through execution and ongoing ETF operations within a proven conversion framework and established governance processes.

[Download the 351 conversion playbook](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)

## Treat the seed as a regulated fund launch

### Determine feasibility before committing to the path

Not every strategy or asset mix fits into a Section 351 exchange. We’ll help you evaluate contributor eligibility, account types, and whether proposed assets align with the ETF’s stated strategy before launch decisions lock in.

### Navigate tax, compliance, and control requirements

A 351 exchange introduces IRS diversification and control-group considerations that must be addressed and documented. With disciplined oversight, expect close coordination with fund counsel and tax advisors to support a compliant, well-considered conversion plan.

### Execute the conversion with institutional discipline

Execution requires complex coordination across separately managed account (SMA) custodians and stakeholders. We manage in-kind transfers, reconciliation, and initial NAV establishment through a controlled process that supports launch readiness.

### Operate with confidence after the ETF launches

A conversion is only the start of the ETF lifecycle. With Ultimus, you’ll transition into a comprehensive operating model that includes fund accounting, daily ETF operations, board governance support, and ongoing regulatory reporting over the lifecycle of the fund.

## Services and solutions

Confirm feasibility and conversion control points
Evaluate whether a Section 351 exchange fits your strategy by considering eligibility, account types, and how assets may align with the ETF’s stated objective.

	Coordinate compliance and documentation
Support diversification and control-group testing, coordinate with counsel and tax advisors, and document requirements to strengthen governance and audit readiness.

	Manage transfer, reconciliation, and NAV setup
Leverage multi-custodian coordination, oversee in-kind transfers and reconciliation, and support initial NAV establishment to enable ETF launch readiness.

	Operate the ETF after launch
Gain fund accounting, daily ETF operations, board governance support, and ongoing regulatory reporting within a scalable trust infrastructure or your proprietary trust.

## Benefits of working with Ultimus

### Preserve investor cost basis at launch

Enable a tax-deferred exchange that preserves investor cost basis while moving assets into an ETF structure, subject to applicable requirements.

### Reduce execution risk in a complex launch path

Coordinate custodians, transfers, reconciliation, and NAV establishment through disciplined workflows designed for precision and control.

### Strengthen governance credibility from day one

Support a conversion process designed to meet regulatory requirements and withstand audit and board scrutiny with clear documentation and oversight.

### Build a durable operating foundation post-launch

Move from conversion into ongoing ETF operations and reporting within a proven framework designed to support scale after launch.

## Related insights

- ### Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook
[Whitepaper
April 15, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)
- ### Unlocking Tax Efficiency and Operational Benefits: A Guide to Converting SMAs to ETFs under Section 351
[Blog
November 14, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-tax-efficiency-and-operational-benefits-a-guide-to-converting-smas-to-etfs-under-section-351/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What is a Section 351 seed strategy?
A Section 351 seed strategy allows eligible contributors to transfer securities into a newly formed ETF in a tax-deferred exchange at launch, provided key requirements are satisfied.

	Why should a 351 seed be treated like a regulated fund event?
Because the ETF must launch with a prospectus and operate within fund and market infrastructure requirements. Execution must support governance, controls, and operational readiness—not only the tax concept.

	What makes a 351 seed more complex than a standard ETF launch?
Section 351 seeds typically add coordination across multiple contributors, custodians, tax lots, and approvals, and require disciplined validation, change control, and reconciliation during the execution window.

	How do you confirm contributed assets fit the ETF?
Contributed assets should closely align with the ETF’s disclosed strategy and be suitable for in-kind contribution and market making. Early indicative reviews and final validation help prevent late-stage issues.

	What needs to happen after launch?
Post-launch stabilization includes confirming cost basis and monitoring holding periods, completing audit and tax documentation, and operating the ETF through ongoing administration, reporting, and servicing.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Transfer Agency Services due to extraction error -->

---

# Sectors

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/_

Sectors Overview

#
Master complexity across  investment strategies

		Ultimus offers full-service fund administration and investment operations support for all types of pooled investment vehicles and product wrappers across public funds, private funds, retail alternative funds, and exchange-traded funds (ETFs).
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Built on experience, driven by expertise

Ultimus stands apart in the depth of knowledge our associates bring across product wrappers and investment vehicles, from mutual funds to ETFs, retail alternatives, private capital, and separately managed accounts. This depth of knowledge empowers us to adapt to change and helps you capture new opportunities as markets evolve.

Whether you're launching a new vehicle, converting an existing fund, or scaling a multi-wrapper platform, with Ultimus, you gain a partner with the agility and experience to optimize our solutions to your goals.

What we offer

## Sectors we support

Our consultative, collaborative best-practice approach to fund administration leverages our extensive cross-domain expertise and experience to deliver optimized solutions for all investment types.

### Public funds

With decades of experience servicing registered products, we are a trusted partner you can rely on for high volume retail investor activity, daily NAV calculations, SEC financial reporting, tax, and compliance support across your registered fund platform.

[Mutual funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/mutual-funds/)[Local government investment pools (LGIPs)](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/local-government-investment-pools/)[Collective investment trusts (CITs)](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/collective-investment-trusts/)[Variable insurance trusts (VITs)](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/)

### Private funds

From fund formation and capital raising through ongoing investor reporting, we offer a dedicated team of alternative asset specialists delivering high-touch service, integrated technology, and the precision your business demands.

[Fund of funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/fund-of-funds/)[Private equity](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/private-equity/)[Private credit](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/private-credit/)[Hedge funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/hedge-funds/)[Real assets](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/real-assets/)[Venture capital](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/venture-capital/)

### Retail alternative funds

Our approach to retail alternative fund administration is built around you, pairing industry-leading subject matter experience and a comprehensive technology ecosystem to bring novel, complex products to market.

[Interval and tender offer funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/)[Business development companies (BDCs)](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/business-development-companies/)[Real estate investment trusts (REITs)](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/real-estate-investment-trusts/)['34 Act registered private funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/34-act-registered-private-funds/)

### Exchange-traded funds (ETFs)

Our experienced professionals guide you through ETF product design and launch, introductions across the ETF ecosystem, regulatory navigation, and ongoing operations, supporting quick market entry and effective long-term operational management of your funds.

[Launching an ETF](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/launching-an-etf/)[ETF fund conversions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/etf-fund-conversions/)[351 seed strategies](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/351-seed-strategies/)

##
Technology that drive efficiency

			We use technology as a force multiplier: an efficiency engine that enables better service and greater value. By integrating data and automating onboarding, client access, reporting, compliance, analytics, and more, you’re able to enhance your and your client’s experience while devoting your energy to more important tasks—and we’re able to apply our expertise to greater effect.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/)

## Related insights

- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook
[Whitepaper
April 15, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)
- ### Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach
[Whitepaper
April 1, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/)
- ### The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments
[Blog
March 18, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-strategic-shift-navigating-the-evolving-landscape-of-alternative-investments/)

[All insights](https://dev-ultimus-2026.useast01.umbraco.io/insights/from-the-desk/)

## Frequently asked questions

What sectors does Ultimus support?
Ultimus delivers fund administration and investment operations across four sectors: public funds (mutual funds, CITs, LGIPs, variable insurance trusts), private funds (private equity, private credit, hedge, real assets, venture capital), retail alternatives (interval and tender offer funds, BDCs, REITs, '34 Act registered private funds, Reg D, 1031s, Opportunity Zone Funds), and exchange-traded funds (ETFs) across active and passive strategies. Managed account platforms and public plans are supported within the same operating model.

	How do I know which wrapper fits my strategy?
The right structure depends on your distribution channel, liquidity profile, tax treatment, and investor base. Ultimus specialists work with you, your legal counsel, and your distribution partners to evaluate the trade-offs across registered, private, and hybrid retail-alternative wrappers, so the structure you choose supports the outcome you're targeting.

	Can Ultimus support a multi-wrapper or hybrid platform?
Yes. Many clients run platforms that span public and private markets, including mutual fund families with sister ETFs, interval funds alongside private equity vehicles, and '34 Act registered private funds paired with traditional drawdown structures, all coordinated under a single Ultimus operating model.

	What sector-specific expertise do clients gain access to?
You get specialists who have spent careers inside the wrapper you operate, with '40 Act and tax depth for registered funds, capital call and waterfall mechanics for private funds, intermediary and distribution fluency for retail alternatives, and ETF lifecycle expertise across custody, market makers, authorized participants, and exchanges.

	How does Ultimus support sector entry or product expansion?
From feasibility through SEC filing, launch, and ongoing operations, Ultimus partners with you on product design, regulatory navigation, board coordination, and distribution alignment. The same team supports fund conversions and Section 351 seed strategies, so adding an ETF sleeve, converting an SMA, or extending a private strategy into a retail alternative wrapper becomes a structured path rather than a standalone project.


---

# Public Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/_

Public Funds

#
High-touch fund services for registered investment vehicles

		Our approach to fund administration is built around you, combining high-touch service with scalable technology to deliver solutions optimized to your business needs.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## High-touch service delivered at scale

Simplify fund administration with services throughout the lifecycle of your registered funds. We guide you through strategy and product development, regulatory filings, fund setup and launch, distribution support, and ongoing compliance. In addition, we manage relationships with ancillary service providers such as custodians and auditors, delivering a true turnkey solution.

With Ultimus, you gain a skilled team that helps you minimize fund expenses. Our services can be aligned to your specific requirements, with component services bundled or stand-alone as needed.

## Fund services

As one of the largest independent providers of fund administration services, we deliver comprehensive solutions to registered fund sponsors, pairing deep regulatory experience with scalable technology and dedicated client service teams.

### Transfer agency

We provide comprehensive retail investor services and seamless recordkeeping for unitized investment structures through our contact center, digital investor and advisor portals, as well as integrated compliance and tax reporting services, delivered with the responsiveness that your shareholders and distribution partners expect.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/)

### Fund accounting

Leverage our straight-through, exception-based processing environment to power accurate, timely fund accounting and NAV calculation, supported by a robust control environment and the operational rigor your board and shareholders rely on.

### Regulatory administration

Trust us with comprehensive series trust administration and adaptive solutions for the management of fund oversight programs, board meeting preparation and minute-taking, and the management of regulatory filings, so you stay ahead of every deadline with confidence and clarity. Our team also provides typesetting and Edgarization of regulatory filings through our affiliate BluGiant.

### Tax administration

We provide hands-on tax support and consultation, including 855 and excise tax provisions, year-end distribution calculation and oversight, and 1099 reporting, all delivered in close coordination with your auditors and tax advisors.

### Statutory distribution

Leverage proven oversight with technology-driven support for statutory distribution, including FINRA advertising review, order approval, AP agreement execution, and registered representative oversight. Through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program, we offer consultative ETF distribution support.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/)

### Financial administration

We coordinate and execute your regulatory and SEC reporting processes with strict controls, including financial statements, audit support, budgeting, and treasury services, all prepared to the standards expected of today's registered fund boards and sponsors.

### Compliance and outsourced CCO

Free your team with independent compliance leadership and oversight through our outsourced CCO services, including program design, regulatory monitoring, board reporting, and ongoing testing aligned to federal securities law requirements and fund governance standards.

Strategic solutions

##
Efficient launch supported by a turnkey series trust

			Bring your fund to market on an established platform with a seated board, governance framework, and selling-agreement relationships already in place. You gain shared operating infrastructure and reduced launch costs without compromising on independence or oversight.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/join-a-series-trust/)

## Specialized fund solutions

### Mutual funds

Operate, launch, and scale registered mutual funds with confidence. Whether you need help with a first launch within a series trust or ongoing support for an established complex spanning multiple strategies, we offer comprehensive administration and transfer agent support delivered by specialists who understand your expectations.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/mutual-funds/)

### Local government investment pools (LGIPs)

Running an LGIP demands transparency, statutory discipline, and the ability to support engaged investor populations at scale. We offer fund accounting, financial administration, and participant servicing built to safeguard assets, satisfy auditors, and scale alongside participation, balances, and reporting obligations as your pool grows.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/local-government-investment-pools/)

### Collective investment trusts (CITs)

Today's retirement market expects CITs to operate with the same discipline as SEC-registered funds. We support you with daily valuation, unit accounting, financial reporting, and participant-level processing, coordinated tightly with your sponsoring trustee, recordkeepers, custodians, and intermediary distribution partners.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/collective-investment-trusts/)

### Variable insurance trusts (VITs)

Funds inside variable insurance trusts sit at the intersection of registered fund governance and insurance carrier requirements. We offer coordinated administration, accounting, transfer agency, and compliance support aligned to that complexity—with the carrier and intermediary coordination these structures consistently demand.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/)

### 529 Plans

Running a state-sponsored 529 program requires tight coordination across governance and oversight, participant servicing and recordkeeping, back office operations, distribution, and marketing. Ultimus brings those functions together within a comprehensive, service-led operating model, helping you serve as a strong steward of the program while improving operational efficiency for your team.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/529-plans/)

## Related insights

- ### Strategic considerations for partnering with an outsourced fund distributor
[Blog
August 14, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/strategic-considerations-for-partnering-with-an-outsourced-fund-distributor/)
- ### What to Look for in a Series Trust: A Comprehensive Guide for Asset Managers
[Blog
May 13, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/what-to-look-for-in-a-series-trust-a-comprehensive-guide-for-asset-managers/)
- ### Tailored Shareholder Reporting: A Fund Manager’s Prep Guide
[Blog
April 23, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/tailored-shareholder-reporting-a-fund-manager-s-prep-guide/)
- ### Investing in a Spot Bitcoin ETF/ETP - Key Compliance Considerations for Fund Managers
[Blog
April 16, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/investing-in-a-spot-bitcoin-etfetp-key-compliance-considerations-for-fund-managers/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What makes you different from other registered fund administrators?
We pair scale with our deep Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) administration experience and a high-touch service model. Our independence keeps us aligned with your interests; our integrated technology gives your board and operating team a single source of truth; and our client service teams know your fund, your trust, and your shareholders, not just your ticket.

	Can you support a new registered fund launch from scratch?
Yes. We partner with you from strategy and product development through SEC filing, launch, and ongoing operations, coordinating with your legal, audit, tax, and distribution partners and delivering the regulatory administration, fund accounting, transfer agency, and compliance infrastructure you need to bring a new fund to market with confidence.

	Can you support a fund launching within a series trust?
Yes. You can launch within our turnkey series trust platform and gain access to an established board, governance framework, fund selling agreement relationships, and shared operating infrastructure, accelerating your speed to market and reducing the cost and complexity of standing up a standalone trust.

	What if I'm switching from another administrator?
We have deep experience managing registered fund conversions across mutual funds and other registered structures. Our implementation team handles data migration, historical reconciliation, board and regulatory coordination, and parallel-period validation, delivering a clean handoff with no disruption to your shareholders, intermediaries, or fund operations.

	How do you support fund boards and CCOs?
You get a dedicated team that prepares board materials, supports Rule 38a-1 compliance programs, coordinates regulatory filings, and provides ongoing reporting tailored to the standards your board expects. We work hand in hand with your CCO and independent trustees to keep your fund in good standing across every cycle.

	How do you handle tax and distributions for registered funds?
We manage the full tax lifecycle, including RIC qualification testing, 855 and excise tax provisions, year-end distribution calculation and oversight (including estimates), 1099 reporting, and shareholder tax communications. You get close coordination with your auditors and tax advisors throughout the year, not just at year-end.


---

# Mutual Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/mutual-funds/_

Mutual Funds

#
Optimize your mutual fund platform

		Ultimus supports you across the full mutual fund lifecycle with institutional controls, subject matter experts, and service models designed to scale as your fund complex evolves.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Administer your mutual fund with a dedicated client service team

Operating a mutual fund requires tight coordination across administration, fund accounting, transfer agency, compliance, and statutory distribution. Ultimus brings these functions together within a cohesive service-led operating model, helping you maintain regulatory alignment, data accuracy, and service continuity.

[Convert an existing fund](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/mutual-funds/existing-fund-conversion/)[Join a series trust](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/join-a-series-trust/)

## Leverage deep experience across complex mutual fund operations

### Enhance the shareholder experience

Your shareholder experience depends on reliable transaction processing, recordkeeping, and communication. We support transfer agency and shareholder servicing workflows so you can meet investor expectations while staying aligned to regulatory requirements.

### Ensure accurate daily NAVs and financial reporting

Daily operations depend on timely and accurate NAVs, reconciliations, and disciplined financial reporting. Ultimus supports you with fund accounting and financial reporting designed to maintain transparency, audit readiness, and operational integrity.

### Maintain compliance and board-ready governance

Ongoing compliance oversight and trust governance are essential to mutual fund operations. We support you with comprehensive regulatory support and compliance services, including board meeting coordination and reporting designed to meet regulatory obligations and support informed oversight.

### Launch funds with proven support

Launch your mutual fund within an established series trust to streamline operations and reduce time to market. Leverage proven governance, experienced trustees, and coordinated services to focus on strategy while minimizing costs and complexities.

## Services and solutions

Transfer agency
Process shareholder transactions, maintain recordkeeping, and deliver investor communications with disciplined workflows that support a consistent experience across your mutual fund shareholder base.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/)

	Fund accounting
Calculate daily NAVs, post trades, accrue expenses, and reconcile positions and cash with controls designed to maintain accuracy, transparency, and audit readiness.

	Financial administration
Prepare financial statements, expense budgeting, and board materials with disciplined processes that support audit readiness and regulatory compliance for your mutual fund.

	Regulatory administration
Support SEC filings including N-CEN, N-PORT, N-CSR, and Form N-1A updates with disciplined workflows aligned to mutual fund regulatory requirements.

	Tax services
Support regulated investment company (RIC) qualification testing, year-end distribution calculations, excise tax provisions, 1099 reporting, and coordination with your auditors and tax advisors.

	Statutory distribution
Leverage proven, technology-driven oversight for statutory distribution, including FINRA advertising review, order approval, AP agreement execution, registered representative oversight, and guidance through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/)

	Compliance and outsourced CCO
Deliver CCO support, Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) compliance testing, policy administration, and board-ready reporting that supports ongoing regulatory alignment and informed oversight.

##
Power your mutual fund management with integrated technology

			Gain real-time control and transparency with Ultimus Connect^TM^^^Investor and Advisor Portal and Data and Reporting Hub. These secure, intuitive platforms simplify transactions, centralize account management, and deliver immediate access to detailed fund data with accuracy, efficiency, and confidence in every direction.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/)

## Benefits of working with Ultimus

### Operate within a controlled regulatory environment

Maintain alignment with SEC requirements and industry standards across the way you administer, account for, and service your mutual funds.

### Support reliable daily fund operations

Deliver accurate NAVs, reconciliations, and reporting through disciplined accounting and oversight that supports audit readiness.

### Provide consistent shareholder experiences

Support transaction processing, communications, and servicing with reliability and care, so your investors receive a consistent experience.

### Reduce operational risk and complexity

Coordinate administration, accounting, compliance, and servicing within a single operating framework to reduce friction and rework.

### Support governance and board oversight

Provide documentation, reporting, and compliance support designed for board review and regulatory scrutiny.

### Scale with flexibility over time

Adapt service levels and operating models as your fund lineup and operating needs evolve.

## Related insights

- ### What to Look for in a Series Trust: A Comprehensive Guide for Asset Managers
[Blog
May 13, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/what-to-look-for-in-a-series-trust-a-comprehensive-guide-for-asset-managers/)
- ### Tailored Shareholder Reporting: A Fund Manager’s Prep Guide
[Blog
April 23, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/tailored-shareholder-reporting-a-fund-manager-s-prep-guide/)
- ### Investing in a Spot Bitcoin ETF/ETP - Key Compliance Considerations for Fund Managers
[Blog
April 16, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/investing-in-a-spot-bitcoin-etfetp-key-compliance-considerations-for-fund-managers/)
- ### Webinar: Tailored Shareholder Report
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1829799332-9afaf328270a193226df5bec65f61394f49d93d048c808800b6b35bc9e83bfb5-d_640?region=us)
April 2, 2024

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What services do you need to operate a mutual fund?
To operate successfully, you typically need fund administration, accounting, transfer agency, compliance support, financial reporting, and governance coordination.

	How does Ultimus support you when launching a new mutual fund?
Ultimus supports fund organization, SEC registration support, service provider coordination, and initial operating setup within an established trust structure.

	How are daily NAVs and financial reporting supported?
Daily NAVs and reporting are supported through disciplined accounting processes, reconciliation, and controls designed to maintain accuracy and transparency.

	How do you maintain compliance and governance over time?
Compliance services, CCO support, and board reporting help you meet ongoing obligations and maintain oversight-ready governance practices.

	Can you scale operations as assets and fund complexity evolve?
Yes. Service models are designed to scale incrementally, so you can expand assets, strategies, and channels without rebuilding operational infrastructure.


---

# Existing Fund Conversion

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/mutual-funds/existing-fund-conversion/_

Existing Fund Conversion

#
Convert or restructure existing funds with a trusted transition process

		Navigate conversions and restructurings with a structured approach that protects investor experience, aligns to regulatory expectations, and supports long-term operating stability.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Convert or restructure funds with an experienced team

Fund conversions and structure changes involve complex coordination across administrators, custodians, boards, regulators, and market participants. Ultimus provides a dedicated transition team and a structured approach designed to protect shareholder records, preserve operational continuity, and support you across mutual fund and exchange-traded fund (ETF) conversions, reorganizations, and restructurings.

## Execute your fund conversion with a clear roadmap

### Support conversions across fund types

Execute conversions backed by a team with deep experience across registered fund structures, including mutual fund to ETF transitions, trust reorganizations, share class restructurings, and administrator transitions.

### Maintain continuity across operations and stakeholders

Preserving consistency during a transition is critical to minimizing disruption. Dedicated oversight and coordinated execution help you maintain alignment across service providers, investors, and internal teams throughout the process.

### Protect data integrity throughout the transition lifecycle

Accurate data is essential during any fund conversion or restructuring. Controlled migration, validation, and reconciliation processes help you safeguard shareholder records, reporting outputs, and historical data from start to finish.

### Transition into steady-state operations with stability

Execution doesn’t end at go-live. Post-conversion support helps you maintain operational consistency, resolve outstanding items, and stabilize your funds for ongoing operations.

## Services and solutions

Define conversion strategy and scope
Assess your current operating model and conversion requirements to establish a clear, aligned roadmap for restructuring.

	Plan and manage transition execution
Develop and execute a structured conversion plan with defined milestones, timelines, and accountability across stakeholders.

	Coordinate service providers
Manage communication and sequencing across custodians, trustees, distributors, and other providers to maintain alignment.

	Migrate and validate fund data
Execute structured data migration with reconciliation and testing processes to protect accuracy and reporting continuity.

	Support post-conversion stabilization
Provide ongoing support after go-live to reinforce consistency and establish steady-state operations.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Convert and restructure funds with minimal disruption

Execute conversions and structural changes through disciplined processes designed to consider operational best practices and reduce shareholder disruption.

### Maintain regulatory and board confidence

Support oversight with clear documentation, validation, and governance designed for regulatory review and board scrutiny.

### Protect data and shareholder records

Preserve data integrity across fund accounting, shareholder records, and historical reporting through structured migration and testing.

### Reduce execution risk and complexity

Coordinate stakeholders, timelines, and service providers within a controlled framework that anticipates and resolves risk early.

### Strengthen your long‑term operating foundation

Use conversions and restructurings as opportunities to reset processes and improve operating efficiency.

## Related insights

- ### Fund M&A Activity is Booming. Things to Know Before You Go.
[Blog
May 18, 2021](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/fund-ma-activity-is-booming-things-to-know-before-you-go/)
- ### Conversion Considerations for Alts Managers
[Blog
July 16, 2020](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/conversion-considerations-for-alts-managers/)
- ### The 5 Insider Insights Many Liquid Alts Managers Overlook
[Blog
May 7, 2017](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-5-insider-insights-many-liquid-alts-managers-overlook/)
- ### Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy
[Blog
March 24, 2017](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/gaining-scale-and-efficiency-for-your-sma-strategy/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

When should you consider converting or restructuring an existing fund?
Fund conversions or restructurings are often considered when changing administrators, transitioning mutual funds to exchange-traded funds (ETFs), updating trust structures, pursuing cost efficiencies, or preparing for new distribution channels and operating model changes.

	Can Ultimus support conversions across different fund types, including ETFs?
Yes. Ultimus supports conversions and restructurings across registered fund types, including mutual fund‑to‑ETF conversions and other fund structure changes.

	How are shareholders impacted during a conversion or restructuring?
Conversions are designed to minimize shareholder disruption while preserving records, account access, and reporting continuity.

	How does Ultimus manage conversion and restructuring risk?
Risk is managed through structured planning, parallel testing, reconciliation, validation, and proactive stakeholder communication throughout the process.

	What happens after the conversion or restructuring is complete?
Post‑conversion stabilization focuses on reinforcing operating consistency and transitioning the fund into ongoing administration and servicing.


---

# Local Government Investment Pools

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/local-government-investment-pools/_

Local Government Investment Pools

#
Fund services for local government investment pools

		Support local government investment pools (LGIPs) with disciplined participant servicing, statute-aligned operations, and a modern digital experience designed specifically for LGIPs.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Operate LGIPs with a trusted partner

To operate an LGIP, you need participant-level recordkeeping, daily valuation discipline, statute-aligned compliance, and tight coordination with your sponsoring entity and program manager. Ultimus delivers a service model purpose-built for the public-sector market, combining scalable administration technology, the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Participant Portal, and high-touch servicing designed specifically for public agencies rather than adapted from retail investment products.

## Plan and operate your LGIP with confidence

### Deliver participant-level servicing for public-sector investors

Serve municipalities, counties, school districts, and special districts through participant-level recordkeeping, custom LGIP statements, daily liquidity workflows, and secure, real-time online access through the Participant Portal. Participants can access account balances, transaction history, statements, and reporting through a branded digital experience designed specifically for public-sector investors.

### Align operations to state statutes and investment policies

Reflect the statutory framework, investment policy, and fiduciary expectations of the sponsoring entity in every operating workflow. Our processes are built to support statute-aligned discipline across accounting, compliance, and reporting.

### Maintain GASB 79 and rating agency readiness

Operate under GASB 79 and maintain the S&P Global Ratings AAAm or AAm principal stability ratings, where applicable. Our accounting, reporting, and oversight workflows support ongoing GASB compliance, portfolio composition monitoring, weighted average maturity tracking, and rating agency review materials.

### Operate within a controlled, auditable framework

Maintain transparent, auditable operations across daily valuation, reconciliation, and reporting. Disciplined processes support sponsor oversight, audit readiness, statutory accountability, and rating agency review.

##
Give your LGIP participants a modern digital experience


The Participant Portal provides a secure, branded experience for LGIP participants and sponsors. Designed specifically for public funds, the platform delivers real-time visibility into balances, transactions, statements, and account activity while supporting the governance and control requirements of public entities.

Participants benefit from around-the-clock account access, while sponsors maintain oversight through configurable permissions, multiple user-access levels, and dual authorization workflows. The result is a more efficient participant experience, improved transparency, and reduced operational burden for pool administrators.

## Services and solutions

Ultimus Connect^TM^ Participant Portal
Modernize the participant experience with a digital platform built specifically for LGIPs. The Participant Portal provides real-time account access, self-service reporting, secure transaction workflows, participant analytics, and pool-branded communications designed for municipalities, counties, school districts, and other public-sector investors.

	Transfer agency
Maintain participant recordkeeping across floating NAV, stable NAV, daily priced, and fixed-term pricing structures through our automated, NICSA award-winning exception-based transaction processing technology that reconciles dollar amounts and trade counts.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/)

	Fund accounting
Calculate daily NAVs or weekly amortized cost values across multiple pool structures, post trades, accrue income, and reconcile positions and cash with controls supporting accuracy, transparency, and statutory alignment.

	Financial administration
Prepare LGIP financial statements, expense budgeting, and sponsor and board materials with disciplined processes supporting audit readiness, GASB compliance, and rating agency reviews.

	Regulatory and compliance services
Run compliance monitoring, investment policy testing, weighted average maturity surveillance, GASB 79 reporting, state statute filings, sponsor disclosures, and rating agency review materials.

	Participant and sponsor coordination, onboarding, and training
A dedicated servicing team, aligned to your program manager and sponsoring entity, coordinates participant onboarding and portal training, transaction processing, marketing collateral support, and sponsor communications.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Operate within statute-aligned, public-sector frameworks

Maintain alignment with state statutes, investment policies, GASB 79, and rating agency standards across every administration and accounting workflow.

### Support reliable daily pool operations

Deliver accurate daily valuations, reconciliations, and reporting through disciplined accounting and oversight that supports audit readiness and sponsor confidence.

### Deliver consistent public-sector participant experiences

Provide reliable participant onboarding, transaction processing, and reporting across municipalities, counties, school districts, and special districts.

### Reduce operational risk and complexity

Coordinate administration, accounting, compliance, and servicing with specialized public-sector workflows, recordkeeping, statement design, and reporting.

### Support sponsor and board oversight

Provide documentation, reporting, and compliance support designed for sponsoring entity review, rating agency review, and regulatory scrutiny.

### Modernize participant engagement

Provide participants with real-time digital access through the Participant Portal, including account balances, statements, transaction history, secure workflows, and self-service reporting in a pool-branded environment.

## Frequently asked questions

Does Ultimus work directly with sponsoring entities or with program managers?
Ultimus services local government investment pools (LGIPs) under both models. We coordinate directly with state treasurers, joint powers authorities, and municipal cooperatives, and we also act as the third-party administrator for registered investment advisor program managers responsible for day-to-day pool management on behalf of the sponsoring entity.

	What is the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Participant Portal?
The Participant Portal is a secure online platform designed specifically for LGIP participants. The portal provides real-time access to balances, transaction activity, statements, and reporting, while supporting sponsor oversight through configurable permissions, multiple user-access levels, single sign-on access, and dual authorization workflows.

	Which pool structures does Ultimus support?
Ultimus services LGIPs across floating NAV, stable NAV, daily priced, and variable date pricing structures, supported by month-end dividend accrual processes and custom statement design for each pool.

	Does Ultimus support S&P rated pools?
Yes. Many LGIPs maintain the S&P Global Ratings AAAm or AAm principal stability ratings. Our accounting, reporting, and compliance workflows are designed to support rated pool operations, including portfolio composition monitoring, weighted average maturity tracking, and rating agency review materials.

	How does Ultimus use automation to process LGIP participant transactions?
Ultimus processes purchases, redemptions, transfers, and exchanges through award-winning technology using an automated, straight-through process that ingests custody bank and participant files based on customizable mapping rules. The platform operates on an exception basis routing only the transactions that need review to our servicing team and provides automatic reconciliation of dollar amounts and transaction counts. The result is faster posting, earlier intraday visibility into pool activity, and a high degree of processing accuracy.


---

# Collective Investment Trusts

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/collective-investment-trusts/_

Collective Investment Trusts

#
Collective investment trust fund administration

		Support collective investment trust (CIT) structures with daily valuation, plan-level recordkeeping, and trustee-aligned operations built for the retirement market.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Operate funds within CIT structures

CITs are bank- or trust-company-sponsored pooled vehicles offered to qualified retirement plans, regulated by federal or state banking regulators and the Department of Labor rather than the SEC. To leverage CIT structures, you need disciplined daily valuation, unit accounting, plan-level participant tracking, and tight coordination with your sponsoring trustee, recordkeepers, custodians, plan consultants, and intermediary partners.

Today's retirement market expects CITs to operate with the same discipline as registered funds. Ultimus supports CIT funds with daily valuation, unit accounting, financial reporting, and plan-level processing.

## Draw on extensive experience administering the retirement market

### Coordinate with sponsoring trustees and plan intermediaries

Operating within a CIT requires alignment with the bank or trust company serving as trustee. Our operating model supports tight coordination across trustee oversight, recordkeeper data flows, plan consultant engagement, and plan sponsor reporting.

### Maintain alignment with ERISA and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) governance

CITs operate under bank trustee fiduciary frameworks and Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) plan oversight. Our governance and compliance processes support transparency, fiduciary documentation, and ongoing regulatory alignment.

### Support plan-level servicing

Recordkeeping at the plan level is essential to CIT operations. Coordinated workflows support unit ownership tracking, contributions, distributions, and exchanges across plans and recordkeepers.

### Operate with consistent unit accounting and reporting

Daily unit values, NAV calculations, and financial reporting must remain accurate across pooled CIT structures. Integrated processes support reliable data and operational continuity for trustees and plan sponsors.

## Services and solutions

Transfer agency
Provide plan-level recordkeeping for plan sponsors, with trustee coordination and plan-level tracking across qualified retirement plans investing in your CIT.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/)

	Fund accounting
Calculate daily unit values, post trades, accrue expenses, and reconcile positions and cash across CIT portfolios with controls supporting accuracy, transparency, and trustee oversight.

	Financial administration
Prepare CIT financial statements, expense budgeting, and trustee materials with disciplined processes supporting audit readiness, fiduciary oversight, and trustee reporting requirements.

	Compliance
Deliver investment compliance monitoring, policy administration, and trustee-ready reporting that supports fiduciary obligations and ongoing regulatory alignment for your CIT.

## Benefits of working with Ultimus

### Operate within retirement market structures with confidence

Align CIT operations with trustee, recordkeeper, and plan sponsor requirements while maintaining control, oversight, and operational consistency.

### Maintain fiduciary and regulatory alignment

Support compliance and reporting requirements designed for bank trustee and ERISA-regulated environments.

### Deliver consistent plan experiences

Provide reliable unit accounting, recordkeeping, and reporting across plans, recordkeepers, plan consultants, and intermediary partners.

### Scale operations as assets and plan adoption grow

Expand CIT lineups, plan participation, and intermediary relationships without rebuilding your operating model.

## Related insights

- ### Interest in Collective Investment Trusts Growing in Uncertain Market
[Blog
April 21, 2020](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/interest-in-collective-investment-trusts-growing-in-uncertain-market/)
- ### Collective Investment Trusts are Making a Comeback: Here’s How to Seize the Opportunity
[Blog
June 27, 2017](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/collective-investment-trusts-are-making-a-comeback-here-s-how-to-seize-the-opportunity/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What is a collective investment trust (CIT)?
A CIT is a pooled investment vehicle sponsored by a bank or trust company and offered exclusively to qualified retirement plans, regulated by federal or state banking regulators and the Department of Labor rather than the SEC.

	How does a CIT differ from a mutual fund?
CITs are exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940 ('40 Act) and are offered only to qualified retirement plans. The structure typically supports lower operating costs, simplified disclosure, and trustee-driven governance compared to mutual funds.

	What services are included?
Services typically include daily unit accounting, transfer agency with plan-level recordkeeping, financial administration, compliance, and trustee support aligned to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) requirements.

	How does Ultimus coordinate with the sponsoring trustee and recordkeepers?
Operations are structured around the sponsoring bank or trust company, with data flows, reporting, and oversight workflows designed to integrate cleanly with recordkeepers, custodians, plan consultants, and plan sponsor systems.


---

# Variable Insurance Trusts

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/_

Variable Insurance Trusts

#
Variable insurance trust fund administration

		Support variable insurance trust (VIT) structures with coordinated accounting, servicing, and compliance.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Operate funds within VIT structures

VITs support investment options offered through insurance products such as variable annuities and life policies. To leverage VIT structures, you need to align fund operations with insurance carrier requirements, regulatory oversight, and investor servicing expectations. Ultimus supports VITs through coordinated fund administration, accounting, transfer agency, and compliance processes designed for registered fund environments.

## Draw on extensive experience in complex fund administration

### Align fund operations with insurance platform requirements

Pair deep Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) servicing capabilities with VIT-specific services aligned to the requirements of insurance carriers and intermediary platforms, supported by a structured operating model that coordinates fund activity, reporting, compliance, and servicing.

### Maintain governance and regulatory oversight

VITs operate under registered fund frameworks with additional oversight expectations. Our established governance and compliance processes support transparency and ongoing regulatory alignment.

### Support investor servicing through insurance channels

Investor servicing is delivered through insurance products and intermediaries. Leverage coordinated workflows to support communication, recordkeeping, and reporting across platforms.

### Operate with consistent accounting and reporting processes

Fund accounting, NAV calculations, and financial reporting must remain accurate across complex structures. Integrated processes support reliable data and operational continuity.

## Services and solutions

Transfer agency
Process omnibus transactions from insurance separate accounts, maintain recordkeeping, and coordinate with carriers and intermediaries serving variable annuity and life policy contract holders.

	Fund accounting
Calculate daily NAVs, post trades, accrue expenses, and reconcile positions and cash across VIT portfolios with controls supporting accuracy, transparency, and audit readiness.

	Regulatory administration
Support SEC filings including N-CEN, N-PORT, N-CSR, and Form N-1A updates aligned to VIT registered fund requirements and timelines and insurance regulatory oversight.

	Tax services
Support RIC qualification, Section 817(h) diversification monitoring, fiscal year-end distribution requirements and calculations, and coordination with your auditors and tax advisors.

	Statutory distribution
Coordinate share distribution through insurance separate accounts and carrier platforms, with oversight workflows tailored to the specific VIT distribution structure.

	Financial administration
Prepare financial statements, expense budgets, and board materials with disciplined processes supporting VIT audit readiness, regulatory compliance, and the accelerated reporting timelines insurance platforms expect.

	Compliance and outsourced CCO
Leverage outsourced CCO support, ’40 Act compliance testing, Section 817(h) oversight, policy administration, and board-ready reporting aligned to VIT regulatory expectations.

## Benefits of working with Ultimus

### Operate within insurance distribution structures with confidence

Align fund operations with insurance platform requirements while maintaining control, oversight, and operational consistency.

### Maintain regulatory alignment across fund operations

Support governance, compliance, and reporting requirements designed for registered fund environments.

### Deliver consistent investor experiences

Provide reliable servicing and communication across insurance channels and intermediaries.

### Scale operations as assets and distribution expand

Expand fund structures, investor participation, and platform relationships without rebuilding your operating model.

## Related insights

- ### Strategic considerations for partnering with an outsourced fund distributor
[Blog
August 14, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/strategic-considerations-for-partnering-with-an-outsourced-fund-distributor/)
- ### Tailored Shareholder Reporting: A Fund Manager’s Prep Guide
[Blog
April 23, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/tailored-shareholder-reporting-a-fund-manager-s-prep-guide/)
- ### Essential Considerations for Distributing Exchange Traded Funds
[Blog
July 14, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/essential-considerations-for-distributing-exchange-traded-funds/)
- ### 4 Technology Innovations for a Better Shareholder Experience
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/4-technology-innovations-for-a-better-shareholder-experience/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What is a variable insurance trust (VIT)?
A VIT is a registered investment company organized under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) whose shares are sold exclusively to insurance company separate accounts that fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts, rather than directly to the retail public.

	How is shareholder servicing handled when contract holders are not direct shareholders?
Transfer agency for a VIT is structured around omnibus relationships with insurance separate accounts. Ultimus processes aggregated omnibus activity provided by carriers, maintains carrier-facing recordkeeping, and coordinates with carriers and intermediaries that service the underlying contract holders.

	What services does Ultimus provide for a VIT?
Ultimus delivers transfer agency, fund accounting, regulatory administration, tax services, including regulated investment company (RIC) and 817(h) support, statutory distribution coordination, financial administration, and compliance, all aligned to VIT registered fund and insurance regulatory requirements.

	Can Ultimus support both new VIT launches and existing trusts?
Yes. Ultimus supports new VIT formation, including coordination with sponsoring insurance carriers and SEC registration, as well as conversions and ongoing administration for established VITs that need to transition or supplement their current service provider arrangements.


---

# Distribution

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/_

Distribution Services

#
Comprehensive distribution services for asset managers

		Distribute your Investment Company Act of 1940 ('40 Act) registered fund with federally regulated broker-dealer affiliates, FINRA-aligned compliance, and consultative guidance across every intermediary channel.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Optimize distribution for registered and retail alternative funds

Distribution success for mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (ETFs) requires more than executing selling agreements. It requires a partner who understands intermediary requirements, FINRA and SEC rules, NSCC clearing operations, and the evolving cost structures of wirehouses, registered investment advisors (RIAs), independent broker-dealers, and other market channels. To extend your fund's reach, you need experienced broker-dealer affiliates, FINRA-aligned advertising review, payment and reporting transparency, and consultative guidance to plan and refine your distribution program over time.

## Plan and operate your distribution program with confidence

### Navigate FINRA and SEC regulatory expectations

Move with confidence across a layered framework of FINRA advertising rules, registered representative supervision, and SEC and state filings. Our broker-dealer affiliates carry strong regulatory records and apply disciplined processes to every distribution workflow you run with us.

### Expand reach across intermediary channels

Reach RIAs, wirehouses, independent broker-dealers, and emerging platforms through an established network calibrated to each channel's requirements, fees, and onboarding standards. With deep channel expertise and intermediary contacts, your fund lands with the right audiences along the most efficient paths.

### Tailor distribution strategies to your fund and audience

Shape a distribution plan aligned to your fund, your audience, and your stage of development through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program. No two advisors approach distribution the same way, so consultative guidance, intermediary platform intelligence, and partner directories adapt to where you are.

### Operate within an auditable compliance framework

Maintain transparent, auditable records across advertising review, selling agreements, registered representative supervision, authorized participant agreements, ETF order approval, NSCC activity, and intermediary payments. From board oversight through regulatory scrutiny, our workflows keep operations teams focused on strategic priorities instead of paperwork.

## Services and solutions

Principal underwriting
We operate as your fund's principal underwriter through our broker-dealer affiliates, with Form BD, state registrations, insurance, and regulatory administration in one program.

	Advertising and collateral review
Review your marketing materials through the Red Oak platform with FINRA-aligned workflows that move collateral to market faster.

	Intermediary and authorized participant (AP) agreement administration
Administer selling agreements with intermediaries and AP agreements for ETFs in one place, with documentation, tracking, and renewal workflows built in.

	Intermediary payments and NSCC operations
Track intermediary payments and process NSCC trades, including offshore clearing, through a platform whose analytics reveal how each channel performs.

	Registered representative oversight
Supervise FINRA registrations for your employees marketing '40 Act registered funds, covering licensing, oversight, and ongoing compliance.

	UDA program
Tap consultative guidance, intermediary intelligence, partner directories, industry programming, and a client-only resource hub through the UDA program.


[Access UDA](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/)

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Distribute through federally regulated broker-dealer affiliates

Distribute through Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC, both registered broker-dealers and members of FINRA.

### Reduce total cost of ownership

Cut vendor fragmentation and total cost of ownership through statutory distribution operations backed by exceptional service.

### Streamline compliance and advertising operations

Move marketing materials to market faster through the Red Oak platform and consistent broker-dealer compliance oversight.

### Gain consultative guidance through every stage

Tap the UDA program for distribution planning, intermediary intelligence, and partner access at each growth stage.

### Scale support as your fund family expands

Adapt service levels, intermediary coverage, and compliance support as your fund family expands across mutual funds, ETFs, and additional structures.

## Related insights

- ### Strategic considerations for partnering with an outsourced fund distributor
[Blog
August 14, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/strategic-considerations-for-partnering-with-an-outsourced-fund-distributor/)
- ### Essential Considerations for Distributing Exchange Traded Funds
[Blog
July 14, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/essential-considerations-for-distributing-exchange-traded-funds/)
- ### Top Five Questions to Ask a Third-Party Marketer - Before Engaging Them for Fund Distribution
[Blog
October 19, 2021](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/top-five-questions-to-ask-a-third-party-marketer-before-engaging-them-for-fund-distribution/)
- ### 3 E’s: Best Practices for Engaging Clients
[Blog
September 9, 2020](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/3-e-s-best-practices-for-engaging-clients/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What services are included in Ultimus distribution services?
Ultimus distribution services include principal underwriting, FINRA advertising and collateral review, and intermediary and Authorized Participant (AP) agreement administration. You also receive intermediary payment administration, NSCC trade processing, registered representative oversight, and consultative guidance through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program.

	What is the UDA program?
The UDA program is an exclusive resource for our registered fund advisor clients that supports distribution planning and execution. You gain consultation, software and database access, industry programming, marketing and PR guidance, educational webinars, and a client-only website with platform intelligence and partner directories.

	Which broker-dealers does Ultimus operate?
Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC provides distribution services through its affiliated broker-dealers, Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC. Each is a registered broker-dealer and member of FINRA, with a strong regulatory record and established intermediary relationships.

	Do you support exchange-traded fund (ETF) distribution?
Yes. Our broker-dealer affiliates support ETF distribution operations, including Authorized Participant agreement administration, ETF order approval, FINRA advertising review, and intermediary payment administration. You also gain consultative ETF distribution support through the UDA program.

	What other registered products is Ultimus able to support as a distributor or underwriter?
Our broker-dealer affiliates serve as principal/statutory underwriter, distributor, or placement agent across a range of registered and retail alternative fund structures, including:

- Mutual funds
- ETFs
- Closed-end funds
- Interval funds
- Tender offer funds
- Business development companies (BDCs)
- Non-traded real estate investment trusts (REITs)
- 529 plans

Across the platform, Ultimus partners with hundreds of fund advisors spanning the product structures above, supporting Form BD, state registrations, FINRA advertising review, intermediary agreement administration, authorized participant agreements (ETFs), and intermediary payment administration.

	How do you handle FINRA advertising review for fund marketing materials?
Review of your advertising materials runs through the Red Oak platform in accordance with FINRA rules. Interactive workflows route materials to compliance reviewers, support comment resolution, and maintain auditable records for board reporting and regulatory examinations.

	How can a new advisor get started with Ultimus distribution services?
New advisors engage Ultimus across the full distribution lifecycle, from broker-dealer setup and selling agreement strategy through ongoing intermediary management, compliance, and growth. The UDA program provides early-stage planning tools, intermediary intelligence, and consultation to help you structure your distribution program for long-term scale.


---

# Transfer Agency

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/_

Transfer Agency

#
Transfer agent and shareholder servicing for registered funds

		Deliver a modern and engaging shareholder experience across recordkeeping, transaction processing, and investor communications through one of the largest transfer agents registered with the SEC.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Power a modern shareholder experience for every investor

Investors expect real-time access, multi-channel service, and clear communication from every fund they own. To meet those expectations at scale, you need a transfer agent that combines modern technology, experienced shareholder servicing teams, and disciplined compliance. Ultimus brings all three together, with leading-edge platforms, FINRA-licensed call center professionals, and clean SOC 1 audits behind every shareholder interaction.

## Serve investors with technology, transparency, and scale

### Deliver real-time visibility to investors

Update shareholder accounts in real time and give portfolio managers same-day cash availability through modern interfaces, an interactive shareholder portal, and instant bank verification that strengthens both the investor experience and fraud prevention.

### Connect every investor channel through one team

Reach investors across phone, web chat, email, and self-service portals through an omni-channel contact center staffed primarily by FINRA-licensed Series 6 or Series 7 and 63 representatives. Extensive call monitoring, client-specific scripting, and industry-leading retention rates keep service quality consistent across every interaction.

### Integrate seamlessly with NSCC and dealer networks

Connect to NSCC Fund/SERV and DTCC AIP, plus daily broker-dealer back-office coordination, so trades, transfers, and dealer communications flow without manual reconciliation. Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) share shareholder data with your enterprise systems in real time.

### Maintain audit-ready compliance every cycle

Operate within disciplined monitoring of anti-money laundering, identity theft and fraud detection, trade surveillance, and unclaimed property reporting. A consistent record of clean SOC 1 audits gives your board and auditors a verifiable record of control quality.

## Services and solutions

Shareholder recordkeeping and account servicing
Maintain shareholder accounts, process purchases, redemptions, and rollovers, and provide investor statements and trade confirmations across all fund structures.

	Omni-channel contact center
Serve investors through inbound and outbound calls, web chat, and email with FINRA-licensed representatives and rigorous quality controls.

	Tax and IRA administration
Administer year-end tax reporting and IRA purchases, transfers, withdrawals, and rollovers within established compliance and audit frameworks.

	NSCC and dealer connectivity
Operate full connectivity to NSCC Fund/SERV and DTCC AIP, with daily coordination across broker-dealer back offices and registered representatives.

	Compliance, AML, and trade monitoring
Run anti-money laundering, identity theft and fraud detection, trade surveillance, and unclaimed property reporting through disciplined workflows.

	Reconciliation and reporting
Reconcile shareholder activity, remit funds, and report results with same-day cash management and a control framework built on clean SOC 1 audits.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Scale through a national transfer agent platform

Operate alongside one of the largest transfer agents registered with the SEC, with the depth and stability of a national-scale platform.

### Modernize the shareholder experience

Equip investors with real-time account updates, an interactive shareholder portal, and instant bank verification that strengthens both service and fraud prevention.

### Engage experienced shareholder servicing teams

Connect with experienced shareholder servicing managers and primarily FINRA-licensed Series 6 or Series 7 and 63 representatives backed by rigorous quality controls.

### Operate within disciplined compliance

Rely on consistently clean SOC 1 audits, anti-money laundering, identity theft and fraud detection, and trade surveillance built into every workflow.

### Integrate with your enterprise systems

Share shareholder data in real time through APIs that connect to your enterprise systems, fund accounting platforms, custody, and broker-dealer back offices.

Technology

##
Gain real-time visibility and control over investor activity

			Ultimus Connect^TM^ Investor and Advisor Portal provides a secure, real‑time environment for shareholder and advisor access across registered and non-registered funds. Designed to support high‑volume self‑service activity for multiple user types, the portal helps you execute transactions and account maintenance accurately while delivering immediate visibility into account information and activity.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/investor-and-advisor-portal/)

## Related insights

- ### Tailored Shareholder Reporting: A Fund Manager’s Prep Guide
[Blog
April 23, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/tailored-shareholder-reporting-a-fund-manager-s-prep-guide/)
- ### 4 Technology Innovations for a Better Shareholder Experience
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/4-technology-innovations-for-a-better-shareholder-experience/)
- ### Disrupting the '40 Act Transfer Agent and Fund Administration Services Landscape
[Blog
May 19, 2020](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/disrupting-the-40-act-transfer-agent-and-fund-administration-services-landscape/)
- ### Understanding the Nuances of Omnibus Accounts
[Blog
July 28, 2016](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-nuances-of-omnibus-accounts/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What services does Ultimus’ transfer agency provide?
Ultimus transfer agent services include shareholder recordkeeping, transaction processing, contact center and shareholder correspondence, NSCC and DTCC AIP connectivity, and investor statements. You also receive year-end tax reporting, IRA administration, and AML compliance, trade surveillance, and same-day cash management.

	Which fund structures does Ultimus serve as transfer agent?
Ultimus serves mutual funds, interval and tender offer funds, closed-end funds, cash funds and pools, and fund sub-accounting structures. The platform also supports education savings 529 plans, local government investment pools, collective and common trust funds, dividend reinvestment plans, and intra-day or periodically priced investments.

	How does the Ultimus shareholder contact center support investors?
The Ultimus contact center delivers omni-channel service across inbound and outbound calls, web chat, and email. Experienced managers and FINRA-licensed Series 6 or Series 7 and 63 representatives staff the operation, supported by extensive call monitoring and client-specific scripting that keep quality consistent.

	How does Ultimus protect against fraud and money laundering?
Ultimus has robust anti-money laundering procedures, identity theft and fraud detection, and trade surveillance throughout every shareholder workflow. Instant bank verification on the shareholder portal adds an extra layer of fraud prevention at the account level.

	Does Ultimus support NSCC and DTCC connectivity?
Yes. Ultimus operates complete connectivity to NSCC Fund/SERV and DTCC Alternative Investment Product services, with daily interaction across broker-dealer back offices and registered representatives. Trades, transfers, and dealer communications flow without manual reconciliation.

	How does Ultimus integrate shareholder data with our other systems?
Ultimus provides Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) that share shareholder data with your fund accounting platforms, enterprise systems, and broker-dealer back offices in real time. Highly integrated workflow and imaging solutions automate routine business processes across the operation.


---

# 529 Plans

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/529-plans/_

529 Plans

#
Optimize your state-sponsored

529 program

		Ultimus supports you across state-sponsored 529 college savings programs with comprehensive participant servicing and administration services, innovation and technology, and a partner-first approach designed to improve operational efficiency, help you grow plan participation, and educate new savers.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Administer your 529 program with a dedicated client service team

Running a state-sponsored 529 program requires tight coordination across governance and oversight, participant servicing and recordkeeping, back office operations, distribution, and marketing. Ultimus brings those functions together within a comprehensive, service-led operating model, helping you serve as a strong steward of the program while improving operational efficiency for your team.

## Leverage deep experience across state-sponsored 529 programs

### Maintain compliance-ready governance

Ongoing IRS and MSRB compliance and oversight are central to a state-sponsored 529 program. We support you with IRS and MSRB compliance and oversight, as well as back office function support designed for state sponsors and their program stakeholders.

### Move confidently through program transitions

A program manager or operating model change should not disrupt your account owners. Leverage an established implementation process and an experienced transition team to keep the program running smoothly from day one.

### Deliver an engaged participant experience

Your account owners expect a smooth enrollment and reliable ongoing service. Ultimus supports you with electronic and paper enrollment materials, re-targeting advertising for abandoned enrollments, and call center support through chat and phone delivered by a trained, US-based contact center team.

### Reach and educate new savers

Your program grows when more families discover and use it. We produce and fulfill the outreach that reaches them, including bilingual enrollment kits, matriculation postcards, and educational materials—coordinated across your print, grassroots, and digital vendors.

## Services and solutions

Governance solutions
Governance solutions designed for state-sponsored 529 college savings, pre-paid, and ABLE programs, supporting the responsibilities of state sponsors and their program stakeholders.

	Participant servicing and recordkeeping
Participant servicing and recordkeeping delivered by trained, regularly evaluated personnel through a scalable servicing model with quality metrics.

	Enrollment and customer service
Electronic and paper enrollment materials, re-targeting advertising for abandoned enrollments, and call center support through chat and phone delivered by trained, regularly evaluated personnel.

	Back office function support
Back office function support that keeps the day-to-day operations of your college savings program running smoothly.

	IRS and MSRB compliance and oversight
IRS and MSRB compliance and oversight aligned with the standards you and your program stakeholders expect.

	Distributor and marketing support
Marketing support including educational and sales collateral, MSRB EMMA filings (including G-45), selling agreement coordination and establishment, bilingual materials production, FINRA advertising review through the Red Oak platform, website content coordination, and multimedia content, delivered alongside the Ultimus Distribution Advantage program.

	Open architecture asset management and custody model
Distribution support and investment line-ups through your choice of a named advisor or third parties, alongside custody and trading services that fit your program's operating model.

	Transition services
An established implementation process led by an experienced transition team to support program transitions with minimal disruption to your account owners.

## Benefits of working with Ultimus

### Partner with a firm that understands retail investment product distribution

Ultimus serves as a partner, not just a service provider, bringing comprehensive and engaged personal service to every state relationship.

### Improve operational efficiency across your college savings program

Coordinate governance solutions, participant servicing and recordkeeping, back office function support, and IRS and MSRB compliance and oversight through a single provider.

### Deliver an engaged participant experience

Combine electronic and paper enrollment materials, re-targeting advertising for abandoned enrollments, call center support through chat and phone, and a mobile-friendly web portal with transactional and video capability.

### Move confidently through a program transition

Follow an established implementation process led by an experienced transition team through program manager or operating model changes.

### Contribute to the future of 529, pre-paid, and ABLE programs

Work with a firm active in the College Savings Plans Network (CSPN) and the College Savings Foundation (CSF).

## Frequently asked questions

What types of college savings and Section 529 programs does Ultimus support?
Ultimus provides comprehensive financial administration, accounting, participant recordkeeping, and distribution services for prepaid and state-sponsored 529 college savings programs, with additional support for ABLE programs.

	What services does Ultimus offer to your college savings program?
Governance  solutions, participant servicing and recordkeeping, back office function support, IRS and MSRB compliance and oversight, marketing support in a lead or supplemental capacity, distribution support, investment line-ups through a named advisor or third parties, custody and trading services, and dedicated client service for advisors and investors.

	How does Ultimus support enrollment and account owner service?
Through electronic and paper enrollment materials, re-targeting advertising for abandoned enrollments, and call center support via chat and phone delivered by trained, regularly evaluated personnel, along with a mobile-friendly web portal for transactional and video interactions.

	Is Ultimus involved in the 529 and college savings industry?
Yes. Ultimus participates in the College Savings Plans Network (CSPN) and the College Savings Foundation (CSF), supporting advocacy for 529 and ABLE programs.


---

# Private Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/_

Private Funds

#
A fund services partner built for private capital

		Private fund administration should fit your specific business needs. We pair high-touch service with scalable technology to deliver solutions that are optimized for your funds.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Built to scale, designed to feel personal

From fund formation and capital raising through ongoing investor reporting, we offer a dedicated team of alternative asset specialists delivering high-touch service, integrated technology, and the precision your business demands. Our model is built around responsiveness, accountability, and deep experience across private equity, private credit, hedge, real assets, venture capital, and fund of funds.

While you focus on strategy, fundraising, and LP relationships, we make sure the operational engine behind your funds runs cleanly.

## Comprehensive private capital solutions

### Private equity

Support the full private equity (PE) lifecycle with a service-led operating model built for partnership accounting, capital calls and distributions, carried interest, and complex waterfall calculations. We pair experienced service teams with integrated technology to keep your fund running cleanly through fundraising, deployment, and LP reporting.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/private-equity/)

### Private credit

Manage private credit fund operations with disciplined loan-level administration, complex income recognition, and the operational rigor institutional investors expect. We offer fund accounting, covenant and accrual tracking, investor reporting, and treasury coordination across your borrowers, agents, and LP base.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/private-credit/)

### Hedge funds

Meet hedge fund investor expectations with institutional-grade administration and the speed and flexibility your strategy requires. We support you with NAV calculation, profit and loss (P&L) allocation, investor accounting, incentive fee and high-water mark calculations, and reporting across strategies, instruments, and fee structures, coordinated tightly with your prime brokers, custodians, and counterparties.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/hedge-funds/)

### Real assets

Navigate the complexities of real assets funds at the intersection of valuations, long-duration capital, and asset-level operating data. We deliver coordinated fund accounting, partnership accounting, and waterfall processing across real estate investment trusts (REITs), joint ventures, property companies (PropCos), debt funds, and co-investment vehicles, aligned to the cadence of real estate, infrastructure, and natural resource strategies.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/real-assets/)

### Venture capital

Keep pace with venture fund administration across debut funds, multiple vintages, sidecars, and special purpose vehicles (SPVs). We provide partnership accounting, capital activity processing, portfolio company tracking, and LP reporting, delivered by a team that understands the operating rhythm of venture investing.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/venture-capital/)

### Fund of funds

Oversee fund of funds platforms with precise tracking of underlying manager activity, layered cash flow management, and look-through reporting across multi-manager portfolios. We support you with capital activity oversight across your manager roster, underlying manager exposure tracking, and investor servicing with workflow automation and data aggregation through our technology-enabled service model.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/fund-of-funds/)

## Fund services

As a leading independent provider of fund administration, we deliver comprehensive services to alternative asset managers, pairing deep operational experience with scalable technology and a dedicated client service team.

### Fund accounting and reporting

Leverage our straight-through and exception-based processing environment to power accurate, timely partnership accounting, NAV calculations, waterfall and allocation processing, and investor-level reporting, supported by a robust control environment and the operational rigor your investors and LPs rely on.

### Investor services

Access comprehensive investor servicing across the LP lifecycle, including onboarding, subscriptions, capital activity, AML and KYC review, and a secure digital portal, with connected workflows to the alternative investment platforms your placement partners rely on.

### Treasury services

Execute treasury operations with discipline across cash management, capital activity oversight, and expense payment workflows, supported by multi-bank cash visibility and controlled wire workflows that protect fund assets and keep capital moving on schedule.

### Management company solutions

Bundled or standalone, gain dedicated support for management company and GP entity operations, including financial reporting, general ledger, accounts payable, expense allocations, fee and carry calculation, payroll, and travel and expenses (T&E), so your investment team stays focused on sourcing, diligence, and value creation.

## Related insights

- ### A GP’s Guide to Optimizing Private Credit Fund Operations
[Blog
October 28, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/a-gp-s-guide-to-optimizing-private-credit-fund-operations/)
- ### Private Equity Masterclass Incorporates How Outsourced Fund Administration Supports PE Managers
[Blog
May 22, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/private-equity-masterclass-incorporates-how-outsourced-fund-administration-supports-pe-managers/)
- ### Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes
[Blog
November 25, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-future-of-investment-with-alternative-asset-classes/)
- ### Exploring the Co-Sourcing Model with a Private Equity Fund Administrator
[Blog
October 24, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/exploring-the-co-sourcing-model-with-a-private-equity-fund-administrator/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What makes you different from other private fund administrators?
We pair scale with deep experience across all asset classes and a high-touch service model. Our independence keeps us aligned with your interests, our integrated technology gives your team and your LPs a single source of truth, and our client service teams know your fund, your strategy, and your investors, not just your ticket.

	Can you support a new private fund launch?
Yes. We partner with you from fund formation through investor onboarding and beyond, coordinating with your legal, audit, tax, and placement partners and delivering the fund accounting, investor services, treasury, and management company infrastructure you need to launch with confidence.

	Are your operations independently audited for controls?
Yes. Our private fund administration platform is audited annually under SOC 1 Type II standards. Reports are available to clients and prospective clients under NDA to support your LP operational due diligence and your own audit and compliance requirements.

	Can you support complex fund structures, including SPVs, parallel funds, and feeders?
Yes. You get an administration model built for the full range of private fund structures, including master-feeder, parallel funds, alternative investment vehicles, special purpose vehicles (SPVs), and co-investment vehicles, with the controls and reporting transparency your investors expect.

	What if I'm switching from another administrator?
We have extensive experience managing private fund conversions across many private strategies. Our implementation team handles data migration, historical reconciliation, investor data validation, and parallel-period testing, helping establish a clean handoff with no disruption to your investors, your portfolio, or your operations.

	How do you support managers and CFOs?
You get a dedicated team that supports your finance, operations, and investor relations functions, from quarterly close and investor reporting through audit coordination, capital activity, and ad-hoc analytics. We work hand in hand with your CFO and operations leadership to keep your fund running smoothly across every cycle.

	How do you handle tax and investor reporting for private funds?
We manage the full investor reporting lifecycle, including partnership tax support, K-1 preparation and delivery support, capital account statements, and customized LP reporting. You get close coordination with your auditors and tax advisors throughout the year, not just at year-end.


---

# Private Equity

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/private-equity/_

Private Equity

#
Service‑led private equity fund administration

		Ultimus supports you with a service-led operating model designed to handle complexity, scale alongside your platform, and maintain confidence with limited partners.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Private equity fund administration delivered through a technology-enabled, high-touch service model

Most private equity (PE) managers don’t outgrow their strategy. They outgrow their operations. Ultimus brings experienced service teams and structured workflows across partnership accounting, capital activity, and investor reporting, with solutions built for the complexity PE managers operate in.

Whether managing carried interest across multiple vehicles, coordinating co-invest structures, or meeting institutional LP expectations, Ultimus helps you scale your operating model with confidence.

## Service, technology, and experience aligned to your fund

### Support partnership accounting across the fund lifecycle

From fund launch through wind-down, partnership accounting must remain consistent and controlled across commitments, allocations, and incentive structures. We’ll help you manage capital calls, distributions, and carried interest with greater accuracy and transparency, supported by automation and disciplined processes throughout your fund lifecycle.

### Maintain control across capital activity and operations

Capital activity introduces complexity across workflows, timing, and stakeholder communication. Maintain control across capital calls, distributions, and allocations with integrated technology and structured processes that improve accuracy and support consistent execution across funds and investor groups.

### Deliver clear, consistent investor reporting

Investors expect timely, accurate insight into fund performance, capital activity, and positions. Our secure Ultimus Connect^TM^ Private Investor Portal and automated reporting workflows deliver communications aligned to your fund structures, with on-demand access supporting transparency and consistency across LP requirements and regulatory expectations.

### Scale operations as strategies and structures evolve

As your platform expands across funds, vehicles, and strategies, operational demands intensify. We’ll help you scale administration support without increasing internal burden, maintaining consistency across structures while supporting expansion of assets under management (AUM), investor base, and reporting complexity.

## Services and solutions

Fund accounting and reporting
Support partnership accounting across capital calls, distributions, waterfall calculations and carried interest tracking, and GP/LP allocations, with audit-ready records across multi-entity, multi-deal structures.

	Investor services
Deliver investor statements, fund financial statements, capital activity notices, K-1 packages, AML/KYC workflows, and secure portal access aligned to institutional investor expectations.

	Treasury services
Deliver end-to-end treasury and cash management support, including processing of payments, through technology-enabled structured workflows that maintain control across various structures.

Strategic solutions

##
Management company solutions

			Offload the day-to-day demands of running your management company and refocus your team on fundraising and deal sourcing. We serve private equity, venture capital, real assets, and fund of funds sponsors with financial reporting, accounts payable, expense allocation, fee and carry calculations, payroll, and travel and expenses (T&E), available standalone or bundled with other services.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Maintain confidence with limited partners

Deliver accurate accounting and reporting that strengthens transparency and reinforces trust across your institutional investor base.

### Reduce operational complexity

Coordinate partnership accounting, capital activity, and investor services within a technology-enabled structured model that simplifies day-to-day operations.

### Support fundraising and platform expansion

Operate with a scalable administration model that supports new fund launches, capital raises, and expanding investor relationships.

### Strengthen audit and control outcomes

Maintain disciplined processes aligned to audit expectations and regulatory requirements across your private equity platform.

### Focus on investment strategy and execution

Reduce operational burden so you can focus on sourcing, managing, and expanding investments across your portfolio.

## Technology as a force multiplier

Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors.

### Simplify complex private equity waterfalls

For private equity funds with complex carried interest and distribution structures, the Ultimus Connect Waterfall Engine supports precise modeling and transparent outcomes. Ultimus works with you to configure fund-specific terms, run scenarios, and deliver auditable results.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/waterfall-engine/)

### Give limited partners a centralized digital experience

Provide LPs with secure, centralized access to reporting and communications. Ultimus manages the portal with you, aligning access and delivery to your fund structure and investor needs.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/private-investor-portal/)

## Related insights

- ### Private Equity Masterclass Incorporates How Outsourced Fund Administration Supports PE Managers
[Blog
May 22, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/private-equity-masterclass-incorporates-how-outsourced-fund-administration-supports-pe-managers/)
- ### Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes
[Blog
November 25, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-future-of-investment-with-alternative-asset-classes/)
- ### Exploring the Co-Sourcing Model with a Private Equity Fund Administrator
[Blog
October 24, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/exploring-the-co-sourcing-model-with-a-private-equity-fund-administrator/)
- ### Elevating Client Service in Private Equity Fund Administration
[Blog
June 27, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/elevating-client-service-in-private-equity-fund-administration/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What types of private equity funds does Ultimus support?
Ultimus supports buyout funds, growth equity funds, secondary funds, fund of funds, co‑investment vehicles, continuation vehicles, and related structures.

	How are capital calls and distributions managed?
Capital activity is supported through controlled, automated workflows designed to support accuracy, timeliness, and clear communication to investors.

	How does Ultimus support partnership accounting?
Ultimus supports partnership accounting across commitments, allocations, and incentive structures using powerful technology and disciplined processes.

	How will limited partners receive reporting?
Your LPs access reporting through the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Private Investor Portal, with on-demand visibility into capital activity, capital account statements, distribution notices, and tax documents.

	Can private equity operations scale as assets and structures expand?
Yes. Service models are designed to scale as fund complexity, investor count, and assets under management increase.


---

# Private Credit

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/private-credit/_

Private Credit

#
Private credit fund operations built for complex credit strategies

		Support complex credit structures, loan servicing, and investor expectations with a technology-enabled service model that improves your operational control, strengthens reporting, and scales with your private credit platform.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Private credit operations built for complex lending strategies

Private credit strategies require active oversight across loan servicing, cash flows, reconciliations, and investor reporting. We’ll help you manage complexity with experienced service teams and technology-enabled structured workflows. With Ultimus, you’ll gain a more controlled operating model aligned to your lending structures, portfolio activity, and investor requirements.

## Service, technology, and experience aligned for private credit operations

### Support end-to-end loan lifecycle operations

From origination through repayment, private credit operations require disciplined tracking of positions, accruals, and cash activity. We’ll help you manage the full loan lifecycle with technology-enabled structured workflows that improve accuracy, transparency, and consistency across your portfolio and servicing processes.

### Maintain control across capital and cash flow complexity

Private credit portfolios involve frequent capital activity, interest payments, and evolving cash flows. We'll help you maintain control through structured support for investor activity, distributions, and reconciliations, helping reduce operational risk while improving visibility across funds, portfolios, and stakeholders.

### Deliver reporting aligned to lending structures

Investor reporting must reflect the complexity of underlying loan structures and performance drivers. We’ll help you deliver timely, accurate reporting aligned to your portfolios, improving transparency and helping your investors gain clear insight across performance, positions, and cash activity.

### Scale operations as portfolios and strategies expand

As lending strategies expand across direct, opportunistic, and structured credit, operational demands increase. We’ll help you scale with a service model designed to support growing portfolios, maintain consistency across structures, and adapt to evolving investor, regulatory, and reporting requirements.

## Services and solutions

Portfolio accounting
Maintain trade capture, payment-in-kind (PIK) and original issue discount (OID) accruals, paydowns, restructurings, and position tracking at the instrument level across direct lending and structured credit portfolios.

	Fund accounting and reporting
Deliver disciplined fund accounting that rolls loan-level positions into accurate NAV, financial statements, capital activity reporting, and investor communications aligned to your fund structure.

	Investor services
Deliver investor reporting on loan portfolio performance, cash activity, and capital accounts, with secure portal access and AML/KYC servicing for investors.

	Treasury services
Coordinate cash movement, wire processing, and reconciliation across prime brokers, custodians, and counterparties, aligned to positions and reporting.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Operate private credit portfolios with confidence

Gain confidence through structured workflows and experienced teams aligned to private credit instruments and servicing requirements.

### Reduce operational strain from loan servicing complexity

Offload complex loan servicing, reconciliations, and cash flow tracking to reduce internal operational burden.

### Improve reporting clarity and transparency

Deliver more accurate, timely reporting that reflects underlying loan structures and improves investor transparency across portfolios.

### Strengthen audit readiness and oversight

Maintain disciplined control frameworks aligned to regulatory expectations and audit requirements across private credit operations.

### Scale lending strategies efficiently

Support portfolio scale and strategy expansion without increasing operational complexity or adding strain on internal teams.

## Technology as a force multiplier

Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors.

### Give investors a centralized digital experience

Provide investors and managers with secure, centralized access to reporting and communications. We manage the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Private Investor Portal with you, aligning access and delivery to your fund structure and investor needs.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/private-investor-portal/)

### Simplify complex private credit waterfalls

Our team leverages Ultimus Connect Waterfall Engine to manage calculations within your accounting, capital activity, and reporting workflows—while improving transparency, auditability, and reconciliation.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/waterfall-engine/)

## Related insights

- ### A GP’s Guide to Optimizing Private Credit Fund Operations
[Blog
October 28, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/a-gp-s-guide-to-optimizing-private-credit-fund-operations/)
- ### Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes
[Blog
November 25, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-future-of-investment-with-alternative-asset-classes/)
- ### SEC Rule Reversal: The Rise and Repeal of the SEC’s Private Fund Adviser Rules
[Blog
June 11, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/sec-rule-reversal-the-rise-and-repeal-of-the-sec-s-private-fund-adviser-rules/)
- ### The Need for Yield: Why Should Asset Managers Consider Launching an Interval or Tender Offer Fund, and What Do They Need to Know
[Blog
December 4, 2020](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-need-for-yield-why-should-asset-managers-consider-launching-an-interval-or-tender-offer-fund-and-what-do-they-need-to-know/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What types of private credit strategies does Ultimus support?
Ultimus supports a range of private credit strategies including direct lending, opportunistic credit, and structured credit vehicles.

	How does Ultimus support private credit loan servicing?
Loan activity is supported through controlled workflows that track positions, accruals, and cash movements accurately.

	How are cash flows and reconciliations handled?
Ultimus supports disciplined cash and position reconciliation processes to reduce operational risk.

	What reporting is available for private credit funds?
Managers and investors receive reporting tailored to loan structures and portfolio requirements.

	Can private credit operations scale as portfolios expand?
Yes. Service models are designed to scale as portfolios, structures, and investor demands increase.


---

# Hedge Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/hedge-funds/_

Hedge Funds

#
Service-led hedge fund administration

		Support complex hedge fund strategies with high-touch administration, treasury, and investor servicing that strengthens NAV confidence, reduces operational risk, and preserves control, transparency, and service quality.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Hedge fund operations aligned to your operating model

Hedge fund administration requires precision across NAV production, reconciliation, valuation, and investor servicing. Ultimus works with you to tailor a service model aligned to your strategies, liquidity profile, and fund structure—providing independent oversight that strengthens confidence in pricing, positions, and reporting.

## Support your hedge fund with our technology-enabled, high-touch service model

### Control positions and cash end-to-end

Accurate trade capture, position management, and cash reconciliation are essential to maintaining confidence in your portfolio. We'll run disciplined daily workflows across custodians and prime brokers, reducing reconciliation breaks and improving alignment between positions, cash, and downstream reporting.

### Protect valuation consistency and NAV integrity

Consistency and oversight are critical to your NAV calculation. We'll maintain valuation discipline across pricing, corporate actions, and accruals, with independent oversight designed to reinforce the integrity of your NAV and investor reporting.

### Deliver high-touch investor servicing

Your investors expect timely, accurate reporting and responsive service. We'll deliver investor statements, capital activity reporting, and communications through secure digital channels, while maintaining investor records and servicing workflows that reduce administrative burden and improve responsiveness.

### Integrate operational workflows end-to-end

Your operating model depends on seamless coordination between trading activity, reconciliation, valuation, reporting, and investor delivery. We'll connect these workflows through an integrated service model that improves transparency, strengthens control, and supports more efficient day-to-day operations.

## Services and solutions

Fund accounting and reporting
Ultimus provides trade and cash reconciliation, independent valuation, and NAV calculation, including support for complex fund structures and terms such as side pockets, gates, and special allocations.

	Investor services
Support your investor servicing needs with disciplined processing of subscriptions, redemptions, and transfers, along with investor reporting, statements, and AML/KYC support aligned to your strategy.

	Treasury services
Manage cash movement, wire processing, margin activity, and reconciliation across prime brokers, custodians, and counterparties with coordinated treasury support aligned to your positions and reporting needs.

Strategic solutions

##
Management company solutions

			Offload the day-to-day demands of running your management company and refocus your team on fundraising and deal sourcing. We serve hedge fund, private equity, venture capital, real assets, and fund of funds sponsors with financial reporting, accounts payable, expense allocation, fee and carry calculations, payroll, and travel and expenses (T&E), available standalone or bundled with other services.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Build confidence in data and reporting

Disciplined reconciliation workflows and independent oversight strengthen confidence in your positions, cash balances, and reporting outputs.

### Maintain consistent valuation and NAV processes

Aligned to your liquidity profile and valuation policy, NAV calculations stay accurate across pricing, corporate actions, accruals, and investor communications.

### Elevate the investor experience

Timely reporting, responsive service, and clear communication through our Ultimus Connect^TM^ Private Investor Portal strengthen investor relationships while reducing strain on your internal team.

### Reduce operational risk

For complex strategies and instruments, structured workflows, independent oversight, and audit-ready processes reduce operational risk and reinforce controls.

### Scale your operating model

As your strategies and structures evolve, scalable support keeps the operating model in step without adding burden to the team.

### Enhance investor transparency with digital access

Give your limited partners centralized access to statements, performance reporting, and communications through the Private Investor Portal, aligned to your fund structure.

## Technology as a force multiplier

Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors.

### Give limited partners a centralized digital experience

Provide hedge fund investors and managers with secure, centralized access to statements, performance reports, and communications. Ultimus manages the Private Investor Portal with you, aligning access and delivery to your fund structure and investor requirements.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/private-investor-portal/)

## Related insights

- ### SEC Rule Reversal: The Rise and Repeal of the SEC’s Private Fund Adviser Rules
[Blog
June 11, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/sec-rule-reversal-the-rise-and-repeal-of-the-sec-s-private-fund-adviser-rules/)
- ### Private Funds: Be Prepared for Evolving Regulations
[Blog
April 13, 2021](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/private-funds-be-prepared-for-evolving-regulations/)
- ### Alternative Fund Administration Trends Accelerated by the Pandemic
[Blog
February 17, 2021](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/alternative-fund-administration-trends-accelerated-by-the-pandemic/)
- ### Volatility Reminds Us to Hedge – There May Be a Better Way to Do That
[Blog
May 5, 2020](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/volatility-reminds-us-to-hedge-there-may-be-a-better-way-to-do-that/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What accounting services do you provide?
Our comprehensive fund accounting services include:

- Weekly, monthly, and quarterly NAV calculations
- Portfolio reconciliation
- General ledger maintenance
- Trade capture and reconciliation
- Expense allocations
- Performance calculations
- Incentive fee calculations
- Financial statement preparation

	What investor services do you provide?
Our investor services team handles:

- Investor onboarding
- Subscription and redemption processing
- Distribution support
- Investor statements
- AML/KYC coordination
- Investor communications
- Secure investor portal access

	What technology platforms do you use?
We use institutional-grade fund accounting and reporting systems built for alternative investment managers, alongside our Ultimus Connect^TM^ proprietary technology suite that automates workflows, strengthens reporting and controls, and supports scalability and real-time transparency.

- Data and Reporting Hub: delivers accurate, customizable reports with real-time access to crucial data
- Workflow Manager: streamlines workflow management and improves efficiency
- Onboarding Manager: streamlines investor onboarding through a digital platform

	Is investor and fund data secure?
Yes. We use secured investor portals, encrypted data transmission, role-based access controls, and established cybersecurity protocols to safeguard sensitive information.

	Can your reporting be customized?
Yes. We tailor reporting packages and dashboards to each manager’s operational and investor requirements.

	What makes your administration platform different?
We combine responsive service, experienced alternative investment professionals, scalable technology, and customized operations so managers can focus on investment performance.


---

# Real Assets

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/real-assets/_

Real Assets

#
Real asset fund administration for complex structures

		Support real estate, infrastructure, and natural resource strategies with a technology-driven fund administration model built for institutional complexity and high-touch service.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Comprehensive real asset fund administration tailored to your diverse property portfolios

Our experienced team will help you operate across the full range of real asset structures, including closed-end and open-ended funds, real estate investment trusts (REITs), joint ventures, debt funds, co-investment structures, separate accounts, and multi-entity vehicles. By partnering with Ultimus, you’ll reduce operational burden and maintain your focus on investing, capital raising, and strengthening investor relationships.

## Real asset operations aligned to your investment structures

### Maintain control across complex fund structures

Maintain control across complex fund structures with coordinated fund accounting, capital activity, and investor reporting. We help managers navigate multi-entity investment vehicles, joint ventures, co-investments, and evolving investor requirements through consistent processes, transparent reporting, and disciplined operational execution.

### Execute capital calls, distributions, and waterfalls with precision

Capital activity drives acquisitions, debt servicing, and investor returns across your portfolio. We'll help you execute capital calls and distributions aligned to your waterfall and carry structures, maintaining accuracy, compliance, and clear communication across investors and operating entities.

### Deliver transparent, institutional-quality investor reporting

Support timely capital account reporting, capital call and distribution notices, waterfall allocations, and performance reporting aligned to investor expectations and governing fund documents. Through disciplined processes and consistent reporting standards, we’ll help you provide investors with clear visibility into fund performance, capital activity, and allocations across complex vehicles.

### Coordinate audit, tax, and regulatory requirements

Reduce friction across audit and compliance services and improve overall preparedness. We streamline your audit and tax processes through organized financial records, supporting schedules, investor allocations, and coordination with external auditors and tax advisors directly.

## Services and solutions

Fund-level accounting and financial reporting
Maintain fair value accounting aligned with applicable standards, tax basis accounting under IRS requirements, multi-entity consolidation across SPVs, HoldCos, and alternative investment vehicles, and coordinated financial reporting under US GAAP.

	Investor services
Deliver investor statements, fund financial statements, capital activity notices, K-1 packages, AML/KYC workflows, and secure portal access aligned to institutional investor expectations.

	Treasury services
Receive end-to-end treasury and cash management support, including processing of payments, through technology-enabled structured workflows that maintain control across various structures.

##
Management company solutions

			Offload the day-to-day demands of running your management company and refocus your team on fundraising and deal sourcing. We serve private equity, venture capital, real assets, and fund of funds sponsors with financial reporting, accounts payable, expense allocation, fee and carry calculations, payroll, and travel and expenses (T&E), available standalone or bundled with other services.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Enhance governance and operational controls

Strengthen operational oversight and investor confidence with institutional-quality fund administration.

### Execute capital activity with greater accuracy

Execute capital calls, distributions, and waterfall allocations with precision, improving accuracy and consistency across investors and operating entities.

### Strengthen financial reporting and investor transparency

Maintain consistent NAV reporting, capital account maintenance, financial statement preparation, and investor communications.

### Reduce operational complexity across structures

Reduce administrative burden by standardizing workflows across closed-end and open-ended funds, REITs, joint ventures, debt funds, separate accounts, multi-entity vehicles, and co-investment vehicles within a unified operating model.

### Scale real asset portfolios without operational strain

Scale real asset portfolios efficiently with integrated operational support that improves accuracy, control, and scalability.

## Technology as a force multiplier

Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors.

### Deliver secure, centralized reporting for real asset investors

Provide your investors with secure, centralized access to fund reporting, capital call and distribution notices, and communications across your real asset portfolios. We manage the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Private Investor Portal with you, aligning permissions and delivery to your fund structure, property vehicles, and investor requirements.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/private-investor-portal/)

### Simplify complex real asset waterfall calculations

For real asset funds with bespoke incentive, promote, or fee structures, the Ultimus Connect Waterfall Engine supports precise modeling and transparent outcomes. Ultimus works with you to configure fund-specific terms, run scenario analyses, and deliver auditable, investor-ready results for your real estate or infrastructure vehicles.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/waterfall-engine/)

## Related insights

- ### Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes
[Blog
November 25, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-future-of-investment-with-alternative-asset-classes/)
- ### The Need for Yield: Why Should Asset Managers Consider Launching an Interval or Tender Offer Fund, and What Do They Need to Know
[Blog
December 4, 2020](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-need-for-yield-why-should-asset-managers-consider-launching-an-interval-or-tender-offer-fund-and-what-do-they-need-to-know/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What does real asset fund administration include?
Real asset fund administration encompasses fund accounting, NAV calculations, capital calls and distributions, investor servicing, treasury services, regulatory compliance, tax support, and consolidated property-level reporting—all tailored to your portfolio's needs.

	How do you handle real asset fund compliance?
We track AML/KYC, investor accreditation, FATCA/CRS, and covenants like DSCR, with automated controls and audit-ready records to minimize your regulatory risk.

	How do you support real asset fund scalability?
Our standardized procedures and integrated platform handle multiple fund structures (REITs, JVs, PropCos), setting a foundation for your expansion without proportional admin increases.


---

# Venture Capital

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/venture-capital/_

Venture Capital

#
Venture capital fund administration for growing portfolios

		Support capital deployment, portfolio performance tracking, and investor expectations with a service-led model that strengthens control, improves transparency, and scales with your venture capital platform.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Venture capital operations aligned to your investment model

Venture capital operations require coordination across capital calls and distributions, portfolio company tracking, valuations, and investor reporting. We’ll help you align workflows to your investment pace and portfolio structure with a scalable operating model that supports deal flow, portfolio expansion, and transparent investor communication.

## Fund operations that keep pace with your deal flow and portfolio expansion

### Execute capital deployment and investor distributions with precision

Venture capital funds depend on accurate capital calls and distributions to fund investments and return capital. We’ll help you execute these workflows with precision, keeping capital deployment aligned to deal activity while maintaining transparency and compliance with fund terms.

### Maintain visibility across portfolio company performance

Managing venture portfolios requires timely, accurate visibility into company-level performance and valuation changes. We'll help you consolidate portfolio company data across investments and exits, helping you track performance, inform decisions, and deliver clear, investor-ready reporting.

### Deliver transparent reporting aligned to investor expectations

Investors expect clear insight into capital deployment, valuations, and realized outcomes. We’ll help you deliver consistent reporting across fund structures, improving transparency while supporting investor confidence throughout reporting cycles and fundraising efforts.

### Scale operations as portfolio and fund complexity increases

As your fund grows across deals, companies, and vehicles, operational demands increase. We'll help you scale with a service model designed to support evolving structures, maintain consistency, and reduce operational burden as your portfolio expands.

## Services and solutions

Fund accounting and reporting
Maintain partnership accounting, portfolio company valuation marks across rounds and exits, and reporting with audit-ready records for emerging and established managers.

	Investor services
Deliver investor statements, fund financial statements, capital activity notices, K-1s, and other communications through a secure online portal, complemented by seamless onboarding and fully integrated AML/KYC workflows.

	Treasury services
Deliver end-to-end treasury and cash management support, including processing of payments, through technology-enabled structured workflows that maintain control across various structures.

Strategic solutions

##
Management company solutions

			Offload the day-to-day demands of running your management company and refocus your team on fundraising and deal sourcing. We serve private equity, venture capital, real assets, and fund of funds sponsors with financial reporting, accounts payable, expense allocation, fee and carry calculations, payroll, and travel and expenses (T&E), available standalone or bundled with other services.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Improve visibility into portfolio company performance

Improve visibility across your portfolio with consolidated data on investments, valuations, and exits that support better decision-making.

### Strengthen execution of capital deployment

Strengthen capital deployment workflows to align investment activity with fundraising pace and investor expectations.

### Deliver transparent investor reporting

Deliver consistent, accurate reporting that gives investors clear insight into performance and capital activity.

### Reduce operational complexity across funds and vehicles

Reduce administrative burden by standardizing workflows across funds, SPVs, and co-investment structures.

### Scale venture operations as your portfolio expands

Scale operations across funds, deals, and portfolio companies without increasing internal workload or compromising control.

## Technology as a force multiplier

Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors.

### Give investors a centralized digital experience

Provide investors with secure, centralized access to statements, capital call and distribution notices, and communications. We manage the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Private Investor Portal for you, aligning access and delivery to your fund structure and investor requirements.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/private-investor-portal/)

### Simplify complex venture capital waterfall calculations

For venture capital funds with bespoke carry or distribution structures, the Ultimus ConnectTM Waterfall Engine supports precise modeling and transparent outcomes. Ultimus works with you to configure fund-specific terms, run scenarios, and deliver auditable results.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/waterfall-engine/)

## Related insights

- ### Outsourced Management Company Operations: Increased Productivity and Adaptability
[Blog
May 3, 2023](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/outsourced-management-company-operations-increased-productivity-and-adaptability/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What services are included in venture capital fund administration?
Venture capital fund administration typically includes fund accounting, treasury services, capital call and distribution management, portfolio performance tracking, investor servicing, and reporting tailored to your needs.

	Can Ultimus support complex carry and distribution structures?
Yes. Ultimus supports a range of carry and distribution models, providing transparent calculations and auditable results.

	How does Ultimus support portfolio performance tracking?
Our teams maintain detailed records of portfolio company investments, valuations, and exits, supporting accurate reporting and compliance.

	How do investors receive statements and communications?
Your investors receive statements and communications through our online portal, supported by Ultimus investor servicing teams.

	Can venture capital fund administration scale as portfolios expand?
Yes. Ultimus provides a flexible operating environment designed to adapt as your portfolio, strategies, and structures become more complex.


---

# Fund of Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/private-funds/fund-of-funds/_

Fund of Funds

#
Fund of funds administration

		Support capital commitments, underlying manager data aggregation, and investor transparency with integrated technology that strengthens control, improves visibility, and scales with your fund of funds platform.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Integrated operations across capital, data, and reporting

Fund of funds operations require coordination across capital calls, underlying manager reporting, and investor transparency. We’ll help you align workflows across your manager roster and fund structures, providing a scalable operating model and technology solutions that support portfolio construction, capital pacing, and LP reporting.

## End-to-end servicing for multi-manager portfolios

### Execute capital commitments and cash flows with automated precision

Fund of funds require disciplined execution of capital calls and distributions across multiple underlying managers. Our automated platform helps you manage capital commitments, transfers, and allocations with accuracy. Built-in workflows and straight-through processing maintain alignment between investor contributions and underlying fund activity.

### Maintain visibility across underlying manager exposures on one platform

Understanding exposures across managers, strategies, and vintages is critical to portfolio oversight. Our integrated technology platform consolidates capital account data, performance, and exposures into a single source of truth.

### Deliver transparent, look-through investor reporting

Limited partners expect visibility beyond fund-level summaries. We’ll help you deliver reporting that incorporates underlying manager data, improving transparency across performance, exposures, and portfolio construction decisions.

### Scale operations as manager portfolios expand

As you add managers, strategies, and co-investments, operational complexity increases. We’ll help you scale with a service model designed to support evolving structures while maintaining consistency across reporting, capital activity, and compliance workflows.

## Services and solutions

Fund accounting and reporting
Automate the aggregation of capital accounts, performance, and exposure data across underlying funds on a single integrated platform, with consolidated valuation and audit-ready look-through reporting across managers and vintages.

	Investor services
Deliver fund-level and look-through reporting incorporating underlying manager data, with secure portal access and AML/KYC workflows across multi-manager structures.

	Treasury services
Execute capital calls, distributions, and transfers aligned to underlying manager commitments, keeping LP contributions in sync with underlying fund activity.

Strategic solutions

##
Management company solutions

			Offload the day-to-day demands of running your management company and refocus your team on fundraising and deal sourcing. We serve private equity, venture capital, real assets, and fund of funds sponsors with financial reporting, accounts payable, expense allocation, fee and carry calculations, payroll, and travel and expenses (T&E), available standalone or bundled with other services.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Improve visibility across multi-manager exposures

Improve transparency across your portfolio with consolidated reporting on underlying fund performance, exposures, and capital activity.

### Strengthen execution of capital commitments

Strengthen capital call and distribution workflows to maintain alignment between investor activity and underlying manager funding requirements.

### Deliver transparent investor reporting

Deliver clear, look-through reporting that provides investors with deeper insight into portfolio construction and performance.

### Reduce operational complexity across manager structures

Reduce administrative burden by standardizing workflows across multiple managers, strategies, vintages, and fund structures.

### Scale fund of funds operations efficiently

Scale operations as your manager roster and portfolio complexity expand without increasing internal workload or compromising control.

## Technology as a force multiplier

Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors.

### Simplify complex waterfall calculations

For fund of funds with bespoke fee, incentive, or distribution structures, the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Waterfall Engine supports precise modeling and transparent outcomes. Ultimus works with you to configure fund-specific terms, run scenarios, and deliver auditable results.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/waterfall-engine/)

### Give investors a centralized digital experience

Provide investors with secure, centralized access to statements, capital call and distribution notices, and communications. We manage the Ultimus Connect^^Private Investor Portal for you, aligning access and delivery to your fund structure and investor requirements.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/private-investor-portal/)

## Related insights

- ### Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes
[Blog
November 25, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-future-of-investment-with-alternative-asset-classes/)
- ### The Need for Yield: Why Should Asset Managers Consider Launching an Interval or Tender Offer Fund, and What Do They Need to Know
[Blog
December 4, 2020](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-need-for-yield-why-should-asset-managers-consider-launching-an-interval-or-tender-offer-fund-and-what-do-they-need-to-know/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What services are included in fund of funds administration?
Fund of funds administration typically includes fund accounting, capital call and distribution management, underlying manager data aggregation, treasury services, exposure tracking, investor servicing, and reporting tailored to your needs.

	Can Ultimus support look-through and exposure reporting?
Yes. Ultimus provides consolidated reporting on our integrated technology platform that includes both fund-level and underlying manager data, supporting transparency for investors and regulators.

	How does Ultimus support capital flow and reconciliation?
Our teams track and execute capital calls, distributions, and transfers with precision, maintaining accurate records and supporting audit readiness.

	How do investors receive statements and communications?
Your investors receive statements and communications through an online portal, supported by Ultimus investor servicing teams.

	Can fund of funds administration scale as portfolios expand?
Yes. Ultimus provides a flexible operating environment designed to adapt as your manager roster, strategies, and structures become more complex.


---

# Retail Alternative Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/_

Retail Alternative Funds

#
Consultative guidance and end-to-end support for all retail alternative fund structures

		From fund launch through ongoing administration and investor servicing, we offer guidance and robust support for retail alternatives.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Master complexity across retail alternative structures

Ultimus delivers end-to-end fund administration and transfer agency services designed for the operational complexities of retail alternatives. With our service-led model, you get unmatched consultative guidance to navigate structuring, SEC registration, fund formation, launch, and distribution across every major retail alternative wrapper.

Our approach to retail alternative fund administration is built around you, pairing industry-leading subject matter experience and a comprehensive technology ecosystem to bring novel, complex products to market.

## Services and solutions

### Transfer agent and investor servicing

Access comprehensive investor services and seamless recordkeeping for retail alternative structures through our contact center, Ultimus Connect^TM^ digital portals, and integrated compliance and tax reporting services, delivered with the responsiveness your shareholders, intermediaries, and distribution partners expect.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/)

### Fund accounting

Leverage our straight-through and exception-based processing to power accurate, timely fund accounting and NAV calculation, supported by a robust control environment and the operational rigor your board and shareholders rely on across all asset classes and structures.

### Fund administration

Our teams manage the preparation and coordination of quarterly 10-Q and annual 10-K filings for business development companies (BDCs), real estate investment trusts (REITs), and Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (’34 Act) registered private funds as well as N-CSR, N-PORT, and N-CEN filings for interval and tender offer funds, delivering accurate and timely filings that align with SEC deadlines and disclosure standards.

### Statutory distribution

Leverage proven oversight with technology-driven support for statutory distribution, including FINRA advertising review, order approval, authorized participant (AP) agreement execution, registered representative oversight, and consultative guidance through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/)

### Legal and board support

Coordinate board materials, meeting logistics, governance documentation, and regulatory filings with strict controls, all prepared to the standards expected of today's retail alternative fund boards, trustees, and independent directors.

### Compliance testing for ’40 Act and RIC

Execute Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) and Regulated Investment Company (RIC) compliance testing across bespoke prospectus and SAI requirements, and ongoing portfolio diversification and income tests.

### Outsourced CCO

Provide independent compliance leadership and oversight through outsourced CCO services, including program design, regulatory monitoring, board reporting, and ongoing testing aligned to federal securities law requirements and fund governance standards.

##
Connect your fund to the channels driving retail alternatives demand

			Ultimus Gateway™ delivers a turnkey launch path for interval and tender offer funds, combining trust governance and fund administration in one framework. Advisors gain a faster route to market and a coordinated operating model across board oversight, compliance, and day-to-day administration.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/registered-alternatives-gateway-platform/)

## Specialized fund solutions

### Interval and tender offer funds

Operate, launch, and expand interval and tender offer funds. With Ultimus, you get end-to-end lifecycle support from specialists who understand periodic liquidity, repurchase mechanics, valuation, and the board oversight these structures demand.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/)

### BDCs and REITs

BDCs and REITs give your investors access to private credit and real estate investments through exchange-traded, non-traded, and private structures. To support the complexities of BDCs, we offer specialized transfer agency, fund accounting, financial reporting, 1099 tax reporting, and 10-Q, 10-K, and 8-K filing support.

[Learn more about BDC services](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/business-development-companies/)[Learn more about REIT services](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/real-estate-investment-trusts/)

###  ’34 Act registered private funds

These semi-liquid, evergreen vehicles give high-net-worth and institutional investors access to diverse investment strategies. Among other fund services, we offer transfer agency, partnership accounting, K-1 support, class-level fee tracking, and comprehensive end-to-end support of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and annual reports on Form 10-K, including XBRL tagging.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/34-act-registered-private-funds/)

## Related insights

- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach
[Whitepaper
April 1, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/)
- ### The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments
[Blog
March 18, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-strategic-shift-navigating-the-evolving-landscape-of-alternative-investments/)
- ### Pricing Strategies for Retail-Oriented Interval Funds
[Whitepaper
December 1, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/pricing-strategies-for-retail-oriented-interval-funds/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

Can you support a new retail alternative fund launch?
Yes. We partner with you from strategy and product development through SEC filing, launch, and ongoing operations, coordinating with your legal, audit, tax, and distribution partners, and delivering the fund administration, fund accounting, transfer agency, and compliance infrastructure you need to bring a new interval or tender offer fund, business development company (BDC), real estate investment trust (REIT), or Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (’34 Act) registered private fund to market with confidence.

	Can you support a fund launching within a series trust?
Yes. You can launch your interval or tender offer fund through Ultimus Gateway, our comprehensive operating platform purpose-built to bring registered interval and tender offer funds to market. Gateway gives you access to an established board with deep Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) alternative fund experience, a governance framework, pre-vetted relationships with law firms, auditors, and custodians, and a shared operating cost infrastructure.

	Do you connect with the fintech platforms and wirehouses our investors use?
Yes. We connect with the alternative investment platforms, wirehouse distribution channels, and intermediary custodians your retail investors rely on, supporting subscription document handoff, AML and KYC review, capital activity, and statement and tax form delivery. Our integration model meets your distribution partners where they are, so your fund operates cleanly across the rails your investors and advisors already use.

	How do you support fund boards and CCOs?
You get a dedicated team that prepares board materials, supports Rule 38a-1 compliance programs, coordinates regulatory filings, and provides ongoing reporting tailored to the standards your board expects. We work hand in hand with your CCO and independent trustees to keep your fund in good standing across every cycle.

	How do you handle tax and distributions for retail alternative funds?
We manage the full tax lifecycle, including regulated investment company (RIC) and REIT qualification testing, 855 and excise tax provisions, year-end distribution calculation and oversight (including estimates), 1099 reporting, and shareholder tax communications. You get close coordination with your auditors and tax advisors throughout the year, not just at year-end.


---

# Interval and Tender Offer Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/_

Interval and Tender Offer Funds

#
Interval and tender offer fund administration

		Manage interval funds with coordinated support across fund accounting and administration, transfer agency, and compliance.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Comprehensive support for interval and tender offer funds

Interval and tender offer funds provide traditional and alternative managers with a flexible wrapper for delivering distinct investment solutions. Ultimus supports you from initial fund design through ongoing administration, aligning your operating model with investor expectations and long-term strategic objectives.

Our service offering unifies fund-level and shareholder data, supporting accurate NAV calculations, audit readiness, and clear communications. With deep experience in registered closed-end fund structures, we streamline capital activity, reporting, and compliance workflows so you can scale efficiently and focus on portfolio management.

Download the interval and tender offer fund factsheet

## Draw on extensive experience in retail alternatives

### Design and structure interval and tender offer funds

Align your fund structure, liquidity terms, and regulatory requirements from the start. We’ll help you evaluate options, prepare for registration, and establish a scalable operating foundation that supports long-term scalability.

### Execute capital activity with integrated recordkeeping

Run capital calls and repurchases/tenders with accuracy and control. With Ultimus, you reduce operational risk and improve efficiency through integrated capital activity and transfer workflows.

### Simplify financial and regulatory reporting

Access comprehensive support for SEC filings such as N-CSR, N-PORT, and N-CEN. Streamlined financial and regulatory reporting processes help you maintain compliance and meet ongoing regulatory requirements with confidence.

### Scale operations with coordinated support and infrastructure

As your fund expands, operational complexity often follows. We help you streamline workflows, centralize operations, and maintain visibility with integrated systems and coordinated support.

## Services and solutions

Fund accounting
Cash forecasting, accrual processing, and NAV reporting aligned to alternative fund structures.

	Fund administration
Preparation of annual and semi-annual financial statements, coordination of SEC filings such as N-CSR, N-PORT, and N-CEN, audit coordination, expense oversight, and treasury services.

	Transfer agent and investor servicing
Integrated investor recordkeeping, transaction processing, and communications supporting capital calls, repurchase offers, and ongoing servicing.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/)

	Compliance, legal, and governance support
Structured compliance oversight, board reporting, legal coordination, and audit readiness aligned to evolving regulatory requirements.

	Tax reporting and compliance
Post-trade compliance monitoring for SEC, prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (SAI), and IRS code requirements; fiscal year-end (FYE) and excise tax provision support; preparation of disclosures for financial reporting; and review of tax returns prepared by an independent public accounting firm.

	Statutory distribution
Technology-driven support for statutory distribution, including FINRA advertising review, order approval, AP agreement execution, registered representative oversight, and consultative guidance through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/)

Strategic solutions

##
Leverage Ultimus Gateway^TM^^^to launch and scale your fund

			Ultimus Gateway delivers a turnkey launch path for interval and tender offer funds, combining trust governance and fund administration in one framework. Advisors gain a faster route to market and a coordinated operating model across board oversight, compliance, and day-to-day administration.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/registered-alternatives-gateway-platform/)

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Accelerate time to market

Launch interval and tender offer funds faster by leveraging comprehensive support services, an existing board, CCO, and a full set of industry leading partners.

### Achieve cost efficiency with a shared service infrastructure

Reduce startup and ongoing operational expenses through a shared service model.

### Operate with confidence in a regulated structure

Navigate complex regulatory requirements with integrated compliance, reporting, and governance support aligned to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) and RIC standards.

### Leverage deep operational expertise

Access experienced teams with specialized knowledge across complex fund structures, providing consultative guidance from fund formation through ongoing operations.

### Deliver a superior investor experience

Provide timely reporting, clear communications, and responsive servicing through an integrated, high-touch transfer agency model.

## Related insights

- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach
[Whitepaper
April 1, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/)
- ### The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments
[Blog
March 18, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-strategic-shift-navigating-the-evolving-landscape-of-alternative-investments/)
- ### Unlocking Private Markets: Why ’34 Act Registered Private Funds Are Key
[Blog
January 14, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-private-markets-why-34-act-registered-private-funds-are-key/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What services are included in interval and tender offer fund administration?
Interval and tender offer fund administration typically includes transfer agency, fund accounting, fund administration, legal administration, tax, and compliance tailored to meet your needs.

	Can Ultimus support complex liquidity and distribution structures?
Yes. Ultimus supports a range of repurchase, fee, and distribution models, providing transparent calculations.

	How does Ultimus support intermittent liquidity events?
Our teams manage the full lifecycle of repurchase offers and capital calls, maintaining accurate records and supporting audit readiness.

	Can interval and tender offer fund administration scale as portfolios expand?
Yes. Ultimus provides a flexible operating environment designed to adapt as your portfolio, strategies, and structures become more complex.

	How does Ultimus support distribution for interval and tender offer funds?
Ultimus supports connectivity to intermediaries, platforms, and investor channels through Ultimus AltsLink, helping you meet requirements for distribution while maintaining consistent servicing and reporting across your network.


---

# Registered Alternatives Gateway Platform

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/registered-alternatives-gateway-platform/_

Registered Alternatives Gateway Platform

#
Simplify access to interval and tender offer funds with Ultimus Gateway™

		Bring alternative strategies to market through interval funds and tender offer funds supported by a turnkey operating platform.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## A comprehensive platform for registered alternative funds

Ultimus Gateway is a comprehensive operating platform designed to help you bring institutional alternative strategies to the private wealth channel through registered, evergreen fund structures. The platform streamlines the process of launching interval and tender offer funds by aligning structure, servicing, reporting, and distribution within a unified model.

By integrating experienced teams, advanced technology, and a network of vetted partners, Ultimus Gateway supports you to navigate regulatory requirements and bring new strategies to market with greater efficiency and control.

## Support fund launch, operations, and scale through a unified model

### Bring interval and tender offer funds to market efficiently

Launch registered alternative funds through a turnkey platform that aligns fund structure, distribution strategy, and operational workflows from the outset.

### Leverage an open-architecture partner ecosystem

Access a network of pre-vetted legal, audit, custody, and service partners, enabling flexible, fit-for-purpose solutions tailored to your strategy.

### Operate within a coordinated, end-to-end framework

Connect fund accounting, administration, transfer agency, and distribution within a single operating model designed to reduce fragmentation and improve execution.

### Deliver insights through integrated data and reporting

Leverage integrated technology and data to provide real-time visibility into fund activity, investor reporting, and distribution performance.

## Benefits

### Accelerate time to market

Launch interval and tender offer funds faster by leveraging comprehensive support services, an existing board, CCO, and a full set of industry leading partners.

### Reduce costs through a shared service infrastructure

Reduce startup and on-going operational expenses through a shared service model.

### Deliver flexible, fit-for-purpose solutions

Leverage an open-architecture ecosystem that allows you to tailor partners (custody, audit, valuation), structures, and workflows to your strategy.

### Leverage deep product and operational expertise

Consultation in product development with subject matter expertise in legal, tax, and compliance considerations.

### Scale registered alternative strategies with confidence

Expand access to private markets through interval and tender offer funds without increasing operational complexity or rebuilding infrastructure.

## Related insights

- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach
[Whitepaper
April 1, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/)
- ### Pricing Strategies for Retail-Oriented Interval Funds
[Whitepaper
December 1, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/pricing-strategies-for-retail-oriented-interval-funds/)
- ### Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes
[Blog
November 25, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-future-of-investment-with-alternative-asset-classes/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What is Ultimus Gateway^TM^?
Ultimus Gateway is a comprehensive operating platform designed to support the launch, operation, and growth of registered alternative funds, including interval and tender offer structures.

	What types of funds are supported?
The platform is designed to support interval funds, tender offer funds, and other registered, evergreen structures used to expand access to alternative strategies.

	How does the platform support fund launch and operations?
Ultimus Gateway aligns fund structure, servicing, reporting, and distribution through a turnkey operating model supported by experienced teams, technology, and partner integration.

	How does Ultimus Gateway support distribution and investor access?
The platform connects funds to intermediaries, broker-dealers, and distribution channels while supporting consistent investor onboarding and servicing.


---

# Business Development Companies

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/business-development-companies/_

Business Development Companies

#
Business development company fund administration

		Structure and support your business development company (BDC) with an experienced team across fund accounting and administration, statutory distribution, compliance, and transfer agency.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Comprehensive support for BDCs

BDCs give your investors access to private credit market opportunities that are typically difficult to reach through traditional funds. As demand for income-oriented strategies and portfolio diversification grows, BDCs help you deliver exposure to alternative asset classes while offering the potential for attractive yields within a regulated investment structure.

Ultimus supports you with a comprehensive suite of solutions that span the full BDC lifecycle, delivering end-to-end support from fund formation through ongoing operations.

Download the BDC factsheet

## Customized solutions for complex BDC fund strategies

### Streamline capital activity with integrated recordkeeping

Leverage our integrated recordkeeping system to support capital call and tender offer processing, helping ensure accuracy and consistency across workflows. Our system supports efficient execution of complex capital activity while reducing manual intervention and operational friction.

### Simplify financial and regulatory reporting

Access comprehensive support for quarterly 10‑Q and annual 10‑K filings with the SEC. Streamlined reporting processes help you maintain compliance, improve transparency, and meet ongoing regulatory requirements with confidence.

### Support fund formation through ongoing operations

Partner with us for a consultative approach that draws on deep industry knowledge across the BDC and registered fund landscape, guiding you through structure design and fund formation while helping you align strategy, structure, and execution from the outset. Our integrated model supports a smooth transition from formation into ongoing operations.

### Leverage comprehensive transfer agent capabilities

Our transfer agency supports scalability, improves service delivery, and connects your BDC to the broader distribution ecosystem, including major alternative investment platforms, broker-dealer networks, and RIA channels, through established integrations and subscription-processing workflows.

## Services and solutions

Fund accounting
Periodic portfolio valuation, cash forecasting, accrual processing, and NAV reporting to support accurate financial operations.

	Fund administration
Preparation and coordination of quarterly 10-Q and annual 10-K filings, preparation of quarterly/annual financial statements for inclusion in SEC reporting, coordination of audits, and expense monitoring.

	Statutory distribution
Technology-driven support for statutory distribution, including FINRA advertising review, order approval, AP agreement execution, registered representative oversight, and consultative guidance through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/)

	Legal and board support
Governance coordination, board reporting, and support for policies, procedures, and regulatory documentation.

	Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) and Regulated Investment Company (RIC) compliance testing
Portfolio compliance, diversification testing, and monitoring to support adherence to regulatory requirements.

	Transfer agent and investor servicing
Investor onboarding, capital activity processing, statements, and ongoing shareholder communications.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/)

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Accelerate time to market

Launch your BDC with coordinated structuring, onboarding, and operational support designed to streamline execution and reduce time to market.

### Operate with confidence in a regulated structure

Navigate complex BDC requirements with integrated compliance, reporting, and governance support aligned to ’40 Act and RIC standards.

### Scale distribution with integrated support

Expand your investor reach with statutory distribution, intermediary connectivity, and coordinated servicing across evolving distribution channels.

### Maintain accuracy across complex operations

Support intricate private credit portfolios with aligned fund accounting, administration, and data workflows designed to ensure accuracy and consistency.

### Deliver a seamless investor experience

Enhance the investor experience through streamlined onboarding, capital activity processing, and ongoing communication supported by integrated transfer agent services.

## Related insights

- ### The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments
[Blog
March 18, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-strategic-shift-navigating-the-evolving-landscape-of-alternative-investments/)
- ### Unlocking Private Markets: Why ’34 Act Registered Private Funds Are Key
[Blog
January 14, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-private-markets-why-34-act-registered-private-funds-are-key/)
- ### Understanding the Dynamics of the Growing Retail Alts Market
[Blog
April 29, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-dynamics-of-the-growing-retail-alts-market/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What makes business development companies (BDCs) operationally different from other registered fund structures?
BDCs combine private credit-focused portfolios with public company reporting and ongoing Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) and Regulated Investment Company (RIC) compliance requirements that require specialized administrative, accounting, and reporting infrastructure beyond what a standard registered fund servicing model provides.

	How does Ultimus support SEC reporting requirements for BDCs?
Ultimus provides comprehensive end-to-end support for quarterly and annual SEC filings, aligning fund accounting and operational data to streamline 10‑Q and 10‑K production.

	What considerations should be evaluated when structuring a BDC?
Structure decisions depend on your investment strategy, liquidity profile, and distribution approach, with key trade-offs across exchange-traded, non-traded, and private BDC models.

	How are capital calls, repurchases, and tender offers managed in a BDC?
Capital activity is supported through integrated recordkeeping and transfer agent workflows structured to deliver accuracy, transparency, and efficient processing across investor transactions.

	How does Ultimus help manage compliance and regulatory complexity?
Ultimus delivers portfolio compliance, diversification testing, and governance support aligned to ’40 Act and RIC requirements, helping you maintain control in a regulated environment.


---

# Real Estate Investment Trusts

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/real-estate-investment-trusts/_

Real Estate Investment Trusts

#
Fund administration for non-traded and private REITs

		Manage real estate investment trust (REIT) accounting, regulatory reporting, and shareholder servicing through coordinated workflows built for the retail alternatives market.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Experienced administration for non-traded and private REITs

REITs give your investors access to real estate market opportunities that are typically difficult to reach through traditional funds. As demand for alternative asset strategies and portfolio diversification grows, REITs help you deliver exposure to institutional-quality real estate strategies while offering the potential for competitive, tax-advantaged distributions within a regulated investment structure.

Ultimus supports you with an experienced, flexible service model and a comprehensive suite of solutions that spans the full REIT lifecycle, delivering end-to-end support from fund formation through ongoing operations.

## Coordinate REIT operations across accounting, regulatory reporting, and investor experience

### Simplify financial and regulatory reporting

Access comprehensive support for quarterly 10‑Q and annual 10‑K filings with the SEC. Streamlined reporting processes help you maintain compliance, improve transparency, and meet ongoing regulatory requirements with confidence.

### Support investor distribution and share repurchase workflows

Process subscriptions, redemptions, and share repurchase programs with controls calibrated to non-traded REIT cadence. Investor statements, tax documents, and ongoing communications flow through coordinated servicing workflows backed by experienced transfer agency teams.

### Leverage comprehensive transfer agent capabilities

Our transfer agency supports scalability, improves service delivery, and connects your REIT to the broader distribution ecosystem, including major alternative investment platforms, broker-dealer networks, and Registered Investment Advisor (RIA) channels, through established integrations and subscription-processing workflows.

## Services and solutions

Fund accounting
Periodic portfolio valuation, cash forecasting, accrual processing, and NAV reporting to support accurate financial operations.

	Fund administration
Preparation and coordination of quarterly 10-Q and annual 10-K filings, preparation of quarterly/annual financial statements for inclusion in SEC reporting, coordination of audits and expense monitoring.

	Transfer agent and investor servicing
Maintain investor recordkeeping, process subscriptions and redemptions, and administer share repurchase programs with statements, tax documents, and high-touch communications.

	Legal and governance support
Maintain board reporting, legal documentation, and audit support aligned to REIT regulatory expectations.

	Distribution support
Access FINRA advertising review, broker-dealer order approval, registered representative oversight, and consultative distribution guidance for non-traded REIT offerings through our broker-dealer affiliates.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Deepen service depth across the registered alternatives market

Operate alongside an administrator that services REITs across private and non-traded structures.

### Scale distribution with integrated support

Expand your investor reach with statutory distribution, intermediary connectivity, and coordinated servicing across evolving distribution channels.

### Operate with confidence in a regulated structure

Navigate complex REIT requirements with integrated transfer agency, accounting, reporting, and governance support aligned to REIT standards.

## Frequently asked questions

What services does Ultimus provide for real estate investment trusts (REITs)?
Ultimus provides REIT accounting, fund administration, transfer agency, legal administration, and distribution support, delivered through coordinated services designed to meet your operational needs.

	Which REIT structures does Ultimus support?
Ultimus services non-traded and private REIT wrappers, providing coverage designed for these structures and supporting the core requirements across operations, administration, and ongoing investor-related activities.

	Does Ultimus support non-traded REIT distribution?
Yes. Our affiliated broker-dealers provide FINRA advertising review, order approval, registered representative oversight, and consultative distribution guidance for non-traded REIT offerings sold through broker-dealer networks.


---

# '34 Act Registered Private Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/retail-alternative-funds/34-act-registered-private-funds/_

’34 Act Registered Private Funds

#
Unlock private markets through a ’34 Act registered private fund

		Leverage our consultative approach to expand access to alternative investment strategies through a hybrid Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (’34 Act) 3(c)(7) structure.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Bring private markets to qualified investors with ’34 Act registered private funds

Registered private funds under the ’34 Act give your investors access to alternative investment strategies that are typically difficult to reach through traditional fund structures. As demand for yield, diversification, and less correlated return sources grows, these funds help you deliver private market exposure to high-net-worth and institutional investors within a flexible, semi-liquid evergreen structure.

Ultimus supports you with a flexible service model designed to navigate the complexity of hybrid structures, delivering end-to-end support that blends private fund accounting solutions with registered transfer agency and ’34 Act public reporting requirements.

Download the registered private fund factsheet

## Comprehensive fund administration support

### Manage financial and SEC reporting

Access comprehensive support for quarterly 10‑Q and annual 10‑K filings with the SEC. Streamlined reporting processes help you maintain compliance, improve transparency, and meet ongoing regulatory requirements with confidence.

### Gain real-time visibility into fund activity

Leverage real-time data access to monitor fund activity, capital movements, and reporting status. Centralized visibility helps you improve oversight, support decision-making, and strengthen control across operational and reporting workflows.

### Expand distribution with seamless platform connectivity

Integrate with leading distribution platforms and intermediaries to support broader investor access. Seamless connectivity helps you with efficient onboarding, transaction processing, and scalable expansion across private wealth channels.

### Align structure and execution from day one

Access structuring guidance and fund formation support to align strategy, structure, and operational execution. Working with our experienced team, you’ll achieve a smooth transition into ongoing operations while supporting evolving product and distribution needs.

## Services and solutions

Fund accounting
Specialized accounting procedures to manage partnership structures, cash forecasting, accrual processing, and NAV reporting aligned to private market strategies.

	Fund administration
Preparation and coordination of quarterly 10-Q and annual 10-K filings, preparation of quarterly/annual financial statements for inclusion in SEC reporting, coordination of audits, and expense monitoring.

	Statutory distribution
Technology-driven support for statutory distribution, including FINRA advertising review, order approval, authorized participants (AP) agreement execution, registered representative oversight, and consultative guidance through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/)

	Legal and board support
Structured governance, board reporting, and regulatory coordination aligned to recurring disclosure and oversight expectations.

	Transfer agent and investor services
Integrated onboarding, transaction processing, and investor communications supporting a consistent experience across expanding private wealth channels.


[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/transfer-agency/)

## Tailored solutions for diversified operational needs

Operating a ’34 Act registered private fund requires a coordinated approach that integrates private fund accounting with ongoing public reporting and disclosure obligations. Our experienced team and advanced technology support ongoing SEC filing and disclosure obligations, including Form 10‑K, Form 10‑Q, Form 8‑K, Inline XBRL (iXBRL) tagging, and US GAAP financial reporting.

In addition to meeting complex regulatory requirements, we offer seamless transfer agency integration and connectivity across custodians and distribution platforms to support high-volume investor activity.

### Maintain enhanced recordkeeping

Enhanced recordkeeping supports shareholder and beneficial ownership tracking with timely updates to registries and transfer agency systems. Our structured approach to data management improves transparency, accuracy, and control across investor records and reporting workflows.

### Perform partnership accounting

We offer specialized accounting for partnership-based fund structures, supporting capital allocations, investor-level reporting, and coordinated management across complex, multi-entity operating models.

### Apply management and performance fees

Class-level management and performance fee tracking supports accurate calculation and reporting across multiple share classes. Leverage our experience to help ensure consistency, transparency, and alignment across complex structures.

### Prepare and deliver Schedule K‑1s

Coordination with tax professionals helps you achieve efficient Schedule K‑1 preparation and delivery. Our structured processes help you maintain accuracy, meet deadlines, and deliver reliable investor tax reporting.

## Benefits of partnering with Ultimus

### Leverage deep operational expertise

Access experienced teams with specialized knowledge across complex fund structures, supporting accurate execution across accounting, reporting, and investor servicing.

### Access end-to-end lifecycle support

Benefit from coordinated support spanning fund formation, ongoing operations, reporting, and investor servicing within a fully integrated operating framework.

### Simplify operations with a single partner

Reduce operational complexity through an integrated service model that aligns accounting, reporting, and transfer agency under one provider.

### Align solutions to your operating model

Implement customized solutions designed to support your fund structure, investor base, and long-term strategic objectives across evolving private market environments.

## Related insights

- ### Unlocking Private Markets: Why ’34 Act Registered Private Funds Are Key
[Blog
January 14, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-private-markets-why-34-act-registered-private-funds-are-key/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What makes a Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (’34 Act) registered private fund different from a traditional private fund?
This is a private fund (typically exempt under Section 3(c)(7)) that voluntarily registers under the ’34 Act, retaining private fund flexibility while adopting registered-style reporting. The partnership structure introduces distinct tax treatment and accounting procedures. Unlike most private funds that limit investors, ’34 Act registration allows an unlimited number of limited partners.

	What reporting should you expect to support in this structure?
A full registered-reporting cadence: Form 10 registration, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, annual reports on Form 10-K, and current reports on Form 8-K, all with iXBRL tagging. On the fund accounting and tax side, expect partnership accounting, class-level fee tracking, and Schedule K-1 delivery.

	How does Ultimus help if this is a new structure for your firm?
Through a dedicated retail alternatives practice built specifically for this hybrid model, with a senior team averaging 20+ years of Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) and ’34 Act experience. We provide structuring guidance, SEC reporting, partnership accounting, board governance support, and a proprietary technology platform for real-time transparency.

	How do investors receive information and communications?
Investors and advisors access the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Investor and Advisor Portal for statements, tax forms, and transactions, supported by straight-through processing via intermediaries that allow for efficient transaction handling and consistent access to information.

	Can this operating model scale as your strategy evolves?
Yes. We support every major retail alternatives wrapper under a single operating framework, allowing you to launch new share classes, convert structures, or expand into adjacent wrappers without introducing operational disruption or requiring changes to your existing vendor relationships.


---

# Exchange-traded Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/_

Exchange-traded Funds

#
Comprehensive exchange-traded fund solutions

		We pair deep public fund knowledge with a proprietary technology platform and a dedicated client service team, helping you seamlessly launch, operate, and scale ETFs.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## ETF solutions built for speed-to-market and scalability

Simplify ETF administration with services spanning the full product lifecycle. Our experienced professionals guide you through ETF product design and launch, introductions across the ETF ecosystem, regulatory navigation, and ongoing operations, supporting quick market entry and effective long-term operational management of your funds.

## Fund services

As one of the largest independent providers of fund administration in the US, we deliver comprehensive service to ETF sponsors, pairing deep regulatory experience with a proprietary ETF technology platform and a dedicated client service team.

### Fund accounting

Leverage straight-through and exception-based processing to power accurate, timely fund accounting and NAV calculation for your ETFs, supported by basket creation, fund valuation and surveillance, and a robust control environment your market makers, authorized participants (APs), and shareholders rely on.

### Fund administration

Trust us with comprehensive ETF fund administration, including basket services, ETF data dissemination to required parties, exception alerting, and automated outputs, all delivered through our proprietary technology platform to keep your operations running with precision.

### Statutory distribution

Leverage proven oversight with technology-driven support for statutory distribution, including FINRA advertising review, order approval, AP agreement execution, and registered representative oversight. Through the Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program, we offer consultative ETF distribution support.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/)

### Legal and board support

Get coordinated legal and board support tailored to ETF governance, including board agenda and materials support, regulatory filings, and ongoing oversight, so you stay ahead of every deadline. For an even more comprehensive solution, consider the power and governance support of our series trust platform.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/join-a-series-trust/)

### Portfolio tax and compliance

Gain hands-on portfolio tax and compliance support across Regulated Investment Company (RIC) qualification, Section 855 and excise tax, year-end distributions, in-kind creation and redemption oversight, 1099 reporting, and Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) compliance testing, coordinated with your auditors and tax advisors.

### CCO services

Leverage independent fund and trust CCO outsourcing and the regulatory administration your ETF board expects. Our dedicated team supports Rule 38a-1 compliance programs, Rule 6c-11 compliance support, and filings oversight across every cycle.

## Specialized fund solutions

### ETF launch support

Bring your ETF to market with confidence. From product design support through SEC filing, launch, and ongoing operations, you get experienced professionals who guide you through the full process. Our team makes introductions to the ETF ecosystem, including lead market maker and AP relationships, supporting quick market entry and effective long-term management.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/launching-an-etf/)

### Existing fund conversion

Convert an existing mutual fund, separately managed account (SMA), or other registered structure into an ETF with a partner who has done it before. Our implementation team handles data migration, historical reconciliation, board and regulatory coordination, and parallel-period validation, delivering a clean handoff with no disruption to your shareholders or fund operations.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/mutual-funds/existing-fund-conversion/)

### Section 351 seed strategies for ETFs

Unlock the tax-efficient path to launching an ETF through a Section 351 exchange. As a leading ETF administrator, we bring extensive experience in SMA-to-ETF conversions and deep ETF industry knowledge to help you evaluate, structure, and execute a 351 seed strategy that aligns with your product roadmap.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/351-seed-strategies/)

## Related insights

- ### Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook
[Whitepaper
April 15, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)
- ### The Importance of a Comprehensive and Flexible Service Solution for ETF Fund Launches
[Blog
February 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-importance-of-a-comprehensive-and-flexible-service-solution-for-etf-fund-launches/)
- ### High-Level Insights from Ultimus’ ETF as a Share Class Webinar
[Blog
December 16, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/high-level-insights-from-ultimus-etf-as-a-share-class-webinar/)
- ### Webinar: Servicing the Next Generation of ETFs
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1962234156-ce0d87b60255c4dd20f9b1641036bda94f9192044e7efbc3e67837bb5ed18626-d_640?region=us)
December 26, 2024

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

Can you support a new exchange-traded fund (ETF) launch?
Yes. We partner with you from product design support through SEC filing, launch, and ongoing operations, coordinating with your legal, audit, tax, and distribution contacts, and critical ETF ecosystem partners. You get the comprehensive fund administration infrastructure and support you need to bring a new ETF to market.

	Can you support an ETF launching within a series trust?
Yes. A series trust offers a strategic, cost-effective path to launching ETFs by leveraging an established governance structure, shared operational costs, and a streamlined SEC approval process. You benefit from faster time to market, lower expenses, and operational efficiencies, making it an ideal solution if you are seeking scalability and flexibility in fund management.

	What if I'm converting from an SMA or mutual fund to an ETF?
We have extensive experience in SMA-to-ETF and mutual fund-to-ETF conversions, including Section 351 seed strategies. Our implementation team handles data migration, historical reconciliation, board and regulatory coordination, parallel-period validation, and authorized participant onboarding, delivering a clean handoff with no disruption to your investors or operations.

	How do you support ETF distribution?
Distribution remains critical for ETF success. Our specialists provide consultative guidance through regulatory complexities and evolving distribution dynamics, including target market analysis, sales and marketing strategy development, authorized participant relationships, and portfolio construction fit, delivered with a high-touch, solutions-driven approach.

Ultimus developed the UDA program to support distribution efforts. The program includes a dedicated website with intermediary details, partner directories, and a Resource Marketplace for reporting and prospecting data. It also includes monthly webinars and a collaborative conference approach through the Shared Events program.

	How do you handle tax and distributions for ETFs?
We manage the full tax lifecycle, including RIC qualification testing, Section 855 and excise tax provisions, year-end distribution calculation and oversight, 1099 reporting, and shareholder tax communications. You get close coordination with your auditors and tax advisors throughout the year, leveraging the structural tax efficiency that makes ETFs distinct from other registered structures.


---

# Launching an ETF

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/launching-an-etf/_

Launching an ETF

#
Launch your exchange‑traded fund

		Navigate an exchange-traded fund (ETF) launch from strategy to finished product with support from our consultative team.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Leverage deep experience across the ETF ecosystem

ETF launches demand close coordination across administrators, regulators, exchanges, authorized participants, market makers, and other service providers. Ultimus provides a dedicated ETF launch team that understands these dynamics and helps you move from concept to first trade with clarity and confidence.

[Convert an existing fund](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/etf-fund-conversions/)[Explore Section 351 seed strategies for ETFs](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/351-seed-strategies/)[Join a series trust](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/join-a-series-trust/)

## Design, launch, and operate ETFs with confidence

### Evaluate whether an ETF is the right structure

Choosing an ETF involves trade-offs across liquidity, transparency, distribution, and operational complexity. Early evaluation helps align your strategy with structure and long-term strategic objectives.

### Build operating workflows designed for daily trading

ETFs introduce requirements such as basket processing and delivery, market coordination, and transparency. Structured workflows support efficient trading and consistent execution from day one.

### Coordinate regulatory approval and launch readiness

ETF launches require alignment across regulatory review, exchange approvals, and service provider readiness. A coordinated approach helps you reduce delays and improve execution certainty.

### Execute launch across a connected market ecosystem

Successful launches depend on coordination across boards, exchanges, authorized participants, and market makers. Structured timelines and communication help you keep execution controlled and aligned.

## Services and solutions

ETF structure and launch readiness assessment
Evaluate ETF suitability, operational requirements, and strategic fit to determine readiness and alignment before committing to a defined launch path.

	ETF operating workflow design
Support basket creation, resolve data dependencies, and deliver operational models aligned to ETF trading, transparency, and reporting requirements.

	Regulatory and exchange process coordination
Navigate SEC review, exemptive considerations, and exchange approvals through coordinated engagement with counsel and service providers.

	Stakeholder coordination and launch execution management
Align trustees, exchanges, market participants, and service providers through our structured timelines, documentation, and communication.

	Post-launch operational stabilization support
Ultimus helps stabilize daily operations, reporting, and market activity following launch to support a consistent transition into steady-state ETF operations.

## Benefits of working with Ultimus

### Launch with clarity and control

Align regulatory, operational, and market requirements through a structured approach designed for ETF launches.

### Make informed structure and design decisions

Evaluate ETF structures, trading mechanics, and operating models in the context of your strategy and distribution goals.

### Reduce execution risk during launch

Coordinate regulators, exchanges, and market participants through disciplined workflows that support consistent outcomes.

### Operate effectively from first trade

Establish accounting, reporting, and market coordination processes that support accuracy and reliability from launch forward.

### Build a platform that scales with your strategy

Launch with an operating model designed to support additional funds, strategies, and scale over time.

## Related insights

- ### Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook
[Whitepaper
April 15, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)
- ### The Importance of a Comprehensive and Flexible Service Solution for ETF Fund Launches
[Blog
February 3, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-importance-of-a-comprehensive-and-flexible-service-solution-for-etf-fund-launches/)
- ### High-Level Insights from Ultimus’ ETF as a Share Class Webinar
[Blog
December 16, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/high-level-insights-from-ultimus-etf-as-a-share-class-webinar/)
- ### Webinar: Servicing the Next Generation of ETFs
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1962234156-ce0d87b60255c4dd20f9b1641036bda94f9192044e7efbc3e67837bb5ed18626-d_640?region=us)
December 26, 2024

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What makes launching an ETF different from launching a mutual fund?
ETFs introduce additional considerations that must be addressed during launch planning. These include trading dynamics, daily transparency requirements, and coordination with authorized participants, market makers, and exchanges, all of which shape how the fund operates and interacts with the broader market environment.

	How early should you engage an administrator when planning an ETF launch?
Early engagement helps surface operational, regulatory, and market considerations that influence structure, timing, and launch readiness. It brings these factors into focus sooner, allowing decisions to be made with a clearer view of how they affect the overall launch approach.

	What approvals and coordination are required before an ETF can begin trading?
ETF launches require regulatory review, exchange approval, service provider readiness, and coordination with market participants before the first trade. Each step must be addressed in advance and aligned across all parties, positioning the fund to enter the market smoothly with operations ready to support trading from day one.

	What needs to be operationally ready before day one?
Daily NAV processes, basket mechanics, reporting workflows, compliance controls, and market coordination must be in place ahead of launch. These elements need to be fully established and aligned in advance, creating a coordinated operating foundation that supports the fund’s readiness as it enters the market.

	How does Ultimus support ETF sponsors after launch?
Post‑launch support focuses on stabilizing daily operations, maintaining reporting discipline, and supporting expansion as assets and trading activity evolve. Ultimus’s ETF product team is a constant, available resource.


---

# ETF Fund Conversions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/exchange-traded-funds/etf-fund-conversions/_

ETF Fund Conversions

#
Convert your existing fund to an exchange-traded fund with an experienced team

		Restructure existing strategies into an ETF wrapper with a disciplined approach that supports regulatory alignment, operational continuity, and long-term scalability.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Convert or restructure funds with an experienced team

ETF structure conversions involve complex coordination across administrators, custodians, boards, regulators, and market participants. Ultimus provides a dedicated transition team and a structured approach designed to preserve operational continuity and support confident execution as you convert mutual fund shares into ETF shares.

We offer ETF conversions across a range of starting points, including mutual fund to ETF transitions, separately managed account (SMA) to ETF conversions, and private fund restructurings designed to expand access and distribution. Our experience across fund types helps you confirm your specific structure is evaluated and converted within a trusted operational and regulatory framework.

[Explore 351 seed strategies for ETFs](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/351-seed-strategies/)[Join a series trust](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/strategic-solutions/join-a-series-trust/)

## Execute your ETF conversion with a clear roadmap

### Maintain continuity across operations and stakeholders

Preserving operational integrity during a conversion is critical, especially when transitioning to an ETF structure. Coordinated execution helps you maintain alignment across custodians, administrators, boards, and market participants throughout the conversion lifecycle.

### Protect data integrity throughout the transition lifecycle

Conversions require precise migration of shareholder records, portfolio data, and performance history. Our structured validation, reconciliation, and parallel testing processes help you maintain accuracy and continuity across ETF reporting and ongoing operations.

### Align operating models to ETF-specific requirements

Transitioning into an ETF structure introduces new operational considerations, including creation/redemption processes and broader ecosystem coordination. Our structured planning approach supports alignment with ETF workflows, exchanges, regulatory expectations, and trading environments.

### Transition into steady-state ETF operations with stability

Execution extends beyond the conversion date. We provide long-term post-conversion support focused on stabilizing daily ETF operations, reinforcing workflows to support publication of trading baskets and daily transparency of fund holdings, and positioning the structure for successful ongoing administration and growth.

## Services and solutions

ETF conversion strategy and structure definition
Evaluate your existing fund structures and determine appropriate pathways for mutual fund, SMA, and private fund conversions into ETF frameworks.

	ETF conversion planning and execution management
Leverage our structured planning framework with defined timelines, milestones, and governance to manage ETF conversion processes across stakeholders and regulatory requirements.

	ETF ecosystem coordination and stakeholder alignment
Coordinate communication and sequencing across custodians, service providers, lead market makers, authorized participants, and other ETF ecosystem participants.

	Fund and investor data migration and validation
Deploy our controlled data migration processes with reconciliation and testing to maintain portfolio accuracy, shareholder records, and reporting continuity.

	Tax-efficient conversion structuring support
Implement tax-aware conversion approaches, including Section 351 transactions, to support efficient transitions of SMA and portfolio-based strategies into ETF vehicles.

	Post-conversion ETF operational stabilization
Partner with us for ongoing operational support focused on reinforcing ETF workflows, stabilizing processes, and ensuring consistency across daily fund administration.

## Benefits of working with Ultimus

### Convert to ETF structures with minimal disruption

Execute conversions through disciplined processes designed to reduce operational complexity and limit impact to investors and market participants.

### Expand distribution through ETF structures

Transition into exchange-traded vehicles that support broader investor access and evolving distribution strategies across intermediaries.

### Maintain regulatory and governance alignment

Support oversight with structured documentation, validation, and coordination aligned to ETF regulatory and board requirements.

### Protect data and historical continuity

Preserve accuracy across portfolio data and reporting outputs throughout the transition lifecycle.

### Reduce execution risk in complex conversions

Coordinate stakeholders, processes, and timelines within a controlled framework that anticipates risks and manages dependencies.

### Position strategies for operational scalability

Align operating models to ETF structures that support trading, liquidity, and long-term platform scalability.

## Related insights

- ### Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook
[Whitepaper
April 15, 2026](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)
- ### High-Level Insights from Ultimus’ ETF as a Share Class Webinar
[Blog
December 16, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/high-level-insights-from-ultimus-etf-as-a-share-class-webinar/)
- ### Unlocking Tax Efficiency and Operational Benefits: A Guide to Converting SMAs to ETFs under Section 351
[Blog
November 14, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-tax-efficiency-and-operational-benefits-a-guide-to-converting-smas-to-etfs-under-section-351/)
- ### Gaining Scale in your Investment Practice
[Blog
January 31, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/gaining-scale-in-your-investment-practice/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

When should you consider converting an existing strategy into an exchange-traded fund (ETF)?
ETF conversions are often considered when seeking broader distribution, improved tax efficiency, or alignment with investor demand for exchange-traded structures. Conversions may involve mutual funds, separately managed accounts (SMAs), or private fund strategies.

	What types of ETF conversions can be supported?
Conversions can include mutual fund to ETF transitions, SMA to ETF conversions, and private fund restructurings. Each approach requires tailored planning based on structure, tax considerations, and regulatory requirements.

	How do SMA to ETF conversions typically work?
SMA to ETF conversions often use tax-efficient transactions, under IRC Section 351, to transition assets into an ETF vehicle without creating a taxable event. These conversions require coordination across portfolio management, legal and tax, and operational teams.

	What are the operational implications of converting to an ETF?
ETF structures introduce new workflows, including creation and redemption processes, coordination with market participants, and trading specifically to effect certain outcomes for exchange-traded products. Operating models must be aligned to support these requirements.

	How are investors impacted during an ETF conversion?
Conversions are designed to maintain continuity for investors while transitioning into a new structure. Communication, recordkeeping, and reporting are managed to support a consistent experience.

	How does Ultimus manage ETF conversion risk?
Risk is managed through structured planning, milestone tracking, data validation, and coordinated stakeholder communication throughout the conversion lifecycle.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped 351 Seed Strategies due to extraction error -->

---

# Technology

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/_

Technology Overview

#
Technology as a force multiplier

		Our technology is a powerful efficiency engine that empowers you, helping you gain real-time insight, respond faster, add value, and deliver better experiences for your investors. Technology also plays an essential role in how we work with you, freeing us to deliver high-touch consultative service that scales with your business. We leverage intelligent automation to drive better service and we provide you with embedded AI to uncover new insights.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

![serious developer at work](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/20cp4gln/adobestock_753132973.webp)

What we offer

##
Efficiency from end to end


We lean into technology as a force multiplier: an enabler of better service, broad scalability, and greater efficiency through intelligent automation and secure access to data.

Legacy manual processes are inherently inefficient, time-consuming, and subject to human error. They increase the risk of audit and require staff time to be spent on low-value tasks.

By leveraging integrated technology designed specifically for today’s investment manager, we take friction and risk out of the system—automating routine work and reducing error—while enhancing responsiveness, utility, and user experiences.

Our approach

##
Integration that helps data flow


Our approach to technology interoperability enhances transparency and efficiency. By integrating our proprietary applications and best-in-class third-party technologies, we allow our systems to communicate frictionlessly with each other, enabling data to flow seamlessly from one process to the next without the need for human intervention.

This eliminates the drawbacks of discrete, siloed systems and information. With full processing integration across the technology stack, you access more functionality in a single session, pull from multiple sources to generate reports, and keep processes fully coordinated.

## Ultimus Connect: real efficiency, real insight

Ultimus Connect^TM^ is our scalable, cloud-based client technology platform—a comprehensive suite of modular applications and portals for reporting, analytics, workflow management, and investor access. Applications can be seamlessly integrated into your business, streamlining your operations and enhancing your ability to serve your clients, with access to public, private, and middle office data within a single environment.

Ultimus Connect includes solutions that deliver unmatched insight by combining a unified view of your data with advanced analytics and embedded AI to uncover actionable insights for you and your investors. By consolidating access to multiple data stores and functions, including public and private market data, Ultimus Connect applications provide seamless, consistent access to actionable information across your service model.

### Data and Reporting Hub

Gain visibility and control by aggregating data across operations and leveraging powerful reporting and data visualization tools.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/data-and-reporting-hub/)

### Portfolio Analytics Portal

Transform complex investment data into clear, actionable insights to support decision-making and oversight.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/portfolio-analytics-portal/)

### Workflow Manager

Improve visibility, accountability, and efficiency by tracking activity, status, and exceptions across fund operations.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/workflow-manager/)

### Investor and Advisor Portal

Empower shareholders and advisors with a self-service portal for transactions, account maintenance, and real-time visibility.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/investor-and-advisor-portal/)

### Waterfall Engine

Support accuracy, transparency, and auditability by automating complex waterfall calculations.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/waterfall-engine/)

### Private Investor Portal

Give your investors a secure, centralized portal to access fund information and reporting insights.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/private-investor-portal/)

## Data access and connectivity drive our technology strategy

![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677703424-29c2e4a5919fb6811c51151a49946c57ad1062ffc6d9c567b5a57d8d4defdc0a-d_640?region=us)

Ultimus Connect: Improving Access to Data for Asset Managers

[More insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/)

## Related insights

- ### Level Up Your Security: Key Takeaways from the Cyber Hygiene Webinar
[Blog
October 7, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/level-up-your-security-key-takeaways-from-the-cyber-hygiene-webinar/)
- ### Cybersecurity Efforts Help Safeguard Asset Managers: What You Need to Know
[Blog
August 5, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/cybersecurity-efforts-help-safeguard-asset-managers-what-you-need-to-know/)
- ### Webinar: New Cyber Threats Targeting Financial Firms
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/2041691094-b09ed0973f5be05f76874d862bb66966d749125c55379dd525e855b1d7312aed-d_640?region=us)
July 28, 2025
- ### From Administration to Strategic Technology Partner
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/from-administration-to-strategic-technology-partner/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)


---

# Ultimus Connect

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/_

Ultimus Connect

#
Uncover new insights with Ultimus Connect

		Ultimus Connect brings reporting, data visibility, and workflow coordination together in a single, AI-enabled platform—so you can operate with greater confidence, speed, and control as complexity grows.
[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Power your team with a unified platform for data delivery

Ultimus Connect^TM^ is the operating platform that integrated the Ultimus technology suite with embedded AI, easy-to-use portals, and advanced technologies to support fund administration, investment operations, and investor services. By combining integrated data with managed execution, Ultimus Connect helps you move beyond static reporting to real‑time visibility—without taking on the burden of operating disconnected tools.

## Bring together solutions across your business to harness new insights

### Centralized reporting and data visibility

Access a single, consistent view of fund data across accounting, capital activity, and reporting, while leveraging embedded AI to uncover new insights. Ultimus Connect helps reduce reconciliation effort and improve confidence by aligning data across systems before it reaches stakeholder.

### Role-based access for different audiences

Deliver the right information to the right audiences based on role, fund, and access level. Ultimus Connect supports differentiated views for internal teams, investors, and other stakeholders without duplicating effort.

### Configurable views aligned to how you operate

Reporting and dashboards are configured around how you manage funds—not generic templates. This allows you to focus on what matters most to your operations, oversight, and investor communications.

### Integrated workflows and transparency

Ultimus Connect connects reporting with underlying operational workflows to improve visibility and accountability. Clear status tracking and audit trails help support oversight while reducing follow-up and manual tracking.

### Delivered as a managed service

Ultimus configures, maintains, and supports Ultimus Connect as part of your service model. You gain the benefits of a powerful reporting and data platform without adding operational or technical burden to your team.

## Benefits

### A single source of truth for reporting

Reduce confusion and rework by delivering consistent, aligned data across reports and stakeholders.

### Faster access to meaningful insight

Spend less time reconciling data and more time using it to support decisions with AI-driven insights across your operations.

### Improved transparency and control

Maintain clear visibility into data, workflows, and reporting outcomes.

### Lower operational burden

Rely on Ultimus to manage setup, configuration, and ongoing support.

### Scales with your fund platform

Adapt reporting, access, and workflows as funds, strategies, and audiences evolve.

## Related Insights

- ### Enhancing Shareholder Experiences
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1699195739-9425722095755f75f21c0fcf64ddd6d0716a11f1ad5e28ba08ad825914d0c160-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Ultimus Connect: Improving Access to Data for Asset Managers
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677703424-29c2e4a5919fb6811c51151a49946c57ad1062ffc6d9c567b5a57d8d4defdc0a-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### From Administration to Strategic Technology Partner
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/from-administration-to-strategic-technology-partner/)
- ### 4 Technology Innovations for a Better Shareholder Experience
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/4-technology-innovations-for-a-better-shareholder-experience/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What is Ultimus Connect designed to support?
Ultimus Connect supports centralized reporting, data access, and workflow transparency across fund operations.

	Who uses Ultimus Connect?
Ultimus Connect is used by fund administrators, operations teams, finance teams, and other stakeholders who need timely, accurate fund information.

	Is Ultimus Connect a standalone software product?
No. Ultimus Connect is delivered as a managed platform, combining technology with operational support from Ultimus.

	How does Ultimus Connect integrate with other Ultimus solutions?
Ultimus Connect integrates solutions across public, private, and hybrid funds to provide a connected operating experience.

	Can Ultimus Connect scale as funds and data grow?
Yes. The platform is designed to scale with growing fund complexity, reporting needs, and user groups.

	Does Ultimus Connect use AI?
Yes. Ultimus Connect uses embedded AI and intelligent automation to surface insights and flag exceptions, with our team accountable for oversight and quality.


---

# Data and Reporting Hub

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/data-and-reporting-hub/_

Data and Reporting Hub

#
Uncover new insights with Ultimus Connect^^Data and Reporting Hub

		Gain visibility and control across your operations with powerful reporting, workflow, and data visualization tools.
[Request a demo](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

##
A single access point, data‑centric platform for reporting and operational transparency

		The Ultimus Connect^TM^ Data and Reporting Hub brings reporting, data visibility, and workflow coordination together in a single, service‑led platform—so you can operate with greater confidence, speed, and control as complexity grows. Designed to support fund teams, investors, and internal stakeholders, the Data and Reporting Hub helps turn fragmented data and processes into a consistent, actionable operating view.

## Power your team with a unified platform for data delivery

Data and Reporting Hub is the operating platform that unites the Ultimus technology suite with easy-to-use portals and advanced technologies to support fund administration, investment operations, and investor services. By combining integrated data with managed execution, the Data and Reporting Hub helps you move beyond static reporting to real‑time visibility with AI-driven insights that help you get to answers faster.

## Bring together solutions across your business to harness new insights

### Centralized reporting and data visibility

Access a single, consistent view of fund data across accounting, capital activity, and investor reporting. The Data and Reporting Hub aligns data and uses intelligent automation to flag exceptions automatically before they reach stakeholders, lowering reconciliation effort and error.

### Role‑based access for different audiences

Deliver the right information to the right audiences based on role, fund, and access level. Our hub supports differentiated views for internal teams, investors, and other stakeholders without duplicating effort.

### Configurable views aligned to how you operate

Reporting and dashboards are configured around how you manage funds—not generic templates. This allows you to focus on what matters most to your operations, oversight, and investor communications.

### Integrated workflows and transparency

The Data and Reporting Hub connects reporting with underlying operational workflows to improve visibility and accountability. Clear status tracking and audit trails help support oversight while reducing follow‑ups and manual tracking.

## Features

Centralize reporting and fund data visibility
Access consistent, aligned fund data across accounting, capital activity, and reporting while leveraging embedded AI to get to answers faster.

	Deliver role-based access across stakeholders
Provide tailored views of fund data for internal teams, investors, and other stakeholders based on role, fund, and access requirements.

	Configure reporting views to your operating model
Align dashboards and reporting outputs to how your team manages funds so you can focus on the most relevant insights and metrics.

	Connect reporting with operational workflows
Link reporting outputs to underlying workflows to improve transparency, track progress, and reduce reliance on manual status updates.

	Maintain transparency through audit trails and tracking
Track changes, approvals, and workflow activity with clear visibility into processes and underlying data movements.

## Benefits

### A single source of truth for reporting

Reduce confusion and rework by delivering consistent, aligned data across reports and stakeholders.

### Faster access to meaningful insight

Spend less time reconciling data and more time using it to support decisions and oversight.

### Improved transparency and control

Maintain clear visibility into data, workflows, and reporting outcomes.

### Lower operational burden

Rely on Ultimus to manage setup, configuration, and ongoing support.

### Adapts to your fund platform

Reporting, access, and workflows are configured to evolve with funds, strategies, and audiences.

## Related insights

- ### Level Up Your Security: Key Takeaways from the Cyber Hygiene Webinar
[Blog
October 7, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/level-up-your-security-key-takeaways-from-the-cyber-hygiene-webinar/)
- ### Cybersecurity Efforts Help Safeguard Asset Managers: What You Need to Know
[Blog
August 5, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/cybersecurity-efforts-help-safeguard-asset-managers-what-you-need-to-know/)
- ### Webinar: New Cyber Threats Targeting Financial Firms
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/2041691094-b09ed0973f5be05f76874d862bb66966d749125c55379dd525e855b1d7312aed-d_640?region=us)
July 28, 2025
- ### Enhancing Shareholder Experiences
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1699195739-9425722095755f75f21c0fcf64ddd6d0716a11f1ad5e28ba08ad825914d0c160-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What is the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Data and Reporting Hub designed to support?
Our Data and Reporting Hub supports centralized reporting, data access, and workflow transparency across fund operations.

	Who uses the Data and Reporting Hub?
The Data and Reporting Hub is used by fund administrators, operations teams, finance teams, and other stakeholders who need timely, accurate fund information.

	Is the Data and Reporting Hub a standalone software product?
No. Our Data and Reporting Hub is delivered as a managed platform, combining technology with operational support from Ultimus.

	How does the Data and Reporting Hub integrate with other Ultimus solutions?
The Data and Reporting Hub integrates solutions across public, private, and hybrid funds to provide a connected operating experience.

	Can the Data and Reporting Hub scale as funds and data grow?
Yes. The platform is designed to scale with growing fund complexity, reporting needs, and user groups.

	Does the Data and Reporting Hub use AI?
Yes. The platform uses embedded AI and intelligent automation to surface insights and flag exceptions, with our team accountable for oversight and quality.


---

# Portfolio Analytics Portal

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/portfolio-analytics-portal/_

Portfolio Analytics Portal

#
Harness actionable insights with Ultimus Connect Portfolio Analytics Portal

		Unify data across investment book of record (IBOR), performance, and institutional investor needs.
[Request a demo](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## A data‑centric platform for reporting, access, and operational clarity

Ultimus Connect^TM^ Portfolio Analytics Portal gives you timely, flexible insight into IBOR, performance, and operations—without relying on spreadsheets, manual data pulls, or disconnected reporting tools. Designed to sit on top of Ultimus‑managed data and workflows, the portal turns complex fund data into clear, decision‑ready analytics.

## Comprehensive analytics supporting the full investment lifecycle

### Turn complex investment data into actionable insight

The Portfolio Analytics Portal transforms complex, multi-source investment data into clear, actionable analytics that support oversight and decision-making. Built on normalized data across your full book of business, it enables consistent analysis across strategies, portfolios, and stakeholders.

### Gain a complete, trade-date view across portfolios and operations

Access a unified view of portfolio positions, cash, performance, and operational activity through a flexible, web-based portal. By aggregating and standardizing data from custodians and systems, you gain timely insight across your entire investment environment.

### Deliver data aligned to how your organization operates

Configure dashboards, reporting views, and access by role, product, or stakeholder to match how teams consume information. The Portfolio Analytics Portal delivers relevant, decision-ready insight to internal users and investors without duplicative reporting or manual customization.

### Move from static reporting to continuous, data-driven insight

Replace manual data pulls and disconnected reporting tools with a continuously updated analytics environment. The Portfolio Analytics Portal combines normalized data, configurable analytics, and automated data distribution to improve efficiency and support faster, more informed decisions.

## Features

Portfolio and performance analytics
Evaluate portfolio performance using consistent, normalized data aligned to your fund structures and reporting standards, enabling confident evaluation of returns, drivers, and trends.

	Operational analytics and insight
Extend beyond performance reporting with visibility into operational metrics such as cash movement, activity timing, and process efficiency to support oversight and faster issue identification.

	Role-based dashboards and reporting
Deliver configurable dashboards and views tailored to investment strategies, functions, teams, leadership, and stakeholders, so each audience receives relevant, decision-ready insight without duplicating reports or manual customization.

	Integrated IBOR and operational data foundation
Ground analytics in trade-date IBOR and operational data aligned with accounting and workflows, improving consistency between analytics, reporting outputs, and day-to-day operations.

	Managed analytics and platform support
Access fully supported analytics without owning technology, as Ultimus configures, maintains, and enhances the Portfolio Analytics Portal as part of an integrated service model.

## Benefits

### Clear visibility into portfolio operations and performance

Understand what is driving results and where attention is needed—using consistent, trusted data.

### Reduced reliance on spreadsheets and manual reporting

Move away from error‑prone ad hoc analysis toward structured, repeatable insight.

### Faster, more informed decision‑making

Access analytics that are ready when you need them—not days or weeks after period close.

### Alignment across teams and stakeholders

Ensure everyone is working from the same data and definitions.

### Adapts to portfolio complexity

Analytics and dashboards are configured to evolve with strategies, structures, and reporting needs.

## Related insights

- ### The Value of GIPS Compliant Performance
[Blog
December 18, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-value-of-gips-compliant-performance/)
- ### Powering Agility and Scale through a Single IBOR Platform
[Blog
August 20, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/powering-agility-and-scale-through-a-single-ibor-platform/)
- ### Spotlight your Investment Performance through Attribution
[Blog
October 23, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/spotlight-your-investment-performance-through-attribution/)
- ### Toward the Future of Friction-Free Fund Administration
[Blog
February 14, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/toward-the-future-of-friction-free-fund-administration/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What types of analytics does the portal support?
The portal supports portfolio positions and transaction details, performance analytics, operational metrics, and configurable reporting views across platform activity.

	How does this differ from traditional fund reporting?
Traditional reporting is static and period‑based, while the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Portfolio Analytics Portal provides ongoing visibility and interactive insight.

	Is this a standalone analytics tool?
No. Portfolio Analytics Portal is delivered as part of a managed service, built on Ultimus‑managed data and workflows.

	Can analytics be tailored to different users?
Yes. Dashboards and views can be configured based on a user’s role, fund, or use case.


---

# Workflow Manager

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/workflow-manager/_

Workflow Manager

#
Bring structure, visibility, and control to operational workflows

		Replace manual tracking with structured workflows that give you visibility, improve accountability, and help you execute work more efficiently across your operations.
[Request a demo](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

##
A workflow management solution built for fund and investment operations

		Ultimus Connect^TM^^^Workflow Manager provides a centralized way to manage, monitor, and control critical operational workflows—and collaborate on documents—across fund administration, investment operations, and investor services, replacing fragmented tracking and manual oversight.

## Structured workflows designed for operational oversight

### See all workflows in one place

Track the status of operational workflows without relying on emails or spreadsheets. Real-time visibility into work in progress, bottlenecks, and completion helps you improve coordination and respond quickly to delays across teams.

### Align workflows to how you operate

Workflows are configured around your processes rather than generic task structures. This approach supports consistency across funds while allowing flexibility for exceptions and complex operating requirements.

### Improve ownership and accountability

Define clear roles, timelines, and escalation paths so work progresses without delays or gaps in responsibility. Structured accountability reduces manual follow-up and helps ensure tasks are completed reliably across teams.

### Maintain transparency for oversight and review

Access a complete history of workflow activity, including ownership, status changes, and completed steps. This transparency supports audits, internal reviews, and governance requirements without requiring additional documentation.

## Features

Centralize workflow management and tracking
Manage operational workflows through a single platform that improves visibility and coordination.

	Configure workflows to your operating model
Align workflows to your processes, controls, and fund structures through configurable design.

	Define ownership, timelines, and escalation paths
Establish clear accountability and structured escalation to support execution.

	Connect workflows to operational processes and data
Align workflows with underlying fund operations to reduce disconnects across teams and systems.

	Gain workflow management as a managed service
Rely on Ultimus to configure and maintain workflows so you reduce internal operational burden.

	Collaborate on documents within secure workflows
Share, review, approve, and verify critical documents on a centralized platform that replaces email-based exchanges with secure collaboration.

## Benefits

### Greater operational control

Maintain visibility into critical work without micromanaging teams or chasing status.

### Fewer bottlenecks and delays

Identify and address workflow issues before they impact reporting, investors, or regulators.

### Improved accountability across teams

Define clear responsibilities and timelines for consistency.

### Audit‑ready transparency

Support internal and external review with clear, traceable workflow history.

### Lower operational burden

Rely on a managed workflow solution instead of building and maintaining your own tracking processes.

## Related insights

- ### Cybersecurity Efforts Help Safeguard Asset Managers: What You Need to Know
[Blog
August 5, 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/cybersecurity-efforts-help-safeguard-asset-managers-what-you-need-to-know/)
- ### Webinar: New Cyber Threats Targeting Financial Firms
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/2041691094-b09ed0973f5be05f76874d862bb66966d749125c55379dd525e855b1d7312aed-d_640?region=us)
July 28, 2025
- ### Enhancing Shareholder Experiences
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1699195739-9425722095755f75f21c0fcf64ddd6d0716a11f1ad5e28ba08ad825914d0c160-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Ultimus Connect: Improving Access to Data for Asset Managers
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677703424-29c2e4a5919fb6811c51151a49946c57ad1062ffc6d9c567b5a57d8d4defdc0a-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What types of workflows does the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Workflow Manager support?
Workflow Manager supports operational workflows across fund administration, investment operations, investor services, and related processes.

	Is this a task management or ticketing tool?
No. Workflow Manager is designed for operational workflows and oversight, not generic task lists or IT ticketing.

	How does it differ from spreadsheets or shared trackers?
It replaces manual tracking with structured workflows, real‑time visibility, accountability, and auditability.

	Is the Workflow Manager configurable?
Yes. Workflows are configured to align with your fund structures, processes, and control requirements.


---

# Investor and Advisor Portal

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/investor-and-advisor-portal/_

Investor and Advisor Portal

#
Gain real-time visibility and control over investor activity

		Empower shareholders and advisors with a self-service portal that simplifies activity and provides real-time access to industry-leading account features.
[Request a demo](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Streamline investor and advisor activity

Ultimus Connect^TM^ Investor and Advisor Portal provides a secure, real‑time environment for shareholder and advisor access across registered and non-registered funds. Designed to support high‑volume self‑service activity for multiple user types, the portal helps you execute transactions and account maintenance accurately while delivering immediate visibility into account information and activity.

## Transparent and flexible access

### Deliver real-time transaction execution and visibility

Gain direct access to transactions and account activity sourced from the core recordkeeping system, including pending activity reflected immediately. This real-time view eliminates delays, improves execution certainty, and supports consistency across shareholder and advisor interactions.

### Centralize investor servicing and digital workflows

A single, intuitive portal delivers a full suite of transaction capabilities, account update features, and comprehensive access to detailed account information. You benefit from centralized execution that reduces manual handling while improving consistency, control, and operational efficiency.

### Support complex user models with controlled access

Enable secure, role-based access across shareholders, advisors, and internal teams, so each user interacts only with relevant data and functionality. This model strengthens governance while supporting complex distribution and servicing structures.

### Create a modern, branded investor experience

A configurable, white-labeled interface aligns with organizational branding and delivers a consistent digital experience across channels. You maintain control of the experience while enhancing engagement through mobile access, secure authentication, document upload capabilities, and integrated tools.

## Features

Real-time recordkeeping integration
Access account data and transactions delivered directly from the core recordkeeping system in real time, including pending activity reflected immediately.

	Comprehensive account management
Execute a full suite of transactions and access account data, including cost basis and RMD activity, through a permissioned model scoped to each user's role.

	Full account transparency
You gain visibility into holdings, balances, NAV, gains and losses, cost basis, asset allocation models, RMD calculations, and transaction history through a unified interface.

	Secure banking and verification
Secure bank account validation supports transaction execution while reducing onboarding friction and protecting sensitive financial data.

	Configurable, branded delivery
Deploy a portal aligned to your organization’s branding, with flexible configuration that supports a consistent investor experience without internal technology ownership.

## Benefits

### Accelerate transaction execution

Real-time processing improves transaction speed, accuracy, and consistency, while integrated document upload routes requests through your servicing teams' controlled workflow environment.

### Reduce operational complexity

System integration and centralized workflows minimize manual effort, reconciliation requirements, and fragmented servicing processes.

### Increase transparency and responsiveness

Immediate visibility into account activity enables faster decision-making and more effective communication across stakeholders.

### Strengthen control and governance

Permissioned access, integrated systems, and standardized workflows reinforce operational discipline and reduce servicing risk.

### Deliver a scalable digital experience

The platform supports a range of transaction volumes, user types, and fund complexity without increasing operational burden.

## Related insights

- ### Tailored Shareholder Reporting: A Fund Manager’s Prep Guide
[Blog
April 23, 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/tailored-shareholder-reporting-a-fund-manager-s-prep-guide/)
- ### Enhancing Shareholder Experiences
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1699195739-9425722095755f75f21c0fcf64ddd6d0716a11f1ad5e28ba08ad825914d0c160-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Ultimus Connect: Improving Access to Data for Asset Managers
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677703424-29c2e4a5919fb6811c51151a49946c57ad1062ffc6d9c567b5a57d8d4defdc0a-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### From Administration to Strategic Technology Partner
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/from-administration-to-strategic-technology-partner/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

What does the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Investor and Advisor Portal support?
The portal supports the full lifecycle of investor activity, including purchases, redemptions, exchanges, and account updates. Structured workflows aligned to fund processing rules help ensure transactions are executed consistently and accurately.

	How does the Investor and Advisor Portal connect to fund servicing systems?
The portal integrates directly with the core recordkeeping system and workflows, allowing account data and transaction activity to update in real time. This reduces reliance on manual processes and improves consistency across servicing operations.

	Who can access the Investor and Advisor Portal?
Access is available to investors, advisor firms, representatives, interested parties, and internal servicing teams. Role-based permissions limit each user to interact only with the functionality and data appropriate to their responsibilities.

	How does the Investor and Advisor Portal support security and data protection?
Security is maintained through permissioned access, secure authentication controls, and validated banking workflows. These measures protect sensitive information while supporting compliant transaction execution.

	Can the portal be branded and customized?
The portal can be configured to align with organizational branding, including visual design and user experience. This supports a consistent, white-labeled environment across investor and advisor interactions.


---

# Waterfall Engine

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/waterfall-engine/_

Waterfall Engine

#
Automate complex distribution waterfalls with precision

		Manage preferred returns, catch-ups, and tiered waterfalls directly through Ultimus’ technology-enabled managed service.
[Request a demo](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Bring efficiency and clarity to complex distributions

Our team leverages Ultimus Connect^TM^ Waterfall Engine to manage calculations within your accounting, capital activity, and reporting workflows while improving transparency, auditability, and reconciliation.

## A structured approach to managing complex distribution waterfalls

### Manage complex waterfalls with greater confidence

We manage multi-tier structures, preferred returns, and allocation complexities using a rules-driven approach designed for precision. Our team delivers consistent results while maintaining control across evolving fund structures.

### Improve accuracy and consistency across periods

We standardize calculations using a granular, bottom-up methodology detailed down to the investor-level accounting, reducing errors and supporting repeatable outcomes. You receive validated results and reporting that remain consistent across scenarios and reporting periods.

### Strengthen transparency for audits and investors

Access fully traceable outputs with complete visibility into each calculation step and underlying logic. Waterfall Engine’s formula-transparent reporting means auditors can test every result directly, with no parallel models and no reconciliation guesswork, simplifying audits, supporting investor inquiries, and enhancing oversight.

### Increase operational efficiency

We integrate workflows and automate manual processes across the fund lifecycle. Your team gains streamlined reconciliation, faster reporting cycles, and more capacity for higher-value work.

## Features

Comprehensive waterfall modeling
We support multi-tier preferred returns, GP catch-ups, and profit splits based on IRR, multiples, and capital contributions across complex structures, inclusive of your preferred return bases as required.

	Bottom-up calculation engine
We execute calculations using a structured, step-by-step methodology designed to improve accuracy across sophisticated allocation scenarios.

	Seamless system connectivity
Direct integration with our core accounting systems aligns calculations with finalized fund data and streamlines data flows across workflows, eliminating manual intervention and reducing the risk of error.

	Built-in scenario modeling and forecasting
“What-if” analyses and cash flow forecasts help you evaluate distribution impacts and support forward-looking decision-making.

	Transparent, traceable reporting
Formula-transparent outputs provide you with full calculation visibility to simplify audits and support investor and stakeholder reporting.

	Pre-built carried interest model library
Our robust library of European, deal-by-deal, and hybrid models supports complex strategies without requiring model rebuilds.

## Benefits

### Reduce operational risk across complex fund structures

Replace manual spreadsheet processes with a controlled, rules-based approach that reduces errors and improves audit confidence.

### Adapt to evolving fund complexity

Support new structures and varying volume without rebuilding models, enabling consistent execution as your requirements evolve.

### Accelerate time to insight and reporting

Streamline workflows and deliver automated outputs to provide faster, more accurate distribution reporting.

### Enhance decision-making with forward-looking visibility

Model scenarios and forecast cash flows to inform allocation decisions before capital is distributed.

### Improve coordination across fund operations

Align waterfall calculations with accounting and reporting workflows to reduce handoffs and improve operational efficiency.

## Related insights

- ### Enhancing Shareholder Experiences
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1699195739-9425722095755f75f21c0fcf64ddd6d0716a11f1ad5e28ba08ad825914d0c160-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Ultimus Connect: Improving Access to Data for Asset Managers
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677703424-29c2e4a5919fb6811c51151a49946c57ad1062ffc6d9c567b5a57d8d4defdc0a-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### From Administration to Strategic Technology Partner
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/from-administration-to-strategic-technology-partner/)
- ### 4 Technology Innovations for a Better Shareholder Experience
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/4-technology-innovations-for-a-better-shareholder-experience/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

How does Ultimus handle complex waterfall structures across different fund models?
Ultimus supports whole-fund (European), deal-by-deal, and hybrid waterfall structures, including multi-tier preferred returns, manager catch-ups, and complex allocation rules. Calculations are aligned directly to fund governing documents to ensure precise economic outcomes.

	How are changes to fund terms or allocation structures managed over time?
Ultimus maintains flexible model configurations that can be updated to reflect evolving fund terms, structural changes, or new investment scenarios. Changes are implemented in a controlled manner to preserve consistency across historical and future calculations.

	How are waterfall outputs delivered to support audit and investor reporting?
Ultimus provides fully traceable, formula-transparent outputs with detailed visibility into each calculation step and underlying assumptions. These outputs are structured to support audit review, investor transparency, and internal oversight requirements.

	How does the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Waterfall Engine integrate within the broader operating model?
The Waterfall Engine is embedded within Ultimus’ service delivery model and connects with accounting, capital activity, and reporting workflows. Calculations are aligned with finalized data and reduce reconciliation complexity.


---

# Private Investor Portal

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/ultimus-connect/private-investor-portal/_

Private Investor Portal

#
Simplify investor access and communication for private funds

		Give your investors a secure, centralized way to access fund information and reporting insights while delivering a consistent, transparent investor experience.
[Request a demo](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

## Simplify investor access for private funds with the Ultimus Connect^TM^Private Investor Portal

Investor communication often relies on fragmented tools and manual processes that create extra work for your team. The Private Investor Portal helps you bring documents, capital activity, and communications into one structured portal, so access improves, complexity drops, and your investor experience stays consistent.

## Centralize investor access and communication

### Create a single source for investor information

A centralized portal brings everything into one secure destination. Private Investor Portal helps you reduce reliance on email and shared drives while giving your investors a consistent, reliable experience.

### Control access with embedded security and governance

Role-based permissions ensure the right people see the right information. The Private Investor Portal helps you protect sensitive data while maintaining strong governance and oversight over your investor portals.

### Improve clarity through structured delivery

Information is organized with user experience and ease-of-navigation in mind. That structure helps your investors quickly access what they need and stay confident in the information provided.

### Reduce administrative burden on your team

Manual distribution, access requests, and ongoing maintenance take time. Ultimus handles portal setup, document publishing, and access management so your team can stay focused on high-value work.

## Features

Centralized investor access
Provide a secure portal that consolidates documents, capital activity, and communications into a single, structured experience for your investors.

	Permissions and visibility control
Manage role-based access aligned to your fund structures, so the right investors access the right information at the right time.

	Document delivery and communications
Distribute capital calls, reports, and materials in a consistent format that improves clarity and reduces manual effort.

	Alignment with fund operations
Connect portal delivery to underlying accounting and reporting processes, so investors receive timely, accurate information aligned to finalized reporting.

	Managed portal administration
Ultimus handles setup, onboarding, permissions, and ongoing maintenance, so you don’t need to operate or support the platform internally.

## Benefits

### Single source of truth

Centralize investor documents, reporting, and communications in one secure location so investors can reliably access accurate, up-to-date information.

### Secure by design

Protect sensitive data with role-based access and permission controls aligned to your fund structure and governance requirements.

### Improve investor clarity

Present information in a structured format that makes it easier to navigate, improving transparency and investor confidence.

### Reduce operational burden

Limit manual processes and administrative tasks so your team can spend more time on higher-value activities.

### Two-way communication

Streamline direct collaboration and client queries between fund managers and limited partners.

### Fully managed solution

Rely on us to manage setup, maintenance, and access so your team doesn’t need to support portal technology internally.

## Related insights

- ### Enhancing Shareholder Experiences
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1699195739-9425722095755f75f21c0fcf64ddd6d0716a11f1ad5e28ba08ad825914d0c160-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Ultimus Connect: Improving Access to Data for Asset Managers
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677703424-29c2e4a5919fb6811c51151a49946c57ad1062ffc6d9c567b5a57d8d4defdc0a-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### From Administration to Strategic Technology Partner
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/from-administration-to-strategic-technology-partner/)
- ### 4 Technology Innovations for a Better Shareholder Experience
[Blog
May 25, 2022](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/4-technology-innovations-for-a-better-shareholder-experience/)

[All insights](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/)

## Frequently asked questions

Who is the Ultimus Connect^TM^ Private Investor Portal designed for?
The portal supports private fund managers and their investors, including interested parties. The Private Investor Portal provides secure access to documents, reporting, and communications across the fund lifecycle.

	What type of information can investors access?
Investors can access capital calls and distribution notices, K-1s, reports, and other key materials in a centralized environment. Structured access reduces reliance on email and manual sharing.

	How is access controlled and secured?
Role-based permissions ensure investors only access authorized information. Built-in controls help protect sensitive data and support governance requirements.

	Is the portal customizable by fund or investor type?
Access levels, document visibility, and notifications align to your fund structures and investor profiles, supporting tailored communication needs.

	Who manages the portal setup and maintenance?
Ultimus will manage setup, onboarding, permissions, and ongoing maintenance, so your team doesn’t need to operate the platform.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Insights due to extraction error -->

---

# From the Desk

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/_

From the Desk

#
Resource Library




Subscribe

All													Blog														Client Stories														Compliance News														Multimedia														Events														Press and News														Reports and Whitepapers

		Select a topic	Compliance and Regulation	Technology and Innovation	Data Management	Distribution	ETFs	Fund Conversion	Retail Alternative Funds	Investment Operations	Private Funds	Public Funds	Series Trust

- ### Bonus shares: are they really a bonus?
[Blog
September 16, 2026
When a firm considers bonus shares as a distribution tool, the approach should be cautious, well thought out, and partner driven. Bonus shares are not a shortcut to distribution. Used wisely during the private or seed phase, they are a strategic tool that can set up a product for future growth.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/bonus-shares-are-they-really-a-bonus/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q2 2026
[Compliance
August 14, 2026
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q2 2026.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2026/)
- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026
Retail investors are reshaping the future of alternative investments. As private wealth demand accelerates, asset managers across traditional and alternative markets are expanding access to private equity, private credit, real assets, and infrastructure through innovative product structures and distribution models.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### Inside the Conversations Shaping Asset Management's Next Chapter
[Blog
June 24, 2026
Product innovation, distribution transformation, regulatory shifts, and rapid technology adoption are unfolding simultaneously, and the line between public and private fund structures continues to blur. These were the central themes at the recent Ultimus Client Summit.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/inside-the-conversations-shaping-asset-managements-next-chapter/)
- ### The Rise of 1940 Act Funds and Why Choosing the Right Service Provider is Crucial
[Blog
June 23, 2026
As alternative investment strategies increasingly adopt the framework of ’40 Act funds, the selection of service providers has become a critical decision point. Provider expertise in regulatory compliance, operational efficiency, and the ability to inspire investor confidence now sits at the top of the due diligence checklist when selecting an administrator, tax, and audit partner.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-rise-of-1940-act-funds-and-why-choosing-the-right-service-provider-is-crucial/)
- ### Rising Popularity of the 351 Exchange
[Blog
June 16, 2026
The 351 exchange continues to gain traction among asset managers as a strategic method for converting various investment vehicles, such as separately managed accounts (SMAs) into exchange traded funds (ETFs). This tax-deferred process can unlock benefits, including enhanced liquidity and transparency.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/rising-popularity-of-the-351-exchange/)
- ### Unlocking Evergreen Opportunities in Private Equity
[Whitepaper
June 12, 2026
By combining elements of traditional closed-end and private fund structures, evergreen vehicles enable ongoing subscriptions and capital deployment without the constraints of a fixed fund lifecycle. However, expanding access introduces new considerations.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/unlocking-evergreen-opportunities-in-private-equity/)
- ### Ultimus x Arch Case Study: Enhanced Efficiency and Innovation in Asset Management
[Blog
May 7, 2026
Arch and Ultimus partnered with a clear mission: to transform how asset managers operate. They achieve this by combining Arch’s advanced technology, which delivers centralized data visibility and automated workflows, with Ultimus’ specialized, first-class fund administration services.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/ultimus-x-arch-case-study-enhanced-efficiency-and-innovation-in-asset-management/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q1 2026
[Compliance
April 28, 2026
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q1 2026.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2026/)
- ### Connecting IBOR and Class Actions: How a Single Book of Record Can Create Operational Alpha
[Blog
April 17, 2026
When investment managers switch custodians, attention typically centers on the transition logistics—system integration, compliance considerations, and client communications. Less often discussed is what can be left behind: years of trading history, now fragmented across multiple systems. It’s an operational gap that quietly erodes data lineage until the downstream effects become too costly to ignore.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/connecting-ibor-and-class-actions-how-a-single-book-of-record-can-create-operational-alpha/)
- ### Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook
[Whitepaper
April 15, 2026
From portfolio eligibility and regulatory considerations to operational readiness and launch execution, a Section 351 conversion demands careful coordination across fund sponsors, legal counsel, custodians, administrators, market makers, and authorized participants.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)
- ### Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach
[Whitepaper
April 1, 2026
Interval and tender offer funds have experienced significant growth in recent years, driven by increased demand for retail access to alternative investment strategies. These products provide a flexible, registered fund structure that enables managers to deliver illiquid strategies with lower investment minimums and standardized tax reporting.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/)


---

# Blog

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/_

From the Desk

#
Resource Library




Subscribe

All													Blog														Client Stories														Compliance News														Multimedia														Events														Press and News														Reports and Whitepapers

		Select a topic	Compliance and Regulation	Technology and Innovation	Data Management	Distribution	ETFs	Fund Conversion	Retail Alternative Funds	Investment Operations	Private Funds	Public Funds	Series Trust

- ### Bonus shares: are they really a bonus?
[Blog
September 16, 2026
When a firm considers bonus shares as a distribution tool, the approach should be cautious, well thought out, and partner driven. Bonus shares are not a shortcut to distribution. Used wisely during the private or seed phase, they are a strategic tool that can set up a product for future growth.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/bonus-shares-are-they-really-a-bonus/)
- ### Inside the Conversations Shaping Asset Management's Next Chapter
[Blog
June 24, 2026
Product innovation, distribution transformation, regulatory shifts, and rapid technology adoption are unfolding simultaneously, and the line between public and private fund structures continues to blur. These were the central themes at the recent Ultimus Client Summit.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/inside-the-conversations-shaping-asset-managements-next-chapter/)
- ### The Rise of 1940 Act Funds and Why Choosing the Right Service Provider is Crucial
[Blog
June 23, 2026
As alternative investment strategies increasingly adopt the framework of ’40 Act funds, the selection of service providers has become a critical decision point. Provider expertise in regulatory compliance, operational efficiency, and the ability to inspire investor confidence now sits at the top of the due diligence checklist when selecting an administrator, tax, and audit partner.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-rise-of-1940-act-funds-and-why-choosing-the-right-service-provider-is-crucial/)
- ### Rising Popularity of the 351 Exchange
[Blog
June 16, 2026
The 351 exchange continues to gain traction among asset managers as a strategic method for converting various investment vehicles, such as separately managed accounts (SMAs) into exchange traded funds (ETFs). This tax-deferred process can unlock benefits, including enhanced liquidity and transparency.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/rising-popularity-of-the-351-exchange/)
- ### Ultimus x Arch Case Study: Enhanced Efficiency and Innovation in Asset Management
[Blog
May 7, 2026
Arch and Ultimus partnered with a clear mission: to transform how asset managers operate. They achieve this by combining Arch’s advanced technology, which delivers centralized data visibility and automated workflows, with Ultimus’ specialized, first-class fund administration services.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/ultimus-x-arch-case-study-enhanced-efficiency-and-innovation-in-asset-management/)
- ### Connecting IBOR and Class Actions: How a Single Book of Record Can Create Operational Alpha
[Blog
April 17, 2026
When investment managers switch custodians, attention typically centers on the transition logistics—system integration, compliance considerations, and client communications. Less often discussed is what can be left behind: years of trading history, now fragmented across multiple systems. It’s an operational gap that quietly erodes data lineage until the downstream effects become too costly to ignore.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/connecting-ibor-and-class-actions-how-a-single-book-of-record-can-create-operational-alpha/)
- ### The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments
[Blog
March 18, 2026
As wealth managers look beyond traditional portfolio models, registered structures such as interval funds, tender offer funds, and business development companies are reshaping access to private market investment strategies.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-strategic-shift-navigating-the-evolving-landscape-of-alternative-investments/)
- ### The Importance of a Comprehensive and Flexible Service Solution for ETF Fund Launches
[Blog
February 3, 2026
As ETFs continue to grow in popularity for investors, we continue to see asset managers expand their product offerings to include ETFs.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-importance-of-a-comprehensive-and-flexible-service-solution-for-etf-fund-launches/)
- ### Unlocking Private Markets: Why ’34 Act Registered Private Funds Are Key
[Blog
January 14, 2026
The rise in private credit and other alternative asset classes has been a major trend in recent years, driven by increasing investor demand for yield and diversification. This blog explores the key factors driving the rise of ‘34 Act registered private funds.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-private-markets-why-34-act-registered-private-funds-are-key/)
- ### The Value of GIPS Compliant Performance
[Blog
December 18, 2025
In an increasingly competitive investment landscape, asset managers are under growing pressure to demonstrate not only strong performance, but also trustworthy and benchmarked results.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-value-of-gips-compliant-performance/)
- ### High-Level Insights from Ultimus’ ETF as a Share Class Webinar
[Blog
December 16, 2025
The Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF) landscape is rapidly evolving, and asset managers are exploring innovative structures that can offer advantages.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/high-level-insights-from-ultimus-etf-as-a-share-class-webinar/)
- ### A GP’s Guide to Optimizing Private Credit Fund Operations
[Blog
October 28, 2025
With the asset class expected to continue to expand well into 2027, private credit has become central to funding businesses in various sectors across the globe. This guide explores practical strategies to tackle these challenges head-on, providing private credit managers and fund managers with actionable insights into optimizing operations.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/a-gp-s-guide-to-optimizing-private-credit-fund-operations/)


---

# Breaking Down Breaking Even in Mutual Fund Operations: Why There is No Blanket Answer to the Break Even Question

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/breaking-down-breaking-even-in-mutual-fund-operations-why-there-is-no-blanket-answer-to-the-break-even-question/_

# Breaking Down Breaking Even in Mutual Fund Operations– Why There is No Blanket Answer to the Break Even Question

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

April 3, 2018

In the results-driven investment world, it’s common for startup mutual fund managers – or those converting their private funds – to be centrally focused on breaking even. In fact, that’s often the first question investment managers ask their service providers when they sit down at their first strategy meeting: “When will I break even”? On one hand, it’s a logical question; managers want to know when their investment in operating mutual fund is going to pay dividends toward their own bottom line, and how quickly they can get there. And, there’s an expectation that the answer is as simple as a number. However, the first question that needs to be answered is: “What do you mean by break even”?

Break-even is not a simple function of net assets. It changes based on how investment managers obtain their assets, the investment objective of a particular fund, the expense ratio philosophy, and so on. There are numerous variables that investment managers need to contemplate to begin understanding what dollar amounts lead to break even. Before that, though, the manager and service provider need to draw the proper distinction between break even points. There is no default setting when it comes to breaking even, but the results tend to come in three stages:

- **Fund/Product Break Even:** The fund is big enough to cover its own operating expenses, but the manager isn’t receiving any of its advisory fee. This is the quickest break-even point, but really only the first step toward a profitable business for an investment manager.
- **Advisory Fee Break Even:** Another important milestone in the lifecycle of a fund, at this stage the fund is large enough for the manager to receive 100 percent of the advisory fee and cover all incurred operational expenses that can’t be charged to the fund.
- **True Break Even:** Think of this as the summit of the mountain. True Break Even results when the manager is turning a bottom-line profit. The fund covers its own operating expenses, and the manager is covering all of its operating expenses including salaries for all employees devoted to the fund, including portfolio managers, compliance officers, research, sales and marketing personnel.

## Critical Questions to Determine Break Even

Defining break-even is the first step in achieving it. However, it’s really only the beginning of the list of questions that managers need to answer to fully determine what amount belongs in the business plan. Below are some of those questions to consider about the path toward break even, and some tips to help managers achieve it.

- **Where Are the Initial Assets Coming From?** Funds that are consolidating separately managed accounts, or taking assets from friends and family, have a distinct advantage and a quicker timeline toward fund break even.They don’t have to pay intermediaries in order to secure assets because they already have the assets. Startup managers who gain assets through a third party pay a percentage of those assets back to the platform, and thus need more total assets to get to the same net revenue as managers with their own assets. That makes a big difference toward break even.
- **What is Your Investment Objective?** With the boom in mutual fund assets also comes a demand for more complex and unique strategies.There are trade-offs here, because different objectives lead to vastly different costs. Whether a fund is domestic or global, equity or fixed income, or low turnover versus high turnover all play into costs and profitability. More complex investment funds require more detailed valuations and reporting, leading to higher operational costs. For example, the costs associated with managing a U.S. domestic fixed income fund can be significantly higher than the cost of a domestic equity fund. It’s important not to overlook the impact of investment objectives on operational costs and ultimately the time required to get to break even.
- **What is the Fund’s Long-Term Business Plan?** To optimize profitability and asset gathering, managers need to have a handle on the fund’s long-term business plan and feel confident that the fund’s pricing is appropriate.They have to know who they’re competing against and if they are giving up potential revenue. For instance, in the liquid alts space, management fees of 120 bps are common. If a manager is only charging 60 basis points, they’re giving up significant revenue. Vice versa, investment managers need to consider what fees are palatable to the market, as it is a competitive landscape and fees are typically a prime consideration of investors. It’s important to look at the overall pricing model and expense factor philosophy and make sure it aligns with where the fund is going long-term. Managers should also be sure the fee charged will cover the need to share revenue if they will need to be on distribution platforms.

## Break Even Best Practices

Reaching just the first level of break even can seem like a daunting task for a new fund, even if managers have comprehensive answers to the previous questions. The good news is that some costs are avoidable for startups, because they are unnecessary for new funds – and even existing funds, in some cases. Managers might not be able to avoid these costs forever, especially if they have eyes for widespread distribution, but to decrease initial complexity, take heed of the following:

- **Steer Clear of Share Class Clutter** – Startup managers don’t need to complicate things initially by launching multiple classes.In the critical first year of a fund when managers are still building assets and break even seems like a long way away, often the only share class that’s necessary is an institutional share class. For the many managers that initially target institutional investors, sticking to a single share class saves thousands of dollars in operating costs, at a time when assets are at a premium. Once the fund’s inaugural class reaches critical mass, then the manager can discuss adding other share classes, but even then, it may not be necessary. Avoid share class clutter to get to break even sooner.
- **Don’t Pay Where You Don’t Do Business** – Frequently, managers check off all the boxes in their Blue Sky registration because they believe that it’s a necessary step in launching a fund. It’s not. Funds only need to register in states where they will have shareholders and paying for states with no shareholders is effectively wasting money.If the assets are highly concentrated in just a few states, this is a significant, avoidable cost.
- **Avoid Unnecessary Risks and Costs** – Investment managers should explore multiple solutions for executing the fund’s strategy when possible to avoid taking on additional potential risk, and trading and custody costs. For instance, a manager looking to get international exposure could get that by owning ADRs or ETFs rather than directly owning individual stocks – which can be expensive and risky. Custody charges and daily pricing fees are steep and the fund becomes vulnerable to currency events if it holds foreign stocks. This higher risk also requires more compliance monitoring – another avoidable cost.
- **Sweat the Distribution Details** — Have a well thought out distribution plan. Identify the target audience: think 1, 3, 5 years out and don’t overlook minor details in the distribution process that can cost major amounts of assets. For instance, some consultants have very specific screening parameters when recommending funds to investors. If a consultant is looking for funds with fees of less than one percent and a manager sets the fee at one percent, the fund will get screened out and potentially miss out on assets from that channel. Managers have to sweat the little distribution details, as well as, the broad distribution plans to gain traction and make the path to break even much smoother.
- **Split Fund Costs and Manager Costs Strategically** – There’s little consensus among fund managers and service providers as to what distinguishes a fund cost from a manager cost, and the SEC hasn’t offered much guidance either. It’s not uncommon to see 10 fund groups calculate sub TA fees in 10 different ways. Managers need to look carefully at how costs are categorized, making sure to operate as effectively as possible within the confines of the law to pass along the appropriate costs to shareholders. To pass along a service fee to the shareholders, investment managers need to define exactly what the fee pays covers in order to remain as transparent as possible.

The path to break even – all three stages – is a complex mix of investing and pricing strategy. Investment managers looking to break into the mutual fund space need to have a track record of positive returns to attract shareholders, and also need to think about how to position the fund for future success. Thinking about these two concepts together will provide a holistic look at what break-even is and how managers can get there quickly. As we’ve shown, break even is more than just a number or simple calculation; it’s a goal that’s achieved through evaluating critical questions. Only then will the answer to “when will I break even,” be a number that managers can bank on.


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Mutual Fund Industry Evolution: Trends for Success

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/mutual-fund-industry-evolution-trends-for-success/_

# Mutual Fund Industry Evolution: Trends for Success

Subscribe

Authored by
**Bob Dorsey**

Vice Chairman and Co-Founder of Ultimus Fund Solutions
						×

October 17, 2017

Ultimus recently celebrated its 18th anniversary and I recently celebrated my 33rd anniversary in the mutual fund industry. Those milestones gave me an opportunity to reflect on how much the fund industry has changed in the new millennium, while also highlighting the trends for success.

The distribution models, investor expectations, and the regulatory landscape are all markedly different today – influenced by regulatory scandals, the largest financial crisis in history and the dramatic evolution of technology that has changed the way information is shared and people interact.

Given the recent anniversaries this seems like the perfect time to look back on the events that have shaped the evolution of the industry, dig into the impact they have had on the fund business and share some insights about what it takes for fund managers to succeed in this new environment.

**Rise of the Mutual Fund Supermarket** – In the late ‘90s fund distribution was completely different than it is today. There were many investors who would fill out paper applications and send checks directly to the funds. The funds were selling themselves largely to do-it-yourself investors in a much more fragmented model. But much like any industry, those inefficiencies created opportunities for innovation and platforms like Schwab, Fidelity and Pershing took advantage.

The platforms saw an opening to consolidate distribution through financial intermediaries instead of the direct to investor model. They began offering more and more services to fee-based registered investment advisers (RIAs) with the promise of being their back offices while offering access to thousands of funds through a single channel. The more services the platforms offered, the more RIAs got on board, and the distribution model and the balance of power in the fund business inexorably shifted.

The platforms soon became fund supermarkets, offering access to a seemingly unlimited number of investment choices, seizing control of the distribution channel and simultaneously changing the pricing structure along the way. The platforms fundamentally changed the way mutual funds are distributed. Funds rarely sell directly to investors anymore; they sell through intermediaries. Instead of buying funds, investors now buy advice or asset allocations models from RIAs.

**Surviving in the New Distribution Dynamic** – The new distribution dynamic has significant implications for funds, not the least of which is increased costs. As these platforms have become the norm, funds and/or fund managers must pay to gain access to investors. That has caused many fund managers to get out of the fund business altogether because they can’t afford the costs, but at the same time others have jumped in because they see a much simpler way to gain broad distribution.

For fund managers, the emergence of fund supermarkets has transformed distribution from a relationship sale to a strategic exercise. When a firm launches a fund it now must think about all the spheres of influence and consider every step in the process; from product design, pricing and positioning, channel selection and relationship building. That’s why many of the best wholesalers today are CFAs or investment professionals versus traditional sales professionals. They are no longer selling to individuals. They’re talking to financial professionals who want to speak to someone who can understand and articulate the difference between funds and strategies so they can make more informed decisions for their clients.

The most successful fund managers have figured out the complexities of the new landscape or work with someone who can help them navigate the nuances of the platforms to gain the distribution they need without breaking the bank.

**The Technology Transformation** – Technology is often seen as the great equalizer and in some ways technology advancements in the fund business have helped level the playing field among fund managers. Technologies like Fund/Serv have made automation widely accessible, allowing new levels of information sharing, order processing speed and documentation. Automated transactions have fundamentally changed the way transfer agents operate and e-delivery has dramatically changed the way we do business in general.

Technology has changed how we share and from where we get our information. Funds used to scramble to get the NAVs calculated by 5:30 pm because if they didn’t have it done by then they wouldn’t be published in the Wall Street Journal the next morning. Integrated technology solutions have made the daily NAV process easier, but perhaps a better indication of the impact of technology is that few people rely on the WSJ for that type of information. For fund managers, technologies have delivered economies of scale that never existed in the preautomation world. Unfortunately, most of those economic benefits have been offset by the skyrocketing distribution costs mentioned earlier. They must continually look for new systems, new processes and new partners that will help them balance increasing investor demands, regulatory requirements and distribution needs with the need to keep costs as low as possible.

**The Increasing Importance of Operations** – Fund managers trying to succeed in the mutual fund business today face increased competition from new managers entering the space, higher product complexity and confusion, and growing compliance requirements, all of which can lead to increased costs at a time when investors are demanding lower fees.

In this environment, operations have risen up the list of fund business priorities. Not that they weren’t important before, but now an institutional-quality infrastructure is a business imperative. It can mean the difference between the right distribution strategy and an inability to gain assets; it can deliver process efficiencies that drive down costs or reputational risk that can force a firm out of business.

The most successful fund firms understand the importance of operations, but they also understand that they need to identify the right partner to help them succeed. Because a fund manager that is forced to be focused on fund operations most likely isn’t spending enough time minding their strategy or serving their shareholders – and that isn’t a recipe for success.

**The Regulatory Revolution** – To say the regulatory landscape has changed in the last 18 years would be an understatement. When we founded Ultimus there was no Patriot Act, Sarbanes-Oxley or Dodd-Frank, and no Department of Labor fiduciary rule guidance. These pieces of legislation and the DOL rules have changed the way funds do business and interact with clients in general.

The piece of legislation with perhaps the greatest impact on the fund manager’s business is the DoddFrank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Dodd-Frank forced many alternative managers to register with the SEC, which opened the door for these managers to launch liquid alternatives funds. The DOL fiduciary rules have led to massive changes in fund share classes and payments to intermediaries. These legislative and regulatory events have resulted in the fund industry being a very different business than it was 18 years ago.

**Thriving in the New Regulatory Normal** – Creating a culture of compliance is critical to the success of fund managers in the new regulatory landscape. It’s not something they need to do simply in order to avoid fines or violations; it’s a business imperative – investors expect fund managers to have functioning compliance programs in place. The challenge is achieving a culture of compliance without having compliance costs go through the roof. That’s even more important as increased demands for transparency among investors drives fee pressure.

Essentially fund managers must find a way to be as efficient as possible because they’re getting squeezed between downward fee pressure and rising distribution costs. That puts a whole new level of pressure on the operational component of the fund business. More and more fund managers look to outside experts to support them in developing and executing key aspects of their compliance programs and broader operational functions. While there is a willingness to outsource compliance functions, smart managers know they can never fully offload responsibility. Working in partnership with outside experts creates the best balance and leads to better cost and compliance outcomes, ultimately driving greater business results for funds.

The last 18 years have definitely been transformational in the mutual fund industry. Looking ahead, the industry evolution is certain to continue based on dynamic investor demands, emerging technology, and cautious regulators, but will you be ready for these changes?

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

Is Your Series Trust the Wrong Fit?

Real World Marketing: Real World Stories

Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy


## Authored by

**Bob Dorsey**

Vice Chairman and Co-Founder of Ultimus Fund Solutions


---

# Is Your Series Trust the Wrong Fit?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/is-your-series-trust-the-wrong-fit/_

# Is Your Series Trust the Wrong Fit?

Subscribe

August 22, 2017

***The wide acceptance of operational outsourcing among fund managers combined with the continued pressures to reduce fund expenses have led to an increasing preference for the multi-series trust (“***[***series trust***](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/trust-options-series-standalone/)***“) structure. In fact, they have become the operational model of choice for many fund managers making their first foray into the ’40 Act world, which makes sense – series trusts provide well-documented cost-savings and speed-to-market benefits. This turn-key solution allows fund managers the ability to focus on portfolio management and asset gathering rather than the myriad of operational tasks that can be associated with operating funds in the proprietary trust model.***

While all of those benefits can be realized, they are based on one huge decision that many managers take for granted – choosing the right series trust. The increasing preference for series trusts has led to a proliferation of various trusts, created by service providers looking to capitalize on these opportunities. Unfortunately, there are far too many examples of fund managers that have not made the right choice of trust or service provider. Worse yet, there are plenty of fund managers who realize they chose the wrong series trust but don’t know how to make a move without encountering perceived significant headaches or costs.

To help fund managers who may be stuck in the wrong series trust, below are a few warning signs that may indicate you’ve made the wrong decision, followed by some action steps for making the move to a new provider a bit easier.

## Warning Signs

**Sales Process** – This would be a fund manager’s earliest sign that the fit may not be right, and the good news is it’s probably not too late to change course and correct the problem. Many service providers have recognized the ease of operability for funds organized in their series trust. It makes it easier to implement an assembly-line methodology and build an impressive book of business with a favorable internal cost structure. With this in mind, many service providers often push clients toward the series trust model, without educating them on the different options available. While a series trust might be the right fit for many fund managers, it will not necessarily accommodate the business-specific needs of every fund manager. Look for a service provider that will give you an unbiased view of both the proprietary and series trust options, answer your questions candidly, and then leave the ultimate decision to the fund manager.

**Consistent Error Rates** – Accuracy should be the baseline expectation of a series trust provider. If a fund manager begins to consistently see errors in the calculation of the daily NAV, expense budget or accruals, those are signs that the service provider isn’t providing adequate resources for the series trust.Beyond that, if there is a pattern of consistently re-processing shareholder transactions and/or posting a lot of “as-of transactions,” it is likely the series trust provider is not performing effectively, much less adding value.

**Board Competence and Focus**– A strong competent board is a critical component of any mutual fund – a series trust is no different. A good fund manager wants a board that understands the investment strategy and the risks associated with it, one that asks tough questions and takes part in productive dialogues about its execution. If the board does not understand your investment strategy, your current series trust might not be a great fit. And while lack of understanding is bad, the absence of board interaction may even be worse. You want a board that is focused on your product and not overwhelmed with too many funds and/or fund managers to oversee. Limited direct interaction with the board often means there are too many fund managers in the trust, leaving fund managers to execute without the benefits of their wisdom. A good board is a necessity, not a formality, and if that function is falling short, the series trust is likely failing the fund manager.

**Expense Allocation Methodology** – One of the most sought-after benefits of a series trust is the ability to share many of the trust-level expenses. The concept that a trust comprised of many different series of funds commands better bargaining power and brings economies of scale is true and proven; however, many series trusts are not governed under an expense structure that is equitable for all funds in the trust. The series trust sponsor, and to some extent the Board of Trustees, usually negotiates fee arrangements with trust-level vendors, such as trust counsel, custodian, insurance broker, and even the trustees themselves. Many trusts will then allocate these expenses, which are often based on number of funds in the trust and/or total AUM, to the underlying funds based on their pro rata share of the assets. This means that your $1Bn domestic equity fund would be a paying a much larger share of the expenses than the more complex but smaller $10MM frontier market fund, which just happens to share the same trust.While helpful for smaller funds that are just starting out or have struggled to gain distribution, this subsidization of expenses by larger funds is often frustrating for fund managers that have been successful in raising assets. Fund managers should evaluate the expense allocation practices for any series trust being considered, and look for models that favor a straight-line or combination straight-line / pro rata methodology.

**Fund Manager Exits** – Fund manager retention can be a key indicator of the quality of a series trust. If the trust is losing fund managers and/or funds, it is not only a sign that things aren’t working, but it will likely lead to an increase in shared expenses as well. When that happens, fund managers have to be aware of whether or not their expenses are increasing disproportionately to their size. Keep in mind, fund managers may not just be exiting because they want to make a trust or service provider change – they may be closing unsuccessful funds.Series trusts and fund services providers should evaluate each manager thoroughly and ensure they are working with firms that have the expertise and resources to support a mutual fund. Frequent fund closures (also referred to as liquidations) can be a sign of lax due diligence by the series trust sponsor.

**Slipping Service Levels** – Service is an important but often hard-to-measure aspect of a series trust. If a fund manager notices an increase in response time to calls or a drop-off in proactive outreach, those are signs that a provider is overwhelmed or unwilling to act as a true business partner, which is a key attribute of a strong series trust. Slipping service levels can be the first sign of larger problems to come and fund managers should take them seriously and begin assessing their options immediately.

## Action Steps

While many fund managers may see the warning signs of a faltering series trust relationship, few have an understanding of the steps it takes to make a seamless and painless transition to a new trust. Some specific action steps include:

**Review the current agreement** – The first step in a series trust transition is understanding the costs and commitment of the current series trust servicing agreement. The structure of client agreements varies from trust to trust; some favor a master agreement with individual addendums for each manager’s fund, or the trust may enter in a separate contract for each manager. A fund manager should have an attorney review the agreement to determine what, if any, issues/costs exist with exiting the trust early. With a clear understanding of the terms of the agreement, a fund manager can make an informed decision and begin to determine a timeline for potentially undertaking a conversion.

**Start a dialogue with the board early** – Before fund managers can move their fund(s) to another series trust they have to secure the approval of the board and the approval of the shareholders. It is important to begin a dialogue with the board early so they are aware of the fund manager’s intentions and they can work with them to get through the process in a timely manner that minimizes hassle. The board is also a voice for the shareholders so its buy-in is critical. The sooner the board dialogue begins, the less likely there will be any major stumbling blocks along the way.

**Use service providers as a sounding board** – Most fund managers are not operations experts, which is often why they choose a series trust in the first place. For that reason, it’s important to use expert service providers as sounding boards during a potential transition. Any credible service provider will have been through transitions before and can help identify important steps and potential pitfalls along the way. A conversion from one trust to another, whether converting to another series trust or a stand-alone trust structure, is commonly referred to as a reorganization, and is inherently more complex than a direct service provider conversion. Select a new service provider that will work with you to develop a thoughtful Plan of Reorganization and corresponding timeline that suits your unique requirements.

**Weigh a standalone vs. series trust** – Exiting one series trust does not mean a fund manager needs to go right into another. The fund manager should view the transition as an opportunity to look at their investment and business strategies and consider whether a stand-alone or series trust best meets their needs today and in the future. Perhaps some of the frustrations necessitating this transition were caused by the series trust model; while these pain points could have been specific to that trust, it could be indicative that a stand-alone trust is a better fit for your firm. Or, it may be that a fund manager has simply evolved beyond a series trust – growing too big or looking to launch additional funds that make a stand-alone trust the right model. A series trust will often look better from a cost standpoint but a fund manager has to weigh the savings of a series trust against the autonomy and flexibility that a stand-alone trust provides. No matter what decision a fund manager makes, it’s important to go through the exercise and understand the pros and cons of both options before committing to a new trust.

## Conclusion

Series trusts offer a strong operational model that affords fund managers cost and efficiency advantages, but only if the fit is right. The business consequences of a poor series trust selection can be deleterious to the adviser’s strategy and hinder growth plans. When fund managers start to see the warning signs that they’ve made the wrong series trust choice, they can’t afford to wait. Operational inertia has been the undoing of many fund managers with strong investment approaches. If you know where to begin the transition process and partner with the right firm, a reorganization will not be as hard as you might think and could ultimately result in a superior operating model for your firm and its funds.

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

Trust the Tale of the Tape: Comparing Series Trust to Standalone Trust and Making the Right Decision for Your Business

Real World Marketing: Real World Stories

Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy


---

# Five Critical Questions to Help Identify the Ideal Distribution Partner

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/five-critical-questions-to-help-identify-the-ideal-distribution-partner/_

# Five Critical Questions to Help Identify the Ideal Distribution Partner

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors

**About Kevin Guerette**
									Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.
						×

July 25, 2017

In the last 15 years, understanding the nuances of fund distribution has become a keystone issue for investment managers launching new mutual funds. After all, without assets, a solid investment strategy isn’t much more than that: a strategy. There are more options than ever for effective distribution and wholesaling – internal or external sales teams, hybrid models, and virtual models, for example. The fund industry is also perpetually redefining how to best leverage internal resources – human capital, technology/data resources or a combination of the two – for wider fund distribution. The number of available options may add additional steps, considerations and complexity to achieving a successful launch. This leaves many managers in need of and seeking outside expertise for mutual fund distribution and resources to help leverage their strategy.

In the new mutual fund frontier, customization is king. That’s especially true as it applies to distribution. Managers shouldn’t have to fit themselves into an “off the shelf” program from service providers, third party marketers (3PMs), or any other fund distribution partners. It’s important that managers set strategic fund distribution goals that align with their business plans and work with a business partner who understands what it takes to get there. For managers, it’s also important to remember that all fund distribution partners are not created equal. To help investment managers navigate the growing complexity of today’s distribution landscape, below are five critical questions that a strong service provider and business partner should be able to answer effectively.

**1. Will They Provide Client References?**

Interviewing a 3PM or a service provider should be no different than a job interview. Think of it this way: potential employers frequently ask candidates to provide references to determine the value that a person will bring to his or her position. As managers start to think about their mutual fund distribution strategy, they need to know exactly what level of service they are going to get from the prospective provider or 3PM partner. What better way to find out than by asking other fund managers that have worked with them in the past? Calling clients to whom they’ve provided services and asking for their feedback is a simple way to alleviate a number of future headaches. In the process, fund managers can also clarify the exact resources and level of expertise delivered by the respective distribution partner.

**2. What is Their Technology Track Record?**

This question is meant to weed out any 3PM’s still relying solely on obsolete reporting systems. Capabilities have changed, and the value of reporting from traditional transfer agent (TA) systems has diminished. It can be a problem if a 3PM provider is still relying on older technology to provide information, because often the necessary information is no longer available from that source. Many of the larger platforms are migrating toward omnibus reporting, meaning the end-users of traditional TA systems aren’t seeing the detail that they used to in the past. Managers need robust sales data to learn who is managing the account, where they are located, and how they are trading the fund. Managers need to get enough information to make detailed and strategic sales decisions. Consequently, the manager also needs a partner that can integrate TA data and manager level sales reporting systems into a comprehensive solution. But who is going to bear that cost?

**3. Can They Properly Leverage Data?**

Using new technology to gain access to more comprehensive data is a blessing and a curse. Data systems, such as Discovery Data and RIA Database, give the manager access to large amounts of potentially relevant data, but using those systems puts the onus on the manager to use that data effectively. Simply having information does nothing if managers can’t leverage it properly. The best distribution partners and 3PMs have a process for using that data in conjunction with other tactical data solutions to better articulate their clients’ offering. Furthermore, they can find ways for that data to help establish the right targets and support the distribution effort.

**4. Do They Have a Marketing Mindset?**

Beyond technical expertise, to truly make the most of a distribution relationship, managers need to determine whether their partners have the marketing know-how to help spur growth. This comes in many forms. A good distribution partner knows the right contacts to provide additional marketing tools in support of your asset gathering effort. For example, new funds will likely need a dynamic website, but at a reasonable cost. They’ll also know which conferences and events will end up contributing most to the fund’s bottom line, and can provide guidance on which ones to attend to and what to do while there.

**5. Do They Provide a Good Share Class Strategy?**

Offering multiple share classes is costly and inefficient for mutual funds that may not have assets or the client base to support such a structure. For many managers launching funds, an institutional share class is the best starting point and may in fact be all that is ever needed – regardless of how things evolve with the Department of Labor Fiduciary Rule. The important thing is that a service provider should have a good handle on a manager’s business plan and be able to develop a share class strategy that both aligns with that plan and prevents the consequences that come with doing too much. This environment is complex and the fight for assets is competitive. Managers need to be confident that their distribution partner isn’t creating costs that conflict with the profitability of the fund complex.

**The Upside to Distribution Due Diligence**

For new funds, or for those looking to increase their footprint, having mutual fund distribution support is critical to get the fund off the ground without diverting valuable in-house resources. In addition to the right 3PM firm, finding a good service provider can also significantly increase a fund’s opportunity for successful asset growth. The ideal partners have the expertise and resources that new and growing funds need to accomplish their goals. By asking these five questions of both a third-party marketer AND the service provider, managers can go beyond sales speak that can be misleading, and possibly inaccurate, to put themselves and their firms on the path toward distribution excellence.

* * *

*If you enjoyed this article, you might be interested in reading one of these:*

The Share Class Creation Conundrum

Gaining Scale and Efficiency with Your SMA Strategy

Comparing Series Trust to Standalone Trusts


## Authored by

**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors


About Kevin Guerette
Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.


---

# Collective Investment Trusts are Making a Comeback: Here’s How to Seize the Opportunity

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/collective-investment-trusts-are-making-a-comeback-here-s-how-to-seize-the-opportunity/_

# Collective Investment Trusts are Making a Comeback: Here’s How to Seize the Opportunity

Subscribe

June 27, 2017

As the impact of the fiduciary rule, fee compression, and numerous class action lawsuits by employees against plan sponsors factor into decision-making by plan consultants and sponsors alike, a “what’s old is new” product has re-emerged as the go-to vehicle: collective investment trusts. Whether they offer a mutual fund or not, many advisers are considering collective investment trusts as another means to expand their distribution capabilities in a profitable manner.

**Pooled Investment Vehicles Organized as Trusts**

Collective Investment Trusts (“CITs”), sometimes referred to as Collective Trust Funds (“CTFs”) or Collective Investment Funds (“CIFs”), have been around for decades and were the standard choice for bank trust departments before mutual funds took center stage. In years past, CITs lost some of the spotlight to more prominent structures that are able to attract a broader array of assets, particularly mutual funds and ETFs. However, CITs have made a comeback in recent years for several reasons:

- CITs moved to daily valuation, just like mutual funds;
- CITs now trade on the NSCC platform, just like mutual funds;
- The Department of Labor stepped in a couple of years ago and required more fee disclosure to plan participants. This pushed plan sponsors to find ways to lower costs for their participants. Most often, CITs offer a lower cost alternative to mutual funds;
- Fee compression, driven in large part by the Department of Labor’s expected steps to further increase expense transparency, will only increase, thus increasing the attractiveness of the CIT structure;
- There have been multiple plan participant lawsuits targeting plans that did not provide lower cost investment options, such as CITs;
- There is more focus on the fiduciary responsibilities of the plan sponsors to better select investment options. CITs introduce a fiduciary in the form of a trustee, and the adviser carries a fiduciary responsibility to the trust, rather than the plan;
- Morningstar began to track CIT performance, facilitating easier screening;
- The trustee services required by CITs moved beyond the large banks as specialty providers emerged, bringing costs down and service levels up;
- CITs do not have the same infrastructure requirements as mutual funds, thus the breakeven point for advisers may be substantially lower, which allows advisers to bring strategies to market that may not initially attract the requisite assets for a mutual fund;
- CITs are regulated investment structures, but the trust companies creating the CIT are overseen by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). In large part, the interaction with the OCC from a regulatory perspective is handled by the trust company, eliminating much of the burden on the adviser;
- New CITs can be organized quickly, with minimal expense. Trust companies can work with an adviser to set up a new CIT in 30-60 days, versus 4 to 6 months for a mutual fund.

CITs have become a standard part of the menu in 401(k) plans. A recent study by Callan Associates (*Callan Associates 2017 Defined Contribution Trends* report) noted that CITs had gained ground on mutual funds. The study showed that nearly 65% of ERISA plans utilized CITs in 2016, up from 60% in 2014.

**Benefits of CITs**

So, how can you best capitalize on the opportunity? First, evaluate the distribution landscape and determine if your firm has inroads to the market, which is broadly defined as ERISA plans. For many boutique advisers, relationships already exist with companies, consultants, and referral sources, such as attorneys and CPAs that offer or provide services to these plans. Indeed, for many advisers, CITs were created initially to satisfy the need of an advisory client to make the strategy available to their employees. In other instances, larger plans may want to customize the strategy to include company stock or exclude competitor stocks. These requirements are less costly to meet in a CIT versus a mutual fund, and far more attractive to the plan sponsor and administrator than a separately managed account. Start with your own centers of influence and assess the demand. Arranging timely funding of a new CIT is a core component of a successful launch; completing this legwork up front will result in a more successful venture.

**Trust Structure**

As previously noted, CITs are generally less expensive than mutual funds because the infrastructure is simpler. To summarize the structure, a trustee (a registered trust company) oversees all aspects of the fund(s) rather than a fund Board. The legal structure (a trust) is simple to create and can be shared by multiple funds. The trustee acts as the adviser and names sub-advisers for each fund, typically the adviser initiating the formation of the CIT. One of the benefits of a CIT is that the trustee does much of the heavy lifting, which is a significant contrast to mutual funds. The sub-adviser, which is the firm precipitating the CIT launch, is primarily left to manage the portfolio and support the distribution effort. The offering document is created by the trustee, with input from the sub-adviser, for plan sponsors and is somewhat similar to an offering memorandum in a private offering.

**Key Differentiators**

Beyond that, the only services and expenses are for fund accounting, transfer agency, custody, and audit. Because the requirements for each service are less rigorous than mutual funds, they also tend to be slightly less expensive. Additionally, CITs can have multiple classes and may include a trail similar to a shareholder services fee. Different classes within a CIT can also contain different expense ratios and management fees, which is an attractive differentiator to mutual funds. The sales process for CITs tends to revolve around direct interaction with companies, consultants and influencers. This process can be less costly to advisers than mutual fund distribution activities.

**Understanding the Product Limitations**

As with all such products, there are some downsides. CITs may only be used in ERISA eligible plans such as 401(k), 403(b), 457(b), profit sharing, target benefit and defined benefit. They are not the answer to the traditional small account problem. Second, unlike a mutual fund, a departing employee cannot take their investment with them (unless, of course, the adviser already has a mutual fund with a similar strategy available). Finally, while performance cannot be advertised, it can be tracked through Morningstar.

With the CIT comeback now in full force, it may be a good time to evaluate your business strategy. A CIT offering can present another valuable tool to drive growth and deliver additional AUM to your firm at a relatively low cost; a close evaluation of your firm’s business model to ensure strategic fit, as well as proper planning and resourcing, will ensure that your firm seizes its share of this vast opportunity.

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

- Trust the Tale of the Tape: Comparing Series Trusts to Standalone Trusts
- Gaining Scale and Efficiency For Your SMA Strategy
- Getting the Most Out of Your Middle Office


---

# How Will Small and Mid-Sized Advisers Survive the Pending Regulation Changes?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/how-will-small-and-mid-sized-advisers-survive-the-pending-regulation-changes/_

# How Will Small and Mid-Sized Advisers Survive the Pending Regulation Changes?

Subscribe

June 19, 2017

The investment required to comply with the new SEC Modernization and DOL Fiduciary Rules, the Form ADV Part 1 Amendments, and to continue to maintain a robust Cyber-Security program will be substantial. It will be especially challenging for small and mid-sized advisers with under $10 billion in assets under management.

By Ultimus Fund Solutions

In the August 2016 (Issue 6), the Fund Operations trade publication addressed the need for making investments in the middle-office to better support the adviser’s primary mission of attracting and retaining clients through their investment performance and superior client service. A study cited in that issue identified the top focus of advisers in 2017 to be regulatory compliance and data governance.

A brief review of how small and mid-sized advisers have established their middle office operations will help to frame the challenges which many advisers are struggling with today. Historically, small and mid-sized advisers who only offer mutual funds typically outsource their middle and back office to the fund’s custodian bank or an independent fund administrator. As such, the adviser relies on the custodian/administrator to provide their mission critical data required by their front office investment decision support systems (including risk and performance) as well as order management and trading systems.

In contrast, advisers that offer separately managed accounts (SMAs) to institutions and/or high net worth investors have typically established their own middle office operations as their custodian bank’s infrastructure did not fully support all the requirements of SMA programs. These in-house operations, many of which were created 10+ years ago, are still in place today using legacy technologies and processes that are simply not keeping up with the current demands placed on advisers. For example, many of the investment accounting systems in use are over 15 years old with limited multi-currency capabilities and do not support the wide range of asset classes required by today’s complex investment strategies. But perhaps the most significant deficiency in many of the in-house operations is the lack of a data management system.

While many of the large advisers have adopted robust data governance programs requiring significant investment in data warehouses, small and mid-sized advisers continue to rely on their legacy accounting system as their de-facto data warehouse. This will make it very challenging for these small and mid-sized advisers to comply with the pending regulatory changes as so many of these regulations are heavily dependent on rich investment and time series data.

With that background, how should small and mid-sized advisers think about upgrading their middle office operations? Should they make new investment in technology, invest in new talent, streamline their daily operations and workflows, or outsource everything or only certain components of their operations? “These are some of the questions that we asked our clients at the Ultimus Fund Solutions client summit held this past September in Cincinnati,” said Mike Ciotola, Director of Middle Office Services at Ultimus. “Our middle office services team moderated a lively round table discussion with more than 20 of our clients and we all came away with four key insights regarding the future of their middle office operations.”

***Insight #1*** – many investment advisers are looking to upgrade their technology landscape with a particular emphasis on their investment accounting platforms. There has been consolidation of many of the lower cost investment accounting systems and the concern is that the R&D for these aging systems will be cut. With that in mind, many advisers are looking at a few start-up fintech companies to replace legacy systems. The other technology components being reviewed by investment advisers include trade/order management, performance, client reporting (including web/mobile solutions), billing and CRM systems.

***Insight #2*** – many investment advisers agree that a strong data governance program supported by an investment data repository/data warehouse is going to be essential in order to comply with the aforementioned regulations that go into effect over the next 18 months.

***Insight #3*** – the SEC is heavily focused on adviser’s cyber security programs and one adviser said, “Maintaining a robust cyber security program is uncharted waters for us and with limited guidance from the regulators and small budgets it is an ongoing concern for our firm.”

***Insight #4*** – outsourcing some or all of the middle office business functions is looking more attractive than ever before with a few service providers offering a full complement of middle office services to small and mid-sized advisers with an affordable fee schedule. One adviser remarked, “If we outsource our investment accounting and reconciliation process, we can avoid a costly and risky investment accounting system conversion while moving from a fixed to variable cost operating model and transferring some of the cyber security concerns to our outsourcing partner.”

Over the past decade, there has been a certain level of complacency with middle office operations and the technologies deployed by small and mid-sized advisers. This new wave of regulations has fueled fintech companies to offer new technology solutions and for outsourcing providers to build, scale, and price their solutions to appeal to small and mid-sized advisers. The old adage, “if it ain’t broke, don’t fix it” has been the prevailing attitude but that is clearly changing as advisers seek to comply with the new regulations and to grow their firms over the next decade.

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

- Trust the Tale of the Tape: Comparing Series Trust to Standalone Trust and Making the Right Decision for Your Business
- Real World Marketing: Real World Stories
- Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy


---

# Comparing Series Trusts to Standalone Trusts

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/comparing-series-trusts-to-standalone-trusts/_

# Thinking of Launching a Mutual Fund? How to Choose the Right Structure – Comparing Series Trusts to Standalone Trusts

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

May 30, 2017

The mutual fund business is booming. In fact, according to the ICI, at the end of 2016 mutual fund assets increased nearly $700 billion, ending with $16.3 trillion in net assets. With more and more assets at stake, many investment advisers are choosing to capitalize on the opportunity by making their existing successful strategies available as mutual funds.

Unfortunately, simply launching a fund is no guarantee of success in what has become a hyper-competitive market. There are decisions that advisers must make at every step of the launch process that can ultimately make or break a fund’s future. One of the most important decisions a firm will make is whether to launch the mutual fund through a series trust structure or a standalone trust.

While many advisers are being pushed into series trusts by providers with the promise of getting to market faster and cheaper, those short-term benefits can quickly go by the wayside if the series trust is the wrong strategic fit for the fund, or for the firm more broadly. The reality is that some providers are biased toward series trusts because it’s an easier solution for them, but it may not be in the best interest of the adviser. Advisers must go into the process with a strong understanding of each structure and ultimately make the decision that’s best for the long-term success of their business.

To help eliminate uncertainty in the process, we’ve outlined some of the key benefits of both series trusts and standalone trusts and provided tips, insights and critical questions to help advisers get to the right decision sooner.

##### Begin with the Business Plan

The first question advisers need to answer is, “what’s my business plan?” It’s not just about the fund that’s being launched; it’s also about the future. Is there a plan to launch more mutual funds down the line?If an adviser goes in with the intention of building a fund family and a large investor base, that could point to the need for a standalone trust. The personality and culture of the adviser’s firm is also a significant consideration. Do you prefer to involve yourself in nearly every detail or are you comfortable relying on others for significant services? If the former describes your firm, your own trust might be a better fit, even if you only intend to have one or two funds.

Other questions advisers need to ask include, “What does my investment strategy look like and how complex is it?” A more complex strategy may fit in a series trust, but you should be sure the trust board has the requisite experience to help rather than hinder. Why do I want to bring the fund to market? When do I want to bring the fund to market? These may appear to be fund questions, but they’re really business questions; and the answers to these will go a long way toward informing the trust decision.

To truly make the right decision, advisers must have a firm handle on their business plan, but they must also understand the benefits of each structure in the context of their business. Some of those benefits are outlined below.

##### *Benefits of a Series Trust*

- **Get to market quicker** — Because the board and operational structure already exists, the time it takes for a fund to get to market is significantly shorter in a series trust than it is in a standalone trust. On the flip side, advisers have to ask themselves if 2-3 months is significant when you’re talking about starting a business that you hope will be around for decades.
- **Get to market cheaper** — Similarly to the speed to market, the cost of getting to market is less in a series trust because all the operational components are already in place. However, advisers shouldn’t make the decision entirely on short-term costs. Because if the fund fails due to it being in a structure that isn’t right, the early cost savings won’t matter.
- **Ongoing operational economies of scale** — Trust level expenses are shared across the funds and are often negotiated at below market rates for custody, legal, compliance and audit services. Insurance costs are also often less because they are spread across multiple funds as well, and the insurer may take comfort in your fund being part of a structure with an established history.
- **Trust-level distribution agreements** — Many series trusts may have trust level distribution agreements with clearing houses or platforms and that can be a benefit in the distribution process. Advisers should be aware that some platforms such as Fidelity, Schwab, Pershing and the wirehouses won’t take trust-level agreements.

##### *Benefits of a Standalone Trust*

- **Dedicated Board** — In a standalone trust the adviser has a dedicated, hand-picked board. That provides the distinct advantage of allowing the adviser to tailor the board based on investment expertise, relationships or any other characteristic for that matter. For a fund with a simple strategy, that level of specialization may be overkill and that can point the adviser in the direction a series trust.
- **Freedom to Choose Outside Experts** — Advisers may have existing relationships with legal counsel, auditors and custodians that they want to use for their fund. In a standalone trust they have that option. In a series trust those resources are chosen for them and they may not have an immediate level of comfort with the team that’s in place. Beyond comfort level, the skills and expertise of outside experts become increasingly important the more complex the investing strategies become.
- **Lower Reputational Risk** — Unlike a series trust, a standalone trust gives advisers significant autonomy over risk issues. If a series trust provider gets hit with a regulatory infraction, the funds in the trust may be considered guilty by association. In some instances, funds in a series trust have to sticker their prospectus or Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for an infraction that they may have had no involvement with.
- **Greater Control** — A standalone trust gives the adviser control over the business plan and the flexibility to change service providers if they aren’t getting the level of service they expect. It also makes it easier to create and change sub-adviser relationships. Control can be important, but advisers must remember that control comes with a cost.
- **Board Governance Confidence**— Board governance matters may be the greatest difference between series trusts and standalone trusts.No matter the structure, the board represents the shareholders and there are times when there will be disagreements between the adviser and the board. In these instances, it may be more comfortable to have those conversations with a board you’ve appointed rather than a board you’ve just met.

##### The Role of the Service Provider

The service provider plays an important role in the process regardless of whether the adviser chooses a series trust or standalone trust structure. But when it comes to a series trust, the provider and the trust are a package deal, so that makes due diligence that much more important. A service provider should enhance the adviser’s ability to succeed, not be a barrier to success.

The adviser should have a level of comfort that the service provider has the right technology for reporting, accounting, transfer agent and Blue Sky among others. They also need to make sure they align on the definition of success, whether that’s fund performance, operational efficiency, longevity or even the amount of assets gathered.

It’s important to be on the same page with the service provider, but it’s equally important to speak to existing clients of the administrator to make sure they actually do what they say.

##### The Challenge with Changing Trusts

Underscoring the importance of making the right trust decision are the challenges it takes to transition from one trust to another after a fund is established. There are varying degrees of difficulty in making a switch, but the reality is that no matter what the shift there can be conflicts with the board and hurdles to jump through before a transition can be approved.

Switching from a series trust to another series trust is likely the path of least resistance, but there are still hoops to jump through. The current board must approve the fund’s exit plan, which can be challenging, and contractual obligations can be difficult to get out of from a show-cause perspective. These decisions are often subjective and many service providers aren’t likely to let a fund go without a fight and sometimes stiff exit fees. Asking about these factors during the up-front due diligence on your initial service provider can help you avoid nasty surprises down the road.

Transitioning from a series trust to a standalone trust is likely the next easiest move to make, but an adviser still faces the challenges outlined above while simultaneously taking on the task of creating a new standalone trust.

The most challenging transition might be moving from a standalone trust to a series trust. Why? Even if the move is being made for the right reasons, the board often isn’t overly excited about voting themselves, the auditor and all the other partners involved in the trust out of a job.

##### The Bottom Line

Choosing a series trust or a standalone trust is a critical component in the fund start-up process. Make sure you treat it that way. Know the pros and cons of each structure, and base your decision on your specific needs. Do your due diligence on service providers and their ability to help you succeed. Perhaps most importantly, make sure you have a firm understanding about what you want your business to look like in the future before making a hasty decision today. Make no mistake, series trust vs. standalone trust is more than a structure decision, it’s a business decision. Hopefully this tale of the tape helps eliminate some of the sticking points in the process while putting you on the path to long-term fund and business success. We trust it will.

**# # # #**

**To help illustrate the decision-making process of selecting a series trust or a standalone trust structure and the factors that go into it, we’ve pulled together five brief anecdotes. Perhaps your circumstances or business situation is similar to one of these.**

##### Ultimus Scenario #1: Multiple Funds & Standalone Trust Solution

We were meeting with a large investment manager who told us they were going start a family of four mutual funds. The manager had enough assets to seed the first four funds initially and had a longer term business plan to launch another four to eight funds. Given the complexity of some of their strategies and the sheer volume of funds in their long-term plan, a standalone trust seemed to be the obvious structure to support their business. As I walked them through the rationale and the business benefits of a standalone trust, it became clear to them that it was the right solution as well. At that point, one of the firm’s principals said to us, “you know not one other administrator we’ve talked to has even mentioned the idea of creating a standalone trust. They only talk about why their series trust is better than others.” In that meeting it became clear to us that some administrators may push a series trust because it is easier and more profitable for them as opposed to recommending what’s truly the best solution for the manager.

##### Ultimus Scenario #2: Complex Fund Strategy & Standalone Trust Solution

We were talking to a fund adviser who had launched an equity income fund through a series trust offering. After successfully managing the fund for a period of time, the adviser had plans to launch a second fund. The planned fund would be an Energy Master Limited Partnership fund (MLP). In talking through the plan with the board and service providers of the series trust, it became clear to the adviser that the attorneys and accountants didn’t understand the nuances of the MLP fund. Given that dynamic, the adviser decided to select service providers with direct MLP experience and launched the new fund through a standalone trust. Their original equity income fund remains in the series trust given the cost and administrative issues of making a switch. If the adviser had taken its long-term business plan into consideration when it launched its first fund, they would likely have created a standalone trust from the beginning and avoided some of the unnecessary administrative challenges. Plus they wouldn’t have had to deal with the inefficiencies of having two funds in two different trusts with two different service providers.

##### Ultimus Scenario #3: Multiple Funds, but Admin Averse & Series Trust Solution

We were in discussions with a hedge fund manager who had several billion dollars in assets. The firm had a strong performing long only strategy that was available in two existing private funds and also in a separate account structure. The unique aspect of the strategy was that it had a performance fee so it was only available to accredited investors.The firm had significant interest in the strategy from outside its current investor base and wanted to make it available in a mutual fund strategy to capitalize on the demand. Given the large amount of assets the firm managed, the nature of the strategy and the fact that there was a likelihood of more funds being created down the road, a standalone trust seemed to be the best structure for launching the fund. After deeper conversations with the management team and getting a better understanding of the firm’s goals and business priorities, it became clear that the firm did not want to deal with the day-to-day administrative responsibilities that would come with maintaining a standalone trust. With a full understanding of the goals of the firm and the fund, we recommended a series trust structure. That approach allows the firm to focus on its core competencies of asset management and asset gathering rather than dedicating additional resources to administrative functions.

##### Ultimus Scenario #4: Institutional Manager and Multiple Funds, & Series Trust Solution

An institutional fixed income manager with more than $5 billion in assets was considering launching a mutual fund. When we began our conversations, the strategy was being implemented through a separate account structure with an average account size of about $25 million. The firm was turning down a significant number of mandates below its SMA minimum and wanted to launch a fund to take advantage of those missed opportunities. The firm had a large amount of assets and a stated plan to launch a number of additional funds in the future. Those two factors would seem to make a standalone trust an ideal structure for launching the current fund and setting the foundation for future funds.

What become clear after a number of meetings was that despite the fact that the firm had a large amount of assets and a long-term plan to build a fund family, it was an institutional manager at heart. That meant while it had a large amount of assets and opportunity it had a relatively small number of people and an even smaller appetite for dealing with the administrative demands of maintaining a standalone trust. While creating and maintaining a standalone trust would likely have meant more revenue for our firm in the short-term, the right move for the manager was clearly a series trust. We made that recommendation and helped them through all the aspects and decisions of joining a series trust. The firm is thriving in the series trust and its plan to launch more funds is coming to fruition.

##### Ultimus Scenario #5: Multiple Funds and Cost Sensitive, & Standalone Trust Solution

A manager with several billion dollars in assets in multiple vehicles — separate accounts and private funds — planned to launch one or more mutual funds to bring their strategies to a wider audience. As the conversations unfolded we laid out options, pointing to the benefits of a series trust if they were going to launch a single fund and the advantages of a standalone trust for multiple funds.What became obvious in our talks was that they didn’t think that a standalone trust was a viable option for them from a cost standpoint. When we showed them the numbers and they saw it was a real option, it was eye opening for them because other firms they talked to didn’t even discuss it.

Ultimately, we told the prospective client that the real question that needed to be answered was: how many of their strategies would actually fit into a mutual fund structure? That would help inform the structure question. In the end, the business strategy and the product strategy should drive the fund structure and not the other way around.

**# # # #**

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

- Is Your Series Trust the Wrong Fit?
- Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy
- Real World Marketing: Real World Stories


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Key Considerations for Liquid Alt Funds in Choosing a Series Trust

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/key-considerations-for-liquid-alt-funds-in-choosing-a-series-trust/_

# Key Considerations for Liquid Alt Funds in Choosing a Series Trust

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

May 26, 2017

**Key Considerations for Liquid Alt Funds in Choosing a Series Trust**

**Alternative mutual funds, or liquid alternatives as they’ve have come to be known as, are no longer an investment afterthought. They are gaining significant traction with investors and are becoming a much more common vehicle for alternative managers looking to expand their reach into the retail space. In fact, according to Citigroup, assets in liquid alternative funds have surged from $95 billion in 2008 to over $300 billion last year. And there are no signs of a slowdown, as Citi estimates that number will swell to $1 trillion, or nearly one-third the size of the hedge fund industry, by 2017.**

In fact, according to Citigroup, assets in liquid alternative funds have surged from $95 billion in 2008 to over $300 billion last year. And there are no signs of a slowdown, as Citi estimates that number will swell to $1 trillion, or nearly one-third the size of the hedge fund industry, by 2017.

While some managers entering the space set up their funds as standalone trusts, many are utilizing series trust offerings to reduce administrative burdens, operational costs and ultimately time to market. But as more managers enter the space, more and more series trusts are popping up as service providers look to get to get their share of the assets in the growing liquid alts land grab.

It’s important for managers to understand that not all series trusts are created equal. There is a huge disparity when it comes to experience, assets, costs and technology, to name only a few factors. So how does a manager entering the liquid alts space evaluate and choose the right series trust in this cluttered and often confusing market? Unfortunately, without the tools to make an informed decision, many managers default to the lowest common denominator – cost.

And while cost should be one factor to consider, it’s certainly shouldn’t be the only one, or the most important one for that matter. Managers that are penny wise and fund foolish will almost certainly experience operational, compliance or other issues that will make it harder to succeed. To help managers entering the liquid alts space, below are a set of tips and considerations for choosing the right series trust to increase the chances for the long-term success.

## It Starts with a Quality Service Provider

A service provider carries the brunt of the operational load when it comes to a series trust– from fund accounting and administration to compliance and technology capabilities and reporting systems. Given their prominence, due diligence on the experience and resources of a service provider is one of the most critical steps in the process. A manager has to ask the right questions to make sure they get the right partner for their needs. Some key questions include:

- How much, if any, experience does the provider have in the liquid alts soace? Do they service these type of strategies in their client base outside of a series trust?
- Do they really understand my investment objectives?
- Do they have the right systems in place to deal with the unique accounting issues that liquid alts creat, including multiple pricing vendors and sources?
- Do they have the ability to integrate with custodians, prime brokers and accounting sources or to execute tri-party agreements?
- Can they handle the financial reporting requirements and disclosures associated with complex strategies?
- Do they have an understanding of the current compliance landscape and the resources to carry out a strategy?
- Can they handle the volume and the diversity of investment vehicles that some liquid alts strategies require?
- Do they have the ability to scal with me as my fund’s assets grow or if I want to start additional funds down the road?

When it comes to judging a service provider, knowledge is power and the answers to these questions will go a long way in the decision process. If a service provider isn’t skilled

## Remember that Counsel, Auditors and Custodians Count too

Liquid alts are complex strategies and the professionals that support them must have the expertise to add value and put a manager in the best position to succeed – legal counsel, auditors and custodians are no different.

Legal counsel must be well versed in the area, so when they draft the registration statement, they know exactly what’s needed in terms of disclosures, investment objective, strategy and risks. A poorly crafted perspective can be a real barrier to success. Strong experienced counsel can create a perspective that provides an adviser maximum flexibility to implement the strategy the way they want to and need to.

Auditing a liquid alt fund is a specialized skill as well. Auditors must have experience and knowledge in financial reporting, disclosures, and financial statements to ensure they are compliant. Be very cautious of smaller service providers using auditors with little direct experience in the liquid alts space.

Much like counsel and auditors, custodians must have direct liquid alts experience to minimize risk and safely and effectively execute transactions.

## The Board Better Be a Good Fit

Most alternative managers aren’t used to reporting to a board at all, so the fit, qualifications and knowledge of a series trust board is extremely important. A board’s role is to do things that are in the best interest of the investors but that also means they must have the depth and breadth of experience to fully understand a manager’s strategy so they can fill that role properly.

Take a hard look at the qualifications of the board as a whole and those of the individual trustees. Do they have knowledge of complex transactions? Can they identify risks? Do they even have the capacity to govern the amount of funds and assets in their series trust? Some series trusts have gotten so large that’s it unreasonable to expect the board to be able to fill that role effectively. These are important questions because a board serves a critical and strategic function in the success of a series trust and the funds inside it.

## Don’t Take Distribution for Granted

Distribution is no longer a relationship exercise, it’s a strategic endeavor. Don’t accept distribution promises; do your due diligence. Talk to advisers currently in the trust. Get their perspective. Make sure the distribution team has the knowledge and experience to help position, design and price the fund. Do they know the right share class? Do they have an understanding of the ever-increasing peer group a fund is competing in to get the desired distribution? The answer better be yes because without assets a fund won’t be around for very long.

## The Payoff

When you look at the due diligence it requires in so many areas, choosing a series trust can seem like an overwhelming task. Hopefully the tips and questions above can help simplify the process and serve as a guide for alternative managers making the leap into the retail space. Because choosing the right series trust is a step in the right direction to a long and prosperous liquid alts business.

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

- The 5 Insider Insights Many Liquid Alts Managers Overlook
- Recognizing the Signs of Admin Failure
- Evolution of the Fund Industry, Insights for Success


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# The 5 Insider Insights Many Liquid Alts Managers Overlook

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-5-insider-insights-many-liquid-alts-managers-overlook/_

# The 5 Insider Insights Many Liquid Alts Managers Overlook

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

May 7, 2017

**It seems like everyone is talking about liquid alternatives. If you read the news or listen to industry pundits, you can’t help but hear about their momentum. While not everyone agrees on how big the market will be, there is a general consensus that liquid alts are one of the fastest growing asset classes in the industry. A recent survey from Barclays showed that liquid alts grew at a significantly faster pace than hedge funds last year, and Barclays and Citi both project assets in the space will reach nearly $1 trillion by 2018.**

With more retail investors and retirement plans looking for the diversification benefits of alternative strategies with the safeguards of a ‘40 act structure, there doesn’t seem to be any slowdown in sight. And while the demand is strong and seemingly only getting stronger, managers who think they can simply launch a fund and expect investors to come with assets in tow could be in for a rude awakening. Being in the space and being successful in the space are two different things all together.

The reality is that a small number of funds are gathering the lion’s share of the assets, while the overwhelming majority of funds are launching with limited success. In fact, according to Strategic Insights, 25 funds accounted for 71 percent of all inflows into the liquid alts space last year; another 36 funds accounted for 30 percent of inflows; and 438 funds accounted for just 6 percent of 2013 inflows. If those numbers seems off, it’s because another 38 funds accounted for negative flows of 7 percent.

Based on the current asset flows, it’s clear that success in the early stages of the liquid alts lifecycle has been defined by size, scale and distribution heft. While those elements will always be important, other success factors will emerge as the market matures. Things like operational excellence, investor education and service provider proficiency will be equally essential to success moving forward. To help managers looking to stand out and gather assets in the increasingly crowded liquid alts market, below is a set of critical but often overlooked insights necessary for achieving long-term success.

- **Education Drives Distribution** – As the liquid alts market has developed, the role of distribution has evolved from sales to education. Given the increasing complexity and diversity of product options, the best liquid alts wholesalers are the ones who are the most financially savvy. In fact, more often than not they’re CFAs who can talk about strategy, alpha, Sharpe ratios and other factors in terms that are understandable and meaningful to advisers and intermediaries alike. The managers who understand this changing distribution dynamic and identify partners that can educate their end audience about their offering and its advantages will be the ones who gain assets and traction in the maturing liquid alts landscape.
- **Dabblers Don’t Succeed** – Managers who think they can dip their toe into the liquid alts pool and succeed are sorely mistaken. Success requires dedication to the product, relationships with experienced business partners who understand the strategy, and a commitment of resources to build out the infrastructure it takes to meet regulatory requirements and investor expectations. Remember, the revenue and expenses will look much different because a performance fee is nearly impossible to achieve in a ‘40 Act structure. So commit to the strategy and fund the business because savvy investors can sniff out a dabbler miles away. There are too many options for an investor to commit their assets to a manager who won’t commit themselves.
- **Illiquidity Breeds Complexity** – Alternative managers invest in illiquid assets all the time, but when they move to the ’40 Act world they have to deal with hard limits and reporting requirements that create levels of complexity they are not accustomed to performing. For example, a manager may have a $200 million portfolio with $30 million in illiquid assets. That’s in line with the ’40 Act’s 15 percent illiquidity cap, but if there’s a market selloff and that $200 million declines to $130 million with $30 million in illiquid assets — there’s a problem. Beyond that, basic alts strategies like shorting can create accounting and record keeping requirements that some systems or providers aren’t equipped to handle. It’s critical that liquid alts managers choose a service provider that has the expertise and the technologies to support their strategy and guide them through the process of meeting liquidity requirements. Managers who don’t have a firm understanding of liquidity requirements will inevitably increase risk, increase cost and decrease the chances of success.
- **Some Strategies Are Too Costly** – The first question managers need to ask is, “will my strategy work in a ‘40 Act structure?” If the answer to that is yes, the next question should be, “will it be viable from a cost standpoint?” That’s where the process may get a bit more complicated. There are plenty of strategies that technically work in a mutual fund structure, but the operational needs and associated costs may make the fund’s cost structure too high to be attractive to investors – and the more complex the strategy, often the more cost involved in executing. For instance, some multistrategy funds require more extensive risk processes, demand multiple custodians or increased fund accounting needs. All those come with additional costs. Managers must consider costs, processes and resources in a competitive context because while some strategies may work in theory, they can be too expensive to gather assets in reality.
- **Successful Managers Think Long-Term** – The most successful managers think not just about the needs of their fund today, but what their business will look like in the future. They take the time to understand their options and work with partners who can help them make smart decisions that align with their long-term business goals. For instance, if they are going to have a straight forward strategy, using a series trust to launch their fund will likely be fine. But if they are going to have multiple strategies or they need more flexibility or control, they will likely want to establish their own trust and their own board. If they’re executing in a Master Limited Partnership strategy, it’s important to work with a provider that has expertise with that structure. There are many options to consider from an operational standpoint, but the more a manager can think long-term the more likely they will be proactive in setting up the right partners and processes. Following through on that will lower costs and increase the chances of sustaining success over the long haul.

## Closing Thoughts

When it comes to succeeding in the liquid alts business or any business for that matter, the devil is often in the details. While some of the points above may seem like common sense considerations, unfortunately many managers don’t know what they don’t know. There’s no question that the opportunities in the liquid alts market are abundant and only getting greater, but the competition is getting stiffer as well. As convergence takes hold, competition is ramping up and managers’ margin for error is shrinking. The factors outlined above will likely be the difference between gathering assets or getting left behind. So take advantage of the insights many new entrants to the retail space overlook and create a clear site line to success in the booming liquid alts market.

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

- Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy
- Real World Marketing: Real World Stories
- Getting the Most Out of Your Middle Office


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/gaining-scale-and-efficiency-for-your-sma-strategy/_

# Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

March 24, 2017

How Launching a Mutual Fund Can Help Advisers Manage More Effectively

**While the mutual fund asset pool continues to grow, fund managers are also seeing increases in money put into Separately Managed Accounts. With gross assets – or Regulatory Assets Under Management – near $38 trillion, according to the Investment Adviser Association, SMAs have reached levels not seen since before the financial crisis. Investors are clearly noticing some of the advantages to these accounts. They receive customized strategies, often get a high level of personal attention from their money managers and have the ability to see all of their specific holdings in one statement.**

That said, SMAs aren’t designed for all investors. They can come at a higher cost to investors and sometimes create barriers to broad diversification and certain securities. And because most separately managed accounts require a robust minimum amount, the average investor can’t always take advantage.

For managers, Separately Managed Accounts also create some challenges. The operational complexities can make scaling a successful investment strategy more difficult. That’s especially true for firms with fewer dedicated internal operations resources. Managers that bend the minimum requirement rules in order to bring on new clients with multiple accounts or please a long-standing clients also create administrative challenges. There is a way for managers to achieve scale, operational efficiencies and more effectively implement the investing strategy, while creating new opportunities for their investors as well – launching a mutual fund.

Launching a mutual fund might not be as simple as flipping a switch, but it’s not as onerous a process as many managers may think. And there are some distinct advantages when compared to a separate account structure. Outlined below are some of the key advantages of a mutual fund for both advisers and investors and some signs that it may be time to consider launching a fund.

- **Administrative Efficiency –**Converting SMA assets into a newly launched mutual fund creates efficiencies and execution advantages that aren’t available in separate accounts. In a mutual fund structure advisers can buy securities in bulk as opposed to buying individually, eliminating duplicative trades and tedious individual reporting requirements that are the norm in SMAs. But it’s not just a time saving play; there are cost savings that come from limiting trading in individual securities for individual accounts as well. Advisers can often more effectively execute their strategies in mutual fund as well because they have access to a broader range and conceivably better performing securities.
- **Access to New Investments**– By pooling assets in a mutual fund, investors can gain access to asset classes and investment opportunities they simply can’t get in an SMA. That often results in an ability to achieve greater diversification. Beyond access to new investments, a mutual fund comes with the expertise, professional management and analysis of the full investment team that can create a distinct advantage for investors.
- **Access to New Investors**– For managers, a mutual fund creates the opportunity to gain access to a new audience of investors and a new stream of assets. While some advisers may launch a fund only for the benefit of current SMA clients, there is an opportunity to provide access to the firm’s clients who couldn’t meet the minimums of the SMA strategy or to target a broader base of retail investors in a mutual fund structure. Mutual funds open doors to new channels but those channels do come with additional costs to support them that the adviser needs to consider before making a move.

While there are many advisers who would benefit from converting their SMAs to mutual funds, there are many for whom the SMA structure remains the best option. So, when is a mutual fund a better option for advisers? Below are some important considerations and potential triggers for managers considering whether launching a mutual fund is the right strategy for their separately managed accounts:

- **Has Your Admin Become Too Cumbersome?**If the answer is yes, then this strategy is one of your primary alternatives. Advisers who manage too many SMAs find themselves spread way too thin, making it difficult to focus on the firm’s investment strategy through all of the operational clutter.
- **Do You Have Compliance Concerns?** Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS) compliance is tough enough to manage. The differing execution of each SMA in an adviser’s arsenal piles on more compliance considerations and reporting intricacies. While concerns alone won’t push an adviser toward launching a mutual fund for SMA investors, it’s important to address this constantly during the expansion process to see if a change becomes necessary.
- **Are You Looking for Retail Investors?** Advisers that decide to launch a mutual fund have the *opportunity* to open it up to an entirely new and different investor base. Prospective investors that were turned away because of SMA minimums now have the opportunity to leverage the firm’s strategy. However, managers aren’t obligated to open these funds up to retail markets.
- **Can Your Firm Support the Cost of Managing a Fund?** Launching a fund comes with inherent costs, but those costs are drastically different if the adviser decides to go with a retail strategy. A non-retail mutual fund is easy to manage and the firm will save on TA fees, but they won’t be able to expand. Serving a retail base comes with a higher cost, one that the firm needs to evaluate before jumping into a second channel.

While no one approach is going to fit every firm, finding the answers to these questions will start advisers down the path toward the type of growth that fits best. They address the long-term strategy, while still keeping present investors in mind by preserving the advantages of a separately managed strategy. With SMAs booming the investment world, the opportunity might be too good for some advisers to pass up. By using this approach, more advisers won’t have to.

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

- Getting the Most Out of Your Middle Office
- Collective Investment Trusts are Making a Comeback: Here’s How to Seize the Opportunity
- Trust the Tale of the Tape: Comparing Series Trust to Standalone Trust and Making the Right Decision for Your Business


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Getting the Most Out of Your Middle Office

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/getting-the-most-out-of-your-middle-office/_

# Getting the Most Out of Your Middle Office

Subscribe

April 20, 2016

*How to evolve from manufacturing data to analyzing your data to make better investment and business decisions*

By Ultimus Fund Solutions

While most investment advisers have been outsourcing back-office functions for years, some are still reluctant to cede control of the middle-office – or perhaps they have and they’re not getting the support they need. Some may feel the middle office is too close to their core business to let go. Others may have chosen a middle-office provider whose primary focus is now on larger advisers. No matter the reason for staying the course, it’s becoming clear that many advisers are spending too much time on their middle-office functions — missing opportunities to optimize resources, improve decision making, and improve their client relationships which collectively can take their businesses to the next level.

***Buried in middle-office data demands***

When investment professionals establish advisory firms, few if any, plan on building a technology infrastructure and operations group to maintain massive amounts of investment data ***–*** ***It just happens.***

There’s no question that the number and complexity of investment products is on the rise. Couple that fact with increasing investor demand for more transparency along with detailed performance reporting, an ever-growing set of regulatory requirements, and the amount of data being generated out of a single adviser’s middle office can be staggering. In the current dynamic where data demands are multiplying by the day, most advisers default to becoming data factories — doing all they can to simply manufacture the data required to satisfy the basic needs of the firm, its clients and regulators.

As a result, advisers have neither the time nor the focus to get the most value out of their middle-office information. In the best case scenario, middle-office data can and should be used to support three primary functions; 1) Your Investment Decision Process, 2) Investor Reporting, and 3) Regulatory Reporting. Advisers are far too often caught up in their own daily data processing to realize there’s a problem or to take the time fix it. Like many issues, the first step toward a solution is recognizing there is a problem. But how does an adviser know if they’re spending too much time manufacturing data and not enough analyzing their mission critical data?

***Recognizing the signs that your firm has become a data factory***  **** *– significantly elevating your firm’s risk profile.*

There are a few telltale signs, and whether an adviser recognizes it or not, the symptoms are most likely already there — data processing issues, low investor service levels, inefficiencies from a makeshift platform cobbled together from disparate and often antiquated technologies. If it’s not obvious here are some questions to help diagnose the problem:

- How many different software systems am I utilizing to support my middle office? How well do they talk to each other?
- Is my core investment accounting/recordkeeping system keeping pace as my business changes?
- Is my accounting software vendor continuing to invest in R&D – or is it dying a slow death.
- Do I still have mission critical data in spreadsheets?
- What would our regulators and investors think about our firm’s data governance policies? Do we even have a data governance strategy?
- Can we meet the newly proposed SEC reporting requirements for SMAs?

    1. Form PF type reporting (currently required for private funds)
    2. Maintenance of underlying data required to support our GIPS performance reporting
- How many dedicated professionals do I have supporting my middle office functions? How could I better utilize those resources to enhance my investment process?
- Do we have key man risk in our operations and/or technology team?
- Are we delivering our investor’s data using the latest secure methods and protocols or are we still delivering our client’s hard copy statements via unsecure email?
- Are we ready for mobile reporting options required by the next generation of investors?
- How often am I renewing software licenses or upgrading software systems and how much am I paying when I do?

If you step out from amongst the trees and see the entire forest, you may realize that you too are running a technology business within your investment firm and maybe now is a good time to evaluate your alternatives.

***Realizing the real value of the middle-office***

The true value of the middle office isn’t in the generation of data, it’s leveraging that data as a decision support tool to drive other key functions of an adviser’s business. The front office uses this data to make better investment decisions, investors use it as an indicator of an adviser’s value and regulators use it to help determine whether a firm is committed to maintaining a culture of compliance. But decision support doesn’t coincide with data manufacturing. And for most advisers there comes a time when they realize it’s time to start looking to an outside expert to help them manage the middle office more effectively.

More and more firms are now turning to service providers to take over various middle-office operations, including daily record keeping, reconciliation with custodians, performance and attribution, GIPS composite monitoring and reporting, and client billing and statements among others. With the pace of change from both a technology standpoint and a data requirement perspective, the performance efficiencies, resource allocation and decision support advantages gained from outsourcing have become too strong to ignore.

***The outsourcing advantage***

By using an outsourcing provider, advisers can immediately enhance their middle-office capabilities, better utilize internal resources and protect themselves from the accounting system obsolescence.

The recent consolidation of many of the industry’s accounting systems under a single provider has left many advisers feeling vulnerable. There is a valid concern that many of the existing systems may be decommissioned leaving advisers who have built all their processes around those systems to scramble for a new solution. Partnering with a firm that uses industry standard systems (with significant annual R&D), can protect advisers from that problem today while eliminating considerable technology costs in the future.

Firms can avoid ongoing maintenance costs and large upfront capital expenditures for new systems, and some information technology personnel can focus on taking your business to the next level.

Outsourcing is also about risk transfer. The level of compliance technology and competency that can be achieved working with the experienced team of an outside partner often far exceeds what limited internal resources can deliver. There are economies of scale and a depth of expertise that a provider can achieve that are simply not possible for a single adviser. And that is becoming more and more important in what is a constantly evolving and increasingly onerous regulatory environment.

Perhaps the most important benefit for advisers is the ability to focus on their core business. Advisers can dedicate their time and talent to investment performance, to client relationships and to gathering and maintaining the critical assets that drive their business.

***An underserved market***

It’s no secret that larger outsourcing providers are under serving or shedding altogether advisers they deem to be too small and unprofitable. In many cases those advisers, typically with assets under management between $1 billion and $10 billion, have felt they either have to accept a lesser level of service, pay much higher service fees or develop an in-house middle office solution. Recently providers focused specifically on this underserved segment have entered the marketplace to fill the gap with institutional-grade offerings for mid-market advisers.

However, some providers focus too much on delivering baseline hard copy reports rather than the increased level of customization and transparency required by advisers, their investors and their regulators. The most sophisticated providers are delivering on all of these things to help streamline middle office operations and to provide a better digital reporting experience for investors.

***Choosing the right partner***

The challenges for many advisers involve choosing the right middle-office provider, creating the right kind of business relationships and agreeing on the best service level agreements to ensure accountability and desired outcomes. However, the right partner can mean different things for different advisers.

Top-notch technology and expertise should be considered table stakes when choosing a middle office business partner. What really sets partners apart is how well they fit within a firm’s culture and how much they tailor their services to meet a firm’s goals and specific business requirements as opposed to driving a pre-determined process. It’s important that an adviser understands how a provider operates, who will be on the team and what the day-to-day interactions will be throughout the course of the relationship.

Advisers should ask to speak with a provider’s existing clients. They should feel confident that they are aligned with a provider’s typical client profile. Some providers may take on smaller advisers but really focus their business and best resources on advisers with a much higher level of assets — and those relationships don’t work for anyone. But advisers don’t always know the right questions to ask to ensure the best partner fit, especially if they have never outsourced before. Below are some proven questions to ask service providers in order to help advisers drive a strategic selection process and increase the probability of success.

- Do you have clients with investment products and investment strategies similar to our firm?
- Do all of your middle office operations (Trade Processing, Investment Accounting, Performance, Client Invoices and Statements etc.) support the asset classes and data volumes of our firm?
- Do your technology partners make significant annual reinvestment in their platforms?
- How much of your technology is proprietary and do you use spreadsheets and other bespoke technologies within your middle office service offering?
- Do you have any experience working with my front office decision support platforms (Trading/OMS, Risk Management System, FactSet, Proxy Services etc.…?)
- What is the average industry experience of your middle office operations team?
- Please provide bios on the team that will service our firm?
- Describe your problem resolution process (issue tracking, escalation procedures, etc.)
- Describe the ideal staff member(s) that will liaise with your middle office team (how many, industry experience, required skill sets, etc.).
- Describe your onboarding/transition process. Specifically, how will you convert my accounts/positions/taxlots and performance data from my current provider and or in-house systems?
- Describe how your solution supports our data governance policies and all required regulatory reporting requirements.
- How do you ensure that your operations and technologies are keeping up with the latest industry regulations?
- Describe your cybersecurity, disaster recovery, and business continuity policies.
- Does your fee structure support a variable cost model (i.e. will our fees increase as we grow and decrease if our business contracts)?

***Making the move***

With the due diligence done and the decision made, the last step in the process is actually making the shift to outsource your middle-office operations – for many advisers it’s the biggest challenge of all. It requires a commitment to the process and a change in mindset. It demands a level of trust with the new partner and that starts with a clear and transparent process.

Advisers must feel confident that they understand all the steps in the transition and beyond. They must have clear expectations for outcomes, for roles and responsibilities and for costs. They must buy into the strategy and feel comfortable discussing any issue at any time with their provider.

* * *

If you enjoyed this article, you may be interested in one of these:

- Real World Marketing: Real World Stories
- Trust the Tale of the Tape: Comparing Series Trust to Standalone Trust and Making the Right Decision for Your Business
- Gaining Scale and Efficiency for Your SMA Strategy


---

# Wholesale Changes – Key Considerations for Launching Funds and Building a Sales Structure in the New Distribution Dynamic

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/wholesale-changes-key-considerations-for-launching-funds-and-building-a-sales-structure-in-the-new-distribution-dynamic/_

# Wholesale Changes – Key Considerations for Launching Funds and Building a Sales Structure in the New Distribution Dynamic

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors

**About Kevin Guerette**
									Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.

**Keith Brown**

Principal, Keith Brown Consulting
						×

May 19, 2015

An investment manager launching funds today faces a much different distribution dynamic than fifteen years ago, or even five, for that matter. Driving this change is a multitude of factors. The dominance of fund supermarkets and trading platforms, powerful new technologies, increasing demands by investors for transparency, ever rising costs and extreme product proliferation have combined to massively alter the competitive landscape, forcing all managers to rethink the distribution process altogether.

No area of asset management distribution has been immune to change. In particular, sales and wholesaling methods have been heavily impacted. With increasing cost pressures, growing time constraints and the splintering of target markets, very few new fund companies can afford or may even want to build traditional national wholesaling teams. And joining the old approaches, new methods have emerged – dedicated internal sales teams and hybrid models. The newest approach, virtual wholesaling, resides in The Cloud, heavily leveraging robust new technologies.

Choosing which methodology, or blend, best fits the manager launching into formal distribution is a complex undertaking with potentially large financial consequences. Make no mistake, regardless of the path chosen, there will be costs. Each manager should consider their individual needs, product complexity, available resources, distribution channels and other factors when building out the right wholesaling approach to raise assets.

To help shed some light on sales strategy development for managers launching new funds, outlined below are the general characteristics of different wholesaling models as well as some other factors to consider.

### Understanding the Options

The traditional wholesaling model, with teams of dedicated external salespeople supported by internal partners, is on the fade and most likely heading for extinction in the years ahead. Far from ineffective, this classic wholesaling method is simply very expensive. And in a world where cost is king, any method invented in the 1960s should be under scrutiny. It is estimated that when the “all in” costs of a traditional team are tallied, every meeting in the field actually costs the fund firm nearly $1,000, regardless of whether or not a sale is made. Yet traditional team wholesaling remains the model of choice for large national brands selling mutual fund and variable annuity products through the few remaining legacy wirehouses. Old habits often die hard.

Today, the breadth of methods available to asset managers along the wholesaling spectrum include:

### Traditional Wholesaling

This model is deployed by an outside sales force that spends the majority of its time “on the road” meeting with prospects and clients on a regular basis. While the model is expensive, it allows for high touch, personal interaction and deeper dialogue. The high cost nature of this method makes it imperative that the wholesaler provide true value, offering detailed product data, practice management tips and highlighting emerging industry trends. What strategies are other successful advisers in the area deploying to grow and manage their businesses? A wholesaler providing real value should know and be able to share stories of success. This elevated demand is forcing today’s sales professional to evolve from relationship builder to technical expert. It’s not uncommon for today’s externals to hold advanced designations and have deep technical expertise that allows them to explain product nuances clearly and interact with advisers at the portfolio management level. Evolution continues.

A new breed of technical sales expert has joined the fray. Client Portfolio Specialists are increasingly being added at those firms with the budget capacity. These quasi-portfolio managers typically carry a CFA designation and are prepared for the “deep dive” with the adviser who demands a discussion about detailed portfolio characteristics. They join the traditional external wholesaler in the field as required by more sophisticated advisers. It’s fairly clear that a successful wirehouse team requiring the support of a traditional wholesaling model, plus a Client Portfolio Specialist, is the highest cost wholesaling strategy of all. However, does this channel present the greatest asset raising opportunity, making the larger investment worthwhile? Perhaps. But consider, while wirehouses control the largest share of invested assets today, other channels have higher growth trajectories.

### Hybrid Wholesaling

In this model the sales team takes on characteristics of both an internal and external sales force. They work from an office location for a portion of their time but will travel to capitalize on success in a concentrated geographic area, with a particular product line or to follow up on larger opportunities. According to a recent industry study by consulting firm Kasina, more than half of asset management firms utilize some kind of hybrid model. This model is less expensive than a full external sales team approach, allowing firms to be more opportunistic and strategic about face-to-face interaction with prospects. It is also most typically deployed in less target rich regions that cannot justify a full-time external effort.

### Internal Only

Growing in popularity, this sales model is driven by a team typically housed on-site at the fund company, in a remote location or some combination of the two. According to a study by financial publisher Ignites, mutual fund companies expanded internal sales people by nearly seven percent in 2013. The growing adoption of internal teams is driven by two forces. First, costs for travel and entertainment continue to spiral higher. A typical travel and entertainment budget for an external wholesaler in a normal territory runs between $60,000 and $80,000 annually. Second, more and more, independents and RIAs do not desire a heavy dose of face-to-face meetings. The adviser’s time constraints and the wide availability of product information instantly through electronic venues means that, increasingly, the old fashioned territory rotation best practice is breaking down. Successful independents and sophisticated RIAs would rather gather current data from electronic sources and make a phone call for more detailed information. Pre-Internet, the fund or variable annuity wholesaler with fact sheets and bagels every few weeks was a welcome sight. Not so much anymore.

### Virtual Wholesaling

Purely an electronic method of sales outreach, it utilizes a firm’s website as home base for all content including white papers, fact sheets, market insights, manager profiles, media coverage, performance achievements and competitive comparisons. Compliant content can then be shared through email (one-to-one or in campaigns) and through social media. Leads are tracked and followed up on by a member of the sales team. The CRM becomes the desktop, the center of command and control and the more savvy sales groups deploy the website as a presentation tool using instant screen sharing technology. Virtual wholesaling is widely regarded as a less expensive, scalable and more efficient way to reach a wide audience. It is also highly quantifiable. Website integration within the firm’s CRM provides robust analytics. One challenge with virtual methods is that internal sales staff will need to become comfortable and proficient with the tools and technology required to operate in a virtual world. Another factor is the extent to which the audience requires face-to-face interaction, a particular challenge with wirehouse selling.

### Key Accounts

In a world of plaftormization, especially in the wirehouse and independent channels, a dedicated professional salesperson that focuses on platform product placement is crucial. When working to build a presence here, a key accounts person is a basic requirement. They engage with the distributor’s research members to ensure product review and secure approval. And it’s not enough to just gain shelf space. You will have plenty of company. The need for elevated status to raise your product’s profile among hundreds of competitors is critical if you wish to compete in a meaningful way. Following base-level positioning, there are approved lists, and then the revered preferred lists. Navigating up this food chain typically takes outsized performance as well as a variety of supporting promotional partnerships with the intermediary. These costs need to be a line item in your distribution budget.

### Big Data & Profitability

Big data is the new big thing. Billions of devices now produce trillions of records weekly on a global scale. The breadth and depth of this data is growing at a breathtaking pace and measured (at the moment) in terabits. How to capture, curate, manage and analyze all this data has mushroomed into a multibillion-dollar industry. In just the past few years, businesses’ ability to measure and assess the most important data point for any revenue producing entity, profitability, in real time, is but a piece of software or a mobile app away. Given the tools and information made readily available by powerful CRMs, a key accounts manager should be able to quickly gauge the profitability of any channel or client he or she distributes through and answer the key questions the firm’s leadership desires. What are my costs of sales for RIAs versus independents versus wirehouses? Are my profit margins greater for RIAs or independents? How long a sales ramp will be required to profitably enter the institutional space? What is my break-even in AUM by product and territory in the RIA channel? Which independent broker-dealers produce the best gross margins?

Powerful analytics are also available to assess different wholesaling models. A wholesaling team is an operating business. It has revenues and expenses. So why doesn’t accounting huddle with IT and produce a monthly P&L for each sales entity? They should. Sales leadership can then inform the firm’s senior management about which wholesaling model is not only producing the highest gross sales, but which one is the most productive, the most profitable. Better distribution strategy will result. What is the exact cost structure of each wholesaling model? Which geographic regions offer a lower cost of sales. Are some territories characterized by a mix of higher margin products than others? Why? Are some teams highly profitable and others struggling in the red? Why? Big data and profitability analytics can provide the answers. These vital questions and informed answers (not hunches) are foundational to effective strategic product and distribution decisions.

### Putting the Options into Practice

Once a manager has a firm grip on the wholesaling options available they can review several key factors to determine which model(s) will be most effective to help them raise assets in the most cost-efficient way. How the fund(s) got started and the target audience are two key considerations. These factors will guide marketing in developing the stories the sales staff will tell to engage and enthuse the adviser. The fund’s genesis plays into the target market and the distribution approach as well. For instance, if a firm builds a mutual fund to complement SMAs at the wirehouses, a virtual approach likely won’t be very effective. That said, a manager launching a liquid alternative product without a retail track record and targeting institutions may be better served by beginning with a virtual model rather than having a high cost institutional sales team working the phones all day.

In fact, a virtual model is likely the best way to start for any manager, alternative or not, targeting RIAs and independents who don’t have an existing distribution footprint. When it comes to efficiency and reach, a virtual model is the great equalizer. And in today’s cost constrained world it is gaining more favor as the distribution starting point for many mangers launching new funds. The only exception is when targeting the wirehouse channel. Due to their heavy reliance on legacy technology, layers of compliance and restrictive communications policies, digital outreach in this arena is very cumbersome at best. Rather than a core sales approach, virtual outreach for the wirehouse should be considered only to augment traditional methods.

3rd party distributors are also an option as fund managers look to manage costs but still achieve many of the benefits of a proprietary traditional sales force. Some firms look to leverage a 3rd party solution when they begin to see success in a concentrated area. It’s important to understand, however, that 3rd party firms aren’t always on the hunt for new product. Many of the strongest are not adding new strategies so as to avoid product cannibalization in a region or market segment. Also consider how many product “stories” a wholesaler has time to share in a thirty-minute meeting. Most advisers’ bandwidth can realistically process between one and three. The fund manager must consider how much “play” his or her product is going to get among the 3rd party firm’s full suite of product offerings. There are firms, however, that will take on just about any fledgling fund. Savvy fund management should wonder why. In the end, there are rarely guarantees of sales success with this approach, a risk fund managers must be aware of when considering an engagement with a 3rd party firm.

### Tools and Technology to Support the Team

No matter what model or combination of models a manager chooses to drive fund sales, there is still the need for and cost of the tools and technology to support the team. Whether that’s producing compelling, high value content to support virtual outreach or a tablet technology that virtualizes the “wholesaler’s bag,” a manager must be prepared to invest. It takes resources, human and financial. Most critical of all is the need to leverage technology to actually measure which sales channels or partners are successful. A fully integrated CRM system must be populated with relevant client profile data and capture all daily activity. Further, a sales reporting engine will ultimately be needed to provide consolidated management reporting and identify sales at the account and adviser level to measure team effectiveness. CRM and ancillary analytical tools won’t care for themselves. The staff support structure around the sales apparatus can make or break a fund’s distribution efforts. There are many firms today with neglected CRMs and dirty databases that squander a team’s selling time by diluting their efforts through unproductive “work arounds” and data hygiene.

### The Upside of Change

There’s no question that the distribution landscape continues to evolve and fund managers are being forced to adapt and adopt new wholesaling options to succeed in what has become an ultra competitive arena. The information above is a starting point to help understand today’s distribution landscape, the new dynamics altering it and approaches to catalyze wholesaling success. Perhaps most important of all, fund leadership must understand these options in the context of their product offering, intermediary demands and available distribution resources. Change is challenging but it also creates opportunities for growth if managed in the right way. Smart strategy is a minimum standard to compete and win in today’s increasingly competitive fund distribution world.


## Authored by

**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors


About Kevin Guerette
Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.

**Keith Brown**

Principal, Keith Brown Consulting


---

# The Need for Yield: Why Should Asset Managers Consider Launching an Interval or Tender Offer Fund, and What Do They Need to Know

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-need-for-yield-why-should-asset-managers-consider-launching-an-interval-or-tender-offer-fund-and-what-do-they-need-to-know/_

#
The Need for Yield: Why Should Asset Managers Consider Launching an Interval or Tender Offer Fund, and What Do They Need to Know?


Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

December 4, 2020

As we have returned to a period of ultra-low interest rates, investors have a genuine need for products that may offer reasonable yields. That need is across the board, regardless of the wealth and education level of the investor. Yet under typical fund structures investors either see the benefit of the compliance and risk protections inherent to ’40 Act mutual funds or the limited availability of private/hedge funds. Neither offers a way to provide a diversified pool of securities that legitimately could offer yield to a broader base of investors.

While much has been written about Interval and Tender Offer Funds in recent years, the hybrid structure they offer, and the differences between the two types of funds, are still not widely understood. In short, either type of fund provides many of the benefits of traditional ’40 Act funds, as they operate under the ’40 Act, with the ability to follow strategies beyond that of traditional mutual funds. As such, asset managers and investment advisers could benefit from the following detailed information to help them assess whether adding this type of fund to their product mix would provide diversification to attract a broader audience.

## Deconstructing the Differences Between Interval and Tender Offer Funds

Interval and Tender Offer Funds are often described interchangeably. Though there is significant overlap in the way the structures are organized and operated, there are key differences that impact their respective operational models and potential distribution footprint.

To start, with the structural similarities, both are organized as unlisted closed-end funds under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The unlisted closed-end fund format allows asset managers to hold more illiquid investments than could typically be offered in daily subscription/redemption mutual funds. Many of the prominent interval and tender offer funds in the marketplace today invest in illiquid credit, real estate, hedge, private equity or other alternative asset classes.

Below we outline common features that apply to both types of unlisted closed-end fund formats:

| **Interval and Tender Offer Funds** | **Interval and Tender Offer Funds** |
| --- | --- |
| SEC Filings | <ul><li><p>Form N-2</p></li><li><p>Schedule TO and Amended Schedule TO or Form N-23c-3</p></li><li><p>Forms N-CSR, N-CSRS, N-PORT, N-CEN, N-PX, Fidelity Bond 17g-1</p></li></ul> |
| Adviser Fees | <ul><li><p>Asset Management Fee (1.5% to 2.5% of net assets standard)</p></li><li><p>Subordinated Income Incentive</p></li><li><p>Fee (20% or hurdle), though uncommon</p></li><li><p>No Capital Gains Fee unless all investors are “qualified clients”</p></li><li><p>Under Section 205(b)(2) of the Advisers Act and Rule 205-1, closed-end funds may charge a “fulcrum fee”</p></li></ul> |
| Leverage Limitations | <ul><li><p>33% leverage ratio (300% asset coverage ratio)</p></li></ul> |
| Co-Investment/ Affiliated Transaction Limitations | <ul><li><p>Co-investment transactions with close and remote affiliates prohibited without SEC exemptive order</p></li></ul> |
| Investor Suitability Requirements | <ul><li><p>No minimum requirement</p></li><li><p>Notice Blue Sky filings to states, no substantive review</p></li><li><p>No subscription agreement or five-day waiting period required</p></li><li><p>Electronic order entry possible</p></li></ul> |
| Ability to Issue Multiple Classes | <ul><li><p>Yes, with SEC exemptive order (routinely granted)</p></li></ul> |

Generally, tender offer funds will hold more illiquid securities (because of their favorable liquidity provisions) and cater to an accredited or qualified investor, whereas interval funds require a greater degree of available portfolio liquidity. The more frequent liquidity provisions have become widely accepted by a retail audience that may consume these strategies in a daily structure through their pre-existing traditional mutual fund platforms. This generalization is not a hard and fast rule but there is some level of market feedback where they mostly hold true.

The differences matter. The liquidity-return trade-off is an important consideration for advisers making structuring decisions – there is more and more creativity occurring on how to best structure these products that shouldn’t necessarily be discounted.

### Operations Comparisons

|  | **Interval Fund** | **Tender Offer Fund** |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| NAV Calculation | <ul><li><p>Must calculate NAV on a daily or weekly basis</p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>Flexible – daily, monthly, quarterly</p></li><li><p><em>Most Tender Offer products calculate NAV monthly or quarterly</em></p></li></ul> |
| Tax Reporting | <ul><li><p>Must maintain liquid assets sufficient to meet repurchase offers during repurchase offer period</p></li><li><p>From the time an interval fund sends the shareholders notice of the repurchase offer until the repurchase pricing date, the fund must hold highly liquid securities equal in value to one hundred percent of the repurchase offer amount</p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>Portfolio can be 100% illiquid</p></li><li><p>No liquidity restrictions even when the tender offer period is open</p></li><li><p>Required to pay redemption proceeds ‘promptly’</p></li></ul> |
| Liquidity Repurchase/ Redemptions | <ul><li><p>Defined in the Fund Prospectus (Fundamental Policy)</p></li><li><p>Mandatory share repurchase program conducted every 3, 6, or 12 months</p></li><li><p>5%-25% of shares outstanding each quarter</p></li><li><p>Tender offers under Rule 23c-3 under the 1940 Act (the “Interval Fund Rule”) – Form N-23c-3</p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>Discretionary share redemption program conducted quarterly (Board discretion)</p></li><li><p>Limitation of 2.5% to 5% ofshares outstanding for prior calendar quarter</p></li><li><p>Tender offers under Rule 13e-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 – Schedule TO</p></li></ul> |
| Share Registration | <ul><li><p>Treated like an open-end fund, with registration fees based on net sales</p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>Initial registration of shares offering amount; thereafter must register additional shares prior to sale (not automatically effective) and pay filings fees</p></li></ul> |
| Tender Offer Period | <ul><li><p>Shareholders must receive tender notifications no less than 21 and no more than 42 days before each repurchase request deadline.</p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>Unless withdrawn, the tender offer must remain open until the expiration of: (1) at least 20 business days from its commencement, and (2) at least 10 business days from the date that notice of an increase or decrease in the in the percentage of the class of securities being sought (e.g., above the soft-gate)</p></li></ul> |
| Oversubscribed Repurchase | <ul><li><p>Pro rata application but Rule 23c-3 permits interval funds to purchase an additional number of tendered shares, not to exceed 2% of the fund’s outstanding shares to avoid having to apply the pro rata result.</p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>If offers for repurchase exceed the amount of repurchased shares authorized, the fund can extend the offer or accept tendered interests on a pro rata basis.</p></li><li><p>Many advisers receive board approval to accept more than the published gate (this is called the “soft-gate”)</p></li><li><p>Shares are accepted on a pro rata basis, provided that the fund may accept (i) all shares from a holder owning less than 100 shares and tendering all of their shares, before pro-rating shares tendered by others; or (ii) by lot shares tendered by a holder tendering all of their shares who elects to have either ‘all or none’ or ‘at least a minimum amount or none’ accepted so long as the fund first accepts all shares from holders who did not make such election.</p></li></ul> |
| Repurchase Notifications | <ul><li><p>Disclosure and notification requirements of Rule 23c-3 do not permit notification by publication in a newspaper (as is permitted for tender offer funds), so an actual mailing to interval fund shareholders each quarter (or other period set) is necessary. The fund must send to each holder of shares subject to the repurchase offer a notification providing certain required information no less than 21 and no more than 42 days before each repurchase request deadline.</p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>Notification to shareholders of tender offers may be conducted through notification in a national (i.e., The Wall Street Journal) and/or regional publication rather than direct notification mailings as required for</p></li></ul> |

### Repurchase/Redemption Differences

As previously discussed, the share repurchase provisions create the most meaningful differences in managing an interval or tender offer funds – specifically, the way the portfolio can be managed. Effectively, the tender offer fund can be 100% invested in illiquid securities since the positions do not need to be redeemed until the underlying positions are unwound. Further, the tender offer periods, both in occurrence and amount, are at the discretion of the adviser and Board.

For an interval fund, the repurchase/redemption periods are prescribed in the Fund’s Prospectus. Most interval funds operate a quarterly repurchase program at somewhere between 5-25% of the portfolio. From the time an interval fund sends the shareholders notice of the repurchase offer until the repurchase pricing date, the fund must hold highly liquid securities equal in value to one hundred percent of the repurchase offer amount and they must be paid no later than 7 days after the repurchase Pricing date.

A more compressed frequency (monthly) results in overlapping tender offer process periods and a more complex operational support model. Longer durations (bi-annually or annually) remove that issue but generally are shied away from by potential retail distribution partners.

### Distribution Comparisons

|  | **Interval Funds** | **Tender Offer Funds** |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Investors | <ul><li><p>No fundamental restrictions (1933 Act registration)</p></li><li><p>Holdings may impact eligible investors</p></li><li><p><em>Common on retail mutual fund platforms</em></p></li><li><p><em>Typically designed for retail audience</em></p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>No fundamental restrictions (1933 Act registration)</p></li><li><p>Holdings may impact eligible investors</p></li><li><p><em>Primarily distributed through alternative investment platforms, certain strategies may require sub-docs</em></p></li><li><p><em>Typically designed for HNW investors, often with the accredited or qualified standard</em></p></li></ul> |
| Compensation | <ul><li><p>Underwriting compensation based on whether a fund has an upfront sales load, distribution fee, and contingent deferred sales load</p></li><li><p>Subject to FINRA 2341 which imposed limitation based on “gross new sales”</p></li><li><p>75% selling commission standard</p></li><li><p>75% distribution fee; 0.25% shareholder servicing fee</p></li></ul> | <ul><li><p>8% of gross offering proceeds limitation imposed by FINRA</p></li><li><p>Subject only to FINRA Rule 5110 (as of September 16, 2020 – Tender Funds no longer need to make a FINRA filing under Rule 5110 related to their underwriting arrangements)</p></li></ul> |

### Valuation Intertwined with Distribution

Both interval and tender offer funds have a flexible design when it comes to valuing the portfolio. Valuation interestingly also plays a critical role when it comes to distribution. Daily valuation is required to access NSCC Fund/Serv electronic trading, purchase orders must also be accepted daily. Fund/Serv allows for automated trading via NSCC and removes the requirements for forms or manual processes.

Assuming the fund is made available on the various RIA platforms, an adviser wishing to buy the product simply submits a purchase order on their internal sales system as they would for any other mutual fund product. Without a daily valuation, the product is transmitted through DTCC AIP (alternative investment platform) which is configured to handle the more manual nature of those transactions/products.

The securities found in more illiquid portfolios are difficult to value daily, particularly in the instance of private equity, credit or other esoteric fund holdings. A robust valuation procedure and potentially third-party valuation agents can be used to help strike a daily NAV. Most private funds are supplying a quarterly statement which the fund accountant can use to true-up the portfolio. Since in many cases, those underlying holdings are unsuitable for a non-accredited investor the drive for a daily NAV becomes a moot issue and will more likely be valued monthly or quarterly.

As the products have gained wider acceptance between platforms and broker-dealers, requests for specific features have resulted in shareclass with different compensation mechanics that cater to those individual requests (i.e. many funds sport and L share class for LPL and Cetera). As a result, most funds seek to obtain exemptive relief to offer multiple shareclasses. Typically, sales channels will require higher compensation for due diligence and ongoing service to offer unlisted closed-end funds, advisers must weigh whether the market opportunity of a potential partner outweighs the costs.

As with other 1940 Act Funds, unlisted closed-end funds are prohibited from offering different advisory fees within their various shareclasses of the same fund. As a means to create different advisory fees, some advisers have opted for a master-feeder arrangement. This Feeder funds typically invest substantially all of their assets in the master fund, however since each fund is registered under the 1933 and 1940 Act, it can dramatically increase the cost to operate the portfolio for the adviser. There are a number of Tender Offer Funds employing this structure, but it has become less common in recent years.

## Conclusion

Laying out the operational and distribution nuances of Interval and Tender Offer funds side by side may help asset managers and investment advisers decide which product is best suited for their product mix and for their investor audience. The skilled and knowledgeable team at Ultimus can also help you determine which product is best. To learn more or start the process of launching an Interval or Tender Offer Fund, contact Ultimus at 800.813.1421 and ask for Nick Darsch. 11351438 11/9/2020


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Conversion Considerations for Alts Managers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/conversion-considerations-for-alts-managers/_

# Conversion Considerations for Alts Managers

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.

**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

July 16, 2020

By Dave Carson, President of Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and SVP, Client Strategies and Nick Darsch, SVP Director to Business Development,

**Ultimus Fund Solutions. In case you haven’t heard, the retail alternatives space is growing – faster than the hedge fund market, faster than the mutual fund market, faster than just about any other asset class.**

In fact, according to Cerulli’s May 2020 monthly trends report, the interval fund space has seen several brand-name managers roll out interval funds in recent years, their numbers growing from 11 funds in 2013 to 55 in 2019¹. And while the estimated $38.9 billion in interval fund assets still pale in comparison to the $3.24 trillion in global hedge fund assets2 or the $21.16 trillion in the US mutual fund industry3, the growth opportunity has many managers salivating.

The numbers are compelling, but many private fund managers aren’t fully convinced that they should or can make a move. Those on the fence are asking themselves:

- *Should I make the jump into the retail, high net worth market?*
- *Do I have the resources to navigate the advisor and platform distribution network?*
- *Can I convert my private fund into an interval or tender offer fund?*

And while most of this conversion talk is being spurred by retail investor’s demand for yield through non-correlating asset classes, the decision to launch a ’40 Act vehicle or convert a private fund into one is at the top of mind for alternative managers and institutional investment counseling firms alike. It comes down to what they want to accomplish, their target investors and whether the strategy is actually viable in an interval or tender offer fund construct.

To help private fund managers considering a conversion, below are some compelling reasons to make the move to an unlisted closed-end fund and some things to think about along the way.

1. **Tout Your Track Record** – The regulatory guidelines are clear. Managers can’t advertise a private fund track record except in one-on-one meetings with the appropriate disclosures. That’s a hard way to build broad awareness and to grow an investor base. An interval or tender offer fund (also mutual fund) structure allows managers to immediately begin building a public track record that they can leverage for marketing and fundraising. In some cases, the SEC will even allow a converted ’40 Act Fund to use the performance of the hedge fund in the prospectus as long as the manager can meet certain requirements such as show that there is no material change in the fund’s investment strategy. Converting to an interval, tender offer or mutual fund may allow managers to tout a track record and supports opportunities for growth².
2. **Open the Door to New Investors** – There’s no doubt that there are a lot of assets in private funds but there’s also no getting around the fact that private funds are available only to accredited investors, qualified purchasers and limited in number of total investors (in the case of 3(c) funds, 100 investors). The Interval and Tender Offer fund structure eliminates those restrictions and opens the door to an unlimited number of investors. That creates access to new and much larger pools of assets that can help a manager scale their business with the potential to grow revenue beyond what may be possible in a private fund.
3. **Provide New Levels of Transparency** – For some managers who have a ‘secret investing sauce,’ this may not be seen as a positive, but for most investors in this day and age, transparency is a necessity. Significant transparency simply doesn’t exist in a private fund structure, but registered funds demand higher levels of transparency, governance and oversight that provide investors more visibility into a fund’s inner workings — and that often provides more clarity when it comes to their assets. It takes a change in mindset for managers to make this shift but providing new levels of transparency comes with the added benefit of providing access to new pools of capital and new distribution channels to potentially help a fund grow quickly.
4. **Access Retirement Market Assets** – ERISA plans are a huge untapped market for private fund managers. The reality is nearly half of all mutual fund assets are held in 401K or IRA plans, making the retirement space alone nearly three times as large as the entire hedge fund universe. Beyond that, most research shows that retirement plan participants are becoming more interested in alternative strategies all the time – including a recent push for access to Private Equity³. That makes the move to mutual funds that much more compelling for private fund managers. Two facts that all private fund managers need to know – there is the large opportunity in retirement plans and access is nearly unlimited.
5. **Compliance Requirements have Changed** – In the not so distant past very few private fund managers had to register with the SEC, but the Dodd-Frank legislation eliminated an oft-used exemption, immediately increasing the regulatory requirements and operational demands for most alternative investment managers. Given the steps that private fund managers now have to take to register, the reporting and regulatory requirements of a mutual fund may seem much less daunting, making the decision to convert a little easier. And many investors appreciate knowing that their investments are managed under the laws and regulations that apply to registered funds.

## Things to Consider Along the Way

While there are clearly some attractive reasons for private fund managers to convert to an interval or tender offer fund structure, there are plenty of things to think about that will make the process more seamless for the fund and its current investors.

**Strategy** – The most important thing to consider is whether or not a strategy even lends itself to a more liquid structure. Many illiquid assets and complex investing strategies may need to be tweaked to accommodate the periodic liquidity and more frequent NAV calculations of interval or tender offer funds. Once a manager determines that the strategy is a fit for retail or mass affluent investors, they have to tailor the strategy to the structure and target investor base, including selecting between the interval and tender offer fund structure.

**Investor Viewpoint** – The reality is that current investors play a critical role in the conversion process. In fact, they can literally derail the process if they decide a registered fund structure is not what they want — and managers should be prepared to lose some of their current investors. While there are liquidity, transparency and governance advantages in a registered fund, some accredited investors and qualified purchasers may want the exclusivity of being in a private fund and greater relative flexibility to hold illiquids in the private fund format.

**Tax Factor** – For those investors that do want to convert, managers need to ensure the process is as painless as possible – especially from a tax standpoint. Investors don’t want to sell their private funds and realize a gain, so managers may have to take the necessary steps to convert them on a tax-free basis. That entails going through a detailed plan of reorganization and hitting certain targets. Such planning requires working with someone who has the experience and expertise to guide you through that process.

And that’s true of the conversion as a whole.

From reporting requirements and fund structures to distribution needs and conversion costs there are many other operational considerations that managers have to be aware of, prior to and during the process. The process is not insurmountable, but it takes a level of resources and expertise that most private fund managers aren’t accustomed to.

**Making the decision to convert from a private fund to an interval or tender offer fund is only the first step on the journey. Managers must be prepared to convert from an investing standpoint, from an operational standpoint and from a psychological standpoint. If they can do those things, the conversion conundrum becomes much clearer and it’s much more likely that the process will go smoothly and that they will succeed in taking advantage of the tremendous opportunity in the retail and high-net-worth market.**

* * *

¹ https://www.thinkadvisor.com/2020/06/01/mutual-fund-assets-bounced-back-in-april-but-outflows-continued-cerulli/

^2^ [https://www.marketwatch.com/story/hedge-fund-assets-hit-a-new-record-high-in-the-first-half-2019-07-19#:~:text=Hedge%20funds%20increased%20assets%20to,the%20following%20three%2Dmonth%20period.](https://www.marketwatch.com/story/hedge-fund-assets-hit-a-new-record-high-in-the-first-half-2019-07-19#:~:text=Hedge%20funds%20increased%20assets%20to,the%20following%20three%2Dmonth%20period.)

^34^ *The SEC has provided guidance that a fund should not be created solely for the purpose of establishing a performance record.*

^5^[*https://www.barrons.com/articles/private-equity-could-be-coming-to-your-401-k-here-are-a-few-things-to-know-51592049601*](https://www.barrons.com/articles/private-equity-could-be-coming-to-your-401-k-here-are-a-few-things-to-know-51592049601) 2246-NLD-7/13/2020 8391-UFS-7/13/2020


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# From Administration to Strategic Technology Partner

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/from-administration-to-strategic-technology-partner/_

# From Administration to Strategic Technology Partner

Subscribe

Authored by
**Jason Stevens**

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer

**About Jason Stevens**
									Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)

**Ian Martin**

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer

**About Ian Martin**
									Ian Martin serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus, working across business lines to advance integration and synergy goals while meeting key financial targets. He is recognized for deep expertise in mutual fund processing, shareholder servicing, efficiency, and quality control. Before joining Ultimus, Ian led the Transfer Agent and Dealer Clearing departments as an Executive Vice President and Board member of U.S. Bank Global Fund Services.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ian-martin-10b57512/)

**Bill Hortz**

Guest Author The Institute for Innovation Development
						×

May 25, 2022

**Over the past two years, the pandemic environment propelled a very dramatic shift towards an advanced deployment of data, digital, and FinTech technology. The table stakes for asset managers to compete and work with investors/shareholders in financial services have been raised substantially. Client perception has shifted to really looking at the technology that firms are able to provide and evaluate them by the ease of use, enhanced engagement, and quality of access and information their tech is designed to provide.**

Because of this new industry dynamic, many asset managers are seeking help from service providers to be able to be perceived as a tech-savvy firm and drive more engagement with investors. Data and digital capabilities are an increasingly vital part of a firm’s competitive strategy. As such, they are no longer viewed as just information but can used as an opportunity to enhance the “client experience”.

The need for increased technology applications and digital operating capabilities begs the question - Where and how do you make your technology investments? Or, do you outsource the overall technology and engagement experience required through strategic partnerships?

**Ultimus Fund Solutions** - one of the largest independent fund administration and middle-office providers in the country - is an excellent case study of this trend in technology and how it has evolved an administrative solutions provider into a strategic technology partner. Ultimus has spent years working with their asset management/RIA clients in creating their **uSUITE®** **technology and digital platforms**. In recognition, the firm has won numerous client service and administrator of the year awards from organizations like Global Custodian and Fund Intelligence. Their goal has always been to help asset managers turn their data into information they can use to strategically run their fund businesses and engage investors more effectively.

We reached out to Jason Stevens, Chief Technology Officer, and Ian Martin, EVP, Chief Administration Officer of Ultimus Fund Solutions. We wanted to explore how they were building a tech platform to digitally share easily consumable data and strategically partner with fund sponsor and asset manager clients. Using technology to better capture and manage data on the fly to answer challenges and capture opportunities has become a crucial capability. In a business environment of accelerating change, the ability to leverage data to pivot your firm and services becomes the greatest competitive advantage.

**Hortz: What is Ultimus’ tech strategy behind your proprietary uSUITE® technology platform?**

**Stevens:** As the fund industry becomes more competitive and pressure continues to mount from a pricing and regulatory perspective, barriers to entry are at an all-time high. It has become increasingly difficult to start new funds and launch additional products - even for a tenured fund manager. Recognizing this trend, Ultimus set out to find a solution to keep those barriers down for our clients and future partners.

We developed a concerted data and technology strategy several years ago to modernize technologies and validate that all systems would be capable in the future of adapting to the changing investment management market and fintech environment. The multi-year strategy was designed to accomplish the following:

- Eliminate menial data entry, intensive and time-consuming reconciliation, and redundant validations by moving these tasks to robotics automation.
- Reducing the risk of operating errors by instituting hard parameters, guideline thresholds, and robotics automation within our workflows where error risk is most significant and anywhere parameters can be instituted.
- Reducing our susceptibility to quickly inflating industry-wide operating costs by reducing internal operating costs through scalable processes and time-saving tech-enabled functionality.
- Implementing an exception-based process, where technology manages the manual processes allowing users to focus their time researching exceptions highlighted by said technology.

The impact of implementing our uSUITE system has aided us in helping to keep costs low for clients, connecting to our clients’ diverse and changing fintech systems, and providing the latest technologies including direct access to data for asset managers, advisers, investors, and shareholders.

**Hortz: How did you develop the individual applications you built into your tech platform and what solutions do they provide?**

**Stevens:** Initially launched in 2018, uSUITE’s underlying applications feature built-in robotic processing automation (RPA), machine-learning algorithms, and various application programming interfaces (APIs). We built and implemented each of the RPA-based uSUITE applications carefully with our compliance, operational, and development teams.

By incorporating a data and technology strategy, the various uSUITE applications developed and implemented in the past few years have helped streamline the fund accounting and investor services workflows. It has further transformed large areas of fund accounting operations to exception-based processing.

**Hortz: Your uSUITE platform utilizes Robotic Process Automation (RPA). What role does it play and what are some of the benefits?**

**Martin:** The technology platform uses Robotic Process Automation to streamline massive amounts of back-end fund data processing, eliminating the need for manual intervention.

One of the most exciting impacts of the implementation of uSUITE is the advancement in our staff with respect to honing their expertise in complicated fund accounting matters. Correlated to the amount of time given back to each of our professionals, they have been able to work closely with our clients to resolve and redesign solutions for complex issues our clients are facing in their funds.

As a result, Ultimus team members have additional time to interact with our clients and understand their specific fund nuances and conditions, to drive productivity, quality, timeliness, and client satisfaction; elevating our service levels while keeping fees low. As anticipated, we see the uSUITE tools pay-off as market pressures, including fees, changing regulatory obligations, and technology, bear down both on Ultimus and our clients.

**Hortz: What other technologies are playing key parts in the development of your uSUITE tech platform and how are you employing them?**

**Stevens:** In addition to RPA and machine learning algorithms, our technology strategy has focused on the use of systems that operate with open APIs. As an important part of our strategy, APIs allow us to move with agility together on rapidly evolving fintech. The use of API systems has impacted us in several ways:

- Empowers us to choose “best in class” vendors, knowing our API strategy can seamlessly integrate cross platform data.
- Allows us to connect with our clients’ technologies quickly and cost-effectively,
- Enables our clients to use technologies of their choice as opposed to forcing them to adapt to required systems for use,
- Reduces our dependence on the internal development of customized systems to support unique products, and
- Keeps our teams from being beholden to maintenance and support of outdated technologies interconnected with our systems.

**Hortz: How did your tech platform perform during the pandemic?**

**Martin:** With the COVID pandemic at the forefront of the industry, our technology strategy already had the capabilities in place to manage the impacts of the pandemic and provide a highly stable and secure operating environment for our clients’ funds. Our processes and procedures have only required slight adaptations as opposed to large-scale changes to meet the increasing regulatory pressures, COVID market volatility, and the global work from home environment.

The pandemic often caused major shifts in the market, causing large market swings from day to day. This volatility resulted in higher volume of data verification such as price verifications. Our uSUITE technology was designed to handle large volumes of data and easily scaled with the increased data needed to be verified.

As a result, while the rest of the industry was working on getting up and running in accordance with extreme volatility and work from home orders, we were already working to provide a higher level of servicing to our clients and continuing to reduce the cost-of-ownership for their funds.

**Hortz: What kind of client facing technologies have you recently developed for your asset management and RIA clients?**

**Martin:** Capital allocations have been set aside to augment our core systems workflow processes. We are making these allocations to further enhance the quality and integrity of our systems. Client Facing Initiatives include:

- Interactive data visualization – Click-through dashboards (graphs, charts, cards) embedded within our external-facing technology. This enhancement will provide advanced insights and analysis into datasets.
- uCONNECT – A proprietary investment manager-facing application, uCONNECT links firms with their data, reports, dashboards, and provides insights into their funds. Using numerous APIs, it aggregates data from several underlying systems and applications to deliver consolidated, actionable data information in a single, easy-to-use solution, allowing fund managers to access their data when and how they want.
- External Facing Technology – within the uCONNECT application an external-facing web application will utilize state-of-the-art technology and advanced UX (User Experience) design. It will provide an interactive experience with access to things like fund accounting workflows, data visualization, analytics, reporting, and data feeds.
- Introduced a digital asset allocation tool with the ability for fund manager clients to build internal model portfolios for investors. It also allows investors the ability to customize their own asset allocation by answering specific questions to help select a customized investment portfolio – a self-serve 4 investment platform.

**Hortz: Any other thoughts or recommendations you would like to share?**

**Stevens:** It is vital for investment managers to align their business with strategic partners committed to positioning their business for long-term success. We are committed to be a strategic technology partner with our asset management and RIA clients and we are committed to continuing to invest in technology. I’m proud that Ultimus was recently presented with the Innovation in Data Analytics award from Global Custodian during its Leaders in Custody event.

As a testament to our commitment, we have been independently ranked in the Global Custodian Survey for Market Outperformance and earned Category Outperformer accreditations for seven years in a row. We were ranked as the #1 Fund Administrator from 2015 through 2021. In fact, in the 2021 Global Custodian Survey, we received the highest customer service score of 6.92 out of a possible 7.00.

We welcome you to learn more about our tech-enabled fund administration offering and the topics we are actively addressing for clients by reviewing our blog page on our website and follow our reporting on the challenges affecting the asset management industry.

*The* ***Institute for Innovation Development*** *is an educational and business development catalyst for growth oriented financial advisors and financial services firms determined to lead their businesses in an operatingenvironment of accelerating business and cultural change. We position our members with the necessary ongoing innovation resources and best practices to drive and facilitate their next-generation growth, differentiation, and unique community engagement strategies. The institute was launched with the support and foresight of our founding sponsors – Ultimus Fund Solutions, NASDAQ, FLX Distribution, Pershing, Fidelity, Voya Financial, Advisorpedia, and Charter Financial Publishing (publisher of Financial Advisor and Private Wealth magazines).*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)
**Jason Stevens**

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer


About Jason Stevens
Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ian-martin-10b57512/)
**Ian Martin**

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer


About Ian Martin
Ian Martin serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus, working across business lines to advance integration and synergy goals while meeting key financial targets. He is recognized for deep expertise in mutual fund processing, shareholder servicing, efficiency, and quality control. Before joining Ultimus, Ian led the Transfer Agent and Dealer Clearing departments as an Executive Vice President and Board member of U.S. Bank Global Fund Services.

**Bill Hortz**

Guest Author The Institute for Innovation Development


---

# Outsourcing Middle-Office Services and Technology

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/outsourcing-middle-office-services-and-technology/_

# Outsourcing Middle-Office Services and Technology

Subscribe

Authored by
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services

**About Paul Wahmann**
									Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)

**Bill Hortz**

Guest Author The Institute for Innovation Development
						×

September 19, 2022

*The explosion of technology advancements in the RIA and Asset Management middle office space are grabbing the attention of firms who are looking for differentiated technology and service options to meet the growing hyper-competition of the financial marketplace. To meet the market’s evolving needs, industry administrators and other tech providers need to make a substantial investment in providing the latest operational best practices, hiring seasoned professionals, and continuously enhancing their firm’s technology stack and services, specifically for the middle office space. This is leading to a growing interest in outsourcing.*

*To better understand the modern-day dynamics of middle-office tech and outsourcing options, we recently sat down with Institute member* ***Paul Wahmann****, Head of Middle Office Services, for* [*Ultimus Fund Solutions*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) *- one of the largest, independent fund administration services and middle-office solutions providers for RIAs in the country. We asked him to share with us his perspective on technology trends affecting RIAs and asset management firms and how outsourcing non-core company functions, like a firm’s middle-office, can be a very strategic and competitive decision.*

##### Hortz: Can you help define and map out for us the “middle office” of a financial firm? Where exactly does it begin and end between the firm’s front and back office? What are the most important functions that reside there?

**Wahmann** **:** Middle office can mean a lot of different things for different people. Specifically to buy-side asset managers, it's always historically been thought of as the place to hold functions that do not have a logical fit anywhere else. The general view of the role of middle office is to support both the front-office investment team’s needs as well as the asks of critical internal stakeholders and clients of the asset manager’s firm.

Our view of “middle office” places the emphasis on delivering critical data resulting from these operating functions in a consistent and efficient manner. At its core, the majority of asset managers include within their middle office activities such as post execution trade settlement, investment book of record or IBOR, performance analytics, reconciliation, collateral management, and client reporting & invoicing. As asset managers grow, these functions usually start out by being supported via offline manually intensive processes which over time become unscalable and unsustainable. As a result, they may evaluate solutions that range from technology-based platforms they operate themselves to full outsourcing functions and or lift-outs to service providers. However, the wide range of options in the current marketplace can present difficult decisions for C-Suite leaders as the wrong solution or option could significantly impact their operating model in the future.

##### Hortz: With industry and technology changes happening so quickly, what are the current and growing needs of an effective middle office?

**Wahmann** **:** Asset managers must continuously adapt to market and regulatory driven changes which impact their operating model. Recently, the tightening of settlement timeframes with added regulatory financial penalties, the ever-growing addition of complex investment strategies and products, and compounded by the changed operating models we now live by in the post pandemic environment, have caused asset managers to increasingly focus on staying ahead of these challenges.

Most importantly, the need for real-time consistent data coming out of a high straight-through-processing (STP) environment has gained more strategic focus from asset managers’ leadership. Both full-service outsourcing providers as well as recent additions from the Fintech community are now providing numerous options to meet asset manager needs in varying degrees.

The ability to quickly consume, aggregate, and normalize multiple providers’ data is deemed critical to supporting these middle office functions. New technologies, such as data messaging via APIs, machine learning tools, and the ability to quickly execute the onboarding of these offerings, have dynamically shifted asset managers’ approach to their operating model. Asset managers now have a wide range of solution opportunities at their disposal, many of which can be tailored to specific operating model challenges and future strategy.

##### Hortz: What new firm capabilities and services are now possible by upgrading your middle office with new technology?

**Wahmann** **:** First of all, the implementation of a more efficient operating model will have a significant impact on a firm's use of human capital—which is even more important recently considering the resourcing challenges many of us have encountered coming out of the pandemic. The ability to offer enriched roles to staff can directly impact retaining headcount to keep up with a firm’s growing business strategy.

Specifically, ready access to timely and improved data quality and analytics resulting from these new technologies and models provide tangible enhancements to both internal stakeholders and added value to their clients. Opportunities to utilize data architects to promote value added data usage versus pure data gathering and reconciliation is just one of many examples asset managers can now use to leverage their new middle office as a commercial strength supporting their investment products.

In addition, the ability to utilize technology tools that offer white label data distribution capabilities to their underlying clients can present a strong competitive advantage against their peers. Asset managers need to think outside of the box to leverage these new tech platforms much more opportunistically versus just for closing a historical operating gap.

##### Hortz: Can you detail for us the kind of services and technology stack you provide to strengthen advisor middle office functioning and efficiency? What are the benefits they offer?

**Wahmann** **:** We feel we have a unique product offering with the ability to align with the specific business criteria asset managers are currently looking for. The Ultimus middle office platform is modular, which is key to our strategy and offers flexible solutions designed to meet the exact requirements for each client, providing efficiencies and standardization across each client’s entire range of investment products, including registered and private funds, ETFs, pooled vehicles and separately managed accounts. We can offer these services in a modular format so that our clients do not need to be captive to one all-encompassing solution and thus investing in services which are outside of their scope and needs.

Our technology strategy is co-sourced where we leverage best in class vendor technology specific to our servicing needs, then augment it with our uSUITE® client front-end technology which allows client flexibility for data management and delivery. We then overlay our tech platform with our award-winning service team which is well versed and experienced in the needs of asset manager investment operations. Our recent release of the uANALYZE™ direct client portal is a prime example of this strategy, which provides users with front end access to their accounting, performance, and analytical data with the functionality to configure their data to meet the specific need of their business.

Some of the benefits our clients realize by leveraging our model include: a full end to end, straight through trade settlement service employing industry best practices such as SWIFT and FIX messaging and direct access to core market utilities for matching and settlement instruction maintenance. An additional core benefit of our platform is the ability to be agnostic to source intake data. Our clients have the flexibility to utilize their choice of custodians, order management systems, market data, and counterparties. In addition, our data consumption and normalization capabilities allow us to provide our clients with a single, consistent view of their entire book of business. For foundational technology platforms, Ultimus partners with market leading firms such as FIS for IBOR, Xceptor for data integration and reconciliation, and Opturo to support our performance and analytics products.

Lastly, our development roadmap is designed and managed to deliver specifically to the needs of our clients. We recognize a primary value of our service needs to be focused on execution and delivery of our roadmap as we evolve and meet the standards our clients require and expect.

##### Hortz: Why and at what point of growth of a financial firm should they consider outsourcing their middle office?

**Wahmann** **:** There are several different drivers which should be incorporated into an asset manager’s decision on when and how to outsource. Historically, one of the primary drivers has been cost, and while cost alone drove many decisions to outsource—as seen from the large lift-outs which occurred over the course of the last 10 to 15 years—that has now shifted to other dynamics driving these decisions.

An approach to outsourcing should now be weighed in alignment with a firm's long-term strategy and accompanying growth. Dynamics such as changes in asset complexity and resulting volumes, new investment product offerings, and the need for geographic expansion and coverage should be considered. In addition, firms should review their organization’s overall IT platform taking into consideration business needs, contractual renewals, and the evolution of new technology and how it may fit into an asset managers broader platform inclusive of front office, trading, and back-office needs. Asset managers should also integrate into their decision a consensus on a full outsource versus a software solution which they would operate themselves, or a hybrid approach between the two.

Firms considering outsourcing should prioritize their specific needs so they can be appropriately weighed into the decision process. It is always a challenge after the fact to reset against changed priorities which has led to some of the downfalls in the past of many large, outsourced lift-outs. A clearly defined model and business requirements are critical to the success of when to outsource the selection process and execution once the selection is made.

##### Hortz: How practically do you go about transitioning your middle office to an outsourced solution? What are the steps you take?

**Wahmann** **:** The key to a successful transition, whether it be a full outsource to a service provider or implementation of a technology platform, is all about proper planning and execution. Key tenets in planning for the transition should include reviewing priorities, dependencies, setting a realistic timeline and expectations, looking at a phased approach and timeline aligned to these priorities and objectives, ensuring proper project leadership is applied by both organizations inclusive of oversight and transparency, and ensuring your provider has adequate and consistent resources available to execute in alignment with the proposed timeline.

For the transition itself, key milestones should include:

First, a full due diligence of the operating model. Lessons learned from past engagements show that adequate due diligence is rarely performed within the sales process, so it is key for both parties to perform the deep dive into the day in the life processes within the current environment.

Two, outline and verify all development requirements, dependencies, associated costs, and timelines to develop are formalized and mutually agreed in order to meet assumed live date commitments and budget.

Three, level-set service plan requirements ensuring appropriate service level agreements (SLAs) and service guidelines with key performance indicators (KPIs) are in place before the live date.

Four, plan for appropriate day two items and confirm that a path towards business as usual is included in the plan and budget.

Lastly, establish formalized ongoing vendor oversight to help these long-term relationships remain healthy post transition.

##### Hortz: Can you please give us a brief case study example that illustrates how outsourcing your middle-office can support different advisor firms’ needs or goals?

**Wahmann** **:** Key common elements from market surveys that drive asset managers towards outsourcing their middle office are gaining operating efficiency and eased access to normalized data.

A recent case study of ours relates to post-execution trade settlement support. As markets have evolved recently with the onset of regulatory changes such as the Central Securities Depositories Regulation (CSDR) and tightening settlement windows in many markets, asset managers now need more than ever to be streamlined in their trade matching, instruction messaging, and their exception management models. These now have added importance to help asset managers from encountering financial penalties as a result of failed or delayed trading activity.

An outsourced trade settlement operating model with access to real-time trade status data now allows asset managers to leverage our technology and data platform utilizing provider agnostic API connectivity, machine learning, and custodian bank transparency via real-time status across all aspects of the platform. Outsourcing to Ultimus and the ability to leverage our technology has allowed these asset managers to significantly shift the roles of their human capital from manual data gathering and operational activities, while also sunsetting costly 3^rd^ party and/or legacy internal technology, to focusing more on their core investment products, strategy, and client engagement.

##### Hortz: Based on your real-world perspective and investment of substantial time, money, and effort on asset management technology needs, what is the best advice you can offer to financial firms on how best to respond to this environment of accelerating business and cultural change they are now operating in?

**Wahmann**: Investment operations models are in constant change, impacted both by asks from firm stakeholders and the external marketplace. There are growing opportunities to partner with service providers for outsourcing options and Fintechs offering their newest technology offerings. Asset managers must have an open mind, now more than ever, to the wide range of solutions that may meet their evolving needs.

Firms need to take a forward thinking, long-term, strategic view on their operating model versus a tactical approach to closing immediate gaps. Consider vendors and providers under your review as strategic partners versus vendors, with common long-term objectives and strategy.

Secondly, be open minded to all potential solutions. Service providers, and especially the wide range of new Fintechs in the market, are continually offering new options aligned to both asset manager’s operational and data needs for the future. A firm's operational model can also include multi-provider and hybrid approaches, and your partners should be willing and able to connect and interface with each other to support your consolidated needs.

Most importantly, gain up-front consensus and commitment from all key internal constituents. Any large-scale initiatives whether it be for a full outsource or a heavy technology implementation requires full cross-organizational buy-in to guarantee its success.

*15572027 9/1/2022*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services


About Paul Wahmann
Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

**Bill Hortz**

Guest Author The Institute for Innovation Development


---

# The Opportunities and Mechanics of Launching an ETF

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-opportunities-and-mechanics-of-launching-an-etf/_

# The Opportunities and Mechanics of Launching an ETF

Subscribe

Authored by
**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist

**About Michael Prendergast**
									In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.

**Bill Hortz**

Guest Author The Institute for Innovation Development
						×

November 4, 2022

The dynamic growth and variety of Exchange-traded funds (ETFs) are playing an ever-increasing role in investors’ portfolios and asset managers’ product offerings. Behind the scenes of this growing market are many structural and operational nuances that make ETFs substantially different than mainstream mutual funds. Fund sponsors and RIAs deciding on whether to launch ETF products have many variables to consider.

To explore this further, we reached out to Institute member Michael Prendergast, Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist at Ultimus Fund Solutions - a leading independent, tech-enabled provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions which recently announced its industry-leading growth in the ETF market. Recording nearly a 150% increase in the number of ETFs serviced since 2020, Ultimus is now positioned as the second largest named ETF administrator in the US based on the number of ETF sponsors it supports.

We asked Michael questions to tap into his knowledge and insights that can help asset managers and RIAs analyze the opportunities available and understand the dynamics of the ETF marketplace. As the ETF industry continues to evolve, it is important to understand the structural differences, regulations, and distribution landscape for launching an ETF product.

**Hortz: What do you feel is behind the increasing demand you are seeing from new and established investment managers looking to expand their portfolio offerings into ETFs?**

**Prendergast:** With the passage of 6c11 the path to launching an ETF became more streamlined, no longer requiring exemptive relief for most ETF structures, allowing Advisers to come to market quicker and incurring lessstart-up costs. Filing under 6c11 has also leveled the playing field where all ETFs are following consistent rules for reporting and the ability to use custom baskets. Investors have flocked to ETFs over the years with flows outpacing mutual funds. The ability to trade an ETF during market hours, typically a lower cost investment vehicle, and greater tax efficiency are drivers for investors. The rise in actively managed ETFs over the past two years has attracted various asset managers to enter the space ranging from established mutual fund sponsors looking to expand their offering to new RIAs that manage strategies in SMA accounts who want to offer their strategy in an ETF wrapper, creating operational efficiencies for their advisory firm and a more tax efficient investment for their clients. Given the changes in investment flows, established managers want to have an ETF offering for their clients as their investment habits and preferences change, while at the same time fund sponsors are taking advantage of a new distribution channel for their investment strategies. With these regulatory changes and market dynamics, we see investment managers, who are interested in active portfolio management in a registered product, are embracing ETFs vs a mutual fund due to the flexibility and appeal of the ETF structure.

At about the same time as the new 6c-11 rules were approved, the SEC also approved various semi-transparent/non-transparent structures. Many active managers had been waiting for this relief to launch their products. Investment advisors now have expanded options for launching an ETF. Interestingly, we are seeing advisors who wanted to go into the non-transparent space are getting their feet wet with a transparent structure first with thoughts that they may add a non-transparent or semi-transparent product later.

**Hortz: What are the costs and timeframe to launch ETFs?**

**Prendergast:** The registration process is now typically the same time-to-market as launching a mutual fund. Once you have an established trust or participate in a series trust like Ultimus sponsors, your time to market typically is 100-130 days. This incorporates drafting and filing of the prospectus and related filings with the SEC as well as operational readiness and required connections to the ETF ecosystem with the fund sponsor, your ETF vendors, and service partners. If you are starting out and establishing your own stand-alone trust this can take 6-9 months Start-up costs associated with an ETF within a series trust are typically $40,000 - $60,000. If you are starting your own trust, it can be anywhere from $150,000 - $300,000, depending upon legal fees and start-up board costs. Ultimus has significant AUA and scale within our series trust environment which allows a new sponsor to leverage our institutional governance, fund efficiencies, and share certain trust level expenses of this structure with other sponsors within the trust.

**Hortz: How is the ETF market evolving? What product development trends are you seeing?**

**Prendergast:** We are in a wave of new active strategies in ETFs, including non-transparent and semitransparent options. Active strategies have included equity both domestic and international, and fixed income. We are seeing more complex strategies using leverage or gaining alpha through derivatives, as well as ESG/Impact-themed stock ETF products.

**Hortz: How did you build your service model and capabilities to provide fund sponsors with comprehensive solutions across the entire ETF ecosystem?**

**Prendergast:** We have a service model that provides optionality and flexibility. We created a flexible operating model that will suit each client’s business needs – offering a wide range of efficient and cost-effective solutions.

As an example, we have had success with large established mutual fund players who wanted to launch their first ETFs and they found the series trust structure to be beneficial, eliminating the need to make the required changes to their existing mutual fund trusts and time to educate existing board members on the ETF structure. These clients decided to go into an established series trust structure with trustees that have ETF experience and chose a service provider that could offer them a turnkey solution that got them into the ETF marketplace quickly and efficiently.

We continue to have conversations with investment managers who are interested in non- transparent / semitransparent ETFs. These structures do not require disclosure of daily portfolio holdings and have similar holdings disclosures as mutual funds. The ability to shield daily disclosure of alpha generating securities resonates with many active managers. Although non-transparent semi-transparent structures have gained a lot of interest, I would say, for the most part, we are seeing more transparent active ETFs coming to market than semi-transparent and non-transparent options as many are waiting to see how these structures will work in the marketplace. We have enhanced our operating model and developed the necessary operational workflows to support the various semi-transparent, non-transparent and transparent ETFs and are ready to share our experiences and work with our clients to launch whichever strategy they choose.

Within our service model, Ultimus provides fund accounting, basket services, financial reporting, legal administration, tax, compliance, fund officers, and distribution services; Our flexible service model allows clients optionality in choosing an auditor, custodian, and legal counsel. Our clients leverage our deep industry knowledge and strategic partnerships to make industry introductions to market makers, authorized participants, and listing exchanges. Our ability to connect into the ETF ecosystem with key players provides efficiency, straight-through processing, and aggregation and distribution of fund data to market participants.

**Hortz: How can a fund administrator like Ultimus support and help implement innovation in ETFs?**

**Prendergast:** We are helping our clients not just with administrative options, but also providing them with a better understanding of the ETF marketplace by developing operational workflows to assist our clients in understanding how they will connect to the ETF ecosystem in the most efficient manner, making sure that their middle office and back office can support the interactions that are going to be needed with the various players in the ETF ecosystem - whether it is the authorized participants, lead market makers, custodians, etc.

As clients expand their product offerings and may be looking to get into other asset types, like bank loans, emerging markets, or increased use of derivatives, we guide our investment management clients in sharing industry best practices to make sure they understand what is going to make an ETF successful and how they can put new asset classes into an ETF structure that the market will understand and accept.

We have developed operational workflows that support new and innovative ETFs. Leveraging our proprietary ETF processing technology, uETF, we have the infrastructure needed to support the timely creation and dissemination of basket and portfolio holdings data that the market requires to trade ETFs in an efficient manner. Within Ultimus, we have a team with deep institutional knowledge and decades of ETF experience that have helped various firms come to market with new ETF offerings. Since January 2021, Ultimus has assisted over 16 new advisors launch new products. We want our clients to leverage our ETF experts and utilize them as an extension of their product management team in developing new products that will be operationally efficient in the ETF ecosystem and well received in the marketplace.

**Hortz: Where do you see the ETF market going from here?**

**Prendergast:** At Ultimus, we see and expect continued interest in ETFs, especially with record industry inflows this past year. In 2023 we expect that momentum to continue. Actively managed ETFs continue to pique the interest of the industry and make up the majority of new ETFs. We continue to see interest from new market entrants, asset conversion from other structures such as mutual fund to ETF conversions, and conversions from SMA accounts. We expect that interest to continue and new product expanded offerings ranging from equity, actively managed, fixed income, ESG, and more complex products looking for exposure to emerging markets, derivatives, and single stock ETFs. With significant investments in technology and people, Ultimus has created a scalable operating model that is well-positioned to service our clients’ business needs and anticipated industry interest.

**Hortz: Any advice or recommendations you can offer asset managers with ETFs or thinking about launching an ETF?**

**Prendergast:** If starting out, begin with an investment strategy that has a strong track record and a proven area of expertise. Know your target audience and have a plan of how you will gain/attract assets. From initial seeding and funding and through other distribution channels, understand how you will market and sell your product. Consider potential new hires that have ETF operations, sales, and distribution experience.

Pick your service providers early in the process. They are an important part of any successful launch. Leverage their deep industry expertise, their ability to provide you with key industry introductions, share in industry best practices, and they can help keep you on track for a timely and efficient ETF launch.

* * *

*The* ***Institute for Innovation Development*** *is an educational and business development catalyst for growth-oriented financial advisors and financial services firms determined to lead their businesses in an operating environment of accelerating business and cultural change. We position our members with the necessary ongoing innovation resources and best practices to drive and facilitate their next-generation growth, differentiation, and unique community engagement strategies. The institute was launched with the support and foresight of our founding sponsors – Ultimus Fund Solutions, NASDAQ, FLX Distribution, Pershing, Fidelity, Voya Financial, Advisorpedia, and Charter Financial Publishing (publisher of Financial Advisor and Private Wealth magazines).*

*15910723 11/3/2022*


## Authored by

**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist


About Michael Prendergast
In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.

**Bill Hortz**

Guest Author The Institute for Innovation Development


---

# Gaining Scale and Efficiencies in your Investment Practice

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/gaining-scale-and-efficiencies-in-your-investment-practice/_

# Gaining Scale and Efficiencies in your Investment Practice

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

August 17, 2022

## Launching an ETF Can Help Advisers Efficiently Manage Small Accounts by Employing Proprietary Strategies and Customized Allocations Across Their Client Base

While the ETF asset pool continues to grow (topping $7 trillion in the U.S. in 2021)^1^, advisers are also seeing increases in assets raised via Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs). With gross assets at $54 trillion in North America^2^ – ballooning SMAs have reached asset levels not seen since before the financial crisis. Investors are clearly noticing some of the advantages to these types of accounts. They receive customized strategies, often get a high level of personal attention from their money managers and have the ability to see all of their specific holdings in one statement.

That said, SMAs aren’t designed for all investors. They often come at a higher cost to investors and sometimes create barriers to broad diversification and certain securities. And because most SMAs require a higher account minimum, many retail investors can’t always take advantage of them.

For advisers, SMAs can also create some challenges. The operational complexities of managing multiple accounts can make scaling a successful investment strategy more cumbersome. That’s especially true for firms with limited resources dedicated to internal operations. In addition, managers that bend the minimum requirements in order to bring on new clients with multiple accounts or please long-standing clients also create administrative burdens.

Taking all of the drawbacks of SMAs into consideration, there is an increasingly popular way for managers to achieve scale, operational efficiencies and more effectively implement their investment strategy. By launching an exchange-traded fund (ETF), using their current investment strategy, investment advisers can create new opportunities for existing investors while potentially expanding their distribution networks. Launching an ETF has become significantly easier in recent years, through the ETF Rule 6c-11^3^, which streamlined the ETF launch process and the use of turnkey [series trust](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/registered-funds/trust-options/) platforms that assist advisers with fund formation and ongoing operations. There are some distinct advantages regarding ETFs as compared to a separate account structure. Outlined below are some of the key advantages of an ETF for both advisers and investors when considering launching a fund.

- **Administrative Efficiency** – Converting SMA assets into an ETF creates efficiencies and execution advantages that aren’t available in separate accounts. In an ETF structure, advisers can buy and settle securities in bulk as opposed to buying and allocating individually, eliminating duplicative trades and tedious individual reporting requirements that are the norm in SMAs. But it’s not just a time savings play; there are cost savings that come from limiting trading in individual securities for individual accounts as well. Advisers can often more effectively execute their strategies in an ETF as well because they have access to a broader range and conceivably better performing securities.
- **Access to New Investments** – By pooling assets in an ETF, investors can gain access to asset classes and investment opportunities they simply can’t access to in an SMA. This often results in an adviser’s ability to achieve greater diversification. Beyond access to new investments, an ETF comes with the expertise, professional management and analysis of the full investment team and robust set of service providers that can create a distinct advantage for investors.
- **Access to New Investors** – For managers, an ETF creates the opportunity to gain access to a new audience of investors and a new stream of assets. While some advisers may launch a fund only for the benefit of current SMA clients, there is an opportunity to provide access to the firm’s clients who couldn’t meet the minimums of the SMA strategy or to target a broader base of external investors in an ETF structure. ETFs open doors to new sales channels since it is traded on an exchange and broadly available for purchase at launch.

## Considerations for Conversion

While there are many advisers who would benefit from converting their SMAs to ETFs, there are many for whom the SMA structure remains the best option. So, when is an ETF a better option for advisers? Below are some important considerations and potential triggers for managers considering whether launching an ETF is the right strategy for their separately managed accounts.

**Has Account-level Administration Become Too Cumbersome?**  **** If the answer is yes, then this strategy is one of your primary alternatives. Advisers who manage too many SMAs find themselves spread way too thin, making it difficult to focus on the firm’s investment strategy through all of the operational clutter.

**Do You Have Compliance Concerns?** Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS) compliance is difficult to manage. The differing execution of each SMA in an adviser’s arsenal piles on more compliance considerations and reporting intricacies. While concerns alone won’t push an adviser toward launching an ETF for SMA investors, it’s important to address this constantly during growth to see if a change becomes necessary.

**Are You Looking for Additional Investors?** Advisers that decide to launch an ETF have the opportunity to open it up to an entirely new and different investor base. Prospective investors that were turned away because of SMA minimums now have the opportunity to leverage the firm’s investment strategy.

**Can Your Firm Support the Cost of Managing an ETF?** Launching an ETF comes with inherent costs, those costs are predominantly expenses covered by the fund, in so far as the fund has sufficient assets to cover those costs. If not, the additional costs are reimbursed to the fund by the adviser.

## Conclusion

While managing a registered fund is not right for every firm, finding the answers to these questions will start advisers down the path toward the type of growth that fits best. Registered funds can help address the long-term strategy, while still keeping present investors in mind and preserving the advantages of a separately managed strategy. If you are interested in more information about converting SMAs into an ETF, or launching an ETF to supplement your current product line up, please [Contact Us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

* * *

**About Ultimus Fund Solutions**

Ultimus Fund Solutions provides a highly customized and comprehensive suite of fund administration services for investment advisers. Our high-quality services include integrated solutions that support the launching and servicing of mutual funds, hedge funds, ETFs, private equity funds, real estate funds, venture capital funds, variable annuity trusts, state-sponsored 529 plans plus the unique needs of pensions, endowments, and foundations. Our offering comes with a deep commitment to excellence, achieved through investments in both talent and technology, with constant focus on maintaining our consultative approach and boutique service culture. Ultimus stands out as an award-winning, trusted business partner by helping investment advisers and fund families navigate and flourish in today’s increasingly sophisticated and dynamic industry landscape. Ultimus’ comprehensive service solutions are provided by seasoned teams of professionals with a wealth of financial servicing experience.

***Nick Darsch, SVP, Business Development*** Nickolaus Darsch joined Ultimus in July 2019 as Senior Vice President, Business Development. In this position, he focuses on building strategic relationships with investment advisers to help support product, operations and asset growth. Nick is also responsible for contributing to firm growth strategies, market analysis and reporting as well as cultivating partnerships with centers of influence.

Prior to Ultimus, Nick held multiple roles within SS&C Technologies (including predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS and Boston Financial Data Services) in sales, strategic relationship management, product and research groups. In 2016, he was named a “Rising Star” in the Asset Management industry in by Fund Directions.

Nick received B.S. from Bentley University in Economics and Finance and an MBA from the McCallum Graduate School of Business at Bentley University.

* * *

[¹https://www.wealthmanagement.com/etfs/us-etfs-hit-7-trillion-milestone](https://www.wealthmanagement.com/etfs/us-etfs-hit-7-trillion-milestone)

[²https://www.statista.com/statistics/264907/asset-under-management-worldwide-by-region/#:~:text=In%202021%2C%20the%20total%20assets,of%20the%20total%20AUM%20worldwide](https://www.statista.com/statistics/264907/asset-under-management-worldwide-by-region/%23:~:text=In%202021%2C%20the%20total%20assets,of%20the%20total%20AUM%20worldwide) [³https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2019-190](https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2019-190)

*15497313 8/16/2022*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-future-of-investment-with-alternative-asset-classes/_

# Navigating the Future of Investment with Alternative Asset Classes

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

November 25, 2024

Registered Investment Advisors (RIAs) are increasingly turning to alternative asset classes, such as private credit, real estate, and private equity to offer differentiated solutions to their clients. By making alternatives available, these RIAs are aiming to enhance returns, diversify portfolios, preserve capital, and deliver consistent income streams. In offering alternatives expertise, RIAs can also differentiate their practice and deliver positive client outcomes.

RIAs have benefited from asset managers who have developed comprehensive educational materials to support RIA client conversations and FinTech platforms which have created technology solutions to assist in the onboarding and ongoing care and maintenance of each client investment. Regardless, implementing a comprehensive alternatives allocation across an RIAs entire client base can still be a complex endeavor.

Historically, RIAs have achieved access to alternatives for clients through individual investments into private or registered vehicles or feeder vehicles. Subscribing to individual investment vehicle for each client is cumbersome due to large volumes of paperwork that need to be completed either digitally or manually, making it difficult to scale.

Some RIAs are creatively structuring their own funds, often registered products to streamline the portfolio management experience and provide a holistic alternatives solution for their clients. These vehicles aggregate capital from their internal (or external) clients to purchase assets that tend to have high minimum investment requirements or investor caps.

## Innovative Solutions for RIAs

Some of the benefits of providing Alternatives access via proprietary registered fund, primarily interval or tender offer fund (we explore the differences between the two fund structures [here](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-need-for-yield-why-should-asset-managers-consider-launching-an-interval-or-tender-offer-fund-and-what-do-they-need-to-know/ "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com")):

- Fund may have broader access to potential investments than investors would have individually, even through feeder funds
- Often eliminates subscription complexity and technology costs
- Flexible investment minimums (could be as low as $2,500-$50,000), which are typically well-below the minimums of the underlying investments
- No requirement for ongoing capital calls
- Allows for simple 1099 tax filings as opposed to the cumbersome K-1s
- Standardized regulatory reporting, transparency and compliance testing

Additionally, from a due diligence perspective, even if the interval/tender offer fund is structured as a private placement, it will still be registered under the 1940 Act which provides enhanced investor protection. A registered fund receives oversight from the SEC, more frequent transparency into the fund’s holdings, a dedicated CCO, and an independent Board of Trustees. This provides additional layers of compliance oversight that are not inherent in traditional private funds.

## Options for Fund Governance and Setup

To assist RIAs and alternative managers in supporting the governance aspects of registered funds, Ultimus has developed our proprietary Ultimus Registered Alternatives Gateway™ (Ultimus Gateway), a scalable platform to launch registered alternative funds. Ultimus Gateway provides a full-service operating and oversight model with vetted industry-leading partners offering clients flexible, valuable, and cost-effective solutions.

- Streamlined and comprehensive fund support infrastructure;
- Consultation in product development including subject matter expertise in legal, valuation, tax and compliance considerations;
- Operational expertise in retail alternative products and private fund type investment strategies;
- Real-time investor reporting with advanced technology to provide key insights into inflows and outflows;
- Distribution insights to strategize on growth opportunities; and
- Uniquely skilled and experienced board members and legal counsel experienced in 1940 Act alternative funds and investments.

With its open architecture approach to integrating with custodians, legal counsel, and auditors, the platform allows prospective sponsors to build-for-purpose with their interval and tender offer fund offerings. Ultimus Gateway’s administration platform utilizes best in class technology and full-service support in areas such as administration, accounting, transfer agency, and distribution. In addition, our investor portal provides advisors and their clients with comprehensive access to fund reporting, investor statements, tax forms, etc.

## Options for Fund Management

For RIAs who have an internal investment management team capable of selecting underlying fund managers or underlying investment vehicles including alternative strategies for their clients, they may achieve greater scale by combining these assets and utilizing a fund administrator like Ultimus to handle accounting, administration and recordkeeping functions.

Other RIAs, who may not have the expertise in-house, can partner with an investment consultant to tailor an investment solution for their clients that becomes an important diversifier. Offering access to these non-correlated strategies can be an important differentiator for RIAs and may provide yield and diversification benefits to their clients.

## Case Study Spotlight: Homrich Berg

[Homrich Berg](https://homrichberg.com/), a $18b RIA based in Atlanta created a 3(c)(1) hedge fund of funds in 1999 so that its own high-net-worth and institutional advisory clients could access a diversified portfolio of hedge funds. The product became extremely popular among the firm’s clients and approached the 100-investor limit of the structure, so the firm decided to convert the private fund into a Tender Offer Fund.

This registered fund solution allowed Homrich Berg to offer it to an unlimited number of accredited investors and also tap into broader distribution opportunities outside of the firm. Upon completion of the conversion on January 3, 2017, the fund was also able to retain its 17-year performance history and allowed the firm to continue its use of historic performance data in marketing materials.

## Conclusion

If you are seeking a way to provide diversification and potential additional yield and/or enhanced returns with alternative funds, Ultimus has strong experience supporting RIAs in developing new pooled investments solutions. We have been assisting advisers for numerous years in optimizing operations and navigating product development. Ultimately empowering managers by providing insights on accessing distribution channels and adding substantial legal, tax and accounting expertise into your product structuring.

If you are interested in a discussion or would like to learn more, please [contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/). *COD00000593 11/18/2024*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Unlocking Private Markets: Why ’34 Act Registered Private Funds Are Key

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-private-markets-why-34-act-registered-private-funds-are-key/_

# Unlocking Private Markets: Why ’34 Act Registered Private Funds Are Key

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nicholas Ablahani**

Managing Director, Retail Alternatives Product

**About Nicholas Ablahani**
									Nicholas Ablahani serves as Managing Director within the Retail Alternative Solutions group at Ultimus, responsible for developing and scaling the firm’s retail alternatives business. He brings more than 18 years of experience in the retail alternatives industry, focused on strategic growth initiatives and operating model enhancements. Prior to Ultimus, Nicholas served at U.S. Bank Global Fund Services as Senior Vice President and Head of Registered Closed-End Fund Servicing.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nicholas-ablahani-41b07a9b/)
						×

January 14, 2026

The rise in private credit and other alternative asset classes has been a major trend in recent years, driven by increasing investor demand for yield and diversification. Innovative product structures, particularly semi-liquid evergreen structures like interval funds, tender offer funds, and non-traded business development companies (BDCs), have gained popularity as vehicles that are increasing accessibility to alternative investments for retail investors. As the alternative investment product landscape continues to evolve, specialty structures such as the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (’34 Act) registered private funds, also referred to as ‘34 Act registered 3(c)7 funds, are gaining traction in the semi-liquid evergreen product market. These funds are specifically designed for private wealth investors and are limited to qualified purchasers. Fund managers benefit from the ability to implement less liquid strategies, predominantly in private equity or infrastructure today, within a semi-liquid wrapper. Importantly, these funds remain exempt from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act), enabling them to avoid certain regulatory and reporting requirements imposed on ’40 Act registered funds.

This blog explores the key factors driving the rise of ‘34 Act registered private funds. It outlines their operational, regulatory, and structural complexities, while highlighting the importance of choosing the right administrator to help asset managers navigate this evolving segment of the alternative investment landscape.

### Bridging Traditional 3(c)7 Funds and ‘34 Act Registered Private Funds

Traditional 3(c)7 funds offer several key benefits for fund managers and investors. They allow up to 1,999 qualified purchasers, specifically investors with significant wealth and financial sophistication, allowing these funds to pursue complex investment strategies with less regulatory burden. By avoiding registration under the ‘40 Act, 3(c)7 funds maintain operational flexibility, including the use of leverage and derivatives, which ‘40 Act registered funds cannot employ. These benefits make 3(c)7 funds attractive structures for private equity, hedge funds, and other alternative investment strategies targeting high-net-worth and institutional investors.

In contrast, the ‘34 Act registered private funds break from the tradition of most private funds, which typically limit their investor count to avoid public registration. By registering under the ‘34 Act, these funds can welcome an unlimited number of limited partners. However, the fund sponsor must verify that every investor meets the definition of a qualified purchaser. This generally means individuals need more than $5 million in investments, and entities must hold more than $25 million. This structure relies on the ‘40 Act's Section 3(c)7 exemption, pairing broader access for high-net-worth investors with ongoing SEC disclosure obligations. While these funds are available to a larger pool of wealthy investors, they remain out of reach for everyday retail participants, and their offerings are structured to comply with Rule 506 of Regulation D to avoid triggering additional securities registration requirements.

Typically structured as evergreen vehicles with periodic liquidity through repurchase offers, the ‘34 Act registered private funds differ from traditional 3(c)7 funds because they are subject to ongoing reporting requirements. To register, a fund files Form 10, a detailed registration statement with audited US GAAP financial statements. This form undergoes SEC review and becomes effective automatically after 60 days.

### Structural Comparison: Understanding Where ‘34 Act Private Funds Fit

At a structural level, ‘34 Act registered private funds differ significantly from other ‘40 Act registered fund types such as BDCs, interval funds, and tender offer funds. While these vehicles share some similarities, providing investors access to alternative asset strategies within a semi-liquid evergreen product, their formation, taxation, accounting treatment, and investor eligibility can vary considerably.

!['34 Act Blog Chart 12.3.25 (11 x 8.5 in) (1).png](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/vnyfe0w4/34-act-blog-chart-12325-11-x-85-in-1.png?rmode=max&amp;width=618&amp;height=800&amp;hmac=3eccc905198f14df3dcdaeee57bc2aed93ec17a9562f630495ed1eca369a4d76)

### Tailored Solutions for Diversified Operational Needs

Administering a ‘34 Act registered private fund means supporting a hybrid fund structure that combines private fund partnership accounting with registered ‘34 Act public reporting. Unlike traditional private funds, these products must adhere to ongoing SEC filing and disclosure obligations, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K. This requires experienced operational professionals and sophisticated systems capable of providing timely and accurate SEC reporting solutions, XBRL tagging, US GAAP financial statements, and a robust transfer agency system with integration and connectivity across custodians and distribution platforms capable of supporting high volumes of investors.

Administrators must be equipped to handle:

- **SEC reporting**: preparation of periodic reports, coordination with auditors, and integration with legal teams to produce accurate and timely SEC submissions.
- **Enhanced recordkeeping**: complete shareholder and beneficial ownership tracking, tax reporting, with timely updates to registries and transfer agency systems.
- **Partnership tax and accounting**: specialized accounting procedures to manage the fund’s partnership structure.

This hybrid structure, if not navigated correctly, could present operational challenges, which is why partnering with the right administrator can be critical to long-term success. At Ultimus Fund Solutions, our experience in both private and registered markets helps investment managers confidently manage complex structures like ’34 Act registered private funds.

### Tax and Accounting Implications

The partnership structure for ‘34 Act registered private funds drives distinct tax treatment and accounting procedures. Unlike ‘40 Act registered closed-end fund structures taxed as a regulated investment company (RIC), these funds generally adopt a pass-through tax model. Income, deductions, gains, and losses are passed through to the partners, who receive K-1s rather than Form 1099s. Fund administrators supporting these structures must provide aligned specialized tax and accounting services, including:

- **Capital account reconciliation**: Maintenance of detailed partner-level capital accounts reflecting capital activity, profits, and losses. Each investor’s capital balance must align with tax allocations and GAAP reporting.
- **Management and performance fees**: The ability to account for differentiated management and performance fees at the class level.
- **Schedule K-1 preparation and delivery**: Coordination with tax professionals to generate K-1s, capturing each partner’s share of income, deductions, and credits. Timely delivery of K-1s is critical for investor tax compliance.

### Investor Servicing and Transfer Agency Functions

In the ‘34 Act environment, precision in investor accountability becomes paramount. Managing high volumes of subscription flows, transfer restrictions, and repurchase events require advanced shareholder-servicing sophistication. A capable fund administrator delivers:

- Multi-class accounting support for various share classes and distribution structures across all sales channels.
- Automated investor communications, assisting in compliance with public disclosure requirements.
- Transfer agency systems that are designed to meet higher reporting and reconciliation standards across custodians and distribution platforms.
- Real-time recordkeeping and reporting to provide GPs visibility into periodic subscription and redemption windows.
- Deep understanding of both private and registered compliance and distribution needs.

### Leveraging Technology for Compliance and Efficiency

The specific data and compliance needs of the ’34 Act registered private funds can be challenging for legacy fund administration systems. A technology-forward administrator will employ cloud-native solutions and API-enabled platforms that streamline reporting and automate manual review tasks.

Key technology considerations include:

- **Integrated systems**: Financial and SEC reporting systems that connect general ledgers, shareholder records, and regulatory filings.
- **Workflow automation**: Data validation and automation to eliminate repetitive tasks and minimize filing errors.
- **Real-time access**: Dashboard access for investment managers to monitor fund activity, capital movements, and filing status.
- **Distribution channel connectivity**: Proficiency in seamlessly integrating with leading distribution platforms and wirehouses.

### Governance Requirements

The Exchange Act does not mandate specific governance requirements for ‘34 Act registered private funds, such as an obligation to appoint a majority independent board or maintain an audit committee. Typically, these funds are organized as general partnerships with a board of directors that may include independent members for oversight. The board and governance structure is established according to market practice and investor expectations, rather than statutory requirements, to manage conflicts and support operational integrity.

### Aligning for Long-Term Success

Bringing a ‘34 Act registered private fund to market requires a forward-looking administrative framework capable of adapting to evolving regulations and investor expectations. Whether the goal is to provide private wealth investors with access to alternative strategies through semi-liquid evergreen product structure, maintaining operational flexibility by remaining exempt from the ‘40 Act or to remove investor limitations applicable to traditional 3(c)7 funds, close alignment with an experienced administrator promotes operational readiness and confidence at every stage of the product lifecycle.

### Comprehensive Fund Administration Support

To support managers in bringing retail alternative fund structures, including ‘34 Act registered private funds, to market, Ultimus offers a comprehensive suite of solutions:

- Recordkeeping system enables capital call and tender offer processing
- Comprehensive support of financial and SEC reporting, including quarterly 10-Q and annual 10-K filings
- Transfer agent services employing leading-edge technology

In addition, Ultimus provides operational skills and services necessary to support ‘34 Act registered private funds. Specifically, Ultimus can:

- Provide periodic NAV calculations
- Reconcile cash and positions
- Conduct expense accrual analysis
- Prepare annual and quarterly financial statements
- Prepare and coordinate quarterly 10-Q and annual 10-K filings
- Assist auditors with annual audit and quarterly reviews
- Provide governance and filing support services to promote efficient and compliant board operations

### Conclusion

As a leading fund administrator, Ultimus combines deep experience in both private and registered markets to deliver the comprehensive servicing framework required for ‘34 Act registered private funds. Through industry-leading technology solutions, comprehensive SEC reporting support, and high-touch client engagement, Ultimus can help asset managers scale their product offerings across all retail alternative product structures, including interval and tender offer funds, BDCs, REITs and ‘34 Act registered private funds. Fund sponsors ready to navigate this sophisticated investment structure can rely on Ultimus as a trusted operational partner, empowering them to meet regulatory demands and achieve their strategic goals.

If you are ready to take the next step in this or other investment structures, contact Ultimus Fund Solutions at http://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com.

COD00000925 12/08/2025


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nicholas-ablahani-41b07a9b/)
**Nicholas Ablahani**

Managing Director, Retail Alternatives Product


About Nicholas Ablahani
Nicholas Ablahani serves as Managing Director within the Retail Alternative Solutions group at Ultimus, responsible for developing and scaling the firm’s retail alternatives business. He brings more than 18 years of experience in the retail alternatives industry, focused on strategic growth initiatives and operating model enhancements. Prior to Ultimus, Nicholas served at U.S. Bank Global Fund Services as Senior Vice President and Head of Registered Closed-End Fund Servicing.


---

# Disrupting the '40 Act Transfer Agent and Fund Administration Services Landscape

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/disrupting-the-40-act-transfer-agent-and-fund-administration-services-landscape/_

# Disrupting the '40 Act Transfer Agent and Fund Administration Services Landscape

Subscribe

Authored by
**Ian Martin**

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer

**About Ian Martin**
									Ian Martin serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus, working across business lines to advance integration and synergy goals while meeting key financial targets. He is recognized for deep expertise in mutual fund processing, shareholder servicing, efficiency, and quality control. Before joining Ultimus, Ian led the Transfer Agent and Dealer Clearing departments as an Executive Vice President and Board member of U.S. Bank Global Fund Services.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ian-martin-10b57512/)
						×

May 19, 2020

Even before the events that have transpired recently with unstable financial markets and worries over the coronavirus, fund sponsors have been increasingly evaluating their current mutual fund transfer agent (TA) and fund administrator relationships due to a few developing factors.

Larger bank-affiliated providers, as well as those affiliated with larger and more diversified financial services firms, have seemed even less focused on delivering the quality and service levels fund sponsors were used to in the past (particularly before the fallout from the 2008 financial crisis). Investments in technology that help improve user experiences for fund sponsors and their shareholders, have also lagged significantly behind.

This lack of attention at larger institutions is a result of various events and activities including cost/staff reduction mandates, numerous acquisitions, competing organizational strategic initiatives, aging proprietary technology, and a focus on growing other business lines/investments with higher margins. In addition, the investments are required to comply with growing regulatory requirements.

All this while the market continually pressures fund sponsors to aggressively price their funds – resulting in lower investment advisory returns. The corporate capital investments required by companies to deliver comprehensive value-add services in a complex regulatory landscape is complicated, and doesn’t allow much room for providers with competing business lines and those who view fund services as just a hobby.

Getting to the point, ‘40 Act fund sponsors should look more closely at the remaining independent service providers of registered fund administration services in the U.S. To move business forward in a post-virus environment, fund sponsors will need a provider that continually invests in core technologies that enhance the overall user experience, for the fund sponsors themselves and their shareholders.

#### Enhanced Technology and Service

For example, Ultimus offers two highly responsive shareholder/investor platforms (U-Invest™ and U-Portal™) to meet the unique needs of its clients and their investor base. Both platforms use up-to-date application programming interface (API) technology, allowing for easy integration with multiple client platforms. These open, modular portals have been developed to allow fund sponsors to easily customize and update the platform for marketing and investor education-related purposes.

The applications also have smart and interactive user messaging. The intuitive and easy navigational layout of U-Invest is designed specifically for direct shareholders and the advisor community. U-Portal is an internally developed application to meet the special requirements of investors within Local Government Investment Pools (LGIPs).

#### High-End TA Tech Features

In today’s environment where investors are utilizing more self-service models while working from home, and the industry overall is evolving into a more tech-based service environment with a focus on efficiency, increased quality, and enhanced security, fund sponsors and advisers need a committed provider that is continually investing in TA technologies.

From a fund sponsor perspective, that means looking for providers who continue to upgrade their TA systems with improvements that might include shareholder mobile applications to meet the needs of future investors to ensure an accessible, intuitive experience for all users on a broad array of devices.

Fund sponsors should look for providers who are also incorporating other creative technologies that allow them additional opportunities to grow assets, and provide their customers with leading edge technology solutions. Some of these solutions are a digital advice investment platform with robo-adviser tools that expand capabilities to allow customers a self-directed user experience.

Additionally, Ultimus has implemented a leading fraud prevention software from a well-known vendor to enhance security with the goal of preventing bank fraud for online transaction activities. The company also continues to support specialized structures such as interval and tender offer funds, collective investment trusts (CITs) or strategies in the Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) space – which have their own unique shareholder servicing and reporting requirements.

These are just a few of the value-add offerings fund sponsors should expect from their TA provider, delivered with institutional controls and flexible, individualized boutique service levels.

#### Planning for What’s Next

Asset managers and fund sponsors coming out of the crisis want to work with a partner who can help them deliver on operational goals and long-term objectives for the remainder of 2020 on short notice, while having a positive impact on the funds’ total cost of operations. For fund administrators, that will require drawing on a deep bench of experienced industry and technology experts who are able to work directly with clients, prospects, and centers of influence to solve their unique challenges as everyone plans for the next chapter.

* * *

Ultimus Fund Solutions provides comprehensive and compliant shareholder recordkeeping, as well as investor services to registered investment companies and other pooled investment products. Our dedicated transfer agent, shareholder services, and dealer servicing teams utilize leading-edge technologies including new WCAG guidelines, the latest web portal enhancements, and bank fraud prevention software.

Our comprehensive services, flexible, open-architecture format, and team of professionals with years of experience in the industry offer advisers, fund sponsors, and shareholders unparalleled levels of transparency.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ian-martin-10b57512/)
**Ian Martin**

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer


About Ian Martin
Ian Martin serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus, working across business lines to advance integration and synergy goals while meeting key financial targets. He is recognized for deep expertise in mutual fund processing, shareholder servicing, efficiency, and quality control. Before joining Ultimus, Ian led the Transfer Agent and Dealer Clearing departments as an Executive Vice President and Board member of U.S. Bank Global Fund Services.


---

# Gaining Scale and Efficiencies in your Asset Management Practice

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/gaining-scale-and-efficiencies-in-your-asset-management-practice/_

# Gaining Scale and Efficiencies in your Asset Management Practice –

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×


While the ETF asset pool continues to grow (topping $8.1 trillion in the U.S. as of December 2023)1, advisers are also seeing increases in assets raised via Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs). According to Cerulli Associates, there is about $2 trillion in SMA account assets, up 14.1% from $1.72 trillion in assets in 2022, and assets in these accounts are projected to reach $2.9 trillion by 2026.2 Investors are clearly becoming more and more aware of the advantages to these types of accounts. They receive customized strategies, often get a high level of personal attention from their money managers and have the ability to see all of their specific holdings in one statement.

That said, SMAs aren’t designed for all investors. They often come at a higher cost to investors and sometimes create barriers to broad diversification and certain securities. And because most SMAs require a higher account minimum, many retail investors can’t always take advantage of them.

For advisers, SMAs can also create some challenges. The operational complexities of managing multiple accounts can make scaling a successful investment strategy more cumbersome. That’s especially true for firms with limited resources dedicated to internal operations. In addition, managers that adjust the minimum account requirements in order to bring on new clients with multiple accounts or please long-standing clients also create administrative burdens.

Taking all of the drawbacks of SMAs into consideration, there is an increasingly popular way for managers to achieve scale, operational efficiencies, and more effectively implement their investment strategy. By launching an exchange-traded fund (ETF), using their current investment strategy, investment advisers can create new opportunities for existing investors while potentially expanding their distribution networks.

Launching an ETF has become significantly easier in recent years, through the ETF Rule 6c-113, which streamlined the ETF launch process and the use of turnkey series trust platforms that assist advisers with fund formation and ongoing operations and governance. There are some distinct advantages regarding ETFs as compared to a separate account structure. Outlined below are some of the key advantages of an ETF for both advisers and investors when considering launching a fund.

- **Administrative Efficiency** – Converting SMA assets into an ETF creates efficiencies and execution advantages that aren’t available in separate accounts. In an ETF structure, advisers can buy and settle securities in bulk as opposed to buying and allocating individually, eliminating duplicative trades and tedious individual reporting requirements that are the norm in SMAs. But it’s not just a time savings play; there are cost savings that come from limiting trading in individual securities for individual accounts as well. Advisers can often more effectively execute their strategies in an ETF as well because they have access to a broader range, and conceivably better performing, securities.
- **Access to New Investments** – By pooling assets in an ETF, investors can gain access to asset classes and investment opportunities not available in an SMA. This often results in an adviser’s ability to achieve greater diversification. Beyond access to new investments, an ETF comes with the expertise, professional management and analysis of the full investment team, robust set of service providers, and increased oversight and governance by independent trustees and chief compliance officer that can create a distinct advantage for investors.
- **Increased Tax Efficiency** – The in-kind redemption feature of ETF shares directly with the fund creates an opportunity to generate better tax efficiency for investors that is not available to them in a mutual funds or taxable SMA structure.
- **Access to New Investors** – For managers, an ETF creates the opportunity to gain access to a new audience of investors and a new stream of assets. While some advisers may launch a fund only for the benefit of current SMA clients, there is an opportunity to provide access to the firm’s clients who couldn’t meet the minimums of the SMA strategy or to target a broader base of external investors in an ETF structure. ETFs open doors to new sales channels since it is traded on an exchange and broadly available for purchase at launch.

## Considerations for Conversion

While there are many advisers who would benefit from converting their SMAs to ETFs, there are many for whom the SMA structure remains the best option. So, when is an ETF a better option for advisers? Below are some important considerations and potential triggers for managers considering whether launching an ETF is the right strategy for their separately managed accounts.

**Has Account-level Administration Become Too Cumbersome?** If the answer is yes, then this strategy is one of your primary alternatives. Advisers who manage too many SMAs find themselves spread way too thin, making it difficult to focus on the firm’s investment strategy through all of the operational clutter.

**Do You Have Compliance Concerns?** Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS) compliance is difficult to manage. The differing execution of each SMA in an adviser’s arsenal piles on more compliance considerations and reporting intricacies. While concerns alone won’t push an adviser toward launching an ETF for SMA investors, it’s important to address this constantly during growth to see if a change becomes necessary.

**Are You Looking for Additional Investors?** Advisers that decide to launch an ETF have the opportunity to expand it’s reach to an entirely new and different investor base. Prospective investors that were turned away because of SMA minimums now have the opportunity to leverage the firm’s investment strategy.

**Can Your Firm Support the Cost of Managing an ETF?** Launching an ETF comes with inherent costs, those costs are predominantly expenses covered by the fund, in so far as the fund has sufficient assets to cover those costs. If not, the additional costs are reimbursed to the fund by the adviser.

## Conclusion

While managing a registered fund is not right for every firm, finding the answers to these questions will start advisers down the path toward the type of growth that fits best. Registered funds can help address the long-term strategy, while still keeping present investors in mind and preserving the advantages of a separately managed strategy. If you are interested in more information about converting SMAs into an ETF, or launching an ETF to supplement your current product line up, please Contact Us.

* * *

¹https://www.morningstar.com/news/marketwatch/20231228867/these-etf-strategies-were-big-winners-in-2023-heres-where-one-cfra-analyst-sees-them-going-next-year

²https://www.wsj.com/finance/investing/brokerage-firm-accounts-separately-managed-2a345344

³https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2019-190

17827087 1/25/24


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Switching Fund Administrators

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/switching-fund-administrators/_

# Switching Fund Administrators

Subscribe

August 14, 2015

Why do firms delay a move to a stronger service partner as they grow? Most often, it is the fear of a conversion. For mutual funds, a well-planned, comprehensive and timely conversion plan, focused on your most important clients – shareholders, RIA’s, wirehouses, institutional investors and platforms – will yield a well-executed conversion that is seamless (and possibly invisible) to them.

Moving your fund administration, accounting and transfer agent services is a process, but it doesn’t need to be a difficult one. Every conversion has common processes but unique details.

At Gemini Fund, our relationship managers oversee and guide the entire process. Varying systems and interfaces, class and corporate structures, fund types and objectives, platforms and omnibus arrangements, expense accruals and corporate actions, fiscal year-ends, tax filings, and SEC reporting are only a part of the project we administer for you and your shareholders. And of course, we work closely with you to oversee the complete and timely cooperation of the retiring service provider(s).

If your funds are in their own standalone trust, approval by your board of trustees of the move to Gemini Fund puts you well on your way. No shareholder proxy is needed and Gemini Fund can help you and your board move any other services for your fund to the provider of your choice, including audit services, custodial services and more.

If your fund is in a series trust, you’ll not only need board approval but will also need to proxy your shareholders for their approval as well. Gemini Fund is here to walk you through this process. Conversion costs also vary. They can include potential de-conversion costs associated with your current provider, the cost of a shareholder proxy if that step is necessary, and the additional steps needed to convert your fund to Gemini Fund.

As we talk through this process with you, we will be able to establish a timeline and determine your estimated costs more accurately. Every adviser has a different set of challenges, yet they share the common goal of increased assets under management. Gemini Fund will help evaluate the challenges unique to your firm, and make recommendations accordingly. Regardless of the circumstance, advisers continue to turn to Gemini Fund to provide expert support for their existing funds, as well as the launch of new ones.

BENEFITS TO YOUR GROUP MAY INCLUDE:

- An easier, less time-consuming relationship and meeting schedule with your Board of Trustees, helping you enjoy your business again
- Experienced, independent boards that understand complex products, structures, and investment strategies
- Greater efficiencies and potentially lower expenses, especially within the series trust model
- Potentially lower platform fees
- Access to our inside sales desk
- Use of our Key Accounts team that works with your fund to open channels of distribution
- Access to hundreds of already established selling agreements in the series trusts

Gemini Fund is an established provider of comprehensive solutions for pooled products, including mutual funds, ETFs and funds sold on insurance platforms. We pride ourselves on our consultative approach to business, believing we are true partners with our clients in achieving the vision for their products. We look forward to working with you in tandem, on the pooled products your firm supports. To get started, contact us today!

Download our Fund Conversion 2015 flyer.


---

# A 16-Year-Old Strategist Enters ’40 Act Country

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/a-16-year-old-strategist-enters-40-act-country/_

# A 16-Year-Old Strategist Enters ’40 Act Country

Subscribe

October 29, 2015

A 16-year-old tactical asset manager just entered the mutual fund business, and it already has $1 billion in mutual fund AUM.

Egg Harbor Township, New Jersey-based Hanlon Investment Management launched the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund. Sean Hanlon, CEO of his eponymous shop, confirms that part of the rapid growth of the two new funds comes from his team their advisory clients in the same strategies out of the SMAs and into the new funds.

Hanlon teamed up with Gemini Fund Services to launch the funds, and he aims to launch more soon.

To read the entire MF Wire story, [click here](http://www.mfwire.com/article.asp?storyID=52850&amp;template=article&amp;bhcp=1).


---

# 3 E’s: Best Practices for Engaging Clients

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/3-e-s-best-practices-for-engaging-clients/_

# 3 E’s: Best Practices for Engaging Clients

Subscribe

Authored by
**Alma Piscitello**

EVP, Relationship Management

**About Alma Piscitello**
									Alma Piscitello is the Executive Vice President of Relationship Management, overseeing the client experience and developing client growth strategies for our registered fund business, leading the day-to-day relationship management efforts, and developing partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment advisor clients. She also serves as a knowledgeable resource for fund launches, conversions, and distribution.

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

September 9, 2020

During the past few months, we have all ridden an emotional rollercoaster, with ups, downs, loops and lots of adrenaline. Business continuity plans have proved essential and readiness to deploy, monitor and adapt have become the necessary norm. But this is also a time when client and prospect engagement is paramount to the sustainability and growth of your investment firm’s business.

With that in mind, we are sharing our Three E’s for building deeper connections with clients and prospects: Empathy, Engagement and Ease.

## 1. Empathy

The simple act of reaching out to clients with interest in their well-being can build emotional equity. Take the time to actively listen to concerns and be consultative as they focus on their future, both professional and personal. Your empathy can calm and reassure while creating partnership and commitment.

- **Create and execute a plan to connect.** Develop a plan with the frequency and content of your outreach, while taking into account each client’s preferred method of communication. Populate your calendar or client relationship management (CRM) software with your plan. Then put this plan into action.
- **Be sincere in your outreach.** Perfunctory communications are easy to detect and will not build empathy. Be genuine.
- **Document conversations.** Your plan should incorporate ongoing outreach. Take notes so you can follow up accordingly.
- **Share stories that build commonality.** Your clients and prospects have different needs, so it’s important to tailor what you share. For some, you may want to share stories that illustrate a move from surviving to thriving. For others, stories that demonstrate fundamental commonality with communities and peers to let them know they are not alone.

## 2. Engagement

Communicate, communicate, communicate. Ensure that your communications are direct, productive and useful. Be mindful of clients’ time.

- **Make meetings effective.** Create and send an agenda prior to your meeting. Then follow up with agreed-upon actions, next steps or a simple summary of your discussion.
- **Leverage digital resources.** Virtual face-to-face meetings can be very powerful. At Ultimus, we have seen our face-to-face virtual connectivity lead to effective brainstorming and idea sharing. Through virtual calls with clients, we’ve helped shape new product discussions and new marketing strategies.

Use digital resources for more than virtual meetings. Also connect with clients and prospects by sharing social posts, podcasts, blog posts and interesting articles.

- **Partner with clients on new strategies.** Help clients recalibrate or create strategies that optimize their business or identify previously unseen opportunities. For example, as a fund administrator, Ultimus has worked recently with clients who’ve created new exchange-traded funds (ETFs) to diversify their asset gathering channels. Continue to discuss trends you are observing in the industry.
- **Keep prospecting.** Create dialogue continuity by actively and regularly reaching out to prospects. Data suggests it takes more touches to move someone to a decision during these highly unusual times. Be persistent. Don’t stop too soon.

## 3. Ease

Now, more than ever, clients welcome simplicity and ease as they engage with you for service and execution. Consider ways to simplify and enhance your clients’ experience.

- **Conduct service audits to identify opportunities.** Uncover areas for improvement. Identify —and then fix — points of frustration for clients.
- **Develop your team’s skills.** Arm your team with additional knowledge through online training on new applications or process improvements. Then think about how the skills can be applied to benefit the client experience. At Ultimus, for example, we are launching a professional coaching series to promote personal and professional growth; we believe this will have positive effects for clients too.
- **Make it easy for clients to reach you.** With many people continuing to work remotely, it’s critical for clients to feel connected. Your accessibility is important, as is your prompt response to emails and calls.

Engaging with clients and prospects is a journey and there are many more ways to enhance the experience than those discussed here. But we believe our Three E’s — Empathy, Engagement and Ease — go a long way to building trust equity with your clients as it has with ours. Trust is an essential component for turning prospects into clients and for maintaining healthy client relationships. Do the work. It will reap rewards.


## Authored by

**Alma Piscitello**

EVP, Relationship Management


About Alma Piscitello
Alma Piscitello is the Executive Vice President of Relationship Management, overseeing the client experience and developing client growth strategies for our registered fund business, leading the day-to-day relationship management efforts, and developing partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment advisor clients. She also serves as a knowledgeable resource for fund launches, conversions, and distribution.

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Defining Adviser Awareness: Key Elements for Creating Effective Distribution Campaigns

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/defining-adviser-awareness-key-elements-for-creating-effective-distribution-campaigns/_

# Defining Adviser Awareness: Key Elements for Creating Effective Distribution Campaigns

Subscribe

Authored by
**Alma Piscitello**

EVP, Relationship Management

**About Alma Piscitello**
									Alma Piscitello is the Executive Vice President of Relationship Management, overseeing the client experience and developing client growth strategies for our registered fund business, leading the day-to-day relationship management efforts, and developing partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment advisor clients. She also serves as a knowledgeable resource for fund launches, conversions, and distribution.
						×

June 2, 2020

With the current market fluctuation and uncertainty about what our world will look like post coronavirus, it may be time for the industry to consider a fundamental *re-think* about processes. No one knows exactly when or how certain markets will rebound, so it’s important to refocus on market fundamentals. Not every company will recover the same way or at the same pace, making those fundamentals an important lens for viewing that recovery.

Asset managers can also benefit by refocusing on the fundamentals regarding their distribution campaigns. Smart managers allow the data fundamentals to tell them how to segment advisers, how to market to that segment, and how to best tell a compelling story.

**Client Segmentation Using Context**

According to Thompson, when his company reviews distribution strategies with clients, they find that asset managers often focus solely on assets under management (AUM) as the means to segment advisers. His view is that by defining advisers by AUM only, asset managers may be missing key information that can add depth and definition to segmentation.

“Successful segmentation requires asset managers to think about advisers within the proper context. Advisers are more than the sum of their AUM in the same way that asset managers are more than their one-dimensional return metrics,” said Thompson. “Data points that include years in the business, insurance licensing, asset mixes, firm size, and average account size can all factor into the context through which advisers should be viewed. The data is only meaningful if provided in the proper context for interpretation.”

Thompson continues, “We’ve all been in meetings where data people talk in terms of SQL (sales qualified lead) data and customer relationship management (CRM), while sales is focused on separately managed accounts (SMA) or exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The data has no context and the sales context has no data. This is what I refer to as the ‘*great wall of data’* – two teams on opposite sides of the same table not relating to each other. For true client segmentation and context, data people must be trained on what the company sells and how they sell it. And the sales team must look for data that will expand adviser context.”

**Distilling Core Messages – Tell Your Story**

To have meaningful and impactful conversations with advisers, asset managers must develop and deliver a relevant story with a goal of creating awareness. According to Thompson, there are **four key fundamentals** that asset managers must address in their story in order to effectively create awareness with advisers:

1. **What is it that your asset management firm does?**
2. **Why are you, as an asset manager, uniquely qualified to do it?**
3. **Who are the best client prospects (investors) for what you do?**
4. **How can an adviser best present what you do to their clients?**

Creating an effective distribution campaign means more than just getting advisers to notice you with a like or a retweet. To build true awareness, asset managers must build on the four distribution building blocks by telling a memorable and relevant story.

“In the same way that asset managers must view their advisers through the proper context,” said Thompson. “It’s vital that advisers have the proper context with which to view the asset manager. It’s our experience that performance data alone often fails to generate interest – because the adviser can’t relate that performance to you or see the context behind the products you offer.”

**Driving Execution – Is There a Silver Bullet?**

According to Thompson, there is no silver bullet to successfully drive execution. Once asset managers have followed the key steps to crafting a story, it takes time and resources to pull it all together. “My best advice is to **‘be consistent and persistent’** and don’t stop after one try if you don’t get the outcome you are seeking.”

“Furthermore, put some serious thought into how to best deliver distribution messages, with an eye on the contextual background of targeted advisers, and then put it out there as frequently as possible.”

Below are a few things asset managers should keep in mind when creating a story:

- Make sure the content is brief and to the point.
- Be respectful of the adviser’s time.
- Find a cadence that works for you and the adviser. Constant bombardment isn’t recommended. The goal is to be consistent and persistent, but not annoying.
- Let the data tell you what’s working regarding response rates and other metrics. Don’t presume to know ahead of time what will work best.
- Look at what forms/mediums are working, but don’t limit yourself to only one.
- Again, don’t give up after a few times if you are not getting the expected responses.

To hear more from Clay Thompson about how to leverage your existing distribution efforts to generate more adviser demand, listen to the full podcast \*[HERE](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//example-podcast-page/).

Ultimus’ Distribution Advantage program works closely with firms like On-Demand Wholesaling and clients to facilitate the development and implementation of effective distribution strategies, enabling firms to understand and navigate the complex distribution landscape.

* * *

*On-Demand Wholesaling, based in Columbus, Ohio, leverages 35 years of wholesaling experience by President* [*Clay Thompson*](https://www.linkedin.com/in/clay-thompson-06b3b812/) *to provide video content that can help financial services firms tell their story to advisers. Wholesaling through the years has changed a great deal, but the need to tell your story has not. The company focuses on leveraging existing distribution efforts with digital tactics to generate adviser demand. For more information, visit* [*https://ondemandwholesaling.com/*](https://ondemandwholesaling.com/)


## Authored by

**Alma Piscitello**

EVP, Relationship Management


About Alma Piscitello
Alma Piscitello is the Executive Vice President of Relationship Management, overseeing the client experience and developing client growth strategies for our registered fund business, leading the day-to-day relationship management efforts, and developing partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment advisor clients. She also serves as a knowledgeable resource for fund launches, conversions, and distribution.


---

# Redefining Innovation: The Ongoing Creation of New Ideas That Generate Value for Clients

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/redefining-innovation-the-ongoing-creation-of-new-ideas-that-generate-value-for-clients/_

# Redefining Innovation: The Ongoing Creation of New Ideas That Generate Value for Clients

Subscribe

Authored by
**Judith Peterson**
						×

January 6, 2020

In our latest installment of #TALKtoUltimus, we interview [Bill Hortz,](https://www.linkedin.com/in/williamhortz/) Founder and Dean of the [Institute for Innovation Development](https://www.linkedin.com/company/institute-for-innovation-development/?trk=public_profile_topcard_current_company), and explore best practices for companies wanting to create a culture of innovation.

Many investment firms and managers use the words innovation and tech driven as a brand promise. While there are many ways to define it, tech-driven means using proprietary technology to deliver something that is better, faster, and cheaper than if you do it yourself. According to Hortz, tech-driven means just using technology to do work more efficiently. But in his view, it’s not necessarily something that changes a culture. His hypothesis is that investment firms really want to have a reputation for being innovative (2.0), not tech-driven (1.0).

**Innovation Description**

According to Hortz, innovation is an ongoing creation of new ideas and creative thoughts that generate value, not just efficiency. He makes this distinction because it isn’t just a hobby or a one-off project in the financial services industry or other organizations – it’s an ongoing, dynamic, and perpetual set of behaviors that can change a culture. These patterns and behaviors emerge for professionals who are:

- Curious with clients and have a constant feedback loop.
- Constantly challenging their way of doing business and thought process – no matter what level of the organization.
- Evolving and adapting to change, while also planning for those changes/new trends and being able to pivot.
- Listening to employee ideas and suggestions, while also creating platforms to share those new ideas with others.
- Experimenting with new methods and applications, while also learning fast from the results – whether they are positive or negative.

When financial services companies and other organizations really achieve momentum, professionals are taking innovative results and turning them into competitive advantages via fund offerings or changing the way they deliver services or solutions to clients. Executives and team leaders are also communicating new insights and results to the entire organization, so everyone can connect the dots between the feedback loop and the overall strategy.


## Authored by

**Judith Peterson**


---

# Responding to Due Diligence Questionnaires

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/responding-to-due-diligence-questionnaires/_

# Responding to Due Diligence Questionnaires

Subscribe

February 23, 2017

**INTRODUCTION**

Financial intermediaries conduct various levels of product due diligence to gain a better understanding of the investment firm’s Competitive Edge. Due diligence questionnaires cover two key areas; firm and product. Due diligence teams are seeking to understand the investment adviser’s philosophy, processes and operational support to best determine business viability and product continuity. The following is a general guideline, created to prepare you in responding to a due diligence team.

**“The strongest steel is well-founded self-belief. It is earned, not given.”– Coach John Wooden**

**FIRM**

| <table style="min-width: 75px;"><colgroup><col style="min-width: 25px;"><col style="min-width: 25px;"><col style="min-width: 25px;"></colgroup><tbody><tr><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>Question</strong></p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>Why does the due diligence team ask for this information?</strong></p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>How to highlight your Competitive Edge</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>Present your firms overview, including history, inception date and key members</strong></p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Learn the origin of the company, who started the firm and why the firm was founded. Looking for evidence of industry and investment strategy management experience.</p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Express what makes the organization unique – your history, story and reason why you manage money.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>Outline your current ownership structure</strong></p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>To find interested parties that may influence accountability, company liquidity and may provide potential investment in the firm’s future growth. For example: private ownership, employee owned, public, corporation or LLC, LP.</p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Validate alignment of all interested parties that will continuously support the firm and the investment management goals.Key points:</p><p>Decision making hierarchy</p><p>Past growth and future growth opportunities</p><p>Succession planning</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>Provide the total number of employees and detailed descriptions of key personnel, including number of years of experience and average tenure for each professional in their respective roles</strong></p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Investigate the organization’s supportive infrastructure and determine ability to sustain and manage long term growth. (Ratio of personnel to AUM, complexity of the strategy and client sales support may influence a due diligence team’s rating).</p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Key points:</p><p>Total number of firm employees</p><p>Total number of investment professionals (analyst / traders / portfolio managers)</p><p>Sales, marketing and client service</p><p>Administrative: legal, compliance, risk management and operations</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>Are investment professionals compensation tied to performance of the investment strategy?</strong></p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>To learn the compensation structure allows the due diligence team to gain insight on the collaborative nature of the organization to drive consistent results.</p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Focus on competitive and performance driven environment to best demonstrate alignment with the shareholder. Provide insight to how compensation is determined and processed (i.e. options, equity, bonus, etc.)</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>Provide firms personnel turnover over the past five years and rationale for the turnover</strong></p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Determine the stability of the firm personnel and the consistent implementation of the firm’s core philosophy. For investment professionals, low turnover is a key factor in determining the validity of the historical track record and tends to demonstrate product continuity.</p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Proving team stability and continuity by demonstrating:</p><p>Years of experience</p><p>Number of professionals that contribute to the investment strategy</p><p>Rationale for any turnover of research and investment management team</p><p>Provide succession plans – cultivating and advancing talent</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p><strong>View firms assets under management (AUM) for the past 5 years</strong></p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Exhibit the scalability of the firm and the strategy to determine potential risk to the investment strategy implementation and sustainability of the business development opportunities.</p></td><td colspan="1" rowspan="1"><p>Key items of consideration are product/firm capacity and liquidity constraints. Describe components of your firms AUM:</p><p>Total firm</p><p>By vehicle; LP, SMA, Funds</p><p>Discretionary vs. Advisement</p><p>If low assets or high turnover, describe the fluctuation and what is being done to minimize potentially large swings.</p></td></tr></tbody></table> |
| --- |

**PRODUCT**

| **Question** | **Why does the due diligence team ask for this information?** | **How to highlight yourCompetitive Edge** |
| --- | --- | --- |
| **Illustrate your investment philosophy** | Recognize the overarching core beliefs that will impact the strategy and investment process implementation. | Present your firms core beliefs that drive the strategy implementation. For example: top down or bottom up viewpoints, quantitative drivers or qualitative fundamental factors, macro or micro viewpoints and or market trend followers. |
| **Detail the firm’s investment process** | Explore the process for portfolio construction, with emphasis on key decision makers and buy and sell disciplines to ascertain replicability of the strategy to drive consistent performance. | Outline decision making hierarchy and provide detailed security selection process that influences portfolio allocation decisions. |
| **Include portfolio allocation rationale** | Discover the guardrails for minimum/maximum holdings at the security, sector and industry level with emphasis on risk management tools. | Emphasize the consistency of the investment process by highlighting how the firm generates alpha, i.e., when there would be underweights and overweights in the portfolio, any benchmark considerations and provide rationale for cash holdings. |
| **Showcase your performance history** | Seeks to understand how the investment management team has performed vs the benchmark and designated peer group since inception and for key time periods: 1, 3, 5+ years. | Highlight respective vehicle performance and history managing assets in the investment style. Provide examples of “stressed” time periods and how your strategy performed. |
| **Define risk management policies and procedures** | To understand the firm’s risk controls for three key areas:<br><br>Operational and trading support<br><br>Books and records / information security<br><br>Succession planning | Illustrate disaster recovery plans. Provide procedures for safe keeping of all sensitive information and how client privacy is protected and monitored against cyber security attacks. Discuss contingency plan should key decision makers leave the firm. Highlight succession plans with emphasis on cultivating the next generation of talent. |
| **Portray the sales and marketing support that will drive sales growth opportunities** | Seeking to understand how the firm will grow the strategy assets over time. | Feature your short term and long term marketing plans that may impact your sales over time. Emphasize on what circumstances would increase your sales efforts. Focus on target market, distribution activity and personnel. |

* * *

**NEXT STEPS**

**DISCOVER** – Gain a deeper understanding of how to highlight your Competitive Edge in the due diligence process

**PLAN** – Create an off the shelf due diligence questionnaire for your firm and strategy

**PREPARE** – Work with your Strategic Relationship Manager to determine the intermediary opportunities

**ACT** – Proactively provide the questionnaire when soliciting new opportunities


---

# Strategically Outsourcing Your Middle Office

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/strategically-outsourcing-your-middle-office/_

# STRATEGICALLY OUTSOURCING YOUR MIDDLE OFFICE

Subscribe

Authored by
**Mike Ciotola**
						×

October 3, 2017

Ultimus’ Director of Middle Office Services, Mike Ciotola, recently sat down with Bill Hortz, Dean and Founder of the Institute for Innovation Development, to discuss the impact that technology trends are having on both money managers and the financial services industry.

In the following Q&A article, they examine how both large and small investment firms need to think outside the box to take advantage of developing technology and to streamline their operations by strategically outsourcing their middle office services. Ciotola also provides case study examples of advisers that looked to accelerate their business growth by outsourcing.

To shed further light on this outsourcing topic, Ciotola identifies key benefits and challenges regarding outsourcing middle office functions. If done correctly, it can be a very strategic and competitive decision. ***To learn how to transition these functions, plus the steps involved***  **** [***read the full Q&A article***](https://innovationdevelopment.org/bill-hortz/strategically-outsourcing-your-middle-office)***.***


## Authored by

**Mike Ciotola**


---

# The Evolution of Alternative Investments

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-evolution-of-alternative-investments/_

# The Evolution of Alternative Investments

Subscribe

March 13, 2017

***Allocations to alternative investment strategies have continued to evolve as asset owners – in particular pensions, endowments and family offices – have become more knowledgeable about, and comfortable with, these strategies.***

Direct investments into hedge funds, funds of hedge funds and alternative mutual funds are not meeting the increasingly complex needs of today’s institutional investors, where flexibility, tailored reporting, transparency and cost efficiency are key factors.

Today, asset owners are searching for the appropriate structure and relationships that will provide them with the services and controls that meet their individual, committee and board requirements. The need for more control and governance, reduced fees, increased transparency and flexibility is only expected to increase over time.

Acquiring and managing quality staff, staying abreast of technological demands and creating an infrastructure that maintains a strong control environment can add significant costs to the investment process. Maintaining a state of the art operational infrastructure requires every day focus on staff education and development, technology capabilities and advancements and continued testing of process and controls to mitigate non-market risks. These requirements are highly specialized and significantly removed from the investment process of research and trade execution.

Investing in alternative strategies through individual managed accounts may be an ideal solution for asset owners; however, it also presents them with significant operational and administrative burdens. In fact, it would be prohibitively expensive and highly impractical for most asset owners to create the internal operational expertise and infrastructure to effectively administer and manage a portfolio of managed accounts.

Service providers need to provide asset owners with the flexibility that they require. Oversight has dramatically changed and asset owners need depth and breadth of information to meet their own expanding reporting requirements.

Historically, an administrator might be viewed as an alternative in providing many of the requirements needed by asset owners. However, increased demands such as operational due diligence, cash management, risk management/monitoring, guideline monitoring and potentially strategy rebalancing are needs and services that may not be part of an administrator’s service offering.

Managed account platforms (MAPs) have been created to provide many of the services required by asset owners. MAPs are a logical evolution of the investment process, providing users with tremendous depth and breadth of services as well as confidence in the investment structure.

Asset owners have the ability to negotiate fees with advisers, maintain strong governance, utilize risk and guideline monitoring tools, have complete transparency of data and process, and receive timely and effective reporting. These attributes have become ™must haves∫ for today’s asset owner, and the requirements will only grow over time. MAP operators need to be flexible enough to meet today’s requirements and have the ability to adapt to more changes.

Investments in alternatives have witnessed a unique evolutionary process. Long gone are the days of investing in an adviser and getting a ROR back every 30 days. Investors now require the investment to provide governance, transparency and ultimately complete control back to the asset owner.

MAPs may be the answer for accessing advisers in a structure that provides a potential solution for the needs of today’s investor.


---

# Understanding the Nuances of Omnibus Accounts

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-nuances-of-omnibus-accounts/_

# Understanding the Nuances of Omnibus Accounts

Subscribe

July 28, 2016

Alma Piscitello, SVP, Head of Strategic Relationships for Northern Lights Distributors was recently quoted in the *Fund Operations* article, “*Understanding the Nuances of Omnibus Accounts”*. The article discusses the rise of omnibus accounts in the mutual fund industry and how that has spurred a new operational role, one that focuses on intermediary relationships and fee structures in an intensely regulated environment.

*“Managers are asking how intermediaries monitor these transactions, what kind of reporting they are doing, and how they comply with Rule 22c2,” Piscitello said. “Funds have a responsibility to ask the intermediary how they’re going to help. Investment companies still need to have policies in place to monitor trading activity, show the audit trail, and from a compliance point of view, show that they have oversight at a client level.”*

To read the full article [click here](http://fundintelligence.global/fundoperations/analysis/understanding-the-nuances-of-omnibus-accounts/).


---

# What are Managed Futures?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/what-are-managed-futures/_

# What are Managed Futures?

Subscribe

May 23, 2017

If an average investor were asked what a futures contract is, he or she would probably answer, “I am not really sure, but it sounds complicated and probably doesn’t impact me.” Futures contracts are agreements to buy or sell a specific item, in a specific quantity, of a defined quality, at a set price at a defined future date. The truth is that the futures industry affects many peoples’ daily lives and a form of futures contract is frequently used in several familiar activities.

For example, consider a typical transaction on Amazon^®^, during which the buyer pays a set price for an item or items to be delivered in a specific number of days. While this is an example of a modern day futures contract, it’s important to look at where and when this industry got its start.

**The Creation of Futures Contracts**

In the 1840s, Chicago had become a commercial center with railroad and telegraph lines connecting the middle of the country with the East. Around this same time, the McCormick reaper, a mechanical tool used to cut and gather crops, was invented, which eventually lead to increased wheat production. Midwest farmers came to Chicago to sell their wheat to dealers who, in turn, shipped it all over the country.

In 1848, The Chicago Board of Trade was created as a central place for farmers (sellers) and dealers (buyers) to meet and deal in “spot” grain – that is, to exchange cash for the immediate delivery of wheat.

The futures contract, as we know it today, evolved as farmers and dealers began to make commitments for future exchanges of grain for cash. For instance, the farmer would agree with the dealer on a price for 5,000 bushels of wheat at the end of June. The bargain suited both parties. The farmer knew how much he would be paid for his wheat, and the dealer knew his costs in advance. On occasion, the two parties may have exchanged a written contract to this effect and even a small amount of money representing a guarantee. We now refer to this as “margin” for an account, which demonstrates commitment to a position.

Such contracts became common and were even used as collateral for bank loans. They also began to change hands before the physical delivery date. If the dealer decided he didn’t want the wheat, he would sell the contract to someone who did. Or, the farmer who didn’t want to deliver his wheat might pass his obligation on to another farmer. The price would go up and down depending on what was happening in the wheat market. If bad weather came, the people who had contracted to sell wheat would hold more valuable contracts because the supply would be lower. If the harvests were bigger than expected, the farmer’s contract would become less valuable. It wasn’t long before people who had no intention of ever buying or selling the actual wheat began trading only the contracts. This brought about the first futures speculators, hoping to buy low and sell high, or sell high and buy low. During this time, futures contracts began to be standardized. For instance, contracts now would specify the quantity of the contract, quality of goods (a specific grade of the commodity) and time and location of delivery (should the buyer accept delivery). This left only the price of the contract to be determined.

**The Evolution of Futures Contracts**

Futures contracts have evolved quite a bit over the past 150+ years. Initially, futures markets only included a few commodities, mostly wheat, corn and soybeans. It quickly evolved to allow investors to hedge, or speculate, on not only the world’s major commodities, but also the world’s major indices, debt products and currencies. As more futures markets were created, this attracted additional speculators to use the futures market as a way to make bets on the rise or fall of a specific market. Today, there are over twice as many futures contracts traded daily as there are shares of stock traded across every U.S. stock market combined. Stock market volume equals approximately 5 million shares traded daily, while the overall futures market averages 11 million contracts\*. In 2015, the overall futures market volume was over 24 billion contracts annually\*\* with a value over $11 trillion annually.

The history above leaves out many major developments, such as the shift to electronic trading from the open outcry method of trading that made the commodity “pits” so legendary. Another major advancement that is necessary to highlight occurred on October 24,1974, the date that Congress passed the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Act of 1974.The bill overhauled the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) and created the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC or Commission), an independent agency with powers greater than those of its predecessor agency. The CFTC remains the regulatory body today that oversees all commodity futures and options markets much like the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) does for the equity markets.

**Managed Futures Strategies**

This is the foundation needed to answer the question asked at the beginning of this article, **What are Managed Futures?** In the simplest of terms:

*Managed futures are defined strategies traded by professional money managers, known as commodity trading advisers (CTAs), on behalf of investors. Managers invest in energy, agriculture and currency markets (among many others) using futures contracts and determine their positions based on expected potential profit and warranted risk.*

The CME Group, the world’s leading and most diverse derivatives marketplace, elaborates:

*“Managed Futures are a diverse subset of active hedge fund strategies that trade liquid, transparent, centrally cleared exchange-traded products, and deep interbank foreign exchange markets. Managers in this sector are called Commodity Trading Advisers (CTAs). This name goes back to the origin of the strategy when, unlike today, most CTA activity was in commodities. Currently, their strategies are also largely focused on financial futures markets — equity indices, fixed income, and foreign exchange — with additional allocations to energy, metals, and agricultural markets. There are also Commodity Specialist Managers that focus mainly or exclusively on commodity markets. They may further specialize in one or more asset classes within the commodity space, such as energy or agricultural.”*

Managed futures first rose in popularity in the 1970s with the introduction of trend followers and became compelling to investors due to their low correlation to the stock market and their ability to create “crisis alpha.” The predominant strategy remains trend following, but this approach has evolved significantly in sophistication in recent years, and the overall space has become increasingly diverse.

In general, trend followers aim to identify and exploit sustained capital flows across asset classes as markets move out of and into equilibrium, often after prolonged imbalances. Other CTA styles thrive on volatility and choppy price action that accompanies these flows, as well as a variety of other market phenomena. The number and variety of programs has risen sharply with the advances in trading technology, data analysis, and increased interest from quantitative traders in establishing their own trading firms. Methodology of the trading firm is typically routed around fundamental, technical strategies or a combination of the two, but how these strategies are executed varies widely by trading firm. Strategies can vary between systematic, discretionary, spread, arbitrage, value, option, sector specific, and diversified or some sort of combination between these.

As of the end of 2015, managed futures had a total of approximately $334 Billion\*\* in client capital being traded across these strategies. Total assets have more than doubled over the past several years, and continue to grow. Much of this growth happened in response to the panic of 2008 when this asset class was one of the few winners. There is a substantial body of research that has shown in a very clear and concise way that over the long term, managed futures can lower overall portfolio volatility and increase overall return. The ability to be both dynamically long and short creates the opportunity to profit from various market environments. That is not to say that managed futures always make money. Clearly that is not the case. It is however to say that managed futures should be considered as a potential building block of any balanced portfolio, due to their ability to provide a non-correlated investment, reduce portfolio volatility *and* enhance returns.

For illustrative purposes only.

p.a. – per annum

Stocks are represented by the S&P 500. The S&P 500 stands for the Standard and Poor 500. It is a stock market index that tracks the 500 most widely held stocks on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ. It seeks to represent the entire stock market by reflecting the risk and return of all large cap companies.

\*[https://www.quora.com/How-is-the-daily-traded-volume-in-US-dollars-in-NYSE+NASDAQ-and-associated-ECNs-compared-to-Worldwide-Futures-Markets](https://urldefense.proofpoint.com/v2/url?u=https-3A__www.quora.com_How-2Dis-2Dthe-2Ddaily-2Dtraded-2Dvolume-2Din-2DUS-2Ddollars-2Din-2DNYSE-2BNASDAQ-2Dand-2Dassociated-2DECNs-2Dcompared-2Dto-2DWorldwide-2DFutures-2DMarkets&amp;d=CwMFaQ&amp;c=JuT6Ij-FWAbwU5_F1A-pCdYBL2iXGZEyyy7_FMfAGuk&amp;r=3VavH7NtdXggxBVglaC0Uu_SNvi9IFwcf455SaPcHkc&amp;m=lxgryhUREKKKapl7KjA2McTn_e6lT-KuUVuEguTqKjQ&amp;s=CRDPFu0fmQao0qkUvBXnFFmYbpzDAJRDGHbi3dPPumU&amp;e=)

\*\*http://marketvoicemag.org/?q=content/2015-annual-survey-global-derivatives-volume

Investors cannot directly invest in an index and unmanaged index returns do not reflect any fees, expenses or sales charges.

Managed futures: The CISDM Fund of Fund index and the eight individual CISDM Hedge Fund Strategy Indices reflect the median performance of funds within self-reported fund of fund and hedge fund strategy classifications reporting to the Morningstar CISDM Hedge Fund Database. In addition, the CISDM Equal Weighted Hedge Fund Index and CISDM CTA Equal Weighted Index reflect average performance of all hedge funds and CTAs reporting to the database, respectively.

The calculations of the CISDM Equal Weighted Hedge Fund Index and CISDM CTA Equal Weighted Index average index performance does not include outliers which are at least +/-3 standard deviation away from the average. In the calculations of the eight individual CISDM Hedge Fund Strategy Indices, the CISDM Funds of Funds Diversified Index and the CISDM Equal Weighted CTA Index, duplicate funds (e.g., fund that differ only in currency) have been eliminated.

https://www.iasg.com/en-us/groups/group/cisdm/program/cta-equally-weighted-index

https://www.isenberg.umass.edu/centers/center-for-international-securities-and-derivatives-markets/cisdm-indices

Alternative investment products, including hedge funds and managed futures, involve a high degree of risk. Alternative investment products can be volatile. An investor could lose all or a substantial amount of his or her investment.


---

# Why Hedge Fund Managers are Moving to a Registered ’40 Act Mutual Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/why-hedge-fund-managers-are-moving-to-a-registered-40-act-mutual-fund/_

# Why Hedge Fund Managers are Moving to a Registered ’40 Act Mutual Fund

Subscribe

February 27, 2017

Imagine yourself as a new investment manager. Being new to the investing world, you begin with limited capital and decide to start a hedge fund since they are less expensive to launch than a registered ‘40 Act mutual fund. Your hedge fund does well, but raising capital is difficult. First, you have to find high net worth individuals who are willing to put their trust and hard earned money in you, not only in the form of an investment, but in potential [2 and 20 fees](http://www.investopedia.com/terms/t/two_and_twenty.asp) as well. Furthermore, these investors are usually limited to a certain percentage of illiquid investments in their portfolios. Since the hedge fund has monthly valuations, it is considered illiquid, which limits its distribution to these high net-worth investors.

So, what should investment managers with hedge funds do? Find a partner with capital that can assist in converting your hedge fund into a mutual fund! Not only can the right partner provide capital, but they can also share knowledge and expertise with policies and procedures to help guide you along in the registration process.

Registered ‘40 Act mutual funds offer a larger distribution base with fewer barriers of entry for the average shareholder. By converting to a mutual fund, the hedge fund manager can bring over their track record from the hedge fund and begin to attract new investors. The distribution channels available for mutual funds allow them to reach a greater number of people.

A mutual fund can offer a low or even no-minimum investment, daily liquidity, and increased transparency into the funds’ investments. Those investors who have a limit on their illiquid holdings can now invest in the mutual fund because of its daily liquidity. As Jacob Pacini, Co-Founder and Chief Investment Officer for Pacini Hatfield Investments, said when he launched his hedge fund, “I couldn’t be in my own fund because the barriers were too high.” He recently partnered with Day Hagan Asset Management to make the switch from a hedge fund to mutual fund. Now more of his friends and family can participate in his investment strategy in the mutual fund!

So, why convert to a mutual fund from a hedge fund? It offers a much larger audience with more distribution options, daily liquidity, transparency, stronger regulations to protect investors, and fewer barriers to entry for the shareholders among other benefits.


---

# Best-in-Class Customer Service: The Intersection Between Strategy and Culture

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/best-in-class-customer-service-the-intersection-between-strategy-and-culture/_

# Best-in-Class Customer Service: The Intersection Between Strategy and Culture

Subscribe

Authored by
**Judith Peterson**
						×

November 25, 2019

*Ultimus recently kicked off a new interview series entitled, #TA* *LKtoUltimus.*

*Below is an introduction to an interview leadership coaching expe* *rt, Tim Kight, Founder/CEO of* [*Focus 3*](https://www.focus3.com/)*. In this podcast, Tim outlines what it means to be a client-centric organization, and the principles and leadership needed to help organizations deliver best-in-class customer service.*

Many companies say they are best-in-class or [client-centric organizations](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//about-us/) in their branding and mission statements, but there is a definite disconnect between those words and the reality of how they are translated down through the ranks to front-line employees interacting directly with clients.

**Why the Disconnect?**

The mission of Tim’s company is helping organizations around the world align the power of leadership, culture, and behavior to achieve elite results. In his view, it’s easy for company executives to make high-level strategic and branding decisions about goals of the organization, and to say with conviction that those goals are part of the overall culture. But it’s another to realize that clients may have a very different view of the company from their daily interactions with middle managers and front-line employees.

In working to gain and retain loyal customers, companies today must be hyper-focused on both strategy and culture to achieve results. So, how do successful companies succeed when other companies don’t?

The full podcast explores the attributes of elite companies that connect both strategy and culture within organizations by being not only client-focused, but also initiating and changing the level of engagement down through the ranks to make those promises stick on an ongoing basis.

Successful organizations know it’s not just a one or the other proposition – you need both strategy and culture to achieve sustainable results.

Learn more about Tim’s recommendations for creating a blueprint for success by listening to the full podcast [**HERE**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//example-podcast-page/).

*Our #TalktoUltimUS series is promoted on social media, via* [*Blog*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//resources/blog/) *posts and on a new* [*Podcast*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//example-podcast-page/) *page on the Ultimus website.*

*Based in Columbus, Ohio,* [*Focus 3*](https://www.focus3.com/) *is committed to continuously learning about the physics of performance. CEO Tim Kight and his team focus on helping teams and individuals identify a deeper understanding of how people, leaders, and organizations combine to produce results – identified as The R Factor to build better leaders, better culture, and better behavior.*


## Authored by

**Judith Peterson**


---

# Is There a Better Solution for Handling Adviser Trade Operations?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/is-there-a-better-solution-for-handling-adviser-trade-operations/_

# IS THERE A BETTER SOLUTION FOR HANDLING ADVISER TRADE OPERATIONS?

Subscribe

Authored by
**John McNamee**
						×

June 13, 2017

Trade processing can often be a manual and risk-fraught process that advisers take on themselves. While at one time that decision may have been reasonable, today there are opportunities for advisers to outsource all that post trade execution processing to a third-party service provider. This can potentially save money to be invested elsewhere, and just as importantly can reduce a firm’s risk for trade processing related errors.

Since many post trade execution processes at advisers tend to be manual, when things go wrong they can cause errors and cost the firm money. For example, missing voluntary corporate action elections, chasing brokers on bad trade details, or dealing with settlement issues can all pile up and create a lot of exposure for an adviser. Outsourcing these functions allows advisers to transfer this responsibility to a service provider who has technology along with experienced professionals to handle these functions before they result in real dollar costs to correct an error.

**Benefits of Outsourcing**

Using an outsourcer that has standardized processes and a robust technology platform can help eliminate errors and push responsibility and risk to that third party. Advisers also gain increased efficiencies by having access to world class trade processing tools which might ordinarily be out of budget, allowing them to invest in core businesses or other revenue generating opportunities. With a third-party service provider, advisers do not need to be concerned with hiring, training and maintaining a staff of professionals focused just on trade operations. Rather, these valuable staff members can help focus on revenue retention and generating activities.

By partnering with an experienced outsourced agent, advisers receive the comfort of knowing that a highly skilled team of experienced professionals are an extension of their investment operations team. These dedicated individuals, at an experienced service provider, handle all your daily trade processing requirements. A typical service provider arrangement covers adviser trades through the trade lifecycle, beginning with trade communication, through trade affirmation and down to settlement monitoring and fail reporting. Daily fail reports can allow advisers to get in front of any trades that are failing so they can mitigate their exposure and reduce monetary impact.

**Industry Leading Technology**

Ultimus invests heavily in its trade processing systems, leveraging industry leading technology like SWIFT and Omgeo. This technology facilitates automation and straight through processing, allowing advisers to have access to these systems without having to invest in training or incur the expense of licensing fees, development and maintenance costs. These tools are a key element that investment consultants will be looking for when ensuring advisers have robust trade processing operations. By utilizing these systems, Ultimus can monitor each trade through the settlement life cycle ensuring that trades are transmitted to the custodians via SWIFT or other means required. Trades also flow to the brokers through the Omgeo OASYS platform using OASYS Trade Match for automated matching of allocations to broker confirmations. Omgeo’s NearMatch and TradeSuite tools are deployed for those trades that fail to match/affirm automatically. All allocations are monitored to ensure confirms are issued and are affirmed by T+2 at 11:30 AM. Having a middle office service provider, like Ultimus, facilitate trade operations on these trade processing systems allows you to feel confident that errors will be minimized and accuracy improved.

**Timely & Successful Settlements**

Omgeo’s ALERT houses all ‘Standing Settlement Instructions’, allowing brokers easy access to settlement data. In addition, each of these products and services are provided and maintained by the middle office trade processing service partner.

The trade processing team works closely with investment managers, brokers and custodians to correct any trade discrepancies and to ensure timely settlement. Trade fails are monitored, aged and reported daily. Additionally, the middle office trade processing team works to remedy the failed trades to allow for successful settlement.

**Monitored Corporate Actions**

Corporate Action (Mandatory as well as Voluntary) notifications are monitored and shared. This ensures that investment managers are aware of all corporate action events, election options (for voluntary events), and the specific response deadlines. Once election choices are determined, the middle office team follows up with custodians to ensure timely and accurate elections occur. Outsourcing the corporate action monitoring function can shift the burden of risk from the adviser to the outsourcer.

**Conclusion and Two Final Questions**

Partnering with an outsourcer like Ultimus, a firm that has invested in the right technology and experienced professionals, can mitigate an adviser’s risk and provide confidence that corporate actions and trade processing functions will be handled timely and accurately. That leaves only two last questions. Could you benefit from outsourcing your middle office trade operations? If so, what are you waiting for?

**If you are interested in exploring our services please contact Gary Tenkman or Mike Ciotola and we would be happy to discuss in more detail.**


## Authored by

**John McNamee**


---

# Best Practices for Impactful Distribution

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/best-practices-for-impactful-distribution/_

# Best Practices for Impactful Distribution

Subscribe

March 9, 2017

The sales conversation and process has changed significantly in the past decade. Days of sole product pitches are long gone and have been replaced with a consultative conversation on how firms drive value to portfolios and practices. The manner in which we communicate has also evolved. Data is easily accessible and impersonal, proving fact without emotional connections. How can we bring the human element back into the sales process? By following the four cornerstones of distribution; Competitive Edge, Marketing Resources, Distribution Planning and Distribution Activity. The cornerstones create a distinct footprint to captivate an audience and assist in laying the ground work to developing impactful sales engagement.

**Value Proposition**

Highlight your competitive edge by developing a clear value proposition that will have an audience asking “how” you performed that task. Titles and industry jargon are terms that do not define the investment story, nor the rationale behind why we choose to manage and offer investment management services. Each firm is founded by people with distinct proficiencies and passions. In demonstrating the personalities behind the service, it will help your audience understand the investment strategy and more importantly your firm’s culture.

**Quick Value Prop Questions:**

1. What problem do you attempt to solve?
2. Who do you try to solve it for?
3. How do you attempt to solve it differently than your competitors?
4. How much difference do you make?

* * *

**COMPETITIVE EDGE**

**Understand the Competitive Landscape**

**Market and you:**

Before offering an investment solution, evaluate how the product fits in the current and foreseeable future markets. Define what gap in the market the product fills. Detect potential threats to your product such as new rules or regulations or buying trends. Identify what differentiates your product from already available products. Seek to recognize the potential weaknesses of your product. Utilizing the classic S.W.O.T Analysis (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats) may help you better understand your product’s fit in the market providing you a foundation to guide your distribution plan.

**Competitors and you:**

Evaluate likely competitors and understand their process and investments. Assess how you differ and complement each other. Never speak ill of a competitor.

* * *

**MARKETING RESOURCES**

**Story Telling**

Storytelling allows you to convey memorable information. Forming impressions and relating to a listener allows them to associate themselves within a product story and you. Tie in facts to paint a picture, that can be easily retained and may bring an emotional reaction to your listener. Developing an emotional connection requires a little research on your end. Conduct research on your prospect and tailor your story. Draft your stories and practice your story, if relevant, repeat them to different audiences.

**Content Matters**

Marketing communication can be extensive or simple, no matter the form having your message available in multiple mediums may make the difference. Consider creating the following collateral materials:

- Print items – brochures, flyers, postcards
- Product white papers to compliment fact sheets and provide depth to the process
- Positioning flyer – highlighting the potential benefit of the strategy and process
- Sales presentations – demonstrating the process with proof point examples
- Web content – user friendly web navigation
- Compliment the collateral with action plans for distributing and following up on the materials

**Story Telling Fundamentals:**

1. Memorable
2. Work facts into the story
3. Tailor to audience
4. Pre plan, draft the story
5. 3-5 minutes max, practice

**Digital Footprint**

In a digital world, a web site may not be enough, but it’s a start. What does your website say about you, is it just the facts or does it tell your story? The website may be a personal statement to bring in a client because it inspires confidence in your ability to execute on the clients behalf.

Things to Consider:

- Choose colors that attract the eye
- When using pictures, what story does it tell?
- Be mindful of adding too many graphics
- Create an “About us” section that defines your culture and history
- Easy to navigate on portable devices

Additional Footprints:

- Blog posts
- Quoted in industry articles or interviews
- Industry speaking or panel participation

* * *

**DISTRIBUTION PLANNING**

**Planning Matters**

Creating a detailed long-term plan allows you to measure success.

1. Target market assessment
2. Financial planning
3. Marketing and sales engagement
4. Resource requirements
5. Risks and rewards
6. Identify key issues

Once these items are discussed and researched, formulating a plan of action becomes clearer. Work with distribution partners to co-develop your action plan.

**Target Market**

Part of successful distribution is having a clear picture of who the product targets. If you have started a fund to consolidate your previously separately managed accounts, your target buyer has shifted from high-net-worth individuals to retail investors. Knowing how they buy, what’s important to them and how to best engage them is key to impactful sales growth.

**Selling Agreement Process**

There are generally two components to establishing a selling agreement, although it may vary depending on the intermediary, and require the coordination of multiple parties, it is critical to understand as it may affect accessibility and sales growth potential. Know the types of required agreements and what sales access it provides:

- Selling agreements / Dealer agreements – may allow access for hold only or provide access to purchase
- Shareholder servicing agreements – transaction operating agreement
- Platform agreements – investment solution platforms may require revenue share and may require additional due diligence and or research recommendation

Key players in the process

- Intermediary: Home office – National Accounts, Due Diligence Analyst, Legal and Compliance
- Mutual Fund Manager – Fund Administrator, Broker Dealer, Legal and Compliance, Executive Management

* * *

**DISTRIBUTION ACTIVITY**

**Sizing Up The Sales Team**

A large sales team with national coverage is not always necessary for success. The size of your sales team is not nearly as important as the relationships the team establishes with the intermediaries purchasing the strategy. Ensure your sales team has the interpersonal skills and product proficiency to seize opportunities within the channels outlined in your distribution action plan.

**Due Diligence On The Firm**

Conduct research on your target market. Understand the buyer behavior, what’s important to them – analytics, education, practice management, etc. Gaining this insight may require more research than a web search. This insight will help you discover how to engage with your audience.

**Best Sales Practices**

- Call ahead of time – Be appreciative of their time and ask for the meeting.
- Stop talking and listen more – Ask insightful questions. It’s not about you, its about them. What’s their business like? What’s important to them? How can you fit into their solution offering?
- Always follow up with an email or something unique – A postcard or book. Make it personal.

* * *

**NEXT STEPS**

**DISCOVER** – Distinct competitive advantage

**PLAN** – Create your story

**PREPARE** – Develop your distribution plan

**ACT** – Execute your distribution strategy


---

# Best Practices: Sponsoring an Adviser Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/best-practices-sponsoring-an-adviser-conference/_

# Best Practices: Sponsoring an Adviser Conference

Subscribe

March 30, 2017

Marketing can be expensive and sometimes it is difficult to see the direct benefits, especially if there are upfront costs involved. Northern Lights Distributors, LLC (NLD), understands the potential constraints within a marketing budget and aims to assist you in getting the most from your marketing dollars. There are many marketing options to consider, spanning content creation, public relations, conference participation and sales representative support. These are all key contributors to driving distribution activity. NLD advocates participating in industry conferences to maximize your distribution activity. Sponsoring a financial conference event is a distinctive opportunity to share your story, highlight your competitive edge and meet peers and potential prospects to raise your firm’s profile and brand recognition. While conference sponsorships can generate potential opportunities, they can also be a costly endeavor. Attendance and travel fees, entertainment expenses and booth material costs can all add up quickly. Therefore, it’s important to properly plan for conferences to ensure you have a meaningful and worthwhile experience.

READY OR NOT?

NLD believes there are items to consider before deciding to make an investment in sponsoring a conference. The investment field has a plethora of local, regional and national conferences that provide educational forums for investment managers and clients. Thoroughly research event engagements that speak to your target audience. This will help eliminate conferences that may not be a good investment of time and budget. Additionally, consider speaking with trusted peers and partners for more details or best practice suggestions.

SPONSORSHIP CONSIDERATIONS:

WHAT SPEAKING OPPORTUNITIES ARE OFFERED FOR SPONSORS?

Speaking opportunities are coveted sessions. They allow investment managers to highlight their expertise and provide credibility in front of potential prospects as well as industry peers. Additionally, speaking engagements offer brand awareness and endorsement for your firm and strategy. Most conferences seek speakers who deliver topics that are relevant and impactful to both investment advisers and their clients. If you are interested in delivering a value add presentation, consider acquiring Continuing Education (CE) credit for your session, as CE is a draw for conference attendee participation.

Speaking opportunities may be offered at a higher sponsorship level, so ensure you select the conferences where it makes sense for you to pay such a premium. Should you decide to invest in a speaking sponsorship, maximize this opportunity by driving attendance to your session. Handing out print pieces or paying for push notifications on the conference mobile app is another way to inform your audience of your speaking engagement.

WHAT OTHER OPPORTUNITIES COULD BE LEVERAGED DURING OR AROUND THE EVENT?

Further maximize your time by sponsoring or cosponsoring a dine-around. Dine-arounds allow you to plan and select the client/prospect invitation list. This dine-around can include individuals in the area, as long as the dine-around location is not at the conference venue or competing with conference events. For example, if the conference is in Chicago, you could consider selecting a nearby Chicago restaurant or venue to host a dine-around opportunity. You should also take advantage of city visits to schedule other meetings before or after an event. Ask yourself, who might you know in the area that could be worthwhile to visit: prospects, current clients, industry partners, etc.? Remember, you don’t want to schedule meetings at the same time as the conference.

WHAT OTHER OPPORTUNITIES ARE OFFERED WITH THE SPONSORSHIP AGREEMENT?

Research additional brand awareness opportunities. Events can include, but are not limited to cocktail hour, lunch or dinner, and Wi-Fi for the event. At times, these can be coupled with push notifications for a conference app, or speaking and panel opportunities. Additionally, many conferences provide an attendee list before and after the event. This list is key in preparing for a successful event and follow up.

HOW MANY CONFERENCES SHOULD BE SPONSORED EACH YEAR?

Conferences vary in size, audience and venue, and are subject to the investment manager’s target audience and marketing budget. If you have a limited marketing budget, you may want to consider one or two events per year. This will assist in providing maximum exposure in a single location and will broaden your sponsorship selections. If your budget allows, consider more local targeted events. It is important to remember, it isn’t the number of events you attend each year, but rather the amount of engagements you commit to within each event.

WHAT LEVELS OF SPONSORSHIP ARE AVAILABLE?

There are many levels of conference sponsorship, ranging from basic meeting attendance and others that present to a more robust sponsor offering. When researching which events to attend, determine exactly what benefits you will receive for sponsoring a conference. While some events may only provide you a booth, others may provide follow-up engagement opportunities like webinars throughout the year or featuring your white papers on the firm’s website. Your Strategic Relationship Manager will help determine what type of conference and level of sponsorship would best suit your sales and marketing efforts.

HOW DO I BEST PRESENT MY COMPANY AT A CONFERENCE?

Creating a memorable brand begins with your distinct competitive edge. The defining characteristic may be an individual or multiple combination of culture, process and execution. It should magnify your organization’s competitive edge as a differentiator amongst its peers. Consistency is key. Your booth should clearly represent your brand. Work to design an impressive backdrop, pull banners, tablecloths, etc. If you are sponsoring a booth at a conference, obtain booth specifics, such as dimensions, table size for a tablecloth and what type of setup you are allowed to bring (floor or tabletop). Additionally, consider investing in branded trinkets to give away. This could be pens, hand sanitizers, mints, etc. Keep in mind, you are competing with all other booths at the conference. How will you make your booth stand out?

HOW DO I PREPARE FOR A CONFERENCE?

Planning is crucial for amplifying your conference experience. There are several items you can address to maximize your resources before, during and after the event:

- What are your goals and expectations for the event?
- Are you leveraging your brand and getting the maximum exposure?
- Did you send trinkets and promotional materials?
- Have you sent an email to the attendee list informing them about your sponsorship or additional activities? NLD has prepared a Conference Checklist, complete with items that you can accomplish before, during and after a conference to gain the best possible return for your investment.

WHO SHOULD I SEND TO A CONFERENCE?

Brand awareness is not only built through brand materials, but is projected by the individuals representing your organization at the event. Select a representative who will serve as your brand ambassador. Consider individuals who are outgoing, friendly and are comfortable networking. It is not in your best interest to send individuals who will not participate, and thrive in a conference environment. This can be potentially detrimental to your firm’s reputation. Your representative should exemplify the firm’s core beliefs and can be able to articulate your story to potential investors. He or she should have a clear goal and understand the importance of his or her role in relation to representing the brand.

NEXT STEPS

DISCOVER – Utilize your network to uncover the best conference opportunities that meet your firm goals and needs.

PLAN – Determine the number of conferences you will participate in and what level of sponsorship best suits your firm’s marketing strategy.

PREPARE – Review your conference checklist to help select what will be needed to maximize brand presence and overall conference opportunity success.

ACT – During the conference, amplify your brand, be present, engaged and focused on your goals. This will only further your sales opportunities.

Northern Lights Distributors, LLC, Member [**FINRA**](http://www.finra.org/) **/** [**SIPC**](http://www.sipc.org/)


---

# Advisers Increasingly Leverage Shadow Accounting & Here's Why

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/advisers-increasingly-leverage-shadow-accounting-heres-why/_

# ADVISERS INCREASINGLY LEVERAGE SHADOW ACCOUNTING & HERE’S WHY

Subscribe

Authored by
**Mike Ciotola**
						×

August 8, 2017

In the private fund space, having a second set of eyes on the books and records of the fund has become standard business practice to make sure the records are error free and mistakes are caught quickly. This practice of having a second set of financial records either internally or at an independent recordkeeper is referred to as shadow accounting.

Outsourcing shadow accounting has become increasingly popular due to the rise in regulations, the Madoff scandal and investor demands for transparency, all of which have led firms to consider engaging a third party to perform shadow accounting.

In a typical arrangement for hedge/private funds, an independent administrator will maintain the official books and records of the fund. While historically the adviser would have kept a second set of books, more and more advisers have been looking to outsource this function to an experienced third-party provider.

***Types of Shadow Accounting***

There are different levels of shadow accounting that can be performed by a third party. Partial shadow accounting consists typically of reconciling daily profit and loss, while also verifying cash and position valuations. By contrast, full shadow accounting involves performing full accounting at the portfolio and investor level.

***Reasons to Outsource***

There are many reasons to hire a third party to perform shadow accounting services. More and more investors are expecting investment managers to have a “second set of eyes” on their financial records. Shadow accounting performed by a third party helps ensure that errors made by the fund administrator will be discovered in enough time as to not be visible to an investor. In other words, errors may be detected and corrected in a timely manner, prior to any data being available to investors.

Also, as investment managers look to strengthen their middle and back office operations, they may want to consider the additional benefits of partnering with a third-party service provider. Some providers have expertise in capturing trades, reconciliation, and price verification to ensure fund data is complete and accurate.

Lastly, outsourcing to a third-party service provider can be a cost-effective option when looking for an independent source. Investment managers who keep shadow accounting “in-house” have significant costs to consider, such as investing in various technology platforms and hiring and training staff to provide the appropriate level of services required by investors. A third-party service provider has these systems and experienced staff already in place to perform all the required functions of an administrator.

***Selecting a Service Provider***

Even though selecting a third-party service provider requires a diligent selection process, it need not be a daunting task. The service provider under consideration should have sound controls, experienced professionals, and robust technology that can provide investment managers the data they need to properly scrutinize that the funds are being reported accurately.

There are many choices when selecting a third-party service provider and Ultimus has the key capabilities that should be considered when choosing a business partner to provide shadow accounting. Ultimus deploys state of the art technology and employs experienced professionals to provide value-added services for investment managers.

By leveraging Ultimus for shadow accounting, investment managers and their investors can rest assured knowing that accurate information will be reported, and they can rely on Ultimus as a trusted business partner. In addition, Ultimus has the processes and procedures in place to handle any issues if, or when, they occur with the official book of record. Working with the Ultimus professionals will feel like working with your own team. Once you’ve made the decision to outsource and experience the benefits, you’ll wonder why you didn’t do it earlier.

**If you are interested in exploring our middle office services please contact Gary Tenkman or Mike Ciotola and we would be happy to discuss in more detail.**


## Authored by

**Mike Ciotola**


---

# An Alternative Mutual Fund’s Most Unusual Birth: A Case Study in How Gemini Works Alongside Alternative Managers to Achieve Long-Term Goals

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/an-alternative-mutual-fund-s-most-unusual-birth-a-case-study-in-how-gemini-works-alongside-alternative-managers-to-achieve-long-term-goals/_

# An Alternative Mutual Fund’s Most Unusual Birth: A Case Study in How Gemini Works Alongside Alternative Managers to Achieve Long-Term Goals

Subscribe

March 23, 2017

Today’s fund administrators are capable of doing much more for investment managers than just assisting with back-office responsibilities. As demonstrated by [**The Gemini Companies**](http://www.thegeminicompanies.com/) (Gemini), modern “fund administration 2.0” which involves working closely with managers to actively assist with launching, managing, and growing funds.

Recently, Gemini facilitated a rare transaction that enabled a manager to launch an alternative mutual fund without having to create an investment company from scratch. Instead of bringing a new fund to market, the manager saved a great deal of time and money by assuming, with Gemini’s help, the role of investment adviser for an SEC-registered mutual fund that already had an established track record (and a five-star rating from Morningstar).

**A Deep-Rooted Partnership**

The teams at the investment management firm and Gemini have worked closely together for more than seven years. The management firm’s president served as a partner, executive vice president, and managing director of another alternative mutual fund manager prior to establishing his own shop in 2015. During his tenure at his previous firm, the manager and his colleagues noticed that their sub-advisers’ managed futures strategies performed well during the 2008 financial crisis. They decided they wanted to launch a managed futures mutual fund that incorporated strategies from five high-quality investment managers. At the time, the pain of the financial crisis was fresh, and alternative mutual funds, also known as “liquid alts,” were rare.

“At a time when everyone was gun-shy, Gemini was the only series trust provider which was willing to do what we wanted them to do—create a trend-following program and put it in a mutual fund,” recalls the manager. “We knew that Gemini had been expanding their services to other alternative managers, and they understood the nuances and leveraging requirements of alternatives. Seven, eight, or nine years ago, that was unusual.”

Working together, the industry’s first multi-strategy managed futures mutual fund was launched within the Northern Lights Fund Trust, with additional sales, marketing, and distribution assistance provided by Gemini. Thanks to Gemini—which, among other things, introduced the manager to custodians and independent broker-dealers with which they do business—the fund grew to more than $1 billion in assets under management in just 11 months. “Then, we launched half a dozen other funds in the Northern Lights Fund Trust, and we grew alongside Gemini as they expanded their staff,” says the manager.

**‘Have I Got a Fund for You’**

The manager founded his own firm in 2015 and describes it as “more of an adviser than a mutual fund manager.” The firm offers financial education, investment management, retirement planning and philanthropic guidance services for wealthy families and entrepreneurs, and builds customized financial solutions to help investors achieve their goals.

In 2016, an opportunity arose for the firm to launch one of its investment models within a mutual fund. A New York-based, SEC-registered investment adviser specializing in risk-managed investing had been acquired by another investment adviser in 2013, but still managed a mutual fund in Gemini’s shared mutual fund trusts. The investment adviser’s parent company decided it no longer wished to pursue the strategy in that fund, so the adviser contacted Gemini and redeemed all the assets under management—approximately $250 million—over the course of a month.

While the assets had been liquidated, the fund itself remained intact, and so was its track record and five-star rating from Morningstar. **Andrew Rogers, CEO of The Gemini Companies**, contacted the manager who had recently founded his own firm and suggested that his firm apply to become investment adviser to the abandoned fund and amend the fund’s investment strategy to align with one of his firm’s models.

**A Transaction that Gemini Understands Well**

Prior to reaching out to the manager, Mr. Rogers and his colleagues at Gemini had already helped several other managers assume the role of investment adviser for other existing mutual funds. “A manager may have a great strategy that they want to take to market, but by taking over an existing fund, the manager gains an experienced board, a track record of operations, and the infrastructure behind the scenes that’s already in place,” says Mr. Rogers. While completing regulatory filings and obtaining shareholder approval for this type of deal require patience from managers, they can immediately take advantage of their funds’ existing selling agreements once those processes are complete, enabling them to raise assets faster and decrease expenses for shareholders.

Mr. Rogers points out that creating a fund from scratch can take four to six months in a shared fund trust or another existing trust, and six to nine months in a new trust. However, launching a fund by taking over as investment adviser to an abandoned fund can take just 30 to 90 days.

**Gemini: An Engaged Partner**

Having worked closely with the manager for many years, Mr. Rogers was confident that the manager and his colleagues could benefit shareholders of the abandoned fund. In addition to offering investors a more diversified alternative investment vehicle, the manager proposed reducing the fund’s management fee from 75 basis points (bps) to 65 bps, while keeping in place the fund’s existing expense ratio cap of 1%.

“When you come in as an investment adviser, you have to do SWOT (strength, weaknesses, opportunity, and threats) analysis and figure out how your strategy measures up from a cost perspective and as a fiduciary to the fund,” says the manager. “This fund went from a single alternative strategy, which was long/short equity, to being a multi-manager alternative mutual fund—with long/short equity accounting for almost 50% of its portfolio. It’s now a more diversified mutual fund with lower costs for investors.”

For the manager, the capability to utilize the abandoned fund’s Gemini-negotiated selling agreements was an attractive attribute. “It’s one thing to launch a fund and put $1 million into it, but to break even you need to have $25 million or more depending on the expense ratio,” he explains. “You need selling agreements with various custodians and a whole host of related line items checked off before you raise money.”

**Crossing the Finish Line**

After the fund’s board approved the contract, Gemini outsourced the printing and mailing of shareholder prospectuses for the new fund to a solicitation agent, which also supervised the voting. On December 2, 2016, the manager’s firm surpassed the 51% approval threshold among fund shareholders to become the new investment adviser and begin managing the portfolio.

The manager is grateful to Gemini for helping his firm seamlessly manage the process of bringing the new fund to market. “I know the bad things that can happen when you launch a mutual fund, which is why the opportunity to take over a fund that was already launched and had no upfront legal fees associated with it was so attractive,” he said. “I know the people at Gemini, and I know the quality of their work, so I trusted them to guide us through the process, and as expected, their help was invaluable.”

The new fund kept the abandoned fund’s Morningstar category rankings. The fund also remains in the Northern Lights Fund Trust. “For me, there’s no reason to move out of the shared trust—Gemini provides services we need, including ongoing monitoring from an advertising perspective, which is critical because we want to make sure we’re complying with the SEC’s marketing rules,” the manager said.

The manager estimates that his firm saved between $50,000 and $100,000 in startup expenses and at least 90 to 120 days over the traditional fund-launch route, and he says his firm stands to save more time and money over the long term. “The fact that the fund already had several selling agreements in place was crucial because it’s especially hard right now to get a mutual fund on a custodial platform,” notes the manager. “They’re not looking to take on new funds until they figure out how the Department of Labor’s proposed Fiduciary Rule is going to affect them, so to become an adviser to a product that’s already on those platforms is very important to our future success.”

**Fund Administration 2.0**

Gemini did for the manager what it has done for many other clients in the past—act as an engaged partner to help launch, manage and grow a fund. “As more managers learn about the process of taking over an existing fund, and the advantages of entering the mutual fund market this way, there may be more managers in our trusts who would be willing to do what this manager has done,” says Mr. Rogers. “If and when they are, we’ll be ready to deploy Gemini’s engaged teams to make sure everything is executed properly.”


---

# Conversion Aversion? Outsourcing Your Middle Office Business for the First Time Doesn't Need to be so Worrisome

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/conversion-aversion-outsourcing-your-middle-office-business-for-the-first-time-doesnt-need-to-be-so-worrisome/_

# CONVERSION AVERSION? OUTSOURCING YOUR MIDDLE OFFICE BUSINESS FOR THE FIRST TIME DOESN’T NEED TO BE SO WORRISOME

Subscribe

Authored by
**Mike Ciotola**
						×

May 3, 2017

When investment managers look to outsource some of their business functions to third parties it can be a scary endeavor. This concern usually manifests itself in questions such as: Will the service provider understand our processes? Will they provide a high quality service? How will this impact our clients? How long will the conversion take? Will their systems provide the same information we utilize today? These are all things to consider when outsourcing to a third-party. Ultimus understands these concerns and ensures a seamless transition by tailoring our middle office services and our conversion process to meet your business objectives.

**Planning Before Implementing**

A service provider should take the time to understand the business needs of their client before any implementation plan is started. Our overriding goal during any conversion is to make the process as painless and seamless as possible to an investment manager. Usually it takes multiple meetings to understand particular investment requirements and to ensure the best solution for the client is put in place. Then, a thorough, client-specific conversion plan can be developed and agreed upon and then used to track status throughout the project. During the project there should be routine meetings with the firm’s designated team to discuss status updates and address any issues quickly.

Another important factor during a conversion is making sure you have the right professionals. Ultimus hires experienced individuals with prior middle office and investment manager experience. This allows our clients to face off with a team that understands their challenges and the best way to find solutions. Since most of the team has worked at investment manager shops they know the right questions to ask during the conversion. Knowing both the outsourcer side and investment manager side is a huge advantage when trying to ensure that all areas are covered in a conversion.

**Getting the Enriched Data You Deserve**

During the conversion we spend a lot of time with the investment manager analyzing their data needs. We meticulously go through each of the investment manager’s internal and external reports and spreadsheets. We then compare the data required to the thousands of data points that are stored within our systems and develop reports that meet or exceed the investment manager’s requirements. After we have tested that the data is accurate we then parallel with the investment manager’s internal reports. This process allows the investment manager to be comfortable that their reporting needs will be ready when they’re live with Ultimus.

**Communication is Key to Any Relationship**

An experienced middle office service provider ensures that all facets of the middle office process are transitioned in a timely manner, keeping detailed documents of each step in the conversion and ensuring accuracy. In that same manner, all connectivity with custodians and internal systems will be smooth and seamless. At Ultimus, we do the heavy lifting during the middle office conversion to ensure nothing is missed. We usually have a conversion timeline of 1-3 months depending on the complexity or size of the business segment. As part of our conversion methodology, regular reporting is provided both internally to senior management, as well as to the investment manager, throughout the conversion in order to provide full transparency regarding the project, the timeline, items completed and items in need of attention. One key part of our on-boarding is paralleling with the investment manager or the prior service provider. We ensure all connectivity, reporting and processing are done concurrently to ensure nothing is missed.

**We’ve Got Your Back as Your Business Partner**

Outsourcing middle office functions doesn’t have to be difficult, cumbersome or a pain. Having a valued partner, offering a customized middle office solution and facilitating each step of the process, allows for a smooth and painless transition. At Ultimus, we pride ourselves on working hard to earn your trust by starting with a robust conversion process that will reduce your fear of the unknown.


## Authored by

**Mike Ciotola**


---

# Creating Brand Loyalty

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/creating-brand-loyalty/_

# Creating Brand Loyalty

Subscribe

March 3, 2017

“People are looking for a connection. Tell a good enough story about your brand and people will not only be invested, they’ll want to buy it from you.”― John Michael Morgan

* * *

We often tell our clients mutual funds are “sold and not bought.” We see evidence of this happening every day and our firm believes activity is a key driver for sales and distribution. However, activity is not the sole driver, marketing content plays a supporting and often a leading role in the sales process. Brand loyalty is created through multiple interactions with your audience on your product and service. The key is to always meet or exceed expectations with every client encounter. The goal is to create consistent marketing that touches on an emotional level and creates a connection.

* * *

**How do you create consistent brand experiences throughout a client’s buying cycle?**

**Messaging**

Devise a positioning statement that highlights your organization’s defining service or product characteristics. Craft a message, story that communicates personality, values and experiences in your market and connects with your target market.

**Connect and Deliver**

Consistency is key and delivering the same message and performance is reassuring to your target market. Brand consistency reaffirms your values as a company and gains customer trust and credibility. Consistency provides a clear distinction between you and the competitors.

**Personalized Experience**

Focus on building custom relationships as not all clients are the same. Of all the types of marketing touches, the personal touch is the most important. Understanding what’s important to them and how to make that connection is an art.

* * *

**Marketing Through The Sales Cycle**

Marketing content supports pre and post sales activity by creating brand awareness. This process may help develop a personal experience in order to create long lasting loyal relationships. Throughout the sales cycle, marketing can morph through several different stages. It creates awareness and excitement that can help you connect with an audience. Marketing can also educate and deliver consistent content which will remind the client of your core offerings.

***Creating a memorable brand begins with your distinct Competitive Edge. What makes you different than your competitors? Why should a client choose and stay with you?***

**Storytelling**

Storytelling allows you to convey memorable information. Forming impressions and relating to a listener allows them to associate themselves within a product story and you. Tie in facts to paint a picture that can be easily retained and may bring an emotional reaction to your listener. Developing an emotional connection requires a little research on your end. Conduct research on your prospect and tailor your story. Draft your stories and practice your story, if relevant, repeat them to different audiences.

**Content Matters**

Marketing communication can be extensive or simple, no matter the form, having your message available in multiple mediums may make the difference. Consider creating the following collateral materials:

- Print items – brochures, flyers, postcards
- Product white papers to compliment fact sheets and provide depth to the process
- Positioning flyer – highlighting the potential benefit of the strategy and process
- Sales presentations – demonstrating the process with proof point examples
- Web content – user friendly web navigation
- Compliment the collateral with action plans for distributing and following up on the materials

**Storytelling Fundamentals:**

1. Memorable
2. Work facts into the story
3. Tailor to audience
4. Pre plan, draft the story
5. 3-5 minutes max, practice

**Digital Footprint**

In a digital world, a web site may not be enough, but it’s a start. What does your website say about you, is it just the facts or does it tell your story? The website may be a personal statement to bring in a client because it inspires confidence in your ability to execute on the clients behalf.

Things to consider:

- Choose colors that attract the eye
- When using pictures, what story does it tell?
- Be mindful of adding too many graphics
- Create an “About us” section that defines your culture and history
- Easy to navigate on portable devices

Additional footprints:

- Blog posts
- Quoted in industry articles or interviews
- Industry speaking or panel participation

* * *

“Storytelling is the most powerful way to put ideas into the world today.” ― Robert McKee

* * *

**Next Steps**

**Discover** – Live by your company’s core principles to establish brand loyalty

**Plan** – Define your company’s Competitive Edge

**Prepare** – Develop a marketing strategy

**Act** – Create additional marketing opportunities in order to become well-known to your target market

* * *

Resources: http://www.technicallymarketing.com/index.php/2013/03/21/6-steps-to-build-brand-loyalty-stay-top-of-mind-with-your-customers/

Competitive Positioning: Best Practices for Creating Brand Loyalty by Richard D. Czerniawski, Michael W. Maloney


---

# Evaluating Your Legal Fund Administration: Best Value Tips to Consider

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/evaluating-your-legal-fund-administration-best-value-tips-to-consider/_

# Evaluating Your Legal Fund Administration: Best Value Tips to Consider

Subscribe

Authored by
**Matthew Beck**
						×

November 13, 2019

The fund administration industry is a complex world, and regulatory burdens seem to grow with each passing year. This specialized work can be daunting, even for larger investment firms that have internal legal departments. Investment professionals interested in outsourcing this work should consider letting legal fund administration professionals worry about the rules and regulations – so they can concentrate 100% on productivity goals and meeting the firm’s bottom-line.

For boutique investment firms, having skilled and knowledgeable partners are even more important so internal resources can be dedicated to clients and increasing the firm’s operational bottom line.

When it’s filing day and there is a last-minute question or an unusual situation develops, it’s critical that large and small investment firms can rely on a team of dedicated subject matter specialists.

**Managing Current Trends**

The trend over the last few years has been that larger service providers are outsourcing work to foreign countries to cut costs or eliminating that service altogether. So, it’s more important than ever for investment firms, managers and fund families to gauge the depth and experience of current legal fund administration resources to lower their cost of total ownership.

**Reducing Workload**

Whether you’re a boutique investment firm needing outside professions, or a larger investment group that’s looking to complement an internal department, a great legal fund administration team should help reduce the time internal resources are spending to complete legal tasks. A proficient outsourced team should have lawyers and paralegals with years of experience working on corporate governance and regulatory filing responsibilities. They should also be able to produce those deliverables more efficiently than current processes.

If you are considering making a change to the fund, your legal administrator should be able to outline the rules, highlight any common pitfalls, note areas that may need counsel’s input, explain the forms or paperwork that will be necessary, and then draft that paperwork and put it in front of your investment firm’s staff for review.

This type of service streamlines the entire process from beginning to end and frees the firm from having to dig through a mountain of rules so they can then refocus on client-oriented and revenue-generating goals.

Does your current legal fund administration team just passively wait for the firm to provide direction, or expect the firm and your outside counsel to provide it with documents? Perhaps it’s time to consider whether current services are saving you any time or money at all.

**Best Value Differentiator**

A time-tested way for investment firms to secure best value is making sure that legal fund administrators work hand-in-hand with the firm’s counsel. An outstanding legal fund administration team should be generating templates, drafts and other documents for every project a fund undertakes including contract forms, registration statements, and quarterly filings. They should also present a detailed, finished document to your fund’s counsel and internal executives for review, and be available to answer questions about the purpose and contents of those documents. It’s an important time-saver, and can help reduce the fund’s overall cost of ownership.

Additionally, if the firm handles legal administration internally or expects your counsel to provide documents for filing, a skilled legal fund administration team can narrow the scope of counsel’s role to that of review, rather than paying full associate or partner rates.

Another avenue of value-add that is less obvious, but just as important – the degree to which legal fund administration interfaces directly with the fund’s counsel. A full-service legal administrator with skilled, experienced attorneys on staff is able to minimize counsel’s time spent on operational emails and phone calls. What may have been an extensive phone call could be expedited when handled directly between subject matter specialists. If your current legal fund administrator wants your firm to handle communications with counsel, it might be time to consider whether this hidden cost is silently inflating operating expenses.

**Deep Bench: Delivering Best Practices**

Another often overlooked benefit of a skilled outsourced legal fund administration team is the deep level of dedicated professional experience that attorneys and paralegals have with the Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act). Even the most experienced firm attorney may split time working on fund issues, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), and general securities work. But a dedicated outsourced legal administrator only works on fund issues, bringing a wealth of knowledge to the table on the nuts and bolts of daily operational requirements.

Further, a skilled, outsourced team works side-by-side with the fund’s accountants, compliance staff, and operations teams. Beyond being a simple repository of regulatory knowledge, a professional legal fund administration team combines an understanding of fund mechanics, with an appreciation of the actual practical effects of the rules and regulations. For example, the firm’s fund counsel may be able to tell whether a certain action is permissible, but a skilled legal administrator will know to warn about operational headaches that the otherwise permissible action may cost the firm – knowledge gained from actually working through those same headaches in the trenches.

Solving operational issues is key and where a skilled outsourced legal fund administration team provides real value. Does your firm’s current resource sit back and wait for direction or utilize expensive consultants to solve problems? If so, it might be time to make a change to find a resource that proactively listens to your firm’s needs, and offers workable, practical solutions based on years of subject matter expertise.

*Ultimus provides comprehensive legal fund administrative services with a highly skilled team of 40’ Act attorneys, paralegals, and other professionals who focus specifically on helping clients avoid unpredictable billing hours. Click on the* [*Registered Funds tab*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//our-services/registered-funds/fund-services/) *on our website to learn more.*


## Authored by

**Matthew Beck**


---

# Examining the Pricing Vendor Due Diligence Process in the Mutual Fund Space

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/examining-the-pricing-vendor-due-diligence-process-in-the-mutual-fund-space/_

# Examining the Pricing Vendor Due Diligence Process in the Mutual Fund Space

Subscribe

Authored by
**Charles Black**
						×

June 13, 2018

Rule 38a-1, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, commonly called the “Compliance Rule,” identifies the investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator and transfer agent as the “significant” service providers to a mutual fund. The Rule further states that a due diligence review of the policies and procedures should be completed for these service providers at least annually. Fund compliance officers and fund boards are now quite accustomed to this process.

**Another Significant Service Provider**

But what about the pricing vendor of a mutual fund – is the pricing vendor a significant service provider? The short answer is “Yes”. In recent years, through enforcement actions and guidance (most notably the Morgan Keegan enforcement action\*), the SEC has made a clear case that pricing vendors are important service providers. Funds using pricing vendors that provide evaluated pricing services for asset classes such as bonds and derivatives especially rely upon the vendors for daily valuation. The SEC has also reemphasized the valuation structure that each mutual fund should have: delegation to individuals and service providers to assist with pricing is permissible, but the ultimate responsibility still lies with the board. So, although not specifically noted in Rule 38a-1, the pricing vendor should be considered a significant service provider and thus should be reviewed at least annually.

**Valuation Oversight**

The monitoring of prices provided by a pricing vendor is an integral part of the oversight process. Valuations provided by pricing vendors should be reviewed on a regular basis for accuracy and reasonableness. In many cases the fund accountant or fund administrator has the day to day interaction with the pricing vendor. Investment advisers should consult with the fund accountant or fund administrator regarding their interactions with the pricing vendors and any items of note. Many pricing vendors offer the ability to challenge the vendor’s evaluated prices. The investment adviser can submit documentation justifying the challenge to the vendor and the information will be reviewed. The vendor will then either confirm its original price or adjust the price. The price challenge process is an important step to help ensure the pricing vendors have all relevant information for the price evaluation process.

**Following a Process & Key Items to Request**

The annual due diligence process for pricing vendors is generally very similar to other service providers of a mutual fund. Due diligence may be carried out by a variety of departments, including investment management, fund accounting, fund administration, or even compliance and risk, depending upon the organization’s size, complexity, and available resources. For example, Ultimus assists its clients in their obligations by conducting a pricing vendor due diligence process through the efforts of the Fund Compliance department, including Ultimus employees serving as fund CCOs, and the Fund Accounting department. Ultimus also coordinates conference calls with clients and personnel from pricing vendors to discuss the vendor’s operations and services.

The annual due diligence process should include a questionnaire and document request list. Here is a list of common items to request and areas to review as part of the due diligence, as applicable:

- Description of the methodologies used for various asset classes
- SOC 1, SSAE 16 or similar controls report specific to the evaluated pricing service
- Compliance structure and background
- Summary of policies and procedures
- Pricing and evaluation process
- Evaluators’ experience and infrastructure
- Price challenge process
- Fair valuation process for securities traded on a foreign exchange
- Summary of cybersecurity and data security programs
- Summary of disaster recovery/business continuity plan

**Best Practices**

Periodic on-site visits of the pricing vendor’s office are also a common best practice. Another best practice is to have the pricing vendor provide a presentation to the mutual fund board or the organization on a periodic basis discussing some of the same topics noted above. This will allow the board or firm to have direct interaction with the vendor and provide them an opportunity to ask questions. The direct interaction with the fund board will be reflected in the board meeting minutes. And if the topic happens to become a part of an SEC regulatory exam, the board presentation supports that a robust due diligence process is in place. Keep in mind that the board presentation is normally in addition to, not in place of, the annual due diligence questionnaire and document request list.

While there are many approaches that can be taken to conduct due diligence, this information should provide a good starting point and examples of some industry best practices. Of course, any review should be tailored to the specific services provided by the pricing vendor and how they apply to the mutual funds that are receiving the services.

\* https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2013/ic-30557.pdf


## Authored by

**Charles Black**


---

# Part 1 - Launching A Mutual Fund: Costs of Success

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/part-1-launching-a-mutual-fund-costs-of-success/_

# PART 1 – LAUNCHING A MUTUAL FUND: COSTS OF SUCCESS

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

May 15, 2018

Typically, when an investment adviser thinks about launching a mutual fund, they commonly ask, “How much does it cost to launch a mutual fund?” The more prudent question to ask would be, “How much does it cost to launch a **successful** mutual fund?”

These days many funds are launched using the series trust structure, which can afford an adviser some efficiencies in organization and operational cost and reduced time to market. Those are certainly important considerations, and we will discuss those in more depth later in the next two successive blog postings. However, to help focus on long-term success, advisers should consider several other factors before they think about the organization and operational costs for a fund. What are those factors?

- **Source of Investors: Identifying your target audience.** Most successful fund launches are built on knowing who will invest in the fund in the first few years. For example, an investment adviser’s current industry partners might indicate that they would invest in a mutual fund version of an existing separate account strategy. Those partners may also suggest slight alterations to a strategy that would make it more attractive. For example, a client of ours planned to launch a small-cap fund, but industry distribution partners advised that a small/mid-cap (SMID) fund would be better suited for the current market conditions. The client took that counsel and raised several hundred million dollars in the first three years.
- **Marketing Efforts.** An adviser recently told us he thought he would spend 98% of his time managing his portfolio, and instead, found he spends 98% (only slightly exaggerating) on marketing activities. Of course, those percentages will vary, but it is rare for an adviser to be successful without having a public component through marketing initiatives.
- **Knowing and Telling Your Story**. Many advisers with sound strategies haven’t taken the appropriate time to hone their “elevator pitch.” As attention spans have decreased, having a concise story developed and ready to tell is a significant advantage. That then feeds into pitch books, fact sheets and a digital presence. A few good rules of thumb/questions to contemplate when developing a story:

    - Creative – How is the strategy unique?
    - Consultative – What problem does the strategy solve? How does it fit/what does it replace in a portfolio?
    - Clear – Is the story easy to understand?
    - Consistent – Does the strategy stick to the story and do what it says it will do?
- **Creating a Solid Online Presence.** New funds are more likely to attract assets from independent investment advisers during the first few years than other channels such as broker-dealers and consultants. Therefore, designing a website that is individualized to an adviser’s story is invaluable. More and more independent advisers look to gather fund information from digital sources such as websites and prefer to do it on their schedule, instead of the traditional wholesaler call. Thus, having a solid web presence is important. And, because mutual funds are heavily regulated, working with a designer who is familiar with fund regulations can save many headaches along the way.
- **PR Strategy.** As alluded to above, the investing public in general, and an adviser’s chosen sales channel in particular, needs to be regularly reminded of the adviser’s story. Many successful advisers retain public relations experts to help them become recognized experts in non-paid media outlets, which tend to increase the adviser’s long-term credibility. Social media is another way to reach investors. But due to regulations, expert assistance should be sought to assure there are not any regulatory problems.
- **Planning for Intermediary Platforms.** It is rare for a fund today to not rely on one or more of the intermediary or supermarket sales platforms. That doesn’t mean that getting on every possible platform is wise or even necessary for a successful fund launch. Establishing a platform strategy, and designing a fund to be salable on the chosen platforms, are important to contemplate early in the planning process.
- **Hiring Sales Talent.** An adviser may be tempted to hire a sales person who has exhibited previous success selling for a well-established fund family. Be aware that the skills and temperament required to sell a new fund are very different from those used with existing funds. It is also critical to consider the right timing—hiring the sales person too soon can result in wasted capital.

These are just some of the costs to count when planning for a successful fund launch. In other words, launching and operating a successful mutual fund means the creation of a distinct business, even for advisers who have served clients for many years. So, in addition to choosing great service providers and business partners, at a minimum the business plan should address the factors we have discussed here. Some can be developed on parallel paths as a fund is being organized and the SEC reviews the initial registration statement. We’ll delve into frequently asked questions about the organization and operational costs in two future blog posts.

Next up in this three-part blog series:

[**Part 2 – Launching a Mutual Fund: Top 5 FAQs**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-two-launching-a-40-act-mutual-fund-top-five-faqs/)

1. What is the timeline for creating a ’40 Act mutual fund?
2. What is a Series Trust?
3. How much does creating a ’40 Act mutual fund cost?
4. What is the typical breakeven for a mutual fund?
5. How much in seed assets are required to launch a fund?

[**Part 3 – Launching a Mutual Fund: Compliance and Regulatory**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-three-launching-a-mutual-fund-compliance-and-regulatory-insights/)

1. What are the general limitations in a ’40 Act mutual fund?
2. Can a performance fee be charged by the adviser?
3. What is a fulcrum fee and how does it work?
4. Can the track record from Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs) be used to market the fund?
5. Can a hedge fund be converted into a mutual fund?


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Part Two – Launching a ’40 Act Mutual Fund: Top Five FAQs

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/part-two-launching-a-40-act-mutual-fund-top-five-faqs/_

# Part Two – Launching a ’40 Act Mutual Fund: Top Five FAQs

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

May 22, 2018

[In part 1](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-1-launching-a-mutual-fund-costs-of-success/), we reviewed the considerations for long-term success when launching a fund, not just the immediate costs to organize and operate a fund. In the next two parts, we answer the top 10 questions that are most frequently asked by advisers exploring a mutual fund launch. As with any undertaking of this magnitude, there can be lots of questions and lots of variables to consider. These two blog posts will address typical questions and provide high level answers based on an open-end mutual fund launch.

**What is the timeline for creating a ’40 Act mutual fund?**

The organizational timeline typically ranges 4 to 6 months, from drafting initial registration statements to receiving an effective CUSIP and Ticker. The first 30 to 45 days are spent preparing and filing offering documents and fund agreements. Once filed, the SEC review period begins. For an established trust (Series or otherwise), the SEC has a set review period of 75 days. For a new trust (Stand-Alone or otherwise), the SEC does not have a set review period; however, typically the review period lasts 75 to 90 days (unless the strategy is very esoteric). Upon completion of the SEC review period and the registration statement being deemed effective by the SEC, the last 15 to 30 days are spent finalizing the operational setup. Once operational setup is complete, the fund is effective and ready to go live at the adviser’s discretion, though access to intermediary platforms may take additional time after operational effectiveness.

**What is a Series Trust?**

Mutual funds are required to be overseen by an independent board of trustees who provide oversight on behalf of fund shareholders. Advisers have the option of creating their own Stand-Alone Trust or using a Series or Shared Trust.

With a Series or Shared Trust, Advisers are requesting approval for their fund to join an established trust, generally sponsored by an administrator. The Series Trust oversees multiple independent advisers’ funds. The shared structure offers economies of scale which generally result in lower creation costs and ongoing operating expenses for new fund entrants. Since a Series Trust is already established, the adviser doesn’t incur the organizational expense of creating a new trust. Additionally, the scale and shared oversight used across the group of funds lowers the costs for trustees, insurance, outside counsel, and so forth. Ultimately, the role of a Stand-Alone or Series Trust is identical and generally the decision is simply a matter of adviser preference.

Advisers electing to create a Stand-Alone Trust will go through the trust organizational process, creating a trust sponsored by the adviser that oversees the adviser’s fund(s). As part of the organizational process for a Stand-Alone trust, the adviser is responsible for selecting trustees (a majority of whom must be independent of the adviser), officers, auditor, trust counsel, custodian, service providers, and distributor. While making these selections adds additional costs and time, the additional control is often cited as a principal advantage by advisers selecting the stand-alone trust alternative.

**How much does creating a ’40 Act1 mutual fund cost?**

Organizational costs (drafting and filing of initial registration statements, board approvals, etc.) can range from around $35,000 to $100,000 or more, depending on several factors. The fund strategy, trust structure, service partners, legal counsel, and so on impact the creation costs. A common fund strategy (Large Cap US Equity, for example) in a Series Trust will typically start in the $35,000 to $50,000 range, while more esoteric strategies in a Stand-Alone Trust can reach or exceed $100,000. When considering the creation of a fund, it’s important to speak with fund administrators to understand the estimated costs, the administrator’s role in the drafting and/or filing of fund/trust documents, and the coordination with outside legal counsel.

In addition to the organizational costs above, investment advisers will also need to consider the due diligence fees for platform access when budgeting for a fund creation. Due diligence fees for custodial and broker-dealer platforms vary widely, from as little as a $1,000 to $50,000 plus. Therefore, budgeting will depend on which platforms the fund will be listed on initially. Again, speak with fund administrators/distributors regarding your distribution plans, as they can provide insight to help effectively budget for platform due diligence costs.

*^1^: ‘40 Act – The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, established the regulations investment companies are required to follow when offering and operating pooled investment funds. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) oversees and regulates the requirements.*

**What is the typical breakeven for a mutual fund?**

Most investment advisers voluntarily or contractually help a fund control its expenses by setting an expense limitation and/or waiving investment advisory fees. A good rule of thumb (assuming a competitive expense limitation) for fund breakeven (defined as: the fund covers all of its own operating expenses, except for advisory fees) is around $15 million to $20 million in AUM. The fund’s ability to cover operating expenses (ex-advisory fees) is an important first step toward fiscal solvency for the investment manager, but just the start towards reaching full fee breakeven (fund covers operating expenses and advisory fee within expense limitation) and eventually bottom-line profits. The amount of the advisory fee collected will begin and continue to increase as the fund assets grow beyond the fund operating expense breakeven ($15m to $20m approximately), eventually reaching the full investment advisory fee. Of course, breakeven can vary based on the fund’s set expense limitation/cap, strategy (trading volume, holdings), service fees, etc. The lower the expense limitation, the higher the breakeven and vice versa.

**How much in seed assets are required to launch a fund?**

If the fund is in a newly established trust, investment advisers are required to make at least a $100,000 seed investment, which is subject to an audit by the fund’s independent auditors. In an established trust there is no required fund seed amount. Obviously, the closer assets get to the fund breakeven or above, the better. Additionally, the asset level can have an impact on the adviser’s ability to effectively begin trading the portfolio. Once the fund goes live and begins striking a Net Asset Value (NAV), operating costs start accruing. If the fund assets are not sufficient to cover the operating costs within the expense cap, the payment responsibility falls to the adviser (through waiver of management fee and/or reimbursement to the fund).

In our next blog post, we’ll cover the next frequently asked questions dealing with compliance and regulatory issues.

[**Part 3 – Launching a Mutual Fund: Compliance and Regulatory**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-three-launching-a-mutual-fund-compliance-and-regulatory-insights/)

1. What are the general limitations in a ’40 Act mutual fund?
2. Can a performance fee be charged by the adviser?
3. What is a fulcrum fee and how does it work?
4. Can the track record from Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs) be used to market the fund?
5. Can a hedge fund be converted into a mutual fund?


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Part Three – Launching a Mutual Fund: Compliance and Regulatory Insights

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/part-three-launching-a-mutual-fund-compliance-and-regulatory-insights/_

# Part Three – Launching a Mutual Fund: Compliance and Regulatory Insights

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

May 29, 2018

This three-part series covers not only what it takes to launch a fund, but what it takes to launch a potentially successful fund. If you missed the first two installments, they can be accessed here:

[**Part 1 – Launching a Mutual Fund: Costs of Success**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-1-launching-a-mutual-fund-costs-of-success/)

[**Part 2 – Launching a Mutual Fund: Top 5 FAQs**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-two-launching-a-40-act-mutual-fund-top-five-faqs/)

In this final post, the compliance and regulatory types of questions regarding a fund launch are answered.

### What are the general limitations in a ’40 Act fund?

**Internal Revenue Code Qualifications:** For any mutual fund to be able to pass through its income to shareholders, the fund must meet certain qualifying tests under Internal Revenue Code. One of the regulated investment company (RIC) tests requires that the fund meet quarter-end diversification limits. At least 50% of the fund’s total assets needs to be represented by cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, other regulated investment companies (such as mutual funds or ETFs), or security holdings from the same issuer worth 5% or less of total assets. For example: 10 security holdings of 4% each, 8% in another mutual fund and 10% in cash would meet the 50% diversification requirement. Except for its first tax quarter-end, security holdings that appreciate over 5% of total assets remain as qualifying assets, unless the fund has added to the position over the quarter. A fund cannot own more than 25% of its total assets in a single issuer (excluding U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) at tax quarter-end. To qualify as a RIC, a fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income for the tax year from investment related activities, such as dividends, interest and gain on sale of securities. Finally, a RIC needs to distribute to shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which includes net investment income and net capital gains.

**Diversification** **:** If a fund holds itself out to be a “diversified” fund, at least 75% of the fund’s total assets needs to be represented by cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, other regulated investment companies (such as mutual funds or ETFs), or security holdings from the same issuer worth 5% or less of total assets.

**Liquidity**: A mutual fund is limited to a maximum of 15% in illiquid investments (generally, investments that cannot be sold for the fund’s carrying value within 5 business days). Many funds that hold illiquid investments have lower internal limits, to avoid inadvertently violating the regulatory limit. However, liquidity has been a major topic of discussion and liquidity classifications will be evolving with the recently adopted SEC Rule 22e-4. The rule will require funds to create a documented liquidity risk management program intended to measure, manage, and regularly evaluate liquidity risk. The new regulations will require advisers to regularly monitor and report the liquidity classifications of each investment in the portfolio.

**Leverage** **:** The ‘40 Act rules regarding leverage apply to borrowed money. Generally, a fund can borrow only up to 33% of the overall investable portfolio. The borrowings are subject to a 300% asset coverage requirement, meaning that a fund may borrow amounts that do not exceed 50% of its assets, excluding the amount of borrowings. For example, if the fund has $50m in assets, it could borrow $25m from a bank. $25m is 33% of the total $75m of investable assets. Inherent leverage in derivative investments do not currently fall under the ‘40 Act leverage rules above; however, they are subject to various collateral requirements and senior security issuance rules, and the SEC has proposed more rules for derivatives in funds.

**Can a performance fee be charged by the adviser?**

Traditional performance-based fees are not allowed in a ’40 Act mutual fund. A management fee assessed against total fund assets (subject to any stated fee caps) is the typical adviser fee arrangement for ’40 Act mutual funds. There is, however, a performance-based fee structure, called a Fulcrum Fee, that can be used in a ‘40 Act mutual fund.

**What is a Fulcrum fee and how does it work?**

A fulcrum fee is a performance fee applied based on the managers performance against a set benchmark (must be an appropriate/rational benchmark). The management fee is increased or decreased based on the managers performance against the benchmark and as stated in the prospectus. For example, let’s say the base management fee is set at 0.75% (75 basis points). The prospectus states that a performance-based fee of 0.01% (1 basis point) will be added or deducted to the management fee for every 0.10% (10 basis points) of absolute performance against the benchmark; with a cap of 50 basis points (the maximum allowable rate is equal to the stated base management fee). That means the management fee could range from 1.25% (125 basis points) down to 0.25% (25 basis points) in this example. Put simply, the management fee pivots higher or lower based on the outperformance or underperformance, respectively, against the benchmark over a stated, rolling period of time.

**Can the track record from Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs) be used to market the fund?**

No – FINRA rules only allow the use of the fund’s track record to market the fund. The prospectus can include a section regarding manager experience in running a similar strategy and show that performance in the initial prospectus, eventually to be replaced by the fund performance. However, that performance information still cannot be used in any marketing materials.

**Can a hedge fund be converted into a mutual fund?**

If the hedge fund strategy meets the ’40 Act constraints and can be run substantially similar in a mutual fund, conversion is often possible. Investors in the hedge fund on the conversion date would be converted to mutual fund shareholders and the hedge fund would cease operation. In this case, the applicable track record of the hedge fund would be carried over to the mutual fund and could be used in fund marketing materials. Please note, the rating agencies generally do not recognize the hedge fund track records for ratings purposes.

As with any undertaking of this magnitude, there can be lots of questions and many variables to consider. If you are contemplating launching a mutual fund, whether it be open-end, closed end or another type, and are interested in a more in-depth conversation about your specific details, please[**contact us**.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Technology in the Hedge Fund Space

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/technology-in-the-hedge-fund-space/_

# Technology in the Hedge Fund Space

Subscribe

April 20, 2017

There is no denying that technology has drastically changed the financial industry. However, most of the technological advancements in the hedge fund space have been focused on the fund strategy and not the end investor. Naturally, resources have been dedicated to improving a firm’s strategy because managers are judged and ranked on performance. In an industry where nanoseconds can make all the difference, hedge funds are focused on improving their technology in order to analyze market information and execute trades a little bit quicker to beat their competitors to market. It is great that managers are focusing on improving returns, but it has left investors “hung out to dry” since it requires them to have their own system or teams in place to analyze the fund managers they invest in and the data they receive.

Historically, investors would receive a statement at the end of the month telling them whether their manager made or lost money, and that was it. With the emergence of hedge fund managed account platforms, the hedge fund space has turned the tables, putting the power and focus on the investor experience. Investors select a platform, not only to access managers, but also to provide them with tools that fund managers aren’t. Platforms are giving investors the functionality to easily handle investing in hedge funds without requiring investors to build out a team or purchase expensive technology to do so. In this day and age, where information is so readily accessible, platforms adapted to meet the investors changing needs and demand for quicker access to information. Investors are no longer satisfied receiving a statement at month-end telling them how the manager performed. Now, at the very least, platforms and fund managers have had to adapt and provide investors with functionality to view their investments on a daily basis. Platforms have looked to take this a step further by providing investors with a more granular look into their hedge fund portfolios. Platform investors are often able to see exposures and positions by manager, view aggregated data across their portfolio, and run advanced analytics on their portfolio.

Platforms will continue to be the driving force behind the advancement of the hedge fund investor experience, allowing hedge funds to continue dedicating resources to refining their strategy and improving returns, without sacrificing at the investor’s expense.


---

# The Importance of SEC Mock Exams

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-importance-of-sec-mock-exams/_

# The Importance of SEC Mock Exams

Subscribe

May 31, 2018

Recently, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has been showing up *unannounced* at registered investment advisers’ (RIA) offices to conduct surprise investigations in order to:

- Better understand how an RIA operates on an everyday basis.
- Avoid allowing the RIA to “clean up” its compliance program and records after receiving notice of an impending SEC exam and a document request letter.

Since many RIAs believe they would flunk an SEC exam^1^ and their senior executives question whether their firm can satisfy SEC examiners’ expectations, this new tactic is causing understandable concern among RIAs.

Overall, the SEC has been ramping up the frequency of its examinations in the last few years – in 2011, it conducted exams on 8% of RIAs; in 2017, it conducted exams on 13% (1,614 firms).

In 2016, of the 1,477 firms audited:

- 72% resulted in a deficiency
- 27% resulted in a “significant finding”
- 9% were referred to enforcement^2^

RIAs are particularly anxious about these exams since they often lack a clear understanding of the SEC’s exam priorities. Though the SEC has not released its 2018 priorities list, it stated that it would focus on the following in 2017, among others: protecting retail investors (including a focus on “robo-advising” and wrap fee programs); identifying potential exploitation of senior investors; RIAs’ compliance with SEC Regulation Systems Compliance and Integrity (SCI) and anti-money laundering rules; FINRA operations and regulatory programs; and cybersecurity.^3^

**How should an RIA prepare for a surprise or a scheduled SEC exam?**

Conducting an “SEC mock exam,” during which internal staff or a third party simulates the type of exam the SEC would administer, can help ensure that you’re as prepared as possible. Specifically, a mock exam should identify:

- Potential weaknesses in compliance programs and controls.
- Appropriate steps your firm should take to enhance those controls and update policies and procedures.

***Specific steps to prepare:***

- *Review* *any* *recent* *SEC* *exam* *request* *letters* *and* *confirm* *that* *you* *can* *produce* *the* *required* *documents* *and* *data.* Are your records readily accessible? Can you prepare requested reports promptly in the format requested? Do you have the personnel and/or expertise to understand SEC information requests and “SEC hot buttons?”
- *Review* *any* *prior* *SEC* *communications, including* *SEC* *exam* *deficiency* *letters* *and* *the* *steps* *you* *said* *you* *took* *orwould* *take* *to* *address* *the* *deficiencies.* If you did not address one, do so now.
- *Review* *your* *current* *business* *model, including* *any* *changes* *in* *businesses, products, operations, and* *personnel, against* *your* *current* *controls, policies, and* *procedures.* Do your policies and procedures accurately reflect your business and control structure?
- *Assess* *the* *ability* *of* *all* *your* *employees* *to* *prepare* *for* *and* *respond* *to* *an* *SEC* *exam* *and* *the* *examiners.* Educate your employees about proper ways to respond both orally and in written form.
- *Determine* *the* *project* *management* *tools* *your* *firm* *has* *to* *appropriately* *manage* *a* *multiple–month* *SEC* *exam* *withmultiple* *data* *requests.* How will you track the responsive materials provided to the SEC and the multiple follow-up document requests? Develop a tracking matrix and ensure you have the ability to “Bates Stamp” your responsive documents.
- *Assess* *the* *expertise* *your* *firm* *has* *to* *work* *with* *the* *SEC* *during* *your* *exam, and* *draft* *appropriate* *responses* *toSEC* *recommendations* *and* *observations.*
- *In* *order* *to* *avoid* *potentially* *negative* *consequences, consider* *hiring* *an* *expert* *to* *partner* *with* *and* *manage* *yourSEC* *exam* *to* *a* *successful* *and* *minimally–invasive* *conclusion.* An expert compliance consultant, such as Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC (NLCS), can manage a mock SEC exam, prepare assessment results, and partner with you to enhance your compliance program and controls, including your policies and procedures.

*Sources:*

*1) Gap Found in Managers’ Confidence in Compliance Programs – Survey, Rick Baert, August 11, 2017*

*2)* [*http://www.riainabox.com/blog/key-2017-sec-ria-examination-frequency-and-enforcement-statistics*](http://www.riainabox.com/blog/key-2017-sec-ria-examination-frequency-and-enforcement-statistics)

*3)* [*https://www.sec.gov/news/pressrelease/2017-7.html*](https://www.sec.gov/news/pressrelease/2017-7.html)


---

# The Three T's of Middle Office Data

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-three-ts-of-middle-office-data/_

# THE THREE T’S OF MIDDLE OFFICE DATA

Subscribe

July 11, 2017

When outsourcing your middle office services, it’s important that your provider can seamlessly interact and communicate with your data to guide it where it needs to go. But in a world with multitudes of data languages, formats and mediums, what is required to ensure your data is in the best hands? At Ultimus, we understand these challenges and have tailored a strategy to make sure your data moves seamlessly across all stages of its life cycle. Think of it as the three T’s of Data – Translation, Transformation and Transmission

* * *

## TRANSLATION

Data can be stored and delivered using many different languages and formats – Extensible Markup Language (XML), HTML5, JavaScript Object Notation (JSON), American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII), EXCEL, and PDF, to name a few. To systematically read this data, a translator (or converter) is required. At Ultimus, we have the ability to translate dozens of different data types and an experienced team to work with you to ensure the data you deliver to us can be properly converted throughout its lifecycle with little to no manual work. Translating data is essential to ensuring accuracy and efficiency prior to transformation.

## TRANSFORMATION

Once data has been translated it is ready to be transformed into a new format or language, depending on its destination. For example, Trade Data will get transformed to SWIFT format and delivered to the designated Custodians. Trade Data will also be transformed to Structured Query Language (SQL) so it can be imported into our accounting system. The ability to translate and transform data makes for a clear path to accurate data delivery. It also provides the foundation for ultimate flexibility when converting data into custom reporting or data feeds.

We can also transform data from our systems and deliver it to you in your desired format. We work with many of our clients to deliver data back to them to feed databases, perform analysis, and so forth. Our ability to transform data allows us to not only integrate with intermediaries such as SWIFT, it also enables us to deliver customized data to you, when and where you need it – which brings us to Transmission.

## TRANSMISSION

Data can be transmitted a number of different ways – including APIs, FTP, and email. We have established proper APIs with all of our key intermediaries and vendors, allowing us to systematically transmit data back and forth between our systems. We have also implemented a number of tools to systematically transmit data and files over channels such as email and FTP. Data is encrypted when transmitted, ensuring it is secure and safe when moving between parties. The ability to securely transmit data across multiple mediums ensures that your data will be delivered to its destination in the preferred, most efficient and safest manner possible.

* * *

The ability to systematically retrieve, interpret, and communicate data is essential in today’s data driven world. It allows for more efficient processing, decreased risk, and additional flexibility for analysis and reporting.

At Ultimus, we understand that middle office servicing is heavily reliant on data being passed back and forth between clients, intermediaries, vendors and other parties as it makes its way through the required channels for processing. Because of this, we have invested in data driven technologies to ensure we can handle all of your data needs.

We can translate your data from its original form, eliminating the need for you to translate it into another format before delivering it. We can systematically transform and enrich your data into formats required by intermediaries and vendors further streamlining the workflow. Last, but not least, we can transmit your data across numerous channels.

Your data flows seamlessly throughout its lifecycle. In the end, our data driven technology is flexible for both enhanced and unique data requirements, and is systematically driven, increasing efficiencies and reducing risk.

**If you are interested in exploring our middle office, services please contact Gary Tenkman or Mike Ciotola and we would be happy to discuss in more detail.**


---

# Understanding The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution – Part One

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-one/_

# Understanding The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution – Part One

Subscribe

April 10, 2017

*Join us for part one of a three part series on The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution. Part one will focus on product placement. To read part two,* [*click here*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-two/)*. To read part three,* [***click here***](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-three/)*.*

Northern Lights Distributors, LLC (NLD) believes a successful mutual fund distribution strategy requires a solid competitive philosophy, process, and expertise as well as consistent performance and excellent client service. It also requires investment managers who thoughtfully plan and invest in a scalable sales and marketing strategy. Distribution has a variety of associated costs. The amount of associated costs is dependent on each firm’s individual goals and its place in the mutual fund sales cycle. While some investment managers may have large goals, seek broad sales and marketing exposure, and desire expansive platform availability, others may pursue a more finite approach.

**Distribution Growth Cycle**

NLD developed the distribution growth cycle model to assist investment advisers in matching their current distribution characteristics with potential opportunities. This allows managers to tactically develop their distribution plans to align with where they are within the cycle, along with associated opportunities. NLD has identified four phases in the distribution cycle: Raising Capital, Emerging Manager, Growing Manager, and Established Partners. Each distribution phase has distinct characteristics, challenges, and opportunities.

**Elements of successful distribution**

Each element of successful distribution has inherent costs. NLD has created a summary of these potential costs and questions to consider as advisers develop their distribution strategies. “Understanding the True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution” will cover the three elements of successful distribution strategies:

1. Product Placement
2. Active Sales & Marketing
3. Tracking Capabilities

**Product Placement**

All non-direct investors purchase mutual funds through an intermediary provider: custodian, broker-dealer, bank, trust, or third party asset management program. To better fit the individual end client’s needs, intermediary firms may offer a variety of programs with multiple investment vehicles through either a commission or fee-based structure. Understanding the product placement requirements and the cost of such platforms is the first step in planning for successful distribution.

As investment advisers assess each firm’s goals and platform wish list, they should consider the potential access fees for all intermediaries. There is a common misconception regarding product shelf space. Some people believe that more platform availability equates to more opportunity for potential sales success. This may be true in some cases, but only with a combination of other sales and marketing efforts. The reality is that more placement will also mean higher costs. Unfortunately, there is not a magic number of platforms the fund should be on. Advisers should thoroughly consider the wish list and right size the opportunity to meet the current growth cycle, making adjustments as the fund grows.

* * *

There are typically two types of onboarding fees that an intermediary may require; fees for due diligence review and on-going platform maintenance fees.

**Due Diligence Fees** – Intermediaries may charge an upfront, one time due diligence fee for the review of a mutual fund for potential product placement. This is normally a hard dollar cost determined prior to reviewing a fund. Paying this fee does not guarantee the fund will be approved. *(Investment manager expense)*

**Platform Maintenance Fees** – Intermediaries may charge the mutual fund an ongoing annual fee. The annual fee is normally a fixed rate which covers expenses associated with fund maintenance. The maintenance fee may cover on-going CUSIP administration and review. Fee ranges vary across intermediaries. Some charge a per CUSIP fee at a fixed cost with a minimum monthly or annual fee at the fund level, irrespective of asset levels. *(May be an investment manager expense, some exceptions may apply)*

* * *

Intermediary operational expenses may have a broad definition across the target market landscape. Operational expenses may cover the intermediary’s administration and maintenance of client accounts, which may entail various client communication and fund transactions.

**Shareholder Servicing Fee** – Shareholder servicing fees typically apply to custodians and self-clearing firms and may include, but are not limited to, client communication, such as, delivering fund prospectuses, proxy materials, SAIs, educational publications, and other fund information. In addition, servicing may include direct client support via telephone for wire transfers, when applicable. *(Fund expense, with potential differences billable to the investment manager)*

**Networking Fees** – Networking operational services provide mutual fund account reconciliation and dividend processing at the client account level. This service has three reporting types, to be agreed upon with the intermediary. Centralized connectivity across intermediaries may require fund/SERV participation. Networking services are typically charged annually for each shareholder account. (Fund expense, with potential differences billable to the investment manager)

**Sub-accounting and Administrative Services** (may be referred to as “Omnibus”) – Sub-accounting services are meant to provide a uniform and efficient trading and reconciliation process for platforms with accounts across multiple disciplines and funds. This structure seeks to minimize transaction cost, allowing for block trading and execution across fund account holders. Centralized connectivity across broker-dealers may require an Omni/SERV subscription. *(Fund expenses, with potential differences billable to the investment manager)*

Consult the transfer agent and intermediary relationship on the various options to best suit current and future needs.

* * *

Cost associated with certain sales and marketing activities may be paid as a fund expense. Intermediaries may have program/platform fees and or revenue share cost associated with mutual fund support that are not paid by the fund. Advisers should work with their relationship manager to discuss which activities are not covered.

**12b-1 Fees** – These fees are used to pay for expenses associated with mutual fund distribution. This includes, but not limited to, fees paid for marketing and selling fund shares. Such costs could include compensating individuals or organizations who sell fund shares, advertising and designing, printing, and mailing sales literature to potential investors. Certain 12b-1 fee plans may include “shareholder service fees,” which pay for servicing, such as organizations responding to investor inquiries on their investments. *(Included in the fund’s expense ratio)*

**Platform Partnership Fee** – Intermediaries may have optional and/or qualifying sales and marketing partnership programs that may support meeting and conference sponsorship, access to branches for educational and marketing promotions, and receipt of supplemental sales data. Fees can be in addition to, or standalone from the revenue share fees. *(Hard dollars billed directly to the investment adviser)*

**Revenue Share** – Revenue sharing payments are in addition to 12b-1 fees and other operational expenses, disclosed in the fund prospectus. Intermediaries may require revenue share and is at the sole discretion of the intermediary. The fees may be associated with sales and assets under management, and may be in addition to, or standalone from the platform partnership fees. *(Basis points billed directly to the investment adviser)*

* * *

**Questions Advisers Should Consider**

- How many intermediary platforms do you wish to have your fund available on?
- What are the individual costs of each platform? Do you have enough demand at the specific intermediary to justify the expense?
- Do you desire additional sales and marketing intermediary partnerships, such as home office access? If so, what is the cost per intermediary?
- Do you have the marketing resources to support partnership relationships?

Disclaimer: The fees and the underlying services are subject to change at the intermediaries’ discretion.

Northern Lights Distributors, LLC, member [FINRA](http://www.finra.org/)/[SIPC](http://www.sipc.org/)


---

# Understanding The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution – Part Three

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-three/_

# Understanding The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution – Part Three

Subscribe

April 10, 2017

*This is part three in a series on The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution. Part one focused on product placement,* [*click here to read it first*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-one/)*. Part two focused on active sales and marketing,* [*click here to read part two*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-two/)*. Part three focuses on tracking capabilities.*

**Tracking Capabilities**

An investment manager will need to evaluate needs and determine what types of technology should be utilized. Although these costs are optional, it is important to evaluate each one and determine if any are necessary for the business.

**Types of Technology Costs**

- CRM Tools
- Sales Reporting
- Omni/SERV

* * *

**Customer Relationship Management Tools (“CRM”)** – Customer relationship management tools help organize and document sales calls, email campaigns, and meetings. Most commonly utilized CRMs are Salesforce, Redtail, SalesPage, and ACT.

**Sales Reporting** – Aggregation tools provide consolidated data from custodians, broker-dealers, and other intermediaries. This type of service provides more detailed sales reporting to assist in managing territories, tracking sales traction, and determining market share. Providers may include Celera, AccessData, MARS Salesfocus Solutions, and SalesConnect.

**OMNI/Serv** – As more intermediaries are moving to Omnibus trading, Omni/SERV is an optional service to see account and rep level transparency for Omnibus trading. Although this is optional, it is important to have rep level data on trades.

* * *

**Questions Advisers Should Consider**

- How can you use a CRM tool to your advantage?
- How are you currently tracking sales data? Would using a CRM tool help your sales tracking?
- Do you have Omnibus business? If so, does Omni/SERV make sense for your business?


---

# Understanding The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution – Part Two

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-two/_

# Understanding The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution – Part Two

Subscribe

April 11, 2017

*Join us for part two of a three part series on The True Cost of Mutual Fund Distribution. Part one focused on product placement,* [*click here to read it first*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-one/)*. Part two focuses on active sales and marketing. Part three focuses on tracking capabilities,* [*click here*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//blog/understanding-the-true-cost-of-mutual-fund-distribution-part-three/) *to read it now.*

**Active Sales and Marketing**

The next phase in distribution planning are the avenues in which investment managers will seek to raise brand awareness and create sales and marketing activity. The most common considerations are the creation of a sales team, investment in various public relations and marketing, and sales related activities. The extent of the distribution efforts are closely tied to the individual firm’s target market and budget. ****

**Types of Sales Personnel**

- National Account Managers
- Wholesalers

    - External Wholesaler
    - Internal Wholesaler

* * *

**National Account Managers**

National accounts, key accounts, and relationship managers are an extension of the business development team. They focus on interfacing and managing the overall relationship with key strategic intermediary home office relationships. Key account managers are charged with creating and managing the execution of distribution business plans through coordination with all interested constituents. They work towards forging partnerships, with an emphasis on increasing market share, through leveraging all centers of influence and “delivering the firm.” Key account managers proactively work with the investment manager to uncover product placement opportunities. They are tasked with understanding the client firm’s strategic priorities, search activity, product and marketing initiatives, and opportunities for engagement. It is the national account manager’s responsibility to develop and maintain strategic relationships with all centers of influence. This individual also positions strategies and portfolio construction ideas to home office audiences, manage all dealer agreements, participates in contract negotiations, and is the interface with the transfer agent. They also coordinate all marketing, sales, and support services, anticipate and resolve complex problems, and disseminate intelligence to the sales force and home office to improve sales execution.

* * *

**Wholesalers**

Wholesalers are categorized as internal, external, or a hybrid of the two. Wholesalers are typically paid commission only or a combination of base salary plus commission. There are also third-party marketing organizations that offer individuals or teams for hire. There are several key items to consider when hiring wholesalers. The wholesaler should have experience in the desired strategy and have existing relationships or proven ability to build relationships within the territory. They should be able to not only sell, but also position and utilize consultative development approaches, as well as contribute to marketing ideas and utilize CRM programs. Above all, you want to hire an individual who will blend with the company culture and be a positive addition to the sales team.

**External Wholesalers** – External wholesalers, often referred to as regional directors, cover specific target channels (independent broker-dealers, registered investment advisers (RIAs), broker-dealers, bank and trust, insurance and retirement intermediaries) in a specific U.S. territory. External sales representatives tend to have established relationships and focus on positioning and selling the investment manager’s strategy and funds. They have strong communication skills with the ability to convey traditional and complex products in a concise manner to both advisers and their clients. Client coverage also includes management practices that are designed to offer solutions to advisers.

**Internal Wholesalers** – Internal wholesalers work with external wholesalers to cover a specific target market. Much like externals, they are expected to have the skills necessary to cultivate and maintain relationships within their designated territory. They contact the advisers in their territory regularly and manage the sales process. Internals respond to daily telephone inquiries, follow up with financial consultants who establish new business, and continually educate them on current products and upcoming new products. Internals should have the ability to converse knowledgeably with financial advisers and other key personnel about investment solutions and current economic and market conditions and provide account activity and sales reports to assist the sales team.

* * *

**Questions Advisers Should Consider**

1. What type of sales team does your firm currently need?
2. What type of budget do you have for a team? Do you have/need a budget for travel, expenses, and a CRM program?
3. What are some realistic, long-term sales goals?

* * *

**Marketing Costs**

Each investment manager has specific marketing goals. Some investment managers will seek the services of a third-party press and advertising agency while others may hire an in-house employee. Investment managers should consider the type of marketing opportunities that make sense for their firm, budget, target market, and overall goals. Marketing channels can include items such as industry or broker-dealer conferences, email campaigns, promotional items, hosting lunch and learns, and your website.

**Types of marketing costs**

- Press & Advertising Agency
- Conferences & Industry Events
- Marketing Materials
- Digital Marketing

* * *

**Press & Advertising Agency** – Annual costs for specific negotiated items that may include but are not limited to media tours, bylines, advertising, conference panel representation, and public imaging.

**Conferences & Industry Events** – The financial services industry offers many national, regional, and local conferences. Conferences may be hosted by third party intermediaries, such as broker-dealers, custodial firms, service providers, associations, and research organizations. Attendees may range from savvy investors, research analysts, financial controllers, financial advisers to investment managers. Each conference will have specific costs, depending on if you would like to sponsor or simply attend. There are costs for attending or sponsoring but there may also be costs for travel, hotel rooms, entertainment, marketing, and booth materials.

**Marketing Materials** – Example of marketing material costs would be the cost of design, printing, and shipping of the prospectus, fact sheets, brochures, and other marketing materials.

**Digital Marketing** – This includes the overall cost to create, maintain, and update a website. Service may begin at basic layout or a more in-depth website including blogs and videos. Pricing is dependent on the extent of the services needed.

* * *

**Questions Advisers Should Consider**

- Will you budget to attend industry events or sponsor conferences? Which ones would you like to attend?
- What do you need for marketing materials? Will you hire a third party to create these materials?
- What functionality does your firm need for a website?


---

# Warning Signs You May Need a New Fund Administration Provider

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/warning-signs-you-may-need-a-new-fund-administration-provider/_

# Warning Signs You May Need a New Fund Administration Provider

Subscribe

Authored by
**Bob Dorsey**

Vice Chairman and Co-Founder of Ultimus Fund Solutions
						×

July 10, 2018

*Sticking with the Status Quo* *May* *Cost More Than Converting*

As an investment manager, is your mutual fund administrator a transaction processor fulfilling basic functions? Or is your service provider engaged and strategic, providing high-quality administrative services coupled with insightful business acumen? The difference could mean putting your organization in the best position for long-term success or putting it at significant risk.

While investment managers don’t always recognize that their service provider has become deficient, or fear converting to a new provider, staying with the status quo can be more risky. To help investment managers get the most out of their fund administrator, below are a few warning signs that indicate your current provider is not cutting it, along with some tips to ensure a smooth conversion if a switch is the best course of action.

**RECOGNIZING ADMIN DEFICIENCY SIGNS**

**Unresponsive Service**  **–** If you have questions, can you get answers? How responsive is your service provider? Does it take days to get a response to a voicemail or email? A good service provider acts as an extension of your business and replies to emails and phone calls quickly because they are interested in resolving your questions or concerns.

**Consistency Matters** – For a service provider to be a true business partner, their operational continuity is critical. If operating models change, your service levels may change, particularly if provider employees are learning new systems or dealing with heavily functionalized processes. Understanding changes to your providers’ operating model is important in considering impacts to your business.

**Relationship Time**  **** – Is the amount of time with your service provider shrinking? If so, the level of service is likely slipping. Service providers that are actively involved with their clients by attending meetings in person and having a consistent dialogue can make proactive recommendations and provide the best service. A well-informed provider is better positioned to offer valuable business insights. In addition, if your service provider gets acquired, their operational model or service culture may change causing changes in the relationship and quality of time they have for you. Be aware of these types of changes and don’t let them affect your business.

**Commitment** **–** If your mutual fund servicing department is part of a much larger organization, their commitment may be to themselves and not to being a true business partner. If servicing is just one piece of their organization, how much time and resources are they devoting to making improvements? Plus, some large service providers sponsor mutual funds which might compete for your business in growing assets. Understanding your service provider’s business model makes good business sense for you.

**ADMIN CONVERSIONS: MYTHS AND REALITIES**

Despite warning signs, many investment managers are apprehensive about making a switch or don’t know where to begin. The reality is that most managers have not been through a conversion and don’t realize that with the right partner, the conversion process can be systematic and seamless. Below are commonly held **myths** about the conversion process and steps a manager can take to address them.

**Project Management** –While investment managers view themselves as the project manager for the conversion process, the best service providers look at the conversion process as a project they need to manage on behalf of their client. That means the new service provider deals with the outgoing provider and only gets the investment manager involved as needed. When selecting a new provider, determine how they will manage a conversion process, and what team will be assigned to make the transition go smoothly.

**Switching: It’s Not a Good Time** – This is the most commonly held myth, but it has little merit. Converting must be a well thought out decision that considers contract stipulations, blackout dates, division of labor and costs incurred, in addition to timing. If the process is managed effectively by the new service provider, the conversion can take place with little impact to the manager and a lot of long-term upside benefits.

**Conversion Costs** – Cost is one of the most common conversion deterrents. By understanding the details of the conversion clause and exit fees of your current contract, you may be able to negotiate with the new service provider to help defray costs. The reality is if you are sticking with a sub-par provider because of fees, the cost to your business will likely be greater in the long run.

**Shareholder Disruption** – Many investment managers are afraid that a conversion will cause confusion and lead to shareholder redemptions. A good service provider will deliver a systematic approach for communicating with shareholders, ensuring a smooth process. The best providers make this process seamless for all parties by keeping everyone abreast of milestones, progress and challenges.

**THE RIGHT BUSINESS CHOICE**

Even though the conversion process may seem daunting, it’s not new, nor does it have to be painful. In fact, conversions happen all the time. Before even considering a conversion, investment managers must be able to recognize the signs that their current service provider may be failing, then take control of the process and make the right choice for their business. Converting may seem like a risky proposition, but in today’s environment the real risk could be sticking with the status quo.


## Authored by

**Bob Dorsey**

Vice Chairman and Co-Founder of Ultimus Fund Solutions


---

# What Advisers Need to Know About Impact Investing: ESG/SRI

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/what-advisers-need-to-know-about-impact-investing-esgsri/_

# What Advisers Need to Know About Impact Investing: ESG/SRI

Subscribe

August 21, 2018

Even though the terminology ‘impact investing’ is relatively new in the last 10 years, the concept is not. There are many in the investment arena who are not familiar with details of what impact investing means or what it entails.

With the objective to gain a better understanding of impact investing, using terms such as ESG and SRI, and the influence it is having in the asset management industry among advisers, Ultimus’ Business Development Director, Mick Grunewald, recently spoke with [First Affirmative Financial Network’s](https://www.firstaffirmative.com/) CEO, George R. Gay. In addition to his role as CEO of First Affirmative, George served on the US SIF (a nonprofit trade association for the SRI industry) Board of Directors from 1994 to 2008, has produced and hosted The SRI Conference since 1990, and received the industry’s 1997 SRI Service Award.

**Mick** **:** *First off, what does ESG and SRI stand for and what is the difference between the two?*

**George** **:** ESG stands for environmental, social and governance, while SRI stands for sustainable, responsible impact investing. The ESG factor analysis is a due-diligence process to evaluate corporate behavior; it’s a way to understand what you are investing in or the behavior of the companies you are investing in. SRI, on the other hand, raises the question of why you are or are not investing in certain companies. ESG analysis provides you with the details and the SRI is the value that guides your choice as to whether you will include these securities or not.

**Mick** **:** *Why should investment advisers be concerned with ESG/SRI principles?*

**George** **:** I recently read an Investment News article that specifically addressed this subject. It is referred to as the “ESG paradox.” The piece articulated the gap between clients, or potential clients, asking about this subject versus the number of advisers comfortable giving advice about it. A lot of clients are continuing to ask for information about ESG and SRI, so it is extremely important that advisers are knowledgeable on the topic.

Secondly, increasingly, ESG scores tend to identify companies that are well run. And, in general, it is intuitive to believe well-run companies tend to perform better in the marketplace. Increasingly, more and more studies are supporting this conclusion too. Good quality ESG scores tend to result in either slightly better performance, slightly lower risk, or both.

Probably the best compendium of information about research in this area is assembled by the sponsors of the **Moskowitz Prize**, which is presented each year at the annual SRI Conference, and is administered by UC Berkeley Haas School of Business. The award recognizes outstanding research in sustainable and responsible investing. These groups and others explore shareholder activism, socially responsible mutual funds, and social responsible investing as contributing factors to financial performance.

**Mick** **:** *How do these two strategies affect the future of investing?*

**George** **:** Both ESG and SRI strategies are presenting more data in the marketplace. As more data becomes available, understanding how that data is aggregated, pulled together, examined and analyzed is the challenge for the future. There are more sources for data and more data companies (Sustainalytics, MSCI, Bloomberg, etc.) working with data to come up with output. However, the increase in data does not necessarily mean an increase in knowledge. The increased presence of artificial intelligence, which thrives on data, is helpful in assessing this information, but humans are still needed to help make the data meaningful. In the investment community data is used to make investment decisions. But, who is doing it? And how is someone using it? In an algorithm? What are they trying to do with it? That is hard to determine right now – the ways in which all the information is being used and manipulated.

**Mick** **:** *What is the trend with millennials investing in these strategies?*

**George** **:** Every survey that I have seen on this topic says that millennials are concerned with impact and sustainability. The market exists in such a way that the products out there can confuse the issue for investors concerned with impact investing. Two of the biggest issues of the future are measuring impact and displaying it in a way that people can make an informed decision. I think millennial investors want better information. However, I don’t think we know how to be successful in giving them that yet.

**Mick** **:** *How does ESG/SRI fund performance compare to non-ESG/SRI funds?*

**George** **:** The best way to answer this question is to look at the [**MSCI KLD 400 Social Index**](https://www.msci.com/msci-kld-400-social-index), previously known as the Domini Social Index (created in April 1990). This index was designed to compare the performance of a screened universe of securities with that of the S&P 500. For 28 years the socially screened index has outperformed the S&P 500 by between 0.4 – 0.6%. And generally, the screened securities perform better in the growth stages, while the S&P 500 has performed better in value style market. Broadly speaking, growth phases tend to last longer than value phases. Large Cap U.S. investments, screened for the common social screen, have historically performed a little bit better than S&P 500 with very small additional risk (1.02 vs 1.0).

More importantly, when comparing SRI packaged products in mutual funds to other mutual funds, the differentiating factor tends to be cost. Performance of the SRI investment portfolios are competitive almost all of the time. SRI funds historically have been more expensive because they are smaller, lacking economies of scale that bigger, conventional funds have. SRI funds do extra work – ie, screening, shareholder advocacy, etc. This causes SRI products to be more expensive. So, net of expenses, performance relative to the big conventional funds has had a slight drag.

SRI expenses across the board have been declining. Acquisitions and consolidations like Eaton Vance and Calvert and PAX and Impax have also helped increase average fund sizes and reduced costs.

**Mick** **:** *What are the common misconceptions regarding ESG/SRI investing?*

**George** **:** As just discussed, the expectation of poor performance is by far the biggest misconception with SRI’s and most likely identified within the investment landscape.

The second misconception centers on the screening process and how values are assigned. I am working on a session for our 29th Annual SRI Conference in the fall. The session will cover why all social screens aren’t the same. A lot of people expect them to be and they are not.

The screen questions asked by investors vary. Many investors of faith-based funds approach this from a morally responsible/ faith-based process. There are other people who approach this from a political process. Often in the press there is this very baffled question ‘why aren’t all these screens the same’.

For example, let’s take a gun manufacturer. It’s conceivable that a gun manufacturer could have a good ESG score but an investor might say, “I really don’t care how good their score is, they are still making guns and I would rather not own that.” Another company that has scored well is Monsanto, but a lot of investors still don’t want to own their stock because of some of their business practices.

Types of SRI Screens Used Today by Advisers –

**1 – Zero Tolerance:** this is a little misrepresentative because it’s nearly impossible to have zero exposure to a product. But take tobacco, there are certain industries, such as this, where the product itself is dangerous. Using tobacco as an example, while it is relatively easy to have no exposure to a cigarette manufacturer, you would need to determine if you wanted to look to see if there are any revenues that come from selling cigarettes. Generally, all SRI funds want zero exposure to tobacco manufacturers. This is also the case with guns.

**2 – Best of Class:** if we do not want to rule out all cigarette companies, but we don’t want to invest in the worst ones, we can use ESG analysis to figure out the best cigarette company. In another area, such as gold mining, there is a wide range of quality between the best of class and worst. Some investors do not want gold mining at all because of the environmental impact. It is up to the investors to come up with a range of areas upon which they are going to evaluate a company. They will have some industries in which they do not want any exposure, and there will be other industries in which they want to have the best quality companies they can find.

**3 – Intentionality:** this screen looks at the reasons behind a good environmental impact score – is it a part of a company’s policy, do they have an investment commitment that results in deliberate and measurable consequence (a great environmental score) or is it just because they happen to be in an industry where they do not have that much of an impact on the environment.

**Mick** **:** *How can investment advisers learn more about these strategies?*

**George** **:** This is a subject where I do have a bias, and I will start with a couple of things.

[USSIF](https://www.ussif.org/) – This is non-profit trade association that represents this portion of the industry. They are headquartered in Washington DC. I spent 12 years on the board of directors and I am very familiar with them. USSIF is a good quality, non-profit trade association and a great resource. They also host a conference in the spring focused on policy and institutional type activities and a lot of key people involved with ESG/SRI investing attend.

[College for Financial Planning](https://www.cffp.edu/) – just announced this fall they will be offering Professional Designation in the area of ESG/SRI.

SRI Conference– In my opinion, this remains the broadest scope conference of the industry. Over time, there have become more focused events (illiquid impact investments, community development investments, etc). If you want the best view of the entire industry, especially as an adviser, the SRI Conference delivers that. We had just under 800 people at the 2017 conference in San Diego last fall. We hope to substantially increase that number in Colorado Springs in 2018.

[First Affirmative](https://www.firstaffirmative.com/) – For someone who is seriously interested in SRI, we have an annual subscription package that includes the conference, a corporate social screening tool, information on proxy voting, and other services. We are part of the Folio Financial, Inc. family, which means that we also offer advisers innovative brokerage and custody technology that facilitates SRI investing. For example, we help advisers use fractional share investing technology to give their largest and smallest customers well diversified, SRI focused portfolios.

For blogs, [Green America](https://www.greenamerica.org/news-and-media-page?type=blog), an advocacy group for sustainability, is a good resource.

[Natural Investments](https://www.naturalinvestments.com/), a portfolio management firm, recently published [*“The Resilient Investor”*](https://www.naturalinvestments.com/blog/a-radical-new-way-of-thinking-about-investing/) and there are numerous other good books on the topics of sustainable investing.

**Mick** **:** *For investment advisers, how can they integrate ESG/SRI into their practice?*

**George** **:** Advisers who offer SRI investing are the same as other advisers, with one important exception: they have additional knowledge, tools and techniques that can help align customers’ values and their portfolio. Being in SRI does not replace anything in the risk management or financial planning process. Rather, it adds an additional filter or conversation point with the client. That is important to note because a lot of advisers come to First Affirmative because they need to learn more about SRI and the various ways they easily incorporate SRI into their offering. We encourage advisers to think about SRI as something that enhances – not separates – their expertise, value and customer relationships. Advisers can get additional training. The College for Financial Planning will be offering some programming soon. US SIF offers a course 3-4x a year called Fundamentals of Sustainable and Responsible Investment (3-hour course), which is also offered online. And, of course, there is the annual SRI Conference, which will include the US SIF Fundamentals training as a pre-conference event.

Another great source of information is older school fund companies, such as Calvert, Domini, Pax, Praxis, Parnassus. Fund companies that have embraced SRI for a long time, and their websites have a lot of information. US SIF has a lot of good info. All are great sources for additional information.

**Mick** **:** *Another thing we haven’t discussed is Shareholder Advocacy. Care to weigh in on that?*

**George** **:** Shareholder advocacy is a very important part of the ESG/SRI process, particularly with proxy voting. Shareholder resolutions and the companies actively involved with advocacy is a major part of the way the investment industry, and specifically shareholders, interact with management at corporations. There were around 400 shareholder resolutions filed last year (clients / investors can file resolutions themselves). The shareholder resolutions typically provide transparency about the corporation and its operations. Resolutions encourage corporate responsibility and discourage practices that are unsustainable, unethical or increase exposure to risk.

This is the least well-known part of our industry but probably the most impactful.

**Mick** **:** *Any final thoughts you want to share about First Affirmative Financial Network?*

**George** **:** You can check out our[website](https://www.firstaffirmative.com/) to learn more about proxy voting guidelines. If you just want to get an idea of the kinds of things that come up for a vote, by looking at our guidelines, you will see our observation on each policy and how we would vote on these things. I truly believe that our firm works for the benefit of retail investors, and our policies are the most comprehensive available.

**Conclusion**

**Mick** **:** *Thank you, George, for your time today, and for providing insightful information about this growing segment of the financial community. At Ultimus, we work with several SRI funds and believe this topic is of increasing importance to the industry, and so we appreciate your help to shed light on it. This information will help investment advisers better understand ESG/SRI principles.*

To learn more about ESG/SRI investing, please click any of the above hyperlinks.

*Mention of specific securities is not an offer to buy or sell that security. For information on the suitability of any security for your portfolio please contact your financial adviser.*


---

# Q&A: Why Asset Managers Should Consider Inbound Marketing in Their Mutual Fund Strategy

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/qa-why-asset-managers-should-consider-inbound-marketing-in-their-mutual-fund-strategy/_

# Q&A: Why Asset Managers Should Consider Inbound Marketing in Their Mutual Fund Strategy

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors

**About Kevin Guerette**
									Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.
						×

August 7, 2018

Ultimus’ Director of Distribution Strategies, **Kevin Guerette**, sat down for a quick Q & A session with Stacy Havener, Founder and CEO of [**Havener Capital**](https://havenercapital.com/), a sales and marketing agency representing undiscovered mutual funds from some of the world’s leading asset managers, to discuss the importance of developing a sound inbound marketing strategy.

**Kevin** **:** *Why is it important for an asset manager to have a marketing strategy that includes inbound* *marketing?*

**Stacy** **:** Standing out in the vastness of the exponentially-growing internet is a challenge for even the most informed and web-savvy businesses. An asset manager might have the most exciting strategy and well-managed mutual fund out there, but if their website doesn’t tell that story conclusively and show up in first-page search results, no one will find them. That’s where a strategic inbound marketing strategy can make all the difference. But first let’s define what inbound marketing is: the methods taken to attract, convert, close and retain investors.

There is an art to getting a mutual fund found on the web, and it all boils down to creating an effective inbound marketing strategy. Inbound enables asset managers to attract their target investors to their website by creating highly relevant and remarkable content and then engaging when the investor signals that they’re ready for more information.

**Kevin**: *Why is it important to establish trust quickly with an investor or an adviser looking to invest in a mutual fund?*

**Stacy**: You’re asking investors to give you money to manage for them. That decision requires faith in your people and your process. Luckily, one of the primary goals of inbound marketing is to earn trust and establish your company as a thought leader in your asset class. With an inbound [**content strategy**](http://blog.havenercapital.com/blog/four-reasons-why-your-mutual-fund-needs-a-content-marketing-plan-to-succeed-plus-download-free-september-screensaver), you’ll win much of your prospects’ confidence and move them through the due diligence process even before they [**speak with a mutual fund wholesaler**](http://blog.havenercapital.com/blog/why-do-mutual-fund-wholesalers-leave-terrible-voicemails) from your team.

**Kevin**: *How can an asset manager improve their search results on Google?*

**Stacy**: Asset managers must [**create content**](http://blog.havenercapital.com/blog/five-tips-for-content-marketing-in-a-boring-industry-like-financial-services) that answers questions investors are currently facing and would likely search on Google. Content should be about the investor, not about the mutual fund. While it may seem counterintuitive to many asset managers, showing their potential to help investors will ultimately highlight their fund’s unique strengths. Strong content is specific, not generic, and can be educational or entertaining. Remember, sometimes people just want to smile, laugh or be inspired. Content relevant to an asset manager’s expertise and centered on investors’ opportunities and challenges compel search engines to recognize a website as an authority on a particular subject and propel the site to the top when potential investors perform Google searches.

**Kevin**: *What should the anticipated costs for inbound marketing be?*

**Stacy**: Inbound marketing can be less expensive than other distribution strategies like traditional sales or traditional marketing; however, there is still an investment of time and dollars in order for it to work. Consistency and quality of content is important, as well as optimizing the promotion of that content. The statistics show that a lead generated via inbound is 2X as valuable as one generated through outbound efforts. Deals also close significantly faster. We encourage asset managers to do a breakeven analysis on their investment in inbound. The ROI is very compelling.

**Kevin**: *How easy is it to administer this marketing strategy?*

**Stacy**: Thankfully, asset managers don’t need to become experts in search engine optimization, conversion rate optimization, or funnel analysis. (Content should not be in PDFs – they don’t help your Search Engine Optimization.) Write about a topic that investors are asking about and focus on areas where they have expertise already. If they want to take inbound to the next level, they can outsource to a partner or hire someone internally to manage that effort.

**Kevin**: *How can an asset manager best measure the results?*

**Stacy**: An asset manager doesn’t have to wait to see the results. Leads will be generated very quickly. Mutual fund wholesalers will have qualified leads to follow up with based on the content that the lead interacted with, adjust their plan (if needed) and begin to understand any trends relevant to their [**target investor personas**](http://blog.havenercapital.com/blog/looking-for-investor-leads-for-your-mutual-fund-define-buyer-personas). Tracking Key Performance Indicators over time will be important to continue to refine the overall content strategy and improve conversion rates.

**Kevin**: *What is the upside of implementing an inbound strategy?*

**Stacy**: Inbound is gaining popularity every day, but the mutual fund industry is behind the times. Mutual fund companies mainly rely upon traditional marketing strategies. Adopting an inbound approach now gives asset managers a competitive advantage, complements traditional marketing strategies and gives sales teams more qualified leads. Plus, by attracting the right investors at the right time, advisers should see growth in assets that might not otherwise be realized.

**Kevin**: *How efficient is this strategy?*

**Stacy**: With the correct content, keywords, and campaign strategy, advisers can attract the right investors to their websites. Sales teams won’t be wasting time following up with leads that are not truly interested in their fund. It’s highly efficient.

**Kevin**: *Any closing thoughts?*

**Stacy**: Like anything, the more you practice inbound marketing strategies, the better you become, and the more you learn about your investors. Have fun and experiment with different tactics and content formats to see what works best for your target investor personas. When you watch the qualified leads come in month after month, you won’t regret the investment of your time, and there will be a lot of high fiving around your office.

**Conclusion**

For asset managers focused on growing their assets under management, the idea of developing an inbound marketing strategy to attract target investors to their website is not high on their priority list. By creating highly relevant and remarkable content that engages investors, asset managers will lift their website search engine rankings and attract more site visitors. In the end, developing an effective inbound strategy is one way to produce better investor engagement and boost interest in your mutual funds and investment strategy.

Since Ultimus offers a consultative approach to mutual fund distribution, we are delighted to collaborate with industry business partners, like Havener Capital, who specialize in helping mutual fund managers with their distribution efforts. We connect clients with partners for results. If you are interested in learning more about this marketing strategy, we would be more than happy to connect you with Stacy Havener.


## Authored by

**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors


About Kevin Guerette
Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.


---

# How to Leverage Big Data and Service Providers’ Technology to Administer Your Mutual Fund’s Compliance Program

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/how-to-leverage-big-data-and-service-providers-technology-to-administer-your-mutual-fund-s-compliance-program/_

# How to Leverage Big Data and Service Providers’ Technology to Administer Your Mutual Fund’s Compliance Program

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

September 4, 2018

*“The SEC staff is currently using these [big data] computing environments and is also planning to scale them up to accommodate future applications that will be on a massive scale…We have utilized both machine learning and big data technologies to extract actionable insights from our massive datasets.”*

– Scott W. Baugeuess, Acting Director and Chief Economist, SEC Division of Economic and Risk Analysis, SEC, June 21, 2017

**Big Data Tools**

Big data describes the large volume of data – both structured and unstructured—that inundates a business on a day-to-day basis. But what is important is what your advisory firm does with the available data, not the potentially huge volume. **If** the data can be handled by your firm using the right tools, it represents a treasure trove of valuable information. And since the SEC is explicit in its public comments about using big data tools, it behooves your firm to understand how you can also use appropriate tools, to forestall or eliminate regulatory inquiries and deficiencies.

Here’s one example: one service provider monitored trading activity on over 85 million accounts in 2017. On those accounts, it analyzed over 138 million trades totaling over $7.0 trillion for market timing violations. Of that, .05% were identified as suspicious, and a fraction of those were true market timing violations. Now, most firms needn’t deal with that many transactions—but it is important for compliance officers to understand what data, and analytic resources, are available to help in their specific risk environment.

**Turn Pencil Pushers into Analysts**

So why partner with your service providers, such as a technology partner or fund administrator, and jump into the Big Data pool? Shifting from manual processing to exception-based analysis transforms roles from heavy data entry to a much more efficient data review – decreasing risk and increasing knowledge, not to mention improving job satisfaction for the staff conducting the review. For example, hundreds of securities transactions can be posted and reconciled automatically within seconds. Any exceptions are presented to the end user for analysis and resolution.

As we suggested above, stepping into using big data tools can help level the playing field with regulators who get data from all industry participants. Your technology service providers can provide insights from across a wide spectrum of their clients, creating a best practice for regulatory oversight. They can also provide subject matter expertise on compliance areas such as:

- 15(c) advisory contract approval and renewal
- 22(c)-2 market timing monitoring and analysis
- Proxy voting
- Intermediary relationships

**What Should You do?**

At a minimum, talk to your service provider and identify the systems and information available. The data is likely available through one or more portals, often in formats designed to help you, the mutual fund or adviser compliance or operations executive. Explore, on your own or, even better, in consultation with your service provider, how you can go beyond using exception reports to enhance the way policies are evaluated and tested. You should also consider how you can employ data resources to conduct ongoing due diligence. While you needn’t become a Big Data guru, you can definitely benefit from those who are.


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Launching A Mutual Fund Three-Part Series

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/launching-a-mutual-fund-three-part-series/_

# LAUNCHING A MUTUAL FUND THREE-PART SERIES

Subscribe

May 8, 2018

Launching a ’40 Act mutual fund can be an exciting endeavor for investment advisers looking to expand their solutions footprint. As with any new venture, it requires prudent forethought and planning to ensure the best chance of success. Usually when an investment adviser initially explores launching a mutual fund, they think about the outright initial costs associated with launching a fund, along with setting up the structure, timing and various regulatory aspects. In addition to these considerations, investment managers also need to keep in mind the **cost of success** **,** the true cost of launching a mutual fund; what may help make the fund successful in the long run. The evolving regulatory and distribution landscape can be intimidating, but with thorough preparation, planning and the right partners, potential pitfalls can be avoided and helpful insights can be gained that may lead to greater success.

To address these various facets, we have created a special three-part series to help set the stage for planning a successful fund launch and will review some answers to questions that investment advisers frequently ask.

Over the next three consecutive weeks we will present three insightful installments of this *‘launching a mutual fund’* blog post series. In [**Part 1**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-1-launching-a-mutual-fund-costs-of-success/), we address the ‘costs of success’, which are the investments an adviser needs to make to help pave the path to success, like the time it takes to create a well thought out business strategy and the effort it takes to shape a sound marketing and PR strategy. Then, in [**Part 2**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-two-launching-a-40-act-mutual-fund-top-five-faqs/), we’ll answer the top 5 questions typically asked during the exploratory phase of launching a fund. Lastly, in [**Part 3**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-three-launching-a-mutual-fund-compliance-and-regulatory-insights/), we’ll look at the final frequently asked 5 questions that deal with compliance and regulatory areas of fund launches.

[**Part 1 – Launching a Mutual Fund: Costs of Success**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-1-launching-a-mutual-fund-costs-of-success/)

1. Source of Investors: Identifying your target audience
2. Marketing Efforts
3. Knowing and Telling Your Story
4. Creating a Solid Online Presence
5. PR Strategy
6. Planning for Intermediary Platforms
7. Hiring Sales Talent

[**Part 2 – Launching a Mutual Fund: Top 5 FAQs**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-two-launching-a-40-act-mutual-fund-top-five-faqs/)

1. What is the timeline for creating a ’40 Act mutual fund?
2. What is a Series Trust?
3. How much does creating a ’40 Act mutual fund cost?
4. What is the typical breakeven for a mutual fund?
5. How much in seed assets are required to launch a fund?

[**Part 3 – Launching a Mutual Fund: Compliance and Regulatory Insights**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-three-launching-a-mutual-fund-compliance-and-regulatory-insights/)

1. What are the general limitations in a ’40 Act mutual fund?
2. Can a performance fee be charged by the adviser?
3. What is a fulcrum fee and how does it work?
4. Can the track record from Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs) be used to market the fund?
5. Can a hedge fund be converted into a mutual fund?

[**Read Part 1 here!**](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/part-1-launching-a-mutual-fund-costs-of-success/)


---

# Breaking Down Breaking Even in Mutual Fund Operations

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/breaking-down-breaking-even-in-mutual-fund-operations/_

# Breaking Down Breaking Even in Mutual Fund Operations

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

April 4, 2018

Early in the process of an investment firm contemplating starting a mutual fund, whether from scratch or by converting assets from another product, such as a SMA or private fund, the question of “break even” is almost certainly asked. Investment managers want to know when their investment in the operating costs of a mutual fund will pay dividends toward their own bottom line. What on the face seems like a simple question actually gives rise to many factors that need to be considered. But first, we need to address what does it mean to “break even”?

* * *

Ultimus’ Director of Client Strategies, Dave Carson, helps answer these questions in our latest insight article, **Breaking Down Breaking Even in Mutual Fund Operations.**  **** Here, he discusses the various levels of break even, factors that play into breaking even, and best practices to help investment managers reach it sooner as they contemplate launching a fund. Read the full article [here](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//insight-articles/breaking-down-breaking-even-in-mutual-fund-operations-why-there-is-no-blanket-answer-to-the-break-even-question/).


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Amendments to Form ADV and the Books and Records Rule

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/amendments-to-form-adv-and-the-books-and-records-rule/_

# Amendments to Form ADV and the Books and Records Rule

Subscribe

July 23, 2017

An investment adviser filing an initial Form ADV or an amendment to an existing Form ADV on or after October 1, 2017 will be required to use a revised Form ADV. (Changes to Form ADV can be found here: https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2016/ia-4509-form-adv-summary-of-changes.pdf) Additionally, amendments to Rule 204-2 (the “Books and Records Rule”) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 will apply to communications circulated or distributed after October 1, 2017.

Amendments to Form ADV will require an adviser to provide additional information regarding its advisory business, including information regarding its separately managed account business, other offices, and social media accounts for which the adviser is able to control the content associated with the account (e.g., Facebook, Twitter and LinkedIn). The amended Form ADV will also create an “umbrella registration” on a single Form ADV (within a new Schedule R) for multiple private fund adviser entities operating a single advisory business under certain conditions.

In addition, amendments to the Books and Records Rule will modify recordkeeping obligations as to certain materials relating to an adviser’s performance or rate of return. For example, the amended rule will require advisers to maintain materials that demonstrate the calculation of performance or rate of return in any communication circulated or distributed directly or indirectly to “any person” rather than to “10 or more persons” as the rule currently requires. These amendments considerably expand the scope of the Books and Records Rule to encompass all performance related communications, including but not limited to custom calculations requested by a single investor or potential investor. Additionally, advisers will now be required to retain original copies of all written communications related to performance or rate of return that are sent to or received from any third party.

All advisers are encouraged to promptly review their current operational practices and determine what modifications, if any, will be necessary to ensure continued compliance with all applicable regulations.

The Final rule can be found here: https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2016/ia-4509.pdf


---

# A Mutual Fund Structure Whose Time Has Come? Let's Talk About Interval Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/a-mutual-fund-structure-whose-time-has-come-lets-talk-about-interval-funds/_

# A MUTUAL FUND STRUCTURE WHOSE TIME HAS COME? LET’S TALK ABOUT INTERVAL FUNDS

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

January 23, 2018

*[Dave Carson, Director of Client Strategies, recently spoke with Bill Hortz, Dean of the* [*Institute for Innovation Development*](https://innovationdevelopment.org/)*, to discuss his perspective on the growing interest in interval funds. Is the investment product inherently a negative (a more expensive, restrictive mutual fund) – or a positive (a more liquid, less expensive alternative product)? Read the full article to learn more about an interval fund’s structure and the value it can offer for investment advisers.]*

**Hortz: *What are interval funds and how new are they as an investment option?***

**Carson** **:** Though technically categorized as a type of closed end fund, interval funds are essentially a hybrid fund structure combining attractive characteristics of both closed-end and open-end funds. They allow for daily purchases/subscriptions, are often valued daily, and have a high degree of transparency and reporting like a normal open-end fund, but, in contrast, offer limited but regular pre-determined monthly, quarterly or annual redemption periods. Unlike traditional open-end mutual funds that are restricted to 15% of illiquid investments, an interval fund can have a substantial portion of net assets in illiquid type strategies/investments, except for cash or liquid assets to satisfy pending redemptions. The structure provides money managers with a stable amount of capital to invest in less liquid investment vehicles like real estate, structured debt and other illiquid alternative investments.

Interval funds have been permitted under SEC rules for more than 20 years but with increased popularity of alternative investment products, they have been coming into their own over the last decade. They are a great example of the continuing product innovation that is being driven by the changing nature of the markets and the evolving needs and concerns of investors.

**Hortz: *Can you please compare and contrast cost structure and fees of interval funds with mutual funds?***

**Carson** **:** Interval funds, from an SEC requirement and cost perspective, have to be in their own stand-alone trust and have their own separate board, so you do not have the option of spreading out operational fees by putting them into a series or multiple series trust format like other mutual funds. This may be something managers will be debating with the SEC about in the near future. Also, costs can run a little higher with alternative strategies where your legal fees tend to be higher as well. But interval funds can be substantially cheaper relative to other structures used for investing in alternatives. During pre-determined redemption periods, interval funds can charge a redemption fee of up to 2% to discourage short term traders and those redeeming money soon after they invest.

**Hortz: *Why would an asset manager potentially choose this structure over others in delivering their money management services?***

**Carson** **:** The primary determining factor when managers are looking at structure is to determine to what extent their investment strategies will be employing alternative vehicles that do not fit the liquidity requirements of a traditional 40 act product. If it would be a substantial percentage, their strategy could work as an interval fund. The interval fund structure gives you the ability to use alternatives like unique credit, real estate, or insurance linked investments that don’t have the liquidity profile needed for a traditional ‘40 Act structure. That is primarily why the interval structure was created.

It is also important for asset managers to further consider their target audience. Interval funds offer more sales flexibility by having no limit to investors unlike other alternative products that are limited to accredited or qualified investors. And, if you have larger investors or institutions as your target market, they may respond favorably and have a little bit more comfort on the higher regulatory protections that interval funds would offer over some other alternative products because there would be a board and all the compliance oversight that comes with being a ’40 Act fund.

**Hortz: *What are the benefits and considerations regarding interval funds for an investor? Why have they been categorized by some as “not for the faint of heart”?***

**Carson** ***:*** Interval funds provide easy access to asset classes you traditionally would not have availability to in a registered vehicle. Their primary benefit is giving you increased exposure to non-correlated asset classes. This would be a major benefit to today’s investors that may be worried about volatility and the increasing risks in the broader markets.

As to not being for the “faint of heart,” Morningstar and other financial publications have been focusing on the limited liquidity aspects of interval funds but, like anything else, investors and their advisers have to do their research and determine their comfort level with the *specific* liquidity parameters, investment benefits, and subsequent impacts they provide for their portfolios. There is caution needed since they are not a daily liquid product and alternatives can be confusing, but their unique structure addresses and mitigates some of the common pitfalls in investing in the alternatives marketplace. You can almost liken interval funds to the Yale endowment approach to investing for the mutual fund world.

**Hortz: *I see that the trend has been 3-4 interval fund launches per quarter over the past few years. Do you see increasing adoption and discussions on the interval structure in your discussions with asset managers?***

**Carson** **:** We have had more conversations with asset managers and RIAs on interval structure in this last quarter than we had in all of 2016. It had been slow to build, because they are different, and there has been a need for education on this newer structure as a tool for the investment community. But, we definitely are now seeing substantially increasing awareness and interest in them. I also think the other thing that is driving this interest is that we are now seeing interest rates going up globally and that suggests that values for bond investments will go down. There is great interest from asset managers in providing other types of income producing diversified investments that are not as impacted, or differently impacted, when interest rates rise.

**Hortz: *What kind of adoption rate and trends do you see with interval funds? Why do some researchers like McKinsey &Co predict they will benefit from a growing need and demand for illiquid private investments?***

**Carson** **:** Per the [interval tracker website](http://www.intervalfundtracker.com/), there are 43 entries being tracked with 27% being in insurance linked securities, 2^nd^ biggest category is real estate at 25%, credit is 23%, equity is 12% and derivatives at 7% but if look at new interval funds pending in registration: 54% are in credit, a tie for second with both credit & equity and real estate at 18%, and insurance linked and real estate debt are both 4.5%. This shift I think verifies that asset managers are looking for ways to deliver income to investors from assets that are not typical bond portfolios and that is what is driving a lot of the development of interval funds; as ways to take some non-traditional income producing assets into a pooled vehicle to be better able to deliver that income to investors.

Investors are looking for yield, for income, and I think there is a general over-arching thought that we can’t continue this bull market forever. At some point things are going to turn. Also, many have bond market concerns with rising interest rates. My impression is that there is going to be a growing demand for these type of alternative strategies and more accessible alternative investment options. There will be more demand, more development, more education on these products, especially with inevitable corrections and growing trepidations in this long running bull market. The interval fund structure could allow for any kind of alternatives currently available, as well as for ideas that no one has thought of as of yet today.

**Hortz: *How would you advise financial advisers to think about and use interval funds in their client portfolios? How can they provide a differentiator or value-add to passive investing trends in the industry today?***

**Carson** **:** I think advisers need to be thinking about solutions for their client’s portfolio needs and address the growing concerns about risk in the markets. I would advise to look at how an interval fund may solve some of those portfolio construction issues. If they manage a portfolio sleeve for more protection or hedging, these are vehicles worth consideration.

Offering interval funds can also provide a differentiator or value add to advisers and a tool to competitively address passive investment strategies or more common types of investment products. Particularly when the market declines, having something that is not going to behave like the broader market should be beneficial towards building client confidence to stay invested for the long haul and stay focused on long term goals.

*The* [*Institute for Innovation Development*](http://innovationdevelopment.org/annual-membership)*is an educational and business development catalyst for growth-oriented financial advisers and financial services firms* *determined to lead their businesses in an operating environment of accelerating business and cultural change.* *We position our members with the necessary ongoing innovation resources and best practices to drive and facilitate their next-generation growth, differentiation and unique community engagement strategies. The institute was launched with the support and foresight of our founding sponsors – Pershing, Voya Financial, Ultimus Fund Solutions, Fidelity, and Charter Financial Publishing (publisher of Financial Adviser and Private Wealth magazines). For more information* [*click here*](https://innovationdevelopment.org/annual-membership)*.*


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Finding and Developing Your Story

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/finding-and-developing-your-story/_

# Finding and Developing Your Story

Subscribe

Authored by
**Lora Lindquist**

Marketing
						×

July 25, 2018

For investment advisers focused on managing a portfolio, the idea of developing public relations and marketing materials is not always top of mind, a high priority, or an easy undertaking. During Ultimus’ Client Summit earlier this year, one of our industry presenters, Bill Hortz, Dean of the Institute for Innovation Development, discussed the reasons why a **story** makes a compelling, memorable, and useful way for firms to create the basis of their public relations and marketing materials.

In the presentation, Hortz laid out a process for how investment advisers can determine and build their unique story. Since the presentation was so useful to our clients, he summarized key points to share. In this blog, he outlines five approaches to building a unique firm story for public relations and marketing purposes. He also shares four practical pointers on how to continue developing a company story and using it for firm positioning.

If growing assets and building brand awareness are a focus for your investment firm, developing your unique story will help produce better public relations messaging and more focused marketing materials. For a deeper understanding of how to bring your story to life and use it effectively, continue below.

* * *

*Author Bill Hortz, Dean of the* [*Institute for Innovation Development*](https://innovationdevelopment.org/)

*“Marketing is no longer about the stuff that you make, but about the stories that you tell”* – Seth Godin, *Tribes* author

In an age of explosive volumes of data and digital transformation, breaking through to reach and grow your audience requires a very human approach; not just more data, metrics, platitudes and fact sheets. You need to tell stories.

Storytelling continues to be one of the most powerful, effective and compelling ways to communicate–to truly reach and move another person to take action. Maybe even more so in an information bombarded world. We need curators and storytellers to make sense of this data assault to provide context, perspectives, wisdom and thought leadership. Storytelling can impart a lingering cognitive resonance to a topic, invites personal engagement and builds strong connections between people. We, as a species, are hard-wired to listen to and accept authentic stories.

While an art, storytelling is also a science. It is something that can be learned and honed. Your corporate messages can be fashioned and structured into engaging narratives, dialogues and story formats. You can also look at it as the application of facts and messaging into a format that is designed for the practical purpose of engagement of the reader/listener.

The following outlines the process we creatively apply with the firms we interview to help them in building a story mindset and then an ongoing process to continuously develop that differentiated story positioning.

1. **Communicating Your Why?** – Social scientists, like Simon Sinek, have proven with their research that people are more interested and motivated, not by What you do, but Why you do it? Spend time thinking about Why you are passionate about what you do and try to verbalize it.
2. **Sharing Your Personal Story** – Everyone’s life journey is unique. There may be a number of interesting or formative experiences that shaped your decisions and the development of your firm and services that may resonate with prospects. You may also have a number of key members of your firm that come from different, non-traditional paths that bring unique perspective or experiences to your firm.
3. **Curator of Intriguing Facts/Happenings** – You may be focused in an area of the market or on investment processes that most intrigue and fascinate you. Share the most unique and not widely known facts and happenings in your area of expertise to further intrigue others about what you do.
4. **Deep Thought and Unvarnished Perspectives** – Well thought out opinions and perspectives, actively shared, invite people to listen and create a dialogue. To become known as a vocal thought leader on important and core topics can bring kudos to thinkers willing to share and take a stand. It can help you build a tribe of followers who agree with your positions or appreciate you leading important debates and discussions in that area that is also important to them.
5. **Stock Stories** – Instead of focusing on explaining conceptual investment philosophy such as top down-bottom up/deep value/free cash flow and so on, stock stories give you practical, more tangible examples of the outcomes of your portfolio process that investors can relate to. Three value managers can state the same or very similar investment philosophies but different stock stories can materially differentiate how they uniquely apply their process to the same universe of stocks and provide investors with a better picture of what to expect from their portfolio management. I can personally vouch from my experience that stock stories work exceedingly well in differentiating your firm and they work not just in retail markets but with pension consultants and institutional markets as well.

Here are some practical pointers on how to keep developing your story, mindset and positioning:

1. **360 discussions** – Do not just rely on your own thinking. Be intentional in bringing in and asking others for their thoughts and perspectives on your story: other principals, staff, clients, vendors and strategic partners. Sometimes we are so busy and engaged doing what we are doing that we cannot see the big picture or the small but powerful story to tell.
2. **Positioning as a thought leader** – To build your status as a thought leader and build that social capital for your business, you need to actively and consistently get your message out in multiple formats and places to build that cumulative positioning as a recognized and accessible expert.
3. **Curation awareness** – Everyone in your firm (not just portfolio managers, researchers, senior management) and external partners should be asked to be on the watch to find and collect articles, YouTube videos, tweets, interviews, webinars, and other sources that contain interesting commentary or facts in your area of expertise. They should be put in a central repository in your firm that you can readily draw from to keep feeding your thought leadership and outreach.
4. **Build a platform** – Besides just internally collecting data points and stories, build out your website to create a carefully curated central repository for your clients and prospects on your areas of expertise—consider it as further positioning your firm as a subject matter network.

In the midst of hyper-competition and accelerating change, be comforted and energized. There is always a place for a unique differentiated offering and a good story! For examples of other adviser’s differentiated stories, here are a few links to Q&A articles of investment advisers with varying stories to tell:

- [Investing in the Nexus of Environment and Finance](https://innovationdevelopment.org/bill-hortz/investing-nexus-environment-and-finance)
- [The Investment Value of Being Different](https://innovationdevelopment.org/bill-hortz/investment-value-being-different)
- [Riding Investment Waves for Risk Averse Investors](https://innovationdevelopment.org/bill-hortz/riding-investment-waves-risk-averse-investors)

“*Storytelling works because you’re sharing a memory, or a lesson, or you’re inspiring someone with your own story. Rather than just selling, you’re giving something of value. Storytelling offers the opportunity to talk with your audience, not at them. People can’t help but want to be part of your story, and that’s how marketing can happen in a natural way*.” – Laura Holloway, *The Storyteller Agency*

This article was originally contributed to and published on the Harvest Exchange blog.

*The* [*Institute for Innovation Development*](http://innovationdevelopment.org/annual-membership)*is an educational and business development catalyst for growth-oriented financial advisers and financial services firms determined to lead their businesses in an operating environment of accelerating business and cultural change. We position our members with the necessary ongoing innovation resources and best practices to drive and facilitate their next-generation growth, differentiation and unique community engagement strategies. The institute was launched with the support and foresight of our founding sponsors – Pershing, Voya Financial, Ultimus Fund Solutions, Fidelity, and Charter Financial Publishing (publisher of Financial Adviser and Private Wealth magazines).* For more information [click here](https://innovationdevelopment.org/annual-membership).


## Authored by

**Lora Lindquist**

Marketing


---

# Five Steps to Effective Branding and Marketing for Smaller Asset Managers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/five-steps-to-effective-branding-and-marketing-for-smaller-asset-managers/_

# Five Steps to Effective Branding and Marketing for Smaller Asset Managers

Subscribe

Authored by
**Lora Lindquist**

Marketing
						×

June 19, 2019

At the May 2018 Ultimus Client Summit, Paul Leibowitz of Leibowitz Branding & Design presented on the topic of “Developing Your Story for PR and Marketing Momentum.” To assist asset managers with their branding and marketing efforts, Paul summarizes his presentation and provides valuable tips in the following article. In it he discusses the importance of how to stop being your own best kept secret by creating a distinctive brand and brand messaging. All of this can be accomplished through a five-step process, which he reviews in a straightforward, tactical manner. Further, Paul points out the multiple long-term benefits that are generated by going through this process. Read Paul’s helpful and actionable tips on how an asset manager can develop their marketing and branding below.

***The following article is authored by Paul Leibowitz, Leibowitz Branding & Design***

*“If only we had the resources of the larger asset managers!”*

How many times have you felt this? It’s a natural reaction but not necessary! Marketing departments in smaller asset managers actually have many advantages over the larger firms. You are nimble, you can execute without layers of approval. It’s easier for sales, marketing and the Portfolio Manager to frequently collaborate and you have the ability to shape the culture and direction of the company.

Investors are more likely to stay with your firm in all market cycles when they have a clear understanding of your values and process. A well-defined brand that captures your values and culture can create the vital emotional connection that investors seek. You have developed a strong brand when the external perception of your company matches the internal perception.

**How to Stop Being Your Own Best Kept Secret**

To effectively create your brand and market with limited personnel and a smaller staff, it’s important to work methodically and include all stakeholders early on. We employ a 5-step process consisting of:

- Research
- Strategy
- Content & Design
- Implementation
- Evolution

**Research**

The first step in a brand refresh is to define the problem and state the business goals. We find a 30-question survey and interviews with stakeholders produces a clear snapshot of the personality and goals a brand refresh will solve for. Are you introducing new products or services? Trying to keep pace with the industry? Has there been a major event that needs to be addressed? What are your strengths? Is your audience aware of these? Is there any equity in your current visual and editorial messaging? What adjectives would you use to describe your company? What is your desired tone of voice? Do you know how your competition speaks to your audience? These are a few of the tough but important questions that will shape a strategy the entire company can get behind.

When the interviews are complete, and the results are aggregated into a summary document, it’s easy to get internal buy-in. What you learn in the Research Phase will help you make informed decisions on how to proceed strategically and efficiently.

**Strategy**

Armed with the research report that clearly states the task at hand, you can begin to develop the story that will define who you are and resonate with your target audiences. We break it out into ten descriptive paragraphs that include core messaging, differentiation, purpose, vision, brand promise, values, voice, mantra, value proposition and your elevator pitch.

These 10 articulated messaging components define your current state, future state and overall brand promise, informing clients of the “take-aways” about your company.

**Content & Design**

The strategy will dictate what you say and how you say it, both editorially and visually. Strategy will dictate the tone of voice as well as the color palette, imagery, graphic style, and the typography choices. All these elements combined create tools for your company to speak in one consistent manner, regardless of what channel is delivering the information. We recommend creating detailed brand guidelines to ensure everyone is on the same page, especially in a smaller firm that may use multiple external partners. When you begin to redesign your website and marketing materials, there will be no need to reinvent the wheel, these tools will be the thread that ties your messaging together seamlessly.

**Implementation**

In a smaller company, you have the luxury of close collaboration and quick approvals to produce marketing materials. The essentials such as website, pitchbooks, commentaries, fact sheets, white papers, brochures, conference signage and social media templates can be created by your focused core group.

The real advantages of being small come together when you have the ability to deliver more customized communications. With sales, marketing, compliance and the PM in alignment, it’s easy to create materials that will provide advisers with frequent updates that establish your firm as a thought leader. A few options include:

- Targeted email delivered through an inexpensive application, such as MailChimp, is a very efficient means of getting out personalized messages that advisers can take back to their clients, establishing your company as a trusted resource and forging that personal and emotional connection that is essential to building a strong brand.
- WordPress is a robust content management system for website development that puts the power to make updates in your hands. Plus, WordPress provides many plug-ins that add functionality to your site such as search engine optimization (SEO) and dynamic charting. Also, make sure you imbed Google Analytics in your site. It will provide more actionable data than you’ll know what do with, but at the basic level, you can track where people go on your site, how they get there and where they exit, enabling you to make any necessary adjustments to improve the viewer experience with this powerful brand touchpoint.
- Video production costs have come down in recent years and you can script a personal message that you know will directly impact your clients.
- Direct mail used to be annoying but when was the last time you received a targeted piece of mail? A good old-fashioned targeted direct mail campaign will certainly get an adviser’s attention.
- Creative premiums that capture the essence of your messaging are more memorable than a pen with your logo and will serve as a reminder of your brand long after the trade show. Or a fun premium could be the basis for a direct mail campaign and will certainly boost response rates.
- And finally, don’t skimp on public relations, such as press releases or creating content to be pitched to trade publications or used on your site. The old adage “The first dollar you spend on marketing should be on PR” is still a good rule.

Implementation is one of the most fun phases because the possibilities are endless. In this wired world where you are bombarded with images, stop when something catches your eye and think “that is very cool, I can adapt this for my brand, I know my audience will appreciate it.”

Strategy, creativity and consistency in messaging are the foundations of branding and marketing.

**Evolution**

Upon completion of the Research, Strategy, Content & Design and Implementation Phases, keep going! It’s important to remember that brands are living, breathing entities and need attention to thrive. Monitor Google Analytics on a regular basis and keep the weekly meetings between sales, marketing and the PM going. The PM wants to hear from sales what they are learning on the road and sales wants to hear what the PM is looking at, so they can bring that back to their clients, and marketing is the swizzle stick that brings all these great ideas to life.

To evolve your brand, you must constantly reinforce your brand messaging. Think strategically, think creatively, work efficiently, but most of all, have fun!

*Paul Leibowitz is President and Chief Creative Officer at* [*Leibowitz Branding & Design*](https://www.leibowitzdesign.com/)*, a 13-person shop based in New York. For over 20 years his team has been helping financial services companies of all sizes build their brands and tell their stories.*


## Authored by

**Lora Lindquist**

Marketing


---

# Five Top Tips for Assessing Sales Reporting and Data Management Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/five-top-tips-for-assessing-sales-reporting-and-data-management-solutions/_

# Five Top Tips for Assessing Sales Reporting and Data Management Solutions

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors

**About Kevin Guerette**
									Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.
						×

November 27, 2018

As an asset manager, you probably have spent countless hours researching and testing the tools needed to find the ideal sales reporting and data management solution for your business. Whether it be a formal product offering or home-grown process, the act of finding the right solution does not need to be as daunting as it may first appear. Although such solutions can be inherently complex, establishing a framework for evaluating their various aspects can simplify the process and ultimately provide assurance that decision makers select the proper solution for the right reasons.

Ultimus’ Director of Distribution, Kevin Guerette, spoke with Celera Systems’ Director of Business Development, Matt Franey, to discuss the top tips managers should consider when searching for a sales reporting solution. Based on experience with asset management clients at both Ultimus and Celera, we identified the following five items as the most critical points in the decision-making process:

**#1 Accuracy and Timeliness of Flow and Asset Data**

Data is only valuable to decision makers if they can draw the correct conclusions and react to it in a timely fashion. The process through which data is obtained and cleansed warrants close attention, as today’s omnibus accounting environment introduces a multitude of complexities to managing fund sales data that are not common to other industries. Significant reconciliation requirements can be prevalent in a complex trading environment, so be sure that a current or prospective vendor understands industry standards and has a process to deal with them. Additionally, reporting mechanisms and standards frequently change, so every provider needs to be aware of potential hurdles these changes represent and have a plan in place to react accordingly.

**#2 Efficiency and Scalability**

In most cases, the primary goal of obtaining a sales reporting solution is to systematize manual processes and, when successfully adopted, organizations should expect a number of tangible benefits, including:

- Free up valuable human capital to perform more value-added tasks
- Significantly reduce, or eliminate, human error
- Realize economies of scale as a firm expands its distribution footprint

As expanded distribution and/or external market forces can result in a significant uptick in trading volume with little notice, home-grown processes or less sophisticated solutions will not keep pace with the sheer number of producer records and could prove costly in efforts to track these new flows.

**#3 Robust Data Mart and Reporting Options**

Even with the most state-of-the-art data warehouse and highest quality data stewardship processes, sales and asset data will be useless unless it can be easily accessed and consumed. A firm will realize the most value from a system that encompasses an intuitive interface, dashboards customized for unique views of the distribution landscape, and a reporting mechanism that is functional out of the box. Systems should have the flexibility to export data into spreadsheets or other customized reports as well as deliver this type of information on a scheduled and automatic basis.

**#4 Integration to CRM**

The power of integrating sales and asset data into your CRM system cannot be overstated. Such a tool empowers wholesalers and other marketers to correlate sales activities to results and nimbly react to new trades as actionable data automatically shows up in client account and contact records. Native integration with leading CRM platforms, for example Salesforce.com, permits sales, asset, and contact data to be further leveraged with other applications in their ecosystem, multiplying the potential use cases.

**#5 An Expert and Supportive Partner**

There are numerous ways to price solutions and every firm has different variables that can result in extreme pricing scenarios. A good partner will understand this and create a solution that allows for reasonable pricing based on the specific dynamics of asset data flow. In addition, data and reporting needs can change quickly for asset managers, so be sure to determine if the vendor can support changing needs as they evolve. Also, consider the level of investment the vendor has in their solution now and for the future:

- What does the product roadmap look like for future enhancements and functionalities?
- What other solutions are offered and how will that impact support for the data management solution specifically?
- Does the vendor offer ancillary services such as consulting to facilitate adoption and customization?
- What forums exist for knowledge sharing amongst the client base?

In summary, opportunity costs for asset managers who fail to consider how their firms produce and consume sales data will continue to rise as the industry becomes increasingly data driven and more dependent upon omnibus accounting. Make sure your firm is equipped to handle this new distribution necessity by finding and investing in the right data management and sales reporting solution to suit your needs now and into the future.

*Matt Franey is Director of Business Development at Celera, a firm recognized as an innovator in information technology solutions for financial services companies such as mutual fund and institutional managers, insurance companies, retirement plan providers, banks and broker dealers.*


## Authored by

**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors


About Kevin Guerette
Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.


---

# Volatility Reminds Us to Hedge – There May Be a Better Way to Do That

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/volatility-reminds-us-to-hedge-there-may-be-a-better-way-to-do-that/_

# Volatility Reminds Us to Hedge – There May Be a Better Way to Do That

Subscribe

May 5, 2020

Many investment managers and asset owners are struggling with a new reality and working to restructure portfolios, all while trying to shrug off a 10-year bull market euphoria-induced hangover. For the last decade, it seemed like the U.S. equities market knew no limits, with active managers struggling to even come close to meeting their benchmarks. Allocations to alternatives became less of a concern with each passing stock market record. Strong economic fundamentals – record low unemployment, wage growth, strong housing markets – continued to boost certainty that the party was not ending anytime soon.

**Reevaluating Allocations**

What 2020 has shown us is that managers must prepare for the unexpected. Six months ago, or even three months ago, no one would have expected a global pandemic to turn a bull market on its head. Now as we fight through a market that at times has seen losses top 25%, asset owners are taking stock and reevaluating previously paltry allocations to actively managed alternatives and seeking further portfolio diversification.

As these large investors look to diversify greater portions of their portfolios with alternative strategies, many should evaluate efficiencies that can be generated through a managed account solution.

**A Solution with Benefits**

Managed account solutions have applicability across a wide spectrum of asset classes and for many allocators, can provide a consolidated reporting and risk management solution across an entire portfolio. Additionally, the service makes sense for managers or asset owners allocating to alternatives for a few key reasons outlined below:

1. **Money** – The most obvious reason is inherent in the name. It’s a managed account, meaning that the asset owner can typically invest with a manager as a separate account client, versus an investment directly into the fund. This allows investors to negotiate more favorable fees and lowers overall operating expenses, which can equal a significant savings.
2. **Control and Liquidity** – Hedge funds aren’t known for providing great access to liquidity. Investing through a managed account may provide the investor with greater availability of their capital.
3. **Risk and Transparency** – As a large separate account investor, the asset owner or their representative can have a granular view into the underlying portfolio, make modifications to the strategy parameters, and receive more frequent performance reporting.

Managed accounts provide operational efficiency. To garner the true benefits of the structure and data, an asset owner needs a partner that is focused on the operational requirements of managed accounts. Investment advisers focus on investment decisions and choices, while managed accounts require operational excellence.

**Operational and Structural Alpha**

As an institution known for its fund and financial product administration capabilities, Ultimus has created a service that provides for the aforementioned advantages, and others for asset owners. Our Dedicated Managed Account (DMA) solution implements a structure and service that will allow investors or their consultants to easily and seamlessly shift portfolios back to larger alternatives allocations. While doing this, the DMA solution provides the additional advantages of significant cost savings, better reporting, better visibility, more control, and improved liquidity. The solution has the potential to provide operational, structural, and incremental alpha for the portfolio.


---

# Interest in Collective Investment Trusts Growing in Uncertain Market

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/interest-in-collective-investment-trusts-growing-in-uncertain-market/_

# Interest in Collective Investment Trusts Growing in Uncertain Market

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

April 21, 2020

With the current state of the financial markets, worries over the coronavirus, and a heightened awareness by fund sponsors and investors about the cost of doing business, interest in Collective Investment Trusts (CITs) is growing and may lead to expanded adoption by asset managers.

A CIT is an investment vehicle that bears many similarities to a mutual fund, but is available only to qualified retirement plans, like a 401(k) or governmental plans that consist solely of retirement assets, pensions, profit sharing, stock bonuses or other tax-qualified retirement accounts and governmental plans exempt from federal income tax. CITs are sponsored by bank or trust companies under the supervision of the U.S. Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) or state banking regulators (as opposed to the Securities and Exchange Commission), and are institutional products sold only to plan sponsors or fiduciaries.

The recognized advantages of CITs have been fueled recently through greater transparency offered via [Morningstar, Inc](https://www.morningstar.com/). and the [Nasdaq Funds Network](https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-fund-network) (NFN) Below are some of the possible benefits:

- CITs can be daily valued and traded on the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC) platform.
- Offer a lower cost alternative to mutual funds for retirement plans.
- CITs do not have the same infrastructure requirements as mutual funds, so the break-even point for advisers may be substantially lower.
- They can have multiple classes with different expense ratios and management fees and may also include a trail similar to a shareholder services fee.
- CITs introduce a fiduciary in the form of a trustee, and the adviser carries a fiduciary responsibility to the trust, rather than the plan.
- They are regulated investment structures overseen by the OCC, with interactions handled by the trust company, thus eliminating the burden on advisers.
- New CITs can be organized quickly with minimal expense, and trust companies can work with advisers to set up a new account in 30-60 days.

These benefits, along with increasing awareness and acceptance of CITs, are prompting many advisers to explore whether now might be the right time to introduce a collective fund. For large asset managers, there is an overwhelming drive to become structure agnostic, so they have the ability to deliver their strategy in whatever vehicle an end client wants¹.

For those with distribution aspirations in the retirement space, a CIT is vital. Many boutique advisers who may or may not have pooled products today, likely already have relationships with companies, consultants, and referral sources, such as attorneys and CPAs, that offer or provide services to ERISA plans – making the CIT an efficient entry point.

**Increased Distribution Opportunities with 403(b) Plans**

As mentioned above, the current distribution landscape is broadly defined as ERISA plans. Below is a helpful chart that outlines eligible and non-eligible plans for CITs:

* * *

Retirement 403(b) plans are qualified, tax-advantaged plans offered by employers to employees. But they are only offered to employees of non-profit and government organizations. The major difference between a 401(k) and a 403(b) is the latter is exempt from nondiscrimination testing. Non-profits are currently unable to offer CITs to their participants.

But in March 2020, a bill was introduced in Congress to allow CITs into 403(b) plans, referencing the significant cost savings and potential impact on compound interest in comparison to current investment options. Importantly, the congressman who introduced the bill represents the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (CalSTRS), which has more than 960,000 public school educators in their CalSTRS 403(b) retirement plan².

Opening CITs up to 403(b) plans would broaden the marketplace and provide even more distribution opportunities for advisers with constituents receptive to the cost-saving benefits allotted by the structure.

**Increased Transparency**

One of the drawbacks for investors with CITs over the years has been a lack of transparency because disclosure requirements and performance reporting are more limited than with mutual funds. But many CIT sponsors found a way to push out information via fact sheets and websites. Most prices are reported daily, and Morningstar does offer CIT peer group comparisons with each other and with mutual funds.

The NFN has been working to expand CIT coverage to provide more transparency. The network is responsible for aggregating critical data for investible products including daily performance, net asset value (NAV), strategy-level reference data, valuation, and for assigning tickers so products can be searched. By allowing CITs to be analyzed with the same criteria available to mutual funds and other products, the NFN estimates that more than 300 CITs have current data available on the platform³. It’s estimated that NFN may add many additional CIT funds to be analyzed over the next six months.

This increased CIT transparency has not been without questions regarding whether NFN inclusion violates marketing restrictions inherent to the structure. In a whitepaper published recently by the global multinational law firm of Eversheds Sutherland, applicable CIT regulations and other factors were examined, including no-action letters from the SEC.

The law firm found the following: *“We are of the view that there are sound arguments that demonstrate that the availability of CIT tickers on NASDAQ and the production of fact sheets will not run contrary to SEC staff views. There are no specific prohibitions on (1) the use of tickers for CITs; or (2) the preparation of fact sheets in respect of CITs.”* *^4^*

**In Closing**

With the potential for widespread adoption and the considerable benefits of CITs in the current market, advisers and asset managers should consider whether offering strategies with this vehicle would present new distribution opportunities and greater flexibility for their investors, particularly regarding retirement plans.

* * *

*Ultimus currently supports many CITs by offering a complete turnkey solution for investment managers that includes administration, accounting, custody, transfer agent, and a trusteeship via partner trust companies.* [*Click here*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//our-services/registered-funds/commingled-vehicles/) *to learn more or send an email with your questions to* [*ndarsch@ultimusfundsolutions.com*](mailto:ndarsch@ultimusfundsolutions.com)*.*

* * *

[¹https://fundintelligence.global/sales-marketing/news/mutual-fund-launches-lagging-versus-2018-as-asset-managers-look-to-other-structures/](https://fundintelligence.global/sales-marketing/news/mutual-fund-launches-lagging-versus-2018-as-asset-managers-look-to-other-structures/)

²https://401kspecialistmag.com/bill-introduced-to-allow-collective-investment-trusts-in-403bs/ [³https://www.nasdaq.com/articles/demystifying-marketing-restrictions-for-cits-2020-02-19](https://www.nasdaq.com/articles/demystifying-marketing-restrictions-for-cits-2020-02-19)

4Eversheds Sutherland (2020). Collective Investment Trusts on the Nasdaq Fund Network [White paper]. Retrieved March 20, 2020, from Nasdaq Funds Network: https://www.nasdaq.com/docs/2020/02/13/Nasdaq%20-%20CIT%20Whitepaper\_Final.pdf


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Spending Too Much Time Managing Data? Reevaluating Your Middle Office Environment

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/spending-too-much-time-managing-data-reevaluating-your-middle-office-environment/_

# Spending Too Much Time Managing Data? Reevaluating Your Middle Office Environment

Subscribe

Authored by
**Jason Stevens**

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer

**About Jason Stevens**
									Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)
						×

April 7, 2020

With the high volume and complexity of investment products and asset types in the current volatile and uncertain market, many asset managers may be spending too much time on middle office functions, while missing opportunities to improve client relationships and focus more on core business decision-making in today’s constantly changing industry.

In a world with multitudes of data languages, formats, and mediums, there are distinct outsourcing advantages for asset managers when choosing the right middle office service provider. Some of those advantages include:

- Immediate enhancement of middle office capabilities with a provider who performs these functions as part of their core business.
- Better utilization of internal resources and improved investor service levels.
- Help with daily record-keeping and reconciliation with custodians.
- Support with investment and regulatory reporting.
- Reduced maintenance costs and no large capital expenditures to upgrade middle office technology.

What should advisers look for to be sure their data is in the best hands? Below are three important factors to consider regarding middle office data – **Translation, Transformation, and Transmission** (the Three T’s).

**Translation**

Data can be stored and delivered using many different languages and formats including Extensible Markup Language (XML), Hypertext Markup Language 5 (HTML5), JavaScript Object Notation (JSON), American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII), Microsoft Excel, and Portable Document Format (PDF). To systematically read data in various formats requires a converter or translator.

Remember that the middle office administrator you pick should be able to translate a variety of data languages, plus do it accurately and efficiently prior to transformation. An experienced administrator should have a professional team with years of industry experience working with you to ensure that the data delivered can be properly converted throughout its life cycle with little to no manual work.

**Transformation**

Once data has been translated, it is ready to be transformed into a new format or language depending on its destination. For example, trade data will get transformed to the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) network format and delivered to the designated custodians. Trade data will also need to be transformed to Structured Query Language (SQL) so it can be imported into an accounting system.

The ability to translate and transform data makes for a clear path to accurate data delivery. It also provides the foundation for ultimate flexibility when converting data into custom reporting or data feeds. Also be sure that the chosen middle office service provider can transform data from internal systems, deliver it in the chosen format, and perform analysis along with other state-of-the-art functions.

**Transmission**

Data should be able to be transmitted via Application Programming Interfaces (APIs), File Transfer Protocol (FTP), and email. Established APIs with all key intermediaries and vendors is important so encrypted data can be systematically transmitted back and forth between systems securely.

The ability to securely transmit data across multiple mediums ensures that the data will be delivered to its destination in the preferred, most efficient and safest manner possible. The ability to systematically retrieve, interpret, and communicate data is essential in today’s complex industry – allowing for more efficient processing, decreased risk, and additional flexibility for analysis and reporting.

**Bottom Line**

Data from advisers, investments firms, and asset managers should flow seamlessly throughout the life cycle. In the end, look for an outsourced middle office team with data-driven technology that is flexible enough to meet the most enhanced and unique system requirements.

The true value-add in today’s challenging financial environment for asset managers is not only evaluating the benefits of using an outsourced middle office provider, but also being able to share some of the operational risks with a professional, seasoned team that can be relied upon to get the job done. Most importantly, outsourcing middle office functions allows asset managers to focus 100 percent of their time on core business functions and client investment strategies that help grow the business.

* * *

*The centerpiece of the* [*middle office outsourcing solution*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//our-services/registered-funds/fund-services/#middle-off) *from Ultimus Fund Solutions is an advanced central data repository that stores all investment data (security master, transactions, holdings, tax lots, daily P&L), as well as third-party market data including analytics, prices, corporate actions and benchmarks. The Ultimus team has extensive experience integrating this data with many different front-office technologies and can also make i* *t available to investors through web portals.*

*Additionally, Ultimus has recently developed new uSUITE applications internally to help streamline processes by automating manual work, alerting users of exceptions, and providing dashboards/user interfaces for full transparency. The result is increased efficiency, transparency, and reduced risk.*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)
**Jason Stevens**

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer


About Jason Stevens
Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.


---

# New SEC Regulations for Broker-Dealers Coming in June

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/new-sec-regulations-for-broker-dealers-coming-in-june/_

# New SEC Regulations for Broker-Dealers Coming in June

Subscribe

March 24, 2020

*During the current market volatility and uncertain times, investment firms and asset managers must be vigilant to remember their regulatory obligations* *and review pending guidelines to assist with all aspects of financial services. Currently, implementation of Regulation Best Interest (Reg BI) compliance is still on course for June 30, 2020.*

*The rule establishes new standards for Registered Investment Advisers (RIAs) and Broker-Dealers (B-Ds) when recommending securities transactions or investment strategies.*

* * *

**Overview of Regulation Best Interest**

Regulation Best Interest (BI) is a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rule adopted in 2019 under the Exchange Act that requires B-Ds to act in the best interest of their retail customers when making recommendations concerning securities transactions or investment strategies involving securities.

This effectively upgrades the suitability standard to a quasi-fiduciary standard that requires B-Ds to, among other things, clearly identify any potential conflicts of interest and financial incentives the broker-dealer may have with those recommendations. B-D’s must act with “reasonable diligence, care, and skill” in making recommendations, which includes understanding the potential risks and rewards, as well as costs, and ensuring that they do not put their interests ahead of the retail customer’s interests.

All registered broker-dealers must begin complying by **June 30, 2020.**

**Key Facts to Know:**

- Regulation requires broker-dealers to act in the best interest of their retail customers when making recommendations concerning securities transactions, or investment strategy involving securities.
- Regulation requires that broker-dealers place their clients’ interests ahead of their own.
- Brokers must consider costs, but it is not the exclusive factor for assessing best interest.

**Why does this matter to investment managers of Mutual Funds and ETFs?**

Although Reg BI does not apply directly to mutual funds (which are not retail clients), mutual funds are among the broad menu of investment strategies and products from which investment professionals can choose when making recommendations to their clients.

Reg BI therefore may contribute to fee compression as product sponsors seek to make their offerings more attractive to financial professionals who must consider product costs as part of their evaluation of a client’s best interests. Indeed, distribution channels may be foreclosed to products that are deemed too costly. Thus, Reg BI could reshape product construction and pricing models to better fit B-Ds’ product selection needs.

The chart below identifies the potential pros and cons the new Reg BI rule may have for financial advisers, investment managers, and clients:

* * *

[General industry ‘buzz’](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/operational-takeaways-from-the-2020-inside-etfs-conference/) suggests that Reg BI implementation could serve as a further catalyst for RIAs and B-Ds to purchase exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for their clients, which are sometimes viewed as potentially lower-priced offerings of their cousins in the mutual fund wrapper. This also could propel advisers to launch their own ETFs due to the additional fee pressures and other factors in an increasing competitive market.

At the end of the day, upcoming Reg BI regulations are designed to bolster investor protections and better inform clients. But it remains to be seen how the new rule planned for June will impact product offerings overall in a challenging and changing financial market.

* * *

*Ultimus partners with its investment manager clients to* [*provide customized services throughout the entire life cycle*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/) *of registered funds. The company helps guide investment advisers through strategy and product development, SEC filing, launching, and fund distribution, while also providin* *g ongoing administration, accounting, reporting, and compliance. To learn more, visit www.UltimusFundSolutions.com and fill out the Contact Us form.*

*Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC provides fund distribution services through its affiliated broker-dealers: Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC. and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC. Each of which is a registered broker-dealer and member of FINRA. ETFs and Mutual Funds are subject to market risk, including loss of* *principal.*

* * *

^1^https://www.investopedia.com/what-is-the-sec-s-regulation-bi-best-interest-rule-4689542


---

# Securities Lending: A Possible Alpha-Generating Source of Fund Revenue

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/securities-lending-a-possible-alpha-generating-source-of-fund-revenue/_

# Securities Lending: A Possible Alpha-Generating Source of Fund Revenue

Subscribe

March 10, 2020

*In the newest installment of #TALKtoUltimus, a podcast series from Ultimus Fund Solutions, James McGuire, Senior Manager for Adviser Services at Ultimus, interviewed* [*Brooke Gillman*](http://www.eseclending.com/our-team/brooke-gillman/)*, the Managing Director of Client Relationship Management for* [*eSecLending.*](http://www.eseclending.com/) *You can listen to the full podcast \**[*HERE*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//example-podcast-page/)*.*

*The information below is an introductory overview of Mr. McGuire’s discussion with Brooke, exploring the potentially alpha-generating tools that are driving fund advisers and asset managers to make competitive decisions in today’s changing industry, and why the Securities Lending space is growing due to fee compression and other factors.*

* * *

**What is Securities Lending?**

Securities Lending is a collateralized transaction that takes place between two institutions. Investors make loans of their securities to generate incremental revenues from their portfolios. Typically, the lender temporarily transfers the title of the security and its associated rights to a borrower, in exchange for a fee. That borrower is required to return the security either on demand (as an open loan) or at an agreed date in the future (term loan).

Lenders mostly are mutual funds, global pension funds, insurance companies, investment funds, Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs), and sovereign wealth funds. In most cases, institutional investors lend securities for one main reason – to improve performance.

**Current Market Trends**

According to Brooke, Securities Lending today is considered a potentially alpha-generating investment process that has grown significantly over the last several years to become a core piece of the investment strategy. From what was once considered more of a back-office function in the industry, funds today are engaging in Securities Lending as an attractive way to potentially add additional revenue to their funds and ultimately, make money for shareholders. Part of the reason why the product is growing in both fund participation and activity is in large part due to the increased pressures and competitiveness of the industry. With fee compression, as well as new growth of passive funds, ETFs, and other mutual funds, everyone is now heavily competing for investors. From the viewpoint of eSecLending, if investors and asset managers today are not engaged in Securities Lending, they are potentially leaving additional returns for shareholders on the table that can be generated via the possible incremental alpha, and therefore are at a competitive disadvantage versus their peers.

**How Funds Benefit**

As a type of alpha-add to the investment product, Brooke explains that there are two primary components to Securities Lending. The first is the intrinsic value that can be generated from the activity of putting securities in the funds out on loan to a counterpart in the market. The second is the collateral that is received back versus the loan when it’s cash (per most mutual funds in the U.S.) that can then be reinvested. Benefits to the lending transaction are the fees made from the loan and the additional incremental yield generated through the cash reinvestment strategy.

**The Risks**

Since there are always risks in the financial market, lenders should be clear about the objectives of their securities lending program per the Securities Lending Policy shared with the agent (e.g., eSecLending). A lender’s objectives and parameters are important factors driving both their risk and return profile. The objectives for lending may include liquidity, leverage, or both.

* * *

*\*The podcast contains the views and opinions of eSecLending. eSecLending and Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC are not affiliated.*

*Headquartered in Boston, MA,* [*eSecLending*](http://www.eseclending.com/about-us/) *is an independent, third-party securities lending agent. The company delivers client-tailored, securities lending solutions that seek to achieve higher risk-adjusted returns, greater transparency, and stronger alignment of interests as compared to traditional, pool-based lending programs. The goal is to deliver investment management practices that focus on best execution, price transparency, and* *benchmarking* *.*

[*Brooke Gillman*](http://www.eseclending.com/our-team/brooke-gillman/) *is Managing Director, Client Relationship Management for eSecLending. She manages the Client Relationship global team and is responsible for leading the firm’s service model for all client programs. Brooke also oversees the firm’s marketing and communications activities. She joined the company in 2000 as one of the founding members. During her tenure, Brooke has held various senior positions with the firm in Business Development, Client and Product Management, and as Director and Vice President for Marketing and Corporate Communications, respectively. She earned a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Washington.*


---

# Cyber Security Threats: Top Five Priorities Advisers Should Know

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/cyber-security-threats-top-five-priorities-advisers-should-know/_

# Cyber Security Threats: Top Five Priorities Advisers Should Know

Subscribe

Authored by
**Shawn Waldman**

CEO and Founder of Secure Cyber Defense, LLC
						×

February 25, 2020

Did you know that the FBI is the lead federal agency for investigating cyber-attacks by criminals, overseas adversaries, and terrorists? Cyber threats are serious and growing, and intrusions are becoming more commonplace, more dangerous, and more sophisticated.

In fact, the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations (OCIE) recently alerted investment professionals about many of the common lapses it observed when conducting thousands of cyber security exams1. The report warned that hackers are in fact becoming more aggressive and sophisticated — and in some cases backed by substantial resources and nation state actors.

Based on recent feedback from Mutual Fund Board Trustees and Directors, many in the industry are taking notice of the warnings and stepping up to make sure that their affiliated service providers, fund administrators, distributors, and other business partners are doing all they can to protect shareholders from cyber harm.

To help educate independent advisers, asset managers, investment firms, boards, and prospects about the importance of protecting confidential client data, [Shawn Waldman](https://www.linkedin.com/in/shawn-waldman-408b034/), Chief Executive Officer of [Secure Cyber Defense](https://secdef.com/), recently outlined a cyber security checklist of the top five things professionals in the financial industry should consider when setting priorities and budgeting for 2020.

***Note****: The list below is intended as a general outline to help prepare for the unexpected. It is not a complete list of all cyber security measures available or what might be recommended after consultation with cyber security experts or on-staff IT professionals with experience in the financial services industry.*

1. **Proactive Risk Assessment** – a plan/procedure that helps identify assets that could be impacted by a cyber security attack, and the risk that could affect those assets. According to Waldman, most companies fall into two categories – those who have been attacked and those who will be attacked. So, having a response plan in place is critical.
2. **Email Phishing** – 90% of cyber attacks occur via email. Phishing emails account for 9 out of 10 cyber security breaches. Although most people (78%) know better than to click on suspicious emails, at least 4% will click on a malicious campaign. For example, if 25 advisers work for an investment firm, at least one will open the e-door to a cyber hacker. Larger investment firms with 200 employees or more means at least 8 will take the bait. And for those independent advisers working from home, clicking on a phishing link may cause a breach of confidential client data, loss of business, SEC and FINRA fines, and a ruined reputation.
3. **Software Patches** – advisers may not regularly patch their systems for various reasons, but it’s a critical process. It’s not uncommon for malicious actors to exploit system vulnerabilities after public disclosure of software updates and before new patches are applied. Spending a few hours to install patches may save you hundreds of thousands of dollars in damage, and hundreds of hours in recovery caused by a vulnerability or software failure.
4. **Firewall/Antivirus/Anti-Malware** – firewalls work like a filter between a computer/network and the Internet. Advisers can program what they want to get out and get in. Everything else is blocked. When considering which antivirus program to get, real-time protection is the key feature. It means advisers and asset managers are protected whenever the computer is on, continually scanning incoming URLs and files for threats. It’s like having a security guard at your front door, checking the credentials of everyone who wants in.
5. **End-Point Protection/Security** – security solutions that address endpoint security issues, securing and protecting endpoints like workstations, laptops, tablet PCs, smartphones and servers against zero-day exploits, attacks, and inadvertent data leaks resulting from human error. By creating and enforcing rules for endpoints, protection solutions identify sensitive data and encrypt it, or block the copying or transfer of certain files or sensitive data based on classification.

One more item not on the list. **Be sure to have a good backup strategy.** If a cyber hacker gets access to client data, be sure you have an offline backup in paper form or in the cloud. But test those backups often to be sure they are working. For example, a hacked investment firm tries to restore data via their backup system, but it doesn’t work. That’s bad news for anyone who didn’t test the strategy before a cyber breach.

If you think more cyber security procedures are needed to protect your systems, contact Shawn Waldman at Secure Cyber Defense via info@secdef.com, talk to your IT specialist, or reach out to someone you trust in the industry to make a recommendation.

* * *

**To read more about the Top Priorities Advisers Should Know, see the helpful Infographic below:**

* * *

[*Ultimus Fund Solutions*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) *takes* [*cyber security fundamentals*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/cyber-security-fundamentals-what-advisers-should-know/) *very seriously and constantly invests in IT systems, updated technology, employee training programs, and other important resources so the business stays protected. The company has been a client of Secure Cyber Defense for the last six years.*

* * *

[*Shawn Waldman*](https://www.linkedin.com/in/shawn-waldman-408b034/) *is the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Founder of* [*Secure Cyber Defense, LLC,*](https://secdef.com/) *a company in Miamisburg, Ohio that delivers cyber security services for all types of industries including finance, manufacturing, education, pharmaceuticals and healthcare, and government agencies. Specific services provided include vulnerability assessments, security controls, risks and compliance evaluation, threat protection, and ongoing monitoring for any size organization.*

* * *

^1^https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2020-20


## Authored by

**Shawn Waldman**

CEO and Founder of Secure Cyber Defense, LLC


---

# New Examination Priorities Released by SEC’s OCIE for 2020

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/new-examination-priorities-released-by-sec-s-ocie-for-2020/_

# New Examination Priorities Released by SEC’s OCIE for 2020

Subscribe

Authored by
**Brian Privor**

Chief Regulatory Officer, Ultimus Fund Solutions
						×

February 4, 2020

The Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) Office of Inspections and Examinations (OCIE) released its 2020 examination priorities in January, identifying key areas of potential risk to investors and the capital markets. As in recent years, OCIE highlighted familiar risks like cyber security and anti-money laundering with a focus on protecting retail investors.

OCIE also identified a focus on registered investment advisers (RIAs) that have never been examined, and prioritizing standards of conduct for dual-registrants (RIA/Broker-Dealer). Also reprising priorities from 2019, OCIE will home in on mutual funds and exchange-traded funds. While OCIE’s priorities are meant as a broad overview for the securities industry, there were several topics or themes that will require more attention from registered funds and their advisers.

**There were two notable OCIE statements:**

1. OCIE highlighted board oversight practices. While unlikely intended as a shot across the bow, it serves as a firm reminder of the board’s fiduciary role in protecting shareholders. Service providers and compliance professionals have frontline responsibility for serving shareholders’ interests, but boards are integral to the proper functioning of the compliance ecosystem. Thus, board members should be mindful of their oversight responsibilities, particularly regarding those tasks specifically entrusted to the board (e.g., 15(c) practices, valuation oversight, liquidity risk management oversight).
2. OCIE will focus on RIAs that use “*third-party administrators to sponsor mutual funds they are affiliated with or advise.*” It is unclear what prompted OCIE to single out series trusts, but everyone should use the added scrutiny as an opportunity to demonstrate the value of independence – particularly regarding compliance professionals unaffiliated with advisers – and the efficiencies and broad-based expertise that a series trust affords. Not only do shareholders benefit from a series trust’s economies of scale, but the constellation of unaffiliated advisers (and their service providers) enables boards to foster best practices by promoting the top policies and procedures found among the group. In short, we view series trusts as a virtue, not a vice.

**Priorities Directly Impacting Funds and their RIAs:**

- **Fee waivers, breakpoints**. Given that mutual funds and ETFs are largely retail investment vehicles, OCIE will be looking closely at expenses that reduce shareholder capital invested. Expect scrutiny of contractual agreements requiring breakpoints and waivers. We also expect OCIE to make sure that disclosures accurately track language in board-approved contractual agreements.
- **Revenue sharing**. These arrangements, which are common in the retail space, present financial conflicts that should be disclosed. Revenue sharing has already been the subject of recent enforcement actions (following in the wake of the share-class initiative), so examiners will expect funds to be on clear notice that disclosures in this regard should be accurate.
- **Best execution, fiduciary advice, and disclosure of conflicts.** This flows from the adoption of Regulation Best Interest (Reg BI). But it also reflects a persistent focus on financial conflicts of interest. If an adviser is making money (or receiving some benefit) by virtue of its brokerage decisions, it should be disclosed. We expect that OCIE largely will be in information-gathering mode with respect to Reg BI implementation, helping guide registrants in becoming compliant before the June 30, 2020, deadline. By 2021, expect the bar to be raised higher, with possible enforcement actions on the horizon against any lax adopters.
- **Third-party asset managers.** OCIE will assess due diligence practices, policies, and procedures for oversight.
- **ESG investing**. The SEC is skeptical of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) descriptors, so advisers, asset managers, and investment firms should ensure that disclosures are detailed and accurately explain any ESG designation.
- **Digital assets.** There will be more focus on financial technology and digital assets, with areas of concern regarding security, pricing and valuation, and compliance controls. Some boards prohibit investing in cryptocurrencies, and funds investing in digital assets or using integrated blockchain technology will likely get extra attention. This may also include transfer agent services handling digital assets and blockchain ledgers.
- **Similar strategy in private fund.** Advisers managing both registered and private funds with a similar strategy will be scrutinized. OCIE will be looking for conflicts where one client benefits at the expense of the other. This may range from simple performance variances (cherry picking) and similar allocation practices, to more subtle cross subsidies, such as where a mutual fund pays for soft dollars that benefit a private fund with a similar strategy.
- **Anti-Money Laundering.** OCIE will examine whether funds (acting through transfer agents and broker-dealers) are conducting customer due diligence, complying with beneficial ownership requirements (including the customer due diligence rule), and testing the AML program.
- **Cyber security.** Picking up from last year’s guidance, OCIE examiners will look at network storage, access controls, vendor management, training, incident response, and resiliency. Most industry professionals spend a lot of effort and money focused in this area. But everyone should stay vigilant and harden their cyber defenses where possible as even a modest breach can cause lasting reputational harm even if there are no economic losses.
- **Transfer Agents.** OCIE will evaluate transfer agents’ core safeguarding, recordkeeping, and reporting functions. Among other things, OCIE also will examine compliance with obligations to search for lost securityholders and provide notice to unresponsive payees.

OCIE’s priorities reflect common weaknesses that examiners have observed or that they perceive as obvious potential weak spots. But those outlined should not be viewed as a checklist requiring selective attention, but rather suggest broad areas for compliance enhancements as part of comprehensive and continuous process for improving the compliance environment.

* * *

*Brian Privor has more than 20 years of professional experience in asset management and securities regulation. He worked as Senior Counsel in the SEC’s Division of Enforcement, Asset Management Unit for seven years, leading a broad spectrum of investigations on violations of federal securities laws, and assisted in litigating enforcement matters in federal court and during administrative proceedings. He also spent a year as Senior Counsel to the Senate Judiciary Committee investigating financial crimes. Before that, Mr. Privor was an associate at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, LLP, where he focused on corporate investigations, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering compliance, corporate governance, securities enforcement, and enforcement under various regulatory programs.*


## Authored by

**Brian Privor**

Chief Regulatory Officer, Ultimus Fund Solutions


---

# Key Considerations: Comparing Mutual Funds and ETFs

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/key-considerations-comparing-mutual-funds-and-etfs/_

# Key Considerations: Comparing Mutual Funds and ETFs

Subscribe

January 21, 2020

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) approved a new rule in September 2019 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) allowing [Exchange-Traded Funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//our-services/registered-funds/exchange-traded-funds/) (ETFs) to go-to-market more quickly without having to apply for specific exemptive relief. The new rule went into effect on December 23, 2019. Because of this new rule, advisers and asset managers may consider adding an ETF to their product line. But there are many variables to consider before deciding to launch an ETF, so it might be helpful to compare it to the familiar mutual fund.

#### Why the Buzz?

ETFs are a diversified collection of investment assets like mutual funds that are traded on stock exchanges. The new SEC rule levels the playing field for ETF providers so that, with few exceptions, they are now operating under the same rules instead of unique exemptive orders that were previously costly and time-consuming. In addition, Custom Baskets are one of the most significant changes – allowing for more flexibility and the potential to help improve tax efficiency.

Some differences in fund structures are that ETFs are bought and sold like stock throughout the day, while mutual fund shares are purchased or sold only at the end of the trading day.1 One reason ETFs are of interest is the convenience they afford advisers and investment firms, who can buy and sell entire baskets of stocks or bonds on the secondary market, allowing for flexibility to rebalance or adjust portfolios. Below is a helpful chart of both fund structures for advisers and asset managers to consider.2

#### ETFs vs. Mutual Funds

#### Realities to Consider

Since both ETFs and mutual funds are made up of a mix of assets, the two are similar in structure. Though there’s no perfect fund product, advisers and asset managers need to understand the pros and cons of each before deciding if either investment vehicle provides additional opportunities to attract more assets. When researching the nuances of mutual funds and ETFs, there are many variables to consider. The most important variables include creation size and fees, expense ratios, price, stability, and trading platform options. To understand the impact of these nuances for both types of investment vehicles, asset managers can consult with a knowledgeable and trusted fund administrator before launching any new registered product.

#### Complexity of Incentive Payments

While ETFs do have the benefit of no onboarding requirements and ongoing transaction fees at large trading intermediaries, they do face onboarding requirements as mutual funds do at the full-service wire houses and broker dealers. Requirements vary between intermediaries and may range from assets under management (AUM), length of track record, trading volume and in some cases, platform fee requirements. A full-service fund administrator with years of experience and distribution knowledge can help advisers navigate the complexities of both ETFs and mutual funds to help grow assets under management.

#### Takeaways

Both ETFs and mutual funds are useful tools, and asset managers have successfully invested in both with different strategies. ETFs, index mutual funds, and actively managed mutual funds can provide broad, diversified exposure to an asset class, region, or a specific market niche. These can be useful selling tools for advisers to have in their product line up, since many investors benefit from owning a mix of these funds.

Advisers, asset managers, and investment firms will want to be prepared with comparison ratings charts, tax considerations, regulatory requirements, legal considerations, and other factors when investors ask about the pros and cons of investing in mutual funds and/or ETFs. Many important market considerations will need to be studied by both advisers and investors to determine the best strategies moving into 2020.

The effective new rule means it’s easier to establish an ETF, making it a more viable channel for investment advisers to consider. Therefore, if you choose to launch an ETF and/or a mutual fund, seek out a well-established, consultative partner with full fund administration services and advanced technology solutions to help you handle the complexities and sophistication of either fund type.

* * *

*Ultimus partners with its investment manager clients to* [*provide customized services throughout the entire life cycle*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//our-services/registered-funds/) *of registered funds. The company helps guide investment advisers through strategy and product development, SEC filing, launching, and fund distribution, while also providing ongoing administra* *tion, accounting, reporting, and compliance. To learn more, visit www.UltimusFundSolutions.com and fill out the Contact Us form.*

*Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC provides fund distribution se* *rvices through its affiliated broker-dealers: Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC. and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC. Each of which is a registered broker-dealer and member of FINRA. ETFs and Mutual Funds are subject to market risk, including loss of principal*

* * *

^1^https://www.investopedia.com/articles/exchangetradedfunds/08/etf-mutual-fund-difference.asp

^2^Source: ETF Model Solutions

^3^https://www.schwab.com/resource-center/insights/content/etf-vs-mutual-fund-it-depends-on-your-strategy


---

# SEC Makes It Easier to Launch ETFs

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/sec-makes-it-easier-to-launch-etfs/_

# SEC Makes It Easier to Launch ETFs

Subscribe

Authored by
**Brian Privor**

Chief Regulatory Officer, Ultimus Fund Solutions
						×

October 15, 2019

**NEW RULING ANNOUNCED FROM THE SEC:** The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) voted unanimously on September 26 to modernize the regulatory framework for Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs). The new ETF Rule will level the playing field for ETF providers so that, with few exceptions, they are operating under the same rules (i.e., instead of unique exemptive orders that are costly and time-consuming). While saving money is an important factor to advisers, and the new Rule does help reduce costs and time to market, Custom Baskets are one of the most significant changes of the Rule – allowing for more flexibility and the potential to help improve tax efficiency.

**WHAT IS AN ETF:** ETFs are a diversified collection of assets like mutual funds used by investors for a variety of purposes, including core components of long-term investment portfolios, investment of temporary cash holdings, and hedging investment portfolios.

**WHAT ARE CUSTOM BASKETS?** When ETFs create or redeem shares through authorized participants, they exchange a ‘basket’ of underlying securities comprising a portion of the ETF portfolio in exchange for shares in the ETF that can be traded in the secondary market. Typically, that basket is a pro rata slice of the whole portfolio the ETF owns. A custom basket allows fund sponsors and trading partners more flexibility to rebalance or adjust portfolios behind the scenes, using non-pro rata portions of the portfolio.

**PRIOR TO THE RULING:** Before the ruling, registration could take months to process, with filing costs of $25,000 or more. POST RULING: The new modernized rule will help reduce overhead costs, shorten launch times, and provide simplicity to the process. While the timing for launching these funds prior to the ruling was typically at least 90 days and likely more, using a series trust that has an existing registration statement allows new ETFs to be effective in 75 days.

**VALUE TO INVESTORS:** ETFs provide ongoing liquidity to investors by allowing trading on an exchange during market hours, unlike mutual funds that typically permit trades once per day. ETFs disclose full holdings daily, whereas mutual funds only disclose their holdings 30 days after each quarter close. That means investors can more closely monitor whether the fund manager is adhering to the fund’s strategy. ETFs typically are also a lower-cost investment than a mutual fund or separately managed account because ETF shares are traded between investors on the secondary market, not with the fund company itself. ETFs also can be more tax efficient because their structure triggers fewer taxable distributions. Disclosures for ETFs are easier for consumers to research (e.g., bid-ask spreads and premiums/ discounts) via an accessible website versus searching for a prospectus on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system.

**WHY AN ETF MAY BE RIGHT FOR YOU:** Investors are always seeking lower-cost, transparent, liquid, and tax efficient investment vehicles. Investment managers looking to reach new audiences should consider expanding their potential investor base with these types of fund products – especially now that the time to market and cost has become more appealing with this new Rule. Also, moving separately managed account assets to your own ETF may result in quantifiable efficiencies as you can manage one account at the firm instead of many.

**QUICK STATS ON ETFs:** Today, there are more than 2,0001 ETFs with over $4 trillion2 in total net assets in the US. Global assets are projected to double in the next five years, and ETF trading currently accounts for about a quarter of the daily volume in US stock markets. Investor demand for ETFs continues to grow, and the recent SEC modifications will increase both growth and competition because the funds are a fan favorite for financial advisers.

**GETTING STARTED:** The keys to successful ETF funds are having a firm plan in place for distribution, choosing the right partners (lead market maker, fund administrator, listing exchange), and researching the nuances of ETFs including creation size, fees, expense ratios, and overall price. WORKING WITH AN EXPERIENCED TEAM: While all the new rule changes are positive, there are still a multitude of nuances navigating the ETF ecosystem. Ultimus Fund Solutions has the experience and depth via compliance professionals to help with interpretation and real-life application to make sure that new ETF products brought to market meet all the new requirements, and to help investment managers take advantage of all the new benefits.

1. www.cnbc.com: https://www.cnbc.com/2019/08/06/nyse-etf-chief-this-is-a-watershed-moment-for-the-etf-industry.html
2. Source: 2000 – 2018 data from BlackRock Global ETP Landscape; 2024 estimates from BMO Global Asset Management ETF Outlook 2019


## Authored by

**Brian Privor**

Chief Regulatory Officer, Ultimus Fund Solutions


---

# Fund Servicing Conversations: Benefits May Outweigh the Perceived Burden

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/fund-servicing-conversations-benefits-may-outweigh-the-perceived-burden/_

# Fund Servicing Conversations: Benefits May Outweigh the Perceived Burden

Subscribe

November 13, 2018

### Conquering or Overcoming FOCO

Let’s be honest: When someone starts talking to an investment adviser about transitioning their back-office servicing relationship from one service provider to another, the first reaction of that firm’s decision maker is somewhere among stomach ache, dizziness and downright fear. Am I right? Whether one admits it out loud or not, I know the answer to that question is yes because it would be my answer too — if I didn’t know better.

Unfortunately, too many investment advisers tolerate service levels which become less than desirable or acceptable, not because of FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out – ask your kid or other resident millennial what that is!) but rather, a quick retreat to a stance of FOCO or Fear Of Converting Out.

### Better Service Options

This concept doesn’t need to be so daunting. The first step is to realize you may have started settling for poor service a long time ago – perhaps longer ago than you care to admit. Then, the next step is to speak with a service provider with experience and who offers a consultative, rigorous approach to conversions that is both standardized and adaptable. What are your goals? Where is service currently lacking? What doesn’t feel as ‘institutional strength’ as it should? Below are a few reasons why you may want to consider a move:

- The need for skilled accounting services that can deal with complex securities, as well as lots of experience with the right systems to do so
- The ability for phone service representatives to confidently handle complex conversations with shareholders
- Needing better consultation and ideas related to distribution of your products
- Seeking a greater level of available legal administration talent
- Looking for better expertise about compliance matters

### Meet the Operational Team

An investment adviser needs to be able to look *through* the sales process and get time in front of a service provider’s conversion and operational experts. **Ask for this opportunity and ask for it early on** **.** Request introductions and conversations because these are the people who will ultimately be responsible for servicing the fund/adviser relationship going forward. Thus, your exposure to them and – we would hope – a strong foundation of comfort and confidence starts to be built from your earliest interaction with them.

### Asking Questions – Getting Answers

A service provider working to win an investment adviser’s confidence should be able to discuss any operational and conversion related detail down to the most minute level, if that’s your desire. A good service provider will ask tough questions and work with you in a consultative, education-based manner to truly understand your business, comprehend your priorities and engage you in a series of discussions oriented around not just moving your accounts and data but ultimately helping to improve your business.

Be tolerant of being asked WHY and understand the questions are meant to get to the root of what you’re trying to accomplish and put a service provider in the best position possible to service the investment adviser, boards of trustees and – of paramount importance – your shareholders. If there are no questions, be prepared to ask them yourself. Maybe start with “why aren’t you asking ME any questions??” and see how a prospective provider responds.

### What About My Selling Agreements?

An area which is often viewed with one of the highest levels of discomfort is the thought of moving selling agreements from one distributor to another. With a good service provider, this is a process which requires thorough analysis. They should possess a high level of experience dealing with such situations in the past and a network of contacts – both front door and back door – within firms where you have current agreements. It is not something to be taken lightly but it is also something that does not need to be feared.

Ultimus knows, through a great deal of experience, that a transition can be successful with little to no change in your distribution stature. A new distributor should be a tough advocate on your behalf with platforms that may want to change contract terms to something less desirable than what was in place previously. Additionally, a new distributor and service provider with sound operational processes should not insist on any trading blackouts as the transition of NSCC / FundSERV trading can be handled without incurring a single missed trading day.

### Shareholder Experience

Another area of concern for some fund groups during a conversion is the shareholder experience. Even though the trend over the past few years has been away from direct shareholder to fund relationships, there are a number of fund families large and small whose business model and distribution focus is on the direct shareholders. When considering a ‘conversion’ in this situation, it is about converting individual personal relationships which date back many years in some cases.

“A service provider’s call center is the mouthpiece or ‘face of the fund’ for an investment adviser and we take that responsibility very seriously. At Ultimus, we choose not to follow scripted responses to canned scenarios and instead encourage our team to engage in meaningful, solution-based conversations. Nobody is standing over team members with a stopwatch timing their calls with shareholders”, says Ultimus Fund Solutions Director of Transfer Agency Services Jeff Moeller. He adds, “We participate in several industry groups to keep up with the industry best practices and for training team members as well as changes to the regulatory landscape.” The key is clear and concise communication with shareholders in advance, during and after a conversion.

### Converting Funds Other Than Mutual Funds

It should be noted that the concept of a mutual fund conversion is not limited to just converting a mutual fund from one service provider to another. Mutual funds can be launched through a conversion of an existing private fund, a conversion of a separately managed account (SMA) or groups of SMAs or even slices of SMAs. While not the norm, these can, and do, occur but must do so with a heightened level of review and planning from your new service provider, involvement of expertise from legal and audit firms and coordination among other external parties such as multiple custodians. A service provider with a deep bench of experienced personnel and expertise can help you confidently navigate these situations and come out the other side with a new mutual fund, ready to thrive in your new business model.

### Flexible and Adaptable

An investment adviser should not ever feel like they are being crammed into a square box, particularly when their round fund does not comfortably fit. Adaptability in process – while of course maintaining strong controls and a regulatory focus – should be expected by service providers. Open, professional and courteous communication and coordination – led by a new service provider’s implementation manager – should be expected.

To ensure the smoothest transition possible, detailed data analysis, mapping and testing should be occur prior to the go-live date. Talk through any potential hurdles to take the surprises and the stress out of the conversion. A new provider should expect the unexpected and be able to flex as issues come up…and yes, they will come up. However, it is not the issue that matters, it’s how a service provider proactively attacks and fixes the issue which counts.

### Raising Expectations

Finally, do not settle for being treated like a commodity. Expect to be treated like you are your new service provider’s most important client, no matter what your size. Expect to be asked questions. Expect – or demand – to be involved to the extent you desire. Expect to find a better solution, a better situation, a better service provider. Expect more.


---

# How Adviser’s Websites Can Attract More Investors

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/how-adviser-s-websites-can-attract-more-investors/_

# How Adviser’s Websites Can Attract More Investors

Subscribe

Authored by
**Lora Lindquist**

Marketing
						×

October 30, 2018

In a digitally wired world, having a website that is attractive, dynamic and compelling is essential. After all, it is the hub of a firm’s online presence where as much as 80 percent of the marketing and sales cycle takes place. In an industry that controls trillions of dollars in investor assets, there is no place for a sub-par website. Unfortunately, boutique asset managers are often at a competitive disadvantage compared to bigger firms with massive resources. Many say, “Let’s get it done quickly so it’s functional by launch.” It’s often like a glorified online brochure, with little ability to support an effective sales process.

Fortunately, it doesn’t require massive resources to create a high-quality website that will attract advisers and investors and move them through the sales funnel. Ultimus’ Marketing Director, Lora Lindquist, sat down and spoke with Dan Sondhelm, CEO of [Sondhelm Partners](https://sondhelmpartners.com/), for his insight on key website features that can enhance visitors’ experience to support attracting and retaining investors. They also discuss the most cost-effective ways firms can increase the value of their websites as resources for their clients and lead generators for their firms.

**Lora**: *You mentioned that firms need to focus on certain key website features that will improve user engagement. What are they and which are most important?*

**Dan**: Well, the key features can be prioritized so that resources and effort can be applied incrementally if need be. It starts with the website’s home page, which is the gateway into the firm. The look and feel of the home page is the basis of impressions formed within milliseconds and it can be the determining factor whether a visitor stays or leaves. Within seconds, your visitors should be able to learn how you, as an asset manager and investment adviser, can solve their problem and how you are different than other firms. To that end, it should be customized to reflect a firm’s unique culture and style with a professional overtone. But, if it takes more than eight seconds to get that across, visitors will leave.

The key to home page design today is simplicity and elegance with a focus on branding and functionality. Home pages that appear cluttered and text-heavy have little appeal, making it difficult for users to find what they need.

**Lora**: *I definitely agree that* *less text and easier navigation will help visitors find the information they need. What else can asset managers do on the home page to achieve this?*

**Dan**: Yes, the home page is critical for enabling visitors to quickly access the information they need to conduct their due diligence. Minimal text framed by callout boxes can more quickly guide users to the resources firms want to highlight, such as their funds, market commentaries, educational insights, whitepapers and news coverage. There should be links to downloadable fact sheets, shareholder reports and thought leadership pieces written by the portfolio managers.

The bottom line is your home page navigation should make it easier for users to get the full story.

**Lora**: *What key aspects of the story should firms highlight on their website?*

**Dan**: While advisers and institutional investors are most interested in your products, they also want to know how your investment process is different than the others, so it is important to have a compelling investment story to tell. Separating the “Investment Process” section can make a great impact. The section should show how the process is disciplined and repeatable, how your research and analysis is unique and more effective than your competition, and what unique expertise your portfolio managers bring to the process.

**Lora**: *You also mentioned the significance of highlighting timely content such as commentaries, insights, whitepapers and news coverage. That sounds challenging for time-strapped firms. Why is that important for them?*

**Dan**: The only thing that distinguishes a great website from a static, digital brochure is fresh, compelling content. That’s the primary reason people go to websites and, each time they visit, they want to see and learn something new.

A high-quality website should be dynamic. Your home page should highlight new content with rotating background images or text crawlers that point to new Insights, blog posts, whitepapers or media coverage of your firm. It’s what keeps users on your website and keeps them coming back.

It is a commitment for a firm to produce timely content internally, but you can also outsource someone to help. You can start off small. Start by writing one insight article per quarter then increase the frequency to monthly. Try to place some of those articles in a news publication read by financial advisers. Post the articles in the appropriate pages on your website for fresh content your visitors can see. Content can also be used as fodder for email marketing to drive advisers and investors to your website. But that’s another story.

**Lora**: *Aside from the home page, having a compelling story to tell, and a commitment to timely content, what additional feature would you say is essential?*

**Dan**: An attractive website with compelling content attracts visitors and keeps them coming back; but if you don’t know who they are or what they’re doing when they visit your site, it’s of very little value to you.

Digital marketing tools today enable you to harness data analytics that provide a 360-degree view into your website, social media sites and email marketing efforts, so you know who is visiting, how they are engaging with you, and their level of interest. This information can be used to send targeted email campaigns and other advanced digital strategies, and wholesaler follow-up with information tailored to visitor interests. Salespeople will possess more information about visitors and will have good indicators when a prospect is ready to buy.

On the flip side, data analytics can tell you when your existing clients are disengaging from your content, which could be a sign they are ready to move on. Having that kind of insight enables firms to be more proactive in their client retention efforts.

**Lora**: *In your experience, what kind of investment should firms expect to make to enhance the value of their websites?*

**Dan**: This can vary widely, depending on the skill set of the person or firm you hire. You can have your nephew build your website for a few hundred dollars or a neighbor for a few thousand. While these lower cost options will allow you to check off the box, so you have a functional website at launch, it probably won’t do much to add to your ability to attract and retain investors and support your sales team. I suggest selecting a firm that understands the financial services industry, is up-to-date on best practices for functionality and is familiar with ’40 Act regulations. This type of expertise will cost more but is worth it to have a site that reflects your firm’s quality and helps you attract new investors.

Considering how fierce the competition is among asset managers, it is absolutely vital for boutique firms to be able to showcase their value and communicate their story in the digital realm. While creating a dynamic, content-rich website is not a small investment, it is still the most cost-effective way to accomplish that. And, by adding the data analytics component, firms can increase their ROI substantially.

*Dan Sondhelm is CEO of* [*Sondhelm Partners*](https://sondhelmpartners.com/)*, a holistic financial marketing and distribution firm dedicated to helping asset managers grow and retain a greater share of assets. To learn more about Sondhelm Partners and how they help asset managers with integrating their distribution, marketing and public relations efforts, please visit their website at* [*https://sondhelmpartners.com/*](https://sondhelmpartners.com/)*.*


## Authored by

**Lora Lindquist**

Marketing


---

# Interval and Tender Offer Funds: Reaching Market Acceptance?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/interval-and-tender-offer-funds-reaching-market-acceptance/_

# Interval and Tender Offer Funds: Reaching Market Acceptance?

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

December 10, 2019

Market interest has increased rapidly in the last few years regarding two types of registered closed-end funds – interval funds and tender offer funds. These structures represent a [fast-growing investment vehicle](https://www.investmentnews.com/article/20140506/BLOG09/140509948/the-rise-of-interval-funds-mutual-funds-for-alternative-investing?CSAuthResp=1%3A273716553763375%3A114152%3A65%3A24%3Asuccess%3A3B87B80E0AEC5058FD3031C78D7EBF8D) that is considered by many advisers as one of the best ways of supporting client access to alternatives moving into 2020.

#### What is an Interval Fund?

An interval fund is a type of closed-end fund with shares that don’t trade on the secondary market. Instead, the fund offers to buy back a percentage of outstanding shares at Net Asset Value (NAV) at periodic intervals, the most common being quarterly.

#### Attractive Alternatives

Both interval and tender offer funds are attractive compliments to open-end mutual funds, [exchange-traded funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//blog/sec-makes-it-easier-to-launch-etfs/) (ETFs), and traditional closed-end funds for a variety of reasons including:

- Retail and mass affluent investors can gain access to certain asset classes that have been typically unavailable to non-institutional investors.
- Interval and tender offer funds offer lower investment minimums than private funds.
- Unlike private funds, these investment products are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and operate under the same governance structure as other pooled, publicly available registered investment companies.
- Strategies typically offer higher yields than most other mutual fund options, thanks largely to illiquid holdings. The ability to invest in alternative assets like commercial real estate, consumer loans, debt and other illiquids helps increase fund yields.
- Liquidity opportunities are identified in the prospectus at pre-defined periods/intervals and are fundamental fund policies that can’t be changed without shareholder approval.
- Net asset values may be published daily, monthly or quarterly, depending on strategy.
- Offers managers the ability to distribute alternative strategies through several established and diverse channels. Interval funds generally have ticker symbols and are easily researched.
- Interval Funds are tax-friendly for investors and issue Form 1099’s rather than the Schedule K-1 (Form 1065).

#### Are Advisers Adopting?

According to a recent *InvestmentNews* article, the thirst for diversification among advisers is what is leading them to the interval structure1. According to one of the advisers interviewed, the allocation to these structures ranges between 10 and 20% of client portfolios and offers a means of accessing strategies such as private real estate, private lending, specialized credit, and reinsurance policies.

According to a recent Cerulli Report2 entitled, “U.S. Alternative Investments 2019: Democratization of Alternatives”, 45% of advisers report recommending and/or using the products for clients. The report identified that asset managers should place a high-priority on investor education for advisers and end-clients so both understand the benefits, risks and investing mechanics of the structure, as well as what to expect once an allocation is made. That education and understanding, coupled with proper risk minimization and diversification strategies, can lead to broader adoption.

At a recent Citywire Professional Buyer Alternatives Event in San Francisco, attendees who conduct alternative investment research at a range of firms including wirehouses, family offices, and Outsourced Chief Investment Officers (OCIOs) were asked what nascent vehicle structure or fund type they thought was most likely to catch on in the near future3.

####  By the Numbers

The growth of interval fund products has increased over the last three years. According to the Interval Fund Tracker^4^ website, total interval fund net assets topped $30.8 billion in the most recent quarter, up 12% compared to 2018, this is expected to continue as the SEC declared effective three (3) new funds effective in Q3, bringing $2.2 billion in new shares to the market. There are also currently 25 additional interval funds in the pipeline pending SEC approval.

#### Forward-Looking Trends

Product discussions around interval funds were active in 2019, with expectations that these trends will continue into 2020. Interest is now stemming from both traditional and alternative managers, and below are a few predictions going into the new year:

- **Credit, Credit, Credit** – funds focused on credit lending and real estate continue to grow rapidly and adviser interest in these areas remains strong5. Most interval funds launched in 2019 have included credit strategies6. Sometimes in a low or uncertain interest rate environment, advisers are searching for alternative strategies to supplement or replace traditional fixed income investments for clients that are not paying higher yields.
- **Retirement Assets/Accessing Alternatives**– in June 2019, the SEC issued a “*Concept Release on Harmonization of Securities Offering Exemptions*”, which asked for public comment on topics related to the current framework for private securities offerings. One of the main topics discussed was expanded access to private equity, venture capital, and hedge fund strategies for retail investors7. With the shifting and/or removal of opportunities in public markets, there’s been a big push to open private investment vehicles with less liquid investments to retirement accounts. Due to the limited liquidity of the interval structure and the long-term prospects of retirement accounts, it could be a perfect match. Additionally, industry trade groups are pushing the issue with the SEC8.
- **Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance (ESG)** – socially-conscious investors are increasingly aligning dollars and investments with individual core values. This trend has been especially apparent with mutual fund and ETF strategies recently, and the expectation is that more interval funds will also incorporate ESG standards into their design.
- **What the Crypto?** – there have been a few attempts to register bitcoin interval funds, which could be a groundbreaking development for both Investment Company Act of 1940 (‘40 Act) funds and cryptocurrency9. It seems unlikely that any direct-investing crypto fund will pass through the SEC10. However, in December 2019, the SEC approved the first ever fund to achieve bitcoin returns through futures which could open the door to other creative attempts to access the cryptocurrency market11.
- **ETFification of Interval Funds** – the first filing for an ‘Auction Fund’^12^ took place earlier this year. Auction Funds are essentially tender offer funds geared to accredited investors that will leverage the [NASDAQ Private Market](https://www.cnbc.com/advertorial/2019/04/02/nasdaq-private-market-provides-liquidity-solutions-for-private-companies-and-private-funds.html) (NPM) liquidity mechanism. The NPM is a place where investors can redeem shares with Tender Offer backstops on an exclusive secondary market – welcome to another structure option for managers^13^.

Value managers are not the only ones waiting for a potential market downturn in 2020. Alternative strategies providing exposure to uncorrelated asset classes and heightened yields may perform favorably to the public markets during a sustained downturn. The biggest question is whether investors using interval and tender offer funds will suddenly want to withdraw their investment.

As with any investment, investors should consider whether an interval or tender fund is appropriate for their portfolio. Although many advisers employ techniques to insulate portfolios from the risk of shareholder redemptions, such a scenario can stress a fund that holds illiquid assets. The education of advisers and investors will continue to be paramount for managers entering this space.

* * *

*Ultimus is a market leader in supporting expanding access to alternative strategies to retail investors and offers a comprehensive set of interval and tender offer fund services. Company representatives can also assist with product design and operational setup. For more information, send an email to your Ultimus relationship manager or to* [*ndarsch@ultimusfundsolutions.com*](mailto:ndarsch@ultimusfundsolutions.com)*.*

* * *

1https://www.investmentnews.com/article/20190416/FREE/190419947/thirst-for-diversification-leads-more-advisers-to-interval-funds

^2^The Cerulli Report – U.S. Alternative Investments 2019 https://www.cerulli.com/about-us/press/2019-september-us-alternatives-2019/

3https://citywireusa.com/professional-buyer/news/the-categories-topping-alts-analysts-research-radar-in-2020/a1295546

^4^Interval Fund Tracker Quarterly Updates: https://www.intervalfundtracker.com/blog/

^5^https://www.barrons.com/articles/a-safer-way-to-invest-in-private-debt-1537561734

^6^[https://www.intervalfundtracker.com/](https://www.intervalfundtracker.com/blog/)

^7^https://www.stradley.com/insights/publications/2019/08/fund-alert-august-2019?site=full

^8^https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-08-19/s70819-6193369-192518.pdf

^9^Interval Fund Tracker – Get Ready for a Bitcoin Interval Fund: [https://www.intervalfundtracker.com/](https://www.intervalfundtracker.com/blog/)

^10^https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1776589/999999999719005113/filename1.pdf

^11^https://fundintelligence.global/compliance/news/sec-set-to-approve-stone-ridge-bitcoin-futures-interval-fund/

^12^https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1789470/000110465919053155/a19-19405_1n2.htm

^13^https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/auction-funds


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Launching a Registered Fund: Is it Right for You?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/launching-a-registered-fund-is-it-right-for-you/_

# Launching a Registered Fund: Is it Right for You?

Subscribe

June 24, 2019

*This is part one of a series about determining if you’re a fit to start a registered product and how to get it off the ground.*

You have a successful investment strategy idea. Perhaps you’re currently using it in your SMAs. You’ve done the math and know that you’re missing out on revenue by turning away smaller accounts. You know there’s demand for your strategy, but you’re hesitant to start a registered fund (mutual fund or ETF) because you don’t know if it’s right for your firm and because you’re concerned about the resources you’ll need to get it off the ground. That’s understandable, and it’s wise to critically evaluate your business and all potential scenarios before taking the leap into fund management.

## What to consider

##### What benefits might I gain?

Recouped revenue

As you know from using our mutual fund calculator, creating a mutual fund can help you alleviate that pain of turning away assets because they don’t meet your SMA minimums. A fund may help you recapture or gain some of that recurring revenue you might be missing out on.

Potential efficiencies

In addition to extra revenue you may earn from operating a fund, you may also realize efficiency benefits such as reduced trading costs/activity and the ability to leverage research and investment ideas across your fund clients.

What’s it going to cost?

- Setup and organization: $45,000 to $100,000, depending on the fund’s complexity and service providers selected. These expenses may be recouped by the adviser from the fund, subject to certain conditions.
- Annual fund operational expenses: variable, but average approximately $200,000 based on a minimum fee structure. These are considered fund expenses and are generally paid by the shareholder, subject to the fund’s expense cap.
- Distribution: extremely variable, depending on if your primary objective is to gain operational efficiency or if you are looking for additional distribution opportunities. Please [contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//contact-us/) to discuss.

##### If my objective is to grow my business, how is operating a fund going to help me find new clients?

It’s all about distribution. No matter how strong your strategy is, distribution is truly key to the success of your fund, and one for which you must budget adequately. Beyond setup and ongoing operational costs, much of your investment should be earmarked for continuous sales and marketing. These costs are variable and, beyond compulsory platform fees, the amount you want to allocate to them depends on your desire to make your fund available to new investors through new channels. Although they don’t involve a defined cost, these dedicated distribution resources will be instrumental in your fund’s growth. Along with a great idea, to expand your distribution, you must have an entrepreneurial spirit and be committed to building a sales-driven organization.

Before considering a fund, it’s important to evaluate common characteristics of accounts you’re regularly turning away or not efficiently managing, as recording this type of demand in the planning stages will go far toward understanding the potential market for your fund. You will need to have a firm understanding of your potential target audience, taking into account varying market conditions, investment trends, and shortages in market offerings. Understanding your target client and how they approach investing is a crucial step in developing your fund; this is an area you can’t overlook. Good ideas must be marketed to a specific, appropriate group.

*Check back next week, when we’ll go into more detail about how we help you determine appropriate fund structures, fee structures, and distribution platforms.*


---

# An Overview of Liquidity Risk Management Programs

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/an-overview-of-liquidity-risk-management-programs/_

# An Overview of Liquidity Risk Management Programs

Subscribe

Authored by
**Martin Dean**

President, Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC
						×

January 22, 2019

In October 2016 the SEC adopted new rules, a new form and other amendments designed to promote effective liquidity risk management throughout the open-end investment company industry. The goal is to reduce the risk that funds will be unable to meet their redemption obligations and mitigate dilution of the interests of fund shareholders. The amendments also seek to enhance disclosure regarding fund liquidity and redemption practices.

The SEC adopted Rule 22e-4, the Liquidity Rule, requiring each registered open-end fund, including open-end ETFs but not money market funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program. The Liquidity Rule also requires principal underwriters and depositors of unit investment trusts to engage in a limited liquidity review.

There are different compliance dates for large entities ($1 billion or more in net assets under management) and for small entities (less than $1 billion in net assets under management) and varying compliance dates for each element of the Rule.

To help our readers understand the Liquidity Rule at a high level, we have outlined the key components and classifications that make up the rule.

### *Components of a Liquidity Risk Management Program*

The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the fund without significant dilution of remaining investors’ interests in the fund.

A fund’s Program should be reasonably designed to assess and manage the fund’s particular liquidity risks and must incorporate certain specified elements:

- assessment, management, and periodic review of the fund’s liquidity risk
- classification of the liquidity of each of the fund’s portfolio investments, as well as at-least-monthly reviews of the fund’s liquidity classifications
- determining and periodically reviewing a highly liquid investment minimum—the percentage of its net assets that the fund invests in highly liquid investments
- limiting the fund’s investment in illiquid investments to no more than 15% of the fund’s net assets
- for funds that engage in, or reserve the right to engage in, redemptions in kind, the establishment of policies and procedures regarding how they will engage in such redemptions in kind

The Program must consider certain liquidity risk factors both during normal and reasonably foreseeable stressed conditions, as described below.

### *Assessment, Management, and Review of Liquidity Risk*

Each fund is required to assess, manage, and review, at least annually, its liquidity risk, considering the following factors:

- **Investment strategy and liquidity of portfolio investments** during both normal and reasonably foreseeable stressed conditions (including whether the investment strategy is appropriate for an open-end fund, the extent to which the strategy involves a relatively concentrated portfolio or large positions in particular issuers, and the use of borrowings for investment purposes and the use of derivatives)
- **Short-term and long-term cash flow projections** during both normal and reasonably foreseeable stressed conditions
- **Holdings of cash or cash equivalents**, as well as borrowing arrangements and other funding sources

### *Classification of the Liquidity of Fund Portfolio Investments*

Each fund is required to classify the liquidity of each portfolio investment based on the number of days within which the fund determines that it reasonably expects an investment would be convertible to cash (or, for the less-liquid and illiquid categories, sold or disposed of) in current market conditions without such conversion (or, for less-liquid and illiquid categories, such sale or disposition) significantly changing the market value of the investment. The four liquidity categories for classification of portfolio investments, including derivatives transactions, are:

- *Highly liquid investments* – cash and any investment reasonably expected to be convertible to cash in current market conditions in **three business days** or less
- *Moderately liquid investments* – any investment reasonably expected to be convertible to cash in current market conditions in more than **three calendar days but in seven calendar days or less**
- *Less liquid investments* – any investment reasonably expected to be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in **seven calendar days or less**, but where the sale or disposition is reasonably expected to settle in more than seven calendar days
- *Illiquid investments* – any investment that **may not reasonably be expected** to be sold or disposed of in current market conditions **in seven calendar days or less**

The Liquidity Rule generally permits a fund to, as a starting point, classify the liquidity of its portfolio investments *according to their asset class*. However, the fund must separately classify any investment if the fund’s adviser has information about any market, trading, or investment-specific considerations that are reasonably expected to significantly affect the liquidity characteristics of that investment as compared to the fund’s other portfolio holdings within that asset class.

The SEC’s adopting release presents (but does not codify) certain factors that must be taken into account, to the extent applicable, when classifying the liquidity of each portfolio position in a particular asset.

### *Determination of a Highly Liquid Investment Minimum*

Each fund that does not primarily hold assets that are highly liquid investments must determine its “highly liquid investment minimum,” which is the percentage of the fund’s net assets that the fund invests in highly liquid investments. In general, a fund must consider, as applicable, the same factors considered in assessing its liquidity risk when determining its highly liquid investment minimum. The highly liquid investment minimum is to be reviewed no less frequently than annually.

Each fund must adopt and implement policies and procedures for responding to a shortfall in a fund’s highly liquid investments below its highly liquid investment minimum. These must include:

- reporting the shortfall to its board of directors, no later than the board’s next regularly scheduled meeting;
- reporting to its board within one business day if the shortfall lasts more than seven consecutive calendar days; and
- submission of a non-public report to the SEC through Form N-LIQUID, if the shortfall lasts more than seven consecutive calendar days.

### *Limitation on Illiquid Investments*

The Liquidity Rule prohibits a fund from acquiring any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments.

In circumstances where a fund’s illiquid investments exceed 15% of its net assets (including when such investments appreciate in value to greater than 15% of the fund’s net assets):

- the fund must notify its board, and confidentially the SEC through Form N-LIQUID
- the program administrator must explain in a report to the board the extent and causes of the occurrence, and how the fund plans to bring its illiquid investments to or below 15% of its net assets within a reasonable period of time
- if the amount of the fund’s illiquid investments is still above 15% of its net assets 30 days from the occurrence (and at each consecutive 30-day period thereafter), the board of directors must assess whether the plan presented to it continues to be in the best interest of the fund

### *Board Oversight*

In addition to receiving reports on any shortfalls of a fund’s highly liquid investments compared to its minimum and on any circumstances where a fund’s illiquid investments exceed 15% of its net assets, a fund Board has the following responsibilities:

1. Initially approve, but not design, the Liquidity Program
2. Approve the fund’s designation of the fund’s investment adviser or officers as responsible for administering the day-to-day aspects of the Liquidity Program
3. Review, no less frequently than annually, a written report addressing the operation, adequacy and effectiveness of, and any material changes to, the Liquidity Program and including a discussion of the fund’s highly liquid investment minimum

### *Additional Disclosure and Reporting Requirements*

The SEC also adopted amendments to Form N-1A regarding the disclosure of fund policies concerning the redemption of fund shares. Certain sections of the new Forms N-PORT and N-CEN will require disclosure of certain information regarding the liquidity of a fund’s holdings and the fund’s liquidity risk management practices.

In its annual or semiannual reports to shareholders, a fund must include a discussion of the operation and effectiveness of its liquidity program based upon the annual written report provided to the Board.

### *Summary of Compliance Dates*

*\*Note that for the period June 1, 2018 through February 28, 2019, larger entities must maintain records for data required for Form N-PORT, even though the Form will not be filed with the SEC.*

While we have provided a summary of the Liquidity Rule, for complete information we also encourage you to read the adopting releases and the SEC’s FAQs:

- [October 2016 Release](https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2016/33-10233.pdf)
- [February 2018 Release](https://www.sec.gov/rules/interim/2018/ic-33010.pdf)
- [June 2018 Release](https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2018/ic-33142.pdf)
- [Current FAQs (issued by the SEC)](https://www.sec.gov/investment/investment-company-liquidity-risk-management-programs-faq)

With this overview we’ve attempted to provide a helpful summary of the Liquidity Rule. This rule is complicated and can take time to fully understand, not to mention the time and effort involved in establishing a plan to implement them. With the help of an informed service provider or compliance consultant, advisers can develop a reasonably designed program for their funds. However, keep in mind that the Liquidity Rule’s compliance dates are fast approaching. The compliance professionals at Ultimus would be delighted to answer any questions you may have about developing liquidity programs.


## Authored by

**Martin Dean**

President, Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC


---

# Cyber Security Fundamentals: What Advisers Should Know

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/cyber-security-fundamentals-what-advisers-should-know/_

# Cyber Security Fundamentals: What Advisers Should Know

Subscribe

Authored by
**Mel Van Cleave**

SVP, Technology
						×

October 30, 2019

Due to a very well-received Cyber Security panel conversation held at a recent Ultimus client event in Cincinnati, [Secure Cyber Defense](https://secdef.com/) CEO [Shawn Waldman](https://www.linkedin.com/in/shawn-waldman-408b034/) and [Melvin Van Cleave](https://www.linkedin.com/in/melvinvancleave/), Vice President of Ultimus’ Technology Infrastructure, agreed to share the following tips and other relevant information in honor of October’s National Cyber Security Awareness Month.

The following is presented in a Q&A format with questions from Van Cleave, and answers provided by Waldman, who is very experienced in the cyber security needs of the financial services industry.

#### Should investment advisers really worry about cyber security? If they are independent or not part of a large firm, would anyone be interested in attacking them?

First, investment advisers are legally obligated to protect any confidential information, and that responsibility is growing in the financial industry and beyond. For example, the European Union recently enacted the [General Data Protection Regulation](https://eugdpr.org/)(GDPR), the most important change in data privacy regulation in 20 years regarding anyone holding confidential information about any EU resident. The Commonwealth of Massachusetts was one of the first in the U.S. to legislate how confidential data is protected for residents, and the state of New York heavily regulates companies regarding privacy data. Finally, the California Consumer Privacy Act was passed in 2018 to protect state residents by giving consumers more control of their personal information.

Everyone has seen the news. If investment firms and advisers have financial data of any kind on their systems, they are a target. And even if they don’t have financial data and aren’t the intended target, there is always the potential to be an intermediate target. Black hat actors may use intermediate systems and infrastructure to gain access to other systems. The most common tactic is leveraging systems as ‘bots’ to get to other systems. Being an unwitting partner in attacking someone else is not a role that anyone wants to play.

#### If resources are limited, where should advisers and investment firms focus their attention?

This is a difficult question to answer because cyber security is based on a complex set of related items including computer systems, cyber needs long-term and other issues. It’s not just ‘do this or that’, and ‘skip the rest to save some money’. Firms and individuals understand that in today’s complex environment, they can spend a lot of money on cyber security and still fall victim to a security breach.

Organizations including the [International Organization for Standardization](https://www.iso.org/home.html)(ISO), the [National Institute of Standards and Technology](https://www.nist.gov/)(NIST), and the [SANS Institute](https://www.sans.org/) have published frameworks for cyber security programs and other valuable educational materials. These websites are a great place to start for companies and individuals who want to learn more about cyber security and the programs they might need.

#### Is installing anti-virus protection on every computer enough?

There was a time when having anti-virus protection on personal computers at work was enough. But those days are long gone, and today it’s not even considered a good baseline defense. While traditional anti-virus software has improved its protection against malware, it’s also a great idea to have a back-up system in place that provides both anti-virus and malware protection on all firm computers.

For home systems, there are many vendors that offer anti-virus and anti-malware products for free because usually home computers don’t require the extensive management capabilities that businesses do. But it is worth the time to research options.

#### Performing backups regularly covers advisers, correct?

Not necessarily. Of course, backups are critical but where are they kept? Are the only backups sitting on a network within reach of a crypto-breach that could encrypt all backups, as well as any online data? It’s important to have backups that are out of reach – such as in the cloud. So, a combination approach with backups onsite for convenience, as well as backups off-site for extra safety, is recommended. I’d also suggest maintaining an offline copy as a last resort.

#### What worries you most? What keeps you up at night?

Let’s assume an investment adviser worked with security professionals to implement a reasonable security program in their company, and there are system protections/monitoring in place including patches that are doing all the right things. But at the end of the day, the one thing that remains the ‘weak link’ in any security program is human nature. That’s why black hat actors continue using methods that work. Phishing scams and other forms of social engineering remain the method of choice for one reason, because they are successful obtaining a password over the phone or through email – even with layers and layers of technology in place.

So, it’s essential to continue training employees. Our company, Secure Cyber Defense, has seen significant improvement in testing and training over time on how to get employees to not fall for follow-up phishing scams. But statistics show that investment advisers and firms never get to a 100 percent success rate. And unfortunately, that one failure can be the one that triggers a severe crisis for the business. So, keep training employees and keep them informed about the latest hacking and phishing scams – especially when there is a national disaster. Scammers love to leverage disasters as the perfect time to scam users whose natural tendency is to send monetary donations.

#### Can you provide more detail about a “layered cyber approach”?

In summary, a good cyber security program is often based on the onion analogy. If bad actors get through the first layer (i.e., getting a piece of crypto-locker malware installed on an employee’s computer), there should be additional layers of protection below that level to effectively quarantine that problem to minimize any damage. If bad actors happen to penetrate another layer, are there additional layers of protection beneath that? Below is a full example of a layered approach:

- **Anti-Virus/Anti-Malware Solutions** – As mentioned earlier, this is the outermost layer but not nearly enough.
- **Vulnerability Scanning** – Perform a monthly scan through systems to make sure everything is patched and up-to-date. Vendors update their software regularly, sometimes even daily, because of security issues and there is a lot to keep up with. This can be difficult for a couple of reasons, including the amount of work it takes to keep dozens or even hundreds of systems patched. There are also times when those new patches break things, and fixing those issues is learned the hard way.
- **Intrusion Detection and Prevention** – At the perimeter of the network, make sure only permitted traffic is allowed in and out. Next-generation firewalls have become much more sophisticated at evaluating traffic and determining what’s ‘normal’ and what is ‘unusual’ – meaning suspicious.
- **Compliance, Auditing and Logging** – Keep tabs on what’s happening on the network and keep records, such as reports to review and archives (for forensics purposes). If someone keeps trying to login under a privileged account and failing, that information should be recorded.
- **End User Security Training** – Investment advisers and managers should encourage cyber security training often because industry professionals rely on each other to be smart about security.
- **Security Incident Event Management** – Plan what to do if something does happen. Practice and prepare so that if a cyber event occurs, there is a plan in place to minimize the damage.

#### Conclusion

Cyber security has become more and more complex. But if addressed in a logical way and under guidance from an expert, protecting your business is essential. Ultimus takes cyber security very seriously and invests in IT systems, training and resources to be certain the business is protected. Testing, training, updating, and repeating that process again and again are all part of everyday business.

[*Shawn Waldman*](https://www.linkedin.com/in/shawn-waldman-408b034/) *is the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Founder of* [*Secure Cyber Defense, LLC,*](https://secdef.com/) *a company in Miamisburg, Ohio that delivers cyber security services for all types of industries including finance, manufacturing, education, pharmaceuticals and healthcare, and government agencies. Specific services provided include vulnerability assessments, security controls, risks and compliance evaluation, threat protection, and ongoing monitoring for any size organization.*

\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*


## Authored by

**Mel Van Cleave**

SVP, Technology


---

# Website Posting Requirements for Registered Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/website-posting-requirements-for-registered-funds/_

# Website Posting Requirements for Registered Funds

Subscribe

Authored by
**Timothy Burdick**

Assistant Vice President and Counsel, Ultimus Fund Solutions
						×

November 30, 2020

Mutual funds must prepare and provide a plethora of documents to their shareholders throughout the year. The two fundamental components of providing documents to shareholders are: disclosure and delivery. Disclosure means that the information is accurate and meets the requirements of the law. Delivery means that the shareholder actually receives this information. This article covers the delivery component.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) was among the first Federal agencies to allow the delivery requirement to be fulfilled by email, via a fund’s website, or by other means of electronic transmission. The SEC established its basic framework for fund’s use of electronic delivery, or e-delivery, in a series of releases published between 1995 and 2000. Under this SEC guidance, funds must receive consent from a shareholder in order to rely on e-delivery. However, even though posting a shareholder document on the fund’s website satisfies the SEC’s *access* requirement under this guidance, “separate notice [is] necessary to satisfy the *delivery* requirements”.¹

Since the establishment of this basic framework, the SEC has adopted over the years a patchwork of supplementary rules, putting in place specific additional e-delivery requirements as detailed below:

- **Rule 498 (Securities Act of 1933)**: Requires a fund that uses a summary prospectus to make its current prospectus, statement of additional information, and most recent annual and semi-annual report to shareholders accessible at a website specified in the summary prospectus.
- **Rule 30e-3 (Investment Company Act of 1940)**: Allows a fund to send a paper notice (generally, a postcard) in lieu of a physical copy of a shareholder report to shareholders that have not yet opted in for e-delivery. This notice must include the web address where they can access the full report, instructions for requesting a paper copy by mail, and instructions for signing up for e-delivery. To rely on this rule, the fund must also post its quarterly holdings for the past fiscal year on its website.
- **Rule 14a-16 (Exchange Act of 1934)**: Allows a fund to fulfill delivery requirements for proxy materials by posting the materials on a website and providing shareholders with notice of the availability of the proxy materials (without need for an opt-in by the shareholder).
- **Rule 6c-11 (Investment Company Act of 1940)**: Requires ETFs relying on the standard ETF framework established by Rule 6c-11 to disclose certain information on its website, including daily portfolio transparency and historical information regarding premiums and discounts and bid-ask spread information.²

Additionally, a number of technical requirements apply to any shareholder document that a fund posts to its website. First, the web address provided by a fund to its shareholders must lead directly to the materials; it cannot simply direct to the fund’s home page or similar section of its website. Second, the materials must be in a format convenient for both reading online and printing—in practice, most funds use portable document format (PDF) to meet these requirements for their materials. Third, shareholders must be able to permanently retain an electronic copy free of charge. Finally, the materials should be available on the fund’s website for at least as long as delivery requirements apply.

Because of its many benefits, including cost-effectiveness and convenience, e-delivery is popular among funds and shareholders alike. According to one national broker, over 80% of its clients’ shareholders had opted in for e-delivery as of 2020. As e-delivery continues to grow in popularity, it is important for funds to stay vigilant that they are properly meeting the various e-delivery requirements as failure to do so can have negative consequences. As recently as July 2021, the SEC charged twenty-seven financial firms for filing and delivery failures, with each of the charged firms ultimately agreeing to both censure and civil penalties.

There are likely more changes to e-delivery requirements in the not-so-distant future. The SEC has called recently implemented Rule 30e-3, “the first major step in a long-term initiative…to improve the investor experience by updating the design, delivery, and content of fund disclosure for the benefit of individual investors.”³ In late 2020, the SEC proposed comprehensive changes to prospectus and shareholder report requirements which, if adopted, could once again shift a fund’s e-delivery approach.

## Next Steps:

Fund managers should periodically review their e-delivery approach and conduct a review of their website to make sure that they are complying with the rules noted above. The skilled fund administration teams at Ultimus use their consultative, full-service approach to help fund managers stay on top of the current requirements, as well as understand what’s coming down the road.

* * *

¹ Available at https://www.sec.gov/rules/interp/33-7233.txt

²For additional information about Rule 6c-11, please refer to the previous Ultimus blog post “Chasing the ‘Active’ Trend in ETFs – Upfront Considerations” available at [https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//chasing-the-active-trend-in-etfs-upfront-considerations/](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//blog/chasing-the-active-trend-in-etfs-upfront-considerations/)

³ Available at https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2018-103


## Authored by

**Timothy Burdick**

Assistant Vice President and Counsel, Ultimus Fund Solutions


---

# The Expansion of Model Portfolios: Gaining Ground and Providing Efficiencies

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-expansion-of-model-portfolios-gaining-ground-and-providing-efficiencies/_

# The Expansion of ‘Model Portfolios’: Gaining Ground & Providing Efficiencies

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors

**About Kevin Guerette**
									Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.
						×

April 13, 2021

Modern portfolio theory was introduced in the early ’50s and until the financial crisis in 2008 it was widely regarded as the optimal way to manage risk in a client portfolio. Even prior to that the concept of ‘balanced investing’, leveraging a blend of stocks and bonds to allocate an investment account dates back to before the Great Depression – in fact, the first balanced mutual fund was introduced before the market crash on October 29th back in 1929.

Since that time, we have seen the concept of ‘model portfolios’ be integrated in numerous ways – asset allocation funds gained in popularity in the ’90s and 2000s and Target Date funds are now well over $2T in AUM.

But over the last several years our industry has further evolved and although the basic principles of de-risking a portfolio and properly diversifying a client’s investments have increased in complexity, the largest change that has occurred is in the ways investors can access diversification through model portfolios and the methods asset managers can use to deliver models.

A few examples of this growth are evidenced in the number of Turnkey Asset Management Programs (TAMPs) that are now available and the remarkable assets that they have raised over the last several years. Or the significant growth in assets that are being traded using platforms like Envestnet and Orion where hundreds of asset managers are able to deliver their model portfolios in a marketplace that allows advisers to compare and blend various model portfolios.

Model Portfolios have proven to be a powerful way for asset managers to better engage advisers and enhance the value they can deliver. Many advisers have found that by partnering with a model provider they are able to focus on other areas of their business, such as estate planning and growing their practice.

Ocean Park Asset Management, as an example, has been active with building model portfolios for many years. Their firm believes that a segment of advisers values their investment management discipline and also believes in outsourcing portfolio management as opposed to building their own portfolios. The partnerships with TAMP platforms that Ocean Park has established have allowed them to engage with a different group of potential AUM holders while continuing to focus on their core value of tactical, rules-based investing. Participating in the growth of model portfolios has brought new distribution and awareness of their solutions.

Based on some of the statistics we have seen over the past several years we highly anticipate this trend to continue.

As of year-end 2020, according to data from Cerulli Associates, asset allocation model portfolios are the primary approach to portfolio construction for 16% of U.S. financial adviser practices, representing more than $2.1 trillion in assets. Of adviser practices that do not rely on model portfolios as their primary approach to portfolio construction, Cerulli identifies adviser practices managing $7.6 trillion in assets as being model targets. These model targets represent advisers that are not currently relying on model portfolios, but likely should be, as they lack the practice level resources to efficiently grow their businesses while also constructing custom client portfolios in their practices. Several models are actually leveraging the structure of a mutual fund to enhance the efficiency of their models. Many of the turnkey asset management programs have incorporated mutual funds to lower the cost of the portfolio, expand their access to sub-advisers and improve their trading and tax efficiency. In addition, a number of the models created by intermediaries are also leveraging 40 Act structures to deliver their solutions, most notably Edward Jones and the Bridge Build Mutual Funds which have grown to be one of the largest fund families in the industry.

Understanding the dynamics of model portfolios and the many ways they can be delivered is incredibly important and Ultimus is working with dozens of asset managers to create solutions.


## Authored by

**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors


About Kevin Guerette
Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.


---

# Chasing the ‘Active’ Trend in ETFs – Upfront Considerations

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/chasing-the-active-trend-in-etfs-upfront-considerations/_

# Chasing the ‘Active’ Trend in ETFs – Upfront Considerations

Subscribe

Authored by
**Alma Piscitello**

EVP, Relationship Management

**About Alma Piscitello**
									Alma Piscitello is the Executive Vice President of Relationship Management, overseeing the client experience and developing client growth strategies for our registered fund business, leading the day-to-day relationship management efforts, and developing partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment advisor clients. She also serves as a knowledgeable resource for fund launches, conversions, and distribution.
						×

March 9, 2021

At the end of 2020, there were more than 2,390 ETFS listed in the U.S., with a record of nearly $5.5 trillion in assets. Actively managed ETFs set new records in 2020, as well. According to the NYSE^1^, there was a 71% increase in active ETFs from year-end 2019 to year-end 2020. What drove this growth, and will we see more asset managers chasing the active ETF trend?

In the past six months, Ultimus has held various webinars on active ETFs. We can, with certainty, affirm that many of our new ETF product discussions include dialogue around active strategies. Whether asset managers are seeking traditional, transparent ETFs or a better understanding of proxy portfolios, such as NYSE and Blue Tractor, or non-transparent solutions, the interest is alive and well in 2021.

This active trend was precipitated by the 2019 passing of SEC rule 6c11. The “ETF Rule” allows new issuers to quickly come to market as long as they meet specific requirements, such as transparency on website disclosure and proper, written policies and procedures for leveraging the use of custom baskets. Prior to the ETF Rule, each issuer required individual exemptive relief. Now, however, issuers do not need exemptive relief as long they meet the rule’s requirements.

Asset managers interested in launching ETFs have emerged from various investment channels and range from separately managed account managers seeking product investing and tax efficiencies on behalf of their clients to existing mutual fund managers looking at conversion opportunities to hedge fund managers looking to enter the ETF market. Between the ETF Rule-accelerated wave of actively managed ETFs and the approval of non-transparent and semi-transparent solutions, active managers have a lot to consider before launching an ETF.

As asset managers chase the active ETF trends, there are a number of important factors to consider:

- Is the ETF wrapper the right fit for your strategy, your client, and your firm?
- Is there a need for this investment strategy in an asset allocation plan?
- Do you understand the tradability of the strategy you want to launch in the ETF wrapper?
- Do you sub-advise capital markets expertise—or not?
- Will your core client base purchase an ETF? What type of education will they need?
- What is your 12-month marketing budget?
- Do you have a targeted sales approach? How will you reach your audience?
- How will you distribute your messaging consistently?
- Can (and will) your partners help amplify your story?

Launching ETFs is easier than ever before, yet there are still many variables to manage as you chase the active trend. Working with a trusted partner to address the considerations described above—and more— can make the difference in ensuring a successful product launch.

At Ultimus, we provide a high-touch, consultative approach to help advisors navigate the multi-faceted aspects of the ETF ecosystem. We understand the nuances inherent in launching a new ETF including regulatory requirements and changes — staying ahead of trends we were one of the first administrators to launch a new ETF under 6c11 disclosure requirements.

Our product management and fund administration teams, along with our partners, educate and collaborate with advisors and create an implementation plan to meet an advisor’s objectives. Discussions center around product trends, industry demand, structure and distribution. As advisors consider ETFs, we encourage you to consider working with Ultimus Fund Solutions as your trusted and proven partner.

¹https://www.nyse.com/etf/exchange-traded-funds-quarterly-report


## Authored by

**Alma Piscitello**

EVP, Relationship Management


About Alma Piscitello
Alma Piscitello is the Executive Vice President of Relationship Management, overseeing the client experience and developing client growth strategies for our registered fund business, leading the day-to-day relationship management efforts, and developing partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment advisor clients. She also serves as a knowledgeable resource for fund launches, conversions, and distribution.


---

# Interval Fund Proration – Turning Product Features into Functionality

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/interval-fund-proration-turning-product-features-into-functionality/_

# Interval Fund Proration – Turning Product Features into Functionality

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

February 25, 2021

Interval Funds have enjoyed a meteoric rise in recent years, and despite a challenging year, assets now top $35b as of December 31, 2020, according to [Interval Fund Tracker](https://intervalfundtracker.com/)¹. The COVID-19 pandemic fueled volatility in the wider marketplace and micro-disruptions in certain asset classes, most visibly in Real Estate, Real Assets and Credit securities.

The restricted liquidity feature of interval funds allows managers to limit the cash drag on the portfolio and manage more closely to the intended strategy. In some ways, it also protects investors from over-redeeming at what may be an inopportune time given certain market conditions. That said, an inability to exercise a full redemption request may lead to some frustration amongst fund shareholders and advisers.

*Interval funds are required to offer liquidity at pre-determined monthly, quarterly, semi or annual time-periods (“intervals”), of at least 5% of fund AUM (Boards can elect to offer up to 25%). The most prominent interval funds in the market today offer stated liquidity at 5% per quarter.*

²

As noted in the image above, a fund will send aepurchase offer to its shareholders 21-42 days before the deadline. In that notification, the fund will specify a date by which shareholders must accept the repurchase offer, referred to above as the **Repurchase Request Deadline.** The repurchase pricing date usually occurs 1-14 days after said deadline. Movement with underlying investments can cause the fund price to fluctuate during that period and depending on the types of holdings in the portfolio, that fluctuation could be significant.

The severe volatility experienced in the early days of the pandemic led many investors to request redemptions through the liquidity provisions of their investment. With the volume of redemptions (too many investors / too high a percentage of the fund), many interval funds exceeded their liquidity threshold and were forced to prorate the redemptions.

## Managing Proration

When fund managers encounter proration during a tender offer period, it is imperative that they communicate effectively with their investors and the advisers working with their product. Many fund managers will survey their distribution syndicate before the repurchase request deadline to understand the level and potential impact of redemptions. If proration is anticipated the fund manager can assist advisers with educating end-investors and resetting expectations on what the redemption activity will ultimately look like.

Ultimus has integrated processes within our core recordkeeping system that allow fund managers to have more visibility into the tender process and in real-time understand inflow/outflow projections. This includes real-time processing of transactions, ability to create a tender offer calendar in the system, automation of prorated redemptions and the ability to warehouse/pend trades within the system (not a spreadsheet) for a future trade date.

Fund managers should work with an experienced administrator to set up a customized procedure for their fund, to ensure they have the reporting needed during these critical operating windows for the fund. When dealing with illiquid investments and a more retail audience, communication is critical to managing adviser expectation and ultimately improving the investor experience.

For more detailed information on Ultimus’ interval and tender offer solutions, please contact us at inquiry@ultimusfundsolutions.com or here on our Contact Us page.

¹ https://intervalfundtracker.com/2021/02/01/interval-funds-2020-year-in-review/

*² Source: Alston & Bird LLP*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Thinking about Expanding Your Investment Product Reach?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/thinking-about-expanding-your-investment-product-reach/_

# Thinking about Expanding Your Investment Product Reach?

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

February 10, 2021

You’ve likely heard the expression: “Innovate or die” (often attributed to Peter Drucker, an influential thinker on business management). The saying holds true for investment advisers, as well. To stay relevant, firms must think about the target audiences, new product structures, new distribution methods and channels and how you can solve for the end client’s objectives.

We brought together three speakers for our recent webinar, “Product Trends: Diversifying Investors for 2021.” Dave Carson, SVP of Client Strategies at Ultimus, moderated. The panelists included Sandra Powers, Founder and CEO of ARK Global; John Hunt, Partner at Sullivan & Worcester; and Adam Kornegay, SVP of Business Development at Ultimus.

We share some of their guidance here, with tangible steps for expanding your strategy’s reach.

## One Strategy. Multiple Audiences.

To expand an investment strategy’s reach, it is tempting to focus on product structure — perhaps adding a mutual fund to an existing lineup or launching an ETF. But before thinking about structure, our panelists recommend thinking about the prospective target audiences you want to reach and specific structural requirements for their investments working backwards from the client’s line of sight. To begin:

- Define three or four key differentiators for your strategy to clarify its appeal
- Identify and segment target audiences who would benefit from your strategy
- Identify the structural requirements and preferences of each target segment
- Prioritize the segments

## OLD: One investment strategy, one structure, one target audience

## NEW: One investment strategy, multiple structures for multiple target audiences

## One Strategy. Multiple Audiences. Multiple Product Choices.

There is no single “right structure” for a particular strategy. Rather, the structure should be aligned with the target market’s requirements.

- **Mutual Funds**: As the most common retail pooled structure, mutual funds have broad distribution and allow for different share classes. The main challenge is posed by expenses associated with the regulatory framework of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and the increasing cost of distribution.
- **ETFs**: Exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, are becoming more popular, especially with the introduction of active strategies. ETFs can be cheaper for the investor and more tax-efficient than mutual funds but must also abide by the 1940 Act regulatory framework, thus increasing structural expense and as a result a higher break even point for the Sponsor.
- **CITs**: Collective Investment Trusts (CITs) are bank or trust company sponsored funds offered only to qualified retirement plans and exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. CITs are overseen by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and state banking regulators. CITs are similar to mutual funds in that they offer daily liquidity, settle via the NSCC and have very similar investment characteristics but are often lower in cost.
- **Interval Funds & Tender Offer Funds**: Interval funds and tender offer funds are closed-end funds registered under either the 1933 or 1940 Act. In spite of being “closed-end,” these funds do provide some liquidity provisions for investors. They can be considered a hybrid product with characteristics of both mutual funds and private funds.
- **SMAs and Robo SMAs**: Robo separately managed accounts (SMAs) use robotic technology create operational efficiencies and reduce the setup, management and rebalancing costs of traditional SMAs.
- **Non-registered**: Private, non-registered funds offer the most leeway to implement diverse investment strategies, as long as the investment strategy is properly disclosed. That freedom comes with the most restricted distribution possibilities, as investors must meet SEC-required net-worth and/or experience criteria.

In evaluating different structures, assess how efficiencies can be gained, such as running your strategies in parallel.

**Example 1**. An adviser manages a real estate investment strategy. Family office clients with long-term capital are comfortable with the closed-end private equity-style structure. But the adviser recognizes that younger generations have different requirements and seek exposure to this non-correlated asset class. They may seek investments with higher liquidity and this younger generation may not be accredited. The adviser creates an interval fund structure for this distinct audience. The adviser’s single strategy now has two target audiences with structures to match the requirements of each while broadening their distribution footprint.

**Example 2**. A long/short hedge fund manager wants to expand the strategy to non-accredited investors. The manager recognizes that a mutual fund would be an appropriate structure for the long-only portion of the strategy. The result: one strategy, two target audiences, two structures while again broadening their distribution footprint.

**Example 3**. A mutual fund sponsor has recently gained access to qualified retirement capital. The sponsor launches a CIT to provide its existing investment strategy to 401k and pension plans. The target audience benefits from the CIT’s lower cost and quick, simple set up.

## Innovations in Marketing and Distribution.

Once target audiences are segmented and product structures are aligned with each segment, it’s time to consider messaging and determine the best avenue to reach the intended audiences. The goal: identify the best ways of selling to the right audience with the right message through the right channel.

## Digital Marketing

Digital marketing has skyrocketed in the last two years, with the Covid-19 pandemic accelerating this trend. If the digital path seems the way to go, it’s important to keep a few items in mind.

- All content should flow back to the three or four differentiators of your strategy.
- Content is king. Develop a content calendar and remember that good content can be repurposed. A LinkedIn article can be turned into blog, infographic, or podcast. A video can be created to communicate investment performance and video snippets can later be used for marketing.
- Importantly, the shorter, the better. Attention spans are limited.

## Investor Interface.

Investors are looking for ease of access. Direct investing accounts with a user-friendly interface and strong security have vast appeal. Plus, direct investing gives advisers the opportunity to market to the end investor, letting them invest directly without an intermediary. At Ultimus, we now support direct investing through our secure investor portal, branded with your firm’s logo and imagery, as well as through the platforms of all financial intermediaries.

## Structure Trends to Watch in 2021

We asked the panelists to opine on trends they’re seeing.

- **Mutual fund to ETF conversions**: Vanguard’s patent permitting its mutual funds to offer an ETF share class is expiring soon. The panel will be closely watching the impact on mutual funds.
- **Semi-transparent ETF structures**: The panel continues to see increased interest in active, semi-transparent ETFs. Read more in our previous blog here: Non-transparent, Semi-transparent and Transparent ETFs.
- **International -&gt; US; US -&gt; international**: Although domestic and international investors have distinct needs, there are sufficient similarities and a demand for new perspectives and strategies. The panelists are seeing a trend to migrate strategies from the US to overseas and vice versa.
- **Interval funds and tender offer funds**: The panelists believe interval and tender offer structures will continue to gain popularity for strategies typically seen in hedge funds.

## Conclusion

Ultimus provides a broad suite of fund administration and investor services for the full range of investment products and structures. As such, we see broad trends that individual advisers may or may not be as familiar with and are looking for a partner to help them grow their business. We are happy to speak with advisers seeking to expand offerings to new target segments through new structures.

Our advice: Innovate. We can help guide the way.


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Re-thinking Vendor Due Diligence in the “New Normal”

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/re-thinking-vendor-due-diligence-in-the-new-normal/_

# Re-thinking Vendor Due Diligence in the “New Normal”

Subscribe

Authored by
**David James**

Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Risk Officer

**About David James**
									David James serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Risk Officer at Ultimus, leading legal strategy, corporate governance, and oversight of legal and compliance teams. He brings more than 23 years of ’40 Act mutual fund legal experience. Prior to Ultimus, David served as Department Head of State Street Bank and Trust Company’s Fund Administration Legal Department and held roles at Fidelity Investments and PNC Global Investment Servicing.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/davidjames-dj/)
						×

January 12, 2021

## Introduction

Performing due diligence on vendors is a critical risk mitigation measure. For fund sponsor and investment managers, vendors should act as an extension of your business, and as such, it’s important to gather the necessary intelligence about their processes, people and so on. The pandemic has impacted not only how vendor due diligence is performed (i.e., remotely!) but also the questions that should be asked.

In light of these challenges, Ultimus recently partnered with NICSA to host a webinar entitled, “Vendor Selection in the New Normal.” As moderator of the webinar, I guided three fund industry panelists through the discussion:

- Andi Mullins, an Independent Trustee for Valued Advisers Trust, a mutual fund Board
- John Detweiler, Managing Partner at ParkLexington Advisors, LLC, a consulting firm
- Steven A. Yadegari, Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel at Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, an investment adviser

Through our discussion, one thing became clear: it’s not just about “vendor selection” in the new normal, it’s about “vendor assessment” in the new normal. Read on to learn our panelists’ suggestions for performing remote due diligence – on new and existing vendors. Fund sponsors, for example, can incorporate these recommendations into their review of service providers, including Fund Administrators.

The panelists agreed that in-person due diligence is optimal, but also agreed that there are many ways to mitigate the inability to meet vendors face-to-face. Read on to learn our panelists’ observations about vendor due diligence in the “new normal.”

## Enhancing due diligence…remotely

In times of crisis, like the Covid-19 pandemic, a lot can be learned about a firm’s leadership, staff, culture and processes. All elements, including business continuity plans, are put to the test. By making some insightful changes to your vendor due diligence process, you, as a fund sponsor, can feel confident in assessing vendors, even in a remote environment.

## Aligning vendor due diligence with the times

1. **Update your current due diligence or RFP questions**

Our panelists were surprised that many businesses have not revised the questions they pose during vendor due diligence. Following are some of the panelists’ suggestions; these are likely to remain relevant, irrespective of a pandemic or non-pandemic environment.

**Ask about the vendor’s work from home protocols.**

The panelists focused on the challenges of maintaining data and cyber security, proper levels of supervision, and a strong culture. A vendor’s business continuity plan generally addresses these items. But it’s important to assess if the controls and procedures are appropriate for an *ongoing* work-from-home environment. Specifically, evaluate changes that have been made to processes and procedures and compare them to SOC1 reports.

- **Data security**: How is client data kept private in a home environment? Where is the data stored? How is it accessed? What protocols are in place for non-digital deliverables? For example, how is record keeping performed? If documents are printed, how are they destroyed?
- **Cyber security**: As with data security, vendors have long had cyber security measures in place. How, if at all, have vendors revised these measures to maintain cyber security in a work-from-home environment? Are there different processes for the work-from-home environment? What are the vendor’s protocols for using company computers vs. personal computers?
- **Supervision**: It’s important to understand how staff is being supervised in a remote work environment. Does the firm have process checklists and policies? Are there review and escalation procedures? How do they ensure proper supervisory techniques?
- **Culture**: Maintaining culture and engagement can be difficult when staff cannot meet face to face. How does the vendor attract and maintain an engaged workforce without the use of centralized locations? What processes and activities has the vendor implemented to maintain its culture.

**Ask about the vendor’s long-term viability – both financially and operationally.**

The panelists also pondered the pandemic’s long-term impact on service providers. Have the economics of the firm been affected by a remote environment? What does the future look like? Operationally, how long can the vendor remain remote?

**Ask about the vendor’s own due diligence processes.**

The panelists noted that during these times especially, but relevant always, you’ll want to know that the vendors of your vendors are stable. Ask questions about what your vendor is doing for due diligence and oversight of *its own* vendors.

1. **Speak with references**

To understand the impact of the pandemic on a vendor, our panelists suggested sourcing *your own* references. Ask your source(s) about the vendor’s service levels pre- and post- the start of the pandemic. Focus on timeliness, quality and interactions.

1. **Meet your specific providers (virtually)**

Even in times of remote working, the panelists noted it’s important to “meet” the individual(s) who will directly service your firm. And for fund sponsors that means meeting the people who will service your fund and your shareholders. Get to know them. Virtual meetings, with cameras on, are the next best thing to meeting in person, as you can still get a good feel for an instinctive comfort level with the professionals handling your business.

## Diligent Decisions

The work-from-home environment has necessitated process changes for most businesses. For fund sponsors, now is the time to rethink your vendor due diligence conversations and query whether these conversations should be had with existing vendors such as fund administrators. While the work-from-home environment has created challenges, there remain ways to perform thorough assessments.

At Ultimus, we have heard from fund sponsors who have reviewed their service providers during this time and found certain providers to be lacking in essential service levels. In this remote environment, we have also seen an increase in the use of consulting firms to help fund sponsors and boards with provider evaluations. As a result of these evaluations, various fund sponsors have made strategic decisions to select more reliable service partners for the long haul, service providers that provide more value and higher quality service.

In the end, we believe the best practices presented here for vendor due diligence in the “new normal” will lead to more informed, transparent and dutifully diligent relationships during and post the pandemic.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/davidjames-dj/)
**David James**

Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Risk Officer


About David James
David James serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Risk Officer at Ultimus, leading legal strategy, corporate governance, and oversight of legal and compliance teams. He brings more than 23 years of ’40 Act mutual fund legal experience. Prior to Ultimus, David served as Department Head of State Street Bank and Trust Company’s Fund Administration Legal Department and held roles at Fidelity Investments and PNC Global Investment Servicing.


---

# Are we at an inflection point for sustainable investing?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/are-we-at-an-inflection-point-for-sustainable-investing/_

# Are we at an inflection point for sustainable investing?

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kerri Fronczak**

AVP, SunStar Strategic
						×

December 2, 2020

Michael Jantzi, Founder of Sustainalytics, spoke at the Morningstar Virtual Conference and shared his insights on the current market and impact on sustainable investing. He believes we’re at an inflection point and change is ahead.

### The time is NOW

A recent Morningstar study showed that over 70% of investors were interested in discussing sustainable investing with their advisor.

The data showed that women were more interested than men, younger investors were more interested than older investors, and the interest tended to skew a bit toward more high net worth clients but generally all investors were interested in having the conversation.

Investors are saying they want an opportunity for their investments to more closely align with their own personal values.

### Actions speak louder than words

According to Jantzi, the market has been telling us for some time that change is coming. For many years investors were saying they were interested in sustainable investing but their actions didn’t show it – the industry wasn’t seeing large asset flows.

Fund flows are telling us now that change is here and that there has been a powerful shift in the markets.

In 2006 PRI (Principles for Responsible Investing), an industry association for those interested in and practicing responsible investing was launched with only 19 signatories. Today there are more than 3K signatories collectively managing more than 100 trillion in assets.

### Unprecedented times

2020 has been fraught with market volatility. Despite the market swings, this year has seen record inflows into ESG funds. In the US alone, in the second quarter, 10.5 billion flowed into ESG funds. In 2019, fund flows were four times greater than flows in 2018. Despite the volatility and uncertainty ESG funds continue to see massive inflows.

### A new conversation

Sustainability has entered into ALL conversations – not just about investing. Companies are reacting and putting sustainable processes in place. Investors want their money to go toward something more aligned with their values.

### More than just lip service

Sustainable investing is about more than just investing – it has morphed into something larger in that companies are now integrating sustainability into financial and business decisions. There is a profound shift in the conversations that companies and investors are having. In the past, ESG investments were considered risky and the challenge was how to integrate them into a portfolio to get the benefit of the social impact while minimizing the risk but now the conversation is about the outcome.

Investors are asking, “what is the impact of my investment decision on the environment? On society? On my community?”

Jantzi believes this shift in conversation – from one based on process to one based on outcome – and why he thinks we’re at an inflection point. Investors are now understanding they can personalize their experience. They can invest in their values not only by keeping their money away from companies with practices they don’t support but by allocating their funds to companies they believe are addressing some of the risks.

Contributed by [SunStar Strategic](https://www.sunstarstrategic.com/blog/responsible-investing-blog/item/917-are-we-at-an-inflection-point-for-sustainable-investing)

*The thoughts and opinions expressed in the article are solely those of Michael Jantzi as of September 24, 2020. His discussion of market conditions and sustainable investing should not be considered a recommendation by Ultimus. Ultimus does not provide investment advice. Investment decisions should be made in consultation with a registered investment advisor.*

*Investing primarily in investments that meet ESG criteria carries the risk that a fund/strategy may forgo otherwise attractive investment opportunities or increase or decrease its exposure to certain types of issuers and, therefore, may underperform funds that do not consider ESG factors.*

*There can be no assurance with regard to future market movements, and a fund’s past performance does not necessarily predict future results. All mutual fund investing involves risk. Principal loss is possible. A Fund’s investment objectives, risks, charges and expenses must be considered carefully before investing. A Fund’s prospectus contains this and other important information about a Fund. Read it carefully before investing*.


## Authored by

**Kerri Fronczak**

AVP, SunStar Strategic


---

# Mutual Funds: Ascertaining the Total Cost of Ownership

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/mutual-funds-ascertaining-the-total-cost-of-ownership/_

# Mutual Funds: Ascertaining the Total Cost of Ownership

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

October 13, 2020

Mutual fund sponsors and board members have a fiduciary responsibility to their shareholders to oversee and monitor, amongst other things, the fund’s annual operating expenses, including management fees, distribution fees and “other expenses” such as fund administration costs.

As the fund sponsor or a board member, you may wish to know if your fund’s operating costs are on par with funds of similar complexity and size. You may also want insight into why a fund requires more resources than budgeted or how services performed by your administrator and your law and audit firms are intertwined. Further, you may want to better understand regulatory changes that have resulted in providers adding line items to your bill, including fees to support NPORT, NCEN, intermediary oversight, escheatment, etc.

As a fund sponsor, if your fund is at scale but you’re still waiving advisory fees because of substantial expenses, you may want to seek advice on possible course corrections. Importantly, you want to learn how the fund can be more profitable by reducing operating expenses.

The answers to these questions require measuring, benchmarking and assessing the mutual fund’s Total Cost of Ownership.

## What is the Meaning of “Total Cost of Ownership” for a Mutual Fund?

The Total Cost of Ownership for a mutual fund is the amount it costs to create and run the mutual fund complex. While many fund sponsors look at the traditional fund administration fee or the per account transfer agent fee, the evaluation of what services are being delivered within those fee structures is critical to managing your overall fund expenses.

Determining total cost is not simply a matter of adding up the bills from various service providers. For example, your administrator’s service model impacts other provider costs such as out-of-pocket billings, printing, insurance, custody and other professional fees (e.g., legal, audit). And this can have a tremendous impact on your overall fund expenses. In addition, the indirect costs of employees performing operational tasks on behalf of the fund and the related opportunity costs of forgone value-added activities are also important.

The Total Cost of Ownership of a mutual fund complex is calculated as follows:

**Total Cost of Ownership = Direct Costs + Indirect Costs + Opportunity Costs**

## Determining the Total Cost of Ownership for Your Mutual Fund

To determine the total cost, first consider the list of services needed to operate a mutual fund complex. These services generally fall into the following categories:

- Fund Administration
- Fund Accounting
- Transfer Agent
- Shareholder Servicing
- Legal and Audit Services
- Printing
- Chief Compliance Officer
- Trustee and Officer Expenses
- State Blue Sky and SEC Registration
- Insurance
- SEC and Other Regulatory Filings
- Other Administrative Services

Next, ascertain the entity that performs each service along with the relevant expense.

Direct costs to third-party providers, such as custodians, fund administrators, attorneys and accountants, are straight-forward to quantify. But it is also important to uncover out-of-pocket costs and surcharges that directly impact the fund yet are hidden below the line as pass-through expenses from many administrators.

Tasks performed by the adviser’s staff present indirect costs, as well as opportunity costs to the adviser and fund, that may not show up on a statement of operations but have a large impact on an adviser’s ability to profitably manage a fund complex. These costs, discussed in more detail below, are difficult to quantify but important none-the-less because they increase the overall cost of operating the fund.

## Ask the Right Questions to Right-Size the Total Cost of Ownership

#### *1. Direct costs: Are you overpaying for services received?*

####

Review the fund’s direct costs to identify unused contracted services, redundant services and hidden fees.

##### Review your servicing contracts.

By reviewing the contract, you’ll determine all of the services your administrator could be providing for the fee you are paying.

- Do other administrators provide services that may eliminate or greatly reduce the cost of certain other service providers?

    - For example, have you reviewed your administration agreement to determine if regulatory filings are included in your service contract? You may find the fund is incurring legal fees unnecessarily because your provider does not offer legal administration services.
- Are your audit costs high because of the poor quality of your administrator’s financial reporting services?
- Are services being performed by the adviser’s staff that should be performed by the administrator?
- Are contracted fund administration services being left unused?
- Is your transfer agent charging for numerous transaction-based activities such as new account set up, web transactions, etc.?
- Is the service contract transparent regarding out-of-pocket and pass-through fees?

##### Identify pass-through expenses and mark ups included in administrator and other third-party fees.

Providers of administration services incur costs themselves, including for systems, connectivity and data. Are these costs passed through as part of the administration fees and, if so, do you know if the costs are marked up? For example, does the fund administrator pass through and markup fees for anti-money laundering compliance? If so, the mark up is an example of a hidden cost of ownership.

##### Look for “surprise” charges in the billing statements.

One-off fees often lead to unexpected charges. Examples include extra fees for automated transactions, shareholder calls, ad-hoc reporting and special projects. These direct, out-of-pocket expenses represent examples of unanticipated – and unbudgeted – costs of ownership.

#### *2. Indirect costs and opportunity costs: Have you identified and quantified?*

Indirect costs and opportunity costs are pernicious because they are difficult to identify and quantify.

##### Assess the cost of adviser staff performing administration-related functions.

Administration functions performed by an adviser’s in-house staff may not be designated as a fund operating expense, thereby underrepresenting the fund’s true cost. This occurs commonly with respect to legal administration, including board support and governance.

For example, employees of the adviser may participate in the fund valuation committee. Or employees may take on officer roles and responsibilities such as secretary or treasurer. Not only are these expenses not assigned to the fund, but the staff performing administration-related tasks are forgoing other work, thereby incurring opportunity cost.

If your fund administrator performed these functions as part of its core offering, you would have the opportunity to enhance your fund’s growth prospects by redirecting your team to value-added activities, such as distribution, marketing and client service.

#### *3. The role of the fund administrator: Collaborator or service provider?*

Your fund administrator should be your partner.

##### Recognize whether your administrator identifies efficiencies and cost savings.

Is your fund administrator coming to you with options to add efficiency and save expenses? For example, has your administrator discussed the potential cost benefits of a series trust versus a standalone trust? Has your administrator partnered with you to implement efficiencies such as shareholder self-servicing tools or to assist with new product development opportunities?

##### Benchmark fund fees against similar funds.

Fund prospectuses can be used to benchmark fund operating expenses versus peers. Administrators, such as Ultimus, see a broad range of funds and can assist with this benchmarking process. Ultimus can help you evaluate the fund budget and identify opportunities to improve the Total Cost of Ownership.

## Conclusion

With fee pressures and regulatory change forcing fund sponsors to thoroughly evaluate their overall operating model, the cost of operating a mutual fund complex is not as straight-forward as doing an administrator-to-administrator fee comparison. Rather, there are three components to the Total Cost of Ownership: 1) direct costs, 2) indirect costs and 3) opportunity costs. Reach out to Ultimus to learn if your fund’s Total Cost of Ownership is right-sized. We can help you better understand all costs associated with operating a fund and we are here to partner with you as your fund administrator of choice.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# SEC Filings for Mutual Funds: A Reference Guide

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/sec-filings-for-mutual-funds-a-reference-guide/_

# SEC Filings for Mutual Funds: A Reference Guide

Subscribe

Authored by
**Timothy Burdick**

Assistant Vice President and Counsel, Ultimus Fund Solutions
						×

September 22, 2020

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requires mutual funds—and similar investment companies—to submit various filings throughout each year. Whether you’re a trustee on a fund board, a newcomer to the fund world, an adviser trying to keep track of new types of filings, or just someone looking for a quick refresh, the following provides a handy reference guide to the acronym maze of common SEC filings. We suggest bookmarking this guide for future use.

## Periodic Filings

#### Form N-1A¹

- **What** – Used to file an open-end fund’s registration statement. The registration statement includes the fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information (SAI).
- **When** – Must be filed with the SEC before a fund may commence operations and sell shares. Once operational, a fund must file an annual update to its registration statement no later than 120 days after the fiscal year end of the fund.
- **Also known as**  **** – Has many industry aliases and may colloquially be referred to as a fund’s “registration statement,” “Rule 485 filing,” “annual update,” or “prospectus.”

#### Form N-2

- **What** – Used to file a closed-end fund’s registration statement.
- **When** – Must be filed with the SEC before a closed-end fund may commence operations and sell shares. However, unlike Form N-1A, there is no general requirement that a closed-end fund update its registration statement on an annual basis.

#### Form N-CSR

- **What** – Used to file a fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports with the SEC.
- **When** – Must be filed no later than 70 days after the close of the reporting period of the shareholder report.

#### Form N-PORT

- **What** – Used to report information about a fund’s monthly portfolio holdings and certain risk metrics to the SEC.
- **When** – Must be filed no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter.
- **Replaced** – Form N-Q.

#### Form N-CEN

- **What** – Used by funds to report certain census-type information to the SEC.
- **When** – Must be filed annually within 75 days of the fund’s fiscal year end.
- **Replaced** – Form N-SAR, which was filed semi-annually.

#### Form N-PX

- **What** – Used to disclose how a fund voted proxies for each of its holdings during the previous 12-month period ending June 30.
- **When** – Must be filed annually by August 31.

#### Form 24F-2

- **What** – Used by open-end funds to file an annual notice of shares issued and sold by a fund. Also provides a calculation of the fees that a fund owes to the SEC in connection with the sale of such shares.
- **When** – Must be filed by a fund within 90 days of the end of its fiscal year.

#### Form N-23c-3²

- **What** – Used by “interval” closed-end funds to file a notice of an offer to repurchase its shares at net asset value from the fund’s shareholders.
- **When** – Must be filed each time that an interval fund makes a repurchase offer. Interval funds typically make repurchase offers at periodic intervals predetermined by a policy adopted by a fund’s board.

## Ad Hoc Filings

#### Form N-14

- **What** – Used, generally, to merge a fund into another fund when there are material differences between the target fund and the acquiring one.
- **Dual purposes** – Functions to simultaneously file a new registration statement and a proxy statement soliciting approval from shareholders of the target fund and, consequently, is often referred to as a “proxy prospectus.”

#### Schedule 14A

- **What** – Used to file a proxy statement with the SEC.
- **Form N-14 not needed** – May be used in lieu of Form N-14 when there are no material differences between the target fund and the acquiring one.
- **Other uses** – Also used for any other item requiring shareholder approval including, for example, election of trustees, amendments to your trust’s declaration of trust, and certain fee changes.

#### Schedule 14C

- **What** – Used to file an information statement with the SEC. An information statement satisfies disclosure requirements in certain situations in which shareholder approval is not required and, consequently, a Schedule 14A proxy statement is not necessary.
- **Example of use** – Most commonly used when an adviser changes a fund’s sub-adviser and relies on an SEC exemptive order to do so without obtaining shareholder approval.

#### Form N-LIQUID

- **What** – Used to file a notice with the SEC if the fund’s liquidity is threatened by the occurrence of a “liquidity event,” such as a fund’s illiquid investments exceeding a 15% ceiling.
- **When** – Must be filed within one business day of the occurrence of these enumerated liquidity events.

#### Form N-CR

- **What** – Used by a money market fund if a “Material Event” occurs. Material Events include, but are not limited to, provision of financial support to the fund, imposition of liquidity fees, or suspension of fund redemptions.
- **When** – Must be filed within one business day of the occurrence of a Material Event.

#### Schedule TO³

- **What** – Used by “tender offer” closed-end funds to file various transaction documents for an offer to repurchase its shares at net asset value from the fund’s shareholders.
- **When** – Must be filed each time that a fund makes a tender offer, which occurs at the board’s discretion, with no required minimum number or frequency.

## Conclusion

Proper preparation and completion of these filings is imperative for funds to stay in compliance with the filing requirements promulgated by the SEC. Additionally, once completed, these filings are subject to review by the SEC. The oversight responsibilities of trustees include ensuring that all fund filings are accurate and comply with applicable rules. A fund typically relies on a fund administrator, such as Ultimus, to prepare these filings and to file them with the SEC. Given the importance of these fillings, it’s critical that you’ve selected a fund administrator on which you can rely. The skilled teams at Ultimus use their consultative, full-service approach to safely navigate your filings from the first draft to the final one.


## Authored by

**Timothy Burdick**

Assistant Vice President and Counsel, Ultimus Fund Solutions


---

# Top Five Trending Topics for Mutual Fund Boards

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/top-five-trending-topics-for-mutual-fund-boards/_

# Top Five Trending Topics for Mutual Fund Boards

Subscribe

Authored by
**Timothy Burdick**

Assistant Vice President and Counsel, Ultimus Fund Solutions
						×

August 25, 2020

As is the case with many of conversations in 2020, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, with its attendant market volatility and work-place logistical considerations, has shaped recent topics of discussion popular with boards of mutual funds. Along with that, boards are grappling with viewing many long-favored focus areas through a new lens. At the same time, the wheels of SEC regulation grind forward, generating new rules for consideration, comment, and implementation.

Here are five key topics Ultimus’ legal administration team has seen headlining board discussions through the first half of 2020:

## Business Continuity Plans

The importance of business continuity plans (BCPs) came into sharp focus for the mutual fund industry following the two-day shutdown of the NYSE during Hurricane Sandy in 2012 and again in August 2015 when a computer glitch prevented a large financial institution from calculating NAVs for hundreds of funds on a timely basis. In 2016, the SEC issued a guidance update¹ that emphasized the critical nature of BCPs and called on fund complexes to regularly evaluate their BCPs as well as those of their service providers. Consequently, a significant number of boards have taken a great interest in ensuring that their funds’ investment advisers and service providers have robust BCPs in place that will allow them to continue to operate during significant business disruptions.

Before the current pandemic, the mutual fund industry generally expected business disruptions to result from natural disasters or technology issues and last for a few days, at most. COVID-19, however, has kept many employees of investment advisers and service providers away from physical office locations for several months (and counting), requiring the protracted activation of BCPs. Accordingly, boards are more interested than ever in ensuring that advisers and other service providers have robust and effective BCPs in place that are capable of operating without disruption for prolonged time periods.

While technology, including systems that allow employees to access critical systems and files remotely, has largely minimized business disruptions due to COVID-19, the longer-term effects of extended staff and management absence from the office—on employee training and compliance with certain requirements, such as recordkeeping—are still being evaluated.

### A Board’s To Do List:

- Conduct due diligence on each service provider’s BCP plan, including a review on the long-term sustainability of operating in a BCP-triggered environment
- Evaluate the service quality of all vendors regularly.
- Document in minutes the results of those discussions with service providers regarding BCPs.

### Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity had already been a hot topic for mutual fund boards, and it has been a key examination priority of the SEC for many years.

Employees working remotely due to COVID-19 are operating outside the relative safety of a traditional office, set up and monitored by IT professionals. The increased remote access for employees to systems and files has further heightened the need for diligent cybersecurity monitoring by advisers and service providers.

Compounding this issue, there has been increased targeting of financial institutions by cyber-attackers over the past couple of years. In July 2020, the SEC released a risk alert detailing recent attacks, including observations of an increase in sophistication of ransomware attacks on SEC registrants.

### A Board’s To Do List:

- Regularly conduct due diligence on each service provider regarding their data protection and cybersecurity defenses.
- Invite the Chief Information Security Officers to present to the board
- Understand the frequency and scope of any third-party cybersecurity testing for each service provider.
- Ensure that a well-documented communication policy exists in the event of a cybersecurity event.
- Document in minutes the results of those discussions with service providers regarding BCPs.

### Valuation

Much to the chagrin of boards, the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act) has long burdened them with heavy responsibilities for determination of the fair value of their funds’ investments. Collective board anxiety regarding valuation peaked following a 2012 enforcement action by the SEC against eight fund directors for “violating their asset pricing responsibilities.”²

In April 2020, Proposed Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act arrived³. The proposed Rule aims to both codify and clean-up a convoluted web of No-Action Letters, SEC staff statements, and commentary in SEC releases, which have shaped current industry practices.

The proposed Rule would allow a board to assign the responsibility of fair valuation determinations to a fund’s investment adviser, subject to the oversight of the board. This change is a welcome balm to boards since they are generally not comprised of pricing specialists and are often not in the best position to assume day-to-day valuation responsibilities. However, there has also been consternation arising from certain reporting requirements. For example, the requirement that the board receive a written report from the adviser “on matters…that materially affect or could have materially affected” the fair value of a fund’s portfolio within three business days of the event may prove to be onerous, or even infeasible, for advisers and boards alike. The final form of the Rule has yet to be seen; the period for public comment ended on July 21.

### A Board’s To Do List:

- Discuss with fund counsel and the advisers the proposed valuation rule.
- Discuss with the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer the compliance changes that may be necessary if the Rule is adopted.

### Liquidity

The SEC’s liquidity rules, finalized in 2016, required most open-end funds to establish liquidity risk management programs beginning in 2019. As we progress through 2020, boards are preparing for their first review cycle, allowing them to assess the liquidity programs’ adequacy and effectiveness.

At the same time, COVID-19-related market declines and associated mutual fund redemptions naturally triggered liquidity concerns for funds and their boards, as it is imperative that funds have sufficient liquidity to satisfy shareholder redemptions. Rapidly escalating COVID-19 worries led to a dramatic market drawdown that saw the S&P 500 Index drop more than 33% in the 34 days from February 19 to March 23. Investors fled the market, pulling more than $300 billion in assets from mutual funds in the first half of 2020.

### A Board’s To Do List:

- Discuss the effectiveness of the fund’s liquidity procedures.
- Gain an understanding from the investment adviser on how the liquidity regulations are embedded in the investment process.
- Document in minutes the results of those discussions.

## Shareholder Suits

Shareholders of mutual funds have, in the past, filed class-action lawsuits alleging inadequate or inaccurate disclosure in the fund’s registration statements in violation of the Securities Act of 1933. Targets of these lawsuits may include the fund’s adviser, distributor, and—most concerning for board members—directors and officers. This type of shareholder suit typically occurs after a fund’s NAV decreases significantly. The credit crisis of 2007 set off the most recent wave of these suits. Since then, the industry has mostly been insulated from these suits by eleven years of a bull market. Market declines brought this historic bull market to an end on March 11, 2020, and reawakened the specter of the potential for these types of shareholder suits.

### A Board’s To Do List:

- Understand the prospectus disclosures for your fund and discuss any disclosure changes with Fund counsel.
- Actively discuss risks with the investment adviser, the fund’s chief compliance officer, and fund counsel.
- Update the fund’s disclosure, as needed.
- Document in minutes the results of those discussions.

## Conclusion

The topics addressed here have long been fodder for discussion by boards of mutual funds, but have been brought to the forefront in 2020 due to broader global events and recent regulatory developments. At the same time, there is seemingly always something new just around the corner. Whether you’re an adviser to a fund or a trustee, it’s imperative that your board is aware of these topics to enable your board members to effectively fulfill their responsibilities as trustees. A skilled legal administration team, such as the experienced team at Ultimus, can help keep your board apprised of the next trending topic.

¹ Available at https://www.sec.gov/investment/im-guidance-2016-04

² Available at https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2012-2012-259htm

³ Available at https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2020/ic-33845.pdf


## Authored by

**Timothy Burdick**

Assistant Vice President and Counsel, Ultimus Fund Solutions


---

# Non-transparent, Semi-transparent and Transparent ETFs

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/non-transparent-semi-transparent-and-transparent-etfs/_

# Non-transparent, Semi-transparent and Transparent ETFs

Subscribe

Authored by
**Alma Piscitello**

EVP, Relationship Management

**About Alma Piscitello**
									Alma Piscitello is the Executive Vice President of Relationship Management, overseeing the client experience and developing client growth strategies for our registered fund business, leading the day-to-day relationship management efforts, and developing partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment advisor clients. She also serves as a knowledgeable resource for fund launches, conversions, and distribution.
						×

July 28, 2020

[Exchange-traded funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/exchange-traded-funds), or ETFs, are generally known for their low costs, tax efficiency potential, security-like trading and transparency. It is the transparent aspect of ETFs that has long been a deterrent to traditional active managers.

##### ETF Choices for Active Managers

Semi-transparent and non-transparent ETFs have become the buzz words for active managers. These not-fully transparent ETFs are intended to benefit the investment adviser by shielding proprietary portfolio composition from public view, and benefit the investor by providing access to active strategies at a lower cost with better tax efficiency potential.

Confusion abounds when talking about semi-transparent and non-transparent ETFs because, in practice, the distinction is unclear. *For the sake of simplicity, the remainder of this blog will refer to ETFs that are not fully transparent as non-transparent.*

##### The Fast and Furious Growth of ETFs

Today, there are over 2,000 ETFs in the U.S. representing combined assets of $4.23 trillion, an increase of 14% in assets from the prior year1 (as of May 2020). Ultimus, a fund administrator with nearly $3 billion in ETF funds under administration, has experienced the growth firsthand: with growth of new ETFs launched in excess of $2 billion in AUA over the past three years.

##### Are Fully Transparent ETFs a Deal-breaker for Active Managers?

The data suggests otherwise.

According to data by NYSE, there have been 61 active ETF launches and 73 passive ETF launches year-to-date in the U.S. (through July 10, 2020). Of the 61 active ETFs, 90% are fully transparent.

With the SEC’s exemptive relief, described below, fully transparent active ETFs may become even more attractive.

##### Relief and More Relief from the SEC

Until recently, all ETFs had to apply for the SEC’s approval for exemptive relief under the Investment Company Act of 1940. This was time-consuming and costly. Recently, the SEC has made launching ETFs faster and cheaper.

- Transparent ETF exemptive relief. In September 2019, the SEC voted to adopt Rule 6c-11, which permitted ETFs that met certain criteria to come directly to market without the cost and delay of obtaining an exemptive order.
- Non-transparent active ETF exemptive relief. The SEC also approved exemptive relief for non-transparent active ETFs for specific providers, including ActiveShares (Precidian), Blue Tractor, NYSE, T. Rowe Price, Fidelity, and Natixis Investment Manager. ActiveShares, Blue Tractor and NYSE license their ETF “wrapper” structures to investment managers, allowing managers to launch active non-transparent ETFs more quickly.

##### “Wait and See”

As noted earlier, active investment managers commonly opt for fully transparent ETFs. It seems that active managers considering non-transparent ETFs may be taking a “wait and see” approach. What will be the adoption rate and success of these ETFs? Will performance be compromised? Will it be more difficult to manage the portfolio? Will it compromise the cost effectiveness of ETFs?

##### Fund Administration for Non-transparent Active ETFs Depends on the Licensing Entity

For active investment managers interested in the non-transparent ETF model, fund administration considerations are distinct from investment and trading considerations.

- Trust’s Board approval. The investment adviser must receive approval for the licensed ETF wrapper arrangement from the Trust’s Board. Fund administrators such as Ultimus have been seeking approval from its sponsored Series Trusts in preparation for potential launches of non-transparent active ETFs.
- Fund administrator. Not all fund administrators are equally versed and prepared to service ETFs. When selecting an administration partner to assist with the [launch of an ETF](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/exchange-traded-funds/launching-an-etf) or to service an existing ETF be sure they have experience, knowledgeable resources, established industry partnerships and provide counsel on distribution strategies.
- Licensing. The licensing entities such as Blue Tractor, NYSE and ActiveShares have distinct solutions for implementing non-transparent ETF wrappers: proxy portfolios, shielded weightings and full non-transparency. These varying solutions affect data and formatting, and bring differing implementation methods.
- Distribution partners. Distribution platforms face similar issues addressing the disparate data from non-transparent ETFs. There will likely be additional requirements from platforms regarding their pricing and programs for non-transparent ETFs in due time.

##### Non-transparent, Semi-transparent and Transparent ETFs: What is Apparent?

There is no right answer for active investment advisers looking to launch an ETF. Transparent ETFs have benefits. Non-transparent ETFs have benefits. Both may have drawbacks, too.

What is apparent is that the new non-transparent ETFs will benefit both the investment advisers that were bypassed by investors for ETFs, and ultimately the investors who can access more active strategies at a lower cost, with better tax efficiency and potential performance gains.

¹https://www.ici.org/research/stats/etf/etfs\_05\_20

² Data provided by NYSE 7/15/2020


## Authored by

**Alma Piscitello**

EVP, Relationship Management


About Alma Piscitello
Alma Piscitello is the Executive Vice President of Relationship Management, overseeing the client experience and developing client growth strategies for our registered fund business, leading the day-to-day relationship management efforts, and developing partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment advisor clients. She also serves as a knowledgeable resource for fund launches, conversions, and distribution.


---

# COVID-19’s Long Reach: Tax-Related Implications for RICs

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/covid-19-s-long-reach-tax-related-implications-for-rics/_

# COVID-19’s Long Reach: Tax-Related Implications for RICs

Subscribe

June 30, 2020

COVID-19’s impact on financial markets has highlighted the need for active monitoring of legislation as well as tax and post-trade compliance for regulated investment companies, or RICs. COVID-19-related tax and economic relief benefited RICs directly and indirectly. In addition, market volatility has led to asset valuations that could push RICs out of compliance with requirements for special tax treatment.

#### Impact of Tax and Economic Relief on RICs

Advisers may wonder how RICs, which are generally pass-through entities with no tax liability, benefit from pandemic-related tax and economic relief. Tax specialists at Ultimus, who closely monitor legislative guidance, explain:

- **Benefit of tax filing extension.** RICs represent a $25 trillion industry that is required to file tax returns on paper. At Ultimus, the tax team prepares the provisions for the tax returns, delivers those to the audit team for review and tax return preparation. After receiving the prepared returns from the audit firm, Ultimus disseminates them to respective trust officers for signature and coordinates the physical filing. This system provides many checks and balances between the tax team at Ultimus and the audit firm. However, with staff of many companies working remotely, the Federal income tax payment and filing extension afforded RIC fund administrators extra time to coordinate and obtain the necessary signatures.

The pandemic has highlighted once again the need for electronic filing of taxes. The Investment Company Institute submitted a request to the IRS to provide additional relief for RICs that included permitting IRS Form 1120-RICs to be signed and filed electronically. Although such relief has not been granted, it does highlight the need for tax policy change to support the RIC industry.

- **Benefit of CARES Act.** Congress passed the [CARES Act](https://www.congress.gov/116/bills/hr748/BILLS-116hr748enr.pdf) to provide economic relief from COVID-19. While the CARES Act does not provide much direct relief for RICs, it does deliver an indirect benefit.

The CARES Act has a provision that may lessen the impact of section 163j, which limited business interest expense deductions to 30% of adjusted taxable income for a taxable year. The allowable deduction increased to 50% with the CARES Act. Funds with significant interest income and expenses are expected to benefit from this provision, so it is important for advisers and their fund administration tax teams to assess.

#### Impact of Market Volatility on Post-Trade Compliance Requirements

In close coordination with a RIC’s adviser team, a fund administrator compliance team should closely monitor the asset diversification and qualifying income requirements. Lack of compliance can have unwanted financial and tax results. COVID-19-related market volatility is therefore cause for review for both the pre-trade (adviser) and post-trade (fund administrator). The Ultimus compliance team utilizes our proprietary and robust, automated daily post-trade compliance system to test and review a RIC’s compliance.

- **Asset diversification requirements.** All RICs must meet the IRS 50% diversification requirement and 25% limitation on any one issuer. As asset values fluctuate, RICs and their advisers need to remain vigilant in monitoring compliance with these limitations.

The liquidity profile of investments might impair a RIC’s ability to sell an investment within allowable cure periods. Unexpected concentrations can also put market appreciation exceptions into question, causing RICs to execute trades in sub-optimal market conditions.

Advisers and fund administrators should be aware of less-liquid investments and the impact on asset diversification. The ability to trade out of investments may be impaired by liquidity fees and gates. Liquidity fees, which are intended as penalties for early redemption, diminish the return on that investment. Liquidity gates impair a RIC’s ability to exit an investment and may hinder its ability to take corrective action.

Fund administrators can alert advisers of potential issues ahead of fiscal quarter end and ensure actions are taken to keep the RIC compliant with diversification requirements. In cases when a RIC has breached the requirements, the administrator can assist advisers in returning the RIC to compliance within the cure period.

- **Qualifying income requirements.** All RICs must have at least 90% of gross income (inclusive of gross capital gains) derived from qualified income sources. Again, fluctuations associated with market volatility can push RICs into non-compliance.

Advisers may be familiar with the terms “good income” (qualifying income) and “bad income” (non-qualifying income). Market conditions have created situations where RICs have found bad income exceeding 10%. Such circumstances could be due to anticipated good income declining or to bad income-generating assets appreciating.

Advisers and their fund administrator should monitor investment models and holdings to ensure the RIC remains compliant with qualifying income requirements. Although there is a cure for failure to meet the 90% income test, the cost can be high and should be analyzed with the fund administrator tax team to understand potential ramifications.

The ever-evolving market conditions require hypervigilance to actively monitor tax and post-trade compliance. Engage a fund administrator with deep knowledge of tax and compliance to keep on track.

A knowledgeable fund administrator’s tax and compliance team, such as the team at Ultimus, can assist advisers and CCOs on various topics related to this such as:

- Review assets that generate bad income and the impact to the fund.
- Answer questions regarding the addition of non-qualifying assets to portfolio holdings and the associated impacts to the funds.
- Assist with developing options to correct potential failures ahead of fiscal year ends and help monitor compliance.
- Review potential new investments and their ability to generate good versus bad income.

The teams at [Ultimus](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//our-services/registered-funds/fund-services/) are here to support funds and will continue to share updates and provide guidance as legislation and rules are revised.

* * *

[*Ultimus Fund Solutions*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) *does not provide tax advice. Any statements contained herein are not intended to be construed (and shall not be construed) as tax advice, and any statements contained herein are not intended to be used (and cannot be used) for, the purpose of avoiding Federal, state, local, foreign, or other taxes or penalties. You should consult your tax adviser as to any tax related matters. The comments are as of May 11, 2020 and may not include any up to date IRS guidance that maybe released thereafter. For additional information please contact your tax and compliance team.*


---

# Fair Market Value: How to Craft the Best Policies and Procedures in Today’s Environment

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/fair-market-value-how-to-craft-the-best-policies-and-procedures-in-today-s-environment/_

# Fair Market Value: How to Craft the Best Policies and Procedures in Today’s Environment

Subscribe

June 16, 2020

The coronavirus pandemic is changing the market today in many ways, particularly how advisers and investment firms are reevaluating client portfolios and looking for the best outcomes for their shareholders. We have witnessed unprecedented levels of market volatility resulting in an increased focus on a fund’s valuation policies and procedures used in determining a fair market value for its investments. This blog addresses the meaning of fair valuation, the key role advisers play in the process, and the best practices that can be supported by fund administrators, fund accounting agents and fair valuation committees.

## Fair Valuation Overview

Δ Fair value refers to an asset’s agreed upon sale price by a willing buyer and seller in the marketplace, under the assumption that both parties are knowledgeable and entering into the transaction freely (i.e., an “arm’s length transaction”).

Δ In a broad sense, fair value represents the potential price or value assigned to goods or services. Considerations include utility, supply and demand, and the amount of competition for the asset.

Δ Most commonly, shares are publicly traded on stock market exchange or other platform with market makers providing a bid and ask price for those shares daily.

Δ For example, investors can sell a stock at the bid price to the market maker and buy a stock at the ask price. Since investor demand for a stock largely determines bid and ask prices (***bid ask spreads***), the exchange is a reliable method to determine a stock’s fair value.

## Fair Value and Investments

A highly functioning fair valuation program should include an administrator working between the fund adviser and the board to regiment the process, always keeping lines of communication open, and following established methodologies and procedures as determined by a set of policies set forth by a given fund board.

In the current environment, if advisers are not supported in the right way with a diligent administrator, they may feel as if they are operating in a vacuum – which is likely a scenario that will produce less than optimal outcomes for shareholders and may result in valuation efforts that do not comply with the aforementioned policies. Advisers should look to a fund administrator that is equipped with the knowledge and discipline to properly support them in a crisis, and keeps the adviser on point regarding methodology to make sure it contains measured and managed components appropriate in a volatile market.

## Private Holding Methodology

Fair valuation for private notes or other private holdings should be a very regimented process. First, a Fair Valuation Committee (FVC), with the parties to be included and operating parameters defined by trust policies, should come together to create a methodology and attempt to “prove the concept” with possible back testing. Once the FVC feels that it is on solid footing with the proposed methodology, it is enacted with results presented to the fund board for approval and on an ongoing basis to make sure there is a comfort level with how the methodology is functioning. The continued oversight at the board level allows the board to ask questions, provide comment and suggest changes to be taken back to the FVC for execution.

But in a volatile market, even more diligence may be required, with an assessment of how the methodology may be functioning daily and under duress. Questions may need to be asked of the methodology itself. For example, does the approved methodology capture all that it needs to in volatile market conditions? This is ideally reviewed within the FVC and the discussion memorialized with meeting minutes for later consumption by a fund board. Suffice to say that a dynamic methodology might require a dynamic approach from the FVC, meeting as needed and not holding to any pre-determined meeting schedules. Furthermore, with fund administrators and advisers, the major participants in FVC, along with fund boards working remotely, it’s even more important for lines of communication to remain open and active.

*For a better understanding of the steps required to create a fair value methodology, see the information below:*

## Steps to Creating a Methodology

1. **Advisers should communicate that they are going to purchase a security position that requires valuation support, the creation of a fair valuation.**

    An FVC meeting must be convened, and a methodology must be created and installed in lieu of a daily market price which may not be available. The entire process must be documented and memorialized within FVC minutes. In rare cases, advisers may have already purchased such a security position. In such a scenario, the FVC must quickly convene a meeting and come to a determination. Having advance notification of such purchases from advisers is critical and an obvious best practice.
2. **Gathering the fair valuation committee and resources.**

    Fair valuation resources could include the adviser, the administrator, a compliance officer, a third-party valuation expert, a fund auditor, and perhaps a representative from the company or position requiring a valuation, if available, to provide insight or commentary on what ‘moves the needle’ for that investment so it can be incorporated into the methodology.
3. **Creating an agreed-upon methodology and instituting the plan.**

    There can be two different kinds of methodologies – dynamic and static. A Dynamic methodology incorporates enough factors that support daily movement of the price for certain securities. A Static methodology may be more appropriate for short-term security holdings with fewer inputs overall and whose market value is less susceptible to normal market movement. Static methodologies will receive more scrutiny from fund boards and regulators and require proper memorialization with carefully prepared minutes.
4. **Ongoing measurement.**

    How often does the FVC get together to review results? Is there anything the team can use as a proxy currently in the market to be sure the methodology is working as expected? Were the dispositions of fair valued security positions close to the expected outcome? For example, if the security does not sell at the expected price, then the FVC can reassess the methodology to add or subtract components to ensure a better result with dispositions of similar holdings in future. A clear understanding of the methodology and recognition of current market trends are very important so quick adjustments can be made.
5. **Presenting results to the fund’s board of trustees.**

    The board is presented with minutes from every FVC meeting. Trustees need to see exactly how methodologies were formulated, all back-testing activities, and what conclusions were reached. Did the fund receive what it was expecting in the way of proceeds in a sale? This is referred to as disposal variance testing. Ultimately, the board is responsible for the methodology and results per the Investment Company Act of 1940 (‘40 Act). The goal for the fund board is to make sure the methodology is viable under any market condition.

## Pricing Services in Coronavirus Market

[Mutual funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//our-services/registered-funds/mutual-funds/) and ETFs (“Funds”) may hold equities, derivatives, fixed income securities such as corporate bonds, more complex debt instruments such as asset backed securities, and other fixed income that may be distressed in some form or another. Funds will receive equity valuations derived from the stock market closing quote received at the end of each day. Fixed income securities as previously described are evaluated via pricing services like the Intercontinental Exchange (ICE), Bloomberg, Refinitiv, and others. Those services look at buy and sell activity of the bond or other similar issues along with other factors, then form and provide a daily *evaluation*.

**In the coronavirus environment, there has been evidence of more significant volatility with certain fixed income evaluations from the aforementioned pricing services, ultimately resulting in larger than usual swings in value for shareholders of funds with such holdings.** In such a market, it may be very important for the FVC to document conversations and observations the advisers may have if there is a feeling the pricing service is not reacting quickly enough to market conditions. There may be reason to consider a change from one approved pricing service to another and such a change should be carefully documented. Such a decision should not be taken lightly and there should be an expectation that a fund board will review such a change carefully.

## Challenging Evaluations

Advisers may wish to challenge evaluations from pricing services. The fund administrator can support this process by submitting the challenge on behalf of the adviser, along with any evidence the adviser can provide to support the challenge and recording the outcome. The adviser does have leeway to submit a challenge directly as well. Either approach may be acceptable as the fund board can then be assured that the adviser is diligently viewing the marketplace and expertly overseeing the pricing service. The fund board may rely upon advisers to make the best decisions regarding price challenges because they are actively engaged daily and know their holdings best.

Advisers should not, however, limit their price challenges to cases where they believe the service is undervaluing the investment. If an adviser believes an evaluation for a fixed income security is too high, then such an evaluation should be challenged with the goal to see the price evaluated down. That is why disposal variance testing is so important. Did a security position sell for what it was expected to? Overseeing the efficacy of a pricing service is crucial with the up and down pricing spreads being witnessed in today’s volatile environment.

Under proposed new Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 2a-5, advisers would follow a similar path as described above with the fund board delegating valuation responsibilities. The fund board retains oversight and it is expected that advisers, via the FVC, will continue to report regularly to the board on their efforts undertaken to support the best outcomes for securities valuation.

## Conclusion

The careful crafting of valuation policies and procedures that allow for contributions from advisors, valuation experts, audit firms and other third parties, along with the efforts of a sound administrator will allow for expected outcomes in times of “normal” market volatility and be the strong foundation necessary for when markets are behaving with more volatility and uncertainty. It is exactly during such times that an administrator can add value and make a difference for fund boards and ultimately for shareholders.


---

# Alternative Fund Administration Trends Accelerated by the Pandemic

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/alternative-fund-administration-trends-accelerated-by-the-pandemic/_

# Alternative Fund Administration Trends Accelerated by the Pandemic and Work-from-Home Environment

Subscribe

Authored by
**Jessica Robertson, CPA**

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

**About Jessica Robertson, CPA**
									Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)

**Michael McGrail**

Senior Vice President

**About Michael McGrail**
									In his current role as a Senior Vice President, Michael is responsible for financial reporting services to private equity funds, as well as working on day-to-day operations for Ultimus clients. Michael joined the Ultimus team in 2007 as an Staff Accountant, to which his role grew as the company evolved. Michael received his Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Siena College, and received his Masters with a concentration in Business Administration from the State University of New York at Albany.
						×

February 17, 2021

*One side effect of the COVID-19 pandemic has been to accelerate the adoption of nascent processes and technology. We’ve seen a transformation across industries, whether it’s the surge in online grocery shopping or the expansion of for-pay movie channels.* *COVID-19 has similarly accelerated trends in the private fund world, as most firms, including Ultimus LeverPoint, moved to a remote working environment. We’ll assess three trends and their impact.*

1. *Increased adoption of outsourced staffing by fund managers*
2. *Improved communication and collaboration through Zoom and Microsoft Teams*
3. *Increased emphasis and reliance on technology-based solutions*

## Outsourced Staffing as a Silver Bullet.

Fund managers have long used an outsourced staffing model to assist with fund administration. Some managers co-source while others fully outsource the functions. Still other managers have a fund administrator “lift out” their in-house administration staff.

At Ultimus LeverPoint, we’ve seen how the pandemic, coupled with the work-from-home environment, has accelerated the move to outsource fund administration, with staff illnesses and care-giving responsibilities added to the standard list of outsourcing drivers: resignations, maternity/paternity leave and a desire to shift administration costs to the fund.

We believe managers like the flexibility afforded by outsourcing, which allows them to avoid — or at least postpone — hiring and training replacements in a remote work environment.

Well-staffed fund administrators have the necessary skills and resources to perform outsourced services and be effective “Day 1.” We’ve found the most-commonly outsourced functions to include fund administration and management company services.

## Outsourcing examples.

**GP 1**: The Assistant Controller of a private equity fund manager resigned in the middle of the pandemic. The manager was reluctant to hire and train a replacement in the remote environment. Instead, the manager chose to outsource the functions to Ultimus LeverPoint. Ultimus immediately assumed many of the Assistant Controller’s responsibilities, alleviating the burden on the fund manager.

**GP 2**: A fund manager’s Vice President, Fund Accounting took a short-term leave of absence during the work-from-home environment. Knowing that the need was short-lived, the fund manager sought temporary assistance from a provider who required little-to-no training. At Ultimus LeverPoint, we were able to offer an experienced resource to work remotely with the manager’s internal team and step into the Vice President’s role. This short-term secondment offered tremendous benefit to the fund manager.

## Videoconferencing is Here to Stay.

It is strange to remember that prior to widespread remote working, few of us were regular users of Zoom or Microsoft Teams. When it came to providing fund administration services to our clients, we did what most administrators did: we spoke with clients by phone, exchanged emails and periodically engaged in person. Fund administration was accepted as a service intended to be provided “remotely” to clients.

Yet with the accelerated, large-scale adoption of videoconferencing, we’ve found that our client relationships have become stronger. The use of video has allowed for high-value face-to-face interactions without the expense of travel. The ability to share screens has proven invaluable to resolve issues, while simultaneously enhancing relationships through more effective communication and collaboration.

### Videoconferencing examples.

**GP 3: Remote client onboarding.**

During the work-from-home environment, Ultimus LeverPoint switched to Microsoft Teams to onboard clients. Our recent onboarding of a West Coast client eliminated travel, allowed for a faster, more efficient process and accelerated relationship building. The result: greater synergy between Ultimus LeverPoint and the client from the onset.

#### GP 4: Problem resolution via Teams.

In the remote work environment, we — like many around the world — have used the “share screen” function within Microsoft Teams to great effect. Our ability to walk through Excel workbooks on screen has resulted in more positive interactions and faster resolution times.

At Ultimus LeverPoint, we don’t envision a time when we’ll revert to the now-outdated client service model of phone calls and emails alone.

## Faster Adoption of Technology.

The work-from-home environment has precipitated the adoption of various technologies by fund administrators, private fund managers and fund limited partners. Secure, desk-top and mobile-friendly solutions have become the norm.

### Technology adoption examples.

**GDPR-compliant electronic document signing.**

Electronic document signing has been available for years. But the pandemic accelerated its use. Limited partners and general partners can sign agreements from most locations using desk-top or mobile devices. As important, electronic document signing-technology routes documents, data, and signatures through back-end systems, accelerating approvals and moving assets. Scanners can go the way of the dinosaur.

**Expanded portal capabilities.**

Investor portals, too, have been used for many years, initially as a repository for documents and later as an interactive tool. But the trend now is toward greater transparency through on-demand reporting, and drill-down functionality. Fund managers want direct data feeds to enhance communications with investors and provide easy-to-use dynamic reporting.

Ultimus LeverPoint offers an enhanced client portal, through which fund managers and their investors directly access detailed fund and investor-level data and reporting on-demand.

All around us, we see how the pandemic and associated work-from-home environment has accelerated nascent trends. Within fund administration, specifically, we believe the remote work environment has hastened several positive movements that will have lasting impact. First, fund managers have seen the benefits of outsourcing administration-based tasks on a temporary or longer term basis. Second, the use of videoconferencing has enhanced, not harmed, relationships with clients. Third, technology has risen to fill the needs of fund managers and limited partners, no different than how apps have filled the need for online grocery shopping.

Learn more about how Ultimus LeverPoint can assist with your fund administration needs during the work-from-home environment and beyond.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)
**Jessica Robertson, CPA**

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions


About Jessica Robertson, CPA
Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.

**Michael McGrail**

Senior Vice President


About Michael McGrail
In his current role as a Senior Vice President, Michael is responsible for financial reporting services to private equity funds, as well as working on day-to-day operations for Ultimus clients. Michael joined the Ultimus team in 2007 as an Staff Accountant, to which his role grew as the company evolved. Michael received his Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Siena College, and received his Masters with a concentration in Business Administration from the State University of New York at Albany.


---

# ILPA Guidance for Institutional Limited Partners

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/ilpa-guidance-for-institutional-limited-partners/_

# ILPA Guidance for Institutional Limited Partners…and the Implications for Private Markets Fund Managers

Subscribe

January 12, 2021

*Institutional investors have long advocated for themselves with private markets fund managers, whether for reduced fees, increased transparency, custom reporting, or more favorable limited partnership agreements, to name a few. But this highly fragmented approach has proven inefficient — and undoubtedly frustrating — for LPs and GPs alike.*

### What is ILPA?

The Institutional Limited Partners Association, better known as ILPA, stepped in to unify the voices of institutional LPs, bringing them together for education, resources, and networking purposes, while providing cohesive guidance and best practices to advance LPs’ interests. ILPA publishes a variety of industry guidance for LPs and GPs, including Principles 3.0, model LPAs and fund reporting templates.

ILPA’s member entities include public and private pensions, endowments, foundations, family offices, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds and other institutional investors. In aggregate, allocations from ILPA’s 500+ global institutions comprise about 50% of capital invested with private equity fund managers. ILPA’s members include over 5,000 professionals in 50+ countries.

Clearly ILPA’s membership represents a powerful voice. As such, private markets fund managers should be aware of — and prepared to follow — ILPA’s guiding principles for alignment of interest, governance and transparency.

### What Institutional LPs Seek…and How GPs Can Prepare

In this introductory blog, we share ILPA’s guidance for what LPs seek, and GPs should know in three areas related to fund administration:

1. Detailed financial reporting
2. Operational transparency
3. Independence and governance

### ILPA guidance for detailed financial reporting

One of ILPA’s foremost goals is to promote transparency and alignment of interests between LPs and GPs. ILPA also advocates for uniformity in disclosures to LPs.

In 2015, ILPA surveyed its members and found that more than half of the institutions had developed custom templates to capture fee and expense information beyond that provided in standard GP reporting packages. In response, ILPA launched an initiative to establish more robust guidelines for fee and expense reporting and compliance disclosures.

ILPA packaged the standardized guidelines in financial reporting templates, enhancing the templates and adding new ones over time. LPs benefit from increased transparency and consistent information across fund managers. GPs benefit from being able to provide standardized reports following the ILPA templates, thereby reducing the need for custom LP reports. A sampling of these standardized reporting templates includes:

- Capital activity template: detailed capital call and distribution schedules
- Fee income template: detailed schedule with fees, expenses, carried interest and reimbursements
- Portfolio company template: details about each company, including invested capital and performance

### ILPA guidance for operational transparency

In 2017, ILPA issued guidance for greater disclosures and clarity in partnership agreements regarding subscription lines of credit. But with inconsistencies remaining, ILPA in 2020 released additional guidance for quarterly and annual disclosures to provide LPs the necessary visibility to monitor the impact of subscription lines on both exposure and performance.

Levered and unlevered metrics. Because leverage is utilized by some managers, but not all, it is difficult to compare fund metrics across the industry. ILPA therefore provides specific guidance that fund managers report unlevered return metrics in addition to any levered metrics.

The following excerpt from ILPA guidance illustrates the effect on performance data of delaying the first capital call — by using a subscription line of credit.[1]

| Year | Transaction Type | Cash Flows<br>(without line of credit) | Cash Flows<br>(with 1-year line of credit) | Cash Flows<br>(with 2-year line of credit) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | Investment | -100 |  |  |
| Management Fees | -2 |  |  |
| 2 | Investment |  | -100 |  |
| Interest |  | -4 |  |
| Management Fees | -2 | -4 |  |
| 3 | Investment |  |  | -100 |
| Interest |  |  | -8 |
| Management Fees | -2 | -2 | -2 |
| 4 | Management Fees | -2 | -2 | -2 |
| 5 | Management Fees | -2 | -2 | -2 |
| 6 | Management Fees | -2 | -2 | -2 |
| Realization | 162 | 162 | 162 |
|  | IRR | 6.62% | 7.14% | 7.98% |
|  | TVPI | 1.45x | 1.40x | 1.35x |

Terms and costs of the line of credit. Lines of credit also impact investors’ cash management strategies, as required paydowns may lead to large, unexpected accumulated capital calls. To address this liquidity risk, ILPA also released guidance for transparency into the key terms and costs associated with subscription lines of credit.

### ILPA guidance for independence and governance

Investors — specifically institutional investors — seek a layer of independence and governance at the fund manager when it comes to the reporting structure. Fund administrators provide this additional layer of independence, as well as reporting and operational guidance, to ensure investor reporting and economics are in line with governing documents.

Institutional investors know that fund managers who’ve incorporated ILPA best practices for reporting, including ILPA templates and performance metrics, are following the industry “gold standard.”

### How Fund Administrators Assist with the Implementation of ILPA Best Practices

Implementing ILPA’s reporting templates can be complex, but the benefits are clear-cut for both investors and fund managers. By outsourcing fund administration, GPs can minimize the cost and effort of satisfying institutional investors’ ILPA reporting requirements.

Fund administrators have the software solutions and technology to automate ILPA templates across a manager’s LP base. Fund administrators also have extensive in-house experience with ILPA-recommended reporting standards and performance metrics. Plus, as noted above, institutional investors favor the independence of third-party fund administration over in-house solutions.

ILPA empowers institutional limited partners through a unified voice and standardized approach for requesting transparency and disclosures from private markets fund managers.

At Ultimus LeverPoint, we see first-hand the influence of ILPA guidelines on institutional investor requests. Fund managers increasingly are being asked to follow ILPA recommendations, specifically with respect to fund reporting. ILPA’s reporting guidance minimizes the need for custom investor reports. That’s a win-win for GPs and LPs alike.

11831725 01/12/2021

[1] ILPA website download: 2020 Guidance – Enhancing Transparency Around Subscription Lines of Credit


---

# Opportunity in Disruption – Rethinking Private Equity Management Company Models

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/opportunity-in-disruption-rethinking-private-equity-management-company-models/_

# Opportunity in Disruption – Rethinking Private Equity Management Company Models

Subscribe

Authored by
**Jessica Robertson, CPA**

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

**About Jessica Robertson, CPA**
									Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)
						×

March 9, 2021

Many Private Equity and Venture fund managers continue to capitalize on market events by raising additional – and often larger – funds. Forward-looking firms in this situation may recognize that more or larger funds bring increased operational volume and complexity, along with extra operating expenses. While this may be considered a “quality” problem, it is, nonetheless, worth pondering the operational aspects and the beneficial outsourcing options that can help with growth.

## Addressing Rapid Growth

Management companies are tasked with keeping the investment management business running. As such, managers may want to think proactively about how their growth spurt will impact the management company’s ability to adequately control its operational needs.

Responsibilities of a management company are broad:

- Hire and pay employees
- Engage vendors, oversee the relationships, and pay expenses
- Bill portfolio companies
- Track and monitor accounts receivable
- Handle regulatory reporting obligations
- Pay ongoing operating expenses
- Oversee the fund and fund-related expenses

Disruptions due to the pandemic have prompted creative thinking for accomplishing core operating functions: remote working arrangements, remote due diligence and videoconference annual investor meetings. This inspired thinking has prompted investment managers to consider how to gain efficiencies and scalability not only in their fund management responsibilities but also their underlying management company operations.

## Outsourcing: As Relevant for Management Company Operations as for Fund Operations

Outsourcing reduces the resources needed to support an in-house accounting team and allows fund managers to focus on their core business. Management companies can opportunistically engage a service provider to handle day-to-day non-fund accounting functions. Service providers deliver flexibility by offering a full scope of support or ad hoc services. For example, providers can:

- Maintain the general ledger
- Process account payables, accounts receivable, travel and expenses
- Prepare journal entries
- Bill portfolio companies
- Process payroll
- Provide weekly cash reporting and monthly bank reconciliations
- Prepare financial statements
- Provide an independent review of all outgoing payments
- Perform vendor callback verification and maintenance
- Allocate expenses
- Prepare and file 1099 reports

## Benefits of Outsourcing

At Ultimus LeverPoint, we’ve seen fund managers benefit in significant ways by outsourcing all or some of their management company operations. Your firm size, fund complexity, and level of in-house resources will drive your specific requirements. One of the most important benefits to outsourcing is that it allows fund managers to focus on their core business.

### *Staffing Benefits for General Partners*

- Reduced resources needed to support an in-house accounting team
- Ability to quickly and effectively scale
- Access to skilled, qualified accountants familiar with the private markets industry
- Redirected focus on core competencies rather than accounting

### *Process Benefits for General Partners*

- Immediate access to operational best practices and established standard operating procedures
- Burnished reputation through using an SOC1-compliant provider
- Independent Treasury review for all cash movements
- Ability to obtain synergies by outsourcing management company administration and fund administration to the same entity

    - Enhanced communication, transparency and efficiencies between accounting teams
    - Ability to perform management fee reconciliations, discuss fund-level activities and offer a secondary level of review of expense allocations to the various funds and investments
    - Reduced involvement from fund managers
    - More accurate accounting records on both the fund and management company

### *Technology Benefits for General Partners*

- Immediate access to best-in-class technology plus streamlined, automated processes
- Access to multiple accounting platforms (depending on the provider), such as QuickBooks or NetSuite
- Access to accounts payable processing software to minimize human-error risk

## Models for Outsourcing

As with most things, one size does not fit all. A management company’s size, complexity and in-house resources influence the optimal outsourcing model, from co-sourcing to partial outsourcing to full outsourcing.

**Co-source** – With the co-sourcing model, service providers work within the management company’s infrastructure, using their technology, processes and procedures. The important benefit: alleviating or postponing the manager’s need to hire additional employees.

**Partial outsource** – Management companies can choose specific tasks to outsource. For instance, outsourcing payroll adds a layer of confidentiality by limiting visibility of firm compensation. Outsourcing simultaneously reduces the workload on in-house resources.

**Full outsource** – Management companies can choose a turn-key solution to outsource the full range of operational responsibilities to an external provider. The firms benefit from proven expertise and technology supported by a rigorous control environment.

If your firm is experiencing exponential growth, or anticipates doing so, and you want to gain more insights into the benefits of outsourcing your management company functions, consult with a trusted service provider. At Ultimus, we have performed management company services for over a decade and offer a full suite of management company administration solutions. Our team works in a consultative manner with private equity CFOs, Controllers, and General Partners to implement the best operating model for each firm to ensure that your objectives and priorities are addressed. We’d be delighted to discuss your particular situation and help determine the best outsourcing model to fit your needs in order for you reap the most benefits.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)
**Jessica Robertson, CPA**

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions


About Jessica Robertson, CPA
Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.


---

# Private Funds: Be Prepared for Evolving Regulations

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/private-funds-be-prepared-for-evolving-regulations/_

# Private Funds: Be Prepared for Evolving Regulations

Subscribe

Authored by
**Ryan Lowe**

Senior Vice President, Investor & Treasury Services

**About Ryan Lowe**
									As Senior Vice President of Investor Services and Treasury, Ryan is responsible for overseeing Investor Services and Treasury functions for private equity, venture capital and hedge fund clients. Ryan joined Ultimus in January 2010. Ryan received his Bachelor’s degree in Economics and East Asian Languages and Cultures from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Outside the office, Ryan enjoys cooking, cycling, wine and spending time with his girlfriend and dog.
						×

April 13, 2021

## Private Funds: Be Prepared for Evolving Regulations

Historically, the reduced compliance burden associated with private funds was a key advantage over registered funds. However, with recent changes in the regulatory environment, compliance for private funds is no longer a “check-the-box” item.

Private fund investment managers must be able to respond swiftly to new regulations while also ensuring their procedures are sufficiently flexible to accommodate evolution. Keeping current with changing regulations is time consuming; understanding the requirements of various jurisdictions can be complex. Managers often find their administrators and legal counsel to be invaluable for assistance with in depth compliance issues, allowing managers to stayed focused on investment management.

As the industry continues to evolve — whether through cryptocurrencies, foreign feeder structures, SPACs or otherwise — new compliance issues have arisen with greater frequency. In this article, we flag changes and trends in anti-money laundering (AML) requirements and expanded privacy regulations that directly impact private fund managers.

## Anti-Money Laundering Requirements

### Shifting Ground in U.S. AML Requirements

Traditionally, the U.S. has enforced light AML requirements compared to non-U.S. jurisdictions where private funds are often registered. But the passage of the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 signaled a renewed attention to strengthening AML legislation. This was the first amendment of the Bank Secrecy Act in 20 years.

A potential revival of a FinCEN rule by the Biden administration, which would require investment advisors to maintain more formalized AML policies, is currently under discussion. We are watching this development closely.

### Heightened Scrutiny for Cayman Islands AML

Offshore jurisdictions are similarly facing significant changes in AML legislation. For example, the 2018 revision to the Cayman Islands’ AML Regulations required, among other things: i) a risk-based approach to assessing customer eligibility and ii) the implementation of formalized AML Officer requirements.

Even substantial updates such as this one in 2018 continue to evolve. In 2020, the regulations were modified to remove the Equivalent Jurisdictions Regime, which had allowed simplified customer due diligence for specific countries. The modification requires private funds to conduct their own risk assessments on investors’ domiciles.

### Heightened Scrutiny May be Accompanied by Fines

Beyond specific updates to the Cayman Island rules, there is also renewed focus on the Administrative Fines Regime. The Cayman Islands Monetary Authority has increased the rate at which it imposes fines on private fund managers and service providers for failure to implement effective AML protocols.

Furthermore, the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) recently added the Cayman Islands to the FATF gray list for enhanced monitoring due to their determination that Cayman Islands is not thoroughly enforcing its AML requirements. Fund managers can expect Cayman authorities to place a greater emphasis on testing and enforcement of AML rules in order to maintain its reputation as an international financial center.

## Privacy Regulations

The past few years have also seen a substantial increase in the implementation of privacy regulations globally. Unlike AML rules, which tend to be jurisdiction-specific, customer privacy legislation generally applies to any entity that holds data on an individual resident in a location that has privacy laws.

### GDPR Started the Privacy Regulation Trend

With the growth in privacy regulations driven by the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) in the European Union (EU) and the continued state-specific privacy regulations being implemented in the U.S., managers must take a broad and accommodating approach to ensure their privacy policies are easily adaptable.

GDPR, which was implemented in 2018, served as the driver of the current push for privacy regulation. While many managers had existing privacy policies, GDPR required anyone who maintained data on EU residents to be far more deliberate about the information collected, and to form definitive response plans for data breaches or requests from data subjects who wished to have their information deleted.

### Impact Beyond the European Union

GDPR kickstarted the trend for privacy legislation in other jurisdictions. The Cayman Islands passed a privacy law in 2019, and Switzerland implemented its own law at the end of 2020. While both laws are similar in function to GDPR, they each have their own nuances.

The U.S. faces a complex array of privacy regulations, with individual states continuing to pass their own laws. The California Consumer Privacy Act went into effect January 2020, and Virginia passed similar legislation in 2021. While privacy laws on this level have been passed in only two states, similar laws are being discussed in many other states, signaling a growing desire to address privacy concerns regardless of state or domicile.

Given the continued momentum of privacy regulations, managers must not only address the regulations applicable to the domiciles of their investor base, but also plan for similar privacy legislation to come into effect in other jurisdictions.

## Final Thoughts

Evolving regulations and increased complexity have made compliance for private funds far more challenging than in the past. It is crucial for private fund managers to have service providers who are true partners in their fund operations, who keep in front of regulation changes, and who enable funds to be prepared for compliance as soon as legislation is in effect.

Ultimus Private Fund Solutions is committed to keeping regulatory compliance a top priority. We stay on top of changing regulations so that our clients and their investors are not caught off-guard. In true partner fashion, we help reduce the administrative burden of meeting regulatory updates, allowing fund managers to focus their full efforts on optimizing investments and growth, as well as investor relationships.

12602699 03/06/2021


## Authored by

**Ryan Lowe**

Senior Vice President, Investor & Treasury Services


About Ryan Lowe
As Senior Vice President of Investor Services and Treasury, Ryan is responsible for overseeing Investor Services and Treasury functions for private equity, venture capital and hedge fund clients. Ryan joined Ultimus in January 2010. Ryan received his Bachelor’s degree in Economics and East Asian Languages and Cultures from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Outside the office, Ryan enjoys cooking, cycling, wine and spending time with his girlfriend and dog.


---

# Essential Elements of a Fund Compliance Program

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/essential-elements-of-a-fund-compliance-program/_

# Essential Elements of a Fund Compliance Program

Subscribe

Authored by
**Emile Molineaux**

VP, Senior Compliance Officer, Compliance Services Group at Ultimus
						×

June 15, 2021

In the world of investment company compliance, one can have all of the essential elements of a great compliance program, but without the intangible ingredient of a highly-experienced and attentive Chief Compliance Officer (CCO), the program may fail.

Some of you may remember the campy, 1997 science fiction film classic, “The Fifth Element.” In the film, the four elements of earth, water, air and fire were needed, along with a mysterious ethereal fifth element, to activate a great machine that saves the day.

In this article, we lay out the elements of an effective fund compliance program to help fund sponsors understand the nuances of creating, implementing and maintaining one, and the critical role of the CCO for funds governed by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

## The Foundation

https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/earth-element-263x300-1.png

The bedrock of a good compliance program is a well-constructed set of written fund policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws. A good CCO can help fund sponsors lay the groundwork to set up these procedures, conducting a risk analysis to identify any gaps in these procedures that may be particular to your fund’s investment strategy. The risk analysis also will map out the business affiliations of your fund’s service providers to identify any conflicts and recommend procedures to address the same.

## Regulatory Updates

https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-element-200x233-1.png

One must be tuned in to regulatory updates, industry developments and other information coming over the airwaves, in order to keep apprised of procedural updates and best practices. Social media also should be monitored for statements or other information about the Fund or its service providers that could impact reputation or compliance with advertising rules, or reveal undisclosed business or political activities or affiliations. A good compliance program will access multiple sources of industry information and schedule ongoing vigilance to monitor for shifts in the compliance atmosphere

## Clear Communications & Oversight

To successfully navigate the daily flows of fund operations, trading, accounting, valuation, financial reporting, etc., one must maintain open and frequent communications among fund service providers. A good compliance program will schedule communications on a regular basis, even when waters are calm, to ensure smooth sailing and keep things in ship shape. Your CCO should be able to make informative and concise board presentations to ensure that the board of trustees/directors is kept apprised of any material compliance exceptions.

## Training & Adherence

To avoid getting burned by regulatory scrutiny, shareholder lawsuits, or costly internal mistakes, it helps not only to keep apprised of hot button issues, but to have controls in place to fireproof daily processes with automation and good procedures. Business continuity, cybersecurity and other contingency planning and training can prepare the enterprise to avoid or quickly extinguish any such flare ups. Regular testing of policies and procedures and a detailed compliance/training calendar and risk matrix help to avoid any missteps that could get your team raked over the coals.

## The CCO

Like an alchemist, a seasoned CCO can orchestrate all of the elements of a compliance program to life. A highly knowledgeable CCO that loves his/her job, provides the spirit and skill that will drive the program. An exceptional compliance firm should have compliance professionals with years of industry experience and compliance knowledge, such as former regulators, Lawyers, CPAs & Auditors, MBAs and Broker Dealer Reps, fund administrators, and other professional compliance personnel. The SEC requires that CCOs be knowledgeable and of a stature within the organization that gives them access to and influence within the inner circles of management.

A fund CCO reports directly to the fund’s board and can be hired or replaced only by the Fund’s board. Regardless of other duties, a CCO’s first duty is to the board and fund shareholders. One of the advantages of an independent CCO is the uncompromised oversight of fund service providers. An independent CCO can report objectively and without fear of retaliation. For example, a Fund CCO who is employed and paid by the Adviser (the fund CCO also may be CCO of the Adviser) may have difficulty reporting to the fund board about compliance issues at the Adviser, as it could adversely affect his/her employment. Another advantage of an independent CCO may be found where the CCO is a member of a larger consulting team of compliance professionals, which can provide greater resources for your compliance program.

## Conclusion

The goal of a good compliance team is to help fund sponsors set up, administer and implement an effective compliance program to safeguard your mutual fund, closed end fund, interval fund or ETF, and to instill a winning spirit of compliance within your organization.

The compliance services team at Ultimus has helped hundreds of investment adviser clients enhance their compliance programs to prepare them as advisers to investment companies and to better comply with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. With a full complement of compliance professionals averaging over 20 years of diverse investment industry experience, our team can provide everything you need for fund compliance. Even in a virtual working environment, our compliance team is fully equipped and able to support your compliance program. If you are looking to set up a fund compliance program or think your current program needs an update, we would welcome the opportunity to be of service to you!


## Authored by

**Emile Molineaux**

VP, Senior Compliance Officer, Compliance Services Group at Ultimus


---

# Private Equity: Outsourcing Fund Administration in the New Normal

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/private-equity-outsourcing-fund-administration-in-the-new-normal/_

# Private Equity: Outsourcing Fund Administration in the New Normal

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kelly Ramsey Gooch**

Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation

**About Kelly Ramsey Gooch**
									Kelly Ramsey Gooch serves as Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, leading client implementations and key initiatives supporting private fund onboarding and transformation. She brings 30 years of experience across fund administration, operations management, investor services, and project management. Prior to Ultimus, Kelly focused on developing relationships with strategic alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction for a global financial services firm.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelly-ramsey-gooch-a1511ba/)
						×

July 21, 2021

In the new normal, outsourcing presents the opportunity for strategic partnerships that provide solutions to investment managers experiencing increasingly formidable fund administration requirements and challenges.

The pandemic of 2020-2021 continues to affect the private equity markets, causing general partners (GPs) of all sizes to re-evaluate their operating models with a longer-term view on opportunities for improvements that benefit their business and their investors.

How do you find the right strategic partner?

## Finding the Right Partner

To reap the benefits of an outsourcing relationship, there are a number of critical factors to consider when selecting the right strategic partner for fund administration:

## Technology

The ability to meet the current and future needs of you and your investors requires a proven, substantive platform with the level of automation, scale, control, and security expected in an industry leading solution. It must deliver transparency and efficiency to you and to the investor experience. Using a secure, sophisticated platform provides a more controlled and reliable environment for data input and outputs. It mitigates the risk inherent in using spreadsheets and allows for transparent and secure reporting. State-of-the-art investor portals allow fund managers, GPs and LPs to access online, real-time data and reporting.

The cost of investigating, implementing, and maintaining relevant technology can be expensive and overwhelming for individual managers. Partnering with a fund administrator who already invests in these platforms allows fund managers access to advanced technology while avoiding much of the cost, process and time commitment of in-house implementation and ongoing maintenance.

## People & Culture

Sudden growth, changes in fund complexities, and the desire to attract institutional investors can all drive the need to hire staff at a direct expense to the firm when the fund’s back-office work is being done in house. Choosing the right strategic partner for outsourcing fund administration provides a relationship that grows and flexes with a fund manager’s needs. Fund Administrators who serve as an extension of the fund manager’s team become a valued contributor to the business plan.

Relationships, communication and technical expertise are the foundation for a successful Fund Administration partnership. Whether you are a first-time firm with AUM of $50M or an established firm with AUM of $20B+, choosing the right Fund Administrator is essential. Cultural fit, technical ability, and capacity are all critically important; a fund manager is not just partnering with a Fund Administrator but instead are partnering with the human capital of the firm.

## Controls and Procedures / Best Practices

As limited partners, or LPs, become more sophisticated, they are requiring more of fund managers, notably in the way of tighter processes and controls. Many institutional investors require fund managers to hire a fund administrator with industry-accepted credentials such as the SSAE18 SOC 1 Type 2 Audit Report. The Fund Administrator you select should provide customized solutions and workflow processes within a controlled environment, helping to reduce risk and potential errors.

LPs also focus on both disaster recovery and cybersecurity policies. The Fund Administrator selected should have documented and tested policies in these areas as well as a clearly defined business continuity plan, which details the process for continuous service and access to client data, should a disruptive event occur.

## Experience with Increasing Fund Complexities

Experience shows that fund managers face significant increases in the complexity of their operations, resulting from expanding their product offerings into non-traditional PE and RE investments (e.g., credit, middle-market, infrastructure) and increasing regulatory reporting requirements.

Private Equity funds have evolved from simple, stand-alone limited partnerships to highly complex structures. Creating multiple vehicles within each structure also means complicated allocations and fee calculations. While these complex calculations may be handled in spreadsheets, that carries risk and is a warning flag to larger institutional investors who may want to invest in the fund.

The largest investors have become more demanding in terms of fund reporting. Investors routinely request more detailed quarterly reports with extensive capital account statements, to be delivered within days after the quarter ends. The result is less standardization and far more customization. For managers, meeting these challenges is time consuming, expensive, and difficult.

## The Ability to Meet LP and Institutional Investor Demands for Reporting and Transparency

Limited partner involvement in the Private Equity world has evolved to encompass a more sophisticated and institutional investor base. It has become routine for institutional investors and their operational due diligence teams to question valuation risk and transparency reporting. As GPs build more complex fund structures to fulfill LP needs, the need for increased reporting transparency builds as well.

All of this has driven GPs to examine all aspects of administering a fund. Recognizing the growing need for specifically talented staff supported by industry-leading technology in a controlled environment of best practices has led GPs to new considerations: a strategic outsourcing partner that understands LPA mandates, operational deliverables, and technology that can support fund complexities.

## Final Thoughts

The rapidly changing need for transparency is the key to staying ahead of the evolving private equity administration requirements, being equipped to offer investors a high level of operational confidence in information provided securely and in real-time. As the result of the growing costs and complexities of supporting these requirements, a strategic partnership with an outsourced service provider offers critical advantages.

## Grow with Ultimus

### Achieve Scale

As funds grow and their complexities multiply, the impact of having to hire, train and retain staff to support a back-office functions also becomes greater. Gain economies of scale with a qualified Fund Administrator such as Ultimus. With an effective co-sourcing model, the responsibility for attracting and retaining skilled talent falls on the administrator, who can pool resources across a broad client base, reducing the fund manager’s skills-related risk.

### Boost Efficiencies

Making the decision to outsource Fund Administration services is one of the most astute decisions fund managers can make because it boosts efficiencies for their firm and their investors. As reporting demands grow and the need for transparency intensifies, having the right Fund Administrator becomes even more important.

### Realize Results

You’ll gain a more efficient business process that mitigates common risks and enables you to focus on your core competencies while providing your investors a level of comfort that comes from third-party independence.

Ultimus leverages both technology and a flexible servicing model that enable GPs to adapt to the new environment and enhance the investor experience. A robust architecture allows ULP to deliver quality services and increase productivity to meet the needs of our clients. Our responsive service model focuses only on the core activities of fund administration. Since we are an independent service provider, our dedicated teams and services won’t be disrupted by the budget cuts, service reductions, downsizing, offshoring and outsourcing.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelly-ramsey-gooch-a1511ba/)
**Kelly Ramsey Gooch**

Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation


About Kelly Ramsey Gooch
Kelly Ramsey Gooch serves as Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, leading client implementations and key initiatives supporting private fund onboarding and transformation. She brings 30 years of experience across fund administration, operations management, investor services, and project management. Prior to Ultimus, Kelly focused on developing relationships with strategic alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction for a global financial services firm.


---

# Top Five Questions to Ask a Third-Party Marketer - Before Engaging Them for Fund Distribution

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/top-five-questions-to-ask-a-third-party-marketer-before-engaging-them-for-fund-distribution/_

# Top Five Questions to Ask a Third-Party Marketer - Before Engaging Them for Fund Distribution

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors

**About Kevin Guerette**
									Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.

**Stacy Havener**

Founder & CEO, Havener Capital
						×

October 19, 2021

Over the years registered fund managers have made the decision to outsource some or all of their distribution efforts. During that time, a number of new models for external, active distribution have emerged and technology is now playing an increased role in how wholesalers are approaching their target audience and engaging with prospects.

To help fund managers identify and engage with the wholesaler that has the approach that fits and supports your distribution efforts for your specific funds, here are five questions to ask potential third-party marketer (3PM) partners. After each question, I have provided my insights based on my 20 years of experience of working with fund managers and clients of Ultimus. In addition, I’ve asked Stacy at Havener Capital, a third-party marketer, to weigh in as well.

## 1. How many money managers do you work with and what asset classes are they investing in?

**Ultimus:** This information is important to gauge how many other funds a 3PM may be representing and if they represent funds with a similar strategy or strategies to your fund(s) which may ultimately present a potential conflict.

**Havener:** Agreed. What is the niche/specialty of the 3PM? Do they specialize in a type of a manager (boutique or big), asset class (equity, debt, alts, impact, etc), vehicle type (LP, SMA, 40-Act, ETF) or even evolutionary stage (start-up, new fund launches, turnarounds, etc.)? And then secondarily how do they structure their roster? Be wary of firms that have competing strategies – you don’t want a partner with a “throw it against the wall and see what sticks” philosophy.

## 2. Which channel or channels are you focused on or seeing the greatest amount of success?

**Ultimus:** Depending on the goals a fund manager has or the challenges of some distribution channels, many 3PMs specialize in a specific segment of the market – and it may or may not be best suited based on the dynamics of your fund(s).

**Havener:** Great question that ties back to the “What’s your specialty?” question above. A 3PM that focuses on RIAs and family offices can have a smaller, more nimble sales team but a firm that serves the wirehouses will need a much larger sales staff. Also, think about the evolutionary stage of your asset management firm … it’s typically difficult for boutique funds to win at the wirehouses, so don’t let dollar signs cloud your vision of your next best step.

## 3. How will you track and report your activity relative to our fund to us?

**Ultimus:** It will take time for any 3PM to demonstrate success based on AUM, but in the meantime, a great way to gauge or anticipate that the effort is heading in the right direction is to measure the activity – and the more detail they are able to provide the better.

**Havener:** Super important topic – transparency. 3PMs should be able to give you a sense of important milestones, or key performance indicators (KPIs) that let you know the effort is working. Raising capital takes longer than anyone thinks it will, so it’s important to have other measurables while you work toward getting the dollars in the door. There should also be regular communication between you and the 3PM to review those KPIs, discuss the sales funnel, and ensure both sides are aligned in the mission and the messaging.

## 4. How are you compensated? Retainer, minimum, commission based or -revenue share on assets raised?

**Ultimus:** 3PMs have a number of ways that they will bill for their endeavors. It is common in most cases to base their fee on the assets raised, but there are a number of other possible charges that may be involved. Minimums, T&E, retainers and draw-downs, to name just a few. Make sure you are comfortable with the costs you may incur.

**Havener:** Alignment of interests is big here. In an ideal scenario, you want your 3PM to grow and earn as you grow and earn. Think about three levers: retainer, revenue/share or commission, and time. You can move those levers around to arrive at a structure that works for both sides. You could also build in milestones – a bonus for important things like getting on the platforms or critical AUM levels etc. Both parties need to be open-minded and creative.

## 5. How have you adapted your efforts during the pandemic?

**Ultimus:** Although several advisers and branches have begun to schedule meetings many others are still prohibiting wholesalers from visiting their offices. 3PMs should have adapted ways to engage their audience during these trying times and have integrated digital efforts, webinars and virtual meetings into their programs.

**Havener:** Virtual is the new reality, isn’t it? At the end of the day, people invest with people, so finding ways to conduct meetings that are both educational and fun can work well. In addition to virtual meetings, digital marketing and social media have proved to be particularly powerful not only in generating leads but also in moving deals forward. The trick is to create social media that isn’t merely a “corporate update” but reflects the authenticity of the people behind the portfolios.

## Final Thoughts

In addition to these queries, there are several other questions we would encourage you to ask any 3PM firm. We welcome the opportunity to speak with you to share more insights regarding some of the experiences that our fund manager clients have had with third-party marketers and especially their efforts to establish successful relationships with external distribution teams. Please feel free to reach out to me directly at kguerette@ultimusfundsolutions.com. I look forward to hearing from you.


## Authored by

**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors


About Kevin Guerette
Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.

**Stacy Havener**

Founder & CEO, Havener Capital


---

# The Rise of ESG and the Importance of ESG Data

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-rise-of-esg-and-the-importance-of-esg-data/_

# The Rise of ESG and the Importance of ESG Data

Subscribe

Authored by
**Jason Stevens**

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer

**About Jason Stevens**
									Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)
						×

November 18, 2021

## Introduction

ESG is a hot topic. That’s not surprising given the sums of money flowing into Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) strategies. Investments in ESG strategies grew 42% from 2018 to 2020. Today, one of every three dollars of assets under management is invested in ESG strategies.^1^ESG funds are on track for a record year of inflows in 2021 as well, raking in more than $21 billion in the first quarter alone.^2^

Yet with all the buzz around ESG, we found that many investment managers and advisers could benefit from an explanation of ESG strategies and available ESG resources. With that, Ultimus hosted a webinar with industry panelists Stacy Louizos, John Pileggi, and Vladimir Kaplun to address:

- What is ESG and the spectrum of ESG strategies
- The growth of ESG and the recent Risk Alert published by SEC’s Division of Examinations
- Sources of ESG information
- Data integration for pre-trade ESG analysis and post-trade ESG compliance

The balance of this article is a summary of the webinar panel discussion. To set the stage, we begin with an explanation of the E, S and G behind the strategy.

## ESG Explained

ESG investors consider a company’s record across E, S and G factors — alongside traditional fundamental analysis — when making investment decisions.

**Environmental**. Examples include the company’s focus on climate change and carbon emissions; energy usage; waste management; and water and land usage.

**Social**. Examples include relationships between the company and its employees, suppliers, customers and the community; diversity issues; and responsible marketing.

**Governance**. Examples include a company’s leadership or board structure; executive compensation; and shareholder rights.

## The Spectrum of Environmental, Social and Governance Investing

Our panelists noted an important distinction: ESG investing is a strategy, not an asset class. There are different mandates for ESG strategies and different ways to implement the strategies.

### The Range of Investment Strategies, With and Without ESG Criteria

## Does ESG Equate to a Sacrifice in Fund Performance?

There is a common misperception that focusing on ESG factors means sacrificing performance. As shown in the graphic above, some ESG strategies put profits above or on par with social and environmental impact. Others emphasize impact above profits.

Numerous studies over various time periods have shown that companies that implement ESG into their business model perform better over the longer term^3^. This has been borne out during the pandemic as funds with ESG strategies outperformed traditional funds^4^.

Many investors now use ESG criteria as part of their fundamental analysis of investments. This is based on the idea that to understand the opportunities and risks of a company, it’s necessary to take ESG criteria into account.

## Interest in ESG has Skyrocketed

In 2020, net inflows into ESG funds in the U.S. reached $51.1 billion, a significant increase over 2019 when flows equaled $21.4, which itself was a record.^5^ Global ESG investing by end of the first quarter in 2021 was nearly $2 trillion^6^.

Assorted factors are driving the popularity of ESG strategies:

- Negative cost and risk of not implementing
- Reputational risk
- Customer expectations
- Investors
- Employees
- Supply chain, rating agencies, banks, insurance companies and more

Women, millennials and high-net-worth individuals represent demographic segments playing a role in this trend.

## The SEC’s Division of Examinations has Noticed

The SEC has placed ESG strategies high on its exam priorities list. In April 2021, the Division of Examinations issued a Risk Alert to highlight observations from recent exams of entities offering ESG products and services. Notably, ESG strategies are defined in the broadest sense, to include socially responsible and impact investing.

A few takeaways for asset managers:

**Ensure clarity and consistency.** The ESG strategy must be consistently and accurately disclosed across all materials available to the public, including regulatory filings, policies, marketing materials, websites, published studies, etc.

**Do what you say you’re doing** **.** Actual investments and practices must reflect the disclosed ESG strategies and processes.

**Integrate compliance.** Compliance oversight of ESG practices should be performed by those knowledgeable of and familiar with the firm’s ESG policies and procedures.

## Sources of ESG Information

As an investor, where can you find reliable ESG information? What are the standards to abide by? How do you access ESG data broadly and for individual companies?

Our panelists mentioned a few helpful resources, including:

- [Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB)](https://www.sasb.org/)
- [The Forum for Sustainable and Responsible Investment (US SIF Foundation)](https://www.ussif.org/)
- [Principles for Responsible Investment (PRI)](https://www.unpri.org/)
- Company filings
- Ratings agencies, such as S&P industry rankings
- Third-party ESG service and data providers, such as ICE
- Investor’s own research from publicly available information
- Reporting tools

## Data Resources for Pre-Trade ESG Data Analysis and Post-Trade ESG Compliance.

Standardizing, capturing and consolidating ESG data across companies is a vast undertaking. But this is necessary to compare ESG factors across companies and sectors – and to develop a ranking system. Data is commonly sourced from the companies directly or from publicly available third-party resources. Some vendors even offer their tools to corporations to confirm the accuracy of the data tracked. Reliable data is key to be able to perform proper analysis.

Identifying and performing due diligence on the data source will ensure consistent and dependable data for proper analysis. Our panelists noted that quality, granular and timely ESG data resources are needed for (at least) two distinct purposes: pre-trade ESG data analysis and post-trade ESG compliance. The pre-trade analysis has become an integral part of opportunity and risk assessments. But access to ESG data is also crucial for compliance purposes to assess adherence to the documented ESG strategy. There are industry tools and resources available for both pre- and post-trade analysis.

For pre-trade data analysis, the webinar featured ICE as one service provider option which has a range of ESG data and tools to help gain transparency and manage risk. And, for post-trade compliance, Ultimus’ proprietary uCOMPLY application is designed to helps fund managers monitor investment portfolios against fund guidelines with a high degree of accuracy while providing flexibility and highly customizable reporting that managers need. Since uCOMPLY is proprietary to Ultimus, it offers a level of flexibility to clients not available in third-party compliance monitoring programs, as well as flexibility in building additional features in response to client needs and the changing regulatory environment.

## The Role of the Administrator. Champions of Data and Compliance.

Knowing the importance of “doing what you say you’re going to do” when it comes to ESG, you may want to engage your Fund Administrator to assist with oversight of your ESG strategy and implementation. Ultimus is a provider of full-service fund administration, accounting and investor solutions to help launch and administer products that include ESG strategies. Ultimus also can assist with post-trade compliance through our uCOMPLY application as mentioned previously, helping to keep funds within their preset ESG guidelines. For more information, please contact inquiry@ultimusfundsolutions.com.

A special thanks to our webinar panelists:

- *Stacy Louizos, Partner, Co-Chair of Investment Management Group & Co-Leader of ESG Team, Blank Rome LLP*
- *Vladimir Kaplun, Director, Business Development & Strategy, North America, ICE*
- *John Pileggi, Chief Investment Officer, Uncommon Giving Corporation*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)
**Jason Stevens**

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer


About Jason Stevens
Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.


---

# The DOE Man \(or Woman\) Cometh: How to Prepare for an SEC Exam

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-doe-man-or-woman-cometh-how-to-prepare-for-an-sec-exam/_

# The DOE Man (or Woman) Cometh: How to Prepare for an SEC Exam

Subscribe

Authored by
**Brian Privor**

Chief Regulatory Officer, Ultimus Fund Solutions
						×

November 2, 2021

Receiving an examination notice, particularly for the first time, from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) Division of Examinations (DOE, formerly known as OCIE, Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations), can be unsettling. Rest assured, this is a right of passage for all SEC registrants. Although no examination should be taken lightly, a little preparation can go a long way toward avoiding a painful experience. Below are some tips for managing your SEC exam with the least amount of friction.

## Various Types of SEC Exams

First, a word about examination types, which come in several flavors:

- **Routine Exam**: A routine SEC examination is the most common. Registrants are selected based on various risk factors, but the SEC’s goal is to ensure every registrant is examined at a reasonable interval. If you have never been examined, you should expect a knock on your electronic door any day; those that have been examined before typically receive routine examinations every 5-7 years.
- **Sweep Exams**: Occasionally, registrants will have to undergo “sweep” or limited purpose exams that focus on targeted exam priorities. Some of these are designed for the SEC to gather data and intelligence to inform rulemakings; others may to gather information for disseminating in the form of industry risk alerts; still, others may be focused on ferreting out potential regulatory violations in risk areas for which the SEC has a programmatic interest (i.e., potential enforcement targets).
- **Cause Exams**: Lastly, and perhaps the least common, are “cause” exams that are intended to understand the causes of known regulatory failures or substantial investor harms. This last category is the one most likely serving as a precursor to an enforcement investigation. You should consider DOE to be an enforcement stalking horse in those cases and would be wise to engage counsel early in the process.

## Ground Rules: Being Professional Goes a Long Way

Whatever the staff’s underlying purpose, you should follow some basic ground rules in your approach to the exam. Preliminarily, you should be professional and (mostly) cooperative. It sounds intuitive, but many exams go south quickly because the registrant is needlessly antagonistic. To be clear, SEC examiners are not your friends; they are your regulators. But they also are not enforcement staff (though sometimes those lines can be blurred!). At least in the case of routine examinations, the exam staff is largely trying to provide useful compliance guidance, and their observations are often opportunities for you to identify weaknesses and improve your controls. Your goal in any exam is to ensure that even disagreements over compliance requirements do not escalate into enforcement disputes.

Also bearing emphasis: You should be truthful and candid. Do not try to hide any information that you perceive to be damaging or out of order; there is no need to be defensive. (But you may wish to consult counsel if you perceive any particularly sensitive areas of concern.) If you do not know an answer, say so and let the staff know that you will try to obtain the requested information; do not guess. Naturally, put your best foot forward; do not cast a light on every wart, and you should, within reason, defend practices that you believe are consistent with the law. It never hurts to explain why your decisions are beneficial to shareholders or clients.

## Important Points During an SEC Examination

Now for some particulars to keep in mind:

- **Scope** – In your first conversation with the exam staff, ask what they have in mind for the scope. Use that first call as an opportunity to ferret out in advance any issues that may be a concern so you can begin to prepare your response.
- **Initial Meeting** – The staff typically asks for a kickoff meeting (virtual these days), or they may want a short introductory call. Plan to give the staff at least a short introduction to your firm so you can describe the business and how it is organized. You should include your CCO, but you may also want to include the general counsel and a principal of the firm. This makes clear that you take compliance seriously and there is nothing more important than compliance for even the firm’s top brass.
- **Areas of Interest** – Prepare a brief presentation that outlines the business, key personnel, and the compliance function. You should consider outlining what testing or controls and assessments are conducted and what (sub-) certifications you receive. If you know there are areas of interest, you should be prepared to discuss those and may want to give an overview of that aspect of operations.
- **Documents** – Whether the SEC staff asks or not, you should expect to provide them copies of:

    1. your policies and procedures manual and Code of Ethics
    2. latest Form ADV
    3. organizational chart and possibly bios of key personnel (or ADV 2B)
    4. copies of any written submissions you have already provided

If you have SOC-1 or audit report that shows a clean bill of health, that is not a bad thing to have at the ready.

- **Keep Records** – You will be asked for other documents or records. It is imperative that you keep a record of everything that is given to the SEC. We recommend organizing materials in electronic files that correspond to the numbered requests you receive from the staff.
- **Previous Issues** – You should expect that the examiners will revisit any deficiencies or matters of concern raised in prior examinations to confirm that you have in fact implemented any changes you previously committed to make. You should be prepared to address those matters specifically.
- **One Point of Contact** – If the SEC staff asks for an on-site visit, you should appoint one person (typically the CCO) as a point of contact and ensure the SEC staff has that person’s email and phone number. You do not want the SEC staff wandering your office and casually interviewing anyone they see without your point person knowing about it! You also should ensure that your IT staff or consultant is available, both to ensure there are no technology issues and to be prepared to discuss network security and cybersecurity defenses.

## Exit Interview

At the end of your SEC exam, the staff typically arranges an exit interview. The staff will outline any deficiencies noted and may share observations that they consider potentially troublesome, even if not technically in violation of the law. You should take all the staff’s comments under advisement; you do not need to be confrontational. If there are deficiencies (which is common), you will receive a letter detailing the staff’s observations and perceived violations.

## Your Follow-Up Written Response

You generally should respond in writing explaining how you will correct the deficiencies, or politely explain why you disagree with their findings. Bear in mind, you may be expected to reimburse clients for damages. You also should consider your possible audience to be Enforcement staff, so be careful in your response. You may wish to engage counsel if you sense that any matters are serious or may potentially escalate.

## DOE Response and Closure

DOE may have further follow-up questions, but often there is no further dialog. Generally, DOE is expected to respond within 60 days of your response, but that is not set in stone. You can follow up with the staff to ask if the exam has been closed, but typically if a few months have passed without further communication, the exam will be considered closed.

## It Pays to be Prepared

The best way to prepare for an examination is to do the compliance work daily, understand that an exam will happen, educate your internal staff, be professional and candid, and keep in mind the SEC may provide useful compliance guidance. No compliance program is perfect, so seize the opportunity to identify areas for improving your compliance controls. Before the exam team cometh, you also may benefit from a compliance check-up, mock examination, or additional experienced support. Ultimus is here to help.


## Authored by

**Brian Privor**

Chief Regulatory Officer, Ultimus Fund Solutions


---

# Overcoming the Interval Fund “Valley of Death”

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/overcoming-the-interval-fund-valley-of-death/_

# Overcoming the Interval Fund “Valley of Death”

Subscribe

January 26, 2022

Over the past five years, the interval fund market has experienced growth, as the structure has attracted both managers and investors by expanding access to illiquid alternative investments in a registered fund structure. While many managers are eager to launch an interval fund, the process can be more difficult than one might expect. Managers need to understand and prepare for a variety of challenges in order to be successful.

For example, the registration of an interval fund is not its starting point; the practical launch is when it reaches $100 million in AUM. This phase can be thought of as the interval fund “valley of death,” a term borrowed from the technology industry that refers to the gap between a brilliant idea and its successful commercialization. Reaching $100 million in AUM is important for a variety of reasons: Below the $100 million mark, the fund will find itself eating its management fees as managers waive fees to keep expense ratios in line. It may also be difficult to get a smaller fund onto a custody platform.

## Life of an Interval Fund

Managers should not be deterred from launching an interval fund, but they should develop a plan to cross the “valley of death.” Seeding the new interval fund with contributed capital or converting a private fund can be incredibly helpful. There are a few structural features that may make certain funds more attractive as well, including providing daily NAV/electronic ticketing and not charging performance fees. Additionally, fund sponsors should aim to target advisors who are already interval fund buyers through advisor communities like ADISA, AICA, Blue Vault and IPA.

For more information on best practices to overcome the “valley of death,” read the white paper written in collaboration with XAI [here](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/resources/insight-articles/).

Contributed by [XA Investments](https://www.xainvestments.com/)


---

# An Alternative Fund Solution for RIAs

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/an-alternative-fund-solution-for-rias/_

# An Alternative Fund Solution for RIAs

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

August 17, 2021

Today there are about 6,000 companies that trade publicly on the NYSE and Nasdaq. Public listings surged recently from a 2016 low of 3,600, benefitting from a wave of SPAC mergers. However, in total the number of equities are down approximately 25% from the peak in the 1990s (approx. 8,000). The narrowing of the public markets has forced advisers to look elsewhere for new, diversified investment opportunities for their clients.

Two alternatives that have benefitted from the shrinking universe of the public equities which would commonly be available to RIAs directly or through mutual funds and ETFs are private equity and hedge fund strategies. Today, those investment options are largely for the benefit of institutions and family offices, as a result, retail investors only relying on the public markets are missing out on important yield and diversification opportunities.

Hedge and private equity funds are typically difficult for those retail investors including well-heeled accredited investors and qualified purchasers to access directly as they possess high investment minimums and other restrictions (capital calls, etc.).

## Solutions for Pooling Assets, Gaining Access to More

A fund is a solution that allows RIAs to access Private Equity and Hedge strategies by pooling assets. Many RIAs have created vehicles to aggregate capital from their internal (or external) clients to invest in these strategies (funds) that tend to have high minimum investment requirements and investor caps. This allows the RIAs with high-net-worth clients to access strategies and managers that they otherwise would have been shut out from.

An unlisted closed-end fund in either the form of an interval or tender offer fund (we explore the differences between the two [here](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-need-for-yield-why-should-asset-managers-consider-launching-an-interval-or-tender-offer-fund-and-what-do-they-need-to-know/ "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com")) may accomplish this for RIAs. Both vehicles allow the RIA to not only pool investor assets, but also can offer flexible investment minimums as determined by the adviser in the fund prospectus (could be as low as $5,000-$50,000), plus they have no requirement for ongoing capital calls and can allow for simple 1099 tax filings as opposed to the cumbersome K-1. Additionally, from a due diligence perspective, even if the interval/tender offer fund is structured as a private placement, it will still be registered under the 1940 Act and receives oversight from the SEC, a dedicated CCO and an independent Board of Trustees, creating additional layers of compliance oversight that are not inherent in traditional private funds.

## Options for Fund Management

If the RIA has an internal investment management team capable of selecting underlying funds/managers of hedge and private equity strategies for their clients, they may achieve greater scale by combining the assets and utilizing a fund administrator like Ultimus to handle accounting, administration and recordkeeping functions. Other RIAs, who may not have the expertise in-house, can partner with an investment consultant to tailor an investment solution for their clients that becomes an important diversifier. Offering access to these non-correlated strategies can be an important differentiator for RIAs and may provide yield and diversification benefits to their clients.

## Alts Fund Case Study

[Homrich Berg](https://homrichberg.com/), a $7b RIA based in Atlanta created a 3(c)(1) hedge fund of funds in 1999 so that its own high-net-worth and institutional advisory clients could access a diversified portfolio of hedge funds. The product became extremely popular among the firm’s clients and approached the 100-investor limit of the structure, so the firm decided to convert the private fund into a Tender Offer Fund.

This fund solution allowed Homrich Berg to offer it to an unlimited number of accredited investors and also tap into broader distribution opportunities outside of the firm. Upon completion of the conversion on January 3, 2017, the fund was also able to retain its 17-year performance history and allowed the firm to continue its use of historic performance data in marketing materials. If you are interested in additional details on the Homrich Berg fund offering, please inquire here for the case study for the full [Homrich Berg Case Study](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/Homrich-Berg-Case-Study-REV-11.2020-1.pdf).

## Conclusion

If you are seeking a way to provide diversity and potential additional yield with alternative funds, Ultimus has strong experience supporting RIAs in developing new pooled investments solutions. We have been assisting advisers for numerous years in optimizing operations and navigating product development, providing insights on accessing distribution channels and adding substantial legal, tax and accounting professionals to structuring. If you are interested in a discussion or would like to learn more, please contact us.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# ETF Market Drivers. Why fund managers are launching exchange-traded funds.

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/etf-market-drivers-why-fund-managers-are-launching-exchange-traded-funds/_

# ETF Market Drivers. Why fund managers are launching exchange-traded funds.

Subscribe

June 29, 2021

Why do exchange-traded funds (ETFs) make sense for today’s investors? Maybe it’s tax efficiencies, availability, lower fees, diversification, or a mixture of all of these and more. Today’s ETF market segment is rapidly evolving, with no shortage of product evolution, industry commentary, and data analysis. Experienced ETF professionals, such as Tom Lydon and Dave Nadig of ETF Trends and ETF Database, are able to sift through the noise and effectively encapsulate the evolving trends in the ETF arena.

Recently Ultimus collaborated with Tom and Dave for an in-depth Q&A session on ETF trends. Their insightful knowledge will help investment managers analyze the opportunities available, understand the outlook of the industry, and define strategies for their investments. Ultimately, this conversation should help investment managers decide whether ETFs should be the next investment vehicle in their product offering.

This 30 minute, on-demand video recording, hosted by Ultimus’ SVP of Business Development, Adam Kornegay, covers the following ETF topics:

- Principal factors driving investors to ETFs
- ESGs in the ETF market
- ETF bond market outlook
- Thematic ETF investing
- Digital Asset in ETFs
- Semi-Transparent ETFs
- Changing demand for ETFs
- Strategies for successfully gathering assets in ETFs

As the ETF industry continues to evolve, it is important to have trusted partners that understand the nuances, regulations, services and distribution landscape for launching an ETF product. A fund administrator, such as Ultimus, can help your fund meet your objectives.


---

# Fund M&A Activity is Booming. Things to Know Before You Go.

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/fund-ma-activity-is-booming-things-to-know-before-you-go/_

# Fund M&A Activity is Booming. Things to Know Before You Go.

Subscribe

Authored by
**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies

**About Dave Carson**
									Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.
						×

May 18, 2021

Savvy asset managers regularly re-evaluate their business and the market to identify acceleration or pivot strategies that will preserve or enhance their business model. Recently, we’ve seen an increase in asset manager consolidation as managers look for potentially speedier and less risky ways to grow assets. Managers can choose different paths to consolidation: acquire or merge with an existing fund, bring in an investment manager as a subadvisor, or execute a complete acquisition of the investment manager and related funds.

If you’re contemplating a fund merger or acquisition, this article will guide you through strategic and practical considerations.

## Does It Make Strategic Sense?

A merger or acquisition should make sense for the buyer and seller since both entities benefit if assets are retained through the process.

**Understand buyer motivation.** As a fund manager, you should have compelling strategic reasons to grow your fund family. Perhaps you’re trying to gain critical mass for platform access, or you believe critical mass is necessary to pass consultant and institutional investor due diligence screening. You might be trying to achieve profitability so that you no longer need to waive advisory fees. Or perhaps you’re seeking a faster path to diversify your product offerings or access a new asset class.

Regardless of your strategic motivation, understanding the impact on your firm’s differentiators will increase the likelihood of the acquisition’s success. Is your distribution expertise a differentiator? Is there alignment between your investment strategy skillset and the target fund? Do you have a plan to retain existing investors of the acquired fund? What means will you use to acquire additional assets?

**Understand seller motivation.** Understanding a seller’s motivation is as important as understanding your own, since their motivation may impact the success of the consolidation.

There are a myriad of reasons for asset managers to divest of a fund. They may want to return to their roots in wealth management, focusing on advice and wealth solutions. Or they may wish to focus on investment management rather than product development, vehicle governance and distribution. They may not have a succession plan and want to retire. It’s also possible that an asset manager wants to divest of a fund, recognizing that distribution is not their strength. Or perhaps performance is lagging, and the path to profitability is unclear.

## Practical Considerations for Acquisitions

1. **Costs** **.** Each merger or acquisition has nuances, and this is especially true when it comes to costs. It’s important to understand the impact of consolidation on your expenses. One key factor, for example, is the role the existing fund manager will play in the new endeavor. Another factor is vehicle structure. To guide your assessment, we list here categories of expenses that pertain to registered funds; other structures have different cost categories.

    1. Proxy fees: Current shareholders must approve a change of investment adviser.
    2. Attorney fees. Attorneys will have a primary role in drafting material to explain the proposed changes to the current board as well as proxy information for shareholders and SEC filings.
    3. Advisor-to-advisor agreement. In addition to the board and shareholder documents, you will need a contract covering the business aspects of the transaction.
    4. Cost of distribution expansion. If expanding distribution is part of the rationale for the transaction there will likely be costs associated with adding a fund to new intermediary platforms, as well as state “Blue Sky” registration expenses.
2. **Distribution challenges** **.** A fund acquirer must be aware of issues that might affect RIA and broker-dealer assessments. In their role assessing underlying risks for clients they serve, due diligence teams at RIAs and broker-dealers evaluate an investment manager’s track record, experience and organization growth and stability. As such, you should consider carefully how consolidation will impact presentation of performance history, fund objectives and so on. For example:

    1. Portable performance may not be as portable as anticipated; if the new strategy strays too far from the original strategy, this may have negative impact on sales endeavors.
    2. Changes to the investment objective should be kept to a minimum as a large deviation may be perceived negatively. Such changes may also cause the fund to be screened out entirely for one or several years.
    3. Changes to fund identifiers, such as a new CUSIP or ticker, can disrupt trade processing, though your fund distributor should have strategies to minimize or eliminate those issues.
3. **Shareholder retention** **.** To maximize opportunity and retain assets, it’s important to have minimal impact on existing shareholders. Consider whether the selling investment manager has discretion over the assets and knows the clients. If not, do you know the decision makers with the existing shareholders to assist in client retention? What other actions do you—and the fund seller—need to take to retain clients and assets?
4. **Regulatory implications** **.** Disclosures about changes to the fund will need to be filed with the SEC and potentially other regulators (for example, CFTC if futures are a part of the strategy) and made available to current and new investors. Asset managers who are new to managing mutual funds can expect an initial examination from the SEC may be scheduled in the first 12 to 18 months after becoming adviser to a fund.

## In Need of Guidance or Advice? Your Administrator can Help.

If you’re thinking about a fund acquisition or merger, consider reaching out to your fund administrator for consultative advice. Ultimus, for example, provides guidance on structuring options and the reorganization process. We perform an expense analysis on structure choices so that the cost of acquisition is known up front. We also discuss distribution opportunities. Importantly, we aid clients’ awareness of the numerous considerations of the acquisition. Once a decision has been made to proceed, Ultimus guides clients through the process, performing project management to make the reorganization and conversion process painless.


## Authored by

**Dave Carson**

SVP, Director of Client Strategies


About Dave Carson
Dave Carson is Senior Vice President Client Strategies for Ultimus Fund Solutions. He is trustee of the Ultimus Managers Trust and Unified Series Trust and was formerly president of both series trusts. His primary responsibilities are providing expert assistance to investment managers considering starting a registered fund, counseling current clients and leading a team of seasoned relationship managers, in addition to his board service.


---

# Mutual Fund Board Considerations for Insurance in 2021

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/mutual-fund-board-considerations-for-insurance-in-2021/_

# Mutual Fund Board Considerations for Insurance in 2021

Subscribe

Authored by
**Richard Malinowski**

SVP, Senior Managing Counsel
						×

April 27, 2021

With 2021 well underway, fund boards will inevitably meet to consider insurance renewals at some point in the near future. Here are a few items for fund boards to consider and ask about heading into these upcoming renewals:

## What’s the market look like?

Since market volatility tends to be a factor in the frequency of claims, the COVID pandemic had a marked effect on securities insurance markets in 2020. Ultimus recently spoke with Konstantine Raftopoulos of Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. (Alliant) to get a broker’s take on the current state of fund Director & Officer (D&O) and adviser Errors & Omissions (E&O) markets. Anecdotal evidence suggests that so far, premium increases of up to 10% are not uncommon for conventional mutual funds and ETFs for the 2021-2022 policy period. Boards of funds with higher perceived risk, including funds with private equity exposures, Business Development Companies, and credit-based funds, could expect higher increases. The recent dismissal with prejudice of the last pending Section 36(b) excessive fee case is also a positive, as that source of many fund D&O claims appears to have subsided, at least for the time being. Insurers are participating in the market and evaluating funds based on their individual risks and merits and homing in on those areas that they deem higher risk. However, the E&O market landscape is a little different. Certain carriers have been cautious about extending coverage into the space in recent years. Publicized incidents in the industry like a $100 million proxy voting error or $400 million financial statement revision serve as expensive recent examples of adviser errors that can potentially give rise to an E&O claim and exhaust a policy.

## What are some potential coverage areas the Board should consider asking about?

**Scope of Coverage.**  **** Have a clear understanding of who and what is being insured by your program. A joint D&O/E&O policy format is common for a proprietary fund family spearheaded by an adviser but uncommon for a multiple series trust given that the board oversees a number of unaffiliated advisers that each maintain separate coverage.

**Defense Costs.** At the outset, most costs that accrue in the event of a lawsuit are for defense counsel. Boards should consider, in the event of a lawsuit, does the board retain the ability to select its own defense counsel? Does the policy allow for advancing defense costs (meaning, as costs are incurred rather than settling at disposition of the matter)? If the Independent Trustees retain their own counsel, are the costs of Independent Trustee counsel covered as well?

**Investigations.** Government investigations, federal or state, may be formal or informal. Responding to such investigations can be a costly endeavor requiring counsel and potentially other experts before or regardless of whether a suit is filed. Whether an “investigation” gives rise to what constitutes a “claim” covered under your policy is something for the Board to consider. Boards should be mindful to ask their broker if the definition of “claim” is broad enough to cover reimbursement of costs incurred in responding to informal investigations.

**Costs of Corrections Coverage.** If the board is considering a joint D&O/E&O policy with its adviser, it should have an understanding of the policy’s cost of corrections coverage, which reimburses an insured for correcting situations that could result in legal liability. This coverage is usually associated with adviser typographical errors, but also applies to any error the adviser may commit as part of its provision of services. Even if not bundled alongside D&O coverage, the board may consider inquiring about it as part of its annual review of an adviser.

## Does the Board need separate Cyber Coverage?

Cyber coverage comes in two general flavors: coverage for first-party risks (a breach of the policyholder’s network or systems) and coverage for third-party risks (a breach of a third-party’s network or systems). The board itself is unlikely to face first-party risk exposure as it generally does not have any computer systems or personally identifiable information (PII) of investors under its control. The board’s exposure mainly lies in any claim alleging it failed to supervise the cybersecurity practices of its adviser and vendors. Such a claim should be covered by the board’s primary D&O policy. Separate cyber coverage, if procured, could overlap with the primary D&O policy and cause its own set of issues in determining which policy controls.

The fund’s adviser and service providers are in a different position with respect to E&O coverage. According to Alliant, there has been a noticeable increase in first-party cyber claims by advisers resulting from attempted ransomware attacks. The focus for boards should be understanding whether cyber coverage is a component of their current D&O or D&O/E&O program and on what basis. Boards should also ask whether there are exclusions that could restrict the scope of cybersecurity coverage and whether the policies can be modified to remove any exclusions. Lastly, boards should be familiar with the cyber coverages maintained by their advisers and service providers.

## To Side A or Not to Side A?

The question of whether Independent Trustees should consider separate Side A or Independent Director Liability (IDL) coverage may come up. There are generally three main insuring agreements in a D&O policy. Side A covers non-indemnifiable losses (i.e., the fund can’t pay for it (either legally or due to insolvency)), Side B covers reimbursement for indemnifiable claims against the fund (generally the most common), and Side C covers claims against the company/Trust. So even though the fund already has Side A coverage, separate Side A/IDL coverage is a consideration because there are certain conditions under which the Independent Trustees could potentially face personal liability if the primary D&O insurer does not cover and there is no other source of coverage or indemnification. While the potential risk in the mutual fund space is lower relative to an operating company because bankruptcy risk is low for a mutual fund complex, the risk of exposure does exist and there are situations in which Side A “difference in conditions” (DIC) coverage may be needed to kick in and drop down to offer coverage.

Boards should take into consideration their relative asset size as well as the risks associated with the funds they oversee in determining whether supplemental Side A/IDL coverage is appropriate. Boards should also understand that a separate Side A coverage layer is not a substitute for an additional layer of excess D&O coverage, the coverages are different. If pursuing, boards may also want to consider hybrid IDL policies offered by certain insurers that include supplementary Side B coverage. This coverage would cover the fund and take the place of primary Side B coverage in the event that the fund is eligible to be reimbursed for a claim but the insurer has become insolvent, a scenario that became a concern for policyholders following the 2008 financial crisis.

## Costs, Costs, Costs

Boards consistently have to evaluate costs and fees of the advisers, service providers, financial intermediaries, and other fund expenses. Insurance is not excluded from that calculus.

In terms of evaluating the cost of insurance, boards will naturally focus on the total dollar figure of the coverage. In a rising cost environment, a board should consider the possibility that proposals may reflect or offer different retention amounts from the current policy and be aware of the implications to the funds in the event of a claim of a higher retention amount. Additionally, though broker commissions are typically pre-negotiated between the broker and the insurer carriers, boards should remain aware that commissions typically range from 10% to 17% of the policy cost. Commission rates are typically lower for primary policies and first excess layers and can escalate across the layer stack as those additional layers are potentially more of an upsell. In reviewing a policy presentation in the boardroom, many insurance brokers have to contend with the fact that insurance premiums have increased in recent years, and so commission dollar amounts have also correspondingly increased. Recognizing the cost pressures funds face, boards shouldn’t be afraid to ask, at a minimum, what steps the broker has taken to attempt to minimize cost increases across carriers and, if warranted, have a frank discussion regarding the overall policy costs inclusive of commissions paid.

*A special thanks to Eric Bruhn and Konstantine Raftopoulos of Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. for their market insight and support with the article.*


## Authored by

**Richard Malinowski**

SVP, Senior Managing Counsel


---

# Trends in Private Equity and Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/trends-in-private-equity-and-fund-administration/_

# Trends in Private Equity and Fund Administration

Subscribe

January 25, 2022

As a private equity fund administrator with hundreds of alternative fund firm relationships, Ultimus LeverPoint has a bird’s eye view of trends happening in the marketplace. In this article, we share four visible trends and the market drivers behind them.

- The push for technology
- Hybrid funds
- Credit facilitation moving down market
- Lean start-ups

## The Push for Technology

### The Trend.

GPs and LPs alike are demanding direct access to real-time fund information, all within an easy to use yet fully secure platform. Portals for fund managers and investors have become the norm. Documents are digitized. Straight-through subscription processing, long the holy grail, is now easing the burden on GPs, LPs, and fund administrators.

### What’s Behind the Trend.

Tech companies are flowing into the industry, and service providers, including Ultimus, are aggressively developing technology solutions to meet fund administration demands. For example, Ultimus LeverPoint, which has long provided portal solutions for GPs and their LPs, recently debuted Ultimus Connect Onboarding Manager, a platform that provides straight-through processing and digital signatures for the private equity subscription process.

### Considerations for Fund Managers.

Forward-leaning fund technology has the potential to give GPs an edge. Digital platforms like Onboarding Manager, which automates the private fund subscription process, bring an artificial intelligence-guided experience to LPs and real-time tracking and transparency to fund managers.

## Hybrid Funds: The Convergence of Public and Private Equity

### The Trend.

The line between private equity funds and hedge funds continues to blur. Whereas private equity funds were once considered exclusively closed-end, illiquid structures with specific ramp up and ramp down periods, today, some managers are exploring open-ended structures that offer limited liquidity to investors. Hedge funds, once characterized by their liquid investments, are continuing to explore more illiquid instruments to their portfolios.

### What’s Behind the Trend.

Investors are looking for more liquidity and flexibility in their private fund investments than in the past.

### Considerations for Fund Managers.

Both start-up and established GPs are exploring various fund structures as they seek to expand appeal to institutional and high net worth investors. Managers benefit from an experienced fund administrator, like Ultimus, that understands the servicing requirements of hybrid funds and has the sophisticated technology to support them.

## Credit Facilitation Moving Down Market

### The Trend.

Increased competition for private equity deals – and the need for speed to close a deal – has shone a light on the importance of credit facilities. We are seeing an uptick in credit facilitation not just in large firms but in the middle markets as well.

### What’s Behind the Trend.

Following the pandemic-induced dip in deal flow and size in April and May of 2020, the private equity market showed its resilience. Along with the strong rebound of deals came an increase in the number of private equity firms and funds. Competition rose for private equity deals; access to fast capital became critical.

### Considerations for Fund Managers.

Credit facilities have proven their value in the private equity world, allowing managers to move more quickly than the traditional capital call process. Ultimus stands ready to make introductions on behalf of managers looking for banking relationships to support credit facility needs.

## Shifts in Outsourcing

### The Trend.

We are seeing more and more established private equity firms beginning to shift to outsourcing most, if not all, of their operational functions. This includes outsourcing traditional functions, like fund administration, audit, and tax, but also less frequently outsourced roles, like chief financial officer and chief compliance officer.

### What’s Behind the Trend.

With the increase in private equity funds, and heightened competition for investor capital, speed to launch matters. GPs are transitioning to the turn-key approach offered via an outsourcing strategy. By using established, high-quality providers, investors experience reassurance quicker during the due diligence process.

### Considerations for Fund Managers.

Outsourcing operational functions is an effective option for both well-established firms and startups. As an established private fund administrator with extensive relationships, Ultimus  is well-positioned to help first-time GPs round-out their outsourced infrastructure and assist existing firms scale up as they grow.

* * *

## Stay Current with the Latest Trends

Ultimus Private Fund Solutions provides fund administration solutions to more than 235 firms and services over $150B in AUA. With clients ranging from start-up to long-established and in a range of sizes, we often see trends in their nascent stages. We use the advantage of this cross-market knowledge as we partner with clients to navigate and capitalize on trends.

*14273848 ULP 01/13/2022*


---

# Data Privacy Concerns in Private Equity

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/data-privacy-concerns-in-private-equity/_

# Data Privacy Concerns in Private Equity

Subscribe

Authored by
**Craig J. Cox**

Member, Frost Brown Todd

**Daniel A. Murray**

Managing Associate, Frost Brown Todd
						×

April 20, 2021

*Craig J. Cox, Member, Frost Brown Todd & Daniel A. Murray, Managing Associate, Frost Brown Todd, published the below blog article on March 1, 2020. The original blog post can be viewed here* ***https://frostbrowntodd.com/data-privacy-concerns-in-private-equity/***

Privacy, data security and data ownership issues are increasingly relevant for buyers in M&A transactions. This may result from the industry involved, the importance of data as a company asset, the use of data in the company’s marketing and sales, or because the company’s operations involve regulated data. Applicable laws include GDPR in Europe, CCPA for California, HIPAA for the United States, and PIPEDA for Canada.

Data issues should be a primary concern for buyers, both when conducting due diligence into a target company and when documenting the sale with appropriate representations and warranties and indemnity provisions. Failure to properly address these issues in an acquisition could subject the buyer to private causes of action from customers and other individuals and to action from regulators.

## Due Diligence Concerns

Disclosure requests should address several key areas. Buyers need to understand a target’s treatment of regulated data such as health data, financial data, customer personal data, and data related to minors. Buyers should learn how companies interact with both customers and vendors.

### Contracts with Data Subjects

Buyers need to understand a company’s privacy policies and contractual obligations related to customers. What kind of consent has been obtained from customers? Does the consent cover the types of activities that the buyer will engage in? The results of these analyses may impact the valuation of any deal. Remember, even if customer data isn’t at issue, data privacy laws may apply to employee data.

Post-acquisition, buyers may need to provide notification to, or obtain additional consents from, data subjects. Note what laws apply and what further consent is needed. If the acquisition is confidential, consent from customers will have to wait until the deal is completed.

### Contracts with Vendors

Also relevant are contracts with suppliers that may collect or store data on behalf of the company, as well as any contracts the company may have to collect, process or store customer data for. Buyers should investigate a target’s security procedures and history of breaches. Does the company use third parties to perform security or vulnerability assessments or data audits? How does the company manage its network and data? Remember that one vendor is the data room provider. The parties will want to ensure that the data room provider complies with applicable law. Certain data may need to be protected from disclosure during the acquisition process. Pseudonymization or anonymization of personal data may be necessary.

## Reps & Warranties

Representations and warranties can determine the target’s compliance and track record under applicable laws. This includes having the target confirm that they have established policies to comply with applicable data privacy and security laws and best practices. Also, confirm any security breaches, audits, or governmental investigations relating to data privacy and security that involve the target. Buyers should require the target to identify every jurisdiction for which the target possesses protected data.

## Indemnification

Do your best to apportion risk of data privacy non-compliance. However, some laws, such as GDPR, may limit the extent to which apportionment can remove risk to either party. Seek appropriate insurance coverage when possible.

Originally posted on: **https://frostbrowntodd.com/data-privacy-concerns-in-private-equity/**


## Authored by

**Craig J. Cox**

Member, Frost Brown Todd

**Daniel A. Murray**

Managing Associate, Frost Brown Todd


---

# SPAC Primer. Workings and Terminology.

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/spac-primer-workings-and-terminology/_

# SPAC Primer. Workings and Terminology.

Subscribe

Authored by
**Jessica Robertson, CPA**

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

**About Jessica Robertson, CPA**
									Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)

**Jennifer Nalli**

Manager, Ultimus LeverPoint
						×

May 4, 2021

SPACs, also known as blank check companies, are not a new concept; they have been around for more than 30 years. However, 2020 was a record year for SPACs in the U.S., and 2021 is continuing on that path. Per SPACInsider (**spacinsider.com/stats/**), SPAC IPOs in the U.S. raised almost twice as much in 2020 as they raised in the previous 10 years combined. SPAC gross proceeds for the first four months of 2021 alone have exceeded that of calendar year 2020. Through April 2021, SPACs have raised more than $100 billion in gross proceeds, compared to $83.3 billion in 2020, and $13.6 billion in 2019.

With the frenzy around SPACs, the fear of missing out may be accompanied by a fear of not knowing (about SPACs), but being too afraid to ask. This blog provides the basics: what is a SPAC, how do SPACs work and why are they so popular.

## What is a SPAC, in Brief?

A SPAC, or Special Purpose Acquisition Company, provides an alternative route—versus the traditional IPO market—for privately held companies to go public.

A SPAC is a company with no commercial operations. Its sole purpose is to raise capital through an initial public offering to merge with or acquire one or more existing private companies.

Capital raised by the SPAC is kept in an interest-bearing trust account. SPACs typically have about two years to make an acquisition, which must be approved by shareholders. If they are unable to complete a deal, money is returned to investors.

Once a SPAC is approved, the private company goes public with a new ticker; the SPAC no longer exists.

## Terms to Know

| **SPAC** | A Special Purpose Acquisition Company. The sole purpose of a SPAC is to raise capital through an initial public offering (IPO) to merge with or acquire one or more existing private companies. A SPAC is a company with no commercial operations. |
| --- | --- |
| **Sponsor** | The entity that forms the SPAC and funds the offering expenses in exchange for SPAC founder shares, commonly 20%. |
| **Acquisition target** | The privately held company that is being considered by the SPAC Sponsor and must be approved by SPAC shareholders. |
| **Business combination** | Once the acquisition target has been identified and vetted, a business combination is announced then voted upon by SPAC shareholders. |
| **Blank check company** | SPACs are often referred to as blank check companies because SPAC IPOs seek to raise capital to purchase or merge with a yet-to-be-determined private company. |
| **De-SPACing** | Once the business combination is complete, the SPAC no longer exists. The process is called “de-SPACing”. |
| **SPAC units** | SPAC units are offered at the time of the IPO. A unit consists of a share of common stock and a (portion of a) warrant. Beginning approximately 50 days after IPO, the common stock and warrants may be bought and sold separately. |
| **Warrant** | A warrant gives the holder the right to purchase a specific number of shares of common stock at a specific price during a specific time. |
| **Trust account** | Cash raised by a SPAC is held in a trust account, and generally invested in U.S. government securities or money market securities, until a business is acquired, or the SPAC is liquidated without an acquisition and the money is returned to investors. |

## How Does a SPAC Work?

We describe and illustrate the SPAC process in 5 steps.

### Step 1: SPAC IPO.

The Sponsor forms the SPAC and funds the operating expenses. The initial offering of SPAC units takes place through an IPO. SPAC units shares are generally issued for $10/share, inclusive of a common share and warrant (or portion of a warrant). After the IPO, SPAC units trade in the open market. Approximately 50 days post-IPO, common shares and warrants may be bought and sold separately in the open market.

Capital raised by the SPAC is placed in an interest-bearing trust account until a deal is solidified or the SPAC is dissolved.

### Step 2: Search for acquisition target.

The Sponsor seeks out and evaluates acquisition targets.

### Step 3: Business combination announcement.

The Sponsor announces a business combination following initial due diligence on the acquisition target company.

### Step 4: Vote on business combination.

SPAC shareholders typically vote on the business combination. There are three potential outcomes from this phase. One: Shareholders approve and there follows a review and commenting period by the SEC. Two: Shareholders withhold approval, and the Sponsor seeks another acquisition target. Three: Shareholders withhold approval, and the Sponsor liquidates the trust to redeem shares sold in the IPO.

Note that acquisition targets are usually valued at 2-4 times the value of the IPO proceeds. The additional funding needed to finance a merger or acquisition is usually made through debt financing or PIPE (private investment in public equity) deals offered to institutional investors before the merger or acquisition is announced to the public.

### Step 5: De-SPACing, repayment, liquidation.

Once the business combination is complete, the SPAC no longer exists. This is referred to as the de-SPACing process. The newly established public company trades under a new ticker symbol. Investors who don’t wish to invest in the new company may redeem their shares. If the SPAC doesn’t make an acquisition during the stated period, the SPAC dissolves, investment money is returned to the investors and the warrants expire worthless.

## Timeline: 18-24 months from IPO to Business Combination

## Popularity of SPACs

The popularity of SPACs can be viewed through the lens of three parties: investors, acquisition companies and Sponsors.

**Benefits to investors.** SPACs give investors access to private-equity-like investments through experienced managers (the SPAC Sponsors).

Downside mitigation. Net proceeds from the IPO are placed into a trust account that accumulates interest.

Investors are guaranteed to get their money back if they do not approve the merger/acquisition within the stated time frame. Further, investors have a right to redeem their shares prior to a merger/acquisition.

Upside potential. Investors have potential upside through stock appreciation and warrant value.

**Benefits to acquisition targets.** SPACs provide numerous benefits for acquisition companies.

Faster, cheaper. SPACs allow private companies to go public through a process that is typically faster and cheaper than the traditional IPO route, which could take up to two years and cost 10% of IPO proceeds. SPACs often require three to five months until IPO and the costs are lower.

Control. The pandemic has caused the traditional IPO market to be more volatile and uncertain, leading companies to pull their offerings. A merger with a SPAC gives a private company more control and certainty, at a lower cost. Target companies lock in a stock price with the SPAC Sponsor, protecting against market uncertainty.

Access. SPACs provide access to experienced managers and a wider range of capital.

**Benefits to Sponsors.** SPACs provide attractive economics for Sponsors if a target is secured and shareholders approve. Sponsors typically reap a 20% equity promote (through founder shares) and private placement warrants. Further, SPACs allow Sponsors to focus on one material acquisition.

## Final Thoughts

Ultimus offers full accounting and bookkeeping services for SPAC and Sponsors as they are launching the SPAC, during the life of the SPAC, and prior to the de-SPACing process. Services include: 1) preparation of financial statements and footnotes for SEC filing requirements; 2) monthly bookkeeping of the SPAC; 3) maintenance of the shareholder registry; and 4) Treasury services. By leveraging Ultimus staff, Sponsors are relieved of SPAC-related management duties, while accessing industry best practices and accounting platforms. Learn more here, Ultimus SPAC Services.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)
**Jessica Robertson, CPA**

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions


About Jessica Robertson, CPA
Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.

**Jennifer Nalli**

Manager, Ultimus LeverPoint


---

# Understanding the risks and rewards of a SPAC

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-risks-and-rewards-of-a-spac/_

# Understanding the risks and rewards of a SPAC

Subscribe

Authored by
**Sean Denham**

Partner, National SPAC Leader

**Jason Pizza**

Partner; National SPAC Advisory Services Leader
						×

May 25, 2021

*Grant Thornton published the below blog article on March 5, 2021. Sean Denham, Partner, National SPAC Leader, Grant Thornton and Jason Pizza, Partner; National SPAC Advisory Services Leader, The original blog post can be viewed here:*

**https://www.grantthornton.com/library/articles/audit/2021/understanding-risks-rewards-SPAC.aspx**

A special purpose acquisition company, or SPAC, presents opportunities for private companies to go public, usually without the heavy lifting associated with an IPO and with less dilution that leads to higher valuation.

A SPAC works by raising capital to join with a private company and then go public. Once publicly listed, the funds raised remain in a trust while the SPAC looks for acquisition targets — usually, a private company. Management generally has two years to identify a target company. Once a SPAC identifies an acquisition target and completes the deal, the SPAC no longer exists, and the newly joined company trades under a new ticker symbol. If they make no acquisition during the two years, the trust dissolves and investment money returns to the investors.

## Discussion items

The four points below provide additional considerations and questions to discuss with management if a SPAC might be in the cards for your company:

1. **Due diligence**. You will need to hold an organizational meeting, perform due diligence and develop data room protocols. You will also need to arrange for vendors to perform buy-side financial and operational diligence and assess the results of normalized financial operations or other diligence results with the investment committee.
2. **Structuring the deal**. How much equity (or debt) will be purchased or deployed? How will the consideration be structured (i.e., cash, debt or equity)? Who will retain control of company? You will need to structure any earn-outs, communicate to public (i.e., Form 8-K), obtain shareholder approval and select investment advisors such as bankers and lawyers to facilitate structuring of the deal.
3. **Target readiness**. You will need to be certain that all financial statements and operations are ready for scrutiny. This would include corporate governance/Sarbanes-Oxley requirements, general financial reporting, and tax, human resources and IT issues. Identify remediation areas prior to integration with the SPAC and subsequent public company reporting.
4. **Consummate the transaction**. You will execute a merger or acquisition agreement, file form 8-K or any pro forma financial information as needed, analyze any business combinations and reporting issues, and file subsequent Forms 10-K and 10-Q with appropriate disclosure of acquisition.

There are a significant number of factors to weigh in determining whether a SPAC is the best avenue for your company, so be sure you’ve looked at every angle. You can learn more about SPACs by viewing our webcast **SPAC: What you need to know about the quick alternative to IPO** or contact us with questions.

For more SPAC insights from Grant Thornton, visit SPAC Hot Topics Webcasts.

Originally posted on: **https://www.grantthornton.com/library/articles/audit/2021/understanding-risks-rewards-SPAC.aspx**


## Authored by

**Sean Denham**

Partner, National SPAC Leader

**Jason Pizza**

Partner; National SPAC Advisory Services Leader


---

# Private Fund Managers: When to Consider a Lift-Out

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/private-fund-managers-when-to-consider-a-lift-out/_

# Private Fund Managers: When to Consider a Lift-Out

Subscribe

Authored by
**Gary Tenkman**

Chief Executive Officer

**About Gary Tenkman**
									Gary Tenkman serves as Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus, providing strategic leadership and overseeing execution across the firm’s client-centric services and solutions. He brings deep operating leadership across fund services, including growth, operating model design, product development, and regulatory engagement. Before joining Ultimus, Gary led North American operations at Citibank, N.A. Fund Services Division.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/gary-tenkman-6920204/)

**Kelly Ramsey Gooch**

Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation

**About Kelly Ramsey Gooch**
									Kelly Ramsey Gooch serves as Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, leading client implementations and key initiatives supporting private fund onboarding and transformation. She brings 30 years of experience across fund administration, operations management, investor services, and project management. Prior to Ultimus, Kelly focused on developing relationships with strategic alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction for a global financial services firm.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelly-ramsey-gooch-a1511ba/)
						×

June 15, 2021

## A Potential Win-Win-Win

The decision to maintain critical but non-core investment management functions in-house versus outsourcing is one contemplated seriously and frequently by private fund managers (“Managers”) looking to optimize their resources. The increasing demands of market complexities and investor expectations require the full attention of private fund managers, highlighting the potential benefits of allowing others to take responsibility for execution and oversight of back-office, fund administration functions. Easing the decision-making burden is the ‘lift-out’ solution.

A lift-out occurs when a third-party service provider, such as an administrator, takes function-specific Manager staff and brings that staff on as their own employees. In turn, the Manager pays the third party for services that used to be considered internal. As a result, lift-outs can provide a win-win-win situation by benefitting the fund manager, the staff and the third-party provider.

## Why Consider a Lift-Out?

Lift-outs can be used effectively as part of a long-term strategic decision or to address an immediate or unexpected need. Following are the primary reasons Managers contemplate lift-outs.

**Focus on investing.** Propelling growth through front-office functions like investing for performance and servicing limited partners is the primary focus of most Managers. By transitioning some or all back-office functions to a third-party provider, the day-to-day onus of managing those operations is placed squarely on the provider, allowing Managers to focus on what they do best.

**Ensure continuity.** While outsourcing (rather than lifting-out) back-office functions may at first seem appealing, established fund managers often fear the loss of continuity with investors. Further, Managers value their staff, the work they perform, and want to “do right” by them. With a lift-out, Managers benefit from retention of staff institutional knowledge and relationships, ensuring consistent and clear communication with investors and the Manager.

**Reduce management expenses.** In-house staff costs are traditionally the expense of the Manager, and carving out expenses related to fund-servicing proves challenging. Through a lift-out, costs related to fund administration are more clearly defined for expensing to the fund as appropriate. Best practices and operational efficiencies by the provider may also reduce the cost of administration.

**Technology Best Practices.** The pace of technological advancement in the private equity space can be daunting and expensive without economies of scale. A lift-out solution allows you to retain lifted-out staff’s institutional knowledge and relationships while gaining access to the latest technological tools and platforms of the service provider.

**Address uncertainty.** With most private fund manager firms running lean and fast, staff resignations and short-term leaves — combined with the difficulty of hiring during the pandemic — elicit pain. Third-party providers integrate lifted-out staff with their staff, ensuring succession. Service providers are paid to have a deep and experienced bench. It’s their responsibility, no longer the Manager’s, to quicky and seamlessly fill resourcing gaps.

## A Win for the Asset Manager

The reasons for a lift-out are numerous, as are the benefits. For example, when Manager’s partner with a leading administration firm, there is opportunity to leverage new technology tools and platforms, upgrading both the Manager and investor experience. Further, administrators are expected to stay current with best practices and regulatory requirements, alleviating substantial burden from the Manager’s leadership.

## Lift-Outs: Benefits for the Asset Manager

- Accelerate change
- Transition staff costs to a fund expense
- Potential to reduce back-office costs
- Continuity of services for investors
- Retain lifted-out staff’s institutional knowledge and relationships
- Access latest technology tools and platforms
- Access best practices and regulatory updates
- Provide career opportunities for staff

## A Win for the Lifted-Out Staff

Rather than being laid off as part of an outsourcing strategy, the lifted-out staff join an established fund administration firm, accessing a wide array of career opportunities. Third-party providers have a large variety of accounting, finance, operational and technology roles to consider for future advancement. The lifted-out team becomes part of a firm where their skills are considered core to the business.

## Lift-Outs: Benefits for the Lifted-Out Team

- Career opportunities within and across departments
- Access to training in best practices and regulatory requirements
- Job satisfaction from being a core function provider
- Retain relationships with the Manager and Manager’s investors
- Diversify experience through servicing other Managers
- Upgrade skills by accessing the latest technology tools and platforms

## A Win for the Third-Party Provider

The last win goes to the third-party lift-out firm. The provider gains a new client and new staff simultaneously. The new staff bring multiple benefits to the provider.

## Lift-Outs: Benefits for the Third-Party Provider

- Gain a client
- Add experienced and proven staff to the team
- Deepen the bench
- Leverage staff to work with additional clients
- Potential to diversify the team

## What to Look for in a Lift-Out Partner

It goes without saying that your lift-out partner must be deeply experienced in fund administration with a proven track record of customized client service in the alternative asset management space. But beyond that, there are softer criteria to assess.

## Evaluate Prospective Lift-Out Partners

- Is the partner excited to add your team to their deep bench of experienced staff?
- Does the partner invest in people through professional development and career opportunities?
- Does the partner have a culture of relentless improvement, supporting the evolution of processes to meet changing client needs?
- Is the partner interested in a long-term relationship, not a quick transaction?
- Does the partner have resources dedicated to managing the transition, relieving you of the project management burden?

## Final Thoughts

We believe a lift-out provides an excellent alternative for a private fund manager seeking to outsource back-office functions without laying off existing staff. A lift-out solution not only avoids layoffs, but provides specific, tangible benefits for both the Manager and the lifted-out operations team. As a fund administrator, we benefit too, as we add experienced and qualified members to the Ultimus team.

There are a myriad of compelling reasons to consider partnering with a reliable fund administrator to provide a lift-out plan and outsourced services. If you are in a position to consider, or want to proceed with a lift-out, let’s connect. Ultimus has extensive knowledge about performing lift-outs and will be happy to put a project plan together that is customized to your unique circumstance.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/gary-tenkman-6920204/)
**Gary Tenkman**

Chief Executive Officer


About Gary Tenkman
Gary Tenkman serves as Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus, providing strategic leadership and overseeing execution across the firm’s client-centric services and solutions. He brings deep operating leadership across fund services, including growth, operating model design, product development, and regulatory engagement. Before joining Ultimus, Gary led North American operations at Citibank, N.A. Fund Services Division.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelly-ramsey-gooch-a1511ba/)
**Kelly Ramsey Gooch**

Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation


About Kelly Ramsey Gooch
Kelly Ramsey Gooch serves as Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, leading client implementations and key initiatives supporting private fund onboarding and transformation. She brings 30 years of experience across fund administration, operations management, investor services, and project management. Prior to Ultimus, Kelly focused on developing relationships with strategic alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction for a global financial services firm.


---

# Technology Solutions That Elevate the Investor Experience.

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/technology-solutions-that-elevate-the-investor-experience/_

# Technology Solutions That Elevate the Investor Experience.

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kelly Ramsey Gooch**

Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation

**About Kelly Ramsey Gooch**
									Kelly Ramsey Gooch serves as Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, leading client implementations and key initiatives supporting private fund onboarding and transformation. She brings 30 years of experience across fund administration, operations management, investor services, and project management. Prior to Ultimus, Kelly focused on developing relationships with strategic alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction for a global financial services firm.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelly-ramsey-gooch-a1511ba/)
						×

October 26, 2021

### Technology as a Differentiator

From 2008 through today, the percentage of U.S. wealth held by Baby Boomers has been relatively constant, hovering between 50% and 55%. Over the same period, the wealth share of Gen X, the post-Baby Boomer generation, has risen from 9% to over 28%, according to the Federal Reserve (Q2 2021).[\[1\]](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/technology-solutions-that-elevate-the-investor-experience/#_ftn1)

Why does this matter for private equity fund managers? Because Gen X is the first generation to come of age with digital technology — playing video games and using early-generation PCs. As private equity funds vie for assets, technology can be used to elevate the investor experience, differentiating your firm from the pack.

### Reassess Your Operating Model from the Perspective of Investors

While private equity fund investors remain dominated by Baby Boomers, the surge in private equity has attracted affluent Gen Xers. Fund managers are wise to rethink their operating models based on shifting demographics. Baby Boomers (born 1946-1964) often seek human guidance and assistance. Gen Xers (1965-1980) prefer automation and online access. Gen Xers want speed, simplicity, transparency, flexibility and real-time data. They want to feel empowered.

**Enhance the experience for tech-savvy investors.** Technology can be used to make the investor experience more enjoyable. First and foremost, technology should be used to make things easy.

- Make it easy to perform remote due diligence (in the age of Covid and otherwise)
- Make it easy to complete fund subscription documents
- Make it easy to access and download fund data, analytics, reporting and documents
- Make it easy to submit investor updates and information requests

**Technology solutions benefit all stakeholders**. As you think about how technology simplifies things for investors, think, too, about the positive implications for your firm, including efficiency, reduced costs, transparency and straight-through workflows.

### Define Needs for Each Stage of Investor Engagement

As a fund manager, assess your investor engagement through three distinct phases:

1. Pre-Investment
2. Subscription Process
3. Post-Close

Each stage provides an opportunity to enhance your investor (and prospective investor) experience.

**Stage 1: Pre-Investment.** With face-to-face meetings still limited by the Covid pandemic, prospects need ease of access to due diligence materials. An online data room lets you control what each prospect sees and when. Data rooms that provide an audit trail record of user activity can be used by GPs to better understand prospective investor interests and engagement.

**Stage 2: Subscription Process.** Most investors, fund managers and administrators agree that the fund subscription process is painful and costly. Up to 80% of subscription documents are submitted with errors. Consider how your firm would benefit from an automated process in a secure environment. Imagine the rewards of straight-through processing for your investors, your firm and your administrator.

**Stage 3: Post-Close.** Tech-savvy investors want online access to fund data, analytics and reports. They want the ability to “slice-and-dice” and download data as needed. Static PDF reports are no longer sufficient.

### Two Technologies to Elevate the Investor Experience

At Ultimus LeverPoint, we hear first-hand from private equity managers about the need for technology solutions — for their LPs and themselves.

**Upgrade the subscription process through document digitization.** Ultimus LeverPoint’s uINVESTORTM is a digital platform that automates the private fund subscription process, allowing investors to complete, sign, and submit “sub docs” online. The platform digitizes subscription documents and provides an artificial intelligence-guided experience, prioritizing information that is relevant to, and required for, specific investor account types. Fund managers invite and onboard investors to their funds. Real-time tracking and transparency give fund managers on-demand visibility into investor activity and fundraising.

**Benefits:**

- Intuitive and guided process for investors
- Efficient process for GPs
- Straight-through processing for LPs, GPs and fund administrators
- Streamlined AML and KYC documentation processing

**Upgrade investor portal capabilities.** Investor portals have been around for years. But capabilities today far exceed those of years passed. Ultimus LeverPoint’s uACCESSTM portal is built to give GPs and LPs online access to sophisticated data visualizations, intuitive reporting and analytics, as well as secure document access. GPs and LPs are empowered to view and download real-time information as they see fit. uACCESS also provides advanced data room functionality for prospective investors.

**Benefits:**

- On-demand information for investors
- Remote due diligence for prospects
- Transparency for GPs
- Secure access for all

### Partner with Ultimus to Reimagine Your LP Engagement

With vigorous competition for investor capital, one way to differentiate your firm is by using technology to upgrade the investor experience. We’ll help you rethink your operating model to align with the changing demographics of your investor base. Importantly, we’ll focus on elevating the experience of your investors, while creating efficiencies, simplicity and reduced costs for you.

Ultimus Private Fund Solutions provides fund administration solutions to over 210 firms with over $120B in AUA. Our clients are spread over a diverse range of private fund firms across the country, ranging in size from first time firms with AUM of $50M, to established firms with AUM of $19B.

[1]

[https://www.federalreserve.gov](https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/z1/dataviz/dfa/distribute/table/#quarter:127;series:Net%20worth;demographic:generation;population:all;units:shares "www.federalreserve.gov")


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelly-ramsey-gooch-a1511ba/)
**Kelly Ramsey Gooch**

Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation


About Kelly Ramsey Gooch
Kelly Ramsey Gooch serves as Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, leading client implementations and key initiatives supporting private fund onboarding and transformation. She brings 30 years of experience across fund administration, operations management, investor services, and project management. Prior to Ultimus, Kelly focused on developing relationships with strategic alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction for a global financial services firm.


---

# Diving into the Private Equity Waterfall Model

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/diving-into-the-private-equity-waterfall-model/_

# Diving into the Private Equity Waterfall Model

Subscribe

April 4, 2022

Private Equity funds had a remarkable year in 2021. If you are looking to launch a fund, invest in a fund or are new to the PE industry, or both and need to brush up on PE waterfall models, this primer is for you.

This article aims to look at how the private equity waterfall model works and how it might benefit LPs investing in private equity funds. We’ll examine:

- the fundamentals of PE waterfalls
- the importance of waterfall distributions
- types of waterfall structures
- various tiers of waterfall structures

## Waterfall Overview

Investing in private equity funds can be financially beneficial, especially when limited partners (LPs) benefit from dividing capital gains or investment returns between all participants, including the General Partners (GPs), also known as the private equity waterfall model.

Private equity waterfall models define all the rules for distributing profits within the private equity agreement. Furthermore, a waterfall model is a structure designed to ensure that the interests of GPs and LPs align in a way that adequately compensates everyone involved in an investment. Ideally, waterfall models ensure that everyone receives the correct incentives.

In addition, waterfalls can be difficult to model or explain in partnership agreements; therefore, they should be done carefully and approved by third-party professionals with years of private equity industry experience.

### Fundamentals: What Is the Waterfall Model in Private Equity?

Private equity waterfall models are a method of dividing the capital gain or investment returns across all investors.

Waterfall structures allow LPs to provide the GP or fund manager with financial incentives intended to motivate them to achieve even bigger returns. However, if returns come in lower than expected, the GP receives a lower share of profits.

Distributions from a capital event, such as a refinance or sale of the investment, are allocated to the GPs and LPs based on their roles. The terms of a waterfall model are generally outlined in the fund’s legal documents or partnership agreement, accessible to everyone who is part of an investment. All terms included in the documentation should be clear to all parties and establish agreed-upon boundaries for the deal.

### Importance of the Private Equity Distribution Waterfall

In a private equity limited partnership agreement, a distribution waterfall lays out the rules and methods for profit distribution. Its primary goal is to match general partner incentives and design a pay structure for limited partners. The distribution system can also be represented as a series of buckets stacked on top of each other. Each bucket represents a profit distribution. When the first bucket is full, the profits are transferred to the second, and so on. This type of allocation structure protects investors' interests while also incentivizing the general partner to maximize the returns.

### Types of Waterfall Structures

The two most common forms of distribution waterfalls are the American Waterfall Model and the European Waterfall Model. LPs typically favor the European waterfall, whereas GPs prefer the American waterfall model.

In the American waterfall model, the GPs benefit more. The model gets applied to every deal instead of at the fund level. The risk gets spread over each investment and ensures that the GPs receive a higher share of profits before LPs receive back their initial investment and preferred returns. Likewise, in the European waterfall, LPs receive preference. The distribution proceeds are allocated at the aggregate fund level, and each payout reflects the overall performance rather than being tied to an individual investment. Managers never receive any profits until LPs recoup their initial investment and the amount owed in the preferred return, if applicable. It can take GPs a long time, up to several years, before they make good on their initial investment and start seeing profits.

The two methods are usually differentiated by how they handle the timing and allocation of distribution revenues to GPs and LPs. Ultimately, the end outcome should be the same, and only the timing differs.

### How Does a Private Equity Waterfall Work?

A private equity investment structure aims to align the interests of all parties involved in a single deal or a private equity fund. As such, a private equity waterfall works by allocating the profits with regard to the tiers of the hierarchy that constitute the fund structure, taking the form of a waterfall.

The waterfalls (tiers) of investment are essentially the structure of the investors. In a distribution waterfall, when the highest tier has been satisfied with the amount of profit allocated, the remaining profit can be allocated to the tiers below.

### Tiers in a Private Equity Distribution Waterfall Structure

Private equity waterfalls follow a tiered cash flow structure. The allocation in question derives its name from the cascading nature of its constituent tiers. As such, a typical distribution waterfall consists of the following four tiers:

1. **Return of Capital (ROC)** - Investors receive 100% of any distributions until they have received all their initial investments. Investors at this tier can’t receive gains or recoup losses resulting from any money spent. Essentially, they’re entitled to get back only what they put in at this tier and nothing more.
2. **Preferred Return (Hurdle Rate)** - This tier is one of the primary features of a distribution waterfall model. When LPs make their initial investment, they expect they’ll receive a certain level of returns, typically set between 8% and 10% percent. However, some entities can provide returns at a higher rate of 20% or more or not have a hurdle at all.
3. **Catch-up provision** - The catch-up bucket is highly beneficial for the general partner, which pushes any distributions back to the GP, making sure the GP is made whole. They get all or a significant share of the profit until they reach a certain profit percentage.
4. **Carried Interest** - Carried interest represents the portion of any profits provided to the GP regardless of their initial investment (typically 20%). LPs also receive disbursements from any leftover profits (typically 80%). This tier represents the primary source of funding for a sponsor. In return, it’s the GP’s job to ensure that LPs receive their initial investment back, along with the agreed-upon preferred returns.

Partnering with an experienced fund administrator like Ultimus, who takes the time to understand your firm’s unique reporting requirements, providing timely and thorough reporting to your investors with greater levels of control, quality and consistency to ensure robust oversight of your operations. Ultimus provides you with a team of professionals as committed to excellence as your deal team. Our goal every day is to deliver our best fund administration services using cutting-edge technology while you focus on your investment objectives.

*ULP 14774846  04/04/2022*


---

# The Economic Reality of Investing in Minority-Owned Businesses

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-economic-reality-of-investing-in-minority-owned-businesses/_

# The Economic Reality of Investing in Minority-Owned Businesses

Subscribe

April 7, 2022

Studies and data have consistently shown that minority-owned businesses receive and have less access to financing historically than non-minority-owned firms. This stifles their growth and often limits the economic impact of such firms. Undercapitalized companies struggle for sales and profits, create fewer jobs, and are at greater risks of failing.

While providing support to these minority-owned businesses can be seen as a socially responsible act, establishing fairness and equal access to the American dream, there are important economic benefits to consider as well. A case can be made that investing in minority-owned businesses is a key to unlocking continuing innovation, broadening regional economic development, especially in underserved communities, and an economic necessity for contributing to the small business backbone of the American economy.

To better understand the dynamics, lay of the land, and how we can best support minority-owned businesses, Ultimus LeverPoint’s Andrew Jones, SVP, Business Development, interviewed fund manager, Darrin M. Redus, CEO of the Minority Business Accelerator, an affiliate of the Cincinnati USA Regional Chamber, who developed investment vehicles that rally support for these vital businesses.

* * *

##### *Jones: What kind of local/regional support networks or entrepreneurial ecosystem exists to support minority-owned businesses? Who are the key players and how do they provide support?*

**Redus:** The most notable support networks for minority-owned businesses are the National Minority Supplier Development Council (NMSDC) with 24 affiliate offices throughout the country, as well as the Minority Business Development Agency (MBDA) which is part of the Department of Commerce and also has offices and affiliates throughout the country. In addition to these long-standing organizations, there are also various state and city-run programs, as well as a surge in early-stage tech accelerators that have emerged over the past decade in support of minority-led startups and tech founders.

* * *

##### *Jones: Can you describe how your organization is structured, its strategic goals, and how you fit within this entrepreneurial ecosystem?*

**Redus:** Our organization focuses on growing larger-scale minority-owned businesses (those firms generally in excess of $1 Million in annual revenues) that are also poised to do business in the supply chains of large corporations in capitalizing on corporate commitments to deepen relationships and spending with a diverse set of suppliers. We have a portfolio of such businesses that collectively do over $1 billion in aggregate annual revenues, and we have specific objectives in place to grow this to over $2 billion in aggregate revenues in the next 3 years.

* * *

##### *Jones: What kind of work does your program do?*

**Redus:** We provide comprehensive management and technical assistance to high growth minority-owned businesses, much like a boutique consulting firm, with the primary goal of strengthening the operating capacity and capital readiness of our clients to optimally position them to attract larger contracts and growth opportunities, as well as supporting and facilitating the accompanying financial and broader set of resources that our clients require to be able to execute against these growth opportunities.

* * *

##### *Jones: How do you go about determining and engineering the right support from available internal and local/regional resources for each specific minority business owner’s needs?*

**Redus:** Our support for each client is first rooted in a comprehensive business assessment and SWOT analysis to determine critical gaps in the business and accompanying growth opportunities. The assessment leads to a customized growth plan for each business, which is then further supported by our team of seasoned business professionals and expansive network of subject matter experts ranging from systems, marketing, and information technology, to name a few, to ensure that we address any identified need or growth opportunity of the business.

* * *

##### *Jones: What are the criteria and metrics you use to determine the right minority businesses and business leaders who embody the entrepreneurial spirit and business acumen for your program?*

**Redus:** Our general criteria consist of the following:

- Minimum annual revenues of $1 million
- A business-to-business (B2B) or business-to-government (B2G) business model
- The desire and demonstrated ability on the part of the business owner to become a multi-million-dollar enterprise (minimally doubling in size 3-5 years)

* * *

##### *Jones: Can you share with us the details of some of the minority businesses in your program?*

**Redus:** Having recently completed our 18th year in business, we have numerous success stories with over 70 minority-owned businesses supported to date, with the average size of each firm at approximately $30 Million in annual revenues, and collectively creating over 3,500 jobs since inception. Several of our portfolio companies are in excess of $50 Million in annual revenues, with a few exceeding $100 Million.

* * *

##### *Jones: Why is it so important to strengthen and expand the local/regional minority entrepreneurial community?*

**Redus:** In an increasingly diverse society, solving for economic disparities ensures that more of our regional and national population is meaningfully contributing to the economy which creates more jobs, investment opportunities and economic vibrancy for all citizens.

* * *

##### *Jones: What are some of the minority business areas you see as needing the most support at this time and why?*

**Redus:** Historically minority businesses have skewed towards smaller scale, lower-growth businesses that required minimal start-up and operating capital given well-documented disparities in access to capital. To truly address lingering (and in many cases widening) economic disparities, a focus on more scalable businesses (particularly in higher growth industries), along with capital intensive sectors such as manufacturing represents a significant need and growth opportunity.

* * *

##### *Jones: How does creating a fund vehicle versus just asking for donations help support or expand your efforts?*

**Redus:** Creating a fund vehicle demonstrates that supporting minority business growth represents a solid investment opportunity with the potential to attract market returns for investors rather than continuing to treat minority business solely as a charitable strategy.

* * *

##### *Jones: From your experience, what have you found to be the best ways to be a good steward of this important process for the portfolio companies and the greater community involved?*

**Redus:** Transparency, regular communication, and accountability towards shared metrics.

* * *

Overall, to create change, diversity and inclusion, those elements must be integrated into business infrastructure, managerial capability and the employee experience. Private equity and venture capital firms, as well as PE/VC backed companies certainly have an opportunity to lead in diversity and inclusion. The nature of the private equity industry—investment strategies and ownership structures, leave room to be nimble—could prove a big advantage in accelerating change.

Ultimus  is committed to fostering and supporting a culture of diversity, equity and inclusion. If you are interested in learning more about supporting minority-owned businesses through private equity and venture capital funds, we’ll be happy to connect you with one of several clients with experience and knowledge, such as Darrin M. Redus featured in this article.

ULP14726269 3/25/2022


---

# Exploring Interval Fund Launch Strategies

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/exploring-interval-fund-launch-strategies/_

# Exploring Interval Fund Launch Strategies

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

April 13, 2022

In our recent whitepaper collaboration with XA Investments, *“Launching an Interval Fund – Clear-eyed Approach to Successful Launch,”* we explored various launch strategies for fund managers to efficiently bring products to market. It is becoming more and more critical that new funds reach scale quickly so that they can meet distribution platform requirements and cover elevated expenses in the interval or tender offer fund wrapper (in comparison to traditional alts or mutual funds).

The adage ‘build it and they will come’ is certainly not applicable to launching an interval or tender offer fund. Therefore, we’ve outlined several approaches below that successful fund managers have used to launch their registered alternative strategy.  Building an effective asset raising strategy from day 1 is critical to the fund’s success. Seeding the new fund with contributed capital or converting a private fund can be a way to build momentum for external asset raising activities. As with any pooled product, certain distribution outlets will require a track record, requiring a multi-year investment from the manager to sustain operations and meet demand requirements. Hence, as the product evolves, additional distribution outlets will become available.

For more information on best practices to get through the oftentimes challenging period between fund registration and reaching $100 million in assets under management (or commercialization), otherwise known as the “valley of death,” read the white paper written in collaboration with XA Investments [here.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/resources/insight-articles/)

*14789897 4/6/2022*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Understanding the ETF Structure, Mechanics and Popularity

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-etf-structure-mechanics-and-popularity/_

# Understanding the ETF Structure, Mechanics and Popularity

Subscribe

Authored by
**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist

**About Michael Prendergast**
									In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.
						×

May 20, 2022

Since the first Exchange-traded fund (ETF) premiered in 1993, ETFs have experienced tremendous growth as an accessible investment vehicle for both retail and institutional investors. By 2021, ETFs in the U.S. represented 7.2 trillion U.S. dollars.¹

What is behind the ongoing—and increasing—popularity of ETFs? We believe the growth is attributable to the benefits obtained by ETF issuers and investors alike, as well as to strategy and structural innovations.

## Know Before You Go

This blog will cover things to know about ETFs before you consider a launch:

How ETFs compare to mutual funds

- Behind-the-scenes: ETF mechanics
- ETF structural choices
- The SEC’s role in innovation

## Exchange-Traded Funds vs. Mutual Funds

ETFs are similar in several ways to mutual funds. Both pool investor capital. Both invest in a broad array of strategies. Both offer passively managed funds designed to track a specific index, and actively managed funds composed of securities uniquely selected by an investment manager.

But ETFs have certain advantages over mutual funds:

- **Exchange Traded and Intraday Pricing**. In keeping with its name, ETFs trade on stock exchanges (NYSE, Cboe, and NASDAQ), while mutual funds must be purchased through other channels, such as brokerage firms. Since ETFs trade on exchanges, they trade throughout the day, offering greater liquidity. Mutual funds, on the other hand, trade only at their daily closing price.
- **Fees**. ETFs typically are less expensive than mutual funds.
- **Tax Efficiency**. ETFs are generally more tax efficient than mutual funds. In a traditional mutual fund, portfolio managers sell portfolio holdings to meet shareholder liquidations or to rebalance the portfolio. The sales of these securities can generate taxable capital gains that are passed on to shareholders.

In the ETF structure, securities don’t always need to be sold to meet investor redemptions. Rather, ETF shares can trade directly between investors. When redemptions exceed the inventory on the secondary market, baskets of assets that approximate a pro rata slice of the ETF are redeemed in kind, and the fund is not required to distribute capital gains from those transactions to the remaining shareholders.

ETFs started primarily as passively managed funds that track to specific indexes, however over the past two years, actively managed ETFs have seen considerable growth in assets and the number of new funds coming to market.

ETFs generally offer transparency to their underlying holdings on a daily basis. Some ETFs use shielding mechanism to show a representative portfolio but mask the true portfolio composition.

ETFs are generally not offered in 401(k) channels for a number of reasons. The infrastructure for 401(k)’s was developed prior to ETFs being widely available and recordkeeping systems used in these plans were not designed to deal with products that can trade throughout the day. ETFs are also not traded in fractional shares, making small incremental investments difficult. Also, since 401(k)s are tax deferred, they do not benefit from the tax efficiency that ETFs offer.

## Behind-the-Scenes: The Mechanics

The number of shares outstanding in an ETF structure fluctuates daily due to the ongoing issuance of new shares and redemption of existing shares.

The ability of ETFs to issue and redeem shares continuously helps keep the current market price in line with the net asset value of the underlying securities in the portfolio.

The create/redeem process for ETF shares is handled between the ETF sponsor and an authorized participant (AP).

The diagram below illustrates the key players and share flow for ETFs.

## ETF Structures

The ETF structure is most commonly set up as a registered investment company (RIC) that is professionally managed by a registered investment adviser and regulated by the Investment Company Act of 1940. As a RIC, an ETF is governed by a board with independent trustees who are responsible for: i) approving contracts, ii) ensuring that the fund designs and implements comprehensive compliance policies and procedures, and iii) providing continual oversight of fund operations on behalf of shareholders.

Most ETFs are classified as open-end funds, similar to mutual funds. Nonetheless structural variety abounds:

**Open-End Funds**. Most open-end ETFs are structured as RICs, explained above. In addition, open-end ETF funds are priced daily and allow an investor to buy and sell shares of the fund any day that trading is open. The funds are required to distribute income and capital gains directly to shareholders.

**Unit Investment Trusts (UIT)**. Some of the first exchange-traded funds were formed as unit investment trusts. A unit investment trust generally has a fixed portfolio of securities and a fixed term. UITs, like open-end funds, are governed by the Investment Company Act of 1940. There are, however, a few distinctions between the two; UITs do not have boards of directors or investment advisers. **Exchange-Traded Grantor Trusts**. Grantor trusts are most often used to form ETFs that hold physical assets, such as precious metals. These products cannot receive income and are required to hold a specific amount of underlying assets. Investors in these funds are viewed as direct holders of the underlying asset. **Exchange-Traded Notes (ETNs)**. Exchange-traded notes trade like ETFs on a stock exchange, however ETNs are unsecured debt securities that generally follow an index. ETNs promise to pay an amount equal to the return of the index less the management fee. ETNs have inherent credit risk as they are considered debt instruments, not assets.

## The SEC’s Role in Innovation²

**Exemptive Relief**. In September 2019, the SEC passed Rule 6c-11 to, “…facilitate greater competition and innovation in the ETF marketplace, leading to more choice for investors.” The adoption was intended to bring ETFs to market more quickly without the time or expense of applying for individual exemptive relief. Prior to approval of the Rule, the SEC had issued more than 300 exemptive orders allowing ETFs to operate under the Investment Company Act. One condition of the Rule is to disclose daily holdings of the ETF.

The exemptive relief provided by Rule 6c-11 applies only to open-end funds.

**Semi-Transparent / Non-Transparent ETFs.** Back in May 2019, the SEC granted exemptive relief under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on a number of applications to allow investment advisors to bring ETFs to market that do not provide daily transparency of the portfolio composition. These actively managed ETFs, also known as non-transparent or semi-transparent ETFs, allow active portfolio managers to reap the benefits of the ETF structure while hiding or masking the underlying holdings to protect their strategy.

Precidian Investments, New York Stock Exchange, Fidelity Investments and Blue Tractor were among some of the advisors that received exemptive relief.

| **ETF Investment Strategies** |
| --- |
| ETFs come in a multitude of strategies, covering domestic and foreign markets. **Bond ETFs.** Bond, or fixed income, ETFs provide exposure to one or a mixture of bonds, including U.S. Treasuries, corporate, municipal, international, and high-yield bonds. **Stock ETFs.** Stock, or equity, ETFs hold a portfolio of individual stocks; many are passively managed and track a specific index. **Sector and Industry ETFs.** These ETFs are designed to provide exposure to a specific sector, such as Health Care, or industry, such as Biotechnology. **Commodity ETFs.** Commodity ETFs provide exposure to commodities, such as gold. These ETFs commonly invest in derivatives that track the underlying value of the commodity rather than directly owning the underlying assets. ETFs that do hold physical commodities like gold are typically set up as Grantor Trusts. **Style ETFs.** Style ETFs are designed to follow a specific investment style or market capitalization focus, like large-cap value or small-cap growth. **Thematic ETFs.** These ETFs offer portfolios based on particular themes such as technology advances and social trends. **Currency ETFs.** Currency ETFs can be used to hedge a portfolio against currency risk and may invest in a single currency or many different currencies. |

#####

## Conclusion

ETFs provide investment managers an opportunity to expand their product offering and attract additional investors. For investors, ETFs offer an opportunity to invest in a relatively low-cost product that offers tax efficiency, transparency, and liquidity. ETFs continue to gain significant investment flows as the types of investment strategies broaden.

Investment managers seeking to add ETFs to their product mix should consider working with an experienced fund administrator to help evaluate ETF structures and provide guidance on launching an ETF.

* * *

¹https://etfgi.com/news/press-releases/2022/01/etfgi-reports-etfs-industry-united-states-ended-2021-record-high-assets ²https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2019-190

15052255 5/20/2022


## Authored by

**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist


About Michael Prendergast
In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.


---

# 4 Technology Innovations for a Better Shareholder Experience

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/4-technology-innovations-for-a-better-shareholder-experience/_

# 4 Technology Innovations for a Better Shareholder Experience

Subscribe

Authored by
**Ian Martin**

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer

**About Ian Martin**
									Ian Martin serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus, working across business lines to advance integration and synergy goals while meeting key financial targets. He is recognized for deep expertise in mutual fund processing, shareholder servicing, efficiency, and quality control. Before joining Ultimus, Ian led the Transfer Agent and Dealer Clearing departments as an Executive Vice President and Board member of U.S. Bank Global Fund Services.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ian-martin-10b57512/)
						×

May 25, 2022

## Online Investor Platforms: 4 Areas of Innovation

### #1: Modern-Day Must-Haves

Security, self service and ease of use are must-haves for shareholder platforms. At a minimum, online platforms should:

- Offer top-notch security and fraud mitigation, including multi-factor authentication and instant bank account verification.
- Be as easy to use on a mobile device as on a desktop computer (More on this in #4: Intuitive User Interface).
- Allow shareholders to update information such as address and contact information, statement delivery options, and allocation models through self-service functionality, without having to contact shareholder support.

### #2: Customizable Branding and Marketing Campaigns

Brand loyalty is important when it comes to investors and customization can make the difference.

Determine if your transfer agent can easily customize branding—colors, logo and typography—for the online account platform. The goal is to wrap shareholders in the fund’s brand experience and having a partner that can keep pace as marketing strategies evolve is essential.

Consider also if the online investor platform can support marketing campaigns. Technology should provide the ability to easily communicate with investors and drive deeper engagement and growth. For example, customizable marketing campaigns can be used to notify shareholders of a fund launch or an upcoming conference.

### #3: Asset Allocation Modeling

Asset allocation modeling is a new offering on select transfer agent shareholder platforms that makes it easier for shareholders to allocate investments across an adviser’s fund lineup. Fund advisers can offer pre-defined allocations and even construct customizable questionnaires that help shareholders more easily determine fund models that fit their unique investment goals and risk appetites. The best online portals offer auto rebalancing to keep pace with market volatility and are easily customized to adapt to evolving portfolio offerings and disclosure requirements.

### #4: Intuitive User Interface

Today, Baby Boomers—who range in age from their late 50s to mid-70s—account for more than 40% of assets invested in U.S. mutual funds. About the same percentage stems from the combined younger generations of Generation X, Millennials and Generation Z.¹

The implications are profound. With investors varying in age from their 20s to their 70s, online account platforms must be easy to use and intuitive for those who are tech savvy and those who are less so. To this end, the online investor platform needs mobile device responsiveness, easy-to-navigate functionality, and self-service guidance, to name a few.

### Final Thoughts on Online Investor Platforms

In addition to the four areas of innovation, consider the following technology-related items:

- Can the platform be customized quickly and easily by the fund administrator on behalf of the fund adviser?
- Is the fund administrator committed to dynamic, ongoing development of the platform?
- How will the online platform improve shareholders’ experience and make a difference in growth?
- Is it worth changing transfer agents or replacing a legacy system to obtain additional functionality?

### Beyond the Technology, it is About the People and Service

Now more than ever, the online experience drives customer perception and having a transfer agent service partner that is committed to engaging users and clients to provide the best possible experience is essential. Choosing a firm that has a strong reputation for white glove service and a passion for driving technology forward should be top of mind for any adviser looking to grow their business.

### About Ultimus & Its Transfer Agent

Ultimus Fund Solutions is a leading provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions to support the launching and servicing of registered funds, private funds, and public plans.

The Ultimus Connect Investor and Advisor Portal is an advanced online portal that provides real-time information and account access for both shareholders and fund advisers. The Investor and Advisor Portal positions investment managers and fund families to deliver an enhanced shareholder servicing model while expanding their digital presence. The proprietary technology is built to be customizable, flexible, and easily adaptable into the future.


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ian-martin-10b57512/)
**Ian Martin**

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer


About Ian Martin
Ian Martin serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus, working across business lines to advance integration and synergy goals while meeting key financial targets. He is recognized for deep expertise in mutual fund processing, shareholder servicing, efficiency, and quality control. Before joining Ultimus, Ian led the Transfer Agent and Dealer Clearing departments as an Executive Vice President and Board member of U.S. Bank Global Fund Services.


---

# Is Launching an Actively Managed ETF right for your Investment Strategy?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/is-launching-an-actively-managed-etf-right-for-your-investment-strategy/_

# Is Launching an Actively Managed ETF right for your Investment Strategy?

Subscribe

Authored by
**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist

**About Michael Prendergast**
									In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.
						×

May 27, 2022

Interest in actively managed ETFs (exchange-traded funds) continues to grow as investors and financial advisers gravitate towards these structures as an investment of choice. According to FactSet, U.S. ETFs recorded inflows of over $90 billion in 2021 with total ETF assets exceeding $7.2 trillion¹. Active ETFs accounted for 10% of all ETF inflows despite being only 4% of total ETF assets and 60% of active ETFs flows in 2021 went to ETFs that had higher expense ratios than the industry average of .49 bps², showing investor willingness to pay more for brand name and proven performance. Industry analysts believe this growth is expected to continue as many investors value an active investment strategy in an ETF wrapper.

Before an investment manager considers launching an Actively Managed ETF, there are a number of informational items to know about them. In this blog we will:

- Define actively managed ETFs
- Describe the core workings of an ETF
- Explain the difference between actively managed ETFs and traditional ETFs, and mutual funds
- Explore the advantages of actively managed ETFs
- Explain why advisers are seeking actively managed ETFs for their investor portfolios

## What Is an Actively Managed ETF?

Actively managed ETFs aim to achieve a specific investment objective by employing an active investment strategy rather than a passively managed ETF that looks to track an index. Its underlying portfolio is determined by a manager or team instead of following a passive investment strategy. Although an actively managed ETF will have a benchmark index, fund managers can adjust sector allocations and diverge from the index as they see fit. This results in investment returns that may deviate from the underlying index.

Actively managed ETFs are available in some of the following asset classes:

- Domestic and Global Equity
- Domestic and Global Fixed Income
- Asset Allocation
- Currency
- Commodities
- Alternatives

## Core Workings of ETFs

Actively managed ETFs are typically registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as open-end funds. An ETF provider creates a fund based on their particular investment strategy and issues shares of that fund to the marketplace in creation units through registered broker-dealers know as Authorized Participants (APs). The ETF's shares are listed on a national securities exchange, and individual investors trade the ETF like a stock at market prices during the trading day as compared to a mutual fund which trade once a day at net asset value (NAV), which is determined at the end of the trading day.

## How Do Actively Managed ETFs Differ from Traditional ETFs?

Actively Managed ETFs invest in strategies implemented and followed at the discretion of a portfolio manager and the firm's proprietary research. Most traditional ETFs are structured as passively managed funds designed to track an underlying benchmark as closely as possible (ex: the S&P 500 Index). Actively managed ETFs take a more hands-on investment approach, where their portfolios are generally more concentrated in securities that are expected to outperform.

Unlike their index-based competitors, actively managed portfolios do not follow a predictable rebalancing method, keeping in mind that it’s up to the portfolio manager to keep the active portfolio invested according to its stated purpose. Hence, investors wanting core exposure to an asset class may consider a passive ETF. Those wishing to supplement current holdings may consider an actively managed fund with the potential to outperform the market.

## Mutual Funds vs. Actively Managed ETFs

Actively managed ETFs are similar to actively managed mutual funds in that both are likely to have higher compositional turnover than their indexed counterparts, and professional money managers play a crucial role in deciding which holdings to invest in. They also provide exposure to various asset classes and specialty markets. However, while both aim to outperform the market and rely on active managers to select which stocks and bonds to hold, they differ in some key areas.

Active ETF shares trade like stocks and can be traded throughout the day as often as needed. On the other hand, mutual funds only trade once a day when markets close.

Transparent active ETFs are required to publish their portfolio holdings daily vs a mutual fund that discloses holdings quarterly with a lag period of 60 days. Active ETFs are typically more tax efficient due to the in-kind trading for creation and redemptions of shares. Mutual funds create and redeem shares in cash and generate taxable gains and losses which typically result in capital gains distributions to the shareholders.

Active managers who are concerned with the daily disclosure of portfolio holdings requirement for transparent active ETFs, can consider various semi-transparent/non-transparent structures that are currently available to ETF sponsors. Semi-transparent ETFs are actively managed exchange-traded funds that shield the actual daily holdings while fully disclosing their holdings quarterly. This may provide portfolio managers a chance to use their strategies in cheaper alternatives to mutual funds without running the risk of being copied or front-running of specific securities.The semi-transparent models that are approved by the SEC do vary and interested fund sponsors should carefully consider the benefits and limitations of each product when considering if it is the right fit for the intended investment strategy.

## Advantages of an Actively Managed ETF for Individual Investors

Tax efficiency is one of the most significant benefits of an actively managed ETF. Due to the in-kind nature of creations and redemptions, actively managed ETFs have fewer taxable events than mutual funds. On the other hand, investors of mutual funds with similar investment strategies and shareholder activity are typically subjected higher capital gains distributions, depending upon the turnover of the fund portfolio. Investors should not expect that an active ETF will never have a capital gain distribution. Given consistent market conditions and shareholder activity, an active ETF can expect to distribute higher capital gains compared to a passive ETF but it is anticipated that the active ETF’s capital gain distribution would be lower than a mutual fund with the same investment objective.

Other advantages of actively managed ETFs include:

- Lower expense ratio.
- Participation of seasoned financial professionals.
- The opportunity for benchmark-beating returns.
- Ability to trade ETF shares throughout the day.

## Why Are More Advisers Seeking Managed ETF Portfolios?

Exchange-traded funds continue to be a favorite investment instrument for investment advisers due to their unique characteristics. While ETFs' tax advantages, a lower management fee, and intraday liquidity are well known, incorporating them into a managed portfolio is one of the fastest expanding strategies in the managed investment fund sector. Investment advisers are employing managed ETF portfolios to manage risk more efficiently, in addition to taking advantage of the inherent ETF efficiency.

Furthermore, some actively managed ETF portfolios offer cutting-edge methods that lend themselves to a quantitative investment strategy. Regardless of financial goals, the ability to trade ETFs within a managed portfolio allows investors to be flexible and take advantage of opportunities that regular mutual fund investors may not receive.

## Conclusion

ETFs are growing at ever-increasing rates. With recent industry changes that streamline the regulatory process to launch an ETF, investment managers are expanding their product offerings to attract additional investors. There’s a myriad of nuances to be aware of and we have explored and explained a number of these considerations in this blog. As ETFs continue to gain significant investment flows, if you are interested in launching an ETF, consider working with an experienced fund administrator to help you understand the ETF ecosystem and distinctions of Actively Managed ETFs.

At Ultimus Fund Solutions, we believe in providing a consultative approach, helping investment managers understand a product’s nuances and operational considerations before launching a fund. Contact us today for a consultation about whether bringing an Actively Managed ETF to market is the right product for you and your business.

15070303 5/25/2022


## Authored by

**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist


About Michael Prendergast
In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.


---

# Understanding Private Equity Fund Accounting

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-private-equity-fund-accounting/_

# Understanding Private Equity Fund Accounting

Subscribe

June 7, 2022

Private equity fund accounting is quite complex to other investment vehicles. What separates fund accounting from general accounting is that, while small businesses, for example, make purchases with their own funds, private equity firms make purchases with their investors’ funds. Fund accounting, refers to the methods of accounting used by investment funds. Some of the responsibilities of fund accounting in private equity overlap with traditional, general accounting – such as identifying income and expenses on an accrual basis and verifying accounting records against external sources – but others are unique to investment funds. This is what gives fund accounting its second name – partnership accounting. General Partners, the fund managers, raise funds from Limited Partners, the investors, in order to make investments. However, private equity accounting is subjected to best practices to ensure investor transparency and minimal tax implications. And the complexities arise mainly because private equity investments are highly illiquid and are designed to provide dividends in the distant future.

## Understanding Private Equity Funds

Private equity is a form of financing where money, or capital, is invested into a company. Typically, private equity investments are made into mature businesses in traditional industries in exchange for equity, or ownership stake. Private equity is a major subset of a larger, more complex piece of the financial landscape known as the private markets.

Private equity is an alternative asset class alongside real estate, venture capital, distressed securities and more. Alternative asset classes are considered less traditional equity investments, which means they are not as easily accessed as stocks and bonds in the public markets. A private equity fund is a closed-end fund run as a limited partnership by general partners.

Private equity funds invest in promising private businesses with a goal of increasing their value over time before eventually selling the company at a profit. Private equity funds may utilize various strategies to improve a company, including improving operational efficiency, changing the management, or expanding the company's product lines. Private equity firms usually have majority ownership of multiple companies at once. A firm's array of companies is called its portfolio, and the businesses themselves, portfolio companies. The ultimate goal of a private equity fund is to make the company as valuable as possible so the general partners can sell the investment for a higher profit.

### Private Equity Funds vs. Hedge Funds

Both private equity funds and hedge funds are investment products that appeal to accredited high-net-worth individuals. Both are traditionally structured as limited partnerships and involve paying a percentage of profits and basic management fees to the managing partners. However, the biggest difference between private equity funds and hedge funds are fund structure and investment targets – Private equity funds focus on private companies, while hedge funds operate in the public markets, investing in publicly traded companies.

Private equity funds are also closed-ended, implying that new money cannot be invested after the initial period has expired. Whereas hedge funds are open-ended, meaning that investors can continue to add or redeem their shares in the fund at any time.

A private equity fund focuses on a long-term strategy to maximize profits and returns by partly owning a private company. In comparison, a hedge fund focuses more on earning the maximum possible return in the shortest time frame. And thus, the portfolio allocation of a hedge fund includes highly liquid assets that can be generated to cash. In contrast, investments in a private equity fund need to be held for longer, sometimes ten years or longer. The short-term focus of hedge funds also makes it likely to involve higher risk.

### Private Equity Funds vs. Venture Capital Firms

Private equity funds are also somewhat similar to venture capital funds, as both invest in private sector companies and exit by selling the investments in equity financing. However, there are considerable differences between them regarding investment and conducting business.

Private equity funds mainly invest in mature companies that are already established but fail to make profits due to inefficiency. In comparison, venture capital firms invest mainly in startups with good growth potential. Private equity firms generally acquire 100% ownership of the invested companies. In contrast, venture capital firms only invest 50% or less of the companies' equity. Most venture capital firms also prefer spreading out the risk and investing in many different startups so that the fund is not affected substantially if one startup fails.

### Fund Structure

Private equity firms are structured as partnerships with one General Partner making the investments and several Limited Partners investing capital. Generally, when a private equity fund is launched, the General Partner assumes responsibility for managing the fund and identifying investments. Limited Partners are investors who contribute capital, but do not necessarily have discretion over the choice of investments.

Performance incentives give the General Partner motivation to aim for strong performance, which, if successful, benefits both the General Partners and Limited Partners. All investors of the fund will agree on set terms laid out in a Limited Partnership Agreement (LPA). The key terms generally found in an LPA include the duration of the fund, the percentage of the management fee (typically 2% annually), how profits will be divided and paid out, rights and obligations of the institutional partners, and restrictions imposed on the General Partner (including industry, size, or geography of investments and any diversification requirements).

A successful private equity firm will manage several funds (i.e., a family of funds) and generally try to raise a new fund every few years. They then use this capital to invest in or buy subsequent companies, which become portfolio companies.

The Limited Partners generally just provide capital. They do not have a hand in deciding on which companies to invest in. The General Partners decide that. However, if the Limited Partners are unimpressed with the returns generated by the General Partner, they may choose not to invest with the private equity fund again.

### Accounting Standards

Fund accounting refers to the maintenance of the financial records of an investment fund. Accounting records must be kept for the investor activity, the portfolio activity, the income earned and the expenses incurred by the fund.

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) are a collection of commonly-followed accounting rules and standards for financial reporting. The specifications of GAAP, which is the standard adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), include definitions of concepts and principles, as well as industry-specific rules. The purpose of GAAP is to ensure that financial reporting is transparent and consistent from one organization to another.

A private equity fund's accounting standard also impacts how partner capital is treated. Under U.S. GAAP, partner capital is considered as equity unless the partners come into an agreement that enables them to redeem their investment at a particular time.

### Financial Statements

The financial statements which are prepared for investors in a private equity fund also vary depending on the accounting standard. Private equity funds that adhere to the U.S. GAAP follow the framework outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Audit and Accounting Guide. This mandates that the financial statement must include a cash flow statement, a statement of assets and liabilities, a schedule of investments, a statement of operations, notes to the financial statements, and a separate listing of financial highlights. In contrast, the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) requires an income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement, as well as applicable notes and an account of any changes in the net assets attributable to the fund partners.

## Challenges of Private Equity Fund Accounting

Due to the unique attributes of private equity funds, investment fund managers and their accountants may face several challenges during private equity fund accounting, including:

- **Distribution waterfall calculations** – Investing in private equity funds can be financially beneficial, especially when Limited Partners benefit from dividing capital gains or investment returns between all participants, including the General Partners, also known as the private equity waterfall model. Private equity waterfall models define all the rules for distributing profits within the private equity agreement.Furthermore, a waterfall model is a structure designed to ensure that the interests of General Partners and Limited Partners align in a way that adequately compensates everyone involved in an investment. Ideally, waterfall models ensure that everyone receives the correct incentives. In addition, waterfalls can be difficult to model or explain in partnership agreements; therefore, they should be done carefully and approved by third-party professionals with years of private equity industry experience.
- **Increasing Fund Complexities** –Experience shows that fund managers face significant increases in the complexity of their operations, resulting from expanding their product offerings into non-traditional private equity and real estate investments (e.g., credit, middle-market, infrastructure) and increasing regulatory reporting requirements. Private Equity funds have evolved from simple, stand-alone limited partnerships to highly complex structures. Creating multiple vehicles within each structure also means complicated allocations and fee calculations. While these complex calculations may be handled in spreadsheets, that carries risk and is a warning flag to larger institutional investors who may want to invest in the fund.

    The largest investors have become more demanding in terms of fund reporting. Investors routinely request more detailed quarterly reports with extensive capital account statements, to be delivered within days after the quarter ends. The result is less standardization and far more customization. For managers, meeting these challenges is time consuming, expensive, and difficult.
- **Evolving Technology** – The ability to meet the current and future needs of you and your investors requires a proven, substantive platform with the level of automation, scale, control, and security expected in an industry leading solution. It must deliver transparency and efficiency to you and to the investor experience. Using a secure, sophisticated platform provides a more controlled and reliable environment for data input and outputs. It mitigates the risk inherent in using spreadsheets and allows for transparent and secure reporting. State-of-the-art investor portals allow fund managers, General Partners and Limited Partners to access online, real-time data and reporting.

    The cost of investigating, implementing, and maintaining relevant technology can be expensive and overwhelming for individual managers. Partnering with a fund administrator who already invests in these platforms allows fund managers access to advanced technology while avoiding much of the cost, process and time commitment of in-house implementation and ongoing maintenance.

Private equity fund accounting is constantly changing and evolving. As funds grow and their complexities multiply, the impact of having to hire, train and retain staff to support a back-office functions also becomes greater. Gain economies of scale with a qualified Fund Administrator such as Ultimus. With an effective co-sourcing model, the responsibility for attracting and retaining skilled talent falls on the administrator, who can pool resources across a broad client base, reducing the fund manager’s skills-related risk.

Ultimus leverages both technology and a flexible servicing model that enable General Partners to adapt to the new environment and enhance the investor experience. A robust architecture allows Ultimus to deliver quality services and increase productivity to meet the needs of our clients. Our responsive service model focuses only on the core activities of fund administration. Since we are an independent service provider, our dedicated teams and services won’t be disrupted by the budget cuts, service reductions, downsizing, offshoring and outsourcing.

*ULP 15083675 05/26/2022*


---

# Key Takeaways from Exchange: an ETF Experience 2022

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/key-takeaways-from-exchange-an-etf-experience-2022/_

# Key Takeaways from Exchange: an ETF Experience 2022

Subscribe

Authored by
**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist

**About Michael Prendergast**
									In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.
						×

June 14, 2022

*Exchange: An ETF Experience*, a large-scale investment industry conference focused on ETFs, took place in Miami Beach, FL, April 11-14, 2022. This new experience, set to be an annual event, attracted over 2,000^1^ attendees including financial advisers, product sponsors, service providers, and thought leaders in the ETF space. It was an incredible experience to reconnect in person with industry partners after two years of conferences being on hold or held virtually due to the pandemic.

## ETF Bootcamp Sessions

Exchange kicked off with *ETF Boot Camp* sessions focused on the outlook for the industry, SEC expectations, launching products, and growing assets. As the Senior ETF Product Specialist at Ultimus, I had the opportunity to participate in a professional discussion titled *From Concept to Launch: ETF Fast Tracking.* This discussion covered the process and options for sponsors to bring new ETF products to market, new product trends, and costs associated with launching new products, as well as Mutual Fund to ETF conversions. In addition, we discussed the pros and cons of launching products within a series trust versus a standalone structure. Other Boot Camp sessions included *Bringing Active Strategies Into the Semi-Transparent ETF Wrapper* and *The Hunt: Where is the Next Trillion Dollars*?

## A Women’s Leadership Workshop at Exchange

The *Women in ETFs Breakfast Workshop – Leadership Perspectives* was at capacity and featured a panel of industry leaders discussing career navigation, the value of mentorship as well as the impact of the post-COVID work environment on professional growth. Panelists included Cloe Chang, Senior Vice President & Head of Investment Solutions from American Century; Emily Meyer, VP National Accounts and Strategic Partnerships from Northern Trust Asset Management; Anna Paglia, Managing Director, Global Head of ETFs & Index Strategies from Invesco; Kara Pagliuca, VP Senior National Accounts Manager from State Street Global Advisors; Shanna Weber, Managing Director of Corporate Strategy from Charles Schwab; and Louise Slinger, Managing Director, Head of Global Marketing at S&P Dow Jones Indices.

## Building Enhanced Portfolios

Another main focus of the conference was helping advisers build dynamic portfolios. The conference organizers brought industry leaders together, covering various asset classes, to explain current market conditions and opportunities in a rapidly changing market. Sessions focused on views of the world economy, the evolution of crypto investors and their potential impact on ETFs, active ETFs vs passive, and ESG. Jeffrey Gundlach, CEO and CIO of DoubleLine, discussed his macro-economic views and outlook for the market as it faces today’s global challenges. The *Lunch and Learn Roundtable* discussions featured rapid fire conversations in which each table host had five minutes to share a theory or idea before kicking off a table discussion. The topics ranged from *How to Hedge Inflation* to *Beware of Bad Benchmarks*.

## Exchange Marketplace Environment

The Exchange Marketplace strived to be a more immersive experience than traditional conference exhibit halls with the layout, seating areas and activities to encourage conversation and connections. While there were more interactive opportunities to engage, the feel was similar to other exhibit areas with partners set up in their respective booths interacting with attendees.

## Key Takeaways from Exchange: An ETF Experience

Highlights from this year’s conference include:

1. **Actively managed ETFs are here to stay** – About 60% of new ETF fund launches in 2021 were actively managed2 and that momentum continues in 2022.
2. **Digital Assets** - Exposure to the Crypto ecosystem and digital currencies in an ETF wrapper continues to be a hot topic within the industry. Currently the SEC has not approved any ETFs that invest directly in any crypto currency such as Bitcoin. It is difficult to predict if the SEC will approve a crypto ETF without additional market regulations or controls, but this promises to be an active topic with many ETF sponsors. So, stayed tuned!
3. **Impact of Market Conditions** - There was interesting dialogue regarding the 60/40 split in a market where both equity and fixed income assets are in a down market and how to best generate income for investors without eroding capital.

## Conclusion

Overall, this was a high energy conference where investment advisers, fund sponsors and service providers were excited about the future growth prospects of the ETF industry. For ETFs, particularly active strategies, 2022 will likely prove to be another banner year for growth in asset flows, even in a down market. At Ultimus, we continue to see strong demand and growth from existing ETF clients looking to expand product offerings, established mutual sponsors entering the ETF space for the first time, and new investment advisers looking to enter the registered fund market with an ETF wrapper.

As named Administrator to numerous ETF clients, Ultimus is a proven industry leader providing turnkey administration solutions for entry to the ETF marketplace while making valuable introductions to various partners within the ETF ecosystem.

* * *

*Ultimus partners with investment managers to provide customized services throughout the entire life cycle of a variety of registered funds, including ETFs.* [*Click here*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/exchange-traded-funds/) *to learn more about all aspects of launching and operating ETFs. Or fill out the* [*Contact Us*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/) *form at* [*www.UltimusFundSolutions*](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) *to speak to an Ultimus professional.*

*ETFs are subject to market risk, including loss of principal.*

*15164503 6/13/2022*


## Authored by

**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist


About Michael Prendergast
In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.


---

# Essential Considerations for Distributing Exchange Traded Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/essential-considerations-for-distributing-exchange-traded-funds/_

# Essential Considerations for Distributing Exchange Traded Funds

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors

**About Kevin Guerette**
									Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.
						×

July 14, 2022

Over the past 10 years the number of Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) has more than doubled and in that same time period^1^, assets in exchange traded funds have increased by nearly seven times^2^. Statistically speaking it appears that now is the optimal time to introduce exchange traded funds – and to be sure there are a number of advantages. However, despite the rapid growth that ETFs have experienced, there are a number of considerations, and several changes are taking place in the distribution landscape that are worth understanding to help guide your ETF distribution strategy.

## Fund Distribution Via Platforms

When first introduced, and for the most part up until the last few years, once an exchange traded fund was tradable, by and large ETFs were available on virtually all intermediary platforms. This is still true for many; particularly the custodial platforms, but not all.

Many platforms, generally the larger national wirehouses and broker/dealers will apply minimum criteria for funds to be available to their advisers. For example, size of fund by assets (AUM), performance track record, firm size and trading volume are some of the criteria that are considered by platforms. Many will also apply more deliberate due diligence whereby they evaluate the business need for certain funds or take a deeper dive into the performance or other fund attributes. Many will also require adviser demand before the fund is approved to be available on the platform.

In addition, we are starting to see the introduction of fees being assessed against the fund or fund adviser by some platforms and/or applying on-boarding fees when adding new funds. Often the existence of a holdings shield can trigger fees by the platform.

Broadly speaking, historically, intermediaries have been more financially advantaged by engaging mutual funds versus the economics involved in exchange traded funds. Therefore, it is reasonable to think that we will see increased application of fees and elevated criteria and requirements for inclusion on intermediary platforms.

## Identifying Trading Activity

A completely separate challenge for exchange traded funds is transparency into trading activity. Given that ETFs trade on an exchange there is little to no information available pertaining to the individuals or advisers that are actively trading in the fund. Some degree of limited information is available through 13-F reports, which are quarterly reports required by the Securities and Exchange Commission to disclose equity assets under management.

There are also a handful of providers that offer some level of transparency into who is trading the fund, but it is quite limited. This can create challenges, particularly if there are wholesalers that need to be compensated and many third-party marketing firms are reluctant to partner with or actively market exchange traded funds. Another option is purchasing trade detail directly from the intermediary, but this can be very costly.

## Conclusion

Overall, there is really no question that exchange traded funds will continue to grow in both quantity and assets. Relative to mutual funds, there are significantly fewer hurdles to address from an intermediary perspective and they still offer a quicker path to accessing advisers. That said, it is important to understand the distribution landscape as it continues to evolve and to be prepared with a strategic distribution strategy suited specifically for an ETF.

If you are considering launching an ETF, please feel free to reach out to us at Ultimus to get more insights regarding best practices for designing an ETF distribution strategy.

*^1^https://www.statista.com/statistics/278249/global-number-of-etfs/#:~:text=The%20number%20of%20exchange%20traded,than%2010%20trillion%20U.S.%20dollars*

*^2^https://www.statista.com/statistics/295632/etf-us-net-assets/#:~:text=The%20total%20net%20assets%20of,over%20the%20last%20two%20decades*

*15319735 7/14/2022*


## Authored by

**Kevin Guerette**

Director of Distribution Strategies, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, President of Northern Lights Distributors


About Kevin Guerette
Kevin Guerette is the President of Ultimus’ two in-house broker/dealers—Ultimus Fund Distributors and Northern Lights Distributors—and serves as Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies. He is responsible for distribution strategy and is credited with architecting the Distribution Advantage Program.


---

# Fund Management Company Operations: Gaining Efficiencies and Scalability by Outsourcing

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/fund-management-company-operations-gaining-efficiencies-and-scalability-by-outsourcing/_

# Fund Management Company Operations: Gaining Efficiencies and Scalability by Outsourcing

Subscribe

July 26, 2022

Over the past two years, fund managers have been tasked with finding ways to gain efficiencies and scalability not only in their fund administration management responsibilities but also in their underlying management company operations. The firm’s overall size, fund complexity and structure, and level of in-house resources will drive your specific requirements. Third-party service providers deliver flexibility by offering a full scope of supportive or ad hoc services. At Ultimus, we’ve seen fund managers benefit in significant ways by outsourcing all or some of their management company operations to increase in-house capacity and gain efficiencies.

At our team works in a consultative manner with private equity CFOs, Controllers, and General Partners to implement the best operating model for each firm to ensure that your management company objectives and priorities are addressed.

Outsourcing some or all the management company operations is worth pondering the operational aspects and the beneficial outsourcing options that impact growth initiatives.

## Understanding the Management Company Structure

A funds management company, also known as the fund manager or asset manager, embodies the firm itself and employs the investment and financial professionals responsible for allocating capital and managing the fund’s investments. The fund manager is generally affiliated with the general partner, but they are not the same entity.

The general partner will enter into a management agreement with the management company. Under this agreement, the fund pays the management company fees to employ the investment team, evaluate opportunities, manage the portfolio, and manage all day-to-day operations. This common private equity structure allows the management company to work across multiple funds while still having a general partner for each fund.

While asset management companies are tasked with keeping the investment management business running, fund managers may want to think proactively about how a looming growth spurt will impact the management company’s ability to adequately control its operational needs. Forward-looking firms in this situation may recognize that more or larger funds bring increased operational volume and complexity, along with extra operating expenses. While this may be considered a “quality” problem, it is, nonetheless, worth weighing the operational aspects and the beneficial outsourcing options that can help with growth.

## Carried Interest and Management Fees

### Carried Interest

Carried interest represents the portion of any profits provided to the general partner regardless of their initial investment (typically 20%). Limited partners also receive disbursements from any leftover profits (typically 80%). This tier represents the primary source of funding for a sponsor. In return, it’s the GP’s job to ensure that LPs receive their initial investment back, along with the agreed-upon preferred returns. The amount of the carried interest and the manner in which it is distributed will be set out in the distribution waterfall of the fund’s partnership or operating agreement.

### Management Fees

In addition to carried interest, the management company will receive management fees which are calculated as a percentage of the fund’s total AUM, typically 1.5% - 2% of committed capital. The fee structure for private equity (PE) firms varies but typically consists of a management and performance fee. A yearly management fee of 2% of assets and 20% of gross profits upon sale of the company is common, though incentive structures can differ considerably.

This management fee is a stipulated annual percentage calculated and paid monthly. For example, if a management company charges a 2% annual management fee, it would charge about $200,000 in annual fees to manage a fund with an AUM of $10 million. Typically, although not always, as investors make capital contributions to the fund to cover management fees, there is a reduction in their unfunded capital commitment available to make investments.

### Management fees are used to cover the overhead costs of a fund’s operations such as:

- Salary of management company personnel
- Health benefits to personnel
- Rent or property costs
- Day-to-day costs of operations
- Costs of monitoring existing investments

### Management fees are:

- Paid in regular intervals (usually on a quarterly or semi-annual basis), whether or not an investment has been sold at the time of payment
- Typically taxed as ordinary income
- Typically paid from two principal sources: (i) the investors’ capital contributions to the fund, and (ii) the proceeds from the fund’s investments.

### Key Tasks of Fund Management Companies

Management companies are tasked with keeping the firm running. As such, managers may want to think proactively about how their growth spurt will impact the management company’s ability to adequately control its operational needs.

The responsibilities of a management company are broad, and include:

- Hire and pay employees
- Engage vendors, oversee the relationships, and pay expenses
- Bill portfolio companies
- Track and monitor accounts receivable
- Handle regulatory reporting obligations
- Pay ongoing operating expenses
- Oversee the fund and fund-related expenses

In addition, fund management companies take on tasks to create an investment portfolio and open up new investment opportunities for their clients. The key tasks of a fund management company include:

- **Assessing the fund’s financial goals and attitude towards risks** – Management companies may require key information on how much the client wishes to invest, how much return they want, when they will need to access their money, and how much they are willing to risk losing.
- **Monitoring potential investments** – Investments may range from cash deposits and government bonds to shares in new companies with unpredictable outcomes. A management company must be aware of the potential investment opportunities in the financial market and calculate the risks and returns of each.
- **Creating investment strategies** – Each client may need an investment portfolio that matches their goals. Portfolio diversification with investments spread across many different assets and securities can also reduce risk.

## Models for Outsourcing

As with most things, one size does not fit all. A management company’s size, complexity and in-house resources influence the optimal outsourcing model, from co-sourcing to partial outsourcing to full outsourcing.

- **Co-source** – With the co-sourcing model, service providers work within the management company’s infrastructure, using their technology, processes and procedures. The important benefit: alleviating or postponing the manager’s need to hire additional employees.
- **Partial outsource** – Management companies can choose specific tasks to outsource. For instance, outsourcing payroll adds a layer of confidentiality by limiting visibility of firm compensation. Outsourcing simultaneously reduces the workload on in-house resources.
- **Full outsource** – Management companies can choose a turn-key solution to outsource the full range of operational responsibilities to an external provider. The firms benefit from proven expertise and technology supported by a rigorous control environment.

If your firm is experiencing exponential growth, or anticipates doing so, and you want to gain more insights into the benefits of outsourcing your management company functions, consult with a trusted service provider. At Ultimus, we have performed management company solutions for over a decade and offer a full suite of management company administration solutions. We’d be delighted to discuss your situation and help determine the best outsourcing model to fit your needs in order for you reap the most benefits.

*ULP 15355729 07/26/2022*


---

# Outsourcing—The Way Forward? Implications for Private Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/outsourcing-the-way-forward-implications-for-private-fund-administration/_

# Outsourcing—The Way Forward? Implications for Private Fund Administration

Subscribe

August 30, 2022

In June 2022, operational leaders of the U.S. hedge fund sector gathered for the HFM Billion Dollar Leaders Summit to discuss the direction of the industry. Ultimus LeverPoint’s Frank Anduiza, Executive Vice President and Head of Private Fund Sales, led a panel session entitled, “Outsourcing—the way forward?” With the topic posed as a question, not a statement, the panel examined the current and future states for outsourcing key back-office functions. We share some of their insights here, broadening the aperture to all private funds.

## The Panelists

The panelists, which included individuals from operations, compliance, legal and business development backgrounds, represented distinct segments of the fund industry, thereby providing a cross-section of perspectives.

## The Drivers of Outsourcing are Personal to Each Fund Manager

Outsourcing has been a staple of the financial services industry for years. Limited Partners have grown comfortable with the outsourcing model for funds’ operational functions, including—albeit more recently—the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer roles. General Partners (GP) who began outsourcing in their nascent stages continue to find the flexibility of the approach beneficial as they scale.

The panelists noted that each GP makes the determination to outsource based on their firms’ unique needs and situations. They referenced the most common reasons:

**Retain the option to scale up or down**. Fund managers who outsource can quickly add or reduce services as assets under management fluctuate. Sudden growth, changes in fund complexities, and the desire to attract institutional investors can all drive the need to hire staff at a direct expense to the firm when the fund’s back-office work is being done in-house. Choosing the right strategic partner for outsourcing fund administration provides a relationship that grows and flexes with a fund manager’s needs. Fund Administrators who serve as an extension of the fund manager’s team become a valued contributor to the business plan. Outsourcing links the cost of services to the scale of work. Many GPs consider outsourcing a de-risking strategy for fixed overhead staffing expenses.

**Choose the right mix of resources at the right time**. GPs balance the costs of technology, human capital, and outsourcing as they build their operational infrastructure. The “right mix” varies over time based on a number of variables, including the firm’s lifecycle stage, assets under management, and preference for fixed versus variable costs, to name a few.

**Replace rote work with value-added activities**. Back-office tasks are often repetitive, and the function itself is often perceived as a cost center by fund managers. By outsourcing rote back-office functions, which can be automated by a tech-enabled fund administrator, in-house staff can perform higher value, impactful tasks, benefitting them, the investors and the firm. GPs become more efficient with business processes, mitigating common risks which enables in-house staff to focus on core competencies while providing their investors a level of comfort that comes from third-party independence.

**Reduce the number of people to manage**. Managing people can be challenging and time-consuming. Does the GP envision higher uses for its managers’ time? If so, outsourcing is a satisfying answer. An experienced fund administrator’s business model relies on managing a variety of dedicated service teams, so managing resources is a natural core tenant, providing GPs with more time to focus on developing investor relationships and investment strategies.

**Reduce time spent on hiring, training and retaining staff**. Retention of back-office staff has always been difficult but was made more so by the pandemic’s “great resignation.” The ongoing cycle of hiring and training staff can be distracting for fund managers; losing one key operations person can be devastating. Most fund administrators, on the other hand, have a deep bench and can withstand the vagaries of staffing. With standardized onboarding and training, administrators are better equipped to maintain service levels for clients.

## Cautionary Notes

While outsourcing proffers numerous benefits, the panel members reminded fund managers of cautionary factors.

**Outsource, but ensure internal accountability**. Outsourcing should never fully replace internal staffing. GPs require leaders who will monitor and provide oversight for the outsourced work. What are the deliverables and timing of those deliverables?

**Outsource, but select a true partner**. Determine if the fund administrator’s culture aligns with yours. Will the administrator act as an extension of your staff and business? Will your firm be important to the administrator, or will you be lost in the crowd? Will your dedicated team work well alongside your internal staff?

**Outsource, but diligently evaluate the technology**. Both GPs and LPs are clamoring for the customization of fund reports. Gauge whether the service provider’s technology can satisfy your data and automation requirements. Ask for technology demos, dashboard views for both the GPs and LPs, and sample reports and deliverables that will go to your limited partners. A tech-enabled service provider will have cloud and data and API strategies that provide GPs and LPs tools for onboarding, customization, and data analytics, bringing the information to life.

**Outsource, but evaluate the human capital function**. What are the recruiting and retention efforts of the fund administrator? How does the firm incentivize employees and create a nurturing, fulfilling environment with opportunity for career and professional advancement? Does the firm offer onsite, work-from-home, and hybrid options? Does the firm have a deep bench? What professional or job-specific training does the firm offer to its associates?

**Outsource, but assess strategy-specific expertise**. Judge whether the fund administrator’s staff has expertise in your strategy. Complex strategies require specialty knowledge. Private fund administration demands distinct expertise from public fund administration. Esoteric strategies pose particular challenges for outsourcing middle-office roles. The key is to outsource to experts who understand the nuances of your vehicles and strategy. Remember that your in-house leaders must similarly possess the expertise.

## In Summary

The panelists agreed that outsourcing back-office functions will continue to be standard for fund managers. While the panel examined the key drivers of fund administration outsourcing, they balanced it with experienced advice regarding important factors to consider in conjunction with outsourcing. They also noted that while outsourcing middle-office roles is less common, it is becoming more acceptable to LPs.

*ULP 15546183 08/24/2022*


---

# The Importance of High-Touch Investor Services, Private Equity

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-importance-of-high-touch-investor-services-private-equity/_

# The Importance of High-Touch Investor Services, Private Equity

Subscribe

November 10, 2022

Investor Services is a specialized functional area which integrates the field of accounting, communication, and administration to successfully manage the flow of information between a private equity firm, its investors, and other stakeholders such as the general partners. This function is handled by either an in-house team at the investment management firm or a third-party service provider. In either case the goal is to offer the firm’s investors accurate information about the company's operations, and make it easier for private and institutional investors to receive investor-specific information regarding investments and the funds’ performance.

Investors play a significant and critical part in a firm's success and growth. Due to the rising complexity of private equity financing transactions, the growing desire for transparency among new and current investors, and increased competition among private equity firms for funding, firms need to establish strong, transparent relationships with current investors and foster and grow relationships with potential investors to create a competitive advantage in the private equity industry.

## What Is Private Equity Investor Relations?

When it comes to investor relations in the private equity industry, there is typically a constant flow of communications from private equity firms to their investors and vice versa. An efficient investor relations department allows for a better understanding of the firm, robust corporate governance, financial reporting and impact performance, and other non-financial performance indicators like brand recognition and goodwill.

The primary goal of either an internal or third-party investor relations team is to keep investors informed in a transparent, accurate, and consistent manner about market trends and major events that may impact deal flow, fund performance, or the private equity fund structure.

The role of the Investor Relations team is to represent the firm to the investors in order to create awareness and understanding of its investments among the investor community, essentially they are the ambassadors of the firm working to deliver a consistent message to the investment community, in order to maintain that operational success.

By creatively combining accounting/finance, communication, and marketing into one solidified message, the firm is able to attract and retain high-quality investors across multiple funds.

The following are some of the benefits of an effective investor relations team:

- Maintain shareholder loyalty
- Increase in long-term shareholder value
- Ensure responsive capital markets for future financing at favorable conditions
- Reduced capital cost
- Establishing long-term credibility with the financial community
- Reputation management/brand building
- Improved corporate governance
- Qualitative reporting
- Media relations
- Investor commitment and responsiveness
- Functional team dynamics
- Risk mitigation
- Ability to address weaknesses and issues
- Regulatory compliance
- Ongoing training and support

Investors are the backbone of the firm – without investors, the firm would not have the continuation of its operational success. Because of the importance of the relationship formed between fund managers and their investors, investing in a robust internal IR plan (and/or identifying a third party service provider who understands and values the importance of the manager-investor relationship) is a critical component to the firm’s success in the long term.

## Benefits of Outsourcing Investor Relations

Investor servicing is a mission-critical aspect of fund administration. By outsourcing the investor relations functions to a third-party provider like Ultimus LeverPoint who provides tailored services to support the unique needs of various investor types, fund managers are able to more effectively run their investment operations while entrusting their investor base and related communications to a recognized, well-respected name in the fund administration world.

A third-party Investor Services team plays a pivotal role in the administration process, serving as an extension of clients’ operations, supporting specific needs and ad-hoc requests. Investor Services include:

- Distribution of investor correspondence
- Handle ad hoc reporting requests
- Manage investor communications, responding directly to investors
- Oversee all the investor contact data & partner demographic information
- Prepare the capital call and distribution statements
- Set-up and maintain communications portal
- Side letter requirements and independent audit confirmations
- Review of subscription documents for accuracy and completeness
- Anti-Money Laundering/Know Your Customer identity verification procedures
- Investor transaction coordination and processing
- Distribution of investor statements and other correspondence via online portals or secure emails
- Maintenance of investor demographic, qualification, and contact information
- Fund of fund investment document completion
- Investor Due Diligence

Additionally, an outsourced investor services team can manage the fund manager due diligence processes for funds throughout the fund lifecycle, including secondary transaction due diligence support. The team can provide clients with Anti-Money Laundering and Investor Verification services, reviewing all investors against the Global Sanction List (OFAC), Foreign Official/Publicly Exposed Person and List, Global Enforcement List.

## Investor Communications

The Investor Communications technology platform can employ a preeminent investor portal solution for interactive investor communications. In a secure environment, fund investors are able to access every type of communication, including Annual and Quarterly Financial Statements, K-1s, Capital Account Statements, Capital Calls, Distributions, General Communications, Legal/Compliance Notices, ad-hoc reports/requests, etc.

## Administrative Support for Funds in Market

An outsourced Investor Relations team may utilize a consistently applied process for administrative support during the fundraising process. While supporting numerous fund launches, from easy to complex, the team is adept at investor onboarding and can easily maintain your ongoing investor communication. The team would also capture partner demographics and support firms through each fund closing, reviewing side letters, and completing requests for information, and tracking disseminated information.

## Who Is a Private Equity Investor Relations Specialist? (Leveraging the Investor Relations team)

Investor relations experts in the private equity industry manage relationships with current investors and promote funds to potential investors. Investor relations professionals serve as the primary point of contact between investors and the private equity firm, keeping them informed about the fund. Ultimus' experienced investor services team specializes in the nuances of subscription documents and Anti-Money Laundering and possesses extensive experience in communicating directly with private fund investors. Our services provide customizable, adaptable and flexible Investor Relations solutions required to support a complete turnkey solution or to support an internal team, providing firms of all sizes the resources needed to support their reporting requirements mandated by their limited partnership agreement.

## What to look for in a third-party investor relations team

Any private equity firm that wants to grow and succeed should have a well-thought-out investor relations strategy. The appropriate strategy can assist the firm’s reputation, tell its story, articulate investment strategies, and gain industry credibility.

Achieving these goals may be a combination of many distinct aspects, ranging from a well-established corporate story, an effective investor relations website, to leveraging a third-party provider, but by outsourcing Investor Services solutions to Ultimus, it can reduce the resources needed to support an in-house Investor Relations team. When you outsource to our team of experienced professionals, we function as your Investor Services staff, effectively handling the day-to-day operations of your Investor Relations team. Ultimus can handle much of the third-party communications that typically would go to in-house team members, removing the administrative burden, leaving the in-house investor relations team to do what they do best – foster strong relationships with your investors.

The Investor Services solutions are performed by a team of highly qualified professionals, separate from the Fund accounting team. The team of associates work seamlessly with your in-house team, to set up the best operating model and schedule of deliverables for the firm. In addition, the team will maintain a high level of communication throughout the engagement, including weekly team status calls, and reviews of deadlines and objectives.

## The Future Technology of Investor Relations

Technology continues to drive the future of how Investor Relations is handled and how it influences investment decisions.

Ultimus’ ongoing investment in cutting-edge technology seamlessly combines compatibility with leading industry platforms with our proprietary Ultimus Connect suite that includes innovative applications for private funds such as our Private Investor Portal and Onboarding Manager.

Harnessing the power of automation and digitization not only enhances our clients’ digital capabilities, including real-time access to critical data and expanded access points, but also drives innovation at the investor level and enables us to scale our services effortlessly as our clients’ needs evolve.

With much of our back-end processes becoming more and more automated, our team can focus their attention and efforts squarely on your business strategies and success.

*ULP 15950704 11/10/2022*


---

# Best Practices for Retail Alternative Funds in Light of Rule 2a-5

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/best-practices-for-retail-alternative-funds-in-light-of-rule-2a-5/_

# Best Practices for Retail Alternative Funds in Light of Rule 2a-5

Subscribe

December 13, 2022

In March 2021, the Securities and Exchange Commission ([SEC](https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2020-302)) adopted rule 2a-5 to clarify how fund boards of directors can satisfy their valuation obligations. We have seen an increase in inquiries from sponsors of retail alternative funds relating to the impact of this rule on their approach to the valuation of illiquid assets. In this blog, we’ll help break down some of the best practices for valuing assets held by retail alternative funds in light of Rule 2a-5.

Retail alternative funds (typically Interval and Tender Offer funds) are not listed on an exchange, are typically offered continuously (daily, weekly, monthly, or quarterly), offer to repurchase shares on a periodic basis as defined by the fund’s prospectus, and generally hold a higher concentration of illiquid assets than mutual funds. Because these funds are registered with the SEC and offered continuously, sponsors generally are required to implement a valuation process that addresses fair valuation on a more frequent basis than they may be accustomed to.

## Fair Value and the Types of Assets Typically Found in Retail Alternative Funds

As defined by ASC 820 (Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements), fair value estimates for investment assets are categorized by a hierarchy consisting of 3 levels to reflect the transparency into the valuation process.

Assets that are actively traded and can be valued using readily available market quotes for an identical investment on the measurement date are typically categorized as Level 1. These assets are exchange listed/priced and the prices are provided by independent pricing services (e.g., ICE, Bloomberg, Markit, Refinitiv).

Assets that are liquid but do not trade regularly in an active market and for which fair value can be determined through observable inputs are typically categorized as Level 2. These assets are considered valued at fair value, and prices typically are sourced through independent pricing services as well, often using evaluated or matrix pricing.

Assets that trade infrequently and have no active market for similar assets are typically categorized as Level 3. Level 3 assets are valued at fair value using financial models with inputs that are considered unobservable. Some examples of common valuation methods for these assets include:

- Discounted Cash Flow Analysis
- Comparable Company Analysis
- Discount from the market price of a similarly freely traded security or basket of securities.

Some of the general factors that should be considered when determining a valuation method for an individual security include:

- analytical data relating to the investment,
- restrictions on disposition of the investment,
- interest rate changes,
- borrower credit ratings,
- market forces that may influence how the investment is traded, and
- government forces that may influence how the investment is traded.

After determining the valuation methodologies for your targeted investments, it is important to understand the frequency with which the Level 3 assets are typically valued to assist with identifying which type of fund (Interval or Tender) best fits your investment strategy. Interval funds generally price daily or weekly while tender offer funds generally price monthly or quarterly.  Now let’s talk about how to address key aspects of the rule and how the traditional approach to valuing illiquid assets changes when contemplating an interval or tender offer fund.

## The Valuation Designee

Assuming the fund’s board does not wish to take responsibility for day-to-day valuation matters, the first step in adhering to the guidelines outlined in rule 2a-5 is for the fund’s board to identify a Valuation Designee. The primary responsibility of the Valuation Designee is to put processes in place to determine the fair value of the assets held by the fund. The Valuation Designee can be the fund’s investment adviser (but not its portfolio manager) or, for internally managed funds, an officer of the fund. The Valuation Designee may not be a sub-adviser to a fund, nor may it be any other party, such as an administrator. Based on the lack of liquidity for assets held in these funds, it is important for the board to identify a Valuation Designee with the appropriate experience valuing these types of assets to effectively carry out the responsibilities associated with this role.

When developing the fund’s valuation policy, the Valuation Designee must factor in the guidance prescribed by the SEC under rule 2a-5. Let’s take a look at some of the key considerations.

## Risks Associated with Fair Valuation Determinations

Rule 2a-5 requires Funds (and Valuation Designees) to periodically assess any material risks associated with the determination of the fair value of fund investments (“valuation risks”), including material conflicts of interest, and to manage those identified valuation risks. Some examples of these risks in an interval or tender offer fund may include:

- types of investments held or intended to be held by the fund and the characteristics of these investments,
- potential market of sector shocks or dislocations,
- extent to which each fair value methodology uses unobservable inputs,
- proportion of the funds’ investments that are fair valued,
- reliance on service providers, and
- risk that the methods for determining and calculating fair value are inappropriate or that such methods are not applied consistently.

## The Role of Service Providers in the Valuation Process

Utilizing service providers for valuation in retail alternative funds is often a best practice. While traditional pricing services often do not have the expertise or ability to provide coverage on illiquid investments, there are several firms that do offer this service. These valuation agents will provide customized fair valuation prices based on the details of the individual investment. Keep in mind that this service can be very expensive and may be cost prohibitive especially when daily valuation is required.

Some best practices that the Valuation Designee can follow when determining how to conform to rule 2a-5:

1. Utilizing an outside valuation expert or service to assist with the creation of the fund’s valuation policy.
2. Utilizing third-party valuation experts to create independence from the advisor. Keep in mind that it is important for the Valuation Designee to understand the fair value methodologies used by third-party vendors and for the Valuation Designee to periodically review the appropriateness and completeness of these methodologies.
3. The valuation policy should provide an adequate level of detail outlining the fair valuation process but not be so rigid as to not allow for adjustments to fair valuation processes as needed. Fair valuation processes in the valuation policy should be strictly followed.
4. It’s often beneficial to perform a review of fair value prices compared to the sale or disposition price and third-party vendors may be able to assist with this comparison as well.
5. Boards or Valuation Designees of funds that use pricing services are required to establish a process for approving, monitoring, and evaluating each pricing service provider. Keep in mind:

- Third-party pricing vendors are all very different in their investment coverage, data transparency, and reporting strength. It is important that due diligence is performed upfront when selecting a pricing vendor and that the necessary reports and data are received to assist with ongoing monitoring processes. Most third-party vendors will provide detailed information about their valuation methodologies as well as communicate directly with your board of directors during a quarterly board meeting.
- Your fund administrator may be able to assist as well by providing you with their annual assessment of third-party vendors with whom they have agreements. At Ultimus, we perform up-front due diligence on all third-party vendors and conduct an annual review of most third-party pricing vendors as well, making this assessment available to our clients’ CCOs.

If you’re unsure where to start, at Ultimus we work closely with several valuation experts and agents. We will be happy to provide referrals or make introductions for you. [Ask us for recommendations](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)!

## Board Reporting

Rule 2a-5 states that board oversight in the fair valuation process must be active even if a board chooses to assign portions of its responsibilities for the determination of fair value in good faith to a Valuation Designee. In conjunction with the adoption of the rule, corresponding recordkeeping requirements for funds and their advisers for the maintenance of certain documents related to fair value determinations were also adopted. Data that you should consider maintaining and reporting to the board include:

- Fair valued securities,
- New or Changed FV Methodologies,
- Price Challenges and Overrides,
- Stale Prices,
- Minutes of fair value committee meetings,
- Other Material FV Matters, and
- Disposal Variances.

## Summary

Interval and Tender Offer funds provide investors an opportunity to gain exposure to alternative investment strategies that have been traditionally offered through private fund vehicles. Many of these strategies involve investing in assets that are considered illiquid. If you are a fund sponsor who is considering launching an Interval or Tender Offer fund, understanding how to establish a valuation policy for illiquid assets will be a key area of focus for you. We hope this blog has provided insight into the valuation process and best practices to consider in light of SEC Rule 2a-5.

For more information or for consultative assistance to start the process of launching an alternative fund, contact us.

*16116765 12/13/2022*


---

# Navigating the Data Jungle & the Three T's of Managing Investment Data

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/navigating-the-data-jungle-the-three-ts-of-managing-investment-data/_

# Navigating the Data Jungle & the Three T's of Managing Investment Data

Subscribe

Authored by
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services

**About Paul Wahmann**
									Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
						×

January 17, 2023

Asset managers must continuously adapt to changes in their operating environment. Whether it be market or regulatory driven changes, cost pressure, changing dynamics within their investment strategies, and the added complexity of new asset types, the common denominator that underlines everything an asset manager needs for success is their investment data.

The ability to quickly consume, aggregate, and normalize multiple internal and external sourced data is deemed critical to supporting an asset manager’s operations, product strategy, and the needs of their clients. Additionally, technologies such as data messaging via APIs, machine learning tools, and the recent surge in Fintech provided applications have further complicated asset managers’ data strategy decisions. This can lead many firms into a jungle of balancing their approach between tactical versus strategic driven choices which will have long term impacts. Most importantly, the ability to quickly execute the onboarding of data and tech applications has dynamically shifted asset managers’ approach. They need to decide whether to develop their data models in-house or look to outsource their data needs to a service provider.

When asset managers look to outsource operations, whether it be front, middle, or back-office services, it’s important their provider can seamlessly interact and communicate with the data to guide it where it needs to go. But in a world with multitudes of data languages, formats and mediums, what is required to ensure your data is in the best hands? The short answer, work with a technology forward service provider that understands these challenges and has a tailored strategy to keep your data moving seamlessly across all stages of its life cycle. Think of it as the three T’s of data – Translation, Transformation and Transmission.

## Translation

Data can be stored and delivered using many different languages and formats –

- Extensible Markup Language (XML)
- HTML5
- JavaScript Object Notation (JSON)
- American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII)
- EXCEL
- PDF
- and many more

To systematically read this data, a translator (or converter) is required. To ensure the data delivered can be properly converted throughout its lifecycle with little to no manual work, it is best to use an experienced and technologically advanced data administrator that has the ability to connect and translate multiple data types as well as work with an experienced and knowledgeable team of data focused experts. Translating data is essential to ensuring accuracy and efficiency prior to transformation.

## Transformation

Once data has been translated it is ready to be transformed into a new format or language, depending on its destination. For example, Trade Data will get transformed to SWIFT or FIX formats for delivery to designated Custodians. Trade Data will also be transformed to Structured Query Language (SQL) so it can be imported into an Investment Book of Record (IBOR) platform for recordkeeping and performance. The ability to translate and transform data makes for a clear path to accurate and timely data delivery. It also provides the foundation for ultimate flexibility when converting data into custom reporting or data feeds.

Asset managers should look for a middle office administrator that can transform data from its own platform and deliver it in the manager’s desired format. The data delivered to the asset manager should seamlessly feed databases, order management systems, provide performance analysis, and other applicable applications supporting their investment process and clients. The ability to transform data not only allows for integration with intermediaries such as SWIFT, but it also enables delivery of customized data to you and your stakeholders, when and where it’s needed – which brings us to Transmission.

## Transmission

Data can be transmitted in many ways – including APIs, FTP, and email. It is important that your technology is able to establish proper APIs with key intermediaries and vendors, as well as systematically transmit data back and forth between systems. Data should be encrypted when transmitted, ensuring it is secure and safe when moving between parties. The ability to securely transmit data across multiple mediums ensures that the data will be delivered to its destination in the preferred, most efficient, and safest manner possible. A technologically advanced middle office service provider will have several tools to systematically transmit data and files over channels such as email, FTP, or via a direct-to-client web portal.

## Conclusion

The ability to systematically retrieve, interpret, and communicate data is essential in today’s data driven world. It allows for more efficient processing, decreased risk, and additional flexibility for analysis and reporting.

Middle office servicing is heavily reliant on data being passed back and forth between clients, intermediaries, vendors, and other parties as it makes its way through the required channels for processing. Therefore, a service provider that has invested in data driven technologies helps to ensure that your data needs are handled securely.

Outsourcing data operations can help asset managers ensure that data is securely, accurately, and efficiently delivered for each specific portfolio. When looking for a service provider with enhanced data technology, make sure they can easily translate data from its original form, eliminating the need for you to translate it into another format before delivering it. The service provider should also provide the ability to systematically transform and enrich your data into formats required by intermediaries and vendors, further streamlining the workflow. Last, but not least, ensure they can transmit your data across numerous channels.

Your data should flow seamlessly throughout its lifecycle. In the end, outsourcing to a middle office service provider like Ultimus, whose data driven technologies are flexible for both enhanced and unique data requirements, and are systematically driven, makes it easy to increase efficiencies while helping to reduce risk.

**Contact us** to learn more about our middle office and data service solutions.

*16279275 1/13/2023*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services


About Paul Wahmann
Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.


---

# Key Topics and Takeaways from ExchangeETF 2023

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/key-topics-and-takeaways-from-exchangeetf-2023/_

# Key Topics and Takeaways from ExchangeETF 2023

Subscribe

Authored by
**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist

**About Michael Prendergast**
									In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.
						×

March 29, 2023

The 2023 ExchangeETF Conference was an important gathering for the ETF industry and ETF-centric advisers in what may be a pivotal year that could usher in more growth and innovation. With over 3,000 ETFs in this now crowded market, and 2023 set for a possible record year for launches, sorting through the ETF universe and taking advantage of key trends and enhanced business innovation is critical to success. In addition to our active participation in the conference, we wanted to write a review and share our thoughts on this year’s event to give our partners and clients a deeper sense of the trends within the ETF marketplace.

### Educational Session on the ETF Ecosystem

During a pre-conference session, *ETF Infrastructure: Mastering the ETF Eco-System* panel - geared to new entrants to the ETF marketplace, as a panelist, I explained some of the practical nuts and bolts of creating and/or managing an ETF in the real world.

One of the key decisions is whether to start your trust/fund from the ground up or to use a series trust that has been established by a white label administration issuer like Ultimus. Starting an ETF on your own, which can seem daunting at first, involves many moving parts, including appointing a board, hiring your own service providers, and governance and oversight requirements. Most managers do not have the expertise or time to dedicate to that process. Therefore, an optimal solution may be selecting a series trust which provides a turnkey solution including an established experienced board and other pre-established service providers such as an auditor, fund counsel, and custodian.

Using a series trust solution can also help to bring a first product to market more quickly in as little as four to five months versus building the entire operation from the ground up which generally takes six to nine months.

Fund administration service providers can also be trusted partners and valuable sources of information regarding the ETF ecosystem and can provide guidance on trust and product structures. In addition, look for a service provider like Ultimus that has built an extensive technology infrastructure as well as a client-centric Relationship Management and Onboarding Team to support a fund launch process. Our technology infrastructure is agile and allows for flexibility to meet rapidly changing business requirements.

### Impactful Keynote Highlights

The opening keynote discussed how ExchangeETF brings together all components of the ETF ecosystem including administrators, auditors, law firms, market makers, exchanges, asset managers, investors, and distribution partners to gather in one place to exchange ideas, interact, and cross-pollinate to move the industry forward. The keynote also recommended participants focus on the collaboration opportunities, not necessarily on just the sessions. We wholeheartedly agreed with that suggestion as we found the event was a great place to have a myriad of beneficial meetings with professionals from around the country within a two-day period.

Prior to gathering in Florida, the ETF Industry lost a legend: **Kathleen Moriarty**, aka “The SPDR Woman,” who was an innovator in the industry, a selfless teacher, and gave freely of her time to mentor many. During the conference, the Women in ETFs Breakfast started the day off with a moving video tribute followed by a panel discussion that spoke about mentoring opportunities, women’s leadership programs, and shared advice on professionally maneuvering through the industry with lessons learned. That session was followed up with *The Women in ETFs Tribute* in the general session to *ETF Pioneer Kathleen Moriarty* to properly celebrate her life and accomplishments in the industry.

### Other Key Conference Takeaways

Overall, the conference sessions were insightful. Here are some additional key discussions we’d like to share from the 2023 ExchangeETF Conference:

**2023 Market Forecasts and Response** – Many discussions revealed a cautious tone and feeling that the investment markets in 2023 will take a neutral sideways direction but with continuing pockets of volatility throughout the year. This led to extensive talk about the need to explore the possibilities to protect and capitalize on that. Discussions ranged from investment strategies that have futures and other volatility dampening tools to talking about the various sectors that may become popular this year.

JP Morgan’s Chief Global Strategist Dr. **David Kelly** offered a 2023 outlook at how inflation and geopolitical events are going to be impacting the economy, the markets, and invested portfolios going forward this year. **Ian Bremmer**, author, political scientist, and founder of Eurasia Group presented on *Geopolitical Recession* which outlined the most critical risks facing the global economy and investor portfolios including the likelihood of a rogue Russia, the global energy environment, inflation shockwaves, and the evolving situation in China.

The overall tone and direction of conversations at this year’s conference was decidedly different from last year with not as robust discussions around crypto or the next double-digit product. It was decidedly more “back to the basics” with most concerned with navigating 2023 for steady returns, stability, and managing volatility within portfolios. The focus this year was gaining alpha and stability in portfolios.

As to the health and growth of the industry - even through a difficult investment climate last year - ETFs had an impressive year in 2022 with over $600B of positive inflows – the second largest inflows on record after 2021’s $900B record breaking year^1^. The buzz at the conference resonated with predictions of another year with $600B-$900b in positive flows but some predict we may even hit $1 trillion in 2023 as advisers and asset managers are increasingly turning to ETFs as a preferred investment vehicle.

Our take on concerns for a challenging market ahead in 2023 is that, despite these concerns, Ultimus continues to . In 2022 Ultimus saw ETF inflows increase by 40% and net new funds increase by 20%. Based on our pipeline and interest in ETFs, we expect our growth in assets under administration to continue in 2023. We are also seeing a lot of clients coming out with more complex products to gain additional alpha and address ongoing volatility in a sideways market. This includes managed futures type products, strategies with derivatives, and retail alternatives. We are well positioned to help our clients with the technology and innovative solutions needed to support more complex products coming into the ETF market.

**The SEC is scrutinizing** - There are a number of regulatory themes and proposed rule changes at play for registered products that the SEC is looking at, which are directly impacting ETFs such as reporting requirements for Index providers and ESG funds, and the liquidity rule. Many expressed concern and spoke of how the SEC is becoming more focused on ETFs as they will be an increased focus in upcoming SEC exams in 2023 especially mutual fund to ETF conversions.

From our perspective, the concerns about the increasing SEC regulatory issues are just a reinforcement of our stance that fund administrators need to be fully prepared to help clients through the registration process, help them figure out the ongoing and changing regulatory issues at play, and keep clients on the right regulatory track right out of the gate and throughout the ETF lifecycle. Our client servicing model stands ready to help RIAs and asset managers navigate the regulatory landscape for existing products, as well as for products they are thinking of launching.

**Networking Opportunities** - The exhibit hall provided all attendees with a great opportunity to network and learn about innovative products and solutions in the marketplace. Foot traffic was steady in the hall with a lot of conference participants seeking a better understanding of product ideas/structures and distribution trends.

For us, we seized the opportunity to network with our partners in the ETF ecosystem such as market makers and key industry players. We utilized the time to learn more about their business updates, trends they are sensing, types of products experiencing success, and products that give them concerns.

In the end, this conference provided Ultimus and other attendees with a deeper perspective and understanding of where the ETF industry and advisers are headed in the coming year. With those learnings in hand, we are able to properly align our robust services and technology capabilities to meet our client’s specific business needs.

¹https://www.etf.com/sections/features-and-news/2022-etf-inflows-slumped-amid-market-rout

*16673194 3/28/2023*


## Authored by

**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist


About Michael Prendergast
In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.


---

# Outsourced Management Company Operations: Increased Productivity and Adaptability

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/outsourced-management-company-operations-increased-productivity-and-adaptability/_

# Outsourced Management Company Operations: Increased Productivity and Adaptability

Subscribe

May 3, 2023

In recent years, many private equity and venture fund managers have explored ways to increase adaptability and enhance operational productivity within their management company operations. Forward-looking firms have recognized that fund growth leads to increased operational volume, complexity, and operating expenses.

More and more fund managers are looking to third-party service providers to outsource their management company responsibilities for full scope or ad hoc support. By outsourcing all or some of their operations, fund managers significantly benefit from increased in-house capacity and productivity and see long-term adaptability throughout the life of the fund.

At Ultimus LeverPoint, our team can customize a fund’s management company needs to achieve operational objectives and priorities best. With a consultative approach, we work closely with private equity and venture CFOs, controllers, and general partners to discuss the various aspects and benefits of outsourcing that can bolster growth initiatives.

### Understanding the Management Company Structure

A fund’s management company, also known as the fund manager or asset manager, embodies the firm itself and employs the investment and financial professionals responsible for allocating capital and managing the fund’s investments. The fund manager is commonly affiliated with the general partner but is not the same entity.

The general partner will enter into a management agreement with the management company. Under this agreement, the fund pays the management fees to employ the investment team, evaluate opportunities, manage the portfolio, and manage all day-to-day operations. This common private equity structure allows the management company to work across multiple funds while having a general partner for each fund.

While asset management companies are tasked with keeping the investment management business running, fund managers may want to think proactively about how a looming growth spurt will impact the management company’s ability to control its operational needs adequately. Forward-looking firms in this situation may recognize that more or larger funds bring increased operational volume and complexity, along with extra operating expenses. While this may be considered a “quality” problem, it is, nonetheless, worth weighing the operational aspects and the beneficial outsourcing options that can help with growth.

### Key Responsibilities of Fund Management Companies

Management companies are tasked with keeping the firm running. As such, managers may want to think proactively about how their growth will impact the management company’s ability to sufficiently control its operational needs.

The responsibilities of a management company are broad and typically include:

- Hire and pay employees
- Engage vendors, oversee the relationships, and pay expenses
- Bill portfolio companies
- Track and monitor account receivable
- Handle regulatory reporting obligations
- Pay ongoing operating expenses
- Oversee the fund and fund-related expenses

**Benefits of Outsourcing**

Outsourcing reduces the resources needed to support an in-house accounting team and allows fund managers to focus on their core business. Management companies can opportunistically engage a service provider to handle day-to-day non-fund accounting functions. Service providers deliver flexibility by offering a full scope of support or ad hoc services. For example, providers can:

- Maintain the general ledger
- Process account payables, accounts receivable, travel and expenses
- Prepare journal entries
- Bill portfolio companies
- Process payroll
- Provide weekly cash reporting and monthly bank reconciliations
- Prepare financial statements
- Provide an independent review of all outgoing payments
- Perform vendor callback verification and maintenance
- Allocate expenses
- Prepare and file 1099 reports

At Ultimus, we’ve seen fund managers benefit in significant ways by outsourcing all or some of their management company operations. Your firm size, fund complexity, and level of in-house resources will drive your specific requirements.

### Staffing Benefits for General Partners

- Reduced resources needed to support an in-house accounting team
- Ability to scale quickly and effectively
- Access to skilled, qualified accountants familiar with the private markets industry
- Redirected focus on core competencies rather than accounting

### Process Benefits for General Partners

- Immediate access to operational best practices and established standard operating procedures
- Burnished reputation through using an SOC1-compliant provider
- Independent Treasury review for all cash movements
- Ability to obtain synergies by outsourcing management company administration and fund administration to the same entity

    - Enhanced communication, transparency, and efficiencies between accounting teams
    - Ability to perform management fee reconciliations, discuss fund-level activities and offer a secondary level of review of expense allocations to the various funds and investments
    - Reduced involvement from fund managers
    - More accurate accounting records on both the fund and management company

### Technology Benefits for General Partners

- Immediate access to best-in-class technology plus streamlined, automated processes
- Access to multiple accounting platforms (depending on the provider), such as QuickBooks or NetSuite
- Access to accounts payable processing software to minimize human error risk

### Models for Outsourcing

As with most things, one size does not fit all. A management company’s size, complexity and in-house resources influence the optimal outsourcing model, from co-sourcing to partial outsourcing to full outsourcing.

**Co-source** – With the co-sourcing model, service providers work within the management company’s infrastructure, using their technology, processes, and procedures. The important benefit: alleviating or postponing the manager’s need to hire additional employees.

**Partial outsource** – Management companies can choose specific tasks to outsource. For instance, outsourcing payroll adds a layer of confidentiality by limiting visibility of firm compensation. Outsourcing simultaneously reduces the workload on in-house resources.

**Full outsource** – Management companies can choose a turn-key solution to outsource the full range of operational responsibilities to an external provider. The firms benefit from proven expertise and technology supported by a rigorous control environment.

To learn more about the benefits of outsourcing your management company functions, consult a trusted service provider. At Ultimus LeverPoint, we perform management company services for nearly 60 clients, offering a full suite of customizable solutions for all needs. Our team collaborates with private equity CFOs, controllers, and general partners to implement the best operating model for each firm to ensure their specific objectives and priorities are addressed.

We'd be delighted to discuss your needs and help determine the best outsourcing model for you to achieve the most benefits.

*ULP 16796583 – 04/26/2023*


---

# T + 1 Settlement Approaching

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/t-plus-1-settlement-approaching/_

# T + 1 Settlement Approaching

Subscribe

Authored by
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services

**About Paul Wahmann**
									Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
						×

June 6, 2023

The SEC and its Canadian equivalent, the Canadian Capital Markets Association (CCMA) recently adopted a rule amendment shortening the settlement cycle of securities transactions to trade date plus one (T+1) effective May 27^th^/28^th^, 2024. Currently, settlements within these markets for applicable securities occur on T+2.

The mandate affects most buy/sell side transactions, with a few exemptions, such as government bonds, commercial paper, and some limited partnership interests.

Driving much of this change results from the many globally impacting financial events over the course of the last two decades. The need for more stable liquidity and the increased requirements for brokers to provide more collateral to clearing agents while waiting for trades to settle has introduced higher liquidity, market and credit risks for all parties. By shortening the elapsed time between transactions and settlement dates, market volatility can be more effectively managed while reducing the risk of default by the trading parties.

### What does it mean for asset managers??

Both the US and Canadian securities mandates are an effort to continue streamlining and enhancing the efficiency of institutional post-trade processes which has a meaningful impact across all asset managers.

Trade allocations for block trades, confirmations, and matching will now occur no later than the end of the trade date, which shortens the closing process for securities clearing and the time available to prepare for closing and address errors within the settlement lifecycle. This will require operational behavioral changes along with the leveraging of technology and automation to gain straight though processing efficiencies and lowering volumes of trade exceptions requiring repair.

T+1 is not merely a custodian issue. Wholesale changes are required on a global basis including asset managers and brokers to accommodate the shortened trading cycles for two of the world’s largest securities markets, with the expectation that many other markets will follow. Asset manager engagement across every aspect of trading US and Canadian securities or currency is critical. Additional impacts will be seen across many of the ancillary workflows as well, including important aspects of securities lending, foreign exchange, corporate actions, and collateral management. Failure to be prepared to support these changes will result in operational inefficiency, increases in trading costs through increased resource needs, and downstream interest claims, penalties, and buy-ins.

Fortunately, there is some precedent from the T+5 to T+3 to T+2 transitions of the past in terms of lessons learned, timelines and preparation, but the actual percentage of time shortening is now at a new level (think of settlement time being reduced in half). It’s not all negative, there are likely to be significant benefits in market liquidity, reduced risk (as seen from the European adoption of Central Securities Depositories Regulation (CSDR) in 2022) and efficiencies that will be gained over time but right now it’s all about day-one preparation and readiness. Within the current timeline to adoption, there is little time for error in execution of plans, placing pressure on advancing post-trade processes, thus presenting a readiness challenge seen across the globe.

### The importance of automation within a trade date operating model

Considering these upcoming changes, asset managers need to holistically look at their end-to-end trade settlement model.

Focus should be applied to gaining efficiency in primary workflows such as:

- Automating trade interfaces between their order management/execution platforms and their settlement and matching applications.
- Creating the ability to match or affirm all activity on trade date, with minimal exception queues requiring repair and resolution with their brokers.
- Systemic trade instructions to both custodians and other interested parties aligned with expected tightening of custodian trade deadlines.
- Construction of data and oversight mechanisms to facilitate automated receipt of real-time settlement status updates from both custodians and brokers.

Pivotal to meeting readiness requirements for T+1, asset managers need to incorporate updating their technology to gain straight through processing (STP) and lowering volume of trades needing repair. Integrating the use of SWIFT (yes there are still asset managers today without SWIFT connectivity!), leveraging new trade date-based utilities via DTCC or custodians (like GC Direct for settlement instruction management), and settlement focused workflow management and oversight tools available today from Fintechs and service providers aimed at making those 98% to 99%-plus STP rates a reality.

Additionally, asset managers need to proactively look at ways for clearing settlement exception workflow earlier in the settlement lifecycle. Earlier (and automated) access to real-time settlement status provided by custodians and brokers via SWIFT or other direct means will enable resolving pending issues prior to crossing over to failure.

The ability to access this data the morning of T+1 (or even potentially on trade date), will significantly benefit stakeholders in reducing the risk of failure. While at this stage these goals may feel overwhelming, we don’t need to look far into the past to see how far we have come. If we remember back to the days of the conversion to Euro, year 2000, and T+5 down to T+2 and even CSDR, the upcoming T+1 adoption begins to feel more surmountable. Leverage tools your custodians, service providers and new technology can provide, and take advantage of lessons learned in prior execution of these large-scale initiatives.

### Take advantage of this time to evaluate your options

In response to these upcoming market updates, asset managers will need to assess their current operating and technology environments and implement fundamental changes between counterparties, including moving away from manual processes like emails and faxes and transitioning to automated solutions to align with the modernization of the settlement lifecycle.

It's important to start planning now to be in a favorable position to implement changes well before these rules take effect.

One possible solution is Ultimus’ flexible outsourced operational and technology driven trade settlement and middle office solution which can help firms prepare for these regulatory changes. With an advanced technology platform, access to the SWIFT messaging network with direct interfacing to key matching and settlement instruction management utilities, flexible service modules, and experienced service professionals, Ultimus is ready to assist firms in creating an optimized operating model to help prepare asset managers for these upcoming hurdles.

If you would like to discuss your current situation and the possible alternatives to solve for these new requirements, please contact us for assistance with your T+1 preparations today.

*16957396 6/2/2023*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services


About Paul Wahmann
Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.


---

# Part I: Gain a Strategic Advantage in Private Equity by Utilizing Data & Technology

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/part-i-gain-a-strategic-advantage-in-private-equity-by-utilizing-data-technology/_

# Part I: Gain a Strategic Advantage in Private Equity by Utilizing Data & Technology

Subscribe

July 19, 2023

To help asset managers gain a competitive edge, part one of this two-part article details the current technology and data strategy trends in the private equity industry and the impact on organizational efficiencies via the use of data and technology. Part two of this series covers the common complexities of implementing new technology and mitigating potential challenges.

According to a 2022 S&P Global Market Intelligence survey, 90% of respondents agreed that increased competition for assets is driving their firms to reassess their use of data and technology, with just over a third in strong agreement. While some financial services sectors have been early and consistent in their use of technology, the private equity industry remains widely considered as low-tech. Compared to liquid markets where vast amounts of data are available, in the private equity industry Excel spreadsheets were sufficient to manage data until recently.

Nowadays, investors are demanding automation as well as the implementation of tech-driven central data storage systems from their fund managers to ensure regulatory obligations are met. Along with automation, there is a growing desire for customization in the private markets space to provide a more accessible and detailed experience for limited partners and fund managers. General partners are seeking ways to reduce costs and increase operational efficiency using technology, especially when managing more and larger funds.

Due to these investor demands, an abundance of data must be analyzed, condensed, and presented in a relevant manner as data is required more frequently and deals are becoming increasingly complex, requiring more administration. In comparison to manual Excel setups, these high demands are much easier to meet with the use of robust investor portals with drill down capabilities, relevant detailed reporting, and interactive insights through real-time visualizations.

One of the many ways fund managers leverage data as a vital, differentiating asset is by outsourcing their fund accounting and reporting to a third-party service provider with ready access to top technology. Scalability, by itself, is a major factor in determining what to outsource and to whom. Data and technology should be at the forefront for making these decisions. To do so, it’s imperative to dissect the demands of private equity asset managers and look at the relationship between funds and their service providers. It’s important to explore the various concerns, ideas, and potential approaches that may help to achieve a strategic advantage in a world that revolves around a tech-centric approach.

### Private Equity Technology and Data Strategy Trends

What are the data strategies and technological trends in the private equity industry?

Since the pandemic, the use of technology and state of data strategy continues to evolve rapidly in the private equity industry as fund managers seek new ways to drive business and scalability. Fund managers and fund administrators continue to shift from manually maintained Excel sheets to streamlined industry-leading technology platforms. From virtual due diligence and AI-driven tools to identify investment opportunities, technology and data remain at the forefront of the private equity process.

Digitizing has become a hot topic and is a critical first step in its use in emerging technologies. Document digitization seems to offer the promise of a brave new world in terms of transparency and achieving true scale. Below are the major trends in the private funds sector as it relates to data and technological progression:

- **Viewing Data as an Asset** – Having centralized, simplified, and easily accessible data is an influential asset which can help grow business intelligence and create flexibility to best support business objectives.
- **Migration to Cloud-Based Technologies** – Cloud-based technologies allow managers and general partners to quickly scale up to meet their business needs by optimizing application capabilities and solutions.
- **Moving Beyond the Basics** – Utilizing more sophisticated, industry-leading technology applications, fund managers and general partners can avoid much of the process and time commitment of manually maintained Excel spreadsheets.
- **Proliferation of AI and Machine Learning** – Private equity firms are increasingly using AI and machine learning to gain insight into larger amounts of data, allowing a better way to analyze information and automate tasks.
- **Greater Emphasis on Data Governance** – Investment managers are bolstering their compliance measures and managing data securely to comply with the rapidly evolving regulatory environment and protect their intellectual property.
- **Increased Investment in Data Quality** – Organizations recognize data quality's importance and adopt new approaches and technologies. Increased data quality can contribute to improved decision-making and reduce risks.
- **Embrace Analytics for Future Growth** – According to an S&P Global Market Intelligence survey, 83% of respondents report that big data and data analytics have become more important over the past two years.

### How Technology and Data Affect Firm Efficiencies

What are the benefits of technology and data usage? What efficiencies are created?

Technology has the potential to offer fund managers many solutions, which can result in building a significant advantage in the private market space. Investment managers with agile operations are likely to respond quickly to changing market conditions and seek new ways to drive business and scalability. For organizations to discover opportunities and optimize operational efficiency, they must utilize data as a leading differentiator, especially in firms where the strategy is driven by a large volume of factors such as funds, investors, tax returns, audit, and other regulatory requirements.

The efficiencies below further explain how utilizing the power of data and analytics can boost progress, reduce costs, increase risk management, and free up time for general partners and fund managers to focus on the core.

### Data Collection

In private markets, data is generally delivered from multiple sources, which typically do not apply to industry standards such as ILPA and can include various languages and currencies. New technologies, such as the use of cutting-edge APIs, provides a solution to simplify data extraction as it consolidates and aggregates data from one system to another, giving organizations a streamlined, single source of information rather than batch processing. With manual input in the past, it is now possible to use machine learning to automatically transform unstructured data buried in text, tables, or figures in documents like financial statements and contracts into records that can be processed and read by a machine.

### Analytical Insights

Analytical models using consolidated data can help a firm gain additional insights into their own portfolio. Using analytics, fund managers can utilize historical data to identify the correlation between investments and returns and help forecast future trends. Predictive analytics can provide insights into portfolio cash flows and support liquidity planning, assist with allocation planning to determine the optimal amount and type of investments, provide performance comparison, and assess risk and diversification potential for the portfolio. As a result, investment activities can be planned more efficiently and handled more proactively.

### Reporting via Sophisticated Investor Portals

Due to increased reporting requirements, an abundance of data must be analyzed, condensed, and presented in a relevant manner. More than ever, investors are demanding timely, consistent, and accurate reporting. In comparison to manual Excel setups, these high demands are much easier to meet with the use of investor portals and additional technology. Portals give limited partners the opportunity to review data and reports in more detail and gain interactive insights through real-time visualizations, including drill down capabilities and historical data information.

### ESG Analytics Tracking

Environmental, Social, and Governance investing, also known as ESG, refers to the framework an organization uses to measure the sustainability and ethical impact of investments. It is a stakeholder-centric approach used by socially conscious investors. Integrating ESG into current processes and systems can be a challenge, especially as it relates to data collection and quality, standardization, and continuous compliance with regulatory requirements. By using modern portal technology, the following tasks can be simplified:

- Collecting ESG data automatically via integrated workflows
- Designing user-friendly input processes in the web portal
- Tracking ESG metrics and data centrally across the entire (aggregated) portfolio on one platform
- Creating integrated or stand-alone ESG reports
- Continuously complying with international frameworks and regulatory requirements
- Enabling informed decision-making through portfolio look-through and other ESG analytics

### Efficient Communication

Investor portals provide more transparency, security, and continuous availability of information. In addition to capital account statements, capital calls and distributions, workflows can be utilized to ensure process security and support a more targeted investor experience. Portals allow general partners to seamlessly combine data and produce consistent reports for their limited partners, creating increased communication and information sharing more quickly, efficiently, and securely.

*Next, part two will cover the complexities of implementing technology and alleviating challenges.*

### Citations

S&P Global Market Intelligence. June 8, 2022. ‘Private equity reboots its approach to technology as competition heats up’. https://www.spglobal.com/marketintelligence/en/mi/research-analysis/private-equity-reboots-its-approach-to-technology-as-competiti.html

*ULP 17138832 07/18/2023*


---

# Pricing Strategies for Retail Oriented Interval Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/pricing-strategies-for-retail-oriented-interval-funds/_

# Pricing Strategies for Retail Oriented Interval Funds

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

August 2, 2023

In an increasingly competitive capital raising environment, asset managers need to differentiate themselves by developing investment strategies that may add true value returns to investor portfolios at attractive price points. Thoughtful product structuring is the first step that advisers should consider in delivering investment solutions to the market. Interval funds are compelling structural innovation that is being better understood and utilized across the industry. For retail investors, an interval fund may be the best way to access asset classes and strategies invested in real estate and private/structured credit that may have been typically reserved for institutions. Many of the world's top traditional and alternative fund managers have launched interval funds in recent years as the adoption of these products continues to grow and bring unique asset classes to a wider audience.

Before entering the interval fund market, an asset manager should have a solid understanding of the competitive landscape. One area of focus for asset managers new to this space is fee structures. This report uses Interval Fund Tracker’s database to provide a broad overview of fee structures across today's interval fund market. It includes detailed quantitative analysis of fee levels for different strategies and trends across the entire industry.

To assist advisers considering the unlisted closed end fund wrapper for new products, Ultimus’ Nick Darsch, Managing Director, and Sean McLean, SVP Retail Alts, collaborated with Interval Fund Tracker’s Jacob Mohs, Managing Member, to examine predominant fee structure options and trends across various strategies in the interval fund marketplace targeted to retail and high-net-worth investors.

[Click for access to the white paper.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/pricing-strategies-for-retail-oriented-interval-funds/)

17207592 8/1/2023


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# Part II: Common complexities of implementing technology and alleviating potential challenges

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/part-ii-common-complexities-of-implementing-technology-and-alleviating-potential-challenges/_

# Part II: Common complexities of implementing technology and alleviating potential challenges

Subscribe

August 8, 2023

## Common Complexities of Technology Implementation

This is the second part of a two-part article covering the common complexities of utilizing data and technology in the private equity industry, and mitigating challenges by outsourcing to a fund administrator.

### What are the common complexities faced when implementing technology platforms?

Although the use of technology can help differentiate investment firms, while gaining a strategic advantage, problems can occur when data and technologies are not implemented, utilized or managed effectively. Careful consideration for integrating digital tools into existing business models is crucial. Decision makers must consider the main complexities a firm may face as they explore technology and data solutions:

- Understanding operational complexities and the goals to be achieved through investments in technology; implementing digital solutions must be thoroughly understood and analyzed to achieve short- and long-term goals.
- Digitization is a wide-scale operational shift, requiring decision-makers buy-in to shift the organizational culture toward a data-driven approach.
- All constituents must be on the same page before implementing new systems; not all limited partners want to use online portals to review or submit fund documentation or reports.
- Executing data strategy requires a technology infrastructure that can administer large volumes of data and support advanced analytics. Not all technologies can help general partners or fund managers reach their data strategy goals.
- Additional technology adds a new level of complexity that needs to be proactively managed.
- Data integration involves combining data from multiple sources to create a unified view, requiring careful planning and attention to detail. Integrating data from various sources and across multiple workstreams poses many logistical and technological challenges. Close collaboration between executive leadership, technology professionals, and business stakeholders is required to align the data strategy with broader business objectives.

## Mitigating Challenges of Implementing Technology by Outsourcing to a Fund Administrator

What are the benefits of partnering with a Fund Administrator?

Fund administrators understand how crucial technology is to offer and maintain reliability to their clients; having enhanced software and analytics specific to the alternative investment industry is paramount.

Platforms such as Investran, eFront, and VPM allow data to be tracked and maintained securely. Using a secure, sophisticated network of platforms minimizes the risk when using paper-based documentation and cumbersome manual processes and allows for transparent and secure reporting. These platforms perform the data input and output in a more controlled and reliable environment.

FIS Investran, Ultimus' proprietary applications Ultimus Connect™ Private Investor Portal and Ultimus Connect Onboarding Manager store and distribute investor correspondence through a secure web-based platform. These portals allow access to online, updated data and reporting to fund managers, general partners, and limited partners.

A tech-enabled private fund administrator should be able to support even the most complex fund structures with controlled security measures in place. Look for general partner and investor portal options that provide real-time, cloud-based portal, allowing access to advanced data visualizations, intuitive reporting, and analytics, as well as secure document access in order to deliver investors secure access to their data from anywhere. When it comes to asset manager’s fundraising, a digitized onboarding platform could help private fund managers simplify their limited partner experience by saving time and raising capital more efficiently. Also, well-equipped fund administrators work with APIs that allow for integration with CRMs, fund administration tools and other technology software. Along with these industry leading platforms, a fund administrator should tout professionals and processes that give you a greater level of control, quality, and transparency to serve as a seamless extension of your firm.

The cost to individual managers to invest in the right technology can be expensive and overwhelming. Partnering with a fund administrator who already invests in these industry leading platforms allows fund managers access to advanced technology while avoiding much of the cost, vetting process, and time-commitment of in-house implementation and on-going maintenance. There are a few simple steps to follow when evaluating if outsourcing to a fund administrator is right for your firm:

1. **Identify:** Assess current processes to detect how technological inefficiencies impede asset manager and limited partner experience.
2. **Prioritize:** Review overall fund strategy and expected outcomes from improved processes and systems. Seek processes that will have the highest impact on limited partner and fund manager experience, operational efficiencies, and profitability.
3. **Inquire:** Reach out to fund administrators to learn how they leverage technology and data strategically to deliver excellent client service. Compare services offered, technology and platforms used, pricing, client support, etc.

### Conclusion

As technology in private markets continues to advance, general partners and fund managers will continue to face increased demands for accurate and timely reporting. It’s critical for investment managers of all sizes to maximize the utilization of data to best achieve their business objectives. Partnering with a fund administrator can alleviate the high costs of bringing technology in-house and help meet the expectations of investors. At Ultimus, we leverage industry leading technology to navigate the complexities of fund accounting and utilize your firm’s data to help you achieve a strategic advantage.

*ULP #17138836 08/07/2023*


---

# Understanding the Competitive Landscape of Interval Fund Products

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-competitive-landscape-of-interval-fund-products/_

# Understanding the Competitive Landscape of Interval Fund Products

Subscribe

September 13, 2023

Retail alternative products including interval and tender offer funds have been gaining momentum in the market in recent years. In fact, Fuse Research Network projects interval fund assets to climb to $74.8 billion in assets by the end of this year. This is an increase of almost $11 billion from the end of 2022. The research company projects interval fund assets to hit $100 billion before 2026.

Interval and tender offer funds offer retail and alternative asset managers an opportunity to differentiate their product lineup and create new distribution opportunities. These funds are considered alternative strategies because they encompass a wide array of investments including: real estate, infrastructure, private credit, private equity and venture capital. These asset classes were previously offered in private vehicles for a limited number of investors with higher expense structures.

More asset managers have been focusing efforts on these alternative strategies because they may offer the opportunity to charge higher fees compared to traditional mutual fund or exchange-traded fund (ETF) strategies. However, alternative investments have not been immune from fee pressure including a general trend downward including several major fund managers reducing fees in recent years. Because different investment strategies require different levels of expertise, there are variations in fees between categories, and a fund manager that is able to demonstrate value to shareholders is typically able to command higher fees.

Before entering the interval fund or tender offer fund market, an asset manager should have a solid understanding of the competitive landscape. This whitepaper covers several case studies of managers who have modified fee structures or launched multiple funds in different niches to accommodate investor preferences. A key lesson is that the right investment strategy and market positioning may lead to successful fundraising even with higher fees.

To assist advisers considering the unlisted closed end fund wrapper for new products, Ultimus’ Nick Darsch, Managing Director, and Sean McLean, SVP Retail Alts, collaborated with Interval Fund Tracker’s Jacob Mohs, Managing Member, to examine predominant fee structure options and trends across various strategies in the interval fund and tender offer fund marketplace targeted to retail and high-net-worth investors.

In the whitepaper you will learn about the following:

- Understanding interval fund fee tables
- Types of base management fees
- Management fee levels
- Fee levels by strategy
- Incentive fees
- And more…

[Click for access to the whitepaper.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/pricing-strategies-for-retail-oriented-interval-funds/)

17376431 9/12/2023


---

# Strategic Benefits of Outsourcing Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/strategic-benefits-of-outsourcing-fund-administration/_

# Strategic Benefits of Outsourcing Fund Administration

Subscribe

December 5, 2023

Outsourcing fund administration services has emerged as a strategic imperative for fund managers seeking to streamline operations, enhance efficiency, and optimize resource allocation. In a time of increasing regulatory scrutiny and growing demand for more sophisticated financial products, the pressure on fund managers and investment firms to maintain meticulous records and meet compliance standards is growing. By outsourcing, firms can avoid several roadblocks, such as capacity limitations, technology costs, and scalability concerns.

In recent years, outsourcing to a third-party administrator has become widely accepted as an industry standard as operational complexities increase, and limited partner pressures continue to constrict managers. Traditionally, most fund managers opted to keep fund administration in-house, yet the growing volatility, uncertainty, and complexity of the fund world and investor expectations have made self-administration a mounting distraction.

The increasing complexity of fund types and structures is taxing manager resources and expertise, while more sophisticated investors are driving the demand for independence and continued investments in technology, controls, and transparency. Outsourcing allows fund managers to focus on the people, processes, and technology needed to tackle the evolving financial reporting requirements and expectations of funds and their investors.

### People

Relationships and communication are the foundation for a successful fund administration partnership. Cultural fit, technical ability, and administrator capacity are all critically important factors to consider when selecting a fund administrator. It is imperative that a fund manager recognizes the partnership goes beyond that of the fund administrator, they are also partnering with the human capital of the firm. Fund administrators should be viewed as an extension of the manager’s team, a strategic partner, and a valued piece of the business plan. The goal of this relationship is a long-term partnership that grows and adapts with a fund manager’s needs.

### Process

Limited partners are growing in sophistication and expect more from their fund managers, such as notably tighter processes and controls. Many institutional investors require their manager to outsource their fund accounting and reporting to a fund administrator with industry accepted credentials, such as the SSAE18 SOC 1 Type 2 Audit Report (System and Organization Control Report). The SOC 1 report is the most sought-after credential as it confirms that a fund administrator has the proper controls and procedures in place to reduce risk when it comes to potential errors. Limited partners also focus on both disaster recovery and cybersecurity policies. The chosen fund administrator should have documented and tested disaster recovery and cybersecurity policies, as well as a business continuity plan, which lays out the process for continuous service and access to client data in the event of disruptive incidents.

### Technology

In recent years, private equity firms are relying more heavily on robust technology products for accurate and timely responses. Fund administrators understand that having enhanced software and analytics specific to the alternative investment industry is paramount and allows them to offer and maintain reliability to their clients. Sophisticated platforms such as Investran, eFront, and VPM allow data to be tracked and maintained securely and contributes to transparent and secure reporting. These platforms support data input and output to be performed in a more controlled and reliable environment, minimizing the risk that can be found using manual excel spreadsheets. Access to state-of-the-art investor portals allows fund administrators to store and distribute investor correspondence through a secure web-based platform and provides access to online real-time data and reporting to fund managers, general partners, and limited partners. While the cost to invest in the right technology can be expensive and overwhelming to individual managers, partnering with a fund administrator who already invests in these platforms can reduce these obstacles by avoiding much of the cost, process, and time commitment of in-house implementation and ongoing maintenance.

### Capacity to Focus

Managers face an ever-increasing challenge when they divert their focus from portfolios and investments to manage reporting requirements as mandated by their limited partnership agreements. To manage these competing priorities, outsourcing to a fund administrator enables managers to focus on their core responsibilities and do what they do best: manage deals and investment strategies. Outsourcing allows fund managers to focus on providing a maximum return on investments for their investors, concentrating on providing resources and expertise in evaluating and making deals, and investing and implementing unique investment strategies.

### Conclusion

Determining to outsource fund administration services is one of the most significant decisions a fund manager can make as it impacts efficiency both for themselves and their investors. As reporting demands grow, the need for transparency increases and the importance of partnering with the right fund administrator is more impactful than ever. Partnering with the right fund administrator is more significant than ever for both fund managers and their investors. Engage with a fund administrator that is dedicated to people, process, and technology. Reach out to Ultimus to discuss how outsourcing can benefit you. High-quality service from our client-focused professionals who are committed to utilizing industry leading technology will increase your capacity to focus on deals and investments. We are here to partner with you to remove the complexity of your day-to-day administrative burden and provide you with boutique services backed by institutional strength.

*ULP #17669920 12/5/2023*


---

# T + 1 Settlement and the Criticality of Streamlined Data

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/t-plus-1-settlement-and-the-criticality-of-streamlined-data/_

# T + 1 Settlement and the Criticality of Streamlined Data

Subscribe

Authored by
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services

**About Paul Wahmann**
									Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
						×

December 12, 2023

When asset managers open for business the Tuesday after Memorial Day weekend 2024, the settlement period for most US and Canadian securities transactions will be a single day (T+1). Whether or not you’re worried about your firm’s ability to meet the May 28 date is likely dependent on the efficiency of your [trade settlement operating model](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/outsourced-trade-services/). Foundational to your successful preparation is accurate and readily available data. As settlement deliverables such as allocation and affirmation deadlines compress, asset manager’s abilities to react to trade exceptions caused by inconsistent and real-time data from their trading counterparties and custodians will undoubtably increase their risk of failed settlements, and the downstream resulting liquidity challenges this presents.

## Handling Exceptions

Earlier deliverables on trade-date mean less time to identify and correct exceptions, even in the US market where affirmation is prevalent for equities and fixed income instruments. If you or your trading brokers do not maintain accurate standing settlement instructions (SSIs) ahead of time and are waiting until the end of the day to review exceptions, there will be limited time to make the necessary adjustments. Identifying an incorrect SSI late on trade date may also require sending a cancel/correct instruction to a custodian past their trade processing deadlines.

Additionally, many asset managers have historically relied on custodian banks to provide updates on trade status as settlement date approaches. This usually entails firms to manually retrieve data from custodian web-portals, or assimilate reporting from their custodians, usually with inconsistent data and only on a periodic “batch-cycle” basis.

## Trade Data Efficiencies

This sounds like a daunting task to achieve within an increasingly tightening window as the go live date approaches. Fortunately, much of the preparation is being done by both the broker community and custodian banks to make critical trade data such as SSIs and trade status more efficient and real-time. The introduction of the Central Securities Depositories Regulation (CSDR) across many EU markets in 2022 has already set the bar for both securities firms and custodians to improve their efficiency in the settlements space, and many of the resultant changes are providing value as we march towards T+1:

- Custodian bank’s improvement in offering real-time reporting capabilities for trade status and failed trade resolution are often now available thru interfaces directly with market participant’s order management systems or settlement workflow platforms via secure mediums such as Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications (SWIFT) messaging and Application Programming Interfaces (APIs).
- Industry standard market settlement utilities such as Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (DTCC) ALERT are offering enhanced maintenance and communication of SSIs across the asset manager, broker, and custodian bank communities to facilitate greater sharing of accurate account and SSI details electronically.
- Increased eligibility of Global Custodian (GC) Direct offerings by custodian banks to electronically manage SSIs on behalf of their asset manager clients, thus allowing custodians to proactively update their clients of broker SSI and pending market changes.
- Industry testing cycles are open, but the clock is ticking. Custodian banks, along with the leading market utilities and technology vendors have established steering groups and testing cycles covering all aspects of the T+1 settlement lifecycle, including allocation, affirmation, instruction, and scenario-based testing such as corporate actions and foreign exchange. Market testing initiatives are ongoing, but asset managers need to engage with their custodians and service providers now before these windows close.

## Key questions to consider:

1. Where are you currently maintaining your SSIs? Are they within your order management platform, utilities such as ALERT, or off-line?
2. Are you actively engaged with your technology and service provider partners to put a plan in place for enhancing data efficiencies prior to live date? Have your partner providers communicated their readiness plans for T+1?
3. Have you inquired with your custodians to see if your accounts are eligible for GC Direct?
4. Have you evaluated your ability to consume real-time trade status from your custodians via SWIFT or other automated interfaces direct to your settlement workflow platform or OMS?

It’s important to be prepared NOW. It’s time to implement the required operational model updates and necessary testing well before these market changes take effect.

## Flexible Outsourced Solution

To future proof your operating environment, one option is co-sourcing to help solve for this readiness. Ultimus’ flexible outsourced operational and technology driven trade settlement and middle office solution can help firms prepare for these regulatory changes. With an advanced technology platform, access to the SWIFT messaging network with direct interfacing to key matching and settlement instruction management utilities, flexible service modules, and experienced industry professionals, Ultimus is available to assist firms in creating an optimized operating model and help prepare asset managers for these upcoming regulatory hurdles.

If you would like to future proof your operating model and discuss your trade settlement processes to solve for these new requirements, please contact us for assistance with your T+1 preparations today.

*17688531 12/11/2023*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services


About Paul Wahmann
Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.


---

# Gaining Scale in your Investment Practice 

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/gaining-scale-in-your-investment-practice/_

# Gaining Scale and Efficiencies in your Investment Practice

Subscribe

Authored by
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

**About Nickolaus Darsch**
									Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
						×

January 31, 2024

Launching an ETF has become significantly easier in recent years, through the ETF Rule 6c-11^3^, which streamlined the ETF launch process and the use of turnkey series trust platforms that assist advisers with fund formation and ongoing operations and governance. There are some distinct advantages regarding ETFs as compared to a separate account structure. Outlined below are some of the key advantages of an ETF for both advisers and investors when considering launching a fund.

- **Administrative Efficiency** – Converting SMA assets into an ETF creates efficiencies and execution advantages that aren’t available in separate accounts. In an ETF structure, advisers can buy and settle securities in bulk as opposed to buying and allocating individually, eliminating duplicative trades and tedious individual reporting requirements that are the norm in SMAs. But it’s not just a time savings play; there are cost savings that come from limiting trading in individual securities for individual accounts as well. Advisers can often more effectively execute their strategies in an ETF as well because they have access to a broader range, and conceivably better performing, securities.
- **Access to New Investments** – By pooling assets in an ETF, investors can gain access to asset classes and investment opportunities not available in an SMA. This often results in an adviser’s ability to achieve greater diversification. Beyond access to new investments, an ETF comes with the expertise, professional management and analysis of the full investment team, robust set of service providers, and increased oversight and governance by independent trustees and chief compliance officer that can create a distinct advantage for investors.
- **Increased Tax Efficiency** - The in-kind redemption feature of ETF shares directly with the fund creates an opportunity to generate better tax efficiency for investors that is not available to them in a mutual funds or taxable SMA structure.
- **Access to New Investors** – For managers, an ETF creates the opportunity to gain access to a new audience of investors and a new stream of assets. While some advisers may launch a fund only for the benefit of current SMA clients, there is an opportunity to provide access to the firm’s clients who couldn’t meet the minimums of the SMA strategy or to target a broader base of external investors in an ETF structure. ETFs open doors to new sales channels since it is traded on an exchange and broadly available for purchase at launch.

## Considerations for Conversion

While there are many advisers who would benefit from converting their SMAs to ETFs, there are many for whom the SMA structure remains the best option. So, when is an ETF a better option for advisers? Below are some important considerations and potential triggers for managers considering whether launching an ETF is the right strategy for their separately managed accounts.

### Has Account-level Administration Become Too Cumbersome?

If the answer is yes, then this strategy is one of your primary alternatives. Advisers who manage too many SMAs find themselves spread way too thin, making it difficult to focus on the firm’s investment strategy through all of the operational clutter.

### Do You Have Compliance Concerns?

Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS) compliance is difficult to manage. The differing execution of each SMA in an adviser’s arsenal piles on more compliance considerations and reporting intricacies. While concerns alone won’t push an adviser toward launching an ETF for SMA investors, it’s important to address this constantly during growth to see if a change becomes necessary.

### Are You Looking for Additional Investors?

Advisers that decide to launch an ETF have the opportunity to expand its reach to an entirely new and different investor base. Prospective investors that were turned away because of SMA minimums now have the opportunity to leverage the firm’s investment strategy.

### Can Your Firm Support the Cost of Managing an ETF?

Launching an ETF comes with inherent costs, those costs are predominantly expenses covered by the fund, in so far as the fund has sufficient assets to cover those costs. If not, the additional costs are reimbursed to the fund by the adviser.

## Conclusion

While managing a registered fund is not right for every firm, finding the answers to these questions will start advisers down the path toward the type of growth that fits best. Registered funds can help address the long-term strategy, while still keeping present investors in mind and preserving the advantages of a separately managed strategy. If you are interested in more information about converting SMAs into an ETF or launching an ETF to supplement your current product line up, please contact us.

* * *

¹https://www.morningstar.com/news/marketwatch/20231228867/these-etf-strategies-were-big-winners-in-2023-heres-where-one-cfra-analyst-sees-them-going-next-year

²https://www.wsj.com/finance/investing/brokerage-firm-accounts-separately-managed-2a345344

³https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2019-190

*17827087 1/25/24*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)
**Nickolaus Darsch**

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer


About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

# The Benefits of Outsourcing Private Equity Investor Services

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-benefits-of-outsourcing-private-equity-investor-services/_

# The Benefits of Outsourcing Private Equity Investor Services

Subscribe

Authored by
**Jessica Robertson, CPA**

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

**About Jessica Robertson, CPA**
									Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)
						×

January 23, 2024

In the fast-paced world of [private equity](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/private-credit/), managing investor services efficiently and effectively is crucial for success. However, the demands of [fund administration](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/) can be overwhelming, and the pressure to face down global headwinds, take advantage of emerging trends, and accelerate growth often falls against a backdrop of fierce competition for investment dollars.

But a simple fact remains: contented investors tend to stay loyal to private equity funds and often consider future investments. By delegating investor services, firms can deliver exceptional service, boosting investor contentment and bolstering investor loyalty.

The rise of investor services proves communication, speed, and data are key as investors seek to understand as much as they can, as quickly as possible. Firms that get this right can make investors the foundation of their business as we approach the start of the next market cycle.

So what are the advantages of passing this crucial aspect of fund management to external experts?

## Specialized Expertise

Third-party administrators with dedicated investor relations services provide clients with a team of professionals with deep expertise. They should understand the distinct and intricate requirements of [private equity investors](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/investor-services/). Firms can then redirect additional time and resources toward their core competencies: deal sourcing, execution, and portfolio management. This increased focus can result in smarter investment choices, better fund performance, and lower risk of errors or inconsistencies in funds’ records.

## Scalability And Cost Efficiency

Private equity firms often manage multiple funds, each with a distinct investor base. By outsourcing, firms can scale their services to accommodate the varying needs of different funds, making it easier to manage investor relations, regardless of fund size or complexity. Maintaining an in-house investor services team can be expensive. Outsourcing offers cost-effective solutions, reducing the need for internal staffing, training, and infrastructure, ultimately enhancing the fund's profitability.

It is also possible to align your approach. Institutional investors often need something different from high-networth investors, who often need guidance. But there is a communication solution that works for both. Access to state-of-the-art investor portals allows fund administrators to store and distribute investor correspondence through a secure web-based platform and provides access to online real-time data and reporting to [GPs](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/private-equity-funds-and-general-partnerships/) and LPs. While the cost to invest in the right technology can be expensive and overwhelming for individual managers, partnering with a fund administrator that already invests in these platforms can reduce these obstacles by avoiding the cost, process, and time commitment of in-house implementation and ongoing maintenance.

## Enhanced Reporting and Regulatory Compliance

LPs are growing in sophistication and demanding more from their fund managers. Many institutional investors require their manager to outsource to a fund administrator with industry-accepted credentials, such as the SSAE18 SOC 1 Type 2 Audit Report. By utilizing advanced technology and reporting tools, administration firms offer real-time insights into performance, investor activities, and reporting. There is also the hurdle of managing regulatory complexities. Partnering with external experts with a deep understanding of regulatory mandates can minimize the chances of compliance mistakes and help maintain investor services in accordance with industry norms.

## Streamlined Communication and Retention

Relationships and communication are the foundation for a successful fund administration partnership. Effective communication with investors is essential for maintaining trust. Outsourcing firms can manage investor communications, ensuring that investors receive timely updates and assistance, which can lead to higher satisfaction and trust in the fund's management.

In conclusion, outsourcing private equity investor relations offers numerous advantages, including cost efficiency, access to specialized expertise, enhanced scalability, and increased focus on core business activities. By leveraging an external resource like Ultimus LeverPoint, firms can navigate complex regulatory landscapes, improve communication with investors, and ultimately foster long-term relationships, contributing to overall organizational success.

*ULP 17822201 01/23/2024*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)
**Jessica Robertson, CPA**

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions


About Jessica Robertson, CPA
Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.


---

# Toward the Future of Friction-Free Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/toward-the-future-of-friction-free-fund-administration/_

# Toward the Future of Friction-Free Fund Administration

Subscribe

Authored by
**Jason Stevens**

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer

**About Jason Stevens**
									Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)

**James Cass**

Vice Chairman

**About James Cass**
									James Cass serves as Vice Chairman of Ultimus, supporting go-to-market execution, strategic initiatives, and key client relationships. He brings more than 30 years of leadership and operational experience across registered and alternative investments. Previously, James served as President of Ultimus Private Fund Services, founded Hidden Crest LLC, and held senior leadership roles at SEI Investments
						×

February 14, 2024

In the competitive landscape of fund administration, technology stands out as a primary differentiator among service providers. As the financial industry evolves and regulatory requirements become more stringent, fund administrators increasingly rely on innovative technological solutions to enhance their offerings and stay ahead of the curve.

From advanced data analytics and automation to APIs and robust cybersecurity measures, technology plays a pivotal role in enabling fund administrators to deliver superior services, streamline operations, and meet the diverse needs of their clients. In this digital transformation era, the effective utilization of technology has become a key determinant of success for fund administrators seeking to differentiate themselves in the market and provide added value to their clients.

### When it comes to fund administration and technology, what excites Ultimus most?

Application programming interfaces (APIs) where data can be exchanged more freely among platforms – it’s something we’ve embraced in our organization. When we have conversations with our clients, and their clients, about what data they require from us. We then ask every vendor we use the same questions: What's your API strategy? What data is available? When can we get it? So, we can get data to clients without building large batch files and having multiple business analysts spend countless hours on a simple request.

For us, embracing APIs offers a more efficient way to move information and data from one platform to another, and then from there to make it useful for end investors and our GP clients.

### How do fund administrators keep up with the pace of technological change?

Let’s rewind five or ten years and recognize the speed of technology. API technology has progressed considerably in the areas of scale and performance. Back then, it might have been more beneficial to build a data warehouse and then build things on top of it strictly for performance. But API technology has moved so fast that the ability to pull data from a system has nearly put data warehouses on the path to becoming obsolete. You don't need that secondary data warehouse anymore and run the risk of inconsistent data when compared to the primary source. Now, you can rely solely on the golden source data in your core systems knowing that the speed of APIs can be leveraged to access the underlying data as needed.

Keeping up with the pace of technology is a cultural thing, and it drives more innovation and creativity within our organization. A lot of other fund administrators don't view it the same way. They're stuck in the same creation cycle they were ten years ago. It's hard to get out of it when you take so long turning ideas into action. Our platform is nimble because people like Jason, our CTO, embrace this technology and the way to move data back and forth. This is good for keeping our expenses low, so we can spend those dollars on our people and other surrounding technology.

### Are you surprised by the rate of progress with data and APIs?

The technology just caught up with people's desire to get high-quality data in a timely manner. The demand for the data was always there, but the friction was always in moving data efficiently. The old system of sending batch files was an overnight process and it would take a long time to assemble. So, I’m not surprised at the rate of progress with APIs because the desire was always there to share data. We just didn't have the technology to make that possible until APIs came along.

### Looking to the future, what kind of innovation might we soon see in your space?

Digitizing and normalizing data is key in order to take advantage of newer innovative technologies like Robotic Process Automation (RPA), Machine Learning or Artificial Intelligence. But this can be tricky as many firms in this space still utilize tools like Excel and PDF to capture and store data. Implementing best practices and data standardization, even when using end user tools like Excel can make a major difference when looking to wrap more robust technologies around your data. Digitization is key so that different technologies can communicate back and forth seamlessly with the underlying data.

### How do you think AI technology and natural language processing models will work their way into the world of fund administration?

Obviously, Chat GPT (Chat Generative Pretrained Transformer) has captured the public imagination. Security is a major concern when looking at implementing technology like this into an organization and is likely not feasible in the private equity space. But proprietary AI and custom algorithms can definitely play a role. We see future value in consulting, and the ability to build algorithms on top of our clients' data to get things like predictive analysis to identify correlations to improve their business. Training and onboarding new users through AI is another plausible future use case. But a solid data foundation is an absolute must when considering implementing technologies like Machine Learning and AI.

Right now, we're not hearing a lot of direct demand for machine learning and AI functions in fund administration, but there are a lot of questions around what this all means. So, we're doing a lot of research there – learning where the impacts can be today and what needs to happen to bring forward the impacts of tomorrow. But everything's data driven. If you get your fund administration data in order, you'll be able to take advantage of these newer technologies to help drive your business.

### When it comes to the application of tech in fund administration, what separates a good administrator from a great administrator?

There's a great connection between the operations teams: fund accounting, portfolio accounting, investor relations, financial reporting, tax and treasury teams in our organization and our technology team. Listening to the folks who are client facing on a daily basis and working directly with the specific problems – those getting the information out, dealing with the crescendos of the financial packages, the regulatory filings, the call notices, the distribution notices and other investor correspondences. They’re the ones coming up with the best ideas and opportunities to automate and innovate. Our teams are working side by side, looking at these problems together. This is a cultural comradery we have, that many other organizations, specifically fund administrators, do not.

We know that working together on technology today will not only make employees’ lives better but clients’ lives too and drive greater efficiency.

In conclusion, integrating technology in fund administration has revolutionized the industry by enhancing efficiency, transparency, and compliance. From streamlining processes to providing real-time insights, technology has become an indispensable tool for fund administrators to navigate the complexities of managing investment funds in today's dynamic financial landscape. As technology continues to evolve, it will be crucial for fund administrators like Ultimus LeverPoint to stay adaptable and embrace innovative solutions to meet the ever-changing demands of clients, investors, and regulatory requirements.

*ULP #17890782 2/13/2024*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)
**Jason Stevens**

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer


About Jason Stevens
Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.

**James Cass**

Vice Chairman


About James Cass
James Cass serves as Vice Chairman of Ultimus, supporting go-to-market execution, strategic initiatives, and key client relationships. He brings more than 30 years of leadership and operational experience across registered and alternative investments. Previously, James served as President of Ultimus Private Fund Services, founded Hidden Crest LLC, and held senior leadership roles at SEI Investments


---

# Key Considerations When Selecting a Fund Administrator

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/key-considerations-when-selecting-a-fund-administrator/_

# Key Considerations When Selecting a Fund Administrator

Subscribe

March 19, 2024

Due to the increased investor transparency requirements and a heightened need to maintain regulatory compliance in recent years, there has been a shift toward fund managers outsourcing more back-office functions to third-party administrators. In the competitive market space, it’s critical that fund managers complete their due diligence when selecting a fund administrator and factor in key considerations such as technology, experience, servicing capabilities, and cost. Selecting an outsourcing partner should be the right fit in each of these categories, ultimately leading the chosen fund administrator to be an extension of your firm.

### Technology and Innovative Offerings

Selecting a fund administrator that offers sophisticated technology systems can help managers build a significant advantage in the private market space. When exploring outsourcing options, it’s imperative to choose an administrator that embraces harnessing the power of digitization as it enhances fund managers digital capabilities including real-time access to critical data. Access to investor portals also allows limited partners the opportunity to review data and reports in a secure, easy-to-access location.

Automation is another key factor to consider when analyzing an administrator’s technology platforms. Automated reporting through platforms such as investor portals is an advantageous mechanism compared to using outdated applications such as Excel spreadsheets as they minimize human error and support efficient data management. Utilizing the power of data and analytics can boost progress, reduce costs, increase risk management, and free up time for general partners and fund managers to focus on the core.

### Experience and Expertise

When assessing outsourcing options, it’s imperative to understand each firm’s experience and expertise. Behind a strong partnership with a fund administrator is an experienced team of professionals that includes subject matter professionals in all aspects of the business such as accounting, compliance, and technology. A diverse, experienced team will understand the varying levels of fund complexities and can help fund managers navigate the intricacies of reporting requirements with greater levels of quality, controls, and consistency.

Selecting an administrator that serves clients with similar fund structures and strategies is also beneficial as their team has experience handling comparable fund needs. A fund manager should also consider each administrator's onboarding process. Having confidence in the team that will assist in transitioning your fund documentation to their systems will lay the groundwork for a positive partnership.

### Scalable Service Capabilities

Some fund administrators have the capability to tailor their services to meet a fund’s unique needs, allowing fund managers to leverage the partnership to meet the needs of limited partners through innovative, scalable solutions. As the private equity industry continues to evolve rapidly and limited partner demands grow, selecting a service provider that can help drive business for years to come is essential. A fund manager must consider how their fund or funds will grow. Selecting an administrator that has the flexibility to service growing needs will help avoid disruptions during expected, or unexpected periods of growth and increased complexity.

Another key component to be mindful of is the range of service offering capabilities. Fund administrators that offer comprehensive back-office solutions are most desirable. Partnering with a full-service provider that can manage all core services such as fund accounting and reporting, treasury services, and investor relations are key to a fund manager’s success.

### Cost Structure

Fees are a top consideration for most fund managers when seeking to outsource their back-office solutions, and cost transparency is vital during initial due diligence conversations. When inquiring about costs and services, be aware of additional fees that may be charged for work outside of standard services. While additional fees do not equate to a higher cost structure, managers must keep in mind the various pricing measures when comparing multiple fee and service proposals to ensure a fair assessment with internal decision makers.

Although not always the case, emerging managers or those with a relatively small AUM are likely to benefit from selecting a small to mid-sized administrator, while more sizeable funds typically seek larger administrators for their outsourcing partner. Boutique service providers understand that cost structures are not one size fits all and can customize their services and fees to best fit a fund’s reporting requirements and accounting needs.

Finding the right fund administrator who can support and enhance a fund manager’s performance is critical. Considering these key factors can help guide the decision-making process when evaluating, and re-evaluating service providers for start-up and established funds. Partnering with an experienced fund administrator will serve as an extension of your firm, and allow your team to focus on raising capital, investment decisions, and increasing returns for your investors.

### The Ultimus Difference

Ultimus  Private Fund Solutions tailors our unique service offerings to meet your specific needs, with the ability to work with complex and unique fund structures combining fund administration with Management Company, General Partner, Investor and Treasury services. You’ll have confidence that your back office is administered by a dedicated team of industry professionals that operate with a boutique, high-touch approach. By combining this with state-of-the-art technology, we give private equity firms peace of mind knowing that the complex reporting requirements will be met, and that the due diligence process will be executed flawlessly.

*ULP #* *17989769 3/19/2024*


---

# Investing in a Spot Bitcoin ETF/ETP - Key Compliance Considerations for Fund Managers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/investing-in-a-spot-bitcoin-etfetp-key-compliance-considerations-for-fund-managers/_

# Investing in a Spot Bitcoin ETF/ETP - Key Compliance Considerations for Fund Managers

Subscribe

Authored by
**Martin Dean**

President, Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC
						×

April 16, 2024

On January 10, 2024, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) granted approval to spot bitcoin exchange-traded products, a little over 10 years after the first application with the SEC to create a spot bitcoin product. Within the first three days of trading, bitcoin exchange-traded funds (ETFs) pulled in just under $900 million from investors.

Grayscale, which has run a bitcoin trust since 2013, helped to open the door to regulatory approval for the bitcoin ETFs after winning a court victory against the SEC last year. Grayscale’s bitcoin trust was converted to an ETF structure at the same time that 10 new ETFs were approved. Below is a list of the sponsors of the new spot bitcoin ETFs:

## Key Considerations

While it may be tempting to jump on the bandwagon to invest in a spot bitcoin ETF, there are several matters that investment advisers of [registered mutual funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/mutual-funds/) (or [exchange-traded funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/exchange-traded-funds/)) should consider before adding this asset class to a fund’s investment strategy. Please review these considerations and reach out to your fund counsel and/or your fund CCO to determine a reasonable approach to this new opportunity.

## Investment Objective and Investment Strategy

The adviser should review the fund’s investment objective and investment strategy as presented in the fund’s registration statement. An adviser should consider whether an investment in a spot bitcoin ETF is consistent with the fund’s investment objective. The volatility profile of bitcoin may not be appropriate for all funds.

## Board Approval

Whenever a fund’s investment strategy is revised, the fund’s board of trustees must approve the proposed change, usually requiring the fund’s adviser to present to the board the details of the strategy change, reason for such change, expected benefits of the change, and expected challenges to implementing the change (operational, compliance, performance volatility).

Currently, a number of boards have prohibited or limited the use of investments either directly or indirectly related to cryptocurrency. With the advent of these new spot bitcoin ETFs, it is possible, but not guaranteed, that those boards will re-evaluate their position. An adviser may want to inquire with its fund counsel to determine the likelihood of the fund board approving an investment strategy change that includes the use of spot bitcoin ETFs.

## Registration Statement Disclosure

Permissible asset classes included within a fund’s primary investment strategy are disclosed in a fund’s prospectus/summary prospectus, accompanied by risk disclosures corresponding to such asset classes. In addition, the description of lesser used asset classes or strategies (usually limited to 5%-10% of a fund’s net assets) are typically included in a fund’s statement of additional information. Because these spot bitcoin ETFs are newly registered with the SEC, it is likely that your fund’s registration statement does not currently contain language describing this new asset class. Depending upon the expected level of use of spot bitcoin ETFs in a fund’s investment strategy, for a fund to invest in them, fund counsel needs to determine if it is necessary to prepare and file a “485a” registration statement update which contains the required discussion of the spot bitcoin ETF, its anticipated use within the fund’s investment strategy, and relevant risk disclosures. The SEC has 60 days after the filing of this type of registration statement update to review and approve such language.

## Tax Implications

In each taxable year, a fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income from:

(a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sales or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and

(b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”). This is called the “90% Gross Income Test”.

## ETPs versus ETFs

Unlike bitcoin futures ETFs, which are 1940-Act registered funds, spot bitcoin ETPs (exchange-traded products) are registered in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1933 and as such, are established as grantor trusts. As a grantor trust, the fund’s investment in it will deem the fund as holding a proportionate amount of the underlying asset which are bitcoins. And, since bitcoins are considered property and not currency, any gross income or capital gains (excludes capital losses) generated by holding the ETPs will be considered “non-qualifying income” to the fund. Financial statements of grantor trusts are not distributed to investors until after the calendar year end, therefore, a fund may not be aware of how much non-qualifying income is allocated from the grantor trust to the fund. This is a concern as funds can find themselves failing the 90% gross income test without realizing it.

## IRS Diversification Tests

Additionally, funds are subject to IRS Asset Diversification requirements. Generally, the test can be broken into two percentage tests: the 50% test and the 25% test.

Under the 50% test, at least 50% of the value of a fund’s total assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which

(a) the fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer, and

(b) the fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer

Under the 25% test, no more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of

(1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies),

(2) two or more issuers that the fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or

(3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (including master limited partnerships).

As an ETP, the spot bitcoin ETFs are counted as an issuer and are also considered non-qualifying assets and therefore subject to the IRS Asset Diversification requirements for the 50% and 25% tests.

## Fund Administration Assistance

The monitoring of the 90% Gross Income test and the IRS Asset Diversification requirements poses a real challenge for fund portfolio managers that are more easily handled by a fund administrator. At Ultimus, our post-trade compliance team has identified the tickers for the spot bitcoin ETFs that launched and are able to flag if a fund makes a purchase of these new ETFs. However, there is no easy way to calculate the level of non-qualifying income arising from such an investment. At Ultimus, the post trade compliance team provides reporting based on the investment as it relates to the IRS Diversification Tests.

Funds should make assessments of the level of investments in the spot bitcoin ETPs and how they can manage/mitigate the risk of failing the 90% Gross Income Test and the IRS Asset Diversification Tests.

## Conclusion

If you are a portfolio manager or your firm serves as an adviser to a registered fund or ETF and are interested in investing in spot bitcoin ETFs, we recommend that you contact your fund counsel and/or your Chief Compliance Officer to discuss a possible approach to do so.

*18035339 4/12/2024*


## Authored by

**Martin Dean**

President, Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC


---

# Tailored Shareholder Reporting: A Fund Manager’s Prep Guide

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/tailored-shareholder-reporting-a-fund-manager-s-prep-guide/_

# Tailored Shareholder Reporting: A Fund Manager’s Prep Guide

Subscribe

Authored by
**Danielle Adamson**

Executive Vice President, Chief Client Officer

**About Danielle Adamson**
									Danielle Adamson serves as Chief Client Officer at Ultimus, where she leads an enterprise approach to client engagement, retention, and the overall client experience across Ultimus’ platform. She brings more than 20 years of financial services experience, with a strong track record in client advocacy and building strategic partnerships. Prior to Ultimus, she held client relationship and leadership roles at BNY and spent 16 years at State Street supporting investment managers across operations and client engagement.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/danielle-adamson-863b12/)
						×

April 23, 2024

In October of 2022, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted rule and form amendments related to Tailored Shareholder Reports (“TSRs”) for [mutual funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/mutual-funds/) and [exchange-traded funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/exchange-traded-funds/). “TSR” refers to the requirement that funds prepare and transmit streamlined annual and semi-annual reports. In the SEC’s view, the use of TSRs will enhance shareholder communication and engagement by providing more relevant and targeted information. TSRs must include summary information on expenses, performance, holdings, material changes, and other basic fund information. Funds will be required to comply with these changes by July 24, 2024. The first impacted funds will be those with May 31, 2024, fiscal period-ends for annual and semi-annual reports.

As the compliance date for TSRs draws closer, the significance of the changes with respect to shareholder reporting will be ever more apparent. The SEC’s rule and form amendments specify the design and content of TSRs and actually limit the information that funds can include in TSRs.

A separate TSR will be required for each share class offered by a fund and the TSR must be distributed and posted online within 60 days after the reporting period-end date. TSRs are required to be provided directly to shareholders via traditional mail or can be distributed electronically if a shareholder has elected to receive their fund reports electronically.

## What progress should an administrator have made by now with the new TSR requirements?

Some administrators may contract with an existing third-party service provider to extract the required data from its accounting system and other applications into a new application designed to produce the TSRs. In this scenario, initial testing and proof of concept work around the data extraction should be well in hand at this time.

Another aspect to consider is the availability and use of process automation and exception reporting tools that can compare the extracted data for the TSRs to the data included in funds’ traditional, long-form financial statements. Again, if this type of tool is available, testing should be fully considered and scheduled by now.

Because of the very specific requirements regarding the contents of the TSR, template TSRs should be available from your fund administrator. Most fund managers will utilize one of several standard templates. Each template should be customizable for color and print style and allow for the addition of client fund logos. Typically, customization beyond that scope would be subject to surcharges.

## What do fund managers need to focus on as the TSR deadline approaches?

- Review the TSR templates from your administrator and communicate any initial requirements to your administrator. Your administrator may select the template best suited for your fund if you do not have a preference.
- Begin making decisions on the benchmark index that your fund(s’) must include with the TSRs. Along with the rules that mandate the content of the TSR, there is a requirement to utilize a broad-based benchmark with specific, new criteria detailed in the overall rule release. As such, an evaluation of your fund(s’) benchmark(s) should occur in consultation with trust counsel.
- If you are concerned about additional mailing costs, begin encouraging your fund(s’) shareholders to change their account profile or delivery preferences to elect to receive their fund documents electronically.
- Funds need to comply with new requirements for linking, storing, and hosting TSRs and other related regulatory documents online. Review your fund(s’) website and the process for posting and maintaining documents online to determine whether enhancements will be required.

## Will the creation of TSRs change my funds’ existing annual and semi-annual shareholder reporting requirements?

The new rule did not eliminate the requirement to continue producing, filing, and delivering (upon request) the traditional, long-form annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. A small subset of items, such as the management discussion of fund performance and the tabular listing of assets by industry sector, may now be reported only in the TSR and will be excluded from the long-form annual and semi-annual reports.

## Will an administrator charge funds for complying with the new TSRs’ requirements?

After examining the rule and its requirements and determining the effort to compile and publish TSRs in addition to still preparing the long-form annual and semi-annual reports, it is inevitable that more time and resources are required to comply with the rule. Fees may vary from administrator to administrator. Some administrators may charge a base fee and charge more per CUSIP, others may charge a flat fee per fund. Any additional work required by significant customization would likely come with additional costs.

There may be an option for fund managers to receive only the data required for the TSR from their administrator so that they can prepare the TSR independently. It is important to understand that extracting the data takes time and that it cannot be done simultaneously for multiple share classes. That technology is inherent within the tools provided by vendors. Additionally, there would be a point in time for the TSR to be incorporated into the Form N-CSR that your administrator files with the SEC on your behalf. At that time, the administrator still has to confirm that all data matches the data within the long-form annual or semi-annual report. As such, there will likely be fees that apply for a data-only extract solution. Any additional work required after the extract has occurred would likely come with additional costs.

As with long-form semi-annual and annual reports, edgarization, typesetting, printing, and mailing related costs still apply to TSRs.

There could be other potential costs, which could consist of the following:

- Potential fund website development or customization fees
- Additional third-party costs depending on the level of auditor and legal counsel involvement
- Potential costs levied by index benchmark providers for the use of their product’s names in TSRs

Overall, implementing the TSR requires careful planning, attention to detail, and a commitment to ongoing communication and engagement with shareholders. By taking these steps, fund managers can enhance the effectiveness of their shareholder reporting and build stronger relationships with their investors.

There are various moving parts to comply with the new TSR requirements. If your administrator has not reached out to you about the status of their TSR solution, time is running out. At Ultimus, our appointed steering committee for this initiative has been proactively planning, coordinating with partners, communicating with clients, implementing in stages, and testing along the way.

*COD00000019 04/22/2024*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/danielle-adamson-863b12/)
**Danielle Adamson**

Executive Vice President, Chief Client Officer


About Danielle Adamson
Danielle Adamson serves as Chief Client Officer at Ultimus, where she leads an enterprise approach to client engagement, retention, and the overall client experience across Ultimus’ platform. She brings more than 20 years of financial services experience, with a strong track record in client advocacy and building strategic partnerships. Prior to Ultimus, she held client relationship and leadership roles at BNY and spent 16 years at State Street supporting investment managers across operations and client engagement.


---

# Understanding the SEC Rule for Private Equity

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-sec-rule-for-private-equity/_

# Understanding the SEC Rule for Private Equity

Subscribe

Authored by
**Marianne Motley**

Managing Director – Ultimus Private Fund Solutions
						×

April 25, 2024

Regulatory change is here for Private Fund Advisers. As of August 23, 2023, the SEC implemented new regulations and updates known as the “Private Fund Adviser Rules” (Rules) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Rules represent the most notable regulatory influence on Private Funds since 2010. These regulations impact both SEC-registered and unregistered private fund managers.

The Rules will require advisers to reassess their operations, modify their existing procedures to enhance transparency and restrict certain activities considered detrimental to the investors. As a result, the rules introduce added responsibilities and restrictions, increasing administrative burdens for both registered and exempt private funds.

### What are the SEC Rules for Private Equity?

The Private Fund Adviser Rules are comprised of five sets of rules and are categorized into two sections: Registered Private Fund Advisers and All Private Fund Advisers. A brief overview of the new rule requirements and descriptions are as follows:

### Registered Private Fund Advisers

- **Quarterly Statement Rule**: A registered private fund adviser must distribute quarterly statements to private fund investors and must disclose in detail compensation, fund expenses, and offsets or rebates.
- **Private Fund Audit Rule**: For all private funds, the registered private fund adviser which advises the funds must undergo a financial statement audit to meet the audit provision requirements of the Advisers Act custody rule.
- **Adviser-Led Secondaries Rule**: A registered fund adviser is required to obtain a fairness opinion or valuation opinion and distribute the opinion to private fund investors when a transaction is initiated. This will provide investors with the option to sell all or a portion of their interests in a private fund and exchange or convert them for new interests in a different vehicle.

### All Private Fund Advisers

- **Restricted Activities Rule**: All private fund advisers are restricted from engaging in various activities that are considered conflicts of interest and could lead to investor harm.
- **Preferential Treatment Rule**: Prohibits all private fund advisers from providing preferential treatment to investors unless the adviser discloses information in advance of the investor’s investment in a private fund.

The new rules will go into effect at various times. Private fund advisers with an AUM of $1.5B or more must comply with the adviser-led secondaries, restricted activities, and preferential treatment rules within 12 months of the publication in the federal register. Smaller private fund advisers with an AUM less than $1.5B must comply with all new rules within 18 months after the SEC ruling publication.

### How Ultimus LeverPoint is Responding

Fund administrators that provide services for registered and exempt private funds must be cognizant of and accommodate for the added responsibilities and restrictions that will apply due to the new SEC rule changes.

Ultimus Private Fund Solutions (Ultimus) formed an internal Regulatory Rule Committee (the Committee) to actively assess and discuss the regulatory amendments and will adapt processes and enhance best practices accordingly. In addition to internal conversations, Ultimus has held discussions with some clients, audit firms, vendors, and other industry influencers to best understand the rule changes from various industry perspectives. Based on these conversations, the Committee developed an internal Private Fund Rules Specification Sheet outlining a list of impacted clients and key implementation dates for the rule.

A significant focus has been placed on quarterly statements, which will be fully enforced beginning March 14, 2025. Therefore, Ultimus has developed a streamlined quarterly statement format devised to break out compensation, fund expenses, and offsets/rebates, and has also reviewed the standard chart of accounts to identify reportable fund-level expenses. The Committee will be overseeing the testing of the new quarterly statement format in Q3 and Q4 of this year.

These initiatives aim to comprehensively evaluate each client’s operational, compliance, and reporting structures against the newly proposed SEC Private Fund Rules’ requirements. Leveraging our tailored solutions and team of professionals, Ultimus will support your firm’s lead on regulatory changes, ensuring compliance and readiness for future regulations.

The new SEC regulatory enhancements carry significant weight for both SEC-registered and unregistered private fund managers, intending to safeguard private fund investors through increased transparency, competition, and operational efficiency. In light of these new SEC regulations, it is crucial for fund managers to evaluate their current compliance capabilities and review their existing compliance strategy, both present and future orientated. Entrusting your fund administration to a third-party provider like Ultimus helps to reduce potential disruptions. Our proactive stance on current and future compliance standards can ease the administrative and cost burden of continuous compliance and regulatory adherence.

*ULP 18053195 04/24/2024*


## Authored by

**Marianne Motley**

Managing Director – Ultimus Private Fund Solutions


---

# Optimize Management Company Operations

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/optimize-management-company-operations/_

# Optimize Management Company Operations

Subscribe

May 22, 2024

In recent years, many alternative fund managers have explored ways of enhancing operational productivity. Forward-looking firms have recognized that fund growth leads to increased operational volume, complexity, and operating expenses, and as with most things, one size does not fit all when it comes to outsourcing. A management company’s size, complexity, and in-house resources influence the optimal outsourcing model, from co-sourcing to partial outsourcing to full outsourcing.

Outsourcing essential non-core functions of the management company to an administrator has become a pivotal strategy for many managers aiming to scale efficiently. This practice not only streamlines operations but also allows businesses to focus their internal resources on areas where they hold a competitive advantage. By leveraging the experience and technological assets of third-party providers, companies can adapt more swiftly to market changes and demand fluctuations, ensuring they remain competitive in a rapidly evolving business landscape.

### Outsourcing options

Fund managers are progressively turning to external service providers to outsource their management company responsibilities for full scope or ad hoc support. By outsourcing operations, either partially or fully, fund managers can significantly enhance their internal capacity and efficiency. The following outlines the various alternatives available for outsourcing operations of a management company.

**Co-sourcing**

The co-sourcing model enables service providers to integrate seamlessly into the management company's existing infrastructure, leveraging its technology, processes, and procedures. This approach's primary and most significant advantage is that it helps to relieve or delay the need for the management company to recruit and retain additional staff.

**Partial outsourcing**

The partial outsourcing model allows management companies to have the flexibility to select particular operations for outsourcing, thereby alleviating pressure on internal resources. For instance, outsourcing payroll adds a layer of confidentiality by limiting visibility of firm compensation.

**Full outsourcing**

Management companies can choose a turnkey solution to outsource the full range of operational responsibilities to an external provider, alleviating the need for in-house staff. The firms benefit from proven experience and technology supported by a rigorous controlled environment.

### Retain the option to scale up or down

Fund managers who decide to outsource management company operations can quickly add or reduce services as AUM fluctuates, establishing a collaborative relationship to adapt to the firm’s evolving needs. Choosing the right strategic partner allows the administrator to serve as an extension of the firm and become a key contributor to the client’s overall business strategy.

### Choose the right mix of resources at the right time

GPs balance the costs of technology, human capital, and outsourcing as they build their operational infrastructure. What might be considered the ‘right mix’ varies over time based on several variables, including the firm’s lifecycle stage, AUM, and preference for fixed versus variable costs, to name a few.

### Replace rote work with value-added activities

Back-office tasks are often repetitive, and the function itself is often perceived as a cost center by fund managers. By outsourcing rote management company functions, which can be automated by a tech-enabled fund administrator, in-house staff can perform higher value and more impactful tasks. GPs become more efficient with business processes, mitigating common risks which enables in-house staff to focus on core competencies while providing their investors with a level of comfort that comes from third-party independence.

### Outsource, but ensure internal accountability

Outsourcing should never fully replace internal staffing. GPs require leaders who will monitor and provide oversight for the outsourced work, specifically managing the deliverables and timing of those deliverables.

Outsourcing not only enhances productivity but also significantly boosts a company's ability to adapt and innovate in its sector; the strategic decision to outsource management company operations can serve as a catalyst for growth and operational efficiency for fund managers. By choosing the right outsourcing model—be it co-sourcing, partial, or full outsourcing—managers can not only optimize their internal resources but also enhance their adaptability in a dynamic market environment.

At Ultimus, we assist our clients by working together to select and implement the most effective outsourcing strategy tailored to their unique needs. We discuss the various factors and benefits of outsourcing management company operations and how it can bolster a client’s specific growth initiatives. By fostering a partnership that scales with their operations, we ensure that fund managers can focus on their core competencies and strategic initiatives, secure in the knowledge that their operational needs are expertly managed. In the end, the goal of outsourcing is to enable fund managers to deliver superior value to their investors while managing costs and mitigating risks effectively.

*ULP COD00000199 5/21/2024*


---

# SEC Rule Reversal: The Rise and Repeal of the SEC’s Private Fund Adviser Rules

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/sec-rule-reversal-the-rise-and-repeal-of-the-sec-s-private-fund-adviser-rules/_

# SEC Rule Reversal: The Rise and Repeal of the SEC’s Private Fund Adviser Rules

Subscribe

Authored by
**Marianne Motley**

Managing Director – Ultimus Private Fund Solutions
						×

June 11, 2024

### Original SEC Rules for Private Equity

In April 2024, Ultimus reported on the recent Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) implemented regulations and updates known as the “Private Fund Adviser Rules” (Rules) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 in a blog titled, “Understanding the SEC Rule for Private Equity”. The Rules required advisers to reassess their operations, modify their existing procedures to enhance transparency and restrict certain activities that were considered detrimental to investors. These regulations were sought to impact both SEC-registered and unregistered private fund managers.

The Private Fund Adviser Rules were comprised of five sets of rules and are categorized into two sections: Registered Private Fund Advisers and All Private Fund Advisers. The rules were intended to go into effect at various times, within 12-18 months after the August 2023 SEC ruling publication.

### Private Funds Rules Dropped

On June 5, 2024, the United States 5th Circuit Court of Appeals issued a decision vacating the SEC private funds rule. The court determined that the SEC failed to justify the necessity and scope of the new requirements in relation to investor protection and market stability. The court's ruling impacts all aspects of the previously established rule for private equity and hedge funds, effectively nullifying its application.

In light of this development, the SEC is currently reviewing the ruling and evaluating potential next steps such as appealing the ruling to the Supreme Court. The impact of this decision is significant for investment advisers who were subject to the private funds rule as they are no longer required to comply with its reporting requirements. All stakeholders are advised to stay informed on further updates as the situation evolves. In the meantime, it is important to understand the background and implications of this ruling.

### How Ultimus is Monitoring

Ultimus will continue to observe for any other updates that may occur. Staying vigilant in the ever-evolving regulatory landscape is integral to our commitment to providing exceptional services. Should there be any future private fund rule changes, we will work with clients accordingly. Our proactive approach ensures that we are always prepared to address new regulations and adapt our strategies to maintain compliance. Clients can trust in our experience and dedication to navigate these changes seamlessly, allowing them to focus on their core business operations with confidence.

*ULP-COD00000359 06/11/2024*


## Authored by

**Marianne Motley**

Managing Director – Ultimus Private Fund Solutions


---

# Elevating Client Service in Private Equity Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/elevating-client-service-in-private-equity-fund-administration/_

# Elevating Client Service in Private Equity Fund Administration

Subscribe

Authored by
**Daniel Devlin**

Managing Director – Relationship Management
						×

June 27, 2024

In the dynamic world of [private equity fund administration](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/), delivering a client-centric suite of services is not just a competitive edge – it’s a necessity. With increased competition among fund administrators, executing a comprehensive framework for understanding, anticipating, and exceeding client expectations is a differentiating factor. Every fund manager is unique, with different investment objectives, risk appetites, and reporting requirements.

Fund administrators are pivotal in the private equity industry, ensuring compliance, transparency, and operational efficiency for their clients. Fund administrators who value high-touch client service place the needs and preferences of their clients at the forefront. This approach has become increasingly vital in private equity, where personalized attention and tailored solutions can differentiate one administrator from another. It’s about more than just [Fund Accounting](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/fund-services/#accounting), Investor Services and Reporting; it’s about building trust and long-lasting relationships.

The effectiveness of [private equity fund administration](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/private-equity-funds-and-general-partnerships/) relies significantly on the quality of client service delivered. In order to deliver exceptional service, there are key elements that an administrator must prioritize. These elements form a foundation for delivering exceptional client service, emphasizing the significance of effective communication, tailored solutions, and ongoing development.

- Building Trust and Transparency
- Leveraging Technology
- Proactive Communication
- Understanding Client Goals
- Measuring Satisfaction

### Trust through Transparency

Transparency is a cornerstone of client-centric services, and developing and maintaining strong client relationships is crucial for the continued success for both the fund manager and their administrator. Building strong client relationships begins with the administrator establishing a client-centric culture within the organization and continues with accurate and timely deliverables. By training and motivating associates to prioritize clients’ reporting needs, the firm can deliver a unified and dedicated service approach. This mindset transforms client relationships into long-term partnerships rather than mere transactional activities.

Whether through prompt communication, proactive problem-solving, or delivering customized solutions through accurate and timely reporting, a client-centric culture paves the way for clients feeling valued and understood. Instilling a genuine commitment to client success throughout the organization, every interaction becomes an opportunity to reinforce trust and demonstrate value. This holistic approach not only enhances client satisfaction but also solidifies loyalty, ultimately driving sustained growth and success for both the administrator and its clients.

### Leveraging Technology for Better Client Service

Technology plays a pivotal role in enhancing client-centric services as advanced software solutions improve efficiency. Utilizing cloud-based platforms enables real-time data access and reporting, providing clients with up-to-date information on their investments. Automation tools can handle routine tasks such as data entry, reducing errors and freeing up associates to focus on more strategic activities. Additionally, sophisticated analytics can offer deeper insights into fund performance and market trends, helping clients make more informed decisions.

Additionally, technology can enhance communication. Secure client portals, real-time updates, and digital tools can provide clients with 24/7 access to their investment information. This level of accessibility and convenience is highly valued by modern investors, making technology an essential component of client-centric service offerings. By embracing these technological advancements, fund administrators can deliver faster, more accurate, and more personalized service to their clients.

### Proactive and Effective Communication Channels

Communication is key to any client-centric approach, whether through proactive communication or effective listening, maintaining open and productive communication channels with clients is paramount. This includes regular, daily or weekly updates, one-on-one meetings, as well as easily accessible contact points for clients to reach out with questions or concerns. By staying ahead of client concerns and maintaining an ongoing dialogue, fund administrators can build trust, demonstrate their commitment to clients’ success, and ensure a smoother, more transparent service experience.

Regularly scheduled meetings, detailed reports, and timely responses to inquiries demonstrate reliability and attentiveness. Active listening is crucial, as it helps administrators understand clients’ needs and priorities, allowing for tailored solutions and proactive problem-solving. Effective communication also involves listening to clients’ needs and feedback. Fund administrators should actively seek input from their clients to continuously improve their services. This two-way communication fosters stronger relationships and places client needs at the forefront.

### Understanding Client Goals and Expectations

A fund administrator plays a pivotal role in understanding and facilitating the goals of a fund manager. To effectively support these goals, the fund administrator must have a comprehensive understanding of the manager’s investment strategy, risk appetite, and performance targets. By meticulously managing administrative functions such as accounting, treasury, financial reporting, and investor servicing, the fund administrator allows the client to focus on strategic decision-making and growing their portfolio, ensuring efficient operation of the fund through accurate and timely reporting and upholding industry best practices and regulatory standards.

Regular communication and collaboration are also essential to help ensure an administrator’s continuous alignment and responsiveness to any changes in the private equity manager’s objectives. With this knowledge, a fund administrator can provide enhanced client service so the fund manager can align their strategies, build strong partnerships, and ultimately achieve their mission of generating substantial returns and optimize outcomes for their investors.

### Measuring and Improving Client Satisfaction

While client satisfaction as a private equity fund administrator is essential, it’s also a continuous process that requires meticulous attention and strategic actions. The dedicated service team and relationship manager act as the primary point of contact for clients, addressing their needs and concerns promptly and effectively. A dedicated client service team also aids in building stronger relationships. Clients appreciate having a reliable and knowledgeable team to turn to, which enhances their overall experience and satisfaction.

To measure and enhance client satisfaction, it is crucial to collect feedback through direct communication channels, as they offer invaluable insights into client values and areas for improvement. Once feedback is gathered, systematic analysis is essential to identify recurring themes and specific areas needing attention in a quantifiable manner. For a private equity administrator, defining and monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) is vital. These may include response times to client inquiries, client deliverable production calendars, and overall satisfaction scores. Such metrics provide administrators with insights into client success stories and lessons learned from past challenges.

With the growth of the alternative investment industry, the need for fund administration services is also on the rise. Ultimus LeverPoint is continually evolving and improving our client service model. We assemble a dedicated client service team to meet your business needs through collaboration and transparency. Your interactions will include a diverse team, including a relationship manager and executive liaison, to provide a tailored engagement plan. The relationship manager will coordinate engagement activities and collaborate on complex projects to fulfill your technology, data, and reporting requirements.

Due to increased competition among fund administrators, creating a thorough framework to understand, anticipate, and exceed client expectations has become a key differentiator. Therefore, it's crucial to collaborate with a fund administrator who comprehensively understands your firms’ goals so that they can customize their services to meet your specific requirements and expectations.

*ULP-00000367 06/27/2024*


## Authored by

**Daniel Devlin**

Managing Director – Relationship Management


---

# Spotlight your Investment Performance through Attribution

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/spotlight-your-investment-performance-through-attribution/_

# Spotlight your Investment Performance through Attribution

Subscribe

Authored by
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services

**About Paul Wahmann**
									Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
						×

October 23, 2024

Asset managers today face constant challenges to differentiate their products and investment strategies in the market. Competition from passive strategies offered at lower fees, specialized asset allocation models, and technology advances require managers to continuously look at ways to market their investment approach to stand out amongst their peers.

Today's leading asset managers are constantly self-evaluating their investment decisions by performing comprehensive analysis of their performance. Attribution analysis, also referred to as return attribution or performance attribution, is a valuable tool for evaluating a portfolio's performance in comparison to a specific benchmark, asset segment, sector, or security. Whether investments performed well or poorly, asset managers want as much detail as possible about what worked, what did not, and why. Much can be learned by analyzing investment approaches that either outperform or lag against benchmarks and their peer groups to determine what decisions paid off in order to fine-tune an investment strategy and to better understand past performance.

Effective utilization of performance attribution tools allows a fund manager to identify key success drivers to help differentiate their investment strategy from peers. In its most simplistic form, performance attribution tools provide the ability to review the detail of a portfolio down to its lowest level, such as security or sector, and identify the impact a specific security or sector had on the total portfolio return - revealing its contribution to return. With this information, an asset manager can analyze the key drivers of portfolio-level returns, which can be vital in assessing their investment approach and providing an opportunity to tailor the communications around their key differentiators.

## Key factors to consider when presenting investment strategy and performance:

### Demonstrate your investment style

To promote investment performance, asset managers typically seek independent validation of their investment approach and user-friendly methods to visualize their portfolios’ performance and risk. When it comes to showcasing an investment strategy, there are several ways to illustrate how investment models are aligned with an investor’s goals. Employing effective use of performance attribution and risk reporting is foundational to supporting their value to underlying investors and [distribution channels](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/public-funds/variable-insurance-trusts/distribution/ "Distribution").

Asset managers should be able to illustrate to investors that investment strategies can be tailored to their specific goals and preferences. It is important to demonstrate how your portfolios align with their desired investment style, such as Value, Growth, Risk, or a combination of these.

### Showcase historical performance

Asset managers typically aim to surpass benchmarks in both positive and negative market conditions. In doing so, they must articulate their track record of generating performance and provide transparent evidence of returns resulting from their strategic and tactical stock selections and weighting. A good performance attribution tool can assist with providing this historical track record, enabling effective communication with investors.

### Exhibit your risk and profiles

Investors increasingly seek asset managers with the ability to adeptly handle risk and maintain liquidity within predefined parameters; this is particularly critical during periods of market volatility. Investors also seek asset managers that align with their risk tolerances.

Demonstrating the risk associated with any portfolio can be accomplished by clarifying volatility through industry accepted risk methodologies, like Standard Deviation, Tracking Error, and Sharpe and Sortino ratios among other metrics. With a comprehensive data set and performance attribution tool, asset managers can create visual representations to illustrate their active share and portfolio concentration and decision effect as ways to differentiate their investment approach in comparison to their peers and other products.

Security/sector-level attribution assists asset managers with providing the details supporting volatility versus return attributes to their investors.

## Weigh your options

Although finding an optimal performance attribution solution may seem challenging, asset managers have many options at their disposal to meet their needs.

Partnering with a firm like Ultimus, where our in-house professionals in performance attribution, and our technology-led model delivered through our Ultimus Connect Portfolio Analytics Portal can help firms evaluate their attribution and risk reporting needs. Ultimus’ performance services include detailed contribution to return, attribution, and risk services and are fully integrated with our Investment Book of Record (IBOR) accounting services.

To learn more about our performance and attribution solutions along with our flexible Middle Office services, [contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/) today.

*COD00000543 10/9/2024*


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services


About Paul Wahmann
Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.


---

# Exploring the Co-Sourcing Model with a Private Equity Fund Administrator

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/exploring-the-co-sourcing-model-with-a-private-equity-fund-administrator/_

# Exploring the Co-Sourcing Model with a Private Equity Fund Administrator

Subscribe

October 24, 2024

In the private equity world, efficiency and expertise are vital for success. With increasing complexities in regulatory compliance, reporting standards, and the sheer volume of data, many private equity firms are exploring innovative ways to better manage their operations.

One solution that continues to gain traction among private fund managers is the co-sourcing model, where firms partner with a fund administrator. This approach allows organizations to blend in-house control and external expertise, effectively striking a balance between autonomy and support. By leveraging the deep knowledge and advanced technology of fund administrators, firms can optimize operational efficiency, improve compliance, and enhance reporting capabilities. This collaboration strengthens oversight of fund operations, promoting a more agile and responsive financial environment.

### What is the Co-Sourcing Model?

Co-sourcing is a collaborative approach where a private equity firm partners with an external fund administrator to share responsibilities for various operational tasks. Unlike traditional outsourcing where the external party takes over entire functions, co-sourcing involves a strategic partnership. Both parties work together, leveraging each other's strengths to achieve optimal performance and compliance.

### Why Consider Co-Sourcing?

#### Maintaining Control While Leveraging External Support

Utilizing a co-sourcing model, fund managers maintain oversight and participate in decision-making. This allows the private equity firm to leverage the expertise and efficiency of their fund administrator while still dictating the direction and priorities of their operational strategies. As a result, fund managers retain the power to shape and refine their firms’ goals and objectives while benefiting from enhanced support and efficiency.

#### Access to Expertise and Scalability

A private equity fund administrator brings specialized knowledge and experience to the table. The professionals are well-versed in the latest regulatory requirements, industry best practices, and emerging trends. This expertise can be invaluable, especially for smaller firms that may not have the resources to maintain a full in-house team with such comprehensive skills.

Co-sourcing also allows private equity firms to scale their operations without the need for significant internal resource commitment. Whether you're launching a new fund or navigating a complex regulatory environment, a co-sourcing partner can provide the necessary resources and flexibility to adapt quickly.

#### Cost Efficiency

Establishing and sustaining an in-house team with the necessary expertise can be expensive, often requiring significant investment in recruitment, training, and ongoing salaries. This financial burden can be a barrier, especially for smaller companies or startups looking to scale quickly. Co-sourcing presents a cost-effective alternative, allowing businesses to tap into the broader level of specialized expertise without the overhead costs associated with full-time employees.

By partnering with external experts, companies can benefit from their knowledge and skills on a flexible basis, ensuring they remain competitive in their industry while managing budgets effectively. This approach not only reduces internal costs but also offers the agility to adapt to changing business needs.

#### Enhanced Focus on Core Competencies

By collaborating with a fund administrator, private equity firms can effectively offload a variety of time-consuming tasks, such as fund accounting, investor reporting, and treasury management. This partnership not only streamlines operations and internal resources, but also significantly reduces the administrative burden on the firm’s internal team.

Additionally, working with experienced fund administrators can enhance the quality and accuracy of financial reporting, further bolstering investor confidence and satisfaction. This enables private equity firms to position themselves more competitively in the market while pursuing opportunities that align with their long-term vision.

Whether you're ready to explore co-sourcing or simply curious about its potential benefits, gaining a deeper understanding of this strategic model can significantly position your firm for success in an increasingly complex landscape. Co-sourcing allows firms to collaborate with external partners like Ultimus to complement and add value to their existing internal resources. By leveraging the strength of both in-house and external teams, firms can achieve greater flexibility and adaptability to meet evolving demands. If you're considering a co-sourcing model for your firm, take the time to evaluate potential partners, including Ultimus, to ensure a seamless integration of services. Ultimately, a well-executed co-sourcing strategy can provide a competitive edge in the dynamic world of private equity.

*ULP COD00000550 10/23/2024*


---

# Unlocking Tax Efficiency and Operational Benefits: A Guide to Converting SMAs to ETFs under Section 351

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/unlocking-tax-efficiency-and-operational-benefits-a-guide-to-converting-smas-to-etfs-under-section-351/_

# Unlocking Tax Efficiency and Operational Benefits: A Guide to Converting SMAs to ETFs under Section 351

Subscribe

Authored by
**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist

**About Michael Prendergast**
									In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.
						×

November 14, 2024

Asset managers may utilize Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs) to offer personalized portfolios for each of their clients’ accounts. While this approach allows them to customize portfolios to achieve the investor’s objectives, these accounts can become tax inefficient as unrealized gains grow in the accounts. Actively managed Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs), however, can provide a more tax-efficient wrapper as they generally do not generate much in terms of capital gains, if at all. Managing an SMA strategy in an ETF wrapper as one portfolio can create better operational and administrative efficiencies, provide access to complex investment types such as derivatives, and can provide additional distribution capabilities. Converting like-strategy SMAs into an ETF could allow clients to defer gains while allowing the manager the future ability to take advantage of the tax efficiency that is inherent in ETFs.

When contemplating the conversion of SMAs to ETFs, Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code plays a pivotal role in guiding the tax implications and procedural aspects of the transition. According to Section 351(a), no gain or loss is recognized when property is transferred to a corporation in exchange for stock, provided that the transferors, or "control group," maintains control of the corporation immediately after the exchange. This principle ensures that the conversion process remains tax-neutral for the participants, as long as the control test—where the control group must own at least 80% of the corporation’s voting stock after the transfer —is satisfied.

In the context of transferring assets to an ETF, Section 351(e) further refines the tax treatment. This section stipulates that the transferor will not recognize any gain or loss on the transferred property. Instead, the transferor’s basis in the ETF shares received will be equal to their basis in the assets transferred, and the holding period of these shares will include the holding period of the transferred assets. Similarly, the ETF's basis and holding period in the received assets will mirror that of the transferors. These provisions streamline the transition, maintaining continuity in tax attributes.

However, advisers must navigate additional considerations before the movement of any securities from the SMA to the newly formed ETF, including IRS and RIC diversification and procedural requirements. The IRS diversification test ensures that prior to transfer no more than 25% of any SMA’s portfolio value is invested in a single issuer and not more than 50% of the value of its total assets invested in securities of 5 or fewer issuers. SMAs participating in the conversion must individually meet the IRS diversification test on conversion date as this is crucial to avoiding potential tax issues. The ETF will also be required to pass RIC diversification testing on the combined portfolio’s total assets.

The conversion process itself demands meticulous planning: obtaining client approval, verifying the accuracy of investor information like cost basis, coordinating with custodians, and possibly securing a tax opinion. Each step involves significant coordination between the advisor, legal counsel, custodians and the administrator to ensure a smooth transition while adhering to regulatory requirements.

Registered investments advisers that manage SMAs may consider a conversion of SMAs to ETFs on a tax-deferred basis under Section 351 to provide a more tax-efficient strategic portfolio option for their existing clients while providing expanded distribution opportunities to facilitate growth. These tax benefits to current investors and better positioning the strategy for distribution growth are often worth the time and effort to go through a 351 conversion.

As a leading fund administrator of ETF assets, Ultimus has extensive experience in SMA to ETF conversions and would encourage you to leverage our deep ETF industry knowledge when considering your options in starting an ETF. We can handle the heavy lifting during the 351 process. To learn more about our comprehensive ETF solutions contact us today.

*COD00000583 11/8/2024*


## Authored by

**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist


About Michael Prendergast
In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.


---

# Understanding the Dynamics of the Growing Retail Alts Market

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/understanding-the-dynamics-of-the-growing-retail-alts-market/_

# Understanding the Dynamics of the Growing Retail Alts Market

Subscribe

Authored by
**Lance Christofferson**

Head of Product & Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives

**About Lance Christofferson**

Lance Christofferson is Head of Product and Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives for Ultimus Fund Solutions. In his role, Lance leads the strategic relationship service execution for our clients who are looking to launch or feature closed-end funds such as interval funds, tender offer funds, BDCs, and non-publicly traded REITs in their portfolio. He is responsible for all aspects of the client’s transfer agency relationship and service execution.

Lance joined the investment industry in 2005 focusing on mutual fund operations and during his tenure has successfully managed self-directed IRA retirement products, retail alternative & mutual fund relationships. Coupled with his client relationship acumen, he brings with him a wide range of industry knowledge ranging from operations, training to control and compliance experience.

He received a Bachelor of Science in Broadcasting and a Bachelor of Science in Theater Performance from Northwest Missouri State University.
									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/lancechristofferson/)
						×

April 29, 2025

As the investment landscape continues to evolve, retail alternatives are emerging as a compelling opportunity for portfolio diversification and potential for enhanced returns. This shift has expanded beyond traditional institutional circles, creating opportunities for both accredited and non-accredited investors to access financial products that were once out of reach. To succeed in this expanding market, investment managers must adapt to infrastructure challenges, including developing effective [distribution networks](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/fund-services/#distributi) and leveraging cutting-edge technology.

This blog explores the critical factors fueling the growth of the retail alts market, key advancements in distribution channels and technology, and the importance of selecting the right service provider to ensure operational excellence to give clients a competitive advantage in this dynamic space.

## The Role of Distribution Channels

Effective distribution lies at the heart of success in the retail alts sector. To grow assets, reach the right investors, and remain compliant across jurisdictions, investment managers must build robust distribution strategies.

### Partnering with Fintech Companies

Fintech platforms have revolutionized how retail alternative products are distributed. These platforms create frictionless investor experiences by digitizing subscription documents, automating compliance processes, and enabling seamless integration with back-office systems. Choosing a service provider who's connected with leading fintech companies can significantly accelerate market entry to enhance the investor and registered investment adviser (RIA) experience.

### Integration with Custodians and Wirehouses

Unlike the standardized processes available in traditional mutual funds, retail alternatives lack industry-wide data transmission standards. Integration with custodians require tailoring operations to meet each custodian’s unique technical specifications. Service providers that maintain strong working relationships with major custodians and wirehouses can simplify the operational burden.

### Building a Network of Distribution Partners

Establishing relationships with RIAs, broker-dealers, and wealth-management firms is essential for growth. Service providers with extensive private and registered distribution networks not only facilitate these connections but also ensure compliance with state-level suitability requirements for non-accredited investors—a critical factor for expanding market reach.

## Advancements in Technology

Retail alts require sophisticated technology solutions to ensure transparency, increase operational efficiency, and meet investor expectations. Not all service providers are equipped to handle these demands, making it essential that investment managers evaluate technological capabilities closely.

### Real-Time Data Access

Transparency is critical in retail alternatives, given the complexities of illiquid investments. Real-time data access allows clients, advisers, and custodians to monitor the status of transactions such as subscriptions, repurchases, [tenders](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/interval-and-tender-offer-funds/), and distributions. Technology platforms provide investors with real-time updates, eliminating the uncertainty and delays typically associated with traditional warehoused transactions.

### Enhanced Reporting Capabilities

A modern service provider should include robust reporting systems that deliver detailed insights into portfolio performance, cash flows, and compliance metrics. These capabilities enable investment managers to make informed decisions and improve investor confidence.

### Streamlined Transaction Processes

Illiquid products often involve extensive administrative workflows that increase risk and processing times. Advanced solutions that digitize [investor onboarding](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/onboarding-process/), automate suitability verification, and track NAV calculations can reduce errors and ensure faster transaction times, delivering a smoother investor experience overall.

## Critical Evaluation Criteria for Service Providers

Selecting the right service provider is one of the most important decisions investment managers can make. Here are the key factors to evaluate when choosing a partner.

### 1. Technology Capabilities

- A service provider should offer fully integrated, purpose-built systems for retail alts.
- An administrator should have sophisticated platforms or similar tools which provide real-time transparency and robust reporting.
- A provider should have technology that is adaptable to the nuances of illiquid investment products.

### 2. Distribution Channel Connectivity

A service provider should demonstrate expertise in seamlessly integrating with leading distribution platforms. Consider the following:

- Distribution solutions must meet custodian-specific compliance standards.
- Distribution networks are frequently updated to prevent operational bottlenecks.

### 3. Alignment with Third-Party Partners

Strategic alliances with fintech providers and other industry leaders reflect a service provider’s ability to stay ahead of market trends and adopt best practices. Confirm whether the provider has partnerships with fintech platforms, and ensure the service provider can accommodate flat file, API, and AIP reporting capabilities.

### 4. Operational Excellence and KPIs

Measure the quality of a provider's operations using key performance indicators:

- Financial processing success rate (e.g., a KPI of above 99% accuracy)
- Transparency in error resolution and on-time data delivery metrics
- Referrals and testimonials from existing clients

### 5. Long-Term Alignment

Retail alternatives may require administration over multiple decades. A strong provider will demonstrate an ability to support product lifecycles through expert knowledge of both privately structured investments and registered alternatives, ensuring a smooth transition should a product’s classification evolve (e.g., from private fund to REIT).

## Strengthening Client Relationships

While operational excellence ensures smooth processes, exceptional client service builds lasting trust.

### Boutique Service with Institutional Strength

Retail alts demand a hybrid approach that combines the scalability of institutional systems with the high-touch service typical of boutique providers. This involves personalized relationship management—assigning dedicated experts who collaborate with clients to tailor solutions according to their unique product structures and operational requirements.

For instance, a leading fintech provider recently shared their experience collaborating with a service provider that offered **“unmatched consultative guidance on the transition to a registered tender fund”** while maintaining operational efficiency at a level they described as "industry-best.”

### Tailored Solutions for Diversified Needs

Retail alternatives rarely adopt a one-size-fits-all model. Each product, whether an interval fund or 1031 exchange vehicle, comes with unique requirements. A fully custom solution ensures optimal structure design while maintaining [compliance](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/fund-services/#fund-compl) with relevant regulations. Providers that take the time to understand these nuances ultimately contribute to smoother product performance and a better investor experience.

## Preparing for Success in the Retail Alts Market

The retail alts market represents both a challenge and an opportunity for investment managers. By diversifying portfolios with illiquid investments, firms can access higher returns and provide stability in periods of market volatility. However, success depends on having the right foundations in place—effective distribution channels, cutting-edge technology, and a service provider dedicated to excellence and innovation.

Investment managers should select partners capable of navigating the complexities of both private and registered markets, offering technology-first solutions and leveraging long-standing industry relationships. By forging these partnerships, firms will position themselves to succeed in one of the fastest-growing asset classes.

## Conclusion

As a leading fund administrator, Ultimus provides comprehensive solutions tailored to the distinct needs of each investment manager. With a commitment to leveraging advanced technology, fostering strong industry relationships, and delivering superior client service, Ultimus empowers firms to capitalize on the growth opportunities within this asset class. Our deep expertise in both private and registered markets, coupled with an unwavering dedication to innovation, ensures that investment managers can confidently navigate complexities and achieve their strategic goals. Contact us to learn more about how Ultimus can be your trusted partner to unlock the full potential of alternative investments.

COD00000743 4/29/2025


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/lancechristofferson/)
**Lance Christofferson**

Head of Product & Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives


About Lance Christofferson
Lance Christofferson is Head of Product and Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives for Ultimus Fund Solutions. In his role, Lance leads the strategic relationship service execution for our clients who are looking to launch or feature closed-end funds such as interval funds, tender offer funds, BDCs, and non-publicly traded REITs in their portfolio. He is responsible for all aspects of the client’s transfer agency relationship and service execution.

Lance joined the investment industry in 2005 focusing on mutual fund operations and during his tenure has successfully managed self-directed IRA retirement products, retail alternative & mutual fund relationships. Coupled with his client relationship acumen, he brings with him a wide range of industry knowledge ranging from operations, training to control and compliance experience.

He received a Bachelor of Science in Broadcasting and a Bachelor of Science in Theater Performance from Northwest Missouri State University.


---

# What to Look for in a Series Trust: A Comprehensive Guide for Asset Managers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/what-to-look-for-in-a-series-trust-a-comprehensive-guide-for-asset-managers/_

# What to Look for in a Series Trust: A Comprehensive Guide for Asset Managers

Subscribe

Authored by
**Kevin Wolf**

Executive Vice President, Head of Client Strategies

**About Kevin Wolf**
									Kevin Wolf serves as Executive Vice President and leads client strategy and fund administration/product oversight at Ultimus, including financial administration, portfolio tax and compliance, and treasury services. He brings long-standing mutual fund industry experience with leadership across operating models and service delivery. Before Ultimus, Kevin served as President of Gemini and held roles at Salomon Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kevin-e-wolf-a4abb89/)
						×

May 13, 2025

Launching a registered ’40 Act fund, such as a mutual fund or an exchange-traded fund (ETF), requires careful consideration of numerous factors. One critical decision for asset managers is whether to utilize a series trust as the structure for their fund.

This article will define a series trust and outline the key considerations for selecting one. A well-chosen series trust can play a pivotal role in supporting the long-term success of an asset manager’s funds and aligning with broader business objectives.

For asset managers and sponsors of mutual funds and ETFs, a series trust provides an established governance and operational framework. This structure streamlines processes, reduces costs, and accelerates the time to market. However, to maximize these benefits, asset managers must thoroughly evaluate several important criteria to ensure the series trust aligns with their long-term product strategies and goals.

## What is a Series Trust?

A series trust (sometimes referred to as a multi-series trust) is a legal structure that allows multiple investment advisers to operate one or more mutual funds/ETFs under a single registered trust, providing flexibility and efficiency in fund management. Each individual asset manager’s fund(s), or “series,” within the trust functions as a separate and distinct entity, with its own assets, liabilities, and investment strategies. This means that the financial performance, risks, and obligations of one series do not affect those of the other series, effectively isolating them from one another.

As previously stated, this structure offers cost efficiencies and a streamlined path to market, while also allowing asset managers to focus on core competencies like asset gathering, portfolio management, and investor relations without being burdened by administrative tasks.

A series trust structure offers several advantages:

- Speed to market - New series filed are automatically SEC effective in 75 days
- Efficient operating structure
- Favorable cost structure
- Ability to focus on core competencies and asset gathering
- Elimination of cumbersome administrative demands

However, not all series trusts are created equal. Let's explore the top criteria asset managers should consider when selecting a series trust provider.

## Scale

The size of a series trust, i.e., the number of funds and assets in a trust, is an important consideration when selecting a series trust. Certain trust level costs, such as legal fees, trustee fees, and insurance, may be shared across each series, lowering the operational cost of each fund. As funds grow and new funds are added to the trust, advisers and funds continue to benefit as costs may be shared over a larger fund and asset base.

Series trusts have existing contracts and engagements with service providers including law firms, auditors, and custodians. These pre-negotiated agreements offer a certain level of cost assurance. A growing series trust with scale can negotiate with service providers to ensure fees and fee increases are competitive and commensurate with the opportunity offered to the service providers.

## Experience of Trustees and Board Competence

Trustees have a fiduciary duty to represent the interests of fund shareholders. A trustee’s role is to provide oversight but not be involved in day-to-day management. An experienced board that understands their role operates more efficiently and effectively by focusing on risks that could impact fund shareholders. A well-informed and diligent board ensures the long-term success and stability of the fund, fostering trust and confidence among shareholders.

- **Board composition**: The size and composition of boards vary, however typically it includes members with accounting, legal, marketing/distribution and investment management experience. It’s important for trustees to be collegial and collaborative, which fosters a unified approach. This is critical when working through complex or sensitive matters.
- **Trustee experience and tenure**: Trustees with industry, financial product, and governance backgrounds bring valuable insights by drawing on their experience as the market and regulatory environments evolve.
- **Expertise**: Trustees familiar with co-mingled products, and the broad variety of investments they may hold, can navigate the complexities of overseeing multiple portfolios within a single trust, enhancing overall efficiency.

## Fund Administrator Experience

### Governance and Trust Operations

As trust sponsor, the fund administrator plays a critical role in the startup and operations of a trust. The administrator may assist the trust’s nominating committee in identifying potential trustees; engages with service providers including facilitating due diligence and negotiating service agreements; and coordinates quarterly, and special board meetings. The administrator maintains the trust’s compliance program, offers personnel to serve in important trust management roles, and is typically the first point of contact for the trustees. In a stand-alone trust, the asset management firm typically performs these functions which, while critical, are mostly administrative. In a series trust, asset managers typically provide quarterly reporting regarding their fund(s)’ performance, expenses, and operations, and meet with the board in person once a year. It is important to note that if either the board or the trust constituent sees a need to meet with more frequency that such additional engagement is readily accommodated.

### Administrator Options

Choosing a fund administrator that offers numerous series trusts provides the flexibility to match a fund’s needs with the appropriate administrative framework. The right administrator can cater to specific investment strategies and help optimize fund management.

### Operational Excellence

The administrator performs essential functions such as [accounting](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/fund-services/#accounting), [financial and regulatory administration](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/), [compliance](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/fund-services/#fund-compl), and shareholder services. Their experience and capabilities can significantly impact your fund's operations and success. Consider the administrator's experience with series trusts. The top indicators of administrator operational excellence include:

- **Technology infrastructure**: Advanced technology platforms support efficient fund operations, including automation of routine tasks and enhanced data analytics capabilities. A top-notch tech-driven administrator can also provide customized reports based on real-time data.
- **Experienced service teams**: Fund administration includes many functions and requires a variety of skill sets, e.g., accounting, financial reporting, tax, legal, recordkeeping, customer service, and compliance. Ensure that your service provider has a deep bench of experienced professionals.
- **Quality of service**: Look for administrators with a history of successful fund launches, strong client relationships, and a consultative business partner approach.

An administrator with advanced technology, experienced professionals and a strong track record in managing series trusts provides efficiency and reduces risk.

### Experience with Similar Funds

Assess the administrator's experience with funds and strategies similar to the ones under consideration. This familiarity can lead to more efficient operations and better support for the needs of the portfolio. Also, consider the number of advisers and funds already in the trust, which can indicate the trust's capacity and depth of experience.

## Open Architecture

An open architecture approach in a series trust offers significant benefits that can substantially impact the service quality and flexibility of fund management. This structure allows asset managers a voice in the selection of service providers, such as custodians, rather than being confined to a predetermined set of vendors.

The benefits of an open architecture approach include:

- Enhanced flexibility to select best-in-class service providers
- Potential for improved service quality
- Ability to change providers if needed without changing the entire trust structure
- Control costs – vendors should be aware that they are in competition and be further aware that they are benchmarked against each other which helps control cost as well as improving outcomes from a servicing perspective

## Competitive Pricing

Pricing is crucial in selecting a series trust, as it directly impacts a fund's expenses and, ultimately, its performance.

- Series trusts have a shared governance model; certain costs are shared or negotiated at the trust level, lowering the funds overall cost.
- The administrator also recognizes operational efficiencies in servicing a single trust and thus may charge lower fees than in a standalone trust.

## Board Meeting Logistics

Boards meet quarterly at a minimum, and some more often depending on the number of series in a trust or other factors. Boards are required to meet in-person when approving an investment advisory agreement and it is best practice for advisers to attend these meetings in person. While it might seem minor, the frequency and timing of board meetings, and locations, may be an important consideration for an adviser who likely has a busy schedule or may prefer to minimize travel.

## Regulatory Compliance and Insurance

Regulatory compliance is paramount in the investment management industry. When evaluating a series trust:

- Assess any regulatory issues associated with the trust and sponsor
- Review the trust's compliance history
- Evaluate the trust's insurance coverage

A trust with a strong compliance record and adequate insurance can provide peace of mind and potentially reduce regulatory risks.

## Trust Growth Trends

The growth trajectory of a series trust can provide insights into its health and potential future performance. Consider:

- How many clients and funds are in the trust and what are the assets of each fund?
- Is the trust growing or shrinking?
- Are there any specific clients or funds that contribute disproportionately to trust’s trajectory?

Series trusts share certain trust level expenses which significantly benefit the funds. A growing trust is typically an indication of a healthy, thriving structure that offers cost savings. That benefit is eliminated if the trust is losing funds or if a fund makes up a disproportional share of the trust’s assets.

## Conclusion

Choosing a series trust is not a one-size-fits-all decision. It requires carefully considering an asset manager’s needs, goals, and long-term strategy. Finding a solution that effectively supports fund management objectives is accomplished by conducting thorough a due diligence of series trusts and engaging with experienced series trust providers.

At Ultimus, we understand that each asset manager has unique needs and objectives. Our team is known for its consultative approach, working closely with clients to understand their specific requirements, and leveraging our industry knowledge to provide solutions and tailor our services accordingly.

[Contact us today](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/) for more information on how Ultimus can support your series trust needs. Let us help you navigate the path to a well-managed and scalable series trust structure.

COD00000742 4/21/2025


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kevin-e-wolf-a4abb89/)
**Kevin Wolf**

Executive Vice President, Head of Client Strategies


About Kevin Wolf
Kevin Wolf serves as Executive Vice President and leads client strategy and fund administration/product oversight at Ultimus, including financial administration, portfolio tax and compliance, and treasury services. He brings long-standing mutual fund industry experience with leadership across operating models and service delivery. Before Ultimus, Kevin served as President of Gemini and held roles at Salomon Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley.


---

# Private Equity Masterclass Incorporates How Outsourced Fund Administration Supports PE Managers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/private-equity-masterclass-incorporates-how-outsourced-fund-administration-supports-pe-managers/_

# Private Equity Masterclass Incorporates How Outsourced Fund Administration Supports PE Managers

Subscribe

May 22, 2025

Private equity has long been recognized as a dynamic space within the investment ecosystem. At the recent Asset TV Masterclass, key leaders from the private equity (PE) sector shed light on its evolutions and challenges, including a particularly significant topic for private equity managers: the crucial role of fund administration in successfully navigating today’s complex markets. This recap summarizes the Masterclass discussions, focusing on the growth of the secondary market, new trends in GP-led transactions, innovative investment structures, and, most importantly, how fund administrators are vital partners for private equity investment managers.

### The Evolving Secondary Market

The secondary market’s growth reflects evolving investor needs, transforming how PE firms think about capital management and liquidity. For PE managers, understanding these dynamics offers valuable insights into seizing opportunities in highly liquid markets.

### Key Trends in GP-Led Transactions

This trend's rise reflects the shifting focus of PE managers, who are finding innovative ways to generate liquidity and maintain investor satisfaction. Single-asset deals, in particular, have gained traction as they allow greater flexibility in portfolio management.

### Growth Rates Speak Volumes

The GP-led market is experiencing sustained momentum, representing an opportunity for PE managers to rethink convention al portfolio construction strategies.

### Traditional Investment Structures and New Avenues

When discussing private equity investment vehicles, Jim Cass from Ultimus noted the continued dominance of **closed-end commitment-based products** among institutional investors. These traditional structures align well with long-time investor preferences. However, the introduction of newer structures is expanding the toolbox for PE managers.

### Co-Investments

Co-investments remain a favorite strategy for many managers. Despite requiring less operational lift for investors, they may offer substantial returns and collaborative opportunities with GPs.

### Innovative Wealth Channel Products

Innovative fund structures such as interval funds and tender funds are emerging as accessible vehicles designed for wealth channels. These funds broaden private equity accessibility for individual investors while allowing managers to tap into a growing pool of capital. Cass emphasized the importance of a thoughtful distribution strategy around these products, cautioning against launching them without an education and placement framework.

## How Fund Administrators Empower Private Equity Managers

Managing private equity funds is extraordinarily complex. From regulatory compliance to investor relations, PE managers face a growing list of operational challenges. This is where fund administrators provide essential support.

### Turning Complexity into Clarity Via Fund Administrator Partner

Fund administrators specialize in transforming complicated back-office processes into seamless operations. For private equity managers, this translates into:

- **Streamlined Fund Accounting and Reporting:**

    Administrators handle critical fund accounting tasks, audit preparation, and compliance reporting, allowing PE managers to focus their energy on fund performance and asset gathering.
- **Regulatory Excellence:**

    With regulations constantly evolving, fund administrators are knowledgeable in the filings and legal compliance areas so PE managers can lighten their load.
- **Investor Communication and Transparency:**

    Administrators provide systems to aggregate, analyze, and report investment metrics, offering LPs the insight they expect from modern investment structures.

### Fund Admins Help Guide Innovation in PE Structures

From tender funds to evergreen private equity funds, fund administrators are the linchpin in ensuring operational viability for these newer investment vehicles. They deliver:

- Expertise in structuring funds to meet liquidity needs of wealth channels.
- Technology-driven tools to handle real-time net asset value (NAV) calculations for interval funds and tender funds.
- Scalable systems to adapt to diverse fund strategies, including co-investments and multi-asset continuation vehicles.

Having a reliable fund administrator as a partner is not only a competitive advantage for private equity managers but also a necessity in an era of increasing investor and regulatory expectations.

### Emerging Opportunities in Private Equity

1. Middle Market Opportunities

1. Evergreen PE Funds

1. LP Secondaries

### The Takeaway for PE Managers

The Masterclass underscored what we’ve always known about private equity: It is an industry that thrives on innovation. Whether it’s leveraging the growth of the secondary market, adapting to GP-led trends, or integrating new fund structures, keeping pace with these developments is essential.

One distinct message from the discussion is that **fund administration** is a crucial component of growth. By leveraging experienced fund administrators, private equity managers can reduce operational burdens and focus their energy on delivering returns and winning investor trust.

Interested in taking your private equity operations to the next level? Partnering with a leading fund administrator like Ultimus represents a strategic and forward-thinking decision for private equity managers aiming to optimize their operational efficiency and elevate the opportunity for success.

*COD00000761 5/20/2025*


---

# Cybersecurity Efforts Help Safeguard Asset Managers: What You Need to Know

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/cybersecurity-efforts-help-safeguard-asset-managers-what-you-need-to-know/_

# Cybersecurity Efforts Help Safeguard Asset Managers: What You Need to Know

Subscribe

Authored by
**Mel Van Cleave**

SVP, Technology
						×

August 5, 2025

Financial firms, especially asset managers, are increasingly attractive targets for cybercriminals. Recognizing this, Ultimus recently hosted a webinar that tackled the latest cybersecurity threats confronting the financial sector. The session shed light on specific challenges and provided actionable steps to bolster cybersecurity defenses.

## Top Threats to Financial Firms

- **Human Element:** Most breaches exploit human error, especially through phishing emails, weak passwords, or stolen credentials.
- **Ransomware:** Attacks are becoming more frequent and increasingly target financial institutions.
- **Third-Party Risks:** Breaches often originate with compromised vendors or fraudulent invoicing schemes.
- **Neglected Updates:** Failure to patch firewalls and systems leave critical vulnerabilities open to attack.

## Actionable Solutions for Asset Managers

- **Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA):** Prioritize authenticator apps over SMS to defend against SIM-swapping and account takeovers.
- **Layered Security:** Combine firewalls, endpoint detection, email filtering, and timely patching to provide comprehensive protection.
- **Continuous Monitoring:** Consider cybersecurity partners for 24/7 monitoring and incident response, especially if you lack in-house IT.
- **Employee Training:** Conduct ongoing phishing simulations and security awareness training to keep employees vigilant.
- **Vendor Management:** Vet and monitor third-party vendors to reduce supply chain risks.

## Protecting Your Business Starts Today

Cyber threats to asset managers are real and increasing. However, by investing in layered security, proactive monitoring, and continuous education, firms can significantly reduce their risks. Take steps now to proactively enhance your defense strategies in the ever-evolving threat landscape.

Want to learn more? Watch the full webinar recording by clicking the button below for in-depth discussions and expert insights or contact Ultimus to get connected with cybersecurity professionals in our industry.

## Stay Ahead in Cybersecurity

#####

COD00000806 8/4/2025


## Authored by

**Mel Van Cleave**

SVP, Technology


---

# Strategic considerations for partnering with an outsourced fund distributor

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/strategic-considerations-for-partnering-with-an-outsourced-fund-distributor/_

#
Strategic considerations for partnering with an outsourced fund distributor


Subscribe

August 14, 2025

Managing the complexities of fund distribution in the United States can be challenging for investment advisers, with nuances that are often misunderstood or overlooked. A critical component of this process involves establishing a relationship with a broker-dealer, which serves as the distributor or legal underwriter for registered funds. This step is not only essential for regulatory compliance, including FINRA registrations like Series 6 or 7—but also plays a pivotal role in ensuring efficient fund distribution, mitigating risks, and optimizing costs.

This blog explores the dual responsibilities of a distributor, the regulatory landscape of registered funds, and strategic considerations for leveraging an outsourced fund distributor to streamline operations and enhance compliance, offering a reliable path to success in this intricate terrain.

## Distribution: Dual Track of Responsibilities

Many people often associate the term “distributor” as the selling or marketing of registered funds to investors, institutions, and/or financial advisers. Usually, this type of distribution is done by fund wholesalers, national accounts, or marketing personnel, whose primary responsibility is to engage, inform, and educate investors on the investment strategies utilized by investment advisers in the form of registered funds.

It is also important, however, to recognize that, in the context of distributing registered open-end funds, there are strict regulatory requirements. These rules mandate that the fund distributor must involve a broker-dealer to comply with legal underwriting obligations.

## Registered Fund Landscape

First, let us broadly define the registered fund landscape that represents the distribution space. According to the 2025 Investment Company Institute, ICI Factbook, as of year-end 2024, approximately $39.2 trillion were invested in US-registered investment company total net assets. To break this down, let’s look at additional defined classifications that are representative of registered funds. Presently, the largest categorization of registered funds, based on assets, are US open-end mutual funds, which total assets under management rounded out at $28.5 trillion as of year-end 2024. This is followed by US exchange-traded funds, which continue to narrow the gap in assets under distribution with open-end mutual funds each year, with a 2024-year-end total of $10.3 trillion. These two classifications of registered funds present the lion's share of fund assets yet there are other well-known fund classifications including traditional closed-end funds and Unit Investment Trusts (UITs), each managing $249 billion and $90 billion, respectively. Equally noteworthy is the burgeoning retail alternative space, which is, in some ways reintroducing interval funds and Business Development Companies (BDCs). While these investment vehicles have long been available to investors, they are now gaining popularity as registered products that provide retail investors with access to alternative investments- opportunities that were previously reserved for high net worth and accredited investors.

## Regulations and Compliance

Investments in registered funds continue to represent a significant market for investment advisers to apply their investment strategies in an accessible format for investors. However, as with most opportunities, there also comes a tremendous amount of responsibility, including governance and compliance with regulatory requirements related to operating and offering open-end funds to investors. Many of these requirements were created following the Great Depression of the late 1920s and early 1930s, in the form of a series of “acts” or laws designed to provide protections to investors in these various fund classifications.

One such act, the Investment Company Act of 1940, governed by the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC), contains a comprehensive series of requirements, regulations and oversight governing such things as fund structure, prohibition of certain types of investments, restricted transactions with affiliates, and regulation of investment advisory and distribution arrangements. One aspect of these requirements is that funds registered under the 1940 Act must be distributed through a broker-dealer. The vast majority of the broker-dealers fall within the regulatory realm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA.

Who is FINRA, and what is a FINRA broker-dealer? FINRA is a private American corporation, authorized by the U.S. government to oversee and regulate member brokerage firms. A FINRA broker-dealer is a firm in the business of buying or selling securities on behalf of its customers, its own account, or both. A FINRA-regulated broker-dealer is required for the distribution of registered funds.

## Outsourcing Broker-Dealer Operations

For many years, asset managers managed their broker-dealer operations in-house, primarily to distribute their registered funds. In some limited circumstances, these operations also supported other retail activities, such as maintaining client accounts. However, over the past 10 to 15 years, there has been a notable shift toward outsourcing broker-dealer operations to a specialized partner. This trend gained momentum as many large commercial banks and asset managers began to recognize the risks associated with operating broker-dealers and the potential impact on their core business activities.

Outsourcing broker-dealer operations to a trusted external partner offers investment advisers significant advantages. It streamlines an investment manager’s operations, enhances efficiency, and allows advisers to focus on their core expertise while relying on the partner's specialized knowledge to manage compliance, processes, and support seamlessly.

Two key reasons to consider outsourcing legal underwriting/distribution:

**Expense reduction:** To operate a broker-dealer requires a significant amount of regulatory expertise. For most investment advisers, their core competencies are specific to the management of investor assets and increasing assets under management. The operation of a broker-dealer requires a named President, as well as a Chief Compliance Officer (CCO), a treasurer or financial operations principal (PFO), and potentially other compliance focused individuals. While not required, it would be wise for these individuals to have experience and operational and regulatory knowledge associated with maintaining a broker-dealer. That business acumen generally carries a high price tag for one or more of these individuals. Outsourcing to an established broker-dealer can allow advisers to scale their operations, avoiding the need for additional internal resources.

Additionally, a limited purpose broker-dealer, serving solely for the purpose of distribution of registered funds, is required to maintain net capital requirements for the broker-dealer. These assets must remain on the books and records and cannot be allocated to other operations of the investment adviser. Although the dollar amount is typically in the range of $25,000 - $50,000, it can stretch significantly higher, depending on several variables, such as the fund structure, investment strategies, and portfolio allocations. Outsourcing statutory distribution can help advisers by allowing them to put their revenue and reserves towards critical projects and investments rather than retaining it to satisfy a regulatory requirement. Also for consideration is the cost of FINRA filing requirements for funds, and possibly registered individuals, as well as legal expenses associated with the operation of the broker-dealer. Much of the exposure to these expenses can be significantly reduced or possibly eliminated by outsourcing these vital functions to a well-resourced partner.

**Reputational and/or risk mitigation:** Every broker-dealer/distributor is subject to the regulatory oversight and rulemaking of FINRA and the SEC. With this comes the responsibility to ensure that associates of the broker-dealer and their activities align with the stated rules and regulations of each unique entity. One way to help ensure the broker-dealer meets the regulatory requirements of each body is to have an extensive set of compliance policies and procedures and maintain activities on a quarterly and annual basis to ensure that personnel remain in compliance with these operating procedures.

Most of an investment adviser’s personnel and their related work do not fall under the requirements of FINRA, as they are not directly related to the marketing or distribution of the registered funds. However, any individual engaged in activities associated with the marketing of registered funds falls squarely within these rules and requirements. Potentially one of the easiest areas to fall short of, both from a regulatory perspective, as well as investor expectations, is for one of these individuals, registered people or otherwise, to stray outside the scope of the firm’s policies and procedures, as well as those rules and requirements which are related to the distribution of registered funds.

Very little strikes greater fear in the heart of an investment adviser than that of a registered representative participating in nefarious or unfair marketing activities. Not to mention those things which are inadvertent, yet perhaps unknown, due to the fast-changing rules of the regulatory agencies. If a firm does not maintain the proper policies and procedures, as well as the necessary staff to monitor employees’ activities, it creates potential for significant reputation risk, or worse, in the form of fines and censure from one of the regulatory bodies.

One way to potentially reduce and solve for such risk is partnering with a well-resourced firm that offers the necessary expertise, personnel, and technology solutions to reduce or potentially eliminate the multitude of risks associated with the distribution of registered funds. This allows the investment adviser to focus their attention and efforts on their core competencies.

## Why outsource to an established distributor

Fund administration firms with deep experience in distribution, such as Ultimus, understand the challenges advisers face when distributing ’40 Act registered funds. Utilizing high-touch, high-quality service, coupled with a well-established network of relationships with financial intermediaries and industry partners, assists investment management firms with optimizing their distribution plans. Ultimus, with over 20 years of experience serving as a legal underwriter for all fund types, continues to expand its expertise and capabilities while maintaining a boutique service model.

To further support investment advisers, distribution firms typically employ an experienced team of professionals to help simplify the complexities associated with registered fund distribution. Thus, allowing the adviser to focus their energy and attention on their core competencies, which is primarily managing investor assets and creating and enhancing new and existing investor relationships.

Additionally, outsourcing to a firm like Ultimus, which is well equipped to remove a large portion of the regulatory burden associated with the distribution of registered funds, can provide increased risk management and regulatory guidance. Whether it is executing selling agreements with intermediaries, processing 12b-1 payments, providing the mechanism to trade your funds via the NSCC, maintaining representatives’ registrations, including the requisite compliance supervision and regulatory oversight associated with these fund marketing personnel, established distributors can also provide principal review and possible submission to FINRA of fund marketing materials, when required.

Ultimus is a trusted partner, offering expert guidance, a consultative approach, and regulatory support to help investment advisers with their distribution strategies. We simplify operations, improve efficiency, enhance compliance, and reduce risk, so you can focus on growing your business, achieving strategic goals, and building strong investor relationships. While other firms may provide similar services, few offer the comprehensive combination of legal underwriting services, coupled with a full suite of fund administration, fund accounting, and transfer agency solutions. These are essential components for effectively managing registered fund operations. What sets Ultimus apart is the ability to deliver these services with best-in-class technology and a team of highly experienced service professionals.

Ready to simplify and streamline your broker-dealer activities? Let’s discuss how Ultimus can help you achieve your distribution goals. [Contact Us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/) to learn more.

***Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC provides fund distribution services through its affiliated broker-dealers: Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC, and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC. Each of which is a registered broker-dealer and member of FINRA.***

20250801-4717477  COD00000804


---

# Powering Agility and Scale through a Single IBOR Platform

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/powering-agility-and-scale-through-a-single-ibor-platform/_

# Powering Agility and Scale through a Single IBOR Platform

Subscribe

Authored by
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services

**About Paul Wahmann**
									Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
						×

August 20, 2025

In today’s rapidly evolving investment environment, with markets and data needs moving at a lightning pace and client demands growing ever more sophisticated, the need for operational efficiency is a must. For asset managers juggling multiple systems, asset classes, products, jurisdictions, and regulatory obligations, maintaining a single, consistent Investment Book of Record (IBOR) is no longer a luxury—it’s a strategic requirement.

## What is IBOR?

Investment Book of Record is the principal source for an asset manager’s positions, cash, and transaction data. Unlike an Accounting Book of Record (ABOR), which is primarily used for end-of-day net asset value calculation, financial reporting, and reconciliation, the IBOR is designed to serve the front office, providing trade-date, accurate, and comprehensive data to support portfolio management, risk, and trading functions.

### The Benefits of an Enterprise-Level IBOR

**Enhanced Decision-Making**

An enterprise-level IBOR ensures that portfolio managers, traders, and analysts operate from a consistent and normalized data set. Whether making allocation decisions or executing trades, a consistent view of holdings, exposures, and available cash drives better, faster, and more informed decisions.

**Operational Efficiency**

Without a single IBOR, firms often rely on patchworks of data sources that must be manually reconciled. This not only wastes time but also introduces operational risk and cost. A centralized IBOR automates data collection and aggregation, reducing the need for manual intervention and enabling leaner operations.

**Improved Risk Management**

In a world of increasing market volatility and regulatory change, understanding firm-wide exposure is critical. A robust IBOR provides up-to-date positions across portfolios, helping risk teams monitor compliance, market, cash, and concentration risks more effectively.

**Seamless Integration with Front Office Tools**

Modern trading platforms, Order Management Systems (OMS), and risk systems rely on timely, clean data. An enterprise-level IBOR feeds these systems consistently, enhancing performance and enabling automation in areas like pre-trade compliance, trade matching, foreign exchange, and post-trade analytics.

**Improved Client Reporting and Service**

Investors demand transparency, accuracy, and timeliness. With a single IBOR, firms can respond faster to client inquiries, produce consistent performance reports, and offer more personalized insights—building trust and competitive differentiation.

**Regulatory Compliance**

From market and trading driven changes to SEC reporting obligations, regulators expect accurate, auditable data. A centralized IBOR serves as a trustworthy source of record that simplifies reporting and helps firms stay ahead of compliance requirements.

## The Path to a Single IBOR

Establishing an enterprise-level IBOR often requires:

- Data integration across custodians, counterparties, and internal systems.
- Partnering with a service provider or investing in technology to aggregate and normalize data in order to create a consistent “golden copy.”
- Oversight infrastructure to ensure data accuracy and accountability.
- Collaboration across front, middle, and back offices to align objectives.

Cloud-based solutions and managed service providers now offer scalable ways to build and maintain a modern IBOR, reducing the burden on internal IT teams.

## Building or Buying an IBOR

### Building In-House

Many of the larger asset manager firms may opt to build a custom IBOR solution tailored to their specific workflows and data requirements. This route provides control but demands significant investment in technology, resources, and ongoing maintenance to remain effective as business needs evolve.

### Service Partner Solutions

Third-party managed service solutions offer ready to deploy technology married to a strong managed operational service layer, which are ideal for asset manager firms prioritizing speed to market, scale and subject matter expertise specific to investment operations workflow at a fixed cost, allowing firms to focus their resources on growth and innovation.

### Key features to look for when developing your IBOR strategy

- Start of Day (SOD), End of Day (EOD) and intraday positions and cash updates
- Ability to integrate with OMS, Execution applications and custodians
- Support for all asset classes, including derivatives and other complex asset types
- Integrated reconciliation tools
- Corporate Actions support
- Cloud scalability and API access

## Specialized Benefits from a Single IBOR Solution

### Supporting Product Diversification

A unified IBOR equips asset managers to adapt to evolving product landscapes effortlessly—including ETFs, retail alternatives, private funds, and BDCs. Simplified onboarding processes and dynamic integration with custodians foster a scalable, multi-asset-class-ready operation.

### Streamlined Performance and Fee Management

An enterprise IBOR simplifies GIPS-compliant performance measurement across composites and strategies. Outsourced solutions provide expert support, eliminating the need for internal systems and scaling costs to match demand. Fee billing operates efficiently, reducing collection timeframes while ensuring accuracy.

### The Ultimus Advantage in a Unified IBOR Solution

Ultimus provides a flexible and technology-driven middle-office solution to meet the growing demands of asset managers. Our model reinforces operational efficiency through:

- Fully integrated IBOR and fund accounting solutions.
- Seamless integration with OMS and custodian systems.
- Accelerated account onboarding and reporting.
- Comprehensive performance measurement and client portal, delivered through the award-winning Ultimus Connect^TM^ Portfolio Analytics Portal platform.
- As an onshore US provider, Ultimus delivers an advantage to firms catering to institutional, registered fund vehicles, and public plans aligned to regulatory and operating model preferences and established trust with stakeholders.

Whether building transparency with investors or achieving scalable growth, Ultimus delivers operational excellence, empowering firms to thrive and adapt in the dynamic and complex world of modern investments.

## Conclusion

In an industry where time and margins matter, a consistent and integrated Investment Book of Record is the backbone of effective investment management. It aligns teams, strengthens controls, and unlocks the full potential of data, creating new opportunities and long-term success. As asset managers look to scale, adapt, and differentiate themselves, the decision to outsource for a single IBOR has never been clearer, or more compelling.

Stay efficient, stay competitive.

[Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/) today to learn more about our Middle Office and IBOR solutions.

COD00000811 8/19/2025


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)
**Paul Wahmann**

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services


About Paul Wahmann
Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.


---

# The Importance of a Comprehensive and Flexible Service Solution for ETF Fund Launches

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-importance-of-a-comprehensive-and-flexible-service-solution-for-etf-fund-launches/_

# The Importance of a Comprehensive and Flexible Service Solution for ETF Fund Launches

Subscribe

Authored by
**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist

**About Michael Prendergast**
									In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.
						×

February 3, 2026

As ETFs continue to grow in popularity for investors, we continue to see asset managers expand their product offerings to include ETFs. However, there are numerous nuances to ETFs that make them different than traditional mutual funds, SMA accounts, or LLPs. There is a complex system of players that make an exchange traded fund functionally efficient.

When considering launching an ETF, investment managers must understand their role in the entire ETF ecosystem. It may seem complex, but with a well-allied service provider connecting with an extensive list of established partners throughout the ETF ecosystem, fund managers can strategize and properly handle all the moving parts involved for an operationally sound and successful fund launch.

In the past, an investment adviser may have been limited in their choice of service providers and by extension, the other key vendor relationships made available through those service providers. Today, with the rise of innovations like custom baskets and active ETFs, it is more important than ever to work with a service provider that offers an open/flexible architecture to include other third-party vendors, with a partnership approach, a willingness to explain the process and the product, and an ability to leverage years of experience and valuable knowledge in the ETF market. Combining that knowledge and experience with a tech-enabled service provider that can create seamless interfaces to the key partners in the ETF ecosystem is critical to allowing advisers the freedom to build an operating model that may better adapt to innovation and rapid changes to the landscape. To assist with understanding the ETF ecosystem, we’ve provided three scenarios with various criteria and associated outcomes for informational purposes.

### Series Trust Option

#### Case Study: Offering two different scenarios for Series Trusts

A multi-series trust platform enables advisers to bring new products to market in an efficient and thoughtful manner so they can focus on raising and managing assets.

**Client A**: A large RIA managing investment strategies in separately managed accounts. They wanted to establish a family of ETFs to create a lower cost offering for clients and enhance the tax efficiency for their investors through a 351 conversion of assets.

**Client B:** An established mutual fund sponsor wanted to enter the ETF marketplace and bring the product to market in 120 days.

Both clients elected the Series Trust option for launching their ETF. A Series Trust is a turnkey governance platform that leverages an existing trust infrastructure, allowing for a lower cost of entry and quicker time to market. A Series Trust also provides cost-sharing amongst constituents for on-going operations, leverage the scale of established provider relationships (with optionality) while providing the issuer their own branding opportunity. More information on series trust structure can be found here: [Trust Options](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/what-is-a-series-trust/ "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com")

**Client C:** A new entrant to the ETF marketplace wanting their own trust but required support with Fund Officers and CCO. The client needed an industry service partner that provided flexibility in their services and support with hands-on assistance leading to a successful product launch.

### Emerging Trends Shaping the ETF Landscape

The ETF ecosystem is not static; it is constantly evolving. Several key trends have reshaped how ETFs are structured, managed, and traded, offering new opportunities for asset managers.

##### The Rise of Custom Baskets

One of the most significant recent developments is the widespread adoption of custom baskets. Historically, ETFs operated with a "pro-rata" or "in-kind" basket model, where the securities delivered to or received from an authorized participant (AP) mirrored the fund's portfolio. Custom baskets break from this rigidity, allowing the fund manager to construct a creation/redemption basket that differs from the fund’s actual holdings. This flexibility offers several key benefits:

- **Enhanced Tax Efficiency:** Custom baskets can be a powerful tool for tax management. Managers can use them to strategically remove low-cost-basis securities from the fund's portfolio during redemptions, deferring capital gains and improving the fund's after-tax returns for investors.

- **Improved Spread Management:** Fund managers can use custom baskets to omit less liquid or hard-to-trade securities, making it easier and cheaper for market makers to hedge their positions. This can lead to tighter bid-ask spreads and a better trading experience for end investors.

- **Operational Efficiency:** In certain situations, such as rebalances or corporate actions, custom baskets allow for more efficient portfolio management by facilitating the exchange of specific securities rather than a slice of the entire portfolio.

##### The Growth of Active ETFs

While passive, index-tracking ETFs still dominate the market assets, active ETFs have gained significant traction. Regulatory changes, particularly Rule 6c-11 (the "ETF Rule"), have streamlined the launch process for many types of ETFs, including actively managed ones. This has encouraged more asset managers known for their active strategies in mutual funds and SMAs to enter the ETF space. Investors are increasingly embracing active ETFs for their potential to outperform benchmarks and navigate volatile markets.

### Fund Launch Project Management

Another important consideration when selecting an ETF service provider is their ability to efficiently bring you to market which includes navigating the registration process and managing project workstreams. With the significant number of new market entrants managing the ETF structure for the first time, new ETF fund managers need help navigating the multi-faceted aspects of employing their strategy in an ETF format and working with a set of new stakeholders.

There are no shortcuts to learning the ecosystem. It takes years of experience to understand the nuances inherent in launching a new ETF including regulatory requirements, reporting and changes. Deep product and industry knowledge is required to properly handle all the moving parts involved in a comprehensive and operationally efficient fund launch, including proactive coordination and oversight of all parties involved.

### Advanced Technology

It is important to engage a service provider that is making rapid advancements in technology by utilizing robotic processes and APIs to connect the fund manager’s fintech systems to the service providers. The right approach to utilizing technology resources enables a fund managers’ agility (i.e., the ability to choose or move to specific ETF custodians and other partners), allowing for the delivery of “best-fit” solutions and more cost-effective services. This is especially true when managing the complexities of custom baskets and providing transparent, daily reporting required by current regulations.

### Connecting All the Players

There are many moving parts and operational aspects to launching an ETF. Selecting the right service provider to connect with all the industry partners in the ecosystem is critical. A skilled service provider will also help fund managers strategize regarding their product structure and properly project manage the fund launch making sure the fund is best situated for a strong and operationally sound launch. A servicer that can offer an open/flexible architecture to support the use of best-in-breed third-party service providers, a partnership approach, can explain the process and the product, and provides years of experience and valuable knowledge that will likely contribute to a more favorable outcome of your product.

### Navigating the ETF Ecosystem

Ultimus Fund Solutions provides a high-touch, consultative approach to help advisers with new and existing ETFs leveraging our industry knowledge, optimizing operational value to bring new products to market in a cost-effective manner. We assist investment managers in navigating the ETF ecosystem, making industry introductions to establish deep and meaningful relationships with those specialized partners that include lead market makers, authorized participants, marketing support, and trading partners. Our comprehensive and wide range ETF service offerings including full fund administration services that includes, financial, tax and legal administration, basket services, distribution, CCO compliance, fund launch project management support and comprehensive middle office services.

### Tech-Enabled Solutions

Staying ahead of trends, Ultimus Fund Solutions was one of the first administrators to help an adviser launch a new ETF under 6c-11 disclosure requirements and recently launched the first money market ETF with its tech-enabled solutions, such as uETF. As part of Ultimus’ proprietary **uSUITE^®^** technologies, uETF provides automated workflow processing that supports basket creation, valuation, and dissemination of ETF data to required parties. uETF streamlines ETF processing operations through automating inputs, alerting users of any exceptions, producing required output files, and providing dashboards and user interfaces for full transparency into each process. This results in increased efficiency, transparency, and reduced risk.

Ultimus supports all aspects of launching and operating ETFs and our professionals have deep industry knowledge to help you evaluate the services, service providers, and trust options critical to the success of your ETF. Contact us today for consultation about whether bringing an ETF to market is right for you and your business.

COD00000853 10/9/2025


## Authored by

**Michael Prendergast**

SVP, ETF Senior Product Specialist


About Michael Prendergast
In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.


---

# Level Up Your Security: Key Takeaways from the Cyber Hygiene Webinar

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/level-up-your-security-key-takeaways-from-the-cyber-hygiene-webinar/_

# Level Up Your Security: Key Takeaways from the Cyber Hygiene Webinar

Subscribe

Authored by
**Mel Van Cleave**

SVP, Technology
						×

October 7, 2025

In the financial world, data is currency. Protecting it isn't just an IT problem; it's a fundamental business requirement. The risks are clear—data breaches, ransomware, and regulatory fines—but defending against them requires action in everyday routines? The concept of "cyber hygiene" provides the answer. Much like personal hygiene prevents illness, good cyber hygiene consists of simple, repeatable practices that protect your digital life from threats. Recently, Ultimus brought together a panel of cybersecurity experts for the webinar, "Cyber Hygiene: Daily Habits that Prevent Breaches." The session was packed with practical advice for investment professionals and back-office staff. This post will recap the essential insights and actionable steps you can take to fortify your defenses.

## The Business Case for Strong Cyber Hygiene

Why should cyber hygiene be a top priority? The numbers speak for themselves. According to the Verizon Data Breach Investigations Report, a staggering 68% of breaches involve a human element. This means that a simple mistake, like clicking a bad link, can have devastating consequences. As panelist Melvin Van Cleve, SVP of Technology at Ultimus Fund Solutions, pointed out, "The current average breach cost in the US is $10.2 million." This figure doesn't even account for the damage to a firm's reputation or the regulatory headaches that follow. Sean Waldman, CEO of Secure Cyber, put it plainly: the biggest business case for strong cyber hygiene is "to stay off the radar and avoid looking bad to clients." In an industry built on trust, a security incident can be an existential threat.

## Human Error: Strengthening the Weakest Link

Human error is a leading cause of breaches, making security a shared responsibility. Experts shared these daily habits:

- **Master Your Inbox with the "Hover Test":** Before clicking links, hover over them to check the destination URL. If suspicious, don't click.
- **Embrace Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA):** Add a critical layer of security by requiring a second verification step for all internet accounts.
- **Secure Your Passwords:** Use dedicated password managers instead of browser-based ones to create and store strong, unique passwords.

## A Layered Approach to Cybersecurity

Beyond daily habits, a broader security strategy is essential:

- **Endpoint Protection for Remote Work:** Implement Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR) solutions and encrypt devices, especially for remote employees.
- **Stay Ahead with Threat Intelligence:** Utilize free resources like the Known Exploited Vulnerability (KEV) Catalog, Security Scorecard, and reputable news sources (KrebsOnSecurity.com, BleepingComputer.com) to stay informed about evolving threats.

## Prioritize Your Digital Safety Today

Protecting your firm from cyber threats starts with building a strong security culture grounded in good cyber hygiene. The daily habits of your team are just as important as the technology you deploy. By embracing practices like using MFA, scrutinizing emails, and managing passwords securely, you can significantly reduce your risk profile. We hope these insights from the "Cyber Hygiene: Daily Habits that Prevent Breaches" webinar were valuable. Building a secure digital environment is an ongoing journey, and staying informed is key. Want to learn more? Watch the full webinar recording by clicking the button below for in-depth discussions and expert insights or contact Ultimus to get connected with cybersecurity professionals in our industry.


## Authored by

**Mel Van Cleave**

SVP, Technology


---

# A GP’s Guide to Optimizing Private Credit Fund Operations

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/a-gp-s-guide-to-optimizing-private-credit-fund-operations/_

# A GP’s Guide to Optimizing Private Credit Fund Operations

Subscribe

October 28, 2025

Private credit funds have emerged as a vital component in the financial ecosystem, offering alternative lending solutions and robust returns. With the asset class expected to continue to expand well into 2027, private credit has become central to funding businesses in various sectors across the globe. However, managing these funds comes with a host of operational challenges.

This guide explores practical strategies to tackle these challenges head-on, providing private credit managers and fund managers with actionable insights into optimizing operations. From leveraging cutting-edge technology to ensuring regulatory compliance, this article will provide asset managers with key information needed to refine processes, control risk, and unlock growth potential.

## Understanding the Market Potential of Private Credit Funds

Private credit, often structured as loans to private companies, has grown significantly due to changes in traditional banking. Regulatory tightening post-2008 has driven banks to reduce lending to small and mid-sized firms, creating opportunities for private lenders. This has led to an expanded role of private credit funds, offering more flexible terms and direct lending to underserved markets.

### Emerging Trends in Private Credit

#### Two key trends dominate today’s market:

1. **Small- and Mid-Cap Lending**: Fund managers are increasingly drawn to loans for small- and mid-market companies, which often offer better terms and spreads compared to large-cap counterparts. This market segment saw heightened activity, especially as large-cap lending cooled.
2. **Growing Secondary Market**: Private credit secondary markets are gaining traction, driven by the need for liquidity as portfolios mature. Investors can now tap into existing loans for quicker access to the market.

Private credit also stands out as an attractive investment option compared to public markets due to its relatively higher returns and tailored offerings. These factors underscore why fund managers must ensure efficient operation of funds to capitalize on market momentum.

## The Operational Challenges Facing Private Credit Funds

Optimizing private credit fund operations requires addressing several critical challenges:

1. **Complex Reporting Requirements**: Unlike public funds, private credit investors demand bespoke reporting tailored to unique mandates. Compiling these detailed reports without standardized data processes remains one of the top pain points for fund managers. Inefficiencies here can erode investor confidence and hinder growth.
2. **Fee Structures, Liquidity, and Agreements**: Managing liquidity mismatches, side letters, and negotiating fees can be highly resource intensive. Aligning the interests of investors while maintaining operational stability requires strong governance frameworks.
3. **High Volume of Unstandardized Data**: The lack of standardization in private credit assets results in a diverse array of deals, reporting formats, and cash flow arrangements. This heterogeneity complicates fund administration and forecasting.
4. **Resource Constraints**: Securing experienced teams with expertise in lending, compliance, and regulatory understanding is challenging. Fund managers must invest in talent and technology to bridge gaps in operational capability or plan to outsource these functions.
5. **Regulatory Compliance**: The opaque nature of private credit funds heightens regulatory scrutiny. Safeguarding against overleveraged portfolios, mis valuations, and liquidity mismatches is increasingly essential.

## Strategies to Overcome Operational Hurdles

1. **Invest in Expertise and Resource Allocation:** To stay competitive, firms need experienced professionals who can anticipate market challenges and craft innovative solutions. For example, while the GP originates the loan, specialized loan administrators, play a critical role in tracking the loan throughout its lifecycle. This includes servicing, monitoring and ensuring operational precision, all of which require expertise in private credit intricacies.
2. **Asset Availability and Efficient Deployment:** Opportunities in private credit require precise and timely decision-making. Strong networks and better asset selection strategies are keys to ensuring consistent deal flow amidst competition.
3. **Implement Customized Reporting:** Bespoke reporting platforms that cater to investor-specific mandates are becoming non-negotiable. Fund managers need systems that not only meet these demands but also present data in easily digestible formats.
4. **Leverage Technology for Scalability:** Technology drives efficiency and accuracy in private credit operations, addressing key challenges like unstandardized reporting and manual processes.

### How Technology Transforms Private Credit Funds

- **Data Standardization, Aggregation, and Automation**: By implementing advanced data ingestion systems, fund managers can reconcile disparate data sources, improving reporting accuracy and enabling insights-driven decisions.
- **Automation Tools for Reporting**: Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML) are increasingly utilized for asset management and data analytics in private credit. Additionally, AI-driven software and optical character recognition (OCR) tools automate repetitive reporting processes, reducing manual workloads and errors.

## The Role of Fund Administration in Streamlining Operations

Outsourcing operational functions to skilled fund administrators can yield significant benefits for private credit managers, including scalability, cost control, and operational reliability.

### Key Fund Administration Services:

1. **Investor Relations**: Managing KYC and AML compliance while offering seamless onboarding and clear communication builds trust with investors.
2. **Fund Accounting**: Accurate valuation methods for calculating NAV (Net Asset Value) and reconciling investment positions are critical to maintaining investor confidence. While an administrator is not a valuation agent responsible for pricing loans in the portfolio, they adhere to the governing documents to calculate NAV at the fund level. For valuation of loans, an administrator utilizes market pricing data feeds from sources like Markit and Bloomberg for Broadly Syndicated Loans (Liquid Loans). However, for Private Credit Loans or Direct Lending Loans, valuation is typically assigned by the General Partner (GP) in collaboration with a valuation agent to ensure accurate pricing.
3. **Loan Administration**: Administrators are tasked with monitoring loan activity at an administrative level, tracking activity on behalf of the client, and implementing proactive risk mitigation strategies.

A robust partnership with a fund administrator ensures operational precision and leaves fund managers free to focus on strategy and asset performance.

## Navigating the Regulatory and Legal Landscape

Regulatory transparency remains at the forefront of private credit operations. Some of the primary areas fund managers must address include:

- **Opaque Practices and Overleveraging Risk**: Clear loan valuation models and disclosure safeguards encourage investor trust while avoiding regulatory pitfalls.
- **Governance Gaps**: Ensuring proactive compliance across jurisdictions is critical to minimizing exposure. While some administrators do not handle compliance reporting at the fund level, they do ensure that loan-level activity is accurately tracked in accordance with the Loan Level Agreement. This focus on loan-level precision supports broader compliance efforts and operational integrity.

By implementing strong oversight mechanisms and systems for monitoring loan performance, fund managers can preempt risks and maintain high operational standards.

## The Future of Private Credit Fund Optimization

The private credit industry is at an inflection point. While its growth is encouraging, achieving operational excellence will mean proactively addressing market shifts, adopting forward-looking technology, and partnering effectively with fund administrators.

### Key Areas of Focus for Growth

- Leveraging advancements like AI for predictive insights and operational agility.
- Adapting to global regulatory changes to safeguard reputation and assure compliance.
- Expanding offerings in secondary markets to cater to liquidity demands.

By refining their operational frameworks and adopting a mindset of continuous improvement, fund managers can position their private credit funds for long-term resilience and growth.

## Why Outsourcing Could Be the Key to Success

Rather than grappling with the complexities of in-house operations, outsourcing to an established fund administration partner, like Ultimus, offers scalable, tailor-made solutions. By reallocating resources and leveraging advanced technology for specialized reporting, fund managers can achieve operational precision while dedicating their energy to strategic growth and core objectives.

### A Reliable Partner in Operation Optimization

Outsourced administrators bring specialized expertise, cutting-edge technology, and a deep commitment to regulatory compliance to the table. This partnership mitigates risks, improves investor confidence, and ensures long-term operational success for private credit funds. In today’s fast-paced financial landscape, outsourcing isn’t just a solution – it’s a competitive advantage.

COD00000854 10/10/2025


---

# High-Level Insights from Ultimus’ ETF as a Share Class Webinar

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/high-level-insights-from-ultimus-etf-as-a-share-class-webinar/_

# High-Level Insights from Ultimus’ ETF as a Share Class Webinar

Subscribe

December 16, 2025

The Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF) landscape is rapidly evolving, and asset managers are exploring innovative structures that can offer advantages. One development is the rise in interest in adding an ETF share class within a traditional mutual fund. This hybrid model presents a significant opportunity, but it also introduces a different set of rules and potential operational hurdles.

Understanding this structure is essential for asset managers as they think about product expansion and potential growth. Let’s explore the key considerations for any asset manager looking to navigate this new frontier, from regulatory shifts and operational demands to governance and the value of experienced partners.

### Regulatory Developments and Industry Context

The concept of an ETF operating as a mutual fund share class is now possible, due to recent regulatory changes. The SEC’s evolving perspective and its approval of exemptive relief for these structures have opened the door for asset managers to combine the benefits of both vehicles within a single portfolio.

This progress brings certain questions to the forefront. Rule 6c-11, for instance, has standardized many operational and reporting aspects for ETFs, but applying it within a dual-class structure requires careful deliberation. Asset managers must grasp the legal framework, while keeping a close eye on the ongoing industry dialogue. Staying current on regulatory best practices is crucial for remaining compliant and building a transparent, durable fund structure.

### Operational and Strategic Details

Implementing an ETF as a share class within a mutual fund presents a specific set of operational challenges. It introduces two distinct operational workflows that differ from standalone mutual funds or ETFs. Success depends on mastering these new processes and anticipating the challenges.

Key operational considerations include:

- **Daily portfolio transparency**: Unlike many mutual funds, the ETF share class requires daily disclosure of portfolio holdings to facilitate the creation and redemption process.
- **Timely basket calculations**: The fund must be able to calculate and disseminate the creation and redemption baskets efficiently every day. This is the mechanism by which ETF shares are created and redeemed, and it must be precise.
- **Expanding trading relationships**: To effectively optimize tax efficiency, fund managers may need to expand their existing trading relationships and increase their understanding of critical new partners within the ETF ecosystem, such as Lead Market Makers and Authorized Participants.
- **Recognition and interest from Lead Market Makers**: The Lead Market Maker is a critical partner in the ETF ecosystem, and the fund manager may need to make a compelling argument for the support of the ETF share class.
- **Systems and provider readiness**: Internal systems and external service providers must be equipped to handle the specific demands of an ETF. This includes order processing, custody, portfolio management, and accounting.
- **Clear expense allocation**: How will expenses be allocated between the mutual fund and ETF share classes? A clear, fair, and well-documented methodology is essential for both regulatory scrutiny and shareholder trust.

Aligning these operational practices with regulatory expectations from day one is critical. This requires a strategic approach and close coordination with all service providers involved in the fund’s ecosystem.

### Governance, Board, and Shareholder Trust

A fund’s board of directors plays a pivotal role in evaluating and approving such a significant change as introducing an ETF share class. When considering this move, boards will need to see a compelling, data-driven case. They should scrutinize the rationale behind the new structure, analyze the potential risks, and assess whether the new structure will benefit all classes of shareholders. It may be necessary for a fund manager to prepare comprehensive materials that clearly articulate the coexistence of the ETF and mutual fund classes within one portfolio.

Open communication is key. Both the board and shareholders need to understand the benefits, the operational changes, and any potential impacts. Building a proposal that addresses these points head-on is fundamental to gaining the necessary approvals and maintaining shareholder confidence.

### The Power of Partnership

Navigating the complexities of the ETF as a share class structure is not a journey to take alone. The legal, operational, and technological requirements are intricate. Partnering with a service provider that has deep, proven skills in the ETF ecosystem can be the deciding factor between a smooth share class launch and a frustrating series of setbacks.

An ideal partner offers more than just fund administration. They bring an integrated experience to help:

- Design a compliant and efficient fund structure
- Prepare for regulatory review and board approval
- Maintain operational readiness across all systems
- Manage the complexities of class-level accounting
- Navigate the ETF ecosystem

The right support from an experienced administrator can help you navigate the landscape, maintain compliance, and explore the innovative potential of the ETF as a share class offering. The exploration of other ideas to support growth and product transformation, such as converting a mutual fund to an ETF or simply adding an ETF to the mutual fund product lineup, may be just as valuable and can be facilitated by the right partner. As the investment world continues to evolve, those who prepare and partner wisely will be well positioned to succeed.

For asset managers and industry stakeholders aiming to deepen their understanding of the ETF as a share class structure—and to hear first-hand insights from industry leaders—watch the full webinar recording below or contact us at inquiry@ultimusfundsolutions.com.

COD00000933 12/11/2025


---

# The Value of GIPS Compliant Performance

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-value-of-gips-compliant-performance/_

#
The Value of GIPS Compliant Performance


Subscribe

December 18, 2025

In an increasingly competitive investment landscape, asset managers are under growing pressure to demonstrate not only strong performance, but also trustworthy and benchmarked results. This is where Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS^®^) play a critical role. Far more than a reporting framework, GIPS compliance has become a strategic advantage; GIPS helps asset managers strengthen credibility, improve investor confidence, and clearly articulate the value of their investment strategies.

### What Are the GIPS Standards?

The [GIPS standards](https://www.gipsstandards.org/), developed by the CFA Institute, are a set of ethical principles and standardized reporting requirements that guide investment firms in calculating and presenting performance results. They ensure consistency, transparency, and fairness—key elements in effective performance marketing and due diligence.

But their importance goes well beyond performance numbers.

### Enhancing Credibility and Investor Trust

Investors want confidence that an asset manager’s performance track record is accurate, complete, and consistent. GIPS compliance provides that assurance.

By adhering to rigorous global standards, asset managers signal that they prioritize integrity and accountability in performance reporting. This credibility is particularly valuable when competing for institutional mandates, where GIPS compliance is often a minimum expectation.

Bottom line: GIPS compliance helps transform raw performance figures into trustworthy representations of strategy effectiveness.

### Supporting Clear Communication of Investment Strategy

GIPS-compliant reporting requires detailed disclosures that help investors understand the investment strategy used, the universe of accounts included, the risks and constraints of the composite, the relevant benchmark and rationale, and the historical consistency of the investment process.

This added transparency gives context to performance results, making it easier for prospects to understand how an asset manager’s strategy operates. That context is especially critical for complex strategies—such as alternatives, multi-asset, and active risk-managed approaches—where misunderstanding can become a barrier to understanding the strategy.

In short, GIPS helps asset managers clearly and consistently articulate how their process drives results.

### Enabling Meaningful Comparisons

Consistency is one of the biggest challenges in performance evaluation. Different firms use different methodologies, calculation periods, and reporting practices, making apples-to-apples analysis difficult. GIPS standards solve this problem by enforcing uniformity in key areas such as return calculation methods, historical composite construction, benchmark selection, and risk reporting.

For investors performing manager due diligence, this consistency dramatically simplifies evaluation. For asset managers, improved comparability means their strategy can be evaluated on merit rather than on differences in reporting methods.

### Strengthening and Marketing the Investment Story

An investment strategy needs a compelling performance story. GIPS compliance strengthens that story by providing a reliable historical record, proof of disciplined process, verified composite construction, and transparency around how results were achieved.

Sales and marketing teams often rely on this structure when presenting to institutional investors and their consultants. Many RFPs require GIPS-compliant performance as a prerequisite for inclusion. As a result, asset managers with GIPS-compliant performance gain clearer, stronger, and more credible messaging around their strategy’s value proposition.

### Improving Operational Discipline and Risk Management

Beyond marketing, GIPS compliance improves internal practices by providing:

- Better performance data governance
- Increased oversight of composite maintenance
- More accurate account classification
- Stronger internal controls and documentation
- Greater alignment between investment, operations, and compliance teams

These improvements foster operational efficiency and help mitigate reputational and regulatory risk, both essential to the execution of their strategy.

### Supporting Global Competitiveness

Because the GIPS standards are recognized worldwide, compliance enables firms to market strategies across borders with a consistent, trusted performance framework. For asset managers expanding into new channels and regions, GIPS provides a powerful foundation for global credibility.

### Conclusion: GIPS Compliance Is a Strategic Asset

GIPS compliance is no longer just a best practice—it’s a core component of a successful investment strategy. By enhancing transparency, supporting operational excellence, and strengthening investor trust, GIPS-compliant performance gives asset managers a competitive edge in both marketing and execution.

One solution is Ultimus’ flexible middle office solution, which can assist firms with their data and performance needs by providing outsourced, technology-driven operational support. Our model provides asset managers with end-to-end solutions for IBOR and fund accounting, and is fully integrated with our middle office operational and GIPS performance services.

To find out more about our middle office solutions, [contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "Contact Us") today.

COD00000934 12/12/2025


---

# The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-strategic-shift-navigating-the-evolving-landscape-of-alternative-investments/_

# The Strategic Shift: Navigating the Evolving Landscape of Alternative Investments

Subscribe

March 18, 2026

Market volatility and shifting economic indicators are driving asset managers to seek strategies that go beyond the traditional 60-40 portfolio model. Firms are integrating alternative investments to offer greater diversification and enhance returns, through sources that are less correlated with traditional public equity and bond markets. Understanding this strategic evolution is imperative for maintaining a competitive edge.

## The Democratization of Access to Alternatives

Historically, alternative investments were limited to institutional investors and high-net-worth individuals, but evolving regulations and innovative fund structures are now opening these opportunities to a broader range of investors. Today, the barriers to entry have lowered significantly. Interval funds, tender offer funds, and business development companies (BDCs) play a pivotal role in allowing firms to broaden access to alternative investments while providing retail investors with the transparency and investor protection of an SEC-registered Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act) fund.

## Opportunity Awaits in the Modern Alternative Landscape

Private markets offer investors meaningful diversification by extending portfolio exposure across alternative asset classes such as private credit, private equity, real estate, infrastructure, and hedge funds. These strategies unlock new avenues for potential growth, often unavailable in traditional public markets. Limiting investments to public markets can expose portfolios to higher volatility, reduced diversification, and fewer opportunities to capture the long-term growth and income potential found in private assets. Incorporating alternative assets has become increasingly popular in today’s modern portfolios, as investors seek more resilient strategies that balance risk, enhance returns, and better navigate evolving market dynamics.

## The Rise of Private Credit

Private credit has emerged as one of the fastest-growing segments within alternative investments, driven by a shift away from traditional bank lending. Asset managers are turning to private credit to generate consistent income, portfolio diversification, and enhanced returns, especially as rising rates create challenges for fixed-income allocations.

## Access with Oversight: Alternatives in Registered Fund Wrappers

As demand for alternative investment strategies intensifies, interval funds, tender offer funds, and BDCs have emerged as key vehicles for bringing alternative asset strategies to retail investors. These structures allow investors to access less liquid, institutionally oriented opportunities while benefiting from the transparency, disclosure, and governance standards required of registered ’40 Act funds, including audited financials, board oversight, and reporting under the securities laws. Built-in safeguards such as investment restrictions, leverage limits, periodic valuations, and regulated liquidity mechanisms are designed to balance access to alternatives with protections that help mitigate risk and support fair treatment of shareholders.

## Moving Forward

Asset managers embracing registered structures to expand retail access to alternative investments are positioning themselves as forward-thinking providers of modern portfolio solutions. For deeper analysis of this topic, download our new whitepaper or view the recording of our recent webcast, both produced in partnership with FundFire.

[Download Whitepaper](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/retail-alts-white-paper/)

[View Webcast Recording](https://vimeo.com/1168981840/433074010e?share=copy&amp;fl=sv&amp;fe=ci)

At Ultimus, we combine deep experience in both private and registered markets to deliver the comprehensive servicing framework required for complex retail alternative products. Through industry-leading technology solutions, comprehensive SEC reporting support, and high-touch client engagement, Ultimus can help asset managers scale their offerings across these structures, including interval and tender offer funds, BDCs, REITs and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (‘34 Act) registered private funds. Connect with us here: http://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com

* * *

COD00000979 2/26/2026


---

# Connecting IBOR and Class Actions: How a Single Book of Record Can Create Operational Alpha

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/connecting-ibor-and-class-actions-how-a-single-book-of-record-can-create-operational-alpha/_

# Connecting IBOR and Class Actions: How a Single Book of Record Can Create Operational Alpha

Subscribe

Authored by
**Malav Mehta**

Head of Product - Financial Recovery Technologies (FRT)

**About Malav Mehta**
									As SVP of Product, Malav is responsible for product management and product innovation at FRT. Malav brings over 20 years of technology experience with financial services companies working on applications in the Front, Middle and Back Office and most recently at Omgeo/DTCC on applications that enable seamless settlements at the depository. Malav has an MBA in Finance and Supply Chain Management from Rutgers University – Newark.
						×

April 17, 2026

When investment managers switch custodians, attention typically centers on the transition logistics—system integration, compliance considerations, and client communications. Less often discussed is what can be left behind: years of trading history, now fragmented across multiple systems. It’s an operational gap that quietly erodes data lineage until the downstream effects become too costly to ignore.

Custodian transitions are one symptom of a broader data challenge for operations teams. Investment firms face increasing complexity across data sources, from custodians and fund administrators to transfer agents and market data providers. Meanwhile, they are navigating a wider investment product mix alongside greater regulatory pressure around reporting and valuation governance.

In many cases, infrastructure has not kept pace with these broader changes. Historical data retrieval is costly and slow, often requiring direct client involvement, while disjointed refresh cycles and manual reconciliation create a fragmented view of investment data with unclear ownership.

Collectively, these challenges create hidden costs and liabilities for investors:

- **Operational drag** from maintaining and reconciling data across systems
- **Governance gaps** as oversight spreads across systems and providers
- **Missed class action recoveries** when claim filings rely on incomplete trading data

While each of these risks carries an element of fiduciary responsibility, class action exposure can be easy to overlook because negative outcomes may not become apparent until years later. In some cases, however, the consequences can be immediate.

Consider custodian transitions. The historical holdings needed to submit accurate class action claims may sit with a former provider that has no obligation to support filing once the relationship ends—nor would it be reasonable for a bank to assume liability for data outside its current custody. Meanwhile, an incoming custodian is unlikely to assume responsibility for legacy data it did not generate and cannot independently verify. The result is a sudden fiduciary gap for the firm.

A single book of record for class action data, supported by scalable technology and repeatable processes, creates operational alpha for investors by helping ensure eligible shareholder recoveries are captured efficiently—not left on the table.

## Operational Alpha in Practice

The financial stakes of fragmented class action data can be significant. Over the past three years (2023-25), shareholders recovered more than $16 billion across hundreds of settled securities cases. In January 2026 alone, four new securities settlements totaling $1.4 billion were announced. Investment managers with public equity allocations often have material exposure, yet their recovery outcomes are heavily dependent on transaction data quality and access to trade substantiation records.

A [recent surge in fraudulent class action claim filings](https://frtservices.com/insights/2026-shareholder-class-action-trends-takeaways/) has raised the bar for proving eligibility. High-loss claims are more likely to be audited by case administrators, leaving investors less time to resolve discrepancies flagged in their claim data. Investors attempting to participate in SEC Fair Funds—agency enforcement actions with stricter eligibility requirements than securities class actions—must provide full, original documentation for all trades included in their claim submissions or risk rejection.

Building a consolidated view of class action exposure is not only critical to protecting shareholder entitlements in securities cases, but it also transforms what is historically viewed as a back-office obligation into an alpha generator. FRT analysis of a firm’s existing class action footprint routinely reveals missed recoveries or sub-optimal claim preparation, with many firms showing unclaimed eligible losses in the millions.

Most investment managers handle class action responsibilities through one of three models: relying on a custodian to file, outsourcing a third-party specialist, or directing operations staff to handle claims internally. Internal approaches are resource-intensive and difficult to scale as data complexity increases. Custodian-led filing is largely limited to core securities cases and typically is not prioritized as a product offering. Because class actions are not a core competency for custodians, many large providers outsource these capabilities to a third party—often as private-label offerings. Even third-party class action providers vary significantly in their technical capabilities, data provider relationships, and operational rigor.

The class action limitations of custodian-sourced data are particularly sharp for ETF providers. Because traditional custody statements were not designed to account for ETF mechanics, they may reflect $0 price transactions tied to share creation and redemption or carry incomplete records for in-kind activity. Fund accounting data, by contrast, captures NAV-based pricing, daily holdings, and proper treatment of portfolio transactions. As claim administrators increasingly scrutinize high-loss submissions, the distinction matters: fund accounting records align with how administrators expect purchases, sales, and holding periods to be documented.

Increasingly, technology and automation are what drive effectiveness and efficiency in today’s class action market.

## Where Technology Drives Operational Lift

To establish a single source of normalized, connected trading data, investment managers need a scalable technology foundation—one that can automate routine elements of class action filing while preserving data hygiene over time. An effective platform can support the discrete activities at each stage of the claim’s lifecycle, from settlement announcement through final remittance to investors.

Such a platform needs capabilities designed for the requirements of securities litigation, such as:

- Sourcing of third-party documentation via API integrations and custodian relationships
- Streamlined loss calculation, eligibility validation, and remittance processing
- Systematic identification of data inconsistencies prior to claim submission
- Visibility into the status of pending claims and recovery program results over time

Though not always top of mind for decision-makers, these capabilities represent a clear through-line between operational infrastructure and class action outcomes.

[Ultimus Fund Solutions’](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) IBOR solution provides a consolidated view of positions, cash, and transaction data across custodians and sub-advisors—the same normalized data foundation that determines class action recovery outcomes. Because data resides with the fund administrator rather than any single custodian, lineage is preserved before, during, and after provider transitions.

For firms already working with Ultimus, automated data feeds and straight-through processing eliminate manual data pulls that historically create drag in the class action process and friction when shifting providers. Rather than expecting clients to coordinate with custodians or pay premium fees for historical data retrieval, Ultimus’ shared data pipeline with FRT makes the necessary data available when it matters, at no additional cost.

The results are tangible across three dimensions:

- **Improved recovery outcomes**. Firms that maintain a single book of record for class actions experience fewer rejections, more accurate loss calculations, and higher recovery rates. On average, FRT clients collectively account for 25% of securities class action settlement pools and 40% of SEC Fair Fund distributions (after legal and administrative fees).
- **Stronger governance**. One source of data enables an audit trail for class action recoveries that preserves data lineage across infrastructure and provider migrations. Operations teams have ongoing visibility into filed claims and reporting to better meet regulatory and fiduciary requirements.
- **Reduced expenses and administrative burden**. Onboarding friction decreases when data relationships are already established, allowing investment firms to redirect internal resources toward higher-value operations projects. The costs of recurring class action data refreshes decrease, as well.

## Turning Obligation into Advantage

Class actions have long been treated as a responsibility to manage rather than an area that can and should be optimized. The firms that unlock greater recovery performance share a common foundation: consolidated investment data and scalable operational infrastructure that help ensure shareholders receive their full entitlements.

FRT will be sharing additional insights into today’s class action landscape during the Ultimus Client Summit in April, participating in the panel discussion: “**From Back Office to Powerhouse: Scaling Investment Operations for Growth**.”

COD00001007 4/14/2026


## Authored by

**Malav Mehta**

Head of Product - Financial Recovery Technologies (FRT)


About Malav Mehta
As SVP of Product, Malav is responsible for product management and product innovation at FRT. Malav brings over 20 years of technology experience with financial services companies working on applications in the Front, Middle and Back Office and most recently at Omgeo/DTCC on applications that enable seamless settlements at the depository. Malav has an MBA in Finance and Supply Chain Management from Rutgers University – Newark.


---

# Ultimus x Arch Case Study: Enhanced Efficiency and Innovation in Asset Management

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/ultimus-x-arch-case-study-enhanced-efficiency-and-innovation-in-asset-management/_

# Ultimus x Arch Case Study: Enhanced Efficiency and Innovation in Asset Management

Subscribe

May 7, 2026

## **Table of Contents:**

1. Intro and Background
2. The Challenge
3. The Decision-Making Process
4. Innovation and Transformation
5. Results and Impact
6. Looking Forward

## 1. Uniting Technology and Expertise

Arch and Ultimus partnered with a clear mission: to transform how asset managers operate. They achieve this by combining Arch’s advanced technology, which delivers centralized data visibility and automated workflows, with Ultimus’ specialized, first-class fund administration services. By addressing inefficiencies in legacy systems and fragmented workflows, the partnership helps institutional managers and wealth advisers to streamline operations and enhance client service.

This partnership creates a unified ecosystem for asset managers to operate more efficiently, gain real-time visibility, robust reporting, and scalable operations, all while receiving personalized service that adapts to their distinct needs. Together, Arch and Ultimus blend innovation with strategic solutions redefining how asset managers approach growth and operational challenges.

## 2. Challenges Impacting Asset Management Operations and Client Service

The financial landscape for asset managers continues to evolve, driven by increasingly complex requirements in operations, reporting, and data management. As global markets grow more interconnected and regulatory demands become stricter, asset managers are under greater pressure to adapt quickly and efficiently. Operational processes must now be streamlined to handle higher volumes and diverse asset classes, while reporting frameworks are required to meet both investor and regulatory expectations.

Additionally, the explosion of data in the industry has created an urgent need for advanced data management tools to analyze and leverage information effectively. These shifts highlight the importance of innovation and adaptability in navigating the challenges and opportunities of modern asset management.

The following explores the specific pain points asset managers face, examines how these challenges hinder their ability to serve clients effectively, and discusses the reasons why traditional solutions have become inadequate in addressing these mounting pressures.

### Pain Points in Financial Operations, Reporting, and Data Management

Asset managers encounter several recurring issues in their day-to-day operations:

- **Operational Inefficiencies**: Manual processes slow workflows, increase errors, and misallocate resources.
- **Data Challenges**: Disconnected systems create silos, reduce data quality, and increase IT complexity.
- **Lack of Real-Time Data Insights**: Slow data access delays market responses, updates, and decision-making.
- **Compliance Difficulties**: Evolving regulations and scattered systems complicate audits and reporting.

### Impact on Client Service

These operational inefficiencies and data challenges take a significant toll on asset managers’ ability to meet investor needs effectively. These inefficiencies lead to delayed updates, reduced transparency, poor responsiveness, and missed opportunities.

### Ineffectiveness of Traditional Solutions

Legacy systems and processes, once suitable for simpler asset management operations, now fall short in meeting today’s demands due to several critical shortcomings.

- Legacy systems lack scalability and struggle with data overload and global operations.
- Manual processes amplify errors and limit automation.
- Traditional tools lack advanced analytics and real-time capabilities.
- Opaque processes fail to meet client expectations.

These challenges impair asset managers’ ability to deliver timely, accurate, and transparent services, ultimately affecting client trust and satisfaction. Traditional solutions, rooted in older technologies and methodologies, simply cannot address the complexities of modern asset management operations, making their replacement not just beneficial but essential.

## 3. From Evaluation to Advantage: The Right Partner Matters

### How Asset Managers Evaluate Solutions

Asset managers should assess new solutions by focusing on three priorities:

1. **Operational Efficiency and Risk Reduction**: A new solution should automate manual tasks, reduce errors, and streamline workflows to lower operational risk.
2. **Scalability and Growth Enablement**: Ensure the new solution can support higher transaction volumes, a wider variety of asset classes, and an expanding client base. Asset managers want confidence that the solution will grow with their business rather than become a constraint.
3. **Client Experience and Transparency**: A new solution should improve reporting timeliness, data accessibility, and investor communication--all directly tied to client trust and long-term satisfaction.

By weighing these areas, asset managers help ensure that a solution strengthens both internal processes and client relationships.

### Why Asset Managers Choose Ultimus and Arch

Ultimus and Arch stand out because their combined model delivers more than either could alone:

- **Integrated technology and service model**: Arch’s digital platform integrates seamlessly with Ultimus’ fund administration services, breaking down silos and creating a unified environment that connects data, operations, and reporting.
- **Innovation Backed by Expertise**: Arch brings automation and product innovation, while Ultimus brings deep regulatory knowledge and expertise, ensuring advanced tools and expert guidance.
- **Proven Results**: Clients see faster reporting cycles, higher accuracy, and better investor engagement. Workflows that previously consumed days are completed in hours, freeing resources for strategic activities.
- **Future-Ready**: Designed for scalability and adaptability. Asset managers gain confidence that the infrastructure and services will continue to evolve alongside market demands and regulatory requirements.

Together, Ultimus and Arch provide asset managers with a foundation for sustainable growth, data transparency, and long-term competitive advantage.

## 4. Becoming More Proactive: A Blueprint for Transformation

Building on the challenges outlined earlier, this section explores how Arch and Ultimus deliver transformative solutions. The partnership provides an integrated suite of tools and services that enable managers to focus on high-priority goals like asset growth and investor engagement.

### Enabling Strategic Focus for Growth

Arch’s platform consolidates data and automates workflows to enhance efficiency and scalability, enabling asset managers to allocate resources toward strategic initiatives. Ultimus complements this with a service model focused on tailored solutions, offering personalized support that allows asset managers to focus on high-value activities like investor relations and strategy development.

### Innovating to Stay Competitive

The rapidly evolving financial services landscape requires firms to innovate continuously. The partnership enables this through:

- **Automation-Driven Efficiency**: Streamlining error-prone tasks like data aggregation and reconciliation.
- **Predictive Analytics and Insights**: Leveraging machine learning for real-time insights into market trends and investor behavior.
- **Cloud-Based Scalability**: Ensuring firms can seamlessly expand operations to enter new markets or scale portfolios.

### Enhancing Agility and Market Responsiveness

The ability to adapt quickly to changing market conditions is a defining feature of success. The Arch and Ultimus partnership accelerates decision-making by centralizing data into a "single source of truth" and providing dynamic, real-time reporting tools. By harnessing the power of automation, data-driven insights, and scalability, this collaboration allows private fund firms to make faster, more informed decisions, capitalize on market opportunities, and respond proactively to compliance needs, while allowing them to remain competitive in an evolving landscape.

## 5. The Tangible Impact

The implementation of Arch and Ultimus’ integrated model has transformed asset management operations. Automation has reduced administrative tasks, improved accuracy, and lowered the total cost of ownership, enabling asset managers to focus on strategic growth. For asset managers, the partnership delivers groundbreaking benefits, with three core areas standing out:

- **Improved Transparency**: Advanced reporting and dynamic dashboards provide real-time access to critical data, boosting confidence and inspiring more informed decisions.
- **Faster Reporting for Proactive Strategies**: Accelerated report delivery enables asset managers to react swiftly to market changes, offering a competitive edge.
- **Personalized Service**: Customization options enhance satisfaction by aligning services with specific asset manager goals, fostering deeper relationships and loyalty.

By reducing administrative burdens and increasing operational efficiency, the partnership helps position firms for sustainable growth and solidify their reputation as leaders in their field.

## 6. Staying Ahead of the Curve: A Commitment to Innovation

The Arch and Ultimus partnership is designed to anticipate change rather than simply respond to it. With a focus on continuous modernization, Arch explores advanced capabilities like Lookthroughs and Digest improvements as part of its commitment to providing future-ready solutions. These tools, envisioned as potential enhancements, aim to deliver greater operational efficiency, data transparency, and scalability. Together, the firms focus on three core areas to help asset managers stay ahead.

1. **Deeper Portfolio Insights with Lookthroughs**

    Transparency and data accessibility remain essential to informed decision-making. Enhanced Lookthrough capabilities will provide expanded visibility into ownership and total capital exposure, enriched with data insights across sector, geography, and funding rounds. This enables managers to gain a more granular view of portfolio exposures across asset classes and strategies. With these deeper insights, firms can strengthen risk management, refine analytics, and deliver more meaningful client reporting. Greater visibility not only helps managers adapt quickly to shifting market conditions but also allows them to communicate portfolio narratives with clarity and confidence.
2. **Actionable Insights with the Daily Digest**

    As firms scale, operational demands grow more complex, requiring greater diligence and timely visibility into investment activity. The Daily Digest streamlines this by delivering a curated summary of account updates, capital calls, documents, and required actions directly to each user’s inbox. Looking ahead, enhanced customization will further tailor notifications based on user roles, preferences, and workflows, ensuring critical insights are not only surfaced at the right time, but are the most relevant to each individual. Additionally, these capabilities will incorporate timely market insights and emerging opportunities, empowering users to make more informed, strategic decisions. By delivering highly personalized, actionable updates, the Daily Digest enables asset managers to stay informed, reduce noise, and focus on strategic priorities as they scale.
3. **Enhanced Client Experience**

    Ultimus will continue to enhance its high-touch service model with investments in greater automation and personalization, ensuring that asset managers benefit from both efficiency and dedicated expertise. With greater alternatives’ data and visibility, asset managers can view real-time insights and make more informed decisions, further strengthening investor confidence and experience while ensuring operational excellence.

Looking ahead, the partnership remains committed to continuous innovation, ensuring solutions not only evolve with the industry but also set a higher standard for what asset managers and their clients can expect.

* * *

COD00001006 4/14/2026


---

# Rising Popularity of the 351 Exchange

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/rising-popularity-of-the-351-exchange/_

#
Rising Popularity of the 351 Exchange


Subscribe

June 16, 2026

The 351 exchange continues to gain traction among asset managers as a strategic method for converting various investment vehicles, such as separately managed accounts (SMAs) into exchange traded funds (ETFs). This tax-deferred process can unlock benefits, including enhanced liquidity and transparency. However, it also demands meticulous navigation of regulatory, valuation, and operational challenges. This article explores the mechanics of the 351 exchange, its primary advantages, and the considerations for a successful transaction.

### Defining the 351 Exchange

A 351 conversion involves transferring assets from an SMA to an ETF in return for ETF shares. This transaction is structured to allow for deferral of gain or loss on the transferred assets, provided specific IRS conditions are met. Mishandling this process can result in significant tax liabilities and operational disruptions. The complexities of valuation, regulatory compliance, and post-conversion administration require an experienced approach.

### Key Elements of the Conversion

- **SMA**: a personalized investment account managed by a professional investment firm. The investor directly owns the securities within the account, which can include a diverse range of assets such as stocks, bonds, and other securities.
- **ETF**: a pooled investment vehicle that holds a collection of assets and is traded on stock exchanges. ETFs offer liquidity, diversification, and typically lower costs and can be more tax-efficient compared to individual asset management.

### Requirements

To qualify for a Section 351 exchange, the assets transferred from the SMA to the ETF must meet IRS tax diversification requirements and satisfy specific control rules. An important aspect of this transaction is the control requirement, which means that the investor or group of investors must own at least 80% of the voting power and 80% of the total number of shares of the ETF immediately after the exchange. Fulfilling these requirements is essential to confirm the transaction qualifies for tax-deferral benefits.

### Primary Advantages

A 351 exchange provides a mechanism for portfolio diversification by allowing appreciated securities to be transferred into an ETF structure. Because this transaction is treated as an exchange rather than a sale, the ETF manager can then diversify the portfolio by selling concentrated positions and acquiring new securities without triggering an immediate tax liability for initial investors. This process can also enhance liquidity, allowing for easier access to fund shares through public markets.

### Tax Implications

A 351 in-kind exchange allows investors to transfer assets to an ETF without triggering a taxable event for the contributor. The unrealized gains are deferred until the ETF shares are sold. The cost basis and holding period from original assets carry over to the ETF shares, maintaining continuity for future tax calculations.

### Conversion Overview

Converting an SMA to an ETF via a Section 351 exchange offers a structured approach to aligned portfolio management, allowing investors and asset managers to select vehicles that support client objectives. The process can also enable easier asset consolidation and facilitate ongoing adjustment to portfolio composition within a regulated, tax-conscious framework.

### Key Steps in the Conversion Process

Several considerations are essential in converting an SMA to an ETF under a Section 351 exchange. These include accurately valuing all transferred assets, maintaining thorough transaction records and agreements, and adhering to relevant securities regulations. Each step supports the integrity and compliance of the conversion process.

### Conversion Obstacles

Potential challenges in the conversion process may arise when SMAs include assets that are illiquid or difficult to price intraday in an ETF structure. Additionally, when multiple investors are involved, maintaining the necessary 80% control of the ETF immediately after the transaction can present obstacles that must be addressed.

### Benefits of Converting to an ETF

ETFs provide advantages such as improved liquidity, enabling easier trading on public exchanges, and broader diversification across asset classes compared to many individually managed accounts. ETFs typically provide exposure to a broad range of assets, helping reduce risk by spreading investments across various sectors or asset classes. This approach can moderate the effects of underperformance in any single investment compared to more concentrated portfolios.

Cost efficiency is another consideration with ETFs, as these funds often have lower management fees compared to SMAs. Lower expenses can make them appealing to investors focused on reducing costs.

A key feature of most ETFs is the daily disclosure of portfolio holdings. This level of transparency supports informed oversight and can aid investors in monitoring their exposure and making portfolio decisions.

ETFs can be purchased through most brokerage accounts, offering investors a straightforward way to acquire fund shares alongside other investments. This streamlined purchasing process stands in contrast to SMAs, which may involve higher entry requirements and additional administrative steps.

ETFs support a variety of investment approaches, offering access to different sectors, themes, and global markets within a single fund structure. This flexibility allows portfolios to reflect a range of strategies or respond efficiently to changing market conditions.

### How Ultimus Can Help

Converting an SMA to an ETF through a 351 exchange can improve liquidity, enhance diversification, and offer better tax efficiency. This approach provides a practical solution for adapting portfolio structures to evolving investment needs, but it requires careful planning and attention to regulatory details. Ultimus supports these complex, tax-sensitive asset transitions by addressing all operational, regulatory, and valuation considerations. Our collaborative approach, enhanced technology, and specialized guidance help manage each aspect of the conversion with precision and in alignment with client objectives.

COD00001032 6/10/2026


---

# The Rise of 1940 Act Funds and Why Choosing the Right Service Provider is Crucial

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/the-rise-of-1940-act-funds-and-why-choosing-the-right-service-provider-is-crucial/_

#
The Rise of 1940 Act Funds and Why Choosing the Right Service Provider is Crucial


Subscribe

June 23, 2026

Historically, alternative investment strategies such as private equity, hedge funds, real estate, and private credit were largely accessible to ultra-high-net-worth individuals. Recent regulatory and policy developments, however, signal a meaningful shift toward broader access. In May of 2025, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) announced changes eliminating the requirement that registered closed-end funds investing in private funds either cap such investments to 15% of their assets or restrict offerings solely to accredited investors with minimum initial investments. This was followed by President Trump’s August 2025 executive order aimed at expanding access to alternative assets for 401(k) investors. Together, these initiatives seek to make private fund strategies available to retail investors through registered funds governed by the disclosure and structural protections of the ’40 Act.

Compared to traditional private funds, these vehicles may offer enhanced liquidity and increased transparency through frequent reporting based on SEC requirements. While these developments remain subject to proposed rules, regulations, and additional guidance, they represent a significant step toward democratizing access to sophisticated investment strategies while maintaining appropriate regulatory safeguards.

As alternative investment strategies increasingly adopt the framework of ’40 Act funds, the selection of service providers has become a critical decision point. Provider expertise in regulatory compliance, operational efficiency, and the ability to inspire investor confidence now sits at the top of the due diligence checklist when selecting an administrator, tax, and audit partner.

A fund administrator with deep regulatory knowledge helps to ensure compliance while maintaining controls that protect both the fund and its investors. For Ultimus Fund Solutions, this includes expertise in SEC reporting and filing, as well as proactive monitoring to anticipate and adapt to regulatory changes like valuation rules. Experienced fund administrators leverage automation and sophisticated data systems to minimize human error and deliver real-time access to critical data, such as daily Net Asset Values (NAV), to help manage the pressure of enhanced liquidity. Ultimus is also fluent in preparing and filing essential regulatory documents, preparing board reporting and governance, along with diligent regulatory monitoring. A reputable administrator acts as a trusted third party, validating the fund’s data. Additionally, leading administrators, such as Ultimus, prioritize cybersecurity and data protection to safeguard sensitive investor and portfolio data. A robust technology infrastructure ensures both operational efficiency and strong security, reinforcing investor trust, while promoting fund growth without operational friction.

A truly effective fund administrator employs a client-centric, consultative approach—which is especially valuable in the initial stages of fund creation. By understanding the manager’s priorities and drawing on deep product experience, a skilled administrator helps investment managers navigate the complexities of product design, guide the setup and launch phases, and advise on effective distribution strategies. This proactive approach supports regulatory compliance and the operational steps needed to bring a new product to market.

In addition, well-equipped fund administrators are integral to transfer agency services, offering high quality investor recordkeeping, end-to-end trade operations, and seamless data communication through advanced technology platforms. With a deep understanding of the distribution ecosystem, a dedicated transfer agent helps to ensure strong technical and business support with intermediary relationships while providing real time transparency in transfer agent operations.

“The right fund administrator does more than just check the boxes—they listen. Truly understanding an asset manager’s vision and what it takes to succeed within the complexities of the ’40 Act is what sets exceptional administrators apart. By actively listening and aligning with a firm’s goals, the right administrator brings together the critical elements—regulatory expertise, operational efficiency, and a result-driven, experienced team—to help create the perfect product wrapper at the perfect time. That’s the difference between meeting expectations and exceeding them.” – Kevin E. Wolf, Executive Vice President and Head of Client Strategies, Ultimus Fund Solutions.

Beyond the baseline of regulatory compliance and technology, servicing 1940 Act funds requires a level of specialized operational reliability that can handle complexity and scale without disruption, while having experience in navigating registered products. Specialized experience validates that the service provider understands the specific cadence of the product type and can anticipate operational bottlenecks before they impact the fund. An experienced fund administrator with a proven track record across a wide range of fund structures—such as interval funds, tender offer funds, and BDCs—helps to maintain operational consistency even during periods of rapid growth or market volatility. Moreover, a fund administrator with a high-touch service model provides fund managers with direct access to dedicated professionals, proving adaptability of resources as assets under management (AUM) and complexity grows. Overall, these factors foster trusted partnerships that enable managers to focus on raising capital and making investment decisions.

This same need for specific expertise extends beyond fund administration and into both the tax and audit practice, where Withum’s precision and deep familiarity with the ’40 Act requirements become equally critical. However, the collaboration between fund administrators, tax providers, and auditors is what ultimately helps investment managers to launch effective funds. By working together, these service providers create a seamless operational framework that supports compliance, transparency, and growth.

Operating a ’40 Act fund requires a tax function that is tightly integrated with daily operations, not treated as a year-end exercise. As Amanda McKenna notes, even small errors in tax calculations, distribution planning, or reporting inputs can quickly cascade into broader operational and reputational issues. Maintaining RIC status is central to this framework, requiring ongoing monitoring of income qualification, diversification thresholds, and distribution requirements. A strong tax partner helps ensure these tests are continuously met while aligning tax outputs with fund accounting, NAV reporting, and regulatory timelines.

Equally important is how tax outcomes are experienced by retail investors. Distribution timing, character (ordinary income, capital gains, or return of capital), and the potential for “phantom income” can materially impact after-tax returns and investor perception. Retail shareholders may face taxable income without corresponding cash flow or performance, particularly in periods of portfolio turnover or redemptions. Managing embedded gains, minimizing surprises, and maintaining accurate 1099 reporting are critical to preserving investor confidence and avoiding downstream communication challenges.

As strategies evolve, particularly with more complex or alternative exposures entering RIC structures, the intersection of qualification rules, income characterization, and operational execution becomes even more nuanced. Tax providers must not only ensure compliance but also support tax-aware portfolio management and practical distribution planning. In this environment, the right partner enhances both operational efficiency and investor outcomes, reinforcing the fund’s credibility in a highly scrutinized and retail-sensitive market.

“Operating a ’40 Act fund demands a tax provider who understands the unique intersection of regulatory requirements, complex investment activity, and stringent reporting timelines. When tax calculations, distribution requirements, or reporting inputs are even slightly off, managers can face cascading issues. The right tax partner helps fund managers and CFOs avoid operational fires and protect the accuracy and credibility that investors and oversight bodies expect.” – Amanda McKenna, Partner and Team Leader of Financial Services Tax, Withum.

Servicing ’40 Act funds requires navigating a highly structured and continuously monitored compliance framework that extends well beyond traditional accounting and audit procedures. A seasoned audit provider brings not only technical proficiency, but also a deep understanding of the regulatory nuances embedded in qualifying income and asset diversification tests, RIC compliance considerations, and ongoing disclosure requirements. This includes evaluating complex investment structures, interpreting evolving regulatory guidance, and assessing the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls that support daily liquidity and valuation processes. By applying a risk-based, forward-looking audit approach, an experienced provider helps identify potential compliance gaps early, reinforces governance, and ensures the fund can meet its regulatory obligations without disruption, ultimately preserving operational stability and investor confidence.

“In the context of a registered ’40 Act fund, robust and sophisticated audit practices are not merely a regulatory checkbox. Registered products require an audit approach that aligns with the cadence, governance structure, and operational complexity of the vehicle, particularly where private market exposures introduce heightened valuation and disclosure considerations. Early engagement with the auditor during fund structuring, combined with ongoing evaluation of key controls, helps identify risks proactively and supports sustained compliance. Selecting a provider with experience in registered funds is essential to reinforcing investor confidence and maintaining long-term operational integrity.” – Kuber Mehta, Partner, Audit, Withum.

As there continues to be shifts in the investment landscape demanding retail investors the increased accessibility to private market investments, the combination of specialized fund administrators and professional tax and audit providers form the backbone of ’40 Act fund success, allowing managers to innovate while preserving the trust and transparency investors depend on.

COD00001002 06/01/2026


---

# Inside the Conversations Shaping Asset Management's Next Chapter

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/inside-the-conversations-shaping-asset-managements-next-chapter/_

#
Inside the Conversations Shaping Asset Management's Next Chapter


Subscribe

June 24, 2026

The asset management industry isn’t bracing for one wave of change—it’s navigating several at once. Product innovation, distribution transformation, regulatory shifts, and rapid technology adoption are unfolding simultaneously, and the line between public and private fund structures continues to blur. These were the central themes at the recent Ultimus Client Summit, a gathering that brought together fund sponsors, investment advisors, and industry professionals to compare notes on where the business is heading and what it takes to stay ahead.

An industry partner recently published a detailed recap of the event sessions, capturing the depth of the discussions that took place. From the rise of retail alternatives and the evolving ETF ecosystem to solving the unstructured data problem, scaling investment operations, and the practical realities of cybersecurity preparedness, the article connects timely topics to the operational decisions investment management firms face today.

The industry article also examines how the convergence of public and private fund structures is pushing firms to rethink their product line-up and operational infrastructure—and why building enterprise-wide operating systems capable of spanning both worlds has become a strategic priority. It also explores how AI is moving from buzzword to measurable advantage, and why competitive differentiation increasingly comes down to how well strategic vision aligns with operational readiness, governance, and execution.

For a clear-eyed look at the forces reshaping the industry, and the practical takeaways that came out of the Ultimus Client Summit, the full article is informational and worth the time. [Read the full article](https://www.fa-mag.com/news/ultimus-2026-summit-review--the-state-of-the-asset-management-industry-87371.html?section=5 "www.fa-mag.com") for the complete analysis, professional perspectives, and a closer look at the trends defining asset management in 2026 and beyond.

COD00001037 06/24/26


---

# Bonus shares: are they really a bonus?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/blog/bonus-shares-are-they-really-a-bonus/_

#
Bonus shares: are they really a bonus?


Subscribe

Authored by
**Lance Christofferson**

Head of Product & Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives

**About Lance Christofferson**

Lance Christofferson is Head of Product and Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives for Ultimus Fund Solutions. In his role, Lance leads the strategic relationship service execution for our clients who are looking to launch or feature closed-end funds such as interval funds, tender offer funds, BDCs, and non-publicly traded REITs in their portfolio. He is responsible for all aspects of the client’s transfer agency relationship and service execution.

Lance joined the investment industry in 2005 focusing on mutual fund operations and during his tenure has successfully managed self-directed IRA retirement products, retail alternative & mutual fund relationships. Coupled with his client relationship acumen, he brings with him a wide range of industry knowledge ranging from operations, training to control and compliance experience.

He received a Bachelor of Science in Broadcasting and a Bachelor of Science in Theater Performance from Northwest Missouri State University.
									[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/lancechristofferson/)
						×

September 16, 2026

### The operational reality behind one of retail alternatives' fastest-growing incentives.

Bonus shares—are they really a bonus? Operationally, no. When a firm considers bonus shares as a distribution tool, the approach should be cautious, well thought out, and partner driven. Bonus shares are not a shortcut to distribution. Used wisely during the private or seed phase, they are a strategic tool that can set up a product for future growth.

| *“Bonus shares are not a shortcut to distribution. They are a strategic tool, best deployed during a fund’s private or seed phase.”* |
| --- |

### What is a bonus share?

In the world of retail alternative funds, bonus shares work as a strategic incentive rather than a simple corporate action. Unlike a traditional equity bonus issue that reaches every shareholder, bonus shares in retail alternatives are typically volume-based rewards for selling firms or large-scale investors who reach specific commitment milestones.

Sponsors who come from the private fund world will recognize the idea. Anchor and founder share classes reward early or catalyst investors for committing capital before a fund has proven itself. Bonus shares carry the same intent into interval and tender offer fund structures, though the registered wrapper adds layers of intermediary and reporting machinery that private funds never had to touch.

The milestones, triggers, and contractual language inside a bonus share agreement can create a complex and risky operating model with service partners when the design is wrong. A firm can build the best program in the world, but if no partner can adopt or administer the program across its full life, the program will not gain traction.

Part of the difficulty is structural. The registered fund ecosystem has no standardized transaction code that identifies a bonus share event or flags a bonus-eligible position. Allocation falls to the transfer agent as a largely manual exercise, and the manual effort ripples downstream to custodial platforms, wealth management systems, and performance reporting tools. Every party interprets the same event on its own, which is where inconsistency and operational risk take hold.

How does a sponsor design a bonus share program that avoids downstream failure? The answer starts with the product and distribution model.

### Two paths: daily NAV/FundSERV vs. periodic NAV/AIP

There is no one-size-fits-all program. There are, though, guiding parameters every sponsor should know, and the first decision is the product and distribution model.

If you run a daily NAV product with FundSERV distribution intentions, your bonus share options and restrictions are extremely limited. FundSERV is a powerful utility for automation, expanded distribution, and paperless trading. FundSERV is also rigid and standardized by design. A sponsor has to build the program inside the framework of the utility, or major distribution partner access will not follow.

#### Daily NAV/FundSERV requirements

- **Investor issuance**: Bonus shares must be issued to every investor within the CUSIP. Isolating specific investors inside a CUSIP will stop firms from supporting the issuance.
- **Hard-lock restrictions**: A sponsor cannot apply hard-lock restrictions to shares and expect them to hold through FundSERV. Many transfer agents have built controls and processes to restrict bonus shares by age, yet most custodians and National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC) FundSERV tool providers do not track the data point, and FundSERV carries no layout for restriction data.
- **Redemption fee restrictions**: When redemption fees are based on share age, structure them inside FundSERV’s existing short-term trader or contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) framework, so the firm and transfer agent can track the fee across the platform and process it through the standard FundSERV data flow.

Periodic products give a sponsor more room. Because the transfer agent holds the shares and owns the tools to enforce specific terms, agreements can be structured across distribution partners with far greater flexibility.

#### Periodic NAV/AIP requirements

- **Investor issuance**: Certain investors can be isolated within a CUSIP because the transfer agent holds the shares and can enforce the requirement.
- **Hard-lock restrictions**: Hard-lock restrictions apply when the shares are held and restricted at the transfer agent. Ultimus Fund Solutions has built dedicated controls and processes to restrict bonus shares by age. Most custodians and NSCC FundSERV tool providers still do not track the data point, so restricted bonus shares call for a transfer agent that has intentionally built hard-lock tooling.
- **Redemption fee restrictions**: When redemption fees are based on share age, structure them inside FundSERV’s short-term trader or CDSC framework, so the firm and transfer agent can track the fee across the platform and process it through the standard data flow.

| *“You must have a transfer agent that has intentionally designed tools around hard lock functionality to offer bonus shares with a restriction.”* |
| --- |

The operating environment matters as much as the NAV cycle. A position held in an omnibus account behaves differently from a position carried at Matrix Level 3, and the two structures do not surface the same account-level detail. A program that assumes visibility into underlying investors can break the moment the shares sit inside an omnibus position, so map the account structure before committing to a restriction or an aging rule.

### How the shares get issued

Putting bonus shares on the books is where programs diverge, and several issuance methods have surfaced. None solves for every constraint, and each carries a different operational and tax footprint. Two decisions drive most of the tradeoffs: how the shares are booked, and when they are issued, either upfront at purchase or at the end of a holding period. Issuing upfront is close to impractical for a daily NAV product today. A periodic structure can sometimes get there.

The methods, in brief:

- **Stock award/issuance**: Shares are granted at a zero-cost basis. The method aligns closely with existing processing and creates minimal system disruption. The investor recognizes the full gain at redemption.
- **Share adjustment**: Share count increases, and the existing basis spreads across the enlarged position. The structure is conceptually familiar but calls for manual lot adjustments.
- **Stock split**: Basis is diluted across the cost lots through a split mechanic. The structure is familiar, though intermediary support is limited.
- **Return of Capital (ROC)**: Special distribution is reclassified as return of capital using existing distribution rails. The approach requires a year-end reclassification and reports through the 1099-DIV.
- **As-of/Fully loaded purchase**: Original purchase is adjusted to reflect the bonus. The method aligns with standard gain and loss treatment but forces retroactive adjustments and can break AIP.
- **Cancel and rebook**: Original trades are rebooked at an adjusted share count and price. Economic value stays consistent, but the approach is disruptive to systems and tax lots.

A clawback or penalty overlay can sit on top of any of the methods above when the program ties bonus shares to a holding period.

Our read: under today’s infrastructure, the stock award method is the most practical starting point. The method fits existing processing and limits system change, though it still calls for partner coordination and a clear tax conversation with investors.

### Cost basis and tax reporting

The cost basis and tax treatment of bonus shares have evolved. When the shares are issued as a dividend stock issuance, the transfer agent must run a specific process to redesignate the stock dividend appropriately within the 1099-DIV. When the shares are issued as a straight stock purchase or issuance, the sponsor must tell the transfer agent how to treat the shares for cost basis and 1099-B reporting. Two basis approaches are common: zeroing out the basis on the bonus shares, or diluting the existing basis across the lots the bonus applies to.

Clawbacks add another dimension. A clawback rarely reduces to a single percentage. The program has to isolate the specific fee codes and descriptions, and often needs an escrow bucket or a letter-of-intent lockdown that the industry data tools may not carry cleanly. When a clawback crosses a tax year, the reporting consequences multiply, and a sponsor should decide upfront whether dividend distributions count toward the clawback calculation. Work through the treatment with your tax and legal advisors early. An unexpected tax liability at redemption creates a poor experience for investors involved.

### Bonus share tracking and reporting

The transfer agency running the program has to genuinely understand bonus shares. The service provider needs the right technology to produce accurate reporting for bonus share aging, fee tracking, hard-lock aging, and fee collection across the repurchase and tender cycle. Look for a holistic support structure. Many providers claim a full-service offering, then leave the sponsor to track all of the aging.

### Summary of operational risks

- **Clearing firm resistance**: The primary hurdle in the current environment is clearing firm resistance. Because bonus shares can move through complex utilities such as FundSERV, the program must be designed around a clear understanding of each clearing firm’s expectations.
- **Coordination requirements**: A sponsor should engage clearing firms early, keep open communication channels, and confirm every firm understands how the bonus share program will be offered and supported.
- **Operational impact**: Without early coordination, the complexity of tracking bonus shares can lead to redemption violations, reporting errors, and, in the worst case, reputational harm to the product.

### In conclusion

Bonus shares are not a shortcut to the distribution of retail alternatives. Bonus shares are a long-term tool that needs to be used wisely, in partnership with your transfer agent, your distribution partners, and, most importantly, the large clearing firms they use for trading. Ultimus has helped lead the development and implementation of bonus share programs from the outset. Few firms in the industry are as willing, or as prepared, to partner with sponsors and guide them through the process.

COD00001097


## Authored by

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/lancechristofferson/)
**Lance Christofferson**

Head of Product & Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives


About Lance Christofferson
Lance Christofferson is Head of Product and Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives for Ultimus Fund Solutions. In his role, Lance leads the strategic relationship service execution for our clients who are looking to launch or feature closed-end funds such as interval funds, tender offer funds, BDCs, and non-publicly traded REITs in their portfolio. He is responsible for all aspects of the client’s transfer agency relationship and service execution.

Lance joined the investment industry in 2005 focusing on mutual fund operations and during his tenure has successfully managed self-directed IRA retirement products, retail alternative & mutual fund relationships. Coupled with his client relationship acumen, he brings with him a wide range of industry knowledge ranging from operations, training to control and compliance experience.

He received a Bachelor of Science in Broadcasting and a Bachelor of Science in Theater Performance from Northwest Missouri State University.


---

# Reports and Whitepapers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/_

From the Desk

#
Resource Library




Subscribe

All													Blog														Client Stories														Compliance News														Multimedia														Events														Press and News														Reports and Whitepapers

		Select a topic	Compliance and Regulation	Technology and Innovation	Data Management	Distribution	ETFs	Fund Conversion	Retail Alternative Funds	Investment Operations	Private Funds	Public Funds	Series Trust

- ### No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management
[Whitepaper
July 3, 2026
Retail investors are reshaping the future of alternative investments. As private wealth demand accelerates, asset managers across traditional and alternative markets are expanding access to private equity, private credit, real assets, and infrastructure through innovative product structures and distribution models.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/)
- ### Unlocking Evergreen Opportunities in Private Equity
[Whitepaper
June 12, 2026
By combining elements of traditional closed-end and private fund structures, evergreen vehicles enable ongoing subscriptions and capital deployment without the constraints of a fixed fund lifecycle. However, expanding access introduces new considerations.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/unlocking-evergreen-opportunities-in-private-equity/)
- ### Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook
[Whitepaper
April 15, 2026
From portfolio eligibility and regulatory considerations to operational readiness and launch execution, a Section 351 conversion demands careful coordination across fund sponsors, legal counsel, custodians, administrators, market makers, and authorized participants.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/)
- ### Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach
[Whitepaper
April 1, 2026
Interval and tender offer funds have experienced significant growth in recent years, driven by increased demand for retail access to alternative investment strategies. These products provide a flexible, registered fund structure that enables managers to deliver illiquid strategies with lower investment minimums and standardized tax reporting.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/)
- ### Pricing Strategies for Retail-Oriented Interval Funds
[Whitepaper
December 1, 2025
Designing a competitive pricing model requires striking the right balance between investor expectations and operational realities. This paper provides a practical analysis of pricing strategies across the interval fund landscape, highlighting key trends and considerations to help asset managers position their products effectively.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/pricing-strategies-for-retail-oriented-interval-funds/)


---

# Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/launching-an-interval-fund-a-clear-eyed-approach/_

Reports and Whitepapers

#
Launching an Interval Fund: A Clear-eyed Approach

### Interval and tender offer funds have experienced significant growth in recent years, driven by increased demand for retail access to alternative investment strategies. These products provide a flexible, registered fund structure that enables managers to deliver illiquid strategies with lower investment minimums and standardized tax reporting.

Despite this momentum, launching an interval fund is complex. Asset managers must navigate structural decisions, regulatory requirements, distribution strategy, and the realities of scaling a new product in a competitive market.

This whitepaper—developed in collaboration with XA Investments—provides a practical framework to help firms evaluate the opportunity and execute with clarity.

#### What You’ll Learn

- How interval funds are structured
- Why the market is growing
- Key considerations for launching
- What it takes to reach scale
- Best practices from experienced sponsors

Interval funds offer a differentiated path to deliver private market exposure in a registered format—but they are not “build it and they will come” products. Successful launches require thoughtful positioning, strategic distribution, and disciplined execution from day one.

This whitepaper helps you move beyond theory to a clear, actionable path forward.


---

# Unlocking Evergreen Opportunities in Private Equity

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/unlocking-evergreen-opportunities-in-private-equity/_

Reports and Whitepapers

#
Unlocking Evergreen Opportunities in Private Equity

### As demand for alternative investments continues to grow, evergreen structures have emerged as a compelling solution for managers seeking to deliver private market strategies in a more accessible, scalable format.

By combining elements of traditional closed-end and private fund structures, evergreen vehicles enable ongoing subscriptions and capital deployment without the constraints of a fixed fund lifecycle. However, expanding access introduces new considerations. Managers must carefully balance liquidity, operational infrastructure, and distribution strategy to ensure long-term success. This paper explores how evergreen funds are structured, where they fit within the broader alternatives landscape, and what it takes to bring these products to market effectively.

## What You’ll Learn

- How evergreen fund structures work
- Why demand is accelerating
- Key structural considerations
- Operational and distribution implications
- Strategic opportunities for asset managers

Evergreen structures represent a meaningful shift in how private market strategies are delivered—bridging the gap between institutional investing and broader investor access. Success requires more than structural design; it demands a coordinated approach across product strategy, operations, and distribution.

This paper provides a practical perspective to help firms evaluate the opportunity and execute with confidence.


---

# Pricing Strategies for Retail-Oriented Interval Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/pricing-strategies-for-retail-oriented-interval-funds/_

Reports and Whitepapers

#
Pricing Strategies for Retail-Oriented Interval Funds

### The rapid growth of retail-oriented interval funds has created both opportunity and complexity for asset managers. As more firms enter the market, fee structures, expense ratios, and pricing strategies are coming under increased scrutiny from investors, distribution platforms, and regulators.

Designing a competitive pricing model requires striking the right balance between investor expectations and operational realities. Managers must consider how fees influence fundraising, product positioning, and long-term scalability—while also navigating the higher costs associated with registered alternative structures.

This paper provides a practical analysis of pricing strategies across the interval fund landscape, highlighting key trends and considerations to help asset managers position their products effectively.

## What You’ll Learn

- How interval fund fee structures are designed
- Trends shaping pricing across the market
- The impact of pricing on distribution and growth
- Balancing costs with investor value
- Strategic considerations for long-term success

In a crowded and evolving market, pricing is not just a structural detail—it is a strategic decision. The right approach can support distribution, reinforce positioning, and drive growth, while misaligned pricing can limit adoption and long-term viability.

This paper provides a clear framework to help firms design pricing strategies that align with both market expectations and business objectives.


---

# No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/no-turning-back-the-retail-alternatives-opportunity-that-is-transforming-asset-management/_

Reports and Whitepapers

#
No Turning Back: The Retail Alternatives Opportunity That Is Transforming Asset Management

### Retail investors are reshaping the future of alternative investments. As private wealth demand accelerates, asset managers across traditional and alternative markets are expanding access to private equity, private credit, real assets, and infrastructure through innovative product structures and distribution models.

This shift is creating significant opportunities—but it is also transforming the way firms operate, distribute products, and engage investors. This whitepaper—developed in partnership with FundFire—explores the forces driving the retail alternatives boom and what asset managers must do to compete successfully in this rapidly evolving market.

#### What You'll Learn

- Why asset managers are expanding into the private wealth channel
- How interval funds, tender offer funds, BDCs, and other structures are broadening access to alternatives
- What changes are required across distribution, operations, and compliance
- How firms can scale products and gain traction with advisors and distribution platforms
- Where the retail alternatives market is headed over the next decade

The opportunity in retail alternatives continues to grow, but success requires far more than launching a new product. Firms must align fund structure, distribution strategy, operational readiness, compliance processes, and advisor education to compete effectively.

This whitepaper provides practical insights and industry perspectives to help asset managers understand the retail alternatives landscape and prepare for the next phase of growth.


---

# Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/reports-and-whitepapers/executing-section-351-etf-conversions-an-institutional-playbook/_

Reports and Whitepapers

#
Executing Section 351 ETF Conversions: An Institutional Playbook

### Section 351 conversions can provide a compelling path for investment managers and advisors seeking to transition appreciated securities into an ETF structure while potentially deferring capital gains recognition. But successful conversions require far more than tax planning alone.

From portfolio eligibility and regulatory considerations to operational readiness and launch execution, a Section 351 conversion demands careful coordination across fund sponsors, legal counsel, custodians, administrators, market makers, and authorized participants. The most successful conversions are approached as institutional fund launches—not simply tax-driven transactions.

This playbook provides a practical framework for evaluating, planning, and executing a Section 351 ETF conversion with confidence.

### What You'll Learn

- How Section 351 conversions work within an ETF structure
- When a 351 conversion makes strategic and economic sense
- Key eligibility, diversification, and structuring considerations
- How to manage operational complexity across custodians, tax lots, and service providers
- Best practices for governance, execution, and post-launch readiness

A Section 351 conversion can unlock the benefits of the ETF wrapper while preserving investor tax efficiency, but the process requires rigorous planning, disciplined execution, and the right operating model. Sponsors that approach the conversion strategically are better positioned to manage risk, streamline implementation, and support long-term ETF growth.

Download the playbook to gain practical guidance for navigating one of the industry's most sophisticated ETF launch strategies.


---

# Multimedia

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/multimedia/_

From the Desk

#
Resource Library




Subscribe

All													Blog														Client Stories														Compliance News														Multimedia														Events														Press and News														Reports and Whitepapers

		Select a topic	Compliance and Regulation	Technology and Innovation	Data Management	Distribution	ETFs	Fund Conversion	Retail Alternative Funds	Investment Operations	Private Funds	Public Funds	Series Trust

- ### Webinar: New Cyber Threats Targeting Financial Firms
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/2041691094-b09ed0973f5be05f76874d862bb66966d749125c55379dd525e855b1d7312aed-d_640?region=us)
July 28, 2025
- ### Webinar: Servicing the Next Generation of ETFs
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1962234156-ce0d87b60255c4dd20f9b1641036bda94f9192044e7efbc3e67837bb5ed18626-d_640?region=us)
December 26, 2024
- ### Webinar: Tailored Shareholder Report
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1829799332-9afaf328270a193226df5bec65f61394f49d93d048c808800b6b35bc9e83bfb5-d_640?region=us)
April 2, 2024
- ### Webinar: Ultimus Distribution Advantage with Charles Schwab
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1818609856-65f39f83cb3f0fb534c5ec2d812f2b0cef2249166592a464eaa01dd7fda2fb86-d_640?region=us)
March 19, 2024
- ### Webinar: Growth in ETFs and Insights for 2024
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1791752248-723a2064b0f1d525f9c319dfbff6558ab16e9c4741368330c722ae745fa771fe-d_640?region=us)
February 1, 2024
- ### Enhancing Shareholder Experiences
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1699195739-9425722095755f75f21c0fcf64ddd6d0716a11f1ad5e28ba08ad825914d0c160-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Ultimus Connect: Improving Access to Data for Asset Managers
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677703424-29c2e4a5919fb6811c51151a49946c57ad1062ffc6d9c567b5a57d8d4defdc0a-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Interval and Tender Offer Funds: Expanding Access to Alts
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677647116-c894583c573c9d2d59a3f1a9d02b6cee5f12be1f12dbe434bece2d417685ac36-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Ultimus Middle Office Services
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677620590-56cbb65c8c5e00bc160192bee0c094f195402c526fc27daa22d0e5a6ca4b971d-d_640?region=us)
May 21, 2023
- ### ETF Masterclass
Multimedia			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1584720618-d8c6af333dda1a352869c6313c3c1a3b56dfb29acf85d8241292ca5c1c51d941-d_640?region=us)
January 10, 2023


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Webinar: New Cyber Threats Targeting Financial Firms due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Webinar: Servicing the Next Generation of ETFs due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Webinar: Tailored Shareholder Report due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Webinar: Ultimus Distribution Advantage with Charles Schwab due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Webinar: Growth in ETFs and Insights for 2024 due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Enhancing Shareholder Experiences due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Ultimus Connect: Improving Access to Data for Asset Managers due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Interval and Tender Offer Funds: Expanding Access to Alts due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Ultimus Middle Office Services due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped ETF Masterclass due to extraction error -->

---

# Compliance News

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/_

From the Desk

#
Resource Library




Subscribe

All													Blog														Client Stories														Compliance News														Multimedia														Events														Press and News														Reports and Whitepapers

		Select a topic	Compliance and Regulation	Technology and Innovation	Data Management	Distribution	ETFs	Fund Conversion	Retail Alternative Funds	Investment Operations	Private Funds	Public Funds	Series Trust

- ### Compliance Matters Q2 2026
[Compliance
August 14, 2026
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q2 2026.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2026/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q1 2026
[Compliance
April 28, 2026
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q1 2026.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2026/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q4 2025
[Compliance
February 26, 2026
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q4 2025.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q4-2025/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q3 2025
[Compliance
October 30, 2025
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q3 2025.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2025/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q2 2025
[Compliance
August 19, 2025
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q2 2025](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2025/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q4 2024 and Q1 2025
[Compliance
March 20, 2025
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q4 2024 and Q1 2025.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q4-2024-and-q1-2025/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q3 2024
[Compliance
November 7, 2024
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q3 2024.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2024/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q2 2024
[Compliance
August 7, 2024
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q2 2024.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2024/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q1 2024
[Compliance
March 27, 2024
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q1 2024](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2024/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q3 2023
[Compliance
November 8, 2023
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q3 2023](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2023/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q2 2023
[Compliance
October 20, 2023
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q2 2023](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2023/)
- ### Compliance Matters Q1 2023
[Compliance
May 12, 2023
A compendium of regulatory matters for Q1 2023](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2023/)


---

# Compliance Matters - New Derivatives Rule \(18f-4\)

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-new-derivatives-rule-18f-4/_

# Compliance Matters - New Derivatives Rule (18f-4)

Subscribe

November 30, 2020

As we approach the Thanksgiving holiday, it is time to reflect on (and give thanks for?) the bounty of new rules and regulations the SEC has adopted.

Foremost among them, as you no doubt know, is the new [derivatives rule, Rule 18f-4](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Mo3EBMkaA-BUXjMAfTu1Ah9U4T7kWOGz909PH4ah-tG4U6vDGLesp9MklGofh-Rv9BKaL7nJ8qKdaMZRwefEFhOxSTZ6Q3TckHMuinef8nqiyk_wUhGDhfNj8M7ygF2pr3o7R7IssDoZ7yo13qpFJOdeBXpVgF7YW7K52mh27d72GqHJ8ormqTepak1qqYGB%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb19009e0c0014f869c5c08d89575f41b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637423681120394063%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=3BOXVYtq5H%2FzSoXCv49ElREcKkjAwqyGGpMwKd01v8s%3D&amp;reserved=0) of the Investment Company Act, recently adopted by a 3-2 vote at the Commission after years in the making. The new Rule functions as an exemption to Section 18’s restriction on funds’ use of senior securities. Rule 18f-4 replaces a patchwork of prior guidance concerning asset segregation in favor of “new value at risk” (VaR) limits coupled with derivatives risk management requirements. The Rule applies to mutual funds (but not money market funds), ETFs, closed-end funds, and BDCs. What follows is (a) a summary of the key features of the Rule, and (b) a discussion of what this means for boards, funds, and advisers. Rest assured, we are working diligently to implement the new Rule and expect to have new policies and procedures in place well before the deadline for implementation (likely summer of 2022, or 18 months after it the Rule is published in the Federal Register).

### Rule Summary

Rule 18f-4 will permit funds to use derivatives subject to certain conditions. Fundamentally, the Rule limits leverage by confining a fund’s use of derivative (swaps, futures, forwards, options, short sales, borrowings, and similar transactions) to a prescribed VaR limit and requiring funds using derivatives to adopt a derivatives risk management program (DRMP), administered by a derivatives risk manager (DRM), overseen by the board. Funds that make only limited use of derivatives – which will be most funds (as discussed further below) – will not be required to have a full-blown DRMP or DRM, but such funds still will have to adopt and implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage the fund’s derivatives risks. The Rule also amends certain forms and requires additional reporting about funds’ use of derivatives, and it imposes recordkeeping requirements. Key elements of the Rule are described below:

- ***VaR Limits.*** The Rule imposes limits on funds’ leverage risk based on a VaR calculation to measure the overall derivatives exposure of the portfolio. (The VaR limit replaces the prior asset segregation requirements.) The Rule’s default VaR test requires that a fund’s VaR be measured relative to the VaR of the fund’s “designated reference portfolio,” which is either a reference index selected by the DRM or the fund’s own portfolio excluding derivatives transactions. Under this relative VaR test, the fund’s VaR is not permitted to exceed 200% (250% for certain closed-end funds) of the VaR of the designated reference portfolio. Alternatively, if the DRM reasonably determines that no designated reference portfolio can be identified (likely uncommon), the fund instead would calculate an absolute VaR and may not exceed 20% (25% for certain closed-end funds) of the fund’s net assets. A fund must measure its compliance with the applicable VaR test at least once each business day.
- ***DRMP.*** Derivatives users will be required to adopt a formal DRMP that includes policies and procedures to manage derivatives risk. While there is some flexibility to tailor the program to the particular portfolio, every fund’s program must provide for risk identification and assessment, risk guidelines, weekly stress testing, weekly back-testing, internal reporting and escalation, and periodic reviews of the DRMP. Risk guidelines must be quantitative, but the Rule does not prescribe particular criteria or limits. The program must be administered by a DRM, who is an officer or officers of the fund’s investment adviser, who is responsible for reporting to the Board about the program’s effectiveness and stress testing. The Rule requires that the fund “reasonably segregate” the risk management from portfolio management. To that end, if a single person serves as the DRM, that person cannot be a portfolio manager; likewise, the Rule forbids using a committee if the majority is composed of portfolio managers.
- ***Board Oversight.*** The Board is not required to approve the DRMP, but the board must approve the fund’s DRM and review an initial report and at least annual reports concerning the DRMP’s effectiveness. The DRM also must report on stress testing and back-testing results, as well as report any breach of the program’s guidelines. If a fund is out of compliance for more than five business days, the DRM must report to the board and explain how and when the DRM reasonably expects the fund will return to compliance, and then provide an update within 30 days.
- ***Reporting and Recordkeeping.*** Funds will be required to report confidentially to the Commission on Form N-RN (which also replaces Form N-LIQUID) if the fund is out of compliance with the VaR-based limit on fund leverage risk for more than five business days. There also will be additional reporting required on the Forms N-CEN and N-PORT. In addition to written policies and procedures required of all funds, funds derivatives users also must maintain written records concerning (i) VaR-related determinations and calculations, (ii) testing, (iii) internal reporting, (iv) periodic reviews, (v) materials provided to the Board, (vi) sufficiency of cash obligations for unfunded commitments, and (vii) treatment of reverse repurchase agreements.
- ***Limited Derivatives User Exception.*** Importantly, limited derivatives users – those that limit VaR to 10% of net assets (excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions) – are excepted from the DRMP and DRM requirements provided that such funds have adopted policies and procedures to manage their derivatives risks. The SEC estimates that 80% of funds will qualify for this exception. The currency or interest rate hedges can be excluded if they for bona fide hedging purposes and the notional amounts of such derivatives do not exceed the value of the hedged investments (or the par value of fixed-income investments, or the principal amount of borrowings) by more than 10%. If a fund is out of compliance for more than five business days, the adviser must report to the board how it will get back into compliance within 30 days in a manner in the best interest of shareholders, or it must establish a DRMP and comply with the VaR limits.

### Impact on Boards, Funds, and Advisers

All funds will be required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures to manage derivatives risks. The SEC recognized that such policies should be tailored to the fund’s derivatives use and thus some funds may have “limited” policies. We anticipate that most funds will qualify as “limited derivatives users” exempt from the more onerous DRMP requirements, but at least some funds may be subject to the Rule’s full requirements, which, in a series trust complex, will require comprehensive trust-level policies. Advisers that manage portfolios that rely on derivatives transactions should evaluate whether their portfolio strategy can satisfy the VaR limits. Advisers also must identify a person or persons with relevant experience who can serve as DRM for such funds, and they will need to tailor their own adviser policies to address derivatives risk management. This may require a significant investment of resources. Implementing a DRMP may be onerous, particularly for smaller advisers that may have limited in-house resources to appoint a DRM. The Rule does not allow outsourcing the DRM role except to a sub-adviser that manages the entire portfolio, and the DRM must be a natural person or persons (unlike the Liquidity Rule, which permits appointing the adviser as the liquidity program administrator). Thus, Boards and advisers must consider whether pursuing a derivatives strategy is worth the added burden and expense of implementing the required risk management program.

The determination whether a full DRMP is required will hinge on a VaR calculation. While that is a familiar concept to more experienced derivatives users, it may be a foreign concept to others (and it is, in any case, a new regulatory obligation for everyone). The Rule does not prescribe a specific VaR method, so careful consideration must be given to methodologies that can be implemented effectively and consistently, and calculation may require hiring third-party vendors or implementation of new software. VaR also must be back-tested at least weekly using a one-day time horizon at a 99% confidence level. Thus, funds will need to closely monitor back-testing results and update the DRMP as needed. Importantly, VaR is not intended to replace other models and testing that advisers employ to manage portfolio risk (particularly tail risk); other testing (e.g., historical simulations, parametric models) may continue to inform decisions about risk and may be incorporated as elements of the fund’s DRMP.

Boards will have substantial new oversight responsibilities with the new Rule. Although not required to approve the DRMP, they are responsible for approving the DRM and reviewing initial, annual, and other periodic reports about the DRMP’s effectiveness. This will require that boards be reasonably conversant in the elements of derivatives risk management, and they may wish to consider forming a special committee or consult an outside expert for help in fulfilling its obligations. Boards should assess whether D&O insurance, as well as the adviser’s E&O policy, covers potential liability for losses associated with the use of derivatives.

In a welcome change from the proposed rule, the final Rule scrapped a proposal that would have required certain sales practices requirements for distributing leveraged or inverse funds that seek a return greater than 200% of the return (or its inverse) of a reference index. Such funds instead will be subject to the derivates rule (effectively limiting new leveraged funds to 2x), and likely a separate future rule making. Existing 3x funds (i.e., those in operation by October 28, 2020) can continue to operate, but new funds will not be permitted to exceed 200% VaR (except for de minimis deviations). The SEC also amended Rule 6c-11 to permit leveraged or inverse ETFs to operate without exemptive relief provided they satisfy Rule 6c-11. Notably, in a separate statement, the SEC reiterated concerns that retail investors may not understand how leveraged and inverse funds operate and perform. Recent enforcement actions in this area reflect that concern and, hence, we anticipate there will be rulemaking in this area.

Rule 18f-4 has many more detailed provisions and requirements, including provisions addressing reverse repos, securities lending, short sales, and unfunded commitments. We welcome your questions about these or any of the provisions discussed above. In the meantime, we are working to develop trust-level policies and procedures to comport with the new Rule’s requirements for both limited and full derivatives users. We also are exploring whether a software solution can be implemented as an additional compliance testing tool. We plan to consult you as we design new compliance policies to implement the Rule, and you CCO will provide periodic updates as we make significant progress toward that end. Please feel to reach out to your trust CCO or me if you have questions or would like to discuss further.


---

# Compliance Matters Q2 2020

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2020/_

# Compliance Matters Q2 2020

Subscribe

July 23, 2020

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the second quarter of 2020.

Regulators have continued to calibrate temporary relief to the unfolding COVID-19 pandemic. Even then, they have managed to issue modest rule proposals and guidance this past quarter, while continuing their torrid pace of rulemakings expected to be released over the coming months. Below are highlights from the evolving regulatory landscape.

## SEC Temporary Relief

### Update on the Commission’s Targeted Regulatory Relief to Assist Market Participants Affected by COVID-19 and Ensure the Orderly Function of our Markets

Over the past several months, the SEC issued temporary relief for both registered funds and advisers to address operational difficulties and challenging market conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. The regulator has reassessed those actions in light of market developments and observations of registrants’ experience, and it has made adjustments and set forth flexible expectations for future relief as the need arises.

The SEC has summarized its position on various relief on its website. Selected matters include:

Relief that **remains in force or has been extended:**

- **In-person board votes** – the SEC has extended, until at least December 31, 2020, relief from in-person board voting requirements in connection with Sections 15(c) and 32(a) if votes are cast at a telephonic or videoconference meeting and the board, including a majority of non-interested trustees, ratifies its vote at the next in-person meeting.
- **Proxy Material Delivery** – This relief remains in effect, though the staff expects that few registrants will need to avail themselves of this relief with respect to materials sent to domestic mailing addresses; the relief remains available for proxy materials sent to international addresses if the common carrier has suspended delivery service as a result of COVID-19.
- **Short-Term Funding Flexibility** – The Commission has extended relief via an exemptive order that permits mutual funds and insurance company separate accounts to obtain short-term funding, including borrowing from certain affiliates, entering into lending arrangements or borrowings that deviate from fundamental policies, and more flexible interfund lending. The Commission extended the relief until a date to be specified in a public notice from Commission staff, which date will be at least two weeks from the date of the notice.
- **Transfer Agent Relief** – The Commission provided registered transfer agents with exemptive relief for certain recordkeeping, reporting, and processing time obligations that could be difficult to meet due to operational challenges associated with the COVID-19 pandemic (except that transfer agents will remain fully subject to the safeguarding requirements of Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-12). The Commission extended the relief until a date to be specified in a public notice from Commission staff, which date will be at least two weeks from the date of the notice.
- **Fingerprinting, Manual Signatures, Paper Submissions, and Notarization Requirements** – The Commission has relieved transfer agents, broker-dealers, national securities exchanges and their members, and clearing agencies from the statutory requirement that certain persons be fingerprinted, and Division staff have stated that they would not recommend enforcement action if registrants make alternate arrangements, as detailed in the statement, for delivery, execution, and notarization of certain paper filings. The Commission extended the relief until a date to be specified in a public notice from Commission staff, which date will be at least two weeks from the date of the notice.
- **International Mail** – The Divisions of Investment Management and Trading and Markets issued a joint staff statement providing that they would not recommend enforcement action if certain alternate arrangements are satisfied for mailing certain regulatory communications to persons in jurisdictions where mail service has been suspended. This statement expires on the date, as applicable to each specific affected international jurisdiction, that common carriers resume mail delivery.
- **Form N-23C-2 (closed-end funds and BDCs)** – relief until August 15 for notices to call or redeem securities need not be made 30 days in advance if the fund notified the Commission, ensures that the shortened notice period is permitted under state law and governing documents, and the fund files a notice containing all information required by Rule 23c-2 before any call or redemption of existing securities, offering replacement securities, or notifying existing shareholders.

Relief that has **expired**.

- **Prospectus Delivery to Existing Shareholder** – The Commission permitted delayed delivery (but not for new shareholders) under certain circumstances. That relief expired on June 30, 2020, and has not been extended.
- **Forms N-CEN and N-PORT** – By exemptive order, the Commission extended the filing deadlines for Form N-CEN and Form N-PORT due between March 13, 2020 and June 30, 2020. That relief has not been extended.
- **Annual and semi-annual shareholder reports** – As with Forms N-CEN and N-PORT, the Commission by exemptive order extended the deadlines for transmittal of shareholder reports due between March 13, 2020 and June 30, 2020. That relief likewise has not been extended.
- **Form ADV and Form PF filing and delivery deadlines** – By exemptive orders, the Commission extended the filing deadlines for Form ADV, Form ADV Part 1A reports, and Form PF, and delivery deadlines for Form ADV Part 2, due between March 13, 2020 and June 30, 2020. That relief has expired without extension.

The SEC has encouraged market participants to engage with the Commission and its staff to seek further guidance or request additional relief. For more information, including specific detailed requirements, registrants should review the SEC’s summary, which contains links to each relevant Order or other regulatory statement available at the following links on the SEC’s website:

[SEC Update on Targeted Regulatory Relief to Assist Market Participants Affected by COVID-19](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7wN5lWXtGQuBZhlQtOfFU2faQSWwszpw-2Rco33BuHKE3nd6AcVFRgoitJe_LdRw9TmvqgMlH9rdh1MzLryAAV3USpnPuQeF4N_qK5Hn52_O8fi13VwKM21cunIHw7X2ow%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585649408&amp;sdata=okgEAcHoyJdSY5kkP3ej1Xav6eiivVDykmAExOQTXys%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other SEC Rules and Orders

### ETF Generic Listing Standards

The SEC has granted requests, effective immediately, for Exchange Rule changes that would allow an ETF that meets the requirements of Rule 6c-11 to be listed on the Exchanges without the need to meet (most) other generic listing standards and without any further Commission approval. These changes effectively do away with the quantitative standards for initial and continued listing, eliminate the need to disseminate an intraday indicative value, and discontinue certain quarterly reporting obligations. For more information, please follow the links to the SEC’s website:

[Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Cboe BZX Exchange Proposed Rule Change](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3Jtfl-u6afE-rpb1JuCXhL2d68TbXhQaxdu7K6dwRnpHJMguRbcQQmVIwBYRrtOgB9tzoLvrkDoM63IACJWtFi1b5P3nwIdZ7dhSq_rsWSyhoCrob0Qjnhh8pUabMSNMNDIk-6v31qeIp4cQ%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585659403&amp;sdata=jRoU0Rl8xkHMgthr8674uOGK1NYlwvLof4ri6D43U5Q%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Order Granting Accelerated Approval of The Nasdaq Stock Market Proposed Rule Change](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3JtflV9iq-dUITWn9qBpOuDydosqK7SuohBq3UyRCNB5YIylkBV6VqGklCjdxkuG0LXklVhSlzPCAQW66aSRALgao18sWv-YRIhjm0eBnjKyjhAxUA_fCpE8WaIQp2VA-PcUe%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585659403&amp;sdata=kQ%2FC7%2Ftv%2BUMlMJz58eAIfeHXJdYlsJoyVqIgU7JxtVY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Order Granting Accelerated Approval of NYSE Arca, Inc. Proposed Rule Change](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3JtflmYbCmkbxXCfj0x-DN_CoQoDzTUWXy2pNU0J0vdEvDxoLJt7oit7Vhng4LH85ljgmouMBmx5gOy1Dzlr3YGVEUk5aXe-OJNYGpppP8Ig3Vj2sh6LW36KxMoOwFWSZDjQym3283uIffxU%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585659403&amp;sdata=LkEZsYLX9icrKG4xeuOr9uu6CDKbsSQA3pw7YcMSYxo%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Offering Reform for Closed-End Investment Companies

The SEC has adopted rule amendments that impact BDCs and closed-end funds. The amendments primarily are designed to allow BDC and other closed-end funds to use the offering rules that are already available to operating companies and to streamline disclosures. There are three provisions, however, that also may have a modest impact on other closed-end or interval offerings. First, interval funds will pay registration fees in a manner that resembles mutual funds under Rule 24f-2. Hence, they will register an indefinite number of shares and pay fees based on net issuance. Second, closed-end funds will be required to provide a management discussion of fund performance in their annual reports just like mutual funds and ETFs. Third, funds that file Form 24F-2 to pay registration fees (mutual funds, ETFs, and now interval funds) will be required to file the form in XML structured data format. The amendments will be effective on August 1, 2020, except the amendments related to registration fee payments will become effective August 1, 2021. The amendments include further transition periods, which allow later compliance with various provisions after the effective dates. For more information, please follow the links to the SEC’s website:

[Final Rule: Securities Offering Reform for Closed-End Investment Companies](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3JtflPfLr-v0fGEXrRXOYAD12wa3alL3noRU-dSLXh03396oUDvErXzmoMhnQ6qFdXVL_8lvamL1XTf71UIrHvKEYW8ufxrY9rmyh02HejyElxzMcp0uhXwDUPmY5MO3gdLWC%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585699380&amp;sdata=NH3vDFHnQCrpHEj1KS6YzDt%2FnL%2BMcBNB%2B3KvKLjK%2BGE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Rule 2a-5: Good Faith Determinations of Fair Value

The SEC is seeking comment on proposed Rule 2a-5, which would address valuation practices and the role of the board of directors with respect to the fair value of the investments of a registered investment company or business development company. The proposal largely reflects a consolidation of past guidance, coupled with explicit approval for the board to assign fair valuation to the investment adviser. Boards would be responsible for oversight, with specific risk management requirements (including testing and avoiding conflicts of interest), and advisers responsible for periodic reporting to the board. If adopted as proposed, the Rule would not amount to a tectonic shift in how valuation is determined, but there are aspects of the Rule (e.g., oversight of evaluated pricing vendors or board reporting) that in all likelihood will elicit some objections during the comment period. The comment period closed on July 21, 2020.

For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Rule 2a-5: Good Faith Determinations of Fair Value](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3JtflO9x93zaY28VcfAefRMsqUHgIqaJlZpHrvqUSsRVsu-QLS2Xmpht2vmEAlwCHbPxE93nrxYqaCfHQzZLDaY0E20ULkVynOQCGdh1r0FIZeWzW4ROaRc4AICwvjC0OUGVh%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585709380&amp;sdata=jRxnpdDS1EDkHiCXXutz72cWpkX4gYPcbCQKg2wz9Gw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## OCIE Guidance and Alerts

### OCIE Examination Initiative: LIBOR Transition Preparedness

The SEC’s Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations (OCIE) issued an alert outlining a new examination initiative concerning firms’ preparedness for transitioning from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) to a new reference rate. LIBOR is commonly used as a benchmark for financial contracts, including for setting interest rates for corporate and municipal bonds, asset-backed securities, interest rate swaps, lines of credit, and derivatives. The discontinuation of LIBOR, currently expected to occur after 2021, could have significant impact on financial instruments and may present a material risk for some registrants. Accordingly, the SEC has repeatedly urged registrants to prepare for the transition to a new reference rate. Having identified this topic among the exam priorities for 2020, OCIE is using this alert to flesh out exam expectations, including a list of sample requests it expects to ask in upcoming examinations. Registrants should review the sample questions to ensure they are prepared to demonstrate their preparedness in case of an examination. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[OCIE Examination Initiative: LIBOR Transition Preparedness](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3Jtfl0TL4OSauzEu7g3axQfxPrMxqOZ5FvguG9vZSQTmJAq3IHLtwC2FZnX4y5w2-1MXTdbR5MDMZ4_0qpPrl_zYHh4v0df2RtQelCOEV4RnukebKc0k3HX0W9aMlV07l-URH2nN5ihZeU65B_SShiPeOkQtXazkkcsBA%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585709380&amp;sdata=C3tZSSiAwx9tqIRUbnlAkrpQRLLyV3ewmfxQKcZs4aY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### OCIE Risk Alerts: Reg BI and Form CRS

In anticipation of the June 30, 2020, compliance date for Reg BI and Form CRS, OCIE issued two risk alerts that address the anticipated scope of exams that will address Reg BI and Form CRS. While not applying to advisers that serve only mutual funds, Reg BI and the associated Form CRS will be of interest to advisers that also serve retail clients. Exams regarding Reg BI generally will focus on whether broker-dealers have made a good faith effort to implement policies and procedures to comply with the rule. Exams focused on Form CRS generally will focus on whether firms have made a good faith effort to implement the form, including filing and posting the relationship summary and delivering it to retail customers. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[OCIE Risk Alert: Examinations that Focus on Compliance with Reg BI](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3Jtflun33lM5Fdok_JiB88-5QEIEyck_VznEEhfSRzlFOvm2fLbwfu91HQdiuqh-ugRnMNcHrER_BcNrEXtFoTrLYWS7r71IzFsvArPbEsSdcfHbCjdOBwTePq-_5cH4ISWmb3gF6GYR_4nFE2ch2WEm8nftiIdWXsvB2LJyf6VpLUCQ%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585719373&amp;sdata=F7VkPmOdBXMHz3UYKxNABIYFObBJ6gq%2B6iTfU80krUQ%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[OCIE Risk Alert: Examinations that Focus on Compliance with Form CRS](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3Jtflh4nYC_x18p28kk--htRlDLZIPQCmyyUcIDSm9w4m7_82NFlzYKeuGjsF8YoHAtPO41QkciYKig6TeqrXIhCdgoVDI5qyG8x8S7lBEYwb3r19NRvrkb1OUnbZeIMTj9AC25TGZuEjpsohGwTFVEe74QlYNRz3PhFu%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585719373&amp;sdata=Qm7PEXpWV3ijjczOv0Px%2FFwwC12u%2FSakCpuEYe%2FA48Y%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Guidance

### Division of Investment Management Coronavirus (COVID-19) Response FAQs

The Commission’s Division of Investment Management has issued responses to FAQs concerning measures taken to provide relief to advisers and funds impacted by COVID-19, including guidance for disclosures. Much of the guidance is reflected in temporary relief measures discussed above. The staff emphasized that reliance on temporary regulatory relief would not be a risk factor used to determine whether OCIE should commence an examination. The FAQs also discuss disclosure obligations, particularly with regard to the receipt of loans under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP), and the staff provides information about contacting the SEC for additional questions or relief. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Division of Investment Management Coronavirus (COVID-19) Response FAQs](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3JtflvmnEysBltWDaRqY8h8Coc8Dg2JgcDyp7opm2jIf3AiHwzXgWRe-G6rzEXwwZyuiimfGMbWVyG5p2vtk2mgBocaecr_aIM4VaTW36EjWg4XTxVolrnBm-gA%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585729366&amp;sdata=Fj46iO0RK%2FiRfIQyzn8cpuEmG2RToJT5nKerozMpHDo%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## FINRA Items

### FINRA Frequently Asked Questions Related to Regulatory Relief Due to the Coronavirus Pandemic

FINRA continues to update its FAQs concerning a range of temporary relief to member firms from rules and requirements in the wake of the Coronavirus pandemic. Recent additions or updates to the FAQs include recording customer meetings, payment of FINRA membership assessment fees, net capital calculations, documenting reliance on FAQs, fingerprinting requirements, disclosure requirements, individual registration and continuing education questions, and questions concerning supervision. For more information, please follow this link to the FINRA website:

[FINRA FAQs Related to Regulatory Relief Due to the Coronavirus Pandemic](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7wN5lWXtGQuBBbARQIVWAPrBZwRS1NMkDgHjDQCdu_D6Fe6CAU4J0hf-FGrk-D9BigsWjnxdja0GkCF_KREIGgN_FkPXgQ02D0LqQfRt2G3KFck-6Y4EWNgIV8kdYJUjPNupztcNn0BuHgyutmQu8Eg%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585729366&amp;sdata=LhQRdDwWxQr8Nvbek98xOULuMI7D8i63rbNqtCYVVjg%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### FINRA Highlights Firm Practices from Regulation Best Interest Preparedness Reviews

In the wake of the SEC’s adoption of the Regulation Best Interest and in anticipation of the June 30, 2020, compliance date, FINRA has published highlights of best practices it observed during the course of its reviews designed to assess firms’ preparedness for the new regulation. The highlights discuss effective approaches for successful compliance with Reg BI, including governance, supervisory procedures, managing conflicts of interest, and implementing Form CRS. For more information, please follow this link to the FINRA website:

[Regulation Best Interest Preparedness Reviews](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3JtflMPDkJYYZY6SY3v568g1JL_vP6hF0J4mEIpBmc8nNB6g-68sZAxeHJuC0aZHQK_kzOlWBzgK8pw4JPpJhIyU94TY-b_NQdCOxv-91MFN3do2Ph3pRzCCdVf7vG4TskXmtQOzROULS7bTGfVdo9E3krTURRyehECa4UJCXy8nyMkE%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585739360&amp;sdata=Bk9fV4qsfV68ROg%2BSTzh6uz1YgEYJDrbwwSK0HgkjEk%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## CFTC Items

### Amendments to Compliance Requirements for Commodity Pool Operators on Form CPO–PQR

The CFTC has proposed changes to the reporting requirements on Form CPO-PQR. The changes would streamline the reporting requirements by consolidating onto a single schedule and have all CPOs, regardless of size, using the same form, filing with the same quarterly frequency. This would align it with NFA filings, and in fact CPOs could file NFA Form PQR in lieu of filing the revised CPO-PQR (but simultaneously Rule 4.27 would be revised to prohibit filing SEC Form PF in lieu of CPO-PQR). The comment period closed on June 15, 2020. For more information, please follow this link to the CFTC website:

[Amendments to Compliance Requirements for Commodity Pool Operators on Form CPO–PQR](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D0017etyDg-42nxUJa9bSbVteDjY5wATFR_1r8vdllLVyrL3DG5-AHFI7z6yOlU3Jtfl8JVFsiOeiCW0Ppr7W4VS-N7MbgsYMvRuwu4da80vtl7bT3VwlVsaWEvA_rNPswxT0v5pUjV48nu4iW6k1DYqyHWq098lPfQMH0v8PggGxKKjJGwRvI2bgSYhq0PdIJRkbBoWyS7uJ8RDQGc0VFUuBQ%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C54dd10c7e9094730d11608d82f2e28bf%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637311222585749352&amp;sdata=%2FTyh5uKgtg4%2BhSYdRkLZ8Thb3Dj8N0TXf3Rt%2F7RYu4g%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q3 2020

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2020/_

# Compliance Matters Q3 2020

Subscribe

November 2, 2020

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the third quarter of 2020.

The industry seems to have settled into the COVID-19 era as the flurry of targeted, temporary relief has receded into memory and focus has shifted to several major rulemaking initiatives. We have been introduced to a new fund-of-fund rule (12d1-4), and as we go to press a new derivatives rule (18f-4), valuation rule (2a-5), and possibly shareholder disclosure reforms are looming on the horizon. So prepare to fall back for daylight saving, but get ready to spring forward with even more regulatory action in the fall and winter. Below are highlights from the evolving regulatory landscape.

## SEC Temporary Relief

### Fund of Funds Arrangements

The SEC has approved new Rule 12d1-4 under the Investment Company Act to allow funds to acquire other funds in excess of the limits imposed by Section 12(d)(1) without having to seek exemptive relief in various common scenarios. The Rule should simplify a patchwork of statutory exemptions, rules, exemptive orders, and no-action letters (and results in rescinding Rule 12d1-2 and most related exemptive orders and no-action letters). Under the new rule, funds no longer will need exemptive relief to exceed 3% of another fund or 10% of other funds overall. Acquiring funds will have some voting restrictions to limit control, but those limits do not apply for affiliated funds in the same fund group. The rule will require mirror voting when the acquiring fund has more than 25% of an underlying open-end fund, or 10% of a closed-end fund. Reliance on the Rule requires that advisers make findings that the acquiring fund will not exert undue influence over the acquired fund and fees are not duplicative, and the acquiring and acquired funds must enter into a contract (a “fund of funds investment agreement”) that specifies the terms of their relationship.

In a welcome change from the proposal, the final Rule does not include a restriction that otherwise would have prohibited an acquiring fund from redeeming more than three percent of an acquired fund’s shares in a 30-day period. The final rule mostly eliminates three-tiered structures, except for master-feeder arrangements and money market fund investments. Rule 12d1-4 will permit an acquiring fund, however, to invest in an acquired fund as long as the acquired does not exceed 10 percent of its total assets invested in securities of other investment companies or private funds. Funds that invest in other funds in the same group of investment companies may continue to rely on section 12(d)(1)(G) as long as they limit other investments to U.S. government securities, short-term paper, and money market funds as permitted by Rule 12d1-1 (which has been amended as well).

The new rule will be effective 60 days after publication in the Federal Register, and compliance will be required 425 days after publication. For more information, including specific detailed requirements, registrants should review the SEC’s adopting release at the following link on the SEC’s website:

[Rule 12d1-4: Fund of Funds Arrangements](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25LiRQY4EbF_0eLJeFSxBgqG8l1U5_GKyTh8Y9d-y3M_Kv03ghXezHDkxNHld6Rr9AYLv9_HFV-EhUK9lAXGF1Gj92HLsP6y63IVSDnk8RbQA8r0K3SzaK5To4B1PIxkbrkY%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637399323855587526%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=tSqkIM2D64anXUuohYWhxv7P0G1nwBYcPlpAlhho1%2Fs%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Expedited Exemptive Application Review

The SEC has amended Rule 0-5 under the Investment Company Act to implement an expedited review procedure for routine exemptive applications under the Investment Company Act if they are substantially identical to recent precedent. To qualify, the application must be “substantially identical” to two other applications for which an order was granted within three years of the new application’s initial filing. (That expands the two-year lookback as originally proposed.) To be deemed “substantially identical,” the application would need to seek relief from the same sections of the Company Act and rules thereunder, containing identical terms and conditions, and differing only with respect to factual differences that are not material to the relief requested. Expedited relief is not available for “mix and match” applications that seek to combine portions from multiple prior precedents. If eligible, the staff shall respond within 45 days from the date of filing. The SEC also approved a new internal review procedure to speed up approval of applications that do not qualify for the expedited process. For those, the staff will take action within 90 days of the initial filing and each of the first three amendments thereto, and within 60 days of any subsequent amendments.

While hardly revolutionary, these changes are a welcome improvement over current practice under which the staff, even under delegated authority (i.e., no need for full Commission vote), often takes many months to respond to exemptive applications. The new rule will be effective June 14, 2021. For more information, please review the SEC’s adopting release at the following link on the SEC’s website:

[Rule 0-5: Amendments to Procedures With Respect to Applications Under the Investment Company Act of 1940](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25LiBTwdjOnN4quls8w0KRpfoVsekki57CgYuKNJ-oMt3CD5eKbFcjdq0FzWSsXC-eNCnoH0BUaEXmEJ9Iin7WiyOkrXk5bPnnekR7qlQheK0UT5tjUv_G7DHQec4p7YrxJz%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637399323855597520%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=QQtUAjEkgPTUdXNxrOfEkVEmslalqt94E63Q01aEptg%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Amendments to Proxy Voting Advice Rules

The SEC adopted amendments to the rules governing proxy solicitations, which will impact investment advisers’ reliance on proxy advisory firms (e.g., ISS and Glass Lewis), particularly as to how those service providers disclose conflicts of interest and provide information about company responses concerning particular proxies. In a companion release (discussed separately below), the SEC also supplemented guidance it issued in September 2019 concerning the voting responsibilities of advisers. The Rule amendments are designed to ensure that proxy advisory firms provide transparent, accurate, and complete information to investors who rely on the firms for making their voting decisions. The amendments make clear that proxy voting advice generally constitutes a “solicitation” under Section 14(a) and Rule 14a-1 of the Exchange Act, but proxy advisory firms would be exempt from information and filing requirements of the proxy rules if they satisfy the conditions of the amended rules, including disclosing information about the firm’s methodology, sources of information, and conflicts of interest. Proxy voting advice of course will remain subject to Rule 14a‑9’s anti-fraud provision. The final rules discarded a feature of the proposal that would have required proxy advisory firms to provide companies time to review and provide feedback on proxy voting advice before their recommendations are disseminated to clients.

These amendments are part of a broader effort to modernize the proxy voting process, and we expect more changes will be afoot to address aspects of the proxy “plumbing” or processes. Proxy advisory firms will be required to comply with the new requirements by December 1, 2021, and thus modernized practices should be in place for the 2022 proxy season. For more information, please review the SEC’s adopting release at the following link on the SEC’s website:

[Exemptions from the Proxy Rules for Proxy Voting Advice](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25LiilRO7eeXdYGKDS1vAPzMV7i7AkC1h1w3h55nSzxYxHvps3Xl605lQTwf21shUvwUIvLgmkZK6rF_KDUbNmr_Ah8amIXsI6_3FVdGA0Zth7x1RjsT_G2A935bgBXsiRtm%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637399323855607516%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=HT%2BsoDbM1tqiwkN7f95ev62bQ%2BGcJB%2FLYBQ2fSHzsoQ%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Amendments to Shareholder Proxy Proposal Rules

In another move to modernize the proxy solicitation process, the SEC amended Exchange Act Rule 14a-8 to update the requirements for including shareholder proposals in company proxies. Balancing the rights of smaller shareholders with the costs that proxy proposals impose on all shareholders, the SEC has modified the thresholds – generally to make it more difficult – for a shareholder to include proposals on a company’s proxy statement. Most significantly, the amendments update the ownership requirements by eliminating the one percent threshold, but providing three alternative continuous ownership thresholds to establish eligibility to submit a proposal:

- at least $2,000 of the company’s securities for at least three years;
- at least $15,000 for at least two years; or
- at least $25,000 for at least one year.

The amended rule will apply to any proposal submitted for an annual or special meeting to be held on or after January 1, 2022, though there is a transition period that allows current shareholders to remain eligible to submit proposal if they continuously satisfy the $2,000 threshold through the date of submission and relevant meeting held before January 1, 2023. For more information, please review the SEC’s adopting release at the following link on the SEC’s website:

[Exchange Act Rule 14a-8: Procedural Requirements and Resubmission Thresholds](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25LiCFLEpSPt_LeHpKtgQTCC_VOSDukmZXvhrzAEt6P_Ikpn4aszp5beVCpv9HMTtAVUhNaIAugFvdE3zjqceR8DYzMh8tOWp1ZZldAzlGKOKxqgx29KZWQuD6RQoYFG3X7W%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637399323855617507%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=PQ2oY2U0oqzw4LBw8bjwnGCx%2F0WpJDx7yRBG5SgfPIA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Summary Shareholder Reporting

The SEC is seeking comment on a proposal that would create a new shareholder report that the SEC believes would be more concise, user friendly, and engaging for shareholders than current prospectus updates and shareholder reports. Instead of receiving both prospectus updates and shareholder reports, existing investors would be mailed only a streamlined report, though other information will continue to be made available online. Disclosures would focus on fund expenses, performance, illustrations of holdings, and material fund changes. Funds will be encouraged to use graphics and text features (e.g., Q&A format) as well as interactive data in electronic versions. Form N-CSR would still contain detailed information like the schedule of investments and financial statements, but those forms would be available only online or free of charge upon request. As to the prospectus, new shareholders would get a full prospectus, but updates would not have to be delivered thereafter. Instead, a fund would disseminate new information in the new proposed shareholder report (via a summary of material changes for the prior year) and notifications of material changes. Interestingly, the Commission is proposing to amend the newly minted Rule 30e-3 to exclude open end funds from electronic delivery. The proposal also would amend advertising rules for investment companies to require more transparent and balanced information about investment costs.

Comments are due 60 days from publication in the Federal Register. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Amendments to Shareholder Reporting and Improved Fee and Risk Disclosures](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25Lil705B8J3NHiftyJbneInsUsj0RazzJhj1wwGJY3NAigTRk3BDneR5rOgHsgOmsaYVrx60xluhFSr-b3C0SFCART6Dw8weV210YQn4WQ5w48Xw0yhFQ4hks6Lw2pBI2cz%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637399323855627506%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=%2FfOGrGReJxoItpFTGlaviDMII0Q8QWx2rkRgSAyhpao%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Amendments to Rule 13f-1 of the Exchange Act

The proposed amendment would update the reporting threshold for filing Form 13F by investment advisers, raising the reporting threshold from $100 million to $3.5 billion. Under current Rule 13f-1 of the Exchange Act, institutional investment managers that exercise investment discretion with respect to accounts holding at least $100mm of 13(f) securities (essentially, exchange-traded equities, equity options and warrants, shares of closed-end investment companies, and convertible debt securities) on the last trading day of any month must file a report on Form 13F. Comments were due September 29, 2020. In what may have come as a surprise to the SEC, many large investment managers vigorously opposed the proposal, arguing that they make substantial use of the data collected in Form 13F, including to identify shareholders of exchange-traded funds and to help identify activist investors who are accumulating large positions. The SEC has not officially stated how it intends to proceed, but the proposal seems very much on the ropes. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Reporting Threshold for Institutional Investment Managers](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25LivUm4Qrv1Z2jiXxWBugB_BD9cd-eE-olm9qMD5mlAXWkV4RhovGaGf3POnwCF8jJ0qzR7fBUzP-UvlFdajWj0JHglarJKKEVyGM6Lxh93CkqY1VNzNPf4jEQs2gghHC07%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637399323855637502%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=NM1OVa3EQZ%2FpfxKUDOITkwNHMZwkLYn7PtKHPeZJXWs%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Proposed Rule 15 under Reg S-T: Administration of EDGAR

The SEC has proposed to make amendment to the administration of the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) to promote the reliability and integrity of EDGAR submissions. Among other provisions, this proposal would allow the SEC to make redactions, prevent filing submissions that pose a cybersecurity threat, or correct errors. For more information, please follow the links to the SEC’s website:

[Administration of the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25LimcZt336TJ1Jc0q5ArUmB6oLU6qfkh2P1O6JyyxDYobDpvHswppjQVsxQNOyLujyFh4PGKeiL31-MV-eNJP5joHL3s67CjpT0imWQQWgxlKbzJ41o6pOJk680JI_8K367%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637399323855637502%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=v%2FVtnZLupXU%2FvY5MTA%2FE%2BbDFov7%2B%2FRgTovS3d88plg8%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other SEC Rules and Orders

### Proposed NYSE Rule Change: Non-Transparent ETF Generic Listing Standards

NYSE Arca filed a rule change proposal to implement generic listing standards for non-transparent ETFs using the Active Proxy Portfolio Shares. According to the application, if approved NYSE would amend NYSE Arca Rule 8.601-E to adopt generic listing to permit listing new ETFs without having to go through the 19b-4 rule change process. If approved, this would allow certain non-transparent ETFs to get to market in much the same way as passive or full transparent ETFs. That could in theory shave months off the time to market and correspondingly reduce costs (the exchange currently charges $7,500 for listing ETFs that do not meet generic listing standards). Currently, there are a handful of funds using this model. If approved (after 45-day comment period from publication in the Federal Register, which occurred on September 21, 2020), we anticipate other non-transparent models will follow suit. For more information, please follow the links to the SEC’s website:

[Proposed Rule Change to Amend NYSE Arca Rule 8.601-E to Adopt Generic Listing Standards for Active Proxy Portfolio Shares](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25LiEzQrIn-IKtCR_bPY9kjxaDBRyj1GAps1x0L_jzpbdL0cxohxH6fdl6rRKaSm4HruY84TwUjPiUdyDJyPsS9lh997aQ4S_K6wZ5xc_SK1DzMFSYa4-tXlkaW76l1fBpP_hYTDLLNf5-w%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637399323855647496%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=TWchi77CwofVQ3oMAURXBvBunu0ZH57wJo4EGvOCqOo%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## OCIE Guidance and Alerts

### OCIE Risk Alert: COVID-19 and market volatility

The SEC’s Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations (OCIE) issued an alert that identifies risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic, market volatility, and remote working. The alert addresses several predictable themes, including investor protection, supervision, protection from fraud, business continuity, and accuracy of fees and expenses. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[COVID-19 Compliance Risks and Considerations for Broker-Dealers and Investment Advisers](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25Li-rF0CWHQzAmOy_1-sAS6PJiw62UMtQEw-x8SoNl4g8iQVs548Hx2j80w-NT8ubd7-cB17xk66n_2ngZQMYQN61Lm1Dd-n33GRCEifOPgCHa8pijo4h9o1ntVXvPNDTIz1pgfaFzgmRTjbmxvSGvxbm-ZPe2WaYK7%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637399323855657494%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=PF7Aq9I9CFfbq5RQ0EGMD3z%2BomW3zz2oa97imEZ3uxU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### OCIE Risk Alert: Cybersecurity (credential stuffing)

Returning to the familiar cybersecurity theme, OCIE issued a risk alert concerning a cybersecurity vulnerability known as “credential stuffing,” which involves automated attacks using log-in credentials that have either been guessed or stolen from the dark web. OCIE suggests policies and procedures may need updating (particularly password policies) and use of multi-factor authentication and CAPTCHA (the screen that asks you to click on pictures to confirm you are human). It also suggests certain controls to detect and prevent attacks, like monitoring for high volume of login attempts or using more sophisticated algorithms to “fingerprint” the login. OCIE also recommended keeping staff and clients informed (tell them to update passwords) and to consider firewalls and monitoring the dark web. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Cybersecurity: Safeguarding Client Accounts against Credential Compromise](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25Li15HAlvM82hlw7ju8DlmNt5h7FxLquMdlE6pMHOMlSB-fxo554tfe3zbeb1OwqqgeGmbaybYTNCmwnZb_dERhvT3j-lolGdCchJRvJbIH3v5Y3d-YK83clbNSmzfa9shNHC5Hx-oePrpKGrWzn32Z3VepSABVroDZ%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637399323855667489%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=RXHvIsPeHthcWctpqWgjHcHoe0QOjtGEQXbt3rz5xYA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Guidance

### SEC Guidance Regarding Proxy Voting Responsibilities of Investment Advisers

In conjunction with amendments to the rules governing proxy advisory firms, the Commission supplemented its prior guidance (issued in September 2019) concerning the voting responsibilities of advisers. The SEC expects that the amended rules will result in improvements to the information available to advisers making voting decisions, hence advisers should heed the rule amendments and consider updating their proxy voting policies and procedures. The new guidance discusses the handling of electronic vote management systems that “pre-populate” the adviser’s proxies with suggested voting recommendations, suggesting that policies and procedures should accommodate circumstances when an issuer intends to file additional information or responses to a voting recommendation after the adviser receives the voting recommendation but before the vote deadline. The SEC also recommends updating disclosures to describe the adviser’s reliance on automated voting recommendations. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Supplement to Commission Guidance Regarding Proxy Voting Responsibilities of Investment Advisers](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25LiddBC7fFfDqgCu0IQAfCD45Xpdfc0Ltww_-vQ9MNAwOgF0ksisR-yTugJouPCYdBa9wTfp8uMSOo-pM5VP078PjMFC6BAxiZLT9qzcutX8_bPONIPdrBNbZUmBxNW9CJN%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637399323855677488%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=5eENu6sTOJ2ezpAvL4jo9%2BhIue2BOSYO6PpVLVb8pA0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## CFTC Items

### Guidance on Factors Used in Evaluating Corporate Compliance Programs in Connection with Enforcement Matters

The CFTC released its first-ever guidance on how the agency evaluates compliance programs in the context of enforcement actions. The guidance is part of the CFTC’s enforcement manual and should be read in conjunction with the agency’s recent update its civil monetary penalty guidance. The CFTC groups its compliance guidance into factors that compose a constellation of prevention, detection, and remediation. Prevention factors focus on written policies and procedures and training. Detection concerns surveillance and monitoring, evaluating suspicious activity, and internal reporting. Remediation focuses on addressing misconduct, disciplining culpable individuals, and addressing compliance deficiencies. For more information, please follow this link to the CFTC website:

[Guidance on Factors Used in Evaluating Corporate Compliance Programs](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001HpuGAFoXhTJQ48LczRsHtmguiJ7byCsoiUZ7SgHiSwbJ6qxwyepJqoKjeh3T25Li3FrVkOmhvJ_FLBApKrhsvTOogwVaIhTp-zKi8eFffA86ivDYIwVFwYq90XF9yMk96m9fCyJMhywl56FUgFoIyZuf3hAj5ovdjNYU6yt5rYgIZMb_S8G3kmdD-6BtqbMs%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C92bd4832c3784f0aac1908d87f4ed568%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637399323855677488%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000&amp;sdata=yZGQZREFnA46h02gEPmHXhfPBPxNoLNMcbpyehOO30o%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q1 2020

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2020/_

# Compliance Matters Q1 2020

Subscribe

April 22, 2020

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, these summaries provide links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the first quarter of 2020.

The quarter started unremarkably with publication of the annual OCIE exam priorities; it has been anything but conventional as regulators have rapidly improvised to respond to the evolving COVID-19 pandemic. Below are highlights from the rapidly changing landscape of regulatory relief, as well as a selection of more conventional regulatory actions.

## SEC Temporary Relief

### Conditional Exemptions from Reporting and Proxy Delivery Requirements for Public Companies, Funds, and Investment Advisers Affected by Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19)

The SEC issued temporary relief for both registered funds and advisers concerning in-person board meetings and several filing or delivery obligations on account of business disruptions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. Detailed conditions and requirements are set forth in a series of SEC Orders, but in general the relief covers:

For **registered funds**,

- **In-person board votes** – until August 15, boards are relieved from in-person board votes in connection with Sections 15(c) and 32(a) if votes are cast at a meeting held by other means (e.g., telephonic or videoconference) where everyone can hear each other simultaneously, and the board, including a majority of non-interested trustees, ratifies its vote at the next in-person meeting.
- **Forms N-CEN and N-PORT** – relief from filing until June 30 upon providing notice to the SEC, issuing a public statement on the fund’s public website, and the fund files the required Forms as soon as practicable but no later than 45 days from the original due date, and the delayed filings include a statement that the fund relied on the delaying order and reasons for non-timely filing.
- **Annual and semi-annual shareholder reports** – relief until June 30 from transmitting reports if the fund meets all the same conditions as with Forms N-CEN and N-PORT except the transmittal to shareholders is within 45 days from the original due date and you file within 10 of transmission to shareholders. There is no requirement to put a statement in the reports about the delays.
- **Form N-23C-2 (closed-end funds and BDCs)** – relief until August 15 for notices to call or redeem securities need not be made 30 days in advance if the fund notifies the Commission, ensures that the shortened notice period is permitted under state law and governing documents, and the fund files a notice containing all information required by Rule 23c-2 before any call or redemption of existing securities, offering replacement securities, or notifying existing shareholders.
- **Prospectus Delivery delays** – untimely delivery would not be a basis for enforcement if delay related to COVID-19 if the fund notifies Commission, publishes reasons on the fund’s website, publishes the current prospectus on its public website, and the prospectus is delivered as soon as practicable but not later than 45 days from original due date.

**Investment advisers** may delay filing Form ADV amendments and delivery of Part 2 to existing clients; and filing of Form PF with due dates until June 30 if the adviser has notified the Commission and files or delivers the relevant document as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days from the original due date.

The SEC also emphasized registrants should consider whether they need to refresh their public disclosures. Furthermore, those facing difficulties in meeting other regulatory obligations (e.g., satisfying filing requirements), should contact the SEC staff for further assistance. For more information, including specific detailed requirements, registrants should review the Orders available at the following links on the SEC’s website:

[Order for Relief Related to Investment Advisers Act](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Frules%2Fother%2F2020%2Fia-5469.pdf&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637231798299362584&amp;sdata=TpTAPIX6HADiqRv7tyKELuDV5NxD%2FGaqSKB7aK0iUu4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Order for Relief Related to Investment Company Act](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Frules%2Fother%2F2020%2Fic-33824.pdf&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637231798299372576&amp;sdata=IwkiiqZW87zvusEgkH%2Bl2b7CqN37WlogU5vjmr9RITU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Temporary Exemptive Relief for Interfund Lending

The SEC provided temporary relief to open-end funds and insurance company separate accounts to borrow money from certain affiliates, subject to certain conditions, including notice to the SEC and on the fund’s public website, and making certain other public disclosures. The Order allows borrowing up to 25% of net assets. The Board also may approve expanding a borrowing facility beyond a policy stated in the registration statement. If there is not an existing interfund lending (IFL) agreement in place (and even if not disclosed in registration statement), a fund may still rely on the relief subject to the same terms as other IFL precedent. The relief extends until June 30, 2020. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Order Granting Temporary Exemptions for Interfund Lending](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Frules%2Fother%2F2020%2Fic-33821.pdf&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637231798299382570&amp;sdata=LVW2mO6wBkuDWdMJLBH5N1YGDzivxV1XPLC4I9AE5Ao%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### No-Action Letter Permitting Temporary Affiliated Purchases of Debt Securities

The SEC’s Division of Investment Management granted relief by no-action letter that would permit a registered open-end investment company that does not hold itself out as a money market fund and is not an ETF to allow an affiliated person that is not a registered investment company to buy illiquid debt securities at fair market value (rather than amortized cost) from the fund, in general accordance with the requirements of Rule 17a-9 and other conditions. The relief requires notifying Division Staff and posting related information on the fund’s public website within one business day of the purchase. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[SEC No-Action Letter Regarding Affiliated Purchases of Debt Securities](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Finvestment%2Finvestment-company-institute-032620-17a&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637231798299382570&amp;sdata=bTEK6UwSwvHdes0vn18jALX0nZJQ%2BAd3wTTduIh3uLY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Fund Names Rule 35d-1

The SEC issued a concept release seeking comment on possible changes to Investment Company Act Rule 35d-1, which prohibits the use of potentially misleading fund names. Among other things, the Commission asks whether requiring a fund to invest at least 80% of its assets in the particular type of investment implied by its name is the correct test. It also asks for input on how to incorporate derivatives exposure, whether “ESG” names should be governed by the rule, and whether the Rule should distinguish between investment types and strategies. The Commission also invites comment on whether the Rule should be scrapped altogether. Comments are due May 5, 2020.

For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[SEC Request for Comment regarding Rule 35d-1](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Frules%2Fother%2F2020%2Fic-33809.pdf&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637231798299392564&amp;sdata=RqphTw%2BsEQfF5LBrmbTnbHjEXYlJ53ECehkVzTro6Vk%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## OCIE Guidance and Alerts

### OCIE Examinations Priorities

The SEC’s Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations (OCIE) issued its examination priorities for 2020. Once again, OCIE is focusing broadly on, among other things, retail investors, cybersecurity, and AML. In the IA/IC space, OCIE expects to focus on registered investment advisers (RIAs) that have never been examined, and the staff also will prioritize dual registrants (IA-BD). Examiners will look closely at board oversight practices, which could implicate 15(c) practices, valuation, and liquidity risk management. Focus areas of interest to funds and advisers are fee waivers and breakpoints, revenue sharing, best execution, oversight of third-party asset managers, ESG investing, digital assets, and advisers that use similar strategies for both private and mutual fund clients. The priorities are wide ranging, but the common theme is investor protection. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[OCIE 2020 Examination Priorities](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Fabout%2Foffices%2Focie%2Fnational-examination-program-priorities-2020.pdf&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637231798299402562&amp;sdata=61Gnv0fRdXsEq%2B2fORYuqWamnCz%2F1Ic2A1AoBoyitnI%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### OCIE Exam Observations: Cybersecurity and Resiliency

In a reprise of the familiar topic of cybersecurity (including eight prior risk alerts in this area, as well as appearances in annual exam priorities for eight years running), the SEC’s Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations (OCIE) released new observations concerning cybersecurity and resiliency. In this release, OCIE addresses governance, risk management, access controls, data loss prevention, mobile security, incident response, vendor management, and training. These observations are intended to assist market participants in their management of cybersecurity risks, preparedness for breaches, and operational resiliency. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[OCIE Cybersecurity and Resiliency Observations](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Ffiles%2FOCIE%2520Cybersecurity%2520and%2520Resiliency%2520Observations.pdf&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637231798299402562&amp;sdata=TvTI746Mdl37BroBFsiJniRvVFTyMnBg4dlKILP4%2Fao%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Guidance

### Exemptive Relief Permitting Telephonic Voting to Approve Change of Subadviser

The Commission’s Division of Investment Management granted exemptive relief that would permit a Trust’s board of trustees to approve new sub-advisory agreements and material amendments to existing sub-advisory agreements for subadvised series within the Trust, without complying with the in-person meeting requirement of Section 15(c) of the Act. Trustees would be required to participate by any means of communication (preferably by video) that allows them to hear each other simultaneously during the meeting. The board would be required to meet in person if a single trustee requests an in-person meeting. This provides boards, which typically meet quarterly (and sometimes less often in person), with the flexibility to swap out underperforming managers or bring on new subadvisers to manage new investment opportunities without having to schedule an interim in-person meeting. This follows previous efforts by the Staff, including a 2019 no-action letter addressing emergency situations, to ease the in-person meeting requirement. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Order Granting an Exemption From Section 15(c) of the Act](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Frules%2Fic%2F2020%2Fic-33801.pdf&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637231798299412560&amp;sdata=JGfqJKsyXAZGqJCtABSuuHPDB%2F%2F9w28pjWMtkGJr2v4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## FINRA Items

### FINRA Pandemic-Related Business Continuity Planning, Guidance and Regulatory Relief

FINRA issued a regulatory notice to remind member firms to consider emergency preparedness and reassess, as contemplated by Rule 4370, whether their business continuity plans (BCPs) are sufficiently robust to address the possible effects from a pandemic. FINRA advised firms to consider the increased risk of cyber events, particularly in light of increased use of remote office or telework arrangements. Relatedly, FINRA temporarily suspended the requirement to update Form U4 regarding the employment address for registered persons who temporarily relocated, or Form BR for temporary office locations established, due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Firms also may temporarily postpone onsite internal inspections of branch offices. FINRA also invited firms that require extra time to make regulatory filings or respond to regulatory inquiries or investigations to contact the Staff to seek extensions. Similarly, persons with qualification examinations or continuing education expirations approaching may contact FINRA for an extension of time. For more information, please follow this link to the FINRA website:

[FINRA Regulatory Notice 20-08](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.finra.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F2020-03%2FRegulatory-Notice-20-08.pdf&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637231798299412560&amp;sdata=hLzN9RdnRl%2BRmFKz%2BaXyIC9kchZn4fr9GBORBx8ZFEs%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### FINRA Frequently Asked Questions Related to Regulatory Relief Due to the Coronavirus Pandemic

In a series of FAQs, FINRA has issued a range of temporary relief to member firms from rules and requirements in the wake of the Coronavirus pandemic. Among other things, FINRA addressed advertising rules, advising firms to place notices on their websites with new contact information if they are unavailable to service customers, and stating that non-promotional communications regarding COVID-19 need not be filed with FINRA. Furthermore, FINRA addressed several scenarios concerning communications, confirming that firms need not record live video or audio conference meetings between their registered representatives and customers unless required to do so by Rule 3170. FINRA also will allow firms to forward mail that ordinarily would be delivered to a branch office to an associated person’s residence, subject to an adequate supervisory structure. Small firms (with no more than 150 registered persons) will be allowed more time to pay annual assessments. The FAQs also address the accounting and net capital treatment of forgivable loans under the CARES Act. FINRA also is extending various deadlines for quarterly customer complaint reporting, annual reports and FOCUS reports, and reporting US Treasury securities executed to hedge certain primary market transactions. FINRA also reminded firms of their best execution obligations under Rule 5310 but noted that reasonable diligence should be judged in the “facts and circumstances” of current market conditions. FINRA continues to monitor the situation and may grant additional relief. As the risk subsides, FINRA will publish a Regulatory Notice to announce a termination date for the relief and provide member firms time to make operational adjustments. For more information, including details on other topics not summarized above, please follow this link to the FINRA website:

[FINRA FAQs Related to Regulatory Relief Due to the Coronavirus Pandemic](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.finra.org%2Frules-guidance%2Fkey-topics%2Fcovid-19%2Ffaq&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637231798299422551&amp;sdata=ziIGKBJSI%2FDPqrzXErbCiFdoxe6s3zb0ctGtEXGYV5A%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## CFTC Items

### CFTC Relief for CPOs Filing CPO-PQR and Other Reports and Statements

The CFTC’s Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight (DSIO) issued no-action relief regarding regulatory obligations of persons that are registered with the Commission as commodity pool operators (CPOs) in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. The DSIO would not recommend enforcement for failure to comply with certain regulatory obligations, subject to the following conditions: Form CPO-PQR under Rule 4.27 filing deadlines are extended to May 15, 2020 for small or mid-sized CPO annual report; large CPO quarterly report must be filed by July 15, 2020. Pool annual reports under Rules 4.7 and 4.22 must be filed within 45 days of due date; CPO can seek a further extension up to 180 days total. Periodic (monthly or quarterly) account statements per Rules 4.7 and 4.22 must be distributed within 45 days of end of reporting period for all reporting period ending on or before April 30, 2020. The DSIO may revisit this relief as events unfold, and it invited registrants that require other relief to contact DSIO staff, which would address requests for relief on a case-by-case basis. For more information, please follow this link to the CFTC website:

[CFTC No-Action Positions for Commodity Pool Operators in Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.cftc.gov%2Fcsl%2F20-11%2Fdownload&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Cbb104dbb330d4941d1d208d7e6f1bffc%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637231798299432550&amp;sdata=zOq%2BrrgI9AzIiqhiH352RyyyXSBOP2H%2B7k7lKpRm5h4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q4 2019

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q4-2019/_

# Compliance Matters Q4 2019

Subscribe

![Insights thumbnail](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/fdfphpf2/insights_thumbnail.webp)
January 31, 2020

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the fourth quarter of 2019.

## SEC Proposed Rules

###
Derivatives Rule 18f-4

The SEC proposed new Investment Company Act Rule 18f-4, which would set limits on leverage and require certain funds to have a derivatives risk management program. Leverage limits would be based on a “value-at-risk” test, which compares the fund’s risk level to a “designated reference index.” Funds would be required to report to the SEC if they exceed the Rule’s limits. The proposal also would impose sales practice rules that would require broker-dealers and investment advisers to exercise due diligence in approving a retail customer’s or client’s account to buy or sell shares of certain “leveraged/inverse investment vehicles.” As a reprisal of, and modification to, a 2015 proposal, we expect significant industry scrutiny during the Rule’s comment period. The SEC also must be mindful of the industry’s experience with another recent risk management rule – Liquidity Rule 22e-4 – as it shapes the final rule. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[SEC Proposed Rule 18f-4](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W5NbFJv5LDzqcW5DNy0x6wWpQ00%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S4182Rwhz9T_FBm2T8ml6W1g4Mnb1g4V8cN2-t0Lmz6lTCW7x3bxm3-tQ6GW8rpLKj1WnsLJW5TcjK_4YDhD4W2ZZx1P97rBJsVgxNGM5NGmrqW2BNZcX8NG3HFW7ysPq14wDYh3W3jQ9s55XHfwWW3Wl-MK5YZysPW1Cm54s7Zr50gW75jS7L2hB5dfW31QPkx2qkBHMW4pCGxL4VKM-pVnRSwP72tk80W2Wv3V63r21lWW5DVM621YHCpbW9dB4ST93sxXBW38d32s82zLSzW4dXp9f2nT9YyVCHk2B8CqGBnN3FVyhncHSj2W2jYndw7bfRPfVQ5Z-h1PknXFW4zfznj4lk9ssW5CLQ046xlQVhW4mCW7V8HGTV1W7Yq_fq3N8rp5W6hBL686lgPKKW66DHXF8RlJDQW3kth0z7S61JGW6p07Vj29N1qsW6kbjQ788pP2pW4kcSy06TgPRYN17gXJ_g83qPW5r7ddZ4ZyMt6W84d8w38dRn_SW3LkQRM78W9-5W15h4424R5lHxW3xnsJ36VW5c5W2fP5-J4Rr84gW939_pV4FVMpKW8Y1Vrk5qcrD7N7J6qZG4Xkq2f73MFDY03&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865813441&amp;sdata=xakfHvY3FagDAZRNJjYPf6U175O1P3ZdxJh8aulac70%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Advertising and Cash Solicitation Rule 18f-4

The SEC proposed amendments to both the advertising (206(4)-1) and cash solicitation (206(4)-3) rules under the Investment Adviser Act. First, the proposal would modernize advertising to address social media and would, if adopted, permit the use of testimonials (as long as the adviser discloses when the endorser is a client and whether they are being paid). It also would permit the use of third-party ratings, subject to certain contextual disclosures. Notably, however, the rule does not cover advertisements or sales materials about a registered investment company, which are subject to other advertising rules (e.g. Securities Act Rules 156 and 482, Company Act Rule 34b-1). Second, the proposal would apply to both cash and non-cash compensation (e.g., directed brokerage). It would require, subject to limited exceptions, that advisers and solicitors have a written agreement that describes the activities and compensation arrangement and describe the solicitor’s conflicts of interest. The rule also would dispense with the requirement that investors provide acknowledgments of receipt of the disclosures. The industry likely will applaud the SEC’s principles-based approach, and fine tuning during the comment process likely will result in welcome changes. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[SEC Proposed Rule: Investment Adviser Advertisements; Compensation for Solicitations](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W98rJJr5QTKlcW4JZtHC5z2vQH0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S1Xn6XvnqdSmLz2H3QRKW2Fdbbf1D4sLBW66WHx03-rjjyW3YsVrY31ydJRW5Ql10b6PtkfGN4LGMF-j2D6YN540HHWM3vB8W2tKXdy1JNCPmV8F0yD7qCMTPW83nWPc1BMjHyW6yg2Tm6ftWR8W2LH8-J3MpnHsW4hGLDJ60F4TvV5wdqw6GcvDGW60HNXZ6GSKsmW7tqQYf19jpcwW3M0shf6zktB9W3l1Fh972vZYgW1m75R-32lR7WTgrXM1BWd_PW55z9TN4Nl2DcN24XHLmxY3rvW1Lklby34b0FJN7m4L92SCN6GW2JntRC28vX6pVp_T_76wWjQ8W6GQCTT5HhSltW82_b4D56GHKvW50f3tS6dZ2JxW8wq-Fl6sc74KW2nS6KB8nMxXPN4HJMjvx1tb1W1lm457832ZW9W38nsTh2wY22bW56hq_f13p7KwW6SWCKG6qYHvLV94Ms560LRL0W15GrgH57W6HtW2TtZR-1gwF21W5HtmmH2PXCgtW5r22cr51jP0KW4ZMFWy7x4zbXW6yp01B4lgBy5W2Xk-v14zF3sTW96DlhC1VJzkxW8mZsFs1WWqd1102&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865813441&amp;sdata=ugArihx6Ga88vmX9uJV8%2Ff892rXBfU1J1tLIyJmtlD4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Accredited Investor Definition

The SEC proposed amendments to the definition of “accredited investor,” under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the Securities Act, which is a key element of the exemptions from registration for private placements. The proposal would expand the group eligible to participate in private offerings to include persons with certain professional credentials, a private fund’s “knowledgeable employees,” certain entities meeting specified conditions, and family offices with at least $5 million in assets under management. The proposal also would revise the definition of “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A. Taken together, these amendments are intended to better identify those individuals and institutions that have the knowledge and expertise to participate in the private capital markets, which is part of a broader effort to make the markets accessible and effective for both issuers and investors. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[SEC Proposed Rule: Amending the “Accredited Investor” Definition](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W1T199b25qvWnW6F54md1XcV0Y0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S4182dYTs8T_FzW2H3QS1ML-0JGDQ81dW6w759j7-K2XKW7RYJgW2N2f3pV-w2ww4cRNH4W17Ct7l22y-_FW53mbF-93GG2dVg90fk2TQllsW545x836VHmHNW7LYcYV5L_FswW5mmrFW1LLNgXV_4BNZ357zYgW2xkWyw4YNMmKW4pRrR01bh8CxW69ZbHg36rhDMW3jhDmv2ZqlVCW11XNzN6cfpRvW5jmc2v6p684xV7jK7M5C5xY5W2pM3gs19xtc6W53G1wd4GDplyVnzRsZ5LDlHcW5Q_JDN3xRlFVW7kGthB1CmvJDW38RSVK4vttslW7X22z-7Y_VdXW3B_6_g5mMrBgW4Kz54l5pCfF8W7GNFf66gf-txW3JXCmG75GjP6W25lJy98QX92qW1jxSS04V9vs-W8Bnd0S8jNGQtW8Bn6R62qzby2W5NY39h7L0ZScW7QYpH27slqQ3W1NJG4r60T1hcW1LVQxG8SMR85W2C_k0N7hmwdRW1GMqKJ2WM1gCW1CRVWl2JPCp_W3FSgM785TQv7W6qmF7h7NNK7xW3v9JV46JZS54W8kGjSX5D0LxjW2Scw0c7_XYgFf4vJDpq04&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865823440&amp;sdata=PHGxF9imPPKXQuAzukx8H6Rz%2BISGLvjK4kOLBNlSczc%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Auditor Independence

The SEC proposed amendments to Rule 2-01 of Reg. S-X that would, among other things, revise the definition of “affiliates,” which would allow a broader selection of potential auditors for funds. This would loosen restrictions where the auditor’s foreign affiliate performs work for small international companies held by the funds and where the auditor provides services to affiliates, including to advisers under common control and the funds advised by those advisers. The proposed rule would focus more on the materiality of those affiliate relationships so that independence is deemed impaired only if the affiliate relationships threaten auditor objectivity and impartiality. As part of a larger trend, the proposal reflects a move toward a more principles-based approach to making independence determinations. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[SEC Proposed Rule: Amendments to Rule 2-01, Qualifications of Accountants](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*VXS5Df7WMBjtW6fmg5C2RPKYN0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S4182dYTs8T_FzW2H3QS1ML-0JGDQ81dW6vXsx14FcTDrW6DZ7Yn1xMW37W7M5btk82Q0wFMfXK8sxDNw0W5XWMD29hf06ZW4L5XPw5nN1x1W47XZQ14m9p85VHs_q77qjmnLN4rrBf1GZb3MW47zz146dR_gJVjjl6q5hh7-xVy-RW64RBRNTVPf5kF6fdQFRW3m9vqy3WRj9xW8jcBPX1Zh_jQW1RJ6r51Zyb_8W4JZPKN5nj-rXW3kXMBj4_qDfNW1fXRPb5RtpY1V48McT8sgPLqW7ByPcc1NqnzfW8lnH6T352zbwVMLTg-6pxTZDW80kMJC3j9xnXVphP5J1__nkzW44_twb5CSxGDW6mHtGL4C0YwFW1h1lfL2btdGXW4h1J0s2jZm1dVqGgsT1FBsxcW5jHNTg87BMtsW13HN2N3Xq86jW8DbxCC6xTtDLW10ChS35L7LLjVh9fvM3JCjXhW61sJQQ3z8VC5W4_bcXq83CpM5N76bbKp8QYB_W1gbV9z1X4jDRW1_wkgb6Tp_LnW5KhP7r7Bw5wXW8pN7Kc2zdrywW5fVfG71wKdpnW3GFxvn6R7429f4vJDpq04&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865823440&amp;sdata=u6IgxI3G743QpIz5OD1PQa8j721kbI%2BD1xTW5Wm%2F2bA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Risk Alerts

###
OCIE Risk Alert Regarding Examinations of Investment Companies

The SEC’s Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations issued an alert identifying compliance deficiencies observed during examinations of registered investment companies. The alert discusses familiar issues such as Rule 38a-1 oversight, disclosure to investors, the 15(c) process, and implementation of the Code of Ethics. OCIE also discussed money market funds and, among other things, the staff cited funds’ failure to perform proper credit risk determinations or to confirm proper collateral. With respect to target date funds, the staff noted that disclosures did not always accurately track asset allocation or disclose conflicts of interest. The alert’s common theme is failing to tailor the compliance program to the fund’s business, or simply not following one’s own policies and procedures. Funds should be vigilant to ensure their compliance house is in order. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[OCIE Risk Alert: Top Compliance Topics Observed in Examinations of Investment Companies and Observations from Money Market Fund and Target Date Fund Initiatives](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W4pGdPv6rs3S8W6V8F7-4CjRXn0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S1Wd2MzdMDM11x9TDHnCkW356Z5Y4T_vBxW51-shZ246Y4MW3FqT7469gq32W8NgpbR8sg455W8NkSjG8w3PwxVp0tGV67FdBhN93GyqNKbPdxW3HBzhs5M668LW12Sfg3979rZXW5b9tp_7CK31SW8CxPg-66w9ZmW6QF3gx2Rd1SQW38bDgR45w_JhVCFlt-2rvKMKW5_-s2Q1z6pzkW3lqJmc4-0_20W8fq9y3839j9_W4PMh1K6MqqKJW2c1YFT6R8RZYN2vjw44L34y9W28GfmL3VckzhVHHYmh73N9xdW2Cx94Z9b8C1wW6B7jPC3znz3BW5xlW525X1XHmVtmN9F1pcj9hW84jPV38rmM43W6FzDDl5CmL3gV_5Y482VxPyrMKhrrkvh6pcW3wVgV63-y03zW7Zh6pf2ZvJpQW3J5CFm3KLLWRW3kXqLP5jTt43N4Psfqk2R6R7N7pNRrhCXCWmVRcw4P8022NLW27LXc06Hzl8FW50r5M82H4wpDVpV7TG7PmZK_VW4rSK1hm4syW7SFt4v4DylZ6W5QG3Hn6yqqB3N3cY_84SJQddN503DcG8-crNW3MhzqF6nPl07W9f8-dR8-MM47W9dV7k43pvCr2W7TwNZD2jQ2N1W86R-8_5rT4YmW3VLbsn63y62n0&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865833430&amp;sdata=aqTUGUBdoY2%2Fy6vv4xLHqWC89i9i%2BcFzZcuFGswshi0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Guidance

###
Disclosure of Certain Financial Conflicts Related to Investment Adviser Compensation

The Commission’s Division of Investment Management issued responses to frequently asked questions concerning the disclosure of financial conflicts of interest. The FAQs discuss the staff’s expectations for disclosing revenue sharing and other financial conflicts (e.g., 12b-1 and share class selection or asset-based incentives from custodians). It sets forth the well-worn principles that conflicts must be disclosed and/or eliminated and discusses the specific requirements for Form ADV. It repeats the admonition that “may” is not sufficient for disclosing when a conflict actually exists. It also discusses various facts that advisers should consider in making disclosures concerning the effect of different incentives, the nature of the conflicts, and how the adviser addresses conflicts. This guidance should be viewed in the context of recent enforcement cases that have addressed financial conflicts, serving as a reminder that advisers should take a fresh look at their disclosures. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Frequently Asked Questions Regarding Disclosure of Certain Financial Conflicts Related to Investment Adviser Compensation](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W2z5zMS8hGrHqW4-00Ng8VDgZc0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0SfHt9dK6nCN9gwMgWHbqG6W1yfnKS1PTYGQW7nV4hL1vkZ1yW1L5k951Bs4w4W2NBcbZ7C03S1W1G838D7vRd_kW2MkFh37lYf_xW7lZsyL2LGc9HW7B0FJG2PjLNnW5sFNR462MX0gN5vGfv282SCNW2GFLlK1Fn1xGW6yyrrQ58R2pqW1GlVNb7BQPrRW7qkqJM8q5l3MVZvRyM5_TRVbMRLpBTNfj-qN1nj43nN01f-W1pNBPW53S0tsW64jzh47_qqGjW4FgMKC65y48_W6lt0Tj2z_scnW6x2RKS5-lMJcW5tl0jq62JwCTW5FqK1L3CLPKJW3zLLcN2-k0JnW2m21g747BMJcW49vyZy6SLCG7W5xDKDF47JXf5W2YRjVW52WqtZW2MMLRF2-SPD8W4cpFbp2D10H5W5fnz4X4s85YJW2p8Qrv3ldywnW5FvWFN4LgkMJW3dLlZB2-wx9tW6xj_KX4_hLmJN6v4B6M3pPQnN2zP36grX3l1W6VztMM6xVZ6fW5s5w8J1nbbyhW7cwCy31xqQ17W62DKh1549B3QW1bDs3c7zKRcBW6J3YRn4VpRYQW85BcRH40SCX9W8sJXwR6Hdl3sW7wQwtf9l22MWN1WPqF4pV_Ytd1r6l-11&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865833430&amp;sdata=y0IHgcFHmUVzpo7bhasNOE91kZOfCHaPLUDlehWURI0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Client Relationship Summaries on Form CRS

The Commission’s Division of Investment Management and Division of Trading and Markets issued responses to frequently asked questions concerning required disclosures on Form CRS, which was implemented recently in connection with Regulation Best Interest. The FAQs discuss formatting and delivery requirements for the new Form, which requires broker-dealers and investment advisers to provide retail customers and clients with certain information. Compliance is required by June 2020. The SEC expects to update the FAQs periodically to address additional questions. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Frequently Asked Questions on Form CRS](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*VJJTdD7-ymRlW4jt9FR4dKzLW0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S1Xn2MzbyQSmM12T8mhjVDKy-_1k91mRW7WK9253vM3D7W6YcKjl7x41jBW28QSCY6jL0VgW6b55l84NCfZQW4dZ6855NJSvJN56hZfGlK5CyW5f_N8d46QL1JN6T4KZpTMQpRW8VCFfr36M4q5W2byh3B3j4sGzW7D9C9F6473kwW2nWJ9Y8pYkSsW3mWZrW5Fb8g1W3WGSdR2JHDqQW6H6VpW7FKwVNN7ZC1TMB7SQrW7y8S_W6FJ1R4W3RTLRn3DR5KRW8DPDGx4gLhbtMPqD6Y559rDMMNNx4QDx9fW1vkkQx8W-v8HW3S_-Yl3-c3_hW1xKn8N8CRhLSV5mSPz4ctn-kW4zS4DL6Hqq1hW4kF79G6nslrbW3z_K7z6RJml-VzcPl-7twJ-tW10GFcF29TcQZW58T52b1K7sNhW3Y9B5c4zGBjgN2NqWxG_WSH3V2-PHj5x46PPW1y-wyQ2f03s7W8GWDw53y8JH7W620sJ81BcLN2Vh_9465pHp5BW8fp5Fq8pv97tW7ZqPqk2ddGnwW5QZsPw3L0nxmW8Nw_H_5kVcDqW3ZHxPG8ShzGs111&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865843428&amp;sdata=eXVwdS4ea6OKaMOjDyqf84W1ZGnKgBVWzQZsD7nDDHE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Performance and Fee Disclosures

The SEC’s Division of Investment Management’s Disclosure Review and Accounting Office issued an Accounting and Disclosure Information addressing various disclosure issues they have observed related to performance and fees in fund disclosure filings. The key issues are miscalculating net expenses when there is recoupment after an expense limitation/ fee waiver, failing to incorporate acquired fees, arithmetic errors, and mis-tagging in XBRL. This bulletin emphasizes the importance of verifying the accuracy of disclosures prior to filing them with the Commission and providing them to investors. For more information, please follow the link below to the SEC’s website:

[ADI 2019-09: Performance and Fee Issues](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W7rpwfG93QPLTW5z424D5XcYPZ0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S2C82RMFdXV11YGv4MHptTW1fKm6J2qQjkMN6T9GDZRzM5hW2J2LkF7SFQkSW3zC9nD2Ql5MVW5C_jTM192S47VgjVNS5XWTdCW8Y2nZ82XLhpCW5WZH1G6C_njpW8b-hYh7j8B3cW4y5Vls55PZfrVtbxMD2hQhTNW1K9DTk1MWdFgW5wBWXx9bdZGhN42fQ-TbVQs9W5s7nLZ2vyTM4W62M6LR45gjWFN58v7ZvQbL76Vx8zrT5zpNSFW4-ZFCk2MZL8nVCWDW05R9NVnW41nmlD1-R_83W1fM7q57q_XpKW1S7Nlw5M-LFBW8GSpjS3mnnwZW48vTnt1kj6KTW6fK94r3s_ZPgW5QKjlT6PWwQvW7BRxlP1B2JjHN6FQpctkD6PhW2WCN675NTBv_W97Mh6N1WZnNsN7kqWDHN574sW6Rmy9Q2cmyCQVRFnRl3lvzVhW58dBb66JrYwzW6bgDTd6gVhv5W2BvZ-384Ms0rW8nw4LJ5M3NxVW4bCxzQ4lc1FZW994RJB6hLKwfW3HK4nx6W-RClW7gdRsJ7MQggYW7stkWs22qhhBW5R8G3h2SntDRW3Qbmg63lQhCYW72yg4181NdMrW59Y8wf9c1HxrW3d3BJD178YlvW8_d4F04D342MW9fjRW38VKj6_W93rQKg8g1BV3102&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865853422&amp;sdata=uTNtQ6kJL9QBwnKDITUEzJKm5DtBN627ACzd3dsmzyU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Extension of Temporary Measure to Facilitate Cross-Border Implementation of the European Union’s MiFID II’s Research Provisions

The SEC’s Division of Investment Management issued an extension of a 2017 no-action letter designed to assist firms in complying with the provisions relating to research in the European Union’s Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II (MiFID II). MiFID II generally requires broker-dealers to separate the cost of the research they are selling from the cost for their advisory services; correspondingly, asset managers are required to pay for research directly rather than through commission revenues. Absent relief, U.S. broker-dealers receiving research payments from EU-based asset managers risked losing an exemption from registration as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The SEC’s extension, good until July 3, 2023, effectively allows broker-dealers to continue receiving payments in hard dollars or through research payment accounts from clients subject to MiFID II. The SEC will continue to examine this issue during the interim and hopefully will find a permanent fix. For more information, please follow the link below to the SEC’s website:

[Staff Letter to SIFMA Concerning MiFID II Implementation](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W5LMzbN48brcsW6QVddW4FCTzS0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S1Xn7w2QxfSmJG2W6WPvVDKy-_1k91jZW5-NCNS62QKbbW907Npf3HwpL7W2D0vfC5Mt1tsN4Q4hNM81sj-W53x5mP32H0p3W26DK7m8ySLSXV4bmmy8tx_Y7W92hQhy5SkprPVtslpP8FsGnyW8Wm7nC8HxKclW73XK9n3y-L72VqKn_v4cLQBBW50T2lS3R1gkhW5_JwWg3YPDRgN5v5nVj-kLlKN2wvbZHmgK5dW3xxVJS4L4DNqW26JVHP4Pn15SW19mTj-13t8czW4LC-xr39JY8vW4PM8th10CBh_W8gtB626c1FWXVGgvkQ1Pm2xwW59BfRy7wyPzwW8c3w1K5cml68W3ffqdX34RMQ4W2KKBBj8w1vbwW3bvdfY32zYbzW43bDwv6wTyCVW41nfQx3lkq6cW3k-Skl1KY8b7W4V7rYD5MVb6lW2NqhQ074mSz4N7Sc_hbPJ_YfW69N6zY92r8VrW5wNkMw3q49XMW4brKsb3PnNSgW5-41Wp8R44HcW87pc-V5pxZ-XW930QW78GBwcJVsWmMm2kGqFGW7xjb-w5dy0M5W2K7TqY4CDntvf4lGJHf02&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865853422&amp;sdata=9HNtYVjwQDM41VYZj4XwyCNAs1SVx%2FFyFVS5bVY6vdI%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## FINRA Items

###
FINRA Exam Filings Report

FINRA released a summary of key findings from its examinations of member firms over the past year. FINRA made a deliberate attempt to distinguish between findings – a determination that a firm or person violated the law – and observations – recommended best practices. Both should help firms improve their control environment and develop a robust compliance program. Among other things, the report addresses sales practices, supervision, suitability, AML, cybersecurity and business continuity, best execution, and financial management issues. For more information, please follow this link to the FINRA website:

[FINRA 2019 Report on Examination Findings and Observations](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W1N6q4s4m6CGvW6tNhD61XP0pJ0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S1Wd2RwkMJV11-3m2xctPPMCDNyVDMnSlW7ZM1jt1fQzc7W4_BBtr4DTY3KW7z1FfM8Gd18lW3N7dsL8w3mHFV81mpH38cxlYW9hf3Fz4_p6XKW8XJF6M6-M4KxW8NNXLF8txrDpW70r_M95jy6l6W3Sc1B_6dfs-sW4sjNF780q-0NVCSBdd3gHdBjW1DkGF-96-ZVGW2j_nNC3NLHWTW3szT7N6C8ZKMN8b_ldL2fylsW4wMTbN60NjZjVNzxVk60w_7SW15s4vf1rk3FCN1TWY0_Br94dW5TJcfL2TVbFqVn62FK6c-5SCW4FdhBL45z7j8W5NFrnN4cfmwCW2qHJtB6fLpf6VK-D0K320fz8W5Sjpp94cpl63VD8NTl4yYslPN50_9pmNCqfPW43Y_MD2xFkW1W5c1JSl7SQBwRW7gYvWc6sDJXSW3wtBFd6FR5-1W7KXczv4TgV5rV_HQ4648hhjpW6NDTCg7kdjfWN6hshmqYvxh9M_T9hGdf9zZW23nRwb6t-WKsW8B1npd3-lQ1ZW854qlN56PmZVV8xdYZ64zymcW8lL-qk81NWQgW8xS9M57n5p1fW6_GcNH6sXZ86W4GsRkp2QWKbpN4FyklqXzBr5VsMVY55b5zZF111&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865863417&amp;sdata=FCTmfVxIMXsMpFmhRZBct9Prts35eNA1MyqhbTe6b3o%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## CFTC Items

###
CFTC Guidance on CPO and CTA Exemptions

The CFTC issued guidance on preparing the annual affirmation required for entities currently operating under an exemption from CPO or CTA registration. The CFTC requires that firms annually affirm the applicable notice of exemption within 60 days of the calendar year end (February 29, 2020). The notice also includes responses to frequently asked questions. For more information, please follow this link to the CFTC website:

[CFTC Notice I-19-29: Guidance on the annual affirmation requirement for entities currently operating under an exemption from CPO or CTA registration](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fic.t.hubspotemail.net%2Fe2t%2Fc%2F*N636GWSzCkxRW3-ycQl6-YSXN0%2F*W18v5VT5BNyX8N91kyfzzQN5l0%2F5%2Ff18dQhb0S9r69jNpFsW9jQCh-51FcdHN5s9DSvWrMLTN3Kr14WM99PZW5y5C1f8p5SY2N62Kq0dRHLpDW8n0ZNt8t36PcW4PyF445mG2mYW6Yrc0T4xd4mTW1TYrZJ7dm2r6W75pzVP1ksGJhW1R4_lX1V5BV8W24ZGHn1rlD8wW256TQz1bxsmGW6tw_4-6jDvsVW6Bt4HJ1_QrvgW1Y_Y5J4-0xM1W20Y98h1Yf--_W3bhcWV7M4BDPW5mKjF63kRBpzW57-WqM3H_PtyW2DzCtR1yC0JTW2MhzWH1XLZGHW79w20Y75vvytW5YF1nM4K3F2GW8h94WQ8l-JlLW4nkVSk1M6xfYW8kmZwN5VFDNPVMJntn5yv13KW5ZJBdj8sNQQdW5g08h117Gfp9W8Tkf_k4PkCPdW6KrFwY1XVYkpV7pl796rv8vKW5Z0DVk3GyB7_VDtBNf3G2fg8V6Q97759xGLKVVR6H24q1w5KW3HJtSX1B3HZ9W2Kpr5N55VVJXW30TF8c2KBLktW8WxCp48WlFmzW61lQ4C2483qVW5LcPxL92GFPRVcl7LK9799p-W2SG19j2LlcBBN9744lF4ZDMLD2LMBkftCrf2cmFzR03&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7Ced95b41304be47a8c41d08d7a694b0e0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637161029865863417&amp;sdata=AuXf%2BwZeM0mqYMYWlzf%2FJvQNcUXlcJO6O6NyWhmEpy4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q1 2022

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2022/_

# Compliance Matters Q1 2022

Subscribe

April 26, 2022

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the first quarter of 2022.

Despite operating without a full complement of Commissioners following Elad Roisman’s departure (and Allison Lee’s impending departure; President Biden has nominated two new Commissioners), SEC Chairman Gensler has charged ahead with rulemaking at a torrid pace. So much so that the Investment Company Institute and 24 other trade associations sent a letter to the Chairman urging him to slow down to allow reasonable time for comment on the bevy of proposals. Nevermind that funds and advisers are facing down the speeding train of new rules (derivatives and valuation) that require implementation in just a few months. There’s barely time to register the market tumult, especially in Russia. Attention now shifts to cybersecurity rulemaking, amendments to the Advisers Act compliance rule (206(4)-7), and shortening the standard settlement cycle to T+1 (to say nothing of the proposed climate-related disclosures rule for operating companies). Couple that with the Division of Examinations’ release of its annual exam priorities, a risk alert to private fund advisers, and a Staff Bulleting addressing standards of conduct, and you have the makings of a run on antacids! Which is to say that FINRA’s timing was auspicious to issue a reminder of potential liability for CCOs. Fun times ahead? Your mileage may vary.

Below are highlights of the recent activity and related commentary addressing how these matters may impact advisers and funds.

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Cybersecurity Risk Management

This proposal would directly impact both funds and advisers to funds with, respectively, new Rules 206(4)-9 and 38a-2. The basic proposal should be hardly controversial in this day and age: Advisers and funds would have to adopt and implement written cybersecurity policies and procedures designed to address cybersecurity risks, and advisers would have to report significant cybersecurity incidents affecting the adviser or its clients to the Commission on a new confidential form. “Prompt” reporting of breaches to clients would be required. Advisers and funds also would have to publicly disclose cybersecurity risks and significant cybersecurity incidents that occurred in the last two fiscal years, and the rule would impose recordkeeping requirements.

As they say, the devil is in the details. From a compliance standpoint, most funds and advisers already have relevant policies and procedures, but the proposal has some prescriptive elements that may impose new burdens and challenges. In particular, the rule would require risk assessments that reach service providers – a potential enormous responsibility and perhaps unworkable task. (Does the SEC imagine legions of adviser and fund CCOs will descend upon service providers demanding access to their IT infrastructure? Do funds and advisers have sufficient expertise to evaluate the cybersecurity systems of their service providers? Would the SEC deem it sufficient to rely on a certification or controls report?) One may reasonably ask why the SEC does not simply directly regulate the service providers (at least distributors and transfer agents are registrants subject to examination). The reporting requirements would be new, though probably not remarkable. We expect there will be discussion with the SEC about ensuring business sensitive information is shielded from public disclosure. The proposed rule also includes updates to Form ADV brochures as well as specific requirements for registration statements. If adopted, the rule could expose all registrants to substantial risk of litigation or enforcement actions based on cyber breaches. Like other rule proposals in recent memory, this one may extend beyond guiding principles and could create regulatory traps for the unwary.

Comments on this proposal were due 60 days following publication of the proposing release on the SEC’s website or 30 days following publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register, whichever period is longer, which resulted in a due date of April 11, 2022. For more information about this proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

[Proposed Rule: Cybersecurity Risk Management for Investment Advisers, Registered Investment Companies, and Business Development Companies](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxeNa4K108bJrJDdYb7ydq3jOJx5__xLz6QSjd6oYhZfTLYU0wsr-klWsX3bVoDrwyQ7448j1VYRybbsYbAo0hwQay_uRMRjCP5w-ZNgEh96TRf5rrhGtPsERSN77X6QTu%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=llCxsVn8Mv1BclE1V5qmfikgU5SJZKisH9uFLBq7xus%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Shortening the Settlement Cycle to T+1

This proposal, if adopted, would shorten the standard settlement cycle for most broker-dealer transactions to one business day after trade date (T+1) instead of the current T+2. The SEC believes this will reduce risks in the clearance and settlement process. This rule generally has significant industry support and was a reasonable step short of T+0 settlements, which may be preferable in some respects, but would impose operational challenges that the industry is not ready to implement. The Commission views this rule as a pathway to eventual T+0 settlements. The proposal has many complex elements that generally do not affect our fund clients and advisers, except that there is a provision that would require advisers to maintain certain records of trade confirmation and allocation information. While we expect general support for the proposal, we anticipate there will be fine-tuning needed to address the need for potentially longer settlement periods for security-based swaps and ETFs that have foreign holdings.

As with cybersecurity, comments on this rule were due by April 11, 2022. For more information about this proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

[Proposed Rule: Shortening the Securities Transaction Settlement Cycle](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxij6me6JuXybV_N_6ew-097aLHnZkwfjtaW5o768-Pov0KQkPxK5TIySZVj82k88pBvV8vBVNEY0GGo1XCNxBXYPK0s_Sd9fsjUWIanRoopeco-AqaBWdERTDMd599JCc%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=JVS9XyxW7aOi4xR6pcIg4qr6Fxgzh%2FMvbieHPDaYPIw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Private Fund Adviser Regulation and Compliance

Hitting the trifecta of rule proposals released on the same day, this proposal was designed to improve investor protection for those investing in private funds. The proposed new rules and amendments would impose some new requirements to improve transparency and prohibit certain practices that the SEC believes are prone to conflicts of interest and excess investor risk. It would require registered advisers to private funds to obtain annual audits and provide investors with quarterly statements that disclose specific information about fund fees, expenses, and performance. These core requirements are, broadly speaking, familiar under the Custody Rule or already incorporated into best practices. But the proposal has some key differences from the Custody Rule, such as requiring advisers to take “all reasonable steps” to cause funds advised but not controlled by the adviser (i.e., sub-advised funds) to prepare audited financial statements. The prompt delivery requirement also differs from the Custody Rule’s existing requirement that audited financial statements be delivered within 120 days of the fund’s fiscal year-end.

The proposed changes also would prohibit all private fund advisers (registered or not) from giving preferential treatment to certain investors unless the terms are disclosed to all current and prospective investors. This would effectively bar the practice of privately negotiated side letters. Finally, the proposal includes specific prohibitions on certain fee practices and disclaimers or limitations of liability (i.e., the use of “hedge clauses”). We expect there will be resistance to these new limits. After all, conceptually private fund investors are supposed to be sophisticated and able to fend for themselves.

The SEC also shoehorned into this proposal another provision that would require all advisers to document in writing the annual review of their compliance program. This appears to apply to all registered advisers (even for registered funds), which effectively would close an odd loophole in Rule 206(4)-7 that had not technically required a written report (as is required under the analogous rule 38a-1). Most advisers already prepare written reports as a matter of best practice, so this should not effect a significant change for most.

As with the other new proposals, the SEC imposed a short comment period, but with a later publication in the Federal Register, the comment period for this proposal closes on April 25, 2022. For more information about this proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the following link:

[Proposed Rule: Private Fund Advisers; Documentation of Registered Investment Adviser Compliance Reviews](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxxxuULax1hqeu4emQu8Y_RVLkX7frYJwNeMgYllCsqbiR9XdZ7OZvI2dpSic01oF8ebbkVAi1dKJ0YlY0cYcptTcOLFkFUEJnf3rKCxq92YCSpDE60XCk9KrZsYQ8v5zP%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=zeqnBH2Yo6lCQXvGEBW4LC26TLkIYWEV%2FuZwNQxuT60%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Climate-Related Disclosures

The SEC has proposed rules that would require public companies to make certain climate-related disclosures in their registration statements and periodic reports. The proposal would not directly impact funds (except for BDCs) or investment advisers (except for those that are public companies). Nevertheless, it may have an indirect impact (particularly for funds that are ESG-focused), and it could be a harbinger of possible future regulations for registered funds as it dovetails with planned rulemaking for funds related to ESG disclosures.

The proposal, which is based in part on the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures and the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, would require disclosures about exposure to climate-related risks and its impact on the environment, focusing primarily on emission of greenhouse gases. Disclosures would have to address governance of climate-related risks; how these risks materially impact the registrant’s business and financial statements; how climate-related risks impact the registrant’s strategy, business model, or outlook; risk management; emission metrics; and climate-related targets or goals. Disclosure, which could extend beyond the registrant’s own operations to its suppliers and distributors, would not depend on materiality.

This rule is nothing if not controversial. Some surely consider this proposal welcome and long overdue; others consider it an attempt to regulate climate change exceeding the SEC’s statutory authority. Even by the SEC’s own estimate, compliance will be expensive and burdensome. Whatever the final form of the rule, we anticipate a vigorous court challenge, but investor demand for some climate-related disclosure is probably here to stay.

Comments on the proposal are due May 20, 2022. For more information about this proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the following link:

[Proposed Rule: The Enhancement and Standardization of Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxGHYVl8J0OZYypAOijTiGffn_MgU1Fwt4gy77RfzajxG66Se24Sssd0y3rzD5NSTjhcYWiiZMEe6JccU413LHRrjNoe4Gos0YPTRFtt56rV268V27bGtVU2UMzx6B9mSf%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=ezbeLNUuQFHLUGxcRFZ4aRvlKh%2FFmurUEbL6dEUBzFY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Guidance and Alerts

### SEC Examinations Priorities for 2022

The SEC’s Division of Examinations (DOE) has issued the latest installment of annual exam priorities (better late than never). Many of these are perennial topics, with a few new features that serve as precursors to rulemakings and likely presage areas of enforcement. Unsurprisingly, the staff’s primary focus areas include private funds, ESG (environmental, social, and governance) investments, retail investor protection, information security, and digital assets. The report also identifies broad areas of interest for both registered advisers and funds, and there is a nod to the transition away from LIBOR. The report provides several interesting statistics, including an increase in the number of examinations last year to pre-pandemic levels (more than 3,000 in 2021), with approximately 69% of those exams resulting in deficiency letters (which seems lower than historical norms).

Each of the primary focus areas has broad general application to all segments of the market. That is true even for the focus on private funds, which the SEC sees as having retail reach through either registered fund investments or pension plans that allocate assets to private vehicles. Each of the primary focus areas (with the possible exception of digital assets, which is among the Chairman’s considerable interests) also has a companion rulemaking or risk alert. Thus, it should not be lost on anyone that the SEC is laser-focused on these areas. Key considerations for our adviser and fund clients include the following:

*Private Funds.* DOE will focus on evergreen topics such as compliance programs, valuation, conflicts of interests, disclosures, and MNPI controls. DOE has a laundry list of other focus areas, including the calculation and allocation of fees (continuing a theme in recent risk alerts), preferential treatment of private funds experiencing liquidity issues, custody, cross-trade and principal transaction disclosures, and investments in SPACs. More generally, the staff will be assessing portfolio strategies, risk management, and allocations, particularly with respect to conflicts and related disclosures.

*ESG Investing.* The SEC professes not to want to regulate ESG (or climate), but the Commission wants to be sure advisers and funds are doing what they say they are doing and not just “greenwashing” their offerings. In short, DOE is focused on ESG-related disclosure. As with last year’s priorities, the staff will consider whether proxy voting aligns with ESG disclosures and mandates. Observing a “lack of standardization” in ESG investing terminology, DOE seems to hint at the thrust of rulemakings that would allow investors to make informed decisions based on comparative data.

*Standards of Conduct – Retail Investors.* Following rulemaking and various guidance, DOE will assess how advisers and broker-dealers are satisfying Reg BI and adviser fiduciary duties. This generally includes sales practices, conflicts, and disclosures. The staff also will focus on revenue sharing and share class selection, which are familiar enforcement themes. As if on trend, DOE notes it will look at sales practices related to SPACs among other products that may be unsuitable for certain retail investors, such as leveraged or inverse products, REITs, private placements, annuities, and microcap securities.

*Information Security and Operational Resiliency.* Following our experience with recent examinations and a companion to the cybersecurity rulemaking, DOE is focusing on safeguarding customer information, cybersecurity, incident response and disaster recovery (including climate-related risks), and business continuity. Registrants also are reminded to oversee vendors, address malicious email (phishing), and manage the risks of a dispersed workforce in a work-from-home environment. In short, police the waterfront and keep the lights on.

*Emerging Technologies and Crypto-Assets.* This is the one focus area that does not (yet) have a corresponding rulemaking, but the SEC is clearly projecting its concerns. DOE will focus on new products and practices, such as fractional shares and digital engagement, seeking to ensure that proper operational controls are in place to address unique risks. The staff will assess whether market participants engaged with digital assets have proper custody arrangements and are mindful of standards of conduct when recommending products. They also will assess whether compliance practices have been enhanced and risk disclosures are updated to address the unique features of these products. And registered funds with exposure to crypto-assets will be assessed for compliance, liquidity, and operational controls surrounding such investments.

DOE’s report identifies several priorities specific to registered funds and advisers, and DOE will prioritize exams of registrants that have never been examined. The exam topics are consistent with our experience over the past several years. For funds (including mutual funds and ETFs), DOE will focus on compliance programs, disclosures, and compliance with new rules and exemptive orders. This will reach ETF compliance such as non-transparent management and the use of custom baskets. The staff also will review liquidity risk management and oversight of third-party services providers. Money market funds and BDCs are invited to the exam party, with a focus on money market requirements like stress testing and BDC valuation practices. DOE also will focus on mutual funds that invest in private funds with an eye toward risk disclosure and valuation.

For advisers, DOE typically will review marketing practices, custody, valuation, conflicts, and disclosures. Further focus areas will include assessing whether compliance programs address client best interest, oversight of service providers, and whether resources are sufficient to discharge the compliance responsibilities. Not surprisingly, they will review whether there are sufficient controls in place for handling material non-public information and whether the adviser has proper oversight of heightened risks, such as employing persons with disciplinary histories. Fee disclosures and calculations also remain front of mind, in case anyone missed the several risk alerts and enforcement actions in this area in recent years.

The exam priorities also include brief discussions about other registrants, including transfer agents and broker-dealers. The staff also will assess AML compliance and exposure to LIBOR and preparedness for transitioning to a new reference rate. The priorities cover many other topics, ranging from clearance and settlement to FINRA oversight. For more information, we encourage you to consult DOE’s publication available on the SEC’s website:

[Examination Priorities, Division of Examinations](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMx0_P-UNBm4Q_o-RusBLBoUVgBG5LDi2XY5FYYaW4Q3dpTBdmrHD2my_-fzcjGNk2Z4MnZgSSl1_kcp7ftxe8Ztv-zvvqDWEz4dXxmZYvr_HgCAnwahA4zzA%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=frTIShRUWKNapfrDA9qpBWhwGc3UfW9yBa8IFU%2FtEHA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Risk Alert: Private Fund Advisers

The SEC’s Division of Examinations issued a risk alert concerning private fund advisers. This is a follow-up to a 2020 risk alert (which had followed a 2017 alert) addressing the same topic. While not directly applicable to registered funds, the concepts also more generally could apply in other contexts. The staff issues risk alerts to share observations from the field, highlighting good and bad practices so that advisers can better design compliance programs. This new alert focuses on four principal areas:

1. *Acting Consistently with Disclosures.* The staff observed that advisers did not follow their policies for obtaining consent from limited partner advisory committees (LPACs) or similar advisory boards as set forth in partnership agreements, operating agreements, PPMs, side letters, or other disclosures. Some advisers were cited for miscalculating management fees in post-commitment periods, or for using vague and inconsistent terms for making calculations without adequate policies and procedures. (This follows a November 2021 alert that focused on fee calculations, suggesting the staff is very attuned to this issue.) The staff also observed advisers making investments in contravention of disclosures regarding investment strategy. The staff was critical of “recycling” practices whereby a fund adds investment proceeds back into capital commitments so that, if not properly disclosed, the practice would generate excess fees. The staff also noted instances where advisers ignored “key persons” provisions in LPAs that may require notification to investors or other steps upon someone’s departure.
2. *Performance and Marketing Disclosures.* An evergreen topic, the staff observed many instances of misleading performance data. This includes inaccurate information, cherry-picked data concerning track records, not disclosing material information such as the impact of leverage, or inaccurately portraying fees and expenses. The staff also noted that advisers did not always maintain records supporting, or omitted material facts concerning, predecessor performance at other advisers. Some advisers also made misleading statements above awards or made other unsupported statements (e.g., failing to disclose criteria for selection or fees paid to receive the awards).
3. *Due Diligence.* The staff observed that advisers sometimes failed to conduct proper due diligence, or did not follow their own procedures, including failing to make a reasonable investigation into their investments and failing to conduct due diligence on key service providers (such as data providers or placement agents). The staff also noted that some advisers did not have reasonably designed policies and procedures, tailored to their business, regarding due diligence of investments – a familiar refrain in both examinations and enforcement actions.
4. *Hedging Clauses.* The staff observed that some advisers used “hedge clauses” in documents that purported to waive or limit the Advisers Act fiduciary duty except for certain exceptions, such as a non-appealable judicial finding of gross negligence, willful misconduct, or fraud. Such clauses could be inconsistent with Sections 206 and 215(a) of the Advisers Act. (Notably, the staff made similar observations about the misuse of hedge clauses in Form CRS, which is provided to retail investors.) This issue has resurfaced in the proposed rulemaking for private fund advisers, discussed above.

While not the most illuminating risk alert, advisers should review their compliance programs to ensure they do not offend any of these same issues using the alert as a road map for future examinations. For more information, please visit the SEC’s website at the following link:

[Observations from Examinations of Private Fund Advisers](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxsHhSp0M742ZPcuMuCx8HNgUhE7GRD-SX4JD4wMuQ0m4q2ytIgPezz9O7RfFNhKresPJgq5_uaj84pcl_E7nMwVrIxvAtNtxhZ8I5LrwaLvr11Wb5KdLaKfYsueS9BkyN%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=a1Ty3t4tPL%2Fy%2BF8dGDhhtjexag3p%2B99ZgiJ1BH%2FDiSg%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Standards of Conduct for Broker Dealers and Investment Advisers

At the close of the quarter, the SEC staff issued a bulletin providing guidance that builds on prior SEC guidance regarding Regulation Best Interest (Reg BI) and investment recommendations to retail investors. This guidance document suggests that the distinction between adviser fiduciary standards and broker-dealer conduct standards is being reduced to the vanishing point: “Although the specific application of Reg BI and the IA fiduciary standard may differ in some respects and be triggered at different times, in the staff’s view, they generally yield substantially similar results in terms of the ultimate responsibilities owed to retail investors.” In short, the SEC staff believes both standards require registrants to manage conflicts so that the investor’s interests are placed ahead of the financial professional’s interests.

The Bulletin presents several FAQs and articulates factors that registrants should consider before making account recommendations. Firms should disclose the capacity in which they are acting, and they should decline to make account recommendations unless they have sufficient information about a retail investor to judge the investor’s best interest. They also must consider costs, reasonable alternatives, and investor preferences. The Bulletin also discusses account rollover recommendations and the need to document the basis for account recommendations. For more information, please visit the SEC’s website:

[Staff Bulletin: Standards of Conduct for Broker Dealers and Investment Advisers Account Recommendations for Retail Investors](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxWBi1CH3owls-F3eczolT2iEndbluSFooDbolvLi_1Xxej4lygYs1rXD_d3f9mdO5PzRR5xwRjFMssmG0lrCJKGJtabcjRaQ1XJbb6byFRuRSoEqf4APz-O3yawxjJTH_W4qkOfQu6NlfPF1CSWwcbO77th2EZrRoTJZtHzukH-vOWp8gvrVusFwn6wbitHFBRoJmIRgQTnIxdzkLPa2Eo7AoMWxij9VZlPo-yo0CfB20vmZb9H8iNEAXNoD12OBR%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=qukq8hdoGcyTykFUCpp4wQgAYCWXfak4PfqQNGD%2F0IE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Guidance

### FINRA Reminder Regarding Potential Liability for CCOs

FINRA published a regulatory notice reminding member firms about the scope of broker-dealer chief compliance officer (CCO) supervisory liability under FINRA rules. FINRA states that it brings an action for failure to supervise only when (a) the firm has conferred on the CCO supervisory responsibilities, and (b) the CCO fails to discharge those responsibilities in a reasonable manner. FINRA acknowledges that CCOs typically have an advisory, not supervisory, role unless the written procedures assign the CCO responsibility for maintaining or enforcing written supervisory procedures, or if the president or business manager designated the CCO to have supervisory responsibility. Furthermore, charging decisions would be made after weighing aggravating and mitigating factors.

For more information, please visit FINRA’s website at the link below:

[Regulatory Notice 22-10: FINRA Reminds Member Firms of the Scope of FINRA Rule 3110 as it Pertains to the Potential Liability of Chief Compliance Officers for Failure to Discharge Designated Supervisory Responsibilities](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxHmpUS4yFKsQHfO21Rb7Zjcud21A9x68B70ElxtYHvgDYV5PfoaTDY3-OHP28Sqi9VGSeD9C7S7YXw46i_dWoXth3eqIwOsQkw28peGPRb1meh_F2D8YOHg%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=6tWNYlJ1Azc7rp%2FK6Qx%2BMXHHc6AB%2Fzn%2FxmSXb1cdvpI%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Executive Order: U.S. Sanctions Imposed on Russia Related to Invasion of Ukraine

In response to Russia’s recent invasion of Ukraine, and expanding on sanctions issued in the wake of Russia’s invasion of Crimea in 2014, President Biden has issued a series of Executive Orders imposing new financial sanctions on Russia. On February 21, 2022, expanding prior Executive Orders 13660, 13661, 13662, 13685, and 13849, the President imposed new restrictions on investing in (or importing goods or services from) the so-called Donetsk and Luhansk regions of Ukraine. The next day, the President imposed the “first tranche” of new sanctions blocking all transactions and freezing assets of numerous Russian entities and individuals added to the SDN (specially designated nationals) list maintained by the Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). OFAC also issued Russia-related Directive 1A under Executive Order 14042 prohibiting U.S. persons from any dealings (whether in the primary or secondary markets) related to new Russian sovereign debt issued after March 1.

In a series of directives issued on February 24, 2022, the Treasury announced additional sanctions against Russia, including sanctions against Russia’s two largest banks (Sberbank and VTB Bank) and certain subsidiaries, requiring all U.S. financial institutions to close Sberbank correspondent and payable-through accounts within 30 days, and fully blocking VTB Bank and several other major Russian financial institutions. OFAC also expanded debt and equity prohibitions against major Russian state-owned and private entities. Corresponding General Licenses permit U.S. persons to divest their holdings to non-U.S. persons until May 25, 2022; U.S. persons may not increase their holdings during the interim, after which those holdings will be prohibited. Other General Licenses permit certain other transactions.

On March 11, 2022, the White House announced expansive prohibitions on various imports from and exports to Russia, as well as a broad prohibition on new investment in any sector of the Russian Federation economy. Two weeks later, the White House announced additional sanctions targeting more than 400 Russian politicians, elites, and defense companies. Adding them to the SDN list has resulted in freezing their assets in the U.S. and blocking transactions. The Department of Commerce later announced the addition of 120 Russian and Belarusan entities to the BIS Entity List, thus imposing licensing requirements and other controls on their activities.

The sanctions against the Russian Federation and related entities and persons is constantly evolving and ever-expanding. The sanctions have resulted in severe liquidity constraints on Russian assets and investments, even those trading in Western markets, and in some cases investments are being written down to zero. Thus, not only must advisers avoid prohibited transactions, but they should evaluate the liquidity and valuation of existing Russia-related holdings, even if permissible. We urge advisers with exposure to Russian investments to consult OFAC’s “Ukraine-/ Russian-related Sanctions” webpage (linked below) for the latest information on this sanctions program.

[Executive Order on Blocking Property of Certain Persons and Prohibiting Certain Transactions With Respect to Continued Russian Efforts to Undermine the Sovereignty and Territorial Integrity of Ukraine](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxsEi0p7ac7u4ADYbOfOxWn-Jz-Oi0gBmBvcKY1Kg-afnlrCGyZry_Gm0KwUpqioieExN_HXX4mVWype3JRp5Ol-uohRysdS6reTqVs73R3Fwlwm9iV5t1d6Zn6n2X_MnQ2500EX0lQ7Xzr1rf21JdEbTGpeIKAv4mkx1XZKbZRadJlwJuHcPzrt4gqNVmFrXFsr3qa3YHcPaWs816Oz6nc82YmxO1XLeH7tztezWly8LgEk3ao3B_uj7ygKsubul-28wW_4yiwv-EmMvrulZ6udM9h5agifPCjy9YVrR_5Ib4CzNt0KkuNQinxHiejFhcp1OdfCUUn-Dluc8uKyan26rkMKC30p_lLKZ7EqhGu-7nmRh4dh6_nCzVf7TF-iVyxSpqdlnaa9p9zqJWuLoLuS8Pmx1dP-W4IaWGpbUCRXg%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822643846480%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=OQTrpcUjMP8AZ9NBleS9mxqBYOPSmOP6QNKGOAKlP84%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Russia-related Directive 1A under Executive Order 14042](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxgQGy1TVM6zaz_SJe8tcaCx6onWWgnJ1b93UHwyrv7LzLfNBaqMjsABiuICI4Ii9Lmn2Omzpw-VU0D4DLoHCPOwPCZ3bNC3C4lvA7cQzHyJP-hOXjRg12Pepq69muq0szFykLM2kpnAZCoiSpHgLp-g%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822644002718%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=OMlKt9kHU0i0gfjKwnVTH8LItF0iVM%2FTG%2BkM5My%2F9CM%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[U.S. Treasury Announces Unprecedented & Expansive Sanctions Against Russia](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxkKrtyk4Ex33emDUbYE24o5n7xgQ3PZ4yqW-MQNBRyWrnEtan6MM9gL2xGS1bZoQuFYYxYNWJ8FG272Mw370Djnq8xBcVHS5OIvhJcvxD_k7tubwSZjj0Zh0Rkvlp_ors%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822644002718%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=%2Bdm4HXAoiGR151sF2%2BDwWq60rtIZKF1K5NJC7gBMhfw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Executive Order on Prohibiting Certain Imports, Exports, and New Investment with Respect to Continued](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxnMxPqri1_bG5W934v6zMdVl8I-rP2ZLcNIfCG9zx5aMt-4PUSanW_dInqC9QqiJdYwPIV5YNyLn6lw4gypUTw7QBnMY7inHMQpmqvesapbgutm6XnCxLsIJdvs23lrZikyEHDvu4LqLUK1RqSmvYem1DSTfXhCKm0nIwPmSelNY2tFQNx_9d3_z9bC5B9MZyLwjau3TQGD-XQfIKgDeWdASGvnHBbblTZitbLosMguY2MNyeQL2rrfZ6IfONdU76bhKGUieM7zVc65eJ6ROuJ3O8_RA9fvys92YizSxH_0qoy2BBLmANWBhh0iwk2sTKjgVuFeltnwuZlUa8XZ033g%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822644002718%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=3OW0dMn%2BcalMfuLBWOUu8%2Fm7BvRU6lvfdcuvi6YSk7A%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Russian Federation Aggression](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxnMxPqri1_bG5W934v6zMdVl8I-rP2ZLcNIfCG9zx5aMt-4PUSanW_dInqC9QqiJdYwPIV5YNyLn6lw4gypUTw7QBnMY7inHMQpmqvesapbgutm6XnCxLsIJdvs23lrZikyEHDvu4LqLUK1RqSmvYem1DSTfXhCKm0nIwPmSelNY2tFQNx_9d3_z9bC5B9MZyLwjau3TQGD-XQfIKgDeWdASGvnHBbblTZitbLosMguY2MNyeQL2rrfZ6IfONdU76bhKGUieM7zVc65eJ6ROuJ3O8_RA9fvys92YizSxH_0qoy2BBLmANWBhh0iwk2sTKjgVuFeltnwuZlUa8XZ033g%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822644002718%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=3OW0dMn%2BcalMfuLBWOUu8%2Fm7BvRU6lvfdcuvi6YSk7A%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[FACT SHEET: United States and Allies and Partners Impose Additional Costs on Russia](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMx1Th8Dh4YTEI7Ga-By9mShoy9pmXye62yi_TfvlQ8cWhZplgvl3iVinRNfidmZKDFnfD5MKmcfF-3y9_0geEphJ45AKWm3h-DkzNV5KiK35tUUdAz-MqFMt0HeGqqXcPVUsf2gVSIqIKqQzxD5mMyVMfaPlZhx3C3EczC4tSk2xOh5Mkh6UQSud0mHWmFixPdjMya8MlEXJVlAAUWuLM-GKXgvu4yzuZ-FcaNoYCbda_NxHCWkIyYwkpoAg26ZNBFlQjtVdifrJQG6M2H-Jayzw%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822644002718%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=jW%2FQriywNEaO9%2BWeIiNzKhsb4o%2BrwPvxruCuTb0NarU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[OFAC Ukraine-/ Russia-related Sanctions](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxkjv-lpBYrRanmFxiScbjKyGpR5Znd5W9ucvyx1j1_DR25jPLCC4pGyUIo31C1ZZmSytX0dMw79Ic2Jjet_PpixkGGsHx4CbUBlRM8C66s-lEgaY1BdRfMIR9i_lVG2M8ILzPdanb0xHvjPUiWxKYfp_hu5bDkjfqe5u-ALc9TEfj1Ry3IifUjzyxRwGO5dcfUkr1lynttgh636YDxneIi_TTr_hz4fMM-7P4PfIioC0%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822644002718%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=eDZEDiCLG%2Fm3qh4jUummCXZxSEjC6cOL2O3QW4%2B%2BXt0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Mandatory Reporting of Foreign Securities

Every five years, the Department of the Treasury conducts a survey requiring reporting on holdings of foreign securities by certain U.S. residents as of December 31, 2021. (This is similar to, but is distinct from, the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) survey that is collected on Form BE-180, which was last conducted in 2020 based on 2019 data.) This applies to registered investment funds as well as private funds.

Registrants should heed the definition of foreign securities, which includes securities trading in the U.S. but that were issued by foreign issuers (e.g., ADRs). It includes foreign equities, short-term debt securities (including selected money market instruments), and long-term debt securities. Asset-backed securities are separately reported. There are other securities that are explicitly exempt from reporting such as letters of credit, derivative contracts, loans and loan participation certificates, non-negotiable certificates of deposit, bank deposits and direct investments. Also excluded are direct investments, including investments in real estate and general partner ownership interests. Designation as a “foreign” security is based on the domicile of the issuer; it does not matter where the securities are traded or in what currency.

Filing should have been completed by March 31, 2022, on Form SHC, which is a mandatory report for any U.S.-resident, custodian, or “U.S.-resident end-investor” that (i) has been contacted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or (ii) met the reporting threshold for TIC Form SHC Schedule 2 or Schedule 3 as of December 31, 2021. A “U.S. resident end-investor” includes pooled investment vehicles, including private funds and registered funds (e.g., mutual funds). For either Schedule 2 or 3, the reporting threshold is $200 million. Schedule 2 is based on the total fair value of all foreign securities owned or managed by the SHC Reporter and not held with a U.S.-resident custodian; Schedule 3 is based on total fair value of foreign securities held with anyone unaffiliated U.S.-resident custodian that is not a central securities depository. The thresholds operate independently; you may be required to report on Schedule 2 but not on Schedule 3, or vice versa.

For more information, please review the Treasury’s notice or the Federal Reserve’s filing instructions found at the following links:

[Survey of U.S. Ownership of Foreign Securities as of December 31, 2021](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxBT2uE_PIOkqQmKSoQxEaLesebI9CKmMHOszUlzc6Adkvcp2MAZ4Vtf2lMsmaix5EFTb2W97wPR0TSRIntYjzL-OKD-PfJC3lLOIx1qJly3O-d3gamtK1yv6rbOcWw1-h0p2zykQuwqNUOMiNM2_RVcTeJRmBg5jZiUKs-SURlcs2h3QDR356vKxeiEBW7GXmlCSE3xV8C9E%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822644002718%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=WcDc8MxOINSI6BckCttyfGQQuvIBE%2B93zAufadDro%2Fg%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[The Federal Reserve Bank of New York Report of U.S. Ownership of Foreign Securities](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001WlSO6N0tGXkDjdp1ZZqRoZ5crP_xpAxpbqum9KLdY480SfK2pYYvqkKdSD3uFMMxEE8nP6W9PqC9SFuV_2WrnG0kd9i0OGvGd9TadaTFCLuV9SdaP4LgwyYhSUSOvCT1Kdw-XKAzYFCpthO6lJ_drvJhe2WqFDwuh6-HZxCtdEhGdjz2JmDk1DC_BB88YRmUe2Ibw3wkGXFvApNDPtu9dXGAknCauOaSf4hi9YGGxek3YE1OD0vdTg%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cefa31bc964764f2b953608da27960b52%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637865822644002718%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=NQfXGkl9QVGYQV2BOq%2FbPDcXWQpijKxpzj2FEPkT5kk%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q2 2022

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2022/_

# Compliance Matters Q2 2022

Subscribe

July 28, 2022

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the second quarter of 2022.

The SEC is back to its full complement with the Senate having confirmed Jaime Lizarraga and Mark Uyeda as new Commissioners (filling the seats vacated by Allison Herren Lee and Elad Roisman). And the new Commissioners were thrown into the deep end as SEC Chairman Gensler has been pressing ahead with an aggressive regulatory agenda. Several big rulemakings have already been released and there is no rest for the weary. What’s in a name? Evidently, ESG is the name of the game, and the Commission is concerned that some fund names are merely “greenwashing” ESG Trojan Horses, and true ESG funds will have a lot of disclosure explaining to do, if the Chairman gets his way. Index and model providers, and possibly pricing services, may fall prey to new regulation. A spate of court challenges, including a Supreme Court case involving the Environmental Protection Agency, point to an overheated regulatory agenda and more challenges to come. But don’t count the SEC out just yet. The Enforcement Division is flexing its muscle and is here to remind everyone there are cops on the beat and they sometimes carry a big stick.

Below are highlights of the recent activity and related commentary addressing how these matters may impact advisers and funds.

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Rule 35d-1 Amendments: Investment Company Names

Following a 2020 request for comment, the SEC has proposed amendments to Rule 35d-1, colloquially called the “Names Rule,” which generally requires registered funds and BDCs to invest at least 80% of their assets consistent with the investment focus that the fund’s name suggests. The SEC portrays the proposal as a modest effort to prevent misleading fund names, which can have a significant impact on investors’ decisions when selecting investments. Without much pretense, it is plainly focused on “greenwashing,” and thus should be understood in the broader context of ESG regulation (also subject to rulemaking). But it also would extend rule 35d-1’s reach to more conventional naming conventions like “growth” and “value” that until now have avoided Rule 35d-1’s reach. The proposal does allow that some terms still imply only “characteristics” of the portfolio as a whole that do not trigger a requirement for an 80% policy. Thus, for example, a fund with stated duration, target date, or described as “balanced” need not adopt an 80% policy. (While somewhat helpful, it is hardly obvious why “balanced” is excepted but “value” is not. We suspect this will either get re-worked or the disclosure review staff will be making ad hoc determinations about who needs 80% policies.)

Much of the proposal is sensibly focused on ensuring adequate disclosure; it does not, for example, prescribe ESG standards. To that end, funds will have to disclose how they define the terms used in their names, including the criteria the fund uses to select the investments that the term describes. All the commissioners agree with that, in principle. Of course, the devil is in the details, and critics (including Commissioner Peirce) are concerned that there is too much subjectivity in identifying fund names that imply “particular characteristics,” which can lead to uneven (or unfair) enforcement. And the likely upshot is that fund sponsors will simply make names more generic and less informative to avoid the rule’s clutches.

The proposal would bar funds from using ESG terminology (e.g., green, sustainable, etc.) in a name if such factors carry equal weight in the manager’s investment decisions as other non-ESG factors. For these so-called “integration funds,” the ESG factors are generally no more significant than other factors in the investment selection process, such that ESG factors are not dispositive in deciding to include or exclude any particular investment in the portfolio. Commenters likely will urge better calibration on this issue because, as a practical matter, many funds would say that ESG is a “significant” factor but would not be willing to say that it is predominant or at least equal to all other non-ESG factors. Moreover, it would put ESG-focused funds in a bit of a pickle when considering the companion ESG rule (discussed below): integration of ESG factors requires more disclosure, but the funds could not name the fund to signal that integration. Thus, sponsors may choose to simply go all in or all out on ESG, which could limit the manufacture of choices in the middle.

The amendment also would impose significant new restrictions on “defensive” positioning as a means to deviate from the fund’s 80% policy. Funds will be permitted to deviate only under particular circumstances, including market fluctuations, to address large inflows or redemptions, or moving to cash to avoid losses from adverse market conditions. It also specifies that funds have 30 days (or 180 days for fund launches) to return to compliance with the 80% threshold. While advisers will balk at that change – it may force transactions that could harm shareholders – the Commission believes it will prevent funds from drifting away from their mandates and taking perpetually defensive positions. We suspect this feature of the proposal will generate a lot of discussion about shareholder protection on both sides, and perhaps actively managed funds will be given more leeway than passive funds.

The amendments also try to grapple with the increased use of derivatives. Current Rule 35d-1 does not address how to incorporate derivatives, which can magnify exposure, into the 80% calculation. The amendment thus seeks to ensure that a fund’s name accurately reflects the economic reality of the fund’s sources of returns and risk by specifying that notional exposure, rather than market value, is used for the 80% calculation. Furthermore, the rule would specify the derivatives instruments that a fund may include in its 80% basket.

For unlisted closed-end funds and BDCs, the proposal would prohibit changing the 80% policy without a shareholder vote (ie, the 80% policy must be a fundamental policy). This is designed to protect shareholders who are limited in their ability to exit the investment if they do not like the changes made.

Finally, the amendments would require recordkeeping that shows how the funds comply with the rule, and it would require new disclosure on Form N-PORT to designate whether an investment is included in the 80% bucket. Commenters will surely observe that this extra reporting operational complexity and expense without much corresponding benefit to shareholders.

In many respects, the amendments are merely refreshing a benign disclosure rule that says nothing more than a fund should make investments consistent with the strategy implied by its name. Critics will observe that we should not overstate the significance of a name because a name is hardly the sole source of information for investors to understand a fund’s strategy and risks, though the SEC recognizes that a lot of advertising punch is packed into a name. Most of the debate surely will concern the use of ESG terminology; ironically, the amendments may accomplish what many conservative commentators had hoped: discouraging the use of ESG terminology. And it is unclear what else lies inside pandora’s box. ESG is the flavor of the day, but will the SEC wade into the thicket of faith-based funds? What about thematic names? Obviously, these matters can be addressed in detailed prospectus disclosures. Indeed, that is the very point critics are making.

Comments on the proposal are due within 60 days of publication in the Federal Register, or by August 16, 2022. For more information about this proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

[Proposed Rule: Investment Company Names](https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2022/ic-34593.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### ESG Disclosures

The SEC also proposes various amendments to disclosure and reporting forms to promote consistent, comparable information concerning funds’ and advisers’ incorporation of ESG criteria into investing decisions. The proposed changes apply to advisers (including private fund advisers), registered funds, and BDCs. If adopted, the amendments would impose ESG categorization and require funds and advisers to provide specific disclosures in prospectuses, annual reports, and Form ADV. Funds that focus on environmental factors would have to disclose greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions associated with their portfolio investments. “Impact” funds would have to describe the specific impact(s) they seek to achieve and summarize their progress on achieving those goals. There also would be certain proxy voting disclosure requirements. Managers also would need to craft policies and procedures to ensure compliance with their own ESG investment guidelines.

The level of disclosure required would depend on the degree to which ESG factors are part of the fund’s strategy. The proposal identifies three types of ESG funds:

- Integration Funds – These funds include ESG factors among other non-ESG factors in investment decisions and would be required to describe how ESG factors are incorporated into their investment process. This could potentially affect many advisers that consider ESG factors, but where ESG is not dispositive when selecting or excluding investments.
- ESG-Focused Funds (EFFs) – ESG is a significant or principal consideration in selecting investments or in engaging with portfolio companies, which may include ESG screens or engaging via proxy voting or direct engagement. These funds would be required to provide detailed disclosures, including data in a standardized strategy overview table.
- Impact Funds – A subset of EFFs, these seek to achieve a particular ESG impact and thus would be required to disclose how they measures progress on the particular objective both quantitatively and qualitatively with respect to a related time horizon.

Integration Funds would have streamlined disclosure requirements, requiring brief summaries of how the fund incorporates ESG factors into its selection process.” A fund that considers GHG emissions also would have to provide more detailed disclosure concerning its methodology for considering this factor. EFFs, which also include funds with a name implying ESG focus (thus coupling with the Names Rule), would face steeper disclosure burdens. Primarily, EFFs would have to complete an ESG Strategy Overview table in the fund’s prospectus, providing summary information about the strategy and how the fund incorporates ESG factors into investment decisions. The proposal is agnostic about which standards or frameworks may be used, acknowledging that two similar-sounding fund names could result is opposing views about particular investment decisions. (For instance, one company may exclude oil companies as environmentally harmful, while another approach may approve such companies for having good governance practices.) Additional disclosures around proxy voting or engagement with company management also may be required.

The proposal includes a more rigid reporting structure for environmentally-focused EFFs to report GHG emissions. This surely will be among the most controversial aspects of the proposal. The SEC proposes that such funds disclose the “carbon footprint” and “weighted average carbon intensity” of its portfolio, as well as scope 3 emissions (other indirect emissions) consistent with the widely-used “GHG Protocol.” Suffice to say this is a complicated calculation and it would spawn a whole industry of consultants. Funds that do not consider GHG emissions as part of their strategy would be excepted from this requirement. The SEC appears to be aligning itself with European regulators on this score.

Significantly, the ESG proposal is replete with nearly 200 questions for which it seeks public comment. Thus, the proposal reads more like a broad concept release than a hardened view on what the final rule will include. The SEC’s approach seems to contemplate a fair amount of leeway for advisers to choose their own methodology without prescribing any particular scoring or rating system (save for the GHG disclosures). Nevertheless, we anticipate fierce challenges to many features of the proposal, particularly with respect to GHG reporting.

As with the Names Rule, comments on this rule are due by August 16, 2022. For more information about this proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

[Proposed Rule: Enhanced Disclosures by Certain Investment Advisers and Investment Companies about Environmental, Social, and Governance Investment Practices](https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2022/ia-6034.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### Request for Comment on Requiring Registration for Index Providers, Model Portfolio Providers, and Pricing Services

The SEC issued a request for comment on whether certain “information providers,” specifically index providers, model portfolio providers, and pricing services, should be subject to registration as investment advisers. The SEC posed numerous questions exploring whether these information providers satisfy the definition of “investment adviser” and the implications of requiring registration under both the Advisers Act and the Investment Company Act.

These services have grown in size and influence, and the SEC seeks to ensure oversight and investor protection. To that end, the SEC seeks to better understand when these entities are providing particularized investment advice rather than merely broad-based information. While index and model providers may perform functions that, in some respects, resemble portfolio management, some may wonder why the SEC to chose to include pricing services in the discussion. One theory is that registration would give the SEC a foothold for conducting examinations because, as a practical matter, it is becoming increasingly challenging for advisers to conduct meaningful oversight (as is required, for example, by Rule 2a-5) of the large pricing services that have become so essential to every fund’s pricing. Any new rule will require proper calibration; while aspects of their services would seem to meet the technical definition of an investment adviser, subjecting them to the gauntlet of section 15(c) approvals would be cumbersome and limit the ability to change service providers. Thus, advisers and fund managers may welcome some SEC supervision, but only if it were to lessen the burdens on managers and retain their flexibility.

As with the other new proposals, the SEC imposed a short comment period with comments due by August 16, 2022. For more information about this request for comment, please visit the SEC’s website at the following link:

[Request for Comment on Certain Information Providers Acting as Investment Advisers](https://www.sec.gov/rules/other/2022/ia-6050.pdf "www.sec.gov")

## SEC Guidance and Alerts

### SEC Regulatory Flex Agenda

The SEC has released the Spring 2022 Regulatory Agenda, which charts the SEC Chairman’s current regulatory priorities and approximate timeline for rulemakings. One person’s “ambitious” agenda is another person’s “aggressive,” or, as Commissioner Peirce dubbed it, a “rip current” of rulemakings. The agenda is broken down into short- and long-term agendas, which separates those items expected to be considered in the next 12 months from those that will take longer.

The short-term list is sprawling and includes some familiar items for the fund industry, including impending final rules governing cybersecurity, reporting of proxy votes on Form N-PX, new fund shareholder reports, money market reforms, securities lending disclosures, and a shortened (T+1) settlement cycle. The list also includes possible amendments to the Names Rule (recently proposed), ESG rules for investment companies and advisers (recently proposed), new rules for third-party service providers (presumably the request for comment on registration of index providers and pricing services), and reforming the listing and trading of exchange-traded products (concept release published in 2015). The Commission also is considering updates to fund fee disclosures as well as open-end fund liquidity and dilution management (probably expanding, rather than restricting, rule 22e-4). Investment advisers likely will see amendments to the compliance rule to require documentation of compliance reviews (already proposed), Form PF (already proposed), the custody rule and new rules for digital engagement practices (including robo advisers). The Commission seeks to address broad-based rules such as data security for the Consolidated Audit Trail, mandatory electronic filing, and modernizing Reg ATS. The Commission also seems poised to revisit proxy advice rules and reopen rules on shareholder proposals, whistleblowers, and resource extraction, each of which was adopted in 2020 under the last chairman. And it aims to regulate SPACs, require climate change disclosures, update Reg D, revise insider trading rules, and introduce rules to address a variety of conflicts in the securities markets. And the list goes on.

The long-term list is far more modest. It includes the long-standing item to reform regulation of transfer agents. It also includes potential enhancement to proxy processes, or the proxy “plumbing.” Other actions do not generally relate to the fund industry but may have some indirect impact including disclosure rules related to so-called conflict minerals, incentive-based compensation, and credit ratings agencies’ conflicts of interest, each of which should be viewed through the lens of the Chairman’s view on ESG-type considerations. The Commission also is delaying consideration of rules to harmonize SEC and CFTC rules concerning margining of uncleared swaps.

Much of the agenda ostensibly is focused on disclosure and protection of retail investors, though critics observe that the agenda may impose substantial costs that may be passed on to investors or retard capital formation, and the agenda actually dispenses with priorities that may have been more impactful or had more immediate benefits (like addressing custody, cryptocurrencies, and proxy plumbing). And the torrid pace of rulemaking leaves scant opportunity for the public to study the proposals and provide important feedback that could help better calibrate the rules. As Commissioner Peirce laments, issuing numerous complex rule proposals with short comment periods may leave only large entities with deep resources able to fully participate in the notice-and-comment process.

Cynics will view this agenda as a rush to complete controversial rulemakings before a change of administration. That is, unfortunately, a feature rather than a bug in the rulemaking process. Bear in mind that events often overtake priorities, and comments from interested parties often cause the SEC to rethink rule proposals or scrap them altogether. For more information, please visit the Office of Management and Budget’s website at the following link:

[Agency Rule List (short-term agenda) – Spring 2022](https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/eAgendaMain?operation=OPERATION_GET_AGENCY_RULE_LIST&amp;currentPub=true&amp;agencyCode=&amp;showStage=active&amp;agencyCd=3235&amp;csrf_token=ABBAA84824C29E01B566B0472A6E99E59C730916821A14613C79DE7F48AC8EAEF4CA3A7C929E9B10E667F119BAA4958D5293 "www.reginfo.gov")

[Agency Rule List (long-term agenda) – Spring 2022](https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/eAgendaMain?operation=OPERATION_GET_AGENCY_RULE_LIST&amp;currentPubId=202204&amp;showStage=longterm&amp;agencyCd=3235&amp;csrf_token=0FA89B385FEC31C75AEB4E56DF06E726FFEBBE90A7FCCB2D1B868C1EA3E559D856D6620F74C2AF8BE13A0B6B4179B30EFDD8 "www.reginfo.gov")

### SEC Risk Alert: Adviser Codes of Ethics

The SEC’s Division of Examinations (DOE) has issued a risk alert discussing deficiencies in codes of ethics under Adviser Act Rule 204A, which requires that advisers adopt a code of ethics designed to prevent the misuse of material non-public information (“MNPI”) by the adviser or any person associated with the adviser. To that end, the rule requires that certain supervised persons, access persons, report their personal securities transactions to the firm. Deficiencies observed include insufficient policies or implementation of policies concerning:

- the use of “alternative data” (e.g., satellite imagery or internet search data used to inform investment decisions);
- “value-add” investors, ie., key persons or entities who are more likely to possess MNPI (e.g., officers at a public company); and
- expert networks, such as tracking and logging of calls, reviewing notes from calls, and reviewing trading of supervised persons in securities of publicly traded companies that are in similar industries as those discussed during the calls.

The staff also noted various compliance issues, such as:

- failing to identify access persons (or not defining clearly who is an access person);
- failing to seek pre-clearance of IPOs and private placements;
- lacking evidence that there was any review of personal securities transactions and transaction reports;
- not having the CCO report transactions to some other person for review;
- late or failing to submit transaction reports, or not including the information required by the code; and
- not having written acknowledgement of supervised person’s receipt of the code.

The staff made two specific recommendations. First, they suggested that firms should consider developing a restricted list (and of course monitor compliance with it). Second, they commended a policy that requires investment opportunities first be offered to clients before the adviser or employees may act on them (essentially to avoid front running).

Advisers should review their compliance with Rule 204A. Because fund compliance officers must oversee the compliance programs of their principal service providers, they also should be mindful of advisers’ compliance as well as reviewing their own compliance under the analogous Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1. For more information, we encourage you to consult DOE’s publication available on the SEC’s website:

[Investment Adviser MNPI Compliance Issues](https://www.sec.gov/files/code-ethics-risk-alert.pdf?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery "www.sec.gov")

## Enforcement Actions

### SEC Charges Allianz Global Investors and Portfolio Managers with Securities Fraud

The SEC charged Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC and three former senior portfolio managers with fraud for concealing the downside risks of a complex options trading strategy that lost billions of dollars. Allianz admitted that it defrauded investors over several years, concealed losses, and failed to implement key risk controls. The portfolio managers allegedly manipulated financial reports and other information provided to investors to conceal the risks and actual performance; they also allegedly provided false testimony to the SEC. The essential issue – taking on a far riskier derivatives strategy than disclosed – has occurred elsewhere and was an animating factor for the derivatives rule. The brazen cover-up and fraud (falsifying reports and manipulating data), however, is unprecedented and led the SEC to seek steep penalties. Allianz has agreed to pay $5 billion in restitution and a $1 billion penalty to settle the charges. The parties agreed to plead guilty to parallel criminal charges. As a consequence of the guilty plea, Allianz is disqualified from providing advisory services to US registered investment funds for the next ten years. Consequently, it has sold its fund business to Voya Funds.

For more information about these proceedings, please view materials on the SEC’s website at the following links:

[SEC Charges Allianz Global Investors and Three Former Senior Portfolio Managers with Multibillion Dollar Securities Fraud](https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2022-84 "www.sec.gov")

[In the Matter of Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC](https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2022/34-94927.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### Ernst & Young Sanctioned for Employees Cheating on CPA Ethics Exams

Imposing the largest penalty ever against an audit firm, the SEC charged Ernst & Young (EY) for cheating by approximately 200 of its audit professionals on CPA exams and then hiding that fact from the SEC. The cheating mostly involved the ethics portion of the exam and with respect to continuing education courses, including ones addressing compliance with GAAP. EY also failed to correct a submission to the SEC even after its own internal investigation confirmed there had been cheating. EY admitted the misconduct and agreed to a $100 million penalty and to undertake remedial actions, including notifying audit clients of the misconduct. It is doubtless unflattering that an audit firm would employ professionals who cheated on ethics exams. The misconduct also could impair audits because the professionals in question did not act with required integrity, and the firm did not have adequate controls in place to ensure integrity. If EY has performed audits or other attest work, audit committees are well advised to discuss this matter with their audit engagement team to determine if there has been any impact on their services.

For more information about this matter, please follow the link on the SEC website:

[In the Matter of Ernst & Young LLP](https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2022/34-95167.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Enforcement for ESG Disclosures

A possible shot across the bow just before a new ESG rule was proposed (as discussed above), the SEC brought an enforcement action against BNY Mellon Investment Adviser for disclosure violations related to its ESG practices in six mutual funds. The SEC alleged that BNY misrepresented its ESG review process for portfolio holdings as numerous investments evidently were not screened for ESG. According to the SEC, BNY failed to state that the “subadvisor could and did select portfolio investments that were not necessarily subject to that aspect of the research process.” Although these funds were not part of BNY’s suite of sustainable funds (for which ESG is a principal investment strategy), BNY made misleading representations about its investment process in RFP responses, prospectus disclosures, and board minutes. Thus, in material respect, this is simply a case about following one’s own procedures and making accurate disclosures. But it should not be lost on anyone that the thrust of this case is a concern over greenwashing, which is a central focus of the newly proposed ESG Rule and proposed amendments to the Names Rule. Managers thus should place even greater emphasis than usual on the quality and accuracy of disclosures around their ESG practices.

For more information, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

[In the Matter of BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.](https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2022/ia-6032.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Charges CCO for Compliance Failures

Any time the SEC brings an enforcement action against a CCO, it will raise regulatory eyebrows. The recent action against Jeffrey Kirkpatrick, CCO of Hamilton Investment Counsel LLC, elicited a public statement from SEC Commissioner Hester Peirce, who supported the action and explained why this case is a rare example of the SEC charging the CCO. The case involved weaknesses in the firm’s compliance program regarding conflicts of interest and outside business activities for the firm’s investment adviser representatives. The broker-dealer with which the IAR was associated flagged transactions involving transfers of client assets to the IAR’s outside business activity. Despite repeated red flags and several opportunities to take corrective action, Kirkpatrick, who also was a principal of the firm, did not take action for more than a year. He thus demonstrated a “wholesale failure” to carry out his compliance responsibilities.

As Commissioner Peirce observed, the “decision to charge a CCO who is complicit in a fraud is easy.” (Indeed, the SEC charged James McArthur for securities fraud, but not a compliance violation, in another recent case.) This case requires closer attention to those features that make a case “debatably inappropriate” from those that constitute a “wholesale failure” to discharge compliance duties. Among the factors weighing in favor of enforcement were:

- Kirkpatrick was a principal of the firm with authority to address the compliance issues;
- The matter concerned a key area of the compliance program and the concepts are well understood; this is not a mere technical violation;
- The lapses persisted for more than a year and the CCO had multiple opportunities to take corrective action; and
- The fact that the broker-dealer flagged transactions that involved transfers of client assets to the IAR’s outside business activity was an aggravating factor.

Although not a case involving the CCO’s participation in a fraudulent scheme (or obstruction of an SEC investigation), Kirkpatrick’s failures were sufficiently extreme to warrant enforcement. CCOs therefore should take comfort that their care and attention is the best shield against liability.

For more information, please visit the links at the SEC’s website:

[In the Matter of Hamilton Investment Counsel, LLC and Jeffrey Kirkpatrick](https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2022/34-95189.pdf "www.sec.gov")

[Commissioner Peirce Statement on CCO Liability](https://www.sec.gov/news/statement/peirce-statement-hamilton-investment-counsel-070122?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery "www.sec.gov")

[SEC v. A.G. Morgan Financial Advisors, LLC, Vincent J. Camarda, and James McArthur](https://www.sec.gov/litigation/complaints/2022/comp25418.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### Fifth Circuit: SEC Administrative Proceedings Unconstitutional

Hedge fund manager George Jarkesy prevailed in his challenge to the SEC’s authority to bring securities fraud charges in an administrative proceeding. In a 2-1 decision, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit held that proceedings before an administrative law judge are unconstitutional because (1) they deprive the accused of the Seventh Amendment right to a jury trial, (2) they constitute an improper delegation of legislative power, and (3) ALJs are inferior officers improperly shielded from executive removal under the Constitution’s “Take Care” clause. The decision is technically binding only in Texas, Louisiana, and Mississippi, but it could have far broader implications. This decision continues a trend of decisions chiseling away at the SEC’s administrative powers, following the Supreme Court’s 2018 decision in Lucia v. SEC, holding that ALJs are subject to the Constitution’s Appointments Clause and therefore must be appointed by the President. A more recent Supreme Court case, West Virginia v. EPA, could spell more trouble for the SEC (and other executive agencies). Ostensibly a case about environmental regulation, the Supreme Court determined that the EPA exceeded its authority absent a clear delegation of power from Congress. The same logic easily could be applied to trim the sails of the SEC. With defendants emboldened by recent victories, we expect to see more challenges to SEC authority, and at least the agency likely will be more judicious in using administrative tribunals.

For more information about the Jarkesy decision, please review the decision at the following link:

[Jarkesy v. Securities and Exchange Commission](https://www.ca5.uscourts.gov/opinions/pub/20/20-61007-CV0.pdf "www.ca5.uscourts.gov")

15382230 7/27/2022


---

# Compliance Matters Q4 2021

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q4-2021/_

# Compliance Matters Q4 2021

Subscribe

January 31, 2022

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the fourth quarter of 2021.

As the industry settles into several new major rules (Fund of Funds, Derivatives, and Valuation) approved under the prior Chairman, some have suggested that SEC Chairman Gensler has been off to a slow start. But the latest regulatory flex agenda suggests it may be time to buckle up. The agenda is, unsurprisingly, ambitious – despite a few notable topics absent – and out of the gate, some proposed rules (including yet another stab at money market reform, as well as proxy disclosure discussed last quarter) affecting registered funds have already been introduced. To help shepherd the agenda, the Chairman appointed a new Director of the Division of Investment Management, William Birdthistle, a professor at the Chicago-Kent College of Law. This continuing a recent trend of selecting academics for senior leadership positions, perhaps signaling less industry sympathy. (More recently, Commissioner Elad Roisman announced his impending departure, removing a reliable dissenting voice.) Several exam alerts, including one focused directly on investment companies, and recent enforcement actions likely foreshadow areas of increased regulatory and enforcement activity. Below are highlights of the recent activity and related commentary addressing how this may impact advisers and funds.

## SEC Proposed Rules

### SEC Regulatory Flex Agenda

The SEC has published its latest semi-annual regulatory flex agenda, which details the Chairman’s priorities for rulemakings in the coming year. This is broken into the short-term (less than 12 months) and long-term agendas. These are not guaranteed to come to fruition (particularly the long-term items), but many of these items are well underway.

*Short-term highlights affecting registered funds include:*

- Proxy and Form N-PX – This was proposed in September, and Ultimus has submitted a comment letter seeking relief for smaller funds. (This was discussed in our last quarterly update.)
- Names Rule (35d-1) – Expected in April, this likely will address ESG naming conventions.
- ESG Disclosures – Also expected in April, and likely coupled with the Names Rule, this will address ESG and related disclosures.
- Cybersecurity Risk Governance – Another one scheduled for April, the Commission expects to propose rules to enhance fund and adviser disclosures regarding cyber risks.
- Liquidity and Dilution Management – Also slated for April, we expect tightening of liquidity requirements, though we would like to see the Commission add an exemption for highly liquid funds.
- Money Market Reform – Proposed in December, this rule seeks to temper redemptions in times of extreme market volatility. (This is discussed further below.)
- Third-party service providers – The agency seems poised to seek comments about the use of index and models providers.
- Settlement Cycle – By April, the Commission may propose rules to shorten the settlement cycle (T+1).
- Exchange-traded products – Expected late 2022, the Commission is exploring changes to the listing and trading of new products.
- Board diversity – This is a Corp Fin proposal (affecting reporting companies), but we are monitoring to see if this leaks into the registered fund space, including at least those that are exchange-traded (ETFs, closed-end funds).
- Transfer Agents – The SEC is planning to modernize transfer agency rules, though it is unclear if this will impact registered funds.

*Long-term highlights affecting registered funds:*

- Custody rule – the Commission is exploring changes to the custody rules for both advisers and funds. This could be a welcome change.
- Fund proxy system – the Commission wants to address the challenges faced by funds seeking shareholder approvals. Hopefully updates to the proxy “plumbing.”
- Securities lending – the Commission is reviewing fund sec lending practices.

The agenda has a couple of notable absences. Unfortunately, there is no mention of Rule 17a-7, which means that fixed income cross-trading is likely dead as soon as compliance with Rule 2a-5 is required (September 2022) because of the updated definition of “readily available market quotations.” Commissioners Peirce and Roisman had pointed criticism of the Chairman for overlooking that. Surprisingly, there was not even a whisper of rulemaking to address digital assets regulation. That seemed like a priority for the Chairman when he was nominated, but evidently not. Stay tuned for the proposals.

For more information about the agenda, please follow the links to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs website.

[SEC Short-Term Regulatory Flexibility Agenda](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHWvMLR_hM2w3RZTa-VEoAVwm_LlNu9ObMyOBiOCtanBP6mkBVnl3PDh_yu3R5HrKatskwY4ZEEOZ2_yPUmSjZkWqG8FIEcKwCh9mmIbcswRFg0i0XSLXg0hbIJWsjwLcDAFw61lwCO1do7DJBZ6FRNEtN8HKWILd10Zw5R6ZpCruJCUYUqolHkSUWmTaKw3DT6sHrYCrxC17ZBupY0VmaPg2b88IWatl9EBACQGPkPDkSe8ssX1MZsOucWxfOPa-Omq8c9ntZ5pBlRbq26C3BHwBxVFVzsCTDxyvwkyNg_087dwtP9GHz7inc8ikyc9B1WsWaHFFaoBD4ofdF2jGdEru90gDAl2kv0B-pY_mEaOpeQUk8Ce3u5vpYiCNl6ajYre3_TTCvKE7tfQOMWJUJO-jv7e25F5-JkstpCNcvDor8%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=5ik0WJmG3rdjCg1J1SQPJy7e46K%2FdPcNhrNGwlUvJ4g%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[SEC Long-Term Regulatory Flexibility Agenda](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHW9aeG67Og6ghdsykmgF0lZEpRRpAP3eBFV9HuRNTvJAagtjkQKWhW6sESYuazzaSamcIiOB9HT2YejKqLFuXd6hfQzsZmEHyahCHq2ofrxfmXXMrQ-lFyOdY4TBpLcWFK_fg03vuXh0ocppK_SLrXLydQ8WeQfNPhfpB_O3gENS-AI1VORmqmWj81sB-W3pfWbHFucZyU9NP0K9KfDyD_tZNl51j0uppeYolduwmjR9iX9eVdTeGAHdUSlelNNgT6mqKT2ILVjLy7JVIhpQxwhfSrRSlea6ukZLC1DhPxP4e1TtoVLH4dQV06wIsM-W0tZiY2jtgv_CnOHBg0DoMK86HFtnYgEiSllKbGoBtWPF923XKO3-e6A4G0XbV7fqgr2D0JOHziCbkvk4N57oRjJ-FhkAh_tf4R%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=%2Fy0fGyviPHuccHjepvI92uh8AQ0LRfqH67gYb6f6zPI%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Money Market Fund Reforms

As if on cue, almost as soon as the SEC released the Fall 2021 regulatory agenda, the SEC issued a proposal, once again, to tame money market redemptions in times of extreme market stress and volatility. The proposal’s main feature is a requirement to implement swing pricing in prime and tax-exempt money funds. Swing pricing means that a fund would adjust its NAV to pass transaction costs onto redeeming shareholders (thereby reducing the incentive to redeem). The operational complexity would be, in a word, unwelcome. The rule also would increase the minimums for one-day liquidity and seven-day liquidity. Significantly, the proposal would remove liquidity fees and redemption gates, which had been part of the last round of MMF reforms to Rule 2a-7. Though no fund ever implemented these tools, it seems the mere threat of using them in times of stress may have incentivized investors to redeem assets even earlier (the exact opposite of the intended design) and fund managers to sell less liquid securities (thus exacerbating market stress) to meet redemptions while holding weekly liquid assets above required thresholds. The proposal would leave intact, however, a fund’s ability to suspend redemptions to facilitate orderly liquidations under rule 22e-3. The rule would require stable NAV funds (government and retail funds) to move to floating NAVs if future market conditions result in negative fund yields.

Credit the SEC for trying (try again), but this proposal will no doubt generate debate and controversy. Comments will be due 60 days from publication in the Federal Register. For more information about this proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

[Money Market Fund Reforms](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHWZh2tJBpJVvcz4dl_T3n3ednjepkAEtHLHsxPvyFROfK_lUYXz4IuDxI8h732oYKn-5NJCAF1tb5cH6ixfm2wodFgLDp1SEI8Oz5B-g2fkCqjnBYYYPqSI4Y_77rBJWei%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=w88l87kWr%2FGlcXDeuyI%2Fu598a5c8pQ%2FOPGMibKpM4P8%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Guidance and Alerts

### Risk Alert: Registered Investment Companies

The Division of Examinations issued a new risk alert that directly addresses the fund industry and follows previously announced exam priorities. It particularly focused on funds that track custom indexes, small ETFs, funds with high allocations to securitized investments, those with aberrational or poor performance, those with new advisers, and those with advisers managing private funds with similar strategies. The broad subject areas cover policies and procedures, disclosures, and fund governance – familiar topics – but it is a fairly far-ranging alert that arguably says so much as to say almost nothing. Areas of interest and observations include:

- Compliance programs – policies and procedures not tailored to address various business practices, including:

    - portfolio compliance, trade aggregation, allocation, best execution, and senior securities;
    - monitoring for investment restrictions and names rule;
    - monitoring for specific risks, such as asset classes or other operational risks;
    - liquidity risk management and oversight of related vendors;
    - oversight of thinly-traded ETFs and “oversight of their liquidation, as applicable, including communications with their shareholders”;
- Valuation – policies and procedures should address

    - valuation processes and controls, including oversight of pricing vendors and process for reviewing stale prices and making price challenges;
    - potential conflicts of interest, especially when the adviser has input on a fair value committee;
- Trading Practices

    - allocation practices, including ensuring there is oversight for potential conflicts;
    - preventing prohibited principal transactions (which would include cross trading with private funds where the adviser is a general partner);
    - cross trading monitoring and controls (which will be severely restricted upon compliance with Rule 2a-5);
    - soft dollars and whether clients are being disadvantaged;
- Conflicts with affiliated index providers, which includes possible revenue sharing or misuse of MNPI;
- Fees and expenses – ensuring the allocation of fees between advisers and funds, and waivers or expense limitations are properly calculated;
- Advertising

    - advertising should be fair and balanced and disclosures accurate;
    - affiliated index provider websites should be evaluated as to whether they constitute fund advertising;
- Board oversight

    - policies and procedures for monitoring and board reporting of fees paid to intermediaries and shareholder servicing, pricing exceptions, adviser recommendations for fund liquidations, and compliance with senior securities and asset coverage requirements;
    - 15(c) review should address adviser financial condition and ability to meet contractual obligations;
    - completing an annual review, including ensuring the adviser has policies and procedures to address specific risk areas and to address matters that have been delegated to advisers;
- Disclosures

    - omitted disclosures regarding strategies, risks, conflicts, and change of indexes;
    - inaccurate net assets and expenses (including limitation agreements), standing committees, number of accounts, etc.;
    - inaccurate sales information. The staff recommended testing for consistency with stated investment objectives and conflicts. The staff also commended policies that provide for ensuring websites get updated at the same time as prospectus updates and testing of fees and expenses for accuracy and completeness; and
- Vendor oversight, including pricing vendors.

Compliance officers are well-advised to conduct a gap analysis to ensure that the compliance house is in order as these topics likely will sever as an informal checklist for upcoming examinations. For more information, please visit the SEC’s website:

[Observations from Examinations in the Registered Investment Company Initiatives](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHWQInSsHTASKyUqrVLRrB5LsifRr7hLbfdtYcmifC1FAtz6gnftsM9mLArX9H_35IBiMrPM7NVLh6-W58hpg4bX2aCiAL-tRmGJGsC6tqGG3JDMi46AI6qpUnfVmlegqhexpZzOZIc9Y4mnI4gXSqnyA%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=SWNwpTUN8P7WhTH1tVOqwF8M6WCq1E8XL03U8x7wLuY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Risk Alert: Advisory Fee Calculations

The Division of Examinations cannot throw a risk-alert party for investment companies without inviting advisers. This alert, by contrast, is laser focused, essentially supplementing a 2018 risk alert that addressed advisory fees and expenses, this time providing more details on observations from recent exams. The new alert addresses failures to follow procedures, or in some cases not having procedures, governing billing and fee calculations. Many of the observations seemed to reflect simple errors or sloppiness. The staff cited miscalculated fees, double billing, rebates that were not provided, and inaccurate disclosures. Some mistakes found their way into adviser financial statements. In addition to the usual entreaty for good policies and procedures, the staff seemed to recommend having a centralized billing process to reduce errors. The staff also suggested there should be a process for reviewing fee calculations and ensuring all fees assessed and received are accurately recorded. Advisers definitely should review their ADVs to make sure they are accurate (including accurately stating whether fees are negotiable).

For more information, please visit the SEC’s website:

[Division of Examinations Observations: Investment Advisers’ Fee Calculations](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHWnYFryE618LS8rpPFyX68K_kEJlqqEwpGpYusZ4vyp_mB9lX_oPivcEfMwTMfZXbc1Af0aoqQf92mKs3T6Sxn_thzinIu8yN1HPWve3opSBiYu0QfxQ1PkX0tsMvobuG5e9nyy-DhQ9A%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=VqzbfnhjpoxlM%2FYZa%2FfDc%2BgSn8FYH2%2B1s1Z63kClHX4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Staff Statement on LIBOR Transition

LIBOR is dead (or perhaps reports of its demise are greatly exaggerated!). Hence, the SEC staff has issued a statement concerning obligations tied to the LIBOR transition. Significant LIBOR reference rates (the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR maturities and non-USD LIBOR maturities) no longer will be published after December 31, 2021; all other maturities will cease after June 30, 2023. The SEC has issued several statements about this transition, and by now market participants should have made arrangements for using alternative rates, such as SOFR. This latest statement is yet another reminder and spells out some specific considerations for different market segments. As it pertains to advisers and funds, the staff observes the following:

- Advisers must continue to assess their investment recommendations to ensure they have considered risks and benefits, volatility, likely performance, time horizon, and cost of exit for LIBOR-linked investments.
- Advisers should consider whether LIBOR-linked investments have fallback language (to trigger an alternative reference rate) and how that impacts the investment profile.
- Registered funds should consider disclosures. If there are significant LIBOR-linked investments in the fund, there should be risk disclosures concerning the cessation of LIBOR.
- Valuation, to the extent tied to LIBOR, may need to be reassessed.
- Advisers may need disclosure around performance fees if, for example, they tie fees to exceeding a LIBOR-linked hurdle

All market participants and service providers also should be mindful of operational or IT changes that may be required to handle the LIBOR transition. Please visit the SEC’s website to view the Staff Statement:

[SEC Staff Statement on LIBOR Transition – Key Considerations for Market Participants](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHWViXe5xD0JL9jofuTdzGKX5KseZ2Z3exSimR7JmaGwCWcY1XVKhCMnl8HROlvzcFKX2pPIW10QuijX2nUIHKBsrD-X0O75_Z92IvHjtePh0eiWg9z6U-RiqEOob2ZOqEzwaTd7vFIDkULfdLVo_oClGGO-jWiyUPLEwYC9m0XuE9LTAMvK4bYfkMjUY4PSDFuQccDwSZvKTawneR4ntUnTm-9xE_41-Q-%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=IAX4%2FBGPUNw0WJnEeQk07F%2FpOZp9lGF4jkUNJR4jMZA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Staff Statement Regarding Form CRS

The SEC staff issued a statement discussing observations (good and bad) about firms’ Form CRSs (ADV part 3). The form is a client relationship summary designed to help retail investors make informed choices about the type of relationship (brokerage, advisory, or both) that best suit’s the investor’s objectives. Although Form CRS is not required for mutual funds, advisers who also serve retail clients must file the form with the Commission, deliver a copy to retail investors, and post it on the firm’s website. The staff reminds registrants that the relationship summary should be written in plain English, avoiding technical jargon and disclaimers. Firms are permitted to summarize information while pointing investors to more detailed disclosures (e.g., by using hyperlinks or other means to access detailed summaries in the Form ADV). The Form CRS also requires certain disclosures while prohibiting extraneous information. Advisers are encouraged to review the staff’s statement as well as other resources for further guidance, which are available on the SEC’s website:

[Staff Statement Regarding Form CRS Disclosures](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHWRj9p3lIgo9ZfjFcfpb7kXTiaMREbij172PU2GwNZC9nq2reQP-ISsfuFYBDi8MRmtEisZGhTSXl7zVVsiUX5xRNQT05N5bPy219n4iCNCeYY7ZjT4dd1kBEE7U2fReCTLkh5RXRUOeHcV7alf7WjqvRCghPi4zru1B4Gc7TEJtsvfHr8SWtldgysO1Qjw6_wiyeydxhr-i_61rJRN3oxnZ5_ZjUOhC4K%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=DtZke6CmJN3fEDXfZ5sTeDmkO%2BIgW1X9uXKUWL0bL0Y%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Guidance

### Cybersecurity Directive

The Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) issued a “Binding Operational Directive, “Reducing the Significant Risk of Known Exploited Vulnerabilities,” that orders federal agencies (including the SEC) to conduct immediate reviews of their cybersecurity programs to address 290 CISA-identified cybersecurity risks. While not binding on private entities, CISA recommends that private entities do the same.

The SEC has been sounding the alarm on cybersecurity, it is a perennial exam topic, and it has been a featured subject in recent enforcement actions. Hardly a day goes by without an announcement of a new cyber threat – even the SEC’s investor alert system was recently spoofed – and registrants can ill afford the business disruption or reputational harm that attends a cyber intrusion. All market participants and their service providers must remain vigilant.

For more information about the CISA directive, please visit CISA’s website:

[CISA Binding Operational Directive (BOD) 22-01, “Reducing the Significant Risk of Known Exploited Vulnerabilities”](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHWzmPU4VDvm7GozO8SGbjfdFTBiRDlgSSLAo1UyX5nWPUPwVFaNl3UcUo_6jhQZiFNCYC4hXyR1g9NsSUnm2FktCgznGb32bvp7SllHlPVjUpyjKP-NrrF127zmLFdIkMrUFbW1G66WQSLsZD2xpRri6Uvy7qXPok-iIwC6LWkxqsTOIBvPwoeHYsbaqYfOaYUu_vka4JyCML-huYFL39oqw%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=SY6hjpA7tjaqFquKKi41BhE5eHqfTvJEkDeH%2FokXab0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Enforcement Actions

### SEC Enforcement: Recordkeeping Failures

The SEC’s Division of Enforcement settled an interesting enforcement action for recordkeeping violations by a broker-dealer subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co (“JPM”). In short, JPM admitted that “its employees often communicated about securities business matters on their personal devices, using text messages, WhatsApp, and personal email accounts. None of these records were preserved by the firm as required by the federal securities laws.” A few things about this matter stand out: First, JPM admitted wrongdoing, along with agreeing to a $125 million penalty and appointing a compliance monitor. This is not your typical neither-admit-nor-deny settlement. Second, this is a stand-alone books-and-records case. Uncommon, if not unique. Third, there is no reason that similar recordkeeping obligations cannot be divined in another enforcement action in a different context (i.e., nothing suggests the SEC’s ire is limited to recordkeeping of communications or actions only by broker-dealers). Finally, the SEC’s press release expressly invited other registrants (at least in the broker-dealer community) to come clean: “SEC has commenced additional investigations of record preservation practices at financial firms. Firms that believe that their record preservation practices do not comply with the securities laws are encouraged to contact the SEC at BD\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*@\*ec.gov.” That may foreshadow an initiative that pads the enforcement statistics for the foreseeable future. Thus, while superficially unrelated to the fund business, all registrants should take heed.

To review the SEC’s Enforcement Order, please visit the SEC’s website:

[SEC Order: J.P. Morgan Securities LLC](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001L3U81H26608m_UY9LDVtQTH2rIdpYVjP_2KTTIXtEjG00XeFM5A1j7efa25krZHWEn7ovmS1vhPQLV21JQoM60d14C9WQa_Wz_Yk0zp5kaxevMPxDxiU0P8ujwasrVf77rXHqYird43nyo-1mjH7s5HR2O7b4uEC0EY6W1ufi6_8S1M4lUNqlJa9rK9TjCAj%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cc808205a79b34f21521308d9e4eec5e3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637792536440362625%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=X5tCDxYOgCHkxeF4EjwRS7UncTcU%2BcvZ%2BhJKEJF0gVU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q3 2021

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2021/_

# Compliance Matters Q3 2021

Subscribe

October 21, 2021

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the third quarter of 2021.

It appears that Chairman Gary Gensler is hitting his regulatory stride, and rulemakings are percolating from an ambitious regulatory agenda staked out at the beginning of his term. While Commissioners have issued dueling public statements and speeches addressing ESG regulation, the SEC issued a proposed proxy rule amendment that would, among other things, address voting on ESG matters. The SEC also seeks to address digital engagement practices, and it issued guidance on principal and cross trading and has brought some interesting enforcement actions, and even Congress, FINRA, and Nasdaq have been getting in on the regulatory action. Below are highlights of the regulatory activity and related commentary on how this may impact advisers and funds.

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Proposed Amendments to Form N-PX and other Proxy Disclosures

The SEC is proposing to amend proxy voting disclosure rules. If passed, the amendment would impact how registered funds report their proxy votes on Form N-PX. The goal is to require categorizing each voting matter (and using structured data) so that investors can identify and compare voting records on issues that interest them. The proposal includes standardized descriptions of 17 voting categories to facilitate shareholders tracking specific voting categories such as votes related to the board of directors, extraordinary transactions, say-on-pay, shareholder rights and defenses, and environment or climate, among others. The rule also would require disclosure on how securities lending impacts voting, particularly if an investment adviser that has lent shares does not recall the shares to exercise voting rights. Under the proposal, institutional investment managers (i.e., those with discretion over $100mm in equities under section 13 of the Exchange Act) also will have to report on Form N-PX how they voted on proxies related to executive compensation (i.e., “say-on-pay” votes). This feature of the proposal would fulfill one of the remaining rulemaking mandates under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The proposed rule also would require funds to post their proxy voting records on their websites.

This proposal is designed to enhance shareholder disclosure. Some argue, however, that the proposal prioritizes ESG (environmental, social, and governmental) disclosure and exposes advisers to political pressure in their voting rather than promoting the economic interests of shareholders. These arguments likely will feature in a fierce debate about a topic, proxy voting, that ordinarily would not garner much attention. And it likely will prove only one front in a larger regulatory war over ESG’s place in investment advice. (Indeed, the Department of Labor recently proposed a rule to remove barriers, imposed under the prior presidential administration, that restricted plan fiduciaries’ consideration of non-pecuniary ESG factors when considering investment options and proxy voting for retirement plans. The proposal also should be considered in the context of a flurry of Commissioner speeches and public statements, as well as last quarter’s Divisions of Examinations risk alert, concerning ESG investing.) Thus, we expect that an otherwise fairly mundane rule proposal will attract a great deal of interest in the comment process. Comments will be due 60 days from the time the proposal is published in the Federal Register.

For more information about the SEC’s proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below; DOL’s proposal also can be found in the Federal Register:

[SEC: Enhanced Reporting of Proxy Votes by Registered Management Investment Companies; Reporting of Executive Compensation Votes by Institutional Investment Managers](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001wKl6XpX7IhHl4abfnB54w6u_kLVjE9-Oam2Gb6Rr33Z7gZQeD2mRXCa6fv8xDZ0rPaAyrCtVjuhmJLKLfKWXDe6ysrrcnxXPhom7VTbeIFYCqvSvr9t2x6NqM0BmP8mP30nb39e_y_r3HOso3Gwk7pz0YZDLP6wk_WviGo9al3SQtwkp2Av7nDUmuXoVvJQ1%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cd15d7402afde4febba8d08d994cb2cba%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637704422624212671%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=tE7SKK6%2FCkSMD%2BK595tZTwZ3BHGd%2Fkpnn91G4lpq3ao%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[DOL: Prudence and Loyalty in Selecting Plan Investments and Exercising Shareholder Rights](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001wKl6XpX7IhHl4abfnB54w6u_kLVjE9-Oam2Gb6Rr33Z7gZQeD2mRXCa6fv8xDZ0r5kphCXI-41n9fKDRJKzA5M1VI4Ezt-TrdhC2PoHi9-ingBt9WWCZlKSazAO09MK7dN59D8X1J-tYevH5_ZhgU3UywnqHPXrVu0D20GsvJdntxZUoOvd3CSdZDDqYaylCETBp03ijDZc2pXtqTgh_Yhgodhza_chVS1oFxvgcY9o5zQu3P9RrDBkJEnANs2BwZCSW9rjE0HwaZZZ2iXl4RUObRC2Q-ojsmiouulGKZsuba3sUmQ7RPaEQvstZcomK%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cd15d7402afde4febba8d08d994cb2cba%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637704422624222664%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=BlHyyyI5eIjXl5mBEtN4ZdzhZCgukHpUwlJzw4wBa%2Fw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Request for Comment Concerning Digital Engagement Practices and “Gamification” of Investing

The SEC is requesting information and public comment with respect to the use of “digital engagement practices” (DEPs) by broker-dealers and investment advisers. These tools include, among other things, behavioral prompts and game-like features (referred to as “gamification”), as well as other design elements or features designed to engage with retail investors on digital platforms such as websites and mobile applications. Essentially, the SEC is reacting to gamification in trading, such as the widely-publicized run-up of so-called meme stocks and other robo-adviser marketing practices. This release is a prelude to potential rulemaking in the area. Although it may not bear directly on investment companies, fund boards and advisers should be mindful of potential regulatory scrutiny as they look for innovative ways to drive distribution. Responsive comments were due by October 1, 2021, but there likely will be continued debate on this in the context of a new report from the SEC studying the frenzy surrounding the rise of Gamestop and other meme stocks.

For more information about this release, and to view the SEC’s recent report, please visit the SEC’s website:

[Request for Information and Comments on Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Digital Engagement Practices](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001wKl6XpX7IhHl4abfnB54w6u_kLVjE9-Oam2Gb6Rr33Z7gZQeD2mRXCa6fv8xDZ0rwUHRezUWtHROoA6SB1zDiisG2MGU-jweHfOdq1gyKof6oEUqStYJX5L7QQEyYdgDZGoYc-qtvE15vepUq2Ck3OlnulJpleLnXrhuS6KcsvmmzNC4Xn0Nx65tMSBeG9-1%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cd15d7402afde4febba8d08d994cb2cba%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637704422624222664%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=1QPm2G%2Fg8J46xxXZkKh%2FWlOnZ34AYh6KJ56ckKUmWoQ%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Staff Report on Equity and Options Market Structure Conditions in Early 2021](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001wKl6XpX7IhHl4abfnB54w6u_kLVjE9-Oam2Gb6Rr33Z7gZQeD2mRXCa6fv8xDZ0rQoKb5NDfQ4APF6b4AEiMSkhhFpo5345yy13J36M-1xvnsXRDTONQhT-T_qKJyP2w8FGHhbOqXsLGF_9ZzVcQ6tw-dqBx6f5u0oeZWLf4BmLW-mvzuf_qkHXj7_D7dqoEoGHsxagxfjAhzvaZSJC7LN-CToKOq_hmxe7JxHBCYCyzIh9PElLljw%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cd15d7402afde4febba8d08d994cb2cba%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637704422624232658%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=kf7ISgblRSo%2BbAi25wW3JY0ERfUp3EEkJwD4tX5BjKU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Guidance and Alerts

### Risk Alert: Principal and Cross Trading of Fixed Income Securities

In a follow-up to a 2019 risk alert on the same topic, the Division of Examinations has published a new alert on principal and agency cross trading. The new alert, which focuses on fixed-income securities, provides more detail than the previous one and, unfortunately, suggests that there are still a lot of violations. The key findings are as follows:

- Policies and procedures must be consistent with actual practice. This includes confirming that cross trades were completed consistent with disclosures and appropriate consent (for principal transactions) has been obtained.
- Policies and procedures often do not provide sufficient guidance to personnel to know what is required for compliance. Procedures should specify factors relevant to determining client best interest (and should provide space in reports to document that rationale). For example, when procedures specify that advisers should obtain multiple quotes, there should be corresponding guidance on which value to use when quotes differ. As determining best interest is the touchstone of a valid cross trade, advisers should memorialize the reasons for cross trading.
- Policies and procedures are not being tested. The staff expects that some testing be done, such as having the adviser analyze trade blotters to identify unreported cross trades. This should be done at least annually.
- Conflicts of interest should be avoided. This is largely the function of advisers’ failure to use independent prices and best execution, or adding prohibited markups. As a general rule, funds should not be engaged in any cross trades unless there is a market price. For fixed income, advisers traditionally have sought at least three independent quotes to demonstrate market prices, but Rule 2a-5’s modification of the definition of “readily available market quotations,” which impacts the cross-trading rule (17a-7), has cast doubt on that practice once compliance with Rule 2a-5 is required in September 2022.
- Written disclosures must be clear. Form ADV requires disclosures regarding conflicts, and advisers should consider additional disclosure in advisory agreements and client communications.

As this is the second risk alert on the topic, and Rule 17a-7 is in the crosshairs (by virtue of the new valuation rule 2a-5), we would expect examiners to continue to focus on this area. Accordingly, if an adviser engages in any cross trading (or your policies at least allow it), you should be sure to review the adviser’s policies in light of this alert.

For more information, please visit the SEC’s website:

[Observations Regarding Fixed Income Principal and Cross Trades by Investment Advisers from an Examination Initiative](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001wKl6XpX7IhHl4abfnB54w6u_kLVjE9-Oam2Gb6Rr33Z7gZQeD2mRXCa6fv8xDZ0rrcrxENA7Xg1_BL0mF0fJjFuq5F0FGfUGssTpoi6KcULDL0JvE-breXmdUcM0k6YcyH4DuRrFrkm55WWESYnDE-XqBJTEX_FisUn4xDjoMhdbM9-93t3D_zzpCPCtmg0dp6Izdg-wTR8io3Bwki0Nv08WprBoiHTo%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cd15d7402afde4febba8d08d994cb2cba%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637704422624232658%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=rGlgtBris0Cbia0QfIGepRqIOuDYcEnuEzxIWm7rTcs%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Legislation and Rules


---

# Compliance Matters Q2 2021

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2021/_

# Compliance Matters Q2 2021

Subscribe

July 28, 2021

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the second quarter of 2021.

The second quarter was relatively quiet on the regulatory front, but the new SEC chairman, Gary Gensler, has set out an ambitious regulatory agenda that suggests the rulemaking workshop is abuzz behind the scenes. While it remains to be seen which issues will percolate to the top, recent staff statements and risk alerts seem to be paving the way for regulation in the ESG and cryptocurrency spaces. President Biden also issued a new Executive Order revisiting the prohibitions on investing in certain Chinese companies, and there have been a few enforcement actions of note. Below are highlights of the regulatory activity along with some commentary and predictions for what is to come.

## SEC Guidance and Alerts

### Division of Investment Management Staff Statement Regarding Termination Notice for Exemptive Relief and Withdrawal of Staff Letters Related to COVID-19 Response

The SEC’s Division of Investment Management issued an update concerning temporary relief it has issued in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. As previously committed, the staff provided two weeks’ advance notice that it would be terminating temporary relief concerning interfund lending and affiliated purchases of debt. First, the staff terminated a conditional exemptive order that had provided temporary flexibility to obtain short-term funding for mutual funds (except money market funds) and insurance company separate accounts registered as UITs. The staff also terminated two no-action letters that allowed certain affiliates to purchase securities from a money market fund or debt securities from a mutual fund under specified conditions. Both sets of relief were terminated effective April 30, 2021. The Division’s staff statement can be found at the link below.

There still has not been any word on discontinuing relief from the in-person board meeting requirements, though it seems unlikely the staff would require in-person meetings any time soon given continued uncertainty surrounding new COVID-19 variants coupled with the fact that the SEC staff itself is not returning to its offices this fall.

[Division of Investment Management Staff Statement Regarding Termination of Temporary Relief](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynPFGxavYhmfpNrxecJQCm4uhMVey_6m4s4jDYci_4qwtLZgGXc04Vd7LeeiIHwtZz3jgXBnQKuPC2hwEV8FS5DXrt_ZYfcGaaTqFMXD0UU--_BEO2ANmlHWwY2xK_-mUzX3w-Zrxp6_Ibe8Pf0xslrC4QhmLn3TqT%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975807983056%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=1zH3CJHZ3w0yUlDjosGkJKziAEvDVQip%2FsVog6Yv6Sw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Risk Alert: The Division of Examinations’ Review of ESG Investing\*

Recognizing the state of regulatory flux around ESG standards, the Division of Exams has issued a risk alert regarding ESG investing. ESG is somewhat of a wild west because there are few standards or precise definitions that govern ESG marketing, and the agency is concerned that asset managers will “green wash” their products to increase distribution to ESG-minded consumers. This alert picks up on that theme, reporting the staff’s observations about misleading disclosures, inconsistencies between disclosures and practices, and proxy practices that fail to adhere to supposed ESG restrictions. This alert should be read in conjunction with the 2021 exam priorities, which also focused on ESG investing (among other topics), as well as a push among some commissioners to impose regulation in the space either via Rule 35d-1 or general disclosure or proxy rules.

Of particular interest for our clients, the alert noted that written policies and procedures often were not reasonably designed, or not implemented, to provide for compliance oversight of ESG investing practices and disclosures. The staff observed that policies and procedures did not address ESG investing analyses, decision-making processes, or compliance review and oversight, and written policies were sometimes weak or vague, and controls were not being followed. Compliance was particularly weak where compliance personnel had limited knowledge of ESG issues. Disclosures also often reflected unsubstantiated claims or failed to disclose all material facts. The staff credited firms that made clear that ESG factors would be considered alongside many other factors, thus allowing a firm to hedge when they seemingly followed somewhat inconsistent (non-ESG) investments. They also noted approvingly where firms utilized documentation at various stages of the investment process and had compliance personnel integrated into the ESG-related processes. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Division of Examinations Risk Alert: Review of ESG Investing](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynw-GA87TBcrVqW8cHVNzAHbX-fOupxbgnPeGAwmID2IAQW41B-H8cYucSe31aodFIOdGOqGGUfRvKC_8SXHJQ8e4M4WpvZkPTp76Vd91j2rc%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975807993051%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=k7m%2BKvEqXz0iTc%2FIo%2FrrKJ9FBTFsVI3gUe1PhwyleE4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Staff Statement: Registered Funds Investing in Bitcoin Futures

The Division of Investment Management has issued a statement concerning investments by registered funds in the Bitcoin futures market, sanctioning investing in cash-settled Bitcoin futures so long as the fund has suitable policies and procedures in place and it discloses the risks. Conspicuously, the staff does not mention other cryptocurrencies. The staff emphasized that funds must consider valuation, liquidity, custody, arbitrage for ETFs, and manipulation risk with cryptocurrencies; the staff evidently believes the Bitcoin futures market is sufficiently mature to address those risks, but they suggest funds should proceed with caution, and only those funds with “appropriate strategies” and “full disclosure of material risks” should be investing. Consequently, funds investing in such digital assets should expect scrutiny from the Division of Examinations, which will be looking closely at policies and procedures, risk management (including derivatives risk management under 18f-4), and disclosures.

The staff suggest that open-end mutual funds can invest up to 15% of their assets in Bitcoin futures, effectively treating the investment like an illiquid investment (which one might argue conflates volatility and liquidity). The staff telegraphed that it is not yet ready to approve ETFs investing in Bitcoin because they are concerned that ETFs cannot control subscription and redemption flows on exchanges. (More recently, the SEC has again extended the review period for a bitcoin ETF, signaling that its concerns have not abated.) The staff also suggested that closed-end funds may have more leeway because they do not have to meet daily redemptions, but such funds should consult the staff before filing a registration statement. There was no mention of investing directly in grantor trusts (e.g., Grayscale Bitcoin Trust), which are exchange-traded and provide only indirect exposure to the Bitcoin market. The staff previously has expressed support for funds investing as such, again subject to 15% limits, and many funds in fact already invest in Grayscale and similar products. Advisers should be mindful, however, that grantor trusts produce “bad income” for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code 90% gross income test. For more information about the staff statement, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Staff Statement on Funds Registered Under the Investment Company Act Investing in the Bitcoin Futures Market](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynj2uWDOkwuiQp4cYlHWLZz3lXaCEJgXfUjef4OVUMjM7mQmvzr1CK5I_XYD0EVXukEyc7raJ_ueCvFiu0rJUoewLn10Kr8buKmKtrEpAjqVgZ39_7PfGLyw3RuKPICMXObH8nkOQIZ2zQ16IKNkubOrYEwNWi7OrEqluPLDvKvL4jxUk7ttFDunhxwdHgdr4oydUC3stPms1fOxem0-6a5AgjDDEgisbjNtrCTRTy67g%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975807993051%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=kCmc9YzvJkQzL5Dyisek8KQf7rKikCxoxj0ojxsuaEE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### SEC Regulatory Flex Agenda

The SEC has published its Agency Rule List for Spring 2021 pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act. While much of the agenda has been coopted from the prior chairman’s agenda, there are several changes reflecting the priorities of the new chairman. Some notable items on the short-term agenda (i.e., items expected to have some regulatory action in the next 12 months) that may impact the fund industry include possible amendments to the rules for the proxy voting advice rule, custody for investment advisers, ESG disclosures, and shareholder reporting. The agency also is considering amendments to the requirements for open-end fund “liquidity and dilution management” – a tantalizing prospect for ratcheting back requirements for most funds for which the risk management rules seem more onerous than useful, or perhaps increasing requirements for those funds that faced particular stresses during pandemic-induced market volatility. The agency also is considering disclosure rules for reporting companies that could find their way into fund requirements. This includes disclosures around board diversity, climate change, human capital management, and cybersecurity governance. The agency is also evaluating possibly shortening the settlement cycle (to T+1 or T+0?). On the long-term agenda (where regulatory action is expected more than 12 months from now), the SEC is considering amending the custody rule for investment companies (a likely companion to updates to the adviser custody rule), proxy governance (a possible roll-back of the Chairman Clayton-era constraints on proxy advice firms?), updates to the names rule (Rule 35d-1, a likely vehicle for some ESG guardrails), and securities lending.

This agenda is no doubt equal to the ambition of the prior SEC chairman but takes a different tact. It remains to be seen, however, whether Chairman Gensler pushes a muscular regulatory approach or instead merely aims to modernize existing regulations and fine-tune rules to be more responsive to current policy debates. For more information, please follow the links to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs website.

[SEC Short-Term Regulatory Flexibility Agenda](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynWxk5qhBdW3Cj6G5YiJvI3DkdVhdH1K11pRJI8ye08dDdnK-YwgqN79kw69DhDvBlEA8QCQ_pB5PZ1_bQWvJ2fhd6zlf2ewKIIvk9IWf_iP-wY0DJNzICQfbujB3hNMIrp20uFd2eWwQ57j-OuO03cj2CRcUzaUmE-1vWPk-O6s9tavFYZ6nYIVu-ybIgPDcWzPpjVx3-7bVDmKC2KPTU1Jobee4U_VL04UJ7WjSakkUgl-LgbOs8WBYg03bwG6EM4Xi1xs1L7UpnPLKKXLGr3XcH5tqiry8iPwe4KC9naE6d41z7KXvANMIiOz0lQZ9qZ31szq1KpjLtYzOXmBvZezbKkyk53NJYnhuSP-E2zTx9BuVGpUu2xhogLGFPOPXg7lb1m-dSELeKtu_dECzm_NPx-ME1X8XRTdGd1WNQWHw%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808003040%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=4fUQQ9LVUecMY8YIVa0%2FW4l%2F791DjfHciUY5DJjjHtM%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[SEC Long-Term Regulatory Flexibility Agenda](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nyn9kfY_X_ku9dShcta3BWj8oV6gc7tEep1Cty3T0n-oyDsQiv0vFxl6XmDV8tZQbNuJVK9Yw-vUAOXr5T2iLMvx0WoCuDAI5vxP2J4PsMFiBp42LbtPPPTaKIqUFKUPxKdRR33UqoKptCCoKtb27bN-PBeBslwf-iTGOCeY5NplRTjdGTvmMVlN6J9c959F_gvtuVKFjRiVHSQLG4Q6yWF_4M5OecczqFwxQkWrVGnI0MrH94XzhNika6YtSUjVvl_c8Yn34xEXVwaW8Aq8GfEPv8shbH8Nt2dLEoOjOH3q8ENJoEnjEJ4hcHvmw4eG5aSW6cqsaGnoA6CaZSkTTs8awPLUM0n2kcxp3dX_znUS9D8gPzR_iA9hj7Xr_pT44Az-r0oMmhs375pvjnqkGw1G0C-jIdHTVYX%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808003040%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=nVadDh5Sswss2rvfRQQ%2Bq47cDRhMsMoMR4NvVS9zGWE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Orders and Guidance

### Executive Order 14032: Addressing The Threat From Securities Investments That Finance Certain Companies of the People’s Republic of China

Revisiting Executive Order 13959, which was issued in November 2020, President Biden issued a June 3, 2021, Executive Order 14032 that both widens and narrows aspects of the prior restrictions on investing in Chinese-military related companies. Under the new Executive Order, the President has expanded the prohibitions to apply to a broader set of companies, not just military-related companies. Accordingly, the prohibited entities are now referred to as CMICs (Chinese Military-Industrial Complex Companies) rather than CCMCs (Communist Chinese Military Companies) . The new order narrows the prior order, however, because it applies investment restrictions only to entities explicitly named in the Order (or later added to the list). Thus, industry participants no longer have to grapple with identifying entities that “closely match” a name on the list. Superseding the prior order, Executive Order 14032 restricts investment in the securities of 59 “Chinese Military-Industrial Complex Companies (CMICs), which overlaps with and expands the prior “CCMC” list. (Technically, sanctions against entities identified on the old list have been lifted, but then nearly identical sanctions have been imposed – albeit with new deadlines – to all the entities on the new, longer list.) Key features of the new EO are:

- Only companies explicitly listed are restricted; there is no longer a “close match” standard.
- The Prohibition takes effect on August 2, 2021, at 12:01 am for any CMIC entity listed in the order. (For entities later added, the prohibition takes effect 60 days after being added.)
- The new order prohibits trading the securities, but it does not prohibit possession of the securities. Divestment, however, is one form of trading that is permitted until June 3, 2022 at 12:01 am (or 365 days after being named for those entities later added).

In short, advisers may trade freely in those securities identified on the CMIC list until August 1. After that, they can continue to hold those securities, but they will not be permitted to trade except for purposes of divestment, which is permitted until June 3, 2022. For more information about this sanctions program, or to view the Annex identifying the 59 prohibited companies, please consult the Executive Order at the link below.

[Executive Order 14032](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nyniXDITUqRUAV6YQFoJMM2myUPki9Wz-2tgmjaTjsPCTwjFLrRc6fs9jfx0uJl9QRRQieJT-Lf_0Mg4NK-TKu-4jO5yfAsYMVMTnwMrdWRzenqyrcTJiKt5QtDFs_W7_dO%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808013029%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=07iqiPxfbY4UHicns5qU9JCCki0YGfKNtxjnNivhQIo%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### LIBOR Transition

Market participants and services providers continue to grapple with the impending transition away from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate. The CFTC’s Market Risk Advisory Committee has recommended a market best practice for switching interdealer trading conventions from LIBOR to SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate) for U.S. dollar linear interest rate swaps by July 26, 2021. The committee recommended keeping LIBOR data for informational purposes, but not trading activity, for an additional three months. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee (a committee established by the Federal Reserve and the NY Fed) announced its selection of CME Group as the administrator for a forward-looking SOFR rate for use in contract fallback language once market indicators for the term rate are met. There remains the possibility that there will be federal legislation to facilitate the transition from legacy LIBOR-based contracts to an alternative reference rate for those contracts that do not have clear fallback provisions. (This may be similar to New York State LIBOR legislation recently signed into law that would apply ARCC-recommended fallback language to those contracts governed by NY law that do not have an effective fallback provision.)

The UK Financial Stability Board (FSB) has published several statements to support a smooth transition away from LIBOR by the end of 2021, and the Financial Services Bill is now law and provides the Financial Conduct Authority the powers needed to oversee the orderly wind down of LIBOR. The FSB has emphasized that the tools necessary to complete the transition are currently available, and market participants should not await further development of additional tools.

There are many different financial products linked to LIBOR, with different contractual provisions, based on different currencies and maturities. Consequently, there is no one-size-fits-all alternative reference rate, and the discussion above is but a sampling of efforts to harmonize the transition. If you have legacy LIBOR-based investments, we strongly advise you to review your contracts to determine if there is an operative fallback provision governing the transition to an alternative rate. For more information about the matters discussed above, please consult the statements published at the links below.

[CFTC Recommendation for Transitioning Interdealer Swap Market Trading Conventions from LIBOR to SOFR](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynSKKABN0oGeqRrjwkkQPCImAav-QwglJiqEm5x-93jz6Eha1gqPsLdaFWhxnSUEnNspe3mA-0NO9j9b63pzfVXmFzw9TMMZx7E2fAAmLJ7H0See7mRX89ve6dZr5FcOzf%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808013029%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=y6SJLzBymLIlS4V0%2FO2NL%2BQILk0YpJ5UPBov6CXCvGI%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[AARC Statement on Selecting Administrator for Forward-Looking SOFR Term Rate](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynDIhFNEHJx1nc0AhLlsOqKZ8OIdndafadKO_ikV5mQU65x9ZjxLONanBBukP9Y18TATbeg3mlOv0oCHB-D2DukQXBQRsyCURfDXg7p5ZmPbT-a5WbJggeNPkbVAf7WxvrLoNofDKliys5Q0OYdIVqnU8mDjDqMxImLkHEkvbZZhJgddGUXkGDY8HbGf1V7WknCxgchyFelpFiblMe1rw43A%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808023029%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=7odEMpydo0%2Fkdnw6nHVQupJvI13Z6bamyJzQJn0%2FEoc%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[New York Assembly Bill A164B: Discontinuation of LIBOR](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nyn6yBDQtcZjoD0T1YbJVut-cLCNuBbJjZ0Wq9sQHAa5_tLQ3sotg39EN6irmTs5K78wJ-F4Dmvm3a0Hxz6Zhx_2YDwxrWByxVzUTDs0CA2TStbL6dZRVeG01_S-YnRLHHU%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808033023%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=U6a%2BBOebxCT%2BMpoxj3J%2FvDnYV4xE40EJbAyEDVxT73Y%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[FSB’s Statements Supporting a Smooth Transition Away from LIBOR by End of 2021](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynxY3eXro7qbMMcmEjhY3YqHygnzQ-B4F1dhKJpkVvHyP-xWhgKZzPAUBgEcRAaX5DX18PG8_aJZ0HGGaCbvqTsHeUq4mRlcl-zLRx8NpHw6sRmNPkRypRiCsvtb0ocTOp7w4I5JDSiZ6d88sMirWnj-_jFeIoN7PVeOax2TMj2wh4QyhEsqoHfxjuY_9gesMVHFCQLlf8lCI%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808033023%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=zTUO%2Bar5rnmodRHA8eaxB9MQw90Am9rzUNXfTvW0CTI%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[UK Financial Services Bill](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynyH9vaAU0WKFipxEkP_MWl1mFIweYABZ6_nhH8ORo0gBASYoozqCRxoSSDgv3Q1Be0w3L2iXFY1FV880jH19k9FvwSku-jDiShzXihoxtZoX0ZAwL-l0iHBN-u48DekqaASQ9l9nxZVZAAR76IWMGLLjgleRej1et%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808043014%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=Rd8AAK7yBCzkbREjEHQLh7GXXS4NXPhRQn5pC9tQXVE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Enforcement Actions

### SEC Enforcement Action for Disclosure Controls and Procedures Violations

The SEC brought an enforcement action against a public company (First American Financial Corporation) for having inadequate disclosure controls and procedures (DCAPs). The company allegedly failed to have sufficient controls to ensure that cybersecurity vulnerabilities were properly communicated to senior management. This case does not involve a mutual fund or even an investment adviser, but it nevertheless should serve as a warning to funds to have their own DCAP policies in order. For registered funds, the DCAP rule (Rule 30a-3, which implements Sarbanes Oxley requirements) requires controls over filing Form N-CSR and internal controls over financial reporting. Essentially, the rule requires the principal executive and principal financial officers (i.e., the president and treasurer of a trust) to certify that financial statements fairly present the transactions and disposition of the investment company’s assets. The rule also requires the company to have controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed on Form N-CSR is properly communicated to company management (including the principal officers) as appropriate to permit timely decisions regarding the required disclosure. Furthermore, the DCAP rule (30a-3) also requires that the fund’s management, including the principal executive and financial officers, must evaluate the company’s DCAPs within 90 days prior to filing each report on Form N-CSR. While Form N-CSR does not require cybersecurity reporting, this enforcement action may reflect a new front in enforcement actions for evaluating registrants with the compliance rules.

For more information about this enforcement action, please follow this link to SEC’s website:

[SEC Enforcement Action Against First American Financial Corp. for DCAP Violations](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynzA6DjfH__-QQ4syXpLR9mQt-ci9zT8UgwWaqOqegC4ct_7FHfaY_xxsP_su3pLsIjFF0U0-QWCiXLny1Vu9WjLOFGWCba4i9heae66NENomDy943KhH2Pccm76cZKLWB%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808043014%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=QsrHPZ%2FsESzZUAa1X867%2FDHa%2FQ0N9WIbJK6iCv6CBxQ%3D&amp;reserved=0)

The SEC announced fraud charges against Princeton Alternative Funding LLC, an investment adviser to a private fund, and its senior officers, including the adviser’s chief compliance officer, for misrepresenting its management of consumer loan portfolios. What makes this case interesting is that the SEC charged the CCO for helping conceal from investors the criminal history of the investment adviser’s principal, disseminating misleading investor presentations, and misleading other investors when the largest shareholder sought to redeem from the fund. Although CCO liability can be an enforcement third rail, this action fits comfortably within the SEC’s well-established rubric for charging a CCO. Generally, the SEC charges CCOs only in three circumstances: (1) the CCO participates in the fraud, (2) the CCO obstructed a Commission investigation, or (3) the CCO exhibited a wholesale failure to carry out her compliance responsibilities. In this case, the CCO allegedly helped perpetuate the fraud; thus, enforcement should be no surprise. Nevertheless, industry professionals would welcome a formal framework from the Commission – as has been suggested by the New York City Bar and many others – to guide charging decisions and provide compliance professionals the peace of mind that mere negligence will not result in their finding themselves on the receiving end of the next enforcement action.

For more information about this enforcement action, please follow this link to SEC’s website:

[SEC Enforcement Action Against Princeton Alternative Funding LLC et al.](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001XA98eyFhJYWX_xSnTNWtFkB0s2b9iKJISLaX9C_DsBtpVauqWZrI0gSWGFOj6nynzCV7NXmYUbh_RAsvS6ee1v6lDOVgSUEmTW9xQGgByb1oa2g0JWY9KlynYUac1i-46SD0WFC-cnQCcC4vmjsFG52DWxIsPFPKX94ImloIyibEhKE0GW9P0btKHn6kowswLWq9X3jjB1U%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C4e18fcaa20b948b035e808d951fe80e8%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637630975808053011%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=S%2B%2FdJ%2Fq3PE1abwjKNYb%2Bbw91Sg4WvY80uaT9u1F8Knc%3D&amp;reserved=0)


---

# Compliance Matters Q1 2021

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2021/_

# Compliance Matters Q1 2021

Subscribe

April 28, 2021

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the first quarter of 2021.

The first quarter started off relatively quietly, with no new pertinent rules (save for updates to the EDGAR filing manual), as the new year was marked by transition with a change in Administration. That may change now that the Senate has confirmed Gary Gensler, who formerly chaired the CFTC, as the new chairman of the SEC. It remains to be seen whether the fall regulatory flex agenda, just published in the Federal Register, will prove to be a relic of the past or a roadmap for the new chairman’s priorities. Below are highlights of regulatory activity from the past quarter, with some predictions for the future sprinkled into the mix.

## SEC Final Rules

### Adoption of Updated EDGAR Filer Manual, Form ID Amendments

The SEC has adopted updates to the Filer Manual and related rules and a form for the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system. The amendments update the EDGAR access process, particularly for those seeking EDGAR access codes that already have CIK codes but have not previously filed electronically on EDGAR. The updated process will require those applicants to submit a Form ID and an authenticating document to gain access to EDGAR.

The new rule will be effective upon publication in the Federal Register. For more information, including specific detailed requirements, registrants should review the SEC’s adopting release at the following link on the SEC’s website:

[Updated EDGAR Filer Manual, Form ID Amendments](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9juJgX-dCzYCeT76LH0F2SVylYkg7EPxc8Kk-XdTvknBkbOk8FM9brCJ7m-02BF788-ka3sgneopubxNvAfdmZ1YVNa2aIC-A4ge-nxTWHH2G1iyeGGD9hDguWL2aJdRdn%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138068956584%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=U3GdUumHAjZduwJAAQ91owORjmxnIsCez5k6mvowcLw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other SEC Guidance and Alerts

### Update on the Commission’s Targeted Regulatory Relief to Assist Market Participants Affected by COVID-19

The SEC issued a statement concerning the various temporary relief it has issued in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. This statement provides an update across all Divisions concerning their view on the continued need for such relief. Most significant for the fund industry, relief from the in-person board meeting requirements will remain in effect until terminated upon at least two weeks’ public notice. The Division recognizes that restrictions and concerns relating to travel are likely to continue for some time, and because directors and meeting participants will need significant lead time to make appropriate travel plans, the Division anticipates providing sufficient advance notice before setting any termination date for this relief. Other temporary relief (discussed in prior editions of this quarterly update) also will continue until terminated after public notice at least two weeks in advance, with the exception that several elements of relief have expired and will not be extended. The expired relief includes delayed prospectus deliveries and transmittals of shareholder reports; extended filing deadlines for Forms N-CEN, ADV, PF, and N-23C-2; and delayed mailing of certain shareholder communications to persons in foreign jurisdictions. A detailed summary of the status of the various temporary orders and relief can be found on the SEC’s website:

[Update on Targeted Regulatory Relief](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9j_o4ckZIvFLXrrBadxXrmHHhUPhVWJGl8GfObFJU5m2_pgDXFNorFEQxGPFbXYTwwPhTWfsOKcdfiPiILqGHiptXruTpJJGRabklST2L-BDME50iL9HX9XABjSa9zBBDRlcb_bgZmIh9i-9rKxMFH161XXNU94NRV-GAOkmMWH75qVB8FrWxtsD0vPln9vhpTsJ8A2Yyf3Rs%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138068966580%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=XDyGNkcbiEV4ZPu%2Fu8zGOwFbHjKGHPAHIo5OHbUkFpE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Division of Examinations Priorities for 2021

SEC’s Division of Examinations (DOE, formerly OCIE) has issued its exam priorities for 2021, a bit later than in the years past. There are no substantial surprises, with predictable topics ranging from protecting retail and retirement investors to AML compliance, and emerging topics like information security, digital assets, and the LIBOR transition. There also is distinct focus on ESG and climate risk, which will be largely integrated into broader regulatory topics (and likely surfacing in the new chairman’s regulatory agenda). For example, the staff will consider whether proxy voting aligns with investors’ expectations and whether business continuity plans consider the physical risks associated with climate change. Focusing on those issues most relevant to our adviser clients and registered funds, key exam priorities include

- Compliance programs;
- Mutual fund disclosures, valuation, and fund governance;
- Retail investors;
- Information security and business continuity;
- FinTech and digital assets; and
- LIBOR transition

The exam priorities cover many other topics, ranging from market structure to FINRA oversight, and there are brief discussions about other registrants including transfer agents and broker-dealers (including AML compliance and cybersecurity). We encourage you to review the detailed summary we prepared in March for further information and welcome your additional questions. In the meantime, you may wish to consult DOE’s publication available on the SEC’s website:

[Division of Examinations 2021 Examination Priorities](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4O4YirNEwQKKoZ22ZXPJqzl6Ei565lsPkS4mzir1ROrXvBeaklVcNWUFcQhMG-DUhSBJ6Gl-TwiDkJbFlawPaXyxuhApupH3R-MgzICJ3cE5a_xpKuNgBIfXw0u5RkaCIQ%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138068966580%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=fdeoCrShBFJFi2e3oh6wsHIu0dEQQaaIjEEG9YtnrzA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Division of Investment Management Statement on Investment Company Cross Trading

The Division of Investment Management issued a non-binding statement concerning its interpretation of Rule 17a-7 as it pertains to cross trading of fixed income securities. The staff recognizes that new Rule 2a-5s’ definition of “readily available market quotations” will apply to both valuation and cross trading under Rule 17a-7, effectively barring cross trading of fixed income securities. (Because fixed income securities generally are not exchange-traded, they would not have “readily available market quotations,” which is a prerequisite to invoking the cross-trading exemption under Rule 17a-7.) In conjunction with a FAQ on the topic, the staff has confirmed that a fund may continue to rely on Rule 17a-7 without regard to the new definition of “readily available market quotation,” even if the fund is an early adopter of the new valuation rule, until Rule 2a-5’s compliance deadline of September 8, 2022.

The staff is considering a rewrite of Rule 17a-7 to address this concerns about the impending restriction on cross trades. Hence, the staff issued a series of question concerning current practices and concerns and would like feedback industry feedback. Rulemaking is a notoriously slow process, however, so, absent further temporary relief, funds should be prepared to comply with a more restrictive cross-trading rule come September 2022. In the meantime, funds should proceed with caution given that the staff evidently believes the prevailing interpretation of current Rule 17a-7 has been too liberal. For more information, you may wish to consult the staff statement and FAQs available on the SEC’s website:

[Statement on Investment Company Cross Trading](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9jPOubO1JqbE2XeJYX4HMOgPYCOvFYSzQZkQS7zLx-ttDrlsZCS--Z6rpFLVYar722wDdCjsT8yOUDndlPy9ARdlqrJK5Pd-Ops4xz-w0vho6Pi4UDKsT3tKYzgkoKiIFTQGMCK5wY-8mpUInAI9xi_-rN_XmU_s9uun26LjEYeC7yLElBHHES7pog9pAVuB9qkavfveFrr-SuLPLnD7iPKJD7TVlqIDDjs1RhYFNcuNt7SqPGqCnOY6bNMNHBDuz9JIHQk_svaDc%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138068976575%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=3wqDWnCil5JwpSZ5UVpI60ufjhvzqIwoRHJCQSwjJ%2F4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Valuation Frequently Asked Questions](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9jHc8Wpt0EGLAhsB5wBgEiTzDgh4I_K_pg0djqzyHlUb_A1VRe5rtT1knlihKbL8xrN7afs8odhfKbWHfybx1t0go96kgl1AlVi8wyRWl5Ols%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138068976575%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=MxtcpkBUYi%2B7B1CbAyxFDDZIW0p2frrUqzFAryjJToM%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Division of Investment Management Statement Regarding Withdrawal and Modification of No-Action Letters Concerning Use of Derivatives

In conjunction with the adoption of a new derivatives rule (18f-4), which permits registered investment companies and business development companies to enter into derivatives and certain other transactions provided they comply with certain conditions, the Commission stated that it would withdraw or modify historical guidance on the use of derivatives. At the time of adopting rule 18f-4, the Commission already stated that it would be rescinding the 1979 General Statement of Policy (Release 10666) that provided Commission guidance on how funds may engage in certain derivatives transactions in light of section 18’s restrictions. The Division of Investment Management has now reviewed its no-action letters and other guidance addressing funds’ use of derivatives and other transactions covered by rule 18f-4 and identified additional prior guidance that will be rescinded or modified, effective as of August 19, 2022 (when compliance with 18f-4 is required). For a list of prior guidance subject to rescission or modification, please see the staff statement on the SEC’s website:

[Division of Investment Management Staff Statement](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9jyVThmWVC5CTH-I1i0JUryMYwT1SomX7cnpOm_tgn6N719LiWJxRe7Dj58gPYizgJjdHTTWvCcGa86TzoUjJuZmzS7velnMvsRKQ8lu46dXVEF8ER8utx2A%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138068986572%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=GQAHDQiJMYVIbMjGtI%2FTFUnBivhbZ6MpHRBOlQFEOyA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Risk Alert: Compliance Issues Related to Suspicious Activity Monitoring and Reporting at Broker-Dealers

Based on recent examinations of mutual funds and broker-dealers, the Division of Examinations staff reminded market participants of the importance of anti-money laundering (AML) compliance, particularly with respect to suspicious activity reporting (SARs) under the Bank Secrecy Act. The staff expressed concern that broker-dealers have not always filed SARs when they had reason to suspect unlawful activity. (Indeed, as discussed below, FinCEN recently filed an enforcement action against a bank for failing to file SARs.) The alert identified deficiencies in policies and procedures, such as imposing reporting thresholds above the mandatory $5,000 level or failing to include red flags. The staff noted that red flags in policies should be tailored to the type of activity in which customers engage. The staff also criticized firms for filing incomplete SARs, submitting only boilerplate, non-specific information, or leaving it to another entity to identify suspicious activity and report it. The staff also observed that some firms lacked automated systems for monitoring and reporting suspicious activity when there are large trade volumes. For example, automation could be used to help identify trends or suspicious patterns across multiple accounts. Finally, the staff observed that some firms have good policies and procedures but failed to implement or follow their own procedures.

Although ostensibly directed at mutual funds, the alert never identifies any issues particular to funds. In fact, many of the staff’s observations concern trading not directly relevant to mutual funds (e.g., penny stocks or trading issues subject to trading suspensions), and there was no discussion of transfer agents, which typically take on principal responsibility for funds’ AML compliance. But the core message – if you see something say something (file a SAR) – pertains to any financial institution. Moreover, this alert is part of a succession of recent alerts and enforcement actions in the past few years, so this should be viewed as a potential shot across the bow. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Division of Examinations Risk Alert: Compliance Issues Related to Suspicious Activity Monitoring and Reporting](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9jR7laLh_5DIRcP7ZWq2a8lvS_hLEgqTg08OXsEFT1OcN-DEpDleRu9ssJ_zomtJbTLFrN6cEICKD-KM9uoF6MGHZzgVqT2Sx6b2uiAGboYYY%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138068986572%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=uLEgYnKue12iCeZQryz1MODJpElVdGTwh5%2FCgPokRa0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Risk Alert: Focus on Digital Asset Securities

The Division of Examinations issued an alert that concerns responsibilities when investing in digital assets like Bitcoin. Along with a new SEC chairman who seems interested in addressing cryptocurrencies, and a flurry of new applications to launch open-end funds holding such assets, this alert seems a nod to the evolving – and maturing – digital assets industry. The alert addresses advisers, exchanges, custodians, broker-dealers, and transfer agents. Focusing on advisers, DOE expects to see policies and procedures that address risks, including with regard to trading and execution, performing due diligence, and maintaining books and records. Due diligence includes understanding how digital “wallets” work and understanding the liquidity and volatility of the particular assets. Risk management requires, among other things, mitigating risks of security breaches, fraud or market manipulation, insolvency, KYC/AML procedures, and the quality of market surveillance on the trading platforms. Recordkeeping should consider, among other things, the reliability and consistency of with respect to trade execution and settlement, as well as post-trade recordation and notification. Advisers also must be mindful of custody requirements. The staff will be examining controls around safekeeping of assets, business continuity risks around access to private “keys,” software reliability, and security procedures. Valuation and pricing will be major issues, particularly considering market fragmentation and volatility. Advisers will be expected to have robust disclosures that address these unique risks. Finally, advisers must consider how digital assets affect registration, including for purposes of calculating RAUM and characterizing the assets as securities (which could require registration as an investment company).

The staff recognizes this is a new area with regulatory obligations that are not easily applied in the context of digital assets. Thus, they invite industry participants to engage with the staff to address questions. There is staff dedicated to this area in a group known as the Strategic Hub for Innovation Technology (FinHub), which can be reached through their website: https://www.sec.gov/finhub .

For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[Division of Examinations Risk Alert: Focus on Digital Asset Securities](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4O4YirNEwQKKe9P4fcDwviTTPxKynY5TTb_zjoX4i3R6eK8h2-BeHhDgDuv_SrgkETX1WY0O82ZGBWgBh2rgR2yno4QSwKKcgr3qA9Blg9BVowd0TGW97IA9lJHRvY7loh7j5FmlBkXH%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138068996565%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=UfUvAnp%2FS9JfroDv%2FljXEkTowiNjW6k0kmf2VPpmrEg%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Risk Alert: Prohibited Securities Investments That Finance Communist Chinese Military Companies

As discussed last quarter, on November 12, 2020, then-President Trump issued Executive Order 13959 that restricts investment by U.S. persons in designated Communist Chinese Military Companies (“CCMCs”). The Order generally restricts any transactions in the publicly traded securities of designated CCMCs and their subsidiaries, subject to a period for divestiture. The SEC’s Division of Examinations issued a risk alert in January to notify investment advisers, broker-dealers, and other market participants that they must follow the Order.

Both the Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and the Department of Defense have identified dozens of CCMCs and their subsidiaries subject to the Executive Order, and OFAC continues to issue FAQ guidance and general licenses that concern the Order’s application. While broker-dealers are familiar with the restrictions and generally will prohibit advisers from transacting in prohibited securities, advisers must be vigilant to ensure that their trading activity does not violate the restrictions or divestiture requirements. Advisers investing in Chinese companies, or funds with exposure to Chinese securities, should consult the OFAC website below for an updated list of restricted entities and the most recent guidance.

[Risk Alert: Executive Order on Securities Investments that Finance Communist Chinese Military Companies](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9j9f_6Yz5eKihPNDKmMhVkNoM2D-AKTiFp9bJJSeOquzs7CWmP5akTCcapC7FbTyS0_YM3otcrquDvC8yJhg0VnOfYyxgKG681oBIu_Nmx1lU_efp8Dqy9U84bH5Lk8suEKQIOtYgJ0bp-H5FiXpfcIMx4BVTbLP_aM_ozJEU4m381KVjmq7ja1bcfIgcoAZQe%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138069006563%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=e2tN96Ej%2BttbwmNrDIWawqt8MWSH1eTAF8Zy7DQrku8%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[OFAC Guidance and FAQs](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4HlS6fNujjDyAtmk9-AdlER0dR6x1Kq-wj4CVDa29xcaOrTBF_DqjKHOCTOX4Shq752nQYoJY3PTiV8g7AKbFwWvd3DvCH9YEZrcVcx8RsoEOl5aCZglKOfjEsULjQTGOOc0BMTWXzII5NvwqQ8iek3gldraYLB-Bu_ka1C2bSfpQEJlVYTLMbQKRZisqhg4L7VJib9pPDn1dTHoYYL4akBir-mFJ_N6S7UNsZV4Zit93rJRw1_HRgaYSrL2SpUHEg%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138069006563%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=IZ0TGjEFDVF7%2Bz26PR1eMtDHT37vVeCYy3rKlIyjlzc%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### SEC Regulator Flex Agenda

The SEC’s Agency Rule List for Fall 2020 pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act has been published in the Federal Register. As noted last quarter, the list reflects only the priorities of the then-Chairman of the SEC (reflecting priorities as of October 2020) and is subject to modification each reporting cycle. With a new chairman (Gary Gensler) at the helm of the SEC, we would expect some shift in the agency’s priorities, particularly with respect to disclosures (ESG reporting) and possibly the regulation of cryptocurrencies. The period for public comment closes on April 30, 2021. For more information, please follow this link to the Federal Register’s website:

[SEC Regulatory Flexibility Agenda](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9jO8f_wUzPlGItrwYPMMr8mlBa3jt_l2UH5RgNIMPb4Z8GJtB2f2TenOy3U8PAxsOvPJihXdH0RA1VpqepJsL6v3S2FLMi2wHPRf5nVBYFuyd_pLuKxl96utCGIJizdqPrtXKUjSkYtroeyCeFlKSJ5AZg31hP1Hkin4eYC9_qlKFy3zkmOdZmc9r9HK4OyDna%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138069016551%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=3t%2FGh%2BtDp8FUY9%2B0%2F1bdKGwdWSZraaQc2r8%2FHQ5BlOo%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Orders and Guidance

### LIBOR Extension

Following discussions with the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and other official bodies, ICE Benchmark Administration (IBA), which is appointed by the FCA as the administrator of LIBOR, has expressed its intention to cease publication of most LIBOR rates after December 31, 2021, or, June 30, 2023, in the case of USD LIBOR overnight and 1-, 3-, 6-, and 12-month rates. A majority of panel banks advised IBA that they would not be willing to contribute relevant LIBOR data after such dates, which means that IBA could not continue publishing LIBOR except on a “synthetic” basis, if required by the FCA. The FCA has advised IBA that it has no intention to require such publication for lesser-used LIBOR rates, but it may require publication on a synthetic basis for some rates, including the more widely used 1-, 3-, and 6-month USD LIBOR settings. Additional information may be found on ICE’s website:

[ICE Benchmark Administration Feedback Statement for the Consultation on Its Intention to Cease the Publication of LIBOR® Settings](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9jSBtY9AntzqQKStrs6av43nF3vzisk9rQbbUdb_WiJFm2ATTfTe1AJsOA6Ob2JHmtkGShjsonv049FGh9EsDq2MDthBm_vjBc078d4g6XL0fWYzrqpUUOn9y2lmC21JJvexeaYRrcRi-SEeMTjCKBh7MtVTZF3P1f53TSWu875bAiwIImFETxHwuCo6ov270x%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138069016551%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=REQDi35bcib8E3z0DR2j0ju65Fy0KO72uEkkkCAQTaY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Enforcement Actions

### FinCEN Enforcement Action Against Capital One for Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Violations

The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) brought a settled enforcement action against Capital One, National Association (Capital One) for violations of the Bank Secrecy Act. Along with paying a $390 million civil money penalty, Capital One admitted to willfully failing to implement and maintain an effective AML, including failing to file thousands of suspicious activity reports (SARs) and currency transaction reports (CTRs) with respect to a particular business unit known as the Check Cashing Group. The failure allowed millions of dollars in suspicious transactions, including proceeds connected to organized crime, tax evasion, fraud, and other financial crimes, to go unreported in a timely and accurate manner and be laundered through the bank into the U.S. financial system. Despite warnings from regulators, criminal charges against some customers, and internal assessments flagging substantial risks, the bank failed to detect and report the suspicious activity. While this action does not involve registered funds or investment advisers, it is a sign of aggressive enforcement in the AML space. This action should be read in conjunction with recent SEC enforcement actions and risk alerts (including one discussed above) that have emphasized the importance of AML compliance.

For more information, please follow this link to FinCen’s website:

[FinCen Enforcement Action Against Capital One for Violations of the Bank Secrecy Act](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001ofehmBt9GAJVe-5Mo1oZgn9cgXS3xgTi0r7zw3e1CzS36WADoB0Y4GVGYo8fjZ9ja5AONHWAL6UNS_40x7Uwfn_FdRpc8cQfWN2-ODNO-SQIdxprhmexoaW9k2xTxlaUWPFthQT-N0Hc8qt1TZhFIv8wCDaD9OkmaPuCeYT3MrBKtJmVUpTVoB7EFgs_P2nmwCSuTPffOpMOjezAHN3cELPtMJ1COotJ%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cf2dcf209cde24c7df8e108d90a4aaa5b%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C637552138069026543%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C1000&amp;sdata=uzk5PRlsXlpg4GmudNLuhvYd8T%2BnYsrHuJfB0uS9C2A%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q4 2020

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q4-2020/_

# Compliance Matters Q4 2020

Subscribe

February 1, 2021

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the fourth quarter of 2020.

What a holiday season it has been! Following in the wake of the new fund-of-funds rule 12d1-4 (discussed in last quarter’s update), the SEC showed off its holiday giving spirit with final approval of two more major rule packages (derivatives (18f-4), and valuation (2a-5)). Rounding out the naughty or nice list, the SEC brought an enforcement action against a major pricing service, and to spice things up the outgoing President issued an Executive Order prohibiting transactions in a bevy of Chinese companies. The SEC’s semi-annual regulatory flex agenda offers some clues of what the next chairman may try to tackle in the new year. Below are highlights from the evolving regulatory landscape.

## SEC Final Rules

### Use of Derivatives by Registered Investment Companies and Business Development Companies

The SEC has approved new Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act to permit funds to use derivatives subject to certain conditions, serving as an exemption to Section 18’s restriction on funds’ use of senior securities. Rule 18f-4 replaces a patchwork of prior guidance concerning asset segregation in favor of new “value at risk” (VaR) limits coupled with derivatives risk management requirements. The Rule applies to mutual funds (but not money market funds), ETFs, closed-end funds, and BDCs. Fundamentally, the rule limits leverage by confining a fund’s use of derivative (swaps, futures, forwards, options, short sales, borrowings, and similar transactions) to a prescribed VaR limit and requiring funds using derivatives to adopt a derivatives risk management program (DRMP), administered by a derivatives risk manager (DRM), overseen by the board. Funds that make only limited use of derivatives (no more than 10% of net assets derivatives exposure) will not be required to have a DRMP or DRM, but such funds still will have to adopt and implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage the fund’s derivatives risks. The Rule also amends certain forms and requires additional reporting about funds’ use of derivatives, and it imposes recordkeeping requirements.

For derivatives users, the rule’s default VaR test requires that a fund’s VaR be measured relative to the VaR of the fund’s “designated reference portfolio,” which is either a reference index selected by the DRM or the fund’s own portfolio excluding derivatives transactions. Under this relative VaR test, the fund’s VaR is not permitted to exceed 200% (250% for certain closed-end funds) of the VaR of the designated reference portfolio. Alternatively, if the DRM reasonably determines that no designated reference portfolio can be identified (less common), the fund instead would calculate an absolute VaR and may not exceed 20% (25% for certain closed-end funds) of the fund’s net assets. A fund must measure its compliance with the applicable VaR test at least once each business day. Derivatives users will be required to adopt a formal DRMP that includes policies and procedures to manage derivatives risk. While there is some flexibility to tailor the program to the particular portfolio, every fund’s program must provide for risk identification and assessment, risk guidelines, weekly stress testing, weekly back-testing, internal reporting and escalation, and periodic reviews of the DRMP.

In a welcome change from the proposal, the final rule scrapped a proposal that would have required certain sales practices requirements for distributing leveraged or inverse funds that seek a return greater than 200% of the return (or its inverse) of a reference index. Such funds instead will be subject to the derivates rule (effectively limiting new leveraged funds to 2x), and likely a separate future rulemaking. Existing 3x funds (i.e., those in operation by October 28, 2020) can continue to operate, but new funds will not be permitted to exceed 200% VaR (except for de minimis deviations). The SEC also amended Rule 6c-11 to permit leveraged or inverse ETFs to operate without exemptive relief provided they satisfy Rule 6c-11. Notably, in a separate statement, the SEC reiterated concerns that retail investors may not understand how leveraged and inverse funds operate and perform. Recent enforcement actions in this area reflect that concern and, hence, we anticipate there will be rulemaking in this area.

The new rule will be effective February 19, 2021, and compliance will be required by August 19, 2022. For more information, including specific detailed requirements, registrants should review the SEC’s adopting release at the following link on the SEC’s website:

[Rule 18f-4: Derivatives](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGvG_3rzwbkLcZOSkKN43EjdS8he7GRabdb9alSc6PU_56vkizMOyhiNOeN0p7RWnUSBRDddzTCVWrjqqnKhsLn_vB7kUMih-CbbkjR9XQwBZO7Roov5PezSlwOqV-tHoztXH1TgPS8vM%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512940523%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=SzbXfsKXlJ3kPD%2FD4BFnzktBGVgaGAGJhYr8CP5PV9U%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Good Faith Determination of Fair Value

The SEC approved new Rule 2a-5 under the Investment Company Act to clarify a fund board’s valuation duties, consolidate and eliminate a constellation of prior guidance, and explicitly permit a board to assign day-to-day valuation duties to the investment adviser (but not a subadviser). The new rule tracks closely to the rule proposal, which was designed to hew closely to well-established valuation practices and existing guidance. The final rule requires the board or its designee to periodically assess and manage risks, select valuation methodologies and monitor for circumstances that require fair valuation, test fair valuation methodologies, and provide oversight of third-party pricing services. If the board assigns valuation to the adviser, the rule requires some segregation between the portfolio manager and the valuation process, but advisers can continue to seek assistance from third parties (e.g., the administrator, pricing services). The final rule provides a bit more flexibility to board reporting than had been proposed. For example, the valuation designee now will have five (rather than three) business days to report “material” valuation matters, which includes significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the fair value determination process or material errors in the NAV calculation. The final rule also eliminates the mandatory quarterly reporting to fund boards. The Commission simultaneously approved a new rule 31a-4 (splitting it out of proposed Rule 2a-5), which imposes new recordkeeping requirements with respect to fair valuations. Shifting this provision to a separate rule ensures that boards are not targeted for valuation enforcement actions just because record-keeping was deficient.

Importantly, Rule 2a-5’s definition of “readily available market quotations” (which is used to distinguish securities that will require fair valuation) will be applied to Rule 17a-7. Many in the industry have interpreted Rule 17a-7 to allow cross trading fixed-income securities. Under the new definition, however, securities that are not exchange-traded (e.g., most fixed income) would not qualify for Rule 17a-7’s exemption that otherwise permits cross trading in certain circumstances. SEC staff have confirmed that compliance with the new definition for Rule 17a-7 purposes is not required until compliance with Rule 2a-5 is required, but in the meantime, advisers would be well advised to proceed with caution given that the Commission evidently disfavors employing Rule 17a-7 to cross-trade fixed-income securities.

The new rule will be effective March 8, 2021, and compliance will be required by September 8, 2022. For more information, including specific detailed requirements, registrants should review the SEC’s adopting release at the following link on the SEC’s website:

[Rule 2a-5: Valuation](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGoqcJUJfHZySvaOUiPiF-H4bIztsFeDtM2bVatydaWUVXIXI_1T76XalwBIrKbD7Hcs_pAQsa3eitmYhKLK2N1HLoh6OgxmcHbxuOIt5Efx97iRPdMgqCTQ8Y5zqFf0KmzuCxFxcin8D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512940523%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=KXiuZ8cbw4XKiXI4f5sHSP9waiBsntloPfVuzUnDl2Q%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Electronic Signatures in Regulation S-T Rule 302

The SEC amended (without notice or comment) Rule 302 of Reg. S-T to allow electronic signatures instead of “wet” signatures on filings as long as certain procedures are followed. Specifically, the rule allows electronic signatures on authentication documents required for EDGAR filings that are required to be signed. The current rule requires filers to manually sign a signature page or other document (“authentication document”) before or at the time of the electronic filing to “authenticate, acknowledge, or otherwise adopt the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic filing.” In order to use an electronic signature, you must satisfy the following conditions:

- Require the signatory to present a physical, logical, or digital credential that authenticates the signatory’s individual identity;
- Reasonably provide for non-repudiation of the signature;
- Provide that the signature be attached, affixed, or otherwise logically associated with the signature page or document being signed; and
- Include a timestamp to record the date and time of the signature.

Beware that you still must have a manual signature on file. Before using an electronic signature, the signatory must manually sign a document agreeing that the electronic constitutes the legal equivalent of that person’s manual signature. The electronic filer then must retain this manually signed document for as long as the electronic signature will be used, and a minimum of seven years after the date of the most recent electronically signed authentication document. The authentication document itself also must be maintained for five years, as currently required. The new rule was effective as of December 4, 2020. For more information, please review the SEC’s adopting release at the following link on the SEC’s website:

[Regulation S-T Rule 302: Electronic Signature](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0xlSABqPFfTM9GjH7rjEZYxmEIkWKF86wJswUFuE08ATflcWnWD8S9QnVjm3KCslKdDt0qC9v0Mvjb1bxREKXLEAKvhEgzwP3UHF4FYE6AtOabV1IlJErE3H6p9qvZnbyL%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512950520%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=obWWoNkxGaRJmFVgCSnNNqPSlPTFPjH6%2BAIiRqiklQ8%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other SEC Guidance and Alerts

### OCIE Observations: Investment Adviser Compliance Programs

The SEC’s Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations (OCIE, now known as the Division of Examinations) issued an alert that identifies common compliance deficiencies with investment advisers, most notably observing that CCOs often have insufficient resources or lack sufficient authority, and CCOs failing to document their annual review. OCIE also observed advisers failing to implement written procedures, having weak written policies or failing to tailor the policies to the adviser’s business, and failing to maintain accurate and complete information about the adviser. For more information, please follow this link to the SEC’s website:

[OCIE Observations: Investment Adviser Compliance Programs](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0xyY9yaNruWzSLFCxBYA8subQDHKSgO0Km2UUpCB0_qPgniDhwmqX-HoXCemtbEc8r-W6ltVTFgNinTSXQQB5Cr_ykO_KWbDDAsAknCL223GXwlOZslU8WWuJO7fZGd6sfDYkIB8pwHE3halmY9YKheXMvu2cdfxvK%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512960509%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=Ol3ehGKZwzVP0QWohzHYO2PgbhNZiCjvgJbYFZc2mUM%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### SEC Regulator Flex Agenda

The SEC has released its Agency Rule List for Fall 2020 pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The list, published in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions in the Federal Register, provides the status of pending rulemakings and identifies rules for which the agency has indicated that preparation of an analysis is required. The list is divided into short-term and long-term priorities, depending on whether the agency expects regulatory action within or after 12 months from publication of the agenda. Among other things, the current long-term agenda includes possible rulemakings affecting proxy voting, custody, cross trading, fund names, and transfer agency. Importantly, however, the items on the list reflect only the priorities of the then-Chairman of the SEC and are subject to modification each reporting cycle. For more information, please follow this link to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs website:

[SEC Semiannual short-term regulatory agenda](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0x5RjoGcedV8UR5nlW-i_wJSPB38t1uil6jIAF0734Lj3gZIKkRLbPJMFB3clCcHbc-JLcUamo6Gg%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512960509%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=IKfMvdBnf89tOBxf6JEc3EIYg24gK0bww2Xsz1FKfiQ%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[SEC long-term regulator agenda](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0x-X_0D9y9E_FbKxWPghi4R1evnOuiRHBvVpnNTtQaHcizaYa3O08MZ_J5ca9uoCm81yTW9W1aEiY%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512970501%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=n%2Bs6TrfGzRQizaoTBbjK7qOUdoIqqPnAmBkSPQaPNlQ%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Orders and Guidance

### Executive Order 13959: Addressing The Threat From Securities Investments That Finance Communist Chinese Military Companies

On November 12, 2020, President Trump issued an executive order that restricts investment by U.S. persons in designated Communist Chinese Military Companies (“CCMCs”). The Order generally restricts any transactions in the publicly-traded securities of designated CCMCs and their subsidiaries, subject to a period for divestiture. The Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control has identified more than 40 CCMCs and their subsidiaries subject to the Executive Order, and it has issued FAQ guidance and general licenses that concern the Order’s application. The Department of Defense also has identified additional CCMCs under the Department’s authority under the National Defense Authorization Act. U.S. persons have until November 11, 2021, to divest of CCMCs first identified on the list, and they will have 365 days subsequent to the addition of new names. There have been frequent changes to the CCMC list and related guidance as the Order is being newly implemented, so advisers should consult the website below for the most recent pronouncements.

[Executive Order 13959](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0xxFXTsAjw4FNUrKw3EfgDSHDUfytu9f6bpbekZg2x_Yg99oVqQ-kBHDd3T_ZRH0172x2tdv7rgQOm69agSifyAPvLT2_cMV3ThIXLGko0ef8Z5TxIHKBweawMWWmgabeR%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512970501%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=iifyZMuk5L0knHFfE0A1ebijd8ToTm9OuJuUTt%2BElZ8%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[OFAC Guidance and FAQs](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0xVEUkrK0EOhRNJCrzf7Vx6I8I64X4sgcrkTVJkHLHWZ8QAuJBh_Um5rWPg04QxMHqyG4HqmBqlgNHSAaC_QSYlV721LpowQ9nm1fQkKrkasGmi3Fayhx0UgV2azbrAuA8Kf9xf4kS7aKzJ4OvcNA-YBs6_VRF45Yz6c_fnD24f9JTCU53N2SXMUaSiwfqEzlE2UqXfNyOCCOmNopt_IIzhj3AIxjD7cCkJnM3oUfNK2WsvKvvBkWGkQ%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512980497%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=s4Elsf9szWvrENNOHeK3EGNUJJGNLJdcVN%2B0xAx2wuU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[DOD List of CCMCs](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0x-AqFUnK4M5g08pO0vn5IW348iV3Sh6WcIb5sI2gflNnMQxIp-vaWSyjD0wr_aY35OgB6ULzEQP_rhz_hJ6LJMz5M8hSB6PQAsrr2X-1M6ckQtGG6jTl_ukDqb8fTBdKqYSO-IxfE0rt-eB5edxSktF81WUgQIhVa7PjYMcvQRfBlQKeIB7v6zwT0sZy2oSB2FkIhrOB30svDzsrlxIvt9cl7Ra56qyTOTrtU1Y_KUByWLY3wD3Z4ojFjV0PZWsFf%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512990490%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=Wg%2Fjp925v1MNCvOufTUZYgmFJtzgRoN%2FaaWe5pOsBLE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### LIBOR Extension

The Federal Reserve Board and UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) have agreed to consult on extending certain USD LIBOR rates until June 30, 2023, which should allow most legacy contracts to expire before any LIBOR disruptions occur. New contracts, however, should not reference LIBOR (with the expectation that LIBOR is being phased out at end of 2021). ICE Benchmark Administration (ICE), which is appointed by the FCA as the administrator of LIBOR, will make separate announcements following the outcome of the consultation. Additional information may be found on ICE’s website:

[ICE Benchmark Administration Notice](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0xnMC6mpyLQF-CI52NAO2QKklxd0avk-h7MTiKaaAwrQBpq4uiVZ_1Rw76DXVLskw5qQHXn-BHF8yzfsHcMMv7RCeXI0jEjl33pBkCn73FaU2G5ZYInBiJo4_UfUpa_RzhUxxR8r7P8TMGBGHStPPQetwqyAwOjL3CfyrLswoq7cg09hsViNwVrRPX4ZBWFX9QCmu0mojKwilPENWrEixQ1tlwqn2NgWqdYW98DFtrSoNDVFEa_Lb9MPHgYJarAy4jxVXPQaySS7YKnidbr_wFHqLzjq00ztzDEyCKzSDo483jvfi-gsEMrHY_pv3AWM95YpkFSHBhR2z8gosBvIf4FK__QGz8qcxnXEIW2RKBwyZtRoq7QJRBuMYU1QLgyPJuIrMQcF71tq3WuogJO1KqHw%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128512990490%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=ERPZTEjdvSnfiB1gbmDYDuVHBiy6FiplQmgWhe3m4FY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Enforcement Actions

### Guidance on Factors Used in Evaluating Corporate Compliance Programs in Connection with Enforcement Matters

The SEC charged ICE Data Pricing & Reference Data, LLC (ICE) with compliance failures related to its delivery of evaluated prices of more than 40,000 fixed-income securities based on a single broker quote. The SEC also cited deficiencies in ICE’s review of market information submitted by clients that sought to challenge those ICE prices. ICE’s system would automatically affirm the single broker-quoted prices without any further review of material submitted by clients. In cases when data was reviewed, the evaluator merely contacted the quote provider to confirm that the quote received was what was intended, but there was no further analysis to determine if the quote was reasonable. ICE also evidently did not assess the reliability of particular quote providers, for instance when a particular provider’s quotes were subject to frequent challenges due to deviation from trade data. ICE agreed to an $8 million civil penalty to settle the SEC charges. Notably, the settlement appears related to ICE’s recent decision to drop liquidity classifications (or to deem them illiquid) for broker-quoted securities, which is relevant to liquidity risk management programs under Rule 22e-4. The settlement also should be viewed in the context of the adoption of Rule 2a-5, which will place substantial responsibility on advisers (to whom 2a-5 allows boards to assign fair value duties) to police pricing vendors like ICE. In connection with the settlement, ICE has confirmed that it has updated its policies and procedures.

For more information, please follow this link to the SEC website:

[In the Matter of ICE Data Pricing & Reference Data, LLC](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001SnXTzupu2zVMd-EAgvkDcXdo8yws5mx6y0ac5v2tQ5fdZDZllz6UGpMwT_MaAw0xgkFROA9nLF4Qhvz6qZeUHTFGGl4HZt18KCUlBzYcWtMIZNlUMlqQVRvtgwPp5mWOyPHD0kp_8bQFBglL8wIHRQIgEcAWCKPrarwr9htniYThvZz1P8n67IaQDBiftn7o%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=04%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C329c797fd9d84331f24d08d8c6faf930%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C637478128513000488%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=R%2BMazlu3NQ1h61vlBHy8ev90MFkzXHUoh6qYhLlJauU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q3 2022

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2022/_

# Compliance Matters Q3 2022

Subscribe

October 31, 2022

Curated for compliance officers of mutual funds and investment advisers, please find summaries and links to headlining compliance and regulatory topics from the third quarter of 2022.

While advisers have been trying to catch their breath following the implementation of two major new rules for investment companies (valuation and derivatives), and preparing for the new marketing rule, a technological snafu at the SEC has caused the Commission to pump the brakes on new rulemakings. Having discovered that some public comments submitted online were not received, the SEC decided to reopen a bevy of rulemakings to additional comments. The SEC’s enforcement and examination programs, however, did not get the message to slow down. Enforcement seems to have focused on regulatory blocking and tackling, bringing cases centered on fairly banal topics like recordkeeping and safeguarding client data, but packing some punch with massive penalties. If that message were not clear enough, examiners also have been acting as possible canaries in the enforcement coal mine. Based on our experience, we have seen exams focused on topics as far ranging as board 15(c) practices, ESG disclosures, and the use of e-signatures. And the staff has issued an alert to be prepared for examinations for marketing rule compliance, and we are hearing rumblings about exams focused on the implementation of policies to comply with new valuation and derivatives rules. No rest for the weary.

Below are highlights of the recent activity and related commentary addressing how these matters may impact advisers and funds.

## SEC Final Rules

### Amendments to Rules Governing Proxy Voting Advice

In an about-face from proxy changes that had been adopted recently under Chairman Clayton, the SEC adopted amendments to its rules governing proxy voting advice and proxy advisory firms (as proposed in November 2021). As amended, proxy voting advice would continue to be treated as a “solicitation” subject to the proxy rules, and proxy advisory firms still would be subject to conflicts of interest disclosure requirements adopted in 2020. But the amendments rescind two rules that the Commission adopted in 2020. First, the amendments rescind conditions to the availability of exemptions from the proxy rules’ information and filing requirements. Those conditions required proxy voting advice firms to (1) make their advice available to the companies that are the subject of their advice at or before the time that they make the advice available to their proxy advisory clients, and (2) provide their clients with a mechanism by which they would be made aware of any written statements by the companies who are the subject of the advice regarding the proxy advisory firms’ proxy voting advice. Chairman Gensler believes these conditions imposed unnecessary compliance costs on proxy voting advice firms and could impair the independence and timeliness of their proxy advisory. The amendments also delete the 2020 changes made to the proxy rules’ liability provision, affirming that proxy voting advice generally is subject to liability under the proxy rules, but rescinding the guidance that stated that the failure to disclose material information regarding proxy voting advice could be misleading. Finally, the adopting release rescinds guidance that the Commission issued in 2020 to investment advisers regarding their proxy voting obligations.

This quick reversal of a 2020 amendment, without any data demonstrating that the 2020 rule was burdensome or costly to implement, faced withering criticism from Commissioner Peirce and many industry participants. In one sense, the amendment merely reflects an ongoing battle over the proper balance of power between corporate management and shareholder advocates, as corporations want protection from activists that they feel may not fairly present the corporation’s stance in proxy battles. In a broader sense, the amendments reflect a deepening political divide and erosion of the regulator’s independence: If this is precedent for revisiting rulemakings every time the Commission’s composition changes, industry and the investing public may wonder if regulation is designed to serve the Commission’s stated three-part mission (protect investors; maintain fair, orderly and efficient markets; facilitate capital formation) or some other political agenda.

For more information on the final rule as well as Commissioner Peirce’s statement, please visit the SEC’s website at the links below:

[Final Rule: Proxy Voting Advice](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy09S8pFzp4zZl6jZgXXOUUK-L7f_6-6Yy7iZKnM29oeaTW-k0Bxlh2X4HjWvZNQQqEpjWRUaNA0AI2NXbuydt3W1EYZqprDzESY1Jl9Jqef_M0yBQ73gEYYnOhQjA_tKJG%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872213072%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=PmYVLOuY%2F4rPfjtdNbeRtMb955nstEefCdR320VmR5Q%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[Commissioner Peirce: U-Turn: Comments on Proxy Voting Advice](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0KHL3hP2VgzLHj-yeUllCyRkR3n9q3p_PnnzY1cwW8ksPgrTrt17PCqxbUmFBpt4UjeDvW7leiqX-R3TZ85l5mLN-JdHMN7SSSCtYHnFKLkiUgcTmEg_tK6WpxIx0Vg5ghQY8UYRZXbjCWOG-7Tz0puR8G62voi_N%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872213072%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=ELGibAY9RjM9bqpVnyyS1e2Lfhw%2BACJnHCNPct8Ez%2Fk%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Resubmission of Comments and Reopening of Comment Periods for Certain Rulemaking Releases

In welcome news, the SEC recently decided to reopen the comment periods on numerous recent rulemakings, effectively delaying consideration of the rule proposals. Due to a technological error, public comments submitted through the SEC’s internet comment form were received by the Commission. Most of the affected comments were submitted in August 2022, but the error may have impacted comments from as early as June 2021. Accordingly, the SEC has reopened the comment periods until November 1, 2022. The relief appears to apply to anyone, not just commenters who previously submitted comments that were not received. The affected rulemakings include numerous items, including several prnot all ominent proposed rules such as money market reform, investment company names (Rule 35d-1), the cybersecurity rule, and ESG rules.

For more information, including a full list of affected rulemakings, please visit the release found at the link below:

[Resubmission of Comments and Reopening of Comment Periods for Several Rulemaking Releases Due to a Technological Error in Receiving Certain Comments](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0vuEVQU7u4Z3YwDQvmYpJvdWC2pES7XONrHmIY4RSdGSz-yLN90sU96pf9zEuuCbKbIZ6KETNjQLuJGumE7szIgZC1C1KQqsj9rwvaTrAF5M7lPU06-Iioo8legFunGWu%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872369319%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=ZCBTK0vA9k7MW4Zt%2BPYbpmaGZ44KapKQ2iM%2BLHJnvzw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Proposal to Enhance Private Fund Reporting

The SEC has proposed amendments to Form PF, which is used by certain SEC-registered investment advisers to private funds, including those that also are registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) or commodity trading adviser (“CTA”). The amendments, which the CFTC is jointly considering, are designed to enhance the Financial Stability Oversight Council’s (“FSOC’s”) ability to monitor systemic risk and improve the SEC’s oversight of private fund advisers. The proposal would advisers to provide more information about their AUM, withdrawal and redemption rights, flows, base currency, borrowings, fair value hierarchy, beneficial ownership, and fund performance. It also would require large hedge fund advisers (with hedge funds with greater than $500 million) to provide more granular information on investment exposures, borrowing and counterparty exposure, market factor effects, currency exposure reporting, turnover, country and industry exposure, central clearing counterparty reporting, risk metrics, investment performance by strategy, portfolio correlation, portfolio liquidity, and financing liquidity. At the same time, large hedge fund advisers no longer would be required to report aggregated information about the hedge funds they advise.

Comments on the proposal were due by October 11, 2022. For more information about this proposal, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

[Form PF: Reporting Requirements for All Filers and Large Hedge Fund Advisers](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0ffyDuOkKGG-Tky6ymVm3KRIKmx_-rIBMByoea2-9LDTJE-2Co-TpviXnAN81WNmpOsgqFhRL4iel97Ck78Qhv1v5pVZKmZJkn8rmshWFQ9Yi53VROJD0hh4-oQslGEb4%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872369319%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=S7rigALocAFeG2wI2DiL4YLz336%2FMEMhvkzkhsYXItY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC Guidance and Alerts

### Examinations Focused on the New Investment Adviser Marketing Rule

With the impending November 4 compliance deadline for the amended marketing rule ((206(4)-1), the SEC’s Division of Examinations has issued an alert informing investment advisers to private funds about likely areas of focus for upcoming examinations. Not surprisingly, the staff will review policies and procedures to ensure they are calibrated to the amended rule and have “objective and testable” means reasonably designed to ensure compliance. This may include pre-review and approval of advertisements, risk-based sampling of advertisements, and pre-approving templates. The staff also will look to determine if advisers have evidence to substantiate material statements of fact. For performance advertising, the staff will verify whether advisers are complying with express prohibitions in the rule, such as providing net performance along with any gross performance data, presenting specific time periods for performance results, and complying with restrictions on extracted, hypothetical, and predecessor performance. The staff also reminded advisers that they must report certain marketing information in their Form ADV and keep records of all advertisements they disseminate, including certain working papers, performance-related information, and documentation of testimonials and endorsements.

For more information, please visit the SEC’s website at the following link:

[Risk Alert: Examinations Focused on the New Investment Adviser Marketing Rule](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0aIXZfaFWiimXoEOrHF95BFqMMRJ6ysM1IG3SStW84PeLb7c_HaYqQl77PpdS9gb5RJwJR37erDQxUehUDd2z_0RPSJOjg1GXF_A_9UHNeEN1q6w6l4Y-Uz6-ObA437N_9OgsH_SBzOU%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872369319%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=GLvdd3nEDIt%2FtktaGCejMUNUXACKN6JAlVkhzeczny4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Enforcement Actions

### SEC Charges Wall Street Firms with Recordkeeping Failures

The SEC announced charges against fifteen broker-dealers and one investment adviser for recordkeeping violations involving the use of “off-channel” communications (e.g., WhatsApp) without properly preserving the electronic communications. According to the settled orders, the firms’ employees (including senior personnel) routinely communicated about business matters using text messaging applications on personal devices. From the Commission’s perspective, by not preserving required electronic records, the firms deprived the Commission of valuable information needed in support of the examination and enforcement mission. Each of the firms was charged with violating the Exchange Act recordkeeping provisions requiring the firms to supervise and prevent and detect violations. The Exchange Act essentially requires preserving all communications relating to the firm’s business. One firm was charged with violating an analogous provision under the Advisers Act. That provision is a bit more targeted, requiring preservation of communications relating to recommendations made or proposed to be made and any advice given or proposed to be given. Each firm agreed to pay a substantial penalty (including eight firms and their affiliates each agreeing to $125 million penalties, two agreeing to $50 million penalties, and one agreeing to a $10 million penalty), and each also agreed to hire a compliance consultant to review their policies and procedures. In a related action, the CFTC announced settlements with the same firms (with penalties ranging from $6 million to $100 million), for violating recordkeeping regulations that generally require preserving records of all transactions relating to the firm’s business of dealing in commodity interests. One firm, Bank of America, paid a larger penalty for, among other things, a supervisor that instructed his team to delete text messages and move their communications to unapproved applications. The final tally of penalties for all firms was approximately $1.8 billion.

While no firm was accused of fraud or other nefarious conduct, the regulators are sending an unmistakable message that recordkeeping is important. This is not the first time they have aired that grievance. At least as far back as 2006, Morgan Stanley (which is among the settling parties this go around) paid a $15 million penalty for failing to properly maintain back-up tapes of certain emails, and in 2021 J.P. Morgan paid a $125 million penalty for conduct that presaged the latest actions. To be sure, it is challenging to manage the flow of communications on so many different platforms, and the informal nature of many ephemeral communications – the modern-day version of chats around the water cooler – is perhaps incongruent with regulations dating to the 1930s when regulators probably did not contemplate recording for posterity every casual conversation. (In a possible case of “do as I say, not as I do,” SEC officials reportedly may use off-channel communications to circumvent their own analogous federal recordkeeping obligations.) And the fact that the failures are so widespread suggests that firms have (wrongly) considered informal chats akin to face-to-face communications that the SEC has not (yet) deigned to require be captured and recorded. Nevertheless, as regulated entities, firms must follow the rules. This means implementing technology to capture and record all relevant communications, and making clear to employees that they must follow the rules or face discipline.

For more information about these proceedings, please view materials on the SEC’s and CFTC’s websites at the following links:

[SEC Charges 16 Wall Street Firms with Widespread Recordkeeping Failures](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0RBRJYXjmhu79t0iDncwBSF6WE9XButo-X34ckyUStFLm5wyJ1wqDnuH1TXsQf9J67_vroK01tw4D4UWty09-8_anqdbKQCCpmGbFqbsPFZ4Xj6PzVz0yDw%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872369319%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=khy4%2BXADFXY7FhXQhVl6UautSEJ0bMzjvJAyHs1djvk%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[CFTC Charges 11 Firms for Recordkeeping and Supervision Failures for Widespread Use of Unapproved Communication Methods](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0VybnAxIysylCyuiwT74LPQAaIBEqqsgiMWr5vS-AMeR5qvoxc3BVT4uql_1AuctuO26BfKVcl2sSElV9n5rHafHib5GqBsvFwyPbLD0iUj4j5SdQ9_B01LX9xgaiZdr7%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872369319%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=sYr2rjvIyCIm4wicFqCLcQpvXPOvMeQ3qSDBzrIe1WY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Failure to Safeguard PII in Violation of Reg S-P

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC settled charges with the SEC for the firm’s failure to scrub millions of customers’ personal identifiable information (PII) from computer hardware before decommissioning the hardware. Morgan Stanley hired a moving and storage company with no expertise in data destruction services to decommission thousands of hard drives and servicers. Morgan Stanley, however, did not monitor the moving and storage company’s handling of the equipment. The equipment ended up sold around the world via an internet auction site to third parties; Morgan Stanley recovered a fraction of the devices, which contained unencrypted customer data. During a records reconciliation process, Morgan Stanley discovered that some devices had been equipped with encryption capability, but the firm failed to activate that software for several years.

The SEC order found that Morgan Stanley failed to safeguard customer PII, and Morgan Stanley agreed to pay $35 million to settle charges for violating the Safeguards and Disposal Rules of Reg. S-P.

Clients should be mindful that improper handling of client or shareholder information not only violates various regulations, but it also exposes firms to private litigation and reputational harm. Thus, firms must be vigilant to ensure proper handling, storage, and ultimately destruction of sensitive data. We recommend reviewing relevant policies and procedures and working with experienced IT consultants, and firms should consider using encryption technology to ensure that data that falls into wrong hands will be unusable.

In short, advisers should not expect a honeymoon period; the staff is gearing up for examinations as soon as the compliance deadline passes. For more information about these proceedings, please view materials on the SEC’s website at the following link:

[In the Matter of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0LM-ICxS-WjJIgd9pxLRN47frHJSc-sIJpHK7h0G2vxjPBoOGmvAHVGVhYb6_q2QVcXORtFcBLCBghzXlReTXRbrC2koBCAqM7oc4G6kmYWjYch-eFev2vEVmoU7xbRzETEgIwEFG9Eo9igfEWqrGyEPfBmCgvcTLlY8YePhNYryGccBJRBSvR53jyTOQJdDx%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872369319%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=Nwj7mLDUynG8yhK3n9vqMYjKy62BO51hGS8fRDghPbQ%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Reg S-ID Violations

The SEC has settled enforcement actions against JP Morgan Securities, LLC; UBS Financial Services, Inc.; and TradeStation Securities, Inc. for deficiencies in their programs to prevent identity theft, in violation of Reg S-ID. Generally, all three failed to have policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify red flags, incorporate the red flags into their programs, and to update the programs periodically. The SEC also faulted JP Morgan for insufficient oversight of service provider arrangements, in particular for failing to ensure their service provider contracts had language requiring the service providers to detect identity theft red flags and either report red flags to JP Morgan or respond to the red flags themselves. The SEC also faulted UBS for not periodically reviewing new or existing account types to determine how to apply the program to them, and both UBS and TradeStation for failing to adequately involve the board of directors, an appropriate committee thereof, or a designated senior management employee in the oversight, development, and implementation of the program. The orders suggested that the entities should have periodically reviewed their respective programs and conducted risk assessments to understand the types of covered accounts and applicable red flags. The firms also were faulted for not providing the board “sufficient information addressing the effectiveness” of the program. The SEC criticized TradeStation for not specifying what steps staff should take for additional due diligence when they detected problems. All respondents were faulted for failing to adequately train their staff as well.

The SEC has been more aggressive in recent years for anti-money laundering, cybersecurity, and identity theft enforcement, so registrants should take heed. Each investment company is a financial institution subject to Reg S-ID, and funds in turn typically rely on their transfer agent to oversee the identity theft programs. Thus, we recommend reviewing contracts to ensure responsibilities are clear, reexamining identity theft procedures, and documenting the review and training.

For more information about these proceedings, please view materials on the SEC’s website at the following links:

[In the Matter of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0gJzKxMPLvDNAscz6--E8cD7ZEwlkWriuQiX13Hr2Zl6a64WqSmANtdQODhKrwyTLSNVQHMY3qSzINQX93VvZCvgGpFKrPmEoW25sVZWaqEpZcLni-V8xGS6eg-iK--I3%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872369319%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=B23FTVuURRxG6wCPs1ktyzIV5%2FNUzAez2JDP1zSnhro%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[In the Matter of UBS Financial Services Inc.](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0rUSJz3hL2RDTHvIcIGvjOQzCr3yxPptJInjmw24By4ZAeMLxH2UP-16URrj1W9BLuVEQQPC-M90Ip0ZGMEIpyG4LxRvxejxtWXiJxbcHPR3hErzYjGNb1R09PCCGbozs%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872525556%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=96Xjr%2FxPr1Ak2iCXmboHSSqRcbUZOH8ckqWr3P9KCQU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[In the Matter of TradeStation Securities, Inc.](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0_5_IV_DUbz5BwOBdV4sd34ZHYKwYoX9Vqgncj8F8WhEjCuJw1gQhgOXafGz7zzQi_iTZFCoLv-3_rBllp4WtUUKiR3iu2ueaA5tWePyCdilLxLxQfD4jFsaIbLNVUwdG%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872525556%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=U09a6BxJiZenJ9VH5QgkRdJWL4i5q%2BPUlJwfHHezFGs%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Proxy Voting by Mutual Funds

In a recent enforcement action, the SEC challenged the practice of an investment adviser employing a standing instruction to its proxy voting service to vote all the funds’ securities in favor of proposals put forth by the issuer’s management and against shareholder proposals. The SEC criticized the adviser for failing to review each proxy to evaluate whether each management proposal was in fact consistent with the adviser’s clients’ best interests. The SEC also found that the adviser’s policies and procedures were not adequately designed to ensure the firm voted in its clients’ best interests.

There was no hint from the SEC that the adviser’s clients were harmed or that any votes should have been different. Nor does the SEC grapple with the question whether advisers and clients might agree that a standing instruction is in fact in the clients’ best interest because the expense of reviewing individual proxies may outweigh any perceived benefit. (Indeed, the adopting release to Rule 206(4)-6 expressly contemplates that there may be instances that an adviser may refrain from voting proxies if the adviser “determines that the cost of voting a proxy exceeds the expected benefit to the client.”) The message should be clear, however, that advisers must have policies consistent with exercising some judgment, rather than just reflexively voting all proxies one way or refraining from voting altogether.

For more information about this matter, please visit the SEC’s website at the following link:

[In the Matter of Toews Corp.](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0HOjXHnnZs1zgBVcCtceivFzQ9pP_qwk2Im-ZiKt6ubJNdNbNitfOams6c3BTA2lj6no1R4H4uAoznGXdWUMzomIvLpbwdmbKrz7HsQC9hXdpbwzld4n6kz2tuNKjpSRI%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872525556%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=MMKzv%2BTl7bQUvXobPQJYLkwzbtKHkH%2BDgM4VUs6hpcw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## Other Matters

### Delaware Statutory Trusts: Anti-Takeover Defenses

The state of Delaware has amended the Delaware Statutory Trust Act to include a so-called control share statute, which acts as an anti-takeover defense. The Delaware statute is similar to those already in place in Maryland and Massachusetts (which, together with Delaware, account for almost all closed-end fund organizations), though Delaware’s statute is designed to address the particular structure of ’40 Act funds. The control share statute restricts the voting power of activist shareholders (and affiliates or others that act in concert with the acquiring person) in registered closed-end funds and BDCs, organized as Delaware statutory trusts with shares listed on a national exchange, negating their ability to exercise control using minority positions absent approval from other shareholders or the board. The statute restricts those acquiring “control beneficial interests,” defined via a series of voting power thresholds, from voting their shares that exceed such threshold unless they have received approval of two-thirds of all the votes cast by the other beneficial owners or an exemption from the board. Control thresholds are set at 10, 15, 20, 25, and 30%, as well as at a majority of voting interests. An acquirer must repeat the approval or exemption process at each threshold level. (For example, an acquirer with 14% of voting shares cannot vote more than 10% without approval from shareholders/exemption from the board; if that acquirer then exceeds 15% ownership, the acquirer would need another approval/exemption to vote shares in excess of 15%.) Shareholders must disclose to the covered Fund its acquisition of control shares within 10 days of such acquisition; the Fund reciprocally has the right to demand shareholders to disclose the number of shares owned or over which the shareholder can directly or indirectly exercise voting power.

There are several features in the Delaware statute that seem designed to address the unique aspects of ’40 Act governance. The low control thresholds appear to be a nod to the fact that registered funds often have low overall rates of shareholder participation, thus allowing relatively small positions to have an outsize influence on voting matters. Furthermore, for those funds that have preferred share classes permitting election of two preferred directors (under section 18(a)(2)(C) of the Investment Company Act), the control share restrictions apply separately to the preferred class. Finally, the definition of “associates” with whom an acquiring shareholder may coordinate seems to close the gap in the ’40 Act that otherwise does not prohibit affiliated funds with the same adviser from acting in concert to acquire a controlling interest in a closed-end fund.

The control share statute applies automatically to Delaware trusts; there is no opt-in requirement. The provision only applies prospectively, however; shares acquired before August 1, 2022, are not impacted.

For more information, please review the statutory amendments (sections 3881-3888) found on the State of Delaware’s website at the following link:

[Delaware Statutory Trust Act, Subchapter III: Control Beneficial Interest Acquisitions](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001_6Bf0bKDn7t1YuVjoGqJNsG-N3sYr-aF-IhPKiS5pSwPftELp_yQ43DQnDAIsiy0Ht7WpLJ_N2iwdv14ZLMhIAhCVFNEZm1EYtLCZ9vcS5s31inT48XsxCw8Q0zZARsf2mlEC5fdtJ07paUCFzjXfQh8HMYE0tYpq9d3k8NAfsqzCFqq30elkTGk3oyP2cb3le8B-0Npi3Zq8knlAQIq5v1pn11uNEliyqo7kCs9SlUd313XwaaQeGhgK5dXAFSN5-lsFNd1yOM%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C12afb2baf9af42ef107a08dabb70e8b4%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C0%7C638028390872525556%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=hMTkOejtQ8h9UDbjWXzSeWmllexpG3awpScihk54Hc4%3D&amp;reserved=0)

*15897821 10/31/2022*


---

# Compliance Matters Q4 2022

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q4-2022/_

# Compliance Matters Q4 2022

Subscribe

March 6, 2023

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q4 2022

## SEC Final Rules

### Enhanced Reporting of Proxy Votes

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) recently adopted amendments to Form N-PX that, in theory, should enhance disclosures to the benefit of shareholders. The amendments will require funds to categorize each matter by type consistent with a selection of standardized, but non-exclusive, categories prescribed by rule. Where a form of proxy or “proxy card” is available (which seems to exclude foreign issuers), funds also must use the same language and present the issues in the same order as they appear in the proxy card. The amendments also prescribe how funds must organize their reports and require them to use XML structured data language. The amendments will require funds to disclose the number of shares loaned and not recalled to vote. The SEC also adopted new Rule 14Ad-1 under the Exchange Act, which would require for the first time that institutional investment managers disclose how they voted on so-called “say-on-pay” (executive compensation) matters.

The new rule is effective for votes occurring on or after July 1, 2023, with the first reports on the amended Form N-PX required by August 31, 2024.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2022/33-11131.pdf

### Tailored Shareholder Reports for Mutual Funds and Exchange-Traded Funds; Fee Information in Investment Company Advertisements

The SEC has adopted rule and form amendments that require open-end management investment companies to transmit concise and visually engaging annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders that highlight key information that is particularly important for retail investors to assess and monitor their fund investments. Certain information that may be more relevant to financial professionals and investors who desire more in-depth information will no longer appear in funds’ shareholder reports but will be available online, delivered free of charge upon request, and filed on a semi-annual basis on Form N-CSR. The amendments exclude open-end management investment companies from the scope of the current rule that generally permits registered investment companies to satisfy shareholder report transmission requirements by making these reports and other materials available online and providing a notice of that availability. The amendments also require that funds tag their reports to shareholders using the Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (“Inline XBRL”) structured data language to provide machine-readable data that retail investors and other market participants may use to access and evaluate investments more efficiently. Finally, the SEC adopted two amendments to the advertising rules for registered investment companies and business development companies to promote more transparent and balanced statements about investment costs.

Generally, all shareholder reports must comply with the new rules no later than July 24, 2024.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2022/33-11125.pdf

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Outsourcing by Investment Advisers

On October 26, 2022, the SEC proposed a new rule under the Investment Advisers Act to prohibit registered investment advisers from outsourcing certain services or functions without first meeting minimum requirements. The proposed rule would require advisers to conduct due diligence prior to engaging a service provider to perform certain services or functions. Additionally, the proposed rule would further require advisers to periodically monitor the performance and reassess the retention of the service provider in accordance with due diligence requirements to reasonably determine that it is appropriate to continue to outsource those services or functions to that service provider. The SEC also proposed corresponding amendments to Form ADV to collect census-type information about the service providers defined in the proposed rule, as well as amendments to the Investment Advisers Act books and records rule, including a new provision requiring advisers that rely on a third party to make and/or keep books and records to conduct due diligence and monitoring of that third party and obtain certain reasonable assurances that the third party will meet certain standards.

Comments on the proposal were due by December 27, 2022. For more information about the proposed rule, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2022/ia-6176.pdf

To view comments received on the proposed rule, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-25-22/s72522.htm

### Open-End Fund Liquidity Risk Management Programs and Swing Pricing; Form N-PORT Reporting

The SEC has proposed updates to Rules 22e-4 and 22c-1 that would require open-end funds (but not money market funds) to upgrade their liquidity risk management programs, and to require mutual funds (but not money market funds and ETFs) to implement swing pricing. The proposal would amplify stress testing in liquidity classifications, replace reasonably anticipated trading sizes with 10% of each investment, and require funds to maintain a minimum 10% of net assets in highly liquid assets. As for classifications, the rule would eliminate the “less liquid” category (investments that may take greater than 7 days to settle) and simply treat those as illiquid, but it also may require daily liquidity classifications.

The headline here, however, is the proposal’s swing pricing feature. The theory is that swing pricing will retard the pace of redemptions as exiting shareholders are required to bear the expense of transaction costs associated with meeting redemption requests, which otherwise could dilute value for remaining shareholders. The swing pricing rule would require mutual funds (not MMFs or ETFs) to implement swing pricing so that transaction costs from inflows or outflows are passed on to the buying/selling shareholder rather than non-transacting shareholders. Funds would have to implement a “swing factor” – reflecting bid-ask spreads and transaction costs, but also market impact costs – whenever there are net redemptions (aggregated across share classes, excluding in-kind transactions), or when net purchases exceed 2% of net asset value (“NAV”). (Because net trading activity cannot be known until end of day, shareholders won’t know whether their trades are subject to swing pricing until after the fact.)

If net redemptions exceed the “market impact threshold” (1% of NAV unless the swing pricing administrator elects a lower threshold), then the swing pricing factor must include a good faith estimate of the market price impact from selling securities.

In order to facilitate calculating the flows, the proposed rule also would require a “hard close,” which generally means orders must be received before the 4 pm close, which prevents any late trading and would complicate the quite common practice of intermediaries aggregating trades for delivery in omnibus format after 4 pm. The rule also would require monthly Form N-PORT filings (currently, they must be prepared but only have to be filed quarterly).

Implementing this rule, if adopted, would impose significant operational and compliance challenges. At a minimum, it will require new policies and procedures. The board also will have to appoint a new “swing pricing administrator” who will prepare periodic board reports to inform the boards’ oversight function. Prospectuses will have to be updated with new disclosures, and Forms N-PORT and N-CEN will include another category of data.

Comments on the proposal were due to the SEC by February 14, 2023.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2022/33-11130.pdf

## SEC News

### SEC Division of Examinations Announces 2023 Priorities

On February 7, 2023, the SEC’s Division of Examinations announced its 2023 examination priorities. The Division publishes its examination priorities annually to provide insights into its risk-based approach, including the areas it believes present potential risks to investors and the integrity of the U.S. capital markets. The following is a selection of the Division’s 2023 priorities:

**New Investment Adviser and Investment Company Rules**

- The Division will focus on the new Marketing Rule (Investment Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-1) and whether registered investment advisers (RIAs) have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures regarding the Marketing Rule.
- The Division will also focus on new rules applicable to investment companies, including the Derivatives Rule (Investment Company Act Rule 18f-4) and Fair Valuation Rule (Investment Company Act Rule 2a-5).

**RIAs to Private Funds**

- Examinations will review issues regarding an adviser’s fiduciary duty, and will assess risks, including a focus on compliance programs, fees and expenses, custody, the new Marketing Rule, conflicts of interest, and the use of alternative data.
- The Division will also review private fund advisers’ portfolio strategies, risk management, and investment recommendations and allocations, focusing on conflicts and disclosures around these areas.
- The Division will focus on RIAs to private funds with specific risk characteristics, including highly leveraged private funds and private funds managed side-by-side with business development companies.

**Retail Investors and Working Families**

- The Division will continue to address standards of conduct issues for broker-dealers and RIAs to ensure that retail investors and working families are receiving recommendations and advice in their best interests.

**Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG)**

- The Division will continue its focus on ESG-related advisory services and fund offerings, including whether funds are operating in the manner set forth in their disclosures.
- The Division will assess whether ESG products are appropriately labeled and whether recommendations of such products for retail investors are made in the investors’ best interests.

**Information Security and Operational Resiliency**

- The Division will review broker-dealers,’ RIAs,’ and other registrants’ practices to prevent interruptions to mission-critical services and to protect investor information, records, and assets.
- Reviews of broker-dealers and RIAs will include a focus on the cybersecurity issues associated with the use of third-party vendors.

**Emerging Technologies and Crypto-Assets**

- The Division will conduct examinations of broker-dealers and RIAs that are using emerging financial technologies or employing new practices, including technological and on-line solutions to meet the demands of compliance and marketing and to service investor accounts.
- Examinations of registrants will focus on the offer, sale, recommendation of, or advice regarding trading in crypto or crypto-related assets and include whether the firm (1) met and followed their respective standards of care when making recommendations, referrals, or providing investment advice; and (2) routinely reviewed, updated, and enhanced their compliance, disclosure, and risk management practices.

The published priorities are not exhaustive of the focus areas of the Division in its examinations, risk alerts, and outreach. The scope of any examination includes analysis of an entity’s history, operations, services, products offered, and other risk factors.

https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2023-24

### SEC Receives Special Master to Oversee Return of Remaining Funds to harmed Investors of the Infinity Q Mutual Fund

On November 10, 2022, the SEC filed a settled action against the Infinity Q Diversified Alpha Mutual Fund for mispricing its NAV and is seeking an appointment of a Special Master over the mutual fund to oversee the return of remaining funds to harmed investors. The SEC’s complaint charges the mutual fund with violating the pricing provisions of Rule 22c-1 under the Investment Company Act and that the mutual fund’s reported NAV was materially and falsely inflated from at least February 2017 through February 2021. On February 22, 2021, Infinity Q and the mutual fund’s board filed an application for an order pursuant to Section 22(e)(3) of the Investment Company Act to suspend redemptions in the mutual fund and the mutual fund was subsequently liquidated. To date, the mutual fund has distributed approximately $670 million to current shareholders. Approximately $570 million remains to be distributed to harmed investors.

On January 10, 2023, a court appointed Andrew M. Calamari as the Special Master to oversee the return of remaining funds.

https://www.sec.gov/litigation/litreleases/2022/lr25575.htm

## FINRA News

### 2023 Report on FINRA's Examination and Risk Monitoring Program

The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) published its 2023 Report on FINRA’s Examination and Risk Monitoring Program (the Report) which provided member firms with insight into findings from the recent oversight activities of FINRA’s Member Supervision, Market Regulation and Enforcement programs (collectively, regulatory operations programs). The Report reflects FINRA’s commitment to providing greater transparency to member firms and the public about its regulatory activities as well as the increasing integration among its regulatory operations programs.

The Report highlights FINRA’s regulatory operations programs’ expanded focus on ongoing key areas of risk to investors and the markets:

- **Reg BI and Form CRS.** FINRA’s reviews of member firms’ adherence to their obligations pursuant to Reg BI and Form CRS address a number of areas, such as making recommendations that adhere to Reg BI’s Care Obligation; identifying and addressing conflicts of interest; disclosing to retail customers all material facts related to conflicts of interest; establishing and enforcing adequate written supervisory procedures (WSPs), including the provision of effective staff training; and filing, delivering and tracking accurate Forms CRS. Member firms should regularly review and update their approach to compliance with Reg BI and Form CRS, taking into consideration new interpretive guidance the SEC continues to issue.
- **Mobile Apps.** As noted in last year’s Report, mobile apps can benefit investors in several ways, including increasing their market participation, expanding the types of products available to them, and educating them on financial concepts. However, these apps also raise novel questions and potential concerns, such as whether they encourage retail investors to engage in trading activities and strategies that may not be consistent with their investment goals or risk tolerance, and how the apps’ interface designs and functionality could influence investor behavior.
- **Cybersecurity.** Cybersecurity threats continue to be one of the most significant risks many customers and member firms face. The frequency, sophistication and variety of attacks continue to increase; in 2022, for example, the attacks FINRA witnessed included customer account intrusions, ransomware attacks and cyber-enabled fraud. In August 2022, FINRA established the Cyber and Analytics Unit (CAU) to enhance their ability to proactively address the evolving sophisticated cyber threat landscape and growth of the crypto-asset market. CAU has a team that examines member firms’ cybersecurity risk management through reviews of their controls, a team responsible for conducting investigations of cyber-related fraud and a team that investigates and examines crypto-asset activity. FINRA has also increased its outreach to member firms this year to make them aware of cybersecurity threats. These efforts include email alerts to member firms’ Chief Information Security Officers (CISOs) and Chief Compliance Officers (CCOs) and notifying member firms when it identifies website(s) or social media profiles that may be attempting to impersonate that member firm, one or more of its current or previous registered representatives, or individuals purporting to be associated with a member firm. In December 2022, FINRA issued Regulatory Notice 22-29 (FINRA Alerts Firms to Increased Ransomware Risks) to provide firms with questions they can use to evaluate their cybersecurity programs, information about possible additional ransomware controls and relevant resources.

[https://www.finra.org/sites/default/files/2023-01/2023-report-finras-examination-risk-monitoring-program.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001uYdpyoCw7tWdhrouUV-AAlIkH4oDp2AN4wkmgGdSJkNAZseDLvmuW5uaCa3R39nQfY9PJUw0M0WgYbaVQIG06zECDWQMYc_MaAv29n6nn7h9IZbB3hvVUv6ildUhJR19rjMeUsEJkaoLD9OoHwUUEedhKVZc5vxWFiaFz885OOq7KZ4sdegwGCO5BKnACTOMN3GN4WgLH32R4ZGlIJeCwTYGOeXOuBV-Wqhpi3EVB7ro3kYv1a8JB3XeSl8gsEmgag0Mx0eyBH4%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Ce7187b9763724b9aeb0208db1e65da20%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638137195042247160%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C2000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=vfGbCSqnphaDw56cSrZCJhQxxB0wxTEQIYgJ1plDyu8%3D&amp;reserved=0)

## No-Action Letters and Alerts

### Differential Advisory Fee Waivers

On February 2, 2023, the SEC issued an Alert regarding differential advisory fee waivers. In the Alert, the SEC reminded mutual funds, their boards, and their legal counsel of implications under Section 18 of the Investment Company Act and Rule 18f-3 thereunder of fee waiver and expense reimbursement arrangements that result in different advisory fees being charged to different share classes of the same fund (“differential advisory fee waivers”).

In order for mutual funds to operate as multi-class funds, those funds must rely on, and meet certain conditions contained in, Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act. Rule 18f-3(b) expressly allows expenses to be waived or reimbursed by a fund’s adviser, underwriter, or any other provider of services to the fund. In Rule 18f-3’s adopting release, the SEC stated that, although permitted under the rule, waivers and reimbursements were not intended to become “de facto modifications of the fees provided for in advisory or other contracts so as to provide a means for cross-subsidization between classes.” The SEC further noted in the adopting release that fund boards “must monitor the use of waivers or reimbursements to guard against cross-subsidization between classes” consistent with its “oversight of the class system and its independent fiduciary obligations to each class.”

In the Alert, the SEC reminds mutual funds that one of the principles underlying Rule 18f-3 is that advisory fees charged to shareholders of all classes of a fund should generally be the same percentage amount, as shareholders receive the same advisory services no matter which class of shares they are invested in. In the Staff’s view, differential advisory fee waivers that are long-term or permanent, or effectively long-term or permanent, and are not substantiated with a clearly defined temporal purpose, could present a means for cross-subsidization between classes of shares in contravention of Rule 18f-3.

As noted in the Alert, in the Staff’s view, whether a differential advisory fee waiver presents a prohibited means of cross-subsidization between classes is a facts-and-circumstances determination that the mutual fund’s board, in consultation with the investment adviser and legal counsel, should consider making and documenting after considering all relevant factors. The Staff provides an example of a fund’s board being able to conclude that a long-term waiver of an advisory fee for one class of shares, but not other classes of shares, does not provide a means for cross subsidization in contravention of Rule 18f-3 if the board finds that (i) shareholders in the waived class pay fees to the adviser at the investing fund level in a fund-of-funds structure for advisory services and (ii) such fees, when added to the advisory fees that are paid by the waived class, after giving effect to the waiver, are at least equal to the amount of advisory fees paid by the other classes, such that the waiver for the waived class is demonstrably not being subsidized by other classes. The Staff further noted that one fact that should not be used to justify a differential advisory fee waiver is the existence of any Staff No-Action Letter that does not explicitly address any such waiver under Section 18 of the Investment Company Act and Rule 18f-3 thereunder.

In the Alert, the Staff notes that, for a fund that already has such differential advisory fee waivers in place, the board may wish to consider specifically within the context of Rule 18f-3 whether such waivers present a means for cross-subsidization, whether the steps they are taking to monitor such waivers guard against cross-subsidization are (and continue to be) effective, and/or whether alternative fee arrangements may be appropriate. Additionally, the Staff notes that a fund should consider the extent to which the board’s consideration of these issues under Rule 18f-3 should be disclosed to fund shareholders.

To view the Alert, please visit the SEC’s website at the link below:

https://www.sec.gov/investment/differential-advisory-fee-waivers

## Enforcement Actions

### Inadequate Code of Ethics Policies and Procedures

The SEC’s Division of Enforcement recently brought an enforcement case against an investment adviser’s CCO as the adviser did not have an adequate Code of Ethics as required by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act. The adviser adopted compliance policies and procedures in 2012 and never updated them. The Code of Ethics was particularly inadequate as the firm merely adopted an unnamed professional organization’s handbook on standards of practice that was designed to provide “ethics-based guidance” to help candidates prepare for a professional examination; the handbook did not purport to set out policies and procedures, much less did it address requirements under the Advisers Act. The SEC found that the firm never conducted an annual review, and consequently, the CCO never addressed the need to craft a policy that addresses the specific requirements under Rule 204A-1, including transaction reporting.

The firm ultimately replaced the CCO, and the SEC charged the CCO with causing the firm’s compliance violations and assessed a $25,000 penalty. (The firm also was charged with direct violations.) Although the SEC does not articulate the precise basis for charging the CCO, it appears that there was a wholesale failure of the CCO to perform his duties.

https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2022/ia-6199.pdf

## US Congress Legislation

### SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022 Enacted

On December 29, 2022, President Biden signed a $1.7 trillion budget bill, which includes the Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2022, or SECURE Act 2.0, which builds on the changes made to the retirement system by 2019’s Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement (SECURE) Act. The bill’s retirement savings package aims to reshape the structure of most Americans’ 401(k), 403(b), and IRA plans by making the process of contributing to and withdrawing from retirement savings plans easier.

**SECURE 2.0 Act Highlights:**

- **Automatic enrollment increased.** Beginning in 2025, with some exceptions for small businesses, the bill requires 401(k) and 403(b) plans to automatically enroll eligible participants, starting at a minimum 3 percent contribution and increasing annually to at least 10 percent but no more than 15 percent. Employees who do not wish to enroll will be required to opt out.
- **Withdrawals allowed for emergency expenses.** Beginning in 2024, qualified plan participants will be able to take a penalty‐free distribution of up to $1,000 once per year, which will not be subject to the usual additional 10 percent tax that applies to early distributions. However, if you do not repay the distribution within a certain time frame, you will have to wait three years before being allowed to take another emergency distribution.
- **Matching Contributions for Student Loan Payments.**Beginning in 2024, employers will be permitted to make qualified retirement plan contributions to employees who are not contributing to the plan if that employee is making qualified student loan payments.
- **Required minimum distribution age raised.** The age to start taking required minimum distributions (RMDs) increases to age 73 in 2023 and to 75 in 2033.
- **Reduced Penalties for RMDs.** Starting in 2023, the penalty for failing to take an RMD will decrease to 25% of the RMD amount, from 50% currently, and 10% if corrected in a timely manner for IRAs.
- **Catch-up contribution limits boosted.** Catch-up contributions will increase in 2025 for 401(k), 403(b), governmental plans, and IRA account holders.
- **Penalty-free rollovers from 529 plans.** Also in 2024, a new provision will allow tax‐and penalty‐free rollovers from 529 accounts to the 529 plan beneficiary’s Roth IRA (capped at $35,000 over the beneficiary’s lifetime and subject to annual Roth contribution limits). The 529 plan must have been open for at least 15 years.

https://www.govtrack.us/congress/bills/117/hr2954

## State Matters

### State Attorneys General Sue to Stop ESG Rule

Attorneys General in 25 states have sued for a preliminary and permanent injunction of the U.S. Department of Labor’s (“DOL”) new rule that would allow retirement plan fiduciaries to consider environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) factors in making investment decisions on behalf of the retirement plans.

**Highlights:**

- **Basis for the Lawsuit.** There are two primary bases for the lawsuit that was filed. First, the new DOL rule violates the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) because ERISA restricts retirement plan investing decisions to only financial gain considerations. Second, the new DOL rule violates the Administrative Procedure Act (“APA”) by being arbitrary and capricious.
- **ERISA Violation Claim.** The lawsuit claims the new DOL rule violates ERISA by violating the requirement that retirement plan fiduciaries act with the financial interests of plan participants and their beneficiaries as the only factor in making investment decisions.
- **APA Violation Claim.** The lawsuit claims the new DOL rule violates the APA as being arbitrary and capricious because the DOL failed to assess either: (1) the harm the rule poses to plan participants and beneficiaries or (2) the advantage of superseding the previous effective ban on ESG considerations in making retirement plan investment decisions.
- **Harms Claimed by the States.** Attorneys General of plaintiff states claim that the harms posed by the DOL’s new rule would include: (1) diminished tax revenue and (2) reduced employment resulting from decreased investment in the fossil fuel industry.
- **Harms Claimed by Others.** Other plaintiffs, which include two energy companies, an energy trade group, and an individual participant, claim additional harms, including (1) burdensome monitoring of retirement plan fiduciaries’ investment decisions, (2) legal resources for inevitable proxy battles with parties that have no pecuniary interest, and (3) new and additional resources to evaluate and select investments based on new, non-financial standards.
- **Magnitude of Effect.** The magnitude of this rule would affect all retirement plan investments, which is estimated to be the size of half the annual GDP of the United States.
- **Plaintiff States Included.** Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, West Virginia, and Wyoming.

[https://www.wsj.com/livecoverage/stock-market-news-today-01-27-2023/card/state-ags-sue-to-block-esg-rule-4RiafZL5m0YxvMwEKQ0B?mod=Searchresults_pos3&page=1](https://www.wsj.com/livecoverage/stock-market-news-today-01-27-2023/card/state-ags-sue-to-block-esg-rule-4RiafZL5m0YxvMwEKQ0B?mod=Searchresults_pos3&amp;page=1)

[https://www.ignites.com/c/3911004/506754?referrer_module=searchSubFromIG&highlight=esg](https://www.ignites.com/c/3911004/506754?referrer_module=searchSubFromIG&amp;highlight=esg)

16538013 3/6/2023


---

# Compliance Matters Q1 2023

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2023/_

# Compliance Matters Q1 2023

Subscribe

May 12, 2023

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q1 2023

## SEC Final Rules

### Shortening the Securities Transaction Settlement Cycle

On February 15, 2023, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) adopted rule amendments to shorten the standard settlement cycle for most broker-dealer transactions from two business days after the trade date (“T+2”) to one business day after the trade date (“T+1”). In addition, the SEC adopted new rules related to the processing of institutional trades by broker-dealers and certain clearing agencies. The SEC also amended certain recordkeeping requirements applicable to registered investment advisers.

The rule amendments and new rules will:

- Shorten the standard settlement cycle for most securities transactions from two business days after trade date (T+2) to one (T+1);
- Shorten the separate standard settlement cycle for firm commitment offerings priced after 4:30 p.m. from four business days after trade date (T+4) to T+2;
- Improve the processing of institutional trades through new requirements for broker-dealers and registered investment advisers related to same-day affirmations; and
- Facilitate straight-through processing through new requirements applicable to clearing agencies that are central matching service providers (CMSPs).

The final rules will become effective on May 5, 2023. The compliance date for each of the final rules is May 28, 2024.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2023/34-96930.pdf

## SEC Proposed Rules

### Comment Period Reopened for Proposed Cybersecurity Risk Management Rules

The SEC reopened the comment period on proposed rules and amendments related to cybersecurity risk management and cybersecurity-related disclosure for registered investment advisers, registered investment companies, and business development companies. The proposed rules are designed to improve the availability of cybersecurity-related information and help facilitate the SEC’s inspection and enforcement capabilities.

The proposed rules would require that “market entities” establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are designed to address their cybersecurity risks that could harm advisory clients and fund investors. Market entities would also need to, at least annually, review and assess the design and effectiveness of these policies and procedures. The proposed rules would also require advisers and funds to publicly disclose cybersecurity risks and significant cybersecurity incidents and provide the SEC immediate written electronic notice of such incidents.

The reopened comment period is open through May 22, 2023.

https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2023-54

### The SEC’s Privacy Act Regulations

On February 14, 2023, the SEC proposed amendments to its regulations under the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (the “Privacy Act”). The Privacy Act is the principal law governing the handling of personal information in the federal government and the SEC last updated its Privacy Act rules in 2011. The current rules provide procedures for making Privacy Act requests, including requests for access to and amendment of records pertaining to the individual making the request. The proposed amendments would revise the SEC’s regulations under the Privacy Act to clarify, update, and streamline the language of several procedural provisions. The proposed revisions would codify current practices for processing requests made by the public under the Privacy Act, which would provide greater clarity regarding the SEC’s process for how individuals can access information pertaining to themselves. The proposed rule would also allow for electronic methods to verify one’s identity and to submit Privacy Act requests. Due to the scope of the revisions, the proposed rule would replace the SEC’s current Privacy Act regulations in their entirety.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2022/34-96906.pdf

### Safeguarding Advisory Client Assets – An Update

On February 15, 2023, the SEC proposed a new rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act” or “Act”) to address how investment advisers safeguard client assets. The SEC is proposing to amend certain provisions of the current custody rule for enhanced investor protections. The proposed amendments would: a) expand the current custody rule to protect a broader array of client assets and advisory activities to the rule’s protections; b) enhance the custodial protections that client assets receive under the rule; and c) update related recordkeeping and reporting requirements for advisers. The proposed amendments would expand the scope of the current custody rule beyond client funds and securities to include any client assets of which an adviser has custody.

This proposed change uses the more expansive and explicit language employed by Congress in empowering the SEC to develop rules to protect client assets when advisers have custody. “Assets” would mean “funds, securities, or other positions held in a client’s account” and would include all other assets that investment advisers custody for their clients. The safeguarding rule would also explicitly include an adviser’s discretionary authority to trade client assets within the definition of custody.

The proposed safeguarding rule’s enhanced protections would also:

- Require that an adviser enter into a written agreement with and obtain certain reasonable assurances from qualified custodians to ensure clients receive certain standard custodial protections when an adviser has custody of their assets;
- Modify the current custody rule’s exception from the obligation to maintain client assets with a qualified custodian for certain privately offered securities, including expanding the exception to include certain physical assets;
- Retain the current custody rule’s requirement for an adviser to undergo a surprise examination by an independent public accountant to verify client assets, but expand the availability of the current custody rule’s audit provision as a means of satisfying the surprise examination requirement;
- Amend the investment adviser recordkeeping rule to require advisers to keep additional, more detailed records of trade and transaction activity and position information for each client account of which it has custody; and
- Amend Form ADV to align advisers’ reporting obligations with the proposed safeguarding rule’s requirements and to improve the accuracy of custody-related data available to the Commission, its staff, and the public.

The amendments would also redesignate the current custody rule as new rule 223-1 under the Advisers Act (the “safeguarding rule”).

https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2023/ia-6240.pdf

### Regulation S-P: Privacy of Consumer Financial Information and Safeguarding Customer Information

On March 15, 2023, the SEC proposed amendments to Regulation S-P that would enhance the protection of customer information by, among other things, requiring broker-dealers, investment companies, registered investment advisers, and transfer agents to provide notice to individuals affected by certain types of data breaches that may put them at risk of identity theft or other harm.

The SEC’s proposal would require broker-dealers, investment companies, registered investment advisers, and transfer agents (collectively, “covered institutions”) to adopt written policies and procedures for an incident response program to address unauthorized access to or use of customer information. The proposed amendments would also require, with certain limited exceptions, covered institutions to provide notice to individuals whose sensitive customer information was or is reasonably likely to have been accessed or used without authorization. The proposal would require a covered institution to provide this notice as soon as practicable, but not later than 30 days after the covered institution becomes aware that an incident involving unauthorized access to or use of customer information has occurred or is reasonably likely to have occurred.

The proposed amendments would also make a number of additional changes to Regulation S-P, including:

- Broadening and aligning the scope of the safeguards rule and disposal rule to cover “customer information,” a new defined term. This change would extend the protections of the safeguards and disposal rules to both nonpublic personal information that a covered institution collects about its own customers and to nonpublic personal information that a covered institution receives about customers of other financial institutions;
- Extending the safeguards rule, including the proposed enhancements, to transfer agents registered with the SEC or another appropriate regulatory agency, and expanding the existing scope of the disposal rule to include transfer agents registered with another appropriate regulatory agency rather than only those registered with the SEC; and
- Conforming Regulation S-P’s existing provisions relating to the delivery of an annual privacy notice for consistency with a statutory exception created by Congress in 2015.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/2023/34-97141.pdf

## Risk Alerts

### SEC Issues Risk Alert for Newly-Registered Advisers: Important Considerations and Observations

On March 27, 2023, the SEC’s Division of Examinations (the “DOE”) issued a risk alert (the “Alert”) summarizing the SEC staff’s observations from examinations of newly-registered investment advisers. The Alert discusses the focus areas reviewed during examinations of newly-registered advisers and shares staff observations regarding compliance policies and procedures, disclosures, and marketing practices. According to the Alert, the DOE has prioritized examining newly-registered advisers within a reasonable period of time after their registration has become effective. The Alert also highlights certain information that the SEC staff typically requests and reviews in connection with such examinations. Newly-registered advisers should carefully review the Alert and review their current compliance policies, procedures, practices, and disclosure and consider any appropriate changes in the areas discussed in the Alert.

https://www.sec.gov/files/risk-alert-newly-registered-ias-032723.pdf

## Administrative Matters

### Expiration of Vanguard ETF Patent

Since it created the approach in 2001, Vanguard has had the only exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that operate as an additional share class of a multi-class open-end mutual fund, rather than as a stand-alone product. This hybrid design has given their funds certain economies of scale and tax efficiencies, particularly in reducing shareholders’ taxable capital gains. Vanguard’s unique fund structure is currently protected by a U.S. patent—a patent that is set to expire in May 2023.

However, this patent is not the only barrier to entry for other managers looking to adopt a similar approach; they will also need exemptive relief from the SEC. At least one other investment manager has already taken an initial step in this direction, filing an exemptive application with the SEC in February 2023 seeking relief to create and operate an exchange-traded share class for seven of its traditional actively-managed funds. While it is not clear whether the SEC will grant this relief, the success of this application would signal to investment managers considering converting their current open-end funds to ETFs that there may be another potential path forward.

*16830860 5/3/2023*


---

# Compliance Matters Q2 2023

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2023/_

# Compliance Matters Q2 2023

Subscribe

October 20, 2023

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q2 2023

## SEC FINAL RULES

### Money Market Fund Reforms

On July 12, 2023, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) adopted amendments to certain rules, including Rule 2a-7, that govern money market funds under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”). The amendments increase minimum liquidity requirements for money market funds to provide a more substantial liquidity buffer in the event of rapid redemptions. The amendments also remove provisions in the current rule that permit a money market fund to suspend redemptions temporarily through a gate and allow money market funds to impose liquidity fees if their weekly liquid assets fall below a certain threshold. These changes are designed to reduce the risk of investor runs on money market funds during periods of market stress.

The SEC stated that the purpose of the amendments is to protect remaining shareholders from dilution and to more fairly allocate costs so that redeeming shareholders. Specifically, the amendments:

- Require certain money market funds to implement a liquidity fee framework that will better allocate the costs of providing liquidity to redeeming investors.
- Specify how money market funds must calculate weighted average maturity and weighted average life
- Increase the daily liquid asset and weekly liquid asset minimum requirements to 25% and 50%, respectively.
- Require institutional prime and institutional tax-exempt money market funds to impose liquidity fees when a fund experiences daily net redemptions that exceed 5 percent of net assets unless the fund’s liquidity costs are de minimis.
- Require any non-government money market fund to impose a discretionary liquidity fee if the board determines that a fee is in the best interest of the fund.
- Amended certain reporting requirements on Form N-MFP and Form N-CR and made certain conforming changes to Form N-1A to reflect amendments to the regulatory framework for money market funds.

In addition, the SEC is addressing how money market funds with stable net asset values may handle a negative interest rate environment, including by adopting amendments that will permit these funds to use share cancellation, subject to certain conditions.

The amendments to various forms are effective June 11, 2024. The compliance date for the mandatory liquidity fee framework is twelve months after the effective date of the final amendments to Rule 2a-7. There is a six-month compliance date for non-government money market funds to comply with the amended discretionary liquidity fee framework. There compliance date for the following amendments is six months after the effective date of the amendments to rule 2a-7.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2023/33-11211.pdf

https://www.sec.gov/files/33-11211-fact-sheet.pdf

### Amendments to Modernize Share Repurchase Disclosure

On May 3, 2023, the SEC adopted amendments to modernize and improve disclosure about repurchases of an issuer’s equity securities that are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The amendments require additional detail regarding the structure of an issuer’s repurchase program and its share repurchases, require the filing of daily quantitative repurchase data either quarterly or semi-annually, and eliminate the requirement to file monthly repurchase data in an issuer’s periodic reports. The amendments also revise and expand the existing periodic disclosure requirements about these repurchases. Finally, the amendments add new quarterly disclosure in certain periodic reports related to an issuer’s adoption and termination of certain trading arrangements. The rule is effective on July 31, 2023.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2023/34-97424.pdf

[34-97424-fact-sheet.pdf (sec.gov)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Ffiles%2F34-97424-fact-sheet.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156277123%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=O8DuPmW1TspFoxkN3LXZ6mAFEZZU7SZfNcGvU3fgyHY%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Amendments to Enhance Private Fund Reporting (Form PF)

On May 3, 2023, the SEC adopted amendments to Form PF, the confidential reporting form for certain SEC-registered investment advisers to private funds to require event reporting upon the occurrence of key events. The amendments also require large private equity fund advisers to provide additional information to the SEC about the private equity funds they advise. The reporting requirements are designed to enhance the Financial Stability Oversight Council’s (“FSOC”) ability to monitor systemic risk as well as bolster the SEC’s regulatory oversight of private fund advisers and investor protection efforts. The rule is effective on June 11, 2024, except for the amendments to Form PF sections 6 and 6 which are effective on December 11, 2023.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2023/ia-6297.pdf

[ia-6297-fact-sheet.pdf (sec.gov)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Ffiles%2Fia-6297-fact-sheet.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156277123%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=8gjUcrkFdNA5%2FiXqpW75lEXeWE5K%2FDX%2Byz7rj5ZBRQk%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC PROPOSED RULES

### Comment Period Reopened for Proposed Changes to Beneficial Ownership Reporting Requirements

Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act requires any person or group of persons that owns or acquires beneficial ownership of more than 5% of any class of equity securities that are registered under the Exchange Act to file reports with the SEC on Schedule 13D. Alternatively, Section 13(g) of the Exchange Act requires any person or group that has the same 5% or more beneficial ownership, but who falls within an exemption or exclusion from section 13(d) or not otherwise required to file Schedule 13D, to file short-form ownership reports with the SEC on a Schedule 13G instead.

The SEC has proposed changes to the rules and regulations related to Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act. These changes include;

- Accelerating filing deadlines- reducing the deadline to report changes to 5% beneficial ownership from 10 days to 5 days for Schedule 13D and generally accelerating the filing deadlines for Schedule 13G.
- Include cash-settled derivative securities- expanding the rules and regulations to apply to certain derivative securities that are acquired with control intent and count these derivatives toward the 5% beneficial ownership threshold.
- Clarify the meaning of a “group”- clarify the circumstances under which two or more persons have formed a “group” subject to beneficial ownership reporting obligations.
- Provide new exemptions from the term “group”- provide new exemptions to permit certain persons to communicate and consult with each other, jointly engage issuers, and execute certain transactions without being subject to regulation as a “group.”
- Require the use of iXBRL- require Schedule 13D and 13G be filed using a structured, machine-readable data language.

SEC Chair Gary Gensler said, “these amendments would update our reporting requirements for modern markets, reduce information asymmetries, and address the timeliness of Schedule 13D and 13G filings.” Mr. Gensler also discussed that the current 10-day window in which to file Schedule 13D withholds potentially market moving information from other shareholders, thus creating an asymmetry of information between the investors required to file and other shareholders. He explained that the rule proposals address this potential market moving information asymmetry and its potential material impact on share price.

On April 28, 2023, the SEC reopened its comment period on the proposed amendments to the rules governing beneficial ownership reporting. The reopening of the comment period was accompanied by a memo from the staff of the SEC’s Division of Economic and Risk Analysis that details the current economic impact of the existing rule and the impact of the proposed rule changes. The intention of this SEC staff memo was to support the proposed accelerated five-day filing deadline for Schedule 13D.

[SEC.gov | SEC Reopens Comment Period for Proposed Rule Amendments to Modernize Beneficial Ownership Reporting](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Fnews%2Fpress-release%2F2023-83&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156277123%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=azw6Z%2FCPaIE4JKIfFOXsZxfX6XRzuAzrE2nq3mgXAkw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[SEC.gov | SEC Proposes Rule Amendments to Modernize Beneficial Ownership Reporting](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Fnews%2Fpress-release%2F2022-22&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156277123%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=7x2anyUK6xp7AJLR%2F0sFG3%2BNuoDn2jxkAL8LQS%2FVpno%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## RISK ALERTS

### SEC Issues Risk Alert Concerning LIBOR-Transition Preparedness

On May 11, 2023, the SEC Division of Examinations (“DOE”) published a Risk Alert focused on exams of registered investment advisers and investment companies to assess firms’ preparedness for the cessation of U.S. Dollar LIBOR. The Risk Alert was intended to remind firms of the June 30, 2023, cessation date and summarize some observations from the DOE staff based upon recent firm examinations.

https://www.sec.gov/files/risk-alert-libor-transition-preparedness-051123.pdf

### SEC Releases Spring 2023 Regulatory Agenda

On June 13, 2023, the SEC’s Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs released the Spring 2023 Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions. “Taken together, the items on this agenda would advance our three-part mission: to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly, and efficient markets, and facilitate capital formation,” said Chair Gary Gensler.

[Agency Rule List – Spring 2023 (reginfo.gov)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.reginfo.gov%2Fpublic%2Fdo%2FeAgendaMain%3Foperation%3DOPERATION_GET_AGENCY_RULE_LIST%26currentPub%3Dtrue%26agencyCode%3D%26showStage%3Dactive%26agencyCd%3D3235%26csrf_token%3D7CE97CC2D49C9B6B70868F7B2752E582C86F1945A4A46F34426C18AF1ABE101E611318F64B67159C3A36E7556BD0FB872C8F&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156277123%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=nptAsecGipslWYebp2IeVAs6ZwnVWp4mUvROPcmG7JE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Safeguarding Customer Records and Information at Branch Offices

On April 26, 2023, the DOE published a Risk Alert to highlight the importance of establishing written policies and procedures for safeguarding customer records and information at branch offices. While many broker-dealers and investment advisers have implemented safeguarding policies and procedures at their main office, DOE found that some firms did not adopt or implement written policies and procedures that address safeguards for their branch offices despite the existence of the same or similar risks. In some cases, this failure has resulted in firms falling victim to cybersecurity and data breaches. The Safeguards Rule of Regulation S-P (the “Safeguards Rule”) requires firms to adopt written policies and procedures that address administrative, technical, and physical safeguards for the protection of customer records and information.

DOE staff also observed similar weaknesses where branch offices did not implement policies and procedures for safeguarding customer records and information that had been implemented for their main office, specifically in the areas of vendor management, email configuration, data classification (to identify where customer records and information were stored electronically), access management, and technology risk policies and procedures for inventory management, patch management, and vulnerability management.

https://www.sec.gov/files/risk-alert-safeguarding-info-branch-offices-042623.pdf

## ENFORCEMENT AND LITIGATION MATTERS

### SEC Brings Suit Against Independent Trustees, Adviser and Registered Fund Officers with respect to Violations of the Liquidity Rule

On May 5, 2023, the SEC announced charges against an investment adviser for aiding and abetting Liquidity Rule violations by a mutual fund it advised and whose Liquidity Risk Management Program it administered. The SEC also charged the fund’s two independent trustees and two officers of both the adviser and of the fund it advised, with aiding and abetting Liquidity Rule violations by the fund. A third trustee agreed to settle charges that he caused and willfully counseled the fund’s violations.

The action is the first-ever case enforcing the Liquidity Rule, which prohibits mutual funds from investing more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid investments, requires funds to take certain prompt remedial steps if they hold illiquid investments above this percentage limit, and requires funds to adopt a liquidity risk management program to assess their liquidity risk.

The SEC’s complaint alleges that, from June 2019 to June 2020, the fund held approximately 21 to 26 percent of its net assets in illiquid investments. According to the complaint, the adviser its officers classified the fund’s largest illiquid investment as a “less liquid” investment, ignoring restrictions, transfer limitations, and the absence of any market for the shares, and disregarding the advice of fund counsel and auditors. The SEC alleges that the adviser and its officers did not present the fund’s board with a plan to reduce the fund’s illiquid investments to 15% or lower or make required filings with the SEC, as required by the Liquidity Rule. The complaint also states that the officers and an interested trustee misled the SEC’s Division of Investment Management about the basis for the fund’s liquidity classifications. According to the complaint, the fund’s board had oversight responsibilities regarding the fund’s Liquidity Risk Management Program, and the independent trustees, who knew that the shares were restricted and illiquid, aided and abetted the fund’s violation by recklessly failing to exercise reasonable oversight of the fund’s program.

"The Liquidity Rule provides substantive protections to shareholders of open-end funds," said Sheldon L. Pollock, Associate Regional Director in the SEC’s New York Regional Office. "Trustees must exercise oversight on behalf of shareholder interests, and the Commission will hold trustees accountable when they fail to fulfill the most basic requirements under the applicable rules."

The SEC’s complaint seeks permanent injunctions and civil money penalties. The fund is now a liquidating trust and is not separately charged.

Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, the interested trustee consented to an order requiring him to cease and desist from violations of the Liquidity Rule and pay a civil penalty of $20,000, and suspending him from association with any investment adviser, registered investment company, and others for six months.

The SEC also announced charges against an affiliate of the adviser for making false and misleading statements in its Form ADV brochure regarding reviews of advisory client accounts and failing to disclose certain conflicts of interests, adopt and implement related policies and procedures, and deliver to clients required information about advisory personnel. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, the affiliate consented to an order requiring it to cease and desist from violations of the antifraud and other provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, a censure, and disgorgement and a civil penalty totaling approximately $476,000.

[Pinnacle Advisors, LLC, Robert F. Cuculich, Benjamin Quilty, Mark E. Wadach and Lawton A. Williamson (sec.gov)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Flitigation%2Fcomplaints%2F2023%2Fcomp-pr2023-90.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=8H8WDxlAGinq%2Bp5GOIQ8CqdU5FAggMr7ZV09Mak6TlE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/litigation/complaints/2023/comp-pr2023-90.pdf. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

[https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/34-97448.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Flitigation%2Fadmin%2F2023%2F34-97448.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=1NRXpkctSpldyNx%2Fi2QsicwOpjlBDk6x1f%2F6RfKn8R0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/34-97448.pdf. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

[https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6303.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Flitigation%2Fadmin%2F2023%2Fia-6303.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=ImdKemzZ%2ByTiiylvpJTaXkd9LdQNtRN8Chsjc5QXr6E%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6303.pdf. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Charges Adviser for Valuation Compliance Failures

In May 2023, the SEC settled charges against Sciens Diversified Managers, LLC and its predecessor (advisers to private funds), for compliance failures concerning the valuation of fund investments. Sciens had investments in certain companies or assets for which there often was no readily available market pricing information or significant observable inputs. The order found that, for several years, Sciens's written policies and procedures were not reasonably designed and provided insufficient guidance to value these investments in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and other standards set forth in the funds' offering documents. Sciens was found to have violated Section 206(4) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 206(4)-7 thereunder and consented to a cease-and-desist order, censure and the payment of a civil penalty of $275,000 and agreed to retain an independent compliance consultant. With the SEC’s recent adoption of Rule 2a-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a greater burden has been placed on investment advisers to button up their valuation policies, procedures and processes. We can expect to see more of these types of cases going forward. Ultimus has been very proactive with clients to assist in establishing and implementing fair valuation policies, procedures and reporting requirements for their funds, and welcomes any adviser inquiries in this regard.

[https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6315_0.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Ffiles%2Flitigation%2Fadmin%2F2023%2Fia-6315_0.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=mWRBeKPl1lRzBpK%2BSJkIb3em2jMf%2B7On%2Fp90NwtkrlU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6315_0.pdf. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

[https://www.sec.gov/enforce/ia-6315-s](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Fenforce%2Fia-6315-s&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=eIW3wV1e016oyb5AtqAxj8gU2OmVhgVHAsl3xnrAsMQ%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/enforce/ia-6315-s. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Charges Binance Entities and Founder Changpeng Zhao with Operating as Unregistered Securities Exchange, Broker and Clearing Agency

On June 5, 2023, the SEC charged Binance Holdings Ltd. (“Binance”), which operates the largest crypto asset trading platform in the world, Binance.com; U.S.-based affiliate, BAM Trading Services Inc. (“BAM Trading”), which, together with Binance, operates the crypto asset trading platform, Binance.US; and their founder, Changpeng Zhao, with a variety of securities law violations.

Among other things, the SEC alleges that, while Zhao and Binance publicly claimed that U.S. customers were restricted from transacting on Binance.com, Zhao and Binance in reality subverted their own controls to secretly allow high-value U.S. customers to continue trading on the Binance.com platform. Further, the SEC alleges that, while Zhao and Binance publicly claimed that Binance.US was created as a separate, independent trading platform for U.S. investors, Zhao and Binance secretly controlled the Binance.US platform’s operations behind the scenes.

The SEC also alleges that Zhao and Binance exercise control of the platforms’ customers’ assets, permitting them to commingle customer assets or divert customer assets as they please, including to an entity Zhao owned and controlled called Sigma Chain. The SEC’s complaint further alleges that BAM Trading and BAM Management US Holdings, Inc. (“BAM Management”) misled investors about non-existent trading controls over the Binance.US platform, while Sigma Chain engaged in manipulative trading that artificially inflated the platform’s trading volume. Further, the Complaint alleges that the defendants concealed the fact that it was commingling billions of dollars of investor assets and sending them to a third party, Merit Peak Limited, that is also owned by Zhao.

The Complaint also charges violations of critical registration-related provisions of the federal securities laws:

- Binance and BAM Trading with operating unregistered national securities exchanges, broker-dealers, and clearing agencies;
- Binance and BAM Trading with the unregistered offer and sale of Binance’s own crypto assets, including a so-called exchange token, BNB, a so-called stablecoin, Binance USD (BUSD), certain crypto-lending products, and a staking-as-a-service program; and
- Zhao as a control person for Binance’s and BAM Trading’s operation of unregistered national securities exchanges, broker-dealers, and clearing agencies.

[www.sec.gov/files/litigation/complaints/2023/comp-pr2023-101.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Ffiles%2Flitigation%2Fcomplaints%2F2023%2Fcomp-pr2023-101.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=B1bU6mXr62Rnah7DjJ4pvcIxp8i0aiEHNrdQQ55kyaM%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/complaints/2023/comp-pr2023-101.pdf. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Charges Coinbase for Operating as Unregistered Securities Exchange, Broker and Clearing Agency

On June 6, 2023, the SEC charged Coinbase, Inc. with operating its crypto asset trading platform as an unregistered national securities exchange, broker, and clearing agency. The SEC also charged Coinbase for failing to register the offer and sale of its crypto asset staking-as-a-service program.

According to the SEC’s complaint, since at least 2019, Coinbase has made billions of dollars unlawfully facilitating the buying and selling of crypto asset securities. The SEC alleges that Coinbase intertwines the traditional services of an exchange, broker, and clearing agency without having registered any of those functions with the Commission as required by law. Through these unregistered services, Coinbase allegedly:

- Provides a marketplace and brings together the orders for securities of multiple buyers and sellers using established, non-discretionary methods under which such orders interact;
- Engages in the business of effecting securities transactions for the accounts of Coinbase customers; and
- Provides facilities for comparison of data respecting the terms of settlement of crypto asset securities transactions, serves as an intermediary in settling transactions in crypto asset securities by Coinbase customers, and acts as a securities depository.

As alleged in the SEC’s complaint, Coinbase’s failure to register has deprived investors of significant protections, including inspection by the SEC, recordkeeping requirements, and safeguards against conflicts of interest, among others.

The SEC’s complaint also alleges that Coinbase’s holding company, Coinbase Global Inc. (CGI), is a control person of Coinbase and is thus also liable for certain of Coinbase’s violations.

[https://www.sec.gov/litigation/complaints/2023/comp-pr2023-102.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Flitigation%2Fcomplaints%2F2023%2Fcomp-pr2023-102.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=E9k9y%2BFb%2BhcJGhRcA8s8pivtgQG3THPp%2FBEhmeQRwaw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/litigation/complaints/2023/comp-pr2023-102.pdf. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Charges Adviser for Disclosure and Policies and Procedures Failures

On June 16, 2023, the SEC announced that a registered investment adviser will pay $9 million to settle two enforcement actions relating to disclosure and policies and procedures violations involving two funds it advises.

In the first action, the SEC found that, from September 2014 to August 2016, the adviser failed to disclose material information to investors concerning the use by a fund of interest rate swaps and the material impact of the swaps on the fund’s dividend.

In the second action, the SEC found that, from April 2011 to November 2017, the adviser failed to waive approximately $27 million of advisory fees as required by its agreement with a fund. Additionally, until at least 2018, the adviser did not have adequate written policies and procedures concerning its oversight of advisory fee calculations and related fee waivers. The adviser has since disbursed to investors the $27 million in fees that should have been waived, plus interest and a performance adjustment.

“These cases highlight our continued focus on ensuring that firms adequately disclose material information and implement reasonably designed policies and procedures,” said Corey Schuster, Co-Chief of the Enforcement Division’s Asset Management Unit.

In the first action, the SEC’s order finds that the adviser violated Section 206(4) of the Advisers Act and Rule 206(4)-8 and Section 34(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. In the second action, the SEC’s order finds that the adviser violated Section 206(4) of the Advisers Act and Rule 206(4)-7. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, the adviser agreed to a cease-and-desist order and a censure in each action and to pay a combined $9 million penalty.

[https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6328.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Flitigation%2Fadmin%2F2023%2Fia-6328.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=aiU3zxApwd1JvU%2BJAuBbffaFOyN5udpp4TLmDvh8J7U%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6328.pdf. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

[https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6329.pdf?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govdelivery](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Flitigation%2Fadmin%2F2023%2Fia-6329.pdf%3Futm_medium%3Demail%26utm_source%3Dgovdelivery&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=xbG4TZAyBxUdaJ%2B65t9a8sFABF%2FaOn5%2FnnUizmonabE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6329.pdf?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Charges Private Equity Fund Adviser for Overcharging Fees and Failing to Disclose Fee Calculation Conflict

On June 20, 2023, the SEC charged an investment adviser with charging excess management fees and failing to disclose a conflict of interest to investors relating to its fee calculations. To settle the SEC’s charges, the adviser agreed to pay a $1.5 million penalty and $864,958 in disgorgement and prejudgment interest, which has already been paid back to the impacted funds.

According to the SEC’s order, the adviser’s limited partnership agreements for certain funds it advised allowed it to charge management fees based on the funds’ invested capital in individual portfolio investments and required it to reduce the basis for these fees if the adviser determined that one of these portfolio investments had suffered a permanent impairment. The order finds that, from August 2017 through April 2021, the adviser charged excess management fees by inaccurately calculating management fees based on aggregated invested capital at the portfolio company level instead of at the individual portfolio investment security level, as required by the applicable limited partnership agreements. Further, the SEC’s order finds that the adviser failed to disclose to investors a conflict of interest in connection with its permanent impairment criteria. Because the adviser did not disclose its permanent impairment criteria, investors were unaware that the criteria the adviser used were narrow and subjective, making them difficult to satisfy. Therefore, the order finds that the adviser’s investors were unaware that the adviser’s permanent impairment criteria granted it significant latitude to determine whether an asset would be considered permanently impaired so as to reduce the basis used to calculate the adviser’s management fees.

"Investment advisers must accurately calculate their fees in accordance with the fund documents," said Andrew Dean, Co-Chief of the SEC Enforcement Division’s Asset Management Unit. "Moreover, when advisers employ fee calculation policies that create conflicts of interest, including permanent impairment policies, they must disclose those conflicts just like all other material conflicts."

The adviser consented to the entry of the SEC’s order finding that the firm violated Sections 206(2) and 206(4) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rules 206(4)-7 and 206(4)-8 thereunder. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, the adviser agreed to a cease-and-desist order and censure and to pay the previously mentioned penalty, disgorgement, and prejudgment interest. The SEC’s order deems the disgorgement and prejudgment interest satisfied by the adviser’s payment back to the impacted funds last month.

[https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6332.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Flitigation%2Fadmin%2F2023%2Fia-6332.pdf&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=mzftzg%2B33GaJQcidBYratwEjNU1eHyK4fftThRV1pEg%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6332.pdf. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Charges Advisory Firm and Part-Owner for Breach of Fiduciary Duty in Connection with Use of leveraged ETFs.

A North Dakota-based registered investment adviser and its partial owner agreed to pay $933,341 in disgorgement, prejudgment interest, and civil penalties as a result of a settlement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) arising out of alleged breaches of fiduciary duty relating to investments in leveraged ETFs. The prospectuses of these leveraged ETFs included warnings that these products carried unique risks, required frequent monitoring, and were designed to be held for no more than a single trading day. According to the SEC, rather than adhering to these parameters, the adviser invested clients’ assets in these instruments for extended periods of time and in significant concentrations, and the accounts experienced substantial losses as a result. It was the SEC’s view that investing in these ETFs in this manner demonstrated that the adviser and its owner did not properly understand the nature of these investments and, consequently, breached their fiduciary duty.

[https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2023-88](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sec.gov%2Fnews%2Fpress-release%2F2023-88&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C8a4c33ca753148c170d108db99a7c8a1%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638272718156433355%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=RiiiBCG4ZlVthcQiEGUjnF%2FlOFmVqS4G%2FqaLyPVsiA4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2023-88. Click or tap if you trust this link.")


---

# Compliance Matters Q3 2023

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2023/_

# Compliance Matters Q3 2023

Subscribe

November 8, 2023

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q3 2023

## SEC FINAL RULES

### Private Fund Adviser Reforms

On August 23, 2023, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) adopted new rules and amendments under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), to enhance the regulation of private fund advisers. The new rules require private fund advisers registered with the SEC to (i) provide investors with quarterly statements detailing information regarding private fund performance, fees, and expenses; (ii) obtain an annual audit for each private fund; and (iii) obtain a fairness opinion or valuation opinion in connection with an adviser-led secondary transaction. In addition, the new rules require that all private fund advisers to: (i) prohibit engaging in certain activities and practices that are contrary to the public interest and the protection of investors unless they provide certain disclosures to investors and, in some cases, receive investor consent; and (ii) prohibit providing certain types of preferential treatment that have a material negative effect on other investors and prohibit other types of preferential treatment unless disclosed to current and prospective investors. A key element of the amendments is that they will require all registered advisers, including those that do not advise private funds, to document in writing the annual review of their compliance policies and procedures.

https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/final/2023/ia-6383.pdf

### SEC Adopts Changes to the Registered Fund Names Rule

On September 20, 2023, the SEC issued a release (the “Release”) adopting changes to Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) (the “Names Rule”). The Names Rule expands the applicability of current Rule 35d-1 and includes new disclosure, compliance testing, reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Specifically, the Release:

- Expands the Names Rule’s 80% investment policy requirement to apply to any fund name containing terms that suggest the fund focuses its investments in a particular type of investment or investments; a particular industry or group of industries; particular countries or geographic regions; or investments that have, or whose issuers have, particular characteristics (e.g., “growth,” “value,” terms indicating that the fund’s investment decisions incorporate one or more ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) factors, and thematic terms).
- Amends funds’ prospectus disclosure requirements for funds required to adopt an 80% investment policy to include prospectus disclosure defining the terms used in the fund’s name, including the specific criteria the fund uses to choose the investments described by the terms.
- Requires a fund to determine at the time it invests whether the investment should be included in the fund’s 80% basket, and to reassess at least quarterly the assets included in the fund’s 80% basket.
- Retains funds’ flexibility to determine what constitutes other-than-normal circumstances in which a fund may intentionally depart from the 80% investment policy requirement and provides a 90-day period for bringing the fund back into compliance.
- Generally requires funds to use a derivatives instrument’s notional amount, rather than its market value, when determining the fund’s compliance with its 80% investment policy and specifically addresses the derivatives instruments that a fund may include in this 80% basket.
- Amends Form N-PORT to incorporate new reporting items and includes new recordkeeping requirements.

Large fund complexes with net assets of over $1 billion as of the end of the most recent fiscal year will be required to comply with the Names Rule by the end of 2025, while smaller fund complexes have six more months to comply.

https://www.sec.gov/rules/2022/05/investment-company-names#33-11238

## SEC PROPOSED RULES

### Exemption for Certain Investment Advisers Operating Through the Internet

On July 26, 2023, the SEC proposed amendments to the rule permitting certain investment advisers that provide investment advisory services through the internet to register with the SEC. The proposed amendments generally would require an investment adviser relying on the internet adviser registration rule to have at all times an operational interactive website through which the adviser provides digital investment advisory services on an ongoing basis to more than one client. The proposed amendments would also eliminate the de minimis exception from the current rule by proposing to require that an internet investment adviser provide advice to all of its clients exclusively through an operational interactive website, and make certain corresponding changes to Form ADV.

The SEC’s Chair noted that a lot has changed since the SEC granted what was intended to be a narrow exception in 2002 allowing internet-based advisers to register with the SEC instead of with the states and that “today’s proposal would modernize the internet advisers exemption to better align registration requirements with modern technology and help the SEC in the efficient and effective oversight of registered investment advisers.”

The proposing release was published in the Federal Register and the public comment period was open until October 2, 2023.

https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/proposed/2023/ia-6354.pdf

[https://www.sec.gov/files/ia-6354-fact-sheet.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT22FwgLLzggrf8S1oQG_NoIFt9h3GD6cs6KRPptXh7bGCtpO5VoH8nuP5hO0hDUSIivp8q5NDmk8o7bFu_28O2xonvQS3khHmU8ezTYowNghX_lC0IXrnlbQ%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289275832%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=6xKHZibXP3ibJ7zmloIhfRPLm8vqg6M27f4C9pijtJ8%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### SEC Proposes New Requirements to Address Risks to Investors from Conflicts of Interest Associated with the Use of Predictive Data Analytics by Broker-Dealers and Registered Investment Advisers

Predictive Data Analytics (“PDAs”), often enhanced by Artificial Intelligence (“AI”), are used by many broker-dealers and investment advisers to mine and process investor data and to manage investments and investor relationships. Regulators fear that advisers (“robo-advisers,” in particular) and broker-dealers may use this technology in a way that places their interests before those of their investor clients. On July 26, 2023, the SEC proposed rules intended to address conflicts of interest associated with the use of PDAs that optimize for, predict, guide, forecast, or direct investment-related behaviors or outcomes. The proposed rules would require broker-dealers and advisers to address conflicts of interest associated with their use of PDAs and similar technologies to interact with investors, to prevent firms from placing their interests ahead of investors’ interests. The proposed rules would apply even if the interaction with the investor does not rise to the level of a “recommendation.” The record-keeping and reporting requirements would be substantial.

Under the proposed rules, firms would be required to:

(1) evaluate the use (or reasonably foreseeable potential future use) of any covered technology in any investor interaction to identify any conflicts of interest associated with that use;

(2) determine whether any such conflict of interest results in placing the interest of the broker-dealer or investment adviser ahead of the investor’s interests;

(3) eliminate or “neutralize” the effect of such conflict of interest; and

(4) adopt and maintain written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of (investment advisers) or achieve compliance with (broker-dealers) the proposed rules, including a documented annual review of the adequacy and effectiveness of such policies and procedures.

On October 10, 2023, the Investment Company Institute sent a 62-page comment letter urging the SEC to withdraw the proposed rules, stating, among other things, that “the Proposed Rules are confusing, unworkable, and overreaching and would harm the very investors the Commission seeks to protect” and “would broadly change existing regulation without adequate explanation or appropriate notice and comment, and therefore are arbitrary and capricious.” The ICI further stated that the proposal fails to demonstrate any potential benefits to outweigh its tremendous costs.

https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/proposed/2023/34-97990.pdf

[https://www.sec.gov/files/34-97990-fact-sheet.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2jD9y4BDsvKVM7QjDhshcWGwtD3Ivix0x18K88nyZ8mzhBp8si6TZ3u3hzmpK7UiH6fLDvmtH8MpiKPh5Yzr-1PmXR2wmQSmVxUZKQ0HQUyLrQ7A-h2qYGg%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289275832%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=uQd1PZdSQ1%2FWmpTm7Q0uHgOLJ4pnE8pvhcQc3re6VPE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## RISK ALERTS

### Why Did the Regulators Choose My Firm to Be Examined?

In September 2023, the SEC’s Division of Examinations (the “Division”) published a risk alert to provide additional information regarding the Division’s examination selection process. The risk alert also included a sample initial request list for investment adviser exams and an explanation of the examination process. Given the size and variety of the adviser population, the Division utilizes a risk-based approach for both selecting advisers to examine and in determining the scope of risk areas to examine. The Division’s risk-based approach is dynamic; it adapts to changes in market conditions, industry practices, and investor preferences. Some of the reasons the Division may select an adviser to examine include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: the firm’s risk characteristics (as discussed above); a tip, complaint, or referral; or the staff’s interest in a particular compliance risk area.

There are also firm-specific risk factors that the staff considers when selecting advisers for examination, such as those related to a particular adviser’s business activities, conflicts of interest, and regulatory history. For example, the staff may consider: (1) prior examination observations and conduct, such as when the staff has observed what it believes to be repetitive deficient practices during more than one review of a firm, significant fee- and expense-related issues, and significant compliance program concerns; (2) supervisory concerns, such as disciplinary history of associated individuals or affiliates; (3) tips, complaints, or referrals involving the firm; (4) business activities of the firm or its personnel that may create conflicts of interest, such as outside business activities and the conflicts associated with advisers dually registered as, or affiliated with, brokers; (5) the length of time since the firm’s registration or last examination, such as advisers newly registered with the SEC; (6) material changes in a firm’s leadership or other personnel; (7) indications that the adviser might be vulnerable to financial or market stresses; (8) reporting by news and media that may involve or impact the firm; (9) data provided by certain third-party data services; (10) the disclosure history of the firm; and (11) whether the firm has access to client and investor assets and/or presents certain gatekeeper or service provider compliance risks.

https://www.sec.gov/files/risk-alert-ia-risk-and-requesting-documents-090623.pdf

### SEC Announces 2024 Exam Priorities

In October 2023, the Division announced its examination priorities for the 2024 fiscal year (the “Report”). In general, the Report demonstrates the Division’s continued commitment to core principles and enhanced scrutiny of compliance policies and procedures for all market participants to ensure transparency and accuracy in reporting to regulatory agencies and the market.

#### Investment Advisers

Ensuring that advisers are adhering to their dual duties of care and loyalty remains an utmost priority for the Division. In particular, the Division is focused on investment advice involving complex products (e.g., ETFs), high cost and illiquid products (e.g., real estate investment trusts), and products with “unconventional” investment strategies. The evaluation of customer suitability, best execution, costs and risks, and conflicts of interest will also be top-of-mind for examiners.

In reviewing advisers’ compliance programs, the Division plans to carefully consider:

- Marketing practices, including compliance with reforms to Rule 206(4)-1 under the Advisers Act, and the disclosure of such marketing information on Form ADV, with additional scrutiny on advertisements;
- Compensation arrangements focusing on fiduciary obligations of advisers, alternative means of maximizing revenue, and fee breakpoint calculation processes;
- Valuation assessments of investment recommendations for illiquid or difficult to value assets, such as commercial real estate or private placements;
- Adviser controls to protect clients’ material nonpublic information; and
- Disclosure assessments to review filings, including Form CRS, especially considering inadequate or misleading disclosures and registration eligibility.

As with the previous year’s examination priorities, the Division also indicates that it will continue to focus on examinations of investment advisers to private funds, focusing on portfolio management risks, adherence to contract requirements for limited partnerships, calculation and allocation of fees and expenses, due diligence policies, conflicts and disclosures for funds managed alongside registered investment companies, compliance with Advisers Act requirements regarding custody, and procedures for reporting on Form PF.

#### Registered Investment Companies

Registered investment companies—which include mutual funds and ETFs—remain an area of focus for the Division in 2024 due to their importance to retail investors. The Report recognizes the importance of robust compliance programs for investment companies. Consistent with recent messaging from SEC representatives, the Report states that examinations of investment companies may focus on policies and procedures concerning calculation of advisory fees and fee waivers, including boards’ approval of advisory fees and investment advisory contracts.

The Division is also focused on valuation practices, risk management assessments in line with Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (the fund derivatives rule), and compliance with exemptive order conditions. For both investment companies and investment advisers, the Division will continue its prior practice of prioritizing entities that have never been examined or have not been examined in several years.

#### Broker-Dealers

The Report’s primary focus for broker-dealers is compliance with the standard of conduct set forth under Regulation Best Interest (“Reg BI”), including in connection with investment recommendations, disclosures of conflicts of interest, conflict mitigation, processes for reviewing alternatives, and consideration of factors related to an investor’s investment profile. Examinations will focus in particular on compliance with Reg BI in recommending products that are high cost, complex, or illiquid.

#### Other Key Risk Areas

The Report also highlights three key risk areas applicable to market participants: (1) Information Security and Operational Resiliency, (2) Crypto Assets and Emerging Financial Technology, and (3) Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”). The first two are reprised from the most recent iteration of the exam priorities. Notably, environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) investing was not mentioned as an examination priority for 2024.These risk areas for 2024, elaborated on in relevant part below, focus on the need for strong compliance policies and procedures, especially concerning cybersecurity and emerging technology.

#### Information Security and Operational Resiliency

The Division is prioritizing the review of policies and controls related to cybersecurity and will focus on a firm’s cybersecurity policies and procedures, internal controls, oversight of third-party vendors, governance practices, and responses to cyber-related incidents. Such reviews will consider employee training programs concerning identity theft prevention and whether written policies and procedures adequately address the protection of customer information, including across multiple offices. The Division will also review how firms identify and assess risks to essential operations in connection with their engagement of third-party vendors. In addition, the Division notes that it will assess how broker-dealers are preparing for the new rule shortening the settlement cycle between execution and settlement. By shortening the transaction cycle, this new rule, with a compliance date of May 28, 2024, aims to reduce risk, protect investors, and increase efficiency.

#### Crypto Assets and Emerging Financial Technology

With continued volatility in the crypto markets, the Division notes that it will continue to monitor and examine registrants to ensure that registrants meet and follow standards of conduct when recommending or advising customers and clients regarding crypto assets, with a focus on an initial and ongoing understanding of the products by retail-based investors and that registrants routinely review, update, and enhance their compliance practices, risk disclosures, and operational resiliency practices, if required. A brief mention of artificial intelligence was included as an area of emerging technologies that the Division is focused on—along with automated investment tools and trading algorithms or platforms.

#### AML

New on this year’s list of priorities are AML procedures and compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act. The Division will review AML programs to determine if firms are tailoring such programs to unique AML risks associated with their business models, conducting independent testing, establishing a customer identification program, and meeting suspicious transaction report (SAR) filing obligations. Additionally, the Division will review whether broker-dealers and advisers are complying with Office of Foreign Assets Control sanctions. The SEC has recently demonstrated its commitment to policing this area through enforcement actions asserting AML-related charges, including an unusual case against a registered representative for failing to elevate red flags of suspicious transactions in a customer account which resulted in his firm failing to file required SARs.

#### Conclusion

The Report provides insight into the Division’s priorities for the upcoming fiscal year, with the intention that the accelerated publication at the start of the fiscal year will cause firms to be proactive in their preparations. While many of the priorities echo those of years past, a unifying theme is an overall focus on strong compliance and controls across all areas and regulated entities. Firms should evaluate their compliance policies and procedures for potential areas of enhancement.

https://www.sec.gov/files/2024-exam-priorities.pdf

## ENFORCEMENT AND LITIGATION MATTERS

### Fund Administrator Settles SEC Charges Over Missing ‘Red Flags’

A Florida-based fund administrator has settled SEC charges that it failed to live up to its gatekeeper responsibilities and distributed inaccurate capital account statements to investors despite clear red flags.

The SEC said that during the administrator’s tenure the fund suffered “significant losses” due to trading by the advisor. The SEC alleged that the administrator did not recognize the losses when calculating the fund’s net asset value (“NAV”), but rather took direction from the advisor and recognized an expense reimbursement as a receivable due from the advisor, an asset of the fund, which offset the effect of the losses. As a result, there was no decrease to the fund’s NAV. The SEC alleged that the administrator recorded this asset to the financial statements without evaluating whether it was appropriate and despite the existence of “red flags,” which caused the investors to be provided with inaccurate capital account statements.

Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, the administrator agreed to a cease-and-desist order, and agreed to pay a civil penalty of $100,000, in addition to disgorgement of $18,000 and prejudgment interest of $4,271.

[https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2023/33-11218.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2F1SXP7fi2HCJ8YnMNKTCfBmfz2x1tSvtCfFHw_7Wsq5_suIx8uNBZ_ueppWNDIq8XmrxR1kG644nWDGYelducm7gu_XP0_VEq1DljcRMYsVhuJnyft5o4jmgBSxV2XhUfs2GTyuoSBw%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289275832%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=7TrWRnVS0bdI3NuCUznZ237qU3o80%2BQuVLocutM7teE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2F1SXP7fi2HCJ8YnMNKTCfBmfz2x1tSvtCfFHw_7Wsq5_suIx8uNBZ_ueppWNDIq8XmrxR1kG644nWDGYelducm7gu_XP0_VEq1DljcRMYsVhuJnyft5o4jmgBSxV2XhUfs2GTyuoSBw=&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### Transfer Agent Enforcement Action May Impact Registered Funds’ Disclosure

On August 17, 2023, the SEC settled an administrative proceeding with a registered transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”), regarding the Transfer Agent’s failure to exercise reasonable care to determine the correct addresses of lost shareholders as required by the Rule 17Ad-17 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, thereby putting those shareholders’ assets at risk of being escheated to state governments as unclaimed assets (the “Order”).

Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings in the Order, the Transfer Agent agreed to be censured and to pay a civil monetary penalty of $500,000. The Transfer Agent also agreed to:

1. Request that its mutual fund clients periodically send out notifications to their client shareholder base informing them of the risk of escheatment and educating them on steps to avoid dormancy, including updating their addresses and establishing contact with the funds or the Transfer Agent.

2. Additionally, the Transfer Agent agreed to provide written certification annually for five years, that its written policies and procedures complied with the Rule’s requirements, and that it had followed those written policies and procedures. The required certification must include, among other things, “written evidence of compliance in the form of a narrative and be supported by exhibits sufficient to demonstrate compliance.”

SEC Commissioners Peirce and Uyeda (the “Dissenting Commissioners”) issued a [dissent](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2FIcFu_3RgS4KX0y87r46Kfuz7DAY9TQPYd-QwyHpdenS26eBkqQBl1NbTONBPICCioRm_k8i6aTV1rHTFGjCwDUhE2XGarGpZxLy8kQbMFeo1JyB5nWYi5JKNLBZD5MJKHQ8NhNaMCRoiE_Pd24e0vyTeczl4a8RO9ukcBIEVnfncDYd_Rk_dw%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289275832%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=iLQboT8G1kiDUN9g7%2FY4HvSA39%2BC6ZOIztZ6bm9P6fc%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2FIcFu_3RgS4KX0y87r46Kfuz7DAY9TQPYd-QwyHpdenS26eBkqQBl1NbTONBPICCioRm_k8i6aTV1rHTFGjCwDUhE2XGarGpZxLy8kQbMFeo1JyB5nWYi5JKNLBZD5MJKHQ8NhNaMCRoiE_Pd24e0vyTeczl4a8RO9ukcBIEVnfncDYd_Rk_dw==&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.") from the Order arguing that the Order’s undertakings effectively impose a substantive new disclosure requirement on mutual funds.

The Dissenting Commissioners observes that the Order includes conditions disguised as a “request” from the Transfer Agent to its mutual fund clients, which require said clients to make additional disclosures referenced in the undertaking, which are effectively a requirement imposed by the SEC.

According to the Dissenting Commissioners, if a mutual fund receives a request from its transfer agent that the SEC requires the transfer agent to make, fund counsel reasonably will view it as equivalent to an SEC requirement. Thus, the Dissenting Commissioners argue that while the Order addresses only one transfer agent, its reach is broader and implies that all mutual funds, with prompting from their transfer agents, should send periodic escheatment notices and conduct escheatment education for their shareholders.

The Dissenting Commissioners noted that many mutual funds already include voluntary registration statement disclosure regarding escheatment. They observe that while the Order implies that mutual funds’ existing disclosures regarding escheatment are inadequate, it offers no guidance about what would be adequate and leaves the following questions unanswered:

- Is an annual disclosure enough to satisfy the Order’s undertaking to send out notifications periodically?
- How detailed should the disclosure be to educate fund shareholders appropriately?
- What documents should include the disclosure?
- Can such disclosure be satisfied using the layered disclosure approach currently used for prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports?

[https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2023/ap-34-98153.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2Sqkrrdhk0zdKT-BoYRcwJ9r14Hxjwww-llNguS5xaoWSAodvJJXgw1YCwnLssJ9VWxSnaT-GjrE1x5j2Suvw72Vr8wJehahXooADhK2-zBDMUaJOyuZudPoDKgbt09KCsjzPan9KKEgGJrR4Jcd8_g%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289275832%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=ZBt32oCnXqgLNosaVKNEB9UBWG39%2BnrExovwrcJ9Wt4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2Sqkrrdhk0zdKT-BoYRcwJ9r14Hxjwww-llNguS5xaoWSAodvJJXgw1YCwnLssJ9VWxSnaT-GjrE1x5j2Suvw72Vr8wJehahXooADhK2-zBDMUaJOyuZudPoDKgbt09KCsjzPan9KKEgGJrR4Jcd8_g==&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Charges Marketing Rule Violations Against Investment Advisers

On September 11, 2023, the SEC announced charges against nine registered investment advisers for advertising hypothetical performance to the general public on their websites without adopting and/or implementing policies and procedures required by the Marketing Rule. The nine firms agreed to settle the SEC’s charges and agreed to pay $850,000 in combined penalties. Under the Marketing Rule, adopted by the SEC in December 2020, registered investment advisers are prohibited from including any hypothetical performance in their advertisements unless they have adopted and implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the hypothetical performance is relevant to the likely financial situation and investment objectives of the intended audience of the advertisement.

On August 21, 2023, the SEC charged a New York-based FinTech investment adviser for using hypothetical performance metrics in advertisements that were misleading. The SEC also charged the adviser with multiple compliance failures that led to misleading disclosures about custody of clients’ cryptocurrency assets, the use of improper “hedge clauses” in client agreements, the unauthorized use of client signatures and the failure to adopt policies concerning cryptocurrency asset trading by employees. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, the adviser agreed to a cease-and-desist order, a censure, and to pay $192,454 in disgorgement, prejudgment interest and an $850,000 civil penalty that will be distributed to affected clients.

[https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2023-153](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT21jvEysxyRpNyny0ypbGy8m8FHmmQOp9tdxhhr7ydL8TF_2DjpBLV4UKHlfUmGDJ_5GcEyXWi9V6N5HyTUcG3BSU4J9xovniTMEAKpydU0mjIEGzuGfSYZw%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289432081%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=kM8E%2BvDb%2Ff1Ms%2BFheEJnr3FwkcXWT%2B4CJ0m5h8qOwfE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT21jvEysxyRpNyny0ypbGy8m8FHmmQOp9tdxhhr7ydL8TF_2DjpBLV4UKHlfUmGDJ_5GcEyXWi9V6N5HyTUcG3BSU4J9xovniTMEAKpydU0mjIEGzuGfSYZw==&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

[https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2023-173](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2bHH14Chu_Dgkrc01B_l7JttE1uWTbC3VTFCzjGRkAI7Q6Tlz9oZoJ8SBL6ZpYHh1Apo0Bv3PNOQGF4_xyiw9ZjcAWVV9sPQ_yhdBk2lZPBlZnEE6FkW0Vg%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289432081%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=NHCDwx%2BKS%2Baz%2BRCbdV%2BbE3k4T0b7Ze1anTwcA0yg3xE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2bHH14Chu_Dgkrc01B_l7JttE1uWTbC3VTFCzjGRkAI7Q6Tlz9oZoJ8SBL6ZpYHh1Apo0Bv3PNOQGF4_xyiw9ZjcAWVV9sPQ_yhdBk2lZPBlZnEE6FkW0Vg==&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Charges Registered Investment Adviser for Disclosure and Policies and Procedures Failures

On June 16, 2023, the SEC announced that a registered investment adviser (“RIA”) will pay $9 million to settle two enforcement actions relating to disclosure and policies and procedures violations involving two funds the RIA advises.

In the first action, the SEC found that, from September 2014 to August 2016, the RIA failed to disclose material information to investors concerning the use by one of its funds of interest rate swaps and the material impact of the swaps on the fund’s dividend.

In the second action, the SEC found that, from April 2011 to November 2017, the RIA failed to waive approximately $27 million of advisory fees as required by its agreement with another fund. Additionally, until at least 2018, the RIA did not have adequate written policies and procedures concerning its oversight of advisory fee calculations and related fee waivers. The RIA has since disbursed to investors the $27 million in fees that should have been waived, plus interest and a performance adjustment.

The SEC’s Co-Chief of the Enforcement Division’s Asset Management Unit noted that “These cases highlight our continued focus on ensuring that firms adequately disclose material information and implement reasonably designed policies and procedures.”

In the action concerning the first fund, the SEC’s order found that the RIA violated Section 206(4) of the Advisers Act and Rule 206(4)-8 and Section 34(b) of the 1940 Act. In the action concerning the second fund, the SEC’s order found that the RIA violated Section 206(4) of the Advisers Act and Rule 206(4)-7. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, the RIA agreed to a cease-and-desist order and a censure in each action and to pay a combined $9 million penalty.

[https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6328.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT232HBanftxkmZbAEmic4aQcCqBS4S45ZhSLOZLQc_nKVINK7TxS3pRBBznY4ncRkPcQvoovKpAlUUWDutv8gdtJ97xwkStmWHkk7MZOugYOepJrvT2cR8Cr-N17j6S6Ilb6HJ461EK2o%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289432081%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=EYreXFDx7GcPhIqL2gnqFKcsaF5RoNeJ68hHfQt2oQo%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT232HBanftxkmZbAEmic4aQcCqBS4S45ZhSLOZLQc_nKVINK7TxS3pRBBznY4ncRkPcQvoovKpAlUUWDutv8gdtJ97xwkStmWHkk7MZOugYOepJrvT2cR8Cr-N17j6S6Ilb6HJ461EK2o=&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

[https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2023/ia-6329.pdf](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2Hl2iEWqJe8jGELw3_DFb5Mr-bmrwqovPJ5XDqxaLdTqFhGlH0f3Y8zxFFsFYm6MQFOS0MwnVC74m3wvjdFBjkbMP5Vf3Wm-9I-zp1ae8Sb-JqOYeGqT7wjoJPXywYf_v3c8ZZEUErww%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289432081%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=J0iwe6cJ8Soc7n6rq1VfwmzhsLBXEa0crxEJFyyBZX0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2Hl2iEWqJe8jGELw3_DFb5Mr-bmrwqovPJ5XDqxaLdTqFhGlH0f3Y8zxFFsFYm6MQFOS0MwnVC74m3wvjdFBjkbMP5Vf3Wm-9I-zp1ae8Sb-JqOYeGqT7wjoJPXywYf_v3c8ZZEUErww=&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### Firms File for Exemptive Relief for a Mutual Fund Share Class of an ETF

On August 22, 2023, two firms filed for exemptive relief to permit an offering of a class of mutual fund shares (“Mutual Funds Shares”) in addition to the funds’ existing exchange-traded shares (“ETF Shares”). The Firms filed under Section 6(c) and 17(b) of the 1940 Act for an exemption from Sections 2(a)(32), 5(a)(1), 17(a)(1), 17(a)(2), 18(f)(1), 18(i), 22(d), and Rule 22c-1 of the 1940 Act.

The Firms cited the precedent of the SEC’s grant of exemptive relief to The Vanguard Group, Inc. (“Vanguard”). In 2000, the SEC permitted Vanguard to offer certain index-based, open-end management investment companies with both Mutual Fund Shares and ETF Shares. In 2003, the SEC twice amended that original exemptive relief to expand the relief to cover domestic equity index funds and international equity index funds with both Mutual Fund Shares and ETF Shares. In 2007, the SEC again granted an exemptive order to permit Vanguard’s bond index funds to offer both Mutual Fund Shares and ETF Shares.

Further, the firms’ legal analysis sought two broad categories of exemptive relief; (1) ETF Operational relief, which is the relief to continue standard ETF operations consistent with Rule 6c-1, and (2) Share Class Relief, which is the relief necessary to offer a Mutual Fund Class. Additional information regarding the details of the firms’ legal analysis can be found at the link below.

[sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/831114/000089418923006022/rbb-fm_40-app.htm](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001Xl4aZrhIHmiaM14BQYHftEotzmRloEPy9RKJ5p7lGi95c47Ux7CHJ9mMh0MYwOT2kpqK_Eaxg6jCh-Rv-u-Zx8_TeUdm6saj5hb9zlBOeiDFXwDMsmjQek6N7YYNllSFOEnz_9SVJCmNUXhJWMB5Oa9PUnorYjYnC74M69Fz71QQrinG4CHZ_ixwUUcaBXiUc5U2wt_vhTCgUo6hZM9g4B-BpKkz_qLgnlESZswjMcY%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C01%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C251ef81d486a4603a30208dbdfa54cb0%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638349673289432081%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=jVIzSbS7D9%2BkfgKlaPV0gdQ1p7c2TWJNM%2FRFoeiWnbs%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")


---

# Compliance Matters Q1 2024

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2024/_

# Compliance Matters Q1 2024

Subscribe

March 27, 2024

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q1 2024

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### SEC Approves Spot Bitcoin ETPs for Listing and Trading

On January 10, 2024, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or the “Commission”) approved listing and trading the shares of a number of spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”). This decision by the SEC came after the Commission disapproved approximately twenty similar spot bitcoin ETPs between 2018 and 2023. During that time, the Commission disapproved the conversion of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust into an ETP. On appeal, this decision by the Commission was remanded back to the SEC by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. The court stated that the SEC failed to adequately explain its reasoning in disapproving Grayscale’s listing and trading of their proposed spot bitcoin ETP. On remand, the SEC reconsidered its prior disapproval and approved Grayscale’s spot bitcoin ETP based on the product’s consistency with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and whether the ETP is designed to protect investors and the public interest.

However, in approving Grayscale’s spot bitcoin ETP, the SEC emphasized in its statement that the Commission is merit neutral on companies, investments, or assets. Additionally, the SEC stated that the decision:

- Does not signal that the SEC is approving listing standards for crypto asset securities.
- Does not signal the SEC’s views on the status of crypto assets under federal securities law.
- Does not signal SEC’s views on current state of non-compliance of certain crypto asset market participants with federal securities laws.
- Does not signal the SEC approves or endorses crypto trading platforms or intermediaries.

The SEC’s priority in approving the spot bitcoin ETP is the protection of investors. The public and investors are already exposed to bitcoin through mutual funds, national securities exchanges, peer-to-peer apps, and non-compliant crypto trading platforms. In order to protect investors and the public, the SEC imposed the following requirements. First, sponsors of spot bitcoin ETPs are required to provide full, fair and truthful disclosure about the products. Second, ETPs are to be listed and traded on registered national securities exchanges. These registered exchanges have rules designed to prevent fraud and manipulation in securities markets, rules designed to address certain conflicts of interest, and rules and standards of conduct that apply to purchase and sales of approved ETPs. Third, the SEC approved ten spot bitcoin ETPs, which creates a more level playing field for issuers and promotes fairness and competition benefiting investors and the broader market. Sponsors of the spot bitcoin ETPs include Grayscale, Fidelity, Ark 21Shares, Invesco, Hashdex, Franklin Templeton, BlackRock, Bitwise, VanEck, Valkyrie, and Wisdom Tree.

For investment advisers looking to add spot bitcoin ETPs to their registered funds investment portfolio, there are some considerations that should be discussed with fund counsel and the fund’s CCO before investing. First, consider whether and to what extent an investment in spot bitcoin ETPs requires changes to the fund’s investment objective, investment strategy, and risk profile for the fund. Bitcoin and crypto asset investments may not be appropriate for all funds. Second, investment advisers must seek Board approval for any investment strategy revisions. The investment adviser must present details of the strategy change, reason for the change, expected benefits of the change, and expected operational, compliance, and performance volatility challenges to implementing the change. Third, the fund’s registration statement will need to be updated for the required disclosures, which may require a filing of a registration statement amendment pursuant to Rule 485(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that requires SEC review and approval depending on the expected level of use of spot bitcoin ETPs. The SEC review and approval of this type of registration statement filing is subject to a 60-day review and comment period. Fourth, the investment adviser should consider tax implications of spot bitcoin ETP investments for the fund. Investment advisers should consider the impact of spot bitcoin ETP investments on the fund’s 90% Gross Income Test and the IRS Asset Diversification Tests. For the spot bitcoin ETPs, there are issues regarding the asset holdings and who holds the assets, as well as timing and availability of investment holding percentages, which could place the fund in non-compliance with the 90% Gross Income Test and the IRS Asset Diversification Tests. These issues should be discussed with fund counsel and the CCO before investing.

In conclusion, the SEC approval applies only to bitcoin, considered a non-security commodity, but other ETPs for other crypto assets are expected to be approved in the future. The SEC also emphasized in its statement that bitcoin is primarily a speculative and volatile asset also used for illicit activity including ransomware, money laundering, sanction evasion, and terrorist financing. The SEC Commissioner also stated that crypto assets are investment contracts and should be subject to federal securities laws and that most crypto asset platforms and intermediaries are non-compliant with federal securities laws and often have conflicts of interest.

[https://www.sec.gov/news/statement/gensler-statement-spot-bitcoin-011023](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6M2Mzw7Vq1A-9df70t1xc5tVK3wqt1IBH-ikQgbvmZ15SyY6PX2N5M6yuzfkdwiFENYnAMbBW_C_Ek11oZ4GVOtL0hDiDeNasucQlF0T0Ju_FEwLDx8zfsYVasvupQUD_ILBdKJfmBY3vonEYM7DBZ8w%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208811672%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=xHKftmsd1Me1JbVf4RBYEzzVFKUtgZqnzitCeK2o378%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6M2Mzw7Vq1A-9df70t1xc5tVK3wqt1IBH-ikQgbvmZ15SyY6PX2N5M6yuzfkdwiFENYnAMbBW_C_Ek11oZ4GVOtL0hDiDeNasucQlF0T0Ju_FEwLDx8zfsYVasvupQUD_ILBdKJfmBY3vonEYM7DBZ8w==&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

##### Expansion of Semi-Transparent ETF Exemptive Relief to Include Short Selling

On January 30, 2024, an ETF Trust (“ETF”) and its adviser (together, the “Applicants”) filed a request with the Commission to amend a prior exemptive order to permit the ETF to engage in short sales with the same types of investment instruments that the ETF is permitted to hold as long positions. The Commission had previously issued an order that permitted the ETF to operate a novel type of actively managed ETF that is not required to disclose its portfolio holdings daily. Instead, the ETF only needs to publish daily a portfolio reference basket of securities and cash (the “basket”) that would closely track its daily performance. However, the basket differs from the ETF’s actual portfolio. Additionally, under this prior order, the ETF may not borrow for investment purposes or hold short positions. The requested amendment to this prior order would give the ETF the ability to engage in short selling. The ability to short sell would be limited to the same long position investments the ETF is already permitted to hold.

Under the prior order, the basket needs to be constructed using the following four elements:

- The basket must use the same securities as the investment portfolio.
- There must be substantial overlap between securities in the basket and those held as investment portfolio assets.
- There must be guardrails regarding deviations from the weightings of individual securities.
- Performance must be correlated between the basket and the investment portfolio.

The requested amendment to the prior exemptive order that allows short selling is subject to the same elements of the original exemptive order listed above. In addition, the basket would be constructed in two portions with the first corresponding to long positions in the ETF and the second corresponding to short positions in the ETF. Additionally, in the aggregate, the basket will provide an arbitrage tool to allow market participants to price and hedge their positions in the ETF shares.

The original exemptive relief order and the current amendment was requested under Sections 6(c) and 17(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Relief under Section 6(c) is appropriate when the relief is in the public interest and consistent with protection of investors and purposes intended by the policy and provisions of the 1940 Act. Relief under Section 17(b) is appropriate when the proposed transactions continue to be:

- Reasonable and fair and do not involve overreaching on the part of any person concerned, and
- Consistent with both the policies of each registered investment company concerned and with the general purpose of the 1940 Act.

The applicants’ position is that the amendment to exemptive relief in this instance would be appropriate in this case under Sections 6(c) and 17(b) of the 1940 Act. To read more regarding the applicants’ legal analysis regarding the appropriateness of this amendment, please follow the link below.

[sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1668817/000168035924000059/bluetractor40appa01302024.htm](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MdroertmxJQLvC2RcllMLUJCSR48Ff194Q2905IAJp9-Kroq2fQulaH3rpMw2op8tBFOqTkP0OZlhstkEFMY98uYq_ADmlI2rssOS0bKMI07qYigQmyQHDB5mNM0-JgByqjUDJbS69a7vj-TSutLKkYen2Ttl2h5aHG8o15DD20PiXyht1eHJ9zcPA5Ct65Mt%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208819983%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=LC5nmECjsvfBDz1AhLh4tUOHBcu6J2QMKc6zWrgw4vI%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MdroertmxJQLvC2RcllMLUJCSR48Ff194Q2905IAJp9-Kroq2fQulaH3rpMw2op8tBFOqTkP0OZlhstkEFMY98uYq_ADmlI2rssOS0bKMI07qYigQmyQHDB5mNM0-JgByqjUDJbS69a7vj-TSutLKkYen2Ttl2h5aHG8o15DD20PiXyht1eHJ9zcPA5Ct65Mt&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Staff Publishes FAQ on Tailored Shareholder Reports

On January 19, 2024, the staff of the SEC’s Division of Investment Management (“Staff”) prepared responses to questions related to the adoption of rule and form amendments in October 2022 to require mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (together, “funds”) to transmit concise and visually engaging annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders (collectively, “shareholder reports”) under the 1940 Act and to promote transparent and balanced presentations of fees and expenses in investment company advertisements.

The Staff’s responses to questions include topics such as “appropriate broad-based securities market index,” Form N-CSR and website availability requirements, binding individual shareholder reports of multiple funds, electronically provided shareholder reports, and compliance date and inline iXBRL issues.

The Staff may update this information occasionally to include responses to additional questions. These responses represent the views of the Staff and are not rules, regulations, or statements of the SEC, and the SEC has neither approved nor disapproved these FAQs or the answers to these FAQs. The FAQs, like all staff statements, have no legal force or effect: they do not alter or amend applicable law, and they create no new or additional obligations for any person.

[SEC.gov | Tailored Shareholder Reports Frequently Asked Questions](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MHyf6Lyi8GTWQ4eyiLNERDR8EOLmTBl-kgaNpHOv-l-epHlpBM_o85s4wcmhlTm1BgrR2pwAS25l1RrKozrHrcpPO7iwKYAUWaYItB-s2ZEgos2sa_Oepe2PJ8EtEO0YgHbJ433fgScw%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208829566%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=422qPO1ep5v1LVqddhLFughfK2%2B3XGbZk3rBaws3dw4%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MHyf6Lyi8GTWQ4eyiLNERDR8EOLmTBl-kgaNpHOv-l-epHlpBM_o85s4wcmhlTm1BgrR2pwAS25l1RrKozrHrcpPO7iwKYAUWaYItB-s2ZEgos2sa_Oepe2PJ8EtEO0YgHbJ433fgScw=&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

[Final rule: Tailored Shareholder Reports for Mutual Funds and Exchange-Traded Funds; Fee Information in Investment Company Advertisements (sec.gov)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MKsEj86mBOQpYqsBfSn28LK3ORvL-t37PRYtWkZXdPmttiug3hBYNsEjfmtmZqqWByeANF_yFF89KUR_6ZGgmXXD5Xbb2paj0FucMp0lWMfLBa0PwRGrD9sCaml-rUXXQbsZMifuTXeo%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208837259%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=Tznhg76ry%2BRejXV9EBTGasX5Xs%2BGrekSONZ%2BFQp90ZA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MKsEj86mBOQpYqsBfSn28LK3ORvL-t37PRYtWkZXdPmttiug3hBYNsEjfmtmZqqWByeANF_yFF89KUR_6ZGgmXXD5Xbb2paj0FucMp0lWMfLBa0PwRGrD9sCaml-rUXXQbsZMifuTXeo=&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### SEC Announces Fall 2023 Regulatory Agenda

On December 6, 2023, the SEC released its Fall 2023 Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions, which includes planned final and proposed rulemakings. The items on the SEC’s Agenda are intended to advance its three-part mission: to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly, and efficient markets, and facilitate capital formation. Among other topics, final and proposed rulemakings encompass climate change disclosure (adopted on March 6, 2024), ESG investment practices disclosure, open end fund liquidity risk management programs and swing pricing, cybersecurity for funds and advisers, safeguarding advisory client assets, and outsourcing by investment advisers. [Agency Rule List - Fall 2023 (reginfo.gov)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6M-2ai7-dDCWvgdZDbElx-s3SmF7Ui44Q-OKpjnor1S-4-y1SJShrBKxUhvFl7M1-lFT3wS6gcz-A6lPchJ4O1EpFOuoLhEqWFnXLt0TUbfN_2yHeJvrFmkO76ar-z2SnRxXFbOdyJEP1mtSK2YIJHeioqwMLTNq12bo6I9E3CMTTRRa3ZqMnaSIjDh7psAKchjzhWR6cJsU7H4uU91pT_uTExJ14xPVafDAcc7_NP1UiHqwGp0qR9cdume4mCoru7bRFIKuOFPdkE67H6f-NCVdS93TOgN2V4Z38v61wpe7o8-tL4N_7xQTAjPAxf72IYWZxxf6mhslcXM7A8laB6Lq4sI0mzphgZiBdrIvXIEBCmIG9BCUBJPUS6MnY_8yKAUUWgy3ddF2D5FGrvBT7o0IS4OKqPI9PfAvxBbvtKHFU%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208844796%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=cpD3QikUVnZP6zlrsV%2B67RLtSYmMteRu%2FtfJn53kXTw%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6M-2ai7-dDCWvgdZDbElx-s3SmF7Ui44Q-OKpjnor1S-4-y1SJShrBKxUhvFl7M1-lFT3wS6gcz-A6lPchJ4O1EpFOuoLhEqWFnXLt0TUbfN_2yHeJvrFmkO76ar-z2SnRxXFbOdyJEP1mtSK2YIJHeioqwMLTNq12bo6I9E3CMTTRRa3ZqMnaSIjDh7psAKchjzhWR6cJsU7H4uU91pT_uTExJ14xPVafDAcc7_NP1UiHqwGp0qR9cdume4mCoru7bRFIKuOFPdkE67H6f-NCVdS93TOgN2V4Z38v61wpe7o8-tL4N_7xQTAjPAxf72IYWZxxf6mhslcXM7A8laB6Lq4sI0mzphgZiBdrIvXIEBCmIG9BCUBJPUS6MnY_8yKAUUWgy3ddF2D5FGrvBT7o0IS4OKqPI9PfAvxBbvtKHFU=&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

### FINRA Releases 2024 Regulatory Oversight Report

On January 9, 2024, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) released its 2024 FINRA Annual Regulatory Oversight Report. The Report includes notable findings and is intended to be an evolving resource or library of information for member firms. Member firms are encouraged to consider incorporating relevant elements into their compliance programs tailored to their activities. The Report describes regulatory obligations and related considerations, findings and effective practices, and additional resources.

[2024 FINRA Annual Regulatory Oversight Report | FINRA.org](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MH-E5Y4Jlo9W9U3g4JK30GulDdfjL-mhOQYuvwHZXV6TCLKWUHIKf0ff1j1tr-hTXccFOSU4q-dvrOZiCL68KrneM3t7SBmVuivFXjZuG2z9Stsu7hq1hTzM6Q-JBIQ5YY-KS1hIyi9LTXr-q91sxSnUk4YZoaepdH10loPo1mrjQZmry6-o7WhHx4LBc05e6%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208853235%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=xmHOi2lrVrTzXuYEWhSH1vLFGH711h9dxrp5ePovatA%3D&amp;reserved=0 "Original URL: https://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MH-E5Y4Jlo9W9U3g4JK30GulDdfjL-mhOQYuvwHZXV6TCLKWUHIKf0ff1j1tr-hTXccFOSU4q-dvrOZiCL68KrneM3t7SBmVuivFXjZuG2z9Stsu7hq1hTzM6Q-JBIQ5YY-KS1hIyi9LTXr-q91sxSnUk4YZoaepdH10loPo1mrjQZmry6-o7WhHx4LBc05e6&amp;c=&amp;ch=. Click or tap if you trust this link.")

## ENFORCEMENT AND LITIGATION MATTERS

### SEC Charges Investment Adviser for Failing to Disclose Influencer’s Role in Fund Launch

On February 16, 2024, the SEC announced that a registered investment adviser to an exchange-traded fund has agreed to pay a $1.75 million civil penalty to settle charges that the adviser failed to properly disclose a licensing arrangement it had with the ETF’s index provider. The index provider partnered with a social media influencer to promote the ETF’s index, paying the influencer with a larger percentage of the licensing fee when the ETF’s assets under management reached certain thresholds.

The SEC’s order found that the adviser violated Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act when it failed to adequately inform the ETF’s independent trustees of the influencer’s planned involvement and compensation in connection with the initial approval and subsequent renewal of the investment advisory contract. In particular, it found that the adviser failed to disclose information about the economies of scale and profitability associated with the advisory contract when it did not disclose the sliding scale arrangement with the influencer. The order also found that the adviser failed to discuss the controversies surrounding the influencer and corresponding brand risk to the ETF and other funds in the complex.

In addition, the order found that the adviser violated: (a) Section 206(2) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) when it failed to adequately disclose details of the arrangement with the influencer to the fund board; and (b) Section 206(4) of the Adviser’s Act and Rule 206(4)-7 thereunder when it failed to adopt and implement written compliance policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent those violations.

Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, the adviser agreed to an order to cease-and-desist from committing or causing violations and future violations of the above provisions, a censure, and the monetary penalty.

[ic-35132.pdf (sec.gov)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6MagGkoy-mI2ucEAmkTxFsWI2gm8SgXLGTM_aY5TIFsXxh1x6-0_Nq-_NivhRIx-kUmGzyLWu8_uuB1M8uY4-hFyUEqnNPn9NlUgFz-QPzwN0wg0vW86PqrSq-nqORtioiIUmVX9WjNGo%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208861100%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=XWR2hozzwyCcoFQrkbdnD22JCgr6QlpgfYimlu4OLiE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### SEC Announces Enforcement Results for Fiscal Year 2023

On November 14, 2023, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) announced that it filed 784 total enforcement actions in fiscal year 2023. These actions represented a 3% increase over fiscal year 2022, including 501 original, or “stand-alone,” enforcement actions, which represented an 8% increase over fiscal year 2022. The SEC also filed 162 “follow-on” administrative proceedings seeking to bar or suspend individuals from certain functions in the securities markets based on criminal convictions, civil injunctions, or other orders and 121 actions against issuers who were allegedly delinquent in making required filings with the SEC.

The stand-alone enforcement actions spanned the securities industry, from billion-dollar frauds to emerging investor threats involving crypto asset securities and cybersecurity, and charged violations by diverse market participants, from public companies and investment firms to gatekeepers and social media influencers. The SEC also brought numerous enforcement actions addressing conduct that undermines oversight of the securities industry, including actions to protect whistleblowers and actions to enforce recordkeeping requirements and other investor protection requirements applicable to industry participants, including broker-dealers and investment firms.

In fiscal year 2023, the SEC obtained orders for $4.949 billion in financial remedies, the second highest amount in SEC history, after the record-setting financial remedies ordered in fiscal year 2022. The financial remedies comprised $3.369 billion in disgorgement and prejudgment interest and $1.580 billion in civil penalties. Both the disgorgement and civil penalties ordered were the second highest amounts on record. The SEC also obtained orders barring 133 individuals from serving as officers and directors of public companies, the highest number of officer and director bars obtained in a decade.

In addition, the SEC distributed $930 million to harmed investors in fiscal year 2023, marking the second consecutive year with more than $900 million in distributions.

Fiscal year 2023 was a record-breaking year for the SEC’s Whistleblower Program. The SEC issued whistleblower awards totaling nearly $600 million, the most ever awarded in one year, including a record-breaking $279 million awarded to one whistleblower. The SEC received more than 18,000 whistleblower tips in fiscal year 2023, a record number and approximately 50% more than the then-record 12,300 whistleblower tips received in fiscal year 2022. The SEC received more than 40,000 tips, complaints, and referrals in total, a 13% increase over fiscal year 2022.

[SEC.gov | SEC Announces Enforcement Results for Fiscal Year 2023](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6M_X2qat0yp5eCbzSr331q3vJtQw7vQKEbvqBdHIdcVMHcpw4r6bMyPvY2lHSo5N2knVpXUzfDIrDdOMlUHVNDGE6bsWj58AeqsSkcCKsvP5LwXxJ4yCL4J935_C1rbrhC3OLCi-voA5zan4SNad2CbgXiyQGtPzmORPNYXurYRHhNGWDuoRwmww%3D%3D%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208868833%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=ZtBzWCsIlWW5J4TD9uLpMyFb07h4x38jZjvlJkq%2FnkE%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[fy23-enforcement-statistics.pdf (sec.gov)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fr20.rs6.net%2Ftn.jsp%3Ff%3D001VCq5By-FdL26BmjJcraHCAwUXpEjAoRd5_TQlI7TaZgJ6sy-KvQepUN0P2MdcM6Mq14EBkVaPiI1jxCk6RDK0Hxht9-au0GCMJPXr2ugoXtF94KyHFGTsZLGbrQxhC4KTiwZMQ0DU2M7l3r0dmeV15xm57Jp78F4PI73l2OQipUv77o3xn5k_MH8vWgrhahd%26c%3D%26ch%3D&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7Cb2981221900044339a6908dc49032d2a%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638465525208876508%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C40000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=DHYRQl3MP2pOBwfK3TVjmAIkuPsoze93FIsjCPZWf4I%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

17994013 3/20/2024


---

# Compliance Matters Q2 2024

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2024/_

# Compliance Matters Q2 2024

Subscribe

August 7, 2024

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q2 2024.

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### SEC Staff Risk Alert Focuses on Preparation for T+1 Settlement

On March 27, 2024, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) Division of Examinations published a Risk Alert regarding the shortening of the securities transaction settlement cycle. On May 28, 2024, the standard settlement cycle for most broker-dealer transactions in the U.S. shortened from two business days after the trade date to one business day after the trade date (“T+1”). May 28, 2024, was also the compliance date for new rules related to the processing of institutional trades by broker-dealers and certain clearing agencies, as well as certain recordkeeping amendments applicable to registered investment advisers.

To assess registrant preparedness, the Division of Examinations intends to continue engaging with registrants through examinations and outreach. The Risk Alert provides registrants with additional information about the scope and content of the examinations and outreach.

[SEC Risk Alert: Shortening the Securities Transaction Settlement Cycle (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/files/risk-alert-tplus1-032724.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Limits the Internet Adviser Exception

On March 27, 2024, the SEC adopted amendments to the rule permitting certain internet investment advisers to register with the SEC (the “Internet Adviser Exemption”). The amendments will require an investment adviser relying on the Internet Adviser Exemption to have, at all times, an operational interactive website through which the adviser provides digital investment advisory services on an ongoing basis to more than one client. The amendments will also eliminate the current rule’s de minimis exception by requiring an internet investment adviser to provide advice to all of its clients exclusively through an operational interactive website and to make certain corresponding changes to Form ADV.

“These amendments modernize a 22-year-old rule to better protect investors in a digital age,” said SEC Chair Gary Gensler. “These changes better reflect what it means in 2024 truly to provide an exclusively internet-based service. This will better align registration requirements with modern technology and help the Commission in the efficient and effective oversight of registered investment advisers.”

The compliance date for the amended Internet Adviser Exemption is March 31, 2025. Advisers no longer eligible to rely on the amended Internet Adviser Exemption, and do not otherwise have a basis for registration with the SEC, must withdraw their registration with the SEC by June 29, 2025, and register in one or more states. The SEC expects to cancel the registration of advisers that fail to withdraw their registration by this date.

[Final rule: Exemption for Certain Investment Advisers Operating Through the Internet (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/final/2024/ia-6578.pdf "www.sec.gov")

[Fact Sheet: Internet Adviser Registration Reforms (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/files/ia-6578-fact-sheet.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Division of Examinations Issues Risk Alert Regarding Advisers Act Marketing Rule Compliance

On April 17, 2024, the SEC’s Division of Examinations published a Risk Alert sharing preliminary observations from examinations of investment advisers’ compliance with the Marketing Rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”). The Division of Examinations continues to focus on compliance with the Marketing Rule. The Risk Alert encourages accurate completion of the Marketing Rule items contained in Form ADV and compliance with the Compliance Rule, the Books and Records Rule and the Marketing Rule’s General Prohibitions.

The Risk Alert details observations of investment adviser compliance with (1) the Compliance Rule, (2) the Books and Records Rule, and (3) the General Prohibitions of the Marketing Rule. With respect to the Marketing Rule’s General Prohibitions, the Risk Alert provides observations of deficiencies related to the following: (1) untrue statements of material fact and unsubstantiated statements of material fact; (2) omission of material facts or misleading inference, (3) fair and balanced treatment of material risks or limitations, (4) references to specific investment advice that were not presented in a fair and balanced manner, and (5) inclusion or exclusion of performance results or time period in matters that were not fair and balanced.

[Final Exams Risk Alert Marketing Observation (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/files/exams-risk-alert-marketing-observation-2024.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC, FinCEN Propose Customer Identification Requirements for Registered Investment Advisers and Exempt Reporting Advisers

On May 13, 2024, the SEC and the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) jointly proposed a new rule that would require SEC-registered investment advisers (“RIAs”) and exempt reporting advisers (“ERAs”) to establish, document, and maintain written customer identification programs (“CIPs”). The proposal is designed to prevent illicit finance activity involving the customers of investment advisers by strengthening the anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT) framework for the investment adviser sector.

Under this proposal, RIAs and ERAs would be required to implement reasonable procedures to identify and verify the identity of their customers, among other requirements, in order to form a reasonable belief that RIAs and ERAs know the true identity of their customers. The proposed rule would make it more difficult for criminal, corrupt, or illicit actors to establish customer relationships — including by using false identities — with investment advisers for the purposes of laundering money, financing terrorism, or engaging in other illicit finance activity.

This proposed rulemaking complements a separate FinCEN proposal in February 2024 to designate RIAs and ERAs as “financial institutions” under the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and subject them to AML/CFT program requirements and suspicious activity report (SAR) filing obligations, among other requirements. That proposal cites a Treasury risk assessment that identified that the investment adviser industry has served as an entry point into the U.S. market for illicit proceeds associated with foreign corruption, fraud, tax evasion, and other criminal activities. Together, these proposals aim to prevent illicit finance activity in the investment adviser sector and further safeguard the U.S. financial system.

“The proposed rule is designed to make it more difficult to use false identities to establish customer relationships with investment advisers,” said SEC Chair Gary Gensler. “I support this proposal because it could reduce the risk of terrorists and other criminals accessing U.S. financial markets to launder money, finance terrorism, or move funds for other illicit purposes.”

“Criminal, corrupt, and illicit actors have exploited the investment adviser sector to access the U.S. financial system and launder funds,” said FinCEN Director Andrea Gacki. “This proposal would help investment advisers better identify and prevent illicit actors from misusing their services, while advancing a harmonized set of CIP obligations.”

The rule, if adopted, would require RIAs and ERAs to, among other things, implement a CIP that includes procedures for verifying the identity of each customer to the extent reasonable and practicable and maintaining records of the information used to verify a customer’s identity, among other requirements. The proposal is generally consistent with the CIP requirements for other financial institutions, such as brokers or dealers in securities and mutual funds.

The rule proposal is published on SEC.gov and will be published in the Federal Register. The public comment period will remain open for 60 days after publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register.

[Proposed Rule: Customer Identification Programs for Registered Investment Advisers and Exempt Reporting Advisers (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/proposed/2024/bsa-1.pdf "www.sec.gov")

[Fact Sheet Customer Identification Program](https://www.sec.gov/files/bsa-1-fact-sheet.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Adopts Amendments to Regulation S-P to Enhance Protection of Customer Information

On May 16, 2024, the SEC announced the adoption of amendments to Regulation S-P to modernize the rules that govern the treatment of nonpublic personal information of consumers by certain financial institutions, including:

- Requiring covered institutions to develop, implement, and maintain written policies and procedures for an incident response program that is reasonably designed to detect, respond to, and recover from unauthorized access to or use of customer information;
- Requiring that the response program include procedures for covered institutions to provide timely notification to affected individuals whose sensitive customer information was, or is reasonably likely to have been, accessed or used without authorization;
- Broadening the scope of information covered by Regulation S-P’s requirements; and
- Imposes additional recordkeeping obligations related to the incident response plan, detection of unauthorized access, investigation, service provider oversight, and disposal of consumer information.

In preparation for the upcoming compliance dates of either December 3, 2025, or June 3, 2026, (depending on size), firms should consider the following:

1. Review and Update Policies and Procedures – this should include updates to existing safeguards and disposal policies to account for the expanded definition of “customer information,” updates to incident response programs and updates to vendor risk management policies and procedures.
2. Assess Competing Incident Notification Requirements – integrating the Amended Reg S-P requirements into existing notification considerations and understanding how it interacts with other notification obligations will be key to successful incident response.
3. Identify and Update Service Provider Arrangements – Identify the service providers in scope under Amended Reg S-P and review existing contracts or other agreements to ensure there is sufficient oversight in place for compliance.
4. Update Retention Schedules – books and records generated by Amended Reg S-P compliance efforts should be appropriately maintained.

[Final Rule: Regulation S-P: Privacy of Consumer Financial Information and Safeguarding Customer Information (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/2024/06/s7-05-23 "www.sec.gov")

[Fact Sheet: Enhancements to Regulation S-P (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/files/34-100155-fact-sheet.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### Cboe Proposes Rule Changes Related to ETF Share Class Relief

On April 15, 2024, Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe”) filed proposed amendments to Cboe Rule 14.11(l). Cboe Rule 14.11(l) sets forth listing standards applicable to exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). The proposed amendments to Cboe Rule 14.11(l) would allow for the listing and trading of exchange-traded shares (the “ETF Class Shares) of open-end investment companies that also offer non-exchange traded share classes, i.e. Mutual Fund Shares, in reliance on exemptive relief granted by the SEC from certain sections of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) (the “ETF Share Class Relief”).

An open-end investment company is required to obtain exemptive relief from Section 18(f)(1), Section 18(i), and related sections of Rule 6c-11 of the 1940 Act. Over the last several months, the SEC has received several applications requesting ETF Share Class Relief. There is no guarantee that the SEC will grant ETF Share Class Relief to any of the current applicants. The Vanguard Group, Inc. is the only recipient of the ETF Share Class Relief.

The Cboe explained that the application for proposed amendments to Cboe Rule 14.11(l) was submitted to prevent any unnecessary delay in listing ETF Share Classes when or if the SEC grants applicants ETF Share Class Relief. The Cboe’s application for proposed amendments to Cboe Rule 14.11(l) would;

- Make it possible for ETF Class Shares of open-end investment companies granted ETF Share Class Relief to be listed and traded on Cboe pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
- Require ETF Class Shares to satisfy the requirements of their ETF Share Class Relief and certain other requirements as a condition of the ETF Class Shares’ initial and continued listing.
- Cboe may suspend trading or delist ETF Class Shares should Cboe become aware that an open-end investment company issuing ETF Class Shares no longer operates in reliance of its ETF Share Class Relief.

Without Cboe’s proposed amendments to Cboe Rule 14.11(l), listing for ETF Class Shares would be less streamlined. Without the Cboe’s proposed amendments, listing ETF Class Shares would involve either; (1) using existing generic listing standards for index-based and managed fund shares under Cboe Rules 14.1(c) and 14.1(i) that impose quantitative and qualitative requirements, or (2) the Cboe filing individual applications requesting rule amendments to list ETF Class Shares on the exchange. Both alternatives would require a long and uncertain process with ongoing compliance being complex and difficult.

[Proposed Rule Change to Amend BZX 14.11(l) to Permit the Generic Listing and Trading of Multi-class ETF Shares.](https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2024/07/18/2024-15771/self-regulatory-organizations-cboe-bzx-exchange-inc-order-instituting-proceedings-to-determine "www.federalregister.gov")

### NYSE Proposes Rule Changes to Exempt Registered Closed End Funds from Requirement to Hold Annual Shareholder Meetings

On June 6, 2024, the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) filed an application (the “Application”) pursuant to Rule 19b-4 under the Exchange Act, with the SEC proposing amendments to Section 302.00 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (the “Manual”). Section 302.00 of the Manual currently requires closed-end management investment companies (“CEFs”) listed for trading on NYSE to hold an annual shareholder meeting during each fiscal year. If approved by the SEC, the proposed amendments would exempt CEFs listed on NYSE from the requirement to hold an annual shareholder meeting.

On July 3, 2024, the notice of the Application was made available on the SEC’s website and in the Federal Register. Within 45 days of the date of publication of such notice in the Federal Register, or within such longer period (up to 90 days, as the SEC may designate if it finds such longer period to be appropriate or as to which NYSE consents), the SEC will by order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change or institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved. Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act requires that, after initiating disapproval proceedings, the SEC issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change within [180 days](https://campaignlp.constantcontact.com/em/1133931833742/b76808ab-247e-4509-90c4-7ed0165771cb# "campaignlp.constantcontact.com") of the publication date of the notice of the proposed rule change. The SEC may extend the period for issuing such order by not more than 60 days if the SEC determines that a longer period is appropriate and publishes the reasons for such determination.

[Proposed Rule Change Amending Section 302.00 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual to Exempt Closed-End Funds Registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 from the Requirement to Hold Annual Shareholder Meetings](https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2024/07/09/2024-15037/self-regulatory-organizations-new-york-stock-exchange-llc-notice-of-filing-of-proposed-rule-change "www.federalregister.gov")

### SEC Announces Reminder to Confirm Accurate Internal Links in EDGAR Filings

On June 28, 2024, the SEC reminded filers to confirm that internal links in their EDGAR filings are working properly prior to submitting the filings on EDGAR. The SEC noted that filers should confirm whether existing filings have broken internal links and correct any such links.

The SEC noted that it is permissible for electronic filers to include links to different sections within a single HTML document, for example, in exhibits filed pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S–K. The SEC noted that incorrect internal links will result in errors surrounding those links when the filings are disseminated.

[SEC.gov | Reminder: Confirm Accurate Internal Links in EDGAR Filings (updated announcement)](https://www.sec.gov/filergroup/announcements-old/reminder-confirm-accurate-internal-links-edgar-filings-updated-announcement "www.sec.gov")

### SEC’s Division of Examinations Provides Guidance on Broker-Dealer Exam Process

On June 28, 2024, the SEC’s Division of Examinations published a Risk Alert to help broker-dealers prepare for an examination. The Risk Alert provides information regarding what Division staff may consider when selecting firms to examine and areas of focus for the examination. It also provides the types of information, including documents, staff may initially request during an examination of a broker-dealer and includes a Sample Initial Information Request List.

[Risk Alert: Broker-Dealers: Staff Assessment of Risks, Scoping of Examinations, and Requesting of Documents (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/files/risk-alert-broker-dealer-exam-planning.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Staff Clarifies That Cybersecurity Incident Disclosures For Public Companies Under Item 1.05 of Form 8-K Should Be Limited to Material Cybersecurity Incidents

Erik Gerding, director of the Division of Corporation Finance of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), issued a statement on May 21, 2024, with clarifying guidance on cybersecurity incident disclosure under Item 1.05 (Material Cybersecurity Incidents) of Form 8-K for public companies. The primary purpose of the statement is that voluntary disclosure of non-material cybersecurity incidents, or for which a materiality determination of a cybersecurity incident has not yet been made, should not be disclosed under Item 1.05 of Form 8-K. Rather, such disclosures should be made under Item 8.01 (Other Events) of Form 8-K.

While the guidance is primarily intended for public companies, the proposed rules and amendments related to cybersecurity risk management for registered investment advisers and registered investment companies include similar disclosure requirements of cyber security risks and incidents on Form ADV Part 2A, Form N-1A or Form N-2, as applicable. Hence, registered investment companies and their advisers should take note of this clarifying guidance considering the SEC’s likely adoption of Rule 38a-2 of the 1940 Act, and Rule 204-2 of the Advisers Act at some point in 2024.

[SEC.gov | Announcement: Disclosure of Cybersecurity Incidents Determined To Be Material and Other Cybersecurity Incidents](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/whats-new/gerding-cybersecurity-incidents-05212024 "www.sec.gov")

## ENFORCEMENT AND LITIGATION MATTERS

### SEC Charges Two Investment Advisers with Making False and Misleading Statements About Their Use of Artificial Intelligence

On March 18, 2024, the SEC announced that two registered investment advisers have agreed to pay $400,000 in total civil penalties to settle charges that each adviser had made false and misleading statements about their use of artificial intelligence (“AI”).

According to the SEC’s order against one adviser, from 2019 to 2023 the adviser made false and misleading statements in its SEC filings, press releases, and on its website. The adviser claimed to use AI and machine learning in its investment process, including claiming that it put “collective data to work to make [its] artificial intelligence smarter so it can predict which companies and trends are about to make it big and invest in them before everyone else.”

According to the SEC’s order against the other adviser, in 2023 the adviser made false and misleading statements on its website and social media accounts. The adviser claimed to be the “first regulated AI financial advisor” and that it provided “expert AI-driven forecasts”.

In both instances, the SEC found that the adviser did not have the AI and machine learning capabilities that it claimed. The SEC remains focused on AI, particularly potential ‘AI washing’. “Investment advisers should not mislead the public by saying they are using an AI model when they are not. Such AI washing hurts investors.” said SEC Chair Gary Gensler.

Each adviser consented to the entry of the SEC’s order finding that the firm violated Sections 206(2) and 206(4) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rules 206(4)-1 and 206(4)-7 thereunder. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, each adviser agreed to a cease-and-desist order and censure and to pay $225,000 and $175,000, respectively, in civil penalties.

[SEC.gov | Press Release: SEC Charges Two Investment Advisers with Making False and Misleading Statements About Their Use of Artificial Intelligence](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2024-36 "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Charges Five Investment Advisers for Marketing Rule Violations

On April 12, 2024, the SEC announced settled charges against five registered investment advisers for Marketing Rule violations. All five firms have agreed to settle the SEC’s charges and to pay $200,000 in combined penalties.

The SEC’s orders found that the five firms advertised hypothetical performance to the general public on their websites without adopting and implementing policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the hypothetical performance was relevant to the likely financial situation and investment objectives of each advertisement’s intended audience, as required by the Marketing Rule. Four firms received reduced penalties because of the corrective steps they undertook in advance of being contacted by the SEC staff.

According to the order, one firm also violated other regulatory requirements, including by making false and misleading statements in advertisements, advertising misleading model performance, being unable to substantiate performance shown in its advertisements, and failing to enter into written agreements with people it compensated for endorsements. The order further finds that this firm committed recordkeeping and compliance violations and made misleading statements about its performance to a registered investment company client and that the misleading statements were included in the client’s prospectus filed with the SEC.

“The Marketing Rule’s provisions are crucial to protecting investors from misleading advertising claims,” said Corey Schuster, Co-Chief of the SEC Enforcement Division’s Asset Management Unit. “Today’s actions show that we will continue to employ targeted initiatives to ensure that investment advisers fully comply with their obligations under the rule. They also serve as a reminder of the benefits to firms that take corrective steps before being contacted by Commission staff.”

Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, all of the firms consented to the entry of orders finding that they violated the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and ordering them to be censured, cease and desist from violating the charged provisions, and comply with certain undertakings. One firm agreed to pay a civil penalty of $100,000, while the other four firms agreed to pay civil penalties ranging from $20,000 to $30,000, which reflected certain corrective steps taken by each of these firms prior to being contacted by the SEC staff.

This is the second set of cases that the SEC has brought as part of an ongoing targeted sweep concerning Marketing Rule violations after charging nine other advisory firms in September 2023.

[SEC.gov | Press Release: Five Investment Advisers for Marketing Rule Violations](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2024-46 "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Enforcement Hints at CCO, CISO Liability for AI

During a Program on Corporate Compliance and Enforcement held on April 15, 2024, the SEC’s Director of the Division of Enforcement warned that chief compliance officers (“CCOs”) and chief information security officers (“CISOs”) may be personally liable if certain artificial intelligence (“AI”) risks are not disclosed. In determining such personal liability, the SEC would look to what the CCO or CISO knew or should have known regarding the failure to disclose, what the CCO or CISO actually did or did not do regarding the risk disclosure, and how that conduct, or lack thereof, aligns with the law. However, the SEC has stated that, as long as the CCO or CISO operates in good faith and takes treasonable steps, then that individual would be unlikely to be the subject of an SEC investigation for AI disclosure failures.

Risk disclosures related to AI would include competitive risks and security risks. Security risks failures could result in potential personal liability for CCOs and CISOs. Before making a representation regarding AI in an investment company’s disclosures and using AI in the investment process, investment companies should pause and ask the following questions:

- What public statements are we making about our incorporation of AI into our business operations?
- Are these statements and representations accurately reflecting the actual investment process or are they aspirational? Please note that aspirational disclosures may be materially false or misleading and constitute securities fraud.
- Does AI present a material risk to our business operations in some way?

Additionally, an investment company should disclose its security practices related to AI vendors. These disclosures should include path management and vulnerability assessment of the vendor’s AI infrastructure. Asset managers should ask how the vendor’s products will affect customers and what the role of third-party AI (i.e., ChatGPT) may be.

If an investment company is contemplating using AI in some capacity, the following action items may be considered:

- Educating all company personnel regarding risks of AI. This includes the risk of violating existing rules and regulations around AI, including overstating capabilities.
- Executives should engage company personnel to learn how AI interacts with various company activities, strategies, risks, and financial incentives.
- If new AI uses require updating policies, procedures or internal controls, firms should adopt and execute these changes.

[SEC.gov | Remarks at Program on Corporate Compliance and Enforcement Spring Conference 2024](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/gurbir-remarks-pcce-041524 "www.sec.gov")


---

# Compliance Matters Q3 2024

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2024/_

#
Compliance Matters Q3 2024


Subscribe

November 7, 2024

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q3 2024.

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### PCAOB Proposes Expansion of Auditor Responsibilities

On May 13, 2024, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) announced that it is adopting a new auditing standard, AS 1000, *General Responsibilities of the Auditor in Conducting an Audit*, and amending other related PCAOB standards.

The new auditing standard addresses the general responsibilities of the auditor, such as due professional care and professional skepticism, when conducting an audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. AS 1000 and the related amendments modernize, clarify, and streamline the general principles and responsibilities of the auditor and provide a more logical presentation, which should enhance the useability of the standards by making them easier to read, understand, and apply. AS 1000 clarifies the auditor’s responsibility to evaluate whether the financial statements are “presented fairly” and clarifies the engagement partner’s due professional care responsibilities.

In addition, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) approved the PCAOB’s amendments to AS 1105, *Audit Evidence*, and AS 2301, *The Auditor’s Response to the Risks of Material Misstatement*, and conforming amendments, to address the use of technology-assisted data analysis in audit procedures. The amendments specify and clarify auditors’ responsibilities when the auditor uses such analytical tools in conducting audits.

The SEC also approved the PCAOB’s amendment to Rule 3502, *Responsibility Not to Knowingly or Recklessly Contribute to Violations*, governing the liability of an associated person of a registered public accounting firm who directly and substantially contributes to that firm’s violations of the laws, rules, and standards that the PCAOB enforces. The amendments to Rule 3502 revise from recklessness to negligence the standard for an associated person’s contributory liability, while maintaining the requirement that to be held liable, an associated person must have contributed to the firm’s violation “directly and substantially.”

The new standard and related amendments will apply to all audits conducted under PCAOB standards. Subject to approval by the SEC, the new standard and related amendments will take effect for audits of financial statements for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2024, except that, for registered public accounting firms (“firms”) that provide audit opinions for 100 or fewer issuers (i.e., smaller firms) while the amendment relating to the documentation completion date will take effect for audits of financial statements for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2025.

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC Approves New and Updated PCAOB Audit Standards and an Amendment to the PCAOB’s Contributory Liability Rule**

[2024-004-AS1000](https://assets.pcaobus.org/pcaob-dev/docs/default-source/rulemaking/docket-049/2024-004-as1000.pdf?sfvrsn=3ba6358a_2 "assets.pcaobus.org")

[Amendments Related to Aspects of Designing and Performing Audit Procedures that Involve Technology-Assisted of Information in Electronic Form Marked Rule Text](https://assets.pcaobus.org/pcaob-dev/docs/default-source/rulemaking/docket-052/marked-text-illustration-of-amendments-to-pcaob-standards.pdf?sfvrsn=24035186_2 "assets.pcaobus.org")

### SEC Announces Spring 2024 Regulatory Agenda

On July 8, 2024, SEC Chair Gary Gensler announced the release of the SEC’s Spring 2024 Regulatory Agenda. The agenda includes regulatory actions that the SEC expects to take between now and April 2025. While the agenda is largely similar to the Fall 2023 Rulemaking Agenda, the Spring 2024 Rulemaking Agenda includes the following items of note:

- Outsourcing by Investment Advisers (To be finalized by Oct. 2024);
- Cybersecurity Risk Management for Investment Advisers and Registered Investment Companies (To be finalized by Oct. 2024);
- Enhanced Disclosures by Certain Investment Advisers and Investment Companies About Environmental, Social, and Governance Investment Practices (To be finalized by Oct. 2024);
- Fund Fee Disclosure and Reform (To be proposed by April 2025);
- Re-proposals of the following:

    - Safeguarding Advisory Client Assets (To be reproposed by Oct. 2024);
    - Conflicts of Interest Associated with the Use of Predictive Data Analytics by Broker- Dealers and Investment Advisers (To be reproposed by Oct. 2024); and
    - Open-End Fund Liquidity Rule Risk Management Programs and Mandatory Swing Pricing; Form N-PORT Reporting (To be reproposed by April 2025).

The Congressional Review Act (the “CRA”) may impact the SEC’s timing of these proposals, as the CRA allows Congress to effectively vacate a final rule issued by a federal agency after an election if a new president is elected, and the new president’s party controls both the House and Senate. The CRA provides a lookback period giving a new Congress the authority to revoke rules in a period looking back up to 60 working days in the Senate or in the House, which may extend to SEC rules finalized in July or August of 2024.

http://SEC.gov  **| Statement on the Spring 2024 Regulatory Agenda**

### SEC Sweep of Advisers’ Compliance with T+1

In a Risk Alert issued in March 2024, the SEC’s Division of Examinations announced its intention to conduct examinations and outreach in connection with amendments to Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) relating to the transition to T+1 settlement, which became effective May 28, 2024.

According to K&L Gates, LLP, in July 2024, several registered investment advisers received examination letters from the SEC requesting that the advisers produce information regarding procedures related to their trade affirmation process and associated recordkeeping requirements to assess such firms’ readiness to comply with the new requirements.

[risk-alert-tplus1-032724.pdf](https://www.sec.gov/files/risk-alert-tplus1-032724.pdf "www.sec.gov")

[SEC Initiates Sweep of Adviser on T+1 Compliance | HUB | K&L Gates](https://www.klgates.com/SEC-Initiates-Sweep-of-Adviser-on-T1-Compliance-7-19-2024 "www.klgates.com")

### Fee Rate Advisory – Section 6(b) Filing Fee Rate Advisory (effective October 1, 2024)

On August 20, 2024, the SEC announced that the fees that public companies and other issuers pay to register securities will increase from $147.60 per million to $153.10 per million. This fee increase will be effective October 1, 2024. The fee increase is applicable to the registration of the following securities;

- Registration of securities under Section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933
- Repurchase of securities under Section 13(e) of the 1934 Act
- Proxy solicitations and specified tender offers under Section 14(g) of the 1934 Act

http://SEC.gov  **| Section 6(b) Filing Fee Rate Advisory for Fiscal Year 2025**

### SEC Adopts Amendments to Forms N-PORT and N-CEN; Issues Guidance on Liquidity Risk Management Programs; Declines to Adopt Swing Pricing

On August 28, 2024, the SEC announced the adoption of amendments to reporting requirements on Forms N-PORT and N-CEN. The amendments improve the SEC’s oversight of the asset management industry and enhance public transparency by:

- Requiring timelier reporting of funds’ monthly portfolio holdings and related information to the SEC to promote more effective regulatory monitoring and oversight of the fund industry for the benefit of fund investors;
- Providing for more frequent public disclosure of funds’ portfolio holdings to help investors make more informed investment decisions; and
- Requiring information about service providers that open-end funds use to comply with liquidity risk management.

In connection with the amendments, the SEC also provided guidance related to open-end fund liquidity risk management program requirements.

In preparation for the upcoming compliance dates of either November 17, 2025 (for larger entities with $1 billion or more in net assets) or May 18, 2026 (for smaller entities with less than $1 billion in net assets), entities should consider the following:

**Form N-PORT Filing and Publication Frequency** – The Form N-PORT amendments will require funds to file Form N-PORT reports more frequently and in a timelier fashion, specifically, on a monthly basis and within 30 days after the end of each month. The amendments will also increase the publication frequency of funds’ monthly reports, specifically, each monthly report will be public 60 days after the end of the month. Funds will no longer be required to maintain records of this monthly information within 30 days of month-end because the information will be filed with the SEC.

**Form N-CEN Liquidity Service Provider Information** – The Form N-CEN amendments will require open-end funds that are subject to liquidity risk management program requirements under rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the liquidity rule), to report certain information about service providers used to fulfill those requirements; for example, certain identifying information about the liquidity service providers and the asset classes for which the liquidity service providers are used.

**Guidance on Certain Open-End Fund Liquidity Risk Management Program Requirements** – The liquidity rule guidance addresses questions raised through outreach and monitoring and relates to: (1) the frequency of classifying the liquidity of fund investments; (2) the meaning of “cash” in the liquidity rule; and (3) determining and reviewing highly liquid investment minimums.

The SEC declined the adoption of proposed reporting amendments relating to funds’ use of swing pricing or to liquidity classifications.

[Final Rule: Form N-PORT and Form N-CEN Reporting; Guidance on Open-End Fund Liquidity Risk (sec.gov)](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/final/2024/ic-35308.pdf "www.sec.gov")

[Fact Sheet: Form N-PORT and Form N-CEN Reporting; Guidance on Open- End Fund Liquidity Risk Management Programs](https://www.sec.gov/files/ic-35308-fact-sheet.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC Division of Examinations Announces 2025 Priorities

On October 21, 2024, the SEC’s Division of Examinations released its 2025 examination priorities. The Division publishes its examination priorities annually to inform investors and registrants of potential risks in the U.S. capital markets and to make them aware of the examination topics that the Division plans to focus on in the new fiscal year. This year’s examinations will prioritize perennial and emerging risk areas, such as fiduciary duty, standards of conduct, cybersecurity, and artificial intelligence.

The Division examines SEC-registered investment advisers, investment companies, broker-dealers, clearing agencies, and self-regulatory organizations, among others, for compliance with federal securities laws. The Division prioritizes examinations of the practices, products, and services that were found, through a risk-based assessment, to present a heightened risk to investors or the integrity of the U.S. capital markets. The annual publication of the examination priorities furthers the SEC’s mission and aligns with the Division’s four pillars to promote and improve compliance, prevent fraud, monitor risk, and inform policy.

For fiscal year 2025, in addition to conducting examinations in core areas such as disclosures and governance practices, the Division will also examine for compliance with new rules, the use of emerging technologies, and the soundness of controls intended to protect investor information, records, and assets.

The 2025 examination priorities cover a broad landscape of potential risks to investors that firms should consider as they review and strengthen their compliance programs. They are not, however, an exhaustive list of all the areas the Division will focus on in the upcoming year. The scope of any examination includes analysis of other risk factors such as an entity’s history, operations, and products and services.

[FY2025 Division of Examinations Examination Priorities](https://www.sec.gov/files/2025-exam-priorities.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### FinCEN Finalizes AML Program Rule for Investment Advisers

On August 28, 2024, the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), issued a final rule, Anti-Money Laundering/Countering the Financing of Terrorism Program and Suspicious Activity Report Filing Requirements for Registered Investment Advisers and Exempt Reporting Advisers, which extends certain AML compliance obligations to investment advisers registered with the SEC (“RIAs”) and investment advisers that report to the SEC as exempt reporting advisers (“ERAs”).

### Key Considerations

*Implementing a Risk-Based and Reasonably Designed AML Program*

Under the final rule, covered RIAs and ERAs will be required to maintain an AML program by (1) developing internal policies, procedures, and controls to comply with the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act and address money laundering, terrorist financing, and other illicit financial risks; (2) designating an AML officer; (3) instituting an ongoing employee training program; (4) soliciting independent testing of AML programs; and (5) implementing risk-based procedures for conducting ongoing customer due diligence. While many RIAs and ERAs have voluntarily adopted AML programs that include some of the above elements, the final rule’s suspicious activity reporting and independent testing requirements may be new terrain for RIAs and ERAs.

*Filing SARs and CTRs*

Pursuant to the final rule, RIAs and ERAs will be required to file suspicious activity reports (“SARs” relevant to a possible violation of law or regulation, as well as file a Currency Transaction Report (“CTR”) for certain “transactions in currency” over $10,000 with FinCEN. Currently, all investment advisers report such transactions on Form 8300. Under the final rule, a CTR will replace Form 8300 for covered investment advisers.

*Complying With Recordkeeping and Travel Rules*

Under the Recordkeeping and Travel Rules, financial institutions must create and retain records for transmittals of funds and ensure that certain information pertaining to the transmittal of funds “travels” with the transmittal to the next financial institution in a payment chain. The final rule will subject covered investment advisers to the Recordkeeping and Travel Rules, requiring covered investment advisers to obtain and retain originator and beneficiary information for certain transactions and pass on this information to financial institutions in certain funds transmittals.

*Responding to Section 314 Requests*

The final rule will require RIAs and ERAs to respond to law enforcement requests, pursuant to Section 314(a) of the USA PATRIOT Act, to locate accounts and transactions of persons that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

*Conducting Special Due Diligence Measures for Certain Accounts*

Under the final rule, RIAs and ERAs will be required to maintain due diligence measures reasonably designed to enable an investment adviser to detect and report any known or suspected money laundering or suspicious activity conducted through or involving a correspondent or private banking account that is established, maintained, administered, or managed in the U.S. for a foreign financial institution.

### Key Takeaways

With a compliance deadline of January 1, 2026, RIAs and ERAs should take steps to evaluate and establish required AML compliance programs, as well as consider the impacts of FinCEN’s proposed customer identification program (“CIP”) requirements for investment advisers, which were separately proposed by FinCEN and the SEC in May 2024. Although the CIP rule has not yet been finalized, FinCEN has indicated that it intends the compliance date for this final rule and CIP rule to be the same. Finally, investment advisers should continue to monitor for updates to FinCEN’s customer due diligence rule, which FinCEN has indicated will be revised to impose obligations on investment advisers to collect beneficial ownership information from legal-entity customers.

[FINAL RULE: Financial Crimes Enforcement Network: Anti-Money Laundering/ Countering the Financing of Terrorism Program and Suspicious Activity Report Filing Requirements for Registered Investment Advisers and Exempt Reporting Advisers](https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2024/09/04/2024-19260/financial-crimes-enforcement-network-anti-money-launderingcountering-the-financing-of-terrorism "www.federalregister.gov")

## ENFORCEMENT AND LITIGATION MATTERS

### Off-Channel Communications Remain a Priority for SEC

On August 14, 2024, the SEC announced enforcement actions related to extensive “off-channel communications,” charging an additional 26 firms with failing to maintain employee communications on personal devices related to the firms’ business. The new settlements add $390 million to over $1.5 billion in civil penalties that the SEC has collected from more than 50 firms since 2023 for recordkeeping failures related to off-channel communications.

The penalties were assessed due to the firms’ failure to properly maintain and preserve electronic communications, including texts on personal devices used by their employees. The SEC believed that this failure hindered the SEC’s ability to conduct investigations and enforce compliance with securities regulations. The announcement shows the SEC’s continued focus on “off-channel communications” violations. Since August 2023, the SEC has brought several enforcement actions against investment advisers and broker-dealers for failing to implement record retention requirements to employee personal devices.

The SEC emphasized that individuals in supervisory roles exchanged off-channel communications with multiple colleagues under their supervision. The enforcement actions explain that these respondents failed to reasonably supervise employees in order to prevent or detect violations of the recordkeeping requirements, and any record retention policies or procedures were not followed or enforced. The SEC further stated that failure to maintain and preserve these records likely deprived the Staff of relevant evidence in SEC investigations.

http://SEC.gov  **| Twenty-Six Firms to Pay More Than $390 Million Combined to Settle SEC’s Charges for Widespread Recordkeeping Failures**

### SEC Charges Nine Investment Adviser in Ongoing Sweep into Marketing Rule Violations

On September 9, 2024, the SEC settled charges against nine registered investment advisers (the “Advisers”) for violating the Marketing Rule. These Advisers violated the Marketing Rule by disseminating advertisements that included untrue or unsubstantiated statements of material fact, testimonials, endorsements, or third-party ratings that lacked required disclosures.

All nine Advisers settled and agreed to pay over $1.2 million in combined civil penalties in addition to consenting to the entry of SEC orders that they violated the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, were censured, that they cease and desist from violating the charged provisions, and the Advisers must comply with certain undertakings.

A spokesperson from the SEC stated that the Marketing Rule’s provisions regarding truthfulness, substantiation, and disclosures are critical to protecting investors and that the advertisements at issue violated the Marketing Rule and posed a serious risk of misleading investors.

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC Charges Nine Investment Advisers in Ongoing Sweep into Marketing Rule Violations**


---

# Compliance Matters Q4 2024 and Q1 2025

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q4-2024-and-q1-2025/_

# Compliance Matters Q4 2024 and Q1 2025

Subscribe

March 20, 2025

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q4 2024 and Q1 2025.

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### SEC Provides Feedback on Tailored Shareholder Report Common Issues

In October 2022, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or “Commission”) adopted rule and form amendments requiring mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that are registered on Form N-1A to prepare and transmit concise and visually engaging annual and semi-annual reports (collectively, “tailored shareholder reports”) designed to highlight certain information that is particularly important for retail shareholders to assess and monitor their fund investments on an ongoing basis. As of July 24, 2024, these new requirements applied to all fund shareholder reports.

These tailored shareholder reports include disclosures related to fund expenses, performance, and portfolio holdings. In addition, funds are required to tag the information in their shareholder reports using Inline XBRL structured data language.

The Division of Investment Management’s Disclosure Review and Accounting Office (“DRAO”) is responsible for reviewing fund disclosures. As part of its monitoring of tailored shareholder report implementation, the DRAO staff observed several recurring issues. In November 2024, DRAO published Account and Disclosure Information 2024-14 (“ADI 2024-14”) to remind funds of certain requirements and to flag common issues to ensure a smooth transition to these new requirements and to ensure investors receive the required information to help them make informed investment decisions and monitor their fund investments.

**Key Takeaway:** Funds should review their shareholder reports and associated website disclosures to ensure compliance with Rule 30e-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act” or “1940 Act”), Item 27A of Form N-1A and Form N-CSR.

1. **Expense Information**. A fund must include a simplified expense presentation in its annual and semi-annual shareholder report in a specified format. The staff observed certain recurring issues with the content and calculation of certain disclosures. Such disclosures should follow the Instructions to Item 27A(c) of Form N-1A.
2. **Management’s Discussion of Fund Performance (MDFP)**. A fund (other than a money market fund) is required to include MDFP in its annual shareholder reports and is permitted to include it in their semi-annual shareholder reports. The MDFP disclosure requirements are designed to provide a streamlined and visually engaging presentation of the key factors affecting fund performance. The staff has observed the following recurring issues in its review of MDFP disclosures:

    1. The performance table presenting average annual total returns for the past 1-, 5-, and 10-year periods should be based on a fund’s net asset value. ETFs are not permitted to include their performance based on market value.
    2. ADI 2024-14 reminds registrants that industry-focused indexes, indexes with characteristics such as “growth,” “value,” or “small- or mid-cap”, and other indexes that comprise only a subset of the overall applicable market, do not qualify as an appropriate broad-based securities market index, nor would commodity indexes.
    3. The statement to the effect that past performance is not a good predictor of the fund’s future performance must be noticeable and prominent.
3. **Fund Statistics.** The DRAO observed that some funds include portfolio-level statistics, such as average maturity or average credit rating, under the heading “Graphical Representation of Holdings.” These holdings-based statistics should instead be disclosed under the heading “Fund Statistics.”
4. **Graphical Representation of Holdings.** The tables, charts, or graphs depicting the fund’s portfolio holdings by category are permitted to present holdings based on the percentage of (1) net asset value, (2) total investments, (3) total exposure, or (4) net exposure attributable to each category. The DRAO staff observed that some funds disclose holdings as a percentage but do not specify if the percentage is based on net asset value, total investments, or total or net exposure.
5. **Material Changes.** A fund’s annual shareholder report must include a brief description of certain material changes that have occurred since the beginning of the reporting period. If there have been such changes, the cover page (or beginning) of the shareholder report must prominently state that the report describes material fund changes. The DRAO staff have observed that some funds disclose material fund changes while omitting the required cover page disclosure. Other funds include the cover page disclosure but do not include any disclosures about material fund changes.
6. **Availability of Additional Information Online.** A fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports must include a statement that informs investors about certain additional information that is available on the fund’s website. In addition, rule 30e-1 under the Investment Company Act requires a fund to make the disclosures required by Items 7-11 of Form N-CSR and its complete portfolio holdings as of the close of the fund’s most recent first and third fiscal quarters publicly accessible, free of charge, at the website address specified at the beginning of the fund’s shareholder report. The staff has observed the following recurring issues:

    1. Some funds have included broken links in their shareholder reports.
    2. A fund is required to provide a link to the additional information on its website (or a QR code, or other means of facilitating access to such information). The link must be specific enough to lead investors directly to the particular information, rather than to the home page or a section of the fund’s website other than on which the information is posted. The link may be to a central site with prominent links to the referenced information.
    3. A fund is required to make the disclosures required by Items 7-11 of Form N-CSR available on a website. Many funds include this information as a single PDF file on their websites. To further assist investors, funds might consider referring to this information by a term that is more descriptive of the collective information required by Items 7-11 of Form N-CSR. For example, some funds refer to these disclosures as “Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information.”
7. **Additional Issues.**

    1. Some funds include extraneous and sometimes lengthy disclosures such as disclaimers or risk disclosures that are not required or permitted by Item 27A of Form N-1A. A fund is permitted to add information to the shareholder report that is necessary to make the required disclosure items not misleading and the Commission stated that disclosure in response to this provision generally should be brief. The contents of shareholder reports are restricted to information which is required or permitted under Item 27A of Form N-1A.
    2. Funds are reminded that they are required to present the information in shareholder reports in the same order as is required under Item 27A of Form N-1A.
    3. Funds are reminded that they may omit disclosures that may be inapplicable (such as material fund changes and changes in and disagreements with accountants).

Your Ultimus financial administration team has reviewed the findings noted in ADI 2024-14 and are comfortable that the policies and procedures that have been developed for the preparation of the tailored shareholder reports are reasonably designed to prevent the issues highlighted in the report.

ADI 2024-14 can be found here: https://www.sec.gov/about/divisions-offices/division-investment-management/accounting-disclosure-information/adi-2024-14-tailored-shareholder-report-common-issues

The DRAO staff also published frequently asked questions on shareholder reports that are available at: https://www.sec.gov/investment/tailored-shareholder-reports-faqs

### SEC Describes Examination Process and Highlights Examination Observations in Risk Alert

In November 2024, the SEC’s Division of Examinations released a Risk Alert entitled: “Registered Investment Companies: Review of Certain Core Focus Areas and Associated Documents Requested.” The Risk Alert provides insight regarding the examination process for funds and highlights exam observations related to certain core review areas, including **compliance programs, fund governance, and disclosures and regulatory reports.**

The Risk Alert highlighted the following areas as those that may be reviewed during examinations:

- **Compliance policies and procedures of funds and their service providers** for their effectiveness and whether they address certain risks, such as the risks associated with allocating expenses between the adviser and the fund(s), or among funds/advisory clients.
- **Funds’ board governance processes and the efficacy of board oversight of funds’ compliance programs** (e.g., whether boards are getting information necessary to exercise their oversight responsibilities, boards are requesting and reviewing information necessary to understand the issues and make associated approvals, and funds and their advisers are accurately disclosing information to the boards related to the funds’ fees, expenses, performance, conflicts of interest, or relevant risks).
- **Funds’ investment advisory agreement approval process and the thoroughness of the board’s review of fund fees for consistency with disclosures** (e.g. whether fund boards compared the services to be rendered and amounts to be paid under the contract to those under other advisory contracts with the adviser or other advisers to RICs, such as peer groups, or other types of clients).
- **Fund disclosures in regulatory filings and investor communications** for their consistency and appropriateness relative to fund operations, conflicts of interest, and actual portfolio management activities

The Risk Alert also presents examples of deficiencies or weaknesses observed by the SEC staff related to the core areas.

- Funds did not perform required oversight or reviews as stated in their policies and procedures or perform required assessments of the effectiveness of their compliance programs.
- Funds did not adopt, implement, update, and/or enforce policies and procedures.
- Policies and procedures were not tailored to the funds’ business model or were incomplete, inaccurate, or inconsistent with actual practices.
- Funds’ Codes of Ethics were not adopted, implemented, followed, enforced, or did not otherwise appear adequate.
- CCOs did not provide requisite written annual compliance reports to fund boards.
- Fund registration statements, fact sheets, annual reports, and semi-annual reports contained incomplete or outdated information or contained potentially misleading statements.
- Sales literature, including websites, appeared to contain untrue statements or omissions of material fact.
- Fund board approvals of advisory agreements appeared to be inconsistent with the Investment Company Act and/or the funds’ written compliance procedures.
- Fund boards did not receive certain information to effectively oversee fund practices.
- Fund boards did not perform required responsibilities.
- Fund board minutes did not fully document board actions.

CCOs are advised to take these topics seriously and analyze to strength of their funds’ policies and procedures and determine the effectiveness of their implementation. The SEC has taken notice and will be focusing on these areas in their examinations.

https://www.sec.gov/files/risk-alert-registered-investment-companies.pdf

### SEC Issues FAQ on Names Rule

On January 8, 2025, the staff of the Division of Investment Management of the Commission prepared responses related to the SEC’s [2023 adoption of amendments](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/final/2023/33-11238_conforming-version-combined-w_33-11238a-correction.pdf "www.sec.gov") to Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, which addresses certain broad categories of investment company names that are likely to mislead investors about an investment company’s investments and risks. The names rule was originally [adopted by the Commission in 2001.](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/2001/01/investment-company-names#IC-24828final "www.sec.gov")

When the Commission issued the 2023 Adopting Release, it stated in the release that staff would be reviewing its no-action letters and other statements addressing compliance with the names rule to determine which letters and other staff statements, or portions thereof, should be withdrawn in connection with the final amendments. Among the statements that the Commission listed for review is the [names rule FAQ document](https://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/guidance/rule35d-1faq.htm "www.sec.gov")that the staff published in 2001. The Commission stated in the release that portions of this document may be moot, superseded, or otherwise inconsistent with the final amendments and, therefore, may be withdrawn by the staff. The staff has compiled a [chart](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/staff-guidance/division-investment-management-frequently-asked-questions/withdrawn-2001-names-rule-faqs "www.sec.gov")showing the 2001 FAQs that staff has determined to withdraw (for example, because the FAQ addresses circumstances particular to the 2001 adoption of the names rule, or because the 2023 Adopting Release addresses the topic the 2001 FAQ covers). The staff is retaining the balance of the 2001 FAQs, with modifications, as set forth below.

The staff may update this information from time to time to include responses to additional questions. These responses represent the views of the staff of the Division of Investment Management. They are not rules, regulations, or statements of the Commission, and the Commission has neither approved nor disapproved these FAQs or the answers to these FAQs. The FAQs, like all staff statements, have no legal force or effect: they do not alter or amend applicable law, and they create no new or additional obligations for any person.

https://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/guidance/rule35d-1faq.htm

### SEC Provides Guidance on Issues Related to Website Posting Requirements

On January 16, 2025, the DRAO issued an Accounting and Disclosure Information (ADI) publication to highlight issues the SEC staff has observed relating to website posting requirements under various SEC rules and certain exemptive orders. The ADI publication focuses on issues related to summary prospectuses, ETFs and money market funds (“MMFs”), as further described below.

The DRAO is responsible for reviewing fund disclosures. In addition to reviewing filings made with the Commission, DRAO periodically reviews other disclosures that are required under the Commission’s rules or exemptive orders. As part of this effort, the staff recently observed several issues relating to the website posting requirements under various Commission rules and certain exemptive orders, including those related to the use of summary prospectuses, ETFs, and money market funds (“MMFs”). These website requirements acknowledge the important role that the internet plays in providing investors with information. DRAO’s objective in publishing this ADI is to remind registrants of the website disclosure obligations that are required when operating under these rules or exemptive orders, and flag certain issues the staff has observed.

https://www.sec.gov/about/divisions-offices/division-investment-management/accounting-disclosure-information/adi-2025-15-website-posting-requirements

### White House Executive Order – Regulatory Freeze

On January 20, 2025, President Donald J. Trump issued an Executive Order (the “EO”) affecting all executive department and agencies. In summary, the EO specified the following for all executive departments and agencies;

- No proposals or issuances of rules in any manner until a Trump appointed or designated department or agency head reviews and approves the rule.
- Executive departments and agency heads are to immediately withdraw any rules that have been sent to the Federal Register (the “OFR”) so that these rules can be reviewed and approved by Trump appointed or designated department or agency heads.
- For 60 days, executive agencies and departments should consider postponing the effective date of any rules that have been published in the OFR or any rules that have been issued in any manner but have not taken effect. The purpose of the postponement should be to review any questions of fact, law, and policy that the rules may raise.
- After the 60 day postponement discussed above, (1) if no substantive questions of fact, law, or policy are raised during the 60 day postponement period, then no further action is necessary, or (2) if substantive questions of fact, law, or policy are raised, executive departments and agencies should notify and take further action in consultation with the Director or Acting Director of the Office of Management and Budget (the “OMB Director”).
- Comply with any applicable EOs concerning regulatory management.

https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/01/regulatory-freeze-pending-review/

### SEC Forms Crypto Task Force

On January 21, 2025, the Commission announced that it was launching a task force dedicated to developing “clear regulatory lines, provide realistic paths to registration, craft sensible disclosure frameworks, and deploy enforcement resources judiciously.” The crypto industry has criticized the approach taken in recent years in which the regulator, in lieu of proposing new rules, relied primarily on enforcement actions to retroactively regulate crypto. “The result has been confusion about what is legal, which creates an environment hostile to innovation and conducive to fraud,” the SEC said in a statement announcing the task force. The task force is expected to clarify how existing securities laws apply to digital assets, as well as explore temporary relief measures for crypto tokens and exchanges, supporting a pathway towards compliance. In early February, Commissioner Peirce announced the Crypto Task Force [webpage](https://www.sec.gov/about/crypto-task-force "www.sec.gov"), which provides an overview of topics being looked at, as well as details on how members of the public can engage with them.

The task force is already at work. Commissioner Peirce has issued two separate statements as head of the new task force, one on [February 4, 2025](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/peirce-journey-begins-020425 "www.sec.gov"), and one more recently on [February 21, 2025](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/peirce-statement-rfi-022125 "www.sec.gov"). In her first statement, Peirce noted the legal imprecision and commercial impracticality of how the commission handled issues related to crypto assets and highlighted the intent of the task force to create a regulatory framework that both protects investors and preserves the industry’s ability to offer products and services. The focus of these statements, however, was on highlighting some of the current and future projects and issues for the task force and, in this regard, Commissioner Peirce has noted that the task force will be looking for input from all interested parties.

[https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/peirce-journey-begins-020425?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govdelivery](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/peirce-journey-begins-020425?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery)

### SEC Staff Issues New Guidance Regarding Schedule 13D and 13G

On February 11, 2025, the SEC staff published updates to two Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations (“C&DIs”) regarding the availability of Schedule 13G to certain investors, specifically concerning activities that could preclude an investor from reporting on Schedule 13G in certain circumstances. The C&DIs have been updated to revise Question 103.11 and include a new Question 103.12.

https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/staff-guidance/compliance-disclosure-interpretations/exchange-act-sections-13d-13g-regulation-13d-g-beneficial-ownership-reporting

### White House Executive Order – Federal Agencies

On February 18, 2025, President Donald J. Trump signed an EO, entitled, “Restoring Democracy and Accountability in Government,” which asserts greater authority over all federal agencies, including those established by Congress as independent from direct presidential control. The EO specifically lists the SEC, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB), and the Federal Reserve Board as relevant agencies.

The EO could lead to delays, if not cancellations, of pending and proposed regulations at those agencies. At a minimum, it introduces uncertainty as it newly subjects all of their “significant regulatory actions” to White House review. Moreover, the EO reflects an intent (or represents an effort) to fundamentally change the current regulatory environment.

https://www.whitehouse.gov/fact-sheets/2025/02/fact-sheet-president-donald-j-trump-reins-in-independent-agencies-to-restore-a-government-that-answers-to-the-american-people/

### SEC Announces Cyber and Emerging Technologies Unit to Protect Retail Investors

On February 20, 2025, the SEC announced the creation of the Cyber and Emerging Technologies Unit (“CETU”) to focus on combatting cyber-related misconduct and to protect retail investors from bad actors in the emerging technologies space. The CETU, led by Laura D’Allaird, replaces the Crypto Assets and Cyber Unit and is comprised of approximately 30 fraud specialists and attorneys across multiple SEC offices.

“Under Laura’s leadership, this new unit will complement the work of the Crypto Task Force led by Commissioner Hester Peirce. Importantly, the new unit will also allow the SEC to deploy enforcement resources judiciously,” said Acting Chairman Mark T. Uyeda. “The unit will not only protect investors but will also facilitate capital formation and market efficiency by clearing the way for innovation to grow. It will root out those seeking to misuse innovation to harm investors and diminish confidence in new technologies.”

Specifically, the CETU will utilize the staff’s substantial fintech and cyber-related experience to combat misconduct as it relates to securities transactions in the following priority areas:

- Fraud committed using emerging technologies, such as artificial intelligence and machine learning
- Use of social media, the dark web, or false websites to perpetrate fraud
- Hacking to obtain material nonpublic information
- Takeovers of retail brokerage accounts
- Fraud involving blockchain technology and crypto assets
- Regulated entities’ compliance with cybersecurity rules and regulations
- Public issuer fraudulent disclosure relating to cybersecurity

https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2025-42#:~:text=The%20Securities%20and%20Exchange%20Commission%20today%20announced%20the,from%20bad%20actors%20in%20the%20emerging%20technologies%20space.

### ICI Unveils Blueprint to Support Middle-Class Wealth Creation: Reimagining the 1940 Act

On March 17, 2025, the Investment Company Institute (the “ICI”) unveiled the ICI’s blueprint to reform the 1940 Act, [“Reimagining the 1940 Act: Key Recommendations for Innovation and Investor Protection”](https://www.ici.org/system/files/2025-03/25-ppr-reimagining-the-40-act.pdf "www.ici.org"). The ICI presented the white paper at its Investment Management Conference in California and is calling on the SEC to address the recommendations as part of its mission of capital formation, investor protection, and orderly markets. The 1940 Act, which regulates investment companies including mutual funds, ETFs, and closed-end funds (“CEFs”), has not been comprehensively reviewed in more than 30 years.

ICI’s blueprint to modernize the 1940 Act seeks to foster ETF innovation, expand retail investors’ access to private markets, strengthen closed-end funds, eliminate unnecessary regulatory costs and burdens, and better leverage the expertise and independence of fund directors.

“Last year, we celebrated the enduring success of the mutual fund at its centennial. This investment product helped create a pathway to the middle class for millions of Americans. To ensure continued success for these products and the investors they serve, the SEC should update the 1940 Act regulatory framework,” said ICI President and CEO Eric J. Pan. “When the framework was last updated, ETFs did not exist, and now millions of Americans own ETF shares. Mobile technology, which many funds use to communicate with investors, had yet to be developed. The 1940 Act was crafted to change over time as markets evolved. We are hopeful that SEC leadership, including Acting Chairman Uyeda and the president’s nominee, Paul Atkins, will be receptive to our calls to modernize the 1940 Act.”

ICI developed its blueprint over the past three years. Two principles have guided ICI’s work: first, that the core 1940 Act regulatory framework remains fundamentally sound; and second, that any proposed changes must advance the interests of individual investors.

ICI worked extensively with its members to consider potential ways to modernize the regulatory framework for 1940 Act funds. ICI also worked in close collaboration with leading law firms with deep expertise developed through their representation of funds, fund advisers, and independent directors. Several of the law firm partners most involved with this project previously served in senior positions in the SEC’s Division of Investment Management.

ICI’s blueprint includes selected recommendations such as:

- The SEC should enable a new or existing fund to offer both mutual fund and ETF share classes and expand permissible asset classes for semi-transparent ETFs.
- The SEC should adopt reforms to strengthen closed-end funds, including by giving them additional tools to combat harmful predatory activists, and expand their flexibility to invest in private market assets, without sacrificing investor protection.
- The SEC should adopt electronic delivery of information as the default delivery option and streamline the shareholder approval process.
- The SEC should permit fund boards to appoint a greater number of new independent directors and update requirements for in-person voting by directors.

https://www.ici.org/system/files/2025-03/25-ppr-reimagining-the-40-act.pdf


---

# Compliance Matters Q2 2025

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2025/_

# Compliance Matters Q2 2025

Subscribe

August 19, 2025

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q2 2025

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### SEC Division of Investment Management: Marketing Compliance Rule Frequently Asked Questions

On March 19, 2025, the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC” or the “Commission”) Division of Investment Management (“DIM”) issued responses to frequently asked questions (“FAQ”) related to the adoption of amendments in December 2020 to Rule 206(4)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) ([**https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2020/ia-5653.pdf**](https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2020/ia-5653.pdf)). The staff noted that it expects to update the FAQ from time to time to include responses to additional questions. These responses represent the views of the staff of the DIM and they are not a rule, regulation, or statement of the SEC. The SEC has neither approved nor disapproved these FAQs or the answers to these FAQs. The FAQs, like all staff guidance, have no legal force or effect: they do not alter or amend applicable law, and they create no new or additional obligations for any person.

http://SEC.gov  **| Marketing Compliance Frequently Asked Questions**

### SEC Hosts Industry Roundtable on Artificial Intelligence

On March 27, 2025, the SEC hosted a roundtable of regulators, industry leaders and academics, focusing discussion on topics related to artificial intelligence (“AI”) within the financial industry. Panelists discussed AI-related challenges, including cyber-attacks and fraud schemes that are continuously evolving to exploit vulnerabilities with an objective to gain unauthorized access to funds or sensitive information. Acting SEC Charman Uyeda, along with panelists throughout the day, emphasized that the existing regulatory framework should be leveraged to address AI-related misconduct in the financial industry. Panelists also emphasized the importance of proactively addressing both the risks and opportunities with the use of AI, which include collaboration and information sharing to support the establishment of AI governance committees, enhancement of cybersecurity measures, and development of comprehensive training programs.

https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/meetings-events/sec-roundtable-artificial-intelligence-financial-industry

### SEC Reportedly Reorganizes Regional Offices and its Enforcement and Exams Divisions

Effective April 9, 2025, the SEC reorganized its ten regional offices into three primary regions: Northeast, Southeast, and West. SEC enforcement staff began reporting to three new deputy directors based on these geographic regions. Previously, the enforcement division had a single deputy director. Additionally, exam staff in the SEC’s ten regional offices began reporting to new associate directors. In connection with these changes, the SEC enacted its previously reported plan to eliminate its Regional Director position. Nine of the current Regional Directors were reassigned into new roles. A spokesperson for the SEC confirmed the changes, saying they “are intended to improve efficiency, management, and oversight of the Divisions.”

https://www.reuters.com/world/us/us-securities-exchange-commission-restructures-enforcement-division-memo-says-2025-04-02/

### Paul Atkins Sworn In as SEC Chairman

On April 21, 2025, Paul S. Atkins was sworn into office as the 34th Chairman of the SEC. Chairman Atkins was nominated by President Donald J. Trump on January 20, 2025, and confirmed by the U.S. Senate on April 9, 2025. Prior to returning to the SEC, Chairman Atkins was most recently chief executive of Patomak Global Partners, a company he founded in 2009. Chairman Atkins helped lead efforts to develop best practices for the digital asset sector. He served as an independent director and non-executive chairman of the board of BATS Global Markets, Inc. from 2012 to 2015. Chairman Atkins was appointed by President George W. Bush to serve as a Commissioner of the SEC from 2002 to 2008. During his tenure, he advocated for transparency, consistency, and the use of cost-benefit analysis at the agency. Chairman Atkins also represented the SEC at meetings of the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets and the U.S.-EU Transatlantic Economic Council. From 2009 to 2010, he was appointed a member of the Congressional Oversight Panel for the Troubled Asset Relief Program. Before serving as an SEC Commissioner, Chairman Atkins was a consultant on securities and investment management industry matters, especially regarding issues of strategy, regulatory compliance, risk management, new product development, and organizational control. From 1990 to 1994, Chairman Atkins served on the staff of two chairmen of the SEC, Richard C. Breeden and Arthur Levitt, ultimately as chief of staff and counselor, respectively.

http://SEC.gov  **| Paul S. Atkins Sworn In as SEC Chairman**

### SEC Considers Regulatory Framework for Tokenized Securities

On May 8, 2025, SEC Commissioner Peirce discussed the SEC’s revised approach to crypto regulation at the SEC’s 31st International Institute for Securities Market Growth and Development. Commissioner Peirce stated the SEC’s revised approach would be multi-faceted and that one focus would be the tokenization of traditional securities. She explained that tokenization refers to the use of distributed ledger technology to maintain the record of ownership of traditional assets, including securities, such as stocks and bonds. Tokenization entails formatting these assets as crypto assets on a blockchain or other distributed ledger technology (“DLT”).

Commissioner Peirce stated that the SEC’s Crypto Task Force is considering a potential exemptive order that would allow firms to use DLT to issue, trade, and settle securities. This potential conditional exemption from certain SEC registration requirements and associated rules would allow firms to use innovative trading systems for eligible tokenized securities. While this conditional exemption is a work-in-progress, it would afford the SEC time to develop and adopt durable adaptations to its existing rules to accommodate DLT. The goal of the conditional exemption for tokenized securities would be to formulate a commercially feasible approach that protects investors, which includes ensuring that investors have the benefit of innovative technologies for trading, clearing, and settling securities.

- The contemplated exemption would be conditional. Exempted entities would comply with market integrity conditions for the prevention of fraud and manipulation. Additional conditions might include:
- Requirements to provide material and relevant disclosures to users about a platform’s products, services, operations, conflicts of interest, and risks;
- Compliance with recordkeeping and reporting requirements;
- Being subject to monitoring and examination by SEC staff; and
- Maintaining adequate financial resources for operations.

Supplemental requirements for participants offering crypto custodial services might include customer disclosures about custody arrangements and risks and a requirement to implement policies and procedures or substantive requirements related to blockchain and wallet security. Additionally, restrictions such as limiting the number and types of tokenized securities listed or traded or trading volume could mitigate risks to investors and markets.

On May 12, 2025, SEC Chairman Atkins further discussed the potential regulatory framework for securities tokenization at the Crypto Tak Force Roundtable on Tokenization. He discussed three areas of focus for crypto asset policy which include issuance, custody, and trading.

First, Chairman Atkins stated that he intends for the SEC to establish clear and sensible guidelines for distribution of crypto assets that are securities or subject to an investment contract. He stated that two struggles that have prevented such registrations in the past were; (1) the challenge in satisfying disclosure requirements; and (2) whether the crypto asset constitutes a security or investment contract that requires such registration.

Second, Chairman Atkins stated he supports providing registrants with more options in determining how to custody crypto assets. He stated that the SEC will work to provide clarity on the types of custodians that qualify as a “qualified custodian” under the Advisers Act and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). He further stated that the SEC will work to implement reasonable exceptions from the qualified custody requirements to accommodate certain common practices within the crypto asset markets.

Third, Chairman Atkins stated that he favors allowing registrants to trade a broader variety of products on their platforms in response to market demand. He stated that he has asked the SEC staff to explore whether further guidance or rulemaking may be helpful for enabling the listing and trading of crypto assets on national securities exchanges.

http://SEC.gov  **| A Creative and Cooperative Balancing Act**

http://SEC.gov  **| Keynote Address at the Crypto Task Force Roundtable on Tokenization**

### Texas Adopts Amendments to its Business Organizations Code

On May 14, 2025, Texas Governor Greg Abbott signed into law bipartisan legislation (the “New Legislation”) enacting significant amendments to the Texas Business Organizations Code (TBOC) intended to make Texas a leading jurisdiction for corporate incorporation. The New Legislation is part of a broader, concerted effort by Texas to compete with Delaware as the “jurisdiction of choice” in which to domicile public and private business organizations and follows the formation of the Texas Business Court, a specialized trial court created to resolve certain complex business disputes which commenced operations in September 2024 and anticipates the expected launch of the Texas Stock Exchange in early 2026. The New Legislation seeks to address critiques of recent Delaware caselaw regarding publicly traded corporations, and the legislation can be understood as Texas’ attempt to capitalize on companies considering leaving Delaware (so-called “DExit”) over concerns about the litigation environment.

[Governor Abbott Signs Over 600 Critical Bills Passed During 89th Regular Legislative Session | Office of the Texas Governor | Greg Abbott](https://gov.texas.gov/news/post/governor-abbott-signs-over-600-critical-bills-passed-during-89th-regular-legislative-session "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com")

### Division of Trading and Markets: Frequently Asked Questions Relating to Crypto Asset Activities and Distributed Ledger Technology

On May 15, 2025, the staff of the Division of Trading and Markets of the Commission prepared responses to frequently asked questions relating to crypto asset activities and distributed ledger technology. These responses represent the views of the staff and they are not a rule, regulation, or statement of the Commission. The Commission has neither approved nor disapproved their content. These responses, like all staff statements, have no legal force or effect: they do not alter or amend applicable law, and they create no new or additional obligations for any person.

http://SEC.gov  **| Division of Trading and Markets: Frequently Asked Questions Relating to Crypto Asset Activities and Distributed Ledger Technology**

### Brian Daly Named Director of the SEC’s Division of Investment Management

On June 10, 2025, the SEC announced that Natasha Vij Greiner, Director of the DIM, would depart the agency effective July 4, 2025, after more than 23 years of public service. Brian T. Daly became the new Director of the DIM, effective July 8, 2025. Mr. Daly brings decades of experience serving in prominent roles at global law firms and investment management firms while advising fund managers and sponsors on regulatory compliance. For the past four years, he has been a partner in the investment management practice at Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP in New York, where he has guided investment advisers and other clients on their legal and compliance programs, policies, and procedures as well as counseling on fund and management company formation, operational and trading issues, contentious matters, and management company transactions. Prior to Akin, Mr. Daly spent nearly a decade as a partner in the investment management group of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, advising investment advisers and fund managers on legal, compliance, and operational issues and matters. He was also a founding equity partner of Kepos Capital, a quantitative investment management company, while he served as chief legal and compliance officer. Among other prior positions, Mr. Daly served in general counsel and chief compliance officer positions at Millennium Partners, a Carlyle Group liquid markets fund manager, and Raptor Capital Management. He also taught legal ethics at Yale Law School and served on the board of directors of the Managed Funds Association.

http://SEC.gov  | Brian Daly Named Director of Division of Investment Management

### U.S. Supreme Court to Consider Case Related to Closed-End Fund Activist Suits

On June 30, 2025, the U.S. Supreme Court granted a petition for a writ of certiorari with respect to a ruling by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit holding that Saba Capital had the right to sue a series of closed-end funds under the 1940 Act. The case, FS Credit Opportunities Corp. v. Saba Capital Master Fund Ltd., centers on whether fund shareholders may bring a private right of action directly under Section 47 of the 1940 Act to rescind fund governance bylaws or decisions that they allege violate the 1940 Act’s shareholder voting rights requirements. The SEC has filed an amicus brief arguing that Section 47 of the 1940 Act does not authorize a private right of action, which is consistent with other efforts by the SEC under the Trump Presidencies, to limit the activities of activist investors with respect to closed-end funds and issuers generally.

[Docket for 24-345](https://www.supremecourt.gov/docket/docketfiles/html/public/24-345.html "www.supremecourt.gov")

## SEC PROPOSED RULES

### Request for Extension of Compliance Dates for Amendments to Regulation S-P

On April 25, 2025, the Investment Company Institute, along with several other financial industry organizations, submitted a joint request to SEC Chairman Atkins for a 12-month extension of the compliance dates to Regulation S-P. The SEC adopted amendments to Regulation S-P on May 16, 2024, with a compliance date for larger entities (investment companies with net assets of $1 billion or more and registered investment advisers with AUM of $1.5 billion or more) set for December 3, 2025, and small entities set for June 3, 2026. The request cites the need to assess and potentially change agreements with service providers, material changes to policies and procedures, and the new 30-day notice period for individuals affected by a breach as additional burdens that need to be considered. In addition, the request urges further amendments to harmonize inconsistencies between the new requirements and existing state and global privacy requirements. On July 18, 2025, the same industry organizations provided additional comments to SEC Chairman Atkins highlighting the need for further clarity and guidance on aspects of the amended rule, as well as urging the SEC to extend the compliance date.

[Request for Extension of Compliance Dates for Amendments to Regulation S-P (Joint Trades) – SIFMA –](https://www.sifma.org/advocacy/letters/request-for-extension-of-compliance-dates-for-amendments-to-regulation-s-p-joint-trades "www.sifma.org")

[Request for Extension of Compliance Dates for Amendments to Regulation S-P (Joint Trades) – SIFMA](https://www.sifma.org/advocacy/letters/request-for-extension-of-compliance-dates-for-amendments-to-regulation-s-p-joint-trades "www.sifma.org")

[https://www.sifma.org/resources/submissions/letters/regulation-s-p-privacy-of-consumer-financial-information-and-safeguarding-customer-information-joint-trades-2/](https://www.sifma.org/advocacy/letters/regulation-s-p-privacy-of-consumer-financial-information-and-safeguarding-customer-information-joint-trades-2 "www.sifma.org")

### NYSE Proposes to Exempt Closed-End Funds from Annual Shareholder Meeting Requirement

On June 12, 2025, the New York Stock Exchange LLC (the “Exchange”) proposed to amend Section 302.00 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual to exempt closed-end funds registered under the 1940 Act from the requirement to hold annual shareholder meetings.

[Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change Amending Section 302.00 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/sro/nyse/2025/34-103244.pdf "www.sec.gov")

## SEC FINAL RULES

### SEC Approves Multi-Class Exemptive Relief for Privately Offered Business Development Companies and Closed-End Funds

On April 8, 2025, the SEC approved multiple applications for multi-share class exemptive relief for privately offered business development companies (“BDCs”) and certain registered closed-end funds (interval and tender offer funds) (together the “Funds”). This relief allows these Funds to issue multiple classes of shares with varying sales loads, asset-based service fees, and/or distribution fees, a practice previously limited to publicly offered, non-listed BDCs and the specified types of registered closed-end funds. The 1940 Act generally does not permit a Fund to offer multiple share classes without exemptive relief and previously, the SEC had only allowed non-listed publicly offered BDCs to obtain this type of exemptive relief.

*Potential Benefits*

The relief is expected to increase access to distribution channels, potentially leading to greater market reach and AUM growth. This change also aligns private BDCs more closely with other retail investment vehicles and can offer operational efficiency compared to publicly offered, non-listed BDCs.

*Key Considerations*

Funds using this relief must accept continuous subscriptions at prices at or above the net asset value of each share class. They are also subject to additional regulations and compliance procedures not typically applied to privately offered funds. Shareholder approval may be required for distribution plans with varying fees. Each manager must obtain its own multi-class exemptive relief, even if they have received similar relief before.

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1449853/000110465925019211/tm257881d1_40appa.htm

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2031750/999999999725000872/filename1.pdf

### SEC Extends Effective and Compliance Dates for Amendments to Form N-PORT Reporting Requirements

On April 16, 2025, the SEC delayed the effective date of the amendments to the Form N-PORT reporting requirements to November 17, 2027, two years after the original effective date of the amendments. Additionally, the compliance date for registered funds to comply with these amendments has been delayed two years from the initial date. For larger fund groups with net assets of $1 billion or more as of the end of their most recent fiscal year end, the new compliance date is November 17, 2027. For smaller fund groups with less than $1 billion in net assets as of the end of their most recent fiscal year end, the new compliance date is May 18, 2028.

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC Extends Effective and Compliance Dates for Amendments to Investment Company Reporting Requirements**

### SEC Approves More Flexible Co-Investment Relief for Business Development Companies and Closed-End Funds

On April 29, 2025, the SEC approved a more simplified and flexible framework for co-investments involving certain BDCs and closed-end funds (together, “Regulated Funds”). The relief aims to streamline the process for co-investments between these Regulated Funds and their affiliated entities (including private funds). Some of the key changes of the relief are as follows:

- Reduced Board Approval Requirements: Previously, Regulated Fund boards were often required to pre-approve each co-investment transaction and subsequent actions. The new relief significantly reduces this burden, requiring board pre-approval only in specific situations with quarterly board reporting required for most transactions.
- Expanded Access to Follow-On Investments: Restrictions that previously prevented Regulated Funds from participating in follow-on investments if they weren’t part of the original co-investment. The new relief allows Regulated Funds to participate in such follow-on investments subject to board pre-approval.
- Streamlined Allocation Processes: Advisers can now utilize their existing allocation policies, provided they adopt and implement co-investment policies designed to ensure fairness and equity in allocating opportunities.
- Broader Scope of Eligible Affiliates: The definition of “affiliated entities” eligible to participate in co-investments has been expanded, including a wider range of private funds and joint venture subsidiaries of Regulated Funds.
- Reduced Board Reporting Burden: The new relief reduces the detailed, deal-by-deal reporting previously required for board review, opting instead for summarized quarterly and annual reports.

While the new relief retains certain burdens of the prior relief, it is a positive step toward modernizing and expanding permitted joint transactions.

https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/ic/2025/ic-35520.pdf

### SEC Removes 15% Limit on Private Fund Investments by Retail Closed-End Funds

On May 19, 2025, the SEC announced a significant policy shift regarding registered closed-end funds offered to retail investors –the SEC staff will no longer require retail closed-end funds to limit their investments in private funds – i.e., funds relying upon Sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act (“private funds”) – to 15% of their net assets.

The policy shift stems from remarks made by SEC Chairman Atkins on May 19, 2025 at the first day of the “SEC Speaks in 2025” conference. Prior to these remarks, the SEC staff required closed-end funds that proposed to invest more than 15% of their net assets in private funds to limit the sale of their shares to investors (i) who are “accredited investors,” as defined in Regulation D’s Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) whose initial investment was $25,000. These SEC staff requirements were not required by any statute or rule, nor were they published or memorialized in any formal SEC guidance but, instead, have been communicated to closed-end fund registrants during the registration statement disclosure review process. Although recently the SEC staff had narrowed the scope of their position by not applying the 15% limit to real estate or infrastructure funds, it had still been applying it to private equity funds and hedge funds.

In support of this significant rule change, SEC leadership cited the explosive growth of the private markets – tripling in assets over the past decade – and increased regulatory oversight as drivers for the change. This policy change will provide greater access for non-accredited retail investors to invest in private equity and private credit markets but also introduces heightened litigation and enforcement risk.

http://SEC.gov  **| Prepared Remarks Before SEC Speaks**

### SEC Withdrawal of Proposed Regulatory Actions

On June 12, 2025, the Commission formally withdrew fourteen notices of proposed rulemaking issued between March 2022 and November 2023. The Commission does not intend to issue final rules with respect to these proposals. If the Commission decides to pursue future regulatory action in any of these areas, it will issue a new proposed rule. Below are certain of the rule withdrawals relating to investment advisers and registered investment companies.

1. **Conflicts of Interest Associated With the Use of Predictive Data Analytics by Broker-Dealers and Investment Advisers**

On August 9, 2023, the Commission published proposed new rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), and the Advisers Act to, among other things, address certain interactions between broker-dealers or investment advisers and investors through these firms’ use of predictive data analytics.

[Conflicts of Interest Associated with the Use of Predictive Data Analytics by Broker‑Dealers and Investment Advisers](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/rulemaking-activity?search=S7-12-23 "www.sec.gov")

1. **Safeguarding Advisory Client Assets**

On March 9, 2023, the Commission published a proposed new rule under the Advisers Act to address how investment advisers safeguard client assets. The Commission also proposed, among other things, to amend certain provisions of the current custody rule.

[Safeguarding Advisory Client Assets](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/rulemaking-activity?search=S7-04-23 "www.sec.gov")

1. **Cybersecurity Risk Management for Investment Advisers, Registered Investment Companies, and Business Development Companies**

On March 9, 2022, the Commission published proposed new rules and forms and amendments to existing forms under the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act to require registered investment advisers and investment companies to adopt and implement written cybersecurity policies and procedures reasonably designed to address cybersecurity risks, disclose information about cybersecurity risks and incidents, report information confidentially to the Commission about certain cybersecurity incidents, and maintain related records.

[Cybersecurity Risk Management Rule for Broker‑Dealers, Exchanges, and Other Market Infrastructure Entities](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/rulemaking-activity?search=S7-06-23 "www.sec.gov")

1. **Enhanced Disclosures by Certain Investment Advisers and Investment Companies About Environmental, Social and Governance Investment Practices**

On June 17, 2022, the Commission published proposed amendments to rules and forms under both the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act to require, among other things, registered investment advisers, certain advisers that are exempt from registration, registered investment companies, and business development companies, to provide additional information regarding their environmental, social, and governance investment practices.

[Enhanced Disclosures by Certain Investment Advisers and Investment Companies About Environmental, Social and Governance Investment Practices](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/rulemaking-activity?search=S7-17-22 "www.sec.gov")

1. **Outsourcing by Investment Advisers**

On November 16, 2022, the Commission published a proposed new rule under the Advisers Act to prohibit advisers from outsourcing certain services or functions without first meeting certain requirements. The Commission also proposed related form amendments to collect information about the service providers defined in the proposed rule.

[Outsourcing by Investment Advisers](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/rulemaking-activity?search=S7-25-22 "www.sec.gov")

1. **Regulation Best Execution**

On January 27, 2023, the Commission published proposed new rules under the Exchange Act relating to a broker-dealer’s duty of best execution. Proposed Regulation Best Execution would have changed the existing regulatory framework concerning the duty of best execution by requiring detailed policies and procedures for all broker-dealers and additional policies and procedures for broker-dealers engaging in certain transactions with retail customers, as well as related review and documentation requirements.

[Regulation Best Execution](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/rulemaking-activity?search=S7-32-22 "www.sec.gov")

1. **Order Competition Rule**

On January 3, 2023, the Commission published a rule proposal to, among other things, amend the regulation governing the national market system under the Exchange Act to add a new rule prohibiting a “restricted competition trading center” from internally executing certain orders of individual investors at a price unless the orders are first exposed to competition at that price in a qualified auction operated by an open “competition trading center,” subject to limited exceptions.

[Order Competition Rule](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/rulemaking-activity?search=S7-31-22 "www.sec.gov")

1. **Cybersecurity Risk Management Rule for Broker-Dealers, Clearing Agencies, Major Security-Based Swap Participants, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, National Securities Associations, National Securities Exchanges, Security-Based Swap Data Repositories, Security-Based Swap Dealers, and Transfer Agents**

On April 5, 2023, the Commission published a proposed new rule and form and amendments to existing rules to, among other things, require broker-dealers, clearing agencies, major security-based swap participants, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, national securities associations, national securities exchanges, security-based swap data repositories, security-based swap dealers, and transfer agents to address cybersecurity risks through policies and procedures, immediate notification to the Commission of the occurrence of a significant cybersecurity incident and, as applicable, reporting detailed information to the Commission about a significant cybersecurity incident, and public disclosures.

[Cybersecurity Risk Management Rule for Broker‑Dealers, Exchanges, and Other Market Infrastructure Entities](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/rulemaking-activity?search=S7-06-23 "www.sec.gov")

[Notice of Withdrawal of Proposed Regulatory Actions](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/final/2025/33-11377.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### FinCEN Postpones New AML Rule for Investment Advisers

On July 21, 2025, In order to ensure efficient regulation that appropriately balances costs and benefits, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) announced its intention to postpone the effective date of the final rule establishing [Anti-Money Laundering/Countering the Financing of Terrorism Program and Suspicious Activity Report Filing Requirements for Registered Investment Advisers and Exempt Reporting Advisers](https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2024/09/04/2024-19260/financial-crimes-enforcement-network-anti-money-launderingcountering-the-financing-of-terrorism "www.federalregister.gov") (the “IA AML Rule”) and to revisit the scope of the IA AML Rule at a future date. FinCEN anticipates delaying the effective date of the IA AML Rule from January 1, 2026, until January 1, 2028.

The IA AML Rule seeks to address ongoing illicit finance risks, threats, and vulnerabilities posed by criminals and foreign adversaries that exploit the U.S. financial system and assets through investment advisers. FinCEN recognizes, however, that the rule must be effectively tailored to the diverse business models and risk profiles of the investment adviser sector. FinCEN also recognizes that extending the effective date of the rule may help ease potential compliance costs for industry and reduce regulatory uncertainty while FinCEN undertakes a broader review of the IA AML Rule.

While FinCEN will work through the rulemaking process to extend the effective date, FinCEN intends to provide the investment adviser sector with regulatory certainty by issuing appropriate exemptive relief delaying the effective date. During the delayed effective date, FinCEN intends to revisit the substance of the IA AML Rule through a future rulemaking process and, together with the Commission, also intends to revisit the joint proposed rule establishing customer identification program rule requirements for investment advisers, [Customer Identification Programs for Registered Investment Advisers and Exempt Reporting Advisers.](https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2024/05/21/2024-10738/customer-identification-programs-for-registered-investment-advisers-and-exempt-reporting-advisers "www.federalregister.gov")

[Treasury Announces Postponement and Reopening of Investment Adviser Rule | U.S. Department of the Treasury](https://home.treasury.gov/news/press-releases/sb0201 "home.treasury.gov")

[2024-19260.pdf](https://public-inspection.federalregister.gov/2024-19260.pdf "public-inspection.federalregister.gov")

## ENFORCEMENT AND LITIGATION MATTERS

### SEC Drops Liquidity Rule Suit Against Mutual Fund Adviser and its Officers and Mutual Fund Trustees

On July 11, 2025, the SEC announced that it had filed a joint stipulation with a mutual fund adviser, two of its officers, and two mutual fund independent trustees, to dismiss with prejudice the SEC’s first-ever case seeking to enforce provisions of Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (the Liquidity Rule).

[Pinnacle Advisors, LLC; Robert F. Cuculich; Benjamin R. Quilty; Mark E. Wadach; and Lawton A. Williamson](https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/litreleases/2025/lr-26347-filed-stipulation-dismissal.pdf "www.sec.gov") (dismissal)

[Pinnacle Advisors, LLC, Robert F. Cuculich, Benjamin Quilty, Mark E. Wadach and Lawton A. Williamson](https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/complaints/2023/comp-pr2023-90.pdf "www.sec.gov") (original complaint)

COD00000807 8/5/2025


---

# Compliance Matters Q3 2025

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q3-2025/_

# Compliance Matters Q3 2025

Subscribe

October 30, 2025

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q3 2025

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### SEC Staff Updates Guidance on Section 13 Beneficial Ownership Reporting Rules

On July 11, 2025, the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC” or the “Commission”) Division of Corporation Finance published non-substantive updates to various Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations (“C&DIs”) relating to Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Regulations 13D and 13G Beneficial Ownership Reporting.

These updates align the C&DIs with amendments to Regulations 13D and 13G adopted in October 2023. Among other items, the 2023 amendments accelerated the filing requirements for Schedules 13D and 13G. For example, qualified institutional investors that have acquired beneficial ownership of more than 5% (but less than 10%) of a company’s equity securities are now required to file an initial Schedule 13G within 45 days of the end of the quarter in which beneficial ownership exceeded 5%, as opposed to 45 days after the end of the year. Accordingly, most of the changes to the C&DIs reflect updates to the required timing of initial and amended Schedules 13D or 13G, notably including changing from the “prompt” filing of Schedule 13D amendments to the new two (2) business day requirement of Rule 13d-2(a) under the Exchange Act.

http://SEC.gov  **| Exchange Act Sections 13(d) and 13(g) and Regulation 13D-G Beneficial Ownership Reporting**

### SEC Permits In-Kind Creations and Redemptions for Crypto ETPs

On July 29, 2025, the SEC voted to approve orders to permit in-kind creations and redemptions by authorized participants for crypto asset exchange-traded product (“ETP”) shares.

The SEC’s orders reflect a departure from recently approved spot bitcoin and ether ETPs, which were limited to creations and redemptions on an in-cash basis. With the approval orders, bitcoin and ether ETPs, consistent with other commodity-based ETPs approved by the Commission, will be permitted to create and redeem shares on an in-kind basis.

The Commission also voted to approve other orders that advance a merit-neutral approach to crypto-based products, including exchange applications seeking to list and trade an ETP that would hold mixed spot bitcoin and spot ether, options on certain spot bitcoin ETPs, Flexible Exchange options on shares of certain bitcoin-based ETPs, and an increase of position limits up to the generic limits for options (up to 250,000 contracts) for listed options on certain bitcoin ETPs. Additionally, the Commission issued two scheduling orders soliciting comments in support of, or in opposition to, the SEC’s Division of Trading and Market’s approval, pursuant to delegated authority, of a national securities exchange’s proposals to list and trade two large-cap crypto-based ETPs.

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC Permits In-Kind Creations and Redemptions for Crypto ETPs**

### SEC Chairman Atkins’ Policy Address – Project Crypto

On July 31, 2025, at the America First Policy Institute, SEC Chairman Atkins unveiled Project Crypto, an initiative which seeks to modernize securities regulation and support the Executive Branch’s vision for the U.S. as the “crypto capital of the world.”

*Support for the GENIUS Act and Market Structure Legislation*

Chairman Atkins highlighted that the Commission would reject “regulation-by-enforcement” in favor of clear, proactive rulemaking. He directed SEC staff to draft rules for crypto asset distribution, custody, and trading; collaborate with the Crypto Task Force on rule proposals aligned with the report from the President’s Working Group on Digital Asset Markets; and use interpretative and exemptive authority to avoid stifling innovation.

*Bringing Crypto Asset Distributions Back to the U.S.*

Chairman Atkins called for a comprehensive regulatory framework to reduce reliance on offshore structures. He instructed staff to clarify when a crypto asset qualifies as a security; propose tailored disclosures and safe harbor mechanisms; support tokenization of traditional securities for U.S. distribution; and he emphasized that most crypto assets are not securities, and even when they are, regulation should encourage development, not deter it.

*Custody and Trading Venue Flexibility*

Chairman Atkins advocated for maximum choice, including self-custody, which he called a “core American value.” He is seeking to modernize custody rules for crypto assets; allow efficient licensing across business lines; and promote regulatory flexibility that protects investors without unnecessary burdens.

*Horizontal Integration and Super-Apps*

Chairman Atkins prioritized enabling “super-apps” — platforms offering a wide range of crypto and traditional financial services under one license. He asserted that SEC-registered venues can already list non-securities and directed staff to develop guidance for super-apps; create frameworks for side-by-side trading of securities and non-securities; and explore allowing non-security crypto assets on non-registered venues.

*Integrating On-Chain Systems*

Chairman Atkins called for updates to outdated rules to support decentralized systems, including automated market makers. He emphasized that regulation should not impose intermediaries where they are not needed. He proposed clarifying the roles of software publishers and intermediaries and suggested potential amendments to Regulation NMS to accommodate tokenized securities.

*Commercial Viability and the Innovation Exemption*

Chairman Atkins proposed a principles-based “innovation exemption” to allow new technologies to enter the market quickly. Conditions could include periodic reporting, whitelisting or verified participant pools, and standards-based limitations (e.g., ERC-3643 compliance). He urged both SEC staff and market participants to focus on practical implementation and market readiness.

http://SEC.gov  **| American Leadership in the Digital Finance Revolution**

### President Trump Signs Executive Order on Private and Alternatives Investments in 401(k) Retirement Plans

On August 7, 2025, President Trump issued an executive order (the “Order”) that allows investors in 401(k) plans and other retirement plans greater access to private and alternative investments. The Order directs the Labor Department to reassess existing guidelines on alternative assets in retirement plans and clarify the related fiduciary responsibilities. The Order also instructs the Labor Department to work alongside other agencies, such as the SEC and the Treasury Department, in deciding what rule changes are needed.

The Order begins the process for American retirement savers to access a wider range of non-traditional private and alternative investments. Proponents say that access to private and alternative investments could lead to greater diversification in retirement portfolios and greater returns. However, detractors say that private and alternative investments typically are less liquid, charge higher fees, and are often less transparent than investments in a traditional, publicly traded stock and bond portfolio. Either way, the Order paves the way for more retirement plan investors to decide for themselves if, and to what extent, private and alternative investments have a place in their retirement portfolios.

[Democratizing Access to Alternative Assets for 401(K) Investors – The White House](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Furl.us.m.mimecastprotect.com%2Fs%2FVnV8CYExZWuD2YVDuQSouxccmC%3Fdomain%3Dwhitehouse.gov&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C25677e7bab9b416e560308de16ffc9c3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638973485078564768%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJFbXB0eU1hcGkiOnRydWUsIlYiOiIwLjAuMDAwMCIsIlAiOiJXaW4zMiIsIkFOIjoiTWFpbCIsIldUIjoyfQ%3D%3D%7C80000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=gUYAAOTvO75zAbaLnzWbXJXYEzMKZnlRKc5Kv5cnBYU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### ICI Letter to SEC Chairman Atkins regarding Rule 17a-7 Amendments

On August 7, 2025, the Investment Company Institute (“ICI”) recommended the modernization of Rule 17a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) to permit investment companies to cross trade fixed income securities. The cross trading of fixed income securities by investment companies was previously allowed, subject to numerous conditions, prior to the adoption of an unrelated 2020 SEC rule and guidance on valuation. Language in Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act (the “Valuation Rule”) required that a security must have a “readily available market quotation” in order to be eligible for cross trading. This language significantly limited funds’ ability to perform cross trades of fixed-income securities. It has been estimated that cross trading of fixed income securities generated over $300 million in cost savings to funds and their shareholders.

Following the adoption of the Valuation Rule, the SEC appeared poised to fix the collateral damage caused by the rule and opened a comment file on the topic of cross trading fixed income securities. The SEC, however, took no action and the topic was dropped from its rulemaking agenda. Now, the ICI is once again optimistic about the return of cross trading fixed income securities under the SEC’s new leadership.

An important distinction of the current ICI proposal is that they are recommending that in addition to funds using dealer quotes to price securities for cross trading, they should also be allowed to use other reliable pricing sources including evaluated prices that are provided by independent pricing sources. Pricing services have long provided end-of-day prices for investments for the calculation of fund net asset values, but increasingly, they are also providing more frequent intraday pricing, which would be beneficial for cross trading. The volume and quality of fixed-income trading data has significantly advanced in recent decades, and as fixed-income exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) continue to grow in popularity, their creation and redemption activity and secondary market trading is enhancing price discovery in fixed income markets, which translates to higher pricing accuracy.

The ICI proposal also addresses the use of sub-advisers and the topic of fees that could be associated with some cross trades. The ICI supports the ability for funds to pay reasonable custodial or other fees in connection with cross trades and allow for cross trades where one or more of the transacting parties is a sub-adviser.

All of the recommended changes would likely require that funds and advisers adopt policies and procedures that take a risk-based approach to evaluating pricing and overseeing cross trades. Modernizing Board reporting requirements could also help facilitate better Board oversight of cross trades moving forward.

https://www.ici.org/system/files/2025-08/25-cl-recommendations-on-rule-17a-revisions.pdf

### Accounting and Disclosure Information (ADI) Document – Registered Closed End Funds of Private Funds

On August 15, 2025, the SEC’s Division of Investment Management (the “Division”) issued Accounting and Disclosure Information (ADI) 2025-16, announcing a policy shift for registered closed-end funds’ investment in private funds. Registered closed-end funds that invest in private funds (“CE-FOPFs”) have increased in number and evolved since the first CE‑FOPF registration statement became effective in 2002. Often in response to comments of Division staff, CE‑FOPFs that invest 15% or more of their assets in private funds have limited their offers to investors who qualify as “accredited investors” and have required minimum initial investments of at least $25,000. Investors in CE-FOPFs who indirectly invest in private funds have regulatory protections under the federal securities laws that differ from the safeguards afforded to direct investors in private funds. The 1940 Act, which applies to CE-FOPFs, and the rules promulgated thereunder, also set forth requirements designed to protect investors.

The SEC staff published this ADI to highlight areas that the staff, when reviewing CE-FOPF registration statements, has focused on — and will continue to focus on — to promote retail investor understanding of CE‑FOPFs in making informed investment decisions. The staff wants to emphasize that registration statement disclosures should be clear, concise, and understandable, and must comply with the Commission’s “plain English” rule.

http://SEC.gov  **| ADI 2025-16 – Registered Closed-End Funds of Private Funds**

### Fee Rate Advisory – Section 6(b) Filing Fee Rate Advisory (effective October 1, 2025)

On August 25, 2025, the SEC announced that the fees that public companies and other issuers pay to register securities will decrease from $153.10 per million to $138.10 per million. This fee decrease is effective October 1, 2025. The fee decrease is applicable to the registration of the following securities:

- Registration of securities under Section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);
- Repurchase of securities under Section 13(e) of the Exchange Act; and
- Proxy solicitations and specified tender offers under Section 14(g) of the Exchange Act.

http://SEC.gov  **| Section 6(b) Filing Fee Rate Advisory for Fiscal Year 2026**

### SEC Names Judge Margaret Ryan as Director of the Division of Enforcement

Effective September 2, 2025, Judge Margaret “Meg” Ryan has been named Director of the SEC’s Division of Enforcement. Acting Director of Enforcement, Sam Waldon, returned to his previous role as Chief Counsel for the Division.

Judge Ryan was a senior judge of the United States Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces. She was nominated to the court in 2006 by President George W. Bush, was confirmed by the United States Senate, and served the entirety of her term through July 2020. She reached senior status in August 2020. Judge Ryan currently is a lecturer on military law and justice at Harvard University Law School. She was a visiting professor at Notre Dame Law School and lecturer at The George Washington University Law School.

“It is my honor to join the Commission as Director of the Division of Enforcement,” said Judge Ryan. “I look forward to joining the Commission in its important work to ensure that the Division is true to the SEC’s mission in taking action on behalf of investors harmed by those who break the securities laws and providing an effective deterrent against fraudulent and manipulative activities in our financial markets.”

Before her tenure as judge, she was a partner at two law firms, Wiley Rein & Fielding and Bartlit Beck Herman Palenchar & Scott. She previously served as a law clerk to Supreme Court of the United States Associate Justice Clarence Thomas and to Judge J. Michael Luttig of the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit. Following law school, Judge Ryan was a judge advocate in the U.S. Marine Corps (USMC) and earlier in her career was an active-duty USMC communications officer including deployments to the Philippines and Desert Shield/Desert Storm. She served as aide-de-camp to Marine Corps Commandant General Charles C. Krulak from 1997 to 1999. Judge Ryan received a B.A. cum laude in political science from Knox College and a J.D. summa cum laude from the University of Notre Dame Law School, where she graduated first in her class and was an editorial board member of the Notre Dame Law Review. She is an elected member of the American Law Institute.

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC Names Judge Margaret Ryan as Director of the Division of Enforcement**

### SEC and CFTC Joint Statement on Spot Crypto Asset Trading

On September 2, 2025, the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) released a Joint Statement clarifying that exchanges registered under both agencies are permitted to facilitate trading of certain spot crypto asset products. This move reflects a coordinated effort to expand trading options and foster innovation in U.S. crypto markets.

SEC Chairman Paul Atkins emphasized that the statement marks a major advancement in crypto innovation in the U.S., asserting that market participants should be free to choose their trading venues for spot crypto assets. He reaffirmed the SEC’s commitment to working with the CFTC to ensure that regulatory frameworks do not stifle innovation and competition.

CFTC Acting Chairman Caroline D. Pham stated that prior administrations discouraged innovation. She declared that this era has ended and praised the current collaborative approach — aligned with President Trump’s vision of making the U.S. a global leader in crypto. She described the joint statement as a clear signal of continued support for growth in digital asset markets, with more initiatives to follow.

The SEC and the CFTC are jointly working to enable spot crypto asset trading on registered exchanges. This initiative is part of the SEC’s Project Crypto and the CFTC’s Crypto Sprint, building on recommendations from the President’s Working Group on Digital Asset Markets report titled “Strengthening American Leadership in Digital Financial Technology.”

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC-CFTC Joint Staff Statement (Project Crypto-Crypto Sprint)**

### SEC Unveils Spring Regulatory Agenda Under Chairman Atkins

On September 4, 2025, the SEC’s newly released Spring regulatory agenda, led by Chairman Atkins, marks a strategic shift in priorities. Many items from the previous agenda were withdrawn, with Chairman Atkins emphasizing the need for “smart, effective, and appropriately tailored” regulation. The updated agenda prioritizes streamlining disclosure requirements and modernizing the shareholder proposal process, while scaling back focus on ESG and climate-related initiatives. A central focus is aimed to establish clearer rules for the rapidly evolving crypto asset market. Several proposed rules address crypto asset classification, market structure, and custody standards. Broader modernization efforts include updates to custody and transfer agent regulations to reflect digital assets and distributed ledger technologies. Additionally, the SEC plans to finalize a rule requiring investment advisers to implement customer identification programs in line with the Bank Secrecy Act. These initiatives reflect the SEC’s intent to provide regulatory clarity in emerging markets while easing unnecessary compliance burdens.

http://SEC.gov  **| Statement on the Spring 2025 Regulatory Agenda**

### ICI Letter to Chairman Atkins regarding Factors to Consider in Future Proxy Reform

On September 17, 2025, the ICI sent a letter to SEC Chairman Atkins, outlining key factors to consider in future proxy reform. The ICI’s letter emphasized the need for the SEC to address the challenges faced by funds and advisers, particularly in the context of the 2026 proxy season. The ICI’s recommendations include reforms that promote efficiency, well-informed proxy voting decisions, and greater transparency while safeguarding advisers' fiduciary duties. The ICI also calls for the SEC to recognize the unique role of funds and advisers, build on prior SEC guidance, modernize the fund proxy process, and support closed end funds.

https://www.ici.org/system/files/2025-09/25-cl-sec-proxy-reform-guidance.pdf

### SEC Investment Advisory Committee Endorses Registered Funds for Retail Access to Private Markets

In a report issued on September 18, 2025, the SEC’s Investment Advisory Committee (the “IAC” or “Committee”) endorsed registered funds as the best way for retail investors to obtain access to private markets. The Committee notes that the private capital markets have grown at a rapid pace in recent years and that, given their current size and the investment opportunities they contain, the question of facilitating retail investor access has been raised with increased frequency by investors, market participants, legislators and policymakers. The Committee noted that it finds that this development necessitates a recalibration of the existing regulatory framework, which was designed for a world in which the public markets encompassed the vast majority of all investment opportunities. Importantly, the Committee believes that this recalibration should not undermine any of the three pillars of the SEC’s mission: protecting investors, maintaining fair, orderly, and efficient markets, and facilitating capital formation.

In the Committee’s view, the optimal way for retail investors to access private market assets is through registered funds. Therefore, the Committee is recommending changes to SEC staff interpretations and/or rules under the 1940 Act to allow registered funds to better facilitate investing in private market assets. While the Committee does not take a position on the desirability of expanding retail investors’ access to private market assets in direct ways, it notes that, if the SEC were to determine that such an expansion is warranted, the Committee firmly believes that it should be accompanied by certain basic investor protection guardrails. The Committee is also recommending various improvements to the registered fund regulatory framework as part of any expansion that enables retail investors to more easily invest in private market assets.

https://www.sec.gov/files/iac-private-markets-091125.pdf

### SEC Issues Notice of Intent to Grant ETF Share Class Relief

On September 29, 2025, the SEC issued notice that it intends to grant an investment adviser (“Adviser”), and potentially over 70 other issuers who have filed for similar exemptive relief, the ability to offer an ETF share class of mutual funds. The ETF share class relief is comprised of two parts: ETF operational relief (Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act) and multi-share class relief (Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act).

ETFs have been an investor favorite due to the relatively low cost, transparency, and tax efficiency with over $11 trillion in total assets and more ETFs listed on U.S. exchanges than individual stocks. This dual share class structure may provide meaningful benefits including economies of scale, tax-efficient transactions between the ETF and mutual fund share classes, and access to different liquidity profiles within the fund. While the new ETF share class brings an exciting innovation to the industry, it also brings unique and complicated operational challenges that will require careful analysis.

The Adviser’s latest amended application requesting ETF Share Class Relief included a discussion of declaring dividends daily for the mutual fund class and monthly for the ETF class. It also lays out a three-part governance framework for the Adviser and Board to oversee the multi-class funds which includes: (1) an initial comprehensive written report to the Board; (2) numerical thresholds for the fund to maintain; and (3) an annual review to determine the multi-class structure remains in the best interest of all shareholders. The Adviser’s application also addressed concerns stated by the SEC and will be subject to nine conditions, as listed in the application ([https://www.sec.gov/edgar/search/#/q=812-15484](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Furl.us.m.mimecastprotect.com%2Fs%2FxJguCOYkGMSNmY1NCrsyuGZMBc%3Fdomain%3Dsec.gov&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C25677e7bab9b416e560308de16ffc9c3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638973485078763664%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJFbXB0eU1hcGkiOnRydWUsIlYiOiIwLjAuMDAwMCIsIlAiOiJXaW4zMiIsIkFOIjoiTWFpbCIsIldUIjoyfQ%3D%3D%7C80000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=wklMpXHF4Y6%2BdFIELyMXI3IQ1dXlOvfLcXpw5sUqACU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")):

- A Multi-Class ETF Fund will operate an ETF Class as an ETF in compliance with the requirements of Rule 6c-11, except that a Multi-Class ETF Fund will list only one class of its shares on an exchange and also may offer an exchange privilege (as described in the application), and will comply with the requirements of Form N-1A and reporting forms such as Form N-CEN applicable to ETFs that rely on Rule 6c-11.
- A Multi-Class ETF Fund will comply with Rule 18f-3, except to the extent that the ETF Class and Mutual Fund Class have different rights and obligations as described in the application. As required by Rule 18f-3, before the first issuance of ETF shares, and before any material amendment of a written plan under Rule 18f-3 to include an ETF Class, a majority of the directors of a fund, and a majority of the independent directors, shall find that the plan is in the best interests of each Mutual Fund Class and the ETF Class individually and of the Multi-Class ETF Fund as a whole.
- To assist in the initial Board consideration of the appropriateness of operating a Multi-Class ETF Fund that has both an ETF Class and Mutual Fund Class(es), the Adviser shall prepare and deliver to the Board the Initial Adviser Report as described in the application. The Initial Adviser Report will assist the Board in its finding pursuant to condition 2 and in evaluating the potential for any conflicts between the Mutual Fund Class(es) and the ETF Class based on current and historical information, as applicable.
- The Adviser will recommend for the Board’s approval the Ongoing Monitoring Process designed to help determine whether a Multi-Class ETF Fund has encountered any issues relating to the multi-class structure, including any conflicts between the Mutual Fund Class(es) and the ETF Class.
- Each Multi-Class ETF Fund will be subject to an Ongoing Monitoring Process that is approved by the Board, and the Board of the Multi-Class ETF Fund periodically, but no less frequently than annually, will evaluate the multiple class plan of the Multi-Class ETF Fund. A majority of the directors of a Multi-Class ETF Fund, and a majority of the independent directors, shall find that the multiple class plan continues to be in the best interests of each Mutual Fund Class and the ETF Class individually and of the Multi-Class ETF Fund as a whole.
- To inform the Board’s periodic evaluation, the Adviser shall prepare and deliver to the Board of the Multi-Class ETF Fund the Ongoing Adviser Report as described in the application. The Board will consider whether the Ongoing Adviser Report suggests any issues relating to the multi-class structure, including conflicts between the Mutual Fund Class(es) and the ETF Class, that require additional board action.
- Each Multi-Class ETF Fund will take the “Disclosure Steps” outlined in the application.
- In addition to complying with Rule 6c-11(d) under the 1940 Act, each Multi-Class ETF Fund will preserve for a period not less than six years, the first two in an easily accessible place, (i) any documents created pursuant to the requirements in conditions 2, 3, 5, and 6; and (ii) any documents created pursuant to the Ongoing Monitoring Process that evidence a Multi-Class ETF Fund has exceeded or not exceeded an established threshold, as well as any documents provided to the Board as part of the Ongoing Monitoring Process.
- The requested ETF operational relief and ETF Class Relief to operate one or more Multi-Class ETF Funds will expire on the compliance date (or such other date established by the SEC) of any SEC rule under the 1940 Act that provides relief permitting the operation of a Multi-Class ETF Fund structure.

[SEC Issues Notice of Intent to Grant ETF Share Class Relief](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Furl.us.m.mimecastprotect.com%2Fs%2FETfNC5yxMQTML8kMiPiOukwnGY%3Fdomain%3Ddechert.com&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C25677e7bab9b416e560308de16ffc9c3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638973485078793019%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJFbXB0eU1hcGkiOnRydWUsIlYiOiIwLjAuMDAwMCIsIlAiOiJXaW4zMiIsIkFOIjoiTWFpbCIsIldUIjoyfQ%3D%3D%7C80000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=bt4%2FjPkUS%2Bf1QqUyAwBf541eCCoYhbv9rDK4hY4Zato%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### SEC Probes Interval Fund Valuation, Liquidity

On September 29, 2025, Ignites, a subscription-based publication, published an article regarding interval fund valuation and liquidity. Interval funds[1] are a distinctive category of closed-end funds designed to provide investors with access to illiquid and alternative asset classes, all while maintaining a structured and predictable redemption process. Unlike traditional open-end funds, which offer daily liquidity, interval funds allow investors to redeem shares at predetermined intervals, typically on a quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. This limited liquidity structure enables fund managers to pursue long-term investment strategies in less liquid assets, such as private equity, real estate, or credit instruments, without the pressure of daily redemption demands.

According to data from The Interval Fund Tracker, as noted in the Ignites article, 58 of the 154 active interval funds were launched in 2024 or 2025. The article notes that the SEC has begun examinations of interval funds, and that exam letters have asked for items relating to the following areas:

- Valuation Practices. Detailed records on valuation policies, repurchase-offer materials, pricing models, Level 3 holdings, price overrides, and board materials related to valuation decisions.
- Governance & Oversight. Requests include board meeting minutes, CCO reports, information relating to internal audits, and information on third-party vendor relationships.
- Operational Transparency. Requests for trade blotters, co-investment records, cross-trades, fees, expenses, and client account data.

*Retail Access to Private Assets:*

The exams reflect growing scrutiny as interval funds expand retail access to alternative investments, especially following the elimination of the informal 15% cap on private assets in closed-end funds.

The SEC’s Division of Examinations also mentions valuations within its latest Fiscal Year 2025 Examination Priorities[2] as it relates to effectiveness of adviser’s compliance programs: “. . . review of an adviser’s compliance program may focus on or go into greater depth depending on its practices or products. For example, if clients invest in illiquid or difficult to-value assets, such as commercial real estate, examinations may have a heightened focus on valuation.”

*Implications for advisers to interval funds:*

Be prepared for targeted document requests with potential short response windows (as little as 7 days).

- Ensure valuation processes are well-documented and defensible.

### SEC Approves TXSE as National Securities Exchange

On September 30, 2025, the SEC granted its approval for the Texas Stock Exchange (“TXSE”, pronounced “Tex-ee”) to operate as a national securities exchange. TXSE was first announced in June 2024 and will be headquartered in Dallas. Texas is home to the headquarters of the second most Fortune 500 companies in the country, leading to Dallas’s newest nickname: “Y’all Street”. TXSE is designed to capitalize on Dallas’s growth as a financial hub, but also provide incentives for non-Texas companies to consider listing in the state. In a press release following its SEC approval, TXSE described its mission “to reverse the decades-long decline in the number of U.S. public companies by reducing the burden of going and staying public while maintaining some of the highest quantitative standards in the industry”. The exchange aims to compete with the dominant exchanges, NYSE and NASDAQ, but is also expected to allow companies to dual-list. NYSE has already announced that it would move its Chicago electronic exchange to Dallas and rebrand it as NYSE Texas. TXSE will announce a launch schedule at a later date, but plans to commence trading as soon as 2026.

[TXSE Group Inc announces SEC approval of Texas Stock Exchange | Texas Stock Exchange](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Furl.us.m.mimecastprotect.com%2Fs%2Fd5c4C68yMXuPYkLPFws4u5njrW%3Fdomain%3Dtxse.com&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C25677e7bab9b416e560308de16ffc9c3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638973485078815667%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJFbXB0eU1hcGkiOnRydWUsIlYiOiIwLjAuMDAwMCIsIlAiOiJXaW4zMiIsIkFOIjoiTWFpbCIsIldUIjoyfQ%3D%3D%7C80000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=Py4EjbA3IxwXBgsUVLCRQjwUnCE6V4L7a2ebQXfwYQ0%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[1][Ultimus Fund Solutions – What is an Interval Fund](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Furl.us.m.mimecastprotect.com%2Fs%2FjOGcC73zM1hz1MGzcGtDuosDTr%3Fdomain%3Dultimusfundsolutions.com&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C25677e7bab9b416e560308de16ffc9c3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638973485078836383%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJFbXB0eU1hcGkiOnRydWUsIlYiOiIwLjAuMDAwMCIsIlAiOiJXaW4zMiIsIkFOIjoiTWFpbCIsIldUIjoyfQ%3D%3D%7C80000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=4ldEo%2B2CgYJPBhBrQoUyaMzEuYOlHT0N1erqfMMwbsU%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

[2][SEC Exam Priorities](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Furl.us.m.mimecastprotect.com%2Fs%2FuEmGC82Ag1uXp3NXCYuPuyDAma%3Fdomain%3Dsec.gov&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C25677e7bab9b416e560308de16ffc9c3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638973485078860878%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJFbXB0eU1hcGkiOnRydWUsIlYiOiIwLjAuMDAwMCIsIlAiOiJXaW4zMiIsIkFOIjoiTWFpbCIsIldUIjoyfQ%3D%3D%7C80000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=LSCXnAgSxXvjbISfDwJOqmDys7636vT3BtbHev%2FM1Ho%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

## SEC PROPOSED RULES

### SEC Institutes Proceedings on Exchange Filing to Remove Annual Meeting Requirement

On May 20, 2025, Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“BZX”) filed with the SEC, pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Exchange Act and Rule 19b-4 thereunder, a proposed rule change to exempt closed-end management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act (“CEFs”) that are listed as of or after May 20, 2025 from the annual meeting of shareholders requirement set forth in Exchange Rule 14.10(f). The SEC is instituting proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove the proposed rule change and solicited public comments through September 26, 2025.

The SEC has consistently recognized the importance of the annual shareholder meeting requirement to the protection of investors and the public interest. The BZX proposal states that the annual shareholder meeting is unnecessary for CEFs because the 1940 Act preserves shareholder ability to elect directors, requires independent directors to approve significant actions, and requires a shareholder vote on material governance and policy changes. BZX argues that there is no substantive justification for imposing an annual shareholder meeting requirement on CEFs because no other registered investment companies listed on the Exchange are required to do so.

[Federal Register :: Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change To Exempt Closed-End Management Investment Companies Registered Under the Investment Company Act of 1940 That Are Listed as of or After May 20, 2025 From the Annual Meeting of Shareholders Requirement Set Forth in Exchange Rule 14.10(f)](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Furl.us.m.mimecastprotect.com%2Fs%2Fyy_WC9rBj1hzEn4zcRCDuqJEZv%3Fdomain%3Dfederalregister.gov&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C25677e7bab9b416e560308de16ffc9c3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638973485078888392%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJFbXB0eU1hcGkiOnRydWUsIlYiOiIwLjAuMDAwMCIsIlAiOiJXaW4zMiIsIkFOIjoiTWFpbCIsIldUIjoyfQ%3D%3D%7C80000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=X6ze2hfrdKoI%2BXQ3ey3%2BaPAb244rKmo26nklpcHXgME%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

### Nasdaq Proposes Changes to Initial and Continued Listing Standards

On September 3, 2025, Nasdaq proposed a new set of enhancements to its initial and continued listing standards, reinforcing its long-standing commitment to capital formation while ensuring investor protection and upholding market integrity. These proposed updates introduce enhanced requirements for minimum company public float and capital raised during initial public offerings, alongside stricter suspension and delisting procedures for companies failing to meet Nasdaq’s continued listings standards.

The revised standards include:

- A $15 million minimum market value of public float, applicable to new listings on Nasdaq under the net income standard.
- An accelerated process for suspending and delisting companies with a listings deficiency that also have a Market Value of Listed Securities below $5 million.
- A $25 million minimum public offering proceeds requirement for new listings of companies principally operating in China.

“Investor protection and market integrity are central to Nasdaq’s mission,” said John Zecca, Executive Vice President and Global Chief Legal, Risk & Regulatory Officer. “These enhancements reflect our ongoing commitment to evolve our standards in step with market realities and to lead by example in promoting fair and orderly markets. By increasing our standards for the minimum public float and the public offering raise in certain new listings, it provides a healthier liquidity profile for public investors, while still making emerging companies available to investors through our exchange. These new listing standards represent one step in a necessary, industry-wide effort — alongside regulators, U.S. exchanges, and market participants — to closely examine trading behaviors in small company securities, with the goal of safeguarding market integrity and enhancing protections for investors.”

These actions follow Nasdaq’s proactive review of trading activity – particularly emerging patterns associated with potential pump-and-dump schemes in U.S. cross-market trading environments. The proposed updates are also reflective of how market dynamics and company valuations have evolved over time, prompting the need to recalibrate Nasdaq’s minimum liquidity standards to suit today’s environment. These enhancements ensure that the thresholds for public listings remain relevant and effective as markets evolve.

As part of these changes, Nasdaq is reintroducing a minimum public offering proceeds requirement specifically for companies principally operating in China, building on previous standards set for “restrictive markets,” in which the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board could not inspect auditors. By applying this threshold, Nasdaq strengthens investor protections and enhances the liquidity profile of companies to reflect today’s market environment.

In addition to the enhanced listing standards, Nasdaq will continue to actively refer cases to the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority on potentially manipulative trading activities, while strengthening its cooperation with both domestic and international regulators to reinforce effective oversight and maintain high standards across U.S. markets.

Nasdaq is submitting the proposed rules to the SEC for review and, if approved, is proposing to implement the changes to the initial listing requirements promptly. Nasdaq is proposing to give companies already in the initial listing process a period of 30 days to complete the process under the prior standards, and thereafter all new listings will have to meet the new requirements. Regarding the accelerated process for suspending and delisting companies, Nasdaq is proposing to implement the new requirements 60 days after SEC approval.

https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/assets/rulebook/nasdaq/filings/SR-NASDAQ-2025-068.pdf

https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/assets/rulebook/nasdaq/filings/SR-NASDAQ-2025-069.pdf

## SEC FINAL RULES

### SEC Provides Custody-Related Relief for Registered Investment Advisers and Registered Funds

On September 30, 2025, the SEC issued a no-action letter (the “Letter”) that clarifies how Registered Investment Advisers (“RIAs”), registered investment companies, and business development companies (collectively, “Regulated Funds”) can custody crypto assets in compliance with the custody provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Letter resolves a significant regulatory ambiguity for RIAs seeking to provide investment advice for crypto assets and for Regulated Funds seeking to invest directly in crypto assets and represents another step by the SEC staff to clarify the application of federal securities laws to crypto assets. Specifically, the Letter confirms that the staff will not recommend enforcement action against RIAs or Regulated Funds that treat certain State Trust Companies as “banks” — and thus qualified custodians eligible to custody crypto assets — for purposes of the custody provisions.

The Letter only represents staff guidance, and thus is not binding on the SEC. To rely on the Letter, an RIA or a Regulated Fund must take the following measures:

- Prior to engaging the State Trust Company and on an annual basis, the Registered Adviser or Regulated Fund, as applicable, has a reasonable basis, after due inquiry, for believing that:

    - the State Trust Company is authorized by the relevant State Banking Authority to provide custody services for crypto assets and related cash and/or cash equivalents; and
    - the State Trust Company maintains and implements written internal policies and procedures reasonably designed to safeguard crypto assets and related cash and/or cash equivalents from the risk of theft, loss, misuse, and misappropriation, with such policies and procedures addressing, among other topics, private key management and cybersecurity. In making such a determination, the Registered Adviser or Regulated Fund:

        - receives and reviews the State Trust Company’s most recent annual financial statements and confirms that such financial statements have been subject to an audit by an independent public accountant and have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; and
        - receives and reviews the State Trust Company’s most recent written internal control report prepared by an independent public accountant during the current or prior calendar year (e.g., SOC-1 report or SOC-2 report) and confirms that such internal control report contains an opinion of such independent public accountant that controls have been placed in operation as of a specific date and are suitably designed and are operating effectively to meet control objectives relating to custodial services, including the safeguarding of crypto assets and related cash and/or cash equivalents during the year;
- The Registered Adviser or Regulated Fund, as applicable, enters into, or causes a Registered Adviser client (“RIA Client”) to enter into, as applicable, a written custodial services agreement with the State Trust Company, which provides that:

    - the State Trust Company will not, directly or indirectly, lend, pledge, hypothecate, or rehypothecate any crypto assets (or related cash and/or cash equivalents) held in custody for the RIA Client or Regulated Fund, as applicable, without the prior written consent of the RIA Client or Regulated Fund, and then only for the account of such RIA Client or Regulated Fund; and
    - all crypto assets (and related cash and/or cash equivalents) held in custody for the RIA Client or Regulated Fund, as applicable, will be segregated from the State Trust Company’s assets;
- The Registered Adviser discloses to its RIA Clients (in the case of a Registered Adviser) or the Regulated Fund discloses to the members of its board of directors or trustees (in the case of a Regulated Fund, as applicable) any material risks associated with using State Trust Companies as custodians of crypto assets (and related cash and/or cash equivalents); and
- The Registered Adviser (with respect to an RIA Client) or the Regulated Fund (and, as applicable, its board of directors or trustees), reasonably determines that the use of the State Trust Company’s custody services is in the best interest of the RIA Client or Regulated Fund and its shareholders, as applicable.

[Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Furl.us.m.mimecastprotect.com%2Fs%2F3eARC0RpMYIkwvNkHPFJu9OxNk%3Fdomain%3Dsec.gov&amp;data=05%7C02%7Ckguy%40ultimusfundsolutions.com%7C25677e7bab9b416e560308de16ffc9c3%7C5a23e16a935e4730942f2538df0d69b3%7C0%7C1%7C638973485078985210%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJFbXB0eU1hcGkiOnRydWUsIlYiOiIwLjAuMDAwMCIsIlAiOiJXaW4zMiIsIkFOIjoiTWFpbCIsIldUIjoyfQ%3D%3D%7C80000%7C%7C%7C&amp;sdata=WaNkgDJBmMtRxa21vxC%2F3MB06TsLWulKva%2F7NpkgbEI%3D&amp;reserved=0 "nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com")

http://SEC.gov  **| Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP**

## ENFORCEMENT AND LITIGATION MATTERS

### SEC Enforcement Actions Against Chief Compliance Officers

In July 2025, there were two SEC enforcement actions against investment adviser Chief Compliance Officers (“CCOs”), where the CCOs attempted to cover up prior administrative errors and omissions by altering documents produced for SEC examination staff. The SEC sanctioned the CCOs, resulting in a $40,000 penalty and a three-year bar from compliance or supervisory roles for one CCO (who altered or fabricated trading pre-clearance forms) and a $10,000 penalty, and no bar, for the other CCO (who admitted to drafting, backdating and signing three years of annual compliance reviews). The SEC found in both cases that the CCO’s actions violated recordkeeping requirements under Section 204(a) of the Advisers Act (as well as Section 206(4) and Rule 206(4)-7 with respect to the first action). In 2020, a CCO backdated a compliance memo and withheld contradictory versions thereof, resulting in a $25,000 civil penalty, a three-year prohibition on acting in a compliance capacity and a one-year ban from appearing before the Commission as an attorney.

In addition to document alteration cases, the SEC has charged CCOs as follows: (1) in 2022, for inadequate compliance policies regarding outside business activities, where the CCO failed to enforce proper reporting, leading to violations under Section 206(4) of the Advisers Act, resulting in a $15,000 civil penalty for the CCO and restrictions on future supervisory roles, as well as a $150,000 penalty for the firm; and (2) in 2011, where a firm overcharged clients and failed to properly disclose principal trades. The CCO and management were deemed to have aided and abetted these violations, resulting in a $50,000 civil fine and requirements for comprehensive compliance reviews by independent consultants.

While integrity in recordkeeping protocols can protect CCOs from certain sanctions, there is no substitute for a CCO’s competent, diligent and faithful execution of all aspects of the firm’s compliance program. CCOs should have sufficient resources to execute their critical function in protecting their firms.

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC Charges Former CCO For Altering Records Provided to SEC Examiners**

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC Charges Former Investment Adviser for Failing to Adequately Disclose Conflicts of Interest, Overbilling, and Producing Compliance Documents Backdated by its CCO and President**

### SEC Enforcement Action under Marketing Rule

On September 4, 2025, the SEC brought its first enforcement action under Chairman Atkins under the Marketing Rule, charging an investment adviser (“Adviser”) with violations alleging that website statements were inconsistent with disclosures in its Form ADV. The SEC also found that the Adviser violated other provisions of the Advisers Act related to books and records retention and compliance rules.

The SEC found that the Adviser did not keep copies of the advertisements that appeared on its website, in violation of books and records requirements. The Adviser relied on a third-party service provider to maintain its website, but neither the Adviser nor the vendor retained these records.

The Adviser failed to implement the policies and procedures stated in its compliance manual pertaining to reliance on third parties. The manual also stated that the Adviser would conduct annual reviews of their compliance program. The SEC found that the Adviser did not carry out meaningful reviews of its compliance program in either 2023 or 2024 — one review was limited to a review of Form ADV, while the 2024 review relied on an outdated compliance manual which did not meet the requirements of the Marketing Rule.

As a result, the SEC ordered the Adviser to pay a civil monetary penalty of $75,000, along with a cease-and-desist order.

Key Takeaways:

- Books and records maintained with third-party firms (in this case the website provider) are subject to SEC inspection
- Annual compliance reviews must be meaningful and documented in a manner that will allow advisers to demonstrate that they are both substantive and complete in the event of an SEC exam
- Be cautious with drafting expansive policies which are difficult to adhere to consistently
- Advertisements should be consistent with disclosures in Form ADV, and other public-facing documents

http://SEC.gov  **| SEC Charges Massachusetts-Based Investment Adviser with Marketing, Books and Records, and Compliance Rule Violations**

### SEC Chairman Atkins’ Statement on Simultaneous Commission Consideration of Settlement Offers and Related Waiver Requests

On September 26, 2025, SEC Chairman Atkins announced a change in the SEC’s policy regarding how the Commission will consider requests for waivers of certain automatic disqualifications in the context of negotiated settlements. In his statement, Chairman Atkins noted that regulated entities seeking a negotiated settlement of an enforcement action may now seek simultaneous consideration by the Commission of the entity’s offer of settlement and request for a waiver. He noted that a return to simultaneous Commission consideration of settlement offers and related waiver requests does not subject the Commission to any obligation to accept a settlement offer and that the Commission may determine not to accept a simultaneous offer of settlement and waiver request for numerous reasons, including because it wishes to consider the settlement and waiver requests independently. Chairman Atkins explained that, if the Commission approves a settlement offer, but not the waiver request, the Commission staff should inform the firm promptly of the Commission’s decision and that the firm would have a short period of time to inform the staff whether it is moving forward with settlement absent a waiver or withdrawing the offer. Chairman Atkins noted that a firm that withdraws a settlement offer may submit an updated settlement offer or potentially face a litigated proceeding.

http://SEC.gov  **| Statement on Simultaneous Commission Consideration of Settlement Offers and Related Waiver Requests**


---

# Compliance Matters Q4 2025

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q4-2025/_

# Compliance Matters Q4 2025

Subscribe

February 26, 2026

A compendium of regulatory matters for Q4 2025.

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### SEC Chairman Atkins Announces Reforms to Wells Process and Settlement Procedures

On October 7, 2025, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or the “Commission”) Chairman Paul S. Atkins announced reforms to the Wells process and settlement procedures. He reiterated the SEC staff’s three part mission: to protect investors; maintain fair, orderly, and efficient markets; and facilitate capital formation, questioning how the SEC can enforce the federal securities laws with fairness and transparency and within the boundaries set by Congress, while vigorously responding to misconduct that distorts capital raising and victimizes investors.

Chairman Atkins noted that the Wells process is the mechanism through which the SEC’s enforcement staff notifies potential respondents or defendants of any charges—and the basis for such charges—that the staff intends to recommend to the Commission. The potential respondents or defendants are then provided an opportunity to make written or video submissions to the Commission setting forth their interests and position on the subject matter of the investigation. He noted that these "Wells submissions" provide, in most cases, a last opportunity for potential respondents or defendants to persuade the staff that an enforcement action, either in whole or in part as the staff intends to recommend, is not warranted and they also provide the Commission with a different, and potentially convincing, view of the facts and law concerning the matter. Chairman Atkins further noted that the Wells process should be viewed as an extension of due process and fundamental constitutional rights that play an integral role in protecting citizens from a powerful government agency that could become policeman, prosecutor, judge, jury, and executioner all in one. He acknowledged that the SEC staff do not always get things right the first time, and the Wells process is a valuable procedural device that helps to guard against plain mistakes, extreme legal theories, misinformation, biases, and conflicts of interest. In his remarks, he expanded on how the SEC can improve on and refine its enforcement processes while preserving their original purpose.

[**Keynote Address at the 25th Annual A.A. Sommer, Jr. Lecture on Corporate, Securities, and Financial Law**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/atkins-100925-keynote-address-25th-annual-aa-sommer-jr-lecture-corporate-securities-financial-law)

### SEC Chairman Atkins Outlines Priorities under “Project Crypto”

On November 12, 2025, SEC Chairman Atkins described “Project Crypto” as the SEC’s effort to match the energy of American innovators with a regulatory framework worthy of them. He announced that, at its core, the next step in this effort is about basic fairness and common sense as it relates to the application of the federal securities laws to crypto assets and related transactions.

Chairman Atkins stated that, in the coming months, he anticipated that the Commission will consider establishing a token taxonomy that is anchored in the longstanding *Howey* investment contract securities analysis, recognizing that there are limiting principles to laws and regulations. He noted that this taxonomy would build upon the pioneering work of the Crypto Task Force that Commissioner Hester Peirce leads. He stated that Commissioner Peirce has laid out a framework for coherent, transparent treatment of crypto assets under the federal securities laws, grounded in economic reality. Chairman Atkins reiterated that, while Commission staff diligently draft amendments to rules, he wholeheartedly supports Congressional endeavors to codify a comprehensive crypto market structure framework into statute and that, what is envisioned aligns with legislation currently being considered by Congress and aims to complement, not replace, Congress’s critical work. He reported that he and Commissioner Peirce have made it a priority to support Congressional efforts and we will continue to do so.

### Core Principles of Project Crypto

Chairman Atkins stated two basic principles that guide his thinking.

First, that a stock is still a stock whether it is a paper certificate, an entry in a DTCC account, or represented by a token on a public blockchain. A bond does not stop being a bond because its payment streams are tracked using smart contracts. Securities, however represented, remain securities.

Second, that economic reality trumps labels. Calling something a “token” or an “NFT” does not exempt it from the current securities laws if it in substance represents a claim on the profits of an enterprise and is offered with the sorts of promises based on the essential efforts of others. Conversely, the fact that a token was once a part of a capital-raising transaction does not magically convert that token into a stock of an operating company.

Chairman Atkins noted that one of the primary objectives of Project Crypto is to establish a clear framework that categorizes digital assets into four main groups:

- First, as contemplated in legislation currently before Congress, “digital commodities,” or “network tokens,” are, in Chairman Atkins’ opinion, not securities. These crypto assets are intrinsically linked to and derive their value from a programmatic operation of a crypto system that is “functional” and “decentralized,” rather than from the expectation of profits arising from the essential managerial efforts of others.

- Second, “digital collectibles”, in Chairman Atkins’ opinion, are not securities. These crypto assets are designed to be collected and/or used and may represent or convey rights to artwork, music, videos, trading cards, in-game items, or digital representations or references to internet memes, characters, current events, or trends. Purchasers of digital collectibles are not expecting profits from the essential managerial efforts of others.
- Third, “digital tools”, in Chairman Atkins’ opinion, are not securities. These crypto assets perform a practical function, such as a membership, ticket, credential, title instrument, or identity badge. Purchasers of digital tools are not expecting profits from the essential managerial efforts of others.
- Fourth, and finally, “tokenized securities” are and will continue to be securities. These crypto assets represent the ownership of a financial instrument enumerated in the definition of “security” that is maintained on a crypto network.

Chairman Atkins reiterated that Project Crypto is designed to eliminate a decade of regulatory uncertainty for the crypto industry, providing a more common-sense approach to regulation that encourages innovation while ensuring investor protection. [**The SEC’s Approach to Digital Assets: Inside “Project Crypto”**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/atkins-111225-secs-approach-digital-assets-inside-project-crypto)

### SEC Division of Examinations Announces 2026 Priorities

On November 17, 2025, the SEC’s Division of Examinations published its Fiscal Year 2026 Examination Priorities, reflecting an enhanced focus on evolving market practices, investor protection, and risk-based oversight across registrant types. The 2026 Examination Priorities include the following key areas of focus:

1. **Fiduciary standards, standards of conduct, and product oversight,** with continued emphasis on conflicts of interest and recommendations to retail investors.
2. **Effectiveness of compliance programs,** including the design, implementation, and annual review of policies and procedures.
3. **Investment companies and fund oversight,** including compliance with the amended Names Rule and disclosures regarding fees, expenses, and investment strategies.
4. **Cybersecurity and operational resiliency,** including compliance with Regulation S-P and Regulation S-ID.
5. **Emerging financial technology,** including artificial intelligence, automated tools, and complex investment products.
6. **Broker-dealer financial responsibility,** liquidity risk management, best execution, and compliance with Regulation Best Interest.
7. **Anti-money laundering and OFAC compliance,** including customer identification, suspicious activity reporting, and sanctions screening.

[**SEC Division of Examinations Announces 2026 Priorities**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2025-132-sec-division-examinations-announces-2026-priorities?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery)

[**Fiscal Year 2026 Report**](https://www.sec.gov/files/2026-exam-priorities.pdf)

### Trump Executive Order Relating to Proxy Advisors

On December 11, 2025, President Donald J. Trump signed an Executive Order (the “Order”) aimed at protecting American investors from foreign-owned and politically-motivated proxy advisors. The intent of the Order is to reduce the influence of DEI- and ESG‑driven voting recommendations and to ensure that proxy voting decisions prioritize financial outcomes for investors.

*SEC Directive*

The Order directs the SEC to review and, as appropriate, rescind or revise rules governing proxy advisors that involve DEI and ESG considerations, along with any rules related to shareholder proposals that conflict with the policies set forth in the Order. The Order also requires the SEC to enforce anti-fraud securities laws with respect to proxy advisors’ voting recommendations. In addition, the Order suggests that the SEC consider requiring proxy advisors to register as investment advisers and consider requiring proxy advisors to provide increased transparency regarding conflicts of interest.

*FTC Directive*

The Order calls on the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), in consultation with the Attorney General, to determine whether proxy advisors are engaging in unfair competitive practices or deceptive conduct. In addition, the Order instructs the FTC to review investigations involving potential antitrust violations by proxy advisors.

*Department of Labor Directive*

The Order tasks the Department of Labor with strengthening ERISA fiduciary rules and increasing transparency around how plan fiduciaries use proxy advisors, ensuring proxy advisors and plan managers are making decisions solely in the financial interests of workers and retirees.

[**Fact Sheet: President Donald J. Trump Protects American Investors from Foreign-Owned and Politically-Motivated Proxy Advisors – The White House**](https://www.whitehouse.gov/fact-sheets/2025/12/fact-sheet-president-donald-j-trump-protects-american-investors-from-foreign-owned-and-politically-motivated-proxy-advisors/)

### SEC Issues Risk Alert on the Marketing Rule

On December 15, 2025, the SEC published a new Marketing Rule Risk Alert focused on deficient practices involving the use of testimonials, endorsements, and third-party ratings. Rule 206(4)-1 (the “Marketing Rule”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, prohibits the use of testimonials and endorsements in advertisements unless the adviser satisfies certain disclosure and oversight conditions. The risk alert highlighted that testimonials and endorsements were frequently included on an adviser’s website or other platforms, by social media influencers, or as part of a refer-a-friend program, and the adviser failed to recognize that such practices constituted an endorsement or testimonial under the Marketing Rule. The SEC noted that the most common deficiency with respect to such practices was the fact that required disclosures were not made at the time the testimonial or endorsement was disseminated.

The Marketing Rule prohibits the use of third-party ratings (including awards or rankings) in advertisements unless the rating meets certain criteria and the adviser clearly and prominently discloses material facts about the rating. The risk alert noted that third-party ratings were often included on advisers’ websites, social media profiles, marketing materials, press releases and other forums or materials without complying with all requirements.

[**Risk Alert: Additional Observations Regarding Advisers' Compliance with the Advisers Act Marketing Rule**](https://www.sec.gov/files/exams-riskalert-mrkt-rule-2512-508.pdf)

### Statement on the Custody of Crypto Asset Securities by Broker-Dealers

On December 17, 2025, the staff of the Division of Trading and Markets issued a statement to provide its views on the application of paragraph (b)(1) of Rule 15c3-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), to crypto assets that are securities (“crypto asset securities”). This statement addresses any broker-dealer that carries crypto asset securities for customers, including broker-dealers that conduct a traditional securities business.

This statement is part of an effort to provide greater clarity on the application of the federal securities laws to crypto asset securities. The Division is providing its views in response to requests from market participants as an interim step while the Commission continues to consider issues relating to a broker-dealer’s custody of crypto asset securities and the feedback it has received.

[**Statement on the Custody of Crypto Asset Securities by Broker-Dealers**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/trading-markets-121725-statement-custody-crypto-asset-securities-broker-dealers?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery)

### SEC Commissioner Caroline Crenshaw Departs the SEC

On January 2, 2026, Caroline Crenshaw, a Democrat who served on the SEC Commission since 2020, announced her departure from the Commission. In December 2024, the Senate Banking Committee canceled Crenshaw’s renomination vote, effectively ending her term as SEC Commissioner. This decision came amid criticism from industry leaders who felt her policies stifled innovation within the crypto space. Ms. Crenshaw’s exit leaves the Commission with three remaining Republican Commissioners with two vacancies. She had little practical power while serving as a minority Commissioner, but she issued a string of recent dissents regarding majority Commission votes. Until the two minority Commission seats are filled, SEC Chairman Atkins’ priorities, which are focused on market access, including for crypto asset access, will move forward without Commission dissension.

[**Statement on Departure of Commissioner Caroline Crenshaw**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/statement-departure-commissioner-crenshaw-010226)

### SEC Chairman Atkins Announces Comprehensive Review of Regulation S-K

On January 13, 2026, SEC Chairman Atkins announced that the SEC has initiated a comprehensive review of Regulation S-K, the disclosure framework governing public company reporting requirements. The review is intended to modernize disclosure requirements and focus on information that is meaningful to investors, while reducing unnecessary or duplicative disclosures.

Chairman Atkins noted that Regulation S-K has expanded significantly over time, resulting in disclosure requirements that may overwhelm investors without improving decision-making. The review will assess whether existing requirements appropriately balance investor protection with efficient capital formation and whether disclosures are presented in a manner that allows investors to identify information that is most relevant.

As part of this effort, the SEC has directed the Division of Corporation Finance to evaluate current disclosure requirements and consider potential updates, including limiting immaterial disclosures and improving the organization and clarity of required information. The SEC has begun gathering public input and is expected to continue engaging with market participants as it evaluates potential changes to Regulation S-K.

[**Statement on Reforming Regulation S-K**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/atkins-statement-reforming-regulation-s-k-011326)

### NYSE to Launch Tokenized Securities Platform for 24/7 Trading

On January 19, 2026, the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) announced its development of a platform for trading and on-chain settlement of tokenized securities.

NYSE’s new platform will enable tokenized trading, including 24/7 operations, instant settlement, and stablecoin-based funding. Its design combines the NYSE’s Pillar matching engine with blockchain-based post-trade systems, including the capability to support multiple chains for settlement and custody. The platform will support both tokenized versions of traditional stocks and natively issued digital securities.

Launch of the platform is pending SEC approval, as the NYSE must secure a formal rule to move from traditional T+1 settlement to instant, 24/7 blockchain-based trading.

The NYSE announcement follows the submission of a proposed rule change in September 2025 by the Nasdaq Stock Market which would allow for the trading and settlement of tokenized securities.

[**The New York Stock Exchange Develops Tokenized Securities Platform**](https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20260119300589/en/The-New-York-Stock-Exchange-Develops-Tokenized-Securities-Platform)

### SEC Proposes Amendments to Definition of Small Entity

On January 7, 2026, the SEC proposed amendments to the rules that define which registered investment companies, investment advisers, and business development companies qualify as small entities for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”).

The RFA requires federal agencies to conduct certain analyses, with the goal of minimizing the significant economic impact of federal rulemaking on small entities. This proposal would raise the small entity thresholds for investment companies and advisers. It is designed to help the Commission better tailor its analyses to address the specific regulatory challenges that these small entities face and consider adapting its rulemaking accordingly.

“The Commission has a longstanding commitment to understanding and addressing the concerns of small entities,” said SEC Chairman Paul S. Atkins. “Today’s proposal – consistent with the SEC’s intent to modernize regulatory requirements – would further this commitment by more accurately capturing the types and numbers of investment advisers and investment companies that are ‘small.’ This, in turn, would help the Commission more appropriately promote the effectiveness and efficiency of its regulations, with the goal of minimizing the significant economic impact on small entities.”

Specifically, this proposal would:

- Increase the asset-based thresholds under which investment companies and investment advisers are deemed small entities;
- Update the way that related funds’ assets are aggregated for purposes of defining small entities; and
- Provide for inflation adjustments to the asset-based thresholds by order every 10 years.

The proposing release will be published in the Federal Register. The public comment period will remain open until 60 days after the date of publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register.

[**SEC Proposes Amendments to the Small Entity Definitions for Investment Companies and Investment Advisers for Purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-1-sec-proposes-amendments-small-entity-definitions-investment-companies-investment-advisers-purposes)

### SEC Grants No-Action Relief for Retail Voting Program

On September 15, 2025, the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC issued no-action relief to Exxon Mobil Corporation that allows for the adoption of a retail voting program. The program gives retail shareholders the ability to give Exxon standing instructions to vote on behalf of the shareholders in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board. In seeking this relief, Exxon argued that retail investors often have limited time and resources to evaluate and vote proxies which historically has resulted in low retail shareholder participation in voting proxies.

The key features of the retail voting program are:

- Eligibility: The program is open to all retail investors, including both registered holders and beneficial owners.
- Voluntary participation: Investors can opt-in or opt-out at any time, at no cost.
- Annual Notice: Participating investors will receive annual reminders that they have opted-in and their ability to opt out.
- Availability of Proxy Materials: Participating shareholders will continue to receive all proxy materials.

While the staff of the SEC has confirmed that other publicly-traded companies that adopt a substantially similar retail voting program can rely on the Exxon relief, any registered investment company looking to put a similar program in place would likely need to seek no-action relief from the Division of Investment Management of the SEC.

[**Exxon Mobil Corporation**](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/no-action-interpretive-exemptive-letters/division-corporation-finance-no-action/exxon-mobile-091525)

### SEC Announces Significant Change in No-Action Relief During 2025-2026 Proxy Season (Suspension of No-Action Relief for Most Shareholder Proposals)

On November 17, 2025, the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC announced its role in the Rule 14a-8 process for the 2025-2026 proxy season. Due to current resource and timing considerations following the lengthy government shutdown and the large volume of registration statements and other filings requiring prompt staff attention, as well as the extensive body of guidance from the Commission and the staff available to both companies and proponents, the Division has determined to not respond to no-action requests for, and express no views on, companies’ intended reliance on any basis for exclusion of shareholder proposals under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, other than no-action requests to exclude a proposal under Rule 14a-8(i)(1).

Pursuant to Rule 14a-8(j), companies that intend to exclude shareholder proposals from their proxy materials must still notify the Commission and proponents no later than 80 calendar days before filing a definitive proxy statement. The Division reminds companies and proponents, however, that this requirement is informational only, there is no requirement that companies seek the staff’s views regarding their intended exclusion of a proposal, and no response from the staff is required.

In light of recent developments regarding the application of state law and Rule 14a-8(i)(1) to precatory proposals, the Division has determined that there is not a sufficient body of applicable guidance for companies and proponents to rely on. As such, the Division will continue to review and express its views on no-action requests related to Rule 14a-8(i)(1) until such time as it determines there is sufficient guidance available to assist companies and proponents in their decision-making process.

Although the Division will not respond substantively to submissions regarding companies’ intent to exclude shareholder proposals other than no-action requests related to Rule 14a-8(i)(1), the Division recognizes that a company may wish to receive some form of a response to its notification that it intends to exclude a proposal from its proxy materials. Accordingly, if a company wishes to receive a response for any proposal that it intends to exclude pursuant to a basis other than Rule 14a-8(i)(1), the company or its counsel must include, as part of its notification pursuant to Rule 14a-8(j), an unqualified representation that the company has a reasonable basis to exclude the proposal based on the provisions of Rule 14a-8, prior published guidance, and/or judicial decisions. In those situations, the Division will respond with a letter indicating that, based solely on the company’s or counsel’s representation, the Division will not object if the company omits the proposal from its proxy materials. In providing its response, the Division will not evaluate the adequacy of the representation or express a view on the basis or bases the company intends to rely on in excluding the proposal. Accordingly, a company’s Rule 14a-8(j) notification should be limited to the information required by the rule as well as an unqualified representation that the company has a reasonable basis to exclude the proposal.

[**Statement Regarding the Division of Corporation Finance's Role in the Exchange Act Rule 14a-8 Process for the Current Proxy Season**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/statement-regarding-division-corporation-finances-role-exchange-act-rule-14a-8-process-current-proxy-season?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery)

### Regulation S-P Amendments Designed to Enhance Protection of Customer Information in Effect

Regulation S-P, established under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), governs how financial institutions protect the nonpublic information of consumers. In 2024, the SEC adopted significant amendments to Regulation S-P to modernize data protection and breach notification standards for broker-dealers, investment companies, registered investment advisers, and transfer agents. These updates mandate that covered institutions implement a formal written incident response program to detect, contain, and recover from unauthorized access to customer information. A critical new requirement is the 30-day notification rule, which obligates firms to notify affected individuals within 30 days of discovering a breach that involves sensitive customer data. Additionally, the amendments introduce stricter service provider oversight, requiring firms to ensure that third-party vendors notify them of any data breaches within 72 hours. While larger entities were required to comply by December 3, 2025, smaller institutions must achieve full compliance by June 3, 2026. The SEC continues to hold virtual compliance outreach events tailored to various registrant types, including discussion of past risk alerts on the subject, as well as the SEC perspective on the examination lifecycle for entities subject to Regulation S-P.

[**Regulation S-P: Privacy of Consumer Financial Information and Safeguarding Customer Information**](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/2024/06/s7-05-23)

### CFTC Aligns with SEC in Enacting Wells Process Reform

On December 1, 2025, Commodity Futures Trading Commission Acting Chairman Caroline D. Pham announced the Commission is amending its Rules of Practice and its Rules Relating to Investigations. The amended Rules of Practice enhance the transparency of the Commission’s enforcement actions, including changes to ensure an accurate and complete administrative record by improving internal memoranda to the Commission when the Division of Enforcement recommends an enforcement action. The amended Rules Relating to Investigations enhance due process when the Division of Enforcement notifies persons who may be named in an enforcement action (Wells process), ensuring that notice of potential charges and relevant facts supporting the allegations are provided.

[**Acting Chairman Pham Announces Reforms to Wells Process, Amends Rules of Practice and Rules Relating to Investigations | CFTC**](https://www.cftc.gov/PressRoom/PressReleases/9144-25)

### FinCEN Delays Compliance with AML Rule for Advisers until 2028

On September 4, 2024, FinCEN published the IA AML Rule, which defines certain investment advisers as “financial institutions” under the Bank Secrecy Act. The IA AML Rule requires covered IAs to establish AML/CFT programs, report suspicious activity, and keep relevant records, among other requirements.

On December 31, 2025, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) announced a delay in the effective date of [the](https://www.federalregister.gov/citation/89-FR-72156) IA AML Rule until January 1, 2028. The Anti-Money Laundering/Countering the Financing of Terrorism (AML/CFT) Program and Suspicious Activity Report (SAR) Filing Requirements for Registered Investment Advisers and Exempt Reporting Advisers had an original effective date of January 1, 2026. The effective date is now January 1, 2028. As part of this delay, FinCEN is amending the date by which an investment adviser must develop and implement an AML/CFT program.

[**Federal Register: Delaying the Effective Date of AML Requirements for Investment Advisers**](https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2026/01/02/2025-24184/delaying-the-effective-date-of-the-anti-money-launderingcountering-the-financing-of-terrorism)

### SEC Approves ETF Share Class Exemptive Relief

In late 2025, the SEC began issuing exemptive relief to several applicants that allows for an ETF share class. These applicants requested to permit a registered open-end management investment company to offer one class of exchange-traded shares that operate as an exchange-traded fund (“ETF Shares”) along with one or more classes of shares that are not exchange-traded (“Mutual Fund Shares”).

This exemptive relief provides two broad categories of relief. First, it provides the relief necessary to permit standard exchange-traded fund operations consistent with Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Second, it provides the relief necessary for a fund to offer ETF Shares and one or more Mutual Fund Shares. Such exemptive relief allows for more diversity and flexibility in investment structure.

[**SEC Grants Dimensional Fund Advisors ETF Share Class Exemptive Relief**](https://www.stradley.com/news/sec-grants-dimensional-fund-advisors-etf-share-class-exemptive-relief) [**Multi-Class ETF Fund Exemptive Relief under the Investment Company Act of 1940**](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/ic/2025/ic-35834.pdf)

* * *

COD00000977 2/26/2026


---

# Compliance Matters Q1 2026

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q1-2026/_

# Compliance Matters Q1 2026

Subscribe

April 28, 2026

## ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

### SEC to Suspend Filings with XBRL Errors in Filing Fee Exhibits

On February 6, 2026, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or the “Commission”) announced that the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system will suspend filings that include filing fee exhibits with incorrect or incomplete eXtensible Business Reporting (“XBRL”) information. Previously, the EDGAR system would accept the filing with a warning rather than suspend the filing. This change took effect on March 16, 2026. All fee-bearing forms—notably including registration statements filed on Form N-2—must include fee exhibits with correct information, calculation, and XBRL tagging, or risk delaying the effectiveness of the filing and registration statement. The SEC recommends that filers consult the EDGAR Filer Manual, the XBRL Guide, and the SEC’s Fee Exhibit Preparation Tool prior to filing.

[**SEC to Suspend Filings with XBRL Errors in Filing Fee Exhibits**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/whats-new/edgar-suspend-filings-incorrect-or-incomplete-structured-data-filing-fee-exhibits)

### SEC Issues Names Rule FAQ

On February 19, 2026, the staff of the SEC’s Division of Investment Management issued the 2025–26 Names Rule FAQs which articulate the staff’s current interpretive views following the SEC’s 2023 amendments to Rule 35d‑1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “'40 Act”) (the “Names Rule”). The FAQs reconcile legacy 2001 Names Rule FAQs with the expanded scope of the amended rule, clarify when 80% investment policies are required and how they may be implemented, explain when shareholder notice or approval is required, and address modern fund structures and naming conventions.

### How the FAQs Update and Refine Interpretation of the Amended Names Rule

**1. Expansion Beyond Asset Types to Investment Characteristics**

The FAQs confirm that the amended rule applies to fund names suggesting not only asset classes, industries, or geographies, but also names suggesting particular characteristics of investments or issuers, such as “growth,” “value,” or “high‑yield.” This represents a broader trigger for the 80% investment policy requirement than under the original rule.

**2. Emphasis on Context and Reasonable Investor Understanding**

The FAQs stress that fund names must be evaluated in their full context. Certain terms that ordinarily would require an 80% policy—such as “growth” or “value”—may not do so when paired with modifiers or other terms that clearly convey a different portfolio‑wide objective (for example, “income and growth”). This reflects a principles‑based approach centered on how a reasonable investor would interpret the name.

**3. Distinction Between Investment Focus and Investment Technique**

The FAQs clarify that names suggesting an investment technique or strategy, rather than the characteristics of portfolio holdings, do not require an 80% investment policy solely on that basis. Examples include terms such as “merger” or “merger arbitrage,” which the staff views as describing a strategy rather than the nature of the investments themselves.

**4. Recognition of Modern Fund Structures**

For funds investing through private funds or special purpose vehicles with unfunded commitments, the FAQs permit cash and cash equivalents held to meet reasonably expected capital calls to be included in the 80% basket, provided that appropriate disclosure is included. This interpretation modernizes the rule’s application to current portfolio and liquidity management practices.

**5. Clarification of Shareholder Approval and Notice Requirements**

The FAQs explain that shareholder approval is not required to adopt or revise a fundamental 80% investment policy unless the change constitutes a deviation from an existing fundamental policy. Similarly, funds are not required to provide 60 days’ notice for non‑material changes to non‑fundamental 80% policies that are made solely to comply with the amended rule or that make the policy more stringent.

**6. Affirmation of Tax‑Exempt and Municipal Fund Treatment**

The staff reaffirms that names using terms such as “municipal” are treated as tax‑exempt funds for purposes of Rule 35d‑1 and must adopt a fundamental 80% policy. Single‑state tax‑exempt funds may include securities of out‑of‑state issuers if the income remains exempt from the named state’s tax and appropriate disclosure is provided.

**7. Continued Application of Anti‑Fraud Principles**

Even where an 80% investment policy is not required, the FAQs repeatedly emphasize that fund names remain subject to Section 35(d)’s prohibition on materially misleading or deceptive names and to the general anti‑fraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

### Bottom Line

Taken together, the 2025–26 FAQs provide a clearer, more practical framework for applying the amended Names Rule. During the lead up to the new fund and large fund family compliance dates beginning in June 2026¹ investment advisers should:

- Review and reassess fund names and investment policies to determine Fund Name Rule applicability
- Consult with Fund Counsel to ensure fund names and investment strategies align with the updated rule requirements or determine that the Fund Names Rule does not apply to a fund
- Revise investment and compliance policies and procedures (as applicable)

[**SEC 2025–26 Names Rule FAQs**](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/staff-guidance/division-investment-management-frequently-asked-questions/2025-26-names-rule-faqs?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery)

### SEC Division of Enforcement-Related Matters

#### Updates to Enforcement Manual

On February 24, 2026, the SEC announced significant updates to its Enforcement Manual, underscoring the SEC’s ongoing commitment to fairness, transparency, and efficiency in the investigations conducted by the Division of Enforcement (the “Division”). The SEC announced that the Enforcement Manual, which was last revised in 2017, will undergo yearly reviews going forward. Updates to the Enforcement Manual include changes in the following areas:

- Ensuring a uniform Wells process;
- Facilitating simultaneous consideration of settlement recommendations and waiver requests; and
- Additional updates related to a framework for evaluating cooperation, including the impact of cooperation on civil penalties, updates regarding the formal order process and an updated framework for referrals to criminal authorities and other changes intended to conform the Enforcement Manual to current best practices within the Division.

[**SEC’s Division of Enforcement Announces Updates to Enforcement Manual**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-20-secs-division-enforcement-announces-updates-enforcement-manual?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery)

#### Director of Enforcement Division Resignation and Appointment of Successor

On March 16, 2026, the SEC announced that Judge Margaret A. Ryan resigned from her role as Director of the Division and that Principal Deputy Director Sam Waldon had been named Acting Director of the Division. On April 8, 2026, the SEC announced that David Woodcock has been appointed Director of the Division, effective May 4, 2026. Mr. Woodcock, a partner in the Dallas and Washington, D.C. offices of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, serves as chair of the firm’s Securities Enforcement Practice Group. The SEC noted that Sam Waldon would continue to serve as Acting Director of the Division until May 4, 2026.

[**SEC Announces Enforcement Division Director Judge Margaret A. Ryan Has Resigned From Agency**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-27-sec-announces-enforcement-division-director-judge-margaret-ryan-has-resigned-agency?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery)

[**SEC Appoints David Woodcock as Director of Division of Enforcement**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-35-sec-appoints-david-woodcock-director-division-enforcement)

#### SEC Announces Fiscal Year 2025 Enforcement Results

On April 7, 2026, the SEC announced enforcement results for the fiscal year that ended on September 30, 2025. During fiscal year 2025, the Commission filed 456 enforcement actions, including 303 standalone actions and 69 “follow-on” administrative proceedings seeking to bar or suspend individuals from certain functions in the securities markets based on criminal convictions, civil injunctions, or other orders, and obtaining orders for monetary relief totaling $17.9 billion. These enforcement actions, addressing a broad range of misconduct, demonstrate the Commission’s prioritization of cases that directly harm investors and the integrity of the US securities markets, including offering frauds, market manipulation, insider trading, issuer disclosure violations, and breaches of fiduciary duty by investment advisers.

The results do not include the 1,095 matters in which potentially violative conduct was investigated and which were closed, the several matters where market participants remediated their practices, or cases that were otherwise not pursued.

Going forward, enforcement priorities and results will be linked to the Commission’s and the Division’s core mandate, and will thus contemplate the following elements to fulfill its mission: standing up to fraud in its many forms and those market participants engaged in such misconduct; addressing the fraudulent and manipulative conduct of the parties in question through appropriate remediation; and repaying investors’ losses when harmed.

The Division continues to focus on protecting retail investors, holding individual wrongdoers accountable, combatting securities fraud wherever it occurs, safeguarding markets from abusive trading, and deploying resources judiciously as to emerging technologies.

[**SEC Announces Enforcement Results for Fiscal Year 2025**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-34)

### SEC Issues Names Rule FAQ

#### Fund of Funds FAQs - Is the SEC hiding the ball here?

The Fund of Funds rules originally were passed to prevent overly complex multi-tier fund structures, layering of fees, and control of a Fund by another Fund. The foundation of the Fund of Funds rules is the “3/5/10 rule,” whereby Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the '40 Act states that an acquiring Fund: (i) cannot own more than 3% of an acquired Fund’s outstanding shares; (ii) cannot invest more than 5% of its total assets in a single acquired fund; and (iii) cannot invest more than 10% of its total assets in acquired funds in the aggregate. These restrictions are mitigated by safe harbors within the rules.

On March 5, 2026, the SEC answered certain Frequently Asked Questions related to Rule 12d1-4 under the '40 Act. The Rule was passed to codify existing exemptive order relief into law and to amend certain existing safe harbors within the Fund of Funds rules.

**FAQ**: Must an acquiring fund that is a management company enter into a fund of funds investment agreement with an acquired fund if its acquisition of the acquired fund would exceed the 5% or 10% limits of Section 12(d)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) of the Act but not the 3% limit of Section 12(d)(1)(A)(i) of the Act (assuming that the two funds do not share the same investment adviser)?

**ANSWER**: Surprisingly, the SEC’s answer was “Yes.” The answer was, however, qualified to state that the answer is Yes if you are relying on Rule 12d1-4 to get relief from the 3/5/10 Rule. The SEC conspicuously left out the fact that most unaffiliated Funds of Funds rely on the exemption provided under Section 12(d)(1)(F) under the '40 Act, which expressly allows for exceedance of the 5% and 10% limits without having to enter into an investment agreement with the acquired fund, as long as the acquiring fund mirror votes and does not exceed 3% ownership; however, owning more than 3% of the acquired fund’s outstanding shares, even under Section 12(d)(1)(F), would then require an investment agreement. The SEC also noted that its answer would not change if the acquiring Fund were a Unit Investment Trust. Another FAQ noted that an acquiring fund is not required to enter into investment agreements with acquired funds in which it had invested prior to relying on Rule 12d1-4, provided that the acquiring fund does not purchase additional shares of such acquired funds in reliance on Rule 12d1-4. Here, the SEC also did not mention Section 12(d)(1)(F), as an alternative.

Finally, the last FAQ related to the general prohibition against the “Fund of Funds of Funds” structure, noting that investments in CLO debt securities by an acquired fund would not raise the concerns underlying the three-tier prohibition. Accordingly, the SEC staff would not recommend enforcement action if a target fund does not count investments in CLO debt securities towards the 10% bucket in Rule 12d1-4(b)(3)(ii).

[**Fund of Funds Arrangements Frequently Asked Questions**](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/staff-guidance/fund-funds-arrangements-frequently-asked-questions)

### SEC Grants ETF Share Class Exemptive Relief to Broker-Dealers

On March 17, 2026, the SEC issued exemptive relief that was requested by the Investment Company Institute (“ICI”). The exemptive relief is from requirements of Section 11(d)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rules 10b-10 and 14e-5 thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act Provisions”) on behalf of broker-dealers. The ICI had requested relief from the Exchange Act Provisions that is similar to the relief previously granted to broker-dealers engaging in certain other transactions in exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) securities that rely on Rule 6c-11 under the '40 Act. Specifically, the ICI requested exemptive relief from Exchange Act Provisions for broker-dealers that engage in certain creation and redemption transactions involving ETF Shares of a Multi-Class ETF that have received a Multi-Class ETF exemptive order, as well as certain limited secondary market transactions in ETF Shares of a Multi-Class ETF. The ICI requested exemptive relief that is similar to the exemptive relief under Rule 6c-11 under the '40 Act. The SEC granted the requested relief, provided broker-dealers comply with the following requirements:

1. A Multi-Class ETF must have received a Multi-Class ETF exemptive order subject to a condition to operate its ETF Class as an ETF in compliance with the requirements of Rule 6c-11 with the following exceptions:

    1. Mutual Fund Shares will not be listed on any national securities exchange, and
    2. The Multi-Class ETF may offer an exchange privilege, meaning shareholders would be allowed to exchange Mutual Fund Shares for ETF Shares.
2. The ETF Class must further satisfy the Internal Revenue Code diversification requirement for regulated investment companies.
3. Broker-dealers relying on exemptive relief from the Exchange Act Provisions must meet certain conditions specific to each Exchange Act Provision related to in-kind creations and redemptions.
4. Relief from the Exchange Act Provisions granted to broker-dealers does not apply to purchases or sales of ETF Class Shares in the secondary market.

[**SEC Order**](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/exorders/2026/34-105028.pdf)

### SEC Clarifies Application of Federal Securities Laws to Crypto Assets

On March 17, 2026, the SEC, joined by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, issued an interpretive release clarifying how existing federal securities laws apply to crypto assets and certain transactions in crypto assets, aiming to reduce long‑standing regulatory uncertainty. The interpretation affirms that most crypto assets are **not** themselves securities, while emphasizing that certain transactions involving crypto assets may constitute “investment contracts” under the *Howey test* depending on the facts and representations involved, and that such contracts can begin—and later end—over time. The release introduces a clear taxonomy of crypto assets (including digital commodities, digital collectibles, digital tools, stablecoins, and digital securities), explains how non‑security crypto assets may fall under or exit securities regulation, and provides specific guidance on activities such as crypto asset disseminations known as “airdrops”, protocol mining and staking, and asset “wrapping.” The interpretation marks an important step towards providing clarity on the application of the federal securities laws to crypto assets.

[**SEC Interpretative Release on Crypto Assets**](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/interp/2026/33-11412.pdf)

### Investment Company Institute’s 2026 Investment Management Conference

The Investment Company Institute’s 2026 Investment Management Conference (the “Conference”) was held from March 22, 2026 to March 25, 2026 in Palm Desert, California. Discussions at the Conference reflected a clear regulatory focus on modernizing fund regulations to better align with how products are structured, distributed, and overseen today. In addition to broader conversations around updating the '40 Act, panels addressed the continued expansion of retail investor access to private funds, growing adoption of ETF share classes, and recent regulatory developments affecting product design and disclosure, including implementation of the amended Fund Names Rule. Across these topics, regulators and industry participants emphasized the importance of clarity, consistency, and investor understanding as product structures evolve.

Several sessions also focused on compliance challenges arising from innovation and operational change. Speakers discussed emerging best practices for the use of artificial intelligence in compliance and operations, with an emphasis on governance, oversight, and risk management rather than wholesale prohibition. Alongside sustained momentum toward default electronic delivery and continued scrutiny of fund proxy processes, the Conference reinforced that compliance teams will play a central role in operationalizing regulatory change—ensuring new technologies, product features, and disclosures are implemented in a manner consistent with regulatory expectations and investor protection goals.

[**Key Takeaways from 2026 ICI Investment Management Conference**](https://www.ici.org/ici-viewpoints/key-takeaways-from-icis-2026-investment-management-conference)

## SEC Proposed Rules

### SEC Proposes Amendments to Form N-PORT

On February 18, 2026, the SEC announced proposed amendments (the “Proposed Amendments”) to certain registered investment company reporting requirements on Form N-PORT. Comments relating to the Proposed Amendments need to be submitted on or before April 24, 2026. The Proposed Amendments, if adopted, would, among other things:

- Provide reporting funds with an additional 15 days to file reports on Form N-PORT of portfolio-related information, extending the monthly filing deadline from within 30 days to 45 days of month end;
- Reduce the frequency of publication of reports on Form N-PORT from monthly (within 60 days of each month end) to quarterly (within 60 days after fiscal quarter end);
- Remove or streamline certain reporting items, including modifications to portfolio level risk metrics and return information and removal of reporting requirements related to Rule 35d-1 under the '40 Act (the Names Rule); and
- Add certain identifying information, such as ticker symbols as well as additional information regarding reporting funds with share classes that operate as ETFs (e.*g.*, the ETF class’s net assets and shareholder flows).

Concurrently, but in a related adopting release, the SEC extended the compliance dates for the Form N-PORT reporting requirements related to the Names Rule, allowing time for the Proposed Amendments to be considered prior to reporting funds incurring additional costs for reporting requirements that may be eliminated. The compliance dates for the Names Rule-related reporting requirements on Form N-PORT have been extended to November 17, 2027, for reporting fund groups with net assets of $10 billion or greater and May 18, 2028, for reporting fund groups with less than $10 billion in net assets, both determined as of the end of a reporting fund group’s most recent fiscal year end.

[**Fact Sheet - N-Port Reporting and Names Rule Extension**](https://www.sec.gov/files/ic-35962-fact-sheet.pdf)

[**Proposed Rule - Form N-PORT Reporting**](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/proposed/2026/ic-35962.pdf)

[**Investment Company Names Form N-PORT Reporting; Extension of Compliance Date - Final rule; extension of compliance date**](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/final/2026/ic-35963.pdf)

## SEC Final Rules

### SEC Issues Guidance on Tokenized Securities and Approves NASDAQ’s Tokenized Securities Trading Proposal

The SEC released a joint [statement](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/corp-fin-statement-tokenized-securities-012826?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery) of the Division of Corporation Finance, Division of Investment Management, and Division of Trading and Markets on January 28, 2026 clarifying the application of federal securities laws to tokenized securities. This guidance distinguishes between issuer‑sponsored tokenization, where issuers directly integrate distributed ledger technology, and third‑party models such as custodial tokens backed by held securities as well as synthetic tokens that mimic economic exposure. The SEC clearly states that the format in which a security is issued or the methods by which holders are recorded (*e.g.*, onchain vs. offchain) does not affect application of the federal securities laws.

As part of a broader framework, in December 2025, the SEC granted the Depository Trust Company a no-action letter allowing participants and their customers “to explore DLT (digital ledger technology) and its potential benefits for recording their DTC-held securities, in a controlled production environment, under conditions designed to allow adjustment and refinement, limit risk of loss and systemic disruption, and provide broader insights as to the technical and regulatory features necessary to allow Tokenized Entitlements at scale.” The SEC no-action letter would be effective for three years following the launch of this pilot program, expected to occur in the second half of 2026. Additionally, NASDAQ has aligned its efforts with the DTC pilot program through a proposed rule change which enables the trading of tokenized securities on its exchange and clarifies the process for trading under the DTC pilot securities tokenization program.

Together, the SEC’s guidance and these coordinated infrastructure changes appear to signal openness to blockchain‑based modernization while maintaining regulatory standards.

[**SEC Statement on Tokenized Securities**](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/corp-fin-statement-tokenized-securities-012826-statement-tokenized-securities#_ftnref5)

[**DTC No Action Letter**](https://www.sec.gov/files/tm/no-action/dtc-nal-121125.pdf)

[**Federal Register :: Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 2, To Amend the Exchange's Rules To Enable the Trading of Securities on the Exchange in Tokenized Form**](https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2026/03/23/2026-05563/self-regulatory-organizations-the-nasdaq-stock-market-llc-order-approving-a-proposed-rule-change-as)

¹For a new fund, compliance is required on the effective date of the initial registration statement on or following June 11, 2026. For existing funds, at the time of the effective date of its first “on-cycle” annual prospectus update filed on or following June 11, 2026.

* * *

COD00001013 4/28/2026


---

# Compliance Matters Q2 2026

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/compliance-news/compliance-matters-q2-2026/_

#
Compliance Matters Q2 2026


Subscribe

August 14, 2026

## Administrative matters

### SEC announces new “Qualified Client” dollar-based thresholds

On May 4, 2026, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) announced that it was raising the dollar-based thresholds that a client or private fund investor must meet to be deemed a “qualified client” under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, effective June 29, 2026. The SEC is required to adjust the dollar-based qualified client thresholds for inflation every five years.

Beginning June 29, 2026, in order to be a qualified client under the updated thresholds, a client or private fund investor must have:

- at least $1.4 million (up from $1.1 million) in assets under management with the adviser immediately after entering into the advisory arrangement (e.g., an investment in a private fund); or
- a net worth (together with assets held jointly with a spouse, but excluding the value of a person’s primary residence and related debt) greater than $2.7 million (up from $2.2 million) at the time of entering into the advisory arrangement (e.g., an investment in a private fund).

Qualified purchasers and knowledgeable employees of an adviser are automatically deemed qualified clients, and the performance-based fee prohibition does not generally apply to non-US clients and fund investors. As a result, the dollar-based qualified client standards are generally relevant only for an advisor to (i) a private fund relying on the 100-or-fewer beneficial owner exemption (i.e., Section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("'40 Act"), as amended), from registration as an investment company, (ii) a separate account with a client that is not a qualified purchaser or knowledgeable employee, and (iii) a '40 Act registered fund.

[SEC Order Approving Adjustment for Inflation of the Dollar Amount Tests](https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2026/05/01/2026-08480/order-approving-adjustment-for-inflation-of-the-dollar-amount-tests-in-rule-205-3-under-the "www.federalregister.gov")

### SEC and NFA announce memorandum of understanding to further harmonize regulatory coordination

On May 21, 2026, the SEC and the National Futures Association (“NFA”) announced that they have entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “Memorandum”) to enhance their cooperation, coordination, and information sharing in areas of common regulatory interest.

The Memorandum will enhance SEC and NFA staff’s ability to share information on matters of mutual regulatory interest such as emerging risks, examination planning, and financial markets’ conditions. The Memorandum will also provide for periodic meetings between staff. It is intended that this improved coordination will further enhance the SEC and NFA’s ability to promote compliance with derivatives and securities laws, maintain the highest level of oversight quality, and minimize duplicative efforts. According to SEC Chair Paul S. Atkins, “This memorandum is another step in furthering the SEC’s efforts to streamline cooperation with other regulatory organizations and alleviate the potential for duplicative or conflicting oversight.”

[SEC - NFA Announcement](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-47-sec-nfa-announce-memorandum-understanding-further-harmonize-regulatory-coordination "www.sec.gov")

[Memorandum of Understanding](https://www.sec.gov/files/sec-nfa-2026.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### Division of examinations issues risk alert - observations of investment advisor obligations related to economic conflicts of interest

On June 9, 2026, the SEC’s Division of Examinations published a Risk Alert to assist advisers in developing effective compliance programs and disclosures with respect to economic conflicts of interest. The Risk Alert addresses observations made during review of the economic incentives that advisors and their financial professionals may have to recommend certain products, services, or account types to their clients. These reviews include advisors’ written policies and procedures, disclosure of fees and expenses, and whether advisors are accurately calculating and charging clients advisory fees and expenses in accordance with client disclosures. The Division encourages advisors to review and refine, as appropriate, their billing policies, procedures, and practices on a routine basis with an eye towards ensuring they are accurate and consistent with disclosures and agreements. Advisors should also identify and address timely new conflicts of interest. In addition, advisors are encouraged to review their disclosures regarding their economic conflicts of interest to ensure that clients are provided with full and fair disclosure.

[Risk Alert](https://www.sec.gov/files/observations-ia-obligations-related-economic-conflicts-interest-060926.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC issues 2026 regulatory agenda

On July 7, 2026, the SEC published its 2026 Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions (the “Agenda”). The Agenda outlines a broad rulemaking program under SEC Chair Paul S. Atkins aimed at protecting investors, facilitating capital formation, and revitalizing both public and private markets. The Agenda centers on crypto asset market structure, recission of climate related disclosure rules, modernization of disclosure and reporting frameworks, and reforms to exempt offerings, proxy rules, and investment advisor/custody regulations, as noted below (along with that regulatory action’s Regulation Identifier Number or “RIN”):

1. Crypto Assets & Market Structure

- Crypto Assets Rulemaking (RIN 3235 AN38)
- Crypto Market Structure Amendments (RIN 3235 AN49)
- Custody Rule Amendments (RIN 3235 AN46)

2. Climate Related Disclosure Rules

- Recission of Climate Related Disclosure Rules (RIN 3235 AN76). (A separate proposed rule (S7 2026 19) was issued on May 29, 2026 to rescind climate related disclosure requirements.)

3. Disclosure Modernization & Reporting Reform

- Rationalization of Disclosure Practices (RIN 3235 AN43)
- Semiannual Reporting (RIN 3235 AN58; S7 2026 15)
- Electronic Delivery of Information (RIN 3235 AN57; S7 2026 25)
- Executive Compensation Disclosure Reform (RIN 3235 AN60)

4. Capital Formation & Exempt Offering Pathways

- Updating Exempt Offering Pathways (RIN 3235 AN42)
- Enhancement of Emerging Growth Company Accommodations (RIN 3235 AN40; S7 2026 18)
- Registered Offerings Reform (RIN 3235 AN41; S7 2026 17)

5. Market Structure & Trading Rules

- Trade Through Rule Amendments (RIN 3235 AN50; S7 2026 20)
- Definition of Dealer (RIN 3235 AN51)
- Oversight of US Government Securities on ATSs (RIN 3235 AN53)

6. Investment Adviser & Investment Company Rules

- Custody Rule Amendments (RIN 3235 AN46)
- Form PF Reporting Enhancements (RIN 3235 AN64)
- Recordkeeping Rule Amendments (RIN 3235 AN66)

7. Proxy System & Shareholder Rights

- Amendments to Certain Proxy Rules (RIN 3235 AN63)
- Shareholder Proposal Modernization (RIN 3235 AN47)

8. Small Entity Regulatory Relief

- Updates to “Small Entity” Definitions (RIN 3235 AN39)

[Statement on the 2026 Regulatory Agenda](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/speeches-statements/atkins-statement-2026-regulatory-agenda-070726 "www.sec.gov")

[Agency Rule List - 2026](https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/eAgendaMain?operation=OPERATION_GET_AGENCY_RULE_LIST&amp;currentPub=true&amp;agencyCode=&amp;showStage=active&amp;agencyCd=3235&amp;csrf_token=DF18DEC037C6B7413A2711AFEFB3C495C59E06BFCDE7E1BE46A6C4146A2687B824ADE53473DD4A3583D506204D82DFD751C6 "www.reginfo.gov")

### SEC forms new retail fraud working group

On July 7, 2026, the SEC announced the creation of the Retail Fraud Working Group designed to strengthen the Division of Enforcement’s efforts to identify and combat fraud targeting everyday investors. The Retail Fraud Working Group will leverage staff and resources across the SEC to identify fraud and other misconduct targeting retail investors, including offering frauds, pump-and-dump schemes, market manipulation, and breaches of duties to customers by investment advisors and broker dealers. The working group will serve as a dedicated resource for proactive case generation, play an important role in coordinating with the SEC’s regulatory partners and foreign counterparts, and participate in educational outreach to retail investors in coordination with the SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Assistance.

[SEC Announcement of New Retail Fraud Working Group](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-63-sec-forms-new-retail-fraud-working-group?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery "www.sec.gov")

### SEC announces roundtable on preparations for 24-hour trading

On July 23, 2026, the SEC announced that it will host a roundtable on September 17, 2026, to discuss moving towards 24-hour trading in the US equity markets, including preparations to support overnight trading, operations and resiliency in a 24-hour market, and opportunities and challenges for expansion. The roundtable will be open to the public and held at the SEC’s headquarters at 100 F St. NE, Washington, D.C. The discussion will be streamed live on http://SEC.gov, and a recording will be made available at a later date. Information regarding the roundtable’s agenda and speakers will be posted before the event. Members of the public who wish to provide their views on 24-hour trading may submit their comments electronically or on paper.

[SEC Announcement of Roundtable on Preparations for 24-Hour Trading](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-69-sec-announces-roundtable-preparations-24-hour-trading?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery "www.sec.gov")

## SEC proposed rules

### SEC proposes amendments to permit optional semi-annual reporting for public companies

On May 5, 2026, the SEC proposed rule and form amendments that would give public companies the option to file semi-annual reports instead of quarterly reports to meet interim reporting requirements under federal securities laws. Public companies that are subject to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ('34 Act), as amended, are currently required to file quarterly interim reports on Form 10-Q. The proposed amendments would allow public companies to elect to file semi-annual reports on new Form 10-S. This proposed change would result in public companies being able to file one semi-annual report on Form 10-S and one annual report on Form 10-K, rather than three quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and one annual report on Form 10-K. This flexibility would allow a public company to choose the interim reporting frequency that best serves its company and investors.

Under the proposal, the filing deadline for Form 10-S would be 40 or 45 days after the first semi-annual period of the fiscal year, depending on the company’s filer status. The proposal would also amend Regulation S-X, which governs the financial statement requirements for periodic reports in order to reflect the new semi-annual option and simplify existing financial statement requirements.

[SEC Proposed Public Company Amendments](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-42-sec-proposes-amendments-permit-optional-semiannual-reporting-public-companies?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=govdelivery "www.sec.gov")

### SEC proposes transformative reforms to help public companies conduct registered offerings and simplify reporting requirements

On May 19, 2026, the SEC proposed amendments to its rules and forms governing registered offerings that are designed to increase efficiency, flexibility, and cost savings for public companies while maintaining robust investor protections. The SEC also proposed rule amendments to simplify its public company reporting framework and better calibrate disclosure obligations with a company's size and maturity.

According to the SEC, the proposed amendments—together with the recently proposed optionality for semiannual interim reporting and other forthcoming rule proposals—represent important steps toward incentivizing companies to go and stay public.

The registered offering reform proposal, if adopted, would be the most significant modernization of the registered offering framework in more than 20 years and would:

- Extend current disclosure scaling and other accommodations to most public companies
- Grant the smallest public companies extended deadlines to file their periodic reports
- Simplify the public reporting company filer status framework
- Update the SEC’s Regulatory Flexibility Act issuer “small entity” definitions

The public comment period will remain open until 60 days after publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register.

[Registered Offering Reform](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/proposed/2026/33-11418.pdf "www.sec.gov")

[Fact Sheet](https://www.sec.gov/files/33-11418-fact-sheet.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### Texas Stock Exchange proposes rule amendments that would require member brokers to vote unrestricted shares

On May 28, 2026, Texas Stock Exchange LLC (“TXSE”) filed with the SEC a proposed rule change that would require TXSE member broker-dealers to vote uninstructed shares in proportion to instructions received from participating shareholders. In the event the member receives no voting instructions from any beneficial owners, the member would vote to abstain or withhold, depending on the matter. The proposed rule seeks to eliminate broker discretionary voting, with TXSE pointing out that voting outcomes should be determined by parties with an economic interest in the issuer rather than non-interested brokers. Further, the proposed rule attempts to increase retail voting participation rates, and help reach quorum, by eliminating broker non-votes. In public statements, TXSE has also indicated one of the aims of the proposal is to reduce the voting influence of proxy advisory firms such as Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) and Glass Lewis & Co., whose recommendations may be adopted by institutional shareholders. The proposed rule would not affect any beneficial owner’s right to vote, abstain, or withhold their vote. The rule also provides for certain exceptions to the proportional vote requirement, for example where the member is acting as executor or guardian.

On July 21, 2026, the SEC found it appropriate to designate a longer period within which to take action on the proposed rule change so that it has sufficient time to consider the proposed rule change and the issues raised therein. Accordingly, the SEC designated September 9, 2026, as the date by which the SEC shall either approve or disapprove, or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove, the proposed rule change.

[Proposed Rule Change Related to Proxy Voting](https://www.sec.gov/files/rules/sro/txse/2026/34-105956.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC seeks public comment on novel exchange-traded funds

On June 30, 2026, the SEC issued a request for public comment on exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that invest in new or innovative asset classes or use novel investment strategies. The SEC's goal is to determine how it can encourage innovation in the ETF market, protect investors, maintain fair, orderly, and efficient markets and support capital formation. SEC Chair Paul S. Atkins emphasized the need for a consistent, transparent, and efficient regulatory framework that allows the ETF industry to continue evolving while serving investors effectively. The SEC noted the rapid growth of the ETF market, which expanded from approximately $4 trillion in assets in 2019 to more than $12 trillion by the end of 2025. Brian Daly, Director of the SEC’s Division of Investment Management, highlighted that as ETF products become more complex and innovative, public input is critical to shaping future regulation.

The SEC is specifically seeking feedback on whether certain novel ETFs should be considered investment companies, how these innovative ETFs should be regulated, and how the ETF registration and approval process can remain effective as new products emerge. The public comment period will remain open for 60 days after the request is published in the Federal Register. The SEC is reviewing whether its current ETF regulatory framework is sufficient for emerging ETF products and is asking investors, issuers, and other market participants for input on how to balance innovation with investor protection.

[Public Comment on Novel ETFs](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-60-sec-seeks-public-comment-novel-exchange-traded-funds "www.sec.gov")

### SEC submits proposed rule regarding electronic delivery

On July 21, 2026, the SEC proposed Regulation E-Delivery. The proposed rule sets forth conditions for covered entities to deliver covered information to covered recipients electronically without first obtaining their affirmative consent. The proposed rule further establishes conditions under which the SEC would consider delivery requirements under the Federal securities laws to be satisfied by electronic delivery. The SEC also is proposing to rescind the rule providing alternative means for registered investment companies to satisfy shareholder report transmission requirements, and to amend rules addressing the dissemination of proxy materials and tender offer materials. SEC Chair Paul S. Atkins previously stated in March 2026 that, in an age of algorithmic trading and artificial intelligence, a default paper delivery requirement should be a relic and not the standard.

[Proposed Rule - Electronic Delivery](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/2026/07/s7-2026-25 "www.sec.gov")

## SEC final rules

### SEC expands co-investment relief to open-end funds

On April 27, 2026, the SEC’s Division of Investment Management issued a no-action letter to an adviser permitting registered open-end funds, including mutual funds and ETFs, to participate in co-investment transactions under the SEC’s “simplified” co-investment exemptive orders (“Simplified Orders”), which were first introduced in April 2025. This relief will allow open-end funds to invest alongside affiliated funds in negotiated investments, including investments in private credit and private equity, subject to existing regulation concerning portfolio liquidity. In addition, the no-action letter permits a fund’s board to delegate co-investment transaction approvals to a committee of the board, which will streamline the approval process for participating funds. The no-action letter is only available with respect to Simplified Orders for which the SEC published a public notice before May 4, 2026. It is believed that this provision contemplates the SEC starting to issue orders going forward that include open-end funds, which would obviate reliance on the no-action letter for future applicants. Accordingly, firms with pending applications or who are filing applications in the future should evaluate whether to include these revisions in their applications.

[SEC No-Action Letter](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/no-action-interpretive-exemptive-letters/division-investment-management-staff-no-action-interpretive-letters/jp-morgan-investment-management-inc-042726 "www.sec.gov")

[Advisor Request for No-Action Relief](https://www.sec.gov/files/investment/no-action/jpm-incoming-no-action-letter-042726.pdf "www.sec.gov")

### SEC rescinds policy regarding denials of settlements in enforcement actions

On May 18, 2026, the SEC rescinded a policy, codified in Rule 202.5(e) of its informal rules of procedures, stating that when it chooses to settle an enforcement action in which a sanction is imposed, it will not settle unless the defendant or respondent also agrees not to publicly deny the allegations in the complaint or administrative order. Rescinding Rule 202.5(e) aligns the SEC with the overwhelming majority of federal agencies that do not have a similar rule and gives the SEC more flexibility in settling enforcement actions, which conserves resources, provides certainty, and potentially expedites the return of money to injured investors. The recission recognizes that the effect on the public interest from such denials may be minimal and that the policy itself may have created an incorrect impression that the SEC is trying to shield itself from criticism.

There is no known instance of the SEC seeking to reopen an administrative or civil proceeding as a consequence of a defendant or respondent violating a no-deny provision to which they have consented. In light of the recission of Rule 202.5(e), the SEC will not enforce existing no-deny provisions that have already been entered. In the event of a breach of an existing no-deny provision, the SEC will take no action to ask a district court to vacate a settlement (or to reopen an adjudicatory proceeding) in connection with the terms of the settlement agreement. The SEC generally does not require settling defendants to admit to allegations. The recission does not affect the SEC’s practice related to admissions in settlements and does not affect the SEC's discretion to settle with defendants who decline to admit facts or liability or its discretion to negotiate for admissions as part of a settlement.

[SEC Recission of Policy](https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-45-sec-rescinds-policy-regarding-denials-settlements-enforcement-actions "www.sec.gov")

### SEC staff issues no-action relief for ETFs during passive concentration exceedances

On July 27, 2026, the staff (“Staff”) of the SEC's Division of Investment Management issued a no-action letter in response to a request by the Investment Company Institute regarding creation baskets for ETFs that are experiencing a passive exceedance of their concentration policy. The letter confirms that the Staff will not recommend enforcement action against an ETF that accepts certain creation baskets during a period in which the ETF is experiencing a passive exceedance of its disclosed industry concentration policy.

[SEC No-Action Relief](https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/no-action-interpretive-exemptive-letters/division-investment-management-staff-no-action-interpretive-letters/investment-company-institute-072726 "www.sec.gov")

[ICI Request for No-Action Relief](https://www.sec.gov/files/investment/investment-company-institute-072726.pdf "www.sec.gov")

## State compliance matters

### CIPA website litigation: a growing compliance concern for advisors

California's Invasion of Privacy Act (CIPA), originally enacted to address wiretapping and telephone communications, has become one of the most active sources of privacy-related litigation for businesses with public-facing websites. Plaintiffs are increasingly applying the statute to modern website technologies, including analytics tools, cookies, chat features, and online forms, driving a steady rise in lawsuits and pre-litigation demand letters. The core theory is that a website operator effectively permits third parties to intercept visitor communications when data such as search terms, IP addresses, or other identifying information is transmitted to analytics, marketing, or technology vendors before the visitor provides consent. Courts remain divided on how far CIPA reaches into website technologies, but the theory now underpins a growing volume of claims, including targeted demand campaigns aimed at website search fields and contact forms. Because CIPA provides for statutory damages on a per-violation basis, even routine website functionality may now carry litigation risk.

Advisors should review their own websites, along with any sites created for a mutual fund or ETF complex they manage, and the third-party technologies used to collect, analyze, or monitor visitor interactions, including chat features and analytics software. Working with their website providers and legal counsel, firms should consider assessing whether current disclosures, consent mechanisms, and data collection practices remain appropriate as CIPA litigation evolves and should continue to monitor developments in the area. A pre-litigation demand letter or similar notice alleging a CIPA violation should not be ignored; firms should promptly engage qualified legal counsel to evaluate the allegations, preserve relevant information, and determine the appropriate response and next steps.

[California Invasion of Privacy Act (CIPA)](https://california.public.law/codes/penal_code_section_632 "california.public.law")

* * *

COD00001094


---

# Events

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/_

From the Desk

#
Resource Library




Subscribe

All													Blog														Client Stories														Compliance News														Multimedia														Events														Press and News														Reports and Whitepapers

		Select a topic	Compliance and Regulation	Technology and Innovation	Data Management	Distribution	ETFs	Fund Conversion	Retail Alternative Funds	Investment Operations	Private Funds	Public Funds	Series Trust

- ### GAIM Ops West Conference
[Event							Monarch Beach, CA
October 25 - October 28
We'll be attending GAIM Ops West Conference as a sponsor. Visit us in the exhibit hall.](https://informaconnect.com/gaim-ops-west/)
- ### 100 Women in Finance New York Gala
[Event							New York, NY
November 3
We'll be attending 100 Women in Finance New York Gala as a sponsor.](https://fundraisers.100women.org/new-york/)
- ### ACG Capital Connections Conference
[Event							Jacksonville, FL
November 3 - November 5
We'll be attending ACG Capital Connections Conference..](https://www.acg.org/florida/events/2026-florida-acg-capital-connection)
- ### Alts Texas Conference
[Event							Dallas, TX
November 9 - November 10
We'll be attending Alts Texas Conference as a sponsor.](https://www.marketsgroup.org/forums/altstx)
- ### NICSA Asset & Wealth Management Summit
[Event							Boston, MA
November 10 - November 11
We'll be attending NICSA Asset & Wealth Management Summit.](https://nicsa.org/)
- ### ETF Global Fall ETP Forum
[Event							New York, NY
November 10
We'll be attending ETF Global Fall ETP Forum as a sponsor and featured speaker. Visit us in the exhibit hall.](https://etpforum.org/registration/)
- ### ALTS Private Credit US Conference
[Event							Greenwich, CT
December 2
We'll be attending ALTS Private Credit US Conference as a sponsor.](https://www.marketsgroup.org/forums/private-credit-us)
- ### ALTSMIA Conference
[Event							Miami, FL
December 7 - December 8
We'll be attending ALTSMIA Conference as a sponsor.](https://www.marketsgroup.org/forums/altsmia)


---

# FutureProof Festival

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/futureproof-festival/_

Events

#
Future Proof Festival


Subscribe

In-person

September 14, 2026
					 - 					September 17, 2026

**Huntington Beach**
Huntington Beach, CA

### We're attending the FutureProof Festival

Join us at FutureProof Festival 2026 in Huntington Beach, CA where Ultimus will be a sponsor.


---

# IPA Vision Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/ipa-vision-conference/_

In-person

September 15, 2026
					 - 					September 17, 2026

**Signia by Hilton Atlanta**
Atlanta, GA


---

# ICI Compliance, Risk, and Legal Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/ici-compliance-risk-and-legal-conference/_

In-person

September 15, 2026
					 - 					September 17, 2026

**Renaissance Nashville**
Nashville, TN


---

# Rocky Mountain Fund Advisers Summit

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/rocky-mountain-fund-advisers-summit/_

In-person

September 17, 2026

Denver, CO


---

# Windy City Fund Advisers Summit

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/windy-city-fund-advisers-summit/_

In-person

September 24, 2026

Chicago, IL


---

# ICI Tax and Accounting Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/ici-tax-and-accounting-conference/_

In-person

September 27, 2026
					 - 					September 30, 2026

**JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort and Spa**
Marco Island, FL


---

# Global ETF Insights Summit

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/global-etf-insights-summit/_

In-person

September 29, 2026

**The Yale Club**
New York, NY


---

# Catapult 2026

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/catapult-2026/_

In-person

September 29, 2026
					 - 					October 1, 2026

**The Joseph**
Nashville, TN


---

# Atlantic Coast Golf Outing

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/atlantic-coast-golf-outing/_

In-person

October 5, 2026

**Fiddler's Elbow Country Club**
Bedminster, NJ


---

# ADISA Annual Conference & Trade Show

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/adisa-annual-conference-trade-show/_

In-person

October 5, 2026
					 - 					October 7, 2026

**The Cosmopolitan of Las Vegas**
Las Vegas, NV


---

# Money Management Institute Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/money-management-institute-conference/_

In-person

October 7, 2026
					 - 					October 9, 2026

**The Westin Boston Seaport District**
Boston, MA


---

# HFA Fireside Chat

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/hfa-fireside-chat/_

In-person

October 14, 2026

**Seward & Kissel LLP One Battery Park Plaza**
NYC


---

# GAIM Ops West Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/gaim-ops-west-conference/_

In-person

October 25, 2026
					 - 					October 28, 2026

**Waldorf Astoria Monarch Beach**
Monarch Beach, CA


---

# 100 Women in Finance New York Gala

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/100-women-in-finance-new-york-gala/_

In-person

November 3, 2026

**Cipriani**
New York, NY


---

# ACG Capital Connections Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/acg-capital-connections-conference/_

In-person

November 3, 2026
					 - 					November 5, 2026

**The Ritz-Carlton**
Jacksonville, FL


---

# Alts Texas Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/alts-texas-conference/_

In-person

November 9, 2026
					 - 					November 10, 2026

**The Ritz-Carlton**
Dallas, TX


---

# NICSA Asset & Wealth Management Summit

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/nicsa-asset-wealth-management-summit/_

In-person

November 10, 2026
					 - 					November 11, 2026

**Marriott Long Wharf**
Boston, MA


---

# ETF Global Fall ETP Forum

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/etf-global-fall-etp-forum/_

In-person

November 10, 2026

**New York Athletic Club**
New York, NY


---

# ALTS Private Credit US Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/alts-private-credit-us-conference/_

In-person

December 2, 2026

**Delamar Greenwich Harbor**
Greenwich, CT


---

# ALTSMIA Conference

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/altsmia-conference/_

In-person

December 7, 2026
					 - 					December 8, 2026

**Eden Roc Miami Beach**
Miami, FL


---

# Client Stories

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/client-stories/_

From the Desk

#
Resource Library




Subscribe

All													Blog														Client Stories														Compliance News														Multimedia														Events														Press and News														Reports and Whitepapers

		Select a topic	Compliance and Regulation	Technology and Innovation	Data Management	Distribution	ETFs	Fund Conversion	Retail Alternative Funds	Investment Operations	Private Funds	Public Funds	Series Trust

- ### Ironhorse Capital Management: Conversion Experience
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1708401280-41baf10fe1daa414b6f836501dbaa2444a94de0b22cf91c5946716af0978144e-d_640?region=us)
August 4, 2023
- ### Westwood: Seamless Series Trust Conversion
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677705941-352ca41989190c2054671ff17b84db08d97bf7b29aa7b1db0d98990c877bfe61-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### FAM Funds: Digital Shareholder Experience
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1836976179-fc81f5ebcb6aab6e6022ddb0f66c63ae722570a7adc5645aa8be0ddfed6e07d0-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Ave Maria Funds: Expanding Innovation
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1677705987-cd39107fa9a1c4d0a2e0fdfb3d8f704220d2f12072186b7b21ca4483da10249e-d_640?region=us)
May 31, 2023
- ### Homestead Funds: Ultimus Service Model
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/1836975576-fa3748f7f353de62db794639df794069599c15e2fae2fe53fc8c28b7516d6812-d_640?region=us)
May 24, 2023
- ### Oak Associates Funds: Unique Approach to Distribution
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/849795700-c38c2c4bda3d39ba00d6e6d16b75a2d397a4f008a2716c1ea17c287861f72182-d_640?region=us)
January 24, 2020
- ### Kempner Capital Management: Smoother Operations
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/849795302-e4e6b15732f7115c6f6676e2b6888793b5e272f62845a8d8c5488684b37b89f4-d_640?region=us)
January 24, 2020
- ### Essex Investment Management: Turnkey Launch
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/850765122-2a1b7432b221636a3c665eeb88958773b9101f5ad5ab934cd3326fc77c552d2a-d_640?region=us)
January 24, 2020
- ### Johnson Investment Counsel: Client Success
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/849792282-bb98c3ec09b4a31433f8ab5d0b7efffc28fd8aa0d7a9b3ef86bc4d75778cad5a-d_640?region=us)
January 24, 2020
- ### Schwartz Investment Counsel: High-touch Support
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/849790385-b621b4183e2600f3ae3ac9538319b4fc2e6134fcb9409729671f45f112bf90b3-d_640?region=us)
January 24, 2020
- ### North Star Investment Management: Support for Fund Launch
Client Story			![Vimeo video thumbnail](https://i.vimeocdn.com/video/849793273-f05e448b5b9ae51212999ac917db7fafcd2f446adc985768257540eb2386fb3b-d_640?region=us)
January 24, 2020


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Westwood: Seamless Series Trust Conversion due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Homestead Funds: Ultimus Service Model due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Oak Associates Funds: Unique Approach to Distribution due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Kempner Capital Management: Smoother Operations due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Essex Investment Management: Turnkey Launch due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Johnson Investment Counsel: Client Success due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Schwartz Investment Counsel: High-touch Support due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped North Star Investment Management: Support for Fund Launch due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Ironhorse Capital Management: Conversion Experience due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped FAM Funds: Digital Shareholder Experience due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Ave Maria Funds: Expanding Innovation due to extraction error -->

---

# Education

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/_

## Education

```
/insights/education/
```


---

# How to launch an ETF

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/how-to-launch-an-etf/_

Education

#
Launching an exchange-traded fund: Is it right for your firm?

## Table of Contents

### ETFs: The Basics

### What Will it Cost to Launch & Operate an ETF?

### Choosing the Right Trust Structure

### Launching an ETF: the Details

## Introduction

Since the introduction of the first ETFs in the early 1990s, they have garnered a sizeable portion of the market for pooled investment products. In recent years, nearly as many ETFs have closed as have launched. What do those disparate facts mean for asset managers?

There is no doubt ETFs can have a place in investor’s portfolios and as part of an asset manager’s product lineup. Investors have come to expect that ETFs will have lower expense ratios than comparable mutual funds, and indeed at high asset levels ETFs can be less expensive to operate. Meeting customer expectations for lower cost can cause a margin squeeze for an adviser sponsoring a smaller ETF. Likewise, there are advantages and disadvantages for ETFs compared to mutual funds when it comes to distribution. Some platforms allow trading of any exchange-listed product, which could broaden distribution possibilities, but wholesaling ETFs can be more challenging than mutual funds, and many retirement platforms do not support offering ETFs.

An ETF launch may seem complex, but Ultimus’ extensive list of partnerships throughout the ETF ecosystem will help you strategize and properly manage all of the moving parts involved for a successful fund launch, watch this explainer video about the ETF ecosystem to learn more. There are no shortcuts to learning about the ETF ecosystem. With Ultimus’ deep product knowledge and industry connections, we assist asset managers to help them understand the various parts of the ETF ecosystem, their role in the ecosystem, and the intricacies involved in a comprehensive and operationally efficient fund launch, including proactive introductions to the necessary parties involved and project management of the ETF launch.

Ultimus supports all aspects of launching and operating ETFs and our professionals have the expertise to help you evaluate whether offering an ETF is right for your firm. Contact us today to learn more.

### ETFs: The Basics

#### Who governs an ETF?

ETF portfolios are managed by investment advisers who are technically hired by the fund to manage its assets. Since each adviser and fund are subject to SEC regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (’40 Act), they must design and implement comprehensive compliance policies and procedures. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) oversees marketing aspects of registered funds, and ETFs also have to comply with listing exchange requirements. In addition, each fund is required to have independent trustees, who are responsible for approving contracts on behalf of shareholders and have continual operational oversight of the fund. While such governance can require effort from all involved, it can also provide comfort for investors who appreciate the protections the structure affords.

#### Investment strategies that work in a '40 Act vehicle

The flexibility often surprises advisers. While there are some limitations, many strategies work within the ‘40 Act structure, including traditional equity and fixed income investments, tactical asset allocation, managed futures, distressed debt, global distressed, long/short equity, market neutral, arbitrage, absolute return, real estate, quantitative, and strategic asset funds.

#### Registration Timeframe

It generally takes 4-6 months to register an ETF. Much of this time is dedicated to the SEC review process and the exemptive relief application process.

#### Minimum Assets Under Management

While there is no minimum size for a registered fund, a certain minimum amount of assets under management is recommended to cover administration costs, unless the manager is willing to cover these until the asset raise is achieved. In addition, the exchanges require a minimum number of accounts to maintain the ETF listing.

#### Fund Board & Compliance

All ETFs are required by law to have a board of directors. Ultimus provides a comprehensive suite of specialized services, which includes access to series trust solutions that provide an experienced board of trustees, compliance oversight, and fund legal counsel. Your fund benefits from the economies of scale available through the use of these shared resources. See Choosing the Right Trust Structure below for more information on trust options.

### What Will it Cost to Launch & Operate an ETF?

As with any new venture, starting an ETF requires prudent forethought and planning to ensure the best chance of success. You’ll want to consider both the initial upfront investment, as well as the potential ongoing financial commitment. Other considerations are regulatory requirements, resource commitments, and the timeline for launching the fund, just to name a few.

The cost to launch an ETF varies based on whether the fund is created inside a series or standalone trust (see Choosing the Right Fund Structure section below for more information about trust options). Ultimus’ business development team will work with you to determine the appropriate fund structure and explain expenses needed to cover fund administration, annual audit, shareholder reporting and support, transfer agent, corporate governance, and compliance. Separately, you need to consider the due diligence fees for platform access, which are extremely variable, depending on if your primary objective is to gain operational efficiency or if you are looking for additional distribution opportunities.

Through a waiver of the management fee and/or reimbursement, you are responsible for all fund expenses until the assets in the fund hit the breakeven amount. Breakeven is achieved when the adviser no longer subsidizes fund expenses beyond a total waiver of the advisory fee.

### Choosing the Right Trust Structure

ETFs must register with the SEC in a shared (series) trust or in a standalone trust format, and Ultimus can help you understand the differences and enter into the best structure for your fund.

A series trust is designed for advisers who want to start their own funds but avoid the complexities associated with organizing a standalone trust. In the series trust model, the organizational structure, including its Board of Trustees, is already in place, reducing costs and saving time. Your fund would become part of a trust with other funds, but each fund is its own separate entity and can maintain its own unique investment strategy and a distinct marketing image. Through this structure, you can focus on managing money and growing assets while the contracted service providers, such as Ultimus, perform the back-office services.

In comparison, a standalone trust is the preferred option if you want to establish a family of funds and/or have greater involvement in the administrative duties of the fund. Advisers have more control with standalone trusts than with series trusts, such as having a key role in the selection of the initial board of trustees, fund officers, fund counsel, custodian, auditor, and administrator. Like a series trust, organization fees are generally paid by you, not the fund.

See below for a detailed comparison of trust structures:

| KEY DIFFERENCES | SERIES TRUST | STANDALONE TRUST |
| :---: | :---: | :---: |
| **Control/Establishment** | Governed by an established/existing Board of Trustees and Officers, as well as pre-selected Fund Counsel. | Governed by a Board of Trustees and Officers that the client selects. |
| **Creation Timelines** | 4-5 months | 6-9 months |
| **Creation Costs** | Fees are normally paid by the adviser, not the fund. Likely a lower cost than standalone due to negotiated agreements. | Variable based on service provider selection. Fees are normally paid by the adviser, not the fund. |
| **Operational Costs** | Funds/advisers share trust fees with other entities in the trust, taking advantage of scale and efficiencies of the shared structure. | Funds/advisers are solely responsible for the fees associated with the trust. |
| **Adviser Preference** | A cost effective and time efficient way for advisers looking to launch a mutual fund. | Typically preferred by advisers looking to start a family of funds or wanting involvement in board selection/participation. |
| **SEC Review** | 75 days | Variable, no set time |
| **15C Process and Approval** | Yes | Yes |

### Launching an ETF: the Details

It’s important to leverage the experience and expertise of service providers early in the ETF exploration and development process. Your dedicated Ultimus onboarding specialist takes the lead on organizing and launching your fund, guiding you through every step of the process to help you choose the right service providers, product, and trust. At Ultimus, we learn your investment strategy, target market, and business goals before creating your registration statement.

#### Advisory Fees

The advisory fee is the percentage/basis point fee allocated to the fund and paid to the investment adviser for serving in that role. You recommend the amount and the board approves it on a contracted annual basis. Generally, the fee should be within the range of fees of peer or substantially similar funds – a review and process Ultimus will guide you through. The fee is assessed based on the net assets of the fund and subject to waiver based on the fund’s expense cap.

#### Prior Fund Performance

You may be able to utilize prior performance in your fund marketing if a substantial degree of consistency in asset management team, investment strategy, and investment securities exist. The use of prior strategy performance will be limited to the prospectus unless a private fund is reorganized to launch the mutual fund. Both Ultimus and the trust counsel will help assess consistency, as well as provide additional requirements.

#### SEC Registration

Ultimus is skilled at preparing registration statements that are broad enough to be flexible down the road but also narrow enough to inform potential investors about how the strategy works. We can also help you evaluate how important new structures and strategies are to your business needs and how to present them in your statement. Once your registration statement is complete, we will file it with the SEC. Towards the end of the second month after filing, the SEC will normally contact us with questions and comments. After all questions are resolved, the SEC will inform us that the fund is effective.

Additionally, the Ultimus operational team helps get a new ETF listed on an exchange as part of the launch. With the SEC’s rule modernizing the regulation of ETF in 2019, the barriers to entry for launching an ETF have been significantly reduced. Subsequently, an advisor is no longer required to obtain special exemptive relief from the SEC to permit them to advise either a passively managed or actively managed ETF. The ETF Rule also offers advantages for actively managed ETFs as compared to years past, such as the ability to use “custom baskets” to trade the ETF’s portfolio on a tax-advantaged basis.

#### Marketing Services & Distribution

No matter how strong your strategy is, distribution is truly key to the success of your fund, and one for which you must plan and budget for adequately. Sales and marketing for a mutual fund or ETF are likely different than how you promote your firm today, so it is important to develop a complete long-term business plan for fund launch and operation. You will need to have a firm understanding of your potential target audience, taking into account varying market conditions, investment trends, and shortages in market offerings. Understanding your target client and how they approach investing is a crucial step in developing your fund; this is an area you can’t overlook. In response to this need, we offer professional marketing support for your new fund, employing a 4-step approach which includes creating a core messaging strategy, establishing or redesigning your brand, complete fund and firm website creation, and creating marketing collateral such as fact sheets and pitch decks including the content, design, and compliance review. For ETF websites, we offer a technology solution that displays live fund data—it is a solution that is flexible, simple and customizable. For continuity, we also offer ongoing digital marketing and website maintenance services.

The distribution area is also multifaceted, so Ultimus is your accessible resource and partner in helping you keep up with the regulatory complexity and changes in this arena. Our team of specialists helps you navigate the distribution environment through a high-touch, solutions-driven consultative approach. To maximize your sales potential, we provide insight and guidance on your target market to assist in the development of a sales and marketing strategy that fits your current growth cycle.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/distribution/ "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") about Ultimus’ distribution services.


---

# Interval fund versus tender offer fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/interval-fund-versus-tender-offer-fund/_

Education

#
Interval fund versus tender offer funds

## Table of Contents

### What are Interval Funds?

### What Are Tender Offer Funds?

### Key Differences Between Interval and Tender Offer Funds

### Target Investor Channels

### Tax Considerations for Interval and Tender Offer Funds

### Challenges Associated with Both Fund Types

### Choosing the Right Fund Type for Your Investment Strategy

### How Ultimus Fund Solutions Can Help

## Interval vs Tender Offer Funds

Interval funds and tender offer funds are two distinct investment structures that are intended to resolve the liquidity challenges that are inherent in illiquid markets and provide access to alternative assets. Despite the fact that both fund types are designed to provide investors with diversification and increased potential returns, they differ substantially in terms of their operational mechanics, redemption processes, and suitability for investors.

### What are Interval Funds?

Interval funds are a specialized type of closed-end fund designed to provide periodic liquidity to investors while simultaneously facilitating access to alternative and illiquid asset classes. They combine elements of open-end and closed-end fund structures, offering the opportunity to invest in long-term, higher-yielding assets while mitigating the liquidity challenges associated with alternative investments. Interval fund repurchases are governed by Rule 23c-3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, which outlines specific operational and redemption requirements to ensure transparency and investor protection. They are typically not listed on an exchange unlike traditional closed-end fund structures.

### What Are Tender Offer Funds?

Tender offer funds are a form of unlisted closed-end fund that provides investors with discretionary liquidity opportunities through tender offers. Unlike interval funds, tender offer funds do not operate on a predefined schedule for redemptions. Instead, the board of directors determines the timing and size of tender offers, which are executed in compliance with Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act. This flexible structure allows fund managers to tailor liquidity provisions based on market conditions, investor demand, and portfolio considerations, making tender offer funds a versatile option for illiquid investment strategies.

### Key Differences Between Interval and Tender Offer Funds

Although both fund types are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, they exhibit substantial differences in their redemption processes, liquidity, and structure. Below is a detailed comparison of the two fund types, highlighting their key differences.

#### 1. Regulatory Framework:

- **Interval Funds:** Interval funds are regulated under Rule 23c-3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, which mandates specific redemption intervals, notification requirements, and operational procedures to ensure transparency and investor protection.
- **Tender Offer Funds:** Tender offer funds are governed by Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act, which outlines detailed procedures for executing tender offers. Compliance requirements include filing Schedule TO with the SEC, providing comprehensive disclosures to investors, and adhering to strict timelines for each tender offer.

#### 2. Redemption Structure:

- **Interval Funds:** Interval funds operate on a fixed redemption schedule, typically offering liquidity on a quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. During each redemption window, the fund is required to offer to repurchase a minimum of 5% and up to 25% of its outstanding shares at net asset value (NAV). If redemption requests exceed this limit, shares are repurchased on a pro-rata basis although the fund may repurchase an additional amount of stock not to exceed two percent of the common stock outstanding on the repurchase request deadline.
- **Tender Offer Funds:** Tender offer funds provide discretionary liquidity determined by the board of directors. Repurchase offers are not required to follow a predetermined schedule and may vary in size and frequency in accordance with market conditions, investor demand, and portfolio liquidity.

#### 3. NAV Calculation:

- **Interval Funds:** Interval funds are required to calculate their NAV weekly or daily, particularly around redemption periods, to ensure transparency and accurate pricing. This frequent NAV calculation ensures that investors have an up-to-date understanding of the fund’s value and allows for consistent pricing during redemption intervals. Most Interval funds calculate their NAVs daily in order to meet DTCC’s Fund/SERV trading requirements.
- **Tender Offer Funds:** These funds are only required to calculate NAV at the time of a tender offer. This leads to less frequent NAV updates compared to interval funds, focusing on precision during specific events. Since tender offers may occur at irregular intervals, the NAV calculation aligns with these discretionary events to reflect the accurate value of the fund’s assets. Most Tender Offer funds calculate their NAVs monthly with a few choosing to calculate on a quarterly basis.

#### 4. Liquidity Management:

- **Interval Funds:** Interval funds are required to maintain sufficient liquid assets to meet redemption requests during designated intervals. This ensures compliance with their repurchase obligations and investor expectations as outlined in their offering documents.
- **Tender Offer Funds:** Tender offer funds have more flexible liquidity requirements. They are not obligated to maintain the same level of liquid assets as interval funds and can time tender offers based on portfolio liquidity and market dynamics.

#### 5. Minimum Investment:

- **Interval Funds:** Interval funds typically have lower minimum investment requirements, ranging from $5,000 to $10,000, making them more accessible to retail investors. This lower barrier to entry aligns with their target audience, which often includes smaller investors seeking access to alternative assets.
- **Tender Offer Funds:** Tender offer funds do not have a standardized minimum investment requirement and can vary widely. Some funds may have minimums as low as $1,000, while others may require a minimum of $50,000 or more, contingent upon the policies and structure of the specific fund.

Understanding these distinctions is critical for financial professionals aiming to align fund structures with their investment objectives and client needs.

### Target Investor Channels

The structural characteristics and liquidity features of interval funds and tender offer funds make them suitable for distinct investor profiles and distribution channels. Here is a breakdown of the prospective investor channels for each type of fund:

#### Interval Funds

- **Retail Investors:** Retail investors are the primary target audience for interval funds. Their structure enables individual investors to access alternative investments that are typically reserved for institutional investors, as they require comparatively low minimum investments.
- **Investment Advisers:** Financial advisers frequently suggest interval funds to clients who are seeking higher yields through less liquid investments, such as real estate or credit strategies. Retail clients are attracted to the liquidity offered by the periodic repurchase offers.
- **Various Distribution Platforms:** Interval funds are more accessible to individual investors due to the fact that they can be sold through a variety of platforms, such as broker-dealers, financial advisers, and online investment platforms.

#### Tender Offer Funds

- **Institutional and Accredited Investors:** Institutional investors and accredited investors are both generally more attracted to tender offer funds. These funds are frequently utilized for private equity strategies and frequently necessitate higher minimum investments, rendering them appropriate for sophisticated investors who are interested in long-term returns.
- **Brokerage Firms and Private Wealth Channels:** Brokerage firms, wirehouses, and private wealth management channels are the primary targets of tender offer funds. Their adaptable liquidity options are well-suited to the requirements of high-net-worth individuals and institutions that are capable of managing the discretionary nature of repurchase offers.
- **Limited Retail Access:** Due to the discretionary nature of repurchases and the higher minimum investment requirements, tender offer funds are less prevalent in the retail sector than interval funds. However, some retail investors may have access to them.

### Tax Considerations for Interval and Tender Offer Funds

Investors should be mindful of the fact that both funds have unique tax implications. Here’s an overview of the key tax considerations for each fund type.

- **Tax Classification:** If interval funds satisfy specific criteria, including the distribution of at least 90% of their taxable income to shareholders annually, they may qualify as Regulated Investment Companies (RICs) under the Internal Revenue Code. This designation will enable them to evade paying taxes at the entity level. Tender offer funds, like interval funds, have the option to be classified as RICs. This classification enables them to distribute income to investors without being subject to entity-level taxation, provided that they satisfy comparable distribution requirements.
- **Capital Gains Tax:** Interval funds are taxed based on their asset composition. If a fund is primarily invested in equities, it’s taxed similarly to equity funds. If it’s primarily invested in debt securities, it’s taxed as a debt fund. If the underlying securities were held for more than one year, regardless of how long the investor has owned shares in the fund, the long-term capital gains are taxed at rates of 0%, 15%, or 20%, depending on the investor’s income level. Short-term capital gains are taxed as ordinary income.
- **Distribution Reporting:** Interval funds and tender offer funds typically report distributions to shareholders on Form 1099, detailing the character of the distributions based on the income and gains earned during the fiscal year. This reporting is essential for investors to determine their tax liabilities and assists investors in understanding the nature of their income.
- **K-1 Reporting:** If an interval or tender offer fund invests in limited partnerships, it may receive Schedule K-1 forms, which report income, deductions, and credits. These items must be included in the fund’s taxable income calculations, adding complexity to tax reporting.

***Key Insights:*** *Given that tender offer funds often focus on illiquid investments (like private equity), they may generate higher returns, which could lead to higher tax liabilities when realized gains are distributed to investors. As for interval and tender offer funds, they must meet annual distribution requirements of 98% of ordinary income and 98.2% of capital gains to avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed income.*

### Challenges Associated with Both Fund Types

While interval funds and tender offer funds provide access to illiquid and alternative asset classes with limited liquidity provisions, they also come with inherent challenges. These challenges arise from their structural complexities, regulatory requirements, and operational demands.

#### 1. Liquidity Management

Both funds face significant challenges in managing liquidity due to their focus on illiquid or alternative asset classes. A delicate balancing act is required to satisfy redemption requests while simultaneously preserving long-term investments.

##### Interval Funds:

- It’s the responsibility of fund managers to guarantee that they have adequate liquidity to fulfil their redemption obligations as scheduled. This frequently necessitates maintaining a portion of the portfolio in cash or liquid assets, which can restrict the potential returns from illiquid investments. A line of credit is often used to assist in covering redemption requirements.
- During periods of high redemption demand, such as economic downturns, interval funds may face challenges in meeting the minimum 5% repurchase obligation without disrupting portfolio stability.

##### Tender Offer Funds:

- The discretionary nature of tender offers grants fund managers flexibility; however, this also generates unpredictability. The fund’s liquidity may be compromised if a significant number of investors opt to redeem shares during a tender offer, necessitating the sale of illiquid assets at unfavorable prices.
- Particularly in times of market volatility, it can be difficult to manage investor expectations regarding the timing and size of tender offers.

***Key Insight:*** *Effective liquidity management requires robust planning, stress testing, and a strategic approach to portfolio construction to balance liquidity needs with long-term investment objectives.*

#### 2. Valuation of Illiquid Assets

Both fund types often hold alternative and illiquid assets that lack readily available market prices. Accurately valuing these assets is a complex and resource-intensive process.

##### Interval Funds:

- Frequent NAV calculations (daily or weekly) require consistent and accurate valuations of illiquid assets. Fund managers must rely on fair value pricing methodologies, such as discounted cash flow (DCF) models or third-party appraisals, which can be subjective and prone to discrepancies.
- Investor dissatisfaction or regulatory scrutiny may result from inaccurate valuations, particularly during redemption periods.

##### Tender Offer Funds:

- Although NAV calculations are less frequent, they still necessitate precision during tender offers. Investors who redeem shares based on outdated valuations may be at a disadvantage due to the potential lag in asset pricing caused by the infrequency of valuations.
- High reliance on fair value estimates can introduce uncertainty, especially for niche or highly illiquid assets.

***Key Insight:*** Investor confidence and compliance necessitate the preservation of transparent and precise valuations. Adherence to fair value accounting standards and collaboration with third-party valuation experts could mitigate these challenges.

#### 3. Regulatory and Compliance Burden

Both funds are subject to rigorous regulatory supervision, which can be resource-intensive to manage.

##### Interval Funds:

- To ensure that these regulations are adhered to, it’s necessary to have dedicated administrative resources and robust systems in place to ensure that redemption obligations are met and that there is timely reporting.

##### Tender Offer Funds:

- The discretionary nature of tender offers adds complexity, as fund managers must justify the timing and size of offers while maintaining compliance with SEC rules.

***Key Insight:*** *A combination of proactive oversight, technology, and expertise is necessary to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks. Penalties, reputational harm, and diminished investor confidence may ensue if regulatory obligations are not fulfilled.*

#### 4. Investor Communication and Expectation Management

Clear and consistent communication with investors is critical for both fund types, but they present unique challenges.

##### Interval Funds:

- Investors must be informed of redemption windows in advance, including the percentage of shares eligible for repurchase and the pro-rata allocation mechanism if redemption requests exceed the maximum permitted.
- Particularly when redemption requests are prorated, managing investor expectations regarding liquidity and performance during volatile markets can be challenging.

##### Tender Offer Funds:

- Fund managers must communicate the terms and timing of each tender offer explicitly due to the discretionary nature of the offers. Dissatisfaction among investors may result from any delays or changes to tender offer schedules.
- In order to prevent misunderstandings, it’s imperative to inform investors about the fund’s illiquid nature and the implications of discretionary liquidity.

***Key Insight:*** *Proactive investor communication, combined with detailed disclosures, can help mitigate dissatisfaction and align investor expectations with the fund’s operational realities.*

#### 5. High Fees

In comparison to traditional mutual funds or exchange-traded funds (ETFs), both fund types typically incur higher fees. The operational complexities, management expertise, and due diligence necessary to effectively manage alternative assets are reflected in these fees.

##### Interval Funds:

- The average expense ratio for interval funds is approximately 2.49%, significantly higher than ETFs (0.58%) and mutual funds (0.99%).
- This includes management fees that can range from 1.5% to 2.45% and additional service and operating fees that can further increase total expenses.
- Interval funds may also impose sales charges that can start as high as 5.75%, adding to the overall cost of investment.

##### Tender Offer Funds:

- The total estimated gross expenses for tender offer funds can range from about 2.40% to 3.43%, depending on the specific fund and its fee structure.
- Management fees for tender offer funds can reach around 2% annually, with additional performance-based fees that are comparable to those observed in private equity funds.
- Many tender offer funds include an incentive fee, which may be set at approximately 12.50% of any profits earned, subject to a high watermark provision.
- Some funds charge distribution and servicing fees, which can range from 0.25% to 0.85% annually.

***Key Insight:*** *The higher fee structures of both fund types may discourage cost-conscious investors and require transparent fee disclosures to prevent dissatisfaction.*

In order to ensure the successful operation of these intricate investment vehicles and maintain regulatory compliance and investor confidence, fund managers and financial professionals must understand these challenges and devise effective strategies to overcome them.

### Choosing the Right Fund Type for Your Investment Strategy

Choosing the appropriate fund type depends on your investment strategy, liquidity needs, and the types of assets you intend to include in your portfolio. Here are the key aspects to consider:

- **Consider Your Liquidity Needs:** Liquidity is a critical factor when choosing between interval funds and tender offer funds. The interval fund structure offers some liquidity; however, it may not be sufficient to satisfy immediate cash requirements if investors require access to their capital outside of the redemption periods. Although tender offer funds provide more flexibility regarding repurchases, there is no guarantee that investors will be able to redeem all their shares during a tender offer, especially if demand exceeds the amount offered for repurchase.
- **Investment Strategy:** Take into account the assets that each fund typically invests in. Interval funds often focus on real estate and credit strategies, while tender offer funds have gained popularity for private equity strategies. If your investment strategy aligns with these asset classes, it may influence your choice. Tender offer funds may be more appealing to investors who are at ease with less frequent liquidity but are willing to accept the potential for higher returns from alternate investments. In contrast, interval funds may be more appropriate for those seeking a longer-term investment horizon with periodic liquidity.
- **Fee Structure:** Evaluate the fee structures of both fund types. Interval funds typically have higher average expense ratios than traditional mutual funds and ETFs, and tender offer funds also tend to have elevated fees as a result of their performance-based structures and management. It is imperative that you understand the extent to which these fees affect your overall returns.

By aligning these factors with your financial goals and risk tolerance, you can make a more informed decision that suits your investment objectives.

### How Ultimus Fund Solutions Can Help

At Ultimus Fund Solutions, we specialize in providing comprehensive services to support the administration and operation of both interval funds and tender offer funds. Our team of seasoned professionals understands the unique complexities and regulatory requirements associated with these investment vehicles. From fund launch to ongoing administration, we deliver customized solutions to streamline your operations, enhance compliance, and optimize investor communication.

- **Regulatory Expertise:** We ensure your fund remains compliant with the intricate requirements of Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act and Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act. Our regulatory team offers proactive oversight, ensuring that filings, disclosures, and compliance with SEC regulations are met.
- **NAV Calculations and Valuations:** We offer robust NAV calculation and valuation services that are specifically designed for alternative asset classes. We cultivate investor confidence by guaranteeing precision and transparency through the implementation of fair-value pricing methodologies and advanced technology.
- **Liquidity and Redemption Management:** Our solutions incorporate sophisticated liquidity management strategies to assist your fund in maintaining a balance between long-term portfolio objectives and investor redemption obligations. We ensure operational efficiency by administering discretionary tender offers or interval fund redemption schedules.
- **Investor Communication Support:** Clear and consistent communication is indispensable for investor confidence. Ultimus offers comprehensive investor reporting, which encompasses the distribution of Form 1099, detailed fund updates, and notifications of redemption opportunities.
- **Fee Transparency and Reporting:** With expertise in accounting and reporting, we ensure full transparency in fee structures, helping you communicate effectively with investors while maintaining operational clarity.

We are well-positioned to offer cost-effective, high-quality fund administration services to institutional fund managers, financial advisers, and investment firms as a result of our dedication to providing customized, scalable solutions. Partnering with Ultimus means leveraging industry expertise to overcome operational challenges and achieve your investment goals. Contact us today to learn more.

COD00000552 11/18/2024


---

# What is an interval fund?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/what-is-an-interval-fund/_

Education

#
What is an interval fund?

## Table of Contents

### Key Features of Interval Funds

### How Do Redemptions Work?

### Advantages of Interval Funds

### Challenges and Risks Associated with Interval Funds

### Who Should Invest in Interval Funds?

## What Is an Interval Fund?

Interval funds are a distinctive category of closed-end funds designed to provide investors with access to illiquid and alternative asset classes, all while maintaining a structured and predictable redemption process. Unlike traditional open-end funds, which offer daily liquidity, interval funds allow investors to redeem shares at predetermined intervals, typically on a quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. This limited liquidity structure enables fund managers to pursue long-term investment strategies in less liquid assets, such as private equity, real estate, or credit instruments, without the pressure of daily redemption demands.

### Key Features of Interval Funds

Interval funds combine features of both open-end and closed-end funds, making them an attractive option for fund managers and financial professionals looking to diversify investment strategies and meet specific investor needs. Here are key features of interval funds that distinguish them from other investment vehicles.

#### Periodic Redemption Structure:

One of the defining characteristics of interval funds is their periodic redemption schedule. Unlike open-end funds, which offer daily liquidity, interval funds allow investors to redeem shares only during specified intervals.

#### Access to Illiquid Assets:

Interval funds provide investors with exposure to less-liquid asset classes such as private equity, real estate, infrastructure, and alternative credit instruments. These asset classes are typically inaccessible in traditional open-end funds due to their illiquid asset limitations as well as daily redemption requirements. The controlled liquidity of interval funds allows fund managers to pursue long-term investment opportunities in these higher-yielding asset categories.

#### Daily NAV Calculation:

Interval funds calculate their net asset value (NAV) daily, providing transparency to investors and ensuring accurate pricing for both subscriptions and redemptions. Valuation of illiquid assets, however, can be complex and requires robust methodologies to comply with fair valuation accounting and regulatory standards.

#### Regulatory Oversight:

Interval funds operate under the regulatory framework of the Investment Company Act of 1940, which sets forth specific rules regarding redemptions, disclosures, and investor protections. Fund managers must comply with Rule 23c-3, which governs the tender offer process, liquidity thresholds, and reporting requirements.

#### No Secondary Market Trading:

Unlike traditional closed-end funds, interval funds do not trade on secondary markets. Investors can only redeem their shares directly through the fund during scheduled tender offer periods. This feature reduces the price volatility associated with market-driven trading but limits investors’ ability to liquidate shares outside of redemption windows.

#### Continually Offered Shares:

Interval funds continually offer shares to new investors, much like open-end funds. This allows fund managers to raise additional capital to invest in high-conviction opportunities and scale the portfolio. New shares are issued at the NAV calculated on the purchase date.

#### Flexible Investment Guidelines:

Interval funds are not bound by the strict liquidity requirements of open-end funds, which typically cap illiquid assets at 15%. This flexibility allows fund managers to allocate a significant portion of the portfolio to illiquid securities, enabling greater diversification and the potential for higher returns.

#### Tax Reporting:

Interval funds typically issue Form 1099 to investors for tax purposes, similar to open-end and closed-end funds. The specific tax treatment of income and capital gains may vary depending on the fund’s investment strategy and distributions.

These features provide a flexible option for fund managers looking to keep up with the changing needs of today’s investors.

### How Do Redemptions Work?

Interval funds have a structured and predictable redemption process. Investors may purchase shares of an interval fund at any time based on the fund’s NAV, which is calculated daily. However, unlike open-end funds, interval funds do not offer daily liquidity. Instead, they facilitate liquidity through periodic redemption windows, during which investors can redeem shares via a tender offer process.

#### The redemption process involves the following:

##### Periodic Redemption Windows:

- At predefined intervals, usually quarterly, semi-annually, or annually, interval funds allow investors to redeem a portion of their shares. The redemption percentage, mandated under Rule 23c-3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, must be at least 5% of the fund’s outstanding shares but can go up to 25% at the fund manager’s discretion. These redemption opportunities provide controlled liquidity while allowing the fund to maintain a portfolio of less-liquid assets.

##### Tender Offer Notifications:

- Shareholders are notified at least 21 days before the redemption window begins. The notification details the percentage of shares available for redemption, the NAV pricing, and the deadline for submitting redemption requests. Investors must respond within this timeframe to participate.

##### Pro-Rata Allocation:

- If investor redemption requests exceed the amount offered by the fund, shares are repurchased on a pro-rata basis unless the fund chooses to exceed the offered amount which is limited to an additional 2%. This ensures equitable treatment of all shareholders while adhering to the fund’s liquidity limits.

##### Settlement of Redemptions:

- Once the tender offer closes, shares are redeemed at the NAV calculated on the redemption date. Settlement typically occurs within a few business days, depending on the fund’s specific policies.

### Advantages of Interval Funds

Interval funds offer a unique combination of benefits that make them an attractive option for fund managers and investors seeking diversification, higher returns, and access to alternative asset classes. Here are the key advantages of interval funds:

##### Lower Barriers for Investment:

- With minimum investment requirements typically ranging from $5,000 to $10,000, interval funds allow a broader range of investors, including retail investors, to participate in alternative asset classes. This accessibility contrasts with private investment vehicles, which often require significantly higher entry thresholds, making interval funds an appealing option for those seeking exposure to less-liquid investments.

##### Periodic Liquidity:

- Interval funds provide controlled liquidity by allowing investors to redeem shares at predetermined intervals. This structure enables fund managers to hold less liquid assets while maintaining the flexibility to accommodate investor needs, fostering a balance between portfolio stability and operational efficiency.

##### Flexibility in Asset Allocation:

- Interval funds are not bound by the same liquidity constraints as open-end mutual funds, which generally limit illiquid holdings to 15%. This flexibility allows fund managers to allocate a significant portion of the portfolio to less-liquid securities, enabling diversification and access to specialized markets. As a result, fund managers can pursue niche investment opportunities and design portfolios that align with long-term objectives.

##### Higher Potential Returns:

- The ability to invest in illiquid assets often results in higher yields for interval funds compared to traditional mutual funds. This is driven by the illiquidity premium, which compensates investors for holding less liquid securities over extended periods. This structure provides fund managers with opportunities to enhance portfolio returns while focusing on long-term value creation.

##### Reduced Market Volatility:

- Interval funds experience less frequent redemption activity compared to open-end funds, reducing the impact of short-term market fluctuations. This structure mitigates the risk of reactionary investment behaviors, such as “buying high and selling low,” and encourages a disciplined, long-term investment approach. The result is potentially more stable returns over time, even during periods of market uncertainty.

##### Lower Interest-Rate Sensitivity:

- Interval funds’ focus on alternative investments and higher-yielding securities makes them less sensitive to changes in interest rates than traditional fixed-income funds. The additional cash flow generated by high-yield securities can act as a buffer against interest-rate-related volatility, making interval funds particularly attractive in rising-rate environments.

By understanding and leveraging these advantages, fund managers can design strategies that not only meet investor expectations but also optimize portfolio performance in a dynamic market environment.

### Challenges and Risks Associated with Interval Funds

While interval funds offer distinct advantages, they also present unique challenges and risks. These risks primarily arise from the fund’s structural and operational features, as well as the nature of the assets in which they invest. Here are the main risks associated with interval funds:

##### No Secondary Market:

- Interval funds do not trade on secondary markets, meaning investors cannot sell their shares outside of scheduled redemption periods. This lack of liquidity can be a significant drawback for investors accustomed to trading shares freely on open markets. The inability to liquidate shares quickly can deter potential investors and reduce the fund’s appeal to those seeking flexible liquidity options.

##### Higher Fees:

- Interval funds typically have higher fees compared to traditional mutual funds. These may include management fees, sales charges, and operating expenses, which can erode overall returns for investors. Investors may perceive the fees as unjustified, particularly if the fund’s performance does not offset these additional costs.

##### Complex Investment Strategies:

- Interval funds often invest in alternative assets that may have complex structures and risk profiles. This complexity requires a higher level of understanding from investors, and those unfamiliar with these strategies may face challenges in assessing the fund’s performance and risks.

##### Market Risk:

- Like all investment vehicles, interval funds are subject to market risks. The underlying assets may experience significant volatility, affecting the fund’s NAV and overall performance. During periods of market stress, illiquid assets may become even harder to sell, amplifying the impact on the fund’s value and redemption processes.

By implementing robust operational and compliance frameworks, maintaining transparent communication with investors, and adopting proactive liquidity and valuation strategies, fund managers can effectively mitigate these risks and position interval funds as a compelling investment option for long-term growth and diversification.

### Who Should Invest in Interval Funds?

Interval funds can be appealing to a specific segment of investors based on their financial goals, liquidity needs, and risk tolerance. Here’s a breakdown of who should consider investing in interval funds:

##### Investors Seeking Diversification:

Interval funds provide access to a diverse range of asset classes, including private equity, real estate, infrastructure, and private credit. These asset classes are often inaccessible through traditional mutual funds due to liquidity constraints. By including these investments, interval funds enable diversification across non-correlated assets, reducing overall portfolio risk.

- Ideal Investor Profile:

    - Individuals or institutions looking to diversify their portfolios beyond traditional stocks and bonds.
    - Investors seeking exposure to alternative assets to enhance risk-adjusted returns.
- Key Considerations:

    - Investors must understand the inherent risks of alternative assets, including valuation complexity and potential illiquidity during market downturns.

##### Long-Term Investors:

Interval funds are structured to support long-term investment strategies by limiting redemptions to periodic intervals. This structure allows fund managers to pursue higher-yielding, less-liquid opportunities, which often require extended holding periods to realize their full potential.

- Ideal Investor Profile:

    - Investors who are capable of maintaining their investments through multiple redemption periods and have a time horizon of five years or more.
    - Individuals who prioritize long-term capital appreciation over immediate liquidity.
- Key Considerations:

    - Investors should evaluate whether their financial goals align with the fund’s redemption schedule and illiquid nature.

##### Income-Focused Investors:

Due to their access to high-yield alternative investments, such as private loans or structured credit, interval funds can generate attractive income streams. These characteristics make them appealing to income-focused investors, particularly those looking to supplement returns from traditional fixed-income products.

- Ideal Investor Profile:

    - Income-oriented investors, like retirees, who are interested in yields that exceed those of traditional bond funds.
    - Investors who wish to reduce interest rate sensitivity in their income portfolios.
- Key Considerations:

    - While interval funds may offer higher income potential, investors must account for the trade-off between periodic liquidity and potential cash flow constraints.

##### Institutional and High-Net-Worth Investors:

Institutional investors and high-net-worth individuals often seek exposure to private markets and alternative investments as part of their broader asset allocation strategies. Interval funds provide these investors with a structured and regulated way to access institutional-grade assets without the high entry barriers associated with private equity or hedge funds.

- Ideal Investor Profile:

    - Pension funds, endowments, and other institutions that require periodic liquidity while simultaneously maintaining allocations to alternative assets.
    - High-net-worth individuals looking to diversify their wealth across less-liquid investments.
- Key Considerations:

    - Investors in this category should leverage the fund’s periodic redemption structure to balance their liquidity needs with their portfolio goals.

##### Investors Comfortable with Limited Liquidity:

Unlike open-end mutual funds, interval funds do not offer daily redemptions, and investors can only redeem shares during scheduled intervals. This feature makes them suitable for investors who do not require immediate access to their capital but value the opportunity to redeem periodically.

- Ideal Investor Profile:

    - Investors who can tolerate illiquidity between redemption windows.
    - Those who are accustomed to investing in closed-end funds, private equity, or other illiquid assets.
- Key Considerations:

    - Potential investors should evaluate their cash flow needs and ensure that the fund’s redemption schedule aligns with their financial planning.

##### Investors with Moderate Risk Tolerance:

Interval funds typically invest in alternative assets that can offer higher returns but may also involve higher risks, such as market volatility, valuation uncertainty, and liquidity constraints. As a result, these funds are better suited for investors with moderate risk tolerance who are willing to accept these trade-offs for the potential benefits.

- Ideal Investor Profile:

    - Individuals seeking higher returns with an understanding of the risks associated with alternative investments.
    - Investors who are willing to tolerate periods of illiquidity in exchange for potential long-term gains.
- Key Considerations:

    - Investors must perform due diligence to understand the fund’s risk profile and ensure that it aligns with their investment strategy and financial goals.

Interval funds offer a unique blend of diversification, periodic liquidity, and access to alternative investments. This makes them an attractive choice for long-term investors seeking enhanced returns. However, navigating the complexities of managing interval funds requires expertise in regulatory compliance, operational efficiency, and portfolio management.

At Ultimus Fund Solutions, we specialize in providing comprehensive fund administration services tailored to meet the needs of interval fund managers. Whether you’re launching a new fund or optimizing an existing one, our team of experts is here to support you every step of the way. Contact us today to learn how Ultimus can help you achieve your fund’s goals with confidence and precision. Let’s elevate your investment strategies together.

COD00000552 11/18/2024


---

# What is a series trust?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/what-is-a-series-trust/_

Education

#
Trust Options: Series and Standalone

## Table of Contents

### Series Trusts

### The Series Trust Structure

### Standalone Trust

### The Standalone Trust Structure

### Trust Reorganization

### A Comparison of Trust Structures

## Trust Options: Series & Standalone

### Series Trusts

A series trust is typically designed for investment managers – large or small – who want to start their own mutual funds or ETFs without the complexities associated with organizing a proprietary trust.

A series trust enables investment managers to bring mutual funds to market in an efficient and cost-effective manner. This type of “shared” trust is composed of independent funds, all managed by separate investment advisers. Your fund is branded and marketed under your guidelines, pursuant to regulatory requirements, and shares some costs with other funds in the trust, easing your financial and operational burdens of running a fund.

Specifically, series trusts offer advantages that may not be achievable through a standalone trust, including:

- Access to trust level selling agreements, if applicable.
- Increased efficiencies, as funds in the trust share directors/trustees, chief compliance officers, and other officers as required by the SEC.
- Reduced operating costs, as the group of funds have economies of scale in obtaining the services of auditors, fund counsel, insurance, legal, trustees, blue sky, and more.
- The ability to attract qualified board members who possess the expertise to provide proper board compliance and oversight.
- Freedom for you to focus on portfolio and relationship management.

### The Series Trust Structure

![210823-Series-Trust-Diagram-1200x883-1.png](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/zxzhpxzz/210823-series-trust-diagram-1200x883-1.png?rmode=max&amp;width=500&amp;height=368&amp;hmac=53fac43aaf3596d4f745e9927b566f4786699f32f3e6d5f1ef67dd339602824b)

Ultimus offers access to multiple series trusts, giving you several options to meet your needs. If you are looking to start a fund family or want more control over your trust structure, a standalone trust may be more appropriate.

### Standalone Trust

Some investment managers, particularly those who are looking to establish a family of funds, may find that a proprietary legal entity, a “standalone trust,” best fits their needs. While a standalone trust may cost more initially because of the additional formation costs, it may provide greater long-term flexibility and control.

Your mutual funds are the only funds in a standalone trust, and you are very involved in the selection of the initial board of trustees and fund officers. You can play a key role or ask our assistance in negotiating contracts with professional service providers, such as fund counsel, auditors, and custodians, and you or the funds are responsible for all costs for your trust. Ultimus will use our extensive experience and access our multitude of partnerships to help you form your own board of trustees and align all other services the trust needs.

### The Standalone Trust Structure

### Trust Reorganization

As your fund matures or your business plan changes, you may find that you need a different approach to your trust organization. You may need a more sophisticated or consultative approach than you’re getting through your fund’s current arrangement. Thus, a move to a different trust or structure may be prudent. Ultimus can help. We specialize in helping you improve the business model for your existing registered fund through conversions from:

- Standalone trust to standalone trust
- Series trust to series trust
- Series trust to standalone trust
- Standalone trust to series trust

### A Comparison of Trust Structures

| KEY DIFFERENCES | SERIES TRUST | STANDALONE TRUST |
| :---: | :---: | :---: |
| **Control/Establishment** | Governed by an established/existing Board of Trustees and Officers, as well as pre-selected Fund Counsel. | Governed by a Board of Trustees and Officers that the client selects. |
| **Creation Timelines** | 4-5 months | 6-9 months |
| **Creation Costs** | Fees are normally paid by the adviser, not the fund. Likely a lower cost than standalone due to negotiated agreements. | Variable based on service provider selection. Fees are normally paid by the adviser, not the fund. |
| **Operational Costs** | Funds/advisers share trust fees with other entities in the trust, taking advantage of scale and efficiencies of the shared structure. | Funds/advisers are solely responsible for the fees associated with the trust. |
| **Adviser Preference** | A cost effective and time efficient way for advisers looking to launch a mutual fund. | Typically preferred by advisers looking to start a family of funds or wanting involvement in board selection/participation. |
| **SEC Review** | 75 days | Variable, no set time |
| **15C Process and Approval** | Yes | Yes |

Deciding between the series trust model and the standalone trust model is an important decision that Ultimus can help you work through. Regardless of your selection, we will be there to provide appropriate resources and guidance throughout the entire process.

Please contact us to learn more about trust structures, to start a mutual fund or ETF, or to convert an existing fund to Ultimus.


---

# How Do Expense Ratios Impact ETFs?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/how-do-expense-ratios-impact-etfs/_

Education

#
How Do Expense Ratios Impact ETFs?

## Table of Contents

###### Components of an ETF Expense Ratio

###### How Expense Ratios Impact ETF Returns

###### How to Find and Compare Expense Ratios

###### Strategies for Minimizing Costs

##
Introduction

In the competitive landscape of investment management, understanding the intricacies of expense ratios in exchange-traded funds (ETFs) is essential for fund managers and financial professionals. An ETF’s expense ratio not only influences the fund’s net performance but also impacts investor returns over time. This article delves into what an expense ratio is, encompassing the various components that contribute to this crucial metric. We will explore how these fees are structured, their direct impact on investment returns, and the comparative nuances between ETFs and other investment vehicles like mutual funds. By grasping these fundamentals, you can make informed decisions and optimize management strategies to align with both compliance requirements and financial objectives.

## Components of an ETF Expense Ratio

The expense ratio of an exchange-traded fund is a comprehensive measure that reflects the total costs associated with managing and operating the fund. These costs are deducted from the fund’s assets and thus impact investors’ overall returns.

Understanding the components that make up the expense ratio is essential to making informed decisions about the strategic management of fund expenses.

#### Management Fees:

The most significant part of an ETF’s expense ratio typically stems from management fees. These fees compensate the portfolio managers responsible for the day-to-day decision-making and management of the fund’s assets. These fees are typically a percentage of the fund’s average assets under management (AUM) and vary depending on the complexity and type of the ETF—active or passive. Actively managed ETFs are generally charged higher fees than their passive counterparts.

#### Administrative Costs:

Administrative costs cover the operational aspects of managing an ETF. This includes investor relations, record keeping, legal fees, accounting, and auditing services. These are essential services that ensure the ETF complies with regulatory requirements and operates smoothly.

#### Other Operating Expenses:

This category can include various miscellaneous costs such as registration fees with regulatory authorities, costs related to meeting compliance standards, and other operational expenses not categorized under administrative costs.

#### Custodial Fees:

Custodians hold the securities in the fund and perform safekeeping duties. The custodial fee compensates them for these services. While generally a smaller portion of the total expenses, custodial fees are essential for ensuring the security and proper administration of the fund’s assets.

#### Unitary Fee:

Some ETFs charge only one fee also known as a unitary fee. The unitary fee is a basis point fee charged on average assets of the fund. The unitary fee is paid to the ETF investment manager, and the investment manager is responsible for paying all fund expenses. A unitary fee provides investors a consistent expense ratio and is not subject to variable fees charges that could impact fund performance and shareholder returns.

### Strategic insights for fund managers:

#### Transparency and Due Diligence:

Fund managers should strive for transparency when explaining the expense ratio to investors, detailing what fees are included and how they are charged. Understanding and communicating the breakdown of these operational costs can help maintain trust and align with investor expectations.

#### Cost-Benefit Analysis:

Evaluate the justification for each component of the expense ratio in terms of the value it adds to the fund. Higher fees should correlate with higher value, such as better fund performance or additional services that benefit the investor.

#### Negotiation of Service Contracts:

Regularly review and negotiate the contracts with service providers involved in administrative and other roles to ensure cost efficiency without compromising on quality or compliance.

By comprehensively understanding and managing the components of ETF expense ratios, fund managers can better optimize their fund offerings, potentially enhancing investor returns and improving competitive positioning in the market.

## How Expense Ratios Impact ETF Returns

Understanding the mechanisms by which annual expense ratios affect ETF returns can enable more informed decision-making and optimization of fund performance.

### Reduction in Net Asset Value (NAV):

#### Direct Deduction from Returns:

The expense ratio represents the annual fees that an investor pays out of their invested capital. These fees are deducted from the ETF’s assets, reducing the fund’s NAV. For example, an ETF with a 1% expense ratio will have its NAV reduced by 1% each year, directly lowering the investor’s return by that percentage.

#### Impact on Compounding:

The reduction in NAV due to expense ratios affects an investment’s compounding ability. Over time, even a seemingly small difference in expense ratios can compound to a significant variance in end returns, particularly in long-term investments.

### Performance Comparison and Benchmarking:

#### Benchmark Underperformance:

An ETF’s performance is often compared to a benchmark index. A higher expense ratio can make it more challenging for an ETF to match or exceed its benchmark performance, as each point of expense requires additional gains just to break even.

#### Sector and Strategy Variance:

Expense ratios vary significantly across different sectors and investment strategies. For instance, actively managed ETFs generally have higher expense ratios than passively managed index ETFs. Understanding these differences is crucial in setting realistic performance expectations and making strategic choices.

By carefully managing and justifying the expense ratios, fund managers can not only enhance the attractiveness and performance of their ETFs but also align better with investor expectations and regulatory standards, thereby fostering a more robust investment environment.

### Comparison of ETF Expense Ratios with Mutual Funds

Typically, passively managed ETFs have lower expense ratios compared to mutual funds. This cost-efficiency for passively managed ETFs is largely due to the management approach where the fund tracks a specific index without frequent trading or active management decisions. However actively managed ETFs may have similar expense ratios compared to actively managed mutual funds depending upon the size of the fund. Both actively and passively managed ETFs are structured to minimize overhead costs by leveraging in-kind transactions that reduce cash flows and associated tax impacts and typically have lower shareholder servicing fees slightly offset by increased listing and basket servicing fees.

Mutual funds, on the other hand, often incur higher expense ratios due to active management, which requires more resources, including research analysts and portfolio managers as well as increased transaction costs and potential cash drag on performance. Moreover, mutual funds have higher marketing and distribution costs, often including loads or sales charges not commonly found with ETFs.

The typically lower expense ratios of passively managed ETFs contribute to their ability to closely mirror the performance of their underlying indices, making them attractive for cost-conscious investors seeking market-average returns. However, mutual funds and actively managed ETFs with higher expense ratios that are able to generate alpha in excess of targeted indexes, continue to grow in the current marketplace.

According to the [Investment Company Institute](https://www.ici.org/news-release/24-news-expense-ratio-decline "www.ici.org") (ICI):

- The average expense ratio for index ETFs in 2023 was around 0.15% for index equity ETFs down from 0.18% in 2019 and 0.11% for index bond ETFs, down from .018% in 2019.
- Average expense ratios for equity actively managed ETFs have decreased from 0.74% in 2019 to 0.43% in 2023. Actively managed fixed income ETFs expenses ratios have dropped from 0.48% in 2019 to 0.35% in 2023.
- In 2023, the asset weighted average expense ratio for mutual funds was 0.42% for equity funds and 0.37% for bond funds.

## How to Find and Compare Expense Ratios

Effectively finding and comparing expense ratios of ETFs is vital for making informed investment decisions and helping ensure regulatory compliance. This process involves not only identifying the cost components but also understanding their impact on fund performance and investor value.

Here’s a structured approach to navigating this task:

#### Utilizing Financial Databases and ETF Providers:

Major financial databases and platforms such as Morningstar, Bloomberg, and FactSet offer comprehensive data on ETFs, including detailed expense ratio information. Additionally, visiting ETF providers’ websites can provide direct data and insights into the expense structures of specific funds. Regularly access these resources to gather the latest information on ETF expense ratios and other pertinent fund details that affect performance and compliance.

#### Analyzing the Prospectus and Annual Reports:

The prospectus and annual reports of ETFs are primary documents where expense ratios and their components are explicitly detailed. These documents outline not only the management fees, but also administrative costs and any other fees charged to the fund. Reviewing these documents for any ETF under consideration helps ensure that all costs are accounted for and understood in the context of the fund’s operational strategy and investor reporting.

#### Benchmarking Against Industry Standards:

Compare the ETF’s expense ratio with industry averages and similar funds. This helps assess whether an ETF is competitively priced and efficient relative to its peers. Use benchmarking tools available on financial platforms or create internal benchmarks based on aggregated data from similar funds to maintain an objective standard for expense ratio evaluations.

#### Considerations for Total Cost of Ownership:

While the expense ratio is a crucial factor, understanding the total cost of ownership, which includes transaction costs, bid-ask spreads, and potential market impact costs, is equally important. Encourage a comprehensive approach to cost analysis that factors in both the explicit expense ratio and the implicit costs associated with trading and holding ETFs.

#### Leveraging Technology and Analytics Tools:

Utilize financial analysis software and tools that can automate the comparison and tracking of expense ratios over time. These tools can also integrate market data to provide real-time analytics on how expense ratios impact fund performance under various market conditions. Set up alerts and reports through these tools to keep track of changes in expense ratios and associated metrics that could affect fund selections and portfolio strategies.

By following these steps, you can effectively find, compare, and manage ETF expense ratios, enhancing their ability to offer well-informed, cost-effective investment solutions to your clients.

## Strategies for Minimizing Costs

Efficient cost management is a cornerstone of successful fund management, particularly when leveraging low-expense ratios. Here are strategic measures to effectively select and manage ETFs with low-expense ratios:

#### Bulk Investments and Institutional Products:

Due to economies of scale, investing in ETFs through institutional or bulk investment platforms can reduce expense ratios. Institutional shares of ETFs, designed for large investments, generally offer lower expense ratios compared to retail shares. Seek out institutional ETF offerings and consider consolidating client assets to meet minimum investment thresholds for these lower-cost options.

#### Analyze Total Cost of Ownership:

Look at the total cost of ownership, which includes bid-ask spreads, trading fees, and potential tax implications. An ETF with the lowest expense ratio but high trading costs may not be as cost-effective as initially perceived. Utilize comprehensive cost analysis tools that account for all associated costs of buying, holding, and selling ETFs to ensure a holistic understanding of each ETF’s true cost.

#### Continuous Monitoring and Reassessment:

The financial market’s dynamic nature requires ongoing monitoring of ETF expense ratios and performance. Changes in management, strategy adjustments, or shifts in the underlying index can affect costs. Regularly scheduled reviews of the ETFs in the portfolio to help identify any that no longer meet the cost-efficiency criteria, enabling timely adjustments to investment strategies.

#### Leverage Technology and Data Analytics:

Employ advanced data analytics platforms to compare expense ratios and their historical changes across a wide range of ETFs. This can highlight trends and anomalies that might warrant a closer look or a strategic adjustment. Implement decision-support tools that integrate real-time data on expense ratios and other key financial metrics into the investment decision-making process.

#### Educate Clients on Cost Implications:

Transparently communicate with clients about how expense ratios—and other costs—impact their investment returns. An informed client is typically more supportive of investment decisions that prioritize long-term cost efficiency. Develop educational materials or sessions that explain the principles of expense ratios and the importance of low-cost investments in achieving sustainable returns.

By applying these strategies, you can effectively leverage low-expense ratio ETFs to optimize portfolio performance while maintaining rigorous adherence to regulatory compliance and best practice standards in investment management.

As we conclude our exploration into the crucial aspects of ETF expense ratios and their implications for fund performance, it’s clear that effective management of these costs helps provide investors with positive investment outcomes. For more detailed information and personalized assistance, please do not hesitate to [contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com"). Our team at Ultimus Fund Solutions is ready to help you navigate the complexities of expense ratios and other critical financial metrics.

COD00000561 10/29/2024


---

# Comparing Liquidity and Flexibility: ETFs vs. Mutual Funds in Volatile Markets

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/comparing-liquidity-and-flexibility-etfs-vs-mutual-funds-in-volatile-markets/_

Education

#
Comparing Liquidity and Flexibility: ETFs vs. Mutual Funds in Volatile Markets

## Table of Contents

### ETFs vs. Mutual Funds in Volatile Markets

### Understanding Liquidity in Investment Vehicles

### Flexibility of Investments During Market Fluctuations

### Impact of Market Volatility on ETFs and Mutual Funds

### Cost Considerations in Volatile Markets

### Potential Advantages and Challenges of Each Fund Type

### How Volatile Markets Affected ETFs and Mutual Funds

### ETFs vs. Mutual Funds in Volatile Markets

Understanding the nuances of liquidity and flexibility across different investment vehicles becomes paramount, especially in the face of market volatility. Exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and mutual funds, while both popular investment choices offer distinct features that can significantly impact a fund manager’s ability to navigate uncertain markets. This blog post aims to dissect these critical aspects, providing you with a detailed comparative analysis of ETFs versus mutual funds. By exploring their trading mechanisms, cost structures, and performance during market fluctuations, we hope to equip you with actionable insights that can enhance decision-making processes and optimize fund performance amidst volatility. Whether you are refining your investment strategy or advising clients, understanding these differences is essential for maintaining robust, adaptable investment portfolios.

### Understanding Liquidity in Investment Vehicles

Liquidity, in investment terms, refers to the ease with which an asset or security can be bought or sold in the market without significantly affecting its price. High liquidity is synonymous with a high volume of activity and allows for quicker and easier transactions at stable prices.

#### Liquidity of ETFs:

ETFs are known for their high liquidity due to their unique trading mechanism that mirrors individual stocks. They can be bought and sold on exchanges at market-determined prices throughout the trading day. This allows managers to respond swiftly to market changes, making ETFs highly attractive during volatile periods. The liquidity of an ETF is not only determined by its trading volume but also by the liquidity of the underlying assets it holds. The ability to trade ETFs like stocks, using tools such as limit orders and stop-loss orders, provides fund managers with enhanced control over entry and exit strategies.

#### Liquidity of Mutual Funds:

In contrast, mutual funds are traded only once per day after the market closes, based on their net asset value (NAV) calculated at the end of the trading day. This can pose challenges during periods of high volatility when the inability to trade intraday can lead to less control over the prices at which units are bought or sold. However, mutual funds often hold highly liquid assets to meet redemption requests, which can be a stabilizing factor during market dips.

*Asset managers should consider the following strategies to manage liquidity in ETFs and mutual funds effectively:*

#### Diversification of Assets:

Ensure that the portfolio includes a mix of assets with varying degrees of liquidity. This diversification helps mitigate risks associated with low liquidity and market volatility.

#### Liquidity Analysis:

Regularly analyze the liquidity profile of the portfolio, especially if it holds large positions in less liquid assets. This analysis should guide buying or selling decisions, particularly in anticipating periods of market stress.

#### Liquidity Risk Management Plans:

Develop comprehensive liquidity risk management plans that include stress testing and scenario analysis to prepare for potential market disruptions.

By leveraging these insights, active fund managers can enhance their decision-making and better safeguard their investments against unexpected market movements.

### Flexibility of Investments During Market Fluctuations

The flexibility of investment vehicles like ETFs and mutual funds becomes critically important, particularly during market fluctuations. Understanding how these investment funds adapt to changing market conditions can significantly impact investment strategy and portfolio performance.

#### Investment Flexibility with ETFs:

ETFs offer substantial flexibility due to their ability to be bought and sold throughout the trading day at current market prices. This feature allows fund managers to react swiftly to market changes—an invaluable tool during periods of high volatility. For example, if sudden market downturns occur, managers can quickly adjust their positions to mitigate losses or capitalize on emerging opportunities. Additionally, the vast array of ETFs available, including those that focus on specific sectors, geographies, or asset classes, enables precise and strategic allocation adjustments.

#### Investment Flexibility with Mutual Funds:

While mutual funds do not offer real-time trading, they do provide flexibility in other forms. For instance, mutual funds often have a broader range of asset allocations and can include assets not typically found in ETFs, such as certain types of derivatives or illiquid securities. This allows for a diversified investment approach that can be tailored to long-term strategies rather than short-term market shifts. Moreover, mutual funds are managed by professionals who can adjust the fund’s holdings daily to align with the fund’s investment goals and react to economic changes, albeit within the constraint of trading at the day’s closing NAV (Net Asset Value).

*Here are some strategic considerations for professional managers:*

#### Dynamic Rebalancing:

Fund managers should consider dynamic rebalancing strategies that allow for adjustments in the portfolio’s asset allocation in response to market movements. Due to their trading flexibility, this is more readily executed with ETFs.

#### Leveraging Expertise:

Utilizing the expertise of active managers in mutual funds and ETFs can be a strategic advantage. Their decisions about asset allocation and selection are crucial, especially during market downturns, to navigate the complexities and opportunities that arise.

#### Utilizing Derivatives and Alternative Investments:

For mutual funds, incorporating derivatives and alternative investments can offer ways to hedge against market volatility and improve returns, which adds a layer of strategic flexibility not always available in ETF structures.

Both types of funds offer distinct forms of flexibility that can be leveraged to benefit investment strategies during market fluctuations. By understanding the characteristics and operational mechanisms of each, you can optimize their approach to portfolio management, aligning investment decisions with both immediate and long-term financial goals.

### Impact of Market Volatility on ETFs and Mutual Funds

Market volatility presents a distinctive set of challenges and opportunities for ETFs and mutual funds, impacting their performance, investor behavior, and overall management strategy. Understanding these impacts is crucial for fund managers and financial professionals to navigate through turbulent markets effectively.

*Impact on ETFs:*

#### Immediate Price Adjustments:

ETFs experience real-time price adjustments due to their ability to be traded throughout the trading day, like stocks. This characteristic allows for rapid response to market volatility but also exposes ETFs to momentary market panic or overreaction.

#### Market Liquidity and Trading Volume:

High market volatility often increases trading volume, which can enhance the liquidity of popular ETFs but may also lead to increased bid-ask spreads, particularly in less commonly traded or niche ETFs. This could impact the execution price, particularly for large trades.

#### Tracking Error:

Volatility can exacerbate the tracking error of ETFs— the divergence between the ETF’s performance and that of its underlying index. This occurs due to the timing of trades and valuation differences, especially in fast-moving markets.

*Impact on mutual funds:*

#### Valuation and Redemptions:

Mutual funds are valued at the NAV at the close of each trading day, which may delay response to market changes compared to ETFs. During periods of high volatility, mutual funds may face higher redemption pressures, leading to potential liquidity challenges if not managed properly.

#### Cost Implications:

The need to meet redemptions in volatile markets might force mutual funds to sell assets at unfavorable prices, potentially harming the fund’s performance and impacting remaining individual investors.

#### Managerial Response:

Mutual fund managers can use volatility as an opportunity to rebalance the portfolio by acquiring high-value assets at lower prices or selling overvalued assets. However, the effectiveness of these strategies is contingent on the timing and the fund manager’s expertise.

*Tips on strategic management during volatility:*

#### Enhanced Communication:

For both ETFs and mutual funds, clear communication with investors about the risks and strategies during volatile periods is essential to managing expectations and investor behavior to help prevent panic selling. This ensures more stable fund capital.

#### Risk Management Practices:

Implementing robust risk management practices, including stress testing and scenario analysis, can help managers understand potential impacts on the fund’s assets and prepare more effective responses.

#### Diversification Strategies:

Maintaining a well-diversified portfolio that includes assets with non-correlated returns can help mitigate the effects of volatility and reduce the risk due to market downturns.

To effectively safeguard investments in volatile markets, it’s crucial to diligently monitor market signals and swiftly adjust investment strategies as needed. Leveraging advanced analytics and real-time data can significantly enhance the speed and accuracy of these decisions.

For mutual funds, specifically, it’s also essential to maintain substantial liquidity reserves. This strategy prevents the need to sell off positions at disadvantageous prices just to fulfil redemption requests, thereby stabilizing the fund during turbulent periods.

### Cost Considerations in Volatile Markets

In volatile markets, cost considerations become especially significant for fund managers overseeing ETFs and mutual funds. These costs can directly impact fund performance and investor satisfaction, making it essential to manage them effectively.

#### Transaction Costs:

In volatile markets, the costs associated with ETFs trade, such as brokerage fees and bid-ask spreads, can increase, potentially impacting short-term returns by raising the expense of entering or exiting positions. For mutual funds, the costs related to trading securities within the portfolio can also escalate due to high redemption fees during market downturns, leading to increased brokerage fees and transaction costs that adversely affect overall fund performance.

#### Management Fees and Operating Expenses:

Both ETFs and mutual funds charge management fees and operating expenses, which can vary widely. During volatile periods, the pressure to maintain performance while managing increased operational complexity can highlight the impact of these fees on net returns. Fund managers should regularly review fee structures and consider negotiating lower fees with service providers during contract renewals, especially if the fund’s scale provides leverage.

#### Impact of Volatility on Costs:

Market volatility can significantly impact a fund’s liquidity, necessitating advanced cash management techniques to control associated costs and maintain necessary liquidity buffers. This is especially critical for mutual funds, where managers are tasked with ensuring there is sufficient liquidity to satisfy redemption requests without the need to sell assets at reduced prices.

To address this, fund managers can adopt strategies like allocating a portion of the fund to highly liquid assets. This approach helps mitigate the risk of having to make disadvantageous sales during periods when redemptions spike, ensuring the fund can meet its obligations without compromising its financial position.

#### Cost of Capital and Margin Requirements:

In volatile markets, the cost of capital may increase as lenders tighten margin requirements to mitigate heightened risks. This scenario particularly affects funds that use leverage to boost returns or manage cash flows. To navigate these challenges, it’s crucial to continuously monitor leverage ratios and adapt strategies accordingly. This ensures alignment with evolving market conditions and margin requirements while maintaining compliance with risk management standards.

#### Hedging Costs:

Hedging strategies, including options and futures, are often used to reduce the risks associated with market downturns. However, the cost of these strategies can rise in volatile markets. Evaluate the cost versus benefit of hedging instruments regularly. In times of increased market stress, the potential protective benefits of hedging should be weighed against the increased costs.

#### Regulatory Compliance and Reporting Costs:

Increased market volatility often comes with heightened regulatory scrutiny, requiring more robust reporting and compliance efforts, which can increase operational costs. Leverage technology and outsource compliance functions where feasible to enhance compliance frameworks to be more efficient and cost-effective.

By carefully managing these costs and making strategic decisions based on comprehensive risk assessment and cost-benefit analysis, you can better manage fund performance and maintain investor confidence during volatile market conditions.

### Potential Advantages and Challenges of Each Fund Type

Investment vehicles such as exchange-traded funds and mutual funds each come with their own set of potential advantages and challenges.

*ETF potential advantages:*

#### Market Accessibility and Flexibility:

ETFs are traded on exchanges similar to stocks, which allows for intra-day trading. This provides significant flexibility in terms of timing and price, enabling fund managers to respond quickly to market changes.

#### Cost Efficiency:

Generally, passive and active ETFs typically have lower average expense ratios compared to like mutual funds due to the in-kind creation /redemption process which reduce transaction fees and lower shareholder servicing fees for ETFs,.

#### Transparency:

ETFs often provide greater transparency in holdings than mutual funds, as they typically disclose their portfolios daily.

#### Tax Efficiency:

ETFs typically are more tax efficient than mutual funds due to the in-kind creation and redemption process that helps avoid realizing capital gains.

*ETF challenges:*

#### Market Impact Costs:

Due to their traded nature, ETFs, especially those tracking less liquid assets, can be subject to market impact costs, which can lead to larger bid-ask spreads and potential deviations from the NAV.

#### Tracking Error:

An ETF’s performance can diverge from that of its underlying index due to timing issues, expenses, and the mechanics of index replication, which is referred to as tracking error.

*Mutual fund potential advantages:*

#### Professional Management:

Mutual funds are often actively managed, which allows for potential outperformance of benchmarks through expert stock selection and market timing although this advantage has been mitigated with the increase in the number actively managed ETFs Launched since 2020.,

#### Risk Diversification:

Mutual funds provide automatic diversification, spreading investments across a wide array of assets, which can help reduce risk.

*Mutual fund challenges:*

#### Liquidity and Redemption Issues:

Shares of mutual funds are redeemable only at the end of each trading day based on the NAV, which can make it difficult to manage liquidity during volatile market periods.

#### Higher Costs:

Active management and other associated services can lead to higher expense ratios for mutual funds, potentially eroding investor returns over time.

#### Cash Drag:

To meet redemption demands, mutual funds might need to keep a higher amount of cash, which can result in a cash drag during bullish market conditions, detracting from overall performance.

Understanding these key differences and inherent challenges can empower fund managers to tailor their strategies effectively, ensuring they are well-positioned to navigate both the opportunities and obstacles presented by each investment option.

### How Volatile Markets Affected ETFs and Mutual Funds

*Here are some examples that illustrate the flexibility and liquidity of ETFs and mutual funds:*

#### The 2008 Financial Crisis:

The 2008 crisis influenced the behavior of mutual funds, leading to changes in fund flows, investment strategies, and performance, particularly in fixed-income funds, as investors navigated the challenging economic environment and sought to minimize risk during periods of economic downturn.

#### ETF Flash Crash of 2010:

The liquidity of ETFs was tested when a sudden stock market crash resulted in substantial price deviations from their underlying assets. Due to rapid market movements, some ETFs experienced greater volatility and wider bid-ask spreads. This led to the implementation of new regulations and market safeguards to prevent similar events from occurring in the future.

#### COVID-19 Pandemic:

ETFs exhibited resilience and provided essential liquidity and price discovery during the pandemic, despite the significant market volatility. ETFs facilitated access to liquidity when it was most required, underscoring the robustness of the existing market infrastructure during this period.

Volatile markets have tested the resilience and liquidity of both types of funds, leading to regulatory and structural changes to enhance their ability to provide stability and transparency to investors during turbulent times.

As we’ve explored the dynamic responses of ETFs and mutual funds to market changes, it’s clear that strategic fund management and adaptability in compliance and investment approaches are crucial for optimizing fund performance. Ultimus Fund Solutions is dedicated to empowering fund managers and financial professionals with tailored services that enhance operational efficiency and ensure regulatory compliance. We invite you to explore our comprehensive range of fund solutions and leverage our expertise to navigate complex market landscapes effectively. For more detailed advice and personalized assistance, please do not hesitate to [contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com"). Our team is here to help you refine your investment and product wrapper strategies.

Mutual funds and ETFs involve risk including the possible loss of principal.

COD00000552 11/18/2024


---

# Printing & EDGAR Filing

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/printing-edgar-filing/_

Strategic Solutions

#
Printing & EDGAR Filing

Mutual funds and ETFs have a wide array of documents that need to be filed with the SEC, printed, and mailed to shareholders. Through our sister company [Blu Giant](https://www.blugiant.com/ "www.blugiant.com"), Ultimus provides complete EDGAR conversion and printing services – which can be converted from virtually any desktop typesetting software or word processing system – in addition to custom printing, promotional products, and large format printing.

Our team of specialists simplifies a seemingly complex process by managing your fund’s financial reporting and marketing documents from their early stages through publication. Our flexible approach allows us to develop cost effective documents with the creative style and format you prefer without sacrificing the quality of the end product. All finished documents are provided in HTML for excellent online quality and proofs are reliably and quickly delivered via email.

## Services we provide:

EDGAR Conversion and Standard Financial Document Services
- Prospectuses
- Annual & semi-annual shareholder reports
- Shareholder statements
- Fund profiles
- Applications
- S-1, S-3, S-4, S-6, S-8, S-11 and 424 registrations
- Proxy and Information statements (14A, 14C)
- 10-Q, 10-K, 6-K, 8-K and 20-F reports
- Section 16 Forms 3, 4, 5
- Schedules 13D/13G and Form D
- Custom Printing Solutions

	Custom Printing Solutions
- Brochures
- Fact sheets
- Business cards
- Letterhead
- Flyers
- Envelopes
- Invitations
- Custom cards

	Promotional Products
- Polos
- Tee-Shirts
- Custom Golf Balls
- Pens

	Large Format and Conference Printing
- Outdoor banners
- Banner stands
- Fabric banners
- Table covers
- Tabletop displays
- Promo products


---

# Strategic Benefits of Outsourcing Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/strategic-benefits-of-outsourcing-fund-administration/_

Education

#
Strategic Benefits of Outsourcing Fund Administration

Making the decision to outsource Fund Administration services is one of the most important decisions that a Fund Manager can make; increasing time and efficiencies both for themselves and for their investors.

In recent years, outsourcing fund administration has become widely accepted as an industry standard. Traditionally, most Fund Managers opted to keep fund administration in-house. Yet, the growing volatility, uncertainty, and complexity of the fund world and investor expectations has made self-administration a mounting distraction. The increasing complexity of fund types and structures is taxing manager resources and expertise, while more sophisticated investors are driving the demand for independence and continued investments in technology, controls, and transparency. Outsourcing allows Fund Managers to focus on the people, process and technology needed to tackle the evolving financial reporting requirements and expectations of funds and their investors.

Strategic benefits of outsourcing: People, Process, Technology, Capacity to Focus.

### People

Relationships and communication are the foundation for a successful Fund Administration partnership. Making the right Fund Administrator choice is essential. Cultural fit, technical ability and capacity are all critically important; a Fund Manager is not just partnering with a Fund Administrator, they are partnering with the human capital of the firm. The goal of a Fund Administration relationship is a long-term partnership that grows and flexes with a Fund Manager’s needs. Fund Administrators should be viewed as an extension of the Fund Manager’s team, a strategic partner, and a valued part of the business plan.

### Process

Limited Partners are growing in sophistication and requiring more of Fund Managers, notably tighter processes and controls. Many institutional investors require the Fund Manager to hire a Fund Administrator with industry accepted credentials. The most sought-after credential is the SSAE18 SOC 1 Type 2 Audit Report (System and Organization Control Report). The SOC 1 report confirms that a Fund Administrator has the proper controls and procedures in place to reduce risk when it comes to potential errors. Limited Partners also focus on both the Disaster Recovery and Cybersecurity Policies. The chosen Fund Administrator should have documented and tested Disaster Recovery and Cybersecurity Policies, as well as Business Continuity Plan, which lays out the process for continuous service and access to client data in the event of disruptive events.

### Technology

In 2020, private equity firms are relying on robust technology products for accuracy and instant responses. Technology has both tangible and intangible benefits, which is why it is essential that all fund services are delivered through industry leading platforms.

Fund Administrators understand how crucial technology is to offering and maintaining reliability to their clients; having enhanced software and analytics specific to the alternative investment industry is paramount. Platforms such as Investran, eFront and VPM allow data to be tracked and maintained securely. Using a secure, sophisticated platform not only minimizes the risk that can be found using excel spreadsheets, it also allows for transparent and secure reporting. The data input and output are performed in a more controlled and reliable environment through these platforms. Access to state-of-the-art investor portals, allows Fund Administrators to store and distribute investor correspondence through a secure web-based platform. These portals allow access to online real-time data and reporting to Fund Managers, General Partners and Limited Partners. The cost to individual managers of investing in the right technology can be expensive and overwhelming. Partnering with a Fund Administrator who invests in these platforms allows Fund Managers access to advanced technology while avoiding much of the cost, process and time-commitment of in-house implementation and on-going maintenance.

### Capacity to Focus

Outsourcing Fund Administration enables managers to focus on core responsibilities: deals and investment strategies. Managers who divert focus from portfolios and investments to manage the reporting requirements mandated by the LPA face an ever-increasing challenge. Choosing to outsource allows Fund Managers to focus on what they do best – investing. Outsourcing allows Fund Managers to focus on providing a maximum return on investments for their investors, concentrating resource and expertise in evaluating and making deals, investing and implementing unique investment strategies.

Making the decision to outsource Fund Administration services is one of the most astute decisions a Fund Manager can make; increasing efficiencies both for themselves and for their investors. As reporting demands grow, the need for transparency increases and the importance of the right Fund Administrator becomes more important. Engage with a Fund Administrator that focuses on People, Process and Technology. Reach out to Ultimus LeverPoint to discuss ways outsourcing makes sense for you. High-quality service from our first-class technical professionals increases your capacity by removing the complexity of your day to day administrative burden. We are here to partner with you through providing boutique services with institutional strength.


---

# What are retail alternatives?

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/what-are-retail-alternatives/_

Education

#
Retail Alternatives Are Reshaping Wealth Management

## Table of Contents

### Why Advisers Are Embracing Retail Alternatives

### Product Innovation for Retail Access

### How Technology Innovation Has Democratized Access

### Building Distribution Muscle

### How Ultimus Supports Scalable Growth

### Ready to Scale Your Strategy in the Private Wealth Channel?

##
Introduction

For decades, alternative investments, including private credit, private equity, and real assets, were primarily reserved for institutions and high-net-worth investors. Barriers such as high minimums, limited liquidity, and complex operational structures have kept these asset classes out of reach for most individuals. Today, that landscape is changing.

The rise of **retail alternatives** is democratizing access to private markets. Advances in product design, technology, and distribution are allowing wealth managers to offer clients exposure to strategies once available only to pensions, endowments, and family offices. This structural shift is transforming how advisers construct portfolios, manage risk, and deliver value to clients.

### Why Advisers Are Embracing Retail Alternatives

The limitations of traditional 60/40 portfolios have become increasingly apparent, with equities and bonds showing heightened correlation during periods of stress. Today, roughly 85–90% of companies with $100M+ in annual revenue are private¹, making alternative investments a valuable strategy for accessing the full investment universe.

Advisers are responding by integrating private market strategies as core portfolio components. Private credit, which has expanded rapidly since the financial crisis, offers attractive yield potential uncorrelated to public fixed income. Real estate and infrastructure investments provide both income generation and inflation protection, while private equity access can capture growth opportunities unavailable in public markets.

The data supports this strategic shift. According to a recent report from Mercer, Wealth managers who incorporate alternatives report higher client retention rates and increased wallet share². More importantly, strategic integration of alternatives can enhance portfolio diversification and yields without adding undue complexity. This represents a fundamental evolution in how advisers construct and manage client portfolios.

### Product Innovation for Retail Access

Historically, access to alternative investments was primarily limited to a select group of investors due to systemic barriers. With the growth of registered closed-end funds (interval funds, tender-offer funds and BDCs), retail investors are now gaining the benefit of alternative asset classes alongside the transparency and investor protection of an SEC-registered fund.

The democratization of alternatives has been driven by innovation in fund structures designed specifically for the wealth channel. Registered funds like interval funds, which typically offer quarterly redemptions of 5-25% of shares, and tender offer funds with periodic liquidity windows, provide a balanced approach to accessing private market returns while maintaining operational efficiency. Additionally, the adoption of daily NAVs in these vehicles enhances their appeal by offering investors up-to-date pricing information and ticketing through NSCC FundServ, similar to what they expect from traditional mutual funds.

These vehicles deliver key advantages over traditional private fund structures. Instead of complex K-1 tax reporting, investors receive familiar 1099 forms. Rather than large capital calls, investors can make smaller initial investments and add capital systematically. For example, an interval fund focused on private credit might allow initial investments of $25,000 with quarterly subscription opportunities, compared to traditional minimums of $5-10 million for institutional credit funds.

The evolution of these structures has catalyzed broader product innovation across the alternative landscape. Sponsors are now offering thematic exposure to sustainable infrastructure, direct lending, and secondary private equity through retail-oriented vehicles. This innovation enables advisers to construct more sophisticated portfolios while maintaining the transparency and operational simplicity their clients expect.

### How Technology Innovation Has Democratized Access

Alongside fund structure innovation, technology has been the primary engine for democratizing alternative investments, systematically dismantling historical operational barriers. Modern, API-first platforms are replacing slow, paper-based workflows with streamlined digital experiences, giving advisers the confidence and scalability needed to integrate private market strategies.

One key area is the digitization of onboarding and subscriptions. Straight-through processing now automates every step, from KYC/AML checks and suitability reviews to e-signatures. With improved integrations to major custodians and adviser desktops, manual data entry is starting to being eliminated, transforming what used to be a multi-week process into a matter of days. Fund administration has also undergone significant modernization, with technology now powering real-time position tracking, streamlined NAV calculations, and performance fee calculations. Advisers and clients benefit from secure document vaults and simplified tax reporting, thanks to automated issuance of 1099s.

Distribution and reporting have become more connected and transparent. Digital platforms provide advisers with key pre-trade controls and look-through analytics, making it possible to see underlying exposures and manage liquidity queues with clarity. These tools connect directly to distribution networks like the NSCC, enabling seamless trading, as well as sophisticated performance reporting that can be reviewed at both the account and household levels. Meanwhile, governance and risk management have been enhanced through automated, rule-driven systems. Advisers now have access to robust compliance oversight, spanning immutable audit trails to managed valuation workflows, helping ensure regulatory alignment and strengthen risk management.

By removing the friction of manual subscriptions, opaque reporting, and compliance burdens, technology empowers advisers to efficiently scale their use of alternatives. This operational backbone is crucial for building the educational frameworks and distribution strategies needed to bring these opportunities to a wider client base in the wealth channel.

### Building Distribution Muscle

The growth of retail alternatives, projected to reach $3 trillion by 2029³, depends heavily on effective education and distribution. Leading firms are developing comprehensive educational frameworks that help advisers master essential concepts like liquidity management, valuation methodologies, and portfolio construction. For instance, many sponsors now provide specialized training programs that walk advisers through the mechanics of interval fund redemption windows and NAV calculations.

Distribution channels are evolving to support this education-first approach. Wealth management platforms are integrating alternatives alongside traditional investments, while custodians are streamlining subscription processes through digital platforms. The RIA channel, in particular, has emerged as a key growth driver, with independent advisers increasingly incorporating alternatives into their core portfolio strategies.

This convergence of education and accessibility is creating a more sophisticated marketplace. Successful distribution partners now combine deep product expertise with practical implementation support, from portfolio modeling tools to client communication resources. The result is a more informed ecosystem where advisers can confidently evaluate and integrate alternative investments that align with their clients’ objectives.

### How Ultimus Supports Scalable Growth

The expansion of retail alternatives presents unique operational challenges that require specialized expertise. Successfully launching and scaling retail alternatives demands precise handling of complex valuations, sophisticated liquidity management, and comprehensive regulatory oversight.

**Ultimus Fund Solutions** delivers the operational excellence essential for this evolving marketplace. Through its unified technology platform, Ultimus helps managers to launch registered alternative products efficiently while maintaining institutional-grade controls. Our [Ultimus GatewayTM registered alternatives platform](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/registered-alternatives-gateway-platform/ "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") provides a particularly powerful avenue for managers entering the retail alternatives space, offering turnkey access to essential fund infrastructure and critical governance frameworks, which can be costly and time-consuming to organize outside of this solution.

Ultimus’s comprehensive service model spans the full spectrum of operational needs:

- Advanced fund accounting and financial administration with specialized alternative investment expertise
- Distribution support through NSCC trading platforms and digital interfaces
- Customized compliance monitoring and board reporting frameworks
- Dedicated transfer agency services optimized for retail alternative structures

As a strategic partner to both established managers and emerging sponsors, Ultimus continues to invest in technology and talent to support the next wave of retail alternative innovation. Our forward-looking approach guarantees that clients can scale confidently while maintaining operational excellence and regulatory compliance.

The democratization of alternative investments represents a fundamental transformation in wealth management. Through technology-enabled solutions and deep operational expertise, Ultimus empowers managers to participate in this evolution while focusing on what matters most: delivering innovative investment solutions to a broader universe of investors.

### Ready to Scale Your Strategy in the Private Wealth Channel?

As retail alternatives continue to redefine the wealth management landscape, success depends on the right operational foundation. Fund sponsors and advisers need trusted partners who can deliver scalability, compliance, and transparency at every stage of growth.

Partner with **Ultimus Fund Solutions** to build a scalable foundation for your retail alternative strategy.


---

# Guide to private credit funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/guide-to-private-credit-funds/_

Education

#
The Complete Guide to Private Credit Funds: Structure, Administration, and Market Opportunities

## Table of Contents

### What Are Private Credit Funds?

### How Private Credit Funds Work

### Private Credit Fund Structures Explained

### The Role of Fund Administration in Private Credit Funds

### Key Regulatory and Compliance Considerations

### Private Credit Fund Accounting Essentials

### Emerging Trends and Opportunities in Private Credit

### How to Launch and Scale a Private Credit Fund

## Structure, Administration, and Market Opportunities

Private credit funds are a key segment of today’s alternative investment landscape, giving institutional and high‑net‑worth investors access to yield and diversification beyond traditional fixed‑income markets. As banks scale back direct lending, fund managers are providing privately negotiated loans through structures designed for flexibility, transparency, and disciplined risk management. Understanding how private credit funds are structured, how fund administration supports accurate reporting, and how regulation shapes disclosures is essential for sponsors navigating this growing sector.

This guide offers a high‑level overview of private credit fund structure, fund administration, and regulatory considerations to help sponsors, managers, and advisors navigate the space with clarity.

### What Are Private Credit Funds?

Private credit funds pool capital from institutional and high‑net‑worth investors to make privately negotiated loans to non‑public borrowers. Unlike traditional fixed income, which typically involves publicly issued bonds with standardized terms and daily liquidity, private credit is bespoke (terms, covenants, and collateral are tailored to each borrower). And unlike private equity, which takes ownership stakes and seeks value through operational change and exits, private credit focuses on debt financing and income generation through interest and fees.

Today, these funds help fill lending gaps as banks tighten underwriting or reduce balance‑sheet exposure. They offer managers the flexibility to structure loans around borrower cash flows and provide investors with potential yield and diversification away from public markets.

#### Growth drivers:

- Tightening bank lending and higher capital requirements to create opportunities for non‑bank lenders.
- Investor demand for income and diversification, including interest in floating‑rate or secured loans.
- Maturity needs in private markets (e.g., sponsor‑backed acquisitions and refinancings) that benefit from tailored terms.
- Evolving fund structures (such as interval or evergreen formats) that expand access while managing liquidity.

#### Common borrower and investor profiles:

- Borrowers: PE‑sponsored middle‑market companies, founder‑owned businesses, specialty finance originators (e.g., consumer or SME lending), real‑estate credit opportunities, and asset‑backed issuers (receivables, equipment).
- Investors: pensions and insurers seeking liability‑matched income, endowments and foundations, family offices and HNW through wealth platforms, and select registered vehicles offering appropriately overseen access.

### How Private Credit Funds Work

Investors make capital commitments to the fund, which the manager draws over time (“capital calls”) to originate loans. Cash flows typically include interest and fees (income to investors) and principal repayments. Depending on the fund’s structure, distributions may be made periodically, and Net Asset Value (NAV), the fund’s total assets minus liabilities, is calculated on a set cadence to inform reporting and investor statements.

#### Typical strategies:

- Direct lending: Senior or unitranche loans to middle‑market borrowers, often secured by assets and supported by covenants.
- Mezzanine financing: Subordinated debt (sometimes with warrants) providing flexible capital between senior debt and equity.
- Distressed credit: Loans or securities of stressed/insolvent borrowers, seeking value through restructurings or turnarounds.
- Asset‑based lending (ABL): Facilities collateralized by receivables, inventory, equipment, or other assets, with borrowing bases tied to collateral value.

#### Fund lifecycle by structure:

#### Closed‑end lifecycle:

- Fundraising: Define strategy and terms; secure investor commitments.
- Investment period: Deploy capital into loans; manage pacing and diversification.
- Monitoring: Track performance, covenants, and collateral; adjust terms as needed.
- Realizations/repayments: Receive interest and principal; recycle capital if permitted.
- Wind‑down: Harvest remaining positions, finalize audits and reporting, and return capital.

#### Open‑end/evergreen lifecycle:

- Ongoing subscriptions (and periodic redemptions subject to notice, gates, or fees); continuous portfolio deployment and rebalancing.
- Liquidity and cash management to meet flows; more frequent NAV and investor statements to support subscriptions/redemptions.
- Distributions typically come from income on a regular cadence; there is no defined wind‑

#### Interval/hybrid lifecycle:

Scheduled tender offers providing limited liquidity aligned to asset duration; proration/queues if requests exceed capacity.

Deployment matched to longer‑duration loans with a liquidity sleeve and cash forecasting to meet interval windows.

More frequent NAV and registered‑fund governance/disclosures where applicable.

#### The manager’s role:

- Origination: Source opportunities through sponsors, intermediaries, and direct relationships.
- Underwriting: Assess cash flows, collateral, covenants, and downside protections; price risk appropriately.
- Documentation: Negotiate terms, security, and covenants to align incentives and manage risk.
- Monitoring: Ongoing borrower engagement, financial reviews, and covenant compliance.
- Exit strategies: Repayment at maturity, refinancing, sale of positions, or restructuring/workout in adverse scenarios.

### Private Credit Fund Structures Explained

Fund structure shapes investor access, reporting cadence, and available liquidity. Common models include closed-end, open-end, and interval/hybrid vehicles. Sponsors also use feeder arrangements, such as Rated Note Feeder (RNF) structures, which layer financing on top of these core fund models.

- Closed‑end funds: Drawdown vehicles with a defined term. Investors commit capital up front, liquidity is limited until realizations, and distributions occur as loans are repaid or are exited. NAV is calculated periodically to support reporting.
- Open‑end funds: Evergreen vehicles that accept subscriptions and process redemptions on a regular schedule. Capital is invested in a diversified, ongoing portfolio, with more frequent NAV to support flows and investor statements.
- Interval and hybrid models: Interval funds (registered) offer limited, scheduled liquidity aligned to less liquid assets. Hybrids combine features to match longer loan durations while providing some periodic access.
- RNF structures: A feeder that issues rated notes alongside equity interests backed by a pool of private credit assets. RNFs can broaden distribution and deliver insurance capital efficiency through tranching and credit enhancement, with sponsors typically retaining equity/first loss.

#### How structure affects liquidity, reporting, and access:

- Liquidity: closed‑end prioritizes long‑term deployment; open‑end offers more frequent redemptions; interval/hybrids provide scheduled, limited access.
- Reporting cadence: closed-end tend to report periodically; open-end and interval funds calculate NAV more frequently to support subscriptions/redemptions.
- Investor access: closed‑end and many open‑end private funds target accredited/institutional investors; interval funds provide appropriately overseen access via registered structures.
- Feeder arrangements and RNFs: rated notes often have term‑based liquidity and require rating‑agency surveillance; NAIC/SVO treatment for insurance investors influences reporting and disclosures. Align fair value and NAV policies with note metrics.

#### Considerations for fund managers when selecting a structure:

- Strategy and asset duration: Align loan terms and expected repayments with liquidity promises.
- Target investor base: Institutional vs. wealth/retail channels influence the suitability of registered vs. private vehicles.
- Operational intensity: More frequent NAV and flows require robust fund administration, valuation, and distribution support.
- Regulatory profile: Registered vehicles carry additional disclosure and compliance obligations; private funds offer greater flexibility but tighter eligibility requirements.
- RNF specifics: Engage early with rating agencies; design waterfalls and credit enhancement to support the rating; prepare for surveillance cadence, NAIC/SVO filings, and clear disclosures on tranche economics, fees, and conflicts.

For a deeper comparison of closed-end, open-end, interval models, and feeder structures, including RNF, check out our blog post: *Understanding Private Credit Fund Structures: Closed‑End, Open‑End, Interval, and RNF Models.*

### The Role of Fund Administration in Private Credit Funds

Robust fund administration underpins transparency and investor confidence. In private credit, where loans are bespoke and valuations rely on consistent policies, administration provides the control environment, reporting discipline, and compliance support managers need to operate responsibly.

#### Core administrative functions:

- NAV calculation and valuation: Apply approved valuation policies and calculate Net Asset Value on a set cadence to support governance and investor reporting.
- Loan‑level accounting: Maintain accurate records of principal, interest, fees, and amortization across individual positions to ensure precise books and records.
- Investor onboarding and reporting: Manage subscriptions and eligibility, and deliver clear, periodic statements and communications.
- Regulatory filings and audit support: Coordinate required disclosures and assist with audit readiness and documentation.

#### Benefits of outsourcing to specialized providers:

- Independence and stronger controls that enhance credibility with investors and auditors.
- Scalable processes and technology for frequent NAV, data integrity, and timely reporting.
- Regulatory expertise and proven workflows tailored to private credit portfolios.
- Operational efficiency allows managers to focus on origination, underwriting, and portfolio monitoring.

For a deeper look at processes, reporting, and compliance in private credit fund administration, check out our blog post: *Inside Private Credit Fund Administration: Processes, Reporting, and Compliance.*

### Key Regulatory and Compliance Considerations

Regulation shapes how private credit funds are formed, marketed, valued, and reported, with requirements varying by vehicle and jurisdiction; managers should anchor programs in clear policies and consistent disclosures.

- Regulatory bodies and frameworks: In the U.S., the SEC oversees registered funds and investment advisers (for example, the Investment Advisers Act and fund governance rules). Private funds typically rely on private placement exemptions and must follow adviser compliance obligations. In the EU/UK, AIFMD and related regimes govern authorization, risk, and reporting for alternative investment fund managers. Some strategies may also intersect with local securities authorities and exchange-listing rules when applicable.
- Investor protection and disclosure standards: Provide transparent offering documents and marketing materials; disclose risks, fees/expenses, valuation approaches, and conflicts; maintain suitability and eligibility checks; and apply fair-dealing practices consistently across investors.
- Valuation and reporting guidelines: Document and follow a fair value policy, including data sources, methodologies, and oversight; calculate NAV on a defined cadence; and deliver clear, timely investor statements. Registered vehicles carry additional board and valuation governance and disclosure obligations. For insurance-focused vehicles and rated note feeders, NAIC/SVO treatment can influence disclosures and surveillance.
- Loan documentation standards and market conventions: Align loan agreements, covenants, day-count and reference rate conventions, and amendment and consent mechanics with LSTA (U.S.) and LMA (EU/UK) guidelines; monitor agent communications and compliance at the position level.
- How fund administrators help maintain compliance: Administrators support books and records, NAV and valuation controls, investor onboarding and reporting, regulatory filings coordination, and audit readiness, providing evidence, workflows, and independence that strengthen a manager’s compliance program.

For a deeper overview of regulatory touchpoints and best‑practice controls, check out our blog post: *Navigating Private Credit Fund Regulation: Key Compliance Considerations for Managers.*

### Private Credit Fund Accounting Essentials

Accurate, loan‑level accounting underpins investor reporting and Net Asset Value. Because private credit positions are bespoke and often illiquid, disciplined policies and controls are essential.

#### Accounting complexities unique to private credit:

- Interest accruals: Track cash and payment‑in‑kind (PIK) interest, fee amortization, and day‑count conventions at the position level to ensure precise income recognition.
- Fair value adjustments: Apply a documented valuation policy to reflect current fair value for illiquid loans, considering collateral, borrower performance, and market/comparable inputs.
- Loan impairments: Assess expected credit losses, designate non‑accrual status when warranted, and record write‑downs consistently with policy and disclosures.

#### NAV cadence and reconciliations:

- Calculate NAV on a set schedule aligned to the fund’s structure, supported by controls over pricing, income, and expenses.
- Perform reconciliations across cash, positions, and the general ledger; tie investor flows (subscriptions/redemptions/calls/distributions) to books and records to maintain data integrity.

#### Audit readiness and technology integration:

- Maintain clear audit trails: valuation memos, approval workflows, loan files, and policy documentation.
- Leverage integrated administration and accounting systems for source‑of‑truth data, workflow automation, exception reporting, and timely investor statements.

For deeper detail on processes and controls, check out our blog post: *Private Credit Fund Accounting Explained: From Loan‑Level Data to Investor Statements.*

### Emerging Trends and Opportunities in Private Credit

Private credit continues to evolve, opening new avenues for deployment and investor access. The highlights below summarize the trends shaping structures, distribution, and operational practices. Recent estimates from Morgan Stanley (2025) place the U.S. private credit market at around $3 trillion, up from roughly $2 trillion in 2020, with some forecasts projecting continued expansion toward $5 trillion by decade’s end.

- Market expansion: Private credit is expanding across sectors, including middle‑market corporate lending, specialty finance (consumer and SME), real estate credit, and select infrastructure and asset‑backed opportunities. It is also broadening geographically as managers diversify beyond core U.S. markets.
- Interval and evergreen structures on the rise: Managers are exploring interval funds (registered vehicles with scheduled, limited liquidity) and evergreen portfolios to align investor access with longer‑duration loans. These formats can expand distribution while maintaining appropriate oversight and reporting.
- Institutional participation and retail access: Pensions, insurers, and endowments remain key allocators, while wealth platforms and registered interval funds provide appropriately overseen pathways for broader investor access. Governance, disclosure, and valuation discipline are central to scaling responsibly.
- Technology and data analytics: Better loan-level data, integrated administration and accounting systems, and workflow automation help produce faster NAVs, strengthen valuation oversight, improve covenant monitoring, and streamline exception management. These improvements drive operational excellence and support better risk assessment.

For a focused look at interval fund mechanics and investor implications, check out our blog post: *What Is a Private Credit Interval Fund and Why Are Investors Taking Notice?*

### How to Launch and Scale a Private Credit Fund

Launching a private credit fund is an operational project as much as an investment initiative. A clear strategy, the right service partners, and disciplined reporting lay the groundwork for investor confidence and scalable growth.

#### Checklist from concept to launch:

- Define the strategy: Target borrower segment, loan types (e.g., senior/ABL/mezz), risk/return profile, and portfolio construction guardrails.
- Select the structure: Choose closed‑end, open‑end, or interval/hybrid based on asset duration, liquidity goals, and target investor base.
- Document policies: Establish valuation, credit underwriting, concentration limits, and liquidity management; align governance and disclosures.
- Choose service partners Engage legal counsel, a fund administrator, loan servicers, a custodian, and an auditor with private credit experience.
- Build the operating model: Map workflows for origination, loan‑level accounting, NAV, investor onboarding, reporting, and compliance.
- Set the technology stack: Integrate administration and accounting systems, loan data pipelines, and workflow tools to support timely, accurate statements.
- Fundraising and onboarding: Prepare offering materials, diligence packs, and subscription processes; maintain eligibility checks and clear communications.
- Go-live and governance: Establish a compliance calendar, board/committee oversight where applicable, and cadence for performance and risk reporting.

#### Building investor trust

Transparency, consistent valuation, and timely reporting are central. Clear policies, independent administration, and well‑documented controls demonstrate operational excellence.

#### Scaling operations with technology

Integrated systems, loan‑level data, and workflow automation support frequent NAVs, exception management, and distribution support, freeing managers to focus on origination and portfolio monitoring.

For an action‑oriented guide to setup details and best practices, check out our blog post: *How to Start a Private Credit Fund: Operational and Administrative Essentials.*

#### The Future of Private Credit Funds

Private credit is poised to remain a significant part of the alternatives landscape. Opportunities include continued bank retrenchment, demand for bespoke financing, and broader distribution through interval and evergreen structures. At the same time, managers face challenges around liquidity management, credit cycle dynamics, valuation subjectivity, regulatory scrutiny, and the operational complexity of loan‑level data.

Success will hinge on robust fund administration and modern technology. Disciplined valuation governance, timely NAVs, accurate loan‑level accounting, and clear investor reporting, enabled by integrated systems, workflow automation, and strong controls, support transparency, risk management, and scalable operations.

Ultimus Fund Solutions supports private credit managers with customized fund administration, integrated accounting, valuation oversight, regulatory filings coordination, audit support, and distribution services. Our experienced teams and technology help sponsors maintain consistent policies, deliver reliable statements, and operate efficiently, so managers can focus on origination, underwriting, and portfolio monitoring.

Interested in streamlining your private credit fund administration? Learn how Ultimus supports sponsors with customized reporting, valuation governance, and operational efficiency. [Contact us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") to discuss your goals or explore our fund administration services.

* * *

COD00000971 2/19/2026


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Our Company due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped About Us due to extraction error -->

---

# Our story

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/our-story/_

Our Story

#
Optimized investment and fund solutions at scale

		Ultimus Fund Solutions provides essential fund administration and investment operations solutions to advisors and fund managers, with the proven ability to solve complex challenges. We’re one of the largest independent providers in the US, an industry mainstay with a reputation for service and optimized solutions that sets us apart.
[Contact Us](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/)

![A smiling businessman shaking hands](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/msck2l0w/our_story.webp)

### By the numbers

- $775B+

    Assets under administration
- 2,500+

    Funds
- 450+

    Clients
- 1,200+

    Associates

##
Service that delivers impact


What distinguishes Ultimus is our ability to deliver high-touch service at scale, unlocking greater value across the board by leveraging technology and applying expertise where it delivers the greatest impact. We’re able to service any type of investment vehicle through a comprehensive solutions portfolio powered by highly efficient, scalable technology and processes.

Our associates have earned a reputation for delivering consultative personal service that exceeds expectations. Combining industry experience, knowledge, flexibility, and a genuine interest in finding better answers helps you move quickly to respond to new challenges.

[Expertise](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/expertise/)[Sectors](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sectors/)[Technology](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/technology/)

##
The way we work makes the difference


Investment managers must navigate a growing array of challenges: complex fund structures, specialized strategies, evolving compliance requirements, and intensifying demands for transparency. Rising to the challenge takes experience, understanding, and the ability to see and solve for the big picture.

Ultimus is a business built on the talents of our professionals, brought to bear through close, collaborative relationships. We’ve shown that better results come not only from having comprehensive capabilities, but from genuine connection—listening and collaborating, working side-by-side with you to solve complex challenges and find the best solution for your goals.

This passion for service defines Ultimus, and our people are at the heart of it. We know the true value that we deliver comes from our employees: highly engaged, experienced, knowledgeable associates who believe in the power of team, owning the process, and relentlessly driving to improve.

## Top talent fuels us
					Our strategic vision, service philosophy, and commitment to excellence have enabled us to attract top industry talent, many from the nation’s largest administrators and fund firms. We continue to build a leadership team that combines top industry experience with a personal, client-centric touch.
[Leadership](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/our-people/leadership/)

## Awards

2026

Best Data Management Solution - Back & Middle Office

With Intelligence Mutual Fund and ETF Awards

2025

ETF Administrator of the Year

Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards

2025

ETF Administration - Technology

Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards

[All Awards](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/awards/)

## Careers

### Our culture

Ultimus is a place where you can do your best work. Our culture is supported by a collaborative environment that values your growth and contributions.

### Benefits

We offer comprehensive benefits and a support system designed to help you grow, stay engaged, and build a long-term career.

### Career development

At every stage of your professional journey, we’ll help you build on your knowledge in a culture rooted in collaboration, ownership, and continuous improvement.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/careers/)


---

# Awards

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/awards/_

Awards

#
Industry awards and accolades

## An award-winning partnership approach

Since our founding, Ultimus has invested significantly in personnel, technology, and innovation for the benefit of our clients. We are committed to the success of our clients, and as a trusted partner to them, we are proud of the effort of our associates in providing award-winning service year after year. The following awards reinforce Ultimus’ leadership standing in the fund administration space and reaffirm our ongoing commitment to excellence in client service and partnership.

| Year | Award | Conferred by |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 2026 | Best Data Management Solution - Back & Middle Office | With Intelligence Mutual Fund and ETF Awards |
| 2025 | ETF Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| ETF Administration - Technology | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Private Equity Fund Administrator - Fund Accounting | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Industry Innovation Award - Operations | Nicsa Nova |
| Strategic Leadership Award - William T. Blackwell Award | Nicsa Nova |
| Best Mutual Fund Administrator | With Intelligence Fund Operations & Service Awards |
| Best Multi-Series Trust Provider | With Intelligence Fund Operations & Service Awards |
| 2024 | Americas Fund Administrator | Asset Servicing Times |
| Exchange Traded Funds Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| ETF Administration: Onboarding | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Best Interval Fund Administrator | With Intelligence Fund Operations & Service Awards |
| Best ETF Administrator | With Intelligence Fund Operations & Service Awards |
| Best Data Management Solution - Back & Middle Office | With Intelligence Fund Operations & Service Awards |
| 2023 | Best Technology Provider - Back Office | Institutional Asset Manager Awards |
| Exchange Traded Funds Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Operational Excellence | Nicsa Nova |
| Best Data Management Solution - Back & Middle Office | With Intelligence Operations & Service Awards |
| 2022 | Client Service for Fund Administration of the Year | Asset Servicing Times |
| Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Exchange Traded Funds Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Private Equity Fund Administration - Onboarding | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Mutual Fund Administration - KYC, AML & Sanction Screening | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Exchange Traded Fund Administration - Client Service | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Best Data Management Solution – Back & Middle Office | With Intelligence Fund Operations & Services Awards |
| 2021 | Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders |
| Best Client Service | Global Custodian Industry Leaders |
| Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Awards |
| Private Equity Best Technology | Global Custodian Industry Awards |
| Recognized as Top 10 Best Tech Solution Providers | USA-9 Magazine |
| Innovation in Data Analytics | Global Custodian Innovation Awards |
| 2020 | Best Multi-Series Trust Provider | Fund Intelligence Operations & Services Awards |
| Highly Commended – Best Transfer Agent & Shareholder Services | Fund Intelligence Operations & Services Awards |
| Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |
| Client Service | Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards |


---

# Press and news

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/_

#
Press and News

Select a topic	Compliance and Regulation	Technology and Innovation	Data Management	Distribution	ETFs	Fund Conversion	Retail Alternative Funds	Investment Operations	Private Funds	Public Funds	Series Trust

- ### Ultimus earns highest overall provider score in Global Custodian's…
[October 6, 2026
Ultimus announced its results in the 2026 Private Equity Fund Administration (PEFA) Survey conducted by Global Custodian, receiving an overall score of 6.70 against a global average of 6.02.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-earns-highest-overall-provider-score-in-global-custodians-2026-private-equity-fund-administration-survey/)
- ### PennantPark Joins with Ultimus to Launch Strategic New Interval…
[August 11, 2026
Ultimus Fund Solutions has been tapped by PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC to assist with the launch and ongoing operations of its new interval fund.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/pennantpark-joins-with-ultimus-to-launch-strategic-new-interval-fund/)
- ### Ultimus Earns Highest Client Service Score in 2026 Global Custodian…
[August 6, 2026
Ultimus announced its results in the 2026 Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey, extending its long-standing record for Client Service score.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-earns-highest-client-service-score-in-2026-global-custodian-etf-administration-survey/)
- ### Ultimus Expands Enterprise Relationship with Weitz Investment…
[August 4, 2026
Ultimus expanded its relationship with Weitz Investment Management to provide fund administration, middle office services, and post-trade compliance support.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-expands-enterprise-relationship-with-weitz-investment-management/)
- ### Ultimus Fund Solutions Names Danielle Adamson Chief Client Officer
[July 30, 2026
Ultimus Fund Solutions today announced that Danielle Adamson has been appointed Chief Client Officer, a newly established executive role focused on strengthening client experience across the firm's public and private markets businesses.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-names-danielle-adamson-chief-client-officer/)
- ### Ultimus Launches Updated Brand to Reflect Expanded Platform
[July 28, 2026
Ultimus Fund Solutions today announced the launch of an updated brand that reflects the evolution of its business, expanded capabilities, and increasingly integrated approach to supporting fund and asset managers.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-launches-updated-brand-to-reflect-expanded-platform/)
- ### Donoghue Forlines Launches DF Tactical 30 ETF (DFTT), Expanding…
[June 2, 2026
Ultimus Fund Solutions® today announces an expansion of its long-standing partnership with Donoghue Forlines.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/donoghue-forlines-launches-df-tactical-30-etf-dftt-expanding-decade-long-partnership-with-ultimus/)
- ### Ultimus Fund Solutions Appoints Terri Fiedler to Board of Directors
[May 19, 2026
Ultimus today announced the appointment of Terri Fiedler as an independent member of its Board of Directors.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-appoints-terri-fiedler-to-board-of-directors/)
- ### Ultimus and iCapital Collaborate to Deploy DLT Platform
[May 14, 2026
Ultimus today announced a strategic partnership with iCapital to introduce distributed ledger technology (DLT) to streamline data transmission and reconciliation processes, improving operational efficiencies for asset managers and wealth managers throughout the lifecycle of alternative investments.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-and-icapital-collaborate-to-deploy-dlt-platform/)
- ### Ultimus Fund Solutions Strengthens Board with Appointment of Lou…
[April 28, 2026
Ultimus, a leading independent provider of fund services and investment operations, today announced the appointment of Lou Maiuri as an independent member of its Board of Directors.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-strengthens-board-with-appointment-of-lou-maiuri/)
- ### Schafer Cullen Capital Management Expands Partnership with Ultimus…
[April 15, 2026
Ultimus, a leading independent provider of post-trade administration, investor services and outsourced investment operations solutions, today announced that Cullen Capital Management (Schafer Cullen) successfully transitioned six Cullen Funds mutual funds to the Ultimus servicing environment.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/schafer-cullen-capital-management-expands-partnership-with-ultimus-fund-solutions/)
- ### Ultimus Supports the Launch of Sardis Group’s Structured Credit…
[March 11, 2026
Ultimus is pleased to announce the successful launch of Sardis Group’s inaugural interval fund and separate account business.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-supports-the-launch-of-sardis-group-s-structured-credit-investing-platform/)


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Acquires FD Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-acquires-fd-fund-administration/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Acquires FD Fund Administration

Subscribe

December 16, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO and PHILADELPHIA, PA** – December 16, 2021 — [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting and investor solutions to traditional and alternative fund managers, announced today that it has acquired FD Fund Administration.

FD Fund Administration, headquartered in Philadelphia with additional offices in New York City and Minneapolis, is an independent provider of accounting and administrative services to investment fund managers. The firm has a wide array of private equity strategy experience with a focus on real estate, credit, and infrastructure funds. In addition, FD Fund Administration has deep experience supporting the fund administration needs of wealth management platforms.

Ultimus will merge the FD Fund Administration team with its private fund business unit, Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions (Ultimus LeverPoint). The newly combined private fund business unit will provide fund administration services for approximately $150 billion in AUA (assets under administration) across 250 clients, servicing over 730 funds. Post the merger, Ultimus will service over $400 billion of AUA, more than 450 clients, representing over 1,500 funds with approximately 825 associates.

The transaction enhances Ultimus’ private markets service offering and provides additional scale with a larger geographic presence and enhanced capabilities in real estate, credit, and infrastructure funds. Being culturally aligned in delivering truly client-centric services was a key driver of the deal for both firms. The integration is expected to be seamless given the additional operating scale and the fact that both firms leverage the same industry leading technology platforms across accounting and investor services.

Tom DiEgidio, current FD Fund Administration CEO, will serve as President of Ultimus LeverPoint. “This is a great day for FD Fund Administration. My team and I are excited to join Ultimus, which shares our team’s dedication to client service,” said Tom. “I look forward to working with the team at Ultimus and I’m confident the combined team will continue to provide the differentiated, high-quality service we pride ourselves on, while delivering a deeper set of capabilities.”

“We’re delighted to join forces with FD Fund Administration and look forward to working together, continuing to elevate our shared reputation for high-quality client service and leading technology platforms,” said [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//person/gary-tenkman/), CEO of Ultimus. “This merger provides us even more scale and enhances our ability to invest further in technology and service capabilities. Ultimately, the merger demonstrates our commitment to scaling our private fund administration business. Ultimus possesses a unique position in the marketplace as a leading independent fund solutions provider for both registered and alternative fund managers.”

Ultimus’ acquisition of FD Fund Administration was backed by Chicago-based private equity firm GTCR. PL Advisors acted as exclusive financial advisor and Nelson Mullins provided legal counsel to FD Fund Administration. Latham & Watkins provided legal counsel to Ultimus and GTCR. Closing occurred December 15, 2021.

###

**About FD Fund Administration**

FD Fund Administration provides highly customizable fund administration services to meet the needs of complex real estate and private equity funds. FD Fund Administration offers a robust suite of services, including fund accounting, investment reporting, tax administration, valuation services, investor servicing, company reporting and portfolio analytics and other services. FD Fund Administration is headquartered in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

**About GTCR**

Founded in 1980, GTCR is a leading private equity firm focused on investing in growth companies in the Healthcare, Financial Services & Technology, Technology, Media & Telecommunications, and Growth Business Services industries. The Chicago-based firm pioneered The Leaders Strategy™ – finding and partnering with management leaders in core domains to identify, acquire and build market-leading companies through transformational acquisitions and organic growth. Since its inception, GTCR has invested more than $20 billion in over 250 companies. For more information, please visit [www.gtcr.com](https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcl.s6.exct.net%2F%3Fqs%3D39ac51788370bccd395f9bc699db521f42a993fc2a3086cc3405202027c210cf622cbe54648d1e898e567e4d8dd17f64451e277e00c3a8ac&amp;data=04%7C01%7Coleg.grachev%40gtcr.com%7C4902cf00021c4b5b601308d9be9f37f4%7C82bed84511f9437e8d160cdccebbefcc%7C0%7C0%7C637750413316510784%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000&amp;sdata=5w9Oip5Y40W76Fb2Zb%2F846JywEF02tkWNWRv%2Btn1eI0%3D&amp;reserved=0).

8656 UFS 12/15/2021


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Procures Top Awards at Industry Ceremony, Accepting Two Prestigious Awards in One Night

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-procures-top-awards-at-industry-ceremony-accepting-two-prestigious-awards-in-one-night/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Procures Top Awards at Industry Ceremony, Accepting Two Prestigious Awards in One Night

Subscribe

December 1, 2021

**December 1, 2021 | Firm continues to receive industry accolades for its technology and client centric offerings**

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – December 1, 2021** –Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions, a leading, tech-enabled private fund administrator, is honored to announce that it received two industry renowned awards at the 2021 Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards dinner held in New York recently.

The awards ceremony recognizes achievements of service providers in the fund administration industry whose quality of services provided to their clients excel beyond their peers in areas such as client service, technology, reporting, onboarding, compliance and others. In the private fund category, Ultimus LeverPoint received the Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year and Technology awards. Frank Anduiza, EVP, Head of Private Fund Sales, attended the awards dinner and was honored to accept the awards on behalf of Ultimus LeverPoint.

The awards are based in part on the results of Global Custodian’s 2021 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey, which was independently administered earlier this year by the publication seeking input directly from private fund managers. In the survey results, Ultimus LeverPoint significantly outpaced industry averages in all nine applicable fund servicing categories, reflecting a resounding confirmation from private fund clients of the firm’s client centric service model and commitment to excellence.

As a result of its survey performance, Ultimus LeverPoint also received two prominent accreditations from Global Custodian: Category Outperformer, indicating that the firm’s score in one or more categories was higher than the average score for all providers in those categories, and Global Outperformer, which signifies that the firm’s overall score exceeds the overall average score of all survey participants.

Highlights of the 2021 survey results include the following:

- Ultimus LeverPoint’s overall average score of 6.76 significantly exceeded the industry average overall score of 5.70.
- The firm’s individual scores outperformed industry average scores in all 9 applicable categories surveyed.
- The firm received a resounding 6.83 in Client Service, well above the industry average of 5.76.
- The firm received its highest scores in the Client Service, Geographical Coverage, Reporting to LPs and Capital Drawdowns & Distributions categories.

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says, “Our industry-leading range of services for private equity managers shows our commitment to providing customizable and beneficial solutions. We’re dedicated to investing in leading-edge technology, top industry talent, as well as custom tailoring our services. By putting forth persistent efforts and investments into our technology, we continue to evolve and enhance client experiences, as well as bring new efficiencies to our own operation. We continue to improve the transparency and quality of information our clients and their investors.

Wishing to acknowledge clients and Ultimus LeverPoint associates alike, Tenkman continued, “I’m grateful to our clients for their confidence in us and the partnership with us. I’m also beyond proud of our teams for the hard work they put in daily to support our clients, and winning these awards is a direct reflection of that unwavering dedication.”

This is the first year Ultimus LeverPoint private equity clients participated in the independently administered survey. Ultimately the firm ranked as the top provider with the highest overall score in the Private Equity Fund Administration Survey.

Earlier in 2021, Ultimus was also recognized by USA-9 Magazine as one of the Top 10 Best Tech Solution Providers based on the firm’s long-term commitment to a strategic technology roadmap and data strategy for implementing its uSUITE® technology which features built-in robotic processing software, machine-learning algorithms, and application programming interfaces (APIs). Ultimus also received the Innovation in Data Analytics award from Global Custodian in June for its proprietary uCONNECT™ application which allows investment management firms to connect to their data, reports, dashboards, and insights into their funds. The uSUITE technology system also includes applications for private fund managers such as uCOMPARE, uPAY, uINVESTOR™, uACCESS™ and others.


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces Rollout of uINVESTOR to Automate Private Fund Subscriptions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-announces-rollout-of-uinvestor-to-automate-private-fund-subscriptions/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces Rollout of uINVESTOR to Automate Private Fund Subscriptions

Subscribe

October 12, 2021

**October 12, 2021 | Enhancing alternative fund manager, investor subscription process experiences**

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – October 12, 2021** – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/services/fund-administration/private-equity/), a leading, tech-enabled private fund administrator, is pleased to announce a new digital platform, uINVESTOR^TM^, that automates the private fund subscription process, simplifying the investor experience, and adding real-time access to information for its fund management clients and stakeholders.

uINVESTOR modernizes the traditional private fund subscription process, simplifying the experience for investors while adding needed transparency for fund managers and streamlining the investor servicing functions. The platform digitizes subscription documents, avoiding the traditionally time intensive and error prone paper-based process. With uINVESTOR, alternative fund managers can easily invite and onboard investors to their funds. Real-time tracking and transparency give fund managers on-demand visibility into investor activity and fundraising.

Moreover, uINVESTOR enhances the investor experience by providing a simplified subscription process. Investors can easily complete, sign, and submit “sub docs” online through an artificial intelligence-guided experience that eases the process by prioritizing information that is relevant to, and required for, specific investor account types. The platform’s single sign-on feature also provides easy access through a fund’s investor portal, rather than requiring investors to log into a separate system.

With its automated, end-to-end throughput, uINVESTOR benefits fund managers and stakeholders but also enhances the efficiency of back-end processes for Ultimus LeverPoint. By eliminating manual input and streamlining the flow of investor data directly to the firm’s CRM (client relationship management) system, uINVESTOR speeds the onboarding process and reduces the potential for errors.

Offered in partnership with Anduin, a fintech platform that automates private market transactions and processes, uINVESTOR is a customizable platform that is part of Ultimus’ proprietary uSUITE® technology system which also includes uCOMPARE, uPAY, uACCESS™ and other applications.

uINVESTOR reflects Ultimus’ commitment to its client relationships, says [Kelly Ramsey Gooch](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/our-team/), EVP, Client Relationship Officer for Ultimus LeverPoint. “We’re continually looking for ways to enhance our value to current and future clients,” she says. “Providing the tools fund managers need to enhance the investor experience adds value to our clients and to their investors. There’s a real demand in the marketplace for automation that streamlines processes, and uINVESTOR is our latest response to that need. And in this case, uINVESTOR benefits our clients, their investors, and streamlines our backend operations as well – a triple win.”

Ultimus CEO [Gary Tenkman](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/our-team/) says that uINVESTOR is part of the firm’s ongoing investment in leading edge technology. “Our commitment to technology involves a major and ongoing investment across all facets of the Ultimus and Ultimus LeverPoint operation,” he says. “So whether you work with us in either the registered or private fund arena, or both, your Ultimus experience will be consistent. And as fund managers’ and their investors’ or shareholders’ needs continue to evolve, we will continue to invest in automation and technology to enhance their experiences, as well as bring new efficiencies to our own operation to improve our quality and timeliness for our clients and their investors.”


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Names Todd Werner to Senior Operations Position

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-names-todd-werner-to-senior-operations-position/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Names Todd Werner to Senior Operations Position

Subscribe

September 28, 2021

**September 28, 2021 | Specialist in alternative funds ops to play key leadership role in leveraging technology to continue enhancing the client experience**

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – September 15, 2021** – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/), a leading private fund administrator, is pleased to welcome Todd Werner as Senior Vice President, Private Fund Operations to the firm. He will play a central role in working with the client services teams on deliverables and will also help to continue evolving the firm’s operating model through the use of technology. Werner’s 25-year career includes a strong emphasis on developing and enhancing operations to meet client and business challenges for major asset management firms covering alternative investments, including hedge funds, private equity funds and venture capital funds.

In this new position at Ultimus LeverPoint, Werner will lead the firm in leveraging state-of-the-art technology to automate and streamline processes and systems that enhance the client experience, particularly in areas that include reporting, access to data, and communications. He will focus on continuing to build the firm’s operational efficiencies and to enhance the firm’s quality control processes, toward the goal of delivering the best possible service and solutions for alternative fund management clients.

[Evan Audette](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/person/evan-audette/), EVP, COO, Ultimus LeverPoint, says that Werner brings not only depth of experience in operations but also a unique perspective on balancing technology and people. “Todd’s ability to leverage technology in operations is well known in the industry,” he said. “Along with that, he’s also built a reputation for his ‘people first’ philosophy—and for keeping a strong focus on the people behind the processes and making sure clients make the connection too. He has built and led outstanding teams, and we are extremely happy to have him on ours.”

Werner joins Ultimus LeverPoint as the firm continues to scale up and work with clients of all sizes and complexities. His experience reinforces the firm’s institutional strength and its commitment to create ideal team structures for meeting specific client needs and challenges.

Ultimus CEO [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/person/gary-tenkman/) says that Werner’s experience and approach reflect Ultimus’ client-centric mission, as well as the firm’s ongoing commitment to technology and talent. “I have known Todd for almost 20 years,” he stated, “and have been impressed with his approach to harnessing the power of both technology and people to enhance the client experience. We continue to invest in state-of-the-art technology and in the industry’s top talent, and adding Todd to the Ultimus team is a direct reflection of our commitment to both.”

Prior to joining Ultimus LeverPoint, Werner was director of SS&C Technologies private equity services for more than 6 years. Prior to that, Werner spent more than 10 years at CitiBank, NA, where he held successive director-level positions within its private equity services and hedge fund services. His early experience included time with Bank of New York and SEI Investments, and he holds an MBA from Fordham University in New York City.


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Fund Solutions Leads Industry in 2021 Global Custodian Private Equity Fund Administration Survey

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-fund-solutions-leads-industry-in-2021-global-custodian-private-equity-fund-administration-survey/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Fund Solutions Leads Industry in 2021 Global Custodian Private Equity Fund Administration Survey

Subscribe

September 15, 2021

**September 15, 2021 | Ultimus LeverPoint clients validate the firm’s performance and delivery of superior service CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – September 15, 2021** – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/) is pleased to announce that it has earned the highest overall score in *Global Custodian*’s 2021 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey, significantly outpacing industry averages in all 9 applicable categories surveyed. Survey scores reflect a resounding confirmation from Ultimus LeverPoint clients of the firm’s client-centric service model and commitment to excellence.

This independent annual survey by *Global Custodian* (GC) measures the scores of private equity firms regarding the quality of the services provided to them by their third-party fund administrators and is conducted between the firms and GC. The survey covers administration topics important to fund managers such as client service, technology, reporting, onboarding, compliance and others.

With an overall rating of 6.76 out of a possible 7.00, Ultimus LeverPoint significantly surpassed the industry average score of 5.83 and ranked highest of all the service providers in the survey. Additionally, Ultimus LeverPoint earned the highest scores in 7 of 9 applicable categories, with Client Service, Geographical Coverage, Reporting to LPs, and Capital Drawdowns & Distributions receiving the highest scores. As a result of its survey performance, Ultimus LeverPoint will also receive two important accreditations from *Global Custodian*.

Kelly Ramsey Gooch, EVP, Client Relationship Officer for Ultimus LeverPoint, says that the survey affirms that clients are responding to the firm’s client-centric service model. “Our relationships with current and future clients guide everything we do,” she says. “We’re continually looking for ways to provide our clients the best possible solutions and to help them achieve success. We are pleased with the survey results and recognize we need to work hard every day to continue earning our client’s trust and business.”

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says that while all recognition is important, the *Global Custodian* Private Equity Fund Administration survey is especially gratifying because it is an independent survey and the results come directly from clients. “The *Global Custodian* survey results substantiate that our clients recognize our core strengths—our commitment to leading-edge technology, our top industry talent, as well as our customized services—and they value the services we provide to them,” he said. “I would like to thank our employees for their dedication and persistent efforts—particularly during this remote work environment. And, just as important, I would like to thank our clients for their business and their partnership. We have outstanding clients and exceptional Ultimus team members to foster those client relationships. Our commitment to our clients is what drives us—and we’ll continue to invest in our people, technology and customized services.”

Highlights of the 2021 survey results include the following:

- Ultimus LeverPoint’s overall average score of 6.76 significantly exceeded the industry average overall score of 5.70 and topped all other service provider scores.
- The firm’s individual scores outperformed industry average scores in all 9 applicable categories surveyed.
- The firm received a resounding 6.83 in Client Service, well above the industry average of 5.76.
- The firm received its highest scores in the Client Service, Geographical Coverage, Reporting to LPs and Capital Drawdowns & Distributions categories.
- As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint will receive two important accreditations from *Global Custodian*:

    - *Global Performer*, which signifies that the firm’s overall score exceeds the overall average score of all survey participants.
    - *Category Outperformer*, indicating that the firm’s score in one or more categories was higher than the average score for all providers in those categories.


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Provides Services for SPACs and SPAC Sponsors

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-provides-services-for-spacs-and-spac-sponsors/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Provides Services for SPACs and SPAC Sponsors

Subscribe

June 22, 2021

### June 22, 2021 | Demand for trusted and experienced partners growing with exploding SPAC market

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – June 22, 2021** – As SPACs (Special Purpose Acquisition Companies) have become an increasingly popular and effective alternative route for privately held companies to go public, the demand for trusted behind-the-scenes administration partners has also continued to grow.

As one of the leading, tech-enabled independent fund administrators, Ultimus Fund Solutions, and more specifically its private fund administration group, Ultimus LeverPoint, is uniquely positioned to support SPACs and SPAC sponsors. Ultimus, with over 200 alternative fund clients and more than $350B in assets under administration, is known for supporting clients with a distinctive blend of institutional strength and boutique service. By engaging the professionals at Ultimus LeverPoint, SPACs and SPAC sponsors are assured industry best practices and accounting platforms and industry leading technology, while not being burdened with SPAC-related accounting responsibilities.

Says David MacPhee, Ultimus LeverPoint CEO, “We’re pleased to support SPACs and SPAC sponsors as a trusted partner, providing a full suite of services throughout the life cycle of the SPAC. We’re excited to tap our experience and technological capabilities to help SPAC entities fully leverage the incredible opportunities that SPACs offer.”

As an alternative investment vehicle, SPACs offer distinct advantages to investors, acquiring companies and sponsors. Statistics bear out those claims. According to *Statista.com*, SPACs raised almost twice as much in 2020 as they raised in the previous 10 years combined. As of the end of April 2021, SPACs had raised 101.3 billion U.S. dollars in IPOs in the U.S since the start of the year.

Ultimus LeverPoint provides full accounting and administrative services to SPACs and SPAC sponsors as the SPAC is being launched, throughout the life of the SPAC, and prior to the de-SPACing process. Specific services include:

- Preparation of financial statements and footnotes for SEC filing
- Monthly bookkeeping of the SPAC
- Maintenance of the shareholder registry
- Treasury services
- Reconciliation of bank accounts
- Maintenance of general ledger for the sponsor
- Quarterly reporting for the sponsor
- Preparation of capital calls and distribution calculations and notices
- Distribution of investor correspondence
- 1099 preparation

Adding SPACs to the list of products Ultimus LeverPoint administers is a natural extension of the work already being done by the team, says Evan Audette, EVP, COO for Ultimus LeverPoint, commenting, “The accounting and administration work required for SPACs is something our teams have deep experience in performing.” As for the benefits for SPACs and SPAC sponsors he said, “By engaging Ultimus LeverPoint to service SPACs, it enables sponsors to focus on expanding their portfolio of products, and prioritize the search for and evaluation of acquisition targets, which is their main responsibility.”


---

# Ultimus Appoints Frank Anduiza to Lead Sales Management Efforts for Private Fund Administration Services

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-appoints-frank-anduiza-to-lead-sales-management-efforts-for-private-fund-administration-services/_

# Ultimus Appoints Frank Anduiza to Lead Sales Management Efforts for Private Fund Administration Services

Subscribe

May 3, 2021

**Cincinnati, OHIO** – May 3, 2021 – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent technology driven provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce the addition of industry veteran Frank Anduiza as Executive Vice President, Head of Private Fund Sales, for Ultimus LeverPoint, the firm’s [private fund administration services](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/services/) group. Anduiza will be responsible for new logo revenue of the private fund administration business by driving new client wins and overseeing the private fund business development team at Ultimus LeverPoint (ULP).

“We are very excited to have Frank join our growing team at Ultimus LeverPoint,” commented Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus. “He possesses broad experience in the private fund market segment and keenly understands the financial products that we service. He has a demonstrated ability to deliver results and is well connected to industry business partners. Frank has been successful as both an individual contributor and as a leader overseeing a sales team in the private fund space, and his talent will be critical to expanding our client base.”

Frank J. Anduiza joins Ultimus LeverPoint after departing BNY Mellon as Head of U.S. Business Development where he established and led a sales team focused on selling fund administration services to alternative investment managers in the private equity, hedge fund and real estate segments.

David MacPhee, CEO of Ultimus LeverPoint, is committed to partnering with Anduiza in efforts to grow the firm. “I look forward to working closely with Frank and tapping into his experience and his high level of discipline, energy and focus to help us grow our private fund administration business. Having Frank on our team will allow us to capitalize on our market position and our strong service reputation, and that’s exciting.”

“I am very pleased to join Ultimus LeverPoint and head up the private fund business development efforts,” said Anduiza. “The professionals at ULP have worked diligently to establish the firm as a leading boutique provider in this industry through their delivery of high-value services and a client centric model. Ultimus LeverPoint is poised to take advantage of the market opportunity, especially given their continued investments in industry leading technology. I look forward to leveraging my institutional experience and knowledge to deliver high quality growth for the firm.”

Prior to his position at BNY Mellon, Anduiza was a business development executive based in New York at Citigroup Prime Brokerage. He also served as a business development executive focused on private markets, helping to creating solutions for large and mid-sized asset managers. Earlier in his career, Anduiza served as counterparty credit officer at both Credit Suisse and JP Morgan.


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Names Todd Werner to Senior Operations Position \(1\)

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-names-todd-werner-to-senior-operations-position-1/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Names Todd Werner to Senior Operations Position

Subscribe

September 28, 2021

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – September 15, 2021** – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/), a leading private fund administrator, is pleased to welcome Todd Werner as Senior Vice President, Private Fund Operations to the firm. He will play a central role in working with the client services teams on deliverables and will also help to continue evolving the firm’s operating model through the use of technology. Werner’s 25-year career includes a strong emphasis on developing and enhancing operations to meet client and business challenges for major asset management firms covering alternative investments, including hedge funds, private equity funds and venture capital funds.

In this new position at Ultimus LeverPoint, Werner will lead the firm in leveraging state-of-the-art technology to automate and streamline processes and systems that enhance the client experience, particularly in areas that include reporting, access to data, and communications. He will focus on continuing to build the firm’s operational efficiencies and to enhance the firm’s quality control processes, toward the goal of delivering the best possible service and solutions for alternative fund management clients.

Evan Audette, EVP, COO, Ultimus LeverPoint, says that Werner brings not only depth of experience in operations but also a unique perspective on balancing technology and people. “Todd’s ability to leverage technology in operations is well known in the industry,” he said. “Along with that, he’s also built a reputation for his ‘people first’ philosophy—and for keeping a strong focus on the people behind the processes and making sure clients make the connection too. He has built and led outstanding teams, and we are extremely happy to have him on ours.”

Werner joins Ultimus LeverPoint as the firm continues to scale up and work with clients of all sizes and complexities. His experience reinforces the firm’s institutional strength and its commitment to create ideal team structures for meeting specific client needs and challenges.

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says that Werner’s experience and approach reflect Ultimus’ client-centric mission, as well as the firm’s ongoing commitment to technology and talent. “I have known Todd for almost 20 years,” he stated, “and have been impressed with his approach to harnessing the power of both technology and people to enhance the client experience. We continue to invest in state-of-the-art technology and in the industry’s top talent, and adding Todd to the Ultimus team is a direct reflection of our commitment to both.”

Prior to joining Ultimus LeverPoint, Werner was director of SS&C Technologies private equity services for more than 6 years. Prior to that, Werner spent more than 10 years at CitiBank, NA, where he held successive director-level positions within its private equity services and hedge fund services. His early experience included time with Bank of New York and SEI Investments, and he holds an MBA from Fordham University in New York City.


---

# Ultimus Names Donald Colombo as Senior Vice President of Business Development

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-names-donald-colombo-as-senior-vice-president-of-business-development/_

# Ultimus Names Donald Colombo as Senior Vice President of Business Development

Subscribe

April 7, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – April 7, 2022 – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, continues to invest in industry experienced talent and welcomes Donald Colombo as Senior Vice President of Business Development. Colombo brings over three decades of industry experience and an extensive network of professional relationships that will enable him to play a versatile role at Ultimus, where he will focus on supporting the firm’s growth in registered fund services in the institutional asset manager space, as well as growing Ultimus’ outsourced middle office presence.

Ultimus will leverage Colombo’s strategic problem-solving skills and his deep industry connections to assist new clients with operational challenges and growth initiatives to help them achieve their strategic goals. Colombo was previously instrumental in launching a U.S. digital wealth advisory solution, demonstrating his deep understanding of the asset management, wealth, and technology segments. Clients will benefit from his sensible deal structuring and ability to build strategic partnerships.

Ultimus’ CEO, [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), notes the addition of Colombo will have an immediate impact on our ability to continue the momentum we’ve established the past few years in positioning Ultimus as a leading provider in this space. “Don’s deep experience across sales, managing client relationships and his ability to develop strategic partnerships directly aligns with Ultimus’ goals of meeting clients’ needs. A client-centric and collaborative approach is, and always has been, at the heart of what we do with our clients,” he said. “We are excited to have him join the Ultimus team, and I am confident he will have an immediate impact on helping us achieve our goal of creating tailored solutions for investment managers. His unique insight into the needs of investment managers regarding their focus on optimizing their middle and back-office operations will ultimately enhance our offering.”

Colombo has worked at leading financial institutions such as J.P. Morgan & Co., Citigroup, Inc., and corfinancial^®^. His broad experience covers insurance, asset management, wealth and technology segments aiding the development and closing of fund services, wealth management, custody, payments, securities lending, FX, and middle office outsourcing deals. Ultimately, his former positions display his adeptness at lead generation, brand recognition and deal structuring, product launches, and sales goals attainment across various services and products.

[Gary Harris](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+harris), Ultimus’ EVP, Head of Sales, welcomes Colombo’s unique industry perspective. “Investment managers are left to navigate what continues to be a rapidly evolving and hyper competitive landscape, and hiring Don is a direct reflection of Ultimus’ dedication to listening and assembling a solution which solves for their unique requirements,” he said. “Our team remains committed to providing clients the tools they need to take their businesses to the next level and I am confident that Don will be instrumental in terms of accelerating our continued growth.”

Colombo is a graduate of the Mellon College of Science at Carnegie Mellon University, where he acquired a Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics, Administration and Management Science, and Economics. His academic and tech background, coupled with his practical professional experience, have assisted multiple asset managers gain competitive advantage, reduce risk and gain resiliency in their day-to-day investment management and operational processes.

* * *


---

# Mutual Fund Industry Research Frames Panel Conversation at Recent Ultimus Event

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/mutual-fund-industry-research-frames-panel-conversation-at-recent-ultimus-event/_

# Mutual Fund Industry Research Frames Panel Conversation at Recent Ultimus Event

Subscribe

January 8, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – January 8, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) (Ultimus^®^) today shares insights from a panel discussion with [registered](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/mutual-funds/) fund experts (via video link) during a recently-hosted influencer event in New York. The panel, entitled *“Why Mutual Funds Remain Relevant Today”,* was moderated by Managing Editor [Diana Britton](https://www.linkedin.com/in/diana-britton-8826b53/) of WealthManagement.com, and featured [James Tamposi](https://www.linkedin.com/in/james-tamposi-cfa-3b693845/), a Senior Analyst at Cerulli Associates, and [Pat Newcomb](https://www.linkedin.com/in/patrickwnewcomb/), the Director of Benchmark^™^ Research at FUSE Research Network. The third panelist was [Alma Piscitello](https://www.linkedin.com/in/alma-piscitello-bb47bb4/), Executive Vice President of Relationship Management at Ultimus.

“When discussing trends in the marketplace, institutions generally make vehicle decisions based on costs,” said Tamposi. “A larger institution will directly allocate to a mutual fund to satisfy a specific objective that may include enhancing liquidity, sharing administrative costs, or counteracting the cumbersome liquidation process of separate accounts in the rest of the portfolio.”

During the event, it was noted that the use of separate accounts is more prevalent at the larger AUM levels, and that many organizations see the mutual fund option as the more efficient structure to manage their retail consumer base and streamline the back-office processing of those types of customer accounts.

Newcomb added, “From a retail perspective, we are seeing advisers increasing their use of [asset allocation models](https://www.fuse-research.com/media/1849/fuse-atm-series-model-portfolios-the-advisor-view-2019-press-release.pdf) of mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (ETFs), as well as asset managers rolling out their own model portfolios to meet this rising demand.”

During this thought leadership panel session, participants discussed a variety of considerations for investment management product development that included:

- Institutional and professional buyers who are changing the landscape
- How fee pressures are impacting fund creation decisions
- Outsourcing operations can be beneficial in terms of cost savings and focus for managers
- The value of sub-advisory opportunities
- How to engage with home office decision-makers
- Other wrappers that can complement mutual fund lineups

“Mutual funds are still relevant and showing up in different formats, including sub-advisory relationships and a variety of co-mingled funds,” said Piscitello. “This flexibility benefits managers since they are constantly determining the right product mix for their investors to stay relevant and competitive.”

**LEARN MORE:**

- Listen to the panel conversation [HERE](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/resources/video-library/).
- Thinking of Launching a Mutual Fund? Visit us [HERE](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/mutual-funds/).
- See links to two recent WealthManagement.com articles below: —[Trade Fee Wars](https://www.wealthmanagement.com/industry/trade-fee-war-has-advisors-asking-what-s-catch) —[For Some RIAs, $0 Trades May Bring More Pain Than Gain](https://www.wealthmanagement.com/industry/some-rias-0-trades-may-bring-more-pain-gain)


---

# Private Fund Industry Update Given at Ultimus Influencer Events

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/private-fund-industry-update-given-at-ultimus-influencer-events/_

# Private Fund Industry Update Given at Ultimus Influencer Events

Subscribe

January 15, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – January 15, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) (Ultimus^®^) today shares insights from a panel discussion with Private Fund industry experts ([via a video link](http://leverpoint.com/services/fund-administration/)) during a recent industry event they hosted in New York City. The panel, entitled “Private Funds Update”, was moderated by Lisa Vioni, CEO of Hedge Connection, and featured speakers [David MacPhee](http://leverpoint.com/our-team/), CEO of Ultimus LeverPoint, and [Krista McCoy](http://leverpoint.com/our-team/), Chief Business Development Officer for Ultimus LeverPoint.

“Heightened scrutiny into funds has increased the demand for institutional-grade, back-office administration,” said Vioni. Many funds choose to outsource these functions, as it strengthens their reputation to have a best in class resource handling non-alpha generating activities.”

MacPhee commented, “Managers need to partner with a provider that has a recognized name and reputation to help them navigate all the facets of delivering their investing vision. For many, they only have one opportunity to impress investors and create confidence that the foundation of their enterprise is solid.”

During the event, the panel also covered:

- How fund administrators can help offer transparency and keep funds aligned with Institutional Limited Partners Association (ILPA) standards
- Why third-party valuations are so important
- When investors are assessing emerging managers, defining their criteria for evaluation
- Best practices for handling due diligence questionnaires
- The next-generation of private funds administration based on current market-drivers

McCoy added: “We designed our outsourced private fund administration model so that it encompasses all the elements managers need including robust reporting to respond to new U.S. tax laws, optimal data connectivity for better insights and execution, and access to a team of professionals that can be leveraged as an extension of the manager’s core team. Having streamlined operations results in reducing the workload for managers and provides them the ability to deliver cost savings that impact their fund’s bottom line and flow-through to investors.”

Ultimus LeverPoint will be attending the [Private Equity International (PEI) CFOs & COOs Forum](https://www.peievents.com/en/event/pei-cfos-coos-forum/home/) at the [Grand Hyatt New York](https://www.hyatt.com/en-US/hotel/new-york/grand-hyatt-new-york/nycgh?src=corp_lclb_gmb_seo_nam_nycgh) next week, where you can learn more about how to outsource your private fund administration from our experienced team including Krista McCoy, [Andy Jones](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonesandrewd/), [Jessica Robertson](http://leverpoint.com/our-team/), and [Ehab Orabi](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ehaborabi/). **LEARN MORE:**

- Watch the full panel conversation video [HERE](http://leverpoint.com/services/fund-administration/)
- To learn more about how to facilitate Financial Introductions, visit [Hedge Connection.com](https://hedgeconnection.com/atlas/index.php)
- To learn more about Ultimus’ Acquisition of LeverPoint, read the press release [HERE](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//news-press/ultimus-fund-solutions-acquires-leverpoint-management/).


---

# Bob Dorsey to Retire from Ultimus Fund Solutions After Successful Career in Mutual Fund Industry

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/bob-dorsey-to-retire-from-ultimus-fund-solutions-after-successful-career-in-mutual-fund-industry/_

# Bob Dorsey to Retire from Ultimus Fund Solutions After Successful Career in Mutual Fund Industry

Subscribe

October 26, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – October 26, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration and investor solutions, announced today the retirement plans of Bob Dorsey, one of its Co-Founders, who will be retiring effective March 31, 2021.

Dorsey has served as Managing Director, President, CEO and Co-CEO for over 19 years and in his current role as Vice Chairman of Ultimus since February 2019. After co-founding Ultimus in August 1999, Dorsey played a critical role in developing the overall culture of the company as a professional services firm that held itself to high standards. During his tenure he oversaw the business development and growth opportunities for the company, placing an unwavering focus on client service as a priority.

An icon in the mutual fund industry, Dorsey has a longstanding reputation for diligently pursuing strategic business relationships and solid client partnerships upon which Ultimus was built. His reach extends deep into the industry as he developed many friends and relationships throughout his career of over 40 years.

The legacy he leaves behind is beyond his wildest imagination. “When we started the firm, our goal was not to be the biggest mutual fund administrator in the industry but simply the best in the industry,” Dorsey explained. “One of our objectives was to elevate the status of fund administration to the level of other professional services, such as investment advisory, legal and audit services, and to always focus on delivering the highest level of client services.” He continued: “What I’m most proud of is the fact that Ultimus has been the top-rated fund administrator in the industry as rated by our clients in the annual Global Custodian survey for six years in a row. That is incredibly satisfying to me, and I’m very proud of the culture we have built.”

According to Ultimus CEO, Gary Tenkman, “Bob and his partners started this firm with aspiring goals and they accomplished a great deal. Thanks to Bob’s vision, he helped shape the firm we have today. Many clients that started with Bob and his partners in the early years of Ultimus are still clients today because of the co-founders’ client-centric philosophy.”

Tenkman continued: “Bob has been a mentor to me and many others here at Ultimus. His passion for the firm, our clients, and the industry was always clear to those who interacted with him, and his influence has made an indelible impression on the industry. I thank Bob for the tremendous impact he’s made throughout the years to further the company’s industry-leading service standards.”

Going forward, Dorsey, as part owner, will continue to have a vested interest in the company. Mark Seger, Co-Founder and Vice Chairman, will maintain his current active role with the firm.

Prior to co-founding Ultimus, Dorsey was President of Countrywide Fund Services, Inc., (formerly Leshner Financial). During his 15 years at Countrywide, he held various positions of increasing responsibility including Controller, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer. Previous to that, Dorsey was the Assistant Controller and Tax Manager at Carlisle Enterprises, Inc. and began his career in the tax department of Arthur Andersen. He is a graduate of Christian Brothers University and also serves on the Board of LaSalle High School in Cincinnati, Ohio.


---

# Cornerstone Capital Selects Ultimus as Fund Administrator for Access Impact Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/cornerstone-capital-selects-ultimus-as-fund-administrator-for-access-impact-fund/_

# Cornerstone Capital Selects Ultimus as Fund Administrator for Access Impact Fund

Subscribe

May 12, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – May 12, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, announced today that it was recently selected as fund administrator for the [Cornerstone Capital Access Impact Fund](https://cornerstonecapitalfunds.com/) ([CCIIX](https://www.nasdaq.com/market-activity/funds-and-etfs/cciix)). [Cornerstone Capital Group](https://cornerstonecapinc.com/) is a privately held registered investment adviser based in New York that focuses solely on sustainable and impact investing through targeted Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) strategies without sacrificing financial performance. After a thorough due diligence process, Ultimus was chosen to administer the ESG mutual fund through its Capitol Series Trust. Ultimus is delivering a comprehensive suite of solutions for the ESG fund that includes fund administration, compliance, fund accounting, financial administration, transfer agency and distribution support.

Cornerstone Capital has an outstanding reputation in the industry, investing with a focus on emerging global impact themes, and benefits from the series trust’s turnkey offering. The company applies a variety of risk analysis techniques to evaluate target managers to ensure asset impact efficacy, and aims to identify those who can successfully select companies that can grow earnings at above-average rates over several years, while simultaneously making a meaningful impact.

“Many dedicated impact investment strategies require high-minimum investments, putting them out of reach for most people who would like to invest in ways that achieve a positive societal impact,” said [Erika Karp,](https://cornerstonecapinc.com/bios/erika-karp/) Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Cornerstone Capital Inc. “We created the Access Impact Fund to broaden opportunities for investors to gain access to impact, and have assigned what we believe are the best multi-managers in the business to systematically integrate key ESG factors, underpinned by rigorous research, into their processes and methodologies. That is why we believe Cornerstone is offering one of the most innovative products in the world. Furthermore, we were impressed with the consultative partnership Ultimus employed from the very beginning, as well as the company’s recent demonstration of support for diversity through the addition of two women to this series trust board.”

“At Ultimus, we are grateful to have the opportunity to work with these thought leaders in the ESG space, and our dedicated team is pleased to assist Cornerstone with the expansion of this unique product in the marketplace,” said [Matt Miller](https://www.linkedin.com/in/matt-miller-49388b3/), President of Capitol Series Trust. “Erika and her team have an outstanding reputation in the ESG industry. We look forward to working with their highly-experienced sub-advisers as they continue investing with a focus on emerging global impact themes.”

Access Impact Fund holdings are broken down by regions and sectors that include technology, industrials, communication services, healthcare, consumer discretionary and consumer staples, financials, real estate, and utilities. To learn more, click on the fund facts tab found at [https://cornerstonecapitalfunds.com](https://cornerstonecapitalfunds.com/)

###

**About Cornerstone Capital and CEO Erika Karp**

[Cornerstone Capital Group](https://cornerstonecapinc.com/) serves clients who want their investments to contribute to a more sustainable and inclusive world. The company was founded in 2013 by [Erika Karp,](https://cornerstonecapinc.com/bios/erika-karp/) Founder and CEO, to develop and manage custom investment strategies aimed at achieving targeted environmental and social impact without sacrificing financial performance. She is a recognized entrepreneur, businesswoman, investment adviser, writer, and speaker on issues related to sustainable finance. She also is a strong advocate for promoting employee engagement and diversity in the workplace. Karp is a well-known public speaker throughout the globe on topics including sustainable investing and finance, corporate strategy and modeling, transparency, and excellence in ESG performance. Her urgency to leverage capital markets to move investments towards social impact was honed during her decades working on Wall Street, especially while working as Managing Director and Head of Global Sector Research at UBS Investment Bank. Through her leadership at Cornerstone to merge profit and purpose together, Karp has partnered and advised organizations throughout her career including the [United Nation’s Global Compact](https://www.unglobalcompact.org/), the [Clinton Global Initiative](https://www.clintonfoundation.org/clinton-global-initiative) (CGI), the [Sustainability Accounting Standards Board](https://www.sasb.org/) (SASB), and the [World Economic Forum](https://www.weforum.org/).

###

*You should carefully consider the Fund’s investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses before investing. This information, as well as other important details, are contained in the Fund’s prospectus and summary prospectus, which should be read carefully before investing. To obtain a Fund prospectus or summary prospectus, call 1-800-986-6187.*

*Investing involves risk, including loss of principal. The value of the Fund’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost. Applying ESG and sustainability criteria to the investment process may exclude securities of certain issuers for both investment and non-investment reasons and therefore the Fund may forgo some market opportunities available to funds that do not use ESG or sustainability criteria. Securities of companies with certain focused ESG practices may shift into and out* *of favor depending on market and economic conditions, and the Fund’s performance may at times be better or worse than the performance of funds that do not use ESG or sustainability criteria. Investments in foreign securities involve risks that may be different from those of U.S. securities. Diversification does not ensure a profit or guarantee against loss.*

*Distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC.*


---

# ESG Webinar Covers Operational and Product Development Strategies

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/esg-webinar-covers-operational-and-product-development-strategies/_

# ESG Webinar Covers Operational and Product Development Strategies

Subscribe

May 27, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – May 27, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) (Ultimus^®^), one of the largest independent fund service providers in the U.S, today shares practical insights from a recent webinar hosted and moderated by [Fund Intelligence](https://fundintelligence.global/about-us/) on the growing interest in socially-conscious investing through targeted Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) strategies. Sponsored by Ultimus, the ESG webinar showcased three industry professionals discussing the growing interest in ESG sustainable investing, the operational challenges to consider when launching ESG vehicles, and key regulatory and compliance considerations. Discussion also addressed the various investment vehicles fund groups should think about when converting or rebranding funds under the ESG moniker.

ESG funds are portfolios of equities, bonds and other securities for which environmental, social and governance factors have been integrated into the investment process, particularly those that have passed stringent tests regarding the sustainability of company strategies and/or corporate governance. The goal for any asset manager or investment firm launching ESG vehicles is to develop and manage custom investment strategies that achieve targeted environmental and social impact, while at the same time providing acceptable financial performance.

“When evaluating overall ESG strategies, my number one belief is that the best way to select an ESG vehicle is by evaluating and scoring the data,” said ESG thought leader and webinar panelist [George Gay](https://www.linkedin.com/in/georgergay/), Chief Executive Officer at First Affirmative Financial Network. “For example, somebody concerned about climate change would not be investing in carbon energy or other similar companies. An ESG product launch should be about using scoring data to drive investments so that the average person can clearly understand what best-in-class strategies were utilized, and how to translate those factors to shareholders.”

“There are thousands of ESG investment options in the marketplace, and each represents a particular interest for advisers and investors,” said panelist [Kenneth Grant](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kgygrant/), Independent Trustee and Chair of the Board of Directors for the Unified Series Trust from Ultimus. “One way to narrow down these choices is to use a moral, ethical or value component within the selection framework. To me, ESG factors are integral to all investment outcomes, as well as how they are quantified and standardized so analysts can compare investment options with reliability.”

“Feedback received during the presentation showed that ESG applicability to different product structures and asset-gathering strategies is top-of-mind for many firms,” said panelist [Dave Carson](https://www.linkedin.com/in/dave-carson-5338b32/), Senior Vice President, Client Strategies for Ultimus. “In terms of structures, those thinking about offering ESG products need to understand their target market, their client’s specific needs and their product expertise whether it’s ’40 Act funds, collective investment trusts or private funds. Those key factors should dictate the type of ESG product structure and strategy to be deployed.”

**To learn more:**

- Briefly register to watch the full webinar recording [HERE](https://register.gotowebinar.com/recording/4818985048610696971).
- View panelist bios [HERE](https://fundintelligence.global/events/webinar-esg-product-dev-and-op-considerations-for-asset-managers/).
- Read a recent press release regarding a new ESG fund managed by Cornerstone Capital Inc. [HERE](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/resources/news-press/).


---

# Red Cedar Selects Ultimus as Fund Administrator to Launch a New Fixed Income Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/red-cedar-selects-ultimus-as-fund-administrator-to-launch-a-new-fixed-income-fund/_

# Red Cedar Selects Ultimus as Fund Administrator to Launch a New Fixed Income Fund

Subscribe

April 14, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – April 14, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//)^®^ (Ultimus^®^) announced today that it was recently selected as the fund administration service provider for [Red Cedar Investment Management, LLC](https://redcedarim.com/), a global asset manager and Registered Investment Adviser (RIA) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The new fixed income fund launched with Ultimus’ assistance is part of a [standalone proprietary trust](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/registered-funds/trust-options-series-standalone/) and is comprised of high-quality, short duration bonds with a focus on securitized products. Red Cedar, formed in 2013 to serve institutional clients such as endowments, foundations, and pension funds, today has $1.3 billion in assets under management and is headquartered in Grand Rapids, Michigan. The company is a subsidiary of [Delta Dental](https://www.deltadental.com/) of Michigan and Ohio.

Red Cedar is strategically focused on developing long-term partnerships with its clients by seeking to provide high-quality, income-producing strategies through research across the capital structure, and an expertise in managing preferred securities. The Red Cedar team selected Ultimus for its robust and comprehensive suite of solutions including financial accounting, fund administration, transfer agent, distribution, and full suite of technology services.

“While the series trust structure makes sense for many advisers as they launch mutual funds, they may not be the best solution for every circumstance,” said [Dave Carson](https://www.linkedin.com/in/dave-carson-5338b32/), Vice President, Director of Client Strategies at Ultimus. “Our goal has always been to help investment advisers operate within a structure that makes sense for their business needs. Red Cedar selected Ultimus for the same reason many of our clients choose us – for our hands-on service and support to grow their initial fund, as well as any additional go-to-market products they may develop in the future.”

“Even though they are one of the largest independent providers of registered fund services, Ultimus has a true focus on delivering customized service levels to clients,” said [David Withrow](https://redcedarim.com/team), Director of Portfolio Management for Red Cedar. “While we have an experienced portfolio management and sales team on staff, we are still considered a boutique investment firm. Through our due diligence, we found that Ultimus fit our overall business model very well, and I’ve been impressed with the efficiency and professionalism of their teams to consistently grow portfolios in today’s challenging and ever-changing market.”


---

# Seasoned Financial Industry Professionals Join Ultimus in Key Positions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/seasoned-financial-industry-professionals-join-ultimus-in-key-positions/_

# Seasoned Financial Industry Professionals Join Ultimus in Key Positions

Subscribe

September 15, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – September 15, 2020**  **** – A leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, transfer agency and investor solutions, [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to announce the addition of a number of seasoned industry professionals to key team positions.

Ultimus continues to add impressive talent in senior positions across the company. Ultimus’ record growth—including nine new client conversions so far in 2020 with more in the pipeline—and the company’s strong commitment to innovation and technology make it an attractive employer of choice for experienced industry professionals looking for new opportunity and challenges.

“We are extremely excited about the talent we’ve been adding to the Ultimus team from large investment management firms and administrators,” said Ian Martin, EVP, CAO at Ultimus. “We’re building on our existing base of talented people, which is our greatest asset. These new individuals bring a variety of skills and experiences, which broadens our current capabilities and expands the client experience. All of these new hires have significant years of experience and many have FINRA licenses, which is indicative of their knowledge and ability to add value.”

Martin added, “It’s so refreshing to be able to expand our talent base with proven industry leaders that are motivated to deliver fresh ideas, best practices and leading-edge technology to our firm which focuses exclusively on Fund Administration and to provide our clients and their investors with best-in-class solutions.”

**Below are some of the professionals Ultimus recently welcomed:**

**George Andrews** joined the Ultimus **Transfer Agent Systems** team and will drive key technology and project initiatives. With more than 20 years in transfer agent operations and system support, George was most recently Director of Transfer Agent operations at Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group (MUFG) and previously held leadership roles with Rydex Fund Services and Guggenheim Investments.

**Amber Krueger** will be joining Ultimus as **Assistant Vice President – Shareholder Services** to support our contact center with her experience in knowledge management systems and contact center operations. She joins Ultimus after thirteen years with U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, where she spent the majority of her tenure in the contact center space. She has a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee and a Master of Business Administration from Lakeland University. In addition, she has shared her passion and expertise in contact center operations as a speaker at numerous industry conferences (notably, NICE and ICMI) and as a featured contributor for ICMI.

**Jaclyn Renfro** joined Ultimus as **Manager – Transfer Agent Processing**  **** in charge of specialized processing and is among several associates hired from Invesco Ltd, formerly OppenheimerFunds. Jaclyn brings more than 23 years of experience in transfer agent operations, monetary control and relationship management to her new role at Ultimus, where her focus will include state and local government investment products.

Also joining Ultimus’ **Transfer Agent**  **** team is **Paul Williams** **,** who assumes primary responsibility for oversight of the company’s FSSI relationship and all aspects of shareholder output. Paul previously oversaw U.S. Bank’s output administration group and was responsible for managing the bank’s FSSI and Broadridge relationships. He brings 21 years of experience in transfer agency operations, having led several operations groups responsible for shareholder and dealer support, transaction processing, account maintenance and quality review.

**Paul Leone** joined Ultimus as **Vice President – Senior Counsel** on the legal administration team and will provide legal support services to clients. Previously, Paul worked at Empower Retirement and in fund administration at ALPS. At both firms, he was Senior Counsel. He brings more than 20 years of experience in the financial services industry with CCO and registered funds focus. He holds a B.S. in Finance from Marquette University. He earned a JD at Golden Gate University.

**Jake Schallhorn** joined Ultimus as **Senior Vice President – Fund Accounting** from BNY Mellon. At Ultimus he is responsible for leading and managing various client service teams and is part of the senior management team focusing on best practices, complex securities and technology-related solutions. Jake’s experience spans 24 years in fund accounting and includes positions with BNY Mellon and BISYS. He has also worked with the FIS InvestOne system for the entirety of his fund accounting career.

**Brian Konczos** joined Ultimus as **Senior Manager – Fund Accounting**, managing fund accounting service teams with a primary focus on ETF servicing and registered funds. He was previously with Citi Fund Services and brings 13 years of fund accounting industry experience, including nine years working on exchange-traded funds (ETF) processing and developing ETF operational processes. Brian has worked with the FIS InvestOne accounting system throughout his career.

**Kelley Crace** joined Ultimus as a **Senior Manager – Fund Accounting**, responsible for managing fund accounting client service teams. Prior to joining Ultimus, Kelley worked as Assistant Vice President at Citi Fund Services for over 10 years where she worked on many client relationships and gained considerable experience with complex asset types like swaps and bank loans. She holds a bachelor’s degree in Accounting and Forensic Accounting from Franklin University.

According to Gary Harris, EVP, Head of Sales, the new hires from these large organizations is really a confirmation of Ultimus’ focus and commitment to continuing to invest in and deliver institutional grade solutions which deliver both scale and quality while providing a valued client experience. “Their familiarity and proficiency with sophisticated industry technology and best practices enables us to further strengthen our ability to service any size client or complexity of products that an investment management firm may offer,” said Harris. “Particularly at a time when fund sponsors are looking at optimizing their overall business and current provider relationships, and lowering their total cost of ownership, this positions us well to deliver exceptional value.”

Ultimus expects to continue its hiring trend. There are a number of open positions which can be accessed via a link on the firm’s Careers page [https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//about-ultimus/careers/](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/careers/).


---

# Segall Bryant & Hamill Converts Over $2.5Bn in AUM to Ultimus for Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/segall-bryant-hamill-converts-over-25bn-in-aum-to-ultimus-for-fund-administration/_

# Segall Bryant & Hamill Converts Over $2.5Bn in AUM to Ultimus for Fund Administration

Subscribe

January 16, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – January 16, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ (Ultimus^®^) is proud to announce that it was selected as the fund administration service provider of choice for [Segall Bryant & Hamill](https://www.sbhic.com/) (SBH), a large independent investment firm based in Chicago, Illinois. SBH appointed Ultimus to convert the firm’s 17 mutual funds with over $2.5Bn in Assets Under Management (AUM), and provide a suite of services including financial accounting, fund administration, transfer agent, compliance, and distribution. SBH offers fee-based investment strategies through pooled investment vehicles including mutual funds and Collective Investment Trusts (CITs).

After an extensive and comprehensive search process, the firm selected Ultimus for its robust and wide-ranging service model, full technology suite, and strong client and project management approach. Ultimus completed the complicated conversion process from SBH’s two previous service providers in December 2019.

“Throughout our diligence process, we were impressed by Ultimus’ client-centric approach and investment in technology. Like SBH, Ultimus is an ascending boutique solutions provider, delivering a customized and comprehensive solution for clients,” said [Philip Hildebrandt,](https://www.sbhic.com/teams/leadership/) Principal and Chief Executive Officer of SBH. “While the impact on our total cost was a factor, our decision to partner with Ultimus was heavily impacted by its strong client references, professional and seasoned staff, and a culture similar to our own.”

“We’re very pleased to be the administrator of choice for SBH. Based on the quality work that we deliver daily to our clients, our responsiveness, and our commitment to technology, we were able to begin a long-term partnership with SBH,” said Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer for Ultimus. “Our reputation as a high-touch boutique service provider with institutional strength offerings is growing in the industry. Ultimately, it was our client-first approach, which we have in common with SBH, that led to the successful collaboration of our professionals with the SBH team and that also helped seal the deal.”

“Throughout the step-by-step conversion process for these 17 funds, we worked closely with our Ultimus relationship manager and the project conversion team to make sure our shareholders, board members, fund advisers and investors were kept in the loop,” said[Jasper Frontz,](https://www.sbhic.com/teams/leadership/) Principal and Chief Compliance Officer for SBH Funds. “I’ve been impressed with the professionalism and efficiency of the Ultimus teams and pleased with how relatively seamless the fund servicing conversions were executed both from our perspective and that of our shareholders.”

###

**About Segall Bryant & Hamill**

Segall Bryant & Hamill (SBH) is an independent investment firm headquartered in Chicago, with offices in Denver, St. Louis, Philadelphia, and Naples, Florida. The firm was established in 1994 and as of September 30, 2019, had over $20 billion in assets under management/assets under advisement. SBH offers a range of investment strategies and customized solutions for institutional and wealth management clients, including domestic, international, and global equity; fixed income; and alternatives. For more information, visit [www.sbhic.com](https://www.sbhic.com/).


---

# Ultimus Announces Addition of uETF™ Application to uSUITE® Platform

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-announces-addition-of-uetf-application-to-usuite-platform/_

# Ultimus Announces Addition of uETF™ Application to uSUITE® Platform

Subscribe

November 17, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – November 17, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce the release of another innovation technology application, uETF™, as part of the firm’s uSUITE^®^ framework which includes uPRICE, uTRANSACT and uNAV applications, among others. Designed to further streamline and add functionality to the firm’s exchange-traded funds (ETFs) processing capability, the uETF app will increase efficiency, improve transparency, and reduce risk.

Servicing ETFs for close to a decade, Ultimus offers fund administration solutions for active and passive ETFs, both transparent and non-transparent through its series and standalone trust solutions. With the soaring popularity of ETFs among advisers and in the marketplace, the uETF enhancements add even more capability and bandwidth to Ultimus’ proven service infrastructure. Notably, uETF allows Ultimus to scale effortlessly as ETF offerings increase in number and complexity in the marketplace.

As part of a fully interconnected technology ecosystem comprising numerous uSUITE applications, uETF deploys cutting edge technology using machine learning, artificial intelligence and robotic process automation (RPA). In doing so, uETF streamlines the ETF workflow and dataflow processes with end-to-end, “straight-through” processing, providing layers of quality control, auditability and data integrity. uETF also pulls in critical security and pricing data automatically from external sources while delivering enhanced capabilities and reporting to clients.

Clients also benefit from additional features within uETF, as the automated system allows nightly portfolio composition files, which are essential to ETFs, to be sent in a shorter timeframe. In addition, since the app is internally developed, it is easily adaptable for future enhancements and additional reporting capabilities.

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman calls uETF “a considerable resource” in the firm’s ETF servicing capabilities. “We are exceptionally proud of the uSUITE technology ecosystem and the benefits of the uETF application,” he says. “With its unique, proprietary, end-to-end automation, uETF takes the speed, scalability and integrity of our ETF processes to an entirely new level.

“uETF—and uSUITE—reflect Ultimus’ continuing commitment to investing in technology and to ensuring that our clients have the benefit of excellent ETF servicing, which we believe is second to none in the industry. We then combine this technology investment with a team of ETF professionals, adept in the entire ecosystem, who can help asset managers make informed decisions as they consider product development options around ETFs. If you are thinking about launching an ETF you should speak with Ultimus to see how we can help.”

For investment advisers interested in opportunities with ETFs, Ultimus is presenting a 3-part webinar series on this product in conjunction with guest speakers from various industry platforms. The first webinar was August 25 covering the topic of ETFs in a virtual world. During that webinar, the guest speaker discussed: trends in listings, the shift in product promotion, and product structures as a result of the new ETF rule and semi-transparency. The second webinar, set for November 17, will cover active management solutions for ETFs. And during the third webinar in this 3-part series, scheduled for December 2, the Ultimus team will engage panelists regarding how to implement and market semi-transparent solutions. Please join the Ultimus team as it explores the multiple facets of ETFs.


---

# Ultimus Appoints Ned Siegel to Join Sales Efforts for Private Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-appoints-ned-siegel-to-join-sales-efforts-for-private-fund-administration/_

# Ultimus Appoints Ned Siegel to Join Sales Efforts for Private Fund Administration

Subscribe

April 7, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – April 7, 2020**  **–** Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^(Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions to traditional and alternative fund managers, is pleased to announce the addition of [Edward (Ned) Siegel](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ned-siegel/) as Senior Vice President of Business Development within [Ultimus LeverPoint](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/). This hire reinforces the focus on Ultimus’ alternative fund administration services, complementing its acquisition of LeverPoint Management last year which expanded the company’s footprint in that space.

In his role at Ultimus LeverPoint, Siegel will be part of a team responsible for driving new business growth of the firm’s [private fund administration services](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/services/). He joins Ultimus with extensive institutional experience and professional accomplishments, previously working at two large private fund administrators with a focus on private equity, credit/debt, hybrid, hedge and real estate administration services.

“We’re excited to have Ned join our team, helping us continue to build our brand and presence in the private fund space as one of the leading, independent administrators,” said Gary Harris, EVP Head of Sales for Ultimus. “Ned’s extensive experience and relationships will further help us to execute on our market strategy for this important segment of our business, and win new and larger mandates.”

[David MacPhee](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/our-team/), Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus LeverPoint, had this to say about Ultimus and Siegel, “Since joining forces with Ultimus, we’ve been able to scale our business with further investments in technology, service capabilities and resources. The addition of Ned to the team will help propel our growth and we’re glad to have someone with his tremendous product knowledge and industry connections on board.” He also stated, “With Ultimus’ support and Ned’s capabilities, we’ll continue to provide the differentiated high-quality service that we’re known for while we grow the business.”

Prior to joining Ultimus, Siegel’s most recent role with The Bank of New York Mellon was Director of Business Development within the alternative investment services group. Before BNYM, Siegel acted in several capacities at State Street Corporation in Boston, including serving as the Head of North American Sales for the alternative investment solutions segment, focused in private equity and real estate administration services. Siegal earned his bachelor’s degree from McGill University and an MBA from Boston University. He will be working out of the Ultimus LeverPoint Boston office.


---

# Ultimus, Co-Founder Dorsey Win Prestigious Year-End Awards from Global Custodian

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-co-founder-dorsey-win-prestigious-year-end-awards-from-global-custodian/_

# Ultimus, Co-Founder Dorsey Win Prestigious Year-End Awards from Global Custodian

Subscribe

January 13, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – January 13, 2021** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to announce that the firm—and one of its co-founders—have received prestigious awards from *Global Custodian*, the leading publication covering the international securities services business.

As part of *Global Custodian’*s year-end Industry Leaders Awards, Ultimus was named **Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year** and also received the **Mutual Fund Administration Client Service Award.** In addition, Ultimus Co-Founder and Vice Chairman Bob Dorsey received *Global Custodian’s* **Lifetime Achievement Award**. Receiving these awards tops off an extraordinary year for Ultimus as the firm converted 11 clients with existing funds from other service providers or from in-house, self-administration processes.

The **2020 Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year** award represents an unprecedented fourth consecutive win for Ultimus. It reflects the firm’s remarkable performance in the Mutual Fund Administration client survey, which Global Custodian said provided “resounding feedback from clients” on the service they receive from Ultimus. Earlier in the year, also as part of the Mutual Fund Administration Survey by *Global Custodian*, Ultimus earned for the sixth consecutive year both the **Market Outperformer Award** and **Category Outperformer**  **** accreditations based on client responses. The company received the highest overall score from investment adviser clients for providing high-quality fund administration services, adding to its list of [industry awards](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/awards/).

Dorsey, who will retire on March 31, 2021, received *Global Custodian’s* **Industry Leaders Lifetime Achievement Award**. He has served Ultimus for 19 years as Managing Director, President, CEO and Co-CEO and has been Vice Chairman since February 2019. Since co-founding Ultimus in August 1999, Dorsey has played a critical role in developing the firm’s strong professional services culture, overseeing business development and growth opportunities for the company with an unwavering focus on client service. Considered an icon in the industry, Dorsey built the company—and his reputation—on developing strategic business relationships and solid client partnerships throughout his more than 40-year career.

“We are honored to receive these distinguished industry awards,” said Ultimus Chief Executive Officer Gary Tenkman. “We are so proud of the firm’s incredible accomplishments in the past year—an unprecedented 11 client conversions, all completed in a challenging work-from-home pandemic environment. Above all, this is a testament to our talented professionals and our continuing investment in the best technology to help our clients be successful.”

“The multiple awards from *Global Custodian* are especially meaningful because they are based on client responses and experiences with us,” Tenkman said. “They are reflective of Ultimus’ institutional strength which is delivered with boutique-type service and our unwavering commitment to listening and responding to clients’ needs. Our clients are our valued partners— and we share the awards with each and everyone.”

Tenkman continued: “Certainly not least, we congratulate Bob Dorsey on receiving *Global Custodian’s* **Lifetime Achievement Award**—it is well deserved and well earned. Many of our clients who started with Bob are still with us because of his client-centric philosophy. Bob’s vision has been instrumental in shaping the firm we have today.”

[Global Custodian’s](https://www.globalcustodian.com/events/fund-services-2020-a-documentary/?pid=ab&amp;eday=1) annual awards dinner was replaced this year by a film presentation, *Fund Services 2020: A documentary* that recognized a turbulent year in the securities industry, along with noteworthy achievements made by the industry’s fund administrators and winners of the publication’s Industry Leaders Awards.


---

# Ultimus Enhances its Fund Servicing Efficacy with uSUITE®, A Robotic Process Automation-Based Technology

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-enhances-its-fund-servicing-efficacy-with-usuite-a-robotic-process-automation-based-technology/_

# Ultimus Enhances its Fund Servicing Efficacy with uSUITE®, A Robotic Process Automation-Based Technology

Subscribe

September 22, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – September 22, 2020**  **** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), one of the largest independent fund service providers and an award-winning fund administrator, is pleased to share that it completed the second phase of the company’s proprietary uSUITE^®^ technology launch, solidly laying the groundwork for the firm’s innovative technology strategy.

uSUITE uses Robotic Process Automation (RPA) to streamline massive amounts of back-end data processing, eliminating the need for manual intervention. As a result, Ultimus team members have more time to interact with clients and understand their specific fund nuances and needs, driving productivity, quality, timeliness and client satisfaction. Notably, the firm continues to earn client satisfaction accreditations for its outstanding service levels, including recognition in the [Global Custodian Fund Administration Survey](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/news-press/ultimus-receives-highest-scores-in-global-custodians-mutual-fund-administration-survey-2/) earlier this year.

Originally launched in 2018, uSUITE is a product of the company’s long-term commitment to investing in technology and client service. Its underlying applications feature built-in robotic processing software, machine learning algorithms and various application programming interfaces (APIs). Incorporating a data and technology strategy and built on architecture put in place by the Ultimus development team, the uSUITE platform is being rolled out in phases. The various applications developed and implemented in the past few years helped streamline the fund accounting and investor services workflow and transformed large areas of the operations to exception-based processing. This initial framework allows Ultimus to begin releasing a number of client facing applications through the rest of 2020 and beyond.

“We take great pride in having daily analytics, exception-based processing and increased productivity using in-house-built applications for tasks that other firms would typically outsource to other countries,” commented Bill Tomko, EVP, Head of Fund Servicing at Ultimus. “Implementing the uSUITE platform has improved our overall operations, which enables us to reduce risk and provide clients with higher service levels as well as to scale quickly for large new client onboardings.”

Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer Jason Stevens emphasizes that Ultimus’ biggest asset is the capability of uSUITE applications to handle extraordinary amounts of data each day without manual intervention. “Our automation easily handles the kind of market volatility volumes we saw earlier this year,” he said. “With our commitment to, and investments in, technology along with development of our digital strategy, we were able to masterfully build out the architecture for this innovative and proprietary platform over the last few years.”

An example of the benefits of uSUITE, one particular application within the platform, uPRICE, enables automated second source pricing of underlying securities within a fund, based on specific tolerances, which is part of determining the fund’s net asset value on a daily basis. uPRICE is customizable by client and fund, allowing Ultimus to tailor to specific fund requirements and tolerances. It is also flexible through its APIs with several market data vendors. This was highlighted during the extreme market volatility earlier this year when uPRICE auto-verified over 20 times the typical volume of prices without human intervention, allowing Ultimus to meet end-of-day pricing deadlines while alleviating client concerns and reducing risk of manual pricing tolerance reviews.

By the end of 2020, Ultimus will roll out Phase III of the uSUITE platform, which will provide data seamlessly to clients through applications that are currently in development and testing. “We continue to innovate, invest and provide clients with valuable tools,” said Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman. “The next phase of uSUITE will include client-facing applications that will deliver new digital tools, revolutionary transparent oversight, and consolidated access points for investment managers. Our goal is to help clients turn data into information they can use to run their fund adviser businesses more effectively.”


---

# Ultimus Expands Distribution Advantage Program to Include Client Forum

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-expands-distribution-advantage-program-to-include-client-forum/_

# Ultimus Expands Distribution Advantage Program to Include Client Forum

Subscribe

August 26, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – August 26, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), one of the largest independent fund service providers in the U.S, announced today that it has expanded its Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) program to include the Ultimus Client Forum. Created to serve as a collaborative online discussion platform, the forum will be included on the client exclusive UDA website allowing fund sponsors to interact with industry peers and with Ultimus’ distribution support group. This expansion is part of the programs’ commitment to continually provide value for fund sponsor clients and evolving with the needs of partners.

For ease of use, the client forum includes preset distribution related discussion categories for marketing, platforms/intermediaries, conferences/events and products. In addition, users can create additional categories as needed. The forum is designed to allow clients to post questions, share best practices, or inquire about distribution related challenges. The system also allows users to subscribe to streams of conversations from a category of particular interest or from all categories. To protect identities, an advanced feature of the system allows clients to post anonymously if preferred.

Launched in 2014, the Ultimus Distribution Advantage program includes providing strategic advice and resources throughout every step of the fund set-up and distribution process, from product design and positioning, through distribution channel recommendations and relationship building. The program assists fund sponsors in executing their fund’s distribution strategy and to stand out in this competitive landscape.

“Ultimus is in a unique position to support numerous clients with varied products and disciplines and we are committed to learning from them how to provide better solutions to their challenges,” commented Kevin Guerette, President of Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC. “Our goal is to give our fund sponsor clients the same ability to collaborate with peers and share insights, allowing our clients to compete on a more level playing field in this competitive marketplace.”

“As we demonstrate our commitment to support our clients’ businesses day in and day out, we attract even more quality prospects. We continue to evolve our services including enhancing this program which has already been successful for many years,” said Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus. “Our team is focused on helping clients grow and the UDA program is one of the ways we provide increased value to our clients. Our entire service team offers additional value, whether it’s through expanding services, providing industry insights, sharing detailed knowledge or offering desirable technology applications. We’re here to service our clients and we do it well.”

“The distribution support we’ve received over the past two years from the UDA program has been outstanding. We’ve leveraged various aspects of the program and we’re excited about this new additional feature,” said Jeff Thompson, CEO WE Donoghue, an Ultimus client.

Another Ultimus client, Patrick Slack, Director of Institutional Relationships at Davenport Asset Management, commented, “We have found the distribution resources and knowledge that Ultimus delivers to be invaluable. The monthly webinars with various industry experts are insightful and the platform information on the website is very beneficial as we explore new opportunities. The forum will be another great addition and we’re looking forward to participating.”

The UDA program supports clients’ distribution efforts in multiple ways and continues to expand as the market and fund industry evolves. For more information regarding our services, including the Ultimus Distribution Advantage program, send an email to [inquiry@ultimusfundsolutions.com](mailto:kguerette@ultimusfundsolutions.com).

###

*Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC, provides fund distribution services through its affiliated broker-dealers: Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC, and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC. Each of which is a registered broker-dealer and member of FINRA.*


---

# Ultimus Introduces uTRANSACT™ Online Shareholder & Adviser Portal

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-introduces-utransact-online-shareholder-adviser-portal/_

# Ultimus Introduces uTRANSACT™ Online Shareholder & Adviser Portal

Subscribe

October 14, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – October 14, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce the availability of uTRANSACT™, an advanced digital portal that provides real-time information and account access for both shareholders and advisers. Developed in conjunction with Ultimus’ uSUITE® group of technology applications, the exclusive uTRANSACT portal is offered as part of the firm’s Shareholder Services and Transfer Agent offerings.

uTRANSACT can be customized to the needs and branding requirements of the investment adviser’s organization and launched from their website. It allows multiple levels of user access, including shareholder, broker firm, broker branch, broker representative and fund adviser.

Built around sophisticated compliance and fraud prevention technology, uTRANSACT features cutting-edge user profile security and password procedures, including multi-factor authentication and a unique, instant bank account verification process.

The uTRANSACT portal incorporates a sleek look and modern interfaces, designed to provide a highly enhanced user experience. Among its most attractive features:

- A single, 24/7 sign-on;
- An easy and secure account opening process;
- Smart and interactive user messaging;
- Customizable internal rate-of-return calculations; and
- Account information that is updated in real time—not batched—because it is tied directly to the record-keeping system.

“Ultimus spent the last 18 months diligently working on our digital offering, which includes uTRANSACT and multiple other uSUITE applications, to better service fund managers and their shareholders,“ says Ian Martin, Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus. “Interestingly, many other service providers have not yet made technology a priority. In fact, a 2019 Asset Management study conducted by Deloitte Luxembourg found that despite asset managers’ satisfaction with their service providers, more than 55 percent are dissatsified with the providers’ digital capabilities.”

“Ultimus is recognized in the industry for our ongoing commitment to investing in technology. With uTRANSACT, we’ve further deepened our commitment to a range of digital capabilities, particularly in driving exceptional user experiences and in meeting our clients’ unique needs,” says Gary Tenkman, Ultimus CEO. “Our focus is on helping clients retain and grow their shareholder base. And, providing an exceptional digitial experience with our uTRANSACT portal is a great way to demonstrate that.”

(Source: Deloitte, 2019 Asset Management Survey, page 33.)


---

# Ultimus Names Chief Financial Officer

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-names-chief-financial-officer/_

# Ultimus Names Chief Financial Officer

Subscribe

July 16, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – July 16, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce that seasoned financial executive [Michael K. Neborak](https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-k-neborak-19640812/) joined the company as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO). Neborak most recently served as EVP, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer at First Data Corporation.

As CFO at Ultimus, Neborak is responsible for managing the organization’s financial operations, overseeing capital allocation and capital markets activities, driving cash flow performance, managing relationships with investors, debt holders and rating agencies, assessing risks and opportunities, and leading teams from both finance and corporate accounting. He brings an extensive background in the financial services industry and possesses a wealth of knowledge and experience in accounting, capital raising, mergers and acquisitions, finance transformation, investor relations, SEC reporting, financial planning and analysis, and treasury.

“Michael’s extensive background with growth companies, as well as his depth of knowledge in the financial services industry will be instrumental as we continue to focus on scalability,” said Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus. “His past accomplishments have demonstrated his skill for inspiring financial teams under his watch, and for helping firms transform and progress to meet overall strategic goals. We are very pleased to welcome Michael to the Ultimus executive team.”

“In searching for a new role, I had three goals in mind that included joining a company where I could help create value, continue to work in a dynamic industry, and collaborate in a true team environment,” said Neborak. “In the end, Ultimus fulfilled those requirements and more, and I’m confident that with the professional teams in place across the firm we can execute on established plans to drive consistent growth. I look forward to partnering with the executive team and continuing to build on their success.”

Neborak has worked in the financial services industry for more than 30 years. He previously served in many executive and CFO roles throughout his career including with First Data Corporation, Willis Group Holdings plc, MSCI Inc., and Citigroup Alternative Investments. He also worked at Solomon Smith Barney in the Investment Banking Division in increasing roles of responsibility, and began his career at Arthur Andersen & Co. Neborak earned his bachelor’s degree in Economics from Lafayette College and an MBA from New York University.


---

# Ultimus Names Kelly Ramsey Gooch to Lead Client Relationship Management for Private Fund Administration

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-names-kelly-ramsey-gooch-to-lead-client-relationship-management-for-private-fund-administration/_

# Ultimus Names Kelly Ramsey Gooch to Lead Client Relationship Management for Private Fund Administration

Subscribe

December 3, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – December 2, 2020** – As a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to welcome Kelly Ramsey Gooch as Executive Vice President, Client Relationship Officer for Ultimus LeverPoint, the firm’s [private fund administration services](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/services/) group.

[Gooch](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/our-team/) joined Ultimus LeverPoint in October 2020, bringing 25 years of experience at large fund administrators in senior-level and executive client-facing positions within the registered and private fund administration business. In her role at Ultimus LeverPoint, she is responsible for the development and execution of the relationship management strategy and leading the day-to-day client relationship management efforts to drive client satisfaction, retention and growth.

In alignment with Ultimus’ relationship management model, Gooch works closely with the Ultimus LeverPoint relationship management team and clients to focus on strategic engagements with clients, client satisfaction and communication. She is also responsible for internal accountability through planning, advocacy, day-to-day interaction, and best practices designed to drive understanding of clients’ business priorities, deepen client relationships, and help them achieve results.

Prior to joining Ultimus LeverPoint, Gooch’s career focused on developing relationships with alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction, having served in key roles with several large, global service providers. In addition to relationship management, Gooch’s experience includes fund administration, operations management, investor services, project management, business development, and client implementations.

“We are excited to welcome Kelly in this key leadership role,” said [David MacPhee](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/our-team/), Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus LeverPoint. “Her insights and skills in cultivating and building on client relationships at the most senior levels are well-known in the industry and are second to none. She has a proven track record as an accomplished, integrity-driven professional and a well-earned reputation as the ‘go-to’ person for getting things done.”

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman said that the addition of Gooch to the Ultimus LeverPoint executive team represents the continued investment in the firm’s client-centric culture and commitment to excellence. “Our client relationships are obviously the foundation of our business, and we continue to invest in the very best resources in the industry—both in terms of talent and technology—to develop strong partnerships with our clients,” he said. “By combining those same values with her exceptional skills and industry experience, Kelly is a driving force in leading our client relationship efforts, both strategically and operationally.”

Gooch received her B.S. in Accounting from Ramapo College of New Jersey and her M.S. in Leadership from Duquesne University. She is currently pursuing a doctorate degree in Strategic Leadership.


---

# Ultimus Receives Highest Scores in Global Custodian’s Mutual Fund Administration Survey

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-receives-highest-scores-in-global-custodian-s-mutual-fund-administration-survey/_

# Ultimus Receives Highest Scores in Global Custodian’s Mutual Fund Administration Survey

Subscribe

July 22, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – July 21, 2020**  **** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), one of the largest independent provider of mutual fund servicing in the U.S., is delighted to announce it received the highest overall score in *Global Custodian*’s Mutual Fund Administration Survey for the sixth consecutive year. Based on survey results, Ultimus earned both the Market Outperformer and Category Outperformer [accreditations](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/awards/) from Global Custodian again for the sixth year in a row. The survey results provide evidence of Ultimus’ focus on providing high-quality service to clients.

The annual Mutual Fund Administration Survey, administered by *Global Custodian*, recognizes mutual fund service providers which deliver exceptional service levels to fund sponsors. Consistent with last year’s survey, fund sponsors evaluated their current service providers in 14 different categories, such as client service, fund accounting, transfer agency, distribution support, reporting, compliance, and on-boarding. Ultimus received the highest overall average score, 6.67 out of 7.0, achieving the highest score in 9 out of 14 categories and the second-highest score in the four other categories.

“We’re grateful to once again receive the top scores in this industry survey,” said Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus. “We have demonstrated consistency in our team’s industry-leading service delivery year in and year out as it’s not a one-year priority, but rather its core to our culture.”

In the survey, clients of Ultimus shared ‘overwhelmingly positive’ comments, as reported by *Global Custodian* in the full report. Comments included:

- *“The fund accounting group is meticulous, dedicated and has many years of experience”*
- *“They are highly responsive to inquiries”*

“We seek to earn our clients’ trust, day in and day out. To that end we continuously look for opportunities to add tangible value,” said Bill Tomko, EVP, Head of Fund Servicing at Ultimus. “Over the years we’ve stayed successful by delivering consistent, top-notch service which makes a difference for our clients. Even before a client engages Ultimus, we focus on understanding their business needs, it’s part of our team’s DNA to be there as a partner. The survey results substantiate our core strength in service and value, year after year.”

Underlining this client-centric focus, Ultimus makes ongoing investments in professionals and technology. Experienced professionals provide clients with valuable information and deep industry knowledge to help enhance their business strategy as they look to the future. And the investments in technology keep fund sponsors at the forefront of innovation. To showcase both aspects, Ultimus plans to hold a virtual open house for prospective clients during a webinar event later this week, *Advancing Fund Services Through Innovation*. If you are a prospective client and interested in an invitation, please reach out to Gary Harris, EVP Head of Sales at Ultimus.


---

# Ultimus Supports Launch of Novel Private Equity Interval Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-supports-launch-of-novel-private-equity-interval-fund/_

# Ultimus Supports Launch of Novel Private Equity Interval Fund

Subscribe

October 21, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – October 20, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to share that it recently played a significant role in helping a new client, Primark Capital, bring an innovative fund product to market. As an interval fund that focuses on private equity, the new Primark Private Equity Investments Fund is one of the first funds that gives non-accredited retail investors access to private equity market investment opportunities. Primark Capital’s leadership is a combination of the former CEO of a $12 billion RIA and two co-founders of Red Rocks Capital, a $1.9 billion private equity fund.

Ultimus aligned with a multi-organizational team of industry professionals to help facilitate launching the new and novel fund in a Delaware statutory trust that was initially registered under the ’40 Act for accredited investors and subsequently registered under the ’33 Act for non-accredited, retail investors. Ultimus facilitated the fund launch and provides daily administration, accounting and transfer agency services, as well as board of trustees support for the fund. To service the fund, Ultimus operates on a real-time recordkeeping system which provides native capital call and tender offer processing customized by client. The advanced framework of the system allows Ultimus to quickly implement customized capabilities and develop bespoke solutions with unmatched specificity.

Primark Capital Managing Director [Michael Bell](https://primarkcapital.com/leadership/) said that Ultimus and the team brought the Primark Private Equity Investments Fund to market in a compressed time frame that helped Primark reach its goal of giving retail investors noteworthy access to private equity. “We have been impressed with Ultimus’ responsiveness to our complex needs and the institutional quality the company brought to bear to this project,” he said. “We knew we needed a team comprising the best industry experts we could find to bring what we feel is an unconventional type of investment opportunity to market. Working with the rest of the team and with counsel, Ultimus was instrumental in helping to deliver the product expeditiously and flawlessly.”

Gary Harris, EVP, Head of Business Development for Ultimus, said that Primark identified a unique fund strategy, then assembled a group of partners to deliver the product to market. “Primark came up with an innovative idea for tapping an increasing retail demand for private equity,” he says. “We believe the Primark Private Equity Investments Fund is a creative way to provide retail investors access to private equity investment opportunities, hopefully giving Primark a competitive advantage. We are delighted that Ultimus was chosen to work with Primark to launch the fund. We are proud of the experience and resources we have developed over the years to support and service the diverse investment strategies that can be delivered through interval and tender-offer funds.”

* * *

**Disclosures**

*Investors should carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the fund before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the fund, and it should be read carefully before investing. Investors may obtain a copy of the prospectus by calling 877-792-0924.*

The Shares are speculative and illiquid securities involving substantial risk of loss. An investment in the Fund is appropriate only for those investors who do not require a liquid investment, for whom an investment in the Fund does not constitute a complete investment program, and who fully understand and are capable of assuming the risks of an investment in the Fund.


---

# Ultimus Supports Shelton Capital Management-ICON Advisers, Inc. in New Partnership

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-supports-shelton-capital-management-icon-advisers-inc-in-new-partnership/_

# Ultimus Supports Shelton Capital Management-ICON Advisers, Inc. in New Partnership

Subscribe

October 29, 2020

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – October 28, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting and investor solutions, recently delivered timely operational support to a fund sponsor client, Shelton Capital Management (Shelton), as it restructured another mutual fund family. Earlier this year, Shelton announced a transaction with ICON Advisers after which Ultimus promptly helped facilitate the consolidation of the funds and conversion from another service provider.

As part of the transaction with ICON, Shelton restructured the ICON funds into a Shelton Capital mutual fund trust while at the same time merging two ICON funds into two of its five-star rated funds. During the transaction between the two firms and subsequent restructuring, Ultimus provided various support services in the consolidation of select ICON funds into a streamlined lineup of 8 funds, helping Shelton gain additional scale and efficiency quickly, lowering its overall total cost of ownership of the funds. According to Shelton’s announcement, the innovative transaction is expected to reduce fund operating expenses by $1,800,000 annually for shareholders.

Shelton, a multi-strategy asset manager with over $3 Billion in assets under management (AUM) and offices in San Francisco, Denver and Greenwich, has been a valuable client of Ultimus since 2014. Post conversion, Ultimus will provide fund accounting and transfer agent services for these additional funds. Shelton is the named investment adviser and ICON is the sub-adviser to the remaining ICON funds.

“A big part of our growth strategy includes mergers and acquisitions and the back office work on mutual fund transactions is complex,” said Shelton Capital Management CEO Steve Rogers. “Ultimus helped ensure that each of our transactions were executed perfectly. That’s important to the mutual fund boards, the advisers and especially the shareholders. In a complex transaction like this ICON effort, it’s great to have Ultimus on our team.”

According to Bill Tomko, EVP, Head of Fund Servicing for Ultimus, the ability to provide additional services quickly while delivering uncompromising quality and value reflects an ongoing focus on expanding the capabilities with the best technology and talent in the industry. “We are excited to be working with the management teams of both Shelton Capital Management and ICON Advisers,” he said, “and to provide fund accounting and transfer agent services for Shelton and ICON. We look forward to supporting the partnership by delivering the kind of client experience and exceptional value for which Ultimus is known.”


---

# Ultimus Captures Top Awards at Industry Ceremony, Accepting Four Awards in One Night

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-captures-top-awards-at-industry-ceremony-accepting-four-awards-in-one-night/_

# Ultimus Captures Top Awards at Industry Ceremony, Accepting Four Awards in One Night

Subscribe

December 1, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – December 1, 2021** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading tech-enabled provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions is honored to announce it received a number of industry renowned awards at the 2021 Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards dinner held in New York recently.

The awards ceremony recognizes achievements of service providers in the fund administration industry and fund administrators whose quality of services excel beyond their peers. In the mutual fund category, Ultimus won both the Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year and Best Client Service awards. In the private fund category, the firm also received the Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year and Technology awards for its private fund administration business unit, Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions.

The awards are based, in part, on *Global Custodian’s 2021* *Mutual Fund* and *Private Equity Fund Administration Surveys*, which were independently administered earlier this year by the publication. Both Ultimus Fund Solutions and Ultimus LeverPoint significantly outpaced industry averages in all applicable fund servicing categories, reflecting a resounding confirmation from both registered and private fund clients of the firm’s client-centric service model and commitment to excellence.

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says, “Our range of fund administration services for asset managers shows our commitment to providing customizable and beneficial solutions. We’re dedicated to investing in leading-edge technology, top industry talent, as well as custom-tailoring our services. By putting forth persistent efforts and investments into our technology, we continue to evolve and enhance client experiences, as well as bring new efficiencies to our own operation. We continue to improve the transparency and quality of information for our clients and their investors and shareholders.”

Wishing to acknowledge clients and Ultimus associates alike, Tenkman continued, “I’m grateful to our clients for their confidence in us and partnership with us. I’m also beyond proud of our teams for the hard work they put in daily to support our clients, and winning these awards is a direct reflection of that unwavering dedication.”

This is the fifth year in a row Ultimus received the *Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year* award and seventh year Ultimus ranked as to top service provider in the *Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administration Survey*. This is the first year Ultimus LeverPoint private equity clients participated in the independently administered survey. Akin to the broader firm’s client-centric focus, it too ranked as the top provider in the *Private Equity Fund Administration Survey*.

Stemming from the firm’s long-term commitment to a strategic technology roadmap and data strategy by implementing its uSUITE^®^ technology, earlier in 2021 Ultimus was recognized by *USA-9 Magazine* as one of the Top 10 Best Tech Solution Providers. uSUITE and its network of applications feature built-in robotic processing software, machine-learning algorithms, and application programming interfaces (APIs) streamlines numerous back-office functions, and enables seamless automated workflow, real-time processing, transparency and interconnectivity with external data sources. Ultimus also received the Innovation in Data Analytics award for its proprietary uCONNECT™ application during the *Global Custodian Innovation Awards* in June. uCONNECT allows investment management firms to connect to their data, reports, dashboards, and insights into their funds by integrating and delivering data from multiple underlying systems and applications. Built on top of a web of APIs, uCONNECT delivers consolidated data information in a single, easy to use solution, enabling fund managers to access their data when and how they want.


---

# Ultimus Names Nicole Tichota to Senior Transfer Agent Services Position

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-names-nicole-tichota-to-senior-transfer-agent-services-position/_

# Ultimus Names Nicole Tichota to Senior Transfer Agent Services Position

Subscribe

November 3, 2021

**Cincinnati, OHIO** – November 3, 2021 – As a leading independent provider of full service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting and investor solutions, [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to welcome Nicole L. Tichota as Senior Vice President, Account Services. In her new position, Tichota leads the firm’s transfer agent account services and financial control teams.

In this role at Ultimus, Tichota and her team are responsible for enhancing the shareholder experience, including managing client-shareholder communications, and leveraging the firm’s technology to automate processes that enhance shareholders’ experience.

Prior to Ultimus, Tichota held executive positions in client services and operations throughout her career. She spent more than two decades in key roles at Oppenheimer Funds, including leading client service teams for the transfer agent at the firm. Most recently, Tichota led an operations team at Principal Financial Group.

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says that bringing on top talent such as Tichota is an ongoing process for Ultimus, as the firm’s client base grows, both in number and complexity of requirements. “In the past year and a half, the Ultimus Transfer Agent group has worked on converting 14 fund families into Ultimus from other services providers,” he remarked. “We continue to grow as a result of our ability to service firms that have increasingly unique and complex demands. Therefore, we’re committed to investing in top talent, as well as the industry’s best technology, so that our capabilities are always expanding to meet the needs of current and future clients.”

Ian Martin, EVP, Chief Administrative Officer, says Tichota’s shareholder-focused role is an important addition to the Ultimus team. “Nicole is a seasoned veteran who brings the kind of new ideas, institutional best practices and experience that will help us continue to enhance and support the levels of service and technology that leading fund sponsors expect and deserve,” he says. “She is a dynamic leader whose entrepreneurial approach dovetails perfectly with the Ultimus model of innovation and service solutions.”

Tichota says she chose to join Ultimus for similar reasons. “Ultimus is an enterprising firm that has carved out an impressive reputation in the industry for delivering an outstanding client service experience, which is supported by the tremendous growth they continue to experience,” she commented. “The company has set the bar very high in the client and shareholder services arena. When it comes to blending talent and technology, Ultimus is truly remarkable at developing solutions to enhance their clients’ success.”


---

# Ultimus Names Joel Lieb to Key Client Relationship Management Position

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-names-joel-lieb-to-key-client-relationship-management-position/_

# Ultimus Names Joel Lieb to Key Client Relationship Management Position

Subscribe

August 18, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – August 18, 2021** – As a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to welcome Joel Lieb as Senior Vice President – Relationship Management to the firm.

Lieb brings to Ultimus decades of industry experience in a variety of senior management roles servicing ETFs, mutual funds and collective trust funds. His experience includes more than 30 years of progressive responsibility and accomplishments with global provider SEI in positions that spanned Relationship Management, Client Solutions & Advice, Sales support, and Operations. Lieb is frequently a contributor on investment-related panels.

Lieb most recently served as Executive Vice President of B&G Business Solutions, Inc., a boutique management consulting firm and holds a B.S. in Finance from Saint Vincent College in Latrobe, PA.

Lieb’s depth and breadth of experience, particularly in working with large institutional clients, ETFs, and Collective Investment Trusts (CITs), add a unique position to Ultimus’ capabilities in helping key clients evolve their service and product strategies. He has also worked in a fiduciary role with institutional clients as a discretionary investment manager, which included creating investment models for defined contribution plans. Having both asset management experience and fund servicing experience affords Lieb the distinctive perspective of how the competitive landscape shapes investment advisers’ revenue and product development decisions.

At Ultimus, Lieb is responsible for ongoing relationship management of select clients and development of partnership initiatives to optimize services for investment adviser clients. Among his many responsibilities, Lieb focuses on ensuring an understanding of clients’ unique service requirements and business growth objectives, while driving high-quality service results.

Ultimus EVP and Head of Fund Servicing, Bill Tomko, said that Lieb’s industry expertise and proven track record have made him a very valuable addition to the Ultimus senior management team. “As we continue to grow our business, we added Joel in the pivotal SVP-Relationship Management role to help ensure that Ultimus continues to provide industry-leading, high-quality services to our clients,” he said. “His more than 30 years in the mutual fund servicing industry—especially his impressive track record with large institutional clients along with his specialized knowledge of CITs—reinforce and expand Ultimus’ ability to provide unique value in helping our clients grow their businesses.”

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says that Lieb’s addition reflects the firm’s commitment to industry leadership. “As Ultimus continues to move upstream to larger institutional clients, we are committed to investing in talent with the kind of expertise, insights, and credibility that a seasoned professional like Joel brings,” he said. “We are exceptionally pleased to welcome him to the Ultimus team.”


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Receives Highest Scores for 7th Consecutive Year in Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administration Survey

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-receives-highest-scores-for-7th-consecutive-year-in-global-custodian-mutual-fund-administration-survey/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Receives Highest Scores for 7th Consecutive Year in Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administration Survey

Subscribe

July 21, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – July 21, 2021**  **** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), one of the largest independent, tech-enabled providers of full-service fund administration, accounting, distribution and investor solutions in the U.S., is pleased to announce that once again—for the seventh year running—the firm has received the highest overall score from clients in *Global Custodian*’s annual Mutual Fund Administration Survey. The firm received an overall 6.90 score out of a perfect 7.00, an impressive average for 13 service categories—categories in which fund sponsors independently ranked their respective fund administrator’s level of service delivery.

The survey results reflect a resounding confirmation of client’s satisfaction regarding Ultimus’ commitment to delivering exceptional service. Survey responses included comments from clients that validate Ultimus’ client-centric approach. According to the survey report, said one client: “Our experience with Ultimus has been excellent from start to finish. We would highly recommend using them as a Fund Administrator.” And another: “Even though Ultimus is not the statutory distributor to our funds, they support us as if we are a Distribution partner. They stand ready to provide us with industry insight and platform guidance when needed.”

In addition to receiving the highest overall score, Ultimus achieved additional milestones in the *Global Custodian* survey:

- Ultimus surpassed all other fund administrator scores in 12 services categories surveyed.
- Ultimus received perfect *7.00*’s in four categories: Middle office, Onboarding, Reporting to Regulators and Reporting to Tax Authorities.
- Ultimus received both the Market Outperformer and Category Outperformer accreditations again this year.

The annual Mutual Fund Administration Survey, administered by *Global Custodian*, asks fund sponsors to assess the quality of service received from their administrators. In keeping with past surveys, fund sponsors evaluated their current service providers in 13 different service categories, including client service, fund accounting, transfer agency, distribution support, reporting, compliance, on-boarding, and others.

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman said the survey results attest to the fact that Ultimus can maintain its high service levels even through record organic growth. “This survey confirms our long-term commitment to exceptional services, given this is our seventh year in a row with the highest scores. Providing consistently outstanding service is at our core because we truly appreciate our clients’ business. At the same time, our staff is to be congratulated for not letting a remote work environment nor 12 inbound new client conversions, which was an industry leading amount, distract from our mission of exceptional service. We will continue working hard to maintain our unique position by investing in technology and providing good old-fashioned client service.”

In addition to outperforming on the *Global Custodian* survey, Ultimus is also pleased to be recently featured in *USA-9 Tech* magazine, in the publication’s June 2021 [Best Tech Solution Providers of 2021](https://usa-9.com/magazine/10-Best-Tech-Solution-Providers-of-2021/) cover story, as one of the top 10 tech providers.

Plus, Ultimus clients also participated in *Global Custodian’s* ETF Administration survey. In that survey, Ultimus ranked highest amongst 8 service providers in the technology category and scored well in client service, onboarding/launch support and compliance support. According to the publication, one client commented on the supportive efforts Ultimus provided for its expansion into the ETF market: “Our Ultimus client service contact has curated our ETF launch and management experience from our very first launch and played a critical role in guiding us to successful launch when we knew nothing about the logistics and mechanics of launching,” the client said.

Bill Tomko, EVP, Head of Fund Servicing at Ultimus, reaffirms that comment, adding that the firm functions as a partner to each and every client and is invested in every client’s success. “Even before a client engages with us, we are working to understand their business needs, the nuances of their particular culture, and the future goals they want to achieve,” he said. “This is the Ultimus difference—and what makes all the difference for our clients. The *Global Custodian* survey results substantiate these core strengths—our commitment to leading-edge technology, our top industry talent, and the customized services we provide– and how they drive the value we provide to our clients. Congratulations to our team.”


---

# Ultimus Named Transfer Agent Administrator for Parnassus Investments

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-named-transfer-agent-administrator-for-parnassus-investments/_

# Ultimus Named Transfer Agent Administrator for Parnassus Investments

Subscribe

June 8, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – June 8, 2021** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent, tech-enabled provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its selection as Transfer Agent for [Parnassus Investments](https://www.parnassus.com/), a San Francisco based, $41.7B fund family as of May 31, 2021.

In addition to Ultimus providing transfer agency administration, Parnassus’ shareholders will be able to easily access their accounts through Ultimus’ proprietary uTRANSACTTM platform. This advanced digital portal provides real-time information and account access for both shareholders and advisers and is part of Ultimus’ uSUITE® technology applications. The exclusive uTRANSACT portal is a key offering of the firm’s Shareholder Services and Transfer Agent services. As part of the transition of transfer agent services to Ultimus, over 300,000 Parnassus shareholder accounts were converted to Ultimus’ transfer agent system.

Parnassus, an investment management company, focuses on building wealth by investing in companies that have a positive impact on society through strong environmental, social and corporate governance (ESG) practices. Ultimus’ clients currently include numerous firms that emphasize values-based investment strategies, such as ESG, SRI and Impact investing in addition to those whom take a faith-based approach to investing.

For Parnassus, a mutual commitment to shareholders was a key factor in selecting Ultimus as a partner. “From the beginning, we were impressed with Ultimus’ approach to taking care of shareholders,” says [Marc Mahon](https://www.parnassus.com/our-team/profile/marc-mahon), Chief Operating Officer for Parnassus. “The quality of the services, the technology that drives them—it was obvious to us that Ultimus not only has a real passion for shareholders but they also have deep experience in working with ESG-driven investors.”

“At the same time, it was also important to us to be able to leverage Ultimus’ technology suite—to more fully integrate and automate our processes and maintain institutional types of controls,” Mahon continues. “Ultimus provides all of this and as our partner, puts Parnassus in a stronger position to achieve our vision for the future.”

Ian Martin, EVP, Chief Administrative Officer for Ultimus, concurs. “The Ultimus and Parnassus cultures are very compatible, and both firms place a high value on servicing shareholders,” he says. “It is especially gratifying for us when a firm like Parnassus that has been providing shareholder services internally, decides to move that responsibility to us. It demonstrates a very high level of trust, which we take very seriously. We are extremely excited to begin our shared journey in partnership with Parnassus and look forward to a long and productive relationship.”

In just over the past year, while in a remote working environment, this is the twelfth firm that has selected and converted to Ultimus as its Transfer Agent, adding approximately $100B in AUA Ultimus’ book of business. As a result, Ultimus experienced more TA conversions in this timeframe than any other service provider in the industry.


---

# Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC Selects Ultimus as Fund Servicing Partner

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/cramer-rosenthal-mcglynn-llc-selects-ultimus-as-fund-servicing-partner/_

# Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC Selects Ultimus as Fund Servicing Partner

Subscribe

January 19, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – January 19, 2021** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of integrated and customizable fund servicing solutions, is pleased to announce that it has been retained by Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC (CRM). Under this agreement, Ultimus will provide fund accounting, administration, transfer agency and shareholder services to the CRM five mutual funds with more than $1B in assets under administration (AUA) as of year-end.

Founded in 1973 and located in New York City, CRM manages approximately $3.3B in assets under management (AUM) for institutions and individuals and offers strategies as separate accounts, mutual funds, UCITS and private funds. The firm selected Ultimus as its fund servicing partner following a rigorous request for proposal (RFP) process conducted by Barrington Partners, a highly regarded consulting firm. That RFP process evaluated as many as four firms, including Ultimus, after which the CRM Mutual Fund Board made its decision to transition to Ultimus.

In the context of timing, CRM selected Ultimus just before the pandemic disrupted normal work environments earlier last spring. Even under the constrained virtual environment, Ultimus was able to successfully complete the entire CRM conversion from another service provider in a timely and successful manner. In the wake of uncertain times and a volatile business environment, CRM chose to work with Ultimus for reasons including Ultimus’ in depth industry and product knowledge, as well as relationships fostered between the CRM and Ultimus management teams.

CRM COO and General Counsel [Steven A. Yadegari](http://www.crmllc.com/our-firm/people/legal-compliance/), said that CRM was impressed by Ultimus’ technological capabilities and depth of team. “We were impressed with the strength of the Ultimus team across all areas of the company and with the company’s ability to attract high-level talent from top firms,” he said. “The Ultimus professionals possess great levels of experience, skills and expertise, and provide a tremendous benefit for CRM as we position ourselves for future growth.”

“We were especially interested in the value Ultimus brings to our total cost of ownership,” Yadegari continued. “The firm’s capabilities improve the efficiency of our processes and helps expand CRM’s offerings to our shareholders. Through Ultimus’ uTRANSACT proprietary technology, our shareholders have access to an innovative shareholder portal with significantly enhanced user features.”

“We are extremely pleased to be working with an established and reputable firm like CRM,” said Gary Harris, EVP, Head of Business Development for Ultimus. “It is especially gratifying for us when we work with an informed and forward-looking management team like CRM’s, which made their selection of Ultimus even more satisfying. And, with our shared values of excellence and commitment to the shareholder, we are looking forward to a long and productive partnership between Ultimus and CRM.”

Recently, Yadegari joined a [Nicsa-hosted panel](https://learn.nicsa.org/products/vendor-selection-in-the-new-normal#tab-product_tab_overview) to share his firm’s experience and best practices for working with a new service provider in a remote environment. The 3-person industry panel covered the broader topic of vendor selection and interactions in a virtual environment, and was moderated by David James, EVP, Chief Legal & Risk Officer for Ultimus.


---

# Domini Impact Investments Converts to Ultimus for Transfer Agency Services

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/domini-impact-investments-converts-to-ultimus-for-transfer-agency-services/_

# Domini Impact Investments Converts to Ultimus for Transfer Agency Services

Subscribe

September 29, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – September 29, 2020** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//)^®^ (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to announce that it has been selected as the new Transfer Agent by [Domini Impact Investments^®^ LLC](https://www.domini.com/) , a pioneer in impact investing, based in New York City. Domini appointed Ultimus to convert the four Domini Impact Funds, with over $2B in assets under management (AUM), and to provide transfer agent services including customized shareholder services.

Domini Impact Investments LLC is a women-led SEC registered investment adviser specializing exclusively in impact investing. Domini serves individuals and institutions who wish to create positive social and environmental outcomes, a more just and sustainable economic system, and a brighter future for all, while seeking competitive financial returns in its investment vehicles. Domini’s decades of experience and proprietary in-house research help it to identify and invest in companies with strong management teams, forward-thinking corporate cultures, and products and services that may be well-positioned to create long-term value for people, planet, and growth.

After an extensive search, Domini selected Ultimus for its comprehensive service model, scalable and real time technology suite, and strong client and project management approach. Among the many service benefits Domini has already realized is an advanced shareholder portal that strengthens investors’ online experience while accessing their individual accounts through enhanced security and self-service features. Ultimus completed the complex conversion process from Domini’s previous service provider in June 2020.

“We are excited to be the transfer agent administrator of choice for Domini and to be working with a firm whose culture and values align so well with our own,” says Ian Martin, Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus. “Domini’s high level of engagement in the conversion process and high-touch approach to working with shareholders is remarkable. We thoroughly enjoy working with Domini and are pleased to provide a unique technology and service offering to enhance their shareholder experience. We feel strongly that Domini’s culture, involvement and unique service model make it an excellent fit with Ultimus.”

“From the very beginning of our exploratory process, we were impressed by Ultimus—its client-centric approach and full technology suite along with servicing expertise,” says [Carole Laible](https://www.domini.com/about-domini/our-staff/carole-laible), Domini’s Chief Executive Officer. “We wanted a firm that would be nimble and flexible to accommodate our unique needs and one that could drive technology to enhance our shareholder experience. We have been very pleased with the Ultimus capabilities and responsiveness and look forward to continuing to work with the firm to create the best experiential outcomes for our shareholders.”


---

# Susan Cosgrove Appointed to Ultimus Board of Directors

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/susan-cosgrove-appointed-to-ultimus-board-of-directors/_

# Susan Cosgrove Appointed to Ultimus Board of Directors

Subscribe

March 10, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO –March 10, 2021** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^, a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce the appointment of [Susan Cosgrove](https://www.dtcc.com/about/leadership/management-committee/susan-cosgrove) to its Board of Directors. Cosgrove is Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of The [Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation](https://www.dtcc.com/) (DTCC), a financial markets infrastructure company that acts as the central counterparty and primary clearing corporation for the U.S. equity markets.

CFO since 2013, Cosgrove leads DTCC’s global finance, treasury, strategic sourcing, real estate, corporate services, and new initiatives oversight teams. She is a member of DTCC’s Management Committee, Management Risk Committee and co-chairs the Investment and Operating Committee. Cosgrove chairs DTCC’s Deriv/SERV LLC Board of Directors, as well as the boards of several of the DTCC trade repositories.

“We are most pleased to welcome Susan to the Ultimus Board of Directors,” said Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman. “She has long been instrumental in guiding DTCC’s strategic approach to incorporating new technologies and using fintech to drive efficiencies and reduce risk and costs. She is a powerful advocate for finding the right balance between innovation and disciplined, structured decision-making. Susan’s vision is aligned with Ultimus’ ongoing commitment to leveraging the industry’s most advanced technology to streamline our operations and provide new solutions for investment managers and their clients. We are excited about the rich experience and insight Susan brings to the table and welcome her contributions to our business.”

“I continue to be impressed by the Ultimus Fund Solutions organization, the depth of its professional talent and the vision of the firm’s leadership,” Cosgrove said. “We share a passion for, and commitment to, innovation, client-centric service and to new and exciting applications for today’s most advanced technology. I look forward to partnering with my fellow Board members to provide strategic guidance and direction to advance the firm’s mission.”

Prior to her current role, Cosgrove was Managing Director and General Manager of Settlement and Asset Services, overseeing all depository businesses, and the General Manager for DTCC’s Equity and Fixed Income Clearing Services. Before that, she served as a senior vice president at Lehman Brothers in charge of audit and compliance for the company’s Americas division and was chief financial officer and head of compliance for 10 years at Maxcor Financial Group. Cosgrove began her career as a senior auditor in PricewaterhouseCoopers’ financial services group.


---

# Ultimus Announces New Relationship with Public Trust Advisors

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-announces-new-relationship-with-public-trust-advisors/_

# Ultimus Announces New Relationship with Public Trust Advisors

Subscribe

February 4, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – February 4, 2021** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce a new relationship with Public Trust Advisors, LLC (Public Trust), a client-focused, independent investment advisor that specializes in managing and servicing the investment needs of local governments nationwide.

Founded in 2011, Public Trust proudly offers investment management services to the public sector through local government investment pools (LGIP) and separately managed accounts; their services are currently being utilized by nearly 5,000 public entities nationwide. As of December 31, 2020, Public Trust oversees more than $50 billion in assets under management and administration. Ultimus provides fund accounting and transfer agent services to a total of twelve LGIPs under Public Trust management including one new LGIP launched in Wyoming in July and eleven existing LGIPs that were converted to Ultimus in September.

Ultimus was instrumental in the construction and launch of the new Public Trust Participant Portal, a product that was developed collaboratively by the two firms in record time. The portal leverages Ultimus’ advanced uSUITE^®^ technology, specifically the uPORTAL™ application, and was designed to meet the customized and sophisticated needs of Public Trust in delivering online services to their Participants.

“We have been impressed from the beginning with the depth and breadth of expertise that Ultimus brings to this partnership; they truly live up to their *‘business partner’* mantra,” said Public Trust Advisors CEO, Tom Jordan. “Based on the firm’s technological sophistication, client-centric approach, and the skills of its professionals, we felt certain that Ultimus would be a good fit for Public Trust.”

“We came to Ultimus with a unique set of requirements and challenges,” he continues. “From initial meetings to portal build-out and all the way through conversion, the Ultimus teams and processes were highly collaborative. With the solutions Ultimus put into place for fund administration, we are able to continue to grow and ensure our resources are focused on value-added processes, positioning our business for continued success in the future.” Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman concurs. “Recently, there’s been an uptick in firms looking to outsource various internal administrative functions,” he commented. “Ultimus’ track record of working with clients to design customized service models and innovative processes to facilitate their businesses, made us a natural fit for Public Trust Advisors. I’m particularly proud that our team developed the portal and completed the entire conversion in this virtual environment, delivering quickly on our commitments. We are excited about working with the impressive team at Public Trust and look forward to a long-term partnership.”


---

# Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman Elected to ICI Board of Governors

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-ceo-gary-tenkman-elected-to-ici-board-of-governors/_

# Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman Elected to ICI Board of Governors

Subscribe

May 19, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – May 18, 2021**  **** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^) announced today that Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus, has been elected to serve on the Board of Governors of the [Investment Company Institute](https://www.ici.org/board-and-leadership) (ICI) to complete the three-year term of Ultimus Co-Founder [Bob Dorsey](https://www.linkedin.com/in/bdorsey/), who retired at the end of March. ICI represents regulated funds globally, including mutual funds and ETFs, and the Board of Governors is responsible for setting ICI policies and overseeing activities to represent funds and their shareholders.

Tenkman commented, “I am honored to be elected to the ICI Board of Governors. It will be a pleasure and privilege to contribute to the Board’s initiatives and help to promote the interests of shareholders, investment advisers, trustees, and the industry as a whole. At Ultimus, we have a unique perspective on the industry given that we service large institutional asset managers along with entrepreneurial advisers bringing new products to market with particular insight on what those managers are thinking of during what continues to be a quickly evolving environment. I look forward to working with other industry leaders on significant issues facing registered investment vehicles as this business grows and evolves.”

Tenkman has been at the helm of Ultimus as CEO since 2018. He previously served as President and COO since joining Ultimus in 2014. Under Tenkman’s leadership, the firm has experienced tremendous growth as a result of new client mandates, mergers and acquisitions, all while maintaining industry-leading client satisfaction ratings. Currently, the firm services over $350 billion in AUA, providing fund administration for a broad range of fund structures such as actively managed funds, ETFs, tender offer, closed end and interval funds, and services for a wide range of private asset fund structures. Tenkman has more than 30 years of experience in the financial services industry, including in various leadership positions at Citi in their investor services business.

Ultimus is active within the ICI organization, with staff serving on many of its committees and advisory panels. Ultimus is also the leading provider of series trust solutions that represent 100+ fund families with over 240 funds of which those trusts are also ICI members. In total, Ultimus currently services over 1300 registered and private funds.

* * *

**About ICI**

The Investment Company Institute (ICI) is the leading association representing regulated funds globally, including mutual funds, exchange-traded funds (ETFs), closed-end funds, and unit investment trusts (UITs) in the United States, and similar funds offered to investors in jurisdictions worldwide. ICI seeks to encourage adherence to high ethical standards, promote public understanding, and otherwise advance the interests of funds, their shareholders, directors, and advisers. ICI’s members manage total assets of US$29.1 trillion in the United States, serving more than 100 million US shareholders, and US$9.6 trillion in assets in other jurisdictions. ICI carries out its international work through ICI Global, with offices in Washington, DC, London, Brussels, and Hong Kong. To learn more, visit [www.ici.org](http://www.ici.org/).


---

# Ultimus Named Fund Servicing Partner for USA Mutuals

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-named-fund-servicing-partner-for-usa-mutuals/_

# Ultimus Named Fund Servicing Partner for USA Mutuals

Subscribe

March 17, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – March 17, 2021** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent technology driven provider of integrated and customizable fund servicing solutions, is pleased to announce that it has been selected by [USA Mutuals](https://usamutuals.com/) to provide fund accounting, administration, transfer agency and shareholder services for its mutual funds. Ultimus helped USA Mutuals reorganize and convert their mutual funds from their previous provider earlier this year.

As part of the conversion, the USA Mutuals funds were moved from their previous stand alone trust to an Ultimus series trust, which frees up the USA Mutuals team to focus on strategy and growth in a scalable environment, including the future launch of new products and drive down their total cost of ownership of managing their mutual funds. The firm chose Ultimus, in part, because of its holistic relationship management model within the series trusts that encompasses not only all the “heavy lifting” on the back end for fund administration and proven advantages in distribution support, but also an overall consultative approach, providing experienced insight and guidance to investment manager clients.

“Partnering with Ultimus was an important step in future-proofing our environment,” says USA Mutuals Chairman [Rick Sapio](https://usamutuals.com/rick-sapio/). “Ultimus has earned a reputation in the marketplace for outstanding service levels and also for being collaborative and advisory in their approach, which will enhance our ability to develop forward-looking strategies that will help grow our business. We have been exceptionally pleased at the level of attention and professionalism we’ve received from Ultimus during the conversion of our funds, which made the transition a smooth one for us.”

“We’re pleased to welcome USA Mutuals into our series trust family,” says Kevin Wolf, EVP, Head of Fund Administration and Product at Ultimus. “We continue to see stand alone fund families reorganize into our series trust structure as a way to streamline their operating model and leverage Ultimus to realize efficiencies across their funds. Ultimately, our goal is to take the burden off fund advisers, enabling them to focus on their portfolios and position them for growth.”

Gary Harris, Ultimus EVP, Head of Sales, says that Ultimus’ comprehensive service model delivers an institutional grade, highly scalable and controlled operating environment leveraging best-in-class technology; and it’s fueling the growth of the firm’s new business. “Everything we do revolves around our commitment to be a trusted and engaged partner to fund managers as they evaluate their funds and overall business models in the current environment and position themselves to grow their assets,” he says. “Our new client results continue to reflect that commitment. Specific to our series trust solution, we are proud that we have received numerous awards recognizing our series trust as best-in-class, most recently receiving the Fund Intelligence Operations and Services Award for Best Multi-Series Trust Provider."


---

# Ultimus Names Joe Bree to Key Business Development Position

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-names-joe-bree-to-key-business-development-position/_

# Ultimus Names Joe Bree to Key Business Development Position

Subscribe

January 27, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – January 27, 2021** – As a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to welcome Joe Bree as Senior Vice President – Business Development.

Bree brings a diversified background, a strategic selling perspective and a deep industry network to his new role at Ultimus—all key attributes in engaging new clients—and will focus on supporting the firm’s continued growth. A CPA, Bree was most recently a senior global strategic account executive, charged with growing revenue and building global relationships, and prior to that, served as SVP, business development for another large bank affiliated fund services firm. He has held a variety of positions throughout his career in financial services and is a graduate of the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Bree is also an accomplished artist who specializes in urban and abstract landscapes.

Throughout his more than 20 years in the financial services industry, Bree produced consistently outstanding results in growing client relationships. His thoughtful approach and experience in working with clients and prospects aligns perfectly with Ultimus’ approach and client-centric philosophy.

“Ultimus continues to look for opportunities to attract talented professionals to our team, as evidenced in our hiring of Joe Bree,” said Gary Harris, EVP, Head of Sales. “We are pleased to welcome Joe to the Ultimus family, particularly in a period of significant growth and increased market activity. Joe’s industry knowledge, experience and relationships will allow him to immediately contribute to our continued growth and we are excited to have him join us.”

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman said that the addition of Bree to the Ultimus business development team reflects the firm’s commitment to excellence. “Our client relationships are the foundation of our business, and we continue to invest in the very best resources in the industry—both in terms of talent and technology—to develop strong partnerships with our clients,” he said. “In his more than two decades in the industry, Joe has demonstrated an outstanding ability to build relationships while driving revenue—skills and values we share and welcome.”


---

# Ultimus Wins Prestigious Innovation Award from Global Custodian for uCONNECT™ Technology

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-wins-prestigious-innovation-award-from-global-custodian-for-uconnect-technology/_

# Ultimus Wins Prestigious Innovation Award from Global Custodian for uCONNECT™ Technology

Subscribe

June 16, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – June 16, 2021**  **** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to announce that the firm was awarded the **Innovation in Data Analytics Award** from *Global Custodian* during its Leaders in Custody Week, June 7-11, 2021. The publication’s Innovation Awards recognize the best technological and product developments over the past year in any aspect of securities services across the globe.

The **Innovation in Data Analytics Award** was given to Ultimus for its uCONNECT™ application which is part of the firm’s uSUITE^®^ technology platform. A proprietary investment manager-facing application, uCONNECT is designed to link firms with their data, reports, dashboards, and provides insights into their funds. It is built on a web of APIs (application programming interfaces) and aggregates data from several underlying systems and applications. By integrating data from multiple platforms, uCONNECT delivers consolidated, actionable data information in a single, easy-to-use solution, which allows fund managers to access their data when and how they want. uCONNECT also sits on Ultimus’ underlying RPA-driven uREPORT technology, which monitors for fund ‘events’ throughout the day. When an ‘event’ occurs (e.g. NAV approval), it uses RPA (robotic process automation) to auto-deliver reports, data and custom alerts to uCONNECT.

“We are extremely proud of our technological achievements and honored to receive this distinguished industry award from *Global Custodian*,” said Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman. “uCONNECT is part of Ultimus’ continuing commitment to and investment in best-in-class technology that contributes to our clients’ success. Our uCONNECT application—and indeed the entire uSUITE platform—represents a significant milestone by enabling fund managers to access critical data, reports and alerts on-demand in a user-friendly format.”

Ultimus’ Chief Technology Officer, Jason Stevens applauds the work of this team for this award, saying, “I am extremely proud of our entire team of developers at Ultimus. It is rewarding to receive industry recognition for the technology we developed with our clients’ business needs and requirements at the forefront. We’re excited about collaborating with clients, and based on the number and variety of technology projects we are working on currently, the future of our technology rollouts will continue to deliver value for our asset manager partners.”

As a testament to the firm’s continued long-term commitment to investing in technology and client service, uCONNECT is part of the well established Ultimus’ proprietary uSUITE technology platform, which includes uCOMPLY™, uPRICE, uTRANSACT™ and uNAV applications, among others. uSUITE’s underlying applications feature built-in robotic processing software, machine-learning algorithms, and various APIs. By incorporating a data and technology strategy, the various uSUITE applications have helped streamline workflows and transformed large areas of operations into exception-based processing, enabling the firm to readily adapt to the market and fintech advances within the investment management industry.


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Fund Solutions Leads Industry in 2021 Global Custodian Private Equity Fund Administration Survey \(1\)

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-fund-solutions-leads-industry-in-2021-global-custodian-private-equity-fund-administration-survey-1/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Fund Solutions Leads Industry in 2021 Global Custodian Private Equity Fund Administration Survey

Subscribe

September 15, 2021

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – September 15, 2021** – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/) is pleased to announce that it has earned the highest overall score in *Global Custodian*’s 2021 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey, significantly outpacing industry averages in all 9 applicable categories surveyed. Survey scores reflect a resounding confirmation from Ultimus LeverPoint clients of the firm’s client-centric service model and commitment to excellence.

This independent annual survey by *Global Custodian* (GC) measures the scores of private equity firms regarding the quality of the services provided to them by their third-party fund administrators and is conducted between the firms and GC. The survey covers administration topics important to fund managers such as client service, technology, reporting, onboarding, compliance and others.

With an overall rating of 6.76 out of a possible 7.00, Ultimus LeverPoint significantly surpassed the industry average score of 5.83 and ranked highest of all the service providers in the survey. Additionally, Ultimus LeverPoint earned the highest scores in 7 of 9 applicable categories, with Client Service, Geographical Coverage, Reporting to LPs, and Capital Drawdowns & Distributions receiving the highest scores. As a result of its survey performance, Ultimus LeverPoint will also receive two important accreditations from *Global Custodian*.

Kelly Ramsey Gooch, EVP, Client Relationship Officer for Ultimus LeverPoint, says that the survey affirms that clients are responding to the firm’s client-centric service model. “Our relationships with current and future clients guide everything we do,” she says. “We’re continually looking for ways to provide our clients the best possible solutions and to help them achieve success. We are pleased with the survey results and recognize we need to work hard every day to continue earning our client’s trust and business.”

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says that while all recognition is important, the *Global Custodian* Private Equity Fund Administration survey is especially gratifying because it is an independent survey and the results come directly from clients. “The *Global Custodian* survey results substantiate that our clients recognize our core strengths—our commitment to leading-edge technology, our top industry talent, as well as our customized services—and they value the services we provide to them,” he said. “I would like to thank our employees for their dedication and persistent efforts—particularly during this remote work environment. And, just as important, I would like to thank our clients for their business and their partnership. We have outstanding clients and exceptional Ultimus team members to foster those client relationships. Our commitment to our clients is what drives us—and we’ll continue to invest in our people, technology and customized services.”

Highlights of the 2021 survey results include the following:

- Ultimus LeverPoint’s overall average score of 6.76 significantly exceeded the industry average overall score of 5.70 and topped all other service provider scores.
- The firm’s individual scores outperformed industry average scores in all 9 applicable categories surveyed.
- The firm received a resounding 6.83 in Client Service, well above the industry average of 5.76.
- The firm received its highest scores in the Client Service, Geographical Coverage, Reporting to LPs and Capital Drawdowns & Distributions categories.
- As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint will receive two important accreditations from *Global Custodian*:

    - *Global Performer*, which signifies that the firm’s overall score exceeds the overall average score of all survey participants.
    - *Category Outperformer*, indicating that the firm’s score in one or more categories was higher than the average score for all providers in those categories.


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Procures Top Awards at Industry Ceremony, Accepting Two Prestigious Awards in One Night \(1\)

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-procures-top-awards-at-industry-ceremony-accepting-two-prestigious-awards-in-one-night-1/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Procures Top Awards at Industry Ceremony, Accepting Two Prestigious Awards in One Night

Subscribe

December 1, 2021

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – December 1, 2021** –Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions, a leading, tech-enabled private fund administrator, is honored to announce that it received two industry renowned awards at the 2021 Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards dinner held in New York recently. The awards ceremony recognizes achievements of service providers in the fund administration industry whose quality of services provided to their clients excel beyond their peers in areas such as client service, technology, reporting, onboarding, compliance and others. In the private fund category, Ultimus LeverPoint received the **Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year** and **Private Equity Administrator Best Technology** awards. Frank Anduiza, EVP, Head of Private Fund Sales, attended the awards dinner and was honored to accept the awards on behalf of Ultimus LeverPoint.

The awards are based in part on the results of Global Custodian’s 2021 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey, which was independently administered earlier this year by the publication seeking input directly from private fund managers. In the survey results, Ultimus LeverPoint significantly outpaced industry averages in all nine applicable fund servicing categories, reflecting a resounding confirmation from private fund clients of the firm’s client centric service model and commitment to excellence.

As a result of its survey performance, Ultimus LeverPoint also received two prominent accreditations from Global Custodian: Category Outperformer, indicating that the firm’s score in one or more categories was higher than the average score for all providers in those categories, and Global Outperformer, which signifies that the firm’s overall score exceeds the overall average score of all survey participants.

Highlights of the 2021 survey results include the following:

- Ultimus LeverPoint’s overall average score of 6.76 significantly exceeded the industry average overall score of 5.70.
- The firm’s individual scores outperformed industry average scores in all 9 applicable categories surveyed.
- The firm received a resounding 6.83 in Client Service, well above the industry average of 5.76.
- The firm received its highest scores in the Client Service, Geographical Coverage, Reporting to LPs and Capital Drawdowns & Distributions categories.

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says, “Our industry-leading range of services for private equity managers shows our commitment to providing customizable and beneficial solutions. We’re dedicated to investing in leading-edge technology, top industry talent, as well as custom tailoring our services. By putting forth persistent efforts and investments into our technology, we continue to evolve and enhance client experiences, as well as bring new efficiencies to our own operation. We continue to improve the transparency and quality of information our clients and their investors.

Wishing to acknowledge clients and Ultimus LeverPoint associates alike, Tenkman continued, “I’m grateful to our clients for their confidence in us and the partnership with us. I’m also beyond proud of our teams for the hard work they put in daily to support our clients, and winning these awards is a direct reflection of that unwavering dedication.”

This is the first year Ultimus LeverPoint private equity clients participated in the independently administered survey. Ultimately the firm ranked as the top provider with the highest overall score in the Private Equity Fund Administration Survey.

Earlier in 2021, Ultimus was also recognized by USA-9 Magazine as one of the Top 10 Best Tech Solution Providers based on the firm’s long-term commitment to a strategic technology roadmap and data strategy for implementing its uSUITE® technology which features built-in robotic processing software, machine-learning algorithms, and application programming interfaces (APIs). Ultimus also received the Innovation in Data Analytics award from Global Custodian in June for its proprietary uCONNECT™ application which allows investment management firms to connect to their data, reports, dashboards, and insights into their funds. The uSUITE technology system also includes applications for private fund managers such as uCOMPARE, uPAY, uINVESTOR™, uACCESS™ and others.


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces Rollout of uINVESTOR™ to Automate Private Fund Subscriptions \(1\)

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-announces-rollout-of-uinvestor-to-automate-private-fund-subscriptions-1/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces Rollout of uINVESTOR™ to Automate Private Fund Subscriptions

Subscribe

October 12, 2021

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – October 12, 2021** – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/private-equity-funds-and-general-partnerships/), a leading, tech-enabled private fund administrator, is pleased to announce a new digital platform, uINVESTOR^TM^, that automates the private fund subscription process, simplifying the investor experience, and adding real-time access to information for its fund management clients and stakeholders.

uINVESTOR modernizes the traditional private fund subscription process, simplifying the experience for investors while adding needed transparency for fund managers and streamlining the investor servicing functions. The platform digitizes subscription documents, avoiding the traditionally time intensive and error prone paper-based process. With uINVESTOR, alternative fund managers can easily invite and onboard investors to their funds. Real-time tracking and transparency give fund managers on-demand visibility into investor activity and fundraising.

Moreover, uINVESTOR enhances the investor experience by providing a simplified subscription process. Investors can easily complete, sign, and submit “sub docs” online through an artificial intelligence-guided experience that eases the process by prioritizing information that is relevant to, and required for, specific investor account types. The platform’s single sign-on feature also provides easy access through a fund’s investor portal, rather than requiring investors to log into a separate system.

With its automated, end-to-end throughput, uINVESTOR benefits fund managers and stakeholders but also enhances the efficiency of back-end processes for Ultimus LeverPoint. By eliminating manual input and streamlining the flow of investor data directly to the firm’s CRM (client relationship management) system, uINVESTOR speeds the onboarding process and reduces the potential for errors.

Offered in partnership with Anduin, a fintech platform that automates private market transactions and processes, uINVESTOR is a customizable platform that is part of Ultimus’ proprietary uSUITE® technology system which also includes uCOMPARE, uPAY, uACCESS™ and other applications.

uINVESTOR reflects Ultimus’ commitment to its client relationships, says Kelly Ramsey Gooch, EVP, Client Relationship Officer for Ultimus LeverPoint. “We’re continually looking for ways to enhance our value to current and future clients,” she says. “Providing the tools fund managers need to enhance the investor experience adds value to our clients and to their investors. There’s a real demand in the marketplace for automation that streamlines processes, and uINVESTOR is our latest response to that need. And in this case, uINVESTOR benefits our clients, their investors, and streamlines our backend operations as well – a triple win.”

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says that uINVESTOR is part of the firm’s ongoing investment in leading edge technology. “Our commitment to technology involves a major and ongoing investment across all facets of the Ultimus and Ultimus LeverPoint operation,” he says. “So whether you work with us in either the registered or private fund arena, or both, your Ultimus experience will be consistent. And as fund managers’ and their investors’ or shareholders’ needs continue to evolve, we will continue to invest in automation and technology to enhance their experiences, as well as bring new efficiencies to our own operation to improve our quality and timeliness for our clients and their investors.”


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Provides Services for SPACs and SPAC Sponsors \(1\)

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-provides-services-for-spacs-and-spac-sponsors-1/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Provides Services for SPACs and SPAC Sponsors

Subscribe

June 22, 2021

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – June 22, 2021** – As SPACs (Special Purpose Acquisition Companies) have become an increasingly popular and effective alternative route for privately held companies to go public, the demand for trusted behind-the-scenes administration partners has also continued to grow.

As one of the leading, tech-enabled independent fund administrators, Ultimus Fund Solutions, and more specifically its private fund administration group, Ultimus LeverPoint, is uniquely positioned to support SPACs and SPAC sponsors. Ultimus, with over 200 alternative fund clients and more than $350B in assets under administration, is known for supporting clients with a distinctive blend of institutional strength and boutique service. By engaging the professionals at Ultimus LeverPoint, SPACs and SPAC sponsors are assured industry best practices and accounting platforms and industry leading technology, while not being burdened with SPAC-related accounting responsibilities.

Says David MacPhee, Ultimus LeverPoint CEO, “We’re pleased to support SPACs and SPAC sponsors as a trusted partner, providing a full suite of services throughout the life cycle of the SPAC. We’re excited to tap our experience and technological capabilities to help SPAC entities fully leverage the incredible opportunities that SPACs offer.”

As an alternative investment vehicle, SPACs offer distinct advantages to investors, acquiring companies and sponsors. Statistics bear out those claims. According to *Statista.com*, SPACs raised almost twice as much in 2020 as they raised in the previous 10 years combined. As of the end of April 2021, SPACs had raised 101.3 billion U.S. dollars in IPOs in the U.S since the start of the year.

Ultimus LeverPoint provides full accounting and administrative services to SPACs and SPAC sponsors as the SPAC is being launched, throughout the life of the SPAC, and prior to the de-SPACing process. Specific services include:

- Preparation of financial statements and footnotes for SEC filing
- Monthly bookkeeping of the SPAC
- Maintenance of the shareholder registry
- Treasury services
- Reconciliation of bank accounts
- Maintenance of general ledger for the sponsor
- Quarterly reporting for the sponsor
- Preparation of capital calls and distribution calculations and notices
- Distribution of investor correspondence
- 1099 preparation

Adding SPACs to the list of products Ultimus LeverPoint administers is a natural extension of the work already being done by the team, says Evan Audette, EVP, COO for Ultimus LeverPoint, commenting, “The accounting and administration work required for SPACs is something our teams have deep experience in performing.” As for the benefits for SPACs and SPAC sponsors he said, “By engaging Ultimus LeverPoint to service SPACs, it enables sponsors to focus on expanding their portfolio of products, and prioritize the search for and evaluation of acquisition targets, which is their main responsibility.”


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Acquires FD Fund Administration \(1\)

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-acquires-fd-fund-administration-1/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Acquires FD Fund Administration

Subscribe

December 16, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO and PHILADELPHIA, PA**  **** – December 16, 2021 — [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com//) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting and investor solutions to traditional and alternative fund managers, announced today that it has acquired FD Fund Administration.

FD Fund Administration, headquartered in Philadelphia with additional offices in New York City and Minneapolis, is an independent provider of accounting and administrative services to investment fund managers. The firm has a wide array of private equity strategy experience with a focus on real estate, credit, and infrastructure funds. In addition, FD Fund Administration has deep experience supporting the fund administration needs of wealth management platforms.

Ultimus will merge the FD Fund Administration team with its private fund business unit, Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions (Ultimus LeverPoint). The newly combined private fund business unit will provide fund administration services for approximately $150 billion in AUA (assets under administration) across 250 clients, servicing over 730 funds. Post the merger, Ultimus will service over $400 billion of AUA, more than 450 clients, representing over 1,500 funds with approximately 825 associates.

The transaction enhances Ultimus’ private markets service offering and provides additional scale with a larger geographic presence and enhanced capabilities in real estate, credit, and infrastructure funds. Being culturally aligned in delivering truly client-centric services was a key driver of the deal for both firms. The integration is expected to be seamless given the additional operating scale and the fact that both firms leverage the same industry leading technology platforms across accounting and investor services.

Tom DiEgidio, current FD Fund Administration CEO, will serve as President of Ultimus LeverPoint. “This is a great day for FD Fund Administration. My team and I are excited to join Ultimus, which shares our team’s dedication to client service,” said Tom. “I look forward to working with the team at Ultimus and I’m confident the combined team will continue to provide the differentiated, high-quality service we pride ourselves on, while delivering a deeper set of capabilities.”

“We’re delighted to join forces with FD Fund Administration and look forward to working together, continuing to elevate our shared reputation for high-quality client service and leading technology platforms,” said Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus. “This merger provides us even more scale and enhances our ability to invest further in technology and service capabilities. Ultimately, the merger demonstrates our commitment to scaling our private fund administration business. Ultimus possesses a unique position in the marketplace as a leading independent fund solutions provider for both registered and alternative fund managers.”

Ultimus’ acquisition of FD Fund Administration was backed by Chicago-based private equity firm GTCR. PL Advisors acted as exclusive financial advisor and Nelson Mullins provided legal counsel to FD Fund Administration. Latham & Watkins provided legal counsel to Ultimus and GTCR. Closing occurred December 15, 2021.

* * *

**About FD Fund Administration**

FD Fund Administration provides highly customizable fund administration services to meet the needs of complex real estate and private equity funds. FD Fund Administration offers a robust suite of services, including fund accounting, investment reporting, tax administration, valuation services, investor servicing, company reporting and portfolio analytics and other services. FD Fund Administration is headquartered in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

**About GTCR**

Founded in 1980, GTCR is a leading private equity firm focused on investing in growth companies in the Healthcare, Financial Services & Technology, Technology, Media & Telecommunications, and Growth Business Services industries. The Chicago-based firm pioneered The Leaders Strategy™ – finding and partnering with management leaders in core domains to identify, acquire and build market-leading companies through transformational acquisitions and organic growth. Since its inception, GTCR has invested more than $20 billion in over 250 companies. For more information, please visit [www.gtcr.com](https://www.gtcr.com/).


---

# Ultimus Supports Growing Number of Interval and Tender Fund Launches

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-supports-growing-number-of-interval-and-tender-fund-launches/_

# Ultimus Supports Growing Number of Interval and Tender Fund Launches

Subscribe

December 7, 2021

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – December 7, 2021 –Ultimus Fund Solutions®** (Ultimus®), a leading independent, tech-enabled provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions is playing a significant role in an increasing number of launches and conversions of unlisted closed-end funds that include both interval funds and tender offer funds.

Interval funds continued to experience a surge in popularity and growth which is expected to accelerate. At the close of 2021Q3, aggregate net assets of all active public interval and tender offer funds were $44.8B, a 34% increase over the $33.5B reported at the close of 2020Q3 according to IntervalFundTracker.com1. As non-correlated investments with strategies that include credit, private equity and real estate, these funds have grown in popularity with institutional and retail investors as risk mitigators and portfolio diversifiers.

Partnering with asset managers to bring innovative new funds to market, Ultimus is playing key roles in an increasing number of interval and tender offer fund launches and conversions of other structures into unlisted closed-end funds. A central factor is a combination of Ultimus’ experience and depth of knowledge with these more complex fund structures in addition to our technology stack and processing tools which streamline sensitive transfer agent touchpoints such as enabling capital calls and tender offer processing, investor performance calculations, expense processing and more. Overall, the firm helps to support fund managers’ efforts in areas such as initial product design, during fund launch or conversion, managing regulatory requirements, evaluating the distribution landscape, providing unique applications for advisers to understand their portfolio and shareholder activity, and helping to regiment the valuation environment.

To assist advisers considering the unlisted closed fund wrapper for new products, Ultimus collaborated with XAI Investments LLC (“XAI) on its recent whitepaper “***Launching an Interval Fund: Clear-eyed approach critical to a successful launch.***” The paper highlights ways successful firms have used to enter the market and offers best practices in structuring and seeding new products. XAI has a product structuring consulting practice and helps alternative managers with their go-to-market strategies for new closed-end funds. Kimberly Flynn CFA, Managing Director at XAI, stated “Ultimus provides a valuable perspective on strategies advisers can take to reach critical mass, with experience supporting a wide variety of asset classes in these structures.” According to Nick Darsch, Senior Vice President at Ultimus “In our experience, $100 million is a critical point for interval fund viability. We advise new interval fund sponsors to consider converting an existing private fund to an interval fund. Successful interval fund sponsors also join niche alternative investment communities to reach receptive advisers.”

Earlier this year Ultimus assisted in the conversion of private funds into the unlisted closed-end fund structure participating in a much-needed consultative role to help advisers navigate that process. By the end of 2021, Ultimus will have assisted in the conversion or launch of 6 new unlisted closed-end funds investing in private equity, venture capital, real estate and credit. Previously, Ultimus supported the unique launch of Primark Capital’s Private Equity interval fund, one of the first private equity strategies available to retail investors. Furthermore, Ultimus’ fund administration business unit ranked highest in the *Global Custodian 2021 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey*, an independent survey that measures the quality of services provided by fund administrations firms by surveying private equity firms.

According to CEO Gary Tenkman, Ultimus’ service approach uniquely positions the firm to address the special requirements and nuances of launching these types of funds. “The unique nature of these products in a registered format requires a very high level of expertise, service experience and a consultative approach to servicing fund sponsors,” he says. “Our service and operational model approach is directly aligned for servicing firms who manage these products—from how we help design the product to our operational model—for every engagement. We provide a unique level of support, from product structuring for launches to regulatory requirements to the distribution.”

Nick Darsch added that Ultimus’ technological capabilities are critical to the firm’s ability to work with clients and these types of funds. “We have a specialized technology environment that provides a comprehensive, agile operational infrastructure from which advisers can launch these funds, have access to shareholder activity and receive real-time reporting,” he said. “We are bullish on the appetite of high-net-worth, mass affluent and retail investors to access illiquid strategies through these structures and as we see more of these in the market, our collaborative approach with clients continues to be centered around efforts that put clients and their investors in what we believe to be the best position amongst a crowding marketplace.”

Keeping abreast of industry trends regarding alternative funds, Ultimus participates on the NICSA Alternative Investments Committee and recently became a member of the Institute for Portfolio Alternatives (IPA). In September, Ultimus sponsored the IPA Vision event in Chicago, supporting the effort to help educate the industry on alternative investments, and the IPA Connect event in New York City where Darsch participated in a panel to discuss Key Operational Considerations for the structures. Earlier this year, Darsch moderated a NICSA panel, Democratization of Alternatives, featuring panelists Michael Stricker from FS Investments, Michelle Morris from Morgan Stanley, and Richard Horowitz from Dechert.

“We’re delighted to have Ultimus Fund Solutions join IPA’s membership to help drive transparency and innovation in the marketplace,” stated Tony Chereso, President at IPA. “Product evolution is happening at a rapid pace, and Ultimus is plugged in to stay informed and understand the latest trends. With Ultimus’ consultative approach, they help us educate investment managers and RIAs about the alternative product options they could bring to market.”


---

# Ultimus Selected as Transfer Agent Partner for Homestead Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-selected-as-transfer-agent-partner-for-homestead-funds/_

# Ultimus Selected as Transfer Agent Partner for Homestead Funds

Subscribe

February 22, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – February 22, 2022** – As a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®) is pleased to announce a new relationship with Arlington, Virginia-based mutual fund company Homestead Funds as the firm’s transfer agent of choice.

Following a comprehensive search, RE Advisers, the $8.4 billion AUM investment adviser of Homestead Funds, transitioned its fund family of ten mutual funds from the previous provider to Ultimus. Homestead Funds represents over 42,000 shareholder accounts.

Technology played a considerable role in Homestead Funds’ decision, notably because of Ultimus’ uTRANSACT™ product. uTRANSACT is an advanced digital portal that provides real-time information and account access for both shareholders and advisers. Just as importantly, it offers a digital asset allocation tool that allows investors the ability to customize their own asset allocation models. As Ultimus continues to make investments in its digital platform uTRANSACT, it is transforming the way investment management firms can engage their shareholders with more enhanced digital tools.

Mark Santero, President, and CEO at Homestead Funds said: “Ultimus’ technology platforms fit our needs for a front-end asset allocation tool. With Ultimus, what started as a conversation about traditional transfer agent services led to discovering tech offerings that will enable us to grow our business through various channels while servicing our unique shareholder requirements. We offer a broad spectrum of investment products for a very defined and specific set of shareholders, and with this digital asset allocation technology, it will help us to expand with more direct services to a broader audience.”

Beth Civerolo, Director of Mutual Fund Operations and Registered Principal at Homestead Funds added: “In addition to their proprietary technology, Ultimus proved to be a transparent and collaborative partner. The extensive conversations we had with their executive leaders and teams of associates during the search process allowed us to evaluate the level of compliance and controls we could expect in day-to-day operations. Homestead Funds services a large client base, which means this conversion isn’t as simple as cutting and pasting into a new system. It’s a complex process but we were supported by the Ultimus team at every step. We highly value this hands-on approach in establishing new vendor relationships.”

Homestead Funds is a mutual fund manager with roots in rural America, originally formed over 30 years ago to invest on behalf of community electric cooperatives and their members. Across market cycles, the firm has grown in size and scope, gaining recognition through an array of mutual funds. Homestead Funds strives to harness the ideals of integrity, commitment, and collaboration to develop personalized investment strategies while offering shareholders the resources, education, and support needed to help build the bright financial futures they deserve.

“We are excited for this opportunity to work with a unique organization like Homestead Funds,” said Ultimus Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer Ian Martin. “Homestead Funds has a sizeable concentration of direct shareholders which presents a unique set of requirements, scale and expertise. Ultimus is perfectly positioned to service these types of forward-thinking firms since our existing technology can be customized without compromising the underlying architecture of traditional TA services. With our uTRANSACT technology, we look forward to partnering to support Homestead’s entry into new markets while enhancing their current shareholders’ servicing experience.”

Summarizing the current trends, Martin also noted, “Investment managers and fund families are positioning themselves to deliver an enhanced shareholder servicing model while expanding their digital presence. With the continued rise in distribution costs for funds, leveraging modern technology in transfer agent and shareholders services is critical to their ability to compete for new growth. However, many are finding legacy systems aren’t flexible or adaptable to bolt on new tools or applications. That’s where Ultimus shines. Our proprietary technology is built to be customizable, flexible and easily adaptable into the future.”

* * *


---

# Ultimus Appoints Paul Wahmann to Lead Middle Office Services & Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-appoints-paul-wahmann-to-lead-middle-office-services-solutions/_

# Ultimus Appoints Paul Wahmann to Lead Middle Office Services & Solutions

Subscribe

March 17, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – March 17, 2022** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, middle office, and investor solutions, is pleased to welcome Paul Wahmann to the firm as Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services. In this critical market-facing role, Wahmann will focus on leading the strategic direction of Ultimus’ middle office (MO) product offering, including technology capabilities, service offering expansion and client service experience.

With over a decade of direct MO management experience, Wahmann will provide industry operational best practices and assist with continuing to enhance the firm’s technology stack for MO. He will also be responsible for ensuring the firm provides exceptional service in client onboarding and ongoing relationship management.

“Middle office is a growing business for Ultimus, so I am excited to have Paul on board,” says Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman. “Paul is a great example of our commitment to excellence and to investing in our business and particularly our middle office solutions. Many of our clients and other asset management firms want a middle office solution which is differentiated on technology and service. Paul is here to ensure we continue to invest and grow our middle office offering appropriately. His extensive experience further expands our capacity to meet the market’s, and our clients’ evolving needs. Plus, with his industry connections, Paul will continue to build on and leverage key partnerships that contribute to our clients’ success.”

Prior to joining Ultimus, Wahmann most recently served as Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive of Investment Operations at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. With more than twenty-five years of global experience in investment administration/middle office, Wahmann is a seasoned investment operations leader with a proven track record of executing operational strategy and transformation, risk mitigation, human capital management, and consistency in meeting financial objectives.

“This is a strategic position for Ultimus, as Paul brings tremendous middle office operations experience to our team,” says Bill Tomko, Executive Vice President, Head of Fund Servicing at Ultimus. “His invaluable insights will be instrumental in enhancing our institutional strength and presence in the middle office marketplace. Paul will also help us continue to develop the product offering with the ultimate goal of providing the best technology and services for our clients.”

* * *


---

# Ultimus Gains New Interval and Tender Fund Clients

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-gains-new-interval-and-tender-fund-clients/_

# Ultimus Gains New Interval and Tender Fund Clients

Subscribe

April 20, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – April 20, 2022** – As a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^) is pleased to announce its notable growth in the interval and tender funds sector in 2021 with the volume of clients it acquired. The growth trend has continued in 2022 with the launch of interval and tender funds for another three new clients: Fairway Capital Management, Lind Capital Partners, and an undisclosed registered investment advisor (RIA). Additionally, Ultimus has several more new clients in the queue prepping to launch funds over the next two quarters.

Due to the complexity of the investment strategies of each client, an established yet flexible skillset is required to structure these funds for a ‘40 Act, which regulates the establishment, operations, and reporting requirements for public investment funds.

For Lind Capital Partners, Ultimus helped launched an interval fund, for which it converted two limited partnerships into the fund. Ultimus assisted Lind by merging private funds into a new registered product offering, allowing Lind to expand its distribution footprint and help grow its assets under management.

Ultimus also helped create a distinct tender offer fund for Fairway Capital Management which is now one of the only a few firms providing exposure to venture capital investments.

Ultimus’ third major new client is an RIA seeking to provide a more efficient vehicle for clients. For this particular firm, Ultimus assisted in the development of the fund as an allocation vehicle. This fund will provide all of the firm’s clients with more efficient investing process enabling their clients’ easier access to alternative investment options.

A spokesperson for Lind said, “Ultimus was a crucial partner for our conversion from a private fund to an interval fund. Their expertise, experience, and support allowed us to create a fund to support our client’s needs and enable us to grow our business in a segment of the market where we would otherwise not have a means to access.”

A Fairway spokesperson said, “Ultimus’ support streamlined the launch of our fund, from their knowledge regarding the product features to ensure all regulatory requirements were considered. This is an important benefit for our clients in meeting their financial goals.”

Focused on delivering a client-centric experience, Ultimus has the talent, experience and technology to easily scale offerings for both registered and private fund businesses. With $400 billion AUA in the registered and private funds, Ultimus is flexible enough to customize fund solutions for clients and is able to provide a hybrid servicing model between the private and registered spaces.

“We are unique in our ability to provide solutions through our modern servicing platforms, proprietary technology, industry leading talent and our high-touch consultative service delivery model for the administration needs of small, mid and large fund sponsors, pensions, endowments, foundations, and other large institutions,” said [Gary Harris](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+harris), Ultimus’ Executive Vice President, Head of Sales and Business Development.

[Nick Darsch](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#nickolaus+darsch), Senior Vice President, Business Development at Ultimus adds: “These three clients have complex investment strategies that require a high level of experience and skill to launch and service. Our goal at Ultimus is to continually build and expand our technology and services so that we are offering what we believe to be best-in-class solutions for our clients. We not only seek to earn the new client’s business but help them to flourish and support them as they launch additional products — whether the client is a startup or a billion-dollar organization, we are the right partner for complex fund launches.”

* * *

*14848006 4/20/2022*


---

# Ultimus Partners with FundGuard to Provide a Technology-Driven NAV Contingency Solution

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-partners-with-fundguard-to-provide-a-technology-driven-nav-contingency-solution/_

# Ultimus Partners with FundGuard to Provide a Technology-Driven   NAV Contingency Solution

Subscribe

April 26, 2022

**NEW YORK, CINCINNATI, APRIL 26, 2022:** [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ ([Ultimus](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service tech-enabled fund administration, accounting, middle office and investor solutions to traditional and alternative fund managers, continues to invest in technology driven solutions, offering its investment manager clients an enhanced contingent NAV (net asset value) solution utilizing FundGuard’s platform. The FundGuard solution allows Ultimus to offer clients additional services to calculate real-time contingent NAVs for their registered funds. Clients can also utilize the solution for shadow NAV monitoring as an oversight to the normal daily NAV calculation process.

Commenting on the new solution, [Bill Tomko](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#bill+tomko), EVP, Head of Fund Servicing at Ultimus, said, “Business Continuity Planning is a critical component of our over-all service offering to our clients. Three years ago, we migrated to a multi-region cloud-based server architecture with real-time replication between regions. The FundGuard solution allows us to provide our clients who want the additional daily oversight and capabilities of an independent NAV contingency system.”

Ultimus CEO, [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), said, “We continually seek to make the right investments in our technology solutions to enhance and strengthen our service offering for clients. Part of our overall technology investment includes this FundGuard solution, which allows us to offer clients the option of NAV oversight solution and the ability to further mitigate risks.”

Commenting on the FundGuard relationship, Tenkman commented, “We are also evaluating other services from FundGuard we can leverage to provide to clients. Working with business partners such as FundGuard, help us advance our fund administration offering and provide us with innovative solutions and first to market technology that many other service providers don’t have.”

[John Lehner](https://www.fundguard.com/about#founders), FundGuard President said, “We’re extremely pleased to be working with Ultimus for their NAV contingency requirements. We have built a new generation global asset servicing platform in which the use of the cloud and AI fundamentally changes the way asset managers handle their asset servicing requirements. Being able to provide a fit-for-purpose NAV contingency solution that massively reduces outage risks, is a key part of this. We look forward to working with Ultimus as they implement this for their clients.”

* * *

**About FundGuard**

FundGuard is a next-generation, AI-powered SaaS platform for investment management and administration. FundGuard helps asset managers and fund administrators to manage mutual funds, ETFs, hedge funds, insurance products, and pension funds, supporting digital transformation, operations automation, AI-based insights, resiliency, and migration to the cloud. FundGuard is backed by strategic partners including Citi and State Street Corp, venture firms Blumberg Capital, LionBird Ventures, and Team8 Capital among others, as well as industry executives Heidi Miller, Jack Klinck, Jay Mandelbaum and others. Please visit [www.fundguard.com](http://www.fundguard.com/).

*14826887 4/13/2022*


---

# Ultimus Welcomes Sean McLean as SVP, Retail Alternative Fund Services Amid Growth Surge

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-welcomes-sean-mclean-as-svp-retail-alternative-fund-services-amid-growth-surge/_

# Ultimus Welcomes Sean McLean as SVP, Retail Alternative Fund Services Amid Growth Surge

Subscribe

June 9, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – June 9, 2022 – [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to welcome Sean McLean as Senior Vice President, Retail Alternative Fund Services. In his new role at Ultimus, McLean will lead the fund accounting group that services Ultimus’ retail alternative fund business, which includes interval funds, tender offer funds, and business development companies (BDCs).

McLean brings over twenty-five years of industry experience servicing all types of registered fund clients, including significant experience in servicing clients in the retail alternative funds space which often requires a unique and complex blend of both technology and services.

[Bill Tomko](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#bill+tomko), EVP, Head of Fund Servicing, notes the complexities of retail alternative funds. “There are frequently distinctive complexities with alternative fund servicing that requires a flexible and creative service model customized for specific client needs, including integrated technology solutions. Sean’s direct experience in this space and proven leadership will further enhance our current service offering.”

McLean will report to Tomko and also partner alongside the business and product development teams. [Gary Harris](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+harris), EVP, Head of Sales echoes Tomko’s sentiment in welcoming McLean to the firm and reflects on how this hire is a direct investment in servicing alternative funds. “Ultimus continues to experience significant growth in the retail alternative space, and we do not see any slowdown in the demand for these products. Their particular complexities and servicing requirements demand deep knowledge and domain proficiency along with highly integrated technology and processes to effectively launch and support them. We are excited to welcome Sean and his extensive experience and knowledge in this industry, particularly with these retail alternative structures."

McLean’s new role at Ultimus is in direct response to the continued growth the firm has been experiencing in alternative fund servicing and bolsters its position as an industry leader. Based on a recent whitepaper collaboration with XA Investments, Ultimus’ Nickolaus Darsch, SVP, Business Development, recently published a blog on “[Exploring Interval Fund Launch Strategies](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/blog/exploring-interval-fund-launch-strategies/).” Ultimus is also a member of the [Institute for Portfolio Alternatives](https://www.ipa.com/) (IPA) and a [Nicsa Alternative Investments Committee](https://www.nicsa.org/communities/community-home?CommunityKey=ee5cccfc-5b50-44d9-abc1-91cde89cd628) participant. Its active involvement in industry groups and forums has contributed to its growth surge.

Furthermore, [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), Ultimus’ CEO, notes how McLean’s hire ultimately reflects a steadfast commitment to investing in resources and accruing seasoned financial professionals to enhance institutional strength. “We are pleased to welcome Sean to the team, and this is another example of Ultimus’ continued investment in our people and maintaining our leadership role in this industry,” he says. “We are dedicated to meeting the evolving needs of our clients and providing leading retail alternative fund service offering. We’re glad to have him on our team and eager to work with him.”

* * *

15141014 6/8/2022


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Appoints Joe Scott to Senior Vice President Position

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-appoints-joe-scott-to-senior-vice-president-position/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Appoints Joe Scott to  Senior Vice President Position

Subscribe

June 22, 2022

**CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK** – June 22, 2022 – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/)^®^, a leading private fund administrator, is pleased to announce the addition of Joe Scott as Senior Vice President. He will play a strategic, client-facing role as he oversees multiple fund administration teams that service the firm’s expanding client base. Scott brings over two decades of experience with nuanced funds and adeptness at meeting clients’ complex needs while forging strong relationships with clients and team members.

In his new position at Ultimus LeverPoint, Scott will assist the firm in leveraging advanced technology to automate and streamline data and simplify reporting packages. He will also focus on enhancing quality control processes, optimizing team performance, and providing the best possible service and solutions to new and existing alternative fund management clients. As Ultimus LeverPoint continues to scale, Scott’s twenty-two years of experience with marketplace changes, evolving fund management and investor needs will enable him to share a seasoned industry perspective.

[Evan Audette](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#evan+audette), Executive Vice President, and COO at Ultimus LeverPoint, notes how Scott’s experience combined with his client-centric philosophy will be a valuable asset to the firm. “Joe brings a knowledgeable industry perspective due to his longevity as a seasoned financial professional, and his reputation for putting clients first while optimizing team performance precedes him,” he says. “During his career, Joe has balanced changes in reporting requirements, marketplace conditions, and investor needs while automating and streamlining processes to maximize team efficiency and strengthen new and existing client relationships. We are pleased to welcome him to the team, and we look forward to utilizing his experience in meeting the ever-evolving needs of our clients and their investors.”

[Tom DiEgidio](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#tom+diegidio), President of Ultimus LeverPoint, echoes Audette’s sentiment, adding how Scott’s hire reflects the firm’s commitment to crafting cohesive team structures and bolstering institutional strength. “I have had the pleasure of a long-term personal and professional relationship with Joe,” he says. “During this time, I have had a front-row view in terms of observing how he has built and managed teams, increased efficiency, and contributed to a positive internal culture. His ability to craft strong team structures is essential as our client base continues to grow, and his hire is a direct reflection of our ongoing commitment to investing in top industry talent as we continue to grow.”

Previously, Scott held the position of Managing Director at UMB Fund Services where he oversaw six accounting teams across various locations while spearheading client relationships and client management. Prior to his time at UMB Fund Services, he served as the Director of Private Equity Administration at BNY Mellon.

###

*ULP 15211397 06/21/2022*


---

# Ultimus Unveils uANALYZE™ as Part of Its Middle and Back Office Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-unveils-uanalyze-as-part-of-its-middle-and-back-office-solutions/_

# Ultimus Unveils uANALYZE™ as Part of Its  Middle and Back Office Solutions

Subscribe

June 29, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – June 29, 2022 – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce the latest version of uANALYZE™. As part of Ultimus’ proprietary uSUITE^®^ technology, the latest version of uANALYZE enables additional portfolio performance and analytics reporting, fully enabling clients to run a broad set of portfolio analysis including shock analysis and performance attribution.

Additionally, while Ultimus’ middle office product offering already provides interfaces to aggregate custodian, market, and portfolio accounting data from external stakeholders, uANALYZE allows clients to structure portfolio data to fit their specific needs. Many investment managers readily experience data challenges driven by varying degrees of differences in the marketplace by custodians, market utilities, accounting providers, and analytics. The uANALYZE portal’s aggregated data and normalization functionality provides ready access to clients, allowing them to manage their investment strategies and downstream operations more efficiently.

[Paul Wahmann](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/news/ultimus-appoints-paul-wahmann-to-lead-middle-office-services-solutions/), Ultimus’ SVP and Head of Middle Office Services, explains how uANALYZE transforms the daily operations of investment managers. “Our clients curate a tremendous amount of constituent data from various custodians and external sources, including websites and feeds, requiring constant maintenance and support. This data is not aggregated nor consistent, and they spend countless hours extracting and normalizing the data. uANALYZE provides timely IBOR data through the portal, introducing valuable synergies that are often missing in daily operations.” He concludes, “The uANALYZE application is a reflection of Ultimus’ ongoing commitment to meet our clients’ diverse needs with a comprehensive and ever-evolving technology strategy.”

Ultimus’ uSUITE platform continues to leverage its unique data driven ecosystem made up of Application Programming Interfaces (APIs), Robotic Process Automation and Machine Learning to drive each of its proprietary applications, including the [award-winning uCONNECT™](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/news/ultimus-wins-prestigious-innovation-award-from-global-custodian-for-uconnect-technology-2/). The applications are developed in-house and work in tandem to enhance the firm’s offering, such as streamlining Ultimus’ fund accounting and investor services workflow and other operational functions. uANALYZE is the most recent addition to uSUITE, offering an innovative smart tool to distill and enhance key middle office data in a user-configurable environment.

[Jason Stevens](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#jason+stevens), Ultimus’ EVP and Chief Technology Officer, elaborates on the cutting-edge technology behind uANALYZE. “uANALYZE is an open architecture API-based solution that wields a high degree of flexibility. The underlying technology allows for straightforward data integrations, while the front end provides customized dashboard analytics and access to blended data,” he says. “Importantly, uANALYZE will serve as a front-end client portal into Ultimus’ middle office platform, allowing clients and their investors to slice and dice data and view insightful dashboard analytics. Instead of receiving batches of files, data reporting will become more flexible for core middle office activities.”

Ultimus provides enhanced outsourced middle office solutions, including trade settlement services, portfolio accounting and reconciliation, performance reporting, compliance, and investor services. The firm also recently received the [*Best Data Management Solution Back/Middle Office* award](https://www.fiopsandservicesawards.com/page/2077031/2022-winners) from With Intelligence at the 2022 Fund Operations & Services Awards. uANALYZE greatly enhances the firm’s award-winning middle office offering by providing aggregated data and normalization functionality.

* * *

15247611 6/29/2022


---

# Ultimus’ Darsch Selected to Serve on Prestigious IPA Rising Leaders Council

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-darsch-selected-to-serve-on-prestigious-ipa-rising-leaders-council/_

# Ultimus’ Darsch Selected to Serve on Prestigious IPA Rising Leaders Council

Subscribe

July 13, 2022

Cincinnati, OH – July 13, 2022 - Ultimus Fund Solutions proudly announces the selection of Nickolaus Darsch to serve on the IPA Rising Leaders Council for the 2022-2024 term. Darsch is Senior Vice President in Business Development and joined Ultimus in 2019.

The IPA (Institute for Portfolio Alternatives) Rising Leaders Council is composed of associates from member firms who are dynamic and talented individuals and committed to shaping and advancing the PDI (Portfolio Diversifying Investments) industry. This term’s council is comprised of 46 members who were nominated by member firms as outstanding individuals and recognized as future industry leaders.

The Council was created under the direction of IPA’s Board of Directors to recognize emerging leaders by providing a unique opportunity to serve the industry. Members of this distinguished group demonstrate excellence and are responsible for spearheading strategic education and outreach initiatives on behalf of the IPA.

The Council is committed to advocating the IPA’s mission to help expand access to real assets and create more opportunities for retail investors to effectively balance their portfolios. The IPA provides national leadership for the PDI industry by bringing together the top asset managers, product distribution partners and industry service providers - new and established - who are dedicated to driving the industry forward through education, innovation and transparency.

As a member of IPA, Ultimus is committed to help drive growth, shape the latest trends in product evolution, and assist to expand distribution channels in the alternative asset industry. The firm looks forward to the contributions of Darsch and his fellow council members over the next few years.

Following up on its [recent news of assisting new clients launch interval and tender funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/news/ultimus-gains-new-interval-and-tender-fund-clients/), Ultimus continues its notable growth in this space by signing additional clients in Q2 as a result of its modern servicing platforms, proprietary technology, industry leading talent and high-touch consultative service delivery model.

* * *

15303332 7/11/2022


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Expands Relationship Management Team with Additional SVP Hires

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-expands-relationship-management-team-with-additional-svp-hires/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Expands Relationship Management Team with Additional SVP Hires

Subscribe

July 12, 2022

CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – July 12, 2022 – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions™](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/), a leading tech-driven private fund administrator, is pleased to welcome Lori Shupak, Christina Haas, and Erin Whyman to its relationship management team. The Relationship Management Team is responsible for serving as a senior point of contact for new and existing clients, supporting the firm’s service teams and engaging in strategic dialogue with clients. The addition of three relationship managers at the Senior Vice President level within the last year is a direct reflection of the firm’s commitment to hiring experienced talent for high quality and strategic client service.

[Kelly Ramsey Gooch](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#kelly+ramsey+gooch), EVP, Client Relationship Officer, Ultimus LeverPoint, notes how relationship managers are essential to client satisfaction, retention, and growth. “The relationship management team supports our clients and the internal teams that service them,” she says. “Reinforcing our relationship management team allows clients to not only benefit from the firm’s technical proficiency in private equity administration and accounting but to access our relationship managers’ varied experience and skillsets, including strategic insights, onboarding project management, business updates, and views on current trends and best practices. I have no doubt that Lori, Christina, and Erin’s unique strengths will be indispensable to our clients and colleagues.”

[Lori Shupak](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#lori+shupak), SVP, Relationship Management, has more than thirty years of experience as a seasoned financial services professional with senior leadership and client-facing roles. Her prior position as Senior Vice President at SS&C Technologies, Inc., formerly known as Citi Private Equity Services, led her to develop and execute strategies to drive client satisfaction, retention, and growth.

In addition, [Christina Haas](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#christina+haas), SVP, Relationship Management, possesses over fifteen years of experience in private markets with a deep focus on cultivating internal and external relationships contributing to organizational growth and revenue. In her former role as Practice Growth Leader at FD Fund Administration, which was recently acquired by Ultimus, she utilized her relationship and organizational skills to direct strategic vision, growth, and talent development. Prior to that, Haas worked in investor relations for both real estate and private equity investment funds.

Furthermore, [Erin Whyman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#erin+whyman), SVP, Relationship Management, brings fourteen years of experience in the financial services industry with an emphasis on client service, experience, strategy, and methodology. In her previous role at BNY Mellon, she utilized her skills as Vice President of FX Transitions and Client Onboarding to lead fifteen team members in creating successful, client-centric outcomes.

Notably, Ultimus LeverPoint recently received recognition for its client-centric culture and commitment to excellence. Last year, the firm obtained the highest overall score in Global Custodian’s 2021 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey. The independent survey also recorded a resounding consensus among Ultimus LeverPoint’s clients, with the firm receiving a score of 6.83 out of 7 in the client service category and outperforming the 5.76 industry average.

Ultimus CEO [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman) notes the importance of the firm’s survey scores in tandem with its investment in relationship management. “Our clients are our utmost priority, and Ultimus is unwavering in its commitment to meeting their evolving needs,” he says. “The firm’s client service score and our growing relationship management team demonstrates our continual investment in top industry talent to develop strategic client relationships and custom solutions. Kelly is putting together a fantastic group, and we are pleased to welcome Lori, Christina, and Erin to the team.”

ULP 15310249 07/08/2022


---

# Ultimus Receives Unprecedented Independent Survey Results

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-receives-unprecedented-independent-survey-results/_

# Ultimus Receives Unprecedented Independent Survey Results

Subscribe

July 19, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – July 19, 2022 – [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its record-breaking results in *Global Custodian’s* 2022 Mutual Fund Administration Survey, earning the highest overall service satisfaction scores in the industry.

The third-party survey examined client responses across thirteen categories, with Ultimus obtaining the highest scores in all thirteen, including perfect marks in nine. For the eighth consecutive year, Ultimus’ clients awarded the firm exceptionally high marks, further validating the company’s client-centric approach. As a result, Ultimus received the distinguished Global Outperformer and Category Outperformer accreditations from *Global Custodian.*

The thirteen categories in *Global Custodian’s* annual survey included client service, onboarding, fund accounting, and transfer agency, among others. Furthermore, three of the nine categories in which Ultimus accrued a perfect score of 7.0 were onboarding, transfer agency, and middle office services.

According to *Global Custodian’s* write-up of the published results, client quotes also reflected incredible satisfaction with the firm’s client-centered culture:

- *“Ultimus Fund Services provides an extremely high level of service to our firm and funds.”*
- *“The response time to our inquiries is fantastic.”*
- *Regarding Onboarding, another says their experience with new funds “continues to be flawless!”*

[Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), Ultimus’ CEO, notes the firm’s appreciation for its clients and attributes the exceptionally high marks to the team’s dedication to service. “We are delighted to receive these remarkably high scores as evidence of our outstanding service, for the eighth year in a row,” he says. “To me these results are a direct reflection of having experienced industry talent who are passionate about providing top notch service and leveraging best in class technology. The Ultimus team deserves all the credit!”

Appreciating client’s participation in the survey, Tenkman says, “Thank you to each client who took time out of their hectic schedules to participate in the survey and post tangible positive comments. It is a high honor since no one is obligated to do so, and we will continue to put our clients first, day after day, year over year.”

[Bill Tomko](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#bill+tomko), EVP, Head of Fund Servicing at Ultimus, elaborates on the firm’s client-centric interactions and congratulates Ultimus team members for their outstanding client service. “Our client interactions start before they ever join Ultimus or launch a fund. First, we extend the time and attention necessary to understand their goals and the nuances of their business, then create a tailored approach to address their needs,” he says. “I want to thank the Ultimus team for their hard work and dedication to this level of service, especially since we and our clients are still in a mostly virtual environment. That is a huge accomplishment. This steadfast client-centric approach is indeed the Ultimus difference, and the *Global Custodian* survey results have once again affirmed that.”

* * *

15329945 7/15/2022


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces Partnership with New York Alternative Investment Roundtable

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-announces-partnership-with-new-york-alternative-investment-roundtable/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces Partnership with New York Alternative Investment Roundtable

Subscribe

July 29, 2022

**Clifton Park, New York - July 29, 2022 –** [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/) is pleased to announce its partnership with the New York Alternative Investment Roundtable, helping to promote education and best practices in the alternative investment industry by participating in the organization’s monthly forum discussions.

[New York Alternative Investment Roundtable](https://ny-alt.org/) (NY-ALT) is a non-profit organization that fosters high-caliber networking and professional growth through events that feature visionary investment thinkers and compelling topics. Membership is comprised of investors, investment managers and other industry professionals. NY-ALT members serve as mentors in their community by sharing their interests and knowledge within the alternatives industry.

In addition to industry topics, NY-ALT highlights New York City area philanthropies to expose members to organizations they may be interested in becoming involved with or supporting. The Roundtable's membership consists of investors, fund managers, analysts, and other industry professionals who regularly meet to discuss current issues within the industry and to connect with peers.

“Between its extensive knowledge of the funding side of the alternative investment industry and its broad-based customer portfolio of investment funds, Ultimus LeverPoint has its finger on the pulse of the industry. We are so happy to welcome the firm as the newest addition to the Roundtable’s existing sponsors and believe its addition will provide an invaluable perspective for our membership,” said Alessandra Tocco, President of the New York Alternative Investment Roundtable. “We are excited to see the impact that the firm’s involvement with the Roundtable and its industry expertise will have on our future events.”

Added [Frank Anduiza](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#frank+anduiza), an Executive Vice President and Head of Private Fund Sales for Ultimus LeverPoint: “The Roundtable’s long-term dedication to shining a spotlight on the most topical and important issues within the alternative investment industry makes it an appealing partner for our firm. We are delighted to be able to help foster the Roundtable’s mission of connecting people within the industry through timely educational gatherings.”

*ULP* *15393191 07/29/2022*


---

# Ultimus Welcomes Senior Fund Executive Shannon Thibeaux-Burgess

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-welcomes-senior-fund-executive-shannon-thibeaux-burgess/_

# Ultimus Welcomes Senior Fund Executive Shannon Thibeaux-Burgess

Subscribe

August 25, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – August 25, 2022 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration and investor solutions, is pleased to welcome Shannon Thibeaux-Burgess as Senior Vice President - Relationship Management to the firm.

Thibeaux-Burgess brings more than 25 years of financial industry experience to the firm, most recently at J.P. Morgan Chase and State Street Bank. She possesses a well-rounded area of focus including, but not limited to: servicing mutual funds, executive management, ETFs, and ’40 Act regulatory administration services. In her role at Ultimus she will be responsible for developing and maintaining client relationships by working closely with clients and the Ultimus service teams to ensure high client satisfaction levels. She will also be dedicated to offering asset management clients the breadth of customized services and assisting them with product expansion as needed.

As Ultimus’ registered client base continues to grow, Thibeaux-Burgess’ broad experience with registered products, including mutual funds, ETFs and retail alternatives, adds an important element of credibility as she works with clients helping to expand product line-ups for investors. Plus, her decades of experience and strong background in ‘40 Act funds substantiate her as a strategic addition to support Ultimus’ growing series trust business.

Ultimus CEO [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman) relates that Thibeaux-Burgess’ addition to the relationship management team reflects the firm’s commitment to attracting and retaining experienced industry leadership. “As Ultimus expands our resources to facilitate our growth with institutional clients, we continue to invest in top-notch leadership who exemplify integrity and dedication,” he said. “Shannon is an accomplished professional and we are extremely proud to welcome her to the Ultimus team.”

Thibeaux-Burgess most recently served as Head of Regulatory Services at J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. in Boston, Massachusetts. Prior to that, she served as Chief Administrative Officer on the Fund Administration Legal team at State Street Bank and Trust Company. Much of her experience lies in regulatory services and board governance, which involves regular interaction with clients and trustees, and a strong working knowledge of the rules that govern ’40 Act registered products.

In addition to years of admirable dedication to expanding her career in the finance industry, Thibeaux-Burgess has a strong humanitarian presence in her community. Involved in programs such as the *“Goodwill, Put your Clothes to Work”* program, the Kiva Micro Loan program, and the South Shore Habitat for Humanity, she demonstrates the solicitous characteristics that are essential to be an effective leader in client relations.

* * *

*15537784 8/23/2022*


---

# Ultimus Completes Cloud Strategy with Transfer Agent Migration to Azure

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-completes-cloud-strategy-with-transfer-agent-migration-to-azure/_

# Ultimus Completes Cloud Strategy with  Transfer Agent Migration to Azure

Subscribe

October 11, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – October 11, 2022 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce the completion of its migration to the cloud. This strategic move allows the firm to innovate faster, build and deploy solutions at scale and take advantage of the cloud’s continuously updated infrastructure. Moving the firm’s Transfer Agency data and operations to the cloud completes the firm’s final phase of a multi-year migration plan. Virtualization of servers enables Ultimus to consolidate all systems to the cloud and continue to operate at exceptional performance levels in a time-efficient manner.

Use of the cloud for data storage and transfer significantly shortens the life cycle of project development and increases the flexibility within Ultimus’ daily operations. The firm will be able to provide quicker-to-market tech-enhanced operational solutions for clients and will increase the overall efficiency of client portals and data reporting. Clients will undoubtedly notice the firm’s ability to quickly develop projects related to client initiatives and create more diverse solutions.

Cloud technology vastly improves reliability of access to needed information. The use of cloud technology significantly increases the ability to ramp up/down infrastructure quickly, allowing the firm to build heavy-scale applications and conduct performance tests at a rapid pace without risk of system outages.

Ultimus consistently evolves to provide clients with the most innovative technology and customized solutions while also procuring the most secure methods to maintain data integrity. Within the Azure tenant, Ultimus’ main cloud platform, Ultimus leverages a combination of native features and 3rd party applications to establish the highest level of security controls and monitoring, including next-generation firewalls, security agents, data encryption, and real-time activity monitoring among others.

[Jason Stevens](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#jason+stevens), EVP, Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, notes that the firm implemented a concerted data and technology strategy several years ago with the goal of modernizing technologies. As a result, all systems can continuously adapt to the changing investment management market and Fintech environment. “Executing a phased migration to the cloud was strategic in securing Ultimus’ position at the forefront of technology development. As technology evolves, we continue to provide clients with the efficient, rapid, innovative service that they have grown to expect from Ultimus.”

Ultimus CEO, [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman) emphasizes the importance of investing in the most secure technology to continue to provide clients with the award-winning service they seek. “We are committed to being a strategic tech-driven partner with our asset management clients and we will continue to invest in advantageous technology. Jason and his technology team remain forward thinking and are doing a phenomenal job of keeping us at the leading edge of the industry, while also maintaining the data integrity and security for clients. Client interest is the main priority in every move we make. Moving vendor applications to the cloud help us to quickly scale with the changing needs and growth of our business.”

* * *

*15756683 10/6/2022*


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Fund Solutions Achieves Near Perfect Score in 2022 Global Custodian Private Equity Fund Administration Survey

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-fund-solutions-achieves-near-perfect-score-in-2022-global-custodian-private-equity-fund-administration-survey/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Fund Solutions Achieves Near Perfect Score in 2022 Global Custodian Private Equity Fund Administration Survey

Subscribe

October 12, 2022

Clifton Park, New York – October 12, 2022 - [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://ultimusleverpoint.com/) is pleased to announce that it has achieved a near-perfect score, outperforming its direct peers/competitors with an overall score of 6.50 out of 7.00 in *Global Custodian*’s 2022 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey, significantly outpacing the global averages in all 8 applicable categories surveyed, and achieving the highest score in the survey for managers with over $1B in assets.

This is the second year in a row that the survey results have rewarded Ultimus LeverPoint’s commitment to a client-centric service model. While the industry has experienced unprecedented growth, a challenge to everyone, Ultimus LeverPoint continues to make investments in its people and technology. As a result, the survey findings affirm the intentional steps taken at Ultimus LeverPoint continue to elevate the experience of both its asset manager clients and investors. At the same time, the survey responses are a vivid reminder that Ultimus LeverPoint clients view the firm as a trusted fund administration provider.

This independent annual survey by Global Custodian (GC) measures the scores of private equity firms regarding the quality of the services provided to them by their third-party fund administrators and is conducted between the firms and GC. The survey covers administration topics important to fund managers such as client service, technology, reporting, onboarding, compliance, and others. As a result of the 2022 Global Custodian survey, Ultimus LeverPoint has been nominated for awards in all 6 of the private equity award categories in the upcoming Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards.

Survey responses included comments from clients that validate the firms’ client-centric approach. According to the survey report, one client commented: “Ultimus LeverPoint team goes above and beyond any other administrator we've had. They aren't just a typical administrator. They are an integral part of our team, and our firm would not be able to function without them.”

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman says the *Global Custodian* Private Equity Fund Administration survey recognizes not only the clients’ allegiance, but the work of Ultimus associates, “I’m truly proud of the work our teams put forth daily to partner with and support our clients. I would like to thank our employees for their dedication and persistent efforts. We have exceptional Ultimus team members to foster relationships with our outstanding clients. Our commitment to our clients is what drives our team—and we’ll continue to invest in our people, technology, and customized services.”

In addition, this industry benchmark is especially gratifying because it is an independent survey and the results come directly from clients. “The *Global Custodian* survey results demonstrate that our clients recognize our commitment to leading-edge technology, our top industry talent, as well as our customized services. They value the services we provide to them,” Tenkman said. “I’m grateful to our clients who place their trust in us and believe in a partnership with us.”

Kelly Ramsey Gooch, EVP, Client Relationship Officer for Ultimus LeverPoint, says that this annual survey once again affirms that the firm’s client-centric service model resonates with clients. “Our relationships with current and future clients guide everything we do,” she says. “This year’s scores reflect our desire to elevate our clients’ experience along with that of their investors. We continually look for opportunities to provide the best possible solutions and to help clients achieve success. Our scores were excellent, yet at the same time, we understand that we need to work hard every day to continue earning our clients’ trust and business.”

Highlights of the 2022 survey results include the following:

- Ultimus LeverPoint’s overall average score of 6.50 significantly exceeded the industry average overall score of 5.96
- The firm’s individual category scores outperformed industry average scores in all 8 applicable categories surveyed.
- The firm received a resounding 6.86 in On-boarding, well above the industry average of 5.99.
- As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint received two important accreditations from *Global Custodian*:

    - *Global Outperformer*, which signifies that the firm’s overall score exceeds the industry average score.
    - *Category Outperformer*, indicating that the firm’s score in one or more categories was higher than the industry average score.
- As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint has been nominated for the following Private Equity Administration awards:

    - *Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year*
    - *Client Service*
    - *Onboarding*
    - *Technology*
    - *Reporting*
    - *Capital Drawdowns & Distributions*

###

*ULP 15773230 10/10/2022*


---

# Ultimus Welcomes Gail Zess and Catherine Pfeifer to Pivotal Leadership Roles

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-welcomes-gail-zess-and-catherine-pfeifer-to-pivotal-leadership-roles/_

# Ultimus Welcomes Gail Zess and Catherine Pfeifer to Pivotal Leadership Roles

Subscribe

October 18, 2022

CINCINNATI, OH – October 18, 2022 [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enabled fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to welcome Gail Zess, VP of Relationship Management, and Catherine Pfeifer, AVP of Control Accounting, to the firm. Ultimus continues to fill key senior positions with experienced talent to meet its increasing growth in clients while providing a diversified knowledge base.

Ultimus’ steady yet significant growth reflects how continuing to be innovative while also investing in our talent has proven to be a tremendous advantage during this rapidly changing industry. [Ian Martin](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#ian+martin), Ultimus’ EVP, Chief Administrative Officer, believes that in order to keep Ultimus as adaptive and innovative as it has proven to be, it’s important that it values individuals with the experience needed to develop new ideas. “Actions always speak louder than words. When Ultimus talks about people being their greatest asset, we truly mean it. We are hiring dedicated individuals with tremendous industry knowledge not only to keep pace with our growth but to continue to deliver exceptional service to our clients and their shareholders. Having worked previously with both Gail and Catie, I am confident they will fit perfectly into the Ultimus culture and will contribute significantly to enhancing the client experience.”

Gail Zess joined Ultimus’ Relationship Management team with over 30 years of experience specializing in strengthening and maintaining client relationships. Her breadth of experience, especially in transfer agent operations, makes her an invaluable member of the team as Ultimus continues to expand its footprint and the types of business we support. Zess comes from U.S. Bank, where her work as Client Relationship Manager/VP earned her the 2019 *U.S. Bank Legends of Possible Award*; the highest honor an employee can receive at that firm. Her experience in client retention and expansion, and her ability to liaise between multiple teams to achieve the highest quality of client service, will make her an integral addition to the firm.

Zess shares her excitement for her new role where her strengths in client services will be welcomed and valued. “I’m beyond thrilled to accept the position of relationship manager at Ultimus Fund Solutions, a growing company that truly values its clients and employees. I’m excited to be connecting with new co-workers and clients as I re-dedicate myself to fostering successful partnerships.”

Catherine (Catie) Pfeifer joined the firm accounting team as AVP, Control Accounting, and will co-lead the financial control team. Also from U.S. Bank, her expertise in Transfer Agent accounting, quality control, and operations management comprises the solid background needed to illuminate the diversity and innovation of Ultimus’ culture. Pfeifer is a two-time recipient of the *U.S. Bank Platinum Award* for service excellence. She will lead the team in additional technological enhancements to efficiently provide clients with services that fit their individual needs.

Pfeifer relates, “It is refreshing to join a company that values and hires experienced associates. Ultimus is growing, and it is a strategic way to manage an expanding business to ensure success for our clients. Gail and I also have the knowledge and experience to continue helping develop future leaders for the organization as well.”

* * *

15783435 10/12/2022


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Appoints Scott Trimble to Business Development Team

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-appoints-scott-trimble-to-business-development-team/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Appoints Scott Trimble to Business Development Team

Subscribe

October 24, 2022

CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – October 24, 2022 – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions™](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/), a leading tech-driven private fund administrator, is pleased to announce Scott Trimble recently joined the firm as Senior Vice President of Business Development. The main purpose of his role is to perpetuate the firm’s goal of diversifying its Private Equity clientele.

The business development team is responsible for expanding Ultimus LeverPoint’s capabilities to accommodate a variety of clients while ensuring existing relationships have the support they need to grow and launch their portfolios.

The addition of Trimble is pivotal as he brings breadths of experience in several facets of the industry. He has over 25 years of experience in sales of fund administration, asset management and capital acquisition, as well as investment technology. In his most recent position as Vice President of Business Development at SEI Investment Management Services, Trimble focused largely on hedge funds and private equity portfolios. His experience of working in many aspects of the industry offers him a unique perspective and insight into what clients need to expand and diversify.

Ultimus LeverPoint continues to develop new streams of business, and its added resources provide the capability to service the largest clients in the country, while still maintaining the personalized individualistic service the firm is known for.

[Frank Anduiza](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#frank+anduiza), EVP, Head of Private Fund Sales, notes how having a seasoned professional such as Trimble on the Ultimus LeverPoint team is key for the firm’s growth. “We are rapidly growing and expanding as the industry changes, and strategically investing in resources that help our clients achieve their investment goals. We’re excited to have Scott join the Ultimus team, as he is a financial services veteran with a highly diverse background. He will focus on bringing high-caliber opportunities in the alternatives space, with a focus on private equity and hedge funds. And we know he will help us grow while nourishing existing relationships so that they continue to thrive, which is the balance we were looking for in this position.”

[Kelly Gooch](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#kelly+ramsey+gooch), EVP, Client Relationship Officer, emphasizes the importance of maintaining the firm’s reputation for its client-centric approach. “Ultimus LeverPoint continues to be uniquely positioned to handle the largest funds in the industry with an institutionalized framework while still investing in the personalized client experience. Scott has the exceptional experience to help us achieve this, we’re thrilled to have him on board.”

###

*ULP 15809260 10/18/2022*


---

# Ultimus Selected as New Transfer Agent to Weitz Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-selected-as-new-transfer-agent-to-weitz-funds/_

# Ultimus Selected as New Transfer Agent to Weitz Funds

Subscribe

December 6, 2022

CINCINNATI, OH – December 6, 2022 [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, proudly announces its newest transfer agent client, Weitz Funds (Weitz), with its nine mutual funds. Ultimus played a significant role in assisting Weitz in the conversion of its funds from a previous transfer agent, a move that supports exceptional quality of service and experience for Weitz shareholder experience.

Weitz, a high-conviction investment management firm founded in 1983, known for its large direct shareholder base and tailored services to meet the unique needs of its clientele, has partnered with Ultimus to provide Weitz and its shareholder base with industry-leading quality services. Ultimus continues to demonstrate technology-based innovations, providing Weitz shareholders with an innovative technology product, uTRANSACT®. This state-of-the-art investor portal delivers an industry-leading user experience that focuses on the engagement of the shareholder.

Ultimus streamlined this conversion and helped navigate the complex process, ultimately providing Weitz with a much-improved quality of shareholder services and efficiency of record keeping. Ultimus was able to provide access to critical data points during the conversion allowing Weitz to gather analytics and vital information needed to further benefit shareholders.

Weitz President, Jim Boyne, expressed his appreciation for the quick responsiveness and depth of knowledge held by the Ultimus team. “With such a large direct shareholder base, including many clients who have been with us for decades, it was important for us to partner with a firm that not only understands the unique needs of our clientele but has the ability to proactively deliver solutions and top-notch service. I have been thoroughly impressed throughout this whole process with Ultimus’ client service culture and its flexibility in tailoring services to ensure operational efficiency. I am thankful for their help in providing such a smooth transition which resulted in a very positive experience for the Weitz team and our shareholders.”

[Ian Martin](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#ian+martin), Ultimus’ EVP, Chief Administrative Officer, is pleased to partner with a firm that values the client experience. “Ultimus has always prioritized the client experience. We value our ability to enhance the shareholder experience with each interaction and exceed the unique needs of our diverse clientele. We are proud to be working with a firm that shares those same values and understands the importance of every shareholder. I couldn’t be more pleased with our team’s ability to complete this transition with such a positive impact on the shareholders.”

[Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), Ultimus CEO, highlights the importance of the firm’s investments. “Our significant investments in technology have differentiated the investor experience for our clients. We look to continue adding clients who want their investors to have access to industry-leading technology by demonstrating our ability to innovate and customize solutions to meet the needs of reputable financial firms such as Weitz.”

This marks Ultimus’ twentieth transfer agent conversion project since early 2020, representing over 100 funds being converted onto its TA platform. Due to the complex nature of clients’ unique investment strategies, it is crucial for Ultimus to maintain a flexible skillset to continue to provide individualized services to a variety of clients. Hence, the firm continues investments in technology and resources as reported in other recent announcements.

* * *

*16052560 11/26/2022*


---

# Ultimus Scoops Up Numerous Top Awards at Industry Ceremony,  Accepting Six Awards in One Evening

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-scoops-up-numerous-top-awards-at-industry-ceremony-accepting-six-awards-in-one-evening/_

# Ultimus Scoops Up Numerous Top Awards at Industry Ceremony,  Accepting Six Awards in One Evening

Subscribe

December 8, 2022

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – December 8, 2022** - [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading tech-enabled provider of full-service fund administration, middle office, and investor solutions is honored to announce it received a number of industry-renowned awards at the 2022 Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards dinner held in New York recently.

The awards ceremony independently recognizes the achievements of service providers in the fund administration industry and whose quality of services exceeds their peers. This year Ultimus received an unprecedented six awards in three categories: ETF, Private Fund, and Mutual Fund Administration. Ultimus secured the three most prestigious awards:

- ETF Administrator of the Year,
- Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year, and
- Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year.

Ultimus is also very pleased to accept these three awards:

- ETF Administration - Client Service,
- Private Equity Fund Administration – Onboarding, and
- Mutual Fund Administration - AML, KYC, and Sanction Screening.

The awards are based, in large part, on *Global Custodian’s 2022* *ETF, Private Equity, and Mutual Fund Administration Surveys*, which were independently administered earlier this year by the publication. Ultimus significantly outpaced industry averages in all applicable fund servicing categories in each of the three surveys (ETF Administration, Private Equity Fund Administration, and Mutual Fund Administration), reflecting a definitive affirmation from clients, both registered and private fund clients, regarding the firm’s client-centric service model and commitment to excellence overall.

**Additional Industry Awards in 2022**

Stemming from the firm’s long-term commitment to a consultative and client-centric approach, Ultimus also recently received Client Service for Fund Administration of the Year from Asset Servicing Times. Ultimus also received Best Data Management Solutions for Back & Middle Office award during the With Intelligence Fund Operations & Services Awards earlier this year for its uANALYZE™ platform, which is part of the firm’s proprietary, award-winning uSUITE^®^ technology. uSUITE and its network of applications feature built-in robotic processing software, machine-learning algorithms, and application programming interfaces (APIs).

Ultimus CEO [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman) says, “It is an honor to be recognized for being the best in fund administration and for our middle office solutions. Our consistent dedication to offering customizable services for asset managers is part of our culture. In addition, a key element of our approach is to build relationships with clients, partnering with them to offer solutions across their business. This consultative, partnership approach with clients helps drive their business and they continue to find value in collaborating with us.”

In appreciation for clients and Ultimus associates alike, Tenkman continued, “I’m grateful to our clients for their confidence in partnering with us. In addition, our teams work diligently every day to deliver high quality services to support our clients. Our goal is to continue providing award-winning service and beneficial outsourced solutions, helping to improve operational efficiencies for our clients and their investors and shareholders.”

This is the sixth year in a row Ultimus received the *Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year* award and the eighth year Ultimus ranked as the top service provider in the *Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administration Survey*. This is the second year Ultimus LeverPoint private equity clients participated in the independently administered survey and the second year the firm has received the Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year award.

Ultimus accomplished these incredible results while navigating through the pandemic, managing impactful regulatory changes, and dealing with tumultuous markets. Despite all of these complexities, the firm also continued to grow its business by adding a significant number of new clients.

* * *

*16100452 12/8/2022*


---

# Ultimus Continues To Advance Its Technology with Data Strategy

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-continues-to-advance-its-technology-with-data-strategy/_

# Ultimus Continues To Advance Its Technology with Data Strategy

Subscribe

January 26, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – January 24, 2022 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, continues its high-tech push to provide clients with the industry’s most advanced technology and efficient access to data. The firm’s long-time mission has been to provide its investment manager clients with the most innovative mediums to access data. As technology continues to evolve rapidly, Ultimus remains dedicated to implementing more developed automated systems to organize data quickly and efficiently.

Over the past several years, Ultimus invested heavily in its Application Programming Interface (API) strategy, allowing systematic access to data across all of its vendor and internal applications. This foundation of connectivity enables Ultimus to present data as information in customized ways specific to each client. By using APIs and robotic process automation which removes manual processes and minimizes human errors, Ultimus provides seamless access to data.

While the firm remains focused on improving the quality of access to information, its dedication to advancing the technological aspect of client interaction is nothing new. In 2021, Ultimus received several industry leaders awards, including being recognized as Top 10 Best Tech Solution Providers and receiving the Best Data Solution for Middle/Back Office award and the Innovations in Data Analytics award. The latter was awarded to Ultimus from Global Custodian for its uCONNECT, an application designed to link firms with their data, reports, and dashboards. The uCONNECT application and its similar application, uANALYZE, which allows clients to run a broad set of portfolio analytics, are two of the most innovative ways Ultimus is working to provide more seamless experiences.

Ultimus’ Chief Technology Officer, [Jason Stevens](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#jason+stevens) praises his team's effort in providing these innovative advancements. “Our overall technology strategy, based on modular architecture and API driven access, laid the foundation for our data strategy. We have a clear road map that expands across the entire organization. Our cloud based model, both internally and with our vendors, provides the proper infrastructure to continue to enhance and expand our data strategy. As long as the data exists, we have the ability to systematically access it, enabling us to do everything from building custom cross-platform reports to integrating data across systems and providing enhanced access to data to our clients. More automation and fewer human elements in the analytics process leave our team with more time to provide the customized services that we are known for and allow us to deliver the best possible solutions to clients.”

Ultimus CEO, [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), remarks how taking advantage of the continuously updated infrastructure allows the firm to provide quality service in all aspects. “We are dedicated to providing clients with quality quick-to-market solutions. And having an in-house development team dedicated to our clients and embedded into our servicing teams is a competitive differentiator with enormous efficiencies and benefits for our clients. Our goal is to continue to evolve as technology does so that we can empower our clients to focus more on their strategy, investment products, and shareholder engagement.”

* * *

*16293793 1/19/2023*


---

# Ultimus Names Former SEI Exec James Cass as President of Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-names-former-sei-exec-james-cass-as-president-of-ultimus-leverpoint-private-fund-solutions/_

# Ultimus Names Former SEI Exec James Cass as President of  Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions

Subscribe

February 1, 2023

**Cincinnati, OHIO and Clifton Park, NY** – February 1, 2023 – Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service administration, fund accounting, middle office, and investor solutions to traditional and alternative investment managers, announced today James Cass will head up Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions. Cass, who recently led SEI Investments’ alternative investments fund administration group, has assumed the role of president of Ultimus LeverPoint (ULP) effective today.

Cass brings over 30 years of proven leadership experience in the operations and servicing space for both registered and alternative investments. As president of ULP, Cass will focus on maintaining the firm’s service culture, strengthening client relationships, and leading the strategy for the firm’s private fund administration business. Thomas DiEgidio, who became president of ULP as part of Ultimus’ acquisition of FD Fund Administration in 2021, is transitioning into a client relationship advisory role with the firm.

Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus comments on the addition of Cass to the ULP executive team, “Jim is a well-respected and accomplished leader in the industry. Bringing in someone of his caliber greatly benefits Ultimus and our clients. In the face of challenging markets and increased investor expectations, asset managers are looking for partners who can provide strategic services and advice across the operational spectrum. With his deep experience in the fund administration arena, Jim allows us to continue building on our leadership position in the investment operations and fund administration space while helping us offer new strategic services. We are thrilled to have him in this executive role, and we’re excited about the opportunities this presents for our business and our clients.”

While at SEI Investments, spanning the course of 30 years, Cass was the head of alternative fund administration for the majority of his time at the firm. In that role, he was responsible for over $750 billion of assets under administration, strategic direction, product development, and the firm’s service model. Prior to running the alt fund administration business, he held several senior roles of increasing responsibility at SEI; managing fund products, investment operations, client service, and portfolio production.

“I am very excited about joining Ultimus. Their clear strength is a laser focus on assisting clients in becoming more successful,” said Cass. “Client successes drive their business, and we will continue to focus on partnering with clients. Ultimus has an excellent reputation, a strong knowledgeable team, and a client-centric culture while remaining extremely nimble and innovative. Managers are facing an increasingly complex and competitive landscape, and I look forward to helping them with the team at Ultimus, capitalizing on the customized service model and technology investments. It’s a refreshing approach and an amazing opportunity. I’m excited to help drive the long-term success of the business.”

Cass is the latest in a series of high-profile hires by Ultimus that correspond to a growing list of client initiatives. Over the past 12 months, the firm has brought on Joe Scott from UMB, Scott Trimble from SEI, Jeffrey Rosen from Citco, and 3 Relationship managers: Lori Shupak from SS&C, Erin Whyman from BNY Mellon, and Christina Haas with the FDFA acquisition. The addition of Cass further demonstrates the firm’s commitment to its client-centric approach by enhancing its leadership team to meet the evolving needs of investment managers.

* * *

*16324696 1/24/2023*


---

# James Investment Research Selects Ultimus as Fund Administrator in Fund Conversion

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/james-investment-research-selects-ultimus-as-fund-administrator-in-fund-conversion/_

# James Investment Research Selects Ultimus as Fund Administrator in Fund Conversion

Subscribe

February 28, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – February 28, 2023 - [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, middle office, and investor solutions, proudly announces the successful conversion of the James Advantage Funds fund administration functions from another service provider. James Investment Research, the adviser to the James Advantage Funds, selected Ultimus as the fund administrator for its four mutual funds. Ultimus is now providing a full suite of services encompassing financial administration, legal administration, fund accounting, transfer agent, and distribution.

James Investment Research, a firm focused on creating a company culture that provides clients with confidence in achieving their financial goals through shared values, sought a fund administration service provider that would be a good cultural fit. The boutique firm consists of a lean, close-knit team whose dedication to clients is the first priority. Therefore, selecting a service provider, such as Ultimus, who shared these same values and would deliver specific solutions was important.

During the search for a new service provider, James Investment Research was driven by an overall desire to improve the investment experience for their shareholders and themselves. Rather than a vendor relationship, James Investment Research sought an authentic service partner relationship, one that provided sound governance, a consistent service model delivery, and accurate reporting. During the recent conversion process, Ultimus provided clear communication about roles and responsibilities, timelines, and views of the post-conversion operations, proving to be an instrumental and trusted service partner.

Brian Shepardson, VP & Portfolio Manager, James Investment Research and Chief Financial Officer, James Advantage Funds states, “Ultimus has already exceeded our expectations and we couldn’t be happier that we made the decision to work with them. We are excited to continue building on the great partnership that was established during the thorough evaluation, planning, and flawless conversion process. Based on the strong cultural fit, we’re confident in Ultimus’ representation of James Investment Research in interactions with our shareholders. Having them as an extension of our business makes us stronger.”

[Ian Martin](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#ian+martin), Ultimus’ EVP, Chief Administrative Officer, emphasizes how meaningful and impactful it can be for a company to switch service providers. “While the decision to switch providers isn’t something an adviser wishes for, having a strategic partner that offers a comprehensive, best-in-class service model who becomes a true extension of your business is critical to continue to succeed in this competitive environment. We are honored that James Investment Research trusted us enough to guide them through this process. We are proud to represent James to their shareholders and feel that our shared values will continue to provide clients with the service needed as they seek to achieve their financial goals.”

Leading the industry in conversions from other service providers, Ultimus’ experience and approach to managing these types of conversions has transformed the process, making it as efficient and seamless as possible. Ultimus has successfully converted 20+ fund managers and fund family clients through a conversion process in recent years, resulting in a more streamlined fund operating environment and an enhanced shareholder experience for their clients.

* * *

**About James Investment Research**

James Investment is an investment adviser registered with the SEC providing investment research and advice to the James Advantage Funds, as well as separately managed accounts. The company works with high-net-worth individuals, businesses, endowments, foundations, among others, providing custom tailored portfolios to help alleviate uncertainties and provide confidence in achieving the financial goals of its clients. Using their own independent research, portfolios are actively managed and invest primarily in equity and fixed income securities believed to be undervalued.

Founded in 1972, James is located in rural Alpha, Ohio. James has successfully navigated many difficult markets throughout their long history using their investment discipline. Their highly experienced team of executives, portfolio managers, researchers, traders, compliance specialists, and others remain committed to serving clients and shareholders well, today and into the future.

For more information, visit http://www.jamesinvestment.com.

**The James Advantage Funds are distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC, Member FINRA. Call 1-800-995-2637 for a free copy of the prospectus or visit www.jamesinvestment.com. Investors should consider the investment objectives, risks and charges and expenses of the investment carefully before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the funds and should be read carefully before investing.**

Investing involves risks, including loss of principal. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

*16486393-UFD-02242023*


---

# Ultimus Experiences Record Fund Conversion Activity

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-experiences-record-fund-conversion-activity/_

# Ultimus Experiences Record Fund Conversion Activity

Subscribe

March 7, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – March 7, 2023 - [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, middle office, and investor solutions, entered 2023 with an accomplished list of successful fund conversions from a diverse set of clients. From its beginnings as a boutique firm, developing enhanced technology and focused on client-centric service, Ultimus has expanded in its institutional capabilities by taking on larger clients with increasing complexity while still maintaining its boutique level of service.

Since Q2 of 2020, 35 investment managers have converted or are in the process of converting their back and middle office services to Ultimus from other service providers or in-house operations. This continuous stream of new business is due in large part to the firm’s award-winning service, which combines an innovative technology approach with personalized service based on the unique needs of each individual client.

Most investment firms are apprehensive about engaging in fund conversions—seemingly conversion aversion—based on the enormity and perceived inconvenience of the process. However, those firms that converted to Ultimus experienced a well-orchestrated non-event after choosing Ultimus as their service provider. With each conversion project, the company continues to deliver customized solutions, providing clients who possess portfolios of varied complexities with an efficiently organized and methodical process predicated on Ultimus’ deep experience, vast conversion knowledge, and project management skills.

[Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), CEO at Ultimus, comments on the trust clients place in Ultimus, “We have heard over and over again from our clients that they wish they had spoken with Ultimus sooner and had partnered with us earlier as they didn’t realize there really was a better alternative. At the end of the day, people still trust people and Ultimus continuously seeks ways to enhance the value we deliver to our clients. Our dedication to developing beneficial technology solutions and our priority of investing in experienced people continues to differentiate Ultimus as a top-quality service provider.”

One of the biggest draws of selecting Ultimus as a service provider is its overarching data strategy and capability to present data from multiple platforms as organized and accessible information. Over the years, Ultimus has prioritized investments in its technology to allow clients ready access to data to make insightful investment decisions.

Mark Santero, President, and CEO at Homestead Funds stated: “We were drawn to Ultimus for our interest in transfer agent services but were soon pleasantly surprised at their advantageous technology offerings. We discovered their tech offerings would provide us the capability to grow our business through various channels while also enhancing our unique shareholders’ experience.”

Despite its growing number of clients and the influx of fund conversions, Ultimus delivers the personalized service it is renowned for. The firm was praised with multiple awards in 2022, including “Exchange Traded Funds Administrator of the Year,” “Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year” and “Exchange Traded Funds Administration in Client Services” at the Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards among other awards.

Jasper Frontz, Chief Compliance Officer for SBH Funds, emphasizes how impressed he was with Ultimus’ communication throughout the fund family’s conversion in 2020. “I was impressed with the efficiency of the Ultimus team and pleased with how relatively seamless the fund servicing conversion was executed from our perspective and from our shareholders’ perspective. It was an excellent decision.”

[Gary Harris](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+harris), EVP, Head of Sales at Ultimus, emphasizes his pride in Ultimus’ team of veteran executives, who are a key component in the firm’s conversion success. “Ultimus is extremely proud and humbled by the number of clients who have chosen to partner with us to service their business. The service provider landscape has changed dramatically over the past 4 to 5 years and Ultimus is at the front of that change. Our clients tell us this is the result of the compelling value that we bring to their funds, organization, and shareholders through our comprehensive service model delivered through modern, best-in-class technology and a team of professionals who have acquired a vast amount of experience in this business and understand each client’s unique service requirements.”

* * *

*16527479 3/6/2023*


---

# Ultimus Assists in Tender Offer Fund Launch for Hamilton Capital

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-assists-in-tender-offer-fund-launch-for-hamilton-capital/_

# Ultimus Assists in Tender Offer Fund Launch for Hamilton Capital

Subscribe

March 28, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – March 28, 2023 - [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its collaboration with Hamilton Capital in the launch of its first tender offer fund. Known for providing dynamic investment management services to a diverse range of clients, the Hamilton Capital team recognized the importance of offering their clients access to alternative investments in a relatively cost-effective way that was consistent with their time-tested investment process.

Until quite recently, investing in alternative investment funds required large capital commitments and significant illiquidity, making them too expensive and cumbersome for many investors. Through its Dynamic Alternatives Fund, Hamilton Capital offers exposure to alternative investments for its accredited clients, without requiring substantial upfront commitments, given the initial investment minimum of $25,000. To help navigate the complexities of launching a tender offer fund, Hamilton Capital selected Ultimus as its partner due to Ultimus’ extensive resources and expertise in registered funds. “It was Ultimus’ consultative approach and client-centric commitment to building a strong partnership that drew us to them,” Jeff Wilkins, Deputy Chief Investment Officer at Hamilton Capital said. “In working with Ultimus to launch this fund, we were able to rely on their expertise so that we could stay focused on delivering for our clients during the recent unprecedented market challenges.”

“We appreciate the partnership of Ultimus in helping to develop this product that provides distinctive access for our clients, while also being relatively cost efficient. It is extremely important to work with a firm that cares about our clients’ outcomes as much as we do and one that will work with us to create innovative solutions to the inevitable challenges that arise when you are paving a new path,” Wilkins continued.

The market for retail alternative funds has grown in popularity in recent years with 118 interval and tender offer funds launches since 2019. While currently supporting over 30 retail alternative clients and a number of new mandates coming to market in the coming year, Ultimus is one of the leading fund administration providers for these products and may be an attractive choice for new and existing advisers who are thinking about launching a new fund. Ultimus’ success is attributable to the guidance provided by its knowledgeable team from the early stage of product development through the fund launch and its ongoing focus on exceptional client service. Just as importantly, Ultimus has best in class technology that supports straight-through processing on investor and portfolio activity including ‘real time’ access to data to better serve internal and external clients.

[Sean McLean](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/), Ultimus’ Senior Vice President, Retail Alternatives Fund Accounting, expresses how important it is that Ultimus continues to evolve with the market so that it can efficiently provide the most beneficial product support. “Ultimus recognizes the value of investing in people and technology to further expand our capabilities to benefit our clients. There is a reason clients continue to come to us for our guidance in alternative and other fund launches. Our team possesses deep industry and product knowledge, and I am confident that we will continue to prove our role as one of the top providers of fund administration.”

* * *

**Investors should carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the fund before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the fund, and it should be read carefully before investing. Investors may obtain a copy of the prospectus by calling 833-617-2624.**

Investing involves risk, including loss of principal. Investment in the fund is suitable only for certain financially sophisticated investors who have no need for immediate liquidity in their investments and can bear the risk of an investment for an extended period of time. The fund is a closed-end tender offer fund, and to provide liquidity to shareholders, may from time to time offer to repurchase shares in accordance with written tenders by shareholders at those times, in those amounts, and on such terms and conditions as the board may determine in its sole discretion. In determining whether the fund should offer to repurchase shares from shareholders, the board will consider the recommendation of the adviser. The adviser currently expects to recommend to the board that the fund offer to repurchase up to 5% of the fund’s outstanding shares at the applicable NAV per share on a quarterly basis. However, the fund is not required to conduct the repurchase offer and may be less likely to do so during the first few years following commencement of the fund operations and during periods of exceptional market condition.

The fund is subject to all the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that the fund will not achieve its investment objective and that the value of shares could decline.

The fund is distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC.

*16650946-UFD-03232023*


---

# Flat Rock Global Selects Ultimus to Assist in Latest Interval Fund Launch

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/flat-rock-global-selects-ultimus-to-assist-in-latest-interval-fund-launch/_

# Flat Rock Global Selects Ultimus to Assist in Latest Interval Fund Launch

Subscribe

April 19, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – April 19, 2023 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its collaboration with Flat Rock Global (“Flat Rock”) in the launch of its third interval fund, named the Flat Rock Enhanced Income Fund. According to a recently [issued statement](https://www.newswire.com/news/flat-rock-global-llc-announces-the-launch-of-a-new-interval-fund-the-21945713), Flat Rock anticipates the fund will invest primarily in the junior debt tranches of Collateralized Loan Obligations ("CLOs").

Flat Rock is a Jackson, Wyoming based alternative credit manager with over $600m invested across their interval fund strategies. The new fund provides clients access to CLO exposures with the dual objectives of current income and long-term capital appreciation.

Until recently, investing in alternative investment funds required large capital commitments and significant illiquidity, making them too expensive and cumbersome for many investors. Through its interval fund, Flat Rock offers exposure to alternative investments without requiring substantial upfront commitments. To help navigate the complexities of launching an interval fund, Flat Rock selected Ultimus as its service provider based on Ultimus’ consultative approach and expertise in registered alternative funds.

Ryan Ripp, Chief Financial Officer at Flat Rock stated: “We have been very pleased with Ultimus’ deep expertise and high-touch approach to launching our latest fund, and we continue to be impressed with the team and technologies Ultimus introduced to support the product. It was critical for us to identify a long-term partner who has the experience, technology, and comprehensive servicing model to support this product. Ultimus continues to demonstrate its ability to understand and support the unique requirements and navigate the challenges of bringing our latest fund to market.” Mr. Ripp also participated in the Ultimus Registered Funds 2023 Client Summit, where he was a panelist on the topic of bringing alternative strategies to a broader audience.

[Kevin Wolf](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#kevin+wolf), Executive Vice President, Head of Fund Administration and Product at Ultimus, looks forward to a long-term partnership following the firm’s latest launch. “Ultimus is rapidly gaining recognition for our team’s deep industry and product knowledge, and I am confident that we will continue to prove our role as one of the top providers of fund administration. We’re thrilled that an experienced operator like Flat Rock selected us for their most recent fund launch. We’re excited to support this innovative product and look forward to not only the fund’s growth but continuing our growth in the alternative fund space.”

To further its momentum in the alternative fund space, Ultimus' [Nickolaus Darsch](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/news/ultimus-darsch-selected-to-serve-on-prestigious-ipa-rising-leaders-council/)was selected to serve on the IPA (Institute for Portfolio Alternatives) Rising Leaders Council for the 2022-2024 term. Darsch is Managing Director at Ultimus and joined the company in 2019. Darsch recently participated in the 2023 Blue Vault Summit in a panel covering the Interval and Tender Offer Fund Structures. Ultimus is committed to helping drive growth, shape the latest trends in product evolution, and assist in expanding distribution channels in the alternative asset industry.

Ultimus also recently became a member of the Alternative & Direct Investment Securities Association (ADISA), a national trade association of professionals involved in primarily non-traded alternative investments. Ultimus team members will join the upcoming ADISA Spring Conference in San Diego.

* * *

**Investors should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Flat Rock Enhanced Income Fund before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the Fund and should be read carefully before investing. The prospectus may be obtained at** [**flatrockglobal.com**](http://flatrockglobal.com)

Investing involves risk, including loss of principal. The Fund is suitable for investors who can bear the risks associated with the Fund’s limited liquidity and should be viewed as a long-term investment. Our shares have no history of public trading, nor is it intended that our shares will be listed on a national securities exchange at this time, if ever. No secondary market is expected to develop for our shares; liquidity for our shares will be provided only through quarterly repurchase offers for no less than 5% of and no more than 25% of our shares at net asset value, and there is no guarantee that an investor will be able to sell all the shares that the investor desires to sell in the repurchase offer. Due to these limited restrictions, an investor should consider an investment in the Fund to be of limited liquidity. Investing in our shares may be speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risks associated with leverage. Investing in the Fund involves risks, including the risk that a shareholder may lose part of or all of their investment. We intend to invest primarily in the junior debt tranches of CLOs. Our investments in the junior debt tranches of CLOs are exposed to leveraged credit risk. Investments in the lowest tranches bear the highest level of risk. We may pay distributions in significant part from sources that may not be available in the future and that are unrelated to our performance, such as a return of capital or borrowing. The amount of distributions that we may pay, if any, is uncertain.

Flat Rock Enhanced Income Fund is distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, Inc.

*16743418-UFD 04/13/2023*


---

# Ultimus Assists in Launch of Nomura’s  Inaugural Credit Interval Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-assists-in-launch-of-nomura-s-inaugural-credit-interval-fund/_

# Ultimus Assists in Launch of Nomura’s  Inaugural Credit Interval Fund

Subscribe

May 18, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – May 18, 2023 [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com)® (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, announced today its collaboration with [Nomura Private Capital](https://nomuraprivatecapital.com/) in the launch of the firm’s first interval fund.

Globally Nomura services the needs of individuals, institutions, corporates and governments through its three business divisions: Retail, Investment Management, and Wholesale (Global Markets and Investment Banking). Nomura’s Investment Management division is expanding into intermediary distribution with a particular focus on RIAs, Banks, Trusts and family offices with the launch of the [Nomura Alternative Income Fund](https://www.nomuraholdings.com/news/nr/americas/20230327/20230327.html) (NAIFX). NAIFX is an interval fund that will provide clients with diversified exposure to private and public credit sectors for accredited investors and will aid the firm in reaching its goal to expand into private markets. Nomura took a deliberate approach in developing their first interval fund where Ultimus assisted through conception stages as they were reviewing the market. The two firms worked diligently through the product development process and Ultimus remained a strong partner throughout the launch.

Robert Stark, Chief Executive Officer of Nomura Private Capital, said, “We are excited and proud to announce the launch of Nomura Private Capital’s first interval fund. Launching our first product is an important milestone for the firm, and we needed to work with the right partner to bring this fund to life. In order for the fund to be successful, we wanted to understand the marketplace which we were entering. Ultimus has no shortage of experience and we were confident that they would help us navigate through the building and launching process.”

Matthew Nelson, Chief Operating Officer of Nomura Private Capital, emphasized how Ultimus’ project management approach was key to a seamless launch. “The execution was thorough and their project management skills were efficient. They were able to work with us through the intricacies of the launch, and made us feel comfortable jumping into a space that is relatively complex.”

[Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), Ultimus’ CEO, is pleased to continue diversifying firm clients. “We are thrilled to partner with a firm like Nomura as they expand their business into the alternative investment space. This has been a key area of growth for us as a firm, and we are excited to partner with an organization of such caliber. This successful fund launch is the first chapter in Nomura Private Capital’s entry into the space, and we are delighted to be a part of their story.”

Nick Darsch, Managing Director, adds, “We continue to see strong growth trends in the marketplace and our team is extremely adept at packaging alternative strategies in interval and tender offer funds, and helping firms like Nomura navigate product development and the entire launch process.” Nick is participating in a panel covering the *Democratization of Alternatives* at the upcoming [Investment Company Institute Leadership Summit](https://www.ici.org/events/23-leadership-summit).

* * *

*The Fund’s investment program is speculative and entails substantial risks. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s investment objectives will be achieved or that its investment program will be successful. Investors should consider the Fund as a supplement to an overall investment program and should invest only if they are willing to undertake the risks involved. Investors could lose some or all of their investment.*

- *The shares are not listed on any stock exchange, and we do not expect a secondary market in the Shares to develop.*
- *You should generally not expect to be able to sell your Shares (other than through the limited repurchase process), regardless of how we perform.*
- *Although we are required to and have implemented a Share repurchase program, only a limited number of Shares will be eligible for repurchase by us.*
- *You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest for an indefinite period of time.*
- *An investment in the Shares is not suitable for you if you have foreseeable need to access the money you invest.*
- *Because you will be unable to sell your Shares or have them repurchased immediately, you will find it difficult to reduce your exposure on a timely basis during a market downturn.*
- *The Fund has no operating history and the Shares have no history of public trading.*

*An investment in the Fund involves risk. The Fund may use leverage its investments by borrowing. The use of leverage increases both risk of loss and profit potential. Alternative investments provide limited liquidity and include, among other things, the risks inherent in investing in securities, futures, commodities and derivatives, using leverage and engaging in short sales. The Fund’s investment performance depends, at least in part, on how its assets are allocated and reallocated among asset classes and strategies. Such allocation could result in the Fund holding asset classes or investments that perform poorly or underperform.*

*Investors should consider the Fund’s investment objectives, risks, charges, and expenses before investing. This information is included in the Fund Prospectus and can be accessed by calling 833-836-0206. Read the prospectus carefully before you invest.*

*The Nomura Alternative Income fund is distributed by ACA Foreside Fund Services, LLC* *16871360 5/18/2023*


---

# Ninth Consecutive Year Ultimus Earns Highest Score

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ninth-consecutive-year-ultimus-earns-highest-score/_

# Ninth Consecutive Year Ultimus Earns Highest Score

Subscribe

July 25, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO – July 25, 2023** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enhanced fund administration, middle office, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce it outperformed the industry in the *Global Custodian* 2023 Mutual Fund Administration Survey, earning the highest overall service satisfaction scores from asset manager clients for the ninth straight year.

This Global Custodian survey is an independent industry survey which examines client responses across thirteen mutual fund administration service categories. Overall, Ultimus scored a 6.94 out of 7.00 with the 2023 industry average coming in at 6.15. In individual categories, Ultimus obtained perfect marks in nine categories and achieved the highest scores industry wide in all thirteen categories, once again validating the company’s tech-driven and client-centric approach. For the ninth consecutive year, Ultimus received Category Outperformer and Global Outperformer recognition by Global Custodian, accentuating the firm’s accomplishments.

Ultimus scored a perfect score of 7.00 in client service, onboarding, fund accounting, transfer agent, KYC/AML and sanctions screening, reporting to institutional investors, reporting to managers, middle office services, and compliance support. Capturing the highest scores in the middle office services and technology categories validates the firm’s continued investments in technology and resources surrounding its middle office offering. Additional categories in which Ultimus scored exceptionally high included distribution support services and price.

According to Global Custodian’s published results write up, Ultimus clients reflected with incredible satisfaction on the success they have seen due to the firm’s client-centered culture. One client stated: “I have found it amazing how Ultimus Fund Solutions year after year continues to deliver exceptional, pro-active services even as we as a firm have seen extraordinary growth of products/vehicles/funds and all during a pandemic environment.”

Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus, notes the firm’s gratitude for its clients and recognizes the exceptionally high marks are attributable to Ultimus’ dedication to service. “We are immensely proud to receive these high scores for the ninth year in a row. Providing tech-driven and consistent excellent service year over year is key for our clients and differentiates us in the marketplace. While we have grown over the years, it is because of our professional and experienced team that we consistently outperform the industry in servicing clients. I am honored to work with such talented industry professionals who are passionate about providing the highest quality service with best in class technology.”

[Bill Tomko](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#bill+tomko), EVP, Head of Fund Servicing at Ultimus, elaborates on the firm’s client-centric interactions, “Our approach to partnering with our clients aligns well with all sizes of buy side investment management firms who are looking for a provider to deliver an enterprise solution across their business. For Ultimus, this starts with a deep understanding of the investment management firm’s objectives which is the result of our interactive dialogues from the very beginning. This is how we’ve built such a strong and stable client base.”

Tomko also recognizes client partnerships and congratulates Ultimus team members for their commitment to client service, “I want to thank the Ultimus team for their hard work and dedication to consistently deliver quality service. Thank you to our valued clients as well for giving us the opportunity to work with them every day.”

[Global Custodian](https://www.globalcustodian.com/global-custodian-announces-new-york-industry-leaders-award-winners-2019/)’s annual surveys tabulate survey responses from asset managers regarding a variety of service provider offerings. According to the publication, this year’s mutual fund administration survey will be the last time this will be a standalone survey. Publishing news for more than 30 years, Global Custodian covers the international securities business and provides industry-standard surveys, analysis, and commentary on the latest news and events.

* * *

*17173979 7/24/23*


---

# Ultimus Welcomes Steve Scaringe as Senior Vice President, Business Development

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-welcomes-steve-scaringe-as-senior-vice-president-business-development/_

# Ultimus Welcomes Steve Scaringe as Senior Vice President, Business Development

Subscribe

August 29, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – August 29, 2023 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to welcome Steve Scaringe as Senior Vice President, Business Development. In this role, Steve will focus on providing enterprise-wide service solutions to institutional investment managers. Scaringe’s strategic selling experience along with deep relationships with institutional investment professionals establishes him as an integral component in the firm’s continuous momentum in growth.

Scaringe has extensive experience in creating and maintaining essential relationships with investment managers, centers of influence and other C-Suite executives. His history working for large, established custodian-affiliated firms, such as J.P. Morgan and, most recently, State Street Corporation, provides him with a deep understanding of institutional managers in this space. His background in understanding and developing enterprise level solutions will play a fundamental role in assisting asset managers with optimizing their middle and back-office operations and helping them to reach their strategic investment goals.

Ultimus CEO, [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), welcomes Scaringe and looks forward to his contributions of working with investment firms of all sizes. “Steve is extremely talented in his understanding of this space, and his unique skillset from a strategic selling standpoint makes him a valuable asset to the firm’s goal of creating tailored solutions leveraging our innovative technology platform to deliver high quality services. His ability to build and manage strategic partnerships will ensure that our clients continue receiving the customized service we are known to deliver. I’m anxious to see Steve jump right in and contribute to helping drive long-term success for both Ultimus and our clients.”

[Gary Harris](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+harris), Ultimus’ EVP, Head of Sales, is confident that Scaringe’s deep understanding of buy side investment managers and his experience in client consultation will further the goals of Ultimus and its clients. “Our industry continues to evolve rapidly, and we continue to invest in talented professionals who can listen, understand, and put together solutions to help asset managers maneuver and compete in this market. I am confident that Steve has the right combination of professionalism, knowledge, and experience to make an immediate impact for Ultimus and our partners.”

Scaringe has had sustained success at several well-established firms throughout his career. Scaringe attended Bentley University, completing a Bachelor of Science in Corporate Finance and Accounting with a Minor in Law. He earned a Master of Business Administration in Economics and Management at Bentley University McCallum Graduate School of Business.

* * *

*17309865 8/24/2023*


---

# Ultimus Becomes New Administrator for North Square Investments

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-becomes-new-administrator-for-north-square-investments/_

# Ultimus Becomes New Administrator for North Square Investments

Subscribe

September 12, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – September 12, 2023 [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is proud to announce it is the newly selected fund administrator for [North Square Investments](https://northsquareinvest.com/). The multi-boutique asset management firm, dedicated to differentiated active investment strategies, selected Ultimus as its new fund administrator to leverage Ultimus’ comprehensive service model built on leading technology.

One of North Square’s goals was to re-organize its trust into a shared governance model, allowing more fund groups to participate in the new trust, improving their total cost of ownership while benefiting from an overall improved shareholder experience. Ultimus’ experience and expertise in these types of transitions, deep knowledge, and flexibility played a pivotal role in making this new trust structure possible, enabling North Square to adapt and become more efficient and competitive in the market.

As part of the mandate, North Square transitioned 12 mutual funds to Ultimus who is now providing full-service fund accounting, fund administration, transfer agency, shareholder servicing, distribution and compliance services across the funds. Ultimus’ depth of experience, high-touch client service model, and detailed approach to managing the many components of this conversion attracted North Square to select them as its new administrator. Ultimus worked very closely with North Square’s team early on to ensure they got a clear understanding of North Square’s goals and fund nuances. This allowed the teams to develop and execute a project plan which streamlined the transition process and allowed North Square to reach its goals for this complex project.

Mark Goodwin, North Square CEO, emphasizes how extremely pleased he was with the overall process and Ultimus’ flexibility in helping North Square actualize its goals. “The overall project and conversion of our 12 mutual funds went extremely well, and I’m continually impressed with the depth of knowledge and the experience that the Ultimus team demonstrated. We are grateful for the partnership we have created, and we look forward to continuing to grow together.”

[Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), Ultimus’ Chief Executive Officer, appreciates the new partnership with North Square and praises Ultimus’ ability to tackle varying client goals. “We continue to see managers evaluate their operating models as they position themselves for future growth while at the same time wanting to optimize their overall total cost of ownership. There is a growing number of firms evaluating the benefits of re-organizing out of a legacy stand-alone trust, or other series trust models and Ultimus has a history of delivering on a structure which works best for each client. No matter the client's objective, I am confident in the Ultimus team’s ability to determine a solution tailored to our diverse clientele's specific needs.”

Since Q2 of 2020, 35 investment managers have converted, or are in the process of converting, their back and middle office services to Ultimus from other service providers or in-house operations. This continuous stream of new business is due in large part to the firm’s award-winning service, which combines an innovative technology approach with personalized service based on the unique needs of each individual client.

* * *

**About North Square**

Founded in 2018 and headquartered in Chicago, IL, North Square Investments is an independent, multi-boutique investment firm dedicated to delivering differentiated active investment strategies to the market. With an experienced senior management team, a board composed of industry veterans including John Amboian, Neil Cummins and Brian Gaffney, and backed by Estancia Capital Partners, North Square is a leader in aggregating best-in-class active managers and delivering select, in-demand investment strategies to financial intermediary partners for the benefit of their clients. Learn more about North Square Investments at [northsquareinvest.com](https://linkprotect.cudasvc.com/url?a=https%3a%2f%2fnorthsquareinvest.com%2f&amp;c=E,1,h5uvkuVDJFzOGrC2C1haiOauQK4H61a5lmyIDm6GakOaAFbVUZLu43_7BVilbiuOI4QCYe5LZVekxuu2o3kAO58H6CTnEfC4XM2mXx32__t1_JsR5IGkIcT_jSHc&amp;typo=1).

*17295943 8/21/2023*


---

# Ultimus Continues its Focus on Client-Facing Technology with Expansion of uCONNECT®

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-continues-its-focus-on-client-facing-technology-with-expansion-of-uconnect/_

# Ultimus Continues its Focus on Client-Facing Technology with Expansion of uCONNECT®

Subscribe

September 26, 2023

**CLIFTON PARK, NY** – September 26, 2023 Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions® (Ultimus LeverPoint), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is proud to announce the expansion of the firm’s web-based utility, uCONNECT® to its private fund administration clientele. The uCONNECT application, which is part of the firm’s uSUITE® technology platform, provides private fund clients with direct access to their fund data allowing for rapid and efficient reports, delivering a user-friendly and detailed experience.

Responding to client requests, Ultimus expanded the uCONNECT platform to accommodate its private fund administration business, providing clients with the luxury of accessible, accurate, and dynamic reporting capabilities with the benefit of significant time savings. This elevated technology is not new to the firm. In 2021 *Global Custodian* awarded Ultimus and uCONNECT the “Innovation in Data Analytics Award,” which recognizes service providers with the best technological and product development each year.

Ultimus services a wide variety of clients, strategies and structures, and delivers value through its ability to provide specialized services based on individual client objectives. Recently, the Ultimus technology team worked to expand the existing application to provide access to the firm’s private fund administration clients, putting fund information at clients’ fingertips. uCONNECT eliminates the need to coordinate reports through the operations team, affording clients the opportunity to set up customizable reports and obtain real-time access to crucial data.

Clients can access data for their private funds, including Statements of Investments (SOIs), general ledger details, investor demographic data, capital transaction details, and performance measurements.

Ultimus’ Chief Technology Officer, [Jason Stevens](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#jason+stevens), emphasizes how important it is for the firm to recognize clients' ever-changing needs and continue developing technology that can serve them. “Our team’s dedication is focused on continuing the expansion of client-facing technology. It is our priority to understand the importance of data for our clients and determine how best we can provide that to them. If the data exists within the Ultimus platform, we can facilitate avenues of access. Given that, we look forward to continuing to collaborate with our clients to provide innovative and effective technology to meet their goals.”

[Jim Cass](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#james+cass), President of Ultimus LeverPoint, discusses the company's commitment to leverage cutting-edge technology as an important investment, helping clients to differentiate themselves in the market and reach their goals. "By embracing and investing in new technology while continuing to enhance our core platforms, we are providing tangible solutions to aid in our clients' prosperity and growth. We understand the significance of meeting the increasing demands for data and delivering access to data that is efficient, timely and valuable."

Cass emphasizes that a fundamental aspect of the firm’s mission is to ensure that Ultimus’ clients shine brightly in the eyes of their own clients. To achieve this, Ultimus emphasizes actively listening to its client’s objectives, attentively assessing their unique and specific needs, and then proactively offering tailored solutions while leveraging best-in-class technology.

With dedication to service excellence, Ultimus is well-equipped to navigate challenging markets and increased investor expectations alongside its clients and ensure it is at the forefront of innovation in the industry.

###

*ULP 17414798 09/25/2023*


---

# Ultimus’ Darsch Selected as 2023 IPA Outstanding Service Award Recipient

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-darsch-selected-as-2023-ipa-outstanding-service-award-recipient/_

# Ultimus’ Darsch Selected as 2023 IPA Outstanding Service Award Recipient

Subscribe

October 4, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OH** – October 4, 2023 – Ultimus Fund Solutions proudly announces Nickolaus Darsch as a 2023 Outstanding Service Award recipient from the Institute for Portfolio Alternatives (IPA). This award honors individual members who demonstrate exceptional qualities of leadership and collaboration and display consistent dedication of time and effort to the advancement of the alternative investment industry and the IPA.

The IPA Council is committed to advocating the association’s mission to help expand access to real assets and create more opportunities for retail investors to effectively balance their portfolios. The IPA provides national leadership for the PDI industry by bringing together the top asset managers, product distribution partners and industry service providers – new and established – who are dedicated to driving the industry forward through education, innovation, and transparency.

In addition to this award, in 2022 Darsch was named to the Rising Leaders Council by the IPA and was selected as a “Rising Star” at the 2023 With Intelligence ETF and Mutual Fund Awards. Nick serves on various industry committees including the IPA, NICSA, and Investment Company Institute.

As Managing Director at Ultimus, Darsch is responsible for client development activities and contributing to overall firm growth strategies. In addition, Darsch leads the firm's retail alternatives practice and supports client product structuring, governance, and operational design efforts. He joined the firm in 2019.

Darsch will join a number of panels focused on retail alternatives in coming months, including:

- *The Growth and Evolution of Interval Funds* virtual panel during Blue Vault Alts Day on October 4, 2023.
- *New Vehicles Driving the Evolution of Access* panel during the CAIS Alternative Investment Summit in Beverly Hills, CA on October 16-18, 2023.
- *Registered Fund Structures for Alternatives* panel during the Seward & Kissel Private Funds Forum in New York on November 30, 2023.

As a member of IPA, Ultimus is committed to helping drive growth, shape the latest trends in product evolution, and assist to expand distribution channels in the alternative asset industry.

* * *


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Acclaimed in 2023 Global Custodian Survey

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-acclaimed-in-2023-global-custodian-survey/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Acclaimed in 2023 Global Custodian Survey

Subscribe

October 5, 2023

**CLIFTON PARK, NY** – October 5, 2023 [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/) (Ultimus LeverPoint) is delighted to share that it has attained an exceptional score of **6.90 out of 7.00** in the 2023 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey by Global Custodian. This impressive achievement places Ultimus LeverPoint ahead of its competitors, surpassing global averages across all nine relevant categories surveyed. Moreover, it secured the highest ranking in the survey among managers with assets exceeding $1 billion.

Ultimus LeverPoint has once again received recognition in the survey results for its unwavering commitment to a client-centric and technology-driven service model, marking the third consecutive year of such accolades. Despite the industry's fluctuations and headwinds over the past 12 months, Ultimus LeverPoint continues to invest in its people and technology. As a result, the survey findings emphasize that Ultimus LeverPoint's deliberate efforts consistently enhance the experiences of its asset manager clients and their investors.

Global Custodian (GC) conducts an annual independent survey, evaluating private equity firms based on the quality of services received from third-party fund administrators. This survey, which involves collaboration between the private equity firms and GC, encompasses crucial administration aspects for fund managers, including client service, technology, reporting to general partners and limited partners, onboarding, compliance, and more. In recognition of its performance in the 2023 Global Custodian survey, Ultimus LeverPoint has earned nominations for three awards at the upcoming Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards.

Survey responses included comments from clients that validate the firms’ client-centric approach. According to the survey report, one client commented: “We made the conscious decision to consolidate all of our funds with Ultimus LeverPoint, moving funds from a prior relationship where the quality of service and technical expertise of the staff did not compare to the service we received from Ultimus LeverPoint. We have continued to use them for subsequent funds and are working on opportunities to continue to develop the relationship over time with additional service offerings.”

[Jim Cass](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#james+cass), President of Ultimus LeverPoint, emphasizes that the recognition in the GC Private Equity Fund Administration survey reflects not only the loyalty of its clients but also the commendable efforts of Ultimus associates. “I take great pride in the daily efforts of our teams as they collaborate with and provide solid support to our clients. I want to express my gratitude to our dedicated associates for their commitment and tireless work.” He adds, “We are dedicated to the ongoing enhancement of our core platforms and solutions while adopting cutting-edge technology, allowing for more integration and customization on a client-by-client basis. We acknowledge the importance of meeting the rising requirements for data while ensuring efficient, timely, and valuable data access.”

[Kelly Ramsey Gooch](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#kelly+ramsey+gooch), EVP, Client Relationship Officer at Ultimus LeverPoint, explains that the annual survey reiterates the firm's strong commitment to a client-centric service model, a sentiment that resonates deeply with clients. She underscores that interactions with both current and prospective clients significantly influence and drive the firm’s actions and decisions. “This year's survey scores reflect our team’s dedication to enhancing the experiences of our clients and their investors.” She adds, “Ultimus LeverPoint continually seeks opportunities to provide the best possible solutions and support our clients in achieving success.” While pleased with the excellent scores, she acknowledges the ongoing need for precision to consistently earn the trust and business of their clients.

Notable takeaways from the 2023 survey results include:

- Ultimus LeverPoint achieved a remarkable overall score of 6.90, surpassing the industry's average of 6.09.
- The firm’s individual category scores outperformed industry average scores in all nine applicable categories surveyed.
- The firm received a perfect 7.0 in technology, well above the industry average of 5.85.
- As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint received two important accreditations from *Global Custodian*:

    - *Global Outperformer*, which signifies that the firm’s overall score exceeds the industry average score.
    - *Category Outperformer*, indicating that the firm’s score in one or more categories was higher than the industry average score.
- As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint has been nominated for the following Private Equity Administration awards:

    - *Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year*
    - *Private Equity Fund Administrator: Client Service*
    - *Private Equity Fund Administrator: Capital Draw Downs & Distributions*

###

*ULP 17454352 10/04/2023*


---

# Fuller & Thaler Continues to Expand with Launch of New Behavioral Mid-Cap Equity Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/fuller-thaler-continues-to-expand-with-launch-of-new-behavioral-mid-cap-equity-fund/_

# Fuller & Thaler Continues to Expand with Launch of New Behavioral Mid-Cap Equity Fund

Subscribe

November 28, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – November 28, 2023 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its contribution to the launch of the new Fuller & Thaler Behavioral Mid-Cap Equity (FTHMX) mutual fund with longtime partner, [Fuller & Thaler Asset Management](https://www.fullerthaler.com/). This will be Fuller & Thaler’s seventh mutual fund administered by Ultimus during their ten-year partnership.

Over the years, Fuller & Thaler has accomplished admirable achievements. Notably, one of the founders of Fuller & Thaler, Dr. Richard Thaler received the Nobel Prize for his contributions to behavioral economics. The firm’s unique perspective on behavioral decision making has allowed it to outperform the benchmark of many of their respective funds since inception; indeed the first fund launched with Ultimus, the Fuller & Thaler Behavioral Small-Cap Equity Fund (FTHSX) is currently rated 5 stars. (Overall Morningstar rating as of 9/30/2023 in the Small Blend category out of 595 funds based on risk-adjusted returns.) Throughout their partnership and growth, Ultimus continues to remain aligned with Fuller & Thaler, providing consultation and support with a full suite of mutual fund services, including fund accounting, fund administration, transfer agency, distribution services, as well as utilizing the series trust model.

Ed Stubbins, Fuller & Thaler Partner, is excited to expand the firm’s product line up with a complimentary mutual fund. “We pride ourselves on providing an innovative approach to behavioral economics and helping others take advantage of our expertise in that field. We’re ecstatic to introduce an additional mid-cap blend strategy into the market, which will allow an additional opportunity for investors to diversify their portfolios. Following the limited offering of the Fuller & Thaler Behavioral Small-Cap Equity fund last year, we believe the market has shown significant demand for an extension of that fund into the Mid-cap blend space. Dr. Raife Giovinazzo, CFA serves as the Lead Portfolio Manager on both of these funds. In addition, Ultimus has been our constant, reliable partner as we create these new investment options.”

[David James](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#david+james), EVP, Chief Legal and Risk Officer at Ultimus, is delighted about Fuller & Thaler's success. “It’s been an honor to partner with them for such a long time, and their nontraditional equity management techniques have allowed them to maintain a fresh and diverse perspective for their investment portfolio. We appreciate the longevity of this partnership and look forward to supporting the firm through their continuing product growth.”

[Matt Miller](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#matt+miller), VP, Relationship Management and President, Capitol Series Trust, emphasizes the series trust model's importance, enabling fund managers to streamline fund operations, enhance efficiency, and provide their clientele with a broader range of investment opportunities. “We are thrilled to see Fuller & Thaler, a highly prominent firm, continuing to utilize the series trust space, which has proven to be a valuable tool in fund management for a diverse clientele book. By working within the series trust structure, fund advisers can leverage economies of scale, benefit from operational synergies, and deliver a comprehensive suite of investment solutions to meet the diverse needs of their investors.”

As the series trust model gains traction again in the investment industry, Ultimus is committed to supporting its clients in leveraging this framework to help maximize their growth potential and achieve their strategic objectives. Miller further adds, "We are excited to see the series trust model empowering advisers and enabling them to offer a broad spectrum of investment choices, ultimately leading to potentially better outcomes for their investors."

* * *

**About Fuller & Thaler**

Founded in 1993, Fuller & Thaler Asset Management has pioneered the application of behavioral finance in investment management.

Primarily focused on U.S. small-cap equities, our strategies have historically delivered exceptional results. More importantly, our process differs significantly from traditional equity managers.

We believe our distinctive perspective and unconventional approach can provide meaningful diversification to our mutual fund and separate account clients.

**Investing involves risk, including loss of principal. Investors should carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Fund before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the Fund, and it should be read carefully before investing. Investors may obtain a copy of the prospectus by calling 888-912-4562. Funds are distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC.**

Morningstar Rating as of 9/30/23 in the Small Blend category: Overall: 5 stars; Three-year rating: 5 stars, 595 funds; Five-year rating: 5 stars, 556 funds; Ten-year rating: 5 Stars, 386 funds based on risk-adjusted returns. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

The Morningstar Rating for funds, or "star rating", is calculated for managed products (including mutual funds, variable annuity and variable life subaccounts, exchange-traded funds, closed-end funds, and separate accounts) with at least a three-year history. Exchange-traded funds and open-ended mutual funds are considered a single population for comparative purposes. It is calculated based on a Morningstar Risk-Adjusted Return measure that accounts for variation in a managed product's monthly excess performance, placing more emphasis on downward variations and rewarding consistent performance. The Morningstar Rating does not include any adjustment for sales loads. The top 10% of products in each product category receive 5 stars, the next 22.5% receive 4 stars, the next 35% receive 3 stars, the next 22.5% receive 2 stars, and the bottom 10% receive 1 star. The Overall Morningstar Rating for a managed product is derived from a weighted average of the performance figures associated with its three-, five-, and 10-year (if applicable) Morningstar Rating metrics. The weights are: 100% three-year rating for 36-59 months of total returns, 60% five-year rating/40% three-year rating for 60-119 months of total returns, and 50% 10-year rating/30% five-year rating/20% three-year rating for 120 or more months of total returns. While the 10-year overall star rating formula seems to give the most weight to the 10-year period, the most recent three-year period actually has the greatest impact because it is included in all three rating periods.

*17606509-UFD-11152023*


---

# Ultimus Collects Prestigious Awards at Industry Ceremony

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-collects-prestigious-awards-at-industry-ceremony/_

# Ultimus Collects Prestigious Awards at Industry Ceremony

Subscribe

December 5, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – December 5, 2023 – [Ultimus Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/)^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading tech-enabled provider of full-service fund administration, middle office, and investor solutions is honored to announce it received a number of industry-renowned awards at the 2023 Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards dinner held in New York recently.

The awards ceremony independently recognizes the achievements of service providers in the fund administration industry whose quality of services exceeds their peers. This year Ultimus received three awards in three different categories: ETF, Mutual Fund, and Private Fund Administration. Ultimus secured the three most prestigious awards:

- Exchange-Traded Fund Administrator of the Year, Ultimus Fund Solutions,
- Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year, Ultimus Fund Solutions, and
- Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year, Ultimus LeverPoint.

This is the seventh year in a row Ultimus received the *Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year* award and the ninth year Ultimus ranked as the top service provider in the *Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administration Survey*. This is also the second year in a row Ultimus ranked as the top administrator in the *ETF Administration Survey* and received the *ETF Administrator of the Year* award. Additionally, this is the third year Ultimus LeverPoint private equity clients participated in the independently administered survey and the third year the firm has received the *Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year* award.

Ultimus CEO [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman) says, ”We are most proud of the consistency of winning these awards year over year. Quality service is not a one-year initiative or the ‘strategy of the day’ at Ultimus: it is at the core of our culture. Our continued growth has enabled us to consistently invest in talent and technology that will position us well to provide great technology-enabled services for the long haul.”

In appreciation for Ultimus associates, Tenkman continued, “I’m so proud of our team’s diligent work every day to deliver high-quality services to support our clients. In the end, as we continue providing award-winning services and outsourced solutions, our goal is to help optimize and elevate business operations for our clients, and their investors and shareholders.”

The awards are based, in large part, on *Global Custodian’s 2023* *ETF, Mutual Fund, Private Equity Administration Surveys*, which were independently administered earlier this year by the publication. The Global Custodian’s survey is widely regarded as a third-party benchmark for excellence in the industry with asset management clients evaluating the performance and quality of administration providers.

Ultimus significantly outpaced industry averages in all applicable fund servicing categories in each of the three surveys (ETF Administration, Mutual Fund Administration, and Private Equity Fund Administration) reflecting a definitive affirmation from clients, both private and registered fund clients, regarding the firm’s client-centric service model and commitment to excellence overall. Notable takeaways from the 2023 survey results include:

- In the ETF Administration survey, Ultimus Fund Solutions far exceeded the industry average of 5.78 with an overall 6.94 score, most notably receiving a 6.75 in client service, and 6.88 in onboarding/launch support plus two perfect scores 7.00 in compliance support and ETF baskets.
- Ultimus LeverPoint achieved a remarkable overall score of 6.90, surpassing the industry’s average of 6.09, outperforming industry average scores in all nine applicable categories surveyed. The firm received a perfect 7.0 in technology, well above the industry average of 5.85.

**Additional Industry Awards in 2023**

Stemming from the firm’s long-term commitment to investing in technology, Ultimus also recently received the Nicsa NOVA Operational Excellence award for its uFILE application and the Best Technology Provider - Back Office award from Institutional Asset Manager. Ultimus also received Best Data Management Solution for Back & Middle Office award again during the With Intelligence Fund Operations & Services Awards earlier this year for its uANALYZE™ application, which is part of the firm’s proprietary, award-winning uSUITE^®^ technology. uSUITE and its network of applications feature built-in robotic processing software, machine-learning algorithms, and application programming interfaces (APIs). Ultimus accomplished these incredible results while implementing process updates to address regulatory changes, adapting for growing fund complexities, and dealing with market uncertainty. Despite these challenges, the firm also continued to grow its business by adding a significant number of new clients while increasing its assets under management, topping over $500 billion.

* * *

*17666591 12/4/2023*


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Seizes Top Award at Industry Ceremony

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-seizes-top-award-at-industry-ceremony/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Seizes Top Award at Industry Ceremony

Subscribe

December 5, 2023

CLIFTON PARK, NY – December 5, 2023 Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions (Ultimus LeverPoint), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is honored to announce it received the top industry award at the 2023 Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards dinner held in New York recently.

The awards ceremony independently recognizes the achievements of service providers in the fund administration industry whose quality of services exceeds their peers. Ultimus LeverPoint secured the most prestigious award:

- **Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year**

This is the third year in a row Ultimus LeverPoint private equity clients participated in the independently administered survey and the third year the firm has received the *Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year* award.

Ultimus LeverPoint’s, EVP Client Relationship Officer, [Kelly Gooch](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#kelly+ramsey+gooch) says, “We are honored to receive this award and recognize our need to earn our clients’ trust every day. Our associates partner with clients to offer tailored solutions, a consultative and collaborative strategy that fosters strong relationships and supports our clients in achieving their business objectives. We hold the belief that the success of our clients directly translates to our own, and our unwavering commitment is evident in our daily interactions with our clients and industry recognition like Global Custodian.”

The awards are based, in large part, on Global Custodian’s 2023 Private Equity Fund Administration Surveys, which were independently administered earlier this year by the publication. The Global Custodian’s survey is widely regarded as a third-party benchmark for excellence in the industry with asset management clients evaluating the performance and quality of administration providers.

Ultimus LeverPoint significantly outpaced industry averages in all applicable fund servicing categories in the survey, reflecting a definitive affirmation from clients regarding the firm’s client-centric service model and commitment to excellence overall. Notable takeaways from the 2023 survey results include:

- Ultimus LeverPoint achieved a remarkable overall score of 6.90, surpassing the industry’s average of 6.09.
- The firm’s individual category scores outperformed industry average scores in all nine applicable categories surveyed.
- The firm received a perfect 7.0 in technology, well above the industry average of 5.85.
- As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint received two important accreditations from *Global Custodian*:

    - *Global Outperformer*, which signifies that the firm’s overall score exceeds the industry average score.
    - *Category Outperformer*, indicating that the firm’s score in one or more categories was higher than the industry average score.

**Additional Industry Awards in 2023**

Ultimus Fund Solutions also received two of the most prestigious awards at the 2023 Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards dinner:

- Exchange-Traded Fund Administrator of the Year
- Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year

This is the seventh year in a row Ultimus received the *Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administrator of the Year* award and the ninth year Ultimus ranked as the top service provider in the *Global Custodian Mutual Fund Administration Survey*. This is also the second year in a row Ultimus ranked as the top administrator in the *ETF Administration Survey* and received the *ETF Administrator of the Year* award.

Ultimus also received Best Data Management Solution for Back & Middle Office award again during the With Intelligence Fund Operations & Services Awards earlier this year for its uANALYZE™ application, which is part of the firm’s proprietary, award-winning uSUITE® technology. This stems from the firm’s long-term commitment to investing in technology. uSUITE and its network of applications feature built-in robotic processing software, machine-learning algorithms, and application programming interfaces (APIs).

###

*ULP 17669790 12/05/2023*


---

# Hodges Capital Selects Ultimus as Fund Administrator for Series of Mutual Funds

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/hodges-capital-selects-ultimus-as-fund-administrator-for-series-of-mutual-funds/_

# Hodges Capital Selects Ultimus as Fund Administrator for  Series of Mutual Funds

Subscribe

December 7, 2023

**CINCINNATI, OHIO –** December 7, 2023 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is proud to announce it is the new service provider for the family of mutual funds advised by Hodges Capital Management. With Ultimus’ guidance, Hodges, an asset management firm with nearly $1 billion in assets under management, completed an intricate but successful multi-fund conversion, which included the reorganization of the funds from one series trust to another.

The decision to change service providers was driven in part by Hodges Capital’s commitment to optimizing its family of four mutual funds and its desire to execute a more structured working model with a responsive partner such as Ultimus that is equally committed to creating efficiencies for their business with its engaged personnel and its uSUITE technology platform.

Craig Hodges, Founder, CEO, and Co-Chief Investment Officer of Hodges Capital, relates the need to find a partner who could help optimize their operating model. “As an investment firm that values providing the best possible investment products and service to its clients, finding a partner to help us perform at the most efficient level was crucial. We were thoroughly impressed with Ultimus’ ability to exhibit flexibility throughout the process and provide services that greatly enhanced our day-to-day operations. This change was a long time coming, and we are excited for the new partnership and the possibility it brings to the future of our firm.”

[Kevin Wolf](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#kevin+wolf), EVP, and Head of Fund Administration and Product at Ultimus, notes the rise in series trust reorganizations. He credits Ultimus’ adaptive technique and comprehensive service model for the increase in this previously rare type of conversion. “For a series trust reorganization of this magnitude, Ultimus provides a combination of adept knowledge and experience, active engagement, elite project management and superior technology to greatly reduce the conversion burden on the manager. We are honored that Hodges Capital trusted us enough to perform this reorganization but more importantly we are looking forward to continued collaboration and a strong, long-term relationship.”

The finalization of the Hodges conversion brings the total number of Ultimus’ series trust reorganizations to five for this year. In the last three years, the firm has completed 33 client conversions, with three more clients in the process of converting to Ultimus by the end of the year, totaling 152 funds. The firm continues to provide flexible and tailored service as it guides asset managers through their journey to accomplish their unique investment and business goals.

* * *

*17645097 11/27/2023*


---

# Grandeur Peak Selects Ultimus as Enterprise Service Partner

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/grandeur-peak-selects-ultimus-as-enterprise-service-partner/_

# Grandeur Peak Selects Ultimus as  Enterprise Service Partner

Subscribe

January 9, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – January 9, 2024 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce it was recently engaged for services by [Grandeur Peak Global Advisors](https://www.grandeurpeakglobal.com/) (Grandeur Peak). Ultimus was selected to provide an enterprise-wide solution for Grandeur Peak that includes middle office operations, as well as fund administration for private funds and mutual funds. As a result, Ultimus will be supporting the firm’s entire suite of investment products.

Grandeur Peak, a boutique global equities investment firm based in Salt Lake City, Utah, offers micro- to mid-cap investment strategies to clients by utilizing collaborative research and rigorous due diligence procedures with a broad, global perspective. Since the firm offers a diverse suite of investment products it sought a service partner to provide a unified, consistent approach to data and administration across its various investment product lines.

Ultimus worked with Grandeur Peak to deliver a solution built on a single investment book of record. This solution delivers a single security master across Grandeur Peak’s institutional separate accounts, mutual funds and private funds resulting in multiple benefits to Grandeur Peak and its affiliate Rondure Global Advisors, such as:

- Consistent and accurate data
- Enhanced performance analytics thru uANALYZE performance analytics tool
- Reduced period-end processing timeframes for statements and billing
- Additional automation

Ultimus collaborated with the Grandeur Peak team to tailor and implement a solution suited to the unique requirements of its business. This involved a multi-phased conversion approach including the reorganization of 12 mutual funds into Ultimus’ leading trust governance infrastructure after an initial conversion of middle office operations and private fund administration.

Grandeur Peak President and COO Eric Huefner relates the importance of partnering with a firm that offers a holistic approach to back and middle-office services across multiple product forms: “Working with a partner who offers a complete solution for all of our account types and seamlessly unifies our data enables us to focus on providing the best possible service to our clients. We appreciate the level of attention and service we received during the transition and are excited to partner with Ultimus because of their willingness to tailor their services to our needs and their commitment to client service.”

[Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), Ultimus CEO, is incredibly proud of the Ultimus team and emphasizes the experience and expertise needed to develop the technological infrastructure for an enterprise-wide solution and to help Grandeur Peak accomplish optimization. “Ultimus is unique in that we draw on our talented team to provide service and technology to support a client’s full book of business while maintaining the boutique service we’re known for. We’ll continue to cater to each individual client’s needs while actively seeking out the most technologically advanced and efficient strategies.”

[Paul Wahmann](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#paul+wahmann), SVP and Head of Middle Office Services at Ultimus, emphasizes how the firm’s award-winning digital platform, uANALYZE™, has largely impacted data access for investment management firms. “Ultimus continues to lead with innovative technology that can help asset managers with T+1 and other changes while enhancing the user experience. Our digital landscape positively changes the way asset managers access their portfolio data. We’re proud to offer extremely effective technology applications to help clients like Grandeur Peak achieve their business goals.”

* * *

*17759371 1/5/2024*


---

# Ultimus Experiences Firm-Wide Growth, Boosting AUA over $500B

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-experiences-firm-wide-growth-boosting-aua-over-500b/_

# Ultimus Experiences Firm-Wide Growth, Boosting AUA over $500B

Subscribe

January 16, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – January 16, 2024 The Ultimus Group (Ultimus®), as a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, experienced continued strong growth in 2023 across the firm’s business, including new clients requesting services for private funds, exchange-traded funds, retail alternative funds, middle office operations, treasury and transfer agency services, boosting Ultimus’ assets under administration to over $500 billion.

Much of this growth comes from asset managers who were seeking a fund administrator with exceptional service capabilities, advanced technology, and experienced industry professionals. In addition, many of the firm’s existing asset management clients have also been launching new funds and amending service agreements to include additional services.

Gary Tenkman, Ultimus Chief Executive Officer, comments on the firm’s ability to consistently provide high level customer service throughout Ultimus’ growth phases stating, “Ultimus’ hyper-sensitive focus on delivering high-quality client service enhances our ability to successfully differentiate ourselves from our competitors. Our continued growth allows us to consistently invest in technology and experienced talent, positioning the firm for continued and sustainable growth in the future.”

Ultimus’ success may be accredited to not only its consistent delivery of client centric solutions, which provides those clients a much more efficient operating environment along with a “white glove” service experience. Ultimus has also consistently provided an organized and methodical project management process, subsequently resulting in seamless conversions from other service providers as well as guiding clients as they look to launch new or additional products.

Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions’ President, Jim Cass, explains the growth from his perspective saying, "I admire the team's dedication to enhancing service for current clients and expanding our market reach. We're committed to ongoing growth, staying proactive, and adapting to market changes, as our clients' success is synonymous with our own."

Ultimus focuses on providing registered and private fund managers with optionality for their fund administration and middle office needs. The firm’s comprehensive, flexible service model and dynamic technology strategy of utilizing robotic process automation and API interfaces allow asset management firms to manage their overall business efficiently and effectively. In a recent fund conversion from another service provider to Ultimus, a new client stated “The conversion itself felt seamless. We were pleasantly surprised by how smoothly the transition of the fund went, positively exceeding our expectations.”

Along with the steady growth of adding new clients, Ultimus continues to invest in resources with over 1,000 U.S.-based associates at the firm today. In recent years, Ultimus has attracted many industry-leading professionals who sought a more dynamic and forward-thinking organization. Ultimus has emerged as a preferred choice for professionals seeking an innovative organization that is solely focused on the fund administration industry and challenges the conventional mindset.

Contributing to the influx of new business, Ultimus has a known reputation for award-winning client service and award-winning technology applications. Ultimus recently won *Best ETF Administrator* award, *Best Private Equity Fund Administrator* award and *Best Mutual Fund Administrator* award from Global Custodian.

Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer, Ian Martin, highlights Ultimus’ competitive advantages by stating, “Being an independent firm with no competing priorities outside of the Fund Administration space allows us to focus 100% of our company talent, resources, and technology investments directly into adding value for our clients and their investors. This is a significant competitive advantage for Ultimus. The recent new business growth, client testimonials and industry accolades are confirmation of our commitment to provide industry leading service.”

In its continued commitment, Ultimus’ priority is investments in innovative technology that can help asset managers optimize their operations while lowering their total cost of ownership in managing their business. As an example, Ultimus received Best Data Management Solution for Back & Middle Office award earlier this year for its uANALYZE™ application, a flexible and secure dashboard to help asset managers utilize and visualize critical investment data more efficiently and effectively. Ultimus also recently received the NICSA NOVA Operational Excellence award during the NICSA General Membership Meeting. This award is a result of the firm’s uFILE, an internally developed application to resolve a manual process that was extremely challenging for a client prior to converting to Ultimus.

* * *

17712938 12/19/2024


---

# Meketa Capital Launches Infrastructure Interval Fund with Assistance from Ultimus

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/meketa-capital-launches-infrastructure-interval-fund-with-assistance-from-ultimus/_

# Meketa Capital Launches Infrastructure Interval Fund with  Assistance from Ultimus

Subscribe

March 5, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – March 5, 2024 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce [Meketa Capital](https://meketa.com/), has launched its first investment product offering in the ’40 Act registered fund space. Meketa Capital, a subsidiary of Meketa Investment Group specializing in delivering private market investment solutions to financial intermediaries and their clients, launched an infrastructure interval fund in late January.

This evergreen interval fund, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, is Meketa Capital’s first proprietary registered fund offering. Ultimus played a pivotal role in its development and launch process. Ultimus previously worked with the Primark and Meketa team on the Primark Meketa Private Equity Investments Fund and is thrilled to continue assisting them with administration and advanced analytics performance reporting as they continue expanding and offering new alternative investment solutions.

[Nickolaus Darsch](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/), Managing Director at Ultimus, discusses the benefits of partnering with an adviser focused on innovative product development: “This interval fund is positioned to capitalize on the growing interest in infrastructure strategies, particularly among individual investors. We have a large pipeline of asset managers with new and innovative retail alternative products coming to market. We’re looking forward to partnering with quality institutional managers like Meketa in developing products for the financial intermediary channel.”

This infrastructure fund launch marks a significant milestone for Meketa Capital, reflecting its commitment to providing investors with access to distinct investment opportunities. As companies like Meketa continue to expand their product offerings and grow their presence in the market, investors can expect to see a continued focus on delivering options, value, and excellence in investment solutions. As an experienced fund servicing partner, Ultimus holistically assists asset management firms looking to launch complex fund structures such as interval and tender offer closed-end funds. Ultimus’ client-centric service teams, experienced project management team, and advanced technology applications help to produce efficient ‘40 Act fund launches, allowing firms to concentrate on their product and growth strategies.

Michael Bell, CEO of Primark Capital and Meketa Capital, expressed enthusiasm about collaborating with Ultimus, stating, "We believe there's significant potential for infrastructure investments, and are excited to bring our new strategy to the market. The expertise and support provided by Ultimus have been instrumental in the successful launch of our latest fund, we look forward to our growing relationship with Ultimus."

"We are thrilled to have partnered with Ultimus in this inaugural launch," said Stephen McCourt, co-CEO of Meketa Investment Group. “Our deep private markets expertise aligns with the private wealth channel’s desire for more and innovative solutions in this area."

Ultimus holds a large presence in the alternative fund space as a leading, independent provider of full-service fund administration, accounting, and investor servicing solutions. Empowering investment managers through comprehensive governance, administration, and tech-driven investor support services, Ultimus offers solutions for funds developed to service institutional, private wealth, and retail investor channels. Reinforcing Ultimus’ dedication to client service and operational excellence, the company recently received the *Best Interval Fund Administrator* award during the Fund Intelligence Operations and Services Award ceremony in New York City.

* * *

**About Meketa Capital**

Meketa Capital is a subsidiary of Meketa Investment Group focused on investment solutions for the advisor marketplace. Meketa Capital markets and distributes investment services and products to RIAs and other advisors in the individual investor marketplace. These products and services may include: managing and distributing interval funds, providing asset allocation for model portfolios, managing customized private market fund vehicles, and providing some general consulting services to advisors.

**About Meketa**

Founded in 1978, Meketa is an employee-owned, full-service investment consulting and fiduciary management (OCIO) firm. As an independent fiduciary, the firm serves institutional investors in nondiscretionary and discretionary capacities. Meketa’s collective client assets under advisement represent approximately $1.8 trillion as of September 30, 2023. For more information, please visit [www.meketa.com](http://www.meketa.com/).

**GENERAL RISKS**

Past performance is not a guarantee nor a reliable indicator of future results. As with any investment, there are risks. There is no assurance that the funds will achieve their investment objectives.

The views and opinions expressed herein are those of senior management and may change at any time with prior notification. This announcement contains information from sources we believe are a reliable source. However, we are not responsible for the accuracy of such information. The information contained on this announcement is not an offer or a solicitation of an offer to purchase or sell any securities mentioned herein. Investors should carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, charges, and expenses before investing. For the Primark Meketa Private Equity Investments Fund, this information may be reviewed through the Prospectus link on the Primark website

[**(https://primarkcapital.com)**](https://43907837.fs1.hubspotusercontent-na1.net/hubfs/43907837/Prospectus%2c%20SAR%2c%20AR%20uploads/Primark%20Prospectus%20%2B%20Cover%20Page.pdf) or by calling the Fund toll free at 877.792.0924.

For the Meketa Infrastructure Fund, this information may be reviewed through the Prospectus link on the Meketa Investment Group website [**(https://meketacapital.com)**](https://meketa.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Meketa-Infrastructure-Fund-1-29-24-Prospectus-final.pdf) or by calling the Fund at 720.697.1010. Investments in the Funds are subject to, among others, the following risks:

**→** The Funds are not intended as a complete investment program but rather the Funds are designed to help investors diversify into private market investments.

**→** The Closed End Funds are a “non-diversified” management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

**→** Investments in the Funds involve risk. The Funds are new with no significant operating history by which to evaluate its potential performance. There can be no assurance that the Funds’ strategies will be successful.

**→** Shares of the Funds are not listed on any securities exchange, and it is not anticipated that a secondary market for shares will develop.

**→** Shares are appropriate only for those investors who can tolerate a high degree of risk, and do not require a liquid investment.

**→** There is no assurance that you will be able to tender your shares when or in the amount that you desire. Although the Funds will offer quarterly liquidity through a quarterly repurchase process, subject to board discretion, an investor may not be able to sell or otherwise liquidate all their shares tendered during a quarterly repurchase offer.

**→** The Funds’ investments in private equity companies (Primark) and private infrastructure companies (Meketa) are speculative and involve a high degree of risk, including the risk associated with leverage.

**Investors should carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, charges, and expenses before investing. For the Primark Meketa Private Equity Investments Fund, this information may be reviewed through the Prospectus link on the Primark website (https://primarkcapital.com) or by calling the Fund toll free at 877.792.0924. For the Meketa Infrastructure Fund, this information may be reviewed through the Prospectus link on the Meketa Investment Group website** [**(https://meketacapital.com)**](https://meketa.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Meketa-Infrastructure-Fund-1-29-24-Prospectus-final.pdf) **or by calling the Fund at 720.697.1010.**

The views and opinions expressed herein are those of senior management and may change at any time with prior notification. This announcement contains information from sources we believe are a reliable source. However, we are not responsible for the accuracy of such information. The information contained on this announcement is not an offer or a solicitation of an offer to purchase or sell any securities mentioned herein.

App Lit No: MCL-505232-2024-02-27

Distributor: Foreside Financial Services LLC. Member FINRA. Foreside is not affiliated with the entities or product mentioned in this communication.

*17946213 3/1/2024*


---

# Ultimus Partners with PennHaven Brokerage Partners to Provide Outsourced Trading Services with its Middle Office Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-partners-with-pennhaven-brokerage-partners-to-provide-outsourced-trading-services-with-its-middle-office-solutions/_

# Ultimus Partners with PennHaven Brokerage Partners to Provide Outsourced Trading Services with its Middle Office Solutions

Subscribe

April 2, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – April 2, 2024, [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced middle office, fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its exciting new partnership with [PennHaven Brokerage Partners (PennHaven)](https://pennhavenbp.com/). The partnership with the institutional trading solutions firm allows Ultimus to offer asset managers outsourced trade execution and trading desk services through PennHaven with Ultimus’ full range of tech-enabled middle office services, including post-trade settlement, investment book of record (IBOR), performance and attribution reporting, and institutional investor services.

[Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman), Ultimus CEO, states, “Our middle office business has continued to grow rapidly, and this is a natural extension of our service offering. I am excited that we’ve teamed up with the dedicated specialists at PennHaven to provide our clients with full trade execution services and institutional trading platform to offer an end-to-end solution for our clients. This is just another demonstration of how we are constantly evolving our solutions to meet the needs of the market. I look forward to this partnership and the opportunities it will afford us and our clients.”

This strategic approach was developed in alignment with an emerging trend for outsourcing trade execution and settlement services, allowing clients to subscribe to full front-to-back offerings via a flexible model and at a rapid speed. This partnership will allow asset management clients to leverage PennHaven’s full execution and managed desk services while leveraging Ultimus’ trade settlement capabilities. Trade settlement services are just one component of Ultimus’ middle office offering, as the firm continues to provide IBOR, client reporting, and performance, along with its other back office services provided to its client base. Both Ultimus and PennHaven are focused on providing clients with high quality, adaptable, and streamlined services which made it a straightforward undertaking to solidify a partnership given the cultural alignment.

PennHaven CEO [Donald O’Hara](https://www.linkedin.com/in/donald-o-hara-b432116/) emphasizes the value that this partnership will bring to its existing and future clients through a full suite of services. “Ultimus has shown itself to be a solid and reliable collaborator throughout this process. This partnership will complement and expand our current service offering by integrating Ultimus’ tech-driven downstream support. We are aligned with identical core values, and we look forward to a long-term relationship that allows us to continue to provide quality service while creating a synergistic offering to our shared clients.”

[Paul Wahmann](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#paul+wahmann), SVP Head of Middle Office Services at Ultimus, is proud of the firm’s latest offering that will help clients mitigate the industry’s rising operational costs while allowing them to focus on their core investment strategy. “We are excited to have an avenue to provide outsourced trade execution through our new partnership with PennHaven, enhancing our offering to cover front, middle, and back office investment operations. This will provide our clients with a scalable enterprise-wide solution, significantly reducing their fixed infrastructure costs while allowing them to benefit from a scalable and economically efficient model to support future growth. Our combined services focus on flexibility and showcase our dedication to providing value-added solutions to our clients.”

The collaborative deal comes at a time when Ultimus recently signed several new clients enlisting its middle office services along with registered and private fund administration and providing other clients in the middle office space with data analytics through its proprietary technology application - uANALYZE™. Ultimus garnered recognition for its data management solution during the With Intelligence Fund Operations and Service Awards by winning *Best Data Management Solution – Back and Middle Office* in 2022, 2023, and 2024.

* * *

**About PennHaven**

PennHaven Brokerage Partners (PennHaven) is an adaptive, institutional trading solution for asset managers, hedge funds, family offices and RIA’s. PennHaven offers a dedicated team of specialists delivering transparent trade execution services and managed service platform. We combine cutting-edge technology and regulated oversight to offer unparalleled client service and support through the entire trade process. Designed to meet each client’s complexity, scalability, and reporting demands while achieving best execution for our partners.

Located outside of Philadelphia, PennHaven is a team of experienced operational and buy side professionals dedicated (unified) in their pursuit of reducing operational tasks while maintaining client sell side relationships. Differentiated from traditional Outsourced Trading Desks, PennHaven’s expanded service offering and integrated Order Management platform technology reduce the risk and operational burdens of maintaining an inhouse trade operation across both institutional and retail trading workflows.

*18005727 3/26/2024*


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces New Partnership with WCM Investment Management

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-announces-new-partnership-with-wcm-investment-management/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces New Partnership with WCM Investment Management

Subscribe

April 9, 2024

**CLIFTON PARK, NY** – April 9, 2024 [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/) (Ultimus), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its latest partnership with [WCM Investment Management, LLC](https://wcminvest.com/) (WCM), a renowned independent asset management firm based in Laguna Beach, CA, with approximately $90 billion in assets under management. In this partnership, Ultimus is providing fund administration for a number of WCM’s private funds, showcasing Ultimus’ ability to offer a unique and efficient fund servicing environment.

WCM selected Ultimus for its reputable fund administration, influenced by a positive referral from a satisfied existing client of the firm following a rigorous search process. Recognizing the alignment of values and the potential for a strong partnership, WCM was impressed with Ultimus’ comprehensive, thoughtful response and tailored approach to their needs. This swift and efficient adaptation showcases Ultimus’ commitment to flexibility and excellence in serving its clients.

The partnership among multiple teams at Ultimus and WCM ensured a seamless transfer of WCM’s limited partners onto the Ultimus platform. Establishing transparent expectations and timelines for client onboarding is crucial for a successful conversion to a new Fund Administrator, creating a solid foundation for the ongoing relationship.

[Jim Cass](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#james+cass), President of Ultimus, highlighted the significance of this partnership, stating, "Our alliance with WCM is not just a business agreement; it is a harmonization of cultures and values. At Ultimus, we believe that the foundation of a successful partnership lies in shared principles and visions. WCM's focus on culture resonates with our own, making this collaboration strategic and a perfect cultural fit."

Mark Dreschler of WCM expressed his enthusiasm for the partnership, saying, "In our search for a new fund administration partner, we needed a team that understood our specific needs and shared our deep commitment to fostering a positive and productive culture. Ultimus stood out not just for their comprehensive service offerings, but more importantly, for their approach to partnership and alignment with our core values."

Recently recognized for its outstanding contributions to the financial services sector, Ultimus secured an award for “Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year” at the Global Custodian Industry Leadership Awards. This recognition highlights Ultimus' dedication to delivering exceptional service and innovative solutions in private fund administration and data management.

###

*ULP 18023429 4/5/2024*


---

# Ultimus Supports Launch of CAZ Strategic Opportunities Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-supports-launch-of-caz-strategic-opportunities-fund/_

# Ultimus Supports Launch of CAZ Strategic Opportunities Fund

Subscribe

May 14, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – May 14, 2024 [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is proud to announce its relationship with[CAZ Investments](https://cazinvestments.com/) in supporting the launch of the [CAZ Strategic Opportunities Fund](https://cazstrategicopportunitiesfund.com/). This collaboration marks the debut of the first publicly offered vehicle by CAZ Investments, a private market investment firm managing $6 billion in assets and serving 200 global private equity allocators.

The CAZ Strategic Opportunities Fund, structured as a tender offer fund, is designed to encourage long-term investing by allowing investment managers to allocate less liquid assets. The tender offer structure provides investors with the security of quarterly liquidity options while maintaining a focus on long-term capital growth.

[Christopher Zook](https://cazinvestments.com/our-team/), CIO of CAZ Investments, stated: "We are very pleased to collaborate with Ultimus on the launch of the CAZ Strategic Opportunities Fund. Their consultative approach to vehicle development and specialization in navigating SEC registration has been invaluable in bringing our new fund to market, and we look forward to expanding our relationship as we expand our activities in the investment landscape.”

The Strategic Opportunities Fund aims to achieve a well-balanced portfolio by primarily focusing on private market investments, such as private equity and private credit. This strategic focus on private markets enables the fund to offer a level of diversification beyond what traditional public investments like stocks and bonds can provide.

[Sean McLean](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#sean+mclean), Ultimus’ SVP Retail Alternatives Fund Accounting, commented on the launch, "We’re delighted to partner with CAZ Investments on the launch of their Strategic Opportunities Fund. At Ultimus, we pride ourselves on empowering our clients with innovative fund administration solutions, deep registered fund experience, leading-edge technology, and a consultative approach. This collaboration highlights the monumental growth in the market for retail alternatives, and we are excited to support CAZ as they launch their registered offering."

With CAZ's strong foundation as a top global allocator to private equity and its substantial buying power, the CAZ Strategic Opportunities Fund represents a significant step towards providing sophisticated investors with more inclusive access to high-quality private market investments.

* * *

**Investors should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Fund(s) before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the Fund(s) and should be read carefully before investing. The prospectus may be obtained at (855) 886-2307 or** [**www.cazstrategicopportunitiesfund.com**](http://www.cazstrategicopportunitiesfund.com)

Risk Considerations:

Diversification does not ensure a profit or guarantee against loss.

Investing involves risk, including loss of principal. The value of the fund's shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost. There is no guarantee that any investment strategy will achieve its objectives, generate profits or avoid losses.

The Fund is newly formed and has limited operating history.

*The Fund should be considered a speculative investment and entails substantial risks, and a prospective investor should invest in the Fund only if it can sustain a complete loss of its investment. There is a risk that issuers and counterparties will not make payments on securities and other investments held by the Fund, resulting in losses to the Fund. Equity securities, such as common stocks, are subject to market, economic and business risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate. Fixed income investments are affected by a number of risks, including fluctuation in interest rates, credit risk, and prepayment risk. In general, as prevailing interest rates rise, fixed income prices will fall.*

CAZ Strategic Opportunities Fund is distributed by

Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC, Member FINRA/SIPC. CAZ Investments is not affiliated with Ultimus Fund

Distributors, LLC.

*COD00000051 20240513-3573039*


---

# Ultimus Announces Registered Alternatives Gateway Platform

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-announces-registered-alternatives-gateway-platform/_

# Ultimus Announces Registered Alternatives Gateway Platform

Subscribe

July 23, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – July 23, 2024 [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is proud to announce Ultimus Registered Alternatives Gateway™ (Ultimus Gateway), a scalable platform to launch registered alternative funds. Harnessing Ultimus’ premier fund governance practices in the registered fund space, extensive alternatives experience, industry leading technology, and partnerships supporting registered investment products, the company organized a comprehensive and efficient way to assist asset managers with launching interval funds and tender offer funds to access retail, institutional, and high net worth investors.

Ultimus Gateway provides a full-service operating and oversight model with vetted industry-leading partners offering clients flexible, valuable, and cost-effective solutions. With its open architecture approach to integrating with custodians, legal counsel, and auditors, the platform allows prospective sponsors to build-for-purpose with their interval and tender offer fund offerings. Ultimus Gateway’s administration platform utilizes best in class technology and full-service support in areas such as administration, accounting, transfer agency, and distribution.

"We are proud to launch the Ultimus Gateway, which represents the next evolution in our industry-leading retail alternative solutions," commented Ultimus CEO [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman). "Our platform is the chassis for helping managers bring alternative investment products to market efficiently and securely, backed by our proven track record of compliance, service excellence, and innovation. We've taken our long history of providing scalable solutions to investment managers and optimized an environment for them to launch retail alternative funds. There’s demand in the market and we're extremely optimistic about the continued growth in this space.”

Ultimus Gateway is designed to streamline the fund launch process, offering components that enable advisers to navigate regulatory requirements with greater ease. With a focus on open architecture, the platform welcomes partnerships with leading custodians and industry collaborators, enabling flexibility, value, and economy for clients.

By leveraging Ultimus Gateway advisers have access to:

- Streamlined and comprehensive fund support infrastructure allowing advisers to focus on managing investments and serving their investors,
- Assistance in product development with deep subject matter expertise including critical legal, valuation, and operational considerations,
- Operational expertise in retail alternative products and private fund type investment strategies, including tax and portfolio compliance professionals,
- Real-time investor reporting with advanced technology to provide key insights into the distribution environment,
- Distribution expertise to help provide market insight and strategize on growth opportunities, and
- Uniquely skilled and experienced board members and legal counsel in ’40 Act alternative funds and investments.

"We are thrilled to offer the Ultimus Gateway, which represents a meaningful achievement in our commitment to providing innovative solutions for our clients," expressed [Kevin Wolf,](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#kevin+wolf) Ultimus’ EVP and Head of Fund Administration and Product. “We’re at the forefront of the retail alts wave and we’re empowering managers with a practical solution that leverages our deep knowledge and experience with series trusts and fund governance to launch these ‘40 Act products while leaving the administration details to our experts.”

The launch of Ultimus Gateway marks an innovative addition to Ultimus' growing product solution set, this one in particular for registered alternative funds. Projecting estimates of incoming funds, Ultimus plans to support over 50 registered alternative funds by the end of the year. As lines between traditional and alternative strategies continue to merge, Ultimus Gateway is a next generation solution for advisers seeking to navigate the complexities of the market.

* * *

*COD00000352 6/6/2024*


---

# Ultimus and Cascata Join Forces to Transform Waterfall Calculations with uWATERFALL™

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-and-cascata-join-forces-to-transform-waterfall-calculations-with-uwaterfall/_

# Ultimus and Cascata Join Forces to Transform Waterfall Calculations with uWATERFALL™

Subscribe

September 11, 2024

CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – September 11, 2024 – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/) (Ultimus), a leading independent provider of comprehensive fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its strategic partnership with [Cascata Solutions](https://www.cascata-solutions.com/), the industry leader in automated distribution waterfall and management solutions. Together, they are launching uWATERFALL™, a cutting-edge platform “powered by Cascata”.

This collaboration combines Ultimus’ deep expertise in fund administration, data management, and advanced technology with Cascata’s innovative software, offering a fully integrated, digital-enabled service suite. uWATERFALL elevates carried interest and fee management through seamless data transfer, automated high-precision waterfall calculations, and full-formula transparency. The partnership is set to deliver unparalleled accuracy, efficiency, service quality, data integrity and insights for alternative asset clients’ waterfall calculations, scenario modeling, and employee/partner carry compensation reporting.

“We are thrilled to partner with Cascata,” said [Jason Stevens](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#jason+stevens), CTO of Ultimus. “Their advanced digital waterfall capabilities perfectly complement our robust fund administration services. With uWATERFALL, our clients gain instant access to the most comprehensive, accurate, and transparent financial data, empowering better investment decisions. Additionally, new clients will benefit from uWATERFALL’s rapid onboarding and digital service delivery advantages.”

[Chuck Dooley](https://www.cascata-solutions.com/company.html), CEO & Co-Founder of Cascata, echoed these sentiments: “Our partnership with Ultimus LeverPoint underscores our leadership in delivering top-tier digital waterfall solutions solving the most crucial functionality for fund accountants’ production operation. By integrating our technology, Ultimus professionals are uniquely poised to offer a fully systematic, standardized, and transparent client experience, from onboarding to ongoing carry reporting.”

Both Ultimus and Cascata are committed to innovation and excellence, aiming to set a new industry standard in financial services. This partnership addresses today’s legacy “modus operandi” challenges, delivering unprecedented efficiency and service quality gains, especially in a landscape marked by intense competition, talent management challenges, and evolving regulations. The result is a transformed client experience, with higher assurance and trust in carried interest, management fee accounting, and reporting.

###

**About Cascata Solutions**

[Cascata Solutions](https://www.cascata-solutions.com/distributed-waterfall-and-waterfall-calculation-software.html) delivers advanced digital software solutions for private capital fund administrators and managers, sharing a vision for an elevated, modernized back-office operating standard for distribution waterfall administration, and more. The leadership team brings 30+ years of experience and has deep knowledge and understanding of private equity fund accounting and all the nuances of the varying investment vehicles and waterfall arrangements.

*ULP COD00000518 09/10/2024*


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces Strategic Partnership with Arch to Revolutionize Private Markets Data Management and Portfolio Monitoring

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-announces-strategic-partnership-with-arch-to-revolutionize-private-markets-data-management-and-portfolio-monitoring/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Announces Strategic Partnership with Arch to Revolutionize Private Markets Data Management and Portfolio Monitoring

Subscribe

September 18, 2024

CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – September 18, 2024 – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/) (Ultimus), a leading independent provider of comprehensive fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is thrilled to announce its strategic partnership with [Arch](https://arch.co/), a digital admin platform modernizing private investment operations and investor communications. With the support of Arch, Ultimus will utilize a platform that automates manual tasks, enhances productivity, and maximizes the use of data and insights from asset managers, all within a seamless digital client experience. This collaboration aims to transform the cumbersome data management process for asset managers, asset allocators, accountants, and funds admins, instead delivering a digital platform to save time and effectively collaborate.

As reporting requirements become increasingly stringent, investors require timely, consistent, and accurate reporting now more than ever. Committed to innovation and excellence, Ultimus and Arch are elevating reporting standards by addressing operational hurdles with comprehensive data management tools and features for easier and more accurate access to investment data.

### Key Offerings and Highlights:

**Automated and Comprehensive Data Retrieval –** Eliminate the need for manual data gathering by seamlessly extracting information from various sources such as capital call notices, distributions, account statements, and other relevant documents. This streamlined approach enhances efficiency, ensures all critical information is accurately organized for analysis, and allows teams to focus on more strategic activities.

**Centralized Data Storage** - Organize all data and documents in a single centralized location for optimal usability. Through simple navigation and search, Arch allows for quick retrieval and effective management of documents and information on demand.

**Real-Time Notifications** - Receive timely alerts for new activities, ensuring users are consistently informed and up to date – allowing managers to make better-informed investment decisions to enhance their business.

**Digital Workflow and Insights Platform** – View and share key documents, data, and insights internally with members of the Ultimus team, and externally with clients and their third party vendors.

"Partnering with Arch marks a pivotal advancement in bolstering our data management capabilities," stated Mike Fife, Vice President of Solutions and Technology at Ultimus, during a recent press conference. "With this collaboration, we aim to significantly enhance automation and operational efficiency, enabling us to provide more streamlined and effective solutions for our clients. This partnership is not just about technology integration; it's about setting a new standard in how we manage and utilize data to drive business success."

Arch co-founder and CEO [Ryan Eisenman](https://arch.co/about.html) shared, “Our partnership with Ultimus LeverPoint underscores our commitment to providing institutional-quality tools and technology that help our clients uncover unique data-driven insights, empowering them to make the most of their private markets investments and allocations.”

For more information, visit ultimusleverpoint.com. To learn about partnering with Arch, or to see the platform, please email hello@arch.co.

###

**About Arch**

Arch is a leading digital admin platform designed to modernize private investment operations and investor communications, supporting more than $130B in alternatives assets across 270 investment advisors, families, fund admins and institutions, including four of the 20 largest investment banks.

With Arch, investors are able to track, manage, and understand their investments in one digital platform, without needing to access third party investment portals. Arch solves key workflow pain-points around K-1s,capital calls, distributions, and reporting, while delivering data downstream via API and their Open Data program. For more information, visit arch.co, or find Arch on Twitter (@gotk1s) and LinkedIn.

*ULP COD00000524 09/16/2024*


---

# Ultimus LeverPoint Earns Prestigious Nominations Following Stellar Survey Results

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-leverpoint-earns-prestigious-nominations-following-stellar-survey-results/_

# Ultimus LeverPoint Earns Prestigious Nominations Following Stellar Survey Results

Subscribe

September 24, 2024

CLIFTON PARK, NEW YORK – September 24, 2024 – [Ultimus LeverPoint Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/) (Ultimus LeverPoint), a leading independent provider of comprehensive fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is delighted to share that it has attained an exceptional score of 6.95 out of 7.00 in the 2024 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey by Global Custodian. This remarkable accomplishment positions Ultimus LeverPoint ahead of its competitors, exceeding global averages across all eleven surveyed categories. Moreover, it secured the highest ranking in the survey among managers with assets exceeding $10 billion.

Global Custodian (GC) conducts an annual independent survey that evaluates private equity firms based on the quality of services they receive from third-party fund administrators. This survey, a collaborative effort between private equity firms and GC, covers essential administration aspects for fund managers, including client service, technology, reporting to general and limited partners, onboarding, and compliance. In recognition of its performance in the 2024 Global Custodian survey, Ultimus LeverPoint has been nominated for five awards at the upcoming Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards.

In response to the survey, Ultimus LeverPoint has once again been acknowledged for its steadfast dedication to a client-focused, technology-driven service model, marking this as the fourth consecutive year of recognition. The survey underscores Ultimus LeverPoint’s deliberate efforts to consistently elevate the experiences of its asset manager clients and their investors.

Survey responses featured client comments that affirm Ultimus' exceptional performance. Client Service and Relationship Management, both scoring 7.00, garnered praise for going “above and beyond” compared to other administrators. Clients value the team’s attentiveness to time zones, availability, and the perception that Ultimus is more than a typical administrator. Additionally, the company’s focus on technology has been well-received, with one client noting that the technology platforms have been highly effective for their business.

[Jim Cass](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#jim+cass), President of Ultimus LeverPoint, shares that their recognition in the GC Private Equity Fund Administration survey highlights their clients' loyalty in addition to the dedication of the Ultimus team. "I am proud of our teams' daily efforts in collaborating with and supporting our clients. I thank our associates for their commitment and diligence," he states. Jim further adds, "We are committed to enhancing our platforms and solutions, using advanced technology for improved integration and customization for each client. We recognize the growing demand for data and are dedicated to ensuring its efficient and timely access for our clients."

[Kelly Ramsey Gooch](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#kelly+ramsey+gooch), Executive Vice President and Client Relationship Officer at Ultimus LeverPoint, emphasizes the firm's unwavering commitment to its client-centered service model, as confirmed by this year’s survey results. "The feedback reflects our team’s relentless dedication to improving the experiences of both our clients and their investors," she says. "We are always exploring new ways to offer the best solutions and drive client success." Kelly notes that client interactions are at the heart of the firm’s decision-making, and while the positive scores are encouraging, she recognizes the continuous effort required to earn and maintain their clients' trust.

Notable takeaways from the 2024 survey results include:

- Ultimus LeverPoint achieved a remarkable overall score of 6.95, surpassing the industry’s average of 6.23.
- The firm’s individual category scores outperformed industry average scores in all eleven applicable categories surveyed.
- The firm received a perfect 7.0 in seven of the eleven categories surveyed.
- As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint received two important accreditations from Global Custodian:

    - Global Outperformer, which signifies that the firm’s overall score exceeds the industry average score.
    - Category Outperformer, indicating that the firm’s score in one or more categories was higher than the industry average score.

As a result of its survey scores, Ultimus LeverPoint has been nominated for the following Private Equity Administration awards by Global Custodian:

- Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year
- Private Equity Fund Administration: Client Services
- Private Equity Fund Administration: Relationship Management
- Private Equity Fund Administration: Reporting to GPs & LPs
- Private Equity Fund Administration: Reporting to Regulators

###

*ULP COD00000527 09/24/2024*


---

# Southeastern Asset Management Selects Ultimus’ Enterprise-Wide Operations Solution

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/southeastern-asset-management-selects-ultimus-enterprise-wide-operations-solution/_

# Southeastern Asset Management Selects Ultimus’ Enterprise-Wide Operations Solution

Subscribe

October 28, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – October 28, 2024 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), announced that [Southeastern Asset Management](https://southeasternasset.com/), (Southeastern) a legendary value investing firm, has chosen Ultimus’ enterprise solution to service the entirety of its nearly $5 billion portfolio. Ultimus will provide middle- and back-office services for Southeastern’s registered mutual funds, private funds and institutional SMA portfolios.

"We were looking to improve our operations, and Ultimus provided a comprehensive and reputable solution that was a good fit for us," said Ross Glotzbach, Southeastern’s CEO and Head of Research. "The improved efficiencies possible with Ultimus allow us to focus most on delivering absolute returns and personalized service for our clients. Ultimus has met our expectations by stepping in and becoming a true partner."

Ultimus’ solution provides a common framework across all middle office functions, including trade settlement, full IBOR and performance and client reporting, ensuring seamless integration across all of Southeastern’s investment vehicles. In addition, through an enhanced service architecture, Ultimus delivers a “golden copy” of Southeastern’s security and reference data, providing the firm with a single authoritative data source allowing them to have access data in real time across all their investment structures. Southeastern’s professionals also have gained access to the uANALYZE® platform, providing the firm with comprehensive data to aid their portfolio monitoring.

Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus, noted “we are thrilled to support Southeastern Asset Management’s consolidation of services across their institutional SMAs, private funds and Longleaf Partners mutual funds. This partnership underscores our commitment to providing flexible and comprehensive solutions that meet the evolving needs of our clients, and we look forward to contributing to Southeastern’s growth and success in the coming years.”

* * *

*COD00000547 10/23/2024*


---

# Johnson Investment Counsel Selects Ultimus Fund Distributors to Support Growth Strategy

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/johnson-investment-counsel-selects-ultimus-fund-distributors-to-support-growth-strategy/_

# Johnson Investment Counsel Selects Ultimus Fund Distributors to Support Growth Strategy

Subscribe

October 31, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – October 31, 2024 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its growing strategic partnership between Ultimus Fund Distributors and Johnson Investment Counsel. The expanded partnership will utilize Ultimus’ advanced distribution services to help support Johnson Investment Counsel’s efforts to drive growth, improve efficiencies, and increase accessibility to their funds. Ultimus was already engaged in providing Fund Accounting, Financial Reporting, and Transfer Agent services.

Johnson Investment Counsel, one of the largest independent advisory firms in the country, managing more than $20 billion in assets for clients in all 50 states, has selected Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC to provide comprehensive distribution services for their entire family of mutual funds. This partnership marks a pivotal step for Johnson Investment Counsel, which can benefit from a dedicated outsourced distribution solution.

“Selecting Ultimus as distributor is instrumental to our growth plans, we are excited to utilize their expertise in navigating numerous distribution channels to introduce our funds to the intermediary wealth management sector”, states Jason Jackman, CEO, Johnson Investment Counsel. “Ultimus’ extensive tools and resources along with their impressive technology enhancements were a crucial factor in our decision, we look forward to working with them and showcasing our funds to a broader market” he continues.

Kevin Guerette, Senior Vice President and Director of Distribution Strategies at Ultimus Fund Solutions, expressed his enthusiasm about the partnership. "We are excited to expand our relationship with Johnson Investment Counsel. This collaboration allows us to support their distribution efforts more effectively. We believe this partnership will be mutually beneficial and drive positive outcomes for both firms."

Johnson Investment Counsel will leverage Ultimus' extensive network and advanced technology solutions to enhance their distribution capabilities. The distribution strategy team will support the firm by providing assistance with regulatory expertise, streamlined digital solutions, an extensive network of intermediary partners, and complete access to the Ultimus' Distribution Advantage (UDA) program. The UDA program is a comprehensive consulting engagement, which provides essential resources and tools to help maximize a clients’ distribution efforts.

[Gail Zess](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gail+zess), Vice President, Relationship Management at Ultimus, highlighted the significance of this relationship, saying, "This new endeavor underscores our commitment to helping Johnson Investment Counsel navigate the complexities of fund distribution. By integrating our technology and distribution strategies, we can simplify and streamline their operations and enable them to focus on delivering value to their investors."

Johnson Investment Counsel looks forward to leveraging Ultimus' robust distribution framework to expand its business beyond proprietary clients. This expanded partnership signifies a new chapter in Johnson Investment Counsel's evolution, positioning them for sustained growth and success in the financial services landscape.

* * *

**About Johnson Investment Counsel**

Johnson Investment Counsel serves clients in all 50 states and manages more than $20 billion in assets. Through Johnson Wealth Management, Johnson Family Office Services, Johnson Trust Company, and Johnson Asset Management, the firm serves individuals, corporations, retirement plans, foundations, and endowments. Johnson Investment Counsel is a 100 percent employee-owned company with 48 shareholders among over 159 employees. Its professionals are dedicated to developing genuine relationships with clients and delivering exceptional service. Johnson Investment Counsel is committed to remaining an independent firm acting in the best interests of clients and employees. Johnson Investment Counsel has six offices across Ohio and Michigan with two in Cincinnati, and one in Cleveland/Akron, Columbus, Dayton, and Metro Detroit. For more information on locations and services, visit http://www.johnsoninv.com.

***Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC provides fund distribution services through its affiliated broker-dealers: Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC, and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC. Each of which is a registered broker-dealer and member of FINRA. Johnson Investment Counsel is not affiliated with Northern Lights Distributors, LLC or Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC.***

3970464 10/24/2024 COD00000553


---

# Ultimus Expands Management Team in Alignment  with Consistent Growth

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-expands-management-team-in-alignment-with-consistent-growth/_

# Ultimus Expands Management Team in Alignment  with Consistent Growth

Subscribe

November 18, 2024

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – November 18 , 2024 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, announces the addition of several senior professionals to its management team. These key hires will support critical client support functions and strategic growth areas.

Ultimus CEO [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#gary+tenkman) comments, "Our consistent growth enables us to attract top-tier professionals. These new team members will play a crucial role in evolving our offerings and delivering the innovative, high-touch solutions our clients expect. Their industry experience, combined with our strong principles, will drive our ongoing expansion and amplify the value we provide to both new and existing clients."

Ultimus has strategically expanded its service offerings, technology infrastructure, and human capital in response to the firm's steady influx of new business and strategic enhancements of the company’s fund administration, distribution and middle office solutions. Some of the recent key additions to the award-winning Ultimus team include:

- [Jessica Chase](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/#jessica+chase), Senior Vice President, Relationship Management. With over 30 years of experience and as a former director with the Apex Group, Jessica will help oversee strategic client and trust relationships. Her proficiency and experience in fund administration, fund accounting and transfer agent services, will help ensure Ultimus’ clients are able to navigate today’s complex fund structures and help them achieve their strategic business goals.
- [Lance Christofferson](https://www.linkedin.com/in/lancechristofferson/), Senior Vice President, Retail Alternatives Transfer Agent. With nearly two decades of experience in fund administration and technology, Lance brings extensive specialized knowledge in retail alternative products and will spearhead transfer agency relationships and service execution, supporting clients in navigating the complexities of these sophisticated investment vehicles. His deep understanding of closed-end funds, interval funds, tender offer funds, BDCs, and non-publicly traded REITs positions him as a key asset in further elevating Ultimus' already strong retail alternative offering. Additionally, Lance will continue to participate on the Investment Company Institute (ICI) Interval Fund task force team and the DTCC AIP committee to help to impact industry challenges facing managers and providers.
- [Kerric Kynard](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kerrickynard/), Senior Vice President, Business Development. With over 20 years of distribution and governance experience, Kerric’s primary focus will be helping asset managers and investment advisers interested in launching mutual funds, ETFs and commingled funds structures. His insight into today’s regulatory and compliance landscape will prove pivotal as managers require guidance through the intricacies of launching and scaling new investment products.
- [Jennifer Myers](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jennifer-myers-357578208/), Senior Vice President, Fund Accounting. Jennifer brings nearly 30 years of experience in financial services, including managing large fund accounting and middle office teams and leading major client conversions. She will help ensure that we continue providing our award winning services while continuing to grow the firm.

Ian Martin, Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer, emphasizes the strategic importance of these hires: "Our investment in premium talent demonstrates our commitment to providing asset managers with consistent, high-quality service and technology solutions. By expanding our capabilities in key growth areas, we position ourselves to offer tailored consultation and solutions to our clients' needs. Our deeply collaborative approach, our respect for client partnerships, and our prioritization of customized services set Ultimus apart and fuels our continued growth."

* * *

*COD00000584 11/13/2024*


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Assists New Age Alpha Through Mutual Fund Acquisition and Ensuing Conversion

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-assists-new-age-alpha-through-mutual-fund-acquisition-and-ensuing-conversion/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Assists New Age Alpha Through Mutual Fund Acquisition and Ensuing Conversion

Subscribe

April 8, 2025

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – April 8, 2025 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce the expansion of its existing relationship with New Age Alpha. Following New Age Alpha’s acquisition of 21 investment funds with $2.6 billion in assets, Ultimus played a leading role in helping to establish two new trusts, converting the funds to the Ultimus service model, and subsequently merging four mutual funds into one. This extension of the current relationship reconfirms New Age Alpha’s confidence in Ultimus as a strategic business partner.

New Age Alpha, a New York based firm with a history of innovative investment strategies and a growing book of business, turned to Ultimus for an enterprise-level solution, consisting of fund administration and accounting, transfer agency, distribution, and middle-office services, including investment book of record (IBOR) and trade settlement support. This latest initiative has enabled New Age Alpha to streamline operations while expanding its offerings available in the institutional and retail wealth channels.

“As New Age Alpha continues to evolve its product offering, we are excited to support their expansion by providing seamless operational services across a growing fund lineup,” said [Gary Tenkman](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/?gad_source=1&amp;gclid=Cj0KCQiAkoe9BhDYARIsAH85cDOzjmoefp3BlMsM3JwXvcRqAho5U4rTh3TRq_pKuUo8h8m0qIsA6SYaApXcEALw_wcB#gary+tenkman), CEO of Ultimus Fund Solutions. “Building longstanding relationships with clients like New Age Alpha illustrates our commitment to working alongside investment firms as they scale and transition with new opportunities.”

Ultimus played a pivotal role in helping New Age Alpha navigate the operational complexities involved in creating two new trusts and building out its internal trade operations. This consultative approach enabled New Age Alpha to maintain its focus on delivering high-quality investment strategies while helping investors achieve long-term growth.

“As a long-standing partner to New Age Alpha, we are pleased to offer comprehensive fund administration and middle-office solutions which allow them to fully concentrate on their core investment strategies and deliver greater value to their clients,” said [Paul Wahmann](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/about-us/our-team/?gad_source=1&amp;gclid=Cj0KCQiAkoe9BhDYARIsAH85cDOzjmoefp3BlMsM3JwXvcRqAho5U4rTh3TRq_pKuUo8h8m0qIsA6SYaApXcEALw_wcB#paul+wahmann), Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services at Ultimus. “By streamlining their end-to-end operational processes, we help to ensure New Age Alpha’s operations are positioned to support their continued growth and success in the investment management space.”

“We value our partnership with Ultimus and appreciate their support in navigating this fund acquisition and conversion,” said Keith Kemp, Senior Managing Director at New Age Alpha. “Their consultative approach in guiding us through the operational aspects of this transaction, along with their ability to provide an enterprise-wide service model has been instrumental in ensuring a smooth transition, allowing us to maintain our focus on delivering high-quality investment strategies to our clients.” Because of this strong relationship, New Age Alpha continues to benefit from Ultimus’ deep subject matter expertise, tech-enhanced solutions, and client-focused service model.

* * *

***Investors should carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the fund before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the fund, and it should be read carefully before investing. Investors may obtain a copy of the prospectus by calling 833-840-3937 or if available at naafunds.com.***

The funds are distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC. (Member FINRA). Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC and New Age Alpha Advisors, LLC are separate and unaffiliated.

Investing involves risk including the possible loss of principal.

COD00000736 4/4/2025 20250407-4374419


---

# Stone Point Capital Joins GTCR as an Investor in Ultimus Fund Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/stone-point-capital-joins-gtcr-as-an-investor-in-ultimus-fund-solutions/_

# Stone Point Capital Joins GTCR as an Investor in Ultimus Fund Solutions

Subscribe

April 23, 2025

CHICAGO and GREENWICH, Conn., April 23, 2025 -- GTCR and Stone Point Capital LLC ("Stone Point"), both leading private equity firms, today announced that Stone Point has signed a definitive agreement to join GTCR as an investor in Ultimus Fund Solutions ("Ultimus" or the "Company"). Ultimus is a leading independent provider of fund administration services and solutions to investment advisors. In conjunction with funds managed by Stone Point, GTCR Fund XIV will reinvest in the business, providing full liquidity to GTCR Fund XII. Current leadership, led by Gary Tenkman, will continue to operate the business and maintain substantial equity ownership. Following closing, GTCR and Stone Point will jointly control the Company with equal governance. Terms of the transaction were not disclosed.

Ultimus operates in three growing segments: traditional public funds, complex and alternative public funds, including retail alternatives, and private funds. As the only independent fund administrator with scaled capabilities across both public and private funds, Ultimus is well positioned to serve as a market leader in the rapidly growing retail alternatives space. This area is one of the fastest growing within asset management and is a significant growth driver for Ultimus. The Company provides more than 450 clients with various fund accounting, fund administration, legal administration, transfer agency, and compliance services across more than 2,100 funds holding over $600 billion in assets. The Company has a long history of differentiating itself through its award-winning industry leading technology, highly automated processes, and high quality, bespoke customer service.

In February 2019, GTCR partnered with industry veteran Gary Tenkman to simultaneously acquire Ultimus and Gemini, in a transformational merger, to build a broad independent fund administrator servicing public and private markets. Under Mr. Tenkman's leadership, Ultimus completed two additional acquisitions, expanding its private funds capabilities and extending its footprint in the retail wealth channel, laying the foundation for expanded retail alternatives capabilities.

"Ultimus has established itself as the preferred partner for fund managers across asset classes and vehicle structures looking for a high quality, independent provider with excellent technology and service quality," said Collin Roche, Co-CEO and Managing Director at GTCR. "We look forward to partnering with the well-recognized financial services specialists at Stone Point and continuing to work with Gary Tenkman and the Ultimus management team to execute on the Company's next phase of growth. We believe there is significant opportunity to further scale the business through strategic acquisitions and additional organic initiatives, including capitalizing on our unique ability to serve the rapidly growing retail alternatives market."

"This milestone represents the result of years of dedication and hard work by the entire Ultimus team, and we are thrilled about the opportunities that lie ahead," said Mr. Tenkman. "With the support of both Stone Point and GTCR, Ultimus is uniquely positioned to further accelerate our growth trajectory while continuing to deliver industry-leading capabilities and tailored solutions to our clients. I am confident that this partnership will enable us to further enhance our offerings and solidify our position as the premier fund administration provider across both public and private markets."

Jim Carey, Co-CEO of Stone Point, added, "We are excited to join GTCR in this partnership with Ultimus. The Company's leadership team has built an exceptional business with a strong track record of growth. Ultimus is well positioned to capitalize on the increasing demand for fund administration services, particularly in complex, high growth areas such as retail alternatives, where we believe the Company's expertise and capabilities are unmatched. We look forward to supporting Ultimus's continued success."

Michael Hollander, Managing Director at GTCR, commented, "The asset management sector is currently experiencing a period of rapid innovation and expansion, especially within private markets, alternatives, and active ETFs. At the same time, managers are constantly seeking ways to improve investor experience with best-in-class operational infrastructure, while enhancing efficiency. Ultimus's unique platform and technology stack, coupled with its experienced team and commitment to client service, enable the Company to address all these needs for asset managers, including private equity, private credit and retail alternative fund administration."

The transaction is expected to close in the fourth quarter of 2025.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as financial advisors to Ultimus and Ardea Partners LP and Broadhaven Capital Partners acted as financial advisors to GTCR. Latham & Watkins LLP provided legal counsel to GTCR. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP provided legal counsel and Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP provided debt financing counsel to Stone Point.

* * *

**About GTCR**
Founded in 1980, GTCR is a leading private equity firm that pioneered The Leaders Strategy™ – finding and partnering with management leaders in core domains to identify, acquire and build market-leading companies through organic growth and strategic acquisitions. GTCR is focused on investing in transformative growth in companies in the Business & Consumer Services, Financial Services & Technology, Healthcare and Technology, Media & Telecommunications sectors. Since its inception, GTCR has invested more than $30 billion in over 280 companies, and the firm currently manages more than $45 billion in equity capital. GTCR is based in Chicago with offices in New York and West Palm Beach. For more information, please visit [www.gtcr.com](https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&amp;l=en&amp;o=4411033-1&amp;h=589059151&amp;u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.gtcr.com%2F&amp;a=www.gtcr.com). Follow us on [LinkedIn](https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&amp;l=en&amp;o=4411033-1&amp;h=691646232&amp;u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fgtcr-llc&amp;a=LinkedIn).

**About Stone Point Capital**
Stone Point is an investment firm based in Greenwich, CT, with more than $60 billion of assets under management. Stone Point targets investments in companies in the global financial services industry and related sectors. The firm invests in alternative asset classes, including private equity through its flagship Trident Funds and credit through commingled funds and separately managed accounts. In addition, Stone Point Capital Markets supports its firm, portfolio companies and other clients by providing dedicated financing solutions. For more information, please visit [www.stonepoint.com](https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&amp;l=en&amp;o=4411033-1&amp;h=1930996409&amp;u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stonepoint.com&amp;a=www.stonepoint.com).

COD00000747 4/23/2025


---

# Teresa Connors Joins Ultimus as Executive Vice President, Fund Services

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/teresa-connors-joins-ultimus-as-executive-vice-president-fund-services/_

# Teresa Connors Joins Ultimus as Executive Vice President,  Fund Services

Subscribe

April 30, 2025

**Cincinnati, OH** – April 30, 2025 – Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, has announced the appointment of Teresa Connors as Executive Vice President, Fund Services. Connors, an accomplished leader with over 27 years of experience in financial services, will oversee the fund accounting, financial administration, tax, and portfolio compliance teams, collaborating closely with the Ultimus leadership team.

Connors, who most recently served in an executive-level position as Senior Vice President at State Street Corporation, has built a distinguished career fostering innovation, improving operational efficiencies, and driving positive client outcomes within the asset management sector. Her responsibilities have included managing global teams, executing large-scale transformations, and developing strategies that align business objectives with client success.

"Teresa's extensive experience and leadership in fund administration will be invaluable to our team," said Gary Tenkman, CEO. "We are excited to welcome Teresa and leverage her expertise to drive operational excellence and support the strategic growth of the company’s fund services platform. Teresa's proven track record of driving process improvements and implementing technology solutions aligns perfectly with our strategic goals.

Known for leading high-performing teams, Connors brings a wealth of knowledge to Ultimus. She brings years of cross-functional fund administration experience and operational leadership, managing complex projects including launching new products and services and driving transformation to achieve positive client outcomes and operational efficiencies. In addition, her ability to optimize processes and implement cutting-edge technology will bolster Ultimus’ position as a trusted partner in the financial services sector.

Connors expressed enthusiasm about the new opportunity, stating, “I am excited to join the Ultimus team! I look forward to working together to drive the growth and success of the company.”

Connors’ appointment emphasizes Ultimus’ commitment to expanding its executive team with leading industry talent while remaining focused on the client experience and enhancing all aspects of service delivery. Her leadership is expected to further scale Ultimus’ service offering and drive innovation across its business.

* * *

COD00000751 4/30/2025


---

# Ultimus Enhances Comprehensive Private Credit Fund Administration to Support Investment Managers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-enhances-comprehensive-private-credit-fund-administration-to-support-investment-managers/_

# Ultimus Enhances Comprehensive Private Credit Fund Administration to Support Investment Managers

Subscribe

May 6, 2025

**Cincinnati, Ohio** –May 6, 2025 [Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus^®^), a leading provider of comprehensive fund administration solutions, is pleased to announce it has expanded its comprehensive private credit fund administration services capabilities to address the evolving needs of private credit managers and increased demand in today’s dynamic investment landscape.

With private credit strategies gaining significant traction, managing the intricate workflows and lifecycle of loans can present a complex series of challenges without the appropriate infrastructure. Recognizing these hurdles, Ultimus delivers an advanced solution designed to provide efficiency and oversight of private credit investments.

“Our clients benefit from our best in class, fully integrated infrastructure that enables them to achieve their investment goals without being hindered by operational complexities,” remarked Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer. “Ultimus delivers a powerful combination of expertise, technology, and precision to effectively support private credit management.”

The Ultimus private credit team specializes in post-trade workflows, with deep expertise in tracking both syndicated and private loans. With the ability to facilitate the setup of various credit instruments, Ultimus' accounting platform automates data flow from clients, agent banks, and third-party vendors for seamless integration and complete transparency. The private credit team collaborates closely with lenders, clients, and agent banks to accurately track loan positions, empowering credit managers to focus on broader investment goals without operational concerns.

Ultimus’ private credit fund administration encompasses a wide range of solutions to meet the rigorous demands of credit managers, including trade capture, credit lifecycle activity, reconciliation, bank resolution, profit and loss (PnL) reporting, and advanced investment manager reporting.

**Key Services Provided by Ultimus Include:**

- **Data Integration & Workflow:** Trade capture, security master setup, credit facility position confirmation, and pricing via leading systems like FIS^®^ Virtus, Xceptor and S&P Global.
- **Investment Manager Reporting:** Custom reporting and flexible data analytics via FIS^®^ Hedge Fund Portfolio Manager (HFPM) and other tools.
- **Accounting System:** HFPM integrates security master services, transaction processing, position/cash reconciliation, PnL calculation, and pricing/reference data management to provide a streamlined accounting workflow.
- **Auxiliary Workflows:** Document management, credit ratings, and classification services to maintain comprehensive operational oversight.

These services are further enhanced by Ultimus’ ability to scale workflows efficiently and leverage data across its extensive client network. Ultimus also maintains strong industry relationships and access to real-time information, ensuring delivery of enriched data points to alleviate operational workloads for client teams.

“As credit managers face increasing complexities in managing their loan portfolios, Ultimus brings scalability, precision, and a commitment to operational excellence,” said Jim Cass, President at Ultimus. “Our solutions are designed to streamline workflows, enhance data accessibility, and free up resources so our clients can focus on growing their portfolios. We are already seeing increased interest and demand for our tech-driven solutions.”

Ultimus' extensive track record and expertise in private credit fund administration provide private credit managers with the confidence to take on complex credit strategies. The advanced platforms and workflows are designed to empower clients to scale their portfolios while maintaining operational clarity and precision.

* * *

COD00000679 5/5/2025


---

# OneAscent Collaborates with Ultimus Fund Solutions to Launch Inaugural Interval Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/oneascent-collaborates-with-ultimus-fund-solutions-to-launch-inaugural-interval-fund/_

# OneAscent Collaborates with Ultimus Fund Solutions to Launch Inaugural Interval Fund

Subscribe

June 10, 2025

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – June 10, 2025 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, is pleased to announce its integral role in the launch of OneAscent Capital LLC’s (OneAscent) first interval fund, OneAscent Capital Opportunities Fund (OACOX).

OneAscent’s interval fund represents a significant step forward in the firm’s mission to expand its values-based investment solutions, opening new opportunities for investors to access private markets. Offering a diversified mix of private equity, venture capital, private credit, and real assets, the Fund enables a wider investor audience to participate in strategies historically limited to institutions and high-net-worth individuals. With the consultative approach of Ultimus’ retail alternatives experts, the interval fund was structured to leverage efficiencies with OneAscent’s existing product offerings, a family of exchange-traded funds under Ultimus’ series trust platform.

Cole Pearson, President of OneAscent Investment Solutions, commented, “Launching our first interval fund is a pivotal moment for our organization. Partnering with Ultimus provided the operational foundation, distribution connections, and real-time data transparency we needed to navigate this new avenue confidently. Their team’s guidance and collaborative approach have been instrumental in helping us align this product with our values-based investment mission.”

“Our relationship with OneAscent has continued to grow as we work to help them deliver innovative investment solutions,” said Sean McLean, SVP of Retail Alternatives. “We are proud to expand our relationship with OneAscent as they explore new ways to meet the evolving needs of their clients. Wealth managers have greatly benefitted by leveraging our turnkey registered alts platform, Gateway, to bring alternative strategies to their clients in an efficient manner.”

The launch of this interval fund, coordinated between Ultimus and OneAscent, highlights their shared drive for success and OneAscent’s commitment to serving the needs of its investors while underscoring Ultimus’ commitment to helping asset managers bring their funds to the market quickly and efficiently.

* * *

**Investors should carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the fund before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the fund, and it should be read carefully before investing. Investors may obtain a copy of the prospectus by calling 1-800-222-8274. The fund is distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC, Member FINRA/SPIC, which is not affiliated with OneAscent Capital, LLC.**

mportant Risk Information

1. Investing involves risk, including loss of principal. The value of the fund’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost.
2. The Adviser invests in securities only if they meet both the Fund’s investment and values-based screening requirements, and as such, the returns may be lower than if the Adviser made decisions based solely on investment considerations.
3. The Fund invests in private funds, which are subject to their own strategy-specific risks such as default risk, leverage risk, derivatives risk and market risk. Fund shareholders will also bear two layers of fees and expenses in connection with investments in private funds. In addition, private funds are subject to illiquidity risk;
4. The Fund’s shares are not listed on any securities exchange and are not publicly traded. There is currently no secondary market for the shares. Liquidity is provided to shareholders only through the Fund’s quarterly repurchase offers for no less than 5% of the shares outstanding at NAV.
5. The fund will not be required to repurchase shares at a shareholder’s option nor will shares be exchangeable for units, interests or shares of any security and there is no guarantee that an investor will be able to sell all the shares that the investor desires to sell in the repurchase offer. Therefore, shares of the fund are inherently illiquid.

COD00000773 6/4/2025 20250609-4558912


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Achieves Top Scores in 2025 Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-achieves-top-scores-in-2025-global-custodian-etf-administration-survey/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Achieves Top Scores in 2025 Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey

Subscribe

July 9, 2025

**CINCINNATI, OHIO** – July 9, 2025 [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, once again solidified its position as a leader in ETF administration by earning the highest overall satisfaction scores in the 2025 Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey from investment manager clients. This exceptional performance marks the fourth consecutive year Ultimus has outpaced all other administrators, reaffirming its standing as a premier provider in the ETF administration industry.

The survey, an industry benchmark, evaluates top ETF administrators across key service areas. Ultimus achieved outstanding results in pivotal categories, including ETF workflow process (6.86 out of 7.00), technology (6.75), and fund accounting (6.89). These top scores reflect the company’s sustained commitment to delivering comprehensive, client-focused solutions that drive efficiency and enable growth for asset managers.

Of special note, in the client service category, Ultimus received the highest score among all categories (6.89), accompanied by extensive commendation from survey respondents. Clients highlighted Ultimus’ “strong project management and relationship management” and described the firm as “so helpful in the process of creating our ETF. It was a very long and detailed process that they worked with us the whole way.” This consistently positive feedback is corroborated by data, with the Client Service category posting steady increases each year since Ultimus’ initial inclusion in the survey in 2021.

"Receiving recognition as the top ETF administrator for four consecutive years is a testament to our strategic vision and partnership with clients, and our steadfast commitment to excellence," said Gary Tenkman, CEO at Ultimus Fund Solutions. “We develop a partner relationship with our clients, many of whom are entering the ETF space for the first time. By spending time both up front and post-launch, we help educate and guide clients through the process, enabling a seamless expansion into a new product wrapper. Our role extends beyond processing—we actively support our clients as they work through the intricacies of a fund launch and the day-to-day management of an ETF.”

This recognition underscores Ultimus’ continued investment in our ETF servicing business. Ultimus leverages state-of-the-art technology and a team of seasoned professionals, delivering scalable, fully integrated solutions that meet the complex needs of today's accelerating product expansion in the ETF across asset classes and manager profiles.

The Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey is a respected industry analysis, offering insights into the performance standards of service providers worldwide. Ultimus’ achievements in this year’s survey further reflect its leadership in client satisfaction, operational excellence, and adaptable services tailored to the rapidly diversifying ETF market.

Ultimus services over $600 billion in assets under administration, including ETFs from nearly 50 fund sponsors. As a leading independent administrator with an open architecture structure, Ultimus offers a comprehensive solution to support the launching and managing of ETF products, including legal administration, fund accounting, financial reporting, tax and compliance services, basket creation, and distribution services.

* * *

COD00000792 7/9/2025


---

# GTCR and Stone Point Capital Complete Acquisition of Ultimus Fund Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/gtcr-and-stone-point-capital-complete-acquisition-of-ultimus-fund-solutions/_

# GTCR and Stone Point Capital Complete Acquisition of Ultimus Fund Solutions

Subscribe

July 15, 2025

**CHICAGO, IL and GREENWICH, CT, July 15, 2025 –** GTCR and Stone Point Capital LLC (“Stone Point”), two leading private equity firms, today announced the completion of their joint acquisition of Ultimus Fund Solutions (“Ultimus” or the “Company”).

“This transaction marks an important milestone in Ultimus’s evolution. Completing it ahead of schedule reflects the shared commitment, aligned vision and ability to execute of all parties involved,” said Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus. “With GTCR and Stone Point’s support, Ultimus is positioned to accelerate its growth trajectory, delivering innovative solutions and exceptional service to our clients.”

Ultimus continues to solidify its role as a market leader in the fund administration industry, providing tailored solutions to over 450 clients managing more than 2,100 funds and $600 billion in assets. The Company’s unique ability to cater to both public and private markets, supported by its award-winning technology and expertise in retail alternatives, positions it at the forefront of the rapidly growing asset management sector.

“This partnership underscores the exceptional strength of Ultimus’s platform and leadership, and we look forward to continuing to scale the business with Gary and Stone Point,” said Collin Roche, Co-CEO and Managing Director at GTCR.

Jim Carey, Co-CEO of Stone Point, added, “We are thrilled to work with the talented team at Ultimus, as well as GTCR, to build on Ultimus’s impressive track record of innovation and growth. Their leadership in complex, high-demand areas such as retail alternatives further reinforces their position as a trusted partner for investment advisors.”

As the asset management sector continues to experience a significant evolution, Ultimus’s distinct combination of cutting-edge technology, scalable solutions and client-centric service creates a strong foundation for future growth.

* * *

**About GTCR**

Founded in 1980, GTCR is a leading private equity firm that pioneered The Leaders Strategy™ – finding and partnering with management leaders in core domains to identify, acquire and build market-leading companies through organic growth and strategic acquisitions. GTCR is focused on investing in transformative growth in companies in the Business & Consumer Services, Financial Services & Technology, Healthcare and Technology, Media & Telecommunications sectors. Since its inception, GTCR has invested more than $30 billion in over 290 companies, and the firm currently manages approximately $50 billion in equity capital. GTCR is based in Chicago with offices in New York and West Palm Beach. For more information, please visit [www.gtcr.com](https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&amp;l=en&amp;o=4411033-1&amp;h=589059151&amp;u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.gtcr.com%2F&amp;a=www.gtcr.com). Follow us on [LinkedIn](https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&amp;l=en&amp;o=4411033-1&amp;h=691646232&amp;u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fgtcr-llc&amp;a=LinkedIn).

**About Stone Point Capital**

Stone Point is an investment firm with more than $65 billion of assets under management. Stone Point targets investments in companies in the global financial services industry and related sectors. The firm invests in alternative asset classes, including private equity through its flagship Trident Funds and credit through commingled funds and separately managed accounts. In addition, Stone Point Capital Markets supports its firm, portfolio companies and other clients by providing dedicated financing solutions. For more information, please visit [www.stonepoint.com](https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&amp;l=en&amp;o=4411033-1&amp;h=1930996409&amp;u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stonepoint.com&amp;a=www.stonepoint.com).

COD00000795 7/14/2025


---

# Financial Recovery Technologies Partners with Ultimus Fund Solutions to Provide Clients with Comprehensive Class Action Recovery Program

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/financial-recovery-technologies-partners-with-ultimus-fund-solutions-to-provide-clients-with-comprehensive-class-action-recovery-program/_

# Financial Recovery Technologies Partners with Ultimus Fund Solutions to Provide Clients with Comprehensive Class Action Recovery Program

Subscribe

July 15, 2025

**MEDFORD, MA** July 15, 2025 – Financial Recovery Technologies (FRT), the leading global securities class actions recovery provider announced a partnership with Ultimus Fund Solutions (Ultimus), a leading independent provider of comprehensive fund administration, middle office, accounting, and investor solutions.

The new partnership will enable Ultimus to offer its fund administration and middle office investment management clients access to Financial Recovery Technologies class action monitoring, filing, and recovery solutions while leveraging Ultimus’ platform for data onboarding and ongoing support.

Ultimus chose to work with FRT to provide this value-added service because of its industry expertise, in-house and unbiased legal experts, and dedicated service and operations teams around the world. Ultimus noted that this partnership aligns with its goal to transform the cumbersome data management process by delivering a more effective and time saving digital platform.

Paul Wahmann, SVP, Head of Middle Office Services states, “We are pleased to collaborate with FRT in this initiative as this is a natural extension to our fund and middle office service offerings. Registered funds and institutional investors are facing increased complexity when it comes to navigating securities class action filings, and our partnership leverages FRT’s class actions expertise. Pairing that expertise with Ultimus’ scaled fund accounting and investment book of record (IBOR) data will promote operational efficiency by eliminating cumbersome data management processes with a creative way for clients to deliver alpha.”

According to Mike Cotter, President of FRT, shareholder recovery has become more multifaceted than ever: "In today’s environment, effective recovery programs must go beyond traditional securities class actions to include SEC Fair Funds, global group actions, and antitrust cases. At FRT, we’ve prioritized our strategic alliances to help provide our mutual clients with access to FRT’s comprehensive suite of services tailored to these evolving demands."

Last year, shareholders recouped more than $7 billion from a mix of securities class actions, antitrust cases, and global litigation. New filings and settlements held steady in core U.S. securities class actions, which disbursed $5.8 billion last year, while antitrust cases produced two of the year’s largest distributions overall.

Rob Rynd, Global Head of Strategic Partnerships and Alliances at FRT noted, “As we onboard new clients, it’s clear that missed recovery opportunities and sub-optimal filings are common challenges—especially for complex global institutions like ETF providers. Our consultative, client-centric approach, combined with Ultimus’ middle office and fund admin services, help eliminate data obstacles and streamline claims recovery through a shared commitment to operational excellence.”

* * *

**ABOUT FINANCIAL RECOVERY TECHNOLOGIES**

Founded in 2008, Financial Recovery Technologies (FRT) is a leading technology-based services firm that helps the investment community identify eligibility, file claims and collect funds made available in securities class action settlements. Offering the most comprehensive range of claim filing and monitoring services available, we provide best-in-class eligibility analysis, disbursement auditing and client reporting, and deliver the highest level of accuracy, accountability and transparency available. Financial Recovery Technologies is a Cross Country Group company ([http://www.ccgroup.com](http://www.ccgroup.com/)). For more information, go to [www.frtservices.com](http://www.frtservices.com/).

COD00000788 7/2/2025


---

# Ultimus Names Nicholas Ablahani to Lead Growing Retail Alternatives Business

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-names-nicholas-ablahani-to-lead-growing-retail-alternatives-business/_

# Ultimus Names Nicholas Ablahani to Lead Growing  Retail Alternatives Business

Subscribe

July 16, 2025

**CINCINNATI, OH** – July 16, 2025 — Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a leading provider of fund administration and investor services, has appointed Nicholas Ablahani to lead its expanding retail alternative investment business, underscoring the firm’s commitment to servicing registered products such as business development companies (BDCs), interval funds, tender-offer funds, REITs and perpetual private placement vehicles (’34 Act 3c-7).

Ablahani brings deep experience in fund administration and relationship management, with a strong track record in supporting complex closed-end strategies. In his new role, he will drive growth and innovation in Ultimus’ retail alternatives platform, helping managers navigate the evolving landscape of semi-liquid and evergreen funds.

Ultimus CEO Gary Tenkman stated, “Nick’s leadership will further strengthen our industry leading ability to support asset managers in the dynamic retail alts space. His appointment reflects our continued investment in people, technology, and service excellence.”

Ablahani added, “I’m excited to join Ultimus at such a pivotal time. The firm’s momentum in retail alternatives is impressive, and I look forward to building on that success.”

Ultimus’ Retail Alternatives business line has experienced tremendous growth through new launches and established fund transitions, nearly doubling in size in the past 12 months. Building on its commitment to excellence in the growing retail alternatives space, Ultimus recently welcomed other key industry professionals, including Lance Christofferson, Senior Vice President of Transfer Agent Retail Alternatives, Elizabeth Zullo, Senior Vice President of Relationship Management, and Imelda Mejia, Vice President of Implementation. These strategic hires further demonstrate Ultimus’ dedication to enhancing its capabilities and delivering exceptional service to its clients. Currently, Ultimus is working with over 20 retail alternative funds in registration, showcasing its leadership and expertise in this expanding market segment.

Ultimus is actively engaged in the industry and will be participating in events across the industry this Fall including IPA Vision (Institute for Portfolio Alternatives), ICI Closed-End Fund Conference, Future Proof, ADISA Annual Conference, Eversheds Sutherland BDC Roundtable and the CAIS Alternative Investment Summit.

* * *

COD00000794 7/14/2025


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Enhances Client Services and Data Accuracy with Expanded Xceptor Partnership

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-enhances-client-services-and-data-accuracy-with-expanded-xceptor-partnership/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Enhances Client Services and Data Accuracy with Expanded Xceptor Partnership

Subscribe

August 12, 2025

**NEW YORK, NY; August 12, 2025** – [Ultimus Fund Solutions®](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, and [Xceptor](https://www.xceptor.com/), the intelligent data automation platform for financial markets, today announced the expansion of its six-year partnership to drive enhanced client service for Ultimus’ clients.

The expanded partnership combines Ultimus’ deep expertise in fund administration with Xceptor’s award-winning data automation platform to streamline operations, enhance operational efficiency, and reduce risk across all global verticals and business lines. As the data automation and reconciliation engine powering Ultimus’ service model, the partnership allows Ultimus and its clients to benefit from faster processing times, enhanced data accuracy, and customized reporting.

Xceptor’s data automation platform and artificial intelligence (AI) framework is embedded into uSUITE®, Ultimus’ proprietary platform, which leverages robotic processing software, machine learning, and APIs to streamline data processing. As a critical building block of uSUITE, Xceptor enables straight-through processing across all of Ultimus’ applications.

In digitizing and streamlining fund accounting workflows, Xceptor serves as a unique solution that allows Ultimus to seamlessly ingest, aggregate, and digitize data for downstream use. This has resulted in more efficient workflows and processes at Ultimus, as well as providing an accessible, data-rich environment for Ultimus clients who benefit from access to custom reporting, data integrations, self-serve access, and more.

With Xceptor, Ultimus can monitor inbound data, such as trading activity, and seamlessly ingest data from all sources and integrate it within any workflow. Users are then able to check for and manage nominal data exceptions in their application, saving time for mission-critical tasks. By integrating Xceptor, Ultimus now supports a fully automated data lifecycle across the entire enterprise, providing a key differentiator from competitors.

“Xceptor’s automation capabilities have drastically reduced the time required for our fund accountants to process data, transforming tasks that previously took hours into seconds. This efficiency allows our associates to focus on critical financial analysis, significantly enhancing productivity and employee morale,” said *Jason Stevens, Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Ultimus*. “By automating data ingestion and processing, Xceptor has also minimized operational risks, eliminated manual errors, and reduced the need for human intervention in routine tasks. Importantly, it allows us to differentiate ourselves in a competitive market by delivering faster, more accurate information to our clients, thereby improving their overall experience.”

“Fund administrators operate in a complex and dynamic landscape with vast and complex data sets across multiple sources. We are thrilled to expand the use of our industry-leading data automation platform enterprise-wide, to Ultimus Fund Solutions. For over six years, Xceptor has proudly supported the growth of Ultimus’ dynamic business requirements, minimizing errors while increasing operational efficiency. The Xceptor data automation platform now sets the benchmark for the future needs of the fund administration industry, transforming both operations and go-to-market service offerings,” s*aid Grant Coombe, Chief Revenue Officer, Xceptor*.

In addition, Xceptor assists with data aggregation and transformation, allowing Ultimus to quickly and easily create customized solutions for its clients. From custom reporting and complex data integrations to proprietary application builds, Xceptor serves as a powerful tool when working with and managing data.

“Our expanded engagement with Ultimus allows us to extend our advanced data automation platform across their full enterprise, enhancing operational efficiency and reducing errors. Addressing the complexities of fund administration, this sets a new industry standard,” *said Alexander Gent, Head of Buyside Solution Sales, Xceptor*.

* * *

**About Xceptor**

**** Xceptor is the intelligent data automation platform for financial markets providing data ingestion, standardization, normalization, and validation services. Catering to thousands of unique use cases, its highly configurable and enterprise-grade platform offers proprietary solutions for tax, reconciliations, confirmations, client onboarding, and allocations. Since 2003, Xceptor has been empowering businesses worldwide to trust their data and digitize their operational workflows. With offices in London, New York, Singapore, and Cape Town, Xceptor serves nearly 125 clients and over 11,500 users across 60 countries, including banks, asset managers, hedge funds, custodians, and asset servicers. For more information, visit [www.xceptor.com](https://www.xceptor.com/).

COD00000808 8/8/2025


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Strengthens Leadership Team

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-strengthens-leadership-team/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Strengthens Leadership Team

Subscribe

September 9, 2025

**Cincinnati, OH – September 9, 2025** – Ultimus Fund Solutions® (“Ultimus” or the “Company”), a leading independent provider of innovative fund servicing solutions, announced the appointments of industry veterans John Lehner as President, Ultimus Public Fund Solutions, and Jay Martin as President, Ultimus Private Fund Solutions. In conjunction with the new hires, Jim Cass will transition to Vice Chairman of Ultimus, having previously served as President, Ultimus Private Fund Solutions. All three roles report to CEO Gary Tenkman.

The new leadership structure reflects Ultimus' commitment to scaling its operations to meet growing client demand. Ultimus is proud to be a privately-owned, independent fund administrator with scale across all investment vehicles—both public and private—and a top-tier retail alternatives administrator. This positions Ultimus well to serve as a value-added partner to managers looking to launch new funds, including innovating private market solutions for a broader range of investor types.

- In the newly created position of President, Ultimus Public Fund Solutions, **John Lehner** will be responsible for spearheading the growth of the registered fund administration segment, encompassing retail alternatives, exchange-traded funds, mutual funds, 529 plans, local government investment pools (LGIPs), and middle office solutions, among others.
- As President, Ultimus Private Fund Solutions, **Jay Martin** will be responsible for overall operations, client satisfaction, and new business growth strategies in the private fund segment.
- In his new role as Vice Chairman, **Jim Cass** will remain actively involved in go-to-market activities, strategic initiatives, and key client relationships, ensuring Ultimus’ continued innovation and industry leadership.

Furthermore, the enhanced leadership structure will enable Tenkman to devote more time to the firm’s strategic initiatives, engaging with key clients and prospects, and developing industry partnerships.

Tenkman expressed his enthusiasm for Lehner and Martin joining the Ultimus team, stating, “We’re thrilled to welcome John and Jay to Ultimus. These powerhouse hires bring extensive experience, leadership in driving innovation and operational excellence, and strategic focus, which perfectly align with our goals and demonstrate our position as a top-tier administrator. Both John and Jay had many opportunities--but chose Ultimus because of the tremendous momentum we have built and our proven ability to deliver outstanding results. With them on board, we are well-positioned to continue delivering exceptional outcomes for clients, and driving the scaling our business.”

“Joining Ultimus is an exciting opportunity,” Lehner said. “The company’s proven ability to deliver innovative, client-focused solutions has distinguished it as the administrator of choice for investment managers. I’m eager to build on this momentum, leveraging our team’s exceptional talent to scale operations, explore new market opportunities, and continue to deliver unparalleled service to our clients.”

“I look forward to working with Gary and the entire executive team as we continue to evolve Ultimus’ comprehensive offering, with a focus on providing market-leading service to clients of all sizes,” Martin added.

Over the past five years, Ultimus has completed an impressive 100 fund family conversions in the public and private segments, cementing its reputation as a leader in the fund administration industry. The company also brings extensive experience in supporting managers looking to launch new funds or expand their product line-ups, providing comprehensive guidance throughout the entire process. With investments in cutting-edge technology, experienced professionals, and a focus on its consultative approach and boutique service culture, Ultimus is well-positioned to continue its growth trajectory across both private and public fund administration segments. This new leadership structure at Ultimus will play a vital role in accelerating the firm’s momentum while ensuring exceptional client service delivery, operational efficiency, and scalability.

**Biographies**

**John Lehner, President, Ultimus Public Fund Solutions**

Lehner brings over 20 years of transformational executive leadership experience in investment management and technology-driven financial services. He is widely recognized for his ability to achieve sustainable growth and his innovative approach to client success. Most recently, as President of FundGuard, an AI-driven SaaS platform, he successfully implemented revenue-driving initiatives, established key partnerships, and secured notable funding rounds. His prior leadership roles at State Street and BNY Mellon Technology Solutions showcased his ability to scale global operations with a focus on driving growth, future-ready technology, and customer-centric strategies.

**Jay Martin, President, Ultimus Private Fund Solutions**

Martin has nearly four decades of experience in financial services, with expertise in large and complex sales opportunities, comprehensive client implementations, and global transformation efforts. Most recently, he served as President, Investment Services for U.S. Bank, where he spearheaded large-scale strategic growth initiatives and drove results. Previously, he held senior operations and sales roles at Citco Fund Services (USA), Citi, JPMorgan Chase & Co., and BNY Mellon.

*COD00000819 9/5/2025*


---

# Ultimus Achieves Outstanding Results in 2025 Global Custodian Survey with Excellent Scores from Clients

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-achieves-outstanding-results-in-2025-global-custodian-survey-with-excellent-scores-from-clients/_

# Ultimus Achieves Outstanding Results in 2025 Global Custodian Survey with Excellent Scores from Clients

Subscribe

September 24, 2025

**CINCINNATI, OH – September 24, 2025** – [Ultimus Private Fund Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-services/private-funds/) (Ultimus), a leading independent provider of comprehensive fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, has delivered exceptional results in the 2025 Global Custodian Private Equity Fund Administration Survey, achieving an outstanding overall score of 6.93 out of 7.00, significantly outperforming the global industry average of 6.02. This remarkable achievement marks the firm's fifth consecutive year of recognition and reinforces its position as a premier provider of comprehensive fund administration solutions.

The firm demonstrated exceptional excellence by earning perfect scores of 7.00 in eight of the eleven surveyed categories, including onboarding, client service, relationship management, reporting to regulators, KYC/AML sanction screening, capital drawdowns & distributions, treasury services, and fund accounting. Ultimus surpassed global averages across all surveyed categories, with particularly strong performance in Technology, where it scored 6.60 compared to the industry average of 5.45.

"These outstanding results reflect our team's unwavering commitment to delivering exceptional service to our clients," said Jay Martin, President of Ultimus Private Fund Solutions. "I am incredibly proud of our associates who work tirelessly to support our clients' success. Their daily interactions with our clients enhance their understanding and knowledge of our clients’ businesses. This expertise continues to set us apart in the industry."

The Global Custodian survey evaluates private equity fund administrators based on critical service areas, including client service, technology capabilities, reporting standards, and compliance. Ultimus’ remarkable performance across all categories demonstrates the effectiveness of its client-focused, technology-driven approach to fund administration.

Kelly Ramsey Gooch, EVP and Client Relationship Officer at Ultimus, emphasized the significance of these results. "Our exceptional scores validate our commitment to putting clients first and continuously innovating our service delivery. We understand that our clients' success depends on reliable, efficient administration, and these results confirm we're meeting that standard at the highest level."

The firm's technology score of 6.60, significantly above the industry average, highlights Ultimus’ investment in advanced platforms and digital solutions. This technological edge enables the firm to provide enhanced integration, customization, and data accessibility that today's sophisticated investment managers require.

Ultimus continues to expand its comprehensive suite of services while maintaining its focus on operational excellence and client satisfaction. The firm's consistent high performance in Global Custodian surveys underscores its reliability as a trusted partner for private equity, venture capital, real estate, and hedge fund clients.

*COD00000833 9/22/2025*


---

# Ultimus Co-Founder Mark Seger Retires After 30 Years of Distinguished Industry Service

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-co-founder-mark-seger-retires-after-30-years-of-distinguished-industry-service/_

# Ultimus Co-Founder Mark Seger Retires After 30 Years of Distinguished Industry Service

Subscribe

September 30, 2025

**CINCINNATI, OH – September 30, 2025 –** Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration and middle office solutions, today announced the retirement of Co-Founder and Vice Chairman, Mark Seger, effective September 30, 2025. After three decades of dedicated service and leadership within the industry, Seger leaves behind a legacy of client-centric innovation and a culture of exceptional service that has become the hallmark of the firm.

Seger helped co-found Ultimus in August 1999 with a clear vision to reimagine fund administration by placing client needs at the core of the business. Throughout his tenure, he played a vital role in shaping the firm's strategic direction and upholding the high-quality standards delivered to clients. His commitment to building a 100% referenceable client base established a foundational principle that continues to guide the company's daily operations and strategic decisions. This unwavering focus on service has been a key factor in the firm’s consistent industry recognition and high client satisfaction rates.

"Mark’s leadership, vision, and integrity have shaped not only the firm, but also all of us who have had the privilege to work alongside him," said Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus. "I am grateful to Mark for inviting me to join this incredible organization and for entrusting me with the opportunity to help lead the company he helped build from the ground up."

Reflecting on the company’s future, Mark Seger commented, “Since 2014, Gary has demonstrated fantastic leadership and a deep commitment to carrying on the client-first culture that has defined Ultimus from the very beginning. Under his guidance, the company has continued to grow and evolve while staying true to the principles that have made it a trusted partner in the financial services industry. I’m proud to see the legacy of excellence we built remain in such capable hands.”

Before co-founding Ultimus, Seger held key roles at another mutual fund service provider, including Chief Accounting Officer and Mutual Fund Treasurer. His career began in the Audit Division of Arthur Andersen's Cincinnati office. Seger's retirement marks the departure of the last of the three original co-founders of Ultimus, concluding a significant chapter in the company’s history.

The firm continues its growth trajectory, having completed a strategic merger and several acquisitions over the past ten years. Most recently, Ultimus appointed John Lehner and Jay Martin as Presidents to lead the public fund administration and private fund administration divisions of the company, reinforcing its commitment to specialized expertise and client service excellence.

COD00000842 9/29/2025


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions' Nick Darsch Elected to Institute for Portfolio Alternatives \(IPA\) Board

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-nick-darsch-elected-to-institute-for-portfolio-alternatives-ipa-board/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions' Nick Darsch Elected to Institute for Portfolio Alternatives (IPA) Board

Subscribe

October 14, 2025

**CINCINNATI, OH,** October 14, 2025 – Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a premier provider of full-service fund administration and middle office solutions, today announced that Chief Commercial Officer, Nick Darsch, has been appointed to the Board of Directors for the Institute for Portfolio Alternatives (IPA).

Darsch’s election brings crucial expertise around fund administration, transfer agency and product structuring to the leadership of the prominent alternative investments trade association. The appointment underscores the IPA's commitment to incorporating diverse perspectives from key industry partners as it continues to advance and advocate for the portfolio-diversifying investments space.

"I am honored to join the IPA Board of Directors," said Nick Darsch, "The IPA’s work in education, advocacy, and networking is critical to moving the industry forward, and I look forward to collaborating with my fellow board members to support the continued expansion, growth, and integrity of the alternative investments industry."

At Ultimus, Darsch leads all go-to-market activities for Ultimus across public and private fund solutions, including retail alternatives. His deep understanding of the operational, regulatory and structural complexities of alternative products in the private wealth channel will be a significant asset to the IPA board’s strategic initiatives.

"We are incredibly proud of Nick’s appointment," said Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus. "His expertise highlights not only his individual leadership but also reflects Ultimus’ commitment to supporting the industry's infrastructure. We are confident he will bring immense value to the IPA's mission."

* * *

COD00000855 10/12/2025


---

# Ultimus Vice Chairman Jim Cass Appointed to Financial Scholars Philadelphia Advisory Board

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-vice-chairman-jim-cass-appointed-to-financial-scholars-philadelphia-advisory-board/_

# Ultimus Vice Chairman Jim Cass Appointed to Financial Scholars Philadelphia Advisory Board

Subscribe

November 4, 2025

**Cincinnati, OH – November 4, 2025** – Ultimus Fund Solutions®, a leading provider of services to the private and registered fund industry, today announced Jim Cass, the company's Vice Chairman, has been appointed to the Philadelphia Advisory Board of Financial Scholars. This appointment highlights a continued commitment from Ultimus and its leadership to advance financial literacy and create opportunities for students within the community.

Financial Scholars partners with schools to provide students and their families with the essential knowledge and confidence needed for lasting financial empowerment. The organization's free programs cover critical topics such as budgeting, credit, banking, investing, and affording college. Financial Scholars also offers students valuable opportunities to explore career pathways and entrepreneurship, fostering the next generation of financially capable leaders.

This new role aligns with Ultimus' long-standing dedication to community-based financial education initiatives. For the past several years, the company has actively supported SecureFutures in Milwaukee, WI, an organization that builds stronger communities by empowering teens with financial education, tools, and mentorship. Cass's involvement with the Financial Scholars board extends this commitment to the Philadelphia region.

“We are thrilled to welcome Jim to our Advisory Board,” stated Kerry Woodward, Financial Scholars Executive Director. “His leadership and passion for financial education will be invaluable as we continue to expand our programs to reach more students and families.”

As a member of the Philadelphia Advisory Board, Cass will collaborate with other community leaders to support the strategic direction and growth of Philadelphia Financial Scholars. His extensive industry experience will be a significant asset in furthering the organization's mission to make personal finance education accessible to all students.

“I am deeply honored to join the advisory board of such an impactful organization in our community,” said Cass. “Ultimus is grateful for the opportunity to collaborate with Philadelphia Financial Scholars and all of the dedicated firms committed to this worthy cause.”

**About Philadelphia Financial Scholars**

Philadelphia Financial Scholars is a nonprofit organization dedicated to preparing students and families with the tools to build wealth, plan for the future, and achieve financial independence. Since its founding, PFS has partnered with dozens of schools and hundreds of educators to deliver high-quality personal finance education across Philadelphia and beyond. This year, PFS is partnered with 55 Philadelphia schools serving over 5,000 students with daily personal finance education and opportunities. Learn more at philadelphia.financialscholars.org.

COD00000874 11/3/2025


---

# Ultimus Appoints Chief Operating Officer in Private Fund Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-appoints-chief-operating-officer-in-private-fund-solutions/_

# Ultimus Appoints Chief Operating Officer in Private Fund Solutions

Subscribe

December 4, 2025

**Cincinnati, OH** – December 04, 2025 – Ultimus Fund Solutions® (“Ultimus” or the “Company”), a leading independent provider of innovative fund servicing solutions, is pleased to announce the appointment of Steve Farlese as Chief Operating Officer of Ultimus Private Fund Solutions.

Farlese joins Ultimus with more than 30 years of experience in alternative fund operations, investor services, and global service delivery. Prior to joining Ultimus, he spent over three decades at BNY, where he most recently served as Managing Director supporting alternative investment solutions such as Alts Bridge. At BNY, Farlese held senior leadership roles within Fund Solutions – Asset Servicing, and previously led Investor Solutions as Managing Director. During his time with BNY, he oversaw global operations, led complex service delivery teams, and worked across a broad range of alternative investment products, including hedge funds, private equity, and private credit.

As COO, Steve will be responsible for overseeing operational strategy and execution across Ultimus’ private fund business, which includes private equity, venture capital, hedge, and private credit funds. He will report to Jay Martin, President, Ultimus Private Fund Solutions.

“We are thrilled to welcome Steve to our leadership team,” said Jay Martin. “His deep experience, client focus, and operational expertise will play a critical role in scaling our comprehensive service offering while delivering exceptional service to our private fund clients.”

Ultimus continues to expand its private fund capabilities, and the addition of Steve Farlese further strengthens the firm’s commitment to operational excellence and innovation in the alternative investment space.

* * *

COD00000914 12/2/2025


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Names Stephen Wood as Chief Financial Officer

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-names-stephen-wood-as-chief-financial-officer/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Names Stephen Wood as Chief Financial Officer

Subscribe

December 9, 2025

**Cincinnati, OH - December 09, 2025** – Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of innovative fund servicing solutions, today announced the appointment of Stephen Wood as Chief Financial Officer (CFO). Wood joins Ultimus with extensive global financial and operational leadership, having managed organizations through complex transitions and periods of significant growth. In his new role, Wood will oversee the company’s financial strategy and work closely with the executive team to support continued innovation and help drive Ultimus’ ongoing expansion in the U.S. and internationally.

This appointment underscores Ultimus’ ongoing commitment to scaling its leadership team in anticipation of accelerated growth and evolving client needs across the public and private fund administration landscape. Wood brings an outstanding 30-year track record spanning global finance, acquisitions and integrations, and the transformation of large, complex organizations.

“Steve’s appointment comes at a pivotal time for Ultimus as we continue to scale our solutions for a diverse and growing global client base,” said Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus. “His breadth of experience in public and private financial services, combined with his leadership skills developed at Fiserv and Conduent, makes him an exceptional addition to our executive team. We are confident that Steve’s expertise and leadership qualities will contribute to our mission of delivering industry-leading service and innovation to our clients.”

Prior to joining Ultimus, Wood most recently served as EVP, Chief Financial Officer & Global Head of Regions at Conduent Inc., where he led a global team, successfully drove major financial restructurings, and executed multiple strategic transactions. In this position, he also built strong governance processes, enhanced financial discipline, and played a critical role in board-level collaborations and capital allocation initiatives.

Before Conduent, Wood spent 15 years at Fiserv Inc., a global leader in financial technology and business services, where he held several executive finance roles for multiple business units undergoing significant transformation, leading through leadership transitions, large-scale acquisitions, integration initiatives, and periods of accelerated growth. His leadership during acquisitions and integrations resulted in material synergies, improved operational efficiency, and established high-performing global finance teams. Wood’s experience as an executive team partner, builder of best-in-class teams, along with his data-driven approach and strategic insights, will enhance financial discipline and reinforce Ultimus’ commitment to delivering exceptional value to its asset management clients.

Wood holds an MBA with Distinction from Warwick Business School and is a Chartered Global Management Accountant (CGMA).

COD00000924 12/8/2025


---

# Ultimus Assists with Successful Fund Conversions for SCS Financial

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-assists-with-successful-fund-conversions-for-scs-financial/_

# Ultimus Assists with Successful Fund Conversions for SCS Financial

Subscribe

December 10, 2025

**Cincinnati, OH – December 10, 2025 –** Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a leading provider of comprehensive fund administration services, is pleased to announce the successful final phase of a conversion of 49 hedge and private equity funds for SCS Financial (SCS) within Ultimus’ operating framework. The recent phase of funds converted this year illustrates Ultimus’ ability to execute complex fund administration services conversions.

As a result of the conversion, SCS receives a full suite of fund administration services and solutions powered by Ultimus’ advanced technology in a customized service model. These services include comprehensive accounting solutions, investor services, treasury management, and seamless operational support for a wide range of fund structures. Ultimus’ dedicated service team focuses on innovative solutions, with an emphasis on timeliness, to ensure that SCS experiences exceptional service quality and support tailored to its distinct needs, driving long-term growth.

SCS, a wealth and investment firm specializing in serving ultra-high-net-worth families with $54 billion in assets under management and advisement as of 6/30/25, initially partnered with Ultimus two years ago to design a new scalable operating model to support all aspects of SCS’s growing suite of funds. Following the initial conversion of funds from another provider, SCS entrusted Ultimus with a second conversion to consolidate the balance of its funds to Ultimus’ operating environment. The second conversion was completed earlier this year and stands out as a prime example of seamless execution and remarkable client feedback.

Marcelo Vedovatto, Chief Operating Officer of SCS, commented, “Ultimus has demonstrated an exceptional level of expertise and commitment throughout the process. Their attention to detail and client-forward approach, similar to our own, have been instrumental in ensuring a smooth transition for our funds. This partnership has significantly enhanced our clients’ experience and operational efficiencies across our robust alternatives platform, and we value Ultimus’ role in supporting our strategic goals.”

The conversion process involved enhanced engagement with SCS leadership, including regular feedback and executive summaries on project status. This approach fostered transparency and streamlined operations across all major processes.

Jay Martin, President, Ultimus Private Fund Solutions, shared his thoughts on the partnership, stating, “We are proud to play an integral part with SCS through this conversion and going forward. Our strong collaboration highlights the value and commitment we each bring to the relationship, and Ultimus looks forward to continuing our partnership as they expand and launch new investment products.”

With a proven track record of excellence, Ultimus has been recognized as the Private Equity Fund Administrator of the Year for four consecutive years by the prestigious Global Custodian Industry Leaders Awards. This accolade underscores Ultimus' award-winning expertise and unwavering commitment to delivering exceptional fund administration solutions to its clients.

* * *

**About SCS Financial**

SCS Financial is a wealth and investment management firm specializing in serving ultra-high-net-worth individuals and families. We deliver personalized advisory services focused on each client’s objectives, providing them with an integrated and customized plan for their future and a commitment to strive to exceed their expectations every day. We serve clients with an unwavering commitment to integrity, transparency, and a client-first approach. Our team is at the heart of our success — composed of experienced professionals who thrive in a culture of curiosity and collaboration. Headquartered in Boston, SCS has offices in New York, Providence, RI, Los Angeles, West Palm Beach, Atlanta, Dallas, Charlotte, Lexington, KY, Tampa, and Portsmouth, NH. We continue to grow, providing holistic wealth, investment management, and family office services to ultra-high-net-worth families across the country. Learn more by visiting [www.scsfinancial.com](https://www.scsfinancial.com/) or [by following SCS on LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/company/scs-financial).

**About Focus Financial Partners Inc.**

Focus is an interdependent partnership of wealth management, business management, and related financial services firms, rooted in a client-first approach and powered by the collective energy and capabilities of its many advisors and professionals. The Focus partnership includes wholly owned firms operated under the Focus Partners brand that reflect the company’s key business lines. Through a blend of innovative solutions, strong capital backing, and deep business expertise, Focus empowers its firms to achieve their business objectives by helping them to better serve their clients and advisors. Discover more about how Focus is evolving the wealth and business management landscape by visiting [www.focusfinancialpartners.com](https://www.focusfinancialpartners.com/) or by [following the company on LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/company/focus-financial-partners/).

COD00000926 12/08/2025


---

# FINTRX & Ultimus Fund Solutions Announce Partnership

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/fintrx-ultimus-fund-solutions-announce-partnership/_

# FINTRX & Ultimus Fund Solutions Announce Partnership

Subscribe

December 15, 2025

**Boston, MA –** December 15, 2025 – FINTRX, the AI-powered private wealth intelligence platform for asset managers and other investment professionals, has announced an exciting partnership with Ultimus Fund Solutions, a leading provider of fund administration and investor servicing solutions. This collaboration aims to empower Ultimus’ asset management clients with seamless access to FINTRX’s cutting-edge private wealth intelligence, further enhancing their product distribution strategies.

Through this partnership, Ultimus clients will gain direct access to FINTRX’s robust platform, which features detailed profiles and data on registered investment advisors (RIAs), broker-dealers, family offices, and other private wealth entities. By leveraging FINTRX’s comprehensive data and intuitive technology, Ultimus’ clients can refine their outreach, identify new distribution opportunities, and build stronger relationships with key decision-makers across the private wealth ecosystem.

### Driving Success Through Innovation

Ultimus Fund Solutions has a long-standing commitment to providing clients with best-in-class tools and resources to support their success. By integrating FINTRX’s industry-leading private wealth data into its service offering, Ultimus further demonstrates its dedication to innovation and client-centric solutions.

“Ultimus is committed to forming strategic partnerships with organizations that deliver meaningful value to the distribution efforts of our investment management clients," says Kevin Guerette, SVP Director of Distribution Strategies. "After evaluating various providers of broker and advisor data, it became evident that FINTRX stands out with its state-of-the-art platform and unparalleled flexibility to meet the diverse needs of the asset managers we serve. We are excited to collaborate with FINTRX and look forward to deepening our partnership as the industry continues to evolve.”

### Enhancing Reach and Efficiency

FINTRX’s proprietary platform is designed to streamline workflows, save time, and uncover insights that might otherwise remain hidden. By partnering with FINTRX, Ultimus clients will now have the ability to:

- Pinpoint high-value targets within the private wealth space
- Access enriched data on family offices, RIAs, broker-dealers, and endowments & foundations
- Leverage actionable insights to optimize their distribution strategies
- Utilize FINTRX AI tools to uncover deeper insights, streamline workflows, and enhance decision-making through AI-driven recommendations
- Seamlessly integrate FINTRX’s data and tools with their existing CRM systems for improved efficiency and centralized management of client interactions

“We’re proud to partner with Ultimus, an organization that shares our dedication to driving meaningful value for asset managers," says Russ D'Argento, Founder and CEO of FINTRX. "Through this partnership, we’re enabling their clients to access deeper insights, streamline their outreach, and accelerate their distribution strategies. Together, we’re giving asset managers a more efficient, scalable way to identify new opportunities and build lasting relationships across the private wealth landscape.”

* * *

**About FINTRX**

FINTRX is the premier AI-powered private wealth intelligence platform, delivering real-time, human-verified data on 850,000+ financial records across 70,000+ firms, including RIAs, broker-dealers, family offices, wealth teams, and endowments. With access to 750,000+ key contacts and advanced AI tools, FINTRX enables users to uncover capital sources, track allocation trends, analyze investments, and surface warm introductions, all in one platform. Purpose-built for asset raising, product distribution, and business development, FINTRX combines data accuracy with powerful AI to streamline workflows, enhance targeting, and drive revenue outcomes across the private wealth landscape.

COD00000938 12/17/2025


---

# Ultimus Expands Coverage Teams to Support Continued Growth

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-expands-coverage-teams-to-support-continued-growth/_

# Ultimus Expands Coverage Teams to Support Continued Growth

Subscribe

January 20, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH** – **January 20, 2026** – Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a premier provider of post-trade solutions across public and private markets, today announced a strategic expansion of its commercial coverage teams. These additions underscore the firm's commitment to supporting the increasingly complex operational and regulatory requirements facing traditional and alternative asset managers.

The expansion directly addresses the accelerating convergence of public and private markets, significant growth in product segments like ETFs and private credit, and institutional asset managers' demands for high-touch, technology-forward solutions to support investment operations, fund administration, and data management needs. Ultimus integrates battle-tested veterans to deliver bespoke solutions for the industry's most complex operational and data-driven challenges.

Ultimus welcomes the following new commercial team members:

**Public Markets Solutions**

**Matthew Geldhof, Senior Vice President,** has extensive experience supporting the specific back and middle office needs of global asset managers. He previously held senior roles at Citibank, Goldman Sachs, and was an active-duty Marine Corps Officer.

**Edward Lund, Senior Vice President,** is an industry veteran with skills across all public fund structures with a special focus on the evolving exchange-traded funds (ETFs) ecosystem. He has held leadership positions at Gemini Fund Services and NorthStar Financial Services Group.

**Private Markets Solutions**

**Gilbert Maddock, Senior Vice President,** possesses nearly 30 years of experience across private markets, alternative investments, cross-border, and registered fund structures. He previously held senior roles at BNY Mellon and Citigroup.

**William Thoma, Vice President,** joins with a specialized focus on the needs of alternative asset managers. Thoma previously held operations roles at Northern Trust.

"As asset managers navigate increasing complexity, Ultimus is dedicated to providing scalable, agile solutions that align with our clients' long-term aspirations," said Nick Darsch, Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus Fund Solutions. "Our collective business development and operations teams empower us to anticipate industry shifts and deliver customized service that distinguishes us from less flexible competitors."

By continuing to invest in market-facing talent, Ultimus strengthens its position as the preferred partner for post-trade administration, governance, and investor servicing solutions. The firm’s technology and client engagement equip managers with resources to thrive in today’s dynamic market.

* * *

COD00000949 1/13/2026


---

# WTax and Ultimus Partner to Deliver Global Withholding Tax Relief to US Investors

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/wtax-and-ultimus-partner-to-deliver-global-withholding-tax-relief-to-us-investors/_

# WTax and Ultimus Partner to Deliver Global Withholding Tax Relief to US Investors

Subscribe

January 14, 2026

**January 14, 2026** – WTax, the leading provider of cross-border withholding tax solutions, has expanded its partnership with Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^(Ultimus^®^), a premier independent provider of comprehensive fund administration, middle office, accounting, and investor services.

Building on a successful collaboration that began in May 2024, WTax now serves as **Ultimus’** **dedicated solution for all foreign tax relief at source document completion, ongoing management, and reclaim services.** This enhanced partnership is designed to simplify and accelerate complex international tax processes for Ultimus’ fund administration and investment management clients globally, resulting in improved filing efficiency and optimized recovery rates.

*“We’re excited to deepen our partnership with Ultimus,”* said Liam Ilić, Director and Global Head of Partnerships at WTax. *“Withholding tax recovery is a complicated and often overlooked way of generating investment alpha, which can be constrained by complex filing requirements and fragmented reclaim processes.*

*By simplifying and centralizing the management of withholding tax, we are helping Ultimus’ clients unlock all available relief and recoveries. Ultimus’ dedication to excellence in investment operations and its drive for innovation perfectly complement WTax’s commitment to providing leading cross-border tax recovery services.”*

Through this strategic partnership, Ultimus’ clients will gain access to WTax’s proprietary tax technology and the expertise of over 250 specialists globally, all working to optimize their tax relief and reclaim entitlements, simplify documentation and filing procedures, and ultimately elevate fund performance.

Joel Lieb, Senior Vice President, Relationship Management at Ultimus, emphasized the value of the enhanced partnership, noting that WTax delivers a comprehensive, end-to-end withholding tax solution covering everything from relief-at-source processing to reclaim entitlement identification, powered by a sophisticated rule engine. “*Our clients benefit from expert guidance to achieve the optimal mix of relief-at-source and reclaim recoveries, along with access to a live reporting portal, customizable reporting, and support with accruals and accounting,*” he said. “*This partnership enables us to offer a fully integrated tax recovery service to our growing client base.*”

* * *

**ABOUT WTAX**

WTax manages and maximizes foreign withholding tax relief and reclaim entitlements for investors and financial institutions. WTax consistently increases investment performance by up to 52 basis points per annum for over 1,000 clients globally, through optimizing market coverage, shortening refund timelines, and improving cash flow.

WTax’s scalable and transparent tax solutions, coupled with in-depth technical expertise, reduce the administrative burden for our clients, saving time and allowing them to focus on their core investment activities. For more information, visit http://www.wtax.co

COD00000948 1/13/2026


---

# Data Management Solution Award Goes to Ultimus’ uSUITE Platform

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/data-management-solution-award-goes-to-ultimus-usuite-platform/_

# Data Management Solution Award Goes to Ultimus’ uSUITE Platform

Subscribe

March 2, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH – March 2, 2026 –** Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of post-trade administration and investor services solutions, today announced it won the Data Management Solution for Back & Middle Office award at a recent industry awards ceremony. This prestigious recognition highlights the firm’s dedication to providing asset managers with superior technology, data integrity, and operational support.

As one of the largest independent fund administration providers in the United States, Ultimus services over $775 billion in assets under administration across more than 2,500 funds and prioritizes building lasting partnerships, helping clients achieve their strategic business goals.

The panel of industry judges recognized Ultimus for its innovative proprietary uSUITE^®^ platform, which includes the uCONNECT^®^ and uANALYZE™ applications. These tools transform complex fund/account data into a strategic asset, offering clients intuitive, on-demand access to advanced analytics and business intelligence. uCONNECT streamlines the aggregation and validation of critical operational data in real time, while uANALYZE empowers clients with flexible reporting and in-depth analytics—delivering the visibility and insight essential for effective middle-office data management. By marrying high-tech solutions with high-touch, personalized service, Ultimus continues to set lofty industry benchmarks for efficiency and transparency.

"Winning this data management solution award is a testament to our commitment to delivering innovative, high-tech, high-touch solutions for our clients," said Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus Fund Solutions. "At Ultimus, we pride ourselves on empowering asset managers with the tools and proficiency needed to navigate an ever-evolving and increasingly complex industry. Our relentless focus on improvement and providing cutting-edge technology, like our proprietary uSUITE^®^ platform, helps to drive sustainable growth for our clients."

Ultimus remains dedicated to transforming real-time data into actionable insights, making it possible for clients to focus on their primary mission of managing investments while Ultimus handles the operational complexities.

* * *

COD00000980 3/2/2026


---

# Ultimus Supports the Launch of Sardis Group’s Structured Credit Investing Platform

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-supports-the-launch-of-sardis-group-s-structured-credit-investing-platform/_

# Ultimus Supports the Launch of Sardis Group’s Structured Credit Investing Platform

Subscribe

March 11, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH – March 11, 2026 –** Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a leading provider of technology-powered post-trade administration and transfer agent services for registered alternative funds, and comprehensive middle office solutions, is pleased to announce the successful launch of Sardis Group’s inaugural interval fund and separate account business.

Sardis, established in 2024 by industry veterans with deep experience in structured credit, engaged Ultimus to initiate an operational framework in preparation for the fund's debut. The firm leveraged Ultimus’ Gateway™ platform, a fully integrated operating solution that streamlines the process of bringing registered alternative funds to market. For asset managers sponsoring retail alternative funds, Gateway provides comprehensive governance support and operations infrastructure, enabling Sardis to bring its fund to market efficiently.

"Starting a new firm alongside launching a fund requires careful planning and strong partners," said Sam Dunlap, Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Sardis Group. "Ultimus provided the critical insights, launch support, and ongoing infrastructure needed to launch our fund successfully, enabling us to focus on asset growth from day one."

To support fast interest in Sardis’ capabilities in the institutional and private wealth channels, Sardis also tapped Ultimus’ middle office to support a series of separately managed accounts, highlighting Ultimus’ ability to deliver enterprise-wide solutions tailored to firms offering complex strategies across all channels.

"The relationship with Ultimus has been pivotal for the launch of our fund," stated Colin McBurnette, Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Sardis Group. "Their team’s proficient product structuring and the seamless integration of their services and data provided us with the confidence and operational stability we needed to launch successfully."

"We are observing significant growth in asset managers entering the retail alternatives market, and Ultimus is positioned to guide them through this process," commented John Lehner, President of Ultimus Public Fund Solutions. "Partnering with Sardis Group is another example that we are fully prepared to shepherd asset managers through the entire lifecycle of launching and administering their products while also equipping them with a flexible middle office solution."

* * *

**About Sardis Group**

Sardis Group is a fixed income credit manager with a focus on structured products and loans. Sardis Group manages the Sardis Credit Opportunities Fund, SGSIX, a continuously offered, closed-end interval fund registered under the 1940 Act. SGSIX aims to generate attractive total returns across credit cycles, emphasizing current income and long-term capital appreciation. SGSIX invests in credit, focusing on a portfolio encompassing the asset-backed, residential and commercial real estate subsectors in both securities and loans. Additionally, Sardis provides separately managed account and sub-advised fund solutions for institutional clients including asset managers, investment companies, insurance companies, and banks. With the focus of a boutique platform and sophistication of a large asset manager, Sardis seeks to apply institutional discipline, transparency, and selectivity in credit allocations. Headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, Sardis manages approximately $660 million in assets as of 2/25/26. For more information, visit http://www.sardisgroup.com.

*This is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation to purchase any security. Investors should consider the investment objectives, risks, charges and expenses of the Sardis Credit Opportunities Fund (“Fund”) carefully before investing. This and other information are contained in the Fund’s prospectus, which may be obtained by contacting your financial professional, calling 404-282-5552, or visiting* [*www.sardisfunds.com*](http://www.sardisfunds.com)*. Please read the prospectus carefully before you invest. The Sardis Credit Opportunities Fund is distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC. Member FINRA/SIPC. Sardis Group, LLC and Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC are not affiliated.*

**Important Risk Information**

Interval funds are generally suitable only for investors who can bear the risks associated with the limited liquidity through quarterly offers to repurchase a limited amount of the Fund’s shares (at least 5% of shares outstanding); however, there is no guarantee that an investor will be able to sell all the shares that the investor desires to sell in the repurchase offer.

The Fund will ordinarily declare and pay distributions from its net investment income, if any, once a quarter, and net realized capital gains annually; however, the amount of distributions that the Fund may pay, if any, is uncertain.

The Fund may pay distributions in significant part from sources that may not be available in the future and that are unrelated to the Fund’s performance, such as borrowings. Such distributions may constitute a return of capital and reduce a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in Fund shares, thereby increasing the shareholder’s potential taxable gain or reducing the potential taxable loss on the sale of Fund shares. To the extent such distributions are a return of capital, the distributions should not be considered the dividend yield or total return of an investment in Fund shares.

The Fund does not intend to list Fund shares on any securities exchange, and the Fund does not expect a secondary market for Fund shares to develop. You should not expect to be able to sell your shares regardless of how the Fund performs. You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest in Fund shares for an extended period. If a shareholder is able to sell its Common Shares, the shareholder may receive less than its purchase price and the then current NAV per Common Share. An investment in the Fund is speculative with a substantial risk of loss, and neither the Fund nor the Adviser guarantees any level of return or risk on investments.

There can be no assurance that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.

The Fund is a closed-end investment company with limited history of operations.

*COD00000981 3/10/2026*

*20260310-5264061 3/10/2026*


---

# Schafer Cullen Capital Management Expands Partnership with Ultimus Fund Solutions

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/schafer-cullen-capital-management-expands-partnership-with-ultimus-fund-solutions/_

# Schafer Cullen Capital Management Expands Partnership with Ultimus Fund Solutions

Subscribe

April 15, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH – April 15, 2026 –** Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a leading independent provider of post-trade administration, investor services and outsourced investment operations solutions, today announced that Cullen Capital Management (Schafer Cullen) successfully transitioned six Cullen Funds mutual funds to the Ultimus servicing environment. This move aligns Schafer Cullen with the Ultimus enterprise support model, combining comprehensive mutual fund support with customized middle office solutions.

The conversion marks a major milestone for Cullen Funds in its effort to enhance its operating model. After initially partnering with Ultimus for middle office services, Schafer Cullen deepened the partnership to include fund administration for its six mutual funds, the first of which was launched in 2003, with the total assets reaching $2.6 billion at the time of conversion. By consolidating support through Ultimus, Schafer Cullen streamlined its operations across middle and back office functions via seamless data flows and greater operational alignment.

Stephen O’Neil, Chief Operating Officer of Schafer Cullen, commented on the efficiency of the move: “The team at Ultimus executed a seamless transition of our funds, significantly enhancing the connectivity of our daily operations. We were looking for a partner that could skillfully navigate the fund conversion while also providing a first-class data and servicing environment to support our investors and distribution partners. We are excited about our partnership with Ultimus and our future working together.”

Ultimus distinguishes itself in the marketplace through a steadfast commitment to client service, underpinned by an award-winning technology infrastructure that offers real-time data transparency and derived insights.

“We are deeply appreciative of the trust that Schafer Cullen has placed in us,” said John Lehner, President of Public Fund Solutions at Ultimus. “Our team is committed to delivering the high-performance solutions and dedicated client service that asset managers require to thrive in today’s marketplace. We look forward to a long and successful collaboration as we support their growth and continued excellence within their operations.”

* * *

**About Schafer Cullen**

Schafer Cullen is a trusted investment management firm dedicated to delivering consistent, long-term results through disciplined and value-driven investment strategies. With a focus on equity income in domestic and international value opportunities, Schafer Cullen serves both individual and institutional investors, helping them achieve their financial goals. The firm emphasizes a time-tested approach to investing, grounded in rigorous research and a commitment to client success. For more information, visit [Schafer Cullen](https://www.cullenfunds.com/About/).

COD00001003 4/13/2026


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Strengthens Board with Appointment of Lou Maiuri

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-strengthens-board-with-appointment-of-lou-maiuri/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Strengthens Board with Appointment of Lou Maiuri

Subscribe

April 28, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH – April 28, 2026** – Ultimus Fund Solutions® (“Ultimus®”), a leading independent provider of fund services and investment operations, today announced the appointment of Lou Maiuri as an independent member of its Board of Directors. Maiuri’s addition further strengthens Ultimus’ governance and reflects the firm’s continued momentum as it scales to meet the evolving needs of asset managers across public and private markets.

Ultimus has experienced significant growth in recent years, driven by increasing demand for independent, high‑quality fund administration and technology‑enabled operating solutions. As asset managers navigate greater complexity, product innovation, and regulatory scrutiny, Ultimus continues to invest in leadership, infrastructure, and governance to support its long‑term growth strategy.

Maiuri brings more than three decades of financial services leadership experience, with deep expertise across fund administration, investment operations, technology, and client service. He currently serves as Chairman and Group Chief Executive Officer of AssetMark, where he has led the firm through continued expansion and innovation, with a strong emphasis on delivering high‑quality client service—an approach that closely aligns with Ultimus’ service‑led operating model. Previously, Maiuri served as President, Chief Operating Officer, and Head of Investment Services at State Street, as well as serving in previous senior leadership positions at BNY Mellon and Eagle Investment Systems.

Maiuri brings a long‑standing familiarity with Ultimus’ business model, competitive landscape, and leadership team. His extensive industry network and credibility further position him to support Ultimus as it continues to expand its visibility and presence in the market.

“Lou brings a rare combination of firsthand operating experience, deep industry relationships, and a practical understanding of our business,” said Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus Fund Solutions. “He knows this industry inside and out, understands where we differentiate, and has strong confidence in our leadership team and direction. As we continue to scale the firm and raise awareness of Ultimus’ capabilities, Lou’s perspective and connectivity will be invaluable.”

Maiuri said Ultimus’ independent model, service‑led culture, and growth outlook were key factors in his decision to join the board.

“Ultimus stands out as a high-quality, independent provider that has achieved operating scale without sacrificing client service or technology flexibility,” said Lou Maiuri. “Having spent much of my career inside global institutions, I recognize how difficult that balance is to strike. I have a deep appreciation for the business, the leadership team, and the role Ultimus plays in supporting managers across both public and private markets. The firm has real momentum, and I’m excited to support the next phase of its growth and help elevate awareness of what Ultimus brings to the industry.”

With Maiuri joining the board, Ultimus continues to strengthen its governance and leadership team as it builds on its growth trajectory across fund service, investment operations, and technology-enabled solutions.

* * *

COD00001012 4/27/2026


---

# Ultimus and iCapital Collaborate to Deploy DLT Platform

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-and-icapital-collaborate-to-deploy-dlt-platform/_

# Ultimus and iCapital® Collaborate to Deploy DLT Platform

Subscribe

May 14, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH – May 14, 2026** – Ultimus Fund Solutions^®^ (Ultimus^®^), a leading independent provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration, accounting, and investor solutions, today announced a strategic collaboration with [iCapital^®^](http://www.icapital.com/). The partnership introduces distributed ledger technology (DLT) to streamline data transmission and reconciliation processes, improving operational efficiencies for asset managers and wealth managers throughout the lifecycle of alternative investments.

The integration of technologies merges iCapital’s DLT platforms with Ultimus’ API-rich infrastructure, creating a more efficient, secure, and transparent processing environment for alternative investment data. Together, iCapital and Ultimus developed a single, trusted source of fund information, which eliminated manual processes, thus minimizing reconciliation breaks and improving real-time data accuracy for all participants. This initiative represents a significant step in combining DLT with Ultimus’ proprietary API and robotics-driven applications to raise the bar of alternatives administration.

“We are very pleased to build upon our strong partnership with Ultimus by incorporating iCapital’s DLT capabilities to enhance our collective clients’ experience with alternatives,” said [Dan Vene](https://icapital.com/about-us/dan-vene/), Co‑Founder of iCapital. “We are committed to expanding the adoption of our end‑to‑end DLT infrastructure, which is already in place at leading global wealth managers and infrastructure partners. Collaborating with forward‑looking partners like Ultimus, who fully embrace technology to deliver the best possible service to their clients, is key to the continued adoption and success of alternatives more broadly.”

Jason Stevens, CTO of Ultimus, commented, “Our partnership with iCapital demonstrates Ultimus’ dedication to pioneering technological advancements that help deliver value to our clients. By integrating DLT into our operational framework, we are not only working to enhance efficiency but also providing asset managers with the infrastructure required to navigate the complexities of the alternative investment landscape. We are committed to fostering innovation that supports our clients.”

Gary Tenkman, CEO of Ultimus, added, “The collaboration between iCapital and Ultimus exemplifies the power of industry partnerships in creating a technology-driven ecosystem to better serve wealth managers in the alternative investment space. Together, we are setting a new benchmark for efficiency, transparency, and operational excellence in an increasingly complex market.”

* * *

COD00001017 5/7/2026


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Appoints Terri Fiedler to Board of Directors

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-appoints-terri-fiedler-to-board-of-directors/_

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Appoints Terri Fiedler to Board of Directors

Subscribe

May 19, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH – May 19, 2026 –** Ultimus Fund Solutions® (“Ultimus”), a leading independent provider of fund administration, accounting, and investor services, today announced the appointment of Terri Fiedler as an independent member of its Board of Directors. Fiedler’s addition underscores Ultimus’ continued growth momentum and its focus on scaling the business and expanding its reach across public and private investment vehicles.

Ultimus has experienced significant growth in recent years, servicing over 2,500 funds with over $775B in assets under management as of Q2 2026. The firm has continued to invest in talent, technology, and infrastructure to support rising client demand. As a privately owned, independent administrator with scale across public and private strategies, Ultimus is well positioned to support asset managers navigating increasing complexity, product innovation, and evolving distribution models.

Fiedler brings more than 30 years of leadership experience in financial services, with deep expertise in distribution, enterprise strategy, and global operations. She currently serves as President of Retirement Services at Corebridge Financial, where she leads a large, multi‑channel retirement business serving employers and institutions nationwide. Previously, she served as President of Financial Distributors at Corebridge (formerly AIG Life & Retirement), overseeing national sales and distribution across wholesale and retail channels.

Through her career leading large‑scale distribution organizations, Fiedler brings insight that will help Ultimus continue to evolve its solutions in alignment with client and end‑investor needs. In addition to her executive leadership background, Fiedler has served on the board of a fast-growing managed account solution provider that was acquired by BNY in 2024.

“Terri is a highly respected leader with a strong track record of building and leading distribution organizations while helping companies grow in a disciplined way,” said Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus Fund Solutions. “Her experience and independent perspective will enhance our board’s oversight as we continue to scale the organization and execute on our long‑term strategy. She brings valuable insight shaped by decades of experience in leadership roles across large institutions and as a board member for growth-stage firms.”

Fiedler said Ultimus’ clarity of vision, independent model, and leadership team were central to her decision to join the board.

“What stood out to me about Ultimus was the leadership team’s clear understanding of where the firm is today and where it is headed,” said Terri Fiedler, Board Member, Ultimus Fund Solutions. “This is an organization with real momentum and a thoughtful approach to growth. As a pure‑play, independent administrator, Ultimus is well positioned at a time when asset managers are increasingly looking for scale, flexibility, and a focus on technology and client service.”

In addition to her corporate leadership experience, Fiedler serves as Vice Chair and Trustee of the Foundation for Financial Planning and as a board member and Treasurer/Secretary of the Insured Retirement Institute. She has been widely recognized for her leadership within the financial services industry and her advocacy focused on advancing financial resilience.

With Fiedler’s addition to the Ultimus board, Ultimus further reinforces its commitment to strong governance and experienced leadership. Terri’s appointment follows closely on the addition of Lou Maiuri, further strengthening the board’s depth and reinforcing Ultimus’ focus on disciplined growth and independent oversight.

* * *

COD00001024 5/18/2026


---

# Donoghue Forlines Launches DF Tactical 30 ETF \(DFTT\), Expanding Decade-Long Partnership with Ultimus

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/donoghue-forlines-launches-df-tactical-30-etf-dftt-expanding-decade-long-partnership-with-ultimus/_

#
Donoghue Forlines Launches DF Tactical 30 ETF (DFTT), Expanding Decade-Long Partnership with Ultimus


Subscribe

June 2, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH – June 2, 2026** – Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a premier provider of technology-powered post-trade administration services for public and private funds and outsourced investment operations, today announces an expansion of its long-standing partnership with Donoghue Forlines. In addition to continuing administration services for Donoghue’s mutual funds and variable insurance trusts (VITs), Ultimus has extended its scope to include servicing the DF Tactical 30 ETF (NYSE Arca: DFTT), which launched on November 11, 2025.

The DF Tactical 30 ETF seeks to track the DF Risk-Managed Tactical Top 30 Index, a rules-based strategy that selects the 30 highest-momentum stocks from the 100 largest US companies by market capitalization. Holdings are weighted by market cap and momentum score, and the portfolio is reconstituted and rebalanced quarterly. The fund also incorporates a tactical overlay designed to shift assets into short-term Treasuries during periods of sustained market weakness, with the goal of managing downside risk while maintaining long-term growth potential. The fund trades on NYSE Arca under the ticker DFTT with a net expense ratio of 0.70%.

To support the ETF’s launch, Ultimus provided comprehensive onboarding guidance, drawing on its experience across the ETF industry to assist with regulatory compliance, operational workflows, and a structured launch process.

Jeffrey Thompson, President and CEO of Donoghue Forlines, stated, “Ultimus has been a trustworthy and experienced partner, guiding us through the successful implementation of our new investment structure. Their support allows us to continue delivering innovative solutions to meet the evolving needs of our investors.”

Kevin Wolf, EVP, Head of Client Strategies at Ultimus, commented, “Our decade-long relationship with the Donoghue team reflects the nature of how we do business, acting as an extension of our clients’ team and supporting new product launches. As ETFs become integral to modern portfolios, we remain dedicated to helping asset managers bring these products to market efficiently.”

* * *

**About Donoghue Forlines**

Donoghue Forlines is a Boston-based tactical investment firm specializing in active, risk-managed portfolios since 1986. The firm offers a full suite of proactive strategies designed to help advisors and their clients manage risk when market conditions warrant, with the goal of keeping investors disciplined through full market cycles. Information on the DF Tactical 30 ETF (NYSE Arca: DFTT) is available at [www.donoghueforlinesetfs.com](https://www.donoghueforlinesetfs.com/ "www.donoghueforlinesetfs.com"). For more information about Donoghue Forlines, visit [www.donoghueforlines.com](https://www.donoghueforlines.com/ "www.donoghueforlines.com").

*Investors should consider the investment objectives, risks, charges, and expenses of the DF Tactical 30 ETF carefully before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the Fund and should be read carefully before investing. The prospectus may be obtained by calling toll-free 1-800-642-4276 or by visiting www.donoghueforlinesetfs.com. Investing involves risk, including possible loss of principal. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. The DF Tactical 30 ETF is distributed by Northern Lights Distributors, LLC, a member FINRA/SIPC. Donoghue Forlines, LLC, is not affiliated with Northern Lights Distributors, LLC.*

ETFs involve risks including possible loss of principal. There is no guarantee that any investment strategy will achieve its objectives, generate profits or avoid losses. The value of the fund’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost. While the shares of ETFs are tradeable on secondary markets, they may not readily trade in all market conditions and may trade at significant discounts in periods of market stress. ETFs trade like stocks, are subject to investment risk, fluctuate in market value and may trade at prices above or below the ETF’s net asset value. Brokerage commissions and ETF expenses will reduce returns. The ETF is newly formed and has limited operating history.

COD00001019 5/11/2026

20260514-5475325 5/11/2026


---

# Ultimus Launches Updated Brand to Reflect Expanded Platform

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-launches-updated-brand-to-reflect-expanded-platform/_

#
Ultimus Launches Updated Brand to Reflect Expanded Platform


Subscribe

July 28, 2026

### Updates reflect continued growth and investment in integration across public and private markets

**Cincinnati, Ohio — July 28, 2026** — Ultimus Fund Solutions today announced the launch of an updated brand that reflects the evolution of its business, expanded capabilities, and increasingly integrated approach to supporting fund and asset managers. The refreshed identity introduces an updated logo and new visual and verbal systems designed to better represent how Ultimus serves clients today while remaining grounded in the service-first approach that has long defined the company.

As market complexity continues to increase, Ultimus has evolved alongside its clients—broadening its support across investment structures, services, and geographies. The updated brand is intended to align how the company presents itself in the market with the scale, depth, and connected nature of the platform it has built.

“Our business continues to evolve, incorporating new investment structures, services, and geographies. We wanted our brand to reflect this and prepare us for our future as much as it embraces our legacy,” said Gary Tenkman, CEO, Ultimus Fund Solutions. “As it always has, service defines us. Today, technology also empowers us. And combined with the expertise of our associates, it means Ultimus can service any investment type of any size. Our refined, contemporary look and tone have been designed to better tell this story and reflect our commitment to making financial services work better for everyone.”

The updated brand reflects a company built to deliver technology-driven efficiency, cross-domain expertise, and a distinctive approach that enables consultative service at scale. While the expression of the brand has been modernized, the Ultimus name and the company’s core commitment to client service remain unchanged. Existing clients can expect a seamless transition with no disruption to daily operations.

To explore the refreshed brand and learn more about Ultimus, visit [Ultimus Fund Solutions](http://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/) and follow the company on [LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/company/ultimus-fund-solutions-llc/).

* * *

COD00001075


---

# Ultimus Fund Solutions Names Danielle Adamson Chief Client Officer

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-fund-solutions-names-danielle-adamson-chief-client-officer/_

#
Ultimus Fund Solutions Names Danielle Adamson Chief Client Officer


Subscribe

July 30, 2026

### New enterprise role strengthens client experience across public and private markets.

**Cincinnati, Ohio — July 30, 2026 —** Ultimus Fund Solutions ("Ultimus"), a leading independent provider of essential post-trade fund administration and investment operations solutions, today announced that Danielle Adamson has been appointed Chief Client Officer, a newly established executive role focused on strengthening client experience across the firm's public and private markets businesses.

As a key member of the executive team, Adamson will lead an enterprise approach to client engagement, retention, and the overall client experience across Ultimus’ platform. She will partner closely with leadership and service teams to strengthen feedback loops, grow strategic relationships, and drive continuous improvement across the client lifecycle.

Adamson brings more than 20 years of financial services experience, with a career centered on client advocacy and strategic partnership. Most recently, she served as Senior Director of Client Coverage for BNY's asset servicing division, where she deepened client relationships and supported clients as they evolved their operating models and business strategies. Prior to BNY, she spent 16 years at State Street in relationship management and operational leadership roles supporting investment managers across middle-office operations, onboarding, and client engagement.

"Danielle brings a deep understanding of what clients need as their businesses grow more complex across both public and private markets," said Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus. "Her experience building trusted relationships and advocating for clients at the highest levels will be instrumental as we continue to scale our platform and deliver a more integrated, enterprise client experience."

The creation of the Chief Client Officer role underscores Ultimus' commitment to a more connected client engagement model. As asset managers expand across traditional and alternative structures, a centralized approach is critical to delivering a seamless experience.

"Clients are navigating increasingly complex strategies and need a partner that can grow with them," said Adamson. "By connecting engagement across public and private markets, we can better understand their priorities, align our solutions with their goals, and support their long-term success. I’m excited to join Ultimus during this period of strong momentum and help further elevate the client experience."

* * *

COD00001074


---

# Ultimus Expands Enterprise Relationship with Weitz Investment Management

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-expands-enterprise-relationship-with-weitz-investment-management/_

#
Ultimus Expands Enterprise Relationship with Weitz Investment Management


Subscribe

August 4, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH — August 4, 2026 —** Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a leading provider of full-service, technology-enhanced fund administration and middle office solutions, today announced a significant expansion of its relationship with Omaha-based Weitz Investment Management. The expanded mandate now includes fund accounting and administration, middle office services, and post-trade compliance for Weitz’s mutual fund and managed account complex, alongside the administration of three exchange-traded funds (ETFs), supporting nearly $8 billion in assets under management (AUM).

The relationship began as a transfer agency arrangement in 2022, expanded to support the administration of the firm’s entry into the ETF market in 2025 and now includes three ETFs. With this new mandate, Weitz has transitioned key operational functions for its separate accounts and pooled funds to the Ultimus enterprise model, providing a coordinated service structure across its investment products.

“When our relationship with Ultimus began, they helped us strengthen the client service experience and supported a shared-service approach that was important to our business,” said Jim Boyne, President of Weitz. “That foundation mattered as we chose to broaden our Ultimus partnership across post-trade services and fulfill critical firm objectives in entering the ETF market. The Ultimus model has helped us support our operational needs while maintaining the level of service our clients expect.”

“We are seeing more asset managers assess their operating frameworks through an enterprise lens, particularly as product lineups expand and operational demands become more interconnected,” said Nick Darsch, Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus. “Our relationship with Weitz reflects that shift, with a model that brings together transfer agency, middle office capabilities, and fund administration in a coordinated structure designed to support both day-to-day execution and longer-term business objectives.”

The Ultimus enterprise model orchestrates firm operations across the middle and back office, allowing firms to manage evolving regulatory demands and scale product complexity. Through the consolidation of those functions with Ultimus, Weitz has streamlined its operations into a centralized service model built for the long-term.

* * *

COD00001087


---

# Ultimus Earns Highest Client Service Score in 2026 Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-earns-highest-client-service-score-in-2026-global-custodian-etf-administration-survey/_

#
Ultimus Earns Highest Client Service Score in 2026 Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey


Subscribe

August 6, 2026

### Multi-year results highlight Ultimus' consistency, service depth, and long-standing partnership approach.

**Cincinnati, OH — August 6, 2026 —** Ultimus Fund Solutions® ("Ultimus®”), a leading independent provider of essential post-trade fund administration and investment operations solutions, today announced its results in the 2026 Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey, extending its long-standing record for Client Service score.

The Global Custodian ETF Administration Survey is a widely referenced industry benchmark, asking exchange-traded fund (ETF) sponsors to rate their servicing providers across 11 categories on a seven-point scale. Ultimus posted an overall average of 6.5, 60 basis points (bps) above the global benchmark of 5.85. The firm has held the highest overall average of any provider with a multi-year track record for five consecutive survey cycles, with record Client Service scores in each of the past three years.

This recognition reflects Ultimus’ ongoing commitment to the ETF market and continued investment in the people, technology, and infrastructure needed to support its growth. Through an integrated operating model and deep ETF experience, Ultimus delivers scalable solutions designed to meet the evolving needs of ETF issuers across strategies, asset classes, and distribution models.

"Consistency is what our clients tell us they value most. Fund sponsors are launching more products, in more structures, on tighter timelines, and they need a team that shows up the same way for the fifth launch as it did for the first. Earning the highest Client Service score, three years running, reflects the way our teams work alongside our clients every day," said Gary Tenkman, Chief Executive Officer, Ultimus.

"The market has become more complex—more active strategies, more customization, more regulatory demand—and asset managers are increasingly looking for a servicing partner that can guide them through it rather than simply process behind them. Our investment in seasoned people and in technology that scales, enables us to stay hands-on with sponsors of every size. The survey feedback tells us that consultative approach is the differentiator our clients feel most," said Kevin Wolf, EVP, Head of Client Strategies, Ultimus.

With a dedicated focus on the ETF marketplace, Ultimus continues to invest in the talent, technology, and infrastructure required to support issuers across all stages of development and as market structure evolves. The firm's consistent survey results reflect its long-standing commitment to service excellence and partnership with ETF sponsors.

* * *

COD00001090


---

# PennantPark Joins with Ultimus to Launch Strategic New Interval Fund

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/pennantpark-joins-with-ultimus-to-launch-strategic-new-interval-fund/_

#
PennantPark Joins with Ultimus to Launch Strategic New Interval Fund


Subscribe

August 11, 2026

**Cincinnati, OH — August 11, 2026 —** Ultimus Fund Solutions® (Ultimus®), a premier provider of tech-enabled administration and transfer agent services, has been tapped by PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC (PennantPark) to assist with the launch and ongoing operations of its new interval fund, PennantPark Enhanced Income Fund (PNTIX).

By leveraging Ultimus’ back-office infrastructure, PennantPark can focus on its core mission: preserving and growing investor capital.

“Ultimus played a key role in navigating the complexities of this launch,” stated Art Penn, Managing Partner of PennantPark. “Their team’s resilience and dedication allowed us to move into the private wealth market seamlessly.”

Ultimus continues to expand its footprint in the retail alternative space, leveraging its extensive experience in both private and registered markets to deliver the comprehensive servicing framework essential for interval and tender offer funds, BDCs, REITs, and ‘34 Act registered private funds. This recent initiative highlights Ultimus’ commitment to providing institutional asset managers with high-touch consultative support and a highly scalable technology infrastructure.

“We are thrilled to support PennantPark’s entry into the interval fund market,” said Nick Ablahani, Managing Director and Head of Retail Alternative Administration Product at Ultimus. “Working with such a forward-thinking team is a privilege, and we look forward to supporting their long-term objectives as they scale this new offering.”

* * *

**About PennantPark**

PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC (“PennantPark”), a leading alternative credit specialist, and its affiliates manage approximately $10 billion of investable capital, including potential leverage. Since its inception in 2007, PennantPark has provided investors access to middle-market credit by offering private equity firms and their portfolio companies as well as other middle-market borrowers a comprehensive range of creative and flexible financing solutions. PennantPark is headquartered in Miami and has offices in New York, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, Amsterdam, and Zurich. For more information about PennantPark and its affiliates, please go to its website at www.pennantpark.com.

*Investing in the Fund involves risks, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or that you may lose part or all of your investment. Investors should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Fund before investing. The prospectus contains this and other information about the Fund and should be read carefully before investing. The prospectus may be obtained by calling (833) 635-6839, or at www.pennantparkenhanced.com. The Fund is Distributed by Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC, Member FINRA/SIPC. PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is not aﬃliated with Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC or Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC.*

COD00001036


---

# Ultimus earns highest overall provider score in Global Custodian's 2026 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/press-and-news/ultimus-earns-highest-overall-provider-score-in-global-custodians-2026-private-equity-fund-administration-survey/_

#
Ultimus earns highest overall provider score in Global Custodian's 2026 Private Equity Fund Administration Survey


Subscribe

October 6, 2026

### Ultimus scores an overall 6.70 and a perfect 7.00 score for onboarding.

**Cincinnati, OH — October 6, 2026 —** Ultimus Fund Solutions ("Ultimus"), an independent provider of fund administration and investor services for alternative asset managers, today announced its results in the 2026 Private Equity Fund Administration (PEFA) Survey conducted by Global Custodian, receiving an overall score of 6.70 against a global average of 6.02.

The annual survey gathers direct feedback from general partners and limited partners, who rate their fund administrators across 11 service categories on a seven-point scale. Ultimus scored above the global average in every category and posted the highest overall score of any provider in this year’s survey. The firm received a perfect 7.00 in onboarding, one of only three perfect scores across the survey this year, and a 6.67 or higher in every other category. The 2026 results mark the sixth consecutive year that Ultimus’ private equity administration business has been recognized in the survey.

"The most meaningful part of these results is that they come directly from our clients. Successfully onboarding a fund is critical, but it's only the beginning of the relationship. We're proud that clients recognized not only our implementation process, but also the quality and consistency of the support they receive throughout the fund lifecycle” said Kelly Ramsey Gooch, Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation, Ultimus Fund Solutions.

"Private equity managers are asking more of their administrators, from deeper reporting to faster turnaround times and technology that keeps pace with how they run their funds. We believe these results demonstrate our continued commitment to meeting those expectations," said Jay Martin, President, Private Fund Solutions, Ultimus Fund Solutions.

This year marks six consecutive years of strong results in the PEFA survey and reflects the firm’s commitment to excellence. Ultimus continues to invest in the people, technology, and operational knowledge required to support private capital managers across every service they depend on.

* * *

COD00001126


---

# Our People

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/our-people/_

## Our People

```
/our-company/our-people/
```


---

# Leadership

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/our-people/leadership/_

Leadership

#
Our leadership team

		Our strategic vision, service philosophy, and commitment to excellence have helped us build a leadership team that combines top industry experience with a personal, client-centric touch.
Leadership TeamIndependent Board Members

## Leadership Team

Gary Tenkman

Chief Executive Officer

Gary Tenkman serves as Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus, providing strategic leadership and overseeing execution across the firm’s client-centric services and solutions. He brings deep operating leadership across fund services, including growth, operating model design, product development, and regulatory engagement. Before joining Ultimus, Gary led North American operations at Citibank, N.A. Fund Services Division.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/gary-tenkman-6920204/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Jim Cass

Vice Chairman

James "Jim" Cass serves as Vice Chairman of Ultimus, supporting go-to-market execution, strategic initiatives, and key client relationships. He brings more than 30 years of leadership and operational experience across registered and alternative investments. Previously, Jim served as President of Ultimus Private Fund Solutions, founded Hidden Crest LLC, and held senior leadership roles at SEI Investments.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jim-cass-663b016/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

John Lehner

President, Public Fund Solutions

John Lehner serves as President of Public Fund Solutions at Ultimus, responsible for strategic direction and growth across the public fund administration segment. He brings more than two decades of leadership experience building and scaling client-focused organizations across investment management and technology-enabled services. Prior to Ultimus, John served as President and Board Observer at FundGuard and held executive roles at State Street and BNY Mellon, including Eagle Investment Systems.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/john-lehner/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Jay Martin

President, Private Fund Solutions

Jay Martin serves as President of Private Fund Solutions at Ultimus, leading the private fund administration business across private equity, venture capital, hedge funds, fund of funds, and private credit. He brings extensive leadership experience driving operational excellence, strategic growth, and client success across alternative investment service models. Previously, Jay served as President of Investment Services at U.S. Bank and held executive roles at Citco and Citi, with earlier roles at JPMorgan and The Bank of New York.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jay-martin-94b49a7/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Danielle Adamson

Executive Vice President, Chief Client Officer

Danielle Adamson serves as Chief Client Officer at Ultimus, where she leads an enterprise approach to client engagement, retention, and the overall client experience across Ultimus’ platform. She brings more than 20 years of financial services experience, with a strong track record in client advocacy and building strategic partnerships. Prior to Ultimus, she held client relationship and leadership roles at BNY and spent 16 years at State Street supporting investment managers across operations and client engagement.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/danielle-adamson-863b12/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Teresa Connors

Executive Vice President, Head of Fund Services

Teresa Connors serves as Executive Vice President and Head of Fund Services at Ultimus, overseeing fund accounting, financial administration, tax, and compliance services across multiple product types. She brings more than 27 years of experience supporting registered and alternative funds. Prior to Ultimus, Teresa served at State Street as a global functional head leading financial reporting, regulatory reporting, and tax compliance operations.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/terry-connors/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Nickolaus Darsch

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickolaus-darsch/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Steve Farlese

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer

Steve Farlese serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operational strategy and execution across private equity, venture capital, hedge, and private credit fund servicing. He brings more than 30 years of experience in alternative fund operations, investor services, and global service delivery. Prior to Ultimus, Steve spent more than three decades at BNY in senior leadership roles, including Managing Director for Alts Bridge and Head of Investor Solutions.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/steve-farlese-15b3827/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Kelly Ramsey Gooch

Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation

Kelly Ramsey Gooch serves as Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, leading client implementations and key initiatives supporting private fund onboarding and transformation. She brings 30 years of experience across fund administration, operations management, investor services, and project management. Prior to Ultimus, Kelly focused on developing relationships with strategic alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction for a global financial services firm.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelly-ramsey-gooch-a1511ba/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

David James

Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Risk Officer

David James serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Risk Officer at Ultimus, leading legal strategy, corporate governance, and oversight of legal and compliance teams. He brings more than 23 years of ’40 Act mutual fund legal experience. Prior to Ultimus, David served as Department Head of State Street Bank and Trust Company’s Fund Administration Legal Department and held roles at Fidelity Investments and PNC Global Investment Servicing.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/davidjames-dj/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Ian Martin

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer

Ian Martin serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer at Ultimus, working across business lines to advance integration and synergy goals while meeting key financial targets. He is recognized for deep expertise in mutual fund processing, shareholder servicing, efficiency, and quality control. Before joining Ultimus, Ian led the Transfer Agent and Dealer Clearing departments as an Executive Vice President and Board member of U.S. Bank Global Fund Services.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ian-martin-10b57512/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Heather Schwab

Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resource Officer, SPHR

Heather Schwab serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resource Officer at Ultimus, leading strategic and operational HR functions across business lines and partnering with leadership to align people and strategy. Her experience includes HR leadership in rapid-growth environments across multiple industries. Prior to Ultimus, Heather held roles of increasing responsibility at portfolio companies in the IT, apparel, and HR specialty industries.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/heather-m-schwab/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Jason Stevens

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer

Jason Stevens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Ultimus, responsible for technology across infrastructure, security, application development, and data. He brings global financial services technology leadership experience supporting complex operating models across fund services and investment operations. Before joining Ultimus, Jason led Citigroup’s global securities and fund services application development, managing more than 50 technology professionals.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonstevens66/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Bill Strait

Executive Vice President, General Counsel

Bill Strait serves as Executive Vice President and General Counsel for The Ultimus Group, LLC and its subsidiaries, overseeing the Corporate Legal Department and legal matters across the enterprise. He brings extensive experience advising regulated financial services businesses through growth, governance, and complex corporate matters. Prior to Ultimus, Bill served as General Counsel of the Gemini Companies and was a partner at Scudder Law Firm.			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Kevin Wolf

Executive Vice President, Head of Client Strategies

Kevin Wolf serves as Executive Vice President and leads client strategy and fund administration/product oversight at Ultimus, including financial administration, portfolio tax and compliance, and treasury services. He brings long-standing mutual fund industry experience with leadership across operating models and service delivery. Before Ultimus, Kevin served as President of Gemini and held roles at Salomon Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kevin-e-wolf-a4abb89/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Steve Wood

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Steve Wood serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Ultimus, leading financial strategy and partnering with executive leadership to support growth and investment priorities. He brings a track record spanning global finance leadership, acquisitions, integrations, and transformation. Prior to Ultimus, Steve served as CFO at Conduent and held executive finance leadership roles at Fiserv.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/steve-wood-555ba888/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Nicholas Ablahani

Managing Director, Retail Alternatives Product

Nicholas Ablahani serves as Managing Director within the Retail Alternative Solutions group at Ultimus, responsible for developing and scaling the firm’s retail alternatives business. He brings more than 18 years of experience in the retail alternatives industry, focused on strategic growth initiatives and operating model enhancements. Prior to Ultimus, Nicholas served at U.S. Bank Global Fund Services as Senior Vice President and Head of Registered Closed-End Fund Servicing.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nicholas-ablahani-41b07a9b/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Andrew Jones

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

Andrew Jones serves as Managing Director at Ultimus Private Fund Solutions, leading sales and relationship management for private fund clients. He joined Ultimus in 2018 and brings extensive experience in fund administration and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Andrew held senior leadership roles at Woodfield Fund Administration, overseeing business development and client services for alternative investment managers.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonesandrewd/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Corinne Weidner, CPA

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

Corinne Weidner serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, specializing in private equity and venture capital. She brings more than 20 years of asset management industry experience. Prior to Ultimus, Corinne was a Partner at FD Fund Administration and began her career at KPMG.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/corinne-weidner-07b43a1/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Jessica Robertson, CPA

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

Jessica Robertson serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operations across private equity accounting, management company accounting, treasury services, and investor services. Prior to Ultimus, Jessica worked at Ernst & Young supporting real estate funds and public REIT clients.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-robertson-cpa-74a34684/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Jeannette Torres

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

Jeannette Torres serves as Managing Director, leading Ultimus’ Private Funds Operational Framework and helping expand the firm’s capabilities across the private markets space. She brings more than 25 years of financial services experience spanning operations, audit, and risk management, with deep expertise in alternative investments, mutual funds, ETFs, and wealth management. Prior to joining Ultimus, she served as Head of Wealth Management Alternatives Operations at UBS and Global Head of Investor Services for Alternatives at BNY.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jeannette-a-torres/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

James Mulligan

Managing Director, Private Fund Solutions

James Mulligan serves as Managing Director within the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus. He supports the delivery of private fund administration services across client engagements. Prior to joining Ultimus, James held senior roles at Citco and BNY in private fund administration where he led teams supporting complex fund structures for institutional asset managers.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/james-mulligan-948a7a47/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Paul Wahmann

Senior Vice President, Head of Middle Office Services

Paul Wahmann serves as Senior Vice President within the Investment Operations group at Ultimus, leading middle office product strategy and commercial execution. He brings deep product leadership experience across investment operations and operating infrastructure. Prior to Ultimus, Paul served as a Senior Vice President and Global Product Executive at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/paul-wahmann-1966b26/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Kristin McCann

Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer

Kristin McCann serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer at Ultimus Fund Solutions, overseeing the firm’s compliance program and internal compliance function. She chairs the compliance and risk committees, serves on the pricing committee, and partners closely with regulators and external auditors. Prior to joining Ultimus in 2010, Kristin served as an Assistant Vice President and Compliance Officer at Ivy Asset Management, a registered investment adviser specializing in alternative strategies.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kristinmccann/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Jesse Hallee

Senior Vice President, Associate General Counsel

Jesse Hallee serves as Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel at Ultimus Fund Solutions, overseeing the Legal Administration department and supporting registered fund clients and internal business teams. He brings more than 23 years of experience advising investment companies on regulatory, governance, and complex legal and operational initiatives. Prior to Ultimus, Jesse served in senior legal roles at State Street Bank and Brown Brothers Harriman and practiced securities and corporate law at Sullivan & Worcester.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jesse-hallee-7719383/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

## Independent Board Members

Lou Maiuri

Independent Board Member

Lou Maiuri serves as an independent member of the Ultimus Board of Directors, providing governance and strategic guidance as the firm advances its growth strategy. He brings more than three decades of leadership experience across fund administration and investment operations. Lou currently serves as Chairman and CEO of AssetMark and previously held senior leadership roles at State Street and BNY Mellon.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/loumaiuri/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

Terri Fiedler

Independent Board Member

Terri Fiedler serves as an independent member of the Ultimus Board of Directors, bringing distribution and governance experience to support Ultimus’ growth trajectory. She brings more than 25 years of leadership experience in financial services with expertise in distribution, enterprise strategy, and global operations. Terri currently serves as President of Retirement Services at Corebridge Financial and previously held senior leadership roles at Corebridge (formerly AIG Life & Retirement), Invesco, and AIM Distributors.				[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/terrifiedler/)			![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

## Careers

### Our culture

Ultimus is a place where you can do your best work. Our culture is supported by a collaborative environment that values your growth and contributions.

### Benefits

We offer comprehensive benefits and a support system designed to help you grow, stay engaged, and build a long-term career.

### Career development

At every stage of your professional journey, we’ll help you build on your knowledge in a culture rooted in collaboration, ownership, and continuous improvement.

[Learn More](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/careers/)


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Careers due to extraction error -->

---

# Contact Us

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/_

#
Contact us


To contact us, please call 513.587.3400 or complete the form below and a member of our team will contact you promptly.

If you are a shareholder, financial advisor, or private funds investor and are looking for information regarding an account held with a specific fund, please contact the investor or shareholder services team for assistance. Please refer to a recent statement or the fund’s prospectus to locate the appropriate contact information.

## Send us a message

## Our locations

![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)	![location](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/favicons/web-app-manifest-512x512.png)


---

# Careers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/careers/_

Careers

#
Build your career at the intersection of financial services and technology

		Grow your career in an environment that challenges you, supports your development, and gives you the opportunity to make a meaningful impact from day one.
Join our team

## Shape your career with us

Ultimus is a place where you can do your best work. Our culture is supported by a collaborative environment that values your growth and contributions. You benefit from a team-oriented approach where ownership is encouraged, your ideas are heard, and you are challenged to improve every day. Together, this shared commitment helps you grow your career while making a meaningful impact as we work toward our mission to make financial services better for everyone.

Early Careers

##
Start your journey

		Early careers at Ultimus give you a meaningful start and a clear path forward. Whether you join as an entry-level associate or through our internship program, you’ll gain hands-on experience across core areas of our business. From your first day, you’ll contribute to real work, build foundational skills, and discover where your strengths can take you.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/careers/early-careers/)

Experienced Professionals

##
Advance your career

		Experienced professionals at Ultimus bring leadership, insight, and momentum. Whether you step into a senior role, lead a team, or shape strategy as an executive, you’ll build on your knowledge in a culture rooted in collaboration, ownership, and continuous improvement. With access to advanced training, professional certification support, and clearly defined career pathways, you’ll have the freedom to lead with confidence and the tools to elevate your career. At Ultimus, we don’t just invest in your work; we invest in your future.
[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/careers/experienced-professionals/)

## Explore open roles

### Public fund solutions job postings


[Search jobs](https://jobs.dayforcehcm.com/ultimus/CANDIDATEPORTAL)

### Private fund solutions job postings


[Search jobs](https://us62e2.dayforcehcm.com/CandidatePortal/en-US/ultimus/site/ultimusleverpoint)

Benefits

##
Discover our benefits


At Ultimus, you benefit from a culture and support system designed to help you grow, stay engaged, and build a long-term career. We invest in your development, recognize your contributions, and provide the flexibility and resources you need to succeed.

- Clear opportunities for career advancement and development
- Professional development and certification support
- Competitive benefits package including medical, dental, 401(k) match, and Health Savings Account (HSA)
- Flexible hybrid work environment
- Generous time off and wellness support
- Recognition and referral programs
- Tuition and Certified Public Accountant (CPA) reimbursement program

>
> A passion for service defines us, and our people are at the heart of it. The value we deliver is built by highly engaged, knowledgeable professionals who believe in the power of team, owning the process, and relentlessly improving. If you’re driven to make an impact and grow alongside a team that’s raising the standard, we invite you to build what’s next with us.

Gary Tenkman

Chief Executive Officer

## Where we work

![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)	![location](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/favicons/web-app-manifest-512x512.png)


---

# Early Careers

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/careers/early-careers/_

Early Careers

#
Launch and grow your career in financial services

		Start your career with hands-on experience, structured development, and a clearly defined path for progression. From day one, you’ll contribute to real work while building skills designed to shape your long-term career.
Join our team

## Build a foundation for long-term success

Early careers at Ultimus are designed to give you more than an entry point—they give you direction, development, and momentum. At Ultimus, you’ll gain hands-on experience across core areas of our business while working alongside experienced teams who support your growth.

Through structured training and continuous feedback, you’ll build the skills and confidence to contribute early and progress steadily. With clear career pathways and support, you can explore your strengths and shape a career that continues to evolve.

## Explore careers at a glance

### Dive in from day one

Contribute to meaningful, real-world work that builds practical skills and confidence early in your career while gaining exposure to teams, clients, and core processes.

### Gain leadership skills through LEAD

Build leadership capabilities through structured, hands-on development designed to prepare you for expanded responsibilities.

### Climb higher with the Ladders program

Follow a clearly defined path for career progression, with guided steps tailored for entry-level associates in select roles.

### Sharpen your skills with ongoing training

Strengthen technical expertise, communication, and professional skills through ongoing, role-specific training, complemented by company-wide soft-skill development programs.

### Thrive in a team-driven culture

Work in an environment built on collaboration, ownership, and continuous improvement, where contributions are valued and development is shared.

## Grow your career with structure and support

Your continued development is supported by programs designed to strengthen leadership capabilities and support long-term career progression.

### The Ladders program

The Ladders program is a structured path for advancement, outlining the expectations, capabilities, and milestones required at each stage of your early career. Our stair-step progression model helps you track your progress, identify opportunities for advancement, and gain transparency into your next role.

### The LEAD program

The LEAD (Leadership Exploration and Development) program is a targeted training initiative designed to prepare high-potential associates for future leadership roles. The program equips participants with the skills, experiences, and insights needed for expanded responsibilities through structured development opportunities, mentorship, and performance expectations. By providing a clear pathway for development, LEAD supports both individual career advancement and Ultimus’ long-term leadership pipeline.

## Explore open roles

### Public fund solutions job postings

[Search jobs](https://jobs.dayforcehcm.com/ultimus/CANDIDATEPORTAL)

### Private fund solutions job postings

[Search jobs](https://jobs.dayforcehcm.com/ultimus/ultimusleverpoint)

## Where we work

![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)	![location](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/favicons/web-app-manifest-512x512.png)


---

# Experienced Professionals

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/careers/experienced-professionals/_

Experienced Professionals

#
Advance your career with a team invested in your growth

		Harness opportunities to lead, grow, and make a measurable impact. From day one, you’ll contribute at a high level while continuing to develop the skills and capabilities that shape the next stage of your career.
Join our team

## Build on the foundation you’ve created

Experienced professionals at Ultimus bring leadership, insight, and momentum to our business, and we’re committed to giving you the environment and opportunities to keep advancing. Whether you’re stepping into a senior role, leading a team, managing a department, or guiding strategy as an executive leader, you’ll thrive in a culture built on collaboration, ownership, and continuous improvement.

With exposure to complex challenges and evolving client needs, you’ll deepen your knowledge while expanding your influence. Join a team where your experience is respected, your ideas are valued, and you have real opportunity for advancement.

## Explore careers at a glance

### Lead with real impact

Apply your experience to meaningful work that influences outcomes, drives progress, and delivers efficiencies across the business, with contributions that resonate beyond a single team or initiative.

### Tackle complex strategies and operations

Develop your experience while working across clients and operational environments that challenge your current capabilities and expand what you bring to the next assignment or engagement.

### Keep developing your skills

Continue building technical, leadership, and communication skills through a thoughtful balance of formal development programs and on-the-job experience that comes from carrying real responsibility every day.

### Thrive in a high-performing culture

Operate in a team-driven environment built on ownership of outcomes, mutual accountability between colleagues, and a steady commitment to continuous improvement in how the work gets done.

##
Grow your career with structure and development opportunities

			As you advance, you’ll gain access to guidance, meaningful exposure to senior decision-makers, structured feedback, and development opportunities. This support helps you lead with confidence, expand your scope, and continue advancing your career within a defined and supported framework.

## Explore open roles

### Public fund solutions postings


[Search jobs](https://jobs.dayforcehcm.com/ultimus/CANDIDATEPORTAL)

### Private fund solutions job postings


[Search jobs](https://jobs.dayforcehcm.com/ultimus/ultimusleverpoint)

## Where we work

![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)	![location](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/favicons/web-app-manifest-512x512.png)


---

# Login

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/_

#
Login

		Log in below to access Ultimus portals for data, reporting, and distribution resources.

## Ultimus Connect^TM^ Data and Reporting Hub

Our scalable, cloud-based client technology platform for reporting, analytics, automated workflow management and investor access. You will be redirected to the portal login.


[Log in](https://uconnect.ultimusfundsolutions.com/#/login)

## Ultimus Distribution Advantage

Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) is a client-only resource hub. If you are a shareholder, financial advisor, or private funds investor and are looking for information regarding an account held with a specific fund, please contact your investor or shareholder services team for assistance.

Email

Password

Remember me

Log in

Request an account

[Forgot your password?](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/forgot-password)

## Need help?

If you are a shareholder, financial advisor, or private funds investor and are looking for information regarding an account held with a specific fund, please contact the investor or shareholder services team for assistance. Please refer to a recent statement or the fund’s prospectus to locate the appropriate contact information.


---

# Ultimus Distribution Advantage

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/_

#
Ultimus Distribution Advantage

		Leverage Ultimus Distribution Advantage (UDA) insights to identify the right intermediaries, streamline execution, and strengthen your growth strategy.
[Intermediaries](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/intermediaries/)[Resources](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/resources/)

## Access tools to power fund distribution

Navigate the complexity of fund distribution with centralized access to intermediary data, platform requirements, and industry resources. The UDA program supports new and experienced advisers with tools, insights, and connections designed to improve execution and scale distribution strategies.

## Intermediary directories

Stay up-to-date on the dynamics of the most relevant intermediary firms that our assets are flowing from. View the intermediary information page for fees associated with each major platform as well as their underlying programs and minimum requirements.

[Access intermediary information](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/intermediaries/)

### Supermarkets and Clearinghouses

Clearing firms, or “supermarkets,” are platforms that provide access to a wide range of investment products. They support trading, recordkeeping, and distribution across broker-dealers and RIAs.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/intermediaries/#Supermarkets)

### Wirehouses

Wirehouses are large, national broker-dealers with centralized platforms and extensive adviser networks. Advisors typically operate within regional offices under the firm’s brand and infrastructure.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/intermediaries/#wirehouses)

### Independent Broker-Dealers

Independent broker-dealers operate through decentralized advisor networks. Advisors generally manage their own practices, with greater flexibility in how they structure their business.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/intermediaries/#brokerdealers)

## Education and Resources

We bring together curated educational content and partner-led distribution programs so you can access the tools, guidance, and relationships needed to strengthen your asset‑gathering strategy.

[Access education and resources](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/resources/)

### Marketplace

Explore curated programs and tools to support distribution. The UDA Resource Marketplace brings together a range of partner solutions—spanning prospecting data, sales insights, and marketing support—delivered in an accessible format.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/resources/#marketplace)

### Education and tools

Access educational content designed to inform and strengthen your distribution approach. Curated from Ultimus and our industry partners, this content covers key topics including marketing and PR, sales, data, product strategy, and regulatory considerations.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/resources/#education)

### Partner directories

Find service providers and partners that have been vetted or identified as valuable solutions providers. Access direct links to marketers, website designers, data providers, and more.

[Learn more](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/resources/#partners)

## Ultimus Contacts

Kevin Guerette, Director of Distribution Strategies
**Email:** kguerette@ultimusfundsolutions.com

**Phone:** 617.848.3936

	Doug Jones, VP, Director of Distribution Services
**Email:** djones@ultimusfundsolutions.com

**Phone:** 513.587.3408

	Kristen Heilmann, AVP, Distribution Services Manager
**Email:** kheilmann@ultimusfundsolutions.com

**Phone**: 513.587.3430


---

# Intermediaries

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/intermediaries/_

#
Intermediary directories

		Access detailed information on key distribution intermediaries, including platform fees, program structures, and minimum requirements.
[Return to UDA Home](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/)[Resources](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/resources/)

## Latest insights on intermediary channels, pricing, and requirements

This information represents our current understanding of the described platforms and the costs associated with them. In many cases, such costs may be negotiable. All pricing and fee information is subject to change without notice.

## Supermarkets and clearinghouses

Charles Schwab
Mutual fundsETFsInterval funds

**Home office:** San Francisco, CA

**Research:** San Francisco, CA

**Channel:** Supermarket

| Advisor assets (RIA, record keepers) | $988B |
| :---: | :---: |
| Retail assets | $790B |
| Correspondent assets (broker-dealer and bank) | $147B |
| Retirement assets | $103B |

### Channels

#### Advisor services

- Currently serves over 7,000 RIA’s
- Both TF & NTF platforms but focus is primarily on TF

#### Investor services

- Currently have over 6.2 million individual accounts
- 1,100 Charles Schwab Financial Consultants in 300+ branches
- Both TF & NTF platform, but focus is primarily on NTF
- Schwab compiles the ‘Select List’ to assist individuals with fund selections

#### Mutual fund clearing services

- A newer aspect of Schwab – current clearing trades for 13 broker/dealers
- Both TF & NTF platform, but focus is primarily on NTF

#### Retirement plan services (full service)

- Over 1,200 plans with approximately 1.2 million participants
- Depending on plan size, both TF & NTF platforms are relevant

#### Retirement business services (unbundled)

- Over 10,000 plans with approximately 1.6 million participants
- Depending on plan size, both TF & NTF platforms are relevant

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| **Set-up fee** |  |  | Fund Family establishment fee (one time) | $25,000 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |

| OneSource (NTF platform) | CUSIP add fee | $3,000 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  | Asset based fee | 40 bps (12b-1 or SHSF can help off-set)<br>A minimum fee of $2,000/month applies |

| Schwab Institutional (TF platform) | CUSIP add fee | $5,000 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  | Asset based fee | 10 bps a minimum fee of $1,000/month applies |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | $25M\* |
| Firm level assets | $250M |
| Track record | 1 year\*\* |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: The demand requirement is presently just a single advisor looking to place a trade in the fund. \*An exception will be made for advisors that have a custody/clearing relationship with Schwab of $10M or greater in AUM \*\*Fund may be restricted to RIA’s only or just their RIA if there is less than a 1 year track record |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | None |
| AUM requirements | None |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | None |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | 15% of Management Fee |
| Data package requirements | None |
| Transparency shield | 10 bps |
| Note: Non participation will result in a surcharge of $49.95 for all purchases. |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 1 Year |
| AUM requirements - fund level | $25M |
| AUM Requirements - advisor level | $250M |
| Demand required | Yes - $60M first fund / unstated demand for 2nd fund |
| Daily priced | TBD |
| NSCC / AIP | NSCC |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | $25,000 |
| BPS arrangements | 15 bps (TF)<br>40 bps (NTF) |
| Minimums | $1,000 per month (TF)<br>$2,000 per month (NTF) |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| Schwab will often restrict trading to ONLY clients of the fund advisor for 1 year. After that year, Schwab will reevaluate opening the fund up to other Schwab RIAs. |

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	E\*Trade Financial
**Home office**: New York, NY

**Research**: New York, NY

**Channel**: Supermarket

| Advisors assets (RIA, record keepers) | N/A |
| :---: | :---: |
| Retail assets | $400B |
| Correspondent assets (broker-dealer and bank) N/A<br>Retirement assets N/A | N/A |
| Retirement assets | N/A |

### Platforms

#### Retail platform/brokerage

- Over 5 million client accounts
- 30 national branches
- Both TF & NTF

#### Adaptive portfolios

- “Robo-advisor” – uses both ETFs and active mutual funds
- Discretion is responsibility of the E\*Trade investment strategy team
- $10,000 minimum investment

#### Managed investment portfolios (MIPs)

- Discretion is responsibility of the E\*Trade investment strategy team
- Uses combination of mutual funds and ETFs
- $25,000 minimum investment

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| **Set-up fee** | Fund family establishment fee | $4,000 |
| :---: | :---: | :---: |
| **No Transaction Fee platform (NTF)** | Asset based fee | 40 bps (12b-1 or SHFS can help off-set) – Omnibus |
| **Transaction Fee platform (TF)** | Asset based fee | 10 bps – Omnibus |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level access | $25M |
| Firm level access | N/A |
| Track record | N/A |
| Advisor demand | Yes |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | None |
| AUM requirements | None |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | None |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements |
| AUM requirements - fund level |
| AUM requirements - advisor level |
| Volume requirements |
| Demand required |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees |
| BPS arrangements |
| Data package requirements |


Mutual fundsETFsInterval funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Fidelity
**Home office**: Boston, MA

**Research**: Boston, MA

**Channel**: Supermarket

| Advisor assets (RIA, record keepers) | $475B |
| :---: | :---: |
| Retail assets | $179B |
| Correspondent assets (broker-dealer and bank) | $220B |
| Retirement assets | $341B |

### Channels

#### Institutional wealth services (IWS)

- Currently 3,300 RIA’s & TPA’s clear business through this channel
- Both TF & NTF platforms but focus is primarily on TF

#### Personal investing (PI)

- Currently have over 15 million individual accounts
- Both TF & NTF platform, but focus is primarily on NTF
- Significant flows are attributed to Fidelity fund picks – a quantitative “recommended list” that requires funds to be available on NTF platform

#### National financial (NF)

- Approximately 250 broker-dealers and banks leverage this clearing service
- Both TF & NTF platform, but focus is primarily on NTF

#### Workplace investing (WI)

- Over 20,000 plans with approximately 17 million participants
- Depending on plan size, both TF & NTF platforms are relevant

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

**Fidelity prohibits us from publishing specific asset based pricing, but they will allow us to share the following:**

| **Set-up fee** | Fund family establishment fee (one time) | $25,000 |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| **NTF platform** | 40 bps | Monthly minimum of $3,125 |
| **TF platform** | 10 bps | Monthly minimum of $3,125 |
| **iNTF platform** | 15 bps | Monthly minimum of $3,125 |

| Minimum Requirements | Minimum Requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | N/A |
| Firm level assets | $300M |
| Track record | 12 months |
| Advisor demand | Yes |

| Notes |
| :---: |
| Fidelity requires that managers satisfy a demand requirement of $25M. This demand can come from any Fidelity client - retail, RIA, retirement, correspondent clearing or strategic advisors. Firms must also have an approved national distribution plan. |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | None |
| AUM requirements | None |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | None |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | See note below |
| Data package requirements | None |
| Fidelity has begun to implement an ETF support fee of 15% of total expense ratio. [Please contact us for details.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "Contact Us") |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 1 year |
| AUM requirements - fund level | None |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | $300M |
| Demand required | Any CUSIP add requires $50M in demand |
| Daily priced | Yes |
| NSCC / AIP | NSCC |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | $25,000 / family add<br>$25,000 / CUSIP add |
| BPS arrangements | 20 - TF // 25 iNTF // 40 NTF |
| Minimums | $3,125/month |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Interactive Brokers
**Home office**: Greenwich, CT

**Research**: N/A

**Channel**: Supermarket

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Set-up fee | $500/family |
| :--- | :--- |
| BPS fees | None |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | N/A |
| Firm level assets | N/A |
| Track record | N/A |
| Advisor demand | Yes |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | None |
| AUM requirements | None |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | N/A |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Minimums | None |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

Interactive Brokers does not currently support interval funds.


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Pershing
**Home office:** Jersey City, NJ

**Research:** King of Prussia, PA (Lockwood)

**Channel:** Supermarket

| Advisor assets (RIA, record keepers) | $116B |
| :---: | :---: |
| Retail assets | N/A |
| Correspondent assets (broker-dealer and bank) | $420B (appx) |
| Retirement assets | N/A |

### Channels

#### Broker-dealer solutions

- Over 1,100 broker-dealers are using Pershing for clearing services
- Both TF & NTF platform, but focus is primarily on NTF

#### RIA solutions

- Over 1,000 advisors clear trades through Pershing
- Both TF & NTF platform, but focus is primarily on TF

#### Lockwood advisers (TAMP)

- Discretionary
- $13B in client assets

*Lockwood is a turnkey asset management platform utilized by many RIA’s that wish to turn the management of client portfolios over to a third party.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| **Onboarding fee** | None\* |  |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| **FundVest Focus (NTF platform)** | 40 bps | A minimum yearly fee applies after the first full 12 month period based on assets held with Pershing as follows:<br><br>Less than $2.5 million = $4,000<br><br>Between $2.5 million and $5 million = $2,500<br><br>Greater than $5 million = $0 |
| **FundVest INSTITUTIONAL (iNTF platform)** | 15 bps | A minimum yearly fee applies after the first full 12 month period based on assets held with Pershing as follows:<br><br>Less than $2.5 million = $4,000<br><br>Between $2.5 million and $5 million = $2,500<br><br>Greater than $5 million = $0 |
| **Non-FundVest / Clearing (TF platform)** | $14 per position | A minimum fee of $4,000/year applies after the first full 12 month period for fund families with less than 350 positions but will be waived if the family also has a fund on the FundVest platform |
|  | Account based fee – Omnibus | $16/position |
|  | Asset based fee | 12b-1 if applicable |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | N/A |
| Firm level assets | N/A |
| Track record | N/A |
| Advisor demand | N/A |
| Notes: \*Pershing requires funds populate DTCC’s Mutual Fund Profile Services II (MFPS II). Fund not complying with this are subject to an onboarding fee of $5,000 along with an annual fee of $1,000. [Please contact us for details on MFPS II.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "Contact Us") |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | None |
| AUM requirements | None |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | None |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Minimums | None |

| Commission policy | Commission policy |
| :---: | :---: |
| Relatively unique, Pershing offers a program called FundVest ETF. Funds trading in this capacity will not be subject to commissions or transaction fees. The cost to the fund advisor is $10,000\* annually in addition to 15% of the net operating expense ratio. |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| **Onboarding fee** | None\* |  |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| **FundVest Focus (NTF platform)** | 40 bps | A minimum yearly fee applies after the first full 12 month period based on assets held with Pershing as follows:<br><br>Less than $2.5 million = $4,000<br><br>Between $2.5 million and $5 million = $2,500<br><br>Greater than $5 million = $0 |
| **FundVest INSTITUTIONAL (iNTF platform)** | 20 bps | A minimum yearly fee applies after the first full 12 month period based on assets held with Pershing as follows:<br><br>Less than $2.5 million = $4,000<br><br>Between $2.5 million and $5 million = $2,500<br><br>Greater than $5 million = $0 |
| **Non-FundVest / Clearing (TF platform)** | 15 bps | A minimum yearly fee applies after the first full 12 month period based on assets held with Pershing as follows:<br><br>Less than $5 million = $7,500<br><br>Greater than $5 million = $0 |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| \*Pershing requires funds populate DTCC’s Mutual Fund Profile Services II (MFPS II). Fund not complying with this are subject to an onboarding fee of $5,000 along with an annual fee of $1,000. [Please contact us for details on MFPS II.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "Contact Us") |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

## Wirehouses

Merrill Lynch
**Home office**: Hopewell, NJ

**Research**: New York, NY

**Channel**: Wirehouse

| Number of advisors | 15,000+ |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | $ |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | % |
| Percent of business that is fee based | % |

### Platforms

#### *Merrill Lynch | one*

#### Personalized strategies (formerly MLPA)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – none

*Personalized strategies is designed to be a traditional “wrap” program or “fee for services”. This platform can hold several types of structures including mutual funds, ETFs along with stocks and bonds. Any fund with $50M in AUM and a 5 year track records is eligible for personalized strategies but must be approved by Merrill’s Due Diligence Committee.*

#### Custom managed strategies (formerly MFA & UMA)

- Both discretionary and non-discretionary available
- Acct. minimum – $20,000

*Custom managed strategies is the primary platform for Merrill’s Investment Management & Guidance Team (IMG). Clients are able to either select from the covered strategies (mutual fund, SMA, or ETF) or to allow IMG to determine the allocations.*

#### Defined strategies (formerly PIA)

- Discretionary / rep-as-PM
- Acct. minimum – none

*Defined strategies is Merrill’s rep-as-PM platform. Allocation and investments are determined by the financial advisor. Advisors looking to manage accounts on this platform must meet various criteria established by Merrill Lynch. Investable structures include mutual funds, ETFs, stocks, bonds, options, etc.*

#### Merrill Edge

- Non-discretionary / self directed brokerage
- Acct. minimum – $0

*Competing with other online brokerages, Merrill Edge was built to integrate Merrill with the offerings of Bank of America. Funds with $25 million in AUM and a 5 year track record are eligible for consideration.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

#### *Fees for load funds*

| **Set-up fee** | $50,000 (one time) |  |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| **Brokerage platform fees** | Sales fee | 25 bps on all new sales – year 110 bps on all assets aged greater than one year |
|  | Servicing fee | 10 bps for all ERISA accounts $16–$19 per non-ERISA accounts |
|  | OR | 10–13 bps per non-ERISA accounts (higher fee applies if fund has a CDSC) |
| **Fee based platform fees** | Sales fee | None |
|  | Servicing fee | 10 bps for all ERISA accounts $16–$19 per non-ERISA accounts |
|  | OR | 10–13 bps per non-ERISA accounts (higher fee applies if fund has a CDSC) |

*Merrill currently has in place a MFN clause that requires disclosure of any higher payments on a similar platform.*

#### *Fees for no-load funds*

| **Set-up fee** | None |  |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| **Brokerage platform fees** | No-load funds are not currently available on the brokerage platform |  |
| **Fee based platform fees** | Sales fee | None |
|  | Servicing fee | INST share class 13 bps on AUMINV share class 43 bps on AUM |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | $100M |
| Firm level assets | $1B |
| Track record | 5 years |
| Advisor demand | Preferred |
| Notes: The track record does not need to be with the existing fund, rather the portfolio manager must have 5 consecutive years overseeing a '40 Act mutual fund (includes sub-advisory). Merrill now also requires that funds be covered by either Global Wealth & investment Research (GWIM) or being a Morningstar Medalist. |

###
ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 6 months for passive strategies & 12 months for active strategies |
| AUM requirements | $25M for passive strategies & $100M for active strategies |
| Volume requirements | Yes\* |
| Demand required | Not required, but beneficial |
| **Fees** |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |
| Notes: \*Meeting these requirements does not guarantee that the ETF will be added, simply that it is available for Merrill to review to make a determination if they believe it should be added to the platform. |
| There are not stated requirements around expense ratio, trading volumes, bid/ask spreads, but each quarter the universe of ETFs is reviewed, and each is tiered on these components and only the highest 3^rd^ are considered for adding to the platform. |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | None |
| AUM requirements – fund level | $100M |
| AUM requirements – advisor level | Not disclosed |
| Demand required | Not disclosed |
| Daily priced | No |
| NSCC / AIP | AIP |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | TBD |
| BPS arrangements | TBD |
| Minimums | TBD |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Morgan Stanley

**Home office**: Purchase, NY

**Research**: New York, NY

**Channel**: Wirehouse

| Number of advisors | 16,000 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | Non-disclosed |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | % |
| Percent of business that is fee based | % |

### Platforms

#### Consulting group advisor (CGA)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*CGA is a standard wrap program offered by Morgan Stanley. In addition to mutual funds, clients are able to purchase stocks, bonds, ETFs among others. There are minimal requirements for traditional managers to access this platform.*

#### Portfolio management (PM)

- Discretionary / rep-as-PM
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*Similar to other rep-as-PM programs, Morgan Stanley's platform is designed to allow advisors to have discretion over investments and allocations. Stocks, bonds, mutual funds, ETFs, and others are available to trade. In order to use this platform, advisors must meet additional requirements.*

#### TRAK fund solution – *closed to new investors*

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $10,000

*Although labeled discretionary, clients and advisors are able to choose from a list of funds that have been screened from the broader universe of available funds. Allocations are predetermined, but it is not necessary for clients or advisors to select them. Platform is effectively semi-discretionary.*

#### Select UMA

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*Select UMA is a unified managed account platform. This program allows for the inclusion of multiple pooled vehicles (mutual funds, ETFs, separate accounts) along with model submission to be aggregated in one account. This platform, as indicated, is driven by Morgan Stanley research and funds must be selected in order to be added to the models.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Retail platform fees\* | Mutual fund support fee | 10 bps |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  | Administrative services fee | 6 bps |

*\*Applies to both retirement and non-retirement assets.*

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | $100M |
| Firm level assets | $500M |
| Track record | 1 year |
| Advisor demand | Beneficial |
| Notes: In addition to the above requirements, Morgan Stanley also requires that the advisor have a minimum of 25 employees and has been subject to an SEC audit. |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 1 year |
| Fund AUM requirements | $75M |
| Firm AUM requirements | $500M |
| Volume requirements | $10,000/$250,000 daily |
| Demand required | Yes |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | Yes - up to 10 bps (see below) |
| Data package requirements | Yes (passive; see grid) |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| Grids available upon request. \*6 months for standard indexes, 12 months for more complicated index or active strategies. |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | Minimum 18 months (often require 2–3 years) |
| AUM requirements - fund level | $300M |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | $500M |
| Demand required | N/A |
| Daily priced | Not required |
| NSCC / AIP | Primarily NSCC |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | TBD |
| BPS arrangements | TBD |
| Minimums | TBD |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| Morgan Stanley will not provide definitive requirements, but has indicated their exposure is limited and all requirements and fees are higher for intervals than for traditional mutual funds. |


Mutual FundETFsInterval Fund

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	UBS Financial

**Home office**: Weehawken, NY

**Research**: New York, NY

**Channel**: Wirehouse

| Number of advisors | 7,000 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | Non-disclosed |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | 20% |
| Percent of business that is fee based | 30% |

### Platforms

#### PACE multi-advisor

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $5,000

*PACE is a traditional “wrap platform” or “fee-based advisory platforms”. Most no-load or load waived funds are available. Only mutual funds can be sold on PACE. Advisors are able to leverage research via the UBS Mutual Fund Select List.*

#### UBS strategic advisor

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*Strategic advisor is a more comprehensive version of PACE. Advisors are required to have additional qualifications, but ultimately client has discretion over the account. In addition to mutual funds, several other vehicles are available, i.e. stocks, bonds, ETFs, etc. Advisors are able to leverage research via the UBS Mutual Fund Select List.*

#### Strategic wealth portfolio (SWP)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $375,000

*SWP is best classified as a Unified Managed Account (UMA). The nature of this platform allows for the aggregation of multiple pooled vehicles – mutual funds, ETFs, separate accounts, and model submission. UBS incorporates “Overlay Portfolio Management” to enhance tax efficiencies and restrict securities. Advisors are able to leverage research via the UBS Mutual Fund Select List as well as the SMA Select List.*

#### UBS managed portfolio program

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $5,000–$2,000,000 (depending on services rendered)

*UBS Managed Portfolio Program is largely distinguished from other platforms in that investment selections are guided by UBS Financial Research. Program is geared for high net worth and ultra high net worth.*

#### Portfolio management program (PMP)

- Discretionary / rep-as-PM
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*The UBS Portfolio Management Program is designed to serve as the firms rep-as-PM platform. It allows advisers to have discretion over investments and allocations. Along with stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and ETFs advisers may also invest client money in hedged vehicles. In order to use this platform, advisers must meet additional requirements.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Asset based fee\* | Equity assets | 15 bps |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  | Fixed assets | 10 bps |

| Service fee |  | 25 bps – applicable 12b-1 or SHSF |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |

| Networking fee | Omnibus | $19/account |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| OR | Network level 3 | $13/account |

| Minimum requirements |  |
| --- | --- |
| Fund level assets | $100M |
| Firm level assets | N/A |
| Track record | 6 months |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: Requirements for liquid alternative funds is higher. Liquid alternative funds must have $100M in AUM along with a 1 year track record. |  |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Track record requirements | 6 months (PAS) / 1 (ACT)\* |
| AUM requirements | $100M |
| Volume requirements | Yes – but not stated |
| Demand required | DO NOT DISCUSS UNLESS AVAILABLE |

| Fees |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | Available but not required |

| Notes |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| \*6 months for standard indexes, 12 months for more complicated index or active strategies. |  |

###
Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | Minimum 18 months (often require 2–3 years) |
| AUM requirements - fund level | $300M |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | $500M |
| Demand required | N/A |
| Daily priced | Not required |
| NSCC / AIP | Primarily NSCC |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | TBD |
| BPS arrangements | TBD |
| Minimums | TBD |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| Comfortable in engaging in both tender and interval funds. Same minimums apply as funds assuming DD. May be offered to a limited subset of advisors. Total of 11 offered. |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Wells Fargo

**Home office**: St. Louis, MO

**Research**: St. Louis, MO

**Channel**: Wirehouse

| Number of advisors | 15,000+ |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | $670,000 |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | N/A |
| Percent of business that is fee based | N/A |

### Platforms

#### CustomChoice

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*CustomChoice is standard wrap program offered by Wells Fargo. Advisors work with their clients to build portfolios, but final decision is made by client. Only mutual funds are available within this program. A recommended list is available for advisors to help with the selection process.*

#### FundSource

- Discretionary (firm level)
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*FundSource is another wrap platform, but discretion is turned over to the advisor. The advisor can either build a custom portfolio, leverage the “optimal blends” which are built collectively by Wells Fargo Advisor (WFA) Research and Russell Investments, or utilize the “pathways portfolios” which have been entirely outsourced to Russell and only use Russell Funds.*

#### Asset advisor

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*Similar to CustomChoice, this platform is far more comprehensive in the products that are available. In addition to mutual funds a client can also purchase stocks, bonds, ETFs, closed end funds, a limited number of hedge funds, and managed futures funds. Advisors may provide guidance, but client has discretion.*

#### Private investment management (PIM)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*With the assistance of various research tools and resources, advisors may elect to build their own portfolios and serve as the “portfolio manager”. As is often the case with rep-as-PM programs, advisors are required to meet certain criteria in order to build portfolios on this platform.*

#### Fundamental choice (FC)

- Discretionary (rep-as-PM)
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*Very similar to PIM with the only discernible difference being that this program leans more heavily on Wells Fargo research. Advisors are able to build portfolios of mutual funds, stocks and bonds, and are able to access a broader list of funds than what may be available on other WFA platforms.*

#### Quantitative choice (QC)

- Discretionary (rep-as-PM)
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*QC is the third option for advisors looking to serve as portfolio manager over their client accounts. This is a simplified version for advisors and utilizes quantitative research provided by Wells Fargo affiliate Golden Capital Management. There are three primary portfolios (growth, core, and value).*

#### Diversified managed allocations (DMA)

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $150,000

*DMA serves as a Unified Managed Account (UMA) for WFA. Although there is some flexibility investors are able build either custom blends from a select list of investments or utilize the optimal blends have been developed by WFA Research and Russell Investments. In addition to mutual funds and ETFs, DMA also incorporates separate accounts.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Wells Fargo Advisors | Asset based fee | 13 bps |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  |  | Applicable 12b-1 Fee |
| Notes: Wells Fargo Advisors requires OmniSERV which is an additional expense that can be borne by the fund. [Contact us for details.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "Contact Us") |
| Wells / First Clearing | Network level 3 | $13/account |
|  | Omnibus | 10 bps\* |

| Minimum requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Fund level assets | $50M |
| Firm level assets | N/A |
| Track record | N/A |
| Advisor demand | Yes |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Track record requirements | 1 year |
| AUM requirements | $100M |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | Yes |

| Fees |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |

| Commission policy |
| :---: |
| All funds are treated the same. There are trading fees in brokerage, but not in advisory accounts. |

| Notes |
| :---: |
| Due diligence is also required for funds to be available at Wells Fargo. The above is just the minimum criteria to be considered. Correspondents with Wells Clearing maintain their own policies regarding allowable funds. |

###
Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 1 year |
| AUM requirements - fund level | $100M |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | N/A |
| Demand required | Yes |

| Interval fund pricing | Interval fund pricing | Interval fund pricing |
| :---: | :---: | :---: |
| Wells Fargo Advisors | Asset based fee | 13 bps |
|  |  | Applicable 12b-1 Fee |
| Wells / First Clearing | Network level 3 | $13/account |
|  | Omnibus | 10 bps\* |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

## Independent broker-dealers

Ameriprise Financial
**Home office**: Minneapolis, MN

**Research**: Multiple locations

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

| Number of advisors | 9,767 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | $355,000 |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | 19% |
| Percent of business that is fee based | 59% |

### Platforms

#### SPS Advantage

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*SPS advantage is the Ameriprise wrap account. Many investments are available including mutual funds, ETFs, stocks, bonds, REITs and others. Investments are based on recommendations by the advisor, but are executed upon direction from the client/investor.*

#### SPS Advisor

- Discretionary (FA level)
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*SPS Advisor is effectively a rep-as-PM platform where the advisor is able to make the investment selections on behalf of the client. Similar to Advantage, mutual funds, ETFs, stocks and bonds are all available options among others.*

#### Active portfolios

- Discretionary (Firm Level)
- Acct. minimum – $25,000 (may vary)

*Active portfolios are a series of mutual fund and ETF models. These models are not run by Ameriprise, rather the allocations and investment selections are being made by Wilshire Associates, Columbia, and other affiliated and non-affiliated managers. An investment committee oversees these managers but does not conduct individual fund analysis.*

#### Investor unified account

- Discretionary (outsourced)
- Acct. minimum – $250,000

*The investor unified account is effectively an outsourced UMA that is run by Envestnet. The FA leverages a proposal tool, but ultimately the recommendations and available investments are driven by Envestnet. This platform is semi-discretionary as the client and FA will have some flexibility over the portfolios.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Set-up fee | $1,000 set-up fee per fund (one time) |
| :--- | :--- |

#### *Brokerage platform fees:*

| Asset based fee | All share classes | 15 bps. Applicable 12b-1 fee and sales charge |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Networking fee | $10,000/account |  |

#### *Fee based platform fees (SPS):*

- Ameriprise uses the Charles Schwab Correspondent Clearing Platform for no-load funds
- Funds need to be on the Schwab platform in order to be available on strategic portfolio services (SPS)\*

| Minimum requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Fund level assets | $25M |
| Firm level assets | $1B |
| Track record | 3 years |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: In order for a fund to be made available to Ameriprise advisors it must be on Schwab OneSource.<br>In addition, the fund needs to be vetted and determined to be a valuable addition to the Ameriprise line-up. |  |

*\*Please see information on Charles Schwab for fees associated with that clearing platform.*

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 3 months\* (higher for complex product) |
| AUM requirements | $25M fund / $1B firm |
| Volume requirements | $300K traded daily |
| Demand required | Yes |
| Expense ratio | Must be within one standard deviation of the Morningstar Category average |
| Ameriprise is primarily focused on adding Passive ETFs. Active ETFs are limited to a select group of sponsors. |

| Fees |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| On-boarding fees | $5,000 (due diligence fee) |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |

| Notes |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Fees need to be inline with peers, due diligence required. \*Higher for more complicated index or active strategies. |  |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements |  |
| AUM requirements - fund level |  |
| AUM requirements - advisor level |  |
| Demand required | Ameriprise does not currently support interval funds. |
| Daily priced |  |
| NSCC / AIP |  |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Cetera
**Home office**: El Segundo, CA

**Research**: El Segundo, CA

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

| Number of advisors | 6,500 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | N/A |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | N/A |
| Percent of business that is fee based | N/A |

### Platforms

#### Preferred asset management (PAM / Prime Portfolio Services)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*PAM and Prime are Cetera’s traditional “wrap platforms” or “fee-based advisory platforms”. Most no-load or load waived funds are available. Cetera has a small team of analysts that compile a “recommended list”. The only difference between the two is that in a PAM account transaction charges are born by the client. Conversely the advisor pays any transactions costs in a Prime account.*

#### Premier portfolio management

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*Very similar to PAM and Prime but is priced to accommodate more frequent trading and automatic rebalancing. Investable options include stock, bonds, mutual funds, ETFs, variable annuities, and REITs.*

#### Managed wealth advantage (MWA)

- Discretionary (firm level)
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*MWA is the primary platform used to represent the recommendations of the Cetera research team (known as Tower Square) for both manager selection as well as portfolio allocation. Based on the risk tolerance of the investor, Tower Square will allocate primarily among mutual funds and ETFs via models that they have crafted.*

#### Mutual fund/exchange-traded funds advisory program

- Discretionary (firm level)
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*These models are effectively active/passive models. Tower Square partners with Wilshire, Sage & UBS to build passive models – “Strategic” & tactical models – “Strategic PLUS”. Tower Square selects the mutual funds, ETFs, and their partners serve as strategists to determine the allocations.*

#### Next generation managed accounts (xMA)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $100,000 – $250,000

*Powered by FolioDynamix xMA is a single contract SMA platform. Multiple managers can be held in a single account. Approximately 70 strategists are available.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

All pricing for Cetera and the affiliated broker-dealers (listed below) clear through Pershing. In order to be available at Cetera funds must be available on Pershing FundVest. *See Pershing pricing information for details.*

#### Current list of affiliated broker/dealers:

- Cetera Financial Group
- Cetera Advisors
- Cetera Advisor Networks
- Cetera Financial Specialists
- Cetera Investment Services
- First Allied

| Minimum requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Fund level assets | $25M |
| Firm level assets | $200M |
| Track record | 3 years |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: Fund must also be available through Pershing and their preference is to trade in a firm's lowest cost share class (INST). |  |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 1 year |
| Fund AUM requirement | $25M |
| Firm AUM requirement | $200M |
| Volume requirements | 5,000 daily avg. |
| Demand required | Yes |
| Funds are also subject to due diligence and business needs review. |

| Fees |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |

| Notes |
| :---: |
| All passive ETFs are available immediately. Only active, leveraged and inverse ETF are subject to the above minimum requirements. |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 1 year |
| AUM requirements - fund level | $100M |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | $200M |
| Demand required | Yes |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | TBD |
| BPS arrangements | TBD |
| Minimums | TBD |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Commonwealth Financial
**Home office**: Waltham, MA

**Research**: Waltham, MA

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

| Number of advisors | 1,445 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | $492,773 |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | 12% |
| Percent of business that is fee based | 52% |

###
Platforms

#### PPS Custom

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*PPS Custom is considered a “wrap fee” platform. Similar to other fee for service platforms, the advisor can take full discretion over the account, but it is not a traditional rep-as-PM platform. As long as a fund is available at Fidelity it can be traded on PPS Custom.*

#### PPS Select

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*PPS Select is a series of model based portfolios. Manager selections and allocations are guided exclusively by Commonwealth Research. Only mutual funds, ETFs, and closed end funds are able to be utilized.*

Commonwealth also offers other PPS programs that specialize in SMA or turnkey asset management programs (TAMP). In addition, they have partnered with Envestnet to offer PPS UMA, a unified managed account.

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

Commonwealth clears their trades through Fidelity’s Correspondent Clearing Program (National Financial). Pricing and availability will be based on a fund’s connectivity to Fidelity. Additional details are contained on the page that outlines information on Fidelity; however, Ultimus is not able to publish Fidelity pricing. Most of the transactions on the various Commonwealth platforms are processed using funds that are trading on Fidelity’s NTF platform. [Please contact us for more details](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "Contact Us") or to discuss the fees associated with Fidelity.

| Minimum requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Fund level assets | N/A |
| Firm level assets | N/A |
| Track record | N/A |
| Advisor demand | Fidelity requirements |
| Notes: The demand requirement is a component of Fidelity. CWFS can help to meet that demand. |  |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Track record requirements | TBD |
| AUM requirements | TBD |
| Volume requirements | TBD |
| Demand required | TBD |

| Fees |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| On-boarding fees | TBD |
| BPS arrangements | TBD |
| Data package requirements | TBD |

###
Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 3 years |
| AUM requirements - fund level | $300M |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | None |
| Demand required | Not disclosed |
| Daily priced | Yes |
| NSCC / AIP | NSCC |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | Fidelity pricing |
| BPS arrangements | Fidelity pricing |
| Minimums | Fidelity pricing |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Edward Jones
**Home office:** St. Louis, MO

**Research:** St. Louis, MO

**Channel:** Independent broker-dealer

| Number of advisors | 12,500 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | $360,000 (est.) |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | N/A |
| Percent of business that is fee based | N/A |

### Platforms

#### Advisory solutions (Wrap)

- Non-discretionary or discretionary via models
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*Advisory solutions is essence a fee based advisory program and is the name given to the entire advisory business of Edward Jones. Advisors can either build custom portfolios for their clients as with a traditional wrap account or can utilize the models created by Edward Jones research analysts. Mutual funds and ETFs are available. SMAs are available in the UMA.*

#### Advisory solutions (fund models)

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*Advisory solutions fund models exclusively use mutual funds and ETFs. They were created in 2009 and have attracted significant assets and the majority of Edward Jones fee-based business is in these models.*

#### Advisory solutions (UMA)

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $500,000 – $1,000,000

*Similar to the fund models, Edward Jones research also creates similar models in the advisory solutions UMA. The primary difference is that in addition to mutual funds and ETFs, the UMA can also invest in separate accounts.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

#### *Load fund platform:*

| Asset based fee | Historical range has been between 2 bps–25 bps for the 10 funds currently on this platform. |
| :--- | :--- |

#### *No-load fund platform:*

| Asset based fee | 25 bps (12b-1 or SHSF) |
| :--- | :--- |
| Networking fee | Varies, but typically $19/account |

| Minimum requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Fund level assets | $50M |
| Firm level assets | N/A |
| Track record | Fund open for a minimum of 1 year |
| Advisor demand | N/A |
| Notes: Edward Jones is not taking on new loaded fund families. Outside of a few exceptions, the only no-load funds being added are for inclusion is the Edward Jones advisory solutions fund models. |  |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Track record requirements | Fund open for a minimum of 6 months |
| AUM requirements | $50M |
| Volume requirements | Fund family operational compatibility |
| Demand required | Yes – but not stated |
| Fees | Expenses compared to category average |
| On-boarding fees | TBD |
| BPS arrangements | TBD |
| Data package requirements | Potential to complement current lineup of investments |

###
Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements |  |
| AUM requirements - fund level |  |
| AUM requirements - advisor level |  |
| Demand required | Edward Jones does not currently support interval funds |
| Daily priced |  |
| NSCC / AIP |  |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	JP Morgan
**Home office**: New York, NY

**Research**: New York, NY

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Set-up fee | None |
| :--- | :--- |
| BPS fees | 15 bps |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | Not disclosed |
| Firm level assets | Not disclosed |
| Track record | Yes |
| Advisor demand | Yes |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | Not disclosed |
| AUM requirements – fund level | Not disclosed |
| AUM requirements – advisor level | Not disclosed |
| Volume requirements | Not disclosed |
| Demand required | Yes |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | N/A |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

JP Morgan has requirements, but they are undisclosed.


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	LPL Financial
**Home office**: San Diego, CA

**Research**: Boston, MA

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

| Number of advisors | 13,336 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | $270,000 |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | 14% |
| Percent of business that is fee based | 29% |

### Platforms

#### Strategic asset manager (SAM) / strategic wealth manager (SWM)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*SAM and SWM are LPL’s traditional “wrap platforms” or “fee-based advisory platforms”. Most no-load or load waived funds are available. LPL Research maintains a recommended list to provide guidance on mutual funds that they believe are superior. The only difference between SAM and SWM is that SAM is for registered brokers and SWM is for registered investment advisors (RIA). Mutual funds, ETFs, and stocks and bonds are all available options.*

#### Model wealth portfolios (MWP)

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*MWP is LPL’s mutual fund based model portfolio program. The allocations along with the individual holdings are determined by a team of analysts and investors will simply select a model based on their risk tolerance or other investment objective. Investable assets include mutual funds & ETFs.*

#### Personal wealth portfolios (PWP)

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $250,000

*PWP is best classified as a UMA. The nature of this platform allows for the aggregation of mutual funds, stocks and bonds, ETFs, separate accounts, and model submission. LPL incorporates “overlay portfolio management” to enhance tax efficiencies, restrict securities, and limit small trades in an effort to maximize absolute returns.*

#### Optimum market portfolios (OMP)

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $15,000 (cont.)

*OMP are effectively models that invest almost exclusively in the optimum funds to create a total of four models. Managers may be selected to serve as sub-advisors to the optimum funds but there is not a direct investment into the existing mutual fund.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Set-up fee | Fund family establishment fee | $15,000 (one time) |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  | Fund specific set-up fee | $5,000 - partner firms // $7,500 - non-partner firms |

#### *Brokerage fee platform*

| Asset based fee |  | Applicable 12b-1 fee |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  | Omnibus\* | 15 bps (equity) 10 bps (fixed) |
| OR | Network level 3 | $12/account |

#### *Fee based platforms*

| Asset based fee |  | Applicable 12b-1 fee |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  | Omnibus\* | 15 bps (equity) 10 bps (fixed) |
| OR | Network level 3 | $12/account |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | $25M & 1 year track record ~ OR ~ $50M & 3 month track record |
| Firm level assets | $250M |
| Track record | 1 year |
| Advisor demand | Preferred but not required |
| Notes: Although advisor demand is not required it is very beneficial to expedite an agreement through the queue. LPL also requires that the portfolio manager have 5 years of experience overseeing an investment portfolio. |

\*Trading Omnibus vs. Network level 3 will impact the ticket charge incurred by LPL advisors.

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 1 year of managing a registered fund |
| AUM requirements | $25M & 1 year track record ~ OR ~ $50M & 3 month track record |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | None |
| Firm AUM requirement | $250M |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | $5,000 - partner firms // $7,500 - non-partner firms |
| BPS arrangements | None\* |
| Data package requirements | None |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| There are 5 preferred ETP providers that help cover ticket charges. |

###
Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 1 year |
| AUM requirements - fund level | $100M |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | $250M |
| Demand required | Not specified |
| Daily priced | N/A |
| NSCC / AIP | NSCC |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | $10,000/fund |
| BPS arrangements | 15 bps |
| Minimums | N/A |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Oppenheimer
**Home office:** New York, NY

**Research:** New York, NY

**Channel:** Independent broker-dealer

| Number of advisors | 1,250 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | N/A |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | N/A |
| Percent of business that is fee based | N/A |

### Platforms

#### *Oppenheimer asset management (RIA):*

#### Portfolio advisory services (PAS) Flex

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $10,000

*PAS Flex is a standard “wrap-fee” platform. Focused on 100% mutual funds, guided by an advisor but decisions require client approval. The research team (Consulting Group) provides a recommended list to assist called the “focus list”.*

#### PAS Managed

- Discretionary – firm level
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*All investment options are selected by Oppenheimer’s Consulting Group and the allocations are based on the head of Consulting Group, Jeff Sutton's, dynamic overlay. Only mutual funds are used in these models.*

#### PAS Directed

- Discretionary / rep-as-PM
- Acct. minimum – $10,000

*PAS Directed is a rep-as-PM model. Financial advisors are given trading authority over the client account. Only eligible vehicles are mutual funds and ETFs.*

#### Unified managed accounts (UMA)

- Discretionary – UMA managed allocation series (MAS)
- Non-discretionary – UMA flex portfolios
- Acct. minimum – $50,000–$500,000

*Leveraging Envestnet/Placemark as overlay manager, UMA has two primary options. UMA MAS portfolios are discretionary utilizing managers and models selected by the Consulting Group. UMA Flex portfolios are designed to allow the client and advisor to select managers and allocations. Mutual funds, ETFs, and SMA’s are all available.*

#### *Oppenheimer & Company (B/D):*

#### Preference advisory program:

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – TBD

*Preference advisory program is the broker-sponsored “wrap-fee” program. Clients are able to work with their broker to select mutual funds, stocks and bonds, and ETFs. They can also leverage the “focus list” generated by Consulting Group.*

#### Omega:

- Discretionary / rep-as-PM
- Acct. minimum – set by advisor

*Omega is a fully discretionary program where the rep acts at portfolio manager. Most of the positions held are stocks and bonds, however, mutual funds, and ETFs are also available.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

There are currently no fees associated with Oppenheimer & Company or Oppenheimer Asset Management. Sponsorship opportunities may exist with a separate cost structure.

| Minimum requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Fund level assets | $10M |
| Firm level assets | $100M |
| Track record | 1 year |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: The amount of advisor demand Oppenheimer is looking for is between $10M–$20M. |  |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Track record requirements | 3 months |
| AUM requirements | $50M |
| Volume requirements | N/A |
| Demand required | Yes |

| Fees |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| Once approved, based on DD review it is possible fund will be restricted to unsolicited trades only. |

###
Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements |  |
| AUM requirements - fund level |  |
| AUM requirements - advisor level |  |
| Volume requirements |  |
| Demand required |  |
| Fees |  |
| On-boarding fees |  |
| BPS arrangements |  |
| Data package requirements |  |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Osaic
**Home office**: Phoenix, AZ

**Research**: Multiple locations

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Set-up fee | Pershing based |
| :--- | :--- |
| BPS fees | Pershing based |
| Minimums | Pershing based |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | None stated |
| Firm level assets | $1B |
| Track record | 3 years |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: Also need web access |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | None |
| AUM requirements – fund level | None |
| AUM requirements – advisor level | $1B |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | Yes |
| Notes: Osaic requires the fund advisor to have a 3 year operating history. |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |

###
Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 3 years |
| AUM requirements - fund level | None stated |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | $1B |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Demand required | Significant |
| Due diligence | Yes |
| NSCC / AIP | NSCC |
| Daily priced | Yes |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding Fees | Pershing based |
| BPS arrangements | Pershing based |
| Minimums | Pershing based |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| Limited exposure and subject to aggressive due diligence. |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Raymond James
**Home office**: St. Petersburg, FL

**Research**: St. Petersburg, FL

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

| Number of advisors | 3,212 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | $388,579 |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | 26% |
| Percent of business that is fee based | 48% |

### Platforms

#### Passport

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*Passport is a traditional “wrap platform” or “fee-based advisory platform”. Many load waived funds are available, however advisor demand must exist before Raymond James will add a fund to this platform. A research team established a “recommended list” in support of this platform. Mutual funds, ETFs, stocks and bonds, and others are all available options.*

#### Investment management program for advisory clients (IMPAC)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*Virtually identical to Passport, IMPAC is designed for use by Raymond James Financial Services (RJFS) where as Passport is the wrap platform for Raymond James & Associates. RJFS is effectively serves as the RIA component of Raymond James; conversely RJA operates more like a traditional broker/dealer.*

#### Ambassador account

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $100,000

*The ambassador platform is primarily used as a correspondent clearing NTF platform. Models can be purchased on this platform or it can be used as a more traditional fee based platform.*

#### Freedom account

- Discretionary (firm level)
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*Freedom accounts are the model based investments that are managed by a team of analysts at Raymond James. Raymond James selects both the allocation as well as the underlying investments. There is also a similar version which exclusively uses ETFs.*

#### Freedom UMA

- Discretionary (firm level)
- Acct. minimum – $300,000

*Freedom UMA leverages the same team that is selecting allocations and models for freedom but will incorporate model submission and separate accounts along with mutual funds or ETFs.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Asset based fee | Omnibus | 9 bps |
| :--- | :--- | :--- |
|  | Network level 3 | 9 bps |
|  |  | Applicable 12b-1 fee |
| Raymond James also offers an education and marketing program. The cost is 15 bps with an annual minimum of $75,000. [Please contact us for details](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "Contact Us"). |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | $50M |
| Firm level assets | $200M |
| Track record | 12 month |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: Firm level assets as quoted are on the low side, and it is preferable to have closer to $500M in AUM. Raymond James also closely tracks the advisor demand piece so this is a very formal requirement. Raymond James also requires that the fund family also have some form of online access available to them. [Please contact us for details.](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ "Contact Us") |

*\*A $75,000 annual minimum fee applies.*

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| Track record requirements | 1 year |
| AUM requirements | $50M |
| Volume requirements | None stated |
| Demand required | N/A |
| Due diligence required | Yes |

| Fees |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| On-boarding fees | $7,500 |
| BPS arrangements | 6 bps |
| Annual minimum | $150,000 |

| Notes |  |
| :---: | :--- |
| The above fees are required to allow the fund family to market to Raymond James. For simple availability Raymond James will assess a fee of $2,500 per year / CUSIP. |  |

###
Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements |  |
| AUM requirements - fund level |  |
| AUM requirements - advisor level |  |
| Demand required | Raymond James does not currently support interval funds. |
| Daily priced |  |
| NSCC / AIP |  |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	RBC
**Home office**: Minneapolis, MN

**Research**: Minneapolis, MN

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer (regional)

| Number of advisors | 4,400 |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) | N/A |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based | N/A |
| Percent of business that is fee based | N/A |

###
Platforms

#### RBC advisor

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*RBC advisor is the standard wrap account for RBC. No discretion is authorized and typical investments are utilized (stocks and bonds, mutual funds, ETFs). Primary vehicle is no-load mutual funds. RBC does maintain a “mutual fund select list” which is available to their advisors.*

#### Consulting solutions

- Discretionary (firm level)
- Acct. minimum – $100,000 (can also range from $25K–$250K)

*Consulting solutions is the primary platform for the RBC research group to express their views for both manager selection and allocation. Model portfolios are available or clients can select either from the managers vetted by the RBC Research team and create their own allocations.*

#### Portfolio focus

- Discretionary (rep-as-PM)
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*In this platform, the financial advisor partners with the investor to build the investment portfolio. Only a limited number of FA’s with RBC are qualified to serve in this capacity and must participate in on-going training. Available investments include the traditional stocks and bonds, mutual funds, and ETFs.*

#### RBC total portfolio

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000 (mutual fund only) / $250,000 (model portfolios)

*RBC total portfolio is a Unified Managed Account sponsored by Envestnet/Placemark. RBC can be granted discretion over the account or the client can manage the underlying investments. Like others platforms, mutual funds, stocks and bonds, SMAs, and ETFs are available, along with model portfolios.*

#### Managed account program (MAP)

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $100,000

*Relatively straight forward, MAP is a dual contract SMA platform whereby the investor and manager negotiate the fee and investment minimum. Little due diligence is conducted on these managers.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Account based fee | $20/account |
| :--- | :--- |
| Correspondent marketing program – for clearing partners of RBC | 10–15 bps |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | $50M |
| Firm level assets | $100M |
| Track record | 3 years |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: RBC requires new funds to trade in an omnibus environment. They also require that the fund accept daily activity and monthly position files, which might require the services of a 22c-2 vendor.<br>In addition, for RBC clearing offers an NTF platform; fee is both $20/account and 10–15 bps. |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | 6 months (passive) / 3 years (active) |
| Fund AUM requirement | $50M |
| Firm AUM requirement | $100M |
| Volume requirements | $250,000 daily volume |
| Demand required | Yes |
| Notes: ETFs are available to RBC correspondents immediately, however they may have their own individual criteria. |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |

| Commission policy | Commission policy |
| :---: | :---: |
| All funds are treated the same. |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| Due diligence is also required for funds to be available at RBC Wealth Management. There are no restrictions for RBC clearing and custody. |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements | Interval fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | Minimum 1 year |
| AUM requirements - fund level | $50M |
| AUM requirements - advisor level | $100M |
| Demand required | $10M from correspondent |
| Daily priced | TBD |
| NSCC / AIP | NSCC |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| Recurring fees | $20/account or 10–15 bps |
| Minimums | None |

| Notes | Notes |
| :---: | :---: |
| Only available to correspondents - not RBC advisors. |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Stifel
**Home office**: St. Louis, MO

**Research**: St. Louis, MO

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

| Number of advisors |  |
| :---: | :---: |
| Average rep production (gross) |  |
| Percent of business that is mutual fund based |  |
| Percent of business that is fee based |  |

### Platforms

#### Fundamentals – non-discretionary

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $25,000

*Fundamentals is the standard wrap account for Stifel. No discretion is authorized and typical investments are utilized (stocks and bonds, mutual funds, and ETFs). Primary vehicle is no-load mutual funds. Stifel does maintain a “mutual fund recommended list” which is available to their advisors.*

#### Fundamentals – discretionary

- Discretionary – firm level
- Acct. minimum – $25,000 – $100,000

*Similar to the traditional fundamentals program except that there are 9 models which Stifel’s Traditional Products Research Group (TPRG). Models range from moderately conservative to moderately aggressive and investors have the option to include ‘alternatives’ along side of the traditional model.*

#### Horizon program

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*The horizon program is a non-discretionary platform where investors can purchase stocks, bonds, ETFs, and mutual funds. Clients have control over the investments but are supported by Stifel and advisors and Stifel Research.*

#### Spectrum program

- Discretionary – firm level
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*This program involves a strategic combination of active mutual funds and passive ETFs. Mutual funds are selected from the Stifel mutual fund recommended list and the overall allocation is done by an affiliated advisor – Choice Financial Partners.*

#### Unison program

- Discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $250,000

*Unison is the Stifel UMA. Similar to other programs the mutual funds are selected from the recommended list and Stifel acts as overlay although their affiliated advisor Choice Financial utilizes their equity compass strategy to drive the allocation. Stocks, bonds, mutual funds, ETFs, and SMAs are all available options in the unison program.*

#### Custom advisory portfolio

- Non-discretionary
- Acct. minimum – $50,000

*Similar to unison, custom advisory portfolio is also a UMA platform. The difference is that clients retain discretion and may work with an advisor who may recommend investments. Stocks, bonds, mutual funds, ETFs, and SMAs are all available options in this program.*

### Mutual fund pricing and requirements

*No fees beyond what is required of the correspondent clearing firm (Charles Schwab).*

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | $50M |
| Firm level assets | $100M |
| Track record | Yes – longer for active funds |
| Advisor demand | Yes – but not stated |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | Yes – longer for active funds |
| AUM requirements – fund level | $50M |
| AUM requirements – advisor level | $100M |
| Volume requirements | 0 |
| Demand required | Yes – but not stated |
| Fees | Yes |
| On-boarding fees | TBD |
| BPS arrangements | TBD |
| Data package requirements | TBD |

### Interval fund pricing and requirements

| Interval fund requirements |
| :---: |
| Track record requirements |
| AUM requirements - fund level |
| AUM requirements - advisor level |
| Volume requirements |
| Demand required |
| Fees |
| On-boarding fees |
| BPS arrangements |
| Data package requirements |


Mutual FundsETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Vanguard
**Home office**: Malvern, PA

**Research**: Multiple locations

**Channel**: Independent broker-dealer

###
Mutual fund pricing and requirements

| Set-up fee | $3,500 / CUSIP |
| :--- | :--- |
| BPS fees - NTF platform | 40 bps |
| BPS fees - TF platform | 10 bps |

| Minimum requirements | Minimum requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Fund level assets | None |
| Firm level assets | None |
| Track record | None |
| Advisor demand | Yes |
| Notes: Above fees not required for Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company, the trust/retirement side of Vanguard although demand is still required. |

### ETF pricing and requirements

| Exchange-traded fund requirements | Exchange-traded fund requirements |
| :---: | :---: |
| Track record requirements | None |
| AUM requirements – fund level | None |
| AUM requirements – advisor level | None |
| Volume requirements | None |
| Demand required | None |

| Fees | Fees |
| :---: | :---: |
| On-boarding fees | None |
| BPS arrangements | None |
| Data package requirements | None |

| Notes: | Notes: |
| :---: | :---: |
| Only available in brokerage accounts |

### Interval Fund Pricing & Requirements

Vanguard does not currently support interval funds.


Mutual FundETFsInterval Funds

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)


---

# Resources

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/resources/_

#
Resources

		To help you reach your asset gathering goals, we have organized educational content produced by Ultimus and our business partners here.
[Return to UDA home](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/)[Intermediaries](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login/ultimus-distribution-advantage/intermediaries/)

## UDA Resource Marketplace™

Ultimus is committed to helping you understand and leverage the many tools available to assist with your registered fund distribution. However, we are aware that many of the existing programs and tools can be expensive and are often designed for very large fund complexes.

The purpose behind the UDA Resource Marketplace™ is to offer a variety of distribution programs in a way that is more affordable and customized. Areas covered include prospecting data, sales data, marketing and others that complement our client’s current distribution efforts.

*Please note: selecting any of the website links below will result in leaving the UDA website.*

For additional information on our resource marketplace, please reach out to bdservices@ultimusfundsolutions.com.

## Marketplace

Data partners
| [![Navy-and-blue-fintrx-logo-1.webp](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/jxidf0mf/navy-and-blue-fintrx-logo-1.webp?rmode=max&amp;width=171&amp;height=47&amp;hmac=80c9b5f92cdb6f886e8872b085fc49e59ee674d5dda5b23cf4b966a26e8ce8f9)](https://www.fintrx.com/ultimus "www.fintrx.com") | [Financial Adviser Prospecting Data](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/1arjpfk2/fintrx-uda_final.pdf "Fintrx-UDA_FINAL.pdf") |
| --- | --- |
| [![ZEPHYR_OUTLINED.png](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/ad5dtt0d/zephyr_outlined.png?rmode=max&amp;width=171&amp;height=23&amp;hmac=6f40fb18d18acf1bc8c7d01d779d04b2ad600b6d43fce6347999e177d8a7e308)](https://informaconnect.com/zephyr/ "informaconnect.com") | [Performance Reporting](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/zbmiellx/zephyr-uda.pdf "Zephyr-UDA.pdf") |
| [![sfs.png](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/wjxhebo3/sfs.png?rmode=max&amp;width=171&amp;height=68&amp;hmac=2ccdfc03ff5b33bd2763914834d17615fa9932f521361725c2667ebcb1efd763)](https://sfsmars.com/ "sfsmars.com") | [Sales Reporting](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/3hbofan2/sfs-uda.pdf "SFS-UDA.pdf") |

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

## Education and tools

Content library
Growing and managing your advisory firm is top of mind for most asset managers. To help you find relevant insights to reach your goals, we have organized the following valuable tools produced by Ultimus and by our business partners who are experts in the asset management and distribution arena. Topics include marketing and public relations, sales, data, products, and regulatory matters.

*Selecting any of the title links below will take you to the site where that resource is located. You will be leaving the UDA website.*

| Partner | Topic | Type | Date | Title |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| EventIntelligence | Leveraging  Technology to Improve Conference Exposures | Webinar | 9-23-2026 | [Leveraging Technology to Improve Conference Exposures with EventIntelligence](https://vimeo.com/1229640421/cef5772174 "Leveraging Technology to Improve Conference Exposures") |
| Mutual Fund Observer | AI in Investment Management | Webinar | 3-13-2026 | [AI in Investment Management](https://vimeo.com/1175248015/b3e1deaed9?share=copy&amp;fl=sv&amp;fe=ci "vimeo.com") |
| EventIntelligence | Identifying the Right Events | Webinar | 2-13-2026 | [Identifying the Right Events with EventIntelligence](https://vimeo.com/1167512725/d0b235c540?share=copy&amp;fl=sv&amp;fe=ci "vimeo.com") |
| FLX Networks | The Power of Community | Webinar | 12-12-2025 | [The Power of Community with FLX Networks](https://vimeo.com/1148167722/956a58ef03?share=copy&amp;fl=sv&amp;fe=ci "vimeo.com") |
| Adaptive Distribution Group | Digital Lead Generation | Webinar | 11-14-2025 | [Staying Ahead of the Changing Digital Lead Generation Landscape](https://vimeo.com/1139081137/a2c569a9c6?share=copy&amp;fl=sv&amp;fe=ci "vimeo.com") |
| MARS / SFS | Sales Data | Webinar | 10-10-2025 | [Leveraging Sales Data to Enhance Distribution](https://vimeo.com/1131010554?share=copy&amp;fl=sv&amp;fe=ci "vimeo.com") |
| RBC Wealth Management | Understanding RBC | Webinar | 5-9-2025 | [Understanding RBC Wealth Management](https://vimeo.com/1088462764/ab1bee70a4?share=copy "vimeo.com") |
| Financial Counseling Institute | Volatile Markets | Webinar | 4-14-2025 | [The Current Emotional Environment](https://vimeo.com/1079951730?share=copy#t=0 "vimeo.com") |
| Havener Capital | Marketing | Webinar | 4-11-2025 | [The New Playbook for Boutique Growth](https://vimeo.com/1079917468?share=copy#t=0 "vimeo.com") |
| FINTRX | Distributing Product into the Private Wealth Channel Effectively with FINTRX | Webinar | 2-14-2025 | [Distributing Product into the Private Wealth Channel Effectively with FINTRX](https://vimeo.com/1060205087?share=copy "vimeo.com") |
| The Loom Collective | Branding for Fund Managers | Webinar | 11-8-2024 | [Capitalizing on Credibility](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/UDA-Webinar-Series-Capitalizing-on-Credibility-The-Power-of-Branding-for-Fund-Managers-20241108_195453-Meeting-Recording.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Zephyr Financial Solutions | Performance Reporting | Webinar | 9-13-2024 | [Rethinking Performance Attributes](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/09/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Rethinking-Performance-Attributes-20240913_184430-Meeting-Recording.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Markets Group | Conference Best Practices | Webinar | 4-12-2024 | [Conference Best Practices with Market Groups](https://vimeo.com/941946749?share=copy "vimeo.com") |
| Charles Schwab | Charles Schwab | Webinar | 3-8-2024 | [Charles Schwab](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/UDA-Webinar-Schwab-FINAL.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| FLX Networks | Exploring the Evolving Role of National Accounts | Webinar | 2-9-2024 | [Exploring the Evolving Role of national Accounts](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/FINAL-UDA-Webinar.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Dakota | Dakota Marketplace | Webinar | 1-12-2024 | [Dakota Marketplace](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/FINAL-UDA-Webinar-Dakota.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Osaic | A Conversation with Osaic | Webinar | 11-10-2023 | [A Conversation with Osaic](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/UDA-A-Conversation-with-Osaic-FINAL.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Adaptive Distribution Group | Today's Distribution Best Practices and Supporting Technology | Webinar | 9-15-2023 | [A Conversation with Adaptive Distribution Group](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/UDA-Webinar-Adaptive-Distribution-Group-20230915_140248-Meeting-Recording.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Ultimus Fund Solutions | Understanding Interval and Tender Offer Funds | Webinar | 5-16-2023 | [Alternatives for Private Wealth](https://vimeo.com/832607832?share=copy "vimeo.com") |
| Havener Capital Partners | Raising Assets through Storytelling | Podcast | Ongoing | [Billion Dollar Backstory](https://www.billiondollarbackstory.com/ "www.billiondollarbackstory.com") |
| Comerica Bank | A Discussion on Collective Investment Trusts | Ultimus Webinar | 3-10-2023 | [A Discussion on CITs](https://vimeo.com/808451264 "vimeo.com") |
| Ultimus | Exploring Exchange Traded Funds | Ultimus Webinar | 2-10-2023 | [Exploring ETFs](https://vimeo.com/801222290/0825ada69c "vimeo.com") |
| Cerulli Associates | A Look Ahead with Cerulli Associates | Ultimus Webinar | 1-13-2023 | [A Look Ahead with Cerulli Associates](https://vimeo.com/ufs/udajanuary2023 "vimeo.com") |
| Raymond James | A Conversation with Raymond James | Ultimus Webinar | 11-12-2022 | [A Conversation with Raymond James](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-A-Conversation-with-Raymond-James-20221111-1859-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Envestnet | A Conversation with Envestnet | Ultimus Webinar | 10-14-2022 | [A Conversation with Envestnet](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-A-Conversation-with-Envestnet-20221014-1802-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Saifr Compliance Solutions | Introducing the New Ad Review Software | Ultimus Webinar | 9-9-2022 | [Introducing the New Ad Review Software](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Saifr-Compliance-Solutions-Introducing-the-New-Ad-Review-Software-20220909-1804-1-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Havener Capital | Putting It All Together | Ultimus Webinar | 6-15-2022 | [Building Your Tribe](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Putting-it-All-Together-Building-Your-Tribe-20220615-1800-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| AdvizorPro | Identifying Your Audience | Ultimus Webinar | 3-11-2022 | [Using Data to Build Adviser Relationships](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Identifying-Your-Audience-20220311-1901-1-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Cerulli Associates | Year-End Update | Ultimus Webinar | 12-10-2021 | [Year-End Update with Cerulli](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Year-End-Update-with-Cerulli-20211210-1900-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Sondhelm Partners | Growing Strategically through mergers, fund adoptions, subadvisory, and lift outs | Ultilmus Webinar | 11-12-2021 | [Growing Strategically through mergers, fund adoptions, subadvisory, and lift outs](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Growth-Through-Product-Development-20211008-1800-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| rpmAUM | Growth through Product Development | Ultimus Webinar | 10-8-2021 | [Growth through Product Development](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/Distribution-Advantage-Focus-Your-Distribution-w_-Dakota-Funds-2021-02-12-14-02-46.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| FLX Distribution | FLX Distribution | Ultimus Webinar | 9-10-2021 | [FLX Distribution](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/A-Conversation-with-Morningstar-20201009-1800-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Sales Focus Solutions / MARS | Distribution Reporting & Analytic Solutions | Ultimus Webinar 13030521 6/18/2021 | 6-11-2021 | [Distribution Reporting & Analytic Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/UDA-IRIS-Understanding-Digital-Media-20200814-1800-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Morgan Stanley | Morgan Stanley – Understanding their Platform & the Acquisition of E\*Trade | Ultimus Webinar | 5-14-2021 | [Morgan Stanley – Understanding their Platform & the Acquisition of E*Trade](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/UDA-Virtual-Meeting-Best-Practices-20200710-1800-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| AdvizorPro | AdvizorPro – A Fresh Solution to Advisor Data | Ultimus Webinar | 4-30-2021 | [AdvizorPro – A Fresh Solution to Advisor Data](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/200661_Work-From-Home-Flyer4FNL.pdf "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Dakota marketplace | Boosting your distribution efforts with Dakota Marketplace | Ultimus Webinar | 2-12-2021 | [Boosting your distribution efforts with Dakota Marketplace](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/UDA-Exploring-Orion-Advisor-Solutions-20200612-1830-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Cerulli | Product & Distribution Trends | Ultimus Webinar | 1-14-2021 | [Analyzing the long-term impact of COVID-19 on the financial industry](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/UDA-Dakota-Funds-20200508-1802-1-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| YCharts | The Premier Sales Tool | Ultimus Webinar | 12-11-2020 | [The Premier Sales Tool](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/UDA-Cerulli-Associates-Market-Trends-20200417-1800-1-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Ultimus | Reviewing the Ultimus Distribution Program | Ultimus Webinar | 11-13-2020 | [Reviewing the Ultimus Distribution Program](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/UDA-Broadridge-Market-Analytics-20200313-1800-1-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Morningstar | A Conversation with Morningstar | Ultimus Webinar 2361-NLD-10/16/2020 | 10-09-2020 | [A Conversation with Morningstar](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Working-with-Clients-in-Volatile-Markets-20200312-1400-1-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| IRIS MediaWorks | Understanding Digital Media Consumption & Opportunities | Ultimus Webinar 2317-NLD-8/20/2020 | 08-14-2020 | [Understanding Digital Media Consumption & Opportunities](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Cetera-Financial-Group-Webinar-February-2020.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Sangoma Meet | Connecting in a Virtual World | Ultimus Webinar 2260-NLD-7/15/2020 | 07-10-2020 | [Connecting in a Virtual World](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Havener-Janaury-2020.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Ultimus Fund Solutions | Enhancing Working from Home | Ultimus Flyer | 06-12-2020 | [5 Ideas for Improving Your Work from Home Experience](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Exchange-Traded-Funds-20191213-1900-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Orion Advisors Solutions | Exploring Orion Advisor Solutions | Ultimus Webinar 2222-NLD-6/19/2020 | 06-12-2020 | [Exploring Orion Advisor Solutions](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Distribution-Webinar-Clearbrook-20191108-1900-1-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Dakota Funds Group | Why Prospecting New Clients During a Crisis is Mandatory | Ultimus Webinar 2194-NLD-5/15/2020 | 05-08-2020 | [Why Prospecting New Clients During a Crisis is Mandatory](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/A-Conversation-w-UBS-Financial-20191011-1804-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Cerulli Associates | Trends Shaping the Asset Management Industry | Ultimus Webinar 2195-NLD-5/15/2020 | 04-17-2020 | [Trends Shaping the Asset Management Industry](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/UDA-Goodwood-Consulting-20190809-1801-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Broadridge Financial Services | Market Analytics | Ultimus Webinar | 03-13-2020 | [Market Analytics](https://cdn2.hubspot.net/hubfs/1743148/Distribution%20Advantage/FNW%20Sales%20and%20Product%20Trends%20through%209.30.18.pdf?utm_campaign=Distribution&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;_hsenc=p2ANqtz-8L37BenFMnsBot6uEeDCqpMP1zjcJzrNBYf6DbOhaZVdBuAR7tlfxrO1uKLaK8WHDeZcLn&amp;utm_source=hs_email&amp;hsCtaTracking=d63ad38b-9733-499a-831f-a32ba060c69d%7Cfc280327-65bb-4085-9b55-df7afb1e445d "cdn2.hubspot.net") |
| Havener Capital | Top 5 Communication Recommendations | Ultimus Webinar 2120-NLD-3/16/2020 | 03-12-2020 | [Working with Clients in Volatile Markets](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-UCITS-RBC-Aravis-6_19_19.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Cetera Financial Group | Distribution Partners | Ultimus Webinar | 02-14-2020 | [Enhancing Distribution Relationships](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Webinar-April-2019-20190412-1801-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Havener Capital | Third Party Marketing | Ultimus Webinar | 01-10-2020 | [Distribution Revolution](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Webinar-Dakota-Funds-20190308-1901-1.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Ultimus Fund Solutions | Exchange-Traded Funds | Ultimus Webinar | 12-13-2019 | [Exchange-Traded Funds](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Webinar-Comerica-20190208-1858-2.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| Clearbrook Global Advisors | OCIOs | Ultimus Webinar | 11-08-2019 | [Outsourced Chief Investment Officers](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Ultimus-Distribution-Advantage-Webinar-On-Demand-Wholesaling.mp4 "www.ultimusfundsolutions.com") |
| UBS Financial Services | UBS Platform | Ultimus Webinar | 10-11-2019 | [UBS Financial Services](https://ufsllcevents.webex.com/ec3300/eventcenter/recording/recordAction.do?theAction=poprecord&amp;siteurl=ufsllcevents&amp;entappname=url3300&amp;internalRecordTicket=4832534b0000000406e3b01b6b0414d0ed5fe98205dd544976c20129ca8f9007efa4fe5494a29119&amp;renewticket=0&amp;isurlact=true&amp;format=short&amp;rnd=6785948007&amp;RCID=4c85f43557d4e449f88996a0aec9ec96&amp;rID=17019887&amp;needFilter=false&amp;recordID=17019887&amp;apiname=lsr.php&amp;AT=pb&amp;actappname=ec3300&amp;&amp;SP=EC&amp;entactname=%2FnbrRecordingURL.do&amp;actname=%2Feventcenter%2Fframe%2Fg.do "ufsllcevents.webex.com") |
| Goodwood Consulting | Mutual Fund Marketing | Ultimus Webinar | 08-09-2019 | [Goodwood: Using Technology to Automate the Marketing & Sales Process for Mutual Fund Firms](https://s3.amazonaws.com/fugent-presentations/ClayThompson/ODW+Campaign+1.0/index.html?utm_campaign=Distribution&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;_hsenc=p2ANqtz-_uSTZj-5RHvgSOLbWtXtJfi6PND-vKAgLlMbMfxIKKul7v7-WbQ6yv67FXZjytCSxdAZumnS10YSJfkjjXaTRGU09uqUGV2vW1XqIfaMgzIMMRxmk&amp;_hsmi=2&amp;utm_content=2&amp;utm_source=hs_email&amp;hsCtaTracking=0b8eb0dc-0ea3-4783-b428-2d91c1656f03%7Caf924cb1-8160-44fb-bdb2-f9e67c4ae0aa "s3.amazonaws.com") |
| Broadridge Financial Services | Prospecting RIAs | Ultimus Webinar | 07-12-2019 | [Opportunity Hunter](https://ufsllcevents.webex.com/ec3300/eventcenter/recording/recordAction.do?theAction=poprecord&amp;siteurl=ufsllcevents&amp;entappname=url3300&amp;internalRecordTicket=4832534b000000047f934b42e0cf658e41b0c7a039d9beb2cbbc2137c1c4362bfacd38db12f1a02c&amp;renewticket=0&amp;isurlact=true&amp;format=short&amp;rnd=3571994212&amp;RCID=268a4aa1491f130fca3c0bd108cd4f02&amp;rID=16841792&amp;needFilter=false&amp;recordID=16841792&amp;apiname=lsr.php&amp;AT=pb&amp;actappname=ec3300&amp;&amp;SP=EC&amp;entactname=%2FnbrRecordingURL.do&amp;actname=%2Feventcenter%2Fframe%2Fg.do "ufsllcevents.webex.com") |
| RBC Investor & Treasury Services and Aravis Capital Partners | UCITS | Ultimus Webinar | 06-14-2019 | [Exploring UCITs](https://ufsllcevents.webex.com/ec3300/eventcenter/recording/recordAction.do?theAction=poprecord&amp;siteurl=ufsllcevents&amp;entappname=url3300&amp;internalRecordTicket=4832534b00000004501c8f7d75fca24b78c142a14105f536781c747977c08ea0a3e3be9ee8daf511&amp;renewticket=0&amp;isurlact=true&amp;format=short&amp;rnd=5978447032&amp;RCID=4294d47b2d2ff70139d155449d83e141&amp;rID=16692392&amp;needFilter=false&amp;recordID=16692392&amp;apiname=lsr.php&amp;AT=pb&amp;actappname=ec3300&amp;&amp;SP=EC&amp;entactname=%2FnbrRecordingURL.do&amp;actname=%2Feventcenter%2Fframe%2Fg.do "ufsllcevents.webex.com") |
| Citywire | Citywire Resources | Ultimus Webinar | 04-12-2019 | [Citywire: Engaging Professional Buyers and Registered Investment Advisers](https://ufsllcevents.webex.com/ec3300/eventcenter/recording/recordAction.do?theAction=poprecord&amp;siteurl=ufsllcevents&amp;entappname=url3300&amp;internalRecordTicket=4832534b000000049429ecd54bc83e1e76381a5d7a73dbc7d4ce3626727ce3ec29599e70b0133fdd&amp;renewticket=0&amp;isurlact=true&amp;format=short&amp;rnd=3206096018&amp;RCID=a1be8472ecaa903fadb2b1511203ba43&amp;rID=16545982&amp;needFilter=false&amp;recordID=16545982&amp;apiname=lsr.php&amp;AT=pb&amp;actappname=ec3300&amp;&amp;SP=EC&amp;entactname=%2FnbrRecordingURL.do&amp;actname=%2Feventcenter%2Fframe%2Fg.do "ufsllcevents.webex.com") |
| Dakota Funds | Prospecting Insights | Ultimus Webinar | 03-08-2019 | [Why Prospecting is Crushing Your Salespeople and What to Do About It](https://ufsllcevents.webex.com/ec3300/eventcenter/recording/recordAction.do?theAction=poprecord&amp;siteurl=ufsllcevents&amp;entappname=url3300&amp;internalRecordTicket=4832534b0000000497ac660d4a07289bb2e015336de792a11af4fa5ac8f67d21f29edf7ad6ef3db4&amp;renewticket=0&amp;isurlact=true&amp;format=short&amp;rnd=3848006216&amp;RCID=22537120f2018a54897ef4a6ddd57ba0&amp;rID=16383172&amp;needFilter=false&amp;recordID=16383172&amp;apiname=lsr.php&amp;AT=pb&amp;actappname=ec3300&amp;&amp;SP=EC&amp;entactname=%2FnbrRecordingURL.do&amp;actname=%2Feventcenter%2Fframe%2Fg.do "ufsllcevents.webex.com") |
| Comerica | CITs | Ultimus Webinar | 02-08-2019 | [Exploring Collective Investment Trusts](https://ufsllcevents.webex.com/ec3300/eventcenter/recording/recordAction.do?theAction=poprecord&amp;siteurl=ufsllcevents&amp;entappname=url3300&amp;internalRecordTicket=4832534b00000004fb138d5efea561238e1d6fe8c1df091ab5bf0dce30812ab7a226aa5703a8b10d&amp;renewticket=0&amp;isurlact=true&amp;format=short&amp;rnd=1458691357&amp;RCID=02dffe8937d4ef13dc796fd2573b390b&amp;rID=16239592&amp;needFilter=false&amp;recordID=16239592&amp;apiname=lsr.php&amp;AT=pb&amp;actappname=ec3300&amp;&amp;SP=EC&amp;entactname=%2FnbrRecordingURL.do&amp;actname=%2Feventcenter%2Fframe%2Fg.do "ufsllcevents.webex.com") |
| On-Demand Wholesaling | Lead Follow-Up Strategy | Ultimus Webinar | 01-11-2019 | [Digital Marketing: They clicked…now what?](https://ufsllcevents.webex.com/ec3300/eventcenter/recording/recordAction.do?theAction=poprecord&amp;siteurl=ufsllcevents&amp;entappname=url3300&amp;internalRecordTicket=4832534b00000004bf4a3eea8d66ff9d454eb6b79056ef537aaee41091b7ac4d36b91583695b41a6&amp;renewticket=0&amp;isurlact=true&amp;format=short&amp;rnd=1857826837&amp;RCID=df36fbcded8ccb62089631f9544649a5&amp;rID=16086907&amp;needFilter=false&amp;recordID=16086907&amp;apiname=lsr.php&amp;AT=pb&amp;actappname=ec3300&amp;&amp;SP=EC&amp;entactname=%2FnbrRecordingURL.do&amp;actname=%2Feventcenter%2Fframe%2Fg.do "ufsllcevents.webex.com") |
| Fidelity Investmentts | Fidelity Platform | Slide Show | 12-13-2018 | [Fidelity Overview & Current Trands](http://blog.havenercapital.com/blog/looking-for-investor-leads-for-your-mutual-fund-define-buyer-personas "blog.havenercapital.com") |
| SalesFocus Solutions – MARS | Reporting | Ultimus Webinar | 11-09-2018 | [MARS – Simplifying Sales and Asset Reporting](https://www.advisorperspectives.com/pdfs/2017/APV-Internal-Focus-Group-Results.pdf "www.advisorperspectives.com") |
| SunStar Strategic | Public Relations | Flipbook | 09-26-2018 | The Case for PR: 7 Compelling Reasons |
| Pershing | Pershing – Fund Solutions Overview | Ultimus Webinar | 08-10-2018 | Pershing – Fund Solutions Overview |
| Havener Capital Partners | Inbound Marketing | Blog | 08-07-2018 | [Q&A: Why Asset Managers Should Consider Inbound Marketing In Their Mutual Fund Strategy](https://www.sunstarstrategic.com/an-inside-look-talking-with-the-media-and-more "www.sunstarstrategic.com") |
| Discovery Data | Leveraging Data to Maximize Growth & Distribution Efforts | Ultimus Webinar | 06-08-2018 | [Leveraging Data to Maximize Growth & Distribution Efforts](https://ufsllcevents.webex.com/ec3300/eventcenter/recording/recordAction.do?theAction=poprecord&amp;siteurl=ufsllcevents&amp;entappname=url3300&amp;internalRecordTicket=4832534b00000004159b0a15d830c12421c6a7c1acf13fa23046e9ef8e84e207f15b29237c5e8ca0&amp;renewticket=0&amp;isurlact=true&amp;format=short&amp;rnd=5304072179&amp;RCID=8e79d479d216bb808e24fc0e5ca8500b&amp;rID=15409512&amp;needFilter=false&amp;recordID=15409512&amp;apiname=lsr.php&amp;AT=pb&amp;actappname=ec3300&amp;&amp;SP=EC&amp;entactname=%2FnbrRecordingURL.do&amp;actname=%2Feventcenter%2Fframe%2Fg.do "ufsllcevents.webex.com") |
| JConnelly | Utilizing a Marketing Budget | Ultimus Webinar | 04-13-2018 | [5 Ways You’re Spending Your Marketing Budget Wrong](https://www.sunstarstrategic.com/blog/print-n-digital-media-marketing-blog/item/191-finra-releases-guidance-on-social-media "www.sunstarstrategic.com") |
| On Demand Wholesaling | Virtual Wholesaling | Distribution Trending Tip: Video | 03-23-2018 | Generating Content to Execute a Successful Virtual Wholesaling Program |
| ZAG Interactive | Marketing Strategies for Website | Ultimus Webinar | 03-09-2018 | Maximizing the Value of your Website |
| Envestnet | Envestnet Platform | Ultimus Webinar | 02-09-2018 | Exploring the Envestnet Platform |
| On Demand Wholesaling and Fuse Research | Assessing Your Current Distribution Strategy | Ultimus Webinar | 01-12-2018 | Distribution Health Check |
| Havener Capital Partners | Mutual Fund Marketing | Ultimus Webinar | 12-01-2017 | Takeaways from Real Successes (and Failures) in Mutual Fund Marketing |
| Institute for Innovation Development | Developing Your Firm’s Story | Ultimus Webinar | 11-03-2017 | Developing a Differentiated Story |
| SunStar Strategic | Marketing Your Fund | Ultimus Webinar | 10-06-2017 | Boost Your Visibility |
| Havener Capital Partners | Buyer Personas | Blog | 09-13-2017 | Looking for Investor Leads for Your Mutual fund? Define Buyer Personas |
| Advisor Perspectives | RIAs | Informative Study | 08-21-2017 | New Study Examines How RIAs Select Actively Managed U.S. Equity Funds |
| Ultimus Fund Solutions and Celera Systems | Reporting | Slide Show | 08-04-2017 | Trends in Sales Reporting for Asset Managers |
| Ultimus Fund Solutions | Identifying a Distribution Partner | Insight Article | 07-25-2017 | Five Critical Questions to Help Identify the Ideal Distribution Partner |
| SunStar Strategic | Media | Webinar | 07-12-2017 | Webinar: Talking With the Media and More |
| Ultimus Fund Solutions | Collective Investment Trusts | Ultimus Webinar | 06-02-2017 | Creating Opportunities with Collective Investment Trusts |
| SunStar Strategic | Social Media | Blog | 04-27-2017 | FINRA Releases Guidance on Social Media |
| Ultimus Fund Solutions | Share Class | Insight Article | 05-25-2015 | The Share Class Creation Conundrum |

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

## Partner directories

Marketers
Ultimus has identified marketing firm partners that are able to help our clients articulate their message and then deliver it via fact cards, pitch-books and websites. They can also assist with press releases, market commentaries, and other forms of advertising and promotion.

| Company | Contact Name | Phone | Website |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Havener Capital Partners | Stacy Havener | (401) 314-0431 | http://www.havenercapital.com |
| JConnelly, Inc. | Ray Hennessey | (973) 850-7315 | http://www.jconnelly.com |
| Leibowitz | Paul Leibowitz | (212) 367-8180 | http://www.leibowitzdesign.com |
| Madandwall | Eric Alexander | (917) 579-8055 | http://www.madandwall.com |
| Sondhelm Partners | Dan Sondhelm | (703) 752-1510 | http://www.sondhelmpartners.com |
| Sunstar Strategic | Hibre Tenklemariam | (703) 894-1049 | http://www.sunstarstrategic.com |

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Website designers
Many of our clients manage various marketing functions in-house. As such, we have sourced some website design firms for when you need marketing support or simply a refresh of your website, keeping in mind that minimum capital outlay is important. These website design firms understand the financial services business, plus the rules and restrictions established by the regulators. As is the case with any provider, their costs will vary depending on scope.

| Company | Contact Name | Phone | Website |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Filepoint | Frank Watson | (919) 706-4090 | http://www.filepoint.com |
| Leibowitz Branding And Design | Paul Leibowitz | (212) 367-8180 | http://www.leibowitzdesign.com |
| Zag Interactive | Larry Miclette | (860) 633-4818 | http://www.ZAGinteractive.com |

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Third party marketers
Third Party Marketers (3PMs) are outsourced firms that work with money managers to help raise assets. A 3PM firm generally focuses on certain segments of the market, such as RIA’s, broker/dealers, wirehouses, retirement groups, institutions, and etc. They typically represent multiple investment firms and each employs a different approach to sales and distribution.

###### Firms Ultimus Has Worked With

| Company | Contact Name | Phone | Website |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| Havener Capital | Stacy Havener | (401) 314-0430 | http://www.havenercapital.com |
| Adaptive Group | Jim Celico | (401) 337-5994 | http://www.adaptivegrp.com |
| ARK Global | Sandra Powers | (800) 676-2921 | http://www.arkglobalonline.com |
| Canard Capital Partners | Adam DeSimone | (201) 749-7408 | http://www.canardcapital.com |
| Endeavour Investment Partners | Patrick Carolan | (781) 749-6040 | http://www.endeavourmanagers.com |
| Harborside Group | Brian Nelson | (443) 279-2008 | http://www.harborsidegroup.com |
| FLX Networks | Brian Moran | (908) 944-7903 | http://www.FLXNetworks.com |
| Arrow Partners | Steven Rubenstein | (914) 251-1084 | http://www.arrowpartners.com |
| Maverick Fund Solutions | Sam Stubbert | (707) 999-6682 | http://www.mavfs.com |
| MVRK Capital | Robert Rodgers | (417) 459-1748 | http://www.mvrkcapital.com |
| Piedmont Capital Distributors | Robert Rodgers | (949) 233-3616 | http://www.piedmontcapitaldistributors.com |
| Safe Harbor Distribution | Chris Quigley | (610) 324-0303 | http://www.safeharbordistributionllc.com |
| Skypoint Capital Partners | Brian Smith | (844) 385-1050 | http://www.skypointcapital.com |
| Vision4 Fund Distributors | Jerry Vainisi | (617) 513-7682 | http://www.v4fd.com |

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)

	Data providers
Given the shifting dynamic of our industry, it is increasingly important for investment managers to take advantage of the vast amounts of data available. From specific information, such as who is buying your funds, to broad industry data which helps to identify market trends, all of it has value and can be leveraged to help grow your strategy most efficiently.

| Company | Contact Name | Phone | Website | Offering |
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |
| MARS (SFS) | Nicole Callies | (414) 795-6956 | http://www.sfsmars.com | Sales Reporting & 22c-2 |
| Albridge Solutions | Christian Auch | (484) 801-8590 | http://www.albridge.com | Sales Reporting; Adviser Data |
| Broadridge Financial | Rob Lewis | (412) 201-6176 | http://www.broadridge.com | Sales Reporting; Adviser Data |
| SalesPage | Tom Larson | (262) 222-5813 | http://www.salespage.com | Sales Reporting |
| Discovery Data | Jim Rush | (732) 933-1899 | http://www.discoverydata.com | Adviser Data |
| Morningstar | John Connelly | (513) 206-5228 | http://www.morningstar.com | Performance Data |
| RIA Database | Julie Cooling | (704) 540-2657 | http://www.riadatabase.com | Adviser Data |
| Strategic Insights | Austin Ulep | (617) 399-5629 | http://www.sionline.com | Industry Data |
| StyleADVISOR (Zephyr) | Kevin Cohane | (775) 588-0654 | http://www.styleadvisor.com | Performance Data |

          ![close](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/close-navy.svg)


---

# Terms of Use

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/terms-of-use/_

#
Terms and Conditions of Use

**Last modified November 2020**

**Overview**

The Ultimus Group, LLC and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, "Ultimus") have over 30 years of experience in providing comprehensive pooled investment solutions to independent advisors and the investment community. Ultimus’s services include helping clients bring their own investment vehicles to market and providing full-servicing of mutual funds, hedge funds, exchange-traded funds and other pooled investment products. While meeting the requirements of investors and regulatory bodies, Ultimus offers operational services, which include transparency, uniform operational setup, risk/guideline management and liquidity enhancements. Ultimus’s website is provided as a convenient method to disseminate general information pertaining to Ultimus’s services as well as provide access to additional information and services provided by Ultimus. No part of this website may be reproduced in any manner without the express written permission of Ultimus. Your use of this website is subject to the following Terms and Conditions of Use ("Terms and Conditions").

**Terms and Conditions of Use**

These Terms and Conditions are a binding contract between you and Ultimus. By using or accessing this website, you accept and agree to be bound by these Terms and Conditions and our online privacy policy, located on our website, which is incorporated herein by reference. Your use of the website is governed by the version of the Terms and Conditions and online privacy policy in effect on the date in which this site is accessed by you. Ultimus may modify these Terms and Conditions and our online privacy policy at any time and without prior notice. You should review these Terms and Conditions and our online privacy policy from time to time, as your continued use of this site signifies your acceptance of any changes.

This website is offered and available to users who are 18 years of age or older and reside in the United States or any of its territories or possessions. By using this website, you represent and warrant that you are of legal age to form a binding contract with Ultimus and meet all of the foregoing eligibility requirements. If you do not meet all of these requirements, you must not access or use this website.

Information contained on this website is derived from sources believed to be reliable. However, Ultimus does not represent that this information is complete or accurate and it should not be relied upon as such. All opinions expressed herein are subject to change without notice. Ultimus does not provide accounting, legal or tax advice and no portion of Ultimus’s website should be interpreted as such. All content on Ultimus’s website is presented only as of the date published or indicated, and may be superseded at any time. All content included on this site is the property of Ultimus and is protected by United States copyright laws. All trademarks and service marks on Ultimus’s website belong to Ultimus or an affiliate, except for third-party trademarks and service marks, which are the property of their respective owners. Accordingly, you may not copy, distribute, modify, post or frame-in this site, including any text, logos, graphics, video, audio, software code or user interface design without the express written consent of Ultimus. This website and included materials do not constitute an offer to sell, an offer to buy, recommendation to buy or representation as to the suitability or appropriateness of any security, financial product or instrument.

**Means of Access**

Certain parts of Ultimus’s website are protected by a User ID and Password and require a login. You may not obtain or attempt to obtain unauthorized access to such parts of Ultimus's website, or to any other protected materials or information, through any means not intentionally made available by Ultimus for your specific use. If you have a User ID and Password for access to non-public areas of Ultimus's website, you are solely responsible for all activities that occur in connection with your User ID and Password; therefore, you should take steps to protect the confidentiality of this information. You agree to notify Ultimus immediately if you become aware of any disclosure, loss, theft or unauthorized use of your User ID and Password.

**Information About You and Your Visits to the Website**

All information we collect on this website is subject to our online privacy policy. By using the website, you consent to all actions taken by us with respect to your information in compliance with the online privacy policy.

**Geographic Restrictions**

The owner of the website is based in the state of Ohio in the United States. We provide this website for use only by persons located in the United States. We make no claims that the website or any of its content is accessible or appropriate outside of the United States. Access to the website may not be legal by certain persons or in certain countries. If you access the website from outside the United States, you do so on your own initiative and are responsible for compliance with local laws.

**Indemnification**

As a condition of your use of Ultimus’s website, to the extent permitted by law, you agree to indemnify, defend, and hold Ultimus and its third-party providers harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, liability, costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorneys' fees) arising from your use of Ultimus’s website, or from your violation of these Terms and Conditions.

**Limitation of Liability**

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PROVIDED BY LAW, ULTIMUS WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANYONE ELSE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, EVEN IF ULTIMUS HAS BEEN PREVIOUSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION UNDER CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR ANY OTHER THEORY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE, INABILITY TO USE, OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SERVICES AND INFORMATION AVAILABLE FROM ULTIMUS’S WEBSITE. THIS IS A COMPREHENSIVE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY THAT APPLIES TO ALL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING (WITHOUT LIMITATION) LOST PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES OR DAMAGES THAT RESULT FROM USE OR LOSS OF USE OF ULTIMUS’S WEBSITE AND ANY THIRD-PARTY CONTENT.

**Force Majeure**

Ultimus will not be liable for failure or losses caused by conditions and events beyond its control including, without limitation: fire, electrical, mechanical or equipment breakdowns, delays by third-party vendors and/or communications carriers, civil disturbances or disorders, terrorist acts, strikes, acts of governmental authority or new governmental restrictions, market fluctuations or acts of God.

**Links to Third-Party Websites**

This website may contain links to third-party websites. Any links to such third-party websites are provided solely as a convenience to you and not as an endorsement by Ultimus of the content on such third-party websites, or any affiliation or association with its operators. Ultimus is not responsible for the content of linked third-party sites, including, without limitation, any link contained in a linked site, or any changes or updates to a linked site, and do not make any representations regarding the information, services, products or accuracy of any material contained on such third-party websites.

**Changes to the Website**

Ultimus may terminate your access to Ultimus’s website or discontinue or modify Ultimus’s website at any time without prior notice to you. Your continued use of Ultimus’s website following any such modification will constitute acknowledgement of your acceptance of said modifications.

**Governing Law**

Except as otherwise required by law, the Terms and Conditions for this website are governed by the laws of the state of Ohio without regard to conflicts of law, and shall inure to the benefit of Ultimus’s successors and assigns, whether by merger, consolidation, or otherwise.

Any legal suit, action, or proceeding arising out of, or related to, these Terms and Conditions or the website shall be instituted exclusively in the federal courts of the United States or the courts of the state of Ohio in each case located in the city of Cincinnati and county of Hamilton although we retain the right to bring any suit, action, or proceeding against you for breach of these Terms and Conditions in your country of residence or any other relevant country. You waive any and all objections to the exercise of jurisdiction over you by such courts and to venue in such courts.

11490309 UFS 11/19/2020


---

# Privacy Policy

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/privacy-policy/_

#
Privacy Policy

**Last modified January 2026**

| **FACTS** | **WHAT DOES THE ULTIMUS GROUP, LLC DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION?** |
| --- | --- |
| **Why?** | Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do. |
| **What?** | The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. This information can include:<br><ul><li><p>Social Security number</p></li><li><p>Account transactions</p></li><li><p>Employment information</p></li><li><p>Income</p></li><li><p>Account balances</p></li><li><p>Investment experience</p></li></ul><br>When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice. |
| **How?** | All financial companies need to share a customer's personal information to run their everyday business - to process transactions, maintain customer accounts, and report to credit bureaus. In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customer's personal information, the reasons The Ultimus Group, LLC chooses to share, and whether you can limit this sharing. |

| **Reasons we can share your personal information** | **Does The Ultimus Group, LLC share?** | **Can you limit this sharing?** |
| --- | --- | --- |
| For our everyday business purposes -- such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus | Yes | No |
| For our marketing purposes -- to offer our products and services to you | Yes | No |
| For joint marketing with other financial companies | Yes | No |
| For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes -- information about your transactions and experiences | Yes | No |
| For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes -- information about your creditworthiness | No | We don't share |
| For nonaffiliates to market to you | No | We don't share |
| **Questions?** | Call (513) 587-3400 or go to https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/contact-us/ |

| **Who we are** |
| --- |
| **Who is providing this notice?** | The Ultimus Group, LLC |

| **What we do** |
| --- |
| **How does The Ultimus Group, LLC protect my personal information?** | To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings. |
| **How does The Ultimus Group, LLC collect my personal information?** | We collect your personal information, for example, when you<br><ul><li><p>Open an account</p></li><li><p>Provide account information</p></li><li><p>Give us your income information</p></li><li><p>Give us your contact information</p></li><li><p>Provide employment information</p></li><li><p>Visit our website</p></li></ul><br>We also collect your personal information from others, such as credit bureaus, affiliates, or other companies. |
| **Why can’t I limit all sharing?** | Federal law gives you the right to limit only<br><ul><li><p>sharing for affiliates’ everyday business purposes— information about your creditworthiness</p></li><li><p>affiliates from using your information to market to you</p></li><li><p>sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you</p></li></ul><br>State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing. |

| **Definitions** |
| --- |
| **Affiliates** | Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. *Affiliates of The Ultimus Group, LLC include:*<br><ul><li><p><em>Blu Giant, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>FD Fund Administration, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Gemini Fund Services, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Gemini Hedge Fund Services, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>LeverPoint Management, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Northern Lights Distributors, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>The Ultimus Group Intermediate, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>The Ultimus Group Midco, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Ultimus Holdings, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Ultimus Intermediary, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Ultimus Asset Services, LLC</em></p></li><li><p><em>Ultimus Private Fund Solutions, LLC</em></p></li></ul> |
| **Nonaffiliates** | Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies.<br><ul><li><p><em>The Ultimus Group, LLC does not share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you.</em></p></li></ul> |
| **Joint marketing** | A formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products and services to you.<br><ul><li><p><em>Our joint marketing partners include other financial service companies.</em></p></li></ul> |

| **Other important information** |
| --- |
| **California:** Under California law, we will not share information we collect about you with companies outside of The Ultimus Group, LLC, unless the law allows. For example, we may share information with your consent, to service your accounts. We will limit sharing among our companies to the extent required by California law. |

9523 UFS 1/8/2026


---

# Online Privacy Policy

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/online-privacy-policy/_

#
Online Privacy Policy

###### July 2026

## Ultimus Online Privacy Policy

This online privacy policy (this “Policy”) describes the types of information we may collect from you or that you may provide when you visit The Ultimus Group, LLC websites (collectively, the “Website”) and our practices for collecting, using, maintaining, protecting, and disclosing that information.

This Policy applies to information we collect:

- On our Website, which is located at http://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com
- In email, text, and other electronic messages between you and our Website; and/or
- When you interact with our advertising and applications on third-party websites and services.

It does not apply to information collected by:

- Us offline or through any other means, including on any website that may be operated by any third party; or
- Any third party, including through any application or content (including advertising) that may be linked to or be accessible from or on our Website.

Please read this Policy carefully to understand our policies and practices regarding your information and how we will treat it. If you do not agree with our policies and practices, your choice is to not use our Website. By accessing or using our Website, you agree to this Policy. This Policy may change from time to time (see Changes to the Policy). Your continued use of our Website after we make changes is deemed to be acceptance of those changes, so please check the Policy periodically for updates.

### Children Under the Age of 13

Our Website is not intended for children under 13 years of age. No one under age 13 may provide any personal information to or on our Website. We do not knowingly collect personal information from children under 13. If you are under 13, do not use or provide any information on our Website or on or through any of its features, register on our Website, or provide any information about yourself to us, including your name, address, telephone number, email address, or any screen name or user name you may use. If we learn we have collected or received personal information from a child under 13 without verification of parental consent, we will delete that information. If you believe we might have any information from or about a child under 13, please contact us at privacy@ultimusfundsolutions.com.

### Information We Collect About You and How We Collect It

We collect several types of information from and about users of our Website, including information:

- By which you may be personally identified, such as name, mailing address, e-mail address, telephone, fax or mobile number, Social Security number, date of birth, account number, securities or other asset ownership information (“personal information”); and
- About your internet connection, the equipment you use to access our Website and usage details.

We collect this information directly from you when you provide it to us and automatically as you navigate through the Website and from third parties.

### Information You Provide to Us

The information we collect on or through the Website may include:

- Information that you provide by filling in forms on our Website. This includes information provided at the time of registering to use our Website, subscribing to our services, posting material, or requesting further services. We may also ask you for information when you report a problem with our Website.
- Records and copies of your correspondence (including email addresses), if you contact us.
- Your search queries on the Website.

### Information We Collect Through Automatic Data Collection Technologies

As you navigate through and interact with our Website, we may use automatic data collection technologies to collect certain information about your equipment, browsing actions, and patterns, including:

- Details of your visits to our Website, including traffic data, location data, logs, and other communication data and the resources that you access and use on the Website; and
- Information about your computer or other device you use to visit our Website and your internet connection, including your IP address, operating system, browser type and version, domain, and other system settings, as well as the language your system uses and the country and time zone where your device is located.
- The technologies we use for this automatic data collection may include:

    - Cookies (or browser cookies). A cookie is a small file placed on the hard drive of your computer. You may refuse to accept browser cookies by activating the appropriate setting on your browser. However, if you select this setting you may be unable to access certain parts of our Website. Unless you have adjusted your browser setting so that it will refuse cookies, our system will issue cookies when you direct your browser to our Website.
    - Web Beacons. Pages of our Website may contain small electronic files known as web beacons (also referred to as clear gifs, pixel tags, and single-pixel gifs) that permit The Ultimus Group, LLC, for example, to count users who have visited those pages and for other related website statistics (for example, recording the popularity of certain website content and verifying system and server integrity).
    - Web Analytic Tools. Our Website may use Google Analytics or similar web analytics tools that help website owners analyze the traffic to their websites. By using Google Analytics, The Ultimus Group, LLC may be able to view a variety of reports about how users interact with the Website, which can be used to improve your user experience and the overall quality of the Website.

### Sensitive Personal Information

The Ultimus Group, LLC recognizes that certain jurisdictions have enacted laws that require higher protection of certain sensitive personal information. “Sensitive personal information” includes categories of personal data identified by European and other data privacy laws as requiring special treatment. This may include personal identity numbers; racial or ethnic origin; political opinions; religious, philosophical, or other similar beliefs; membership of a trade union or profession or trade association; physical or mental health; biometric or genetic data; sexual life; or criminal record (including suspected criminal activities).

In cases where we do seek to collect such information, we will seek to do so in accordance with applicable data privacy law requirements. If you choose to provide us with unsolicited sensitive personal information, you consent to us using the information, subject to applicable law as described in this online privacy statement.

### How We Use Your Information

We use information that we collect about you or that you provide to us, including any personal information:

- To present our Website and its contents to you.
- To respond to your inquiries and fulfill your requests.
- To inform you about information regarding the Website, products or services for which you apply or may be interested in, changes to terms, conditions, and policies and/or other administrative information.
- To deliver marketing communications that we believe may be of interest to you, including ads or offers tailored to you.
- To provide you with notices about your account, including expiration and renewal notices.
- To carry out our obligations and enforce our rights arising from any contracts entered into between you and us, including for billing and collection.
- To verify your identity and/or location (or the identity or location of your representative or agent) in order to allow access to your accounts, conduct online transactions and to maintain measures aimed at preventing fraud and protecting the security of account and personal information.
- To allow you to participate in interactive features on our Website, including surveys and other forms of market research.
- To help us to improve our Website and to deliver a better and more useful experience to our customers and to understand which parts of our Website, products, and services are of most interest.
- For risk control, fraud detection and prevention, to comply with laws and regulations, and to comply with other legal process and law enforcement requirements.
- In any other way we may describe when you provide the information.
- For any other purpose with your consent.

### Disclosure of Your Information

Please see The Ultimus Group, LLC's privacy policy for information on how personal information may be shared with third parties. Additionally, we may disclose aggregated information about our users, and information that does not identify any individual, without restriction.

### Choices About How We Use and Disclose Your Information

We strive to provide you with choices regarding the personal information you provide to us. We have created mechanisms to provide you with the following control over your information:

- You can set your browser to refuse all or some browser cookies, or to alert you when cookies are being sent. If you disable or refuse cookies, please note that some parts of this Website may then be inaccessible or not function properly.
- We do not control third parties’ collection or use of your information to serve interest-based advertising. However, these third parties may provide you with ways to choose not to have your information collected or used in this way.

### Accessing and Correcting Your Information

You can review your personal information by logging onto the Website and visiting your account profile page. You may correct certain pieces of personal information on our Website by visiting your account profile page. For other types of information, you may contact us to correct any inaccurate information by emailing privacy@ultimusfundsolutions.com.

### Your California Privacy Rights

California Civil Code Section 1798.83 permits users of our Website that are California residents to request certain information regarding our disclosure of personal information to third parties for their direct marketing purposes. To make such a request, please send an email to privacy@ultimusfundsolutions.com or write us at 4221 North 203rd Street, Suite 100, Elkhorn, NE 68022, Attention: Legal Department.

### Data Security

We have implemented measures designed to secure, to the best of our ability, your personal information from accidental loss and from unauthorized access, use, alteration, and disclosure.

The safety and security of your information also depends on you. Where we have given you (or where you have chosen) a password for access to certain parts of our Website, you are responsible for keeping this password confidential. We ask you not to share your password with anyone.

Unfortunately, the transmission of information via the internet is not completely secure. Although we do our best to protect your personal information, we cannot guarantee the security of your personal information transmitted to our Website. Any transmission of personal information is at your own risk. We are not responsible for circumvention of any privacy settings or security measures contained on the Website.

### Changes to the Policy

It is our policy to post any changes we make to our Policy on this page. If we make material changes to how we treat our users’ personal information, we will notify you through a notice on the Website. The date the Policy was last revised is identified at the top of the page. You are responsible for periodically visiting our Website and this Policy to check for any changes.

### Contact Information

To ask questions or comment about this Policy and our privacy practices, contact us by email at privacy@ultimusfundsolutions.com.

9624 UFS 7/20/2026

5766263 NLD 7/20/2026


---

# Data Protection Notice

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/data-protection-notice/_

#
Data Protection Notice

**The Ultimus Group, LLC,** and its subsidiaries (together “**Ultimus**”, “**we**” or “**our**”) are committed to protecting the privacy and security of all personal data of its customers, customers’ employees, clients, and their underlying investors, as well as commercial partners.

This notice describes how we collect, hold, use, and disclose personal information that you provide, that is provided on behalf, or that is collected by us.

Ultimus complies with the principles of the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). The overall guiding principles are:

1. Lawfulness, transparency, and fairness
2. Purpose limitation
3. Data minimization
4. Accuracy
5. Storage Limitation
6. Confidentiality and integrity
7. Accountability

Your privacy and security are of the utmost importance to Ultimus.

#### Definitions

“**Ultimus**” means The Ultimus Group, LLC, and affiliates (including financial and nonfinancial companies related by common ownership or control) include:

- Ultimus Fund Solutions, LLC
- Ultimus Holdings, LLC
- Ultimus Intermediary, LLC
- Ultimus Fund Distributors, LLC
- Ultimus Asset Services, LLC
- Ultimus Private Fund Solutions, LLC
- LeverPoint Management, LLC
- FD Fund Administration, LLC
- Blu Giant, LLC
- Gemini Fund Services, LLC
- Gemini Hedge Fund Services, LLC
- Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC
- Northern Lights Distributors, LLC
- The Ultimus Group Intermediate, LLC
- The Ultimus Group Midco, LLC

“**Data Subject**” means any individual person formally residing in the European Union (EU) who has their data collected, held, or processed by a controller or a processor.

“**Personal Information**” means any information which is related to an identified or identifiable natural person (i.e., Data Subject) directly or indirectly, which is required to fulfill Ultimus’ processing of contractual servicing requirements.

“**Processing**” involves any automated, manual operation or set of operations performed on personal data, including the collection, recording, organization, structuring, storage, adaptation, or retrieval.

#### How We Collect Data

Ultimus collects your personal information when you:

- Open an account
- Provide income information
- Provide employment information
- Provide account information
- Provide your contact information
- Visit our website; technical data including your IP address is collected using cookies unless you have specifically adjusted your browser’s preferences to refuse cookies.

Ultimus also collects your personal information from others, such as credit bureaus, Ultimus affiliates and other companies.

Failure to collect certain Personal Information may prevent Ultimus from fulfilling its legitimate interest in operating its business to comply with certain contractual obligations, laws, rules, and regulations to which Ultimus is subject.

Personal Information may also be transferred to Ultimus from international sources through appropriate transfer mechanisms.

#### How We Use Data

Ultimus will only process personal data for the purposes for which it has been provided to Ultimus to fulfill contractual requirements, unless otherwise permitted by applicable law. There are different legal bases that we rely on to use your personal information. The legal bases which Ultimus will process personal data are Ultimus’ legitimate interest in operating its business and compliance with contractual requirements, laws, rules, and regulations to which Ultimus is subject.

The types of personal information we collect and share depends on the product or service you have with Ultimus. This information can include:

- Social Security number
- Employee information
- Account balances
- Account transactions
- Income
- Investment experience

All financial companies need to share a customer’s personal information to run their everyday business – to process transactions, maintain customer accounts and report to credit bureaus.

Personal information may be subject to decisions based on automated decision-making processes which are designed to fulfill contractual obligations of Ultimus.

#### How We Disclose Data

In processing personal data for the purposes identified above, Ultimus may transfer or disclose such personal data to the following entities and their personnel and agents:

- Ultimus’ affiliates (as defined above), Ultimus’ agents, network, and service providers, including those providing audit, legal, tax, and information technology services; and
- Regulatory agencies with jurisdiction over Ultimus, as required by law.

Ultimus will only transfer personal data to a country or territory outside the European Economic Area (EEA) if that country or territory ensures an adequate level of protection for the rights and freedoms of individuals in relation to the processing of personal data or where adequate contractual safeguards to protect the data are in place. Ultimus is not responsible for the privacy practices of third-party websites.

#### How We Store Data

To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, Ultimus uses security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings. Ultimus will retain personal data only for as long as is reasonably necessary for the purpose for which it was provided, except to the extent Ultimus is required to retain such personal data for a longer period of time pursuant to applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

#### How We Destroy Data

All computer desktops, laptops, hard drives, office copiers and portable media must be processed through the Ultimus IT team for proper disposal. Paper and hard copy records shall be disposed of in a secure manner. The Data Privacy Officer shall ensure procedures exist and are followed that:

- Address the evaluation and final disposition of sensitive information, hardware, or electronic media regardless of media format or type.
- Authorize personnel to dispose of sensitive information or equipment. Such procedures may include shredding, incinerating, or pulping of hard copy materials so that sensitive information cannot be reconstructed.

IT documentation, hardware, and storage that have been used to process, store, or transmit Confidential Information or personal data shall not be released into general surplus until it has been sanitized and all stored information has been cleared using one of the above methods.

#### Data Subject’s Rights

Data Subjects have a right to obtain a copy of, and the right to rectify any inaccuracies in, the personal data Ultimus holds about them by making a request to Ultimus in writing. Such individuals also have certain rights under the GDPR to request erasure, restriction, and portability, and to not be subject to a decision based on automated processing. An individual seeking to assert any such rights should contact Ultimus using the contact information below. Data Subjects shall have the right to withdraw his or her consent at any time. The withdrawal of consent shall not affect the lawfulness of processing based on consent before its withdrawal. Ultimus will respond to such a request in writing as soon as practicable, but in any event within the time frame prescribed by applicable law. Individuals also have the right to lodge a complaint with the relevant data protection supervisory authority if they are unhappy with how Ultimus is processing their personal data.

#### Questions or Complaints

Our Data Protection Officer oversees how we collect, hold, and disclose personal information and protect your personal information to ensure your rights are fulfilled. For questions about this notice, to exercise your rights regarding your personal information held by us, or to make an inquiry, please contact our Data Protection Officer:

c/o The Ultimus Group, LLC

225 Pictoria Drive, Ste 450

Cincinnati, OH 45246

Data Protection Officer Email: DPO@ultimusfundsolutions.com

Phone #: (513) 587-3400

You may make a complaint about an alleged breach by us of applicable privacy laws in relation to our handling of your personal information. Your complaints should be in writing and addressed to our Data Protection Officer. Alternatively, you have a right to lodge a complaint with the competent supervisory authority.

#### Notice of Changes

We keep this notice under regular review and may modify or amend it from time to time at our discretion. If we make changes, we will record the date of amendment or modification at the top of the notice. The revised notice will apply to you and your information from that date. We would encourage you to review the notice periodically.


---

# Forgot Password

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/forgot-password/_

#
Password Reset

## Reset your password

Email

Send reset link

        [Back to login](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login)


---

# Reset Password

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/reset-password/_

#
Reset Password

## Instructions

New Password

Confirm Password

Reset password
        [Back to login](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/login)


---

# Search

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/search/_

#

Search



									Search the Ultimus site
Search

All

                        Pages

                        Blog

                        Reports and Whitepapers

                        Multimedia

                        Compliance News

                        Client Stories

                        Events

                        Press and News

#####
                Found 100 results.

- Event

                        [GAIM Ops West Conference](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/gaim-ops-west-conference/)

We'll be attending GAIM Ops West Conference as a sponsor. Visit us in the exhibit hall.
- Event

                        [Atlantic Coast Golf Outing](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/atlantic-coast-golf-outing/)

We'll be attending Atlantic Coast Golf Outing as a sponsor.
- Event

                        [ADISA Annual Conference & Trade Show](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/adisa-annual-conference-trade-show/)

We'll be attending ADISA Annual Conference & Trade Show.
- Blog

                        [Our story](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/our-company/about-us/our-story/)
- Blog

                        [Printing & EDGAR Filing](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/printing-edgar-filing/)
- Blog

                        [What is an interval fund?](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/education/what-is-an-interval-fund/)
- Event

                        [ALTSMIA Conference](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/altsmia-conference/)

We'll be attending ALTSMIA Conference as a sponsor.
- Event

                        [ALTS Private Credit US Conference](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/alts-private-credit-us-conference/)

We'll be attending ALTS Private Credit US Conference as a sponsor.
- Event

                        [ETF Global Fall ETP Forum](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/etf-global-fall-etp-forum/)

We'll be attending ETF Global Fall ETP Forum as a sponsor and featured speaker. Visit us in the exhibit hall.
- Event

                        [NICSA Asset & Wealth Management Summit](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/insights/from-the-desk/events/nicsa-asset-wealth-management-summit/)

We'll be attending NICSA Asset & Wealth Management Summit.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Authors due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Danielle Adamson due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Alma Piscitello due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Dave Carson due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Gary Tenkman due to extraction error -->

---

# Kelly Ramsey Gooch

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/authors/kelly-ramsey-gooch/_

About Kelly Ramsey Gooch
Kelly Ramsey Gooch serves as Executive Vice President, Head of Implementation for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, leading client implementations and key initiatives supporting private fund onboarding and transformation. She brings 30 years of experience across fund administration, operations management, investor services, and project management. Prior to Ultimus, Kelly focused on developing relationships with strategic alternative asset management clients and driving client satisfaction for a global financial services firm.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped David James due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Ian Martin due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Heather Schwab due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Jason Stevens due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Bill Strait due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Kevin Wolf due to extraction error -->

---

# Nickolaus Darsch

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/authors/nickolaus-darsch/_

About Nickolaus Darsch
Nickolaus Darsch serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer at Ultimus, leading commercial strategy and client development to support firm growth. He is focused on building strategic investment adviser and industry partner relationships and supporting product structuring, governance, and operating model design. Prior to joining Ultimus, Nickolaus held roles within SS&C Technologies and predecessor firms DST Systems, ALPS, and Boston Financial Data Services across sales, relationship management, product, and research.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Andrew Jones due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Chris Cullison due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Michael McGrail due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Jessica Robertson, CPA due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Ryan Lowe due to extraction error -->

---

# Michael Prendergast

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/authors/michael-prendergast/_

About Michael Prendergast
In his role of Senior Vice President, ETF Senior Product Specialist, Mike provides strategic leadership for Ultimus’ growing ETF business. He provides support to critical areas such as product development, operations and business development. Mike joined Ultimus in 2021. Prior to joining Ultimus, Mike held senior management roles with JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank and Trust Company where he managed ETF product and technology, strategic business line development, and daily operations covering custody and fund accounting services for mutual funds, ETFs, and complex fund structures. Mike earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College. He began working in the financial services industry in 1987.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Kevin Guerette due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Paul Wahmann due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Corinne Weidner, CPA due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Jim Cass due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Lance Christofferson due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Teresa Connors due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Nicholas Ablahani due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Jay Martin due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped John Lehner due to extraction error -->

---

# Steve Farlese

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/authors/steve-farlese/_

About Steve Farlese
Steve Farlese serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for the Private Fund Solutions group at Ultimus, overseeing operational strategy and execution across private equity, venture capital, hedge, and private credit fund servicing. He brings more than 30 years of experience in alternative fund operations, investor services, and global service delivery. Prior to Ultimus, Steve spent more than three decades at BNY in senior leadership roles, including Managing Director for Alts Bridge and Head of Investor Solutions.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Steve Wood due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Mel Van Cleave due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Malav Mehta due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Martin Dean due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped James Colantino due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Jesse Hallee due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Marianne Motley due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Daniel Devlin due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped James Cass due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Bill Hortz due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Sean Denham due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Jason Pizza due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Jennifer Nalli due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Craig J. Cox due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Daniel A. Murray due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Richard Malinowski due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Katie Guy due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Brian Privor due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Stacy Havener due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Emile Molineaux due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Wendy Wang \(1\) due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Timothy Burdick due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Kerri Fronczak due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Lora Lindquist due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Keith Brown due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Bo Howell due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Bob Dorsey due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Peter Guarino due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Paul Wick due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Mike Ciotola due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped John McNamee due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Shawn Waldman due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Judith Peterson due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Matthew Beck due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Mick Grunewald \(1\) due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Charles Black due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Kristin McCann due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped James Mulligan due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Lou Maiuri due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Terri Fiedler due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Jeannette Torres due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Mike Hollander due to extraction error -->

---

# Jim Boyne

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/authors/jim-boyne/_

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/james-boyne-95501410/)

**Jim Boyne**

President, Weitz Investment Management

About Jim Boyne
Jim joined Weitz Investment Management in 2018 with more than 30 years of experience in investment management, including roles as president and chief operating officer of Calamos Asset Management, co-founder and chief operating officer of McDonnell Investment Management, and senior vice president with Van Kampen Investments. He also served five years as executive director and board member of the Steamboat Springs Winter Sports Club, and he holds a bachelor's in marketing from Northern Illinois University and a Juris Doctor from IIT Chicago-Kent College of Law.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped David Brenner due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Nick Veronis due to extraction error -->

---

# Michael Graham

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/authors/michael-graham/_

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-graham-b0076541/)

**Michael Graham**

Executive Director, MSWM Alternative Investments, Morgan Stanley

About Michael Graham
Michael Graham is a financial advisor at Morgan Stanley in New York, NY, holding a Series 66 designation with 14 years of industry experience. He has been with Morgan Stanley since 2015, including three years at Morgan Stanley Services Group, Inc. Morgan Stanley Wealth Management services both individual and institutional clients with a wide range of advisory programs, offering tailored financial planning and managing approximately $2.74 trillion in client assets. The firm's advisory approach incorporates structured discovery conversations and firm-approved planning tools without providing individual security recommendations as part of standalone planning.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Ben Leong due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Liz Gaffney due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Maps due to extraction error -->

---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Ultimus Locations due to extraction error -->

---

# Cookie Policy

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/cookie-policy/_

#
Cookie Policy

### Essential

Essential cookies enable basic functions and are necessary for the proper function of the website.

| Name | Description | Duration |
| --- | --- | --- |
| wpconsent\_preferences | This cookie is used to store the user's cookie consent preferences. | 30 days |
| `__cf_bm` | Used to distinguish between humans and bots and to protect the website from malicious traffic. Does not track users across sites. | Approximately 30 minutes of inactivity |

### Google reCAPTCHA

Google reCAPTCHA helps protect websites from spam and abuse by verifying user interactions through challenges.

| Name | Description | Duration |
| --- | --- | --- |
| \_GRECAPTCHA | Google reCAPTCHA sets a necessary cookie (\_GRECAPTCHA) when executed for the purpose of providing its risk analysis. | 179 days |

### Login

These cookies are used for managing login functionality on this website.

| **Cookie** | **Provider** | **Purpose** |
| --- | --- | --- |
| .AspNetCore.Identity.Application | ASP.NET Core | Authenticates members and maintains their logged-in session. The cookie name depends on your site's authentication configuration. |
| .AspNetCore.Antiforgery.\* | ASP.NET Core | Protects against forgery attacks |
| .AspNetCore.Mvc.CookieTempDataProvider | ASP.NET Core | Temporarily stores data (such as status or confirmation messages) between HTTP requests. The data is removed once it has been been read or expires. |

### Statistics

Statistics cookies collect information anonymously. This information helps us understand how visitors use our website.

### Google Analytics

Google Analytics is a powerful tool that tracks and analyzes website traffic for informed marketing decisions.

[Learn more](https://policies.google.com/privacy "policies.google.com")

| Name | Description | Duration |
| --- | --- | --- |
| \_gac\_ | Contains information related to marketing campaigns of the user. These are shared with Google AdWords / Google Ads when the Google Ads and Google Analytics accounts are linked together. | 90 days |
| \_\_utma | ID used to identify users and sessions | 2 years after last activity |
| \_\_utmt | Used to monitor number of Google Analytics server requests | 10 minutes |
| \_\_utmb | Used to distinguish new sessions and visits. This cookie is set when the GA.js javascript library is loaded and there is no existing \_\_utmb cookie. The cookie is updated every time data is sent to the Google Analytics server. | 30 minutes after last activity |
| \_\_utmc | Used only with old Urchin versions of Google Analytics and not with GA.js. Was used to distinguish between new sessions and visits at the end of a session. | End of session (browser) |
| \_\_utmz | Contains information about the traffic source or campaign that directed user to the website. The cookie is set when the GA.js javascript is loaded and updated when data is sent to the Google Anaytics server | 6 months after last activity |
| \_\_utmv | Contains custom information set by the web developer via the \_setCustomVar method in Google Analytics. This cookie is updated every time new data is sent to the Google Analytics server. | 2 years after last activity |
| \_\_utmx | Used to determine whether a user is included in an A / B or Multivariate test. | 18 months |
| \_ga | ID used to identify users | 2 years |
| \_gali | Used by Google Analytics to determine which links on a page are being clicked | 30 seconds |
| \_ga\_ | ID used to identify users | 2 years |
| \_gid | ID used to identify users for 24 hours after last activity | 24 hours |
| \_gat | Used to monitor number of Google Analytics server requests when using Google Tag Manager | 1 minute |

### HubSpot

| Cookie | Purpose | Category | Typical Duration |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| `hubspotutk` | Identifies a visitor and deduplicates contacts in HubSpot | Analytics / Marketing | 6 months |
| `_hstc` | Main HubSpot tracking cookie used to track visitors | Analytics | 6 months |
| `_hssc` | Tracks sessions | Analytics | 30 minutes |
| `_hssrc` | Determines whether the visitor restarted their browser | Analytics | Session |
| `messagesUtk` | Used by HubSpot chat/chatflows (only if enabled) | Functional | 6 months |

### LinkedIn Insight

LinkedIn Insight is a web analytics service that tracks and reports website traffic.

[Learn more](https://www.linkedin.com/legal/privacy-policy "www.linkedin.com")

| Name | Description | Duration |
| --- | --- | --- |
| lang | Used to remember language settings. | Session |
| lidc | Used for routing and session management. | 24 hours |
| liap | Used for authentication of LinkedIn members. | 90 days |
| li\_oatml | Used for identifying LinkedIn Members for advertising and analytics. | 30 days |
| li\_sugr | Used to make a probabilistic match of a user's identity. | 90 days |
| li\_fat\_id | Used for member indirect identifier for conversion tracking. | 30 days |


---

# Save my seat for Ultimus Strategic Partners Day 2026

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/save-my-seat-for-ultimus-strategic-partners-day-2026/_

Events

#
Save my seat for Ultimus Strategic Partners Day 2026

### Your seat is saved, we'll see you in November.

We look forward to seeing you at Ultimus Strategic Partners Day, where we are bringing together a select group of industry leaders, strategic partners, and market participants for a day of insights, discussion, and networking focused on the future of fund administration, investment operations, and emerging market opportunities.

**Date:** November 12, 2026

**Location:** The Arlo, New York City

Additional event details and registration information will be shared in the coming weeks. This invitation is intended specifically for strategic partners. If you are unable to attend, please let us know and we would be happy to discuss whether another representative from your organization would be a good fit.


---

<!-- AiVisibility: skipped Landing Pages due to extraction error -->

---

# RSVP for An Exclusive Evening with Patriots Legend Matt Light

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/rsvp-for-an-exclusive-evening-with-patriots-legend-matt-light/_

Events

#
RSVP for An Exclusive Evening with Patriots Legend Matt Light

## Join us for cocktails, light bites, and a fireside chat with Matt Light

We're hosting a casual evening of networking and fun with former New England Patriots offensive tackle and three-time Super Bowl champion, Matt Light. If you're excited about the opening game the night before  or if you're excited to chat funds, join us at SPIN Boston on September 10.

**Date:** Thursday, September 10, 2026

**Time:** 4:30 PM - 7:00 PM

**Location:** SPIN Boston, 30 Melcher Street, Boston, MA 02210

.

### About Matt Light

Matt Light is a three-time Super Bowl champion and New England Patriots Hall of Famer who spent his entire 11-year NFL career protecting Tom Brady's blind side as the Patriots' starting left tackle. A three-time Pro Bowl selection and First-Team All-Pro, Light played a key role in one of the most successful dynasties in NFL history, helping lead the Patriots to three Super Bowl titles and five conference championships. Today, he is a sought-after speaker, entrepreneur, and philanthropist, sharing insights on leadership, teamwork, resilience, and building winning cultures.

##
Save your seat


---

# RSVP for Ultimus Strategic Partners Day

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/rsvp-for-ultimus-strategic-partners-day/_

Events

#
RSVP for Ultimus Strategic Partners Day

## Connect with the leaders shaping what's next

Join Ultimus for an invitation-only gathering of strategic partners, consultants, asset managers, and industry leaders for an afternoon of insight, discussion, and connection.

Through candid conversations and panel sessions, Ultimus' inaugural Strategic Partners Day will explore the trends reshaping investment management. From the convergence of alternatives and private wealth to the role of technology and operating models in driving growth, the event is designed to foster meaningful dialogue among industry decision-makers.

##### Date:

Thursday, November 12, 2026

##### Agenda:

- **Sessions:** 1:10 PM - 4:35 PM ET
- **Happy hour:** 4:45 PM - 6:15 PM ET
- **Optional dinner:** 6:30 PM ET

##### Location:

**Arlo NoMad**, 11 E 31st St, New York, NY 10016

.

## Featured Discussions

##### View from the Top

Ultimus CEO, Gary Tenkman, shares his perspective on the forces shaping asset management and the opportunities ahead.

##### Convergence Across Public and Private Markets

John Lehner, President, Ultimus Public Fund Solutions, and Jay Martin, President, Ultimus Private Fund Solutions, discuss market convergence.

##### Client Conversation

Ultimus Chief Client Officer, Danielle Adamson, discusses industry perspectives and best practices with Jim Boyne, President, Weitz Investment Management, and David Brenner, Chief Operating Officer, TIFF Investment Management.

##### Ultimus Board Fireside Chat

Ultimus independent board member Lou Mauri and Mike Hollander, Managing Director at GTCR, discuss industry trends and share their perspectives from the Ultimus Board of Directors.

##### Connected: Alternatives in Private Wealth

Leaders from across the wealth management and alternatives ecosystem discuss the continued expansion of private market access.

.

## Featured Speakers

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/gary-tenkman-6920204/)
**Gary Tenkman**

Chief Executive Officer


About Gary Tenkman
Gary Tenkman serves as Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus, providing strategic leadership and overseeing execution across the firm’s client-centric services and solutions. He brings deep operating leadership across fund services, including growth, operating model design, product development, and regulatory engagement. Before joining Ultimus, Gary led North American operations at Citibank, N.A. Fund Services Division.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jay-martin-94b49a7/)
**Jay Martin**

President, Private Fund Solutions


About Jay Martin
Jay Martin serves as President of Private Fund Solutions at Ultimus, leading the private fund administration business across private equity, venture capital, hedge funds, fund of funds, and private credit. He brings extensive leadership experience driving operational excellence, strategic growth, and client success across alternative investment service models. Previously, Jay served as President of Investment Services at U.S. Bank and held executive roles at Citco and Citi, with earlier roles at JPMorgan and The Bank of New York.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/john-lehner/)
**John Lehner**

President, Public Fund Solutions


About John Lehner
John Lehner serves as President of Public Fund Solutions at Ultimus, responsible for strategic direction and growth across the public fund administration segment. He brings more than two decades of leadership experience building and scaling client-focused organizations across investment management and technology-enabled services. Prior to Ultimus, John served as President and Board Observer at FundGuard and held executive roles at State Street and BNY Mellon, including Eagle Investment Systems.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/danielle-adamson-863b12/)
**Danielle Adamson**

Executive Vice President, Chief Client Officer


About Danielle Adamson
Danielle Adamson serves as Chief Client Officer at Ultimus, where she leads an enterprise approach to client engagement, retention, and the overall client experience across Ultimus’ platform. She brings more than 20 years of financial services experience, with a strong track record in client advocacy and building strategic partnerships. Prior to Ultimus, she held client relationship and leadership roles at BNY and spent 16 years at State Street supporting investment managers across operations and client engagement.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/lancechristofferson/)
**Lance Christofferson**

Head of Product & Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives


About Lance Christofferson
Lance Christofferson is Head of Product and Strategy, Transfer Agent - Retail Alternatives for Ultimus Fund Solutions. In his role, Lance leads the strategic relationship service execution for our clients who are looking to launch or feature closed-end funds such as interval funds, tender offer funds, BDCs, and non-publicly traded REITs in their portfolio. He is responsible for all aspects of the client’s transfer agency relationship and service execution.

Lance joined the investment industry in 2005 focusing on mutual fund operations and during his tenure has successfully managed self-directed IRA retirement products, retail alternative & mutual fund relationships. Coupled with his client relationship acumen, he brings with him a wide range of industry knowledge ranging from operations, training to control and compliance experience.

He received a Bachelor of Science in Broadcasting and a Bachelor of Science in Theater Performance from Northwest Missouri State University.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/lizgaffney/)
**Liz Gaffney**

SVP, Head of Strategic Partnerships & Market Development


About Liz Gaffney
Liz Gaffney is Senior Vice President, Head of Strategic Partnerships & Market Development at Ultimus Fund Solutions, where she leads partnership strategy and market insights in support of the firm’s growth across public and private markets. She brings over a decade of experience spanning capital raising, private wealth distribution, investment operations, enterprise technology, and strategic business development. Before joining Ultimus, Liz led business development at InvestorFlow and began her private markets career at Angelo Gordon.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/loumaiuri/)
**Lou Maiuri**

Independent Board Member


About Lou Maiuri
Lou Maiuri serves as an independent member of the Ultimus Board of Directors, providing governance and strategic guidance as the firm advances its growth strategy. He brings more than three decades of leadership experience across fund administration and investment operations. Lou currently serves as Chairman and CEO of AssetMark and previously held senior leadership roles at State Street and BNY Mellon.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-hollander-325758a/)
**Mike Hollander**

Managing Director, GTCR


About Mike Hollander
Mike joined GTCR in 2008 and serves as a Managing Director in the Financial Services & Technology group, where he leads portfolio monitoring and co-heads the Portfolio Resource Group. He currently serves as a director of eleven companies, including Ultimus Fund Solutions, and chairs the Smithsonian Institution's National Portrait Gallery.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/james-boyne-95501410/)
**Jim Boyne**

President, Weitz Investment Management


About Jim Boyne
Jim joined Weitz Investment Management in 2018 with more than 30 years of experience in investment management, including roles as president and chief operating officer of Calamos Asset Management, co-founder and chief operating officer of McDonnell Investment Management, and senior vice president with Van Kampen Investments. He also served five years as executive director and board member of the Steamboat Springs Winter Sports Club, and he holds a bachelor's in marketing from Northern Illinois University and a Juris Doctor from IIT Chicago-Kent College of Law.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/david-m-brenner/)
**David Brenner**

Chief Operating Officer, TIFF Investment Management


About David Brenner
David Brenner joined TIFF in 2024 as Chief Operating Officer, overseeing finance, operations, information technology, legal affairs, compliance, and human resources. He previously spent eight years at Macquarie Asset Management, most recently as Senior Managing Director and Global Head of Digital, Data & Platforms, held senior roles at UBS Global Asset Management, and holds a bachelor's degree in business from Miami University and an MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/nick-veronis-8b2784/)
**Nick Veronis**

Co-Founder & Managing Director, Head of Portfolio Management, iCapital


About Nick Veronis
Nick is a Co-Founder and Managing Director of iCapital, where he serves as Head of Portfolio Management and sits on the Operating Committee. He previously spent 11 years at Veronis Suhler Stevenson, where he was a Managing Director focused on the business information services and financial software and data sectors, and he holds a BA in economics from Trinity College and FINRA Series 7, 79, and 63 licenses.

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/ben-leong-caia-11a1286/)
**Ben Leong**

Global Head of Private Markets Investor Services, Wealth Alternatives, Franklin Templeton

[![LinkedIn](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/images/linkedin-black.svg)](https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-graham-b0076541/)
**Michael Graham**

Executive Director, MSWM Alternative Investments, Morgan Stanley


About Michael Graham
Michael Graham is a financial advisor at Morgan Stanley in New York, NY, holding a Series 66 designation with 14 years of industry experience. He has been with Morgan Stanley since 2015, including three years at Morgan Stanley Services Group, Inc. Morgan Stanley Wealth Management services both individual and institutional clients with a wide range of advisory programs, offering tailored financial planning and managing approximately $2.74 trillion in client assets. The firm's advisory approach incorporates structured discovery conversations and firm-approved planning tools without providing individual security recommendations as part of standalone planning.

.

#### Please RSVP to your Ultimus contact or by reaching out marketing@ultimusfundsolutions.com.


---

# Chicago Alts Fall Networking Event

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/chicago-alts-fall-networking-event/_

Events

#
Chicago Alts Fall Networking Event

## Join Industry Peers for an Evening of Networking and Conversation

You're invited to an exclusive evening of networking with fellow asset management and investment industry professionals.

This casual happy hour brings together fund sponsors, asset managers, service providers, consultants, and industry partners from across the investment management ecosystem. Enjoy cocktails, light appetizers, and engaging conversations in a relaxed setting designed to foster new connections and strengthen existing relationships.

Whether you're looking to expand your network, reconnect with industry peers, or simply enjoy great conversation with colleagues, we invite you to join us for an enjoyable evening of networking and relationship-building.

##### Date:

Thursday, October 1, 2026

##### Time:

4:30 PM - 6:30 PM CT

##### Location:

Old Town Pour House, 120 N. LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL 60602

##
Save your seat


---

# RSVP for Ultimus Directors Forum

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/rsvp-for-ultimus-directors-forum/_

Events

#
RSVP for Ultimus Directors Forum

## Join us in New York for the 2026 Directors Forum

A full day with fellow fund directors and trustees, exploring the trends, risks, and regulatory shifts shaping the future of asset management. Specialist-led sessions, peer roundtables, and an evening reception, all built for the boardroom.

##### Date:

Thursday, October 22, 2026

##### Agenda:

- **Check in and breakfast:** 8:00–9:00 AM ET
- **Sessions:** 8:30–5:15 PM ET
- **Happy hour:** 5:15–6:30 PM ET

##### Location:

**Blank Rome New York Office**, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10020

##### Register:

Registration is required for all attendees, in person, and virtual. Please register using the form on this page no later than **October 1, 2026**.

.

## What you'll explore

Industry leaders, legal professionals, and fellow directors lead timely conversations on:

- AI's evolving role in fund operations and oversight
- Tokenization and the future of investment products
- Private investments in '40 Act funds
- Regulatory developments, including Rule 15c
- Modern approaches to performance evaluation
- Fund conversions and Section 351 transactions
- Legislative updates from Washington
- Peer-to-peer governance discussions for trustees and directors

Dedicated roundtable sessions give you the room to exchange perspectives with peers facing the same governance and oversight challenges.

## Agenda at a glance

| Time (ET) | Session |
| --- | --- |
| 8:00–9:00 AM | Check in and breakfast |
| 8:30–9:15 AM | Audit Committee Chair Working Group *(AC Chairs only)* |
| 9:15–9:45 AM | Welcome<br><br>Gary Tenkman, John Lehner, Danielle Adamson, Ultimus Fund Solutions |
| 9:45–10:45 AM | Compliance and Risk Update<br> including Technology Roadmap<br><br>David James and Kristin McCann, Ultimus Fund Solutions |
| 10:45–11:00 AM | *Break* |
| 11:00–11:30 AM | Tokenization in Asset Management<br><br>Daniel Filstrup, Thompson Hine |
| 11:30 AM–12:00 PM | Private Markets Meet the '40 Act: Governance in a Changing Landscape<br><br>Bob Meschi, Pontis Global<br>James Ash, Ultimus Fund Solutions<br>Gwen Gosselink, Ultimus Fund Solutions |
| 12:00–12:45 PM | *Lunch* |
| 12:45–1:45 PM | Regulatory Roundtable: Section 15(c) and More<br><br>Timothy Burdick, Ultimus Fund Solutions<br>Stacy Louizos, Blank Rome<br>Tanya Boyle, DLA Piper<br>Philip Sineneng, Thompson Hine<br>David Baum, Vedder |
| 1:45–2:15 PM | Rethinking Performance Evaluation in a Modern Portfolio Era<br><br>Mark Garbin, Trustee<br>Maureen O'Toole, Independent Trustee and Board Director |
| 2:15–2:30 PM | *Break* |
| 2:30–3:00 PM | Fund Conversion and Section 351 Exchanges<br><br>Kevin Wolf, Ultimus Fund Solutions<br>Mike Prendergast, Ultimus Fund Solutions |
| 3:00–4:00 PM | The Washington Outlook and Update<br><br>Evan Williams, Investment Company Institute |
| 4:00–5:15 PM | Trustee Roundtable *(Trustees only)* |
| 5:15–6:30 PM | Cocktails and appetizers |

### Stay for the Happy Hour

After the forum, join us for cocktails and appetizers to continue the conversation and connect with fellow industry professionals.

### Accommodations

A room block is reserved for Directors Forum attendees at the **New York Hilton Midtown**. Rooms are limited and fill quickly, so reserve yours today. The block closes **Monday, September 21, 2026**. After that date, availability and rates are not guaranteed.


[Reserve your room](https://book.passkey.com/go/befa0dca)

##
Save your seat



.

*Space is limited and this is an invite-only event. If you'd like to discuss shifting your invite to a colleague, please reach out to marketing@ultimusfundsolutions.com.*


---

# Oktoberfest Networking Event 2026

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/oktoberfest-networking-event-2026/_

Events

#
Celebrate Oktoberfest with Ultimus

## Join industry peers for an evening of networking and conversation

Ultimus invites you to join us for a casual evening of networking with fellow asset management and investment industry professionals during IPA Vision.

Enjoy a festive evening celebrating German heritage with authentic food and drinks.

##### Date:

Tuesday, September 15, 2026

##### Time:

6:00 PM–9:00 PM ET

##### Location:

Der Biergarten, 300 Marietta Street NW, Atlanta, GA 30313 (only 1/4 mile from Signia Hilton)

Whether you're looking to strengthen existing relationships, make new connections, or simply enjoy great conversation with industry colleagues, we'd love to see you there.

##
Save your seat


---

# RSVP for Dinner at Tesoro with Ultimus

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/rsvp-for-dinner-at-tesoro-with-ultimus/_

Events

#
RSVP for Dinner at Tesoro with Ultimus

## ICI Tax & Accounting Conference Networking Dinner

Please join us for a delectable dinner at Tesoro during the ICI Tax & Accounting Conference.

We look forward to sharing an evening of meaningful conversation and connection outside the conference setting.

##### Date:

Sunday, September 27, 2026

##### Time:

7:00 PM ET

##### Location:

Tesoro, 480 S. Collier Blvd., Marco Island, FL 34145

**Save your seat. Space is limited. Please complete this RSVP form to confirm your attendance.**

##
Save your seat


---

# Sagard and Ultimus Sports Evening

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/sagard-and-ultimus-sports-evening/_

Events

#
Join us for drinks, food, and Monday night football!

## Join Ultimus and Sagard for football and happy hour during the CAIS Summit

Ultimus and Sagard (US Wealth) invite you to join us for a casual evening of food, football, and fun on Monday night of the CAIS Summit.

##### Date:

Monday, October 12, 2026

##### Time:

6:00 PM PDT

##### Location:

33 Taps West Hollywood, 8941 Santa Monica Blvd, West Hollywood, CA 90069

Whether you're looking to strengthen existing relationships, make new connections, or just enjoy a football watch party, we'd love to see you there.

##
RSVP


---

# Structuring, Operating, and Scaling Real Asset Investment Vehicles

_Source: https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/structuring-operating-and-scaling-real-asset-investment-vehicles/_

Events

#
Webinar: Structuring, Operating, and Scaling Real Asset Investment Vehicles

![papery textured shapes](https://www.ultimusfundsolutions.com/media/qllftnvj/adobestock_1890795535-1.webp)

## Structuring, Operating, and Scaling Real Asset Investment Vehicles: A Practitioner's Guide

**Co-hosted by Ultimus Fund Solutions, Deloitte LLP, and Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP**

**October 27, 2026 | 1:00 p.m. ET | 60 minutes**

A registered real asset fund is not a private fund with extra paperwork. Different securities laws, a higher audit standard, and a more demanding operating model mean the choices made at formation decide whether the fund can raise retail capital, retain institutional investors, and scale. Join legal, tax, audit, and fund operations practitioners for a working session on how non-traded REITs, interval funds, and perpetual-life vehicles are built to last.
[**Register now**](https://deloitte.zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_73x7vWIwToOrWTTYrPzzmg#/registration)
### What You Will Take Away

**Structuring the vehicle (Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP):** choosing among 1940 Act and non-1940 Act structures, offering paths, governance, and ongoing SEC compliance.

**Tax, accounting, and audit architecture (Deloitte** **LLP** **):** REIT qualification, tax structuring, valuation governance, and audit readiness as formation-stage decisions.

**Fund operations and investor servicing at scale (Ultimus Fund Solutions):** NAV production, transfer agent and investor servicing, reporting, audit support, and the uSUITE platform from $100 million in assets to $1 billion and beyond.

### Who Should Attend

Fund sponsors, asset managers, and their finance, operations, legal, and compliance teams evaluating or launching registered real asset vehicles.

#### Featured Speakers

- Gilbert Maddock, Ultimus Fund Solutions (Welcome and Introductions)
- David Perechocky, Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP
- Brian Ruben, Deloitte LLP
- Nicholas Ablahani, Ultimus Fund Solutions


[**Register now to join us on October 27th**](https://deloitte.zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_73x7vWIwToOrWTTYrPzzmg#/registration)
